Thoth distribution@thoth.pub 20260401T164403

urn:uuid:0d6934a9-ffab-4983-b095-d9877197887a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2e6a50dc-768c-406c-8c66-9def12160601 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0d6934a9-ffab-4983-b095-d9877197887a 15 9781915249517 03 9781915249517 06 10.14296/cmpd3083 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126193 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 More-Than-Human Histories of Latin America and the Caribbean Decentring the Human in Environmental History 1 B01 21 0000000224154675 Diogo de Carvalho Cabral Diogo de Carvalho Cabral Assistant Professor in Environmental History 40 02tyrky19 Trinity College Dublin Diogo de Carvalho Cabral is an Assistant Professor in Environmental History and a member of the Trinity Centre for Environmental Humanities (TCEH) at Trinity College Dublin (Ireland). Before that, he was a British Academy-funded Newton International Fellow based at the Institute of Latin American Studies/School of Advanced Study, University of London (United Kingdom). His academic awards include the Journal of Historical Geography Best Paper Prize (2016) and an honourable mention in the Milton Santos Prize (2017). He is the author of Na Presença da Floresta: Mata Atlântica e História Colonial (Rio de Janeiro, 2014) and co-edited Metamorfoses Florestais: Culturas, Ecologias e as Transformações Históricas da Mata Atlântica (Curitiba, 2016) with Ana Bustamante. Sitting at the interface between History, Geography, Ecology, and Anthropology, his work addresses the historical dimensions of multispecies environmental change in modern Brazil. 2 B01 21 0000000269593196 André Vasques Vital André Vasques Vital Lecturer Evangelical University of Goiás André Vasques Vital is an Associate Professor in Environmental Sciences at the Evangelical University of Goiás -UniEVANGELICA, Brazil. He is co-editor of Águas no Brasil: Conflitos, Atores, e Práticas (Editora Alameda, 2019) and has published articles in important international journals such as Feminist Media Studies and ISLE: Interdisciplinary Studies in Literature and Environment. He also co-edited the special issue Tropical Imaginaries and Climate Crisis: Embracing Relational Climate Discourses (eTropic, 2021). His works propose a non-humanist historical perspective, mainly through fantasy and science fiction animations, where waters and non-human animals are understood as active agents in the constitution of the past. 3 B01 21 0000000334480260 Margarita Gascón Margarita Gascón Researcher CONICET Margarita Gascón earned her master's and Ph.D. from the University of Ottawa, Canada. She is a tenured researcher of the National Council for Scientific and Technological Research (CONICET) in Argentina and also teaches at undergraduate and graduate levels in Mendoza. Among her most recent publications are the Afterword to De viejas y nuevas fronteras en América y Europa, edited by Macarena Sánchez Pérez and Katherine Quinteros Rivera (Editorial Universidad Finis Terrae, 2022) and chapters in Critica de la Razón Indígena, edited by Carlos Felimer del Valle Rojas and Alejandra Cebrelli (Editorial Universidad Nacional de La Plata, 2023), and the 'Land Use' and 'Climatic Change' Handbooks: The Anthropocene as multiple crisis. Perspectives from Latin America (CALAS, 2023–2024). 01 eng 00 308 03 09 16 10 HIS052000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 RNA B2 Environmental Humanities 12 HBAH 10 NAT010000 93 RNA 12 1KLS 93 NHAH 10 SCI100000 93 1KL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 ecology; south america; latin america; environmental humanities; Caribbean; historiography; non-human; climate change; biophysical; history 01 06 02 00 The Latin American and Caribbean regions’ historical trajectories have been shaped by complex human-nonhuman interactions. In these histories people are important, even crucial, actors, but not the only ones. Offering a novel approach to the writing of Latin American history, this book responds to environmental history’s call to write biophys 03 00 The Latin American and Caribbean regions’ historical trajectories have been shaped by complex human-nonhuman interactions. In these histories people are important, even crucial, actors, but not the only ones. Offering a novel approach to the writing of Latin American history, this book brings nine thought-provoking chapters together with a historiographical introduction and critical afterword to centre nonhuman beings and things. The oscillating glare of the sun, the resourcefulness of insects, the tectonic instability of national territories, and the life-giving and intractable impassivity of rivers are some of the other-than-human agents driving history in the volume’s chapters. It problematises Latin American(ist) historiography’s tendency to frame ‘nature’ as a separate ontological domain that is only acted upon – conquered, manipulated, devastated – lacking the self-propelled dynamics capable of shaping the course of events. With broad regional and temporal coverage across Latin America and the Caribbean from the pre-colonial period to the present day, the book responds to environmental history’s call to write biophysical environments into the human past – a reconsideration of historical agency that, in this era of climate change, is needed now more than ever. 30 00 The Latin American and Caribbean regions’ historical trajectories have been shaped by complex human-nonhuman interactions. In these histories people are important, even crucial, actors, but not the only ones. Offering a novel approach to the writing of Latin American history, this book brings nine thought-provoking chapters together with a historiographical introduction and critical afterword to centre nonhuman beings and things. The oscillating glare of the sun, the resourcefulness of insects, the tectonic instability of national territories, and the life-giving and intractable impassivity of rivers are some of the other-than-human agents driving history in the volume’s chapters. It problematises Latin American(ist) historiography’s tendency to frame ‘nature’ as a separate ontological domain that is only acted upon – conquered, manipulated, devastated – lacking the self-propelled dynamics capable of shaping the course of events. With broad regional and temporal coverage across Latin America and the Caribbean from the pre-colonial period to the present day, the book responds to environmental history’s call to write biophysical environments into the human past – a reconsideration of historical agency that, in this era of climate change, is needed now more than ever. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Latin America and the Caribbean’s more-than-human pasts Diogo de Carvalho Cabral, André Vasques Vital, and Margarita Gascón </li> <li> 1 Performative objects: Konduri iconography as a window into precolonial Amazonian ontologies Luisa Vidal de Oliveira and Denise Maria Cavalcante Gomes </li> <li> 2 Under a weak sun at the Southern rim of South America (1540-1650) Margarita Gascón </li> <li> 3 Extreme weather in New Spain and Guatemala: the Great Drought (1768-1773) Luis Alberto Arrioja Díaz Viruell and María Dolores Ramírez Vega </li> <li> 4 Water labour: urban metabolism, energy, and rivers in nineteenth-century Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Bruno Capilé and Lise Fernanda Sedrez </li> <li> 5 ‘Forjadores de la nación’: rethinking the role of earthquakes in Chilean history Magdalena Gil </li> <li> 6 Human-insect relations in Northeast Brazil’s twentieth-century sugar industry José Marcelo Marques Ferreira Filho </li> <li> 7 “We are the air, the land, the pampas…”: campesino politics and the other-than-human in highland Bolivia 1970-1990 Olivia Arigho-Stiles </li> <li> 8 Tongues in trees and sermons in stones: Jason Allen-Paisant’s Ecopoetics in Thinking with Trees Hannah Regis </li> <li> 9 Animating the waters, hydrating History: control and contingency in Latin American animations André Vasques Vital </li> <li> Afterword: More complete stories and better explanations for a renewed worldview Claudia Leal </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cmpd3083_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/more-than-human-histories-of-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ London, GB 04 01 20240725 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249500 03 9781915249500 06 15 9781915249524 03 9781915249524 06 15 9781915249692 03 9781915249692 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/more-than-human-histories-of-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ 20 08 20240725 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:c509050d-9d6f-4056-a50c-68d3b4927e04 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2e6a50dc-768c-406c-8c66-9def12160601 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c509050d-9d6f-4056-a50c-68d3b4927e04 15 9781915249500 03 9781915249500 06 10.14296/cmpd3083 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126193 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 More-Than-Human Histories of Latin America and the Caribbean Decentring the Human in Environmental History 1 B01 21 0000000224154675 Diogo de Carvalho Cabral Diogo de Carvalho Cabral Assistant Professor in Environmental History 40 02tyrky19 Trinity College Dublin Diogo de Carvalho Cabral is an Assistant Professor in Environmental History and a member of the Trinity Centre for Environmental Humanities (TCEH) at Trinity College Dublin (Ireland). Before that, he was a British Academy-funded Newton International Fellow based at the Institute of Latin American Studies/School of Advanced Study, University of London (United Kingdom). His academic awards include the Journal of Historical Geography Best Paper Prize (2016) and an honourable mention in the Milton Santos Prize (2017). He is the author of Na Presença da Floresta: Mata Atlântica e História Colonial (Rio de Janeiro, 2014) and co-edited Metamorfoses Florestais: Culturas, Ecologias e as Transformações Históricas da Mata Atlântica (Curitiba, 2016) with Ana Bustamante. Sitting at the interface between History, Geography, Ecology, and Anthropology, his work addresses the historical dimensions of multispecies environmental change in modern Brazil. 2 B01 21 0000000269593196 André Vasques Vital André Vasques Vital Lecturer Evangelical University of Goiás André Vasques Vital is an Associate Professor in Environmental Sciences at the Evangelical University of Goiás -UniEVANGELICA, Brazil. He is co-editor of Águas no Brasil: Conflitos, Atores, e Práticas (Editora Alameda, 2019) and has published articles in important international journals such as Feminist Media Studies and ISLE: Interdisciplinary Studies in Literature and Environment. He also co-edited the special issue Tropical Imaginaries and Climate Crisis: Embracing Relational Climate Discourses (eTropic, 2021). His works propose a non-humanist historical perspective, mainly through fantasy and science fiction animations, where waters and non-human animals are understood as active agents in the constitution of the past. 3 B01 21 0000000334480260 Margarita Gascón Margarita Gascón Researcher CONICET Margarita Gascón earned her master's and Ph.D. from the University of Ottawa, Canada. She is a tenured researcher of the National Council for Scientific and Technological Research (CONICET) in Argentina and also teaches at undergraduate and graduate levels in Mendoza. Among her most recent publications are the Afterword to De viejas y nuevas fronteras en América y Europa, edited by Macarena Sánchez Pérez and Katherine Quinteros Rivera (Editorial Universidad Finis Terrae, 2022) and chapters in Critica de la Razón Indígena, edited by Carlos Felimer del Valle Rojas and Alejandra Cebrelli (Editorial Universidad Nacional de La Plata, 2023), and the 'Land Use' and 'Climatic Change' Handbooks: The Anthropocene as multiple crisis. Perspectives from Latin America (CALAS, 2023–2024). 01 eng 00 308 03 09 16 10 HIS052000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 RNA B2 Environmental Humanities 12 HBAH 10 NAT010000 93 RNA 12 1KLS 93 NHAH 10 SCI100000 93 1KL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 ecology; south america; latin america; environmental humanities; Caribbean; historiography; non-human; climate change; biophysical; history 01 06 02 00 The Latin American and Caribbean regions’ historical trajectories have been shaped by complex human-nonhuman interactions. In these histories people are important, even crucial, actors, but not the only ones. Offering a novel approach to the writing of Latin American history, this book responds to environmental history’s call to write biophys 03 00 The Latin American and Caribbean regions’ historical trajectories have been shaped by complex human-nonhuman interactions. In these histories people are important, even crucial, actors, but not the only ones. Offering a novel approach to the writing of Latin American history, this book brings nine thought-provoking chapters together with a historiographical introduction and critical afterword to centre nonhuman beings and things. The oscillating glare of the sun, the resourcefulness of insects, the tectonic instability of national territories, and the life-giving and intractable impassivity of rivers are some of the other-than-human agents driving history in the volume’s chapters. It problematises Latin American(ist) historiography’s tendency to frame ‘nature’ as a separate ontological domain that is only acted upon – conquered, manipulated, devastated – lacking the self-propelled dynamics capable of shaping the course of events. With broad regional and temporal coverage across Latin America and the Caribbean from the pre-colonial period to the present day, the book responds to environmental history’s call to write biophysical environments into the human past – a reconsideration of historical agency that, in this era of climate change, is needed now more than ever. 30 00 The Latin American and Caribbean regions’ historical trajectories have been shaped by complex human-nonhuman interactions. In these histories people are important, even crucial, actors, but not the only ones. Offering a novel approach to the writing of Latin American history, this book brings nine thought-provoking chapters together with a historiographical introduction and critical afterword to centre nonhuman beings and things. The oscillating glare of the sun, the resourcefulness of insects, the tectonic instability of national territories, and the life-giving and intractable impassivity of rivers are some of the other-than-human agents driving history in the volume’s chapters. It problematises Latin American(ist) historiography’s tendency to frame ‘nature’ as a separate ontological domain that is only acted upon – conquered, manipulated, devastated – lacking the self-propelled dynamics capable of shaping the course of events. With broad regional and temporal coverage across Latin America and the Caribbean from the pre-colonial period to the present day, the book responds to environmental history’s call to write biophysical environments into the human past – a reconsideration of historical agency that, in this era of climate change, is needed now more than ever. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Latin America and the Caribbean’s more-than-human pasts Diogo de Carvalho Cabral, André Vasques Vital, and Margarita Gascón </li> <li> 1 Performative objects: Konduri iconography as a window into precolonial Amazonian ontologies Luisa Vidal de Oliveira and Denise Maria Cavalcante Gomes </li> <li> 2 Under a weak sun at the Southern rim of South America (1540-1650) Margarita Gascón </li> <li> 3 Extreme weather in New Spain and Guatemala: the Great Drought (1768-1773) Luis Alberto Arrioja Díaz Viruell and María Dolores Ramírez Vega </li> <li> 4 Water labour: urban metabolism, energy, and rivers in nineteenth-century Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Bruno Capilé and Lise Fernanda Sedrez </li> <li> 5 ‘Forjadores de la nación’: rethinking the role of earthquakes in Chilean history Magdalena Gil </li> <li> 6 Human-insect relations in Northeast Brazil’s twentieth-century sugar industry José Marcelo Marques Ferreira Filho </li> <li> 7 “We are the air, the land, the pampas…”: campesino politics and the other-than-human in highland Bolivia 1970-1990 Olivia Arigho-Stiles </li> <li> 8 Tongues in trees and sermons in stones: Jason Allen-Paisant’s Ecopoetics in Thinking with Trees Hannah Regis </li> <li> 9 Animating the waters, hydrating History: control and contingency in Latin American animations André Vasques Vital </li> <li> Afterword: More complete stories and better explanations for a renewed worldview Claudia Leal </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cmpd3083_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/more-than-human-histories-of-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ London, GB 04 01 20240725 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249517 03 9781915249517 06 15 9781915249524 03 9781915249524 06 15 9781915249692 03 9781915249692 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/more-than-human-histories-of-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ 20 08 20240725 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:78376817-c5c5-40f2-8e30-0e6c5bda0b77 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2e6a50dc-768c-406c-8c66-9def12160601 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:78376817-c5c5-40f2-8e30-0e6c5bda0b77 15 9781915249524 03 9781915249524 06 10.14296/cmpd3083 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126193 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 More-Than-Human Histories of Latin America and the Caribbean Decentring the Human in Environmental History 1 B01 21 0000000224154675 Diogo de Carvalho Cabral Diogo de Carvalho Cabral Assistant Professor in Environmental History 40 02tyrky19 Trinity College Dublin Diogo de Carvalho Cabral is an Assistant Professor in Environmental History and a member of the Trinity Centre for Environmental Humanities (TCEH) at Trinity College Dublin (Ireland). Before that, he was a British Academy-funded Newton International Fellow based at the Institute of Latin American Studies/School of Advanced Study, University of London (United Kingdom). His academic awards include the Journal of Historical Geography Best Paper Prize (2016) and an honourable mention in the Milton Santos Prize (2017). He is the author of Na Presença da Floresta: Mata Atlântica e História Colonial (Rio de Janeiro, 2014) and co-edited Metamorfoses Florestais: Culturas, Ecologias e as Transformações Históricas da Mata Atlântica (Curitiba, 2016) with Ana Bustamante. Sitting at the interface between History, Geography, Ecology, and Anthropology, his work addresses the historical dimensions of multispecies environmental change in modern Brazil. 2 B01 21 0000000269593196 André Vasques Vital André Vasques Vital Lecturer Evangelical University of Goiás André Vasques Vital is an Associate Professor in Environmental Sciences at the Evangelical University of Goiás -UniEVANGELICA, Brazil. He is co-editor of Águas no Brasil: Conflitos, Atores, e Práticas (Editora Alameda, 2019) and has published articles in important international journals such as Feminist Media Studies and ISLE: Interdisciplinary Studies in Literature and Environment. He also co-edited the special issue Tropical Imaginaries and Climate Crisis: Embracing Relational Climate Discourses (eTropic, 2021). His works propose a non-humanist historical perspective, mainly through fantasy and science fiction animations, where waters and non-human animals are understood as active agents in the constitution of the past. 3 B01 21 0000000334480260 Margarita Gascón Margarita Gascón Researcher CONICET Margarita Gascón earned her master's and Ph.D. from the University of Ottawa, Canada. She is a tenured researcher of the National Council for Scientific and Technological Research (CONICET) in Argentina and also teaches at undergraduate and graduate levels in Mendoza. Among her most recent publications are the Afterword to De viejas y nuevas fronteras en América y Europa, edited by Macarena Sánchez Pérez and Katherine Quinteros Rivera (Editorial Universidad Finis Terrae, 2022) and chapters in Critica de la Razón Indígena, edited by Carlos Felimer del Valle Rojas and Alejandra Cebrelli (Editorial Universidad Nacional de La Plata, 2023), and the 'Land Use' and 'Climatic Change' Handbooks: The Anthropocene as multiple crisis. Perspectives from Latin America (CALAS, 2023–2024). 01 eng 00 308 03 09 16 10 HIS052000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 RNA B2 Environmental Humanities 12 HBAH 10 NAT010000 93 RNA 12 1KLS 93 NHAH 10 SCI100000 93 1KL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 ecology; south america; latin america; environmental humanities; Caribbean; historiography; non-human; climate change; biophysical; history 01 06 02 00 The Latin American and Caribbean regions’ historical trajectories have been shaped by complex human-nonhuman interactions. In these histories people are important, even crucial, actors, but not the only ones. Offering a novel approach to the writing of Latin American history, this book responds to environmental history’s call to write biophys 03 00 The Latin American and Caribbean regions’ historical trajectories have been shaped by complex human-nonhuman interactions. In these histories people are important, even crucial, actors, but not the only ones. Offering a novel approach to the writing of Latin American history, this book brings nine thought-provoking chapters together with a historiographical introduction and critical afterword to centre nonhuman beings and things. The oscillating glare of the sun, the resourcefulness of insects, the tectonic instability of national territories, and the life-giving and intractable impassivity of rivers are some of the other-than-human agents driving history in the volume’s chapters. It problematises Latin American(ist) historiography’s tendency to frame ‘nature’ as a separate ontological domain that is only acted upon – conquered, manipulated, devastated – lacking the self-propelled dynamics capable of shaping the course of events. With broad regional and temporal coverage across Latin America and the Caribbean from the pre-colonial period to the present day, the book responds to environmental history’s call to write biophysical environments into the human past – a reconsideration of historical agency that, in this era of climate change, is needed now more than ever. 30 00 The Latin American and Caribbean regions’ historical trajectories have been shaped by complex human-nonhuman interactions. In these histories people are important, even crucial, actors, but not the only ones. Offering a novel approach to the writing of Latin American history, this book brings nine thought-provoking chapters together with a historiographical introduction and critical afterword to centre nonhuman beings and things. The oscillating glare of the sun, the resourcefulness of insects, the tectonic instability of national territories, and the life-giving and intractable impassivity of rivers are some of the other-than-human agents driving history in the volume’s chapters. It problematises Latin American(ist) historiography’s tendency to frame ‘nature’ as a separate ontological domain that is only acted upon – conquered, manipulated, devastated – lacking the self-propelled dynamics capable of shaping the course of events. With broad regional and temporal coverage across Latin America and the Caribbean from the pre-colonial period to the present day, the book responds to environmental history’s call to write biophysical environments into the human past – a reconsideration of historical agency that, in this era of climate change, is needed now more than ever. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Latin America and the Caribbean’s more-than-human pasts Diogo de Carvalho Cabral, André Vasques Vital, and Margarita Gascón </li> <li> 1 Performative objects: Konduri iconography as a window into precolonial Amazonian ontologies Luisa Vidal de Oliveira and Denise Maria Cavalcante Gomes </li> <li> 2 Under a weak sun at the Southern rim of South America (1540-1650) Margarita Gascón </li> <li> 3 Extreme weather in New Spain and Guatemala: the Great Drought (1768-1773) Luis Alberto Arrioja Díaz Viruell and María Dolores Ramírez Vega </li> <li> 4 Water labour: urban metabolism, energy, and rivers in nineteenth-century Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Bruno Capilé and Lise Fernanda Sedrez </li> <li> 5 ‘Forjadores de la nación’: rethinking the role of earthquakes in Chilean history Magdalena Gil </li> <li> 6 Human-insect relations in Northeast Brazil’s twentieth-century sugar industry José Marcelo Marques Ferreira Filho </li> <li> 7 “We are the air, the land, the pampas…”: campesino politics and the other-than-human in highland Bolivia 1970-1990 Olivia Arigho-Stiles </li> <li> 8 Tongues in trees and sermons in stones: Jason Allen-Paisant’s Ecopoetics in Thinking with Trees Hannah Regis </li> <li> 9 Animating the waters, hydrating History: control and contingency in Latin American animations André Vasques Vital </li> <li> Afterword: More complete stories and better explanations for a renewed worldview Claudia Leal </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cmpd3083_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/more-than-human-histories-of-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ London, GB 04 01 20240725 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249517 03 9781915249517 06 15 9781915249500 03 9781915249500 06 15 9781915249692 03 9781915249692 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/2e6a50dc-768c-406c-8c66-9def12160601 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/2e6a50dc-768c-406c-8c66-9def12160601/2e6a50dc-768c-406c-8c66-9def12160601.pdf 20 08 20240725 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249524.pdf 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249524.pdf 20 08 20240725 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249524.pdf 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cmpd3083.pdf 20 08 20240725 01 urn:uuid:32fd3618-5d62-42bf-8a39-e501f60208b5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2e6a50dc-768c-406c-8c66-9def12160601 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:32fd3618-5d62-42bf-8a39-e501f60208b5 15 9781915249692 03 9781915249692 06 10.14296/cmpd3083 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126193 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 More-Than-Human Histories of Latin America and the Caribbean Decentring the Human in Environmental History 1 B01 21 0000000224154675 Diogo de Carvalho Cabral Diogo de Carvalho Cabral Assistant Professor in Environmental History 40 02tyrky19 Trinity College Dublin Diogo de Carvalho Cabral is an Assistant Professor in Environmental History and a member of the Trinity Centre for Environmental Humanities (TCEH) at Trinity College Dublin (Ireland). Before that, he was a British Academy-funded Newton International Fellow based at the Institute of Latin American Studies/School of Advanced Study, University of London (United Kingdom). His academic awards include the Journal of Historical Geography Best Paper Prize (2016) and an honourable mention in the Milton Santos Prize (2017). He is the author of Na Presença da Floresta: Mata Atlântica e História Colonial (Rio de Janeiro, 2014) and co-edited Metamorfoses Florestais: Culturas, Ecologias e as Transformações Históricas da Mata Atlântica (Curitiba, 2016) with Ana Bustamante. Sitting at the interface between History, Geography, Ecology, and Anthropology, his work addresses the historical dimensions of multispecies environmental change in modern Brazil. 2 B01 21 0000000269593196 André Vasques Vital André Vasques Vital Lecturer Evangelical University of Goiás André Vasques Vital is an Associate Professor in Environmental Sciences at the Evangelical University of Goiás -UniEVANGELICA, Brazil. He is co-editor of Águas no Brasil: Conflitos, Atores, e Práticas (Editora Alameda, 2019) and has published articles in important international journals such as Feminist Media Studies and ISLE: Interdisciplinary Studies in Literature and Environment. He also co-edited the special issue Tropical Imaginaries and Climate Crisis: Embracing Relational Climate Discourses (eTropic, 2021). His works propose a non-humanist historical perspective, mainly through fantasy and science fiction animations, where waters and non-human animals are understood as active agents in the constitution of the past. 3 B01 21 0000000334480260 Margarita Gascón Margarita Gascón Researcher CONICET Margarita Gascón earned her master's and Ph.D. from the University of Ottawa, Canada. She is a tenured researcher of the National Council for Scientific and Technological Research (CONICET) in Argentina and also teaches at undergraduate and graduate levels in Mendoza. Among her most recent publications are the Afterword to De viejas y nuevas fronteras en América y Europa, edited by Macarena Sánchez Pérez and Katherine Quinteros Rivera (Editorial Universidad Finis Terrae, 2022) and chapters in Critica de la Razón Indígena, edited by Carlos Felimer del Valle Rojas and Alejandra Cebrelli (Editorial Universidad Nacional de La Plata, 2023), and the 'Land Use' and 'Climatic Change' Handbooks: The Anthropocene as multiple crisis. Perspectives from Latin America (CALAS, 2023–2024). 01 eng 00 308 03 09 16 10 HIS052000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 RNA B2 Environmental Humanities 12 HBAH 10 NAT010000 93 RNA 12 1KLS 93 NHAH 10 SCI100000 93 1KL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 ecology; south america; latin america; environmental humanities; Caribbean; historiography; non-human; climate change; biophysical; history 01 06 02 00 The Latin American and Caribbean regions’ historical trajectories have been shaped by complex human-nonhuman interactions. In these histories people are important, even crucial, actors, but not the only ones. Offering a novel approach to the writing of Latin American history, this book responds to environmental history’s call to write biophys 03 00 The Latin American and Caribbean regions’ historical trajectories have been shaped by complex human-nonhuman interactions. In these histories people are important, even crucial, actors, but not the only ones. Offering a novel approach to the writing of Latin American history, this book brings nine thought-provoking chapters together with a historiographical introduction and critical afterword to centre nonhuman beings and things. The oscillating glare of the sun, the resourcefulness of insects, the tectonic instability of national territories, and the life-giving and intractable impassivity of rivers are some of the other-than-human agents driving history in the volume’s chapters. It problematises Latin American(ist) historiography’s tendency to frame ‘nature’ as a separate ontological domain that is only acted upon – conquered, manipulated, devastated – lacking the self-propelled dynamics capable of shaping the course of events. With broad regional and temporal coverage across Latin America and the Caribbean from the pre-colonial period to the present day, the book responds to environmental history’s call to write biophysical environments into the human past – a reconsideration of historical agency that, in this era of climate change, is needed now more than ever. 30 00 The Latin American and Caribbean regions’ historical trajectories have been shaped by complex human-nonhuman interactions. In these histories people are important, even crucial, actors, but not the only ones. Offering a novel approach to the writing of Latin American history, this book brings nine thought-provoking chapters together with a historiographical introduction and critical afterword to centre nonhuman beings and things. The oscillating glare of the sun, the resourcefulness of insects, the tectonic instability of national territories, and the life-giving and intractable impassivity of rivers are some of the other-than-human agents driving history in the volume’s chapters. It problematises Latin American(ist) historiography’s tendency to frame ‘nature’ as a separate ontological domain that is only acted upon – conquered, manipulated, devastated – lacking the self-propelled dynamics capable of shaping the course of events. With broad regional and temporal coverage across Latin America and the Caribbean from the pre-colonial period to the present day, the book responds to environmental history’s call to write biophysical environments into the human past – a reconsideration of historical agency that, in this era of climate change, is needed now more than ever. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Latin America and the Caribbean’s more-than-human pasts Diogo de Carvalho Cabral, André Vasques Vital, and Margarita Gascón </li> <li> 1 Performative objects: Konduri iconography as a window into precolonial Amazonian ontologies Luisa Vidal de Oliveira and Denise Maria Cavalcante Gomes </li> <li> 2 Under a weak sun at the Southern rim of South America (1540-1650) Margarita Gascón </li> <li> 3 Extreme weather in New Spain and Guatemala: the Great Drought (1768-1773) Luis Alberto Arrioja Díaz Viruell and María Dolores Ramírez Vega </li> <li> 4 Water labour: urban metabolism, energy, and rivers in nineteenth-century Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Bruno Capilé and Lise Fernanda Sedrez </li> <li> 5 ‘Forjadores de la nación’: rethinking the role of earthquakes in Chilean history Magdalena Gil </li> <li> 6 Human-insect relations in Northeast Brazil’s twentieth-century sugar industry José Marcelo Marques Ferreira Filho </li> <li> 7 “We are the air, the land, the pampas…”: campesino politics and the other-than-human in highland Bolivia 1970-1990 Olivia Arigho-Stiles </li> <li> 8 Tongues in trees and sermons in stones: Jason Allen-Paisant’s Ecopoetics in Thinking with Trees Hannah Regis </li> <li> 9 Animating the waters, hydrating History: control and contingency in Latin American animations André Vasques Vital </li> <li> Afterword: More complete stories and better explanations for a renewed worldview Claudia Leal </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cmpd3083_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/more-than-human-histories-of-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ London, GB 04 01 20240725 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249517 03 9781915249517 06 15 9781915249500 03 9781915249500 06 15 9781915249524 03 9781915249524 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/more-than-human-histories-of-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ 20 08 20240725 01 urn:uuid:99a4538d-dae4-4ffb-b1a6-57b4bc4c823a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:35667e03-74cf-409f-971d-8b45532ea9f1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:99a4538d-dae4-4ffb-b1a6-57b4bc4c823a 15 9781905670161 03 9781905670161 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61445 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 47 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Names on Terra Sigillata. Volume 1 (A to AXO) (BICS Supplement 102.1) 1 B01 Brian R. Hartley Brian R. Hartley 2 B01 Brenda M. Dickinson Brenda M. Dickinson 01 eng 12 AM 93 AM 10 ARC005000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Archaeology 12 HDDK 93 NKD 93 1QBA 01 06 02 00 03 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic> is the product of 40 years of study, and records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata (samian ware) manufactured in the first to the third centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces, and Britain.With volume 9 the series is now complete: the last volume has a comprehensive index to the whole set of 9 volumes.This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 30 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic> is the product of 40 years of study, and records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata (samian ware) manufactured in the first to the third centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces, and Britain.With volume 9 the series is now complete: the last volume has a comprehensive index to the whole set of 9 volumes.This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-1-a-to-axo-bics-supplement-102-1/ London, GB 04 01 20080102 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-1-a-to-axo-bics-supplement-102-1/ 20 08 20080102 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:888c133c-a0af-43f4-b4a3-3d071e354706 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:27eb5cef-4530-4020-8b0f-42a080b72756 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:888c133c-a0af-43f4-b4a3-3d071e354706 15 9781905670178 03 9781905670178 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61367 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 44 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Names on Terra Sigillata. Volume 2. B to CEROTCUS (BICS Supplement 102.2) 1 B01 Brian R. Hartley Brian R. Hartley 2 B01 Brenda M. Dickinson Brenda M. Dickinson 01 eng 10 ARC005000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Archaeology 12 HDDK 93 WFN 01 06 02 00 03 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.<break/><break/>To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 30 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.<break/><break/>To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250782//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-2-b-to-cerotcus-bics-supplement-102-2/ London, GB 04 01 20080804 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-2-b-to-cerotcus-bics-supplement-102-2/ 20 08 20080804 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:87fccc84-8cf5-4f01-90d5-0bb6d842e3ea 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ad7463e8-2b7a-43f4-9dac-545b4d84ae9f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:87fccc84-8cf5-4f01-90d5-0bb6d842e3ea 15 9781905670192 03 9781905670192 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61366 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 43 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Names on Terra Sigillata. Volume 3. CERTIANUS to EXSOBANO (BICS Supplement 102.3) 1 B01 Brian R. Hartley Brian R. Hartley 2 B01 Brenda M. Dickinson Brenda M. Dickinson 01 eng 10 ARC005000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Archaeology 12 HDDK 93 WFN 01 06 02 00 03 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.<break/><break/>To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 30 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.<break/><break/>To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250780//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-3-certianus-to-exsobano-bics-supplement-102-3/ London, GB 04 01 20080602 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-3-certianus-to-exsobano-bics-supplement-102-3/ 20 08 20080602 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:eaecced6-9258-4b19-8655-b115b795a783 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cf68da94-033a-47fb-8248-e693b11a524d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:eaecced6-9258-4b19-8655-b115b795a783 15 9781905670246 03 9781905670246 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61365 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 42 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Names on Terra Sigillata. Volume 4. F to KLUMI (BICS Supplement 102.4) 1 B01 Brian R. Hartley Brian R. Hartley 2 B01 Brenda M. Dickinson Brenda M. Dickinson 01 eng 10 ARC005000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Archaeology 12 HD 93 NK 12 HDDK 93 NKD 93 1QBA 01 06 02 00 03 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.<break/><break/>To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 30 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.<break/><break/>To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250786//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-4-f-to-klumi-bics-supplement-102-4/ London, GB 04 01 20090214 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-4-f-to-klumi-bics-supplement-102-4/ 20 08 20090214 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a26f5439-c8b6-4949-85dc-95541b607198 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ef692e1f-122f-45da-9b7a-6144447b780a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a26f5439-c8b6-4949-85dc-95541b607198 15 9781905670260 03 9781905670260 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61364 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 41 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Names on Terra Sigillata. Volume 5. L to MASCLUS II (BICS Supplement 102.5) 1 B01 Brian R. Hartley Brian R. Hartley 2 B01 Brenda M. Dickinson Brenda M. Dickinson 01 eng 10 ARC005000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Archaeology 12 HDDK 93 WFN 01 06 02 00 03 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.<break/><break/>To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 30 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.<break/><break/>To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250788//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-5-l-to-masclus-ii-bics-supplement-102-5/ London, GB 04 01 20100510 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-5-l-to-masclus-ii-bics-supplement-102-5/ 20 08 20100510 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7fc39732-c478-4409-bbd7-3fd37b53a37f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ccfc4018-4b25-4939-815c-fee395a96764 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7fc39732-c478-4409-bbd7-3fd37b53a37f 15 9781905670314 03 9781905670314 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61363 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 40 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Names on Terra Sigillata. Volume 6. MASCLUS I-BALBUS to OXITTUS (BICS Supplement 102.6) 1 B01 Brian R. Hartley Brian R. Hartley 2 B01 Brenda M. Dickinson Brenda M. Dickinson 01 eng 10 ARC005000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Archaeology 12 HD 93 NK 12 HDDK 93 NKD 93 1QBA 01 06 02 00 03 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.<break/><break/>To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 30 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.<break/><break/>To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250776//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-6-masclus-i-balbus-to-oxittus-bics-supplement-102-6/ London, GB 04 01 20100705 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-6-masclus-i-balbus-to-oxittus-bics-supplement-102-6/ 20 08 20100705 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:72b3fa37-a1f8-4813-a59b-e636b521df71 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:eb9f1ccd-484f-4ff2-a4af-f8bef49040b0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:72b3fa37-a1f8-4813-a59b-e636b521df71 15 9781905670338 03 9781905670338 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61368 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 45 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Names on Terra Sigillata. Volume 7 P to RXEAD (BICS Supplement 102.7) 1 B01 Brian R. Hartley Brian R. Hartley 2 B01 Brenda M. Dickinson Brenda M. Dickinson 01 eng 10 ARC005000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Archaeology 12 HDDK 93 WFN 01 06 02 00 03 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.<break/><break/>To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 30 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.<break/><break/>To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250785//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-7-p-to-rxead-bics-supplement-102-7/ London, GB 04 01 20110404 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-7-p-to-rxead-bics-supplement-102-7/ 20 08 20110404 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2c7b0200-8ca7-417c-b2e3-eb227729dc38 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c2cee3cf-3be4-4bd4-ab65-54b93bc1fac2 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2c7b0200-8ca7-417c-b2e3-eb227729dc38 15 9781905670383 03 9781905670383 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61344 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 39 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Names on Terra Sigillata. Volume 8 (S to Symphorus) (BICS Supplement 102.8) 1 B01 Brian R. Hartley Brian R. Hartley 2 B01 Brenda M. Dickinson Brenda M. Dickinson 01 eng 10 ARC005000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Archaeology 12 HDDK 93 NKD 93 1QBA 01 06 02 00 03 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 30 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</italic>, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata</italic> (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum. <break/><break/>This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250774//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-8-s-to-symphorus-bics-supplement-102-8/ London, GB 04 01 20111205 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-8-s-to-symphorus-bics-supplement-102-8/ 20 08 20111205 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d2c072a5-578d-43e0-8242-75c5315447ae 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:75ef3ff5-bc36-42c0-96ef-c13a97580e85 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d2c072a5-578d-43e0-8242-75c5315447ae 15 9781905670390 03 9781905670390 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61343 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 38 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Names on Terra Sigillata. Volume 9 (T to EXIMUS) (BICS Supplement 102.9) 1 B01 Brian R. Hartley Brian R. Hartley 2 B01 Brenda M. Dickinson Brenda M. Dickinson 01 eng 12 AM 93 AM 10 ARC005000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Archaeology 12 HDDK 93 NKD 93 1QBA 01 06 02 00 03 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</bold> is the product of 40 years of study, and records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata (samian ware) manufactured in the first to the third centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces, and Britain.With volume 9 the series is now complete: the last volume has a comprehensive index to the whole set of 9 volumes.This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 30 00 Names on Terra Sigillata</bold> is the product of 40 years of study, and records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata (samian ware) manufactured in the first to the third centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces, and Britain.With volume 9 the series is now complete: the last volume has a comprehensive index to the whole set of 9 volumes.This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’)</italic>, published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.<break/><break/>The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250694//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-9-t-to-eximus-bics-supplement-102-9/ London, GB 04 01 20120604 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/names-on-terra-sigillata-volume-9-t-to-eximus-bics-supplement-102-9/ 20 08 20120604 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9d538547-7394-476e-b147-c04cc56e029f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bfaeb46b-fd44-42f2-894d-e2b4e477aadc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9d538547-7394-476e-b147-c04cc56e029f 15 9781912250011 03 9781912250011 06 10.14296/0520.9781912250417 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61743 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 12 mm 03 1.2 cm 03 0.5 in 08 318 gr 08 11.25 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Natural Resource Development and Human Rights in Latin America State and non-state actors in the promotion of and opposition to extractivism 1 B01 Malayna Raftopoulos Malayna Raftopoulos 2 B01 Radosław Powęska Radosław Powęska 01 eng 00 232 03 B2 Environmental Humanities 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL044000 10 BUS099000 12 KCN 93 KCVG B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 20 indigenous people; environment; human rights; extractivism; China; rainforest; healing plants; nature; trees; REDD+; Human Rights Impact Assessments; violence; neogeography; urbanism; floods; landslides; Grand Canal; Nicaragua; decoloniality; colonialism; neocolonialism; eco-violence; ecology; natural environment 01 06 02 00 This multidisciplinary collection links local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry into the interaction of state and non-state actors involved in promoting or opposing natural resource development. 03 00 Contemporary development debates in Latin America are marked by the pursuit of economic growth, technological improvement and poverty reduction, and are overshadowed by growing concerns about the preservation of the environment and human rights. This collection’s multidisciplinary perspective links local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry into the interaction of state and non-state actors involved in promoting or opposing natural resource development. Taking this approach allows the book to contemplate the complex panorama of competing visions, concepts and interests grounded in the mutual influences and interdependencies which shape the contemporary arena of social-environmental conflicts in the region. 30 00 Contemporary development debates in Latin America are marked by the pursuit of economic growth, technological improvement and poverty reduction, and are overshadowed by growing concerns about the preservation of the environment and human rights. This collection’s multidisciplinary perspective links local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry into the interaction of state and non-state actors involved in promoting or opposing natural resource development. Taking this approach allows the book to contemplate the complex panorama of competing visions, concepts and interests grounded in the mutual influences and interdependencies which shape the contemporary arena of social-environmental conflicts in the region. 04 00 1. Forces of resistance and human rights: deconstructing natural resource development in Latin America Malayna Raftopoulos and Radosław Powęska 2. Indigenous rights in the era of ‘indigenous state’: how interethnic conflicts and state appropriation of indigenous agenda hinder the challenge to extractivism in Bolivia Radosław Powęska 3. REDD+ and human rights in Latin America: addressing indigenous peoples’ concerns though the use of Human Rights Impact Assessments Malayna Raftopoulos 4. Violence in the actions of indigenous peoples from the Amazon region as a result of environmental conflicts Magdalena Krysińska-Kałużna 5. Neogeography, development and human rights in Latin America Doug Specht 6. From human rights to an urbanising environmental politics: understanding flood and landslide vulnerability in Brazil’s coastal mountains Robert Coates 7. Human rights and socio-environmental conflict in Nicaragua’s Grand Canal project Joanna Morley 8. Sustainable development, the politics of place and decoloniality: contradictory or complementary approaches to Latin American futures? Bogumila Lisocka-Jaegermann 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0520.9781912250417_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/natural-resource-development-and-human-rights-in-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20200522 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250417 03 9781912250417 06 15 9781912250103 03 9781912250103 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/natural-resource-development-and-human-rights-in-latin-america/ 20 08 20200522 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7e3e73eb-63be-4907-a86a-8cf42cd2b218 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bfaeb46b-fd44-42f2-894d-e2b4e477aadc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7e3e73eb-63be-4907-a86a-8cf42cd2b218 15 9781912250417 03 9781912250417 06 10.14296/0520.9781912250417 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61743 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Natural Resource Development and Human Rights in Latin America State and non-state actors in the promotion of and opposition to extractivism 1 B01 Malayna Raftopoulos Malayna Raftopoulos 2 B01 Radosław Powęska Radosław Powęska 01 eng 00 232 03 B2 Environmental Humanities 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL044000 10 BUS099000 12 KCN 93 KCVG B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 20 indigenous people; environment; human rights; extractivism; China; rainforest; healing plants; nature; trees; REDD+; Human Rights Impact Assessments; violence; neogeography; urbanism; floods; landslides; Grand Canal; Nicaragua; decoloniality; colonialism; neocolonialism; eco-violence; ecology; natural environment 01 06 02 00 This multidisciplinary collection links local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry into the interaction of state and non-state actors involved in promoting or opposing natural resource development. 03 00 Contemporary development debates in Latin America are marked by the pursuit of economic growth, technological improvement and poverty reduction, and are overshadowed by growing concerns about the preservation of the environment and human rights. This collection’s multidisciplinary perspective links local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry into the interaction of state and non-state actors involved in promoting or opposing natural resource development. Taking this approach allows the book to contemplate the complex panorama of competing visions, concepts and interests grounded in the mutual influences and interdependencies which shape the contemporary arena of social-environmental conflicts in the region. 30 00 Contemporary development debates in Latin America are marked by the pursuit of economic growth, technological improvement and poverty reduction, and are overshadowed by growing concerns about the preservation of the environment and human rights. This collection’s multidisciplinary perspective links local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry into the interaction of state and non-state actors involved in promoting or opposing natural resource development. Taking this approach allows the book to contemplate the complex panorama of competing visions, concepts and interests grounded in the mutual influences and interdependencies which shape the contemporary arena of social-environmental conflicts in the region. 04 00 1. Forces of resistance and human rights: deconstructing natural resource development in Latin America Malayna Raftopoulos and Radosław Powęska 2. Indigenous rights in the era of ‘indigenous state’: how interethnic conflicts and state appropriation of indigenous agenda hinder the challenge to extractivism in Bolivia Radosław Powęska 3. REDD+ and human rights in Latin America: addressing indigenous peoples’ concerns though the use of Human Rights Impact Assessments Malayna Raftopoulos 4. Violence in the actions of indigenous peoples from the Amazon region as a result of environmental conflicts Magdalena Krysińska-Kałużna 5. Neogeography, development and human rights in Latin America Doug Specht 6. From human rights to an urbanising environmental politics: understanding flood and landslide vulnerability in Brazil’s coastal mountains Robert Coates 7. Human rights and socio-environmental conflict in Nicaragua’s Grand Canal project Joanna Morley 8. Sustainable development, the politics of place and decoloniality: contradictory or complementary approaches to Latin American futures? Bogumila Lisocka-Jaegermann 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0520.9781912250417_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/natural-resource-development-and-human-rights-in-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20200522 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250011 03 9781912250011 06 15 9781912250103 03 9781912250103 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/bfaeb46b-fd44-42f2-894d-e2b4e477aadc 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/bfaeb46b-fd44-42f2-894d-e2b4e477aadc/bfaeb46b-fd44-42f2-894d-e2b4e477aadc.pdf 20 08 20200522 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/natural-resource-development-and-human-rights-in-latin-america/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912250417.pdf 20 08 20200522 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/natural-resource-development-and-human-rights-in-latin-america/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0520.9781912250417.pdf 20 08 20200522 01 urn:uuid:340b8e04-9fa0-4a08-8118-aecaa104722d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bfaeb46b-fd44-42f2-894d-e2b4e477aadc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:340b8e04-9fa0-4a08-8118-aecaa104722d 15 9781912250103 03 9781912250103 06 10.14296/0520.9781912250417 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61743 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Natural Resource Development and Human Rights in Latin America State and non-state actors in the promotion of and opposition to extractivism 1 B01 Malayna Raftopoulos Malayna Raftopoulos 2 B01 Radosław Powęska Radosław Powęska 01 eng 00 232 03 B2 Environmental Humanities 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL044000 10 BUS099000 12 KCN 93 KCVG B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 20 indigenous people; environment; human rights; extractivism; China; rainforest; healing plants; nature; trees; REDD+; Human Rights Impact Assessments; violence; neogeography; urbanism; floods; landslides; Grand Canal; Nicaragua; decoloniality; colonialism; neocolonialism; eco-violence; ecology; natural environment 01 06 02 00 This multidisciplinary collection links local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry into the interaction of state and non-state actors involved in promoting or opposing natural resource development. 03 00 Contemporary development debates in Latin America are marked by the pursuit of economic growth, technological improvement and poverty reduction, and are overshadowed by growing concerns about the preservation of the environment and human rights. This collection’s multidisciplinary perspective links local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry into the interaction of state and non-state actors involved in promoting or opposing natural resource development. Taking this approach allows the book to contemplate the complex panorama of competing visions, concepts and interests grounded in the mutual influences and interdependencies which shape the contemporary arena of social-environmental conflicts in the region. 30 00 Contemporary development debates in Latin America are marked by the pursuit of economic growth, technological improvement and poverty reduction, and are overshadowed by growing concerns about the preservation of the environment and human rights. This collection’s multidisciplinary perspective links local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry into the interaction of state and non-state actors involved in promoting or opposing natural resource development. Taking this approach allows the book to contemplate the complex panorama of competing visions, concepts and interests grounded in the mutual influences and interdependencies which shape the contemporary arena of social-environmental conflicts in the region. 04 00 1. Forces of resistance and human rights: deconstructing natural resource development in Latin America Malayna Raftopoulos and Radosław Powęska 2. Indigenous rights in the era of ‘indigenous state’: how interethnic conflicts and state appropriation of indigenous agenda hinder the challenge to extractivism in Bolivia Radosław Powęska 3. REDD+ and human rights in Latin America: addressing indigenous peoples’ concerns though the use of Human Rights Impact Assessments Malayna Raftopoulos 4. Violence in the actions of indigenous peoples from the Amazon region as a result of environmental conflicts Magdalena Krysińska-Kałużna 5. Neogeography, development and human rights in Latin America Doug Specht 6. From human rights to an urbanising environmental politics: understanding flood and landslide vulnerability in Brazil’s coastal mountains Robert Coates 7. Human rights and socio-environmental conflict in Nicaragua’s Grand Canal project Joanna Morley 8. Sustainable development, the politics of place and decoloniality: contradictory or complementary approaches to Latin American futures? Bogumila Lisocka-Jaegermann 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0520.9781912250417_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/natural-resource-development-and-human-rights-in-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20200522 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250011 03 9781912250011 06 15 9781912250417 03 9781912250417 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/natural-resource-development-and-human-rights-in-latin-america/ 20 08 20200522 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0320034c-e494-41e8-8a51-db2129eac8da 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8e7885e4-98fd-4000-92ee-f45fe1bcdb17 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0320034c-e494-41e8-8a51-db2129eac8da 15 9781914477409 03 9781914477409 06 10.14296/420.9781914477409 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107789 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 New Fragments of Menander’s Epitrepontes 1 B01 William D. Furley William D. Furley 01 eng 00 89 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 DSBB 93 DSBB 10 LCO003000 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 20 New Comedy; ancient theatre; comedy; Menander; Athenian life; Greek polis; family life in antiquity; women in antiquity 01 06 02 00 In this brand new and exquisite 2021 translation of the classic Greek play, Epitrepontes, or 'The Arbitration', the new fragments, complete with papyrological readings, translation and commentary, are brought together with previous scholarly work. The commentary aims to explain the printed text, to place Menander's language in the context of 03 00 In this brand new and exquisite 2021 translation of the classic Greek play, Epitrepontes</italic>, or 'The Arbitration', produced around 300 BC, Menander tackles the subject of a broken marriage. Charisios has left his young wife Pamphile over a suspected infidelity and moved in with his neighbour to drown his sorrows in wine and women, specifically, a spirited harp-girl called Habrotonon. The irate father-in-law will not tolerate this waste of a good dowry and demands of his daughter that she divorce. Bravely she holds out against her father's tirades and remains loyal to her husband.A complex and masterly dramatic sequence ensures that by the end 'all's well that ends well' - and Menander has struck a blow for equality of the sexes, for understanding over arrogance and pride. Menander's subtle and, ultimately, good-natured treatment of marital crisis and family tensions, themes which, despite the ancient dress of strict metre and theatrical convention, are strikingly modern, not to say timeless.A large portion of the Epitrepontes</italic> was recovered from oblivion in 1905. Now, this startling collection of the new fragments, complete with papyrological readings, translation and commentary, brings together the scholarly work from separate fragments to date, including the author's own edition and interpretation and a revised text of the play in entirety included as an appendix.The commentary aims to explain the printed text, to place Menander's language in the context of Athenian dramatic art and rhetoric, and to appreciate his subtle insights into the psychology of his characters, from the huffy father-in-law Smikrines to the 'little people' of the comedy, the slaves, each with their private agenda. 30 00 In this brand new and exquisite 2021 translation of the classic Greek play, Epitrepontes</italic>, or 'The Arbitration', produced around 300 BC, Menander tackles the subject of a broken marriage. Charisios has left his young wife Pamphile over a suspected infidelity and moved in with his neighbour to drown his sorrows in wine and women, specifically, a spirited harp-girl called Habrotonon. The irate father-in-law will not tolerate this waste of a good dowry and demands of his daughter that she divorce. Bravely she holds out against her father's tirades and remains loyal to her husband.A complex and masterly dramatic sequence ensures that by the end 'all's well that ends well' - and Menander has struck a blow for equality of the sexes, for understanding over arrogance and pride. Menander's subtle and, ultimately, good-natured treatment of marital crisis and family tensions, themes which, despite the ancient dress of strict metre and theatrical convention, are strikingly modern, not to say timeless.A large portion of the Epitrepontes</italic> was recovered from oblivion in 1905. Now, this startling collection of the new fragments, complete with papyrological readings, translation and commentary, brings together the scholarly work from separate fragments to date, including the author's own edition and interpretation and a revised text of the play in entirety included as an appendix.The commentary aims to explain the printed text, to place Menander's language in the context of Athenian dramatic art and rhetoric, and to appreciate his subtle insights into the psychology of his characters, from the huffy father-in-law Smikrines to the 'little people' of the comedy, the slaves, each with their private agenda. 04 00 Revised Text Composite Reading Translation Commentary Appendix 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781914477409_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/new-fragments-of-menanders-epitrepontes/ London, GB 04 01 20210601 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/8e7885e4-98fd-4000-92ee-f45fe1bcdb17 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/8e7885e4-98fd-4000-92ee-f45fe1bcdb17/8e7885e4-98fd-4000-92ee-f45fe1bcdb17.pdf 20 08 20210601 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/new-fragments-of-menanders-epitrepontes/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477409.pdf 20 08 20210601 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/new-fragments-of-menanders-epitrepontes/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781914477409.pdf 20 08 20210601 01 urn:uuid:44844e04-006b-4400-ac3a-528b41be4716 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5a0c233d-24a2-41ce-9c00-338eacd1323a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:44844e04-006b-4400-ac3a-528b41be4716 15 9781908857828 03 9781908857828 06 10.14296/2104.9781908857835 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103569 00 BB 10 01 273 mm 01 27.3 cm 01 10.75 in 02 210 mm 02 21 cm 02 8.25 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 New World Objects of Knowledge A Cabinet of Curiosities 1 B01 Mark Thurner Mark Thurner 2 B01 Juan Pimentel Juan Pimentel 01 eng 00 301 03 09 164 93 AGA 10 ART015020 12 HBJK B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 10 SCI100000 12 WN 93 1K 93 2ACB 93 3M 20 New World; Inca; North America; Central America; Darwin; nature; artefacts 01 06 02 00 A Cabinet of Curiosities</italic> delves into the hidden histories of 40 of the New World’s most iconic objects, from the Inca Mummy, to Darwin’s Hummingbird. Richly-illustrated and marked with accompanying essays, we discover the dynamic, often global itineraries of key New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world. </ 03 00 From the late fifteenth century to the present day, countless explorers, conquerors, and other agents of empire have laid siege to the New World, plundering and pilfering its most precious artefacts and treasures. Today, these natural and cultural products—which are key to conceptualizing a history of Latin America—are scattered in museums around the world.<break/><break/>With contributions from a renowned set of scholars, New World Objects of Knowledge</italic> delves into the hidden histories of forty of the New World’s most iconic artifacts, from the Inca mummy to Darwin’s hummingbirds. This volume is richly illustrated with photos and sketches from the archives and museums hosting these objects. Each artifact is accompanied by a comprehensive essay covering its dynamic, often global, history and itinerary. This volume will be an indispensable catalog of New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world 30 00 From the late fifteenth century to the present day, countless explorers, conquerors, and other agents of empire have laid siege to the New World, plundering and pilfering its most precious artefacts and treasures. Today, these natural and cultural products—which are key to conceptualizing a history of Latin America—are scattered in museums around the world.<break/><break/>With contributions from a renowned set of scholars, New World Objects of Knowledge</italic> delves into the hidden histories of forty of the New World’s most iconic artifacts, from the Inca mummy to Darwin’s hummingbirds. This volume is richly illustrated with photos and sketches from the archives and museums hosting these objects. Each artifact is accompanied by a comprehensive essay covering its dynamic, often global, history and itinerary. This volume will be an indispensable catalog of New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world 04 00 Introduction by Mark Thurner and Juan Pimentel Part 1: ARTIFICIALIA 1 Codex Mendoza by Daniela Bleichmar 2 Macuilxochitl by Juan Pimentel 3 Potosi by Kris Lane 4 Piece of Eight by Alejandra Irigoin and Bridget Millmore 5 Pieza de Indias by Pablo Gomez 6 Rubber by Heloisa Maria Bertol Domingues and Emilie Ana Carreón Blaine 7 Silver Basin by Mariana Francozo 8 Feathered Shield by Linda Baez 9 Black by Adrian Masters 10 Cards by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 11 Mary’s Armadillo by Peter Mason 12 Mexican Portrait by Andrés Gutiérrez Usillos 13 Clay Vessel by Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 14 Singing Violin by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 15 Creole Cabinet by Juan Pimentel and Mark Thurner 16 Modern Quipu by Sabine and William Hyland 17 Memory Palaces by Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 18 Inca Mummy by Christopher Heaney 19 Xilonen by Miruna Achim 20 Machu Picchu by Amy Cox-Hall PART 2: NATURALIA 21 Amazon by Roberto Chauca 22 Bird of Paradise by Jose Ramon Marcaida 23 Emeralds by Kris Lane 24 Pearls by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 25 Cochineal by Miruna Achim 26 Opossum by Jose Ramon Marcaida 27 Guinea Pig by Helen Cowie 28 Bezoar by Jose Pardo-Tomas 29 Cacao by Peter Mason 30 Strawberry by Elisa and Ana Sevilla 31 Volcano by Sophie Brockmann 32 Andes by Mark Thurner and Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 33 Anteater by Helen Cowie 34 Megatherium by Juan Pimentel 35 Tapir by Irina Podgorny 36 Cinchona by Matthew Crawford 37 Potato by Rebecca Earle 38 Guano by Gregory Cushman 39 Tortoise by Elizabeth Hennessey 40 Darwin’s Hummingbird by Iris Montero 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2104.9781908857835_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/new-world-objects-of-knowledge/ London, GB 04 01 20210430 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857835 03 9781908857835 06 15 9781915249586 03 9781915249586 06 15 9781908857934 03 9781908857934 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/new-world-objects-of-knowledge/ 20 08 20210430 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2e2b25ec-4882-4a85-98a9-265d11135b81 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5a0c233d-24a2-41ce-9c00-338eacd1323a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2e2b25ec-4882-4a85-98a9-265d11135b81 15 9781908857835 03 9781908857835 06 10.14296/2104.9781908857835 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103569 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 New World Objects of Knowledge A Cabinet of Curiosities 1 B01 Mark Thurner Mark Thurner 2 B01 Juan Pimentel Juan Pimentel 01 eng 00 301 03 09 164 93 AGA 10 ART015020 12 HBJK B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 10 SCI100000 12 WN 93 1K 93 2ACB 93 3M 20 New World; Inca; North America; Central America; Darwin; nature; artefacts 01 06 02 00 A Cabinet of Curiosities</italic> delves into the hidden histories of 40 of the New World’s most iconic objects, from the Inca Mummy, to Darwin’s Hummingbird. Richly-illustrated and marked with accompanying essays, we discover the dynamic, often global itineraries of key New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world. </ 03 00 From the late fifteenth century to the present day, countless explorers, conquerors, and other agents of empire have laid siege to the New World, plundering and pilfering its most precious artefacts and treasures. Today, these natural and cultural products—which are key to conceptualizing a history of Latin America—are scattered in museums around the world.<break/><break/>With contributions from a renowned set of scholars, New World Objects of Knowledge</italic> delves into the hidden histories of forty of the New World’s most iconic artifacts, from the Inca mummy to Darwin’s hummingbirds. This volume is richly illustrated with photos and sketches from the archives and museums hosting these objects. Each artifact is accompanied by a comprehensive essay covering its dynamic, often global, history and itinerary. This volume will be an indispensable catalog of New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world 30 00 From the late fifteenth century to the present day, countless explorers, conquerors, and other agents of empire have laid siege to the New World, plundering and pilfering its most precious artefacts and treasures. Today, these natural and cultural products—which are key to conceptualizing a history of Latin America—are scattered in museums around the world.<break/><break/>With contributions from a renowned set of scholars, New World Objects of Knowledge</italic> delves into the hidden histories of forty of the New World’s most iconic artifacts, from the Inca mummy to Darwin’s hummingbirds. This volume is richly illustrated with photos and sketches from the archives and museums hosting these objects. Each artifact is accompanied by a comprehensive essay covering its dynamic, often global, history and itinerary. This volume will be an indispensable catalog of New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world 04 00 Introduction by Mark Thurner and Juan Pimentel Part 1: ARTIFICIALIA 1 Codex Mendoza by Daniela Bleichmar 2 Macuilxochitl by Juan Pimentel 3 Potosi by Kris Lane 4 Piece of Eight by Alejandra Irigoin and Bridget Millmore 5 Pieza de Indias by Pablo Gomez 6 Rubber by Heloisa Maria Bertol Domingues and Emilie Ana Carreón Blaine 7 Silver Basin by Mariana Francozo 8 Feathered Shield by Linda Baez 9 Black by Adrian Masters 10 Cards by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 11 Mary’s Armadillo by Peter Mason 12 Mexican Portrait by Andrés Gutiérrez Usillos 13 Clay Vessel by Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 14 Singing Violin by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 15 Creole Cabinet by Juan Pimentel and Mark Thurner 16 Modern Quipu by Sabine and William Hyland 17 Memory Palaces by Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 18 Inca Mummy by Christopher Heaney 19 Xilonen by Miruna Achim 20 Machu Picchu by Amy Cox-Hall PART 2: NATURALIA 21 Amazon by Roberto Chauca 22 Bird of Paradise by Jose Ramon Marcaida 23 Emeralds by Kris Lane 24 Pearls by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 25 Cochineal by Miruna Achim 26 Opossum by Jose Ramon Marcaida 27 Guinea Pig by Helen Cowie 28 Bezoar by Jose Pardo-Tomas 29 Cacao by Peter Mason 30 Strawberry by Elisa and Ana Sevilla 31 Volcano by Sophie Brockmann 32 Andes by Mark Thurner and Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 33 Anteater by Helen Cowie 34 Megatherium by Juan Pimentel 35 Tapir by Irina Podgorny 36 Cinchona by Matthew Crawford 37 Potato by Rebecca Earle 38 Guano by Gregory Cushman 39 Tortoise by Elizabeth Hennessey 40 Darwin’s Hummingbird by Iris Montero 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2104.9781908857835_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/new-world-objects-of-knowledge/ London, GB 04 01 20210430 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857828 03 9781908857828 06 15 9781915249586 03 9781915249586 06 15 9781908857934 03 9781908857934 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/5a0c233d-24a2-41ce-9c00-338eacd1323a 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/5a0c233d-24a2-41ce-9c00-338eacd1323a/5a0c233d-24a2-41ce-9c00-338eacd1323a.pdf 20 08 20210430 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/new-world-objects-of-knowledge/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857835.pdf 20 08 20210430 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/new-world-objects-of-knowledge/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2104.9781908857835.pdf 20 08 20210430 01 urn:uuid:b5b9ce14-5f0f-4736-a5c3-5ae388fb94c8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5a0c233d-24a2-41ce-9c00-338eacd1323a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b5b9ce14-5f0f-4736-a5c3-5ae388fb94c8 15 9781915249586 03 9781915249586 06 10.14296/2104.9781908857835 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103569 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 New World Objects of Knowledge A Cabinet of Curiosities 1 B01 Mark Thurner Mark Thurner 2 B01 Juan Pimentel Juan Pimentel 01 eng 00 301 03 09 164 93 AGA 10 ART015020 12 HBJK B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 10 SCI100000 12 WN 93 1K 93 2ACB 93 3M 20 New World; Inca; North America; Central America; Darwin; nature; artefacts 01 06 02 00 A Cabinet of Curiosities</italic> delves into the hidden histories of 40 of the New World’s most iconic objects, from the Inca Mummy, to Darwin’s Hummingbird. Richly-illustrated and marked with accompanying essays, we discover the dynamic, often global itineraries of key New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world. </ 03 00 From the late fifteenth century to the present day, countless explorers, conquerors, and other agents of empire have laid siege to the New World, plundering and pilfering its most precious artefacts and treasures. Today, these natural and cultural products—which are key to conceptualizing a history of Latin America—are scattered in museums around the world.<break/><break/>With contributions from a renowned set of scholars, New World Objects of Knowledge</italic> delves into the hidden histories of forty of the New World’s most iconic artifacts, from the Inca mummy to Darwin’s hummingbirds. This volume is richly illustrated with photos and sketches from the archives and museums hosting these objects. Each artifact is accompanied by a comprehensive essay covering its dynamic, often global, history and itinerary. This volume will be an indispensable catalog of New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world 30 00 From the late fifteenth century to the present day, countless explorers, conquerors, and other agents of empire have laid siege to the New World, plundering and pilfering its most precious artefacts and treasures. Today, these natural and cultural products—which are key to conceptualizing a history of Latin America—are scattered in museums around the world.<break/><break/>With contributions from a renowned set of scholars, New World Objects of Knowledge</italic> delves into the hidden histories of forty of the New World’s most iconic artifacts, from the Inca mummy to Darwin’s hummingbirds. This volume is richly illustrated with photos and sketches from the archives and museums hosting these objects. Each artifact is accompanied by a comprehensive essay covering its dynamic, often global, history and itinerary. This volume will be an indispensable catalog of New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world 04 00 Introduction by Mark Thurner and Juan Pimentel Part 1: ARTIFICIALIA 1 Codex Mendoza by Daniela Bleichmar 2 Macuilxochitl by Juan Pimentel 3 Potosi by Kris Lane 4 Piece of Eight by Alejandra Irigoin and Bridget Millmore 5 Pieza de Indias by Pablo Gomez 6 Rubber by Heloisa Maria Bertol Domingues and Emilie Ana Carreón Blaine 7 Silver Basin by Mariana Francozo 8 Feathered Shield by Linda Baez 9 Black by Adrian Masters 10 Cards by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 11 Mary’s Armadillo by Peter Mason 12 Mexican Portrait by Andrés Gutiérrez Usillos 13 Clay Vessel by Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 14 Singing Violin by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 15 Creole Cabinet by Juan Pimentel and Mark Thurner 16 Modern Quipu by Sabine and William Hyland 17 Memory Palaces by Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 18 Inca Mummy by Christopher Heaney 19 Xilonen by Miruna Achim 20 Machu Picchu by Amy Cox-Hall PART 2: NATURALIA 21 Amazon by Roberto Chauca 22 Bird of Paradise by Jose Ramon Marcaida 23 Emeralds by Kris Lane 24 Pearls by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 25 Cochineal by Miruna Achim 26 Opossum by Jose Ramon Marcaida 27 Guinea Pig by Helen Cowie 28 Bezoar by Jose Pardo-Tomas 29 Cacao by Peter Mason 30 Strawberry by Elisa and Ana Sevilla 31 Volcano by Sophie Brockmann 32 Andes by Mark Thurner and Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 33 Anteater by Helen Cowie 34 Megatherium by Juan Pimentel 35 Tapir by Irina Podgorny 36 Cinchona by Matthew Crawford 37 Potato by Rebecca Earle 38 Guano by Gregory Cushman 39 Tortoise by Elizabeth Hennessey 40 Darwin’s Hummingbird by Iris Montero 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2104.9781908857835_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/new-world-objects-of-knowledge/ London, GB 04 01 20210430 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857828 03 9781908857828 06 15 9781908857835 03 9781908857835 06 15 9781908857934 03 9781908857934 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/new-world-objects-of-knowledge 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/new-world-objects-of-knowledge 20 08 20210430 01 urn:uuid:51a812ef-32e3-4d80-8e5c-859817264cc7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5a0c233d-24a2-41ce-9c00-338eacd1323a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:51a812ef-32e3-4d80-8e5c-859817264cc7 15 9781908857934 03 9781908857934 06 10.14296/2104.9781908857835 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103569 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 New World Objects of Knowledge A Cabinet of Curiosities 1 B01 Mark Thurner Mark Thurner 2 B01 Juan Pimentel Juan Pimentel 01 eng 00 301 03 09 164 93 AGA 10 ART015020 12 HBJK B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 10 SCI100000 12 WN 93 1K 93 2ACB 93 3M 20 New World; Inca; North America; Central America; Darwin; nature; artefacts 01 06 02 00 A Cabinet of Curiosities</italic> delves into the hidden histories of 40 of the New World’s most iconic objects, from the Inca Mummy, to Darwin’s Hummingbird. Richly-illustrated and marked with accompanying essays, we discover the dynamic, often global itineraries of key New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world. </ 03 00 From the late fifteenth century to the present day, countless explorers, conquerors, and other agents of empire have laid siege to the New World, plundering and pilfering its most precious artefacts and treasures. Today, these natural and cultural products—which are key to conceptualizing a history of Latin America—are scattered in museums around the world.<break/><break/>With contributions from a renowned set of scholars, New World Objects of Knowledge</italic> delves into the hidden histories of forty of the New World’s most iconic artifacts, from the Inca mummy to Darwin’s hummingbirds. This volume is richly illustrated with photos and sketches from the archives and museums hosting these objects. Each artifact is accompanied by a comprehensive essay covering its dynamic, often global, history and itinerary. This volume will be an indispensable catalog of New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world 30 00 From the late fifteenth century to the present day, countless explorers, conquerors, and other agents of empire have laid siege to the New World, plundering and pilfering its most precious artefacts and treasures. Today, these natural and cultural products—which are key to conceptualizing a history of Latin America—are scattered in museums around the world.<break/><break/>With contributions from a renowned set of scholars, New World Objects of Knowledge</italic> delves into the hidden histories of forty of the New World’s most iconic artifacts, from the Inca mummy to Darwin’s hummingbirds. This volume is richly illustrated with photos and sketches from the archives and museums hosting these objects. Each artifact is accompanied by a comprehensive essay covering its dynamic, often global, history and itinerary. This volume will be an indispensable catalog of New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world 04 00 Introduction by Mark Thurner and Juan Pimentel Part 1: ARTIFICIALIA 1 Codex Mendoza by Daniela Bleichmar 2 Macuilxochitl by Juan Pimentel 3 Potosi by Kris Lane 4 Piece of Eight by Alejandra Irigoin and Bridget Millmore 5 Pieza de Indias by Pablo Gomez 6 Rubber by Heloisa Maria Bertol Domingues and Emilie Ana Carreón Blaine 7 Silver Basin by Mariana Francozo 8 Feathered Shield by Linda Baez 9 Black by Adrian Masters 10 Cards by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 11 Mary’s Armadillo by Peter Mason 12 Mexican Portrait by Andrés Gutiérrez Usillos 13 Clay Vessel by Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 14 Singing Violin by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 15 Creole Cabinet by Juan Pimentel and Mark Thurner 16 Modern Quipu by Sabine and William Hyland 17 Memory Palaces by Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 18 Inca Mummy by Christopher Heaney 19 Xilonen by Miruna Achim 20 Machu Picchu by Amy Cox-Hall PART 2: NATURALIA 21 Amazon by Roberto Chauca 22 Bird of Paradise by Jose Ramon Marcaida 23 Emeralds by Kris Lane 24 Pearls by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 25 Cochineal by Miruna Achim 26 Opossum by Jose Ramon Marcaida 27 Guinea Pig by Helen Cowie 28 Bezoar by Jose Pardo-Tomas 29 Cacao by Peter Mason 30 Strawberry by Elisa and Ana Sevilla 31 Volcano by Sophie Brockmann 32 Andes by Mark Thurner and Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 33 Anteater by Helen Cowie 34 Megatherium by Juan Pimentel 35 Tapir by Irina Podgorny 36 Cinchona by Matthew Crawford 37 Potato by Rebecca Earle 38 Guano by Gregory Cushman 39 Tortoise by Elizabeth Hennessey 40 Darwin’s Hummingbird by Iris Montero 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2104.9781908857835_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/new-world-objects-of-knowledge/ London, GB 04 01 20210430 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857828 03 9781908857828 06 15 9781908857835 03 9781908857835 06 15 9781915249586 03 9781915249586 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/new-world-objects-of-knowledge/ 20 08 20210430 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:bb03245c-7e5a-4ebd-a3a4-3ca7596a29fd 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:019c95f6-ee56-4797-9dd6-88a3025f781e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bb03245c-7e5a-4ebd-a3a4-3ca7596a29fd 15 9781908857101 03 9781908857101 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53756 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 Obama's Washington Political Leadership in a Partisan Era 1 B01 Clodagh Harrington Clodagh Harrington 01 eng B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 JPL 12 JPL 10 POL040010 93 JPHL 12 JPHL 10 POL015000 12 1KBB 93 1KBB 10 POL024000 10 POL040000 01 06 02 00 Examines the array of challenges facing the Obama administration and the president himself. This volume includes topics that range from how best to manage a ruptured economy to controlling the budget, the green agenda, foreign policy, and the recalibration of US relations with Britain. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248131/53756/53756_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/obamas-washington/ London, GB 04 01 20141023 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/obamas-washington/ 20 08 20141023 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ac13a31a-3ba0-4a28-887e-4df05627f0e7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:49e2dac3-d2cd-4dde-acf7-a9d197ef0a2a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ac13a31a-3ba0-4a28-887e-4df05627f0e7 15 9781909646001 03 9781909646001 06 10.14296/917.9781909646582 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61534 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Octavia Hill, social activism and the remaking of British society 1 B01 Elizabeth Baigent Elizabeth Baigent 2 B01 Ben Cowell Ben Cowell 01 eng 00 350 03 09 47 12 HBJD1 10 HIS037010 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 12 HB 93 NH 12 1DST 93 1DST-IT-TGV 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3F 93 3KL 93 4CT 20 Octavia Hill; National Trust; Humanitarianism; Charity; British Parks; Activism; Social Reforms; Victorian London; Feminism 01 06 02 00 Octavia Hill was a housing reformer, open space campaigner, co-founder of the National Trust, founder of the Army Cadet Force, and the first woman to be invited to sit on a royal commission. Yet despite her early pre-eminence, and the remarkable success of the institutions which she helped to found, Hill fell from public favour in the twentie 03 00 This volume reassesses the life and work of Octavia Hill, housing reformer, open space campaigner, co-founder of the National Trust, founder of the Army Cadet Force, and the first woman to be invited to sit on a royal commission. In her lifetime she was widely regarded as an authority on a broad range of social problems. Yet despite her early pre-eminence, and the remarkable success of the institutions which she helped to found, Hill fell from public favour in the twentieth century. This book provides a nuanced portrait of Hill and her work in a broader context of social change, reflecting recent scholarship on nineteenth-century society in general, and on philanthropy and preservation, and women’s role in them, in particular. 30 00 This volume reassesses the life and work of Octavia Hill, housing reformer, open space campaigner, co-founder of the National Trust, founder of the Army Cadet Force, and the first woman to be invited to sit on a royal commission. In her lifetime she was widely regarded as an authority on a broad range of social problems. Yet despite her early pre-eminence, and the remarkable success of the institutions which she helped to found, Hill fell from public favour in the twentieth century. This book provides a nuanced portrait of Hill and her work in a broader context of social change, reflecting recent scholarship on nineteenth-century society in general, and on philanthropy and preservation, and women’s role in them, in particular. 04 00 Foreword - Dame Helen Ghosh, director general, National Trust I. ‘The habit of seeing and sorting out problems’: Octavia Hill’s life and afterlife 1. Octavia Hill: ‘the most misunderstood … Victorian reformer’ - Elizabeth Baigent 2. Octavia Hill: lessons in campaigning - Gillian Darley II. ‘Beauty is for all’: art in the life and work of Octavia Hill 3. Octavia Hill: the practice of sympathy and the art of housing - William Whyte 4. Octavia Hill’s Red Cross Hall and its murals to heroic self-sacrifice - John Price 5. ‘The poor, as well as the rich, need something more than meat and drink’: the vision of the Kyrle Society - Robert Whelan 6. Octavia Hill: the reluctant sitter - Elizabeth Heath III. ‘The value of abundant good air’: Octavia Hill and the meanings of nature 7. Octavia Hill, nature and open space: crowning success or campaigning ‘utterly without result’ - Elizabeth Baigent 8. Octavia Hill and the English landscape - Paul Readman IV. ‘A common inheritance from generation to generation’: Octavia Hill and preservation 9. ‘To every landless man, woman and child in England’: Octavia Hill and the preservation movement - Astrid Swenson 10. Octavia Hill and the National Trust - Melanie Hall V. ‘The loving zeal of individuals which cannot be legislated for by Parliament’: Octavia Hill’s vision in historical context 11. At home in the metropolis: gender and ideals of social service - Jane Garnett 12. Octavia Hill, Beatrice Webb, and the Royal Commission on the Poor Laws, 1905–9: a mid Victorian in an Edwardian world - Lawrence Goldman VI. Hill’s legacy 13. ‘Some dreadful buildings in Southwark’: a tour of nineteenth-century social housing - William Whyte 14. For the benefit of the nation: politics and the early National Trust - Ben Cowell 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646582_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/octavia-hill-social-activism-and-the-remaking-of-british-society/ London, GB 04 01 20171201 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646582 03 9781909646582 06 15 9781909646346 03 9781909646346 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/octavia-hill-social-activism-and-the-remaking-of-british-society/ 20 08 20171201 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1a05e4d4-7c72-47dd-86ac-f15717acff16 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:49e2dac3-d2cd-4dde-acf7-a9d197ef0a2a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1a05e4d4-7c72-47dd-86ac-f15717acff16 15 9781909646582 03 9781909646582 06 10.14296/917.9781909646582 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61534 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Octavia Hill, social activism and the remaking of British society 1 B01 Elizabeth Baigent Elizabeth Baigent 2 B01 Ben Cowell Ben Cowell 01 eng 00 350 03 09 47 12 HBJD1 10 HIS037010 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 12 HB 93 NH 12 1DST 93 1DST-IT-TGV 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3F 93 3KL 93 4CT 20 Octavia Hill; National Trust; Humanitarianism; Charity; British Parks; Activism; Social Reforms; Victorian London; Feminism 01 06 02 00 Octavia Hill was a housing reformer, open space campaigner, co-founder of the National Trust, founder of the Army Cadet Force, and the first woman to be invited to sit on a royal commission. Yet despite her early pre-eminence, and the remarkable success of the institutions which she helped to found, Hill fell from public favour in the twentie 03 00 This volume reassesses the life and work of Octavia Hill, housing reformer, open space campaigner, co-founder of the National Trust, founder of the Army Cadet Force, and the first woman to be invited to sit on a royal commission. In her lifetime she was widely regarded as an authority on a broad range of social problems. Yet despite her early pre-eminence, and the remarkable success of the institutions which she helped to found, Hill fell from public favour in the twentieth century. This book provides a nuanced portrait of Hill and her work in a broader context of social change, reflecting recent scholarship on nineteenth-century society in general, and on philanthropy and preservation, and women’s role in them, in particular. 30 00 This volume reassesses the life and work of Octavia Hill, housing reformer, open space campaigner, co-founder of the National Trust, founder of the Army Cadet Force, and the first woman to be invited to sit on a royal commission. In her lifetime she was widely regarded as an authority on a broad range of social problems. Yet despite her early pre-eminence, and the remarkable success of the institutions which she helped to found, Hill fell from public favour in the twentieth century. This book provides a nuanced portrait of Hill and her work in a broader context of social change, reflecting recent scholarship on nineteenth-century society in general, and on philanthropy and preservation, and women’s role in them, in particular. 04 00 Foreword - Dame Helen Ghosh, director general, National Trust I. ‘The habit of seeing and sorting out problems’: Octavia Hill’s life and afterlife 1. Octavia Hill: ‘the most misunderstood … Victorian reformer’ - Elizabeth Baigent 2. Octavia Hill: lessons in campaigning - Gillian Darley II. ‘Beauty is for all’: art in the life and work of Octavia Hill 3. Octavia Hill: the practice of sympathy and the art of housing - William Whyte 4. Octavia Hill’s Red Cross Hall and its murals to heroic self-sacrifice - John Price 5. ‘The poor, as well as the rich, need something more than meat and drink’: the vision of the Kyrle Society - Robert Whelan 6. Octavia Hill: the reluctant sitter - Elizabeth Heath III. ‘The value of abundant good air’: Octavia Hill and the meanings of nature 7. Octavia Hill, nature and open space: crowning success or campaigning ‘utterly without result’ - Elizabeth Baigent 8. Octavia Hill and the English landscape - Paul Readman IV. ‘A common inheritance from generation to generation’: Octavia Hill and preservation 9. ‘To every landless man, woman and child in England’: Octavia Hill and the preservation movement - Astrid Swenson 10. Octavia Hill and the National Trust - Melanie Hall V. ‘The loving zeal of individuals which cannot be legislated for by Parliament’: Octavia Hill’s vision in historical context 11. At home in the metropolis: gender and ideals of social service - Jane Garnett 12. Octavia Hill, Beatrice Webb, and the Royal Commission on the Poor Laws, 1905–9: a mid Victorian in an Edwardian world - Lawrence Goldman VI. Hill’s legacy 13. ‘Some dreadful buildings in Southwark’: a tour of nineteenth-century social housing - William Whyte 14. For the benefit of the nation: politics and the early National Trust - Ben Cowell 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646582_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/octavia-hill-social-activism-and-the-remaking-of-british-society/ London, GB 04 01 20171201 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646001 03 9781909646001 06 15 9781909646346 03 9781909646346 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/49e2dac3-d2cd-4dde-acf7-a9d197ef0a2a 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/49e2dac3-d2cd-4dde-acf7-a9d197ef0a2a/49e2dac3-d2cd-4dde-acf7-a9d197ef0a2a.pdf 20 08 20171201 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/octavia-hill-social-activism-and-the-remaking-of-british-society/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646582.pdf 20 08 20171201 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/octavia-hill-social-activism-and-the-remaking-of-british-society/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646582.pdf 20 08 20171201 01 urn:uuid:bec9d96f-e1f1-4a8e-8785-18db9d167e9e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:49e2dac3-d2cd-4dde-acf7-a9d197ef0a2a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bec9d96f-e1f1-4a8e-8785-18db9d167e9e 15 9781909646346 03 9781909646346 06 10.14296/917.9781909646582 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61534 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Octavia Hill, social activism and the remaking of British society 1 B01 Elizabeth Baigent Elizabeth Baigent 2 B01 Ben Cowell Ben Cowell 01 eng 00 350 03 09 47 12 HBJD1 10 HIS037010 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 12 HB 93 NH 12 1DST 93 1DST-IT-TGV 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3F 93 3KL 93 4CT 20 Octavia Hill; National Trust; Humanitarianism; Charity; British Parks; Activism; Social Reforms; Victorian London; Feminism 01 06 02 00 Octavia Hill was a housing reformer, open space campaigner, co-founder of the National Trust, founder of the Army Cadet Force, and the first woman to be invited to sit on a royal commission. Yet despite her early pre-eminence, and the remarkable success of the institutions which she helped to found, Hill fell from public favour in the twentie 03 00 This volume reassesses the life and work of Octavia Hill, housing reformer, open space campaigner, co-founder of the National Trust, founder of the Army Cadet Force, and the first woman to be invited to sit on a royal commission. In her lifetime she was widely regarded as an authority on a broad range of social problems. Yet despite her early pre-eminence, and the remarkable success of the institutions which she helped to found, Hill fell from public favour in the twentieth century. This book provides a nuanced portrait of Hill and her work in a broader context of social change, reflecting recent scholarship on nineteenth-century society in general, and on philanthropy and preservation, and women’s role in them, in particular. 30 00 This volume reassesses the life and work of Octavia Hill, housing reformer, open space campaigner, co-founder of the National Trust, founder of the Army Cadet Force, and the first woman to be invited to sit on a royal commission. In her lifetime she was widely regarded as an authority on a broad range of social problems. Yet despite her early pre-eminence, and the remarkable success of the institutions which she helped to found, Hill fell from public favour in the twentieth century. This book provides a nuanced portrait of Hill and her work in a broader context of social change, reflecting recent scholarship on nineteenth-century society in general, and on philanthropy and preservation, and women’s role in them, in particular. 04 00 Foreword - Dame Helen Ghosh, director general, National Trust I. ‘The habit of seeing and sorting out problems’: Octavia Hill’s life and afterlife 1. Octavia Hill: ‘the most misunderstood … Victorian reformer’ - Elizabeth Baigent 2. Octavia Hill: lessons in campaigning - Gillian Darley II. ‘Beauty is for all’: art in the life and work of Octavia Hill 3. Octavia Hill: the practice of sympathy and the art of housing - William Whyte 4. Octavia Hill’s Red Cross Hall and its murals to heroic self-sacrifice - John Price 5. ‘The poor, as well as the rich, need something more than meat and drink’: the vision of the Kyrle Society - Robert Whelan 6. Octavia Hill: the reluctant sitter - Elizabeth Heath III. ‘The value of abundant good air’: Octavia Hill and the meanings of nature 7. Octavia Hill, nature and open space: crowning success or campaigning ‘utterly without result’ - Elizabeth Baigent 8. Octavia Hill and the English landscape - Paul Readman IV. ‘A common inheritance from generation to generation’: Octavia Hill and preservation 9. ‘To every landless man, woman and child in England’: Octavia Hill and the preservation movement - Astrid Swenson 10. Octavia Hill and the National Trust - Melanie Hall V. ‘The loving zeal of individuals which cannot be legislated for by Parliament’: Octavia Hill’s vision in historical context 11. At home in the metropolis: gender and ideals of social service - Jane Garnett 12. Octavia Hill, Beatrice Webb, and the Royal Commission on the Poor Laws, 1905–9: a mid Victorian in an Edwardian world - Lawrence Goldman VI. Hill’s legacy 13. ‘Some dreadful buildings in Southwark’: a tour of nineteenth-century social housing - William Whyte 14. For the benefit of the nation: politics and the early National Trust - Ben Cowell 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646582_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/octavia-hill-social-activism-and-the-remaking-of-british-society/ London, GB 04 01 20171201 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646001 03 9781909646001 06 15 9781909646582 03 9781909646582 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/octavia-hill-social-activism-and-the-remaking-of-british-society/ 20 08 20171201 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:de70cb9e-b287-42d9-83fb-2a8b974b3cd6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3d4f92b4-0547-4c91-ad68-bd0809ba12c6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:de70cb9e-b287-42d9-83fb-2a8b974b3cd6 15 9780854572786 03 9780854572786 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.104604 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 14 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Opposing Patriarchy: Women and the Law in Action in Pre-Unification Italy (1815-1865) 1 A01 Sara Delmedico Sara Delmedico Sara Delmedico (PhD, University of Cambridge, 2019) is Government of Ireland Postdoctoral Fellow at the University College Dublin, Ireland. Her research interests cover women’s history with a particular focus on the law and the Italian peninsula. 01 eng 12 HBJD 10 HIS020000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Italian Studies 93 LAZ 93 JBSF11 12 JFSJ1 10 LAW043000 10 1.5.3.0.0.0.0 12 1D 93 1DST 93 2ACB 12 2ADT 93 3MNQ-IT-N 20 Italian women; suffrage; equality; voting; legal history 01 06 02 00 03 00 Shifts in state boundaries and socio-economic structures deeply affected the political landscape in nineteenth-century Italy, coinciding with changes to the legal system. The patriarchal, hierarchical and strict class stratification of society saw women redefining their sense of self and rethinking their identities beyond the traditional domestic roles of daughter, wife and mother. This volume charts the process and, by analysing the law in action and women’s interaction with it, recovers the forgotten voices and stories of ordinary women who, in their everyday lives, reacted against the limitations and constraints imposed upon them. The picture which emerges gives an alternative interpretation of the nineteenth-century image of women: they understood the law, questioned obedience, challenged authority and stood up for themselves. Though they did not always achieve their goals, their actions contributed to shaping our present.<break/><break/>Sara Delmedico holds a PhD from the University of Cambridge. She has held the Luisa Selis Fellowship at the IMLR (University of London), an MHRA Fellowship at Cambridge, and a research residency at the British School at Rome. She is currently an Irish Research Council Post-Doctoral Fellow at University College Dublin. 30 00 Shifts in state boundaries and socio-economic structures deeply affected the political landscape in nineteenth-century Italy, coinciding with changes to the legal system. The patriarchal, hierarchical and strict class stratification of society saw women redefining their sense of self and rethinking their identities beyond the traditional domestic roles of daughter, wife and mother. This volume charts the process and, by analysing the law in action and women’s interaction with it, recovers the forgotten voices and stories of ordinary women who, in their everyday lives, reacted against the limitations and constraints imposed upon them. The picture which emerges gives an alternative interpretation of the nineteenth-century image of women: they understood the law, questioned obedience, challenged authority and stood up for themselves. Though they did not always achieve their goals, their actions contributed to shaping our present.<break/><break/>Sara Delmedico holds a PhD from the University of Cambridge. She has held the Luisa Selis Fellowship at the IMLR (University of London), an MHRA Fellowship at Cambridge, and a research residency at the British School at Rome. She is currently an Irish Research Council Post-Doctoral Fellow at University College Dublin. 04 00 Introduction Part 1: The Italian Peninsula in the Pre-Unification Period Chapter 1: Building the Nation-State: Italian Society between old Prerogatives and Modernity Chapter 2: Ideals of Women in Men’s and Women’s Writings Chapter 3: Women and the Law in the Nineteenth-Century Italian Peninsula Part 2: Women and Marriage between Civil, Criminal and Canon Law: The Cases of the Kingdom of Sardinia and Lombardy-Venetia Chapter 4: Women and Men beyond Marriage Chapter 5: Women, Marriage and the Transmission of Property Chapter 6: Ending Wedlock Conclusion Glossary Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/302467/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/opposing-patriarchy-women-and-the-law-in-action-in-pre-unification-italy-1815-1865/ London, GB 04 01 20211115 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/opposing-patriarchy-women-and-the-law-in-action-in-pre-unification-italy-1815-1865/ 20 08 20211115 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5c8bcab6-a6d0-4f20-8b46-7bd0351ba90a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bf8d691f-0af0-4ca4-8aa0-aa0757ecb93d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5c8bcab6-a6d0-4f20-8b46-7bd0351ba90a 15 9781912250691 03 9781912250691 06 10.63674/aoth5004 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.148327 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 1a6e7b27-85bc-4091-af24-924ecaf34b68 02 30499232 03 3 01 02 Critical Human Rights Studies 01 01 Organised Crime and Migration Criminal Groups, Corruption and the Displacement Crisis in Central America and Mexico 1 A01 Victorie Knox Victorie Knox Lecturer in Refugee Studies School of Advanced Study, University of London Victorie Knox is a lecturer at the University of London’s Refugee Law Initiative and has taught at postgraduate level at the School of Advanced Study, University of London since 2016. She has conducted human rights research in academic and professional capacities since 2011, focused on forced displacement linked to organised crime, gang violence and corruption, as well as on gender-based violence, sexuality and reproductive rights. Victorie previously worked as a senior research consultant for NGOs and held senior roles in human rights organisations including Amnesty International, International Alert and the Central America Woman’s Network. 01 eng 00 248 03 B2 Human Rights 93 JBFH 10 SOC007000 93 JBFK B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC066000 93 1KLC 10 SOC004000 93 3MRB 10 SOC044000 93 5PBC 20 gang violence; forced displacement; migrants; migration controls; transit; asylum; organised crime; criminal groups; human rights; corruption; state responsibility; people smuggling; refugees; international protection; Central America; Mexico; El Salvador; Honduras; Guatemala 01 06 02 00 Drawing on original interview material with informants, migrants and refugees, this book considers three interconnected ways in which organised crime shapes migration – as a driver of displacement, a threat to migrants in transit, and a facilitator of people-smuggling. It sheds light on the displacement crisis in Central America and on conseq 03 00 Human mobility, organised crime and corruption remain critical issues in Mexico and Central America. This book is the first to consider together three major, interconnected ways in which organised crime shapes migration in the region – as a driver of internal displacement and external migration, a threat to migrants in transit, and a facilitator of unauthorised migration through people-smuggling – and to analyse state action and accountability in relation to these.Drawing on original interview material with key informants, migrants and refugees, the book analyses how organised criminal groups provoke forced migration, exploit migrants and control people-smuggling, the decision-making and displacement dynamics of people affected by gang violence, and the role of policy, corruption and impunity in the evolution and perpetuation of this situation.It provides new insight about the internal and external dimensions of displacement caused by gang violence, the agency of people facing extreme risk, and the foreseeable adverse consequences of policy, as well as the implications for state accountability. The conclusions are relevant to academics, practitioners and policymakers concerned with organised crime and migration, both in the region and globally, and for understanding the potential implications of externalising migration policy in areas affected by corruption or organised crime. 30 00 Human mobility, organised crime and corruption remain critical issues in Mexico and Central America. This book is the first to consider together three major, interconnected ways in which organised crime shapes migration in the region – as a driver of internal displacement and external migration, a threat to migrants in transit, and a facilitator of unauthorised migration through people-smuggling – and to analyse state action and accountability in relation to these.Drawing on original interview material with key informants, migrants and refugees, the book analyses how organised criminal groups provoke forced migration, exploit migrants and control people-smuggling, the decision-making and displacement dynamics of people affected by gang violence, and the role of policy, corruption and impunity in the evolution and perpetuation of this situation.It provides new insight about the internal and external dimensions of displacement caused by gang violence, the agency of people facing extreme risk, and the foreseeable adverse consequences of policy, as well as the implications for state accountability. The conclusions are relevant to academics, practitioners and policymakers concerned with organised crime and migration, both in the region and globally, and for understanding the potential implications of externalising migration policy in areas affected by corruption or organised crime. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction </li> <li>1 Criminal violence as a driver of internal displacement and external migration</li> <li>2 Transit and trajectory through Mexico: Navigating risk and finding protection</li> <li>3 Organised crime groups as a threat to migrants during transit</li> <li>4 People-smuggling though Mexico and the role of organised crime and corruption</li> <li>5 Law, policy and the state: Accountability for adverse consequences, criminal activity and corruption</li> <li>6 Conclusion and reflections</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 From the British Library Collection: PP.1563.ACD, 'Marshal of the Royal Air Force, Sir John Salmond, Inspecting a Squadron of the Air Defence Cadet Corps', Air Review, October 1939, p. 8. 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/391961/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organised-crime-and-migration/ London, GB 02 01 20260625 Victorie Knox 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250684 03 9781912250684 06 15 9781912250714 03 9781912250714 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organised-crime-and-migration/ 10 08 20260625 02 24.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:eccf5f38-f629-4ec5-9926-79f8bcdf52bf 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bf8d691f-0af0-4ca4-8aa0-aa0757ecb93d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:eccf5f38-f629-4ec5-9926-79f8bcdf52bf 15 9781912250684 03 9781912250684 06 10.63674/aoth5004 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.148327 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 1a6e7b27-85bc-4091-af24-924ecaf34b68 02 30499232 03 3 01 02 Critical Human Rights Studies 01 01 Organised Crime and Migration Criminal Groups, Corruption and the Displacement Crisis in Central America and Mexico 1 A01 Victorie Knox Victorie Knox Lecturer in Refugee Studies School of Advanced Study, University of London Victorie Knox is a lecturer at the University of London’s Refugee Law Initiative and has taught at postgraduate level at the School of Advanced Study, University of London since 2016. She has conducted human rights research in academic and professional capacities since 2011, focused on forced displacement linked to organised crime, gang violence and corruption, as well as on gender-based violence, sexuality and reproductive rights. Victorie previously worked as a senior research consultant for NGOs and held senior roles in human rights organisations including Amnesty International, International Alert and the Central America Woman’s Network. 01 eng 00 248 03 B2 Human Rights 93 JBFH 10 SOC007000 93 JBFK B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC066000 93 1KLC 10 SOC004000 93 3MRB 10 SOC044000 93 5PBC 20 gang violence; forced displacement; migrants; migration controls; transit; asylum; organised crime; criminal groups; human rights; corruption; state responsibility; people smuggling; refugees; international protection; Central America; Mexico; El Salvador; Honduras; Guatemala 01 06 02 00 Drawing on original interview material with informants, migrants and refugees, this book considers three interconnected ways in which organised crime shapes migration – as a driver of displacement, a threat to migrants in transit, and a facilitator of people-smuggling. It sheds light on the displacement crisis in Central America and on conseq 03 00 Human mobility, organised crime and corruption remain critical issues in Mexico and Central America. This book is the first to consider together three major, interconnected ways in which organised crime shapes migration in the region – as a driver of internal displacement and external migration, a threat to migrants in transit, and a facilitator of unauthorised migration through people-smuggling – and to analyse state action and accountability in relation to these.Drawing on original interview material with key informants, migrants and refugees, the book analyses how organised criminal groups provoke forced migration, exploit migrants and control people-smuggling, the decision-making and displacement dynamics of people affected by gang violence, and the role of policy, corruption and impunity in the evolution and perpetuation of this situation.It provides new insight about the internal and external dimensions of displacement caused by gang violence, the agency of people facing extreme risk, and the foreseeable adverse consequences of policy, as well as the implications for state accountability. The conclusions are relevant to academics, practitioners and policymakers concerned with organised crime and migration, both in the region and globally, and for understanding the potential implications of externalising migration policy in areas affected by corruption or organised crime. 30 00 Human mobility, organised crime and corruption remain critical issues in Mexico and Central America. This book is the first to consider together three major, interconnected ways in which organised crime shapes migration in the region – as a driver of internal displacement and external migration, a threat to migrants in transit, and a facilitator of unauthorised migration through people-smuggling – and to analyse state action and accountability in relation to these.Drawing on original interview material with key informants, migrants and refugees, the book analyses how organised criminal groups provoke forced migration, exploit migrants and control people-smuggling, the decision-making and displacement dynamics of people affected by gang violence, and the role of policy, corruption and impunity in the evolution and perpetuation of this situation.It provides new insight about the internal and external dimensions of displacement caused by gang violence, the agency of people facing extreme risk, and the foreseeable adverse consequences of policy, as well as the implications for state accountability. The conclusions are relevant to academics, practitioners and policymakers concerned with organised crime and migration, both in the region and globally, and for understanding the potential implications of externalising migration policy in areas affected by corruption or organised crime. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction </li> <li>1 Criminal violence as a driver of internal displacement and external migration</li> <li>2 Transit and trajectory through Mexico: Navigating risk and finding protection</li> <li>3 Organised crime groups as a threat to migrants during transit</li> <li>4 People-smuggling though Mexico and the role of organised crime and corruption</li> <li>5 Law, policy and the state: Accountability for adverse consequences, criminal activity and corruption</li> <li>6 Conclusion and reflections</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 From the British Library Collection: PP.1563.ACD, 'Marshal of the Royal Air Force, Sir John Salmond, Inspecting a Squadron of the Air Defence Cadet Corps', Air Review, October 1939, p. 8. 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/391961/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organised-crime-and-migration/ London, GB 02 01 20260625 Victorie Knox 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250691 03 9781912250691 06 15 9781912250714 03 9781912250714 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organised-crime-and-migration/ 10 08 20260625 02 75.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:8fbe5269-5c66-4601-8db0-52dfebfa3889 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bf8d691f-0af0-4ca4-8aa0-aa0757ecb93d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8fbe5269-5c66-4601-8db0-52dfebfa3889 15 9781912250714 03 9781912250714 06 10.63674/aoth5004 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.148327 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 1a6e7b27-85bc-4091-af24-924ecaf34b68 02 30499232 03 3 01 02 Critical Human Rights Studies 01 01 Organised Crime and Migration Criminal Groups, Corruption and the Displacement Crisis in Central America and Mexico 1 A01 Victorie Knox Victorie Knox Lecturer in Refugee Studies School of Advanced Study, University of London Victorie Knox is a lecturer at the University of London’s Refugee Law Initiative and has taught at postgraduate level at the School of Advanced Study, University of London since 2016. She has conducted human rights research in academic and professional capacities since 2011, focused on forced displacement linked to organised crime, gang violence and corruption, as well as on gender-based violence, sexuality and reproductive rights. Victorie previously worked as a senior research consultant for NGOs and held senior roles in human rights organisations including Amnesty International, International Alert and the Central America Woman’s Network. 01 eng 00 248 03 B2 Human Rights 93 JBFH 10 SOC007000 93 JBFK B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC066000 93 1KLC 10 SOC004000 93 3MRB 10 SOC044000 93 5PBC 20 gang violence; forced displacement; migrants; migration controls; transit; asylum; organised crime; criminal groups; human rights; corruption; state responsibility; people smuggling; refugees; international protection; Central America; Mexico; El Salvador; Honduras; Guatemala 01 06 02 00 Drawing on original interview material with informants, migrants and refugees, this book considers three interconnected ways in which organised crime shapes migration – as a driver of displacement, a threat to migrants in transit, and a facilitator of people-smuggling. It sheds light on the displacement crisis in Central America and on conseq 03 00 Human mobility, organised crime and corruption remain critical issues in Mexico and Central America. This book is the first to consider together three major, interconnected ways in which organised crime shapes migration in the region – as a driver of internal displacement and external migration, a threat to migrants in transit, and a facilitator of unauthorised migration through people-smuggling – and to analyse state action and accountability in relation to these.Drawing on original interview material with key informants, migrants and refugees, the book analyses how organised criminal groups provoke forced migration, exploit migrants and control people-smuggling, the decision-making and displacement dynamics of people affected by gang violence, and the role of policy, corruption and impunity in the evolution and perpetuation of this situation.It provides new insight about the internal and external dimensions of displacement caused by gang violence, the agency of people facing extreme risk, and the foreseeable adverse consequences of policy, as well as the implications for state accountability. The conclusions are relevant to academics, practitioners and policymakers concerned with organised crime and migration, both in the region and globally, and for understanding the potential implications of externalising migration policy in areas affected by corruption or organised crime. 30 00 Human mobility, organised crime and corruption remain critical issues in Mexico and Central America. This book is the first to consider together three major, interconnected ways in which organised crime shapes migration in the region – as a driver of internal displacement and external migration, a threat to migrants in transit, and a facilitator of unauthorised migration through people-smuggling – and to analyse state action and accountability in relation to these.Drawing on original interview material with key informants, migrants and refugees, the book analyses how organised criminal groups provoke forced migration, exploit migrants and control people-smuggling, the decision-making and displacement dynamics of people affected by gang violence, and the role of policy, corruption and impunity in the evolution and perpetuation of this situation.It provides new insight about the internal and external dimensions of displacement caused by gang violence, the agency of people facing extreme risk, and the foreseeable adverse consequences of policy, as well as the implications for state accountability. The conclusions are relevant to academics, practitioners and policymakers concerned with organised crime and migration, both in the region and globally, and for understanding the potential implications of externalising migration policy in areas affected by corruption or organised crime. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction </li> <li>1 Criminal violence as a driver of internal displacement and external migration</li> <li>2 Transit and trajectory through Mexico: Navigating risk and finding protection</li> <li>3 Organised crime groups as a threat to migrants during transit</li> <li>4 People-smuggling though Mexico and the role of organised crime and corruption</li> <li>5 Law, policy and the state: Accountability for adverse consequences, criminal activity and corruption</li> <li>6 Conclusion and reflections</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 From the British Library Collection: PP.1563.ACD, 'Marshal of the Royal Air Force, Sir John Salmond, Inspecting a Squadron of the Air Defence Cadet Corps', Air Review, October 1939, p. 8. 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/391961/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organised-crime-and-migration/ London, GB 02 01 20260625 Victorie Knox 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250691 03 9781912250691 06 15 9781912250684 03 9781912250684 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organised-crime-and-migration/ 10 08 20260625 01 urn:uuid:c62e3742-92e7-493d-a001-33da38406239 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:88c66d83-2734-49d9-9ef8-ff6f5da7e1b6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c62e3742-92e7-493d-a001-33da38406239 15 9781908590794 03 9781908590794 06 10.63674/pycy9503 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135716 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 8 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Organised Militarism in Interwar Britain The Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire 1 A01 21 0000000171383043 Rowan Thompson Rowan Thompson Rowan Thompson is a historian of modern Britain, with research interests in militarism, associationalism, and the impact of war on British society and culture. He is currently an Academic Assistant in History at Northumbria University, UK. 01 eng 09 8 12 HBW 10 HIS054000 B2 History 93 NHW 12 1DB B2 BRH 10 HIS027000 93 JWT 12 3JJF 93 3MP 10 HIS015070 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 3JJG 12 3JJH 20 Navy; Air League; British Empire; militarism; military culture; militarisation; voluntary societies; associational culture; civic ritual; heritage; modernity; technology; youth 01 06 02 00 This book is the first full-length study of militarism and militaristic associational culture in interwar Britain. Focusing on the ideas, aims, and activities of the Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire – two extra-parliamentary organisations established to promote naval and aerial supremacy – the book examines how the Leagues 03 00 While militaristic and patriotic organisations formed an important part of political culture in Edwardian Britain, 1918 often marks a terminus for histories of organised militarism. Taking the end of the First World War as its starting point instead, this book is the first full-length study of militarism and militaristic associational culture in interwar Britain. It argues that militarism was able to survive World War One, despite the competing rise of liberal internationalism, pacifism, and anti-war sentiment. Focusing on the ideas, aims, and activities of the Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire – two extra-parliamentary organisations established to promote naval and aerial supremacy – the book examines how the Leagues negotiated the trauma of the First World War and how they contributed to the societal and military preparation for a second global conflict as the clouds of war gathered in the late 1930s.Drawing on extensive archival research, the book explains how these Leagues mobilised broad public and political support and what the story of each organisation tells us about the impact of war on British society and culture, civil-military relations, political and private activism, military theatre and commemoration, youth, and the politics of disarmament, collective security, internationalism, and national defence. In doing so, it demonstrates that martial and militaristic sentiment remained an important part of mainstream British political culture, despite the ravages of war. 30 00 While militaristic and patriotic organisations formed an important part of political culture in Edwardian Britain, 1918 often marks a terminus for histories of organised militarism. Taking the end of the First World War as its starting point instead, this book is the first full-length study of militarism and militaristic associational culture in interwar Britain. It argues that militarism was able to survive World War One, despite the competing rise of liberal internationalism, pacifism, and anti-war sentiment. Focusing on the ideas, aims, and activities of the Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire – two extra-parliamentary organisations established to promote naval and aerial supremacy – the book examines how the Leagues negotiated the trauma of the First World War and how they contributed to the societal and military preparation for a second global conflict as the clouds of war gathered in the late 1930s.Drawing on extensive archival research, the book explains how these Leagues mobilised broad public and political support and what the story of each organisation tells us about the impact of war on British society and culture, civil-military relations, political and private activism, military theatre and commemoration, youth, and the politics of disarmament, collective security, internationalism, and national defence. In doing so, it demonstrates that martial and militaristic sentiment remained an important part of mainstream British political culture, despite the ravages of war. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 The Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire</li> <li>2 Disarmament, collective security, and internationalism</li> <li>3 Rearmament, the merchants of death, and the preparation for war</li> <li>4 Nation and empire</li> <li>5 Militarism, education and youth</li> <li>6 Trafalgar Day: naval heritage, tradition, and national commemoration</li> <li>7 Empire Air Day: aerial theatre and airmindedness</li> <li>Conclusion</li> <li>Epilogue: Organised militarism and the Second World War</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/387637/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organised-militarism-in-interwar-britain/ London, GB 02 01 20260409 Rowan Thompson 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590787 03 9781908590787 06 15 9781908590800 03 9781908590800 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organised-militarism-in-interwar-britain/ 10 08 20260409 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:6837031d-9302-4e0c-b266-76f7cad430ad 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:88c66d83-2734-49d9-9ef8-ff6f5da7e1b6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6837031d-9302-4e0c-b266-76f7cad430ad 15 9781908590787 03 9781908590787 06 10.63674/pycy9503 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135716 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 8 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Organised Militarism in Interwar Britain The Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire 1 A01 21 0000000171383043 Rowan Thompson Rowan Thompson Rowan Thompson is a historian of modern Britain, with research interests in militarism, associationalism, and the impact of war on British society and culture. He is currently an Academic Assistant in History at Northumbria University, UK. 01 eng 09 8 12 HBW 10 HIS054000 B2 History 93 NHW 12 1DB B2 BRH 10 HIS027000 93 JWT 12 3JJF 93 3MP 10 HIS015070 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 3JJG 12 3JJH 20 Navy; Air League; British Empire; militarism; military culture; militarisation; voluntary societies; associational culture; civic ritual; heritage; modernity; technology; youth 01 06 02 00 This book is the first full-length study of militarism and militaristic associational culture in interwar Britain. Focusing on the ideas, aims, and activities of the Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire – two extra-parliamentary organisations established to promote naval and aerial supremacy – the book examines how the Leagues 03 00 While militaristic and patriotic organisations formed an important part of political culture in Edwardian Britain, 1918 often marks a terminus for histories of organised militarism. Taking the end of the First World War as its starting point instead, this book is the first full-length study of militarism and militaristic associational culture in interwar Britain. It argues that militarism was able to survive World War One, despite the competing rise of liberal internationalism, pacifism, and anti-war sentiment. Focusing on the ideas, aims, and activities of the Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire – two extra-parliamentary organisations established to promote naval and aerial supremacy – the book examines how the Leagues negotiated the trauma of the First World War and how they contributed to the societal and military preparation for a second global conflict as the clouds of war gathered in the late 1930s.Drawing on extensive archival research, the book explains how these Leagues mobilised broad public and political support and what the story of each organisation tells us about the impact of war on British society and culture, civil-military relations, political and private activism, military theatre and commemoration, youth, and the politics of disarmament, collective security, internationalism, and national defence. In doing so, it demonstrates that martial and militaristic sentiment remained an important part of mainstream British political culture, despite the ravages of war. 30 00 While militaristic and patriotic organisations formed an important part of political culture in Edwardian Britain, 1918 often marks a terminus for histories of organised militarism. Taking the end of the First World War as its starting point instead, this book is the first full-length study of militarism and militaristic associational culture in interwar Britain. It argues that militarism was able to survive World War One, despite the competing rise of liberal internationalism, pacifism, and anti-war sentiment. Focusing on the ideas, aims, and activities of the Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire – two extra-parliamentary organisations established to promote naval and aerial supremacy – the book examines how the Leagues negotiated the trauma of the First World War and how they contributed to the societal and military preparation for a second global conflict as the clouds of war gathered in the late 1930s.Drawing on extensive archival research, the book explains how these Leagues mobilised broad public and political support and what the story of each organisation tells us about the impact of war on British society and culture, civil-military relations, political and private activism, military theatre and commemoration, youth, and the politics of disarmament, collective security, internationalism, and national defence. In doing so, it demonstrates that martial and militaristic sentiment remained an important part of mainstream British political culture, despite the ravages of war. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 The Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire</li> <li>2 Disarmament, collective security, and internationalism</li> <li>3 Rearmament, the merchants of death, and the preparation for war</li> <li>4 Nation and empire</li> <li>5 Militarism, education and youth</li> <li>6 Trafalgar Day: naval heritage, tradition, and national commemoration</li> <li>7 Empire Air Day: aerial theatre and airmindedness</li> <li>Conclusion</li> <li>Epilogue: Organised militarism and the Second World War</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/387637/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organised-militarism-in-interwar-britain/ London, GB 02 01 20260409 Rowan Thompson 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590794 03 9781908590794 06 15 9781908590800 03 9781908590800 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organised-militarism-in-interwar-britain/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908590800.pdf 10 08 20260409 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:081050e1-4004-46c5-8e22-a9551519eb60 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:88c66d83-2734-49d9-9ef8-ff6f5da7e1b6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:081050e1-4004-46c5-8e22-a9551519eb60 15 9781908590800 03 9781908590800 06 10.63674/pycy9503 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135716 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 8 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Organised Militarism in Interwar Britain The Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire 1 A01 21 0000000171383043 Rowan Thompson Rowan Thompson Rowan Thompson is a historian of modern Britain, with research interests in militarism, associationalism, and the impact of war on British society and culture. He is currently an Academic Assistant in History at Northumbria University, UK. 01 eng 09 8 12 HBW 10 HIS054000 B2 History 93 NHW 12 1DB B2 BRH 10 HIS027000 93 JWT 12 3JJF 93 3MP 10 HIS015070 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 3JJG 12 3JJH 20 Navy; Air League; British Empire; militarism; military culture; militarisation; voluntary societies; associational culture; civic ritual; heritage; modernity; technology; youth 01 06 02 00 This book is the first full-length study of militarism and militaristic associational culture in interwar Britain. Focusing on the ideas, aims, and activities of the Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire – two extra-parliamentary organisations established to promote naval and aerial supremacy – the book examines how the Leagues 03 00 While militaristic and patriotic organisations formed an important part of political culture in Edwardian Britain, 1918 often marks a terminus for histories of organised militarism. Taking the end of the First World War as its starting point instead, this book is the first full-length study of militarism and militaristic associational culture in interwar Britain. It argues that militarism was able to survive World War One, despite the competing rise of liberal internationalism, pacifism, and anti-war sentiment. Focusing on the ideas, aims, and activities of the Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire – two extra-parliamentary organisations established to promote naval and aerial supremacy – the book examines how the Leagues negotiated the trauma of the First World War and how they contributed to the societal and military preparation for a second global conflict as the clouds of war gathered in the late 1930s.Drawing on extensive archival research, the book explains how these Leagues mobilised broad public and political support and what the story of each organisation tells us about the impact of war on British society and culture, civil-military relations, political and private activism, military theatre and commemoration, youth, and the politics of disarmament, collective security, internationalism, and national defence. In doing so, it demonstrates that martial and militaristic sentiment remained an important part of mainstream British political culture, despite the ravages of war. 30 00 While militaristic and patriotic organisations formed an important part of political culture in Edwardian Britain, 1918 often marks a terminus for histories of organised militarism. Taking the end of the First World War as its starting point instead, this book is the first full-length study of militarism and militaristic associational culture in interwar Britain. It argues that militarism was able to survive World War One, despite the competing rise of liberal internationalism, pacifism, and anti-war sentiment. Focusing on the ideas, aims, and activities of the Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire – two extra-parliamentary organisations established to promote naval and aerial supremacy – the book examines how the Leagues negotiated the trauma of the First World War and how they contributed to the societal and military preparation for a second global conflict as the clouds of war gathered in the late 1930s.Drawing on extensive archival research, the book explains how these Leagues mobilised broad public and political support and what the story of each organisation tells us about the impact of war on British society and culture, civil-military relations, political and private activism, military theatre and commemoration, youth, and the politics of disarmament, collective security, internationalism, and national defence. In doing so, it demonstrates that martial and militaristic sentiment remained an important part of mainstream British political culture, despite the ravages of war. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 The Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire</li> <li>2 Disarmament, collective security, and internationalism</li> <li>3 Rearmament, the merchants of death, and the preparation for war</li> <li>4 Nation and empire</li> <li>5 Militarism, education and youth</li> <li>6 Trafalgar Day: naval heritage, tradition, and national commemoration</li> <li>7 Empire Air Day: aerial theatre and airmindedness</li> <li>Conclusion</li> <li>Epilogue: Organised militarism and the Second World War</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/387637/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organised-militarism-in-interwar-britain/ London, GB 02 01 20260409 Rowan Thompson 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590794 03 9781908590794 06 15 9781908590787 03 9781908590787 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organised-militarism-in-interwar-britain/ 10 08 20260409 01 urn:uuid:7e61fa6f-b88e-4f55-a839-c5e40c2d74e5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2666fa4d-447b-4c4f-ab2b-10236900ad84 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7e61fa6f-b88e-4f55-a839-c5e40c2d74e5 15 9780956754929 03 9780956754929 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53796 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 8 mm 03 0.8 cm 03 0.3125 in 08 233 gr 08 8.25 oz 01 01 Organized Labour and Politics in Mexico Changes, Continuities and Contradictions 1 A01 Graciela Bensusan Graciela Bensusan 2 A01 Kevin J. Middlebrook Kevin J. Middlebrook 01 eng 93 JPQB 12 JPQB B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL029000 10 BUS038000 12 JPH 93 JPH 12 JPWD 93 JPWG 10 POL043000 10 HIS025000 12 KCF 93 KCF 12 1KLCM 93 1KLCM 01 06 02 00 Analyzing the changes, continuities, and contradictions characterizing labor politics in Mexico, this book provides an assessment of organized labor's role in contemporary Latin America. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248146/53796/53796_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organized-labour-and-politics-in-mexico/ London, GB 04 01 20120424 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/organized-labour-and-politics-in-mexico/ 20 08 20120424 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1f4406cc-cc47-499d-94a8-747557ec9833 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2b0c1ac1-568c-4ffe-94c1-7dd855c69536 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1f4406cc-cc47-499d-94a8-747557ec9833 15 9780900587900 03 9780900587900 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53836 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 15 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Out of Arcadia: Classics and Politics in Germany in the Age of Burckhardt, Nietzsche and Wilamowitz (BICS Supplement 79) 1 B01 Ingo Gildenhard Ingo Gildenhard 2 B01 Martin Ruehl Martin Ruehl 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Art and Architecture 12 HBJD 10 HIS002010 93 NHD 12 HBLA 93 JBCC9 12 JFCX 93 NHC 12 1DFG 93 1DFG 93 1QBAG 12 1QDAG 12 3JH 93 3MN 01 06 02 00 03 00 Classics is, and always has been, political. In the sixty odd years between the birth of the Second Empire and the rise of Nazism, German classics experienced particularly virulent ideological conflicts. Around 1880 a new generation of philologists began to challenge the liberal neo-humanism that had defined the discipline since Winckelmann. Drawing on novel source material and research methods they turned to the irrational transgressive and ‘oriental’ elements of ancient Greece. Though methodologically innovative, their comparative approach to Hellenic civilization in many ways reinforced the racist and anti-semitic discourses of fin-de-siècle Germany.<break/><break/>Out of Arcadia</italic> presents a provocative re-evaluation of this transformative period. At its centre stand three figures – Burckhardt, Nietzsche and Wilamowitz – who played pivotal roles in the scholarly debate. A group of international experts takes a fresh look at the political agendas informing their works and the ways in which they contributed to the destruction of German philhellenism.<break/><break/>E. Flaig Jacob Burckhardt </bold>Greek culture and modernity<break/><break/>L. Gossman </bold>Per me si va nella città dolente: Burckhardt and the polis<break/><break/>M. Ruehl</bold> Politeia 1871: Nietzsche contra Wagner on the Greek State<break/><break/>A. U. Sommer </bold>On the genealogy of the genealogical method: Overbeck, Nietzsche and the search for origins<break/><break/>E. Flaig </bold>Towards ‘Rassenhygiene’: Wilamowitz & the German New Right<break/><break/>S. Marchand </bold>From Liberalism to neo-romanticism: A. Dieterich, R. Reitzenstein & the religious turn in fin-de-siècle German Classical Studies<break/><break/>I. Gildenhard</bold> Philologia perennis? Classical scholarship & Functional Differentiation 30 00 Classics is, and always has been, political. In the sixty odd years between the birth of the Second Empire and the rise of Nazism, German classics experienced particularly virulent ideological conflicts. Around 1880 a new generation of philologists began to challenge the liberal neo-humanism that had defined the discipline since Winckelmann. Drawing on novel source material and research methods they turned to the irrational transgressive and ‘oriental’ elements of ancient Greece. Though methodologically innovative, their comparative approach to Hellenic civilization in many ways reinforced the racist and anti-semitic discourses of fin-de-siècle Germany.<break/><break/>Out of Arcadia</italic> presents a provocative re-evaluation of this transformative period. At its centre stand three figures – Burckhardt, Nietzsche and Wilamowitz – who played pivotal roles in the scholarly debate. A group of international experts takes a fresh look at the political agendas informing their works and the ways in which they contributed to the destruction of German philhellenism.<break/><break/>E. Flaig Jacob Burckhardt </bold>Greek culture and modernity<break/><break/>L. Gossman </bold>Per me si va nella città dolente: Burckhardt and the polis<break/><break/>M. Ruehl</bold> Politeia 1871: Nietzsche contra Wagner on the Greek State<break/><break/>A. U. Sommer </bold>On the genealogy of the genealogical method: Overbeck, Nietzsche and the search for origins<break/><break/>E. Flaig </bold>Towards ‘Rassenhygiene’: Wilamowitz & the German New Right<break/><break/>S. Marchand </bold>From Liberalism to neo-romanticism: A. Dieterich, R. Reitzenstein & the religious turn in fin-de-siècle German Classical Studies<break/><break/>I. Gildenhard</bold> Philologia perennis? Classical scholarship & Functional Differentiation 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250841//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/out-of-arcadia-classics-and-politics-in-germany-in-the-age-of-burckhardt-nietzsche-and-wilamowitz-bics-supplement-79/ London, GB 04 01 20031001 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/out-of-arcadia-classics-and-politics-in-germany-in-the-age-of-burckhardt-nietzsche-and-wilamowitz-bics-supplement-79/ 20 08 20031001 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:74b3fe5d-4153-4f7b-ac62-4eadf373174c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2ba47b2c-1b16-4c94-bded-0703fa0b735b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:74b3fe5d-4153-4f7b-ac62-4eadf373174c 15 9781908590510 03 9781908590510 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61345 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 16 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Palaeography, Manuscript Illumination and Humanism in Renaissance Italy: Studies in Memory of A. C. de la Mare 1 B01 Robert Black Robert Black 2 B01 Jill Kraye Jill Kraye 3 B01 Laura Nuvoloni Laura Nuvoloni 01 eng 12 CFL 93 CFL 10 LCO008040 B2 Literary Studies B2 History 01 06 02 00 03 00 Albinia de la Mare (1932–2001), OBE, FBA, Professor of Palaeography at King's College London, was one of the last century's outstanding palaeographers and the world's leading authority on Italian Renaissance manuscripts. In November 2011 a conference was held at King's College and the Warburg Institute to honour her memory, and this volume offers revised versions of most of the papers read on that occasion, as well as three additional contributions. Tilly de la Mare had exceptionally wide interests, including key individuals involved in manuscript and literary production, as represented here by studies on Vespasiano da Bisticci, Sozomeno da Pistoia, Matteo Contugi da Volterra, Lorenzo di Francesco Guidetti, Giorgio Antonio Vespucci, Bartolomeo Sanvito, Bartolomeo Varnucci, Francesco Petrarca, Pier Candido Decembrio, Leonardo Bruni and Marsilio Ficino. Important themes in the history of palaeography – the emergence of humanist script; the relationship between script and illumination; the competing methods of palaeography and philology; the social, political, academic, geographical and cultural contexts of manuscript copying and production; and the role of palaeography in the transmission of classical texts – were also in the compass of her scholarship and are treated in this collection. The volume concludes with sixteen colour plates and indices of manuscripts, incunabula and names. 30 00 Albinia de la Mare (1932–2001), OBE, FBA, Professor of Palaeography at King's College London, was one of the last century's outstanding palaeographers and the world's leading authority on Italian Renaissance manuscripts. In November 2011 a conference was held at King's College and the Warburg Institute to honour her memory, and this volume offers revised versions of most of the papers read on that occasion, as well as three additional contributions. Tilly de la Mare had exceptionally wide interests, including key individuals involved in manuscript and literary production, as represented here by studies on Vespasiano da Bisticci, Sozomeno da Pistoia, Matteo Contugi da Volterra, Lorenzo di Francesco Guidetti, Giorgio Antonio Vespucci, Bartolomeo Sanvito, Bartolomeo Varnucci, Francesco Petrarca, Pier Candido Decembrio, Leonardo Bruni and Marsilio Ficino. Important themes in the history of palaeography – the emergence of humanist script; the relationship between script and illumination; the competing methods of palaeography and philology; the social, political, academic, geographical and cultural contexts of manuscript copying and production; and the role of palaeography in the transmission of classical texts – were also in the compass of her scholarship and are treated in this collection. The volume concludes with sixteen colour plates and indices of manuscripts, incunabula and names. 04 00 <h4>Contents</h4><h5> I. Albinia C. de la Mare</h5>Vincenzo Fera: L’umanesimo di Albinia C. de la MareConcetta Bianca: Albinia C. de la Mare (biblioteche senza inventario)<h5> II. Vespasiano da Bisticci</h5>Luca Boschetto: Letteratura, arte e politica nella Firenze del Quattrocento. La collaborazione tra Vespasiano e Manetti per l’Oratio funebris di Giannozzo PandolfiniWi-Seon Kim: Vespasiano da Bisticci: un cartolaio dissenziente nella Firenze del Quattrocento<h5> III. Palaeography</h5>Teresa De Robertis: I primi anni della scrittura umanistica. Materiali per un aggiornamentoIrene Ceccherini: Codicologia dei manoscritti della prima età umanistica: i libri di Sozomeno da PistoiaStefano Zamponi: Aspetti della tradizione gotica nella littera antiquaGabriella Pomaro: Copisti stranieri in Italia nei sec. XIV e XV in Codex – Inventario dei Manoscritti Medievali della ToscanaGiliola Barbero: Manoscritti e scrittura in Lombardia nel secondo quarto del secolo XV<h5> IV. Scribes</h5>David S. Chambers: Matteo Contugi of Volterra (d. 1493): Scribe and Secret AgentLorenz Böninger: The Ricordanze of Lorenzo di Francesco Guidetti: Manuscript Production and CirculationKarl Schlebusch: Giorgio Antonio Vespucci: 1434–1514Xavier van Binnebeke: Additions to the Latin Library of Giorgio Antonio VespucciLaura Nuvoloni: Bartolomeo Sanvito and Albinia C. de la Mare V. Manuscript IlluminationJonathan J. G. Alexander: Scribes and Illuminators in Italian Renaissance Illuminated Manuscripts: Cooperation and OverlapsGiordana Mariani Canova: La dimensione accademica della miniatura del Rinascimento a PadovaAngela Dillon Bussi: Albinia C. de la Mare, Vespasiano da Bisticci e la miniatura: il caso di Bartolomeo Varnucci VI. HumanismSilvia Rizzo: Il copista di un codice petrarchesco delle Tusculanae: filologia vs paleografiaStephen Oakley: The ‘Puccini’ Scribe and the Transmission of Latin Texts in Fifteenth-Century FlorenceMirella Ferrari: Umanisti italiani nel fondo Burney della British Library: autografi di Pier Candido DecembrioJames Hankins: Latin Autographs of Leonardo BruniSebastiano Gentile: Nuove considerazioni sullo ‘scrittoio’ di Marsilio Ficino: tra paleografia e filologia 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250697//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/palaeography-manuscript-illumination-and-humanism-in-renaissance-italy-studies-in-memory-of-a-c-de-la-mare/ London, GB 04 01 20160502 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/palaeography-manuscript-illumination-and-humanism-in-renaissance-italy-studies-in-memory-of-a-c-de-la-mare/ 20 08 20160502 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fb62de84-a242-4da7-b02a-ba5a784902a4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cb1dd0cb-ac9c-4771-b585-04b092d41f91 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:fb62de84-a242-4da7-b02a-ba5a784902a4 15 9781909646537 03 9781909646537 06 10.14296/118.9781909646568 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61449 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 People, Texts and Artefacts Cultural Transmission in the Medieval Norman Worlds 1 B01 David Bates David Bates 2 B01 Edoardo D'Angelo Edoardo D'Angelo 3 B01 Elisabeth Houts Elisabeth Houts 01 eng 00 295 03 09 23 12 HBLC1 10 HIS000000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 N 93 3K 20 Normans; medieval; Norman culture; conquest; Europe; medieval history; cultural exchange 01 06 02 00 This volume seeks to enhance interdisciplinary and international dialogue between those who work on the Normans and their conquests in northern and southern Europe in an original way. It has as its central theme issues related to cultural transfer, treated as being of a pan-European kind across the societies that the Normans conquered and as 03 00 This volume is based on two international conferences held in 2013 and 2014 at Ariano Irpino, and at Emmanuel College, Cambridge. It contains essays by leading scholars in the field. Like the conferences, the volume seeks to enhance interdisciplinary and international dialogue between those who work on the Normans and their conquests in northern and southern Europe in an original way. It has as its central theme issues related to cultural transfer, treated as being of a pan-European kind across the societies that the Normans conquered and as occurring within the distinct societies of the northern and southern conquests. These issues are also shown to be an aspect of the interaction between the Normans and the peoples they subjugated, among whom many then settled. 30 00 This volume is based on two international conferences held in 2013 and 2014 at Ariano Irpino, and at Emmanuel College, Cambridge. It contains essays by leading scholars in the field. Like the conferences, the volume seeks to enhance interdisciplinary and international dialogue between those who work on the Normans and their conquests in northern and southern Europe in an original way. It has as its central theme issues related to cultural transfer, treated as being of a pan-European kind across the societies that the Normans conquered and as occurring within the distinct societies of the northern and southern conquests. These issues are also shown to be an aspect of the interaction between the Normans and the peoples they subjugated, among whom many then settled. 04 00 Introduction David Bates and Elisabeth van Houts 1. Harness pendants and the rise of armory John Baker 2. The transmission of medical culture in the Norman worlds c.1050–c.1250 Elma Brenner 3. Towards a critical edition of Petrus de Ebulo’s De Balneis Puteolanis: new hypotheses Teofilo De Angelis 4. A Latin school in the Norman principality of Antioch Edoardo D’Angelo 5. Culti e agiografie d’età normanna in Italia meridionale Amalia Galdi 6. The landscape of Anglo-Norman England: chronology and cultural transmission Robert Liddiard 7. The medieval archives of the abbey of S. Trinità, Cava G. A. Loud 8. Écrire la conquête: une comparaison des récits de Guillaume de Poitiers et de Geoffroi Malaterra Marie-Agnès Lucas-Avenel 9. Bede’s legacy in William of Malmesbury and Henry of Huntingdon Alheydis Plassmann 10. The transformation of Norman charters in the twelfth century Daniel Power 11. Corpora and cultural transmission? Political uses of the body in Norman texts, 1050–1150 Patricia Skinner 12. Homage in the Latin chronicles of eleventh- and twelfth-century Normandy Alice Taylor 13. Weights and measures in the Norman-Swabian kingdom of Sicily Mario Rosario Zecchino 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/118.9781909646568_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/people-texts-and-artefacts/ London, GB 04 01 20180131 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646568 03 9781909646568 06 15 9781909646544 03 9781909646544 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/people-texts-and-artefacts/ 20 08 20180131 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:06ebe376-ad57-4151-8d8d-1c987ef9127d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cb1dd0cb-ac9c-4771-b585-04b092d41f91 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:06ebe376-ad57-4151-8d8d-1c987ef9127d 15 9781909646568 03 9781909646568 06 10.14296/118.9781909646568 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61449 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 People, Texts and Artefacts Cultural Transmission in the Medieval Norman Worlds 1 B01 David Bates David Bates 2 B01 Edoardo D'Angelo Edoardo D'Angelo 3 B01 Elisabeth Houts Elisabeth Houts 01 eng 00 295 03 09 23 12 HBLC1 10 HIS000000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 N 93 3K 20 Normans; medieval; Norman culture; conquest; Europe; medieval history; cultural exchange 01 06 02 00 This volume seeks to enhance interdisciplinary and international dialogue between those who work on the Normans and their conquests in northern and southern Europe in an original way. It has as its central theme issues related to cultural transfer, treated as being of a pan-European kind across the societies that the Normans conquered and as 03 00 This volume is based on two international conferences held in 2013 and 2014 at Ariano Irpino, and at Emmanuel College, Cambridge. It contains essays by leading scholars in the field. Like the conferences, the volume seeks to enhance interdisciplinary and international dialogue between those who work on the Normans and their conquests in northern and southern Europe in an original way. It has as its central theme issues related to cultural transfer, treated as being of a pan-European kind across the societies that the Normans conquered and as occurring within the distinct societies of the northern and southern conquests. These issues are also shown to be an aspect of the interaction between the Normans and the peoples they subjugated, among whom many then settled. 30 00 This volume is based on two international conferences held in 2013 and 2014 at Ariano Irpino, and at Emmanuel College, Cambridge. It contains essays by leading scholars in the field. Like the conferences, the volume seeks to enhance interdisciplinary and international dialogue between those who work on the Normans and their conquests in northern and southern Europe in an original way. It has as its central theme issues related to cultural transfer, treated as being of a pan-European kind across the societies that the Normans conquered and as occurring within the distinct societies of the northern and southern conquests. These issues are also shown to be an aspect of the interaction between the Normans and the peoples they subjugated, among whom many then settled. 04 00 Introduction David Bates and Elisabeth van Houts 1. Harness pendants and the rise of armory John Baker 2. The transmission of medical culture in the Norman worlds c.1050–c.1250 Elma Brenner 3. Towards a critical edition of Petrus de Ebulo’s De Balneis Puteolanis: new hypotheses Teofilo De Angelis 4. A Latin school in the Norman principality of Antioch Edoardo D’Angelo 5. Culti e agiografie d’età normanna in Italia meridionale Amalia Galdi 6. The landscape of Anglo-Norman England: chronology and cultural transmission Robert Liddiard 7. The medieval archives of the abbey of S. Trinità, Cava G. A. Loud 8. Écrire la conquête: une comparaison des récits de Guillaume de Poitiers et de Geoffroi Malaterra Marie-Agnès Lucas-Avenel 9. Bede’s legacy in William of Malmesbury and Henry of Huntingdon Alheydis Plassmann 10. The transformation of Norman charters in the twelfth century Daniel Power 11. Corpora and cultural transmission? Political uses of the body in Norman texts, 1050–1150 Patricia Skinner 12. Homage in the Latin chronicles of eleventh- and twelfth-century Normandy Alice Taylor 13. Weights and measures in the Norman-Swabian kingdom of Sicily Mario Rosario Zecchino 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/118.9781909646568_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/people-texts-and-artefacts/ London, GB 04 01 20180131 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646537 03 9781909646537 06 15 9781909646544 03 9781909646544 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/cb1dd0cb-ac9c-4771-b585-04b092d41f91 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/cb1dd0cb-ac9c-4771-b585-04b092d41f91/cb1dd0cb-ac9c-4771-b585-04b092d41f91.pdf 20 08 20180131 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/people-texts-and-artefacts/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646568.pdf 20 08 20180131 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/people-texts-and-artefacts/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/118.9781909646568.pdf 20 08 20180131 01 urn:uuid:8ba8e789-e932-4211-bc58-43195db14562 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cb1dd0cb-ac9c-4771-b585-04b092d41f91 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8ba8e789-e932-4211-bc58-43195db14562 15 9781909646544 03 9781909646544 06 10.14296/118.9781909646568 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61449 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 People, Texts and Artefacts Cultural Transmission in the Medieval Norman Worlds 1 B01 David Bates David Bates 2 B01 Edoardo D'Angelo Edoardo D'Angelo 3 B01 Elisabeth Houts Elisabeth Houts 01 eng 00 295 03 09 23 12 HBLC1 10 HIS000000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 N 93 3K 20 Normans; medieval; Norman culture; conquest; Europe; medieval history; cultural exchange 01 06 02 00 This volume seeks to enhance interdisciplinary and international dialogue between those who work on the Normans and their conquests in northern and southern Europe in an original way. It has as its central theme issues related to cultural transfer, treated as being of a pan-European kind across the societies that the Normans conquered and as 03 00 This volume is based on two international conferences held in 2013 and 2014 at Ariano Irpino, and at Emmanuel College, Cambridge. It contains essays by leading scholars in the field. Like the conferences, the volume seeks to enhance interdisciplinary and international dialogue between those who work on the Normans and their conquests in northern and southern Europe in an original way. It has as its central theme issues related to cultural transfer, treated as being of a pan-European kind across the societies that the Normans conquered and as occurring within the distinct societies of the northern and southern conquests. These issues are also shown to be an aspect of the interaction between the Normans and the peoples they subjugated, among whom many then settled. 30 00 This volume is based on two international conferences held in 2013 and 2014 at Ariano Irpino, and at Emmanuel College, Cambridge. It contains essays by leading scholars in the field. Like the conferences, the volume seeks to enhance interdisciplinary and international dialogue between those who work on the Normans and their conquests in northern and southern Europe in an original way. It has as its central theme issues related to cultural transfer, treated as being of a pan-European kind across the societies that the Normans conquered and as occurring within the distinct societies of the northern and southern conquests. These issues are also shown to be an aspect of the interaction between the Normans and the peoples they subjugated, among whom many then settled. 04 00 Introduction David Bates and Elisabeth van Houts 1. Harness pendants and the rise of armory John Baker 2. The transmission of medical culture in the Norman worlds c.1050–c.1250 Elma Brenner 3. Towards a critical edition of Petrus de Ebulo’s De Balneis Puteolanis: new hypotheses Teofilo De Angelis 4. A Latin school in the Norman principality of Antioch Edoardo D’Angelo 5. Culti e agiografie d’età normanna in Italia meridionale Amalia Galdi 6. The landscape of Anglo-Norman England: chronology and cultural transmission Robert Liddiard 7. The medieval archives of the abbey of S. Trinità, Cava G. A. Loud 8. Écrire la conquête: une comparaison des récits de Guillaume de Poitiers et de Geoffroi Malaterra Marie-Agnès Lucas-Avenel 9. Bede’s legacy in William of Malmesbury and Henry of Huntingdon Alheydis Plassmann 10. The transformation of Norman charters in the twelfth century Daniel Power 11. Corpora and cultural transmission? Political uses of the body in Norman texts, 1050–1150 Patricia Skinner 12. Homage in the Latin chronicles of eleventh- and twelfth-century Normandy Alice Taylor 13. Weights and measures in the Norman-Swabian kingdom of Sicily Mario Rosario Zecchino 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/118.9781909646568_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/people-texts-and-artefacts/ London, GB 04 01 20180131 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646537 03 9781909646537 06 15 9781909646568 03 9781909646568 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/people-texts-and-artefacts/ 20 08 20180131 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ff044246-eb34-427b-b892-4d4531dc7d65 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c0e983c2-1e29-4c0d-8b45-4c209f034ec1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ff044246-eb34-427b-b892-4d4531dc7d65 15 9781905670093 03 9781905670093 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54056 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 31 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Performances and Audiences in Pindar's Sicilian Victory Odes (BICS Supplement 95) 1 A01 A.D. Morrison A.D. Morrison 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 DSC 93 DSC 10 LIT014000 12 DSBB 93 DSBB 01 06 02 00 03 00 Pindar’s fifteen victory odes for Sicilian victors include some of Pindar’s most impressive and widely admired poems, such as the first two Olympians and first three Pythians. The majority of the Sicilian odes date from between about 476 to 466 BC and were composed to celebrate the victories of the great tyrants of Sicily Hieron of Syracuse and Theron of Akragas or their families or courtiers at the crown games. The Sicilian tyrants made spectacular use of their wealth and power in competing in equestrian events at the games and in commissioning Pindar and Bacchylides to celebrate their victories in song. This book examines the Sicilian odes of Pindar as a group, investigating the ways in which they interact and exploit their overlapping and intersecting audiences. It studies the different performances of Pindar’s odes (including reperformances subsequent to the first performance) and the audiences of these performances, and argues that these have important consequences for our view of the role victory odes played in the self-display of the Sicilian tyrannies to one another and the wider Greek world, the intertexts between the odes, the ‘conventional’ material in Pindar and the ways in which Pindar fulfils his promise of lasting fame for his patrons. 30 00 Pindar’s fifteen victory odes for Sicilian victors include some of Pindar’s most impressive and widely admired poems, such as the first two Olympians and first three Pythians. The majority of the Sicilian odes date from between about 476 to 466 BC and were composed to celebrate the victories of the great tyrants of Sicily Hieron of Syracuse and Theron of Akragas or their families or courtiers at the crown games. The Sicilian tyrants made spectacular use of their wealth and power in competing in equestrian events at the games and in commissioning Pindar and Bacchylides to celebrate their victories in song. This book examines the Sicilian odes of Pindar as a group, investigating the ways in which they interact and exploit their overlapping and intersecting audiences. It studies the different performances of Pindar’s odes (including reperformances subsequent to the first performance) and the audiences of these performances, and argues that these have important consequences for our view of the role victory odes played in the self-display of the Sicilian tyrannies to one another and the wider Greek world, the intertexts between the odes, the ‘conventional’ material in Pindar and the ways in which Pindar fulfils his promise of lasting fame for his patrons. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250805//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/performances-and-audiences-in-pindars-sicilian-victory-odes-bics-supplement-95/ London, GB 04 01 20071001 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/performances-and-audiences-in-pindars-sicilian-victory-odes-bics-supplement-95/ 20 08 20071001 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f9ce3eea-834d-42d5-9076-7a47880045e4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:faba92ce-8327-4081-aa96-5789a641f60b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f9ce3eea-834d-42d5-9076-7a47880045e4 15 9781905670482 03 9781905670482 06 10.14296/917.9781905670697 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61313 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 4 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Persuasive Language in Cicero’s Pro Milone: A close reading and commentary 1 A01 Lynn S. Fotheringham Lynn S. Fotheringham 01 eng 00 520 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 93 DS 12 DS 10 LCO003000 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 20 syntax; linguistics; ancient literature; language; Cicero; late republican discourse 01 06 02 00 This innovative approach to Cicero's persuasive language analyses the style and structure of one of his important speeches in more detail than has ever been done before. It applies ideas from modern linguistics and explores the possibilities and limitations of quantitative analysis in the areas of syntax and vocabulary. The result is a readin 03 00 This innovative approach to Cicero's persuasive language analyses the style and structure of one of his important speeches in more detail than has ever been done before.<break/><break/>It applies ideas from modern linguistics (sentential topic, lexical patterning, interactional discourse), and explores the possibilities and limitations of quantitative analysis, made easier by modern computing power, in the areas of syntax and vocabulary.<break/><break/>The result is a reading of the Pro Milone </italic>as a unified text, whether aimed at persuading the jury to acquit Milo or at persuading a wider audience that Milo should have been acquitted. <break/><break/>This reading not only contributes to our understanding of late republican discourse, but also suggests a new methodology for using the study of language and style to illuminate literary/historical aspects of texts. 30 00 This innovative approach to Cicero's persuasive language analyses the style and structure of one of his important speeches in more detail than has ever been done before.<break/><break/>It applies ideas from modern linguistics (sentential topic, lexical patterning, interactional discourse), and explores the possibilities and limitations of quantitative analysis, made easier by modern computing power, in the areas of syntax and vocabulary.<break/><break/>The result is a reading of the Pro Milone </italic>as a unified text, whether aimed at persuading the jury to acquit Milo or at persuading a wider audience that Milo should have been acquitted. <break/><break/>This reading not only contributes to our understanding of late republican discourse, but also suggests a new methodology for using the study of language and style to illuminate literary/historical aspects of texts. 04 00 Introduction – how to use this book Essay on approach: reading style for substance 1 1. Introduction 1.1. Trial, text, commentary 1.2. Historical issues 1.3. Style and close reading 2. The structure of the text 2.1. General principles 2.1.1. A note on paragraphs and sections 2.2. Rhetorical theory 2.3. ‘Topic’ and the Topic-Sentence 2.3.1. Topic-sentences and existing structural analyses 3. Style 3.1. General principles 3.2. Syntax and complexity 3.2.1. A note on ‘Periodicity’ and other terminology 3.3. Complexity and structure 3.3.1. Complexity and existing structural analyses 4. Vocabulary 4.1. General principles 4.2. Vocabulary and structure 4.2.1. Vocabulary distribution and existing structural analyses 5. Interaction 5.1. Shifts in speaker and addressee 5.2. Speakers, addressees and structure 6. Conclusion 7. Text 8. Commentary 9. Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670697_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/persuasive-language-in-ciceros-pro-milone-a-close-reading-and-commentary/ London, GB 04 01 20170901 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670680 03 9781905670680 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/persuasive-language-in-ciceros-pro-milone-a-close-reading-and-commentary/ 20 08 20170901 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:38c8fdee-fa85-4d77-b719-74905073886c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:faba92ce-8327-4081-aa96-5789a641f60b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:38c8fdee-fa85-4d77-b719-74905073886c 15 9781905670680 03 9781905670680 06 10.14296/917.9781905670697 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61313 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 4 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Persuasive Language in Cicero’s Pro Milone: A close reading and commentary 1 A01 Lynn S. Fotheringham Lynn S. Fotheringham 01 eng 00 520 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 93 DS 12 DS 10 LCO003000 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 20 syntax; linguistics; ancient literature; language; Cicero; late republican discourse 01 06 02 00 This innovative approach to Cicero's persuasive language analyses the style and structure of one of his important speeches in more detail than has ever been done before. It applies ideas from modern linguistics and explores the possibilities and limitations of quantitative analysis in the areas of syntax and vocabulary. The result is a readin 03 00 This innovative approach to Cicero's persuasive language analyses the style and structure of one of his important speeches in more detail than has ever been done before.<break/><break/>It applies ideas from modern linguistics (sentential topic, lexical patterning, interactional discourse), and explores the possibilities and limitations of quantitative analysis, made easier by modern computing power, in the areas of syntax and vocabulary.<break/><break/>The result is a reading of the Pro Milone </italic>as a unified text, whether aimed at persuading the jury to acquit Milo or at persuading a wider audience that Milo should have been acquitted. <break/><break/>This reading not only contributes to our understanding of late republican discourse, but also suggests a new methodology for using the study of language and style to illuminate literary/historical aspects of texts. 30 00 This innovative approach to Cicero's persuasive language analyses the style and structure of one of his important speeches in more detail than has ever been done before.<break/><break/>It applies ideas from modern linguistics (sentential topic, lexical patterning, interactional discourse), and explores the possibilities and limitations of quantitative analysis, made easier by modern computing power, in the areas of syntax and vocabulary.<break/><break/>The result is a reading of the Pro Milone </italic>as a unified text, whether aimed at persuading the jury to acquit Milo or at persuading a wider audience that Milo should have been acquitted. <break/><break/>This reading not only contributes to our understanding of late republican discourse, but also suggests a new methodology for using the study of language and style to illuminate literary/historical aspects of texts. 04 00 Introduction – how to use this book Essay on approach: reading style for substance 1 1. Introduction 1.1. Trial, text, commentary 1.2. Historical issues 1.3. Style and close reading 2. The structure of the text 2.1. General principles 2.1.1. A note on paragraphs and sections 2.2. Rhetorical theory 2.3. ‘Topic’ and the Topic-Sentence 2.3.1. Topic-sentences and existing structural analyses 3. Style 3.1. General principles 3.2. Syntax and complexity 3.2.1. A note on ‘Periodicity’ and other terminology 3.3. Complexity and structure 3.3.1. Complexity and existing structural analyses 4. Vocabulary 4.1. General principles 4.2. Vocabulary and structure 4.2.1. Vocabulary distribution and existing structural analyses 5. Interaction 5.1. Shifts in speaker and addressee 5.2. Speakers, addressees and structure 6. Conclusion 7. Text 8. Commentary 9. Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670697_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/persuasive-language-in-ciceros-pro-milone-a-close-reading-and-commentary/ London, GB 04 01 20170901 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670482 03 9781905670482 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/faba92ce-8327-4081-aa96-5789a641f60b 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/faba92ce-8327-4081-aa96-5789a641f60b/faba92ce-8327-4081-aa96-5789a641f60b.pdf 20 08 20170901 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/persuasive-language-in-ciceros-pro-milone-a-close-reading-and-commentary/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781905670680.pdf 20 08 20170901 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/persuasive-language-in-ciceros-pro-milone-a-close-reading-and-commentary/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670697.pdf 20 08 20170901 01 urn:uuid:aeffe059-6ab7-4afe-8e5a-f4539e7dc9bd 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8da54348-7f71-426e-b22a-1992455a1e68 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:aeffe059-6ab7-4afe-8e5a-f4539e7dc9bd 15 9781908590701 03 9781908590701 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61593 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in 01 01 Petrarch’s Famous Men in the Early Renaissance: The Illuminated Copies of Felice Feliciano’s Edition 1 A01 Lilian Armstrong Lilian Armstrong 01 eng 12 DB 93 DB 10 LIT011000 B2 Literary Studies B2 History 01 06 02 00 03 00 Petrarch (Francesco Petrarca, 1304-1374) worked over many years on his long historical text about the Lives of ancient Roman military heroes, De viris illustribus</italic> (On Famous Men</italic>). Left unfinished at his death, the text was completed by 1379 by Petrarch’s colleague, Lombardo della Seta. Within a decade, De viris illustribus</italic> was translated into Italian; and in 1476 the Libro degli uomini famosi </italic>was printed in Poiano outside of Verona by the eccentric humanist and scribe, Felice Feliciano (1433–1479/1480). The edition includes a peculiar feature: preceding each of the Lives is a page on which is printed an interlace woodcut border within which, however, no image appears. The present book surveys the hand-illumination of twenty surviving copies of Felice’s edition in order to investigate: the Renaissance fascination with the classical past; the artistic traditions of representing Uomini famosi</italic>; the technical problems of illustrating books with woodcuts; and the fortuna </italic>of the 1476 edition. Two copies contain sequences of heroes painted within the woodcut borders; these heroes provide evidence for reconstructing the appearance of the ‘lost’ frescoes of famous men painted at the end of Petrarch’s lifetime in the Carrara palace in Padua. The hand-illumination of other copies can be assigned to miniaturists working in Venice, Verona, Ferrara, Florence, Rome and elsewhere, suggesting Felice Feliciano’s wide-reaching efforts to market the volume. The importance of studying copy-specific features in Renaissance printed books is further documented by the thirty-two colour plates and over ninety black-and-white figures. 30 00 Petrarch (Francesco Petrarca, 1304-1374) worked over many years on his long historical text about the Lives of ancient Roman military heroes, De viris illustribus</italic> (On Famous Men</italic>). Left unfinished at his death, the text was completed by 1379 by Petrarch’s colleague, Lombardo della Seta. Within a decade, De viris illustribus</italic> was translated into Italian; and in 1476 the Libro degli uomini famosi </italic>was printed in Poiano outside of Verona by the eccentric humanist and scribe, Felice Feliciano (1433–1479/1480). The edition includes a peculiar feature: preceding each of the Lives is a page on which is printed an interlace woodcut border within which, however, no image appears. The present book surveys the hand-illumination of twenty surviving copies of Felice’s edition in order to investigate: the Renaissance fascination with the classical past; the artistic traditions of representing Uomini famosi</italic>; the technical problems of illustrating books with woodcuts; and the fortuna </italic>of the 1476 edition. Two copies contain sequences of heroes painted within the woodcut borders; these heroes provide evidence for reconstructing the appearance of the ‘lost’ frescoes of famous men painted at the end of Petrarch’s lifetime in the Carrara palace in Padua. The hand-illumination of other copies can be assigned to miniaturists working in Venice, Verona, Ferrara, Florence, Rome and elsewhere, suggesting Felice Feliciano’s wide-reaching efforts to market the volume. The importance of studying copy-specific features in Renaissance printed books is further documented by the thirty-two colour plates and over ninety black-and-white figures. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/251210//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/petrarchs-famous-men-in-the-early-renaissance-the-illuminated-copies-of-felice-felicianos-edition/ London, GB 04 01 20161201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/petrarchs-famous-men-in-the-early-renaissance-the-illuminated-copies-of-felice-felicianos-edition/ 20 08 20161201 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7dd275e7-b84d-40dc-beaa-3212d3e43062 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:9666efc6-2a1b-4c8a-bd59-91c98c022678 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7dd275e7-b84d-40dc-beaa-3212d3e43062 15 9781905670215 03 9781905670215 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61340 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 50 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Pheidias: the sculptures and ancient sources Vols. 1- 3 (BICS Supplement 105) 1 B01 Claire Cullen Davison Claire Cullen Davison 01 eng 12 AC 93 AGA 10 ARC005000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Art and Architecture 12 HDDK 93 NKD 93 1QBA 01 06 02 00 03 00 The name of Pheidias and the renown of his sculptural masterpieces have resonated through the centuries. Pheidias’s works were endlessly copied by the Romans and his name was used to denote excellence well beyond Antiquity. His statue of Zeus at Olympia was regarded as one of the seven wonders of the ancient world, and the Athena Parthenos has linked his name forever with the Parthenon and its sculptures. And yet there is no firm proof that any surviving original is by his hand.What can we know about Pheidias and his work? This book attempts to answer this question by presenting both the archaeological and the written evidence for the output of this remarkable artist. It assembles and assesses all the available material in order to provide insights into Pheidias’s contribution to the development of Greek sculpture. Full and illustrated discussions of the works associated with Pheidias are accompanied by catalogues of each statue type discussed. In addition, the relevant ancient sources are quoted, translated and commented upon.This book is a comprehensive guide to Pheidias and his works. It will be essential to all interested in art history, the material culture of the Classical world, & the Classical tradition. This book is published in three volumes:Volume 1 ISBN 9781905670215Volume 2 ISBN 9781905670222Volume 3 ISBN 9781905670239 30 00 The name of Pheidias and the renown of his sculptural masterpieces have resonated through the centuries. Pheidias’s works were endlessly copied by the Romans and his name was used to denote excellence well beyond Antiquity. His statue of Zeus at Olympia was regarded as one of the seven wonders of the ancient world, and the Athena Parthenos has linked his name forever with the Parthenon and its sculptures. And yet there is no firm proof that any surviving original is by his hand.What can we know about Pheidias and his work? This book attempts to answer this question by presenting both the archaeological and the written evidence for the output of this remarkable artist. It assembles and assesses all the available material in order to provide insights into Pheidias’s contribution to the development of Greek sculpture. Full and illustrated discussions of the works associated with Pheidias are accompanied by catalogues of each statue type discussed. In addition, the relevant ancient sources are quoted, translated and commented upon.This book is a comprehensive guide to Pheidias and his works. It will be essential to all interested in art history, the material culture of the Classical world, & the Classical tradition. This book is published in three volumes:Volume 1 ISBN 9781905670215Volume 2 ISBN 9781905670222Volume 3 ISBN 9781905670239 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250691//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pheidias-the-sculptures-and-ancient-sources-vols-1-3-bics-supplement-105/ London, GB 04 01 20090810 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pheidias-the-sculptures-and-ancient-sources-vols-1-3-bics-supplement-105/ 20 08 20090810 02 165.00 GBP WORLD 02 215.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:71b4d1eb-b8c7-4549-a89f-ab4a983284c0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:02639cb2-80b3-444b-8b89-dc47ae4b2d94 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:71b4d1eb-b8c7-4549-a89f-ab4a983284c0 15 9781905670185 03 9781905670185 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61342 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 48 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Philoponus and the rejection of Aristotelian science (2nd edition) (BICS Supplement 103) 1 B01 Richard Sorabji Richard Sorabji 2 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 HPCA 10 PHI002000 93 QDHA 01 06 02 00 03 00 A substantially revised and supplemented edition of the collected volume originally published, by Duckworth, in 1987. 30 00 A substantially revised and supplemented edition of the collected volume originally published, by Duckworth, in 1987. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250693//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/philoponus-and-the-rejection-of-aristotelian-science-2nd-edition-bics-supplement-103/ London, GB 04 01 20100405 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/philoponus-and-the-rejection-of-aristotelian-science-2nd-edition-bics-supplement-103/ 20 08 20100405 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:aae43e45-f45e-4963-8dac-45f934d5461b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:13fda234-23a4-4c65-a59d-90872fbd8ad1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:aae43e45-f45e-4963-8dac-45f934d5461b 15 9781905670505 03 9781905670505 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61327 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 59 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Philosophical Themes in Galen 1 B01 Peter Adamson Peter Adamson 2 B01 Rotraud Hansberger Rotraud Hansberger 3 B01 James Wiberding James Wiberding 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 HPCA 10 PHI002000 93 QDHA 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 Galen, the greatest figure in the history of pre-modern medicine, is also a significant figure in ancient philosophy. Not only is he a major source for many previous thinkers, such as the Presocratics and Stoics, but he also developed philosophical ideas of his own, in keeping with his famous dictum that ‘the best doctor is a philosopher’. <break/><break/>This volume contributes to the growing field of research on Galen as a philosopher, with pieces devoted to his epistemology, his physics, and his theory of soul and human nature. His self-conception as a ‘philosophical’ author is also discussed, as is the question of whether his works were intended as contributions to the genre of philosophy. 30 00 Galen, the greatest figure in the history of pre-modern medicine, is also a significant figure in ancient philosophy. Not only is he a major source for many previous thinkers, such as the Presocratics and Stoics, but he also developed philosophical ideas of his own, in keeping with his famous dictum that ‘the best doctor is a philosopher’. <break/><break/>This volume contributes to the growing field of research on Galen as a philosopher, with pieces devoted to his epistemology, his physics, and his theory of soul and human nature. His self-conception as a ‘philosophical’ author is also discussed, as is the question of whether his works were intended as contributions to the genre of philosophy. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250678//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/philosophical-themes-in-galen/ London, GB 08 01 20140707 13 20240213 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/philosophical-themes-in-galen/ 41 08 20140707 02 30.00 GBP WORLD 02 38.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d621d3df-ec3a-4e20-bc72-4fbab56ee4f8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c9e2ce9d-1f9d-4cfb-bd71-f18290ec72f7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d621d3df-ec3a-4e20-bc72-4fbab56ee4f8 15 9781908590541 03 9781908590541 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.66522 00 BC 10 01 241 mm 01 24.1 cm 01 9.5 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 19 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Philosophy and Medicine in the Formative Period of Islam 1 B01 Peter Adamson Peter Adamson 2 B01 Peter Pormann Peter Pormann 01 eng 12 HPDC 93 NHG 10 PHI012000 B2 Philosophy 12 HBJF1 93 MBX 10 MED039000 93 Q 93 1FBX 93 3KH 20 Islam; philosophy; theology; medicine; Greek philosophy 01 06 02 00 Many of the leading philosophers in the Islamic world were doctors, yielding extensive links between philosophy and medicine. The twelve papers in this volume explore these links, focusing on the classical or formative period (up to the eleventh century AD). They also explore the Arabic reception of Greek figures who worked on medicine or med 03 00 Many of the leading philosophers in the Islamic world were doctors, yielding extensive links between philosophy and medicine. The twelve papers in this volume explore these links, focusing on the classical or formative period (up to the eleventh century AD). One central theme is the Arabic reception of Greek figures who worked on medicine or medical topics, including Hippocrates, Aristotle and Galen. Several of the luminaries of philosophy in the early Islamic world are also studied, including Abū Bakr al-Rāzī, al-Fārābī, and Avicenna. Conversely, the volume also includes research on the use of philosophical ideas in medical authors, including ʿAlī ibn Riḍwān. Attention is also given to the connections between medicine and Islamic theology (kalām</italic>). As a whole, the book provides both a survey of the kinds of work being done in this relatively unexplored area, and a springboard for further research. 30 00 Many of the leading philosophers in the Islamic world were doctors, yielding extensive links between philosophy and medicine. The twelve papers in this volume explore these links, focusing on the classical or formative period (up to the eleventh century AD). One central theme is the Arabic reception of Greek figures who worked on medicine or medical topics, including Hippocrates, Aristotle and Galen. Several of the luminaries of philosophy in the early Islamic world are also studied, including Abū Bakr al-Rāzī, al-Fārābī, and Avicenna. Conversely, the volume also includes research on the use of philosophical ideas in medical authors, including ʿAlī ibn Riḍwān. Attention is also given to the connections between medicine and Islamic theology (kalām</italic>). As a whole, the book provides both a survey of the kinds of work being done in this relatively unexplored area, and a springboard for further research. 04 00 Introduction - PETER ADAMSON AND PETER E. PORMANN Philosophical Topics in Medieval Arabic Medical Discourse: Problems and Prospects - PETER E. PORMANN Hippocrates of Cos in Arabic Gnomologia - OLIVER OVERWIEN Length and Shortness of Life Between Philosophy and Medicine: The Arabic Aristotle and his Medical Readers - ROTRAUD HANSBERGER Al-Ǧāḥiẓ, Falsafa and the Arabic Hippocrates - JAMES MONTGOMERY Early Kalām and the Medical Tradition - GREGOR SCHWARB Abū Bakr al-Rāzī on Vision - PAULINE KOETSCHET The Consolations of Philosophy: Abū Zayd al-Balḫī and Abū Bakr al-Rāzī on Sorrow and Anger - PETER ADAMSON AND HANS HINRICH BIESTERFELDT Beyond the Disciplines of Medicine and Philosophy: Greek and Arabic Thinkers on the Nature of Plant Life - AILEEN DAS Al-Ṭabarī and al-Ṭabarī: Compendia between Medicine and Philosophy - ELVIRA WAKELNIG Cosmic, Corporeal and Civil Regencies: al-Fārābī’s anti-Galenic Defence of Hierarchical Cardiocentrism - BADR EL-FEKKAK The Small Canon of Medicine (al-Qānūn al-ṣaġīr fī l-ṭibb) Ascribed to Avicenna - RAPHAELA VEIT ʿAlī ibn Riḍwān on the Philosophical Distinction of Medicine - HANS HINRICH BIESTERFELDT Index 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/257852//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/philosophy-and-medicine-in-the-formative-period-of-islam/ London, GB 04 01 20180126 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/philosophy-and-medicine-in-the-formative-period-of-islam/ 20 08 20180126 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ce4ed2fd-06ac-44d7-92f4-bdb6417a1037 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c77d757c-4d80-4f6f-8e37-0fe9da0d300e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ce4ed2fd-06ac-44d7-92f4-bdb6417a1037 15 9780900587948 03 9780900587948 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53832 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 18 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Philosophy, Science & Exegesis: In Greek, Arabic & Latin Commentaries (BICS Supplement 83.1) 1 B01 Peter Adamson Peter Adamson 2 B01 Han Baltussen Han Baltussen 3 B01 M.W.F. Stone M.W.F. Stone 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 HPCA 10 PHI002000 93 QDHA 12 HPDC 10 PHI003000 93 QDHK 10 PHI022000 01 06 02 00 03 00 This two volume Supplement to the Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies</italic> represents the proceedings of a conference held at the Institute on 27-29 June, 2002 in honour of Richard Sorabji.These volumes, which are intended to build on the massive achievement of Professor Sorabji’s Ancient Commentators on Aristotle</italic> series, focus on the commentary as a vehicle of philosophical and scientific thought.<break/><break/>Volume One deals with the Greek tradition, including one paper on Byzantine philosophy and one on the Latin author Calcidius, who is very close to the late Greek tradition in outlook. The volume begins with an overview of the tradition of commenting on Aristotle and of the study of this tradition in the modern era. It concludes with an up-to-date bibliography of scholarship devoted to the commentators. 30 00 This two volume Supplement to the Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies</italic> represents the proceedings of a conference held at the Institute on 27-29 June, 2002 in honour of Richard Sorabji.These volumes, which are intended to build on the massive achievement of Professor Sorabji’s Ancient Commentators on Aristotle</italic> series, focus on the commentary as a vehicle of philosophical and scientific thought.<break/><break/>Volume One deals with the Greek tradition, including one paper on Byzantine philosophy and one on the Latin author Calcidius, who is very close to the late Greek tradition in outlook. The volume begins with an overview of the tradition of commenting on Aristotle and of the study of this tradition in the modern era. It concludes with an up-to-date bibliography of scholarship devoted to the commentators. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250835//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/philosophy-science-exegesis-in-greek-arabic-latin-commentaries-bics-supplement-83-1/ London, GB 04 01 20050101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/philosophy-science-exegesis-in-greek-arabic-latin-commentaries-bics-supplement-83-1/ 20 08 20050101 02 64.99 GBP WORLD 02 85.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:524d0af2-967d-4b59-9103-34c0d4fa70df 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c9cda801-abb4-4a33-a67d-e52b222e05a1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:524d0af2-967d-4b59-9103-34c0d4fa70df 15 9780900587955 03 9780900587955 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53862 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 19 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Philosophy, Science & Exegesis: In Greek, Arabic & Latin Commentaries (BICS Supplement 83.2) 1 B01 Peter Adamson Peter Adamson 2 B01 Han Baltussen Han Baltussen 3 B01 M.W.F. Stone M.W.F. Stone 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 HPCA 10 PHI002000 93 QDHA 12 HPDC 10 PHI003000 93 QDHK 10 PHI022000 01 06 02 00 03 00 This two volume Supplement to the Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies</italic> represents the proceedings of a conference held at the Institute on 27-29 June, 2002 in honour of Richard Sorabji.These volumes, which are intended to build on the massive achievement of Professor Sorabji’s Ancient Commentators on Aristotle</italic> series, focus on the commentary as a vehicle of philosophical and scientific thought. 30 00 This two volume Supplement to the Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies</italic> represents the proceedings of a conference held at the Institute on 27-29 June, 2002 in honour of Richard Sorabji.These volumes, which are intended to build on the massive achievement of Professor Sorabji’s Ancient Commentators on Aristotle</italic> series, focus on the commentary as a vehicle of philosophical and scientific thought. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250836//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/philosophy-science-exegesis-in-greek-arabic-latin-commentaries-bics-supplement-83-2/ London, GB 04 01 20050101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/philosophy-science-exegesis-in-greek-arabic-latin-commentaries-bics-supplement-83-2/ 20 08 20050101 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:eb89a179-089e-4da2-997f-9e151e095f1d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b33c214e-fb28-491a-b72e-47670d3a8907 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:eb89a179-089e-4da2-997f-9e151e095f1d 15 9780854811267 03 9780854811267 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53877 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 2 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Pictorial Composition from Medieval to Modern Art 1 B01 Paul Taylor Paul Taylor 2 B01 Francois Quiviger Francois Quiviger 01 eng 12 AC 93 AGA 10 ART015000 B2 Art History 12 ABA 93 ABA 10 ART000000 93 AG 12 AG 10 ART009000 12 1D 93 1D 10 ART015030 12 3H 93 3KL 12 3J 93 3M 01 06 02 00 03 00 This volume contains most of the papers given at a colloquium held at the Institute in 1997. It provides a study of the concept of composition in European art and art literature from the middle ages to the early twentieth century. Some authors are concerned to show the extent to which writers on art before 1880 would have been able to think of a work of art in the terms put forward by modernist theorists like Maurice Denis, Wassily Kandinsky and Clement Greenberg, as a flat surface, covered with colours, lines and forms arranged in an aesthetically pleasing way. Other authors aim to show how artists and theorists conceived of composition before the modern period, by describing some of the implications and connotations of the concept within a broader field of political and religious meanings.Contents</bold>Athene Reiss - Pictorial Composition in Medieval Art.<break/>Charles Hope - 'Composition' from Cennini and Alberti to Vasari<break/>François Quiviger - Imagining and Composing Stories in the Renaissance.<break/>Philip Sohm - Baroque Piles and Other Decompositions.<break/>Thomas Frangenberg - Andrea Pozzo on the Ceiling Paintings in S. Ignazio.<break/>Colette Nativel - La Théorie de la composition dans le De pictura veterum</italic> de Franciscus Junius: Une transition entre Alberti et l'Académie.<break/>Thomas Puttfarken - Composition, Disposition and Ordonnance in French Seventeenth–century Writings on Art.<break/>Paul Taylor - Composition in Seventeenth–century Dutch Art Theory.<break/>Harry Mount - Reynolds, Chiaroscuro and Composition.<break/>Richard Wrigley - The Politics of Composition: Reflection on Jacques Louis David's Serment du Jeu de paume</italic>.<break/>Hubert Locher - Towards a Science of Art: the Concept of 'Pure Composition' in Nineteenth– and Twentieth– century Art Theory. 30 00 This volume contains most of the papers given at a colloquium held at the Institute in 1997. It provides a study of the concept of composition in European art and art literature from the middle ages to the early twentieth century. Some authors are concerned to show the extent to which writers on art before 1880 would have been able to think of a work of art in the terms put forward by modernist theorists like Maurice Denis, Wassily Kandinsky and Clement Greenberg, as a flat surface, covered with colours, lines and forms arranged in an aesthetically pleasing way. Other authors aim to show how artists and theorists conceived of composition before the modern period, by describing some of the implications and connotations of the concept within a broader field of political and religious meanings.Contents</bold>Athene Reiss - Pictorial Composition in Medieval Art.<break/>Charles Hope - 'Composition' from Cennini and Alberti to Vasari<break/>François Quiviger - Imagining and Composing Stories in the Renaissance.<break/>Philip Sohm - Baroque Piles and Other Decompositions.<break/>Thomas Frangenberg - Andrea Pozzo on the Ceiling Paintings in S. Ignazio.<break/>Colette Nativel - La Théorie de la composition dans le De pictura veterum</italic> de Franciscus Junius: Une transition entre Alberti et l'Académie.<break/>Thomas Puttfarken - Composition, Disposition and Ordonnance in French Seventeenth–century Writings on Art.<break/>Paul Taylor - Composition in Seventeenth–century Dutch Art Theory.<break/>Harry Mount - Reynolds, Chiaroscuro and Composition.<break/>Richard Wrigley - The Politics of Composition: Reflection on Jacques Louis David's Serment du Jeu de paume</italic>.<break/>Hubert Locher - Towards a Science of Art: the Concept of 'Pure Composition' in Nineteenth– and Twentieth– century Art Theory. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250722//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pictorial-composition-from-medieval-to-modern-art/ London, GB 04 01 20010216 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pictorial-composition-from-medieval-to-modern-art/ 20 08 20010216 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:cc40531e-a5ef-4e0f-bcad-1ade93aeb66e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8f950943-930c-4f7a-9cc3-2bbca4fc797f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:cc40531e-a5ef-4e0f-bcad-1ade93aeb66e 15 9781915249005 03 9781915249005 06 10.14296/vfsr7023 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72474 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Pieter Geyl and Britain Encounters, Controversies, Impact 1 B01 Stijn van Rossem Stijn van Rossem 2 B01 Ulrich Tiedau Ulrich Tiedau 01 eng 00 272 03 09 21 12 HBAH 10 HIS016000 B2 History 93 NHAH 10 BIO032000 12 JFCX 93 JNB 12 1DDN 93 1DDN 10 HIS015070 10 1.2.5.0.0.0.0 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MP 93 6AG 20 Pieter Geyl; Nazi Germany; public intellectual; postwar history; Leiden 01 06 02 00 Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Geyl was an early example of a ‘public intellectual’ and remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of all time. This volume re-examines Geyl’s time in Britain, his re 03 00 Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Having come to the UK as a journalist, he started his academic career at the University of London in the aftermath of World War I (1919) and played an important role in the early days of the Institute of Historical Research. Known in this time for his re-interpretation of the sixteenth-century Dutch Revolt against the Habsburgs, that challenged existing historiographies of both Belgium and the Netherlands but was also linked to his political activism in favour of the Flemish movement in Belgium, Geyl left his stamp on the British perception of Low Countries history before moving back to his country of origin in 1935. Having spent World War II in German hostage camps, he famously coined the adage of history being ‘a discussion without end’ and re-engaged in public debates with British historians after the war, partly conducted on the airwaves of the BBC. A prolific writer and an early example of a ‘public intellectual’, Geyl remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of his time. The present volume re-examines Geyl’s relationship with Britain (and the Anglophone world at large) and sheds new light on his multifaceted work as a historian, journalist, homme de lettres </italic>and political activist. 30 00 Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Having come to the UK as a journalist, he started his academic career at the University of London in the aftermath of World War I (1919) and played an important role in the early days of the Institute of Historical Research. Known in this time for his re-interpretation of the sixteenth-century Dutch Revolt against the Habsburgs, that challenged existing historiographies of both Belgium and the Netherlands but was also linked to his political activism in favour of the Flemish movement in Belgium, Geyl left his stamp on the British perception of Low Countries history before moving back to his country of origin in 1935. Having spent World War II in German hostage camps, he famously coined the adage of history being ‘a discussion without end’ and re-engaged in public debates with British historians after the war, partly conducted on the airwaves of the BBC. A prolific writer and an early example of a ‘public intellectual’, Geyl remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of his time. The present volume re-examines Geyl’s relationship with Britain (and the Anglophone world at large) and sheds new light on his multifaceted work as a historian, journalist, homme de lettres </italic>and political activist. 04 00 1. Geyl and Britain: an introduction Ulrich Tiedau / Stijn van Rossem 2. The Greater Netherlands Idea of Pieter Geyl (1887–1966) Pieter van Hees 3. Pieter Geyl and Émile Cammaerts: the Dutch and Belgian chairs at the University of London between academia and propaganda, 1914–1935 Ulrich Tiedau 4. Pieter Geyl and the Institute of Historical Research Stijn van Rossem 8. ‘It is a part of me’: The literary ambitions of Pieter Geyl Wim Berkelaar 7. Pieter Geyl and the Idea of Federalism Leen Dorsman 6. Debating Toynbee after the Holocaust: Pieter Geyl as a post-war public historian Remco Ensel 5. Pieter Geyl and the Eighteenth Century Reinier Salverda 9. The Historiographical Legacy of Pieter Geyl for Revolutionary and Napoleonic Studies Mark Edward Hay 10. Pieter Geyl and his entanglement with German Westforschung Alisa van Kleef 11. Between Leuven and Utrecht: the Afterlife of Pieter Geyl and ‘Greater Netherlands’ Fons Meijer 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vfsr7023_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pieter-geyl-and-britain/ London, GB 04 01 20220929 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249012 03 9781915249012 06 15 9781913002084 03 9781913002084 06 15 9781915249029 03 9781915249029 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pieter-geyl-and-britain/ 20 08 20220929 02 90.00 GBP WORLD 02 120.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:48417244-758f-46fd-b742-ea452fb299bb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8f950943-930c-4f7a-9cc3-2bbca4fc797f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:48417244-758f-46fd-b742-ea452fb299bb 15 9781915249012 03 9781915249012 06 10.14296/vfsr7023 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72474 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Pieter Geyl and Britain Encounters, Controversies, Impact 1 B01 Stijn van Rossem Stijn van Rossem 2 B01 Ulrich Tiedau Ulrich Tiedau 01 eng 00 272 03 09 21 12 HBAH 10 HIS016000 B2 History 93 NHAH 10 BIO032000 12 JFCX 93 JNB 12 1DDN 93 1DDN 10 HIS015070 10 1.2.5.0.0.0.0 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MP 93 6AG 20 Pieter Geyl; Nazi Germany; public intellectual; postwar history; Leiden 01 06 02 00 Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Geyl was an early example of a ‘public intellectual’ and remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of all time. This volume re-examines Geyl’s time in Britain, his re 03 00 Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Having come to the UK as a journalist, he started his academic career at the University of London in the aftermath of World War I (1919) and played an important role in the early days of the Institute of Historical Research. Known in this time for his re-interpretation of the sixteenth-century Dutch Revolt against the Habsburgs, that challenged existing historiographies of both Belgium and the Netherlands but was also linked to his political activism in favour of the Flemish movement in Belgium, Geyl left his stamp on the British perception of Low Countries history before moving back to his country of origin in 1935. Having spent World War II in German hostage camps, he famously coined the adage of history being ‘a discussion without end’ and re-engaged in public debates with British historians after the war, partly conducted on the airwaves of the BBC. A prolific writer and an early example of a ‘public intellectual’, Geyl remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of his time. The present volume re-examines Geyl’s relationship with Britain (and the Anglophone world at large) and sheds new light on his multifaceted work as a historian, journalist, homme de lettres </italic>and political activist. 30 00 Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Having come to the UK as a journalist, he started his academic career at the University of London in the aftermath of World War I (1919) and played an important role in the early days of the Institute of Historical Research. Known in this time for his re-interpretation of the sixteenth-century Dutch Revolt against the Habsburgs, that challenged existing historiographies of both Belgium and the Netherlands but was also linked to his political activism in favour of the Flemish movement in Belgium, Geyl left his stamp on the British perception of Low Countries history before moving back to his country of origin in 1935. Having spent World War II in German hostage camps, he famously coined the adage of history being ‘a discussion without end’ and re-engaged in public debates with British historians after the war, partly conducted on the airwaves of the BBC. A prolific writer and an early example of a ‘public intellectual’, Geyl remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of his time. The present volume re-examines Geyl’s relationship with Britain (and the Anglophone world at large) and sheds new light on his multifaceted work as a historian, journalist, homme de lettres </italic>and political activist. 04 00 1. Geyl and Britain: an introduction Ulrich Tiedau / Stijn van Rossem 2. The Greater Netherlands Idea of Pieter Geyl (1887–1966) Pieter van Hees 3. Pieter Geyl and Émile Cammaerts: the Dutch and Belgian chairs at the University of London between academia and propaganda, 1914–1935 Ulrich Tiedau 4. Pieter Geyl and the Institute of Historical Research Stijn van Rossem 8. ‘It is a part of me’: The literary ambitions of Pieter Geyl Wim Berkelaar 7. Pieter Geyl and the Idea of Federalism Leen Dorsman 6. Debating Toynbee after the Holocaust: Pieter Geyl as a post-war public historian Remco Ensel 5. Pieter Geyl and the Eighteenth Century Reinier Salverda 9. The Historiographical Legacy of Pieter Geyl for Revolutionary and Napoleonic Studies Mark Edward Hay 10. Pieter Geyl and his entanglement with German Westforschung Alisa van Kleef 11. Between Leuven and Utrecht: the Afterlife of Pieter Geyl and ‘Greater Netherlands’ Fons Meijer 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vfsr7023_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pieter-geyl-and-britain/ London, GB 04 01 20220929 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249005 03 9781915249005 06 15 9781913002084 03 9781913002084 06 15 9781915249029 03 9781915249029 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/8f950943-930c-4f7a-9cc3-2bbca4fc797f 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/8f950943-930c-4f7a-9cc3-2bbca4fc797f/8f950943-930c-4f7a-9cc3-2bbca4fc797f.pdf 20 08 20220929 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pieter-geyl-and-britain/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249012.pdf 20 08 20220929 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pieter-geyl-and-britain/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vfsr7023.pdf 20 08 20220929 01 urn:uuid:3a967adc-2bb7-4eb9-bd08-88673444f369 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8f950943-930c-4f7a-9cc3-2bbca4fc797f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3a967adc-2bb7-4eb9-bd08-88673444f369 15 9781913002084 03 9781913002084 06 10.14296/vfsr7023 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72474 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Pieter Geyl and Britain Encounters, Controversies, Impact 1 B01 Stijn van Rossem Stijn van Rossem 2 B01 Ulrich Tiedau Ulrich Tiedau 01 eng 00 272 03 09 21 12 HBAH 10 HIS016000 B2 History 93 NHAH 10 BIO032000 12 JFCX 93 JNB 12 1DDN 93 1DDN 10 HIS015070 10 1.2.5.0.0.0.0 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MP 93 6AG 20 Pieter Geyl; Nazi Germany; public intellectual; postwar history; Leiden 01 06 02 00 Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Geyl was an early example of a ‘public intellectual’ and remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of all time. This volume re-examines Geyl’s time in Britain, his re 03 00 Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Having come to the UK as a journalist, he started his academic career at the University of London in the aftermath of World War I (1919) and played an important role in the early days of the Institute of Historical Research. Known in this time for his re-interpretation of the sixteenth-century Dutch Revolt against the Habsburgs, that challenged existing historiographies of both Belgium and the Netherlands but was also linked to his political activism in favour of the Flemish movement in Belgium, Geyl left his stamp on the British perception of Low Countries history before moving back to his country of origin in 1935. Having spent World War II in German hostage camps, he famously coined the adage of history being ‘a discussion without end’ and re-engaged in public debates with British historians after the war, partly conducted on the airwaves of the BBC. A prolific writer and an early example of a ‘public intellectual’, Geyl remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of his time. The present volume re-examines Geyl’s relationship with Britain (and the Anglophone world at large) and sheds new light on his multifaceted work as a historian, journalist, homme de lettres </italic>and political activist. 30 00 Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Having come to the UK as a journalist, he started his academic career at the University of London in the aftermath of World War I (1919) and played an important role in the early days of the Institute of Historical Research. Known in this time for his re-interpretation of the sixteenth-century Dutch Revolt against the Habsburgs, that challenged existing historiographies of both Belgium and the Netherlands but was also linked to his political activism in favour of the Flemish movement in Belgium, Geyl left his stamp on the British perception of Low Countries history before moving back to his country of origin in 1935. Having spent World War II in German hostage camps, he famously coined the adage of history being ‘a discussion without end’ and re-engaged in public debates with British historians after the war, partly conducted on the airwaves of the BBC. A prolific writer and an early example of a ‘public intellectual’, Geyl remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of his time. The present volume re-examines Geyl’s relationship with Britain (and the Anglophone world at large) and sheds new light on his multifaceted work as a historian, journalist, homme de lettres </italic>and political activist. 04 00 1. Geyl and Britain: an introduction Ulrich Tiedau / Stijn van Rossem 2. The Greater Netherlands Idea of Pieter Geyl (1887–1966) Pieter van Hees 3. Pieter Geyl and Émile Cammaerts: the Dutch and Belgian chairs at the University of London between academia and propaganda, 1914–1935 Ulrich Tiedau 4. Pieter Geyl and the Institute of Historical Research Stijn van Rossem 8. ‘It is a part of me’: The literary ambitions of Pieter Geyl Wim Berkelaar 7. Pieter Geyl and the Idea of Federalism Leen Dorsman 6. Debating Toynbee after the Holocaust: Pieter Geyl as a post-war public historian Remco Ensel 5. Pieter Geyl and the Eighteenth Century Reinier Salverda 9. The Historiographical Legacy of Pieter Geyl for Revolutionary and Napoleonic Studies Mark Edward Hay 10. Pieter Geyl and his entanglement with German Westforschung Alisa van Kleef 11. Between Leuven and Utrecht: the Afterlife of Pieter Geyl and ‘Greater Netherlands’ Fons Meijer 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vfsr7023_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pieter-geyl-and-britain/ London, GB 04 01 20220929 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249005 03 9781915249005 06 15 9781915249012 03 9781915249012 06 15 9781915249029 03 9781915249029 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/pieter-geyl-and-britain 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/pieter-geyl-and-britain 20 08 20220929 01 urn:uuid:ec864f68-7eec-4491-a7fa-7490fbd78ffb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8f950943-930c-4f7a-9cc3-2bbca4fc797f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ec864f68-7eec-4491-a7fa-7490fbd78ffb 15 9781915249029 03 9781915249029 06 10.14296/vfsr7023 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72474 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Pieter Geyl and Britain Encounters, Controversies, Impact 1 B01 Stijn van Rossem Stijn van Rossem 2 B01 Ulrich Tiedau Ulrich Tiedau 01 eng 00 272 03 09 21 12 HBAH 10 HIS016000 B2 History 93 NHAH 10 BIO032000 12 JFCX 93 JNB 12 1DDN 93 1DDN 10 HIS015070 10 1.2.5.0.0.0.0 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MP 93 6AG 20 Pieter Geyl; Nazi Germany; public intellectual; postwar history; Leiden 01 06 02 00 Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Geyl was an early example of a ‘public intellectual’ and remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of all time. This volume re-examines Geyl’s time in Britain, his re 03 00 Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Having come to the UK as a journalist, he started his academic career at the University of London in the aftermath of World War I (1919) and played an important role in the early days of the Institute of Historical Research. Known in this time for his re-interpretation of the sixteenth-century Dutch Revolt against the Habsburgs, that challenged existing historiographies of both Belgium and the Netherlands but was also linked to his political activism in favour of the Flemish movement in Belgium, Geyl left his stamp on the British perception of Low Countries history before moving back to his country of origin in 1935. Having spent World War II in German hostage camps, he famously coined the adage of history being ‘a discussion without end’ and re-engaged in public debates with British historians after the war, partly conducted on the airwaves of the BBC. A prolific writer and an early example of a ‘public intellectual’, Geyl remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of his time. The present volume re-examines Geyl’s relationship with Britain (and the Anglophone world at large) and sheds new light on his multifaceted work as a historian, journalist, homme de lettres </italic>and political activist. 30 00 Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Having come to the UK as a journalist, he started his academic career at the University of London in the aftermath of World War I (1919) and played an important role in the early days of the Institute of Historical Research. Known in this time for his re-interpretation of the sixteenth-century Dutch Revolt against the Habsburgs, that challenged existing historiographies of both Belgium and the Netherlands but was also linked to his political activism in favour of the Flemish movement in Belgium, Geyl left his stamp on the British perception of Low Countries history before moving back to his country of origin in 1935. Having spent World War II in German hostage camps, he famously coined the adage of history being ‘a discussion without end’ and re-engaged in public debates with British historians after the war, partly conducted on the airwaves of the BBC. A prolific writer and an early example of a ‘public intellectual’, Geyl remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of his time. The present volume re-examines Geyl’s relationship with Britain (and the Anglophone world at large) and sheds new light on his multifaceted work as a historian, journalist, homme de lettres </italic>and political activist. 04 00 1. Geyl and Britain: an introduction Ulrich Tiedau / Stijn van Rossem 2. The Greater Netherlands Idea of Pieter Geyl (1887–1966) Pieter van Hees 3. Pieter Geyl and Émile Cammaerts: the Dutch and Belgian chairs at the University of London between academia and propaganda, 1914–1935 Ulrich Tiedau 4. Pieter Geyl and the Institute of Historical Research Stijn van Rossem 8. ‘It is a part of me’: The literary ambitions of Pieter Geyl Wim Berkelaar 7. Pieter Geyl and the Idea of Federalism Leen Dorsman 6. Debating Toynbee after the Holocaust: Pieter Geyl as a post-war public historian Remco Ensel 5. Pieter Geyl and the Eighteenth Century Reinier Salverda 9. The Historiographical Legacy of Pieter Geyl for Revolutionary and Napoleonic Studies Mark Edward Hay 10. Pieter Geyl and his entanglement with German Westforschung Alisa van Kleef 11. Between Leuven and Utrecht: the Afterlife of Pieter Geyl and ‘Greater Netherlands’ Fons Meijer 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vfsr7023_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pieter-geyl-and-britain/ London, GB 04 01 20220929 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249005 03 9781915249005 06 15 9781915249012 03 9781915249012 06 15 9781913002084 03 9781913002084 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pieter-geyl-and-britain/ 20 08 20220929 02 29.99 GBP WORLD 02 39.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a766e1ed-8db1-4ff1-b21c-00a3de0076f2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:83fa094a-1e97-42fa-bffd-6593847236a8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a766e1ed-8db1-4ff1-b21c-00a3de0076f2 15 9780854572465 03 9780854572465 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55442 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 10 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Poets as Readers in Nineteenth-Century France Critical Reflections 1 B01 Joseph Acquisto Joseph Acquisto 2 B01 Adrianna M. Paliyenko Adrianna M. Paliyenko Adrianna M. Paliyenko is the Charles A. Dana Professor of French at Colby College, Maine. 3 B01 Catherine Witt Catherine Witt 01 eng 00 272 03 09 7 93 D 12 D B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ French Studies 10 LIT004150 12 DS 93 DS 12 1DDF 93 1DDF 12 3J 93 3M 20 French literature; Histoire de la lecture; Third Republic; Self-reading; Translation; Literary sociability; Gender studies 01 06 02 00 03 00 This volume of essays focuses on how poets approach reading as a notion and a practice that both inform their writing and their relationship to their readers. The nineteenth century saw a broadened and increasingly self-conscious concern with reading as an interpretive and political act, with significant implications for poets' individual practice, which they often forged in dialogue with other poets and artists of the time. Covering the 1830s to the late 1990s, a period rich in poetic innovation, the essays examine a wide range of authors and their diverse approaches to reading as inscribed in - and related to - creative writing, and articulate the many ways in which reading developed as an active engagement key to the critical thought that drove poetic creation at the dawn of aesthetic modernity. <break/>Joseph Acquisto is Professor of French at the University of Vermont. Adrianna M. Paliyenko is the Charles A. Dana Professor of French at Colby College, Maine. Catherine Witt is Associate Professor of French at Reed College, Oregon (USA). 30 00 This volume of essays focuses on how poets approach reading as a notion and a practice that both inform their writing and their relationship to their readers. The nineteenth century saw a broadened and increasingly self-conscious concern with reading as an interpretive and political act, with significant implications for poets' individual practice, which they often forged in dialogue with other poets and artists of the time. Covering the 1830s to the late 1990s, a period rich in poetic innovation, the essays examine a wide range of authors and their diverse approaches to reading as inscribed in - and related to - creative writing, and articulate the many ways in which reading developed as an active engagement key to the critical thought that drove poetic creation at the dawn of aesthetic modernity. <break/>Joseph Acquisto is Professor of French at the University of Vermont. Adrianna M. Paliyenko is the Charles A. Dana Professor of French at Colby College, Maine. Catherine Witt is Associate Professor of French at Reed College, Oregon (USA). 04 00 IntroductionJoseph Acquisto, Adrianna Paliyenko and Catherine Witt1 ‘Cet ami qui prête des livres’: Mallarmé and the Practice of Reading Rosemary Lloyd2 ‘Elle avait pour la lecture une véritable passion’: Book Culture and Reading in Amable Tastu Aimée Boutin3 Reckless Reading in Nerval’s ‘Les Nuits d’octobre’ Ellen S. Burt4 Better Well Hung Than Ill-Wed: Sighting Cythera Timothy Raser5 Judgment and Satire in Baudelaire’s ‘Au Lecteur’ Catherine Witt6 Gautier on Baudelaire: Lessons from Hawthorne Joseph Acquisto7 ‘I turned to look at you to read my thoughts upon your face’: Baudelaire’s readers transposed Helen Abbott8 Zut pictura poesis: *Lyric Relations and Legacies in Coin de table and ‘Le Sonnet du Trou du cul’ Robert St. Clair9 The ‘Zutiste’ and the Parnassian: Verlaine as Reader of Coppée Nicolas Valazza10 Illumining the Critical Reader in the Poet: Malvina Blanchecotte and Louise Ackermann Adrianna M. Paliyenko11 Tough Crowd: The Perils of Reading Poetry Aloud, or How Literary Value is Negotiated Through Performance David Evans12 Reading as a Desperate Practice Kevin Newmark 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249235//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/poets-as-readers-in-nineteenth-century-france/ LONDON, GB 04 01 20151030 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/poets-as-readers-in-nineteenth-century-france/ 20 08 20151030 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:33d67287-df9a-42b9-bf51-7b01709c3561 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8c8d93e8-da22-46a6-aa83-50c41a76f43a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:33d67287-df9a-42b9-bf51-7b01709c3561 15 9780854572748 03 9780854572748 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89188 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 12 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Possible Worlds: Jorge Luis Borges's (Pseudo-) Translations of Virginia Woolf and Franz Kafka 1 A01 Rebecca Maria DeWald Rebecca Maria DeWald 01 eng 93 CFP 12 DS B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies 10 LIT020000 B2 Literary Studies 01 06 02 00 'In this well-conceived study, Rebecca Maria Dewald delves into the hierarchy between the perception of original texts and that of translations, and explores why this hierarchy is so often upheld, as well as possible alternatives to this limiting hierarchy. In her well-researched work, Dewald focuses on certain marginal cases, in the form of 03 00 Reading creates imaginary worlds. Rather than merely contemplating this world, we establish links between the fictional world and the environment we live in. At the same time, the books we read form part of our daily lives, and contribute to the creation of a universe of possible worlds we inhabit. Taking Possible World Theory as a starting point, DeWald re-evaluates and overturns the assumed hierarchical relationship between original text and its translation. Focusing on the translations of Virginia Woolf and Franz Kafka by Argentine writer Jorge Luis Borges, the author considers why we insist on maintaining borders between texts. DeWald examines marginal cases of translations and originals (pseudo-translations and collaborative translations) to determine what is meant by ‘original’ and ‘translation’, and whether the (often gendered) translator becomes an author in her own right, responsible for further possible worlds.Rebecca DeWald holds a PhD in Translation Studies from the University of Glasgow. She works as a bilingual translator, is co-editor of the Glasgow Review of Books</italic>, and literature programme producer at Scotland's international artist residency centre Cove Park. 30 00 Reading creates imaginary worlds. Rather than merely contemplating this world, we establish links between the fictional world and the environment we live in. At the same time, the books we read form part of our daily lives, and contribute to the creation of a universe of possible worlds we inhabit. Taking Possible World Theory as a starting point, DeWald re-evaluates and overturns the assumed hierarchical relationship between original text and its translation. Focusing on the translations of Virginia Woolf and Franz Kafka by Argentine writer Jorge Luis Borges, the author considers why we insist on maintaining borders between texts. DeWald examines marginal cases of translations and originals (pseudo-translations and collaborative translations) to determine what is meant by ‘original’ and ‘translation’, and whether the (often gendered) translator becomes an author in her own right, responsible for further possible worlds.Rebecca DeWald holds a PhD in Translation Studies from the University of Glasgow. She works as a bilingual translator, is co-editor of the Glasgow Review of Books</italic>, and literature programme producer at Scotland's international artist residency centre Cove Park. 04 00 AcknowledgementsAbbreviations and Textual NotesIntroduction: The Universe as a Library of Translated Worlds1. Myths of Margins and Pseudo-Truths: What Is a Translation?2. Many Possible Worlds of Originals and Translations3. The Pitfalls of Authenticity: Collaborative Authors and Self-Translators4. Orlando in Argentina: Who is Reading My Translation?5. The Double Standard of Fidelity: The Malaise of A Room of One’s Own6. Expressionist Transformations and the Laws of Perfection: Borges Translates Kafka7. Putting the (Textual) World in OrderConclusion: Translation Means ChangeBibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/284366/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/possible-worlds-jorge-luis-borgess-pseudo-translations-of-virginia-woolf-and-franz-kafka/ London, GB 04 01 20201218 Rebecca Maria DeWald 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/possible-worlds-jorge-luis-borgess-pseudo-translations-of-virginia-woolf-and-franz-kafka/ 20 08 20201218 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:60424801-0135-4e3f-b91e-a4e58d9d818e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:802820ed-a809-40a1-b4f1-0d6728949709 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:60424801-0135-4e3f-b91e-a4e58d9d818e 15 9781914477881 03 9781914477881 06 10.63674/wujq4585 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.144276 00 BC 10 01 216 mm 01 21.6 cm 01 8.5 in 02 140 mm 02 14 cm 02 5.5 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Postcards, Translators and Esperanto Pioneers An Alternative History of International Communication 1 A01 21 0000000252233362 Guilherme Fians Guilherme Fians Lecturer in Social Anthropology and Research Development Officer 40 027m9bs27 University of Manchester Guilherme Fians is Lecturer in Social Anthropology and Research Development Officer at the University of Manchester, UK. 2 A01 21 0000000304385633 Bernhard Struck Bernhard Struck Professor of Modern History 40 02wn5qz54 University of St Andrews Bernhard Struck is Professor of Modern History at the University of St Andrews, UK. 3 A01 21 0000000238683754 Claire Taylor Claire Taylor Claire Taylor is a historian and MPhil student in Heritage Studies at the University of Cambridge, UK. 01 eng 09 8 12 HBJD 10 HIS015000 B2 History 93 NHTB 12 CBX 93 CBX 10 LAN009000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies 12 GTC 93 GTC 10 HIS037070 12 1DBKS 93 JBSF1 10 SOC032000 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2ZXP 93 2ZXP 12 3JH 12 3JJ 93 3MN 93 3MP 20 Esperanto; globalisation; modern; internationalism; transnational; history; European; Scotland; constructed languages; correspondence; exchange; networks; community-building 01 06 02 00 Esperanto has a rich and multifaceted history. Delving into a fascinating microhistory of a Scottish family and the ways in which they used Esperanto to build transnational networks across Europe, this book shows how ordinary Esperanto speakers used the language in its early decades. It explores how languages and media help shape the ways in 03 00 The early twentieth century was a time when steamships, international postal services and the telephone were setting the pace of an early wave of globalisation in Europe. In this increasingly international scenario, what role did language play? To address the geopolitical problem of cross-border linguistic (mis)understanding, international auxiliary languages like Esperanto were created. But what happened to a constructed language when it travelled to different places?This book tackles these questions by exploring the letters, postcards and activities of John Beveridge (1857–1943) and his family. This Scottish clergyman was a proficient Esperanto speaker, translator and co-founder of several Esperanto organisations. His long-standing engagement with the language left a unique archive that reveals how many Esperanto speakers exchanged letters across borders, produced literature for an international readership, organised congresses and used this language as an entry point into modernity and globalisation from their ‘marginal’ positions in the world.By tracing this language-based form of grassroots internationalism, the book uncovers wide-reaching networks connecting a corner of Scotland with rural settings and villages in Finland, Bulgaria and Brazil. Ultimately, it asks: what do we learn about international communication and globalisation through the lens of Esperanto and postcards? Focusing on a constructed language and communication technologies that preceded the dominance of global English and social media, this book offers an alternative vantage point on the history of international communication. 30 00 The early twentieth century was a time when steamships, international postal services and the telephone were setting the pace of an early wave of globalisation in Europe. In this increasingly international scenario, what role did language play? To address the geopolitical problem of cross-border linguistic (mis)understanding, international auxiliary languages like Esperanto were created. But what happened to a constructed language when it travelled to different places?This book tackles these questions by exploring the letters, postcards and activities of John Beveridge (1857–1943) and his family. This Scottish clergyman was a proficient Esperanto speaker, translator and co-founder of several Esperanto organisations. His long-standing engagement with the language left a unique archive that reveals how many Esperanto speakers exchanged letters across borders, produced literature for an international readership, organised congresses and used this language as an entry point into modernity and globalisation from their ‘marginal’ positions in the world.By tracing this language-based form of grassroots internationalism, the book uncovers wide-reaching networks connecting a corner of Scotland with rural settings and villages in Finland, Bulgaria and Brazil. Ultimately, it asks: what do we learn about international communication and globalisation through the lens of Esperanto and postcards? Focusing on a constructed language and communication technologies that preceded the dominance of global English and social media, this book offers an alternative vantage point on the history of international communication. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Building worlds with words </li> <li> 1 Grassroots internationalism from small places: Pen, ink and the forging of friendships in a constructed language </li> <li> 2 From learning the language to founding local clubs: The making of an Esperanto speaker </li> <li> 3 Gendered talk: Esperanto-speaking women and languages of egalitarianism </li> <li> 4 Speaking of the Lord to the Master: John Beveridge, Ludwik Zamenhof and the Esperanto translation of the Bible </li> <li> Conclusion: The history of international communication via postcards and Esperanto </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/375991/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/postcards-translators-and-esperanto-pioneers/ London, GB 04 01 20251113 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477874 03 9781914477874 06 15 9781914477904 03 9781914477904 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/postcards-translators-and-esperanto-pioneers/ 20 08 20251113 02 18.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:7f45247b-067d-4c01-8269-9a70248751a8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:802820ed-a809-40a1-b4f1-0d6728949709 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7f45247b-067d-4c01-8269-9a70248751a8 15 9781914477874 03 9781914477874 06 10.63674/wujq4585 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.144276 00 BB 10 01 220 mm 01 22 cm 01 8.6875 in 02 144 mm 02 14.4 cm 02 5.6875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Postcards, Translators and Esperanto Pioneers An Alternative History of International Communication 1 A01 21 0000000252233362 Guilherme Fians Guilherme Fians Lecturer in Social Anthropology and Research Development Officer 40 027m9bs27 University of Manchester Guilherme Fians is Lecturer in Social Anthropology and Research Development Officer at the University of Manchester, UK. 2 A01 21 0000000304385633 Bernhard Struck Bernhard Struck Professor of Modern History 40 02wn5qz54 University of St Andrews Bernhard Struck is Professor of Modern History at the University of St Andrews, UK. 3 A01 21 0000000238683754 Claire Taylor Claire Taylor Claire Taylor is a historian and MPhil student in Heritage Studies at the University of Cambridge, UK. 01 eng 09 8 12 HBJD 10 HIS015000 B2 History 93 NHTB 12 CBX 93 CBX 10 LAN009000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies 12 GTC 93 GTC 10 HIS037070 12 1DBKS 93 JBSF1 10 SOC032000 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2ZXP 93 2ZXP 12 3JH 12 3JJ 93 3MN 93 3MP 20 Esperanto; globalisation; modern; internationalism; transnational; history; European; Scotland; constructed languages; correspondence; exchange; networks; community-building 01 06 02 00 Esperanto has a rich and multifaceted history. Delving into a fascinating microhistory of a Scottish family and the ways in which they used Esperanto to build transnational networks across Europe, this book shows how ordinary Esperanto speakers used the language in its early decades. It explores how languages and media help shape the ways in 03 00 The early twentieth century was a time when steamships, international postal services and the telephone were setting the pace of an early wave of globalisation in Europe. In this increasingly international scenario, what role did language play? To address the geopolitical problem of cross-border linguistic (mis)understanding, international auxiliary languages like Esperanto were created. But what happened to a constructed language when it travelled to different places?This book tackles these questions by exploring the letters, postcards and activities of John Beveridge (1857–1943) and his family. This Scottish clergyman was a proficient Esperanto speaker, translator and co-founder of several Esperanto organisations. His long-standing engagement with the language left a unique archive that reveals how many Esperanto speakers exchanged letters across borders, produced literature for an international readership, organised congresses and used this language as an entry point into modernity and globalisation from their ‘marginal’ positions in the world.By tracing this language-based form of grassroots internationalism, the book uncovers wide-reaching networks connecting a corner of Scotland with rural settings and villages in Finland, Bulgaria and Brazil. Ultimately, it asks: what do we learn about international communication and globalisation through the lens of Esperanto and postcards? Focusing on a constructed language and communication technologies that preceded the dominance of global English and social media, this book offers an alternative vantage point on the history of international communication. 30 00 The early twentieth century was a time when steamships, international postal services and the telephone were setting the pace of an early wave of globalisation in Europe. In this increasingly international scenario, what role did language play? To address the geopolitical problem of cross-border linguistic (mis)understanding, international auxiliary languages like Esperanto were created. But what happened to a constructed language when it travelled to different places?This book tackles these questions by exploring the letters, postcards and activities of John Beveridge (1857–1943) and his family. This Scottish clergyman was a proficient Esperanto speaker, translator and co-founder of several Esperanto organisations. His long-standing engagement with the language left a unique archive that reveals how many Esperanto speakers exchanged letters across borders, produced literature for an international readership, organised congresses and used this language as an entry point into modernity and globalisation from their ‘marginal’ positions in the world.By tracing this language-based form of grassroots internationalism, the book uncovers wide-reaching networks connecting a corner of Scotland with rural settings and villages in Finland, Bulgaria and Brazil. Ultimately, it asks: what do we learn about international communication and globalisation through the lens of Esperanto and postcards? Focusing on a constructed language and communication technologies that preceded the dominance of global English and social media, this book offers an alternative vantage point on the history of international communication. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Building worlds with words </li> <li> 1 Grassroots internationalism from small places: Pen, ink and the forging of friendships in a constructed language </li> <li> 2 From learning the language to founding local clubs: The making of an Esperanto speaker </li> <li> 3 Gendered talk: Esperanto-speaking women and languages of egalitarianism </li> <li> 4 Speaking of the Lord to the Master: John Beveridge, Ludwik Zamenhof and the Esperanto translation of the Bible </li> <li> Conclusion: The history of international communication via postcards and Esperanto </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/375991/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/postcards-translators-and-esperanto-pioneers/ London, GB 04 01 20251113 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477881 03 9781914477881 06 15 9781914477904 03 9781914477904 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/postcards-translators-and-esperanto-pioneers/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477904.pdf 20 08 20251113 02 45.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:fec357c1-3b2b-4b1f-b265-2698a38bb78a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:802820ed-a809-40a1-b4f1-0d6728949709 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:fec357c1-3b2b-4b1f-b265-2698a38bb78a 15 9781914477904 03 9781914477904 06 10.63674/wujq4585 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.144276 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Postcards, Translators and Esperanto Pioneers An Alternative History of International Communication 1 A01 21 0000000252233362 Guilherme Fians Guilherme Fians Lecturer in Social Anthropology and Research Development Officer 40 027m9bs27 University of Manchester Guilherme Fians is Lecturer in Social Anthropology and Research Development Officer at the University of Manchester, UK. 2 A01 21 0000000304385633 Bernhard Struck Bernhard Struck Professor of Modern History 40 02wn5qz54 University of St Andrews Bernhard Struck is Professor of Modern History at the University of St Andrews, UK. 3 A01 21 0000000238683754 Claire Taylor Claire Taylor Claire Taylor is a historian and MPhil student in Heritage Studies at the University of Cambridge, UK. 01 eng 09 8 12 HBJD 10 HIS015000 B2 History 93 NHTB 12 CBX 93 CBX 10 LAN009000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies 12 GTC 93 GTC 10 HIS037070 12 1DBKS 93 JBSF1 10 SOC032000 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2ZXP 93 2ZXP 12 3JH 12 3JJ 93 3MN 93 3MP 20 Esperanto; globalisation; modern; internationalism; transnational; history; European; Scotland; constructed languages; correspondence; exchange; networks; community-building 01 06 02 00 Esperanto has a rich and multifaceted history. Delving into a fascinating microhistory of a Scottish family and the ways in which they used Esperanto to build transnational networks across Europe, this book shows how ordinary Esperanto speakers used the language in its early decades. It explores how languages and media help shape the ways in 03 00 The early twentieth century was a time when steamships, international postal services and the telephone were setting the pace of an early wave of globalisation in Europe. In this increasingly international scenario, what role did language play? To address the geopolitical problem of cross-border linguistic (mis)understanding, international auxiliary languages like Esperanto were created. But what happened to a constructed language when it travelled to different places?This book tackles these questions by exploring the letters, postcards and activities of John Beveridge (1857–1943) and his family. This Scottish clergyman was a proficient Esperanto speaker, translator and co-founder of several Esperanto organisations. His long-standing engagement with the language left a unique archive that reveals how many Esperanto speakers exchanged letters across borders, produced literature for an international readership, organised congresses and used this language as an entry point into modernity and globalisation from their ‘marginal’ positions in the world.By tracing this language-based form of grassroots internationalism, the book uncovers wide-reaching networks connecting a corner of Scotland with rural settings and villages in Finland, Bulgaria and Brazil. Ultimately, it asks: what do we learn about international communication and globalisation through the lens of Esperanto and postcards? Focusing on a constructed language and communication technologies that preceded the dominance of global English and social media, this book offers an alternative vantage point on the history of international communication. 30 00 The early twentieth century was a time when steamships, international postal services and the telephone were setting the pace of an early wave of globalisation in Europe. In this increasingly international scenario, what role did language play? To address the geopolitical problem of cross-border linguistic (mis)understanding, international auxiliary languages like Esperanto were created. But what happened to a constructed language when it travelled to different places?This book tackles these questions by exploring the letters, postcards and activities of John Beveridge (1857–1943) and his family. This Scottish clergyman was a proficient Esperanto speaker, translator and co-founder of several Esperanto organisations. His long-standing engagement with the language left a unique archive that reveals how many Esperanto speakers exchanged letters across borders, produced literature for an international readership, organised congresses and used this language as an entry point into modernity and globalisation from their ‘marginal’ positions in the world.By tracing this language-based form of grassroots internationalism, the book uncovers wide-reaching networks connecting a corner of Scotland with rural settings and villages in Finland, Bulgaria and Brazil. Ultimately, it asks: what do we learn about international communication and globalisation through the lens of Esperanto and postcards? Focusing on a constructed language and communication technologies that preceded the dominance of global English and social media, this book offers an alternative vantage point on the history of international communication. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Building worlds with words </li> <li> 1 Grassroots internationalism from small places: Pen, ink and the forging of friendships in a constructed language </li> <li> 2 From learning the language to founding local clubs: The making of an Esperanto speaker </li> <li> 3 Gendered talk: Esperanto-speaking women and languages of egalitarianism </li> <li> 4 Speaking of the Lord to the Master: John Beveridge, Ludwik Zamenhof and the Esperanto translation of the Bible </li> <li> Conclusion: The history of international communication via postcards and Esperanto </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/375991/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/postcards-translators-and-esperanto-pioneers/ London, GB 04 01 20251113 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477881 03 9781914477881 06 15 9781914477874 03 9781914477874 WORLD 11 PROJECT_MUSE 36 PROJECT_MUSE: webpage for this product https://muse.jhu.edu/book/142641 29 PROJECT_MUSE: download the title https://muse.jhu.edu/book/142641/pdf/download 20 08 20251113 01 11 OAPEN 36 OAPEN: webpage for this product https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109247 29 OAPEN: download the title https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/109247/9781914477904.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y 20 08 20251113 01 11 DOAB 36 DOAB: webpage for this product https://directory.doabooks.org/handle/20.500.12854/170363 20 08 20251113 01 11 JSTOR 36 JSTOR: webpage for this product https://www.jstor.org/stable/jj.36897598 29 JSTOR: download the title https://www.jstor.org/stable/pdf/jj.36897598.pdf?refreqid=fastly-default%3A6324e058c9c0fad1ba0898402e797cac&ab_segments=&initiator=&acceptTC=1 20 08 20251113 01 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/802820ed-a809-40a1-b4f1-0d6728949709 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/802820ed-a809-40a1-b4f1-0d6728949709/802820ed-a809-40a1-b4f1-0d6728949709.pdf 20 08 20251113 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/postcards-translators-and-esperanto-pioneers/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477904.pdf 20 08 20251113 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/postcards-translators-and-esperanto-pioneers/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/wujq4585.pdf 20 08 20251113 01 urn:uuid:79800bda-0026-435b-b8e9-01ca3d78c2e1 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e8d43213-c624-4735-a77a-928c33af71fa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:79800bda-0026-435b-b8e9-01ca3d78c2e1 15 9781912702602 03 9781912702602 06 10.14296/202110.9781912702633 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89185 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Precarious Professionals Gender, Identities and Social Change in Modern Britain 1 B01 Heidi Egginton Heidi Egginton 2 B01 Zoë Thomas Zoë Thomas 01 eng 00 368 03 09 20 12 HBLW 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBJD1 93 JBFA 10 POL029000 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 LAQG 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 LGBT; women; equality; feminism; homophobia; misogyny; the Home Office; Britain; law; ballet; white-collar work; profession; advertising; League Secretariat; worker's rights; the Pay Gap 01 06 02 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. Through twelve fascinating studies of women and men on the margins, this volume re-evaluates the relationship between professional identity and social change. In doing so, i 03 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. The book challenges conventional categories in the history of work, exploring instead the everyday labour of maintaining a professional identity on the margins of the traditional professions. Situating new historical perspectives on gender at the forefront of their research, the contributors explore how professional cultures could not only define themselves against, but often flourished outside of, the confines of patriarchal codes and structures.Putting the lives of precarious professionals in dialogue with master narratives in modern British history, the chapters in this volume re-evaluate the relationship between professional identity and social change. The collection offers twelve fascinating studies of women and men who held positions in art and science, high culture and popular journalism, private enterprise and public service between the 1840s and the 1960s. From pioneering women lawyers and scientists to ballet dancers, secretaries, historians, humanitarian relief workers, social researchers, and Cold War diplomats, the book reveals that precarity was a thread woven throughout the very fabric of modern professional life, with far-reaching implications for the study of power, privilege, and expertise. Together, these essays enrich our understanding of the histories and mysteries of professional identity and help us to reimagine the future of work in precarious times. 30 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. The book challenges conventional categories in the history of work, exploring instead the everyday labour of maintaining a professional identity on the margins of the traditional professions. Situating new historical perspectives on gender at the forefront of their research, the contributors explore how professional cultures could not only define themselves against, but often flourished outside of, the confines of patriarchal codes and structures.Putting the lives of precarious professionals in dialogue with master narratives in modern British history, the chapters in this volume re-evaluate the relationship between professional identity and social change. The collection offers twelve fascinating studies of women and men who held positions in art and science, high culture and popular journalism, private enterprise and public service between the 1840s and the 1960s. From pioneering women lawyers and scientists to ballet dancers, secretaries, historians, humanitarian relief workers, social researchers, and Cold War diplomats, the book reveals that precarity was a thread woven throughout the very fabric of modern professional life, with far-reaching implications for the study of power, privilege, and expertise. Together, these essays enrich our understanding of the histories and mysteries of professional identity and help us to reimagine the future of work in precarious times. 04 00 Introduction Heidi Egginton and Zoë Thomas1. Anna Jameson and the Claims of Art Criticism in Nineteenth Century England Benjamin Dabby2. Women, Science and Professional Identity, c.1860-1914 Claire G. Jones3. Brother barristers: Masculinity and the Culture of the Victorian Bar Ren Pepitone4. Legal Paperwork and Public Policy: Eliza Orme’s Professional Expertise in Late-Victorian Britain Leslie Howsam5. Marriage and Metalwork: Gender and Professional Status in Edith and Nelson Dawson’s Arts and Crafts Partnership Zoë Thomas6 ‘Giggling Adolescents’ to Refugees, Bullets, and Wolves: Francesca Wilson Finds a Profession Ellen Ross7. Women at Work in the League Secretariat Susan Pedersen8. Ninette de Valois and the Transformation of Early-Twentieth Century British Ballet Laura Quinton9. Archives, Autobiography, and the Professional Woman: The Personal Papers of Mary Agnes Hamilton Heidi Egginton10. Women Historians in the Twentieth Century Laura Carter11. Feminism, Selfhood, and Social Research: Professional Women’s Organisations in 1960s Britain Helen McCarthy12. The ‘Spotting a Homosexual Checklist’: Masculinity, Homosexuality, and the British Foreign Office, 1965-1970 James SouthernAfterword Christina de Bellaigue 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202110.9781912702633_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/precarious-professionals/ London, GB 04 01 20211015 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702596 03 9781912702596 06 15 9781912702633 03 9781912702633 06 15 9781913002138 03 9781913002138 06 15 9781912702619 03 9781912702619 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/precarious-professionals/ 20 08 20211015 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0650ac81-0579-44d7-a070-9b08042179f0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e8d43213-c624-4735-a77a-928c33af71fa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0650ac81-0579-44d7-a070-9b08042179f0 15 9781912702596 03 9781912702596 06 10.14296/202110.9781912702633 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89185 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Precarious Professionals Gender, Identities and Social Change in Modern Britain 1 B01 Heidi Egginton Heidi Egginton 2 B01 Zoë Thomas Zoë Thomas 01 eng 00 368 03 09 20 12 HBLW 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBJD1 93 JBFA 10 POL029000 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 LAQG 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 LGBT; women; equality; feminism; homophobia; misogyny; the Home Office; Britain; law; ballet; white-collar work; profession; advertising; League Secretariat; worker's rights; the Pay Gap 01 06 02 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. Through twelve fascinating studies of women and men on the margins, this volume re-evaluates the relationship between professional identity and social change. In doing so, i 03 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. The book challenges conventional categories in the history of work, exploring instead the everyday labour of maintaining a professional identity on the margins of the traditional professions. Situating new historical perspectives on gender at the forefront of their research, the contributors explore how professional cultures could not only define themselves against, but often flourished outside of, the confines of patriarchal codes and structures.Putting the lives of precarious professionals in dialogue with master narratives in modern British history, the chapters in this volume re-evaluate the relationship between professional identity and social change. The collection offers twelve fascinating studies of women and men who held positions in art and science, high culture and popular journalism, private enterprise and public service between the 1840s and the 1960s. From pioneering women lawyers and scientists to ballet dancers, secretaries, historians, humanitarian relief workers, social researchers, and Cold War diplomats, the book reveals that precarity was a thread woven throughout the very fabric of modern professional life, with far-reaching implications for the study of power, privilege, and expertise. Together, these essays enrich our understanding of the histories and mysteries of professional identity and help us to reimagine the future of work in precarious times. 30 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. The book challenges conventional categories in the history of work, exploring instead the everyday labour of maintaining a professional identity on the margins of the traditional professions. Situating new historical perspectives on gender at the forefront of their research, the contributors explore how professional cultures could not only define themselves against, but often flourished outside of, the confines of patriarchal codes and structures.Putting the lives of precarious professionals in dialogue with master narratives in modern British history, the chapters in this volume re-evaluate the relationship between professional identity and social change. The collection offers twelve fascinating studies of women and men who held positions in art and science, high culture and popular journalism, private enterprise and public service between the 1840s and the 1960s. From pioneering women lawyers and scientists to ballet dancers, secretaries, historians, humanitarian relief workers, social researchers, and Cold War diplomats, the book reveals that precarity was a thread woven throughout the very fabric of modern professional life, with far-reaching implications for the study of power, privilege, and expertise. Together, these essays enrich our understanding of the histories and mysteries of professional identity and help us to reimagine the future of work in precarious times. 04 00 Introduction Heidi Egginton and Zoë Thomas1. Anna Jameson and the Claims of Art Criticism in Nineteenth Century England Benjamin Dabby2. Women, Science and Professional Identity, c.1860-1914 Claire G. Jones3. Brother barristers: Masculinity and the Culture of the Victorian Bar Ren Pepitone4. Legal Paperwork and Public Policy: Eliza Orme’s Professional Expertise in Late-Victorian Britain Leslie Howsam5. Marriage and Metalwork: Gender and Professional Status in Edith and Nelson Dawson’s Arts and Crafts Partnership Zoë Thomas6 ‘Giggling Adolescents’ to Refugees, Bullets, and Wolves: Francesca Wilson Finds a Profession Ellen Ross7. Women at Work in the League Secretariat Susan Pedersen8. Ninette de Valois and the Transformation of Early-Twentieth Century British Ballet Laura Quinton9. Archives, Autobiography, and the Professional Woman: The Personal Papers of Mary Agnes Hamilton Heidi Egginton10. Women Historians in the Twentieth Century Laura Carter11. Feminism, Selfhood, and Social Research: Professional Women’s Organisations in 1960s Britain Helen McCarthy12. The ‘Spotting a Homosexual Checklist’: Masculinity, Homosexuality, and the British Foreign Office, 1965-1970 James SouthernAfterword Christina de Bellaigue 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202110.9781912702633_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/precarious-professionals/ London, GB 04 01 20211015 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702602 03 9781912702602 06 15 9781912702633 03 9781912702633 06 15 9781913002138 03 9781913002138 06 15 9781912702619 03 9781912702619 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/precarious-professionals/ 20 08 20211015 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:29ad9860-7392-4705-a809-261be66ef5ed 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e8d43213-c624-4735-a77a-928c33af71fa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:29ad9860-7392-4705-a809-261be66ef5ed 15 9781912702633 03 9781912702633 06 10.14296/202110.9781912702633 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89185 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Precarious Professionals Gender, Identities and Social Change in Modern Britain 1 B01 Heidi Egginton Heidi Egginton 2 B01 Zoë Thomas Zoë Thomas 01 eng 00 368 03 09 20 12 HBLW 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBJD1 93 JBFA 10 POL029000 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 LAQG 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 LGBT; women; equality; feminism; homophobia; misogyny; the Home Office; Britain; law; ballet; white-collar work; profession; advertising; League Secretariat; worker's rights; the Pay Gap 01 06 02 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. Through twelve fascinating studies of women and men on the margins, this volume re-evaluates the relationship between professional identity and social change. In doing so, i 03 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. The book challenges conventional categories in the history of work, exploring instead the everyday labour of maintaining a professional identity on the margins of the traditional professions. Situating new historical perspectives on gender at the forefront of their research, the contributors explore how professional cultures could not only define themselves against, but often flourished outside of, the confines of patriarchal codes and structures.Putting the lives of precarious professionals in dialogue with master narratives in modern British history, the chapters in this volume re-evaluate the relationship between professional identity and social change. The collection offers twelve fascinating studies of women and men who held positions in art and science, high culture and popular journalism, private enterprise and public service between the 1840s and the 1960s. From pioneering women lawyers and scientists to ballet dancers, secretaries, historians, humanitarian relief workers, social researchers, and Cold War diplomats, the book reveals that precarity was a thread woven throughout the very fabric of modern professional life, with far-reaching implications for the study of power, privilege, and expertise. Together, these essays enrich our understanding of the histories and mysteries of professional identity and help us to reimagine the future of work in precarious times. 30 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. The book challenges conventional categories in the history of work, exploring instead the everyday labour of maintaining a professional identity on the margins of the traditional professions. Situating new historical perspectives on gender at the forefront of their research, the contributors explore how professional cultures could not only define themselves against, but often flourished outside of, the confines of patriarchal codes and structures.Putting the lives of precarious professionals in dialogue with master narratives in modern British history, the chapters in this volume re-evaluate the relationship between professional identity and social change. The collection offers twelve fascinating studies of women and men who held positions in art and science, high culture and popular journalism, private enterprise and public service between the 1840s and the 1960s. From pioneering women lawyers and scientists to ballet dancers, secretaries, historians, humanitarian relief workers, social researchers, and Cold War diplomats, the book reveals that precarity was a thread woven throughout the very fabric of modern professional life, with far-reaching implications for the study of power, privilege, and expertise. Together, these essays enrich our understanding of the histories and mysteries of professional identity and help us to reimagine the future of work in precarious times. 04 00 Introduction Heidi Egginton and Zoë Thomas1. Anna Jameson and the Claims of Art Criticism in Nineteenth Century England Benjamin Dabby2. Women, Science and Professional Identity, c.1860-1914 Claire G. Jones3. Brother barristers: Masculinity and the Culture of the Victorian Bar Ren Pepitone4. Legal Paperwork and Public Policy: Eliza Orme’s Professional Expertise in Late-Victorian Britain Leslie Howsam5. Marriage and Metalwork: Gender and Professional Status in Edith and Nelson Dawson’s Arts and Crafts Partnership Zoë Thomas6 ‘Giggling Adolescents’ to Refugees, Bullets, and Wolves: Francesca Wilson Finds a Profession Ellen Ross7. Women at Work in the League Secretariat Susan Pedersen8. Ninette de Valois and the Transformation of Early-Twentieth Century British Ballet Laura Quinton9. Archives, Autobiography, and the Professional Woman: The Personal Papers of Mary Agnes Hamilton Heidi Egginton10. Women Historians in the Twentieth Century Laura Carter11. Feminism, Selfhood, and Social Research: Professional Women’s Organisations in 1960s Britain Helen McCarthy12. The ‘Spotting a Homosexual Checklist’: Masculinity, Homosexuality, and the British Foreign Office, 1965-1970 James SouthernAfterword Christina de Bellaigue 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202110.9781912702633_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/precarious-professionals/ London, GB 04 01 20211015 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702602 03 9781912702602 06 15 9781912702596 03 9781912702596 06 15 9781913002138 03 9781913002138 06 15 9781912702619 03 9781912702619 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/e8d43213-c624-4735-a77a-928c33af71fa 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/e8d43213-c624-4735-a77a-928c33af71fa/e8d43213-c624-4735-a77a-928c33af71fa.pdf 20 08 20211015 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/precarious-professionals/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702633.pdf 20 08 20211015 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/precarious-professionals/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202110.9781912702633.pdf 20 08 20211015 01 urn:uuid:3c9943d6-c859-4391-acac-c82d6d816482 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e8d43213-c624-4735-a77a-928c33af71fa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3c9943d6-c859-4391-acac-c82d6d816482 15 9781913002138 03 9781913002138 06 10.14296/202110.9781912702633 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89185 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Precarious Professionals Gender, Identities and Social Change in Modern Britain 1 B01 Heidi Egginton Heidi Egginton 2 B01 Zoë Thomas Zoë Thomas 01 eng 00 368 03 09 20 12 HBLW 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBJD1 93 JBFA 10 POL029000 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 LAQG 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 LGBT; women; equality; feminism; homophobia; misogyny; the Home Office; Britain; law; ballet; white-collar work; profession; advertising; League Secretariat; worker's rights; the Pay Gap 01 06 02 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. Through twelve fascinating studies of women and men on the margins, this volume re-evaluates the relationship between professional identity and social change. In doing so, i 03 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. The book challenges conventional categories in the history of work, exploring instead the everyday labour of maintaining a professional identity on the margins of the traditional professions. Situating new historical perspectives on gender at the forefront of their research, the contributors explore how professional cultures could not only define themselves against, but often flourished outside of, the confines of patriarchal codes and structures.Putting the lives of precarious professionals in dialogue with master narratives in modern British history, the chapters in this volume re-evaluate the relationship between professional identity and social change. The collection offers twelve fascinating studies of women and men who held positions in art and science, high culture and popular journalism, private enterprise and public service between the 1840s and the 1960s. From pioneering women lawyers and scientists to ballet dancers, secretaries, historians, humanitarian relief workers, social researchers, and Cold War diplomats, the book reveals that precarity was a thread woven throughout the very fabric of modern professional life, with far-reaching implications for the study of power, privilege, and expertise. Together, these essays enrich our understanding of the histories and mysteries of professional identity and help us to reimagine the future of work in precarious times. 30 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. The book challenges conventional categories in the history of work, exploring instead the everyday labour of maintaining a professional identity on the margins of the traditional professions. Situating new historical perspectives on gender at the forefront of their research, the contributors explore how professional cultures could not only define themselves against, but often flourished outside of, the confines of patriarchal codes and structures.Putting the lives of precarious professionals in dialogue with master narratives in modern British history, the chapters in this volume re-evaluate the relationship between professional identity and social change. The collection offers twelve fascinating studies of women and men who held positions in art and science, high culture and popular journalism, private enterprise and public service between the 1840s and the 1960s. From pioneering women lawyers and scientists to ballet dancers, secretaries, historians, humanitarian relief workers, social researchers, and Cold War diplomats, the book reveals that precarity was a thread woven throughout the very fabric of modern professional life, with far-reaching implications for the study of power, privilege, and expertise. Together, these essays enrich our understanding of the histories and mysteries of professional identity and help us to reimagine the future of work in precarious times. 04 00 Introduction Heidi Egginton and Zoë Thomas1. Anna Jameson and the Claims of Art Criticism in Nineteenth Century England Benjamin Dabby2. Women, Science and Professional Identity, c.1860-1914 Claire G. Jones3. Brother barristers: Masculinity and the Culture of the Victorian Bar Ren Pepitone4. Legal Paperwork and Public Policy: Eliza Orme’s Professional Expertise in Late-Victorian Britain Leslie Howsam5. Marriage and Metalwork: Gender and Professional Status in Edith and Nelson Dawson’s Arts and Crafts Partnership Zoë Thomas6 ‘Giggling Adolescents’ to Refugees, Bullets, and Wolves: Francesca Wilson Finds a Profession Ellen Ross7. Women at Work in the League Secretariat Susan Pedersen8. Ninette de Valois and the Transformation of Early-Twentieth Century British Ballet Laura Quinton9. Archives, Autobiography, and the Professional Woman: The Personal Papers of Mary Agnes Hamilton Heidi Egginton10. Women Historians in the Twentieth Century Laura Carter11. Feminism, Selfhood, and Social Research: Professional Women’s Organisations in 1960s Britain Helen McCarthy12. The ‘Spotting a Homosexual Checklist’: Masculinity, Homosexuality, and the British Foreign Office, 1965-1970 James SouthernAfterword Christina de Bellaigue 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202110.9781912702633_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/precarious-professionals/ London, GB 04 01 20211015 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702602 03 9781912702602 06 15 9781912702596 03 9781912702596 06 15 9781912702633 03 9781912702633 06 15 9781912702619 03 9781912702619 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/precarious-professionals 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/precarious-professionals 20 08 20211015 01 urn:uuid:07cc6b7b-1cea-4bee-abb0-a4bc2916a589 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e8d43213-c624-4735-a77a-928c33af71fa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:07cc6b7b-1cea-4bee-abb0-a4bc2916a589 15 9781912702619 03 9781912702619 06 10.14296/202110.9781912702633 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89185 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Precarious Professionals Gender, Identities and Social Change in Modern Britain 1 B01 Heidi Egginton Heidi Egginton 2 B01 Zoë Thomas Zoë Thomas 01 eng 00 368 03 09 20 12 HBLW 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBJD1 93 JBFA 10 POL029000 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 LAQG 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 LGBT; women; equality; feminism; homophobia; misogyny; the Home Office; Britain; law; ballet; white-collar work; profession; advertising; League Secretariat; worker's rights; the Pay Gap 01 06 02 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. Through twelve fascinating studies of women and men on the margins, this volume re-evaluates the relationship between professional identity and social change. In doing so, i 03 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. The book challenges conventional categories in the history of work, exploring instead the everyday labour of maintaining a professional identity on the margins of the traditional professions. Situating new historical perspectives on gender at the forefront of their research, the contributors explore how professional cultures could not only define themselves against, but often flourished outside of, the confines of patriarchal codes and structures.Putting the lives of precarious professionals in dialogue with master narratives in modern British history, the chapters in this volume re-evaluate the relationship between professional identity and social change. The collection offers twelve fascinating studies of women and men who held positions in art and science, high culture and popular journalism, private enterprise and public service between the 1840s and the 1960s. From pioneering women lawyers and scientists to ballet dancers, secretaries, historians, humanitarian relief workers, social researchers, and Cold War diplomats, the book reveals that precarity was a thread woven throughout the very fabric of modern professional life, with far-reaching implications for the study of power, privilege, and expertise. Together, these essays enrich our understanding of the histories and mysteries of professional identity and help us to reimagine the future of work in precarious times. 30 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. The book challenges conventional categories in the history of work, exploring instead the everyday labour of maintaining a professional identity on the margins of the traditional professions. Situating new historical perspectives on gender at the forefront of their research, the contributors explore how professional cultures could not only define themselves against, but often flourished outside of, the confines of patriarchal codes and structures.Putting the lives of precarious professionals in dialogue with master narratives in modern British history, the chapters in this volume re-evaluate the relationship between professional identity and social change. The collection offers twelve fascinating studies of women and men who held positions in art and science, high culture and popular journalism, private enterprise and public service between the 1840s and the 1960s. From pioneering women lawyers and scientists to ballet dancers, secretaries, historians, humanitarian relief workers, social researchers, and Cold War diplomats, the book reveals that precarity was a thread woven throughout the very fabric of modern professional life, with far-reaching implications for the study of power, privilege, and expertise. Together, these essays enrich our understanding of the histories and mysteries of professional identity and help us to reimagine the future of work in precarious times. 04 00 Introduction Heidi Egginton and Zoë Thomas1. Anna Jameson and the Claims of Art Criticism in Nineteenth Century England Benjamin Dabby2. Women, Science and Professional Identity, c.1860-1914 Claire G. Jones3. Brother barristers: Masculinity and the Culture of the Victorian Bar Ren Pepitone4. Legal Paperwork and Public Policy: Eliza Orme’s Professional Expertise in Late-Victorian Britain Leslie Howsam5. Marriage and Metalwork: Gender and Professional Status in Edith and Nelson Dawson’s Arts and Crafts Partnership Zoë Thomas6 ‘Giggling Adolescents’ to Refugees, Bullets, and Wolves: Francesca Wilson Finds a Profession Ellen Ross7. Women at Work in the League Secretariat Susan Pedersen8. Ninette de Valois and the Transformation of Early-Twentieth Century British Ballet Laura Quinton9. Archives, Autobiography, and the Professional Woman: The Personal Papers of Mary Agnes Hamilton Heidi Egginton10. Women Historians in the Twentieth Century Laura Carter11. Feminism, Selfhood, and Social Research: Professional Women’s Organisations in 1960s Britain Helen McCarthy12. The ‘Spotting a Homosexual Checklist’: Masculinity, Homosexuality, and the British Foreign Office, 1965-1970 James SouthernAfterword Christina de Bellaigue 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202110.9781912702633_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/precarious-professionals/ London, GB 04 01 20211015 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702602 03 9781912702602 06 15 9781912702596 03 9781912702596 06 15 9781912702633 03 9781912702633 06 15 9781913002138 03 9781913002138 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/precarious-professionals/ 20 08 20211015 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:95cf48b2-89c3-4b94-8577-c287ac177af8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5854e75e-c308-4b7d-84fd-a035d6426788 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:95cf48b2-89c3-4b94-8577-c287ac177af8 15 9781905670512 03 9781905670512 06 10.14296/917.9781905670680 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61311 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 6 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Profession and Performance: Aspects of oratory in the Greco-Roman world 1 B01 Christos Kremmydas Christos Kremmydas 2 B01 Jonathan Powell Jonathan Powell 3 B01 Lene Rubinstein Lene Rubinstein 01 eng 00 140 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 10 DRA006000 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 93 DNS 12 DNS 20 rhetoric; oratory; ancient Greece; ancient Rome; performance; law 01 06 02 00 This volume brings together six papers relating to oratory and orators in public fora of Classical Greece and Rome which explore the performative aspects of rhetoric. The final paper, by Lord Justice Laws, reflects on the continuing relevance of rhetoric in the modern, highly professionalised practice of the law in England. 03 00 This volume brings together six papers relating to oratory and orators in public fora</italic> of Classical Greece and Rome.Edwards and Bers explore aspects of oratorical delivery in the Athenian courts and Assembly, including the demands placed on orators by the physical settings. Tempest examines the conceptions of oratorical competence and incompetence, particularly in respect of performance, as they are implied in Cicero’s criticisms of the rival prosecutor in the trial of Verres.Papers by Karambelas and Powell look at evidence for the importance of advocacy in the Second Sophistic and the late Roman Empire respectively.In an introduction, the editors discuss recurrent themes connected with the orator’s competence and performance, while the final paper of the volume, by Lord Justice Laws, reflects on the continuing relevance of rhetoric in the modern, highly professionalised practice of the law in England. 30 00 This volume brings together six papers relating to oratory and orators in public fora</italic> of Classical Greece and Rome.Edwards and Bers explore aspects of oratorical delivery in the Athenian courts and Assembly, including the demands placed on orators by the physical settings. Tempest examines the conceptions of oratorical competence and incompetence, particularly in respect of performance, as they are implied in Cicero’s criticisms of the rival prosecutor in the trial of Verres.Papers by Karambelas and Powell look at evidence for the importance of advocacy in the Second Sophistic and the late Roman Empire respectively.In an introduction, the editors discuss recurrent themes connected with the orator’s competence and performance, while the final paper of the volume, by Lord Justice Laws, reflects on the continuing relevance of rhetoric in the modern, highly professionalised practice of the law in England. 04 00 Introduction - Jonathan Powell, Lene Rubinstein, and Christos Kremmydas Mike Edwards - Hypokritēs in action: delivery in Greek rhetoric Victor Bers - Performing the speech in Athenian courts and assembly: adjusting the act to fit the bēma? Kathryn Tempest - Staging a prosecution: aspects of performance in Cicero’s Verrines Dimitris Karambelas - Synēgoroi as ‘healers’ in the social imagination of the Imperial age Jonathan Powell - The exploits of Honorius: evidence for Roman advocacy in the time of Justinian Sir John Laws - The rhetoric of the Common Law 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670680_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/profession-and-performance-aspects-of-oratory-in-the-greco-roman-world/ London, GB 04 01 20170901 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670697 03 9781905670697 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/profession-and-performance-aspects-of-oratory-in-the-greco-roman-world/ 20 08 20170901 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ef81703c-de94-4dea-86f3-623b7de39952 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5854e75e-c308-4b7d-84fd-a035d6426788 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ef81703c-de94-4dea-86f3-623b7de39952 15 9781905670697 03 9781905670697 06 10.14296/917.9781905670680 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61311 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 6 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Profession and Performance: Aspects of oratory in the Greco-Roman world 1 B01 Christos Kremmydas Christos Kremmydas 2 B01 Jonathan Powell Jonathan Powell 3 B01 Lene Rubinstein Lene Rubinstein 01 eng 00 140 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 10 DRA006000 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 93 DNS 12 DNS 20 rhetoric; oratory; ancient Greece; ancient Rome; performance; law 01 06 02 00 This volume brings together six papers relating to oratory and orators in public fora of Classical Greece and Rome which explore the performative aspects of rhetoric. The final paper, by Lord Justice Laws, reflects on the continuing relevance of rhetoric in the modern, highly professionalised practice of the law in England. 03 00 This volume brings together six papers relating to oratory and orators in public fora</italic> of Classical Greece and Rome.Edwards and Bers explore aspects of oratorical delivery in the Athenian courts and Assembly, including the demands placed on orators by the physical settings. Tempest examines the conceptions of oratorical competence and incompetence, particularly in respect of performance, as they are implied in Cicero’s criticisms of the rival prosecutor in the trial of Verres.Papers by Karambelas and Powell look at evidence for the importance of advocacy in the Second Sophistic and the late Roman Empire respectively.In an introduction, the editors discuss recurrent themes connected with the orator’s competence and performance, while the final paper of the volume, by Lord Justice Laws, reflects on the continuing relevance of rhetoric in the modern, highly professionalised practice of the law in England. 30 00 This volume brings together six papers relating to oratory and orators in public fora</italic> of Classical Greece and Rome.Edwards and Bers explore aspects of oratorical delivery in the Athenian courts and Assembly, including the demands placed on orators by the physical settings. Tempest examines the conceptions of oratorical competence and incompetence, particularly in respect of performance, as they are implied in Cicero’s criticisms of the rival prosecutor in the trial of Verres.Papers by Karambelas and Powell look at evidence for the importance of advocacy in the Second Sophistic and the late Roman Empire respectively.In an introduction, the editors discuss recurrent themes connected with the orator’s competence and performance, while the final paper of the volume, by Lord Justice Laws, reflects on the continuing relevance of rhetoric in the modern, highly professionalised practice of the law in England. 04 00 Introduction - Jonathan Powell, Lene Rubinstein, and Christos Kremmydas Mike Edwards - Hypokritēs in action: delivery in Greek rhetoric Victor Bers - Performing the speech in Athenian courts and assembly: adjusting the act to fit the bēma? Kathryn Tempest - Staging a prosecution: aspects of performance in Cicero’s Verrines Dimitris Karambelas - Synēgoroi as ‘healers’ in the social imagination of the Imperial age Jonathan Powell - The exploits of Honorius: evidence for Roman advocacy in the time of Justinian Sir John Laws - The rhetoric of the Common Law 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670680_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/profession-and-performance-aspects-of-oratory-in-the-greco-roman-world/ London, GB 04 01 20170901 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670512 03 9781905670512 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/5854e75e-c308-4b7d-84fd-a035d6426788 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/5854e75e-c308-4b7d-84fd-a035d6426788/5854e75e-c308-4b7d-84fd-a035d6426788.pdf 20 08 20170901 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/profession-and-performance-aspects-of-oratory-in-the-greco-roman-world/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781905670697.pdf 20 08 20170901 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/profession-and-performance-aspects-of-oratory-in-the-greco-roman-world/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670680.pdf 20 08 20170901 01 urn:uuid:d2d70a86-2149-437a-ba22-4062e43c6c4a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3b92549d-f63e-4a18-9eea-df9d9d088cba 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d2d70a86-2149-437a-ba22-4062e43c6c4a 15 9781914477119 03 9781914477119 06 10.14296/npin8958 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.105763 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Providing for the Poor The Old Poor Law, 1750–1834 1 B01 Peter Collinge Peter Collinge 2 B01 Louise Falcini Louise Falcini 01 eng 00 224 03 09 25 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 JBFC 12 JFFA 10 SOC045000 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 HIS015050 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015060 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ-GB-V 93 3ML-GB-P 93 6AG 20 poverty; urban poor; London; British cities; The Old Poor Law; sixpence; workhouse; paupers; vagrancy; Bedlam; poor women; work; labour; class; poor relief; dress history; unmarried women; illegitimate children 01 06 02 00 The Old Poor Law dispensed benefits to paupers in a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Providing for the Poor</italic> re-examines the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century. It bridges the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the 03 00 The Old Poor Law in England and Wales, administered by the local parish, dispensed benefits to paupers providing a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Remaining in force until 1834, the law provided goods and services to keep the poor alive.Combining short- and long-form articles and essays, Providing for the Poor</italic> brings together academics and practitioners from across disciplines to re-examine the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century through the eyes of the poor, their providers and enablers. From the providence of the parochial sixpence given in order to move a beggar on, to coercive marriages, plebeian clothing and the much broader implications of vagrancy towards the end of the long eighteenth century, this volume aims to bridge the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the Old Poor Law. It brings together some of the wider arguments concerning the nature of welfare during economically testing times, and navigates the rising bureaucracy inherent in the system, to produce a radical new history of the Old Poor Law in astonishing detail. 30 00 The Old Poor Law in England and Wales, administered by the local parish, dispensed benefits to paupers providing a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Remaining in force until 1834, the law provided goods and services to keep the poor alive.Combining short- and long-form articles and essays, Providing for the Poor</italic> brings together academics and practitioners from across disciplines to re-examine the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century through the eyes of the poor, their providers and enablers. From the providence of the parochial sixpence given in order to move a beggar on, to coercive marriages, plebeian clothing and the much broader implications of vagrancy towards the end of the long eighteenth century, this volume aims to bridge the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the Old Poor Law. It brings together some of the wider arguments concerning the nature of welfare during economically testing times, and navigates the rising bureaucracy inherent in the system, to produce a radical new history of the Old Poor Law in astonishing detail. 04 00 Introduction Peter Collinge and Louise Falcini Part I: Paupers and Vagrants Chapter 1. Accounting for Illegitimacy: parish politics and the poor Louise Falcini Interlude 1. Thomas Woolgar the Mystery Man Jean Irvin Chapter 2. Clothing the Poor Elizabeth Spencer Interlude 2. Elizabeth Overing in Bedlam Elizabeth Hughes Chapter 3. Vagrancy, Poor Relief and the Parish Tim Hitchcock Interlude 3. Elizabeth Malbon (c.1743–1801) Dianne Shenton Part II: Providers and Enablers, and their Critics Chapter 4. Women, Business and the Old Poor Law Peter Collinge Interlude 4. The Wilkinsons and the Griffin Inn, Penrith Margaret Dean Chapter 5. The Overseers’ Assistant: taking a parish salary, 1800–1834 Alannah Tomkins Interlude 5. The Parochial Career of James Finlinson (1783–1847) William Bundred Chapter 6. Who cares? Mismanagement, neglect and suffering in the final decades of the old poor laws Samantha Shave Interlude 6. Abel Rooker (1787–1867), Surgeon Janet Kisz Part III: Public Histories Chapter 7. Public Histories and Collaborative Working Louise Falcini and Peter Collinge Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/npin8958_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/providing-for-the-poor/ London, GB 04 01 20220829 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477102 03 9781914477102 06 15 9781914477140 03 9781914477140 06 15 9781913002206 03 9781913002206 06 15 9781914477126 03 9781914477126 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/providing-for-the-poor/ 20 08 20220829 02 24.99 GBP WORLD 02 34.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:111f947b-b7c9-488f-b44d-9dc54bddd890 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3b92549d-f63e-4a18-9eea-df9d9d088cba 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:111f947b-b7c9-488f-b44d-9dc54bddd890 15 9781914477102 03 9781914477102 06 10.14296/npin8958 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.105763 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Providing for the Poor The Old Poor Law, 1750–1834 1 B01 Peter Collinge Peter Collinge 2 B01 Louise Falcini Louise Falcini 01 eng 00 224 03 09 25 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 JBFC 12 JFFA 10 SOC045000 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 HIS015050 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015060 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ-GB-V 93 3ML-GB-P 93 6AG 20 poverty; urban poor; London; British cities; The Old Poor Law; sixpence; workhouse; paupers; vagrancy; Bedlam; poor women; work; labour; class; poor relief; dress history; unmarried women; illegitimate children 01 06 02 00 The Old Poor Law dispensed benefits to paupers in a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Providing for the Poor</italic> re-examines the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century. It bridges the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the 03 00 The Old Poor Law in England and Wales, administered by the local parish, dispensed benefits to paupers providing a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Remaining in force until 1834, the law provided goods and services to keep the poor alive.Combining short- and long-form articles and essays, Providing for the Poor</italic> brings together academics and practitioners from across disciplines to re-examine the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century through the eyes of the poor, their providers and enablers. From the providence of the parochial sixpence given in order to move a beggar on, to coercive marriages, plebeian clothing and the much broader implications of vagrancy towards the end of the long eighteenth century, this volume aims to bridge the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the Old Poor Law. It brings together some of the wider arguments concerning the nature of welfare during economically testing times, and navigates the rising bureaucracy inherent in the system, to produce a radical new history of the Old Poor Law in astonishing detail. 30 00 The Old Poor Law in England and Wales, administered by the local parish, dispensed benefits to paupers providing a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Remaining in force until 1834, the law provided goods and services to keep the poor alive.Combining short- and long-form articles and essays, Providing for the Poor</italic> brings together academics and practitioners from across disciplines to re-examine the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century through the eyes of the poor, their providers and enablers. From the providence of the parochial sixpence given in order to move a beggar on, to coercive marriages, plebeian clothing and the much broader implications of vagrancy towards the end of the long eighteenth century, this volume aims to bridge the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the Old Poor Law. It brings together some of the wider arguments concerning the nature of welfare during economically testing times, and navigates the rising bureaucracy inherent in the system, to produce a radical new history of the Old Poor Law in astonishing detail. 04 00 Introduction Peter Collinge and Louise Falcini Part I: Paupers and Vagrants Chapter 1. Accounting for Illegitimacy: parish politics and the poor Louise Falcini Interlude 1. Thomas Woolgar the Mystery Man Jean Irvin Chapter 2. Clothing the Poor Elizabeth Spencer Interlude 2. Elizabeth Overing in Bedlam Elizabeth Hughes Chapter 3. Vagrancy, Poor Relief and the Parish Tim Hitchcock Interlude 3. Elizabeth Malbon (c.1743–1801) Dianne Shenton Part II: Providers and Enablers, and their Critics Chapter 4. Women, Business and the Old Poor Law Peter Collinge Interlude 4. The Wilkinsons and the Griffin Inn, Penrith Margaret Dean Chapter 5. The Overseers’ Assistant: taking a parish salary, 1800–1834 Alannah Tomkins Interlude 5. The Parochial Career of James Finlinson (1783–1847) William Bundred Chapter 6. Who cares? Mismanagement, neglect and suffering in the final decades of the old poor laws Samantha Shave Interlude 6. Abel Rooker (1787–1867), Surgeon Janet Kisz Part III: Public Histories Chapter 7. Public Histories and Collaborative Working Louise Falcini and Peter Collinge Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/npin8958_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/providing-for-the-poor/ London, GB 04 01 20220829 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477119 03 9781914477119 06 15 9781914477140 03 9781914477140 06 15 9781913002206 03 9781913002206 06 15 9781914477126 03 9781914477126 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/providing-for-the-poor/ 20 08 20220829 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:161090e1-564a-4147-81fe-6c28d5cf2b2c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3b92549d-f63e-4a18-9eea-df9d9d088cba 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:161090e1-564a-4147-81fe-6c28d5cf2b2c 15 9781914477140 03 9781914477140 06 10.14296/npin8958 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.105763 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Providing for the Poor The Old Poor Law, 1750–1834 1 B01 Peter Collinge Peter Collinge 2 B01 Louise Falcini Louise Falcini 01 eng 00 224 03 09 25 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 JBFC 12 JFFA 10 SOC045000 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 HIS015050 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015060 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ-GB-V 93 3ML-GB-P 93 6AG 20 poverty; urban poor; London; British cities; The Old Poor Law; sixpence; workhouse; paupers; vagrancy; Bedlam; poor women; work; labour; class; poor relief; dress history; unmarried women; illegitimate children 01 06 02 00 The Old Poor Law dispensed benefits to paupers in a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Providing for the Poor</italic> re-examines the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century. It bridges the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the 03 00 The Old Poor Law in England and Wales, administered by the local parish, dispensed benefits to paupers providing a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Remaining in force until 1834, the law provided goods and services to keep the poor alive.Combining short- and long-form articles and essays, Providing for the Poor</italic> brings together academics and practitioners from across disciplines to re-examine the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century through the eyes of the poor, their providers and enablers. From the providence of the parochial sixpence given in order to move a beggar on, to coercive marriages, plebeian clothing and the much broader implications of vagrancy towards the end of the long eighteenth century, this volume aims to bridge the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the Old Poor Law. It brings together some of the wider arguments concerning the nature of welfare during economically testing times, and navigates the rising bureaucracy inherent in the system, to produce a radical new history of the Old Poor Law in astonishing detail. 30 00 The Old Poor Law in England and Wales, administered by the local parish, dispensed benefits to paupers providing a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Remaining in force until 1834, the law provided goods and services to keep the poor alive.Combining short- and long-form articles and essays, Providing for the Poor</italic> brings together academics and practitioners from across disciplines to re-examine the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century through the eyes of the poor, their providers and enablers. From the providence of the parochial sixpence given in order to move a beggar on, to coercive marriages, plebeian clothing and the much broader implications of vagrancy towards the end of the long eighteenth century, this volume aims to bridge the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the Old Poor Law. It brings together some of the wider arguments concerning the nature of welfare during economically testing times, and navigates the rising bureaucracy inherent in the system, to produce a radical new history of the Old Poor Law in astonishing detail. 04 00 Introduction Peter Collinge and Louise Falcini Part I: Paupers and Vagrants Chapter 1. Accounting for Illegitimacy: parish politics and the poor Louise Falcini Interlude 1. Thomas Woolgar the Mystery Man Jean Irvin Chapter 2. Clothing the Poor Elizabeth Spencer Interlude 2. Elizabeth Overing in Bedlam Elizabeth Hughes Chapter 3. Vagrancy, Poor Relief and the Parish Tim Hitchcock Interlude 3. Elizabeth Malbon (c.1743–1801) Dianne Shenton Part II: Providers and Enablers, and their Critics Chapter 4. Women, Business and the Old Poor Law Peter Collinge Interlude 4. The Wilkinsons and the Griffin Inn, Penrith Margaret Dean Chapter 5. The Overseers’ Assistant: taking a parish salary, 1800–1834 Alannah Tomkins Interlude 5. The Parochial Career of James Finlinson (1783–1847) William Bundred Chapter 6. Who cares? Mismanagement, neglect and suffering in the final decades of the old poor laws Samantha Shave Interlude 6. Abel Rooker (1787–1867), Surgeon Janet Kisz Part III: Public Histories Chapter 7. Public Histories and Collaborative Working Louise Falcini and Peter Collinge Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/npin8958_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/providing-for-the-poor/ London, GB 04 01 20220829 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477119 03 9781914477119 06 15 9781914477102 03 9781914477102 06 15 9781913002206 03 9781913002206 06 15 9781914477126 03 9781914477126 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/3b92549d-f63e-4a18-9eea-df9d9d088cba 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/3b92549d-f63e-4a18-9eea-df9d9d088cba/3b92549d-f63e-4a18-9eea-df9d9d088cba.pdf 20 08 20220829 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/providing-for-the-poor/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477140.pdf 20 08 20220829 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/providing-for-the-poor/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/npin8958.pdf 20 08 20220829 01 urn:uuid:66be84cd-d861-44ae-b253-87c040ab5323 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3b92549d-f63e-4a18-9eea-df9d9d088cba 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:66be84cd-d861-44ae-b253-87c040ab5323 15 9781913002206 03 9781913002206 06 10.14296/npin8958 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.105763 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Providing for the Poor The Old Poor Law, 1750–1834 1 B01 Peter Collinge Peter Collinge 2 B01 Louise Falcini Louise Falcini 01 eng 00 224 03 09 25 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 JBFC 12 JFFA 10 SOC045000 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 HIS015050 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015060 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ-GB-V 93 3ML-GB-P 93 6AG 20 poverty; urban poor; London; British cities; The Old Poor Law; sixpence; workhouse; paupers; vagrancy; Bedlam; poor women; work; labour; class; poor relief; dress history; unmarried women; illegitimate children 01 06 02 00 The Old Poor Law dispensed benefits to paupers in a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Providing for the Poor</italic> re-examines the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century. It bridges the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the 03 00 The Old Poor Law in England and Wales, administered by the local parish, dispensed benefits to paupers providing a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Remaining in force until 1834, the law provided goods and services to keep the poor alive.Combining short- and long-form articles and essays, Providing for the Poor</italic> brings together academics and practitioners from across disciplines to re-examine the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century through the eyes of the poor, their providers and enablers. From the providence of the parochial sixpence given in order to move a beggar on, to coercive marriages, plebeian clothing and the much broader implications of vagrancy towards the end of the long eighteenth century, this volume aims to bridge the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the Old Poor Law. It brings together some of the wider arguments concerning the nature of welfare during economically testing times, and navigates the rising bureaucracy inherent in the system, to produce a radical new history of the Old Poor Law in astonishing detail. 30 00 The Old Poor Law in England and Wales, administered by the local parish, dispensed benefits to paupers providing a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Remaining in force until 1834, the law provided goods and services to keep the poor alive.Combining short- and long-form articles and essays, Providing for the Poor</italic> brings together academics and practitioners from across disciplines to re-examine the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century through the eyes of the poor, their providers and enablers. From the providence of the parochial sixpence given in order to move a beggar on, to coercive marriages, plebeian clothing and the much broader implications of vagrancy towards the end of the long eighteenth century, this volume aims to bridge the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the Old Poor Law. It brings together some of the wider arguments concerning the nature of welfare during economically testing times, and navigates the rising bureaucracy inherent in the system, to produce a radical new history of the Old Poor Law in astonishing detail. 04 00 Introduction Peter Collinge and Louise Falcini Part I: Paupers and Vagrants Chapter 1. Accounting for Illegitimacy: parish politics and the poor Louise Falcini Interlude 1. Thomas Woolgar the Mystery Man Jean Irvin Chapter 2. Clothing the Poor Elizabeth Spencer Interlude 2. Elizabeth Overing in Bedlam Elizabeth Hughes Chapter 3. Vagrancy, Poor Relief and the Parish Tim Hitchcock Interlude 3. Elizabeth Malbon (c.1743–1801) Dianne Shenton Part II: Providers and Enablers, and their Critics Chapter 4. Women, Business and the Old Poor Law Peter Collinge Interlude 4. The Wilkinsons and the Griffin Inn, Penrith Margaret Dean Chapter 5. The Overseers’ Assistant: taking a parish salary, 1800–1834 Alannah Tomkins Interlude 5. The Parochial Career of James Finlinson (1783–1847) William Bundred Chapter 6. Who cares? Mismanagement, neglect and suffering in the final decades of the old poor laws Samantha Shave Interlude 6. Abel Rooker (1787–1867), Surgeon Janet Kisz Part III: Public Histories Chapter 7. Public Histories and Collaborative Working Louise Falcini and Peter Collinge Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/npin8958_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/providing-for-the-poor/ London, GB 04 01 20220829 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477119 03 9781914477119 06 15 9781914477102 03 9781914477102 06 15 9781914477140 03 9781914477140 06 15 9781914477126 03 9781914477126 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/providing-for-the-poor 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/providing-for-the-poor 20 08 20220829 01 urn:uuid:9f02a8fc-0220-4da1-a6a4-a9070eb8b462 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3b92549d-f63e-4a18-9eea-df9d9d088cba 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9f02a8fc-0220-4da1-a6a4-a9070eb8b462 15 9781914477126 03 9781914477126 06 10.14296/npin8958 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.105763 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Providing for the Poor The Old Poor Law, 1750–1834 1 B01 Peter Collinge Peter Collinge 2 B01 Louise Falcini Louise Falcini 01 eng 00 224 03 09 25 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 JBFC 12 JFFA 10 SOC045000 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 HIS015050 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015060 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ-GB-V 93 3ML-GB-P 93 6AG 20 poverty; urban poor; London; British cities; The Old Poor Law; sixpence; workhouse; paupers; vagrancy; Bedlam; poor women; work; labour; class; poor relief; dress history; unmarried women; illegitimate children 01 06 02 00 The Old Poor Law dispensed benefits to paupers in a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Providing for the Poor</italic> re-examines the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century. It bridges the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the 03 00 The Old Poor Law in England and Wales, administered by the local parish, dispensed benefits to paupers providing a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Remaining in force until 1834, the law provided goods and services to keep the poor alive.Combining short- and long-form articles and essays, Providing for the Poor</italic> brings together academics and practitioners from across disciplines to re-examine the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century through the eyes of the poor, their providers and enablers. From the providence of the parochial sixpence given in order to move a beggar on, to coercive marriages, plebeian clothing and the much broader implications of vagrancy towards the end of the long eighteenth century, this volume aims to bridge the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the Old Poor Law. It brings together some of the wider arguments concerning the nature of welfare during economically testing times, and navigates the rising bureaucracy inherent in the system, to produce a radical new history of the Old Poor Law in astonishing detail. 30 00 The Old Poor Law in England and Wales, administered by the local parish, dispensed benefits to paupers providing a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Remaining in force until 1834, the law provided goods and services to keep the poor alive.Combining short- and long-form articles and essays, Providing for the Poor</italic> brings together academics and practitioners from across disciplines to re-examine the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century through the eyes of the poor, their providers and enablers. From the providence of the parochial sixpence given in order to move a beggar on, to coercive marriages, plebeian clothing and the much broader implications of vagrancy towards the end of the long eighteenth century, this volume aims to bridge the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the Old Poor Law. It brings together some of the wider arguments concerning the nature of welfare during economically testing times, and navigates the rising bureaucracy inherent in the system, to produce a radical new history of the Old Poor Law in astonishing detail. 04 00 Introduction Peter Collinge and Louise Falcini Part I: Paupers and Vagrants Chapter 1. Accounting for Illegitimacy: parish politics and the poor Louise Falcini Interlude 1. Thomas Woolgar the Mystery Man Jean Irvin Chapter 2. Clothing the Poor Elizabeth Spencer Interlude 2. Elizabeth Overing in Bedlam Elizabeth Hughes Chapter 3. Vagrancy, Poor Relief and the Parish Tim Hitchcock Interlude 3. Elizabeth Malbon (c.1743–1801) Dianne Shenton Part II: Providers and Enablers, and their Critics Chapter 4. Women, Business and the Old Poor Law Peter Collinge Interlude 4. The Wilkinsons and the Griffin Inn, Penrith Margaret Dean Chapter 5. The Overseers’ Assistant: taking a parish salary, 1800–1834 Alannah Tomkins Interlude 5. The Parochial Career of James Finlinson (1783–1847) William Bundred Chapter 6. Who cares? Mismanagement, neglect and suffering in the final decades of the old poor laws Samantha Shave Interlude 6. Abel Rooker (1787–1867), Surgeon Janet Kisz Part III: Public Histories Chapter 7. Public Histories and Collaborative Working Louise Falcini and Peter Collinge Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/npin8958_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/providing-for-the-poor/ London, GB 04 01 20220829 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477119 03 9781914477119 06 15 9781914477102 03 9781914477102 06 15 9781914477140 03 9781914477140 06 15 9781913002206 03 9781913002206 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/providing-for-the-poor/ 20 08 20220829 02 24.99 GBP WORLD 02 34.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b85a90f3-672c-472c-b6e4-87f98cb36345 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:39fc5f04-6ff2-4a61-b088-482d5a293062 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b85a90f3-672c-472c-b6e4-87f98cb36345 15 9781908857200 03 9781908857200 06 10.14296/0420.9781908857811 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56464 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Provincialising nature: multidisciplinary approaches to the politics of the environment in Latin America 1 B01 Michela Coletta Michela Coletta 2 B01 Malayna Raftopoulos Malayna Raftopoulos 01 eng 00 218 03 09 4 B2 Environmental Humanities 12 JPSL 93 PSAF 10 SCI030000 93 1KL B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 20 Latin America; environmental crisis; nature; identity; climate change; politics 01 06 02 00 This book offers a timely analysis of some of the crucial challenges, contradictions and promises within current environmental discourses and practices within Latin America. Two interconnected analytical frameworks guide the discussions in the book: the relationship between nature, knowledge and identity, and their role in understanding recen 03 00 Provincialising Nature: Multidisciplinary Approaches to the Politics of the Environment in Latin America offers a timely analysis of some of the crucial challenges, contradictions and promises within current environmental discourses and practices in the region. This book shows both challenging scenarios and original perspectives that have emerged in Latin America in relation to the globally urgent issues of climate change and the environmental crisis. Two interconnected analytical frameworks guide the discussions in the book: the relationship between nature, knowledge and identity and their role in understanding recent and current practices of climate change and environmental policy. The different chapters in this volume contribute to this debate by offering multidisciplinary perspectives on particular aspects of these two frameworks and through a multidirectional outlook that links the local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry across a diverse geographical spectrum. 30 00 Provincialising Nature: Multidisciplinary Approaches to the Politics of the Environment in Latin America offers a timely analysis of some of the crucial challenges, contradictions and promises within current environmental discourses and practices in the region. This book shows both challenging scenarios and original perspectives that have emerged in Latin America in relation to the globally urgent issues of climate change and the environmental crisis. Two interconnected analytical frameworks guide the discussions in the book: the relationship between nature, knowledge and identity and their role in understanding recent and current practices of climate change and environmental policy. The different chapters in this volume contribute to this debate by offering multidisciplinary perspectives on particular aspects of these two frameworks and through a multidirectional outlook that links the local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry across a diverse geographical spectrum. 04 00 1. Whose natures? Whose knowledges? An introduction to epistemic politics and eco-ontologies in Latin America Michela Coletta and Malayna Raftopoulos 2. The poetics of plants in Latin American literature Lesley Wylie 3. Hybrid traditions: permaculture, plants and the politics of nature in El Salvador Naomi Millner 4. Agri-cultural practice and agroecological discourse in the Anthropocene: confronting environmental change and food insecurity in Latin America and the Caribbean Graham Woodgate 5. Brazil and the international politics of climate change: leading by example? Marieke Riethof 6. REDD+ in Latin America: promises and challenges Anthony Hall 7. Nature, space, identity and resource extraction: paradoxes of discourses around indigeneity and environment in Bolivia Katinka Weber 8. The difference indigeneity makes: socio-natures, knowledges and contested policy in Ecuador Sarah A. Radcliffe 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9781908857811_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/provincialising-nature-multidisciplinary-approaches-to-the-politics-of-the-environment-in-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20200508 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857811 03 9781908857811 06 15 9781908857378 03 9781908857378 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/provincialising-nature-multidisciplinary-approaches-to-the-politics-of-the-environment-in-latin-america/ 20 08 20200508 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:671bbb5b-a5fd-4dbc-8f33-e87634978194 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:39fc5f04-6ff2-4a61-b088-482d5a293062 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:671bbb5b-a5fd-4dbc-8f33-e87634978194 15 9781908857811 03 9781908857811 06 10.14296/0420.9781908857811 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56464 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Provincialising nature: multidisciplinary approaches to the politics of the environment in Latin America 1 B01 Michela Coletta Michela Coletta 2 B01 Malayna Raftopoulos Malayna Raftopoulos 01 eng 00 218 03 09 4 B2 Environmental Humanities 12 JPSL 93 PSAF 10 SCI030000 93 1KL B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 20 Latin America; environmental crisis; nature; identity; climate change; politics 01 06 02 00 This book offers a timely analysis of some of the crucial challenges, contradictions and promises within current environmental discourses and practices within Latin America. Two interconnected analytical frameworks guide the discussions in the book: the relationship between nature, knowledge and identity, and their role in understanding recen 03 00 Provincialising Nature: Multidisciplinary Approaches to the Politics of the Environment in Latin America offers a timely analysis of some of the crucial challenges, contradictions and promises within current environmental discourses and practices in the region. This book shows both challenging scenarios and original perspectives that have emerged in Latin America in relation to the globally urgent issues of climate change and the environmental crisis. Two interconnected analytical frameworks guide the discussions in the book: the relationship between nature, knowledge and identity and their role in understanding recent and current practices of climate change and environmental policy. The different chapters in this volume contribute to this debate by offering multidisciplinary perspectives on particular aspects of these two frameworks and through a multidirectional outlook that links the local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry across a diverse geographical spectrum. 30 00 Provincialising Nature: Multidisciplinary Approaches to the Politics of the Environment in Latin America offers a timely analysis of some of the crucial challenges, contradictions and promises within current environmental discourses and practices in the region. This book shows both challenging scenarios and original perspectives that have emerged in Latin America in relation to the globally urgent issues of climate change and the environmental crisis. Two interconnected analytical frameworks guide the discussions in the book: the relationship between nature, knowledge and identity and their role in understanding recent and current practices of climate change and environmental policy. The different chapters in this volume contribute to this debate by offering multidisciplinary perspectives on particular aspects of these two frameworks and through a multidirectional outlook that links the local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry across a diverse geographical spectrum. 04 00 1. Whose natures? Whose knowledges? An introduction to epistemic politics and eco-ontologies in Latin America Michela Coletta and Malayna Raftopoulos 2. The poetics of plants in Latin American literature Lesley Wylie 3. Hybrid traditions: permaculture, plants and the politics of nature in El Salvador Naomi Millner 4. Agri-cultural practice and agroecological discourse in the Anthropocene: confronting environmental change and food insecurity in Latin America and the Caribbean Graham Woodgate 5. Brazil and the international politics of climate change: leading by example? Marieke Riethof 6. REDD+ in Latin America: promises and challenges Anthony Hall 7. Nature, space, identity and resource extraction: paradoxes of discourses around indigeneity and environment in Bolivia Katinka Weber 8. The difference indigeneity makes: socio-natures, knowledges and contested policy in Ecuador Sarah A. Radcliffe 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9781908857811_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/provincialising-nature-multidisciplinary-approaches-to-the-politics-of-the-environment-in-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20200508 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857200 03 9781908857200 06 15 9781908857378 03 9781908857378 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/39fc5f04-6ff2-4a61-b088-482d5a293062 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/39fc5f04-6ff2-4a61-b088-482d5a293062/39fc5f04-6ff2-4a61-b088-482d5a293062.pdf 20 08 20200508 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/provincialising-nature-multidisciplinary-approaches-to-the-politics-of-the-environment-in-latin-america/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857811.pdf 20 08 20200508 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/provincialising-nature-multidisciplinary-approaches-to-the-politics-of-the-environment-in-latin-america/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9781908857811.pdf 20 08 20200508 01 urn:uuid:29282746-e7bf-4ce1-9b44-285ec11de63d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:39fc5f04-6ff2-4a61-b088-482d5a293062 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:29282746-e7bf-4ce1-9b44-285ec11de63d 15 9781908857378 03 9781908857378 06 10.14296/0420.9781908857811 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56464 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Provincialising nature: multidisciplinary approaches to the politics of the environment in Latin America 1 B01 Michela Coletta Michela Coletta 2 B01 Malayna Raftopoulos Malayna Raftopoulos 01 eng 00 218 03 09 4 B2 Environmental Humanities 12 JPSL 93 PSAF 10 SCI030000 93 1KL B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 20 Latin America; environmental crisis; nature; identity; climate change; politics 01 06 02 00 This book offers a timely analysis of some of the crucial challenges, contradictions and promises within current environmental discourses and practices within Latin America. Two interconnected analytical frameworks guide the discussions in the book: the relationship between nature, knowledge and identity, and their role in understanding recen 03 00 Provincialising Nature: Multidisciplinary Approaches to the Politics of the Environment in Latin America offers a timely analysis of some of the crucial challenges, contradictions and promises within current environmental discourses and practices in the region. This book shows both challenging scenarios and original perspectives that have emerged in Latin America in relation to the globally urgent issues of climate change and the environmental crisis. Two interconnected analytical frameworks guide the discussions in the book: the relationship between nature, knowledge and identity and their role in understanding recent and current practices of climate change and environmental policy. The different chapters in this volume contribute to this debate by offering multidisciplinary perspectives on particular aspects of these two frameworks and through a multidirectional outlook that links the local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry across a diverse geographical spectrum. 30 00 Provincialising Nature: Multidisciplinary Approaches to the Politics of the Environment in Latin America offers a timely analysis of some of the crucial challenges, contradictions and promises within current environmental discourses and practices in the region. This book shows both challenging scenarios and original perspectives that have emerged in Latin America in relation to the globally urgent issues of climate change and the environmental crisis. Two interconnected analytical frameworks guide the discussions in the book: the relationship between nature, knowledge and identity and their role in understanding recent and current practices of climate change and environmental policy. The different chapters in this volume contribute to this debate by offering multidisciplinary perspectives on particular aspects of these two frameworks and through a multidirectional outlook that links the local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry across a diverse geographical spectrum. 04 00 1. Whose natures? Whose knowledges? An introduction to epistemic politics and eco-ontologies in Latin America Michela Coletta and Malayna Raftopoulos 2. The poetics of plants in Latin American literature Lesley Wylie 3. Hybrid traditions: permaculture, plants and the politics of nature in El Salvador Naomi Millner 4. Agri-cultural practice and agroecological discourse in the Anthropocene: confronting environmental change and food insecurity in Latin America and the Caribbean Graham Woodgate 5. Brazil and the international politics of climate change: leading by example? Marieke Riethof 6. REDD+ in Latin America: promises and challenges Anthony Hall 7. Nature, space, identity and resource extraction: paradoxes of discourses around indigeneity and environment in Bolivia Katinka Weber 8. The difference indigeneity makes: socio-natures, knowledges and contested policy in Ecuador Sarah A. Radcliffe 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9781908857811_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/provincialising-nature-multidisciplinary-approaches-to-the-politics-of-the-environment-in-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20200508 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857200 03 9781908857200 06 15 9781908857811 03 9781908857811 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/provincialising-nature-multidisciplinary-approaches-to-the-politics-of-the-environment-in-latin-america/ 20 08 20200508 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:893479cf-5554-4200-b166-812cad75b2cc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:93d93834-0f59-4160-8be3-e8354b24d355 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:893479cf-5554-4200-b166-812cad75b2cc 15 9781908590572 03 9781908590572 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.91307 00 BC 10 01 241 mm 01 24.1 cm 01 9.49 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.73 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 22 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Pseudo-Galenica The Formation of the Galenic Corpus from Antiquity to the Renaissance 1 B01 Caroline Petit Caroline Petit 2 B01 Simon Swain Simon Swain 3 B01 Klaus-Dietrich Fischer Klaus-Dietrich Fischer 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 93 MBX 12 MBX 10 MED039000 93 2AHA 12 2AHA 10 LCO003000 20 Galen; medicine; philosophy; De libris propriis; Galenic 01 06 02 00 The works of Galen of Pergamum (c. 129-216 CE) were fundamental in the shaping of medicine, philosophy and neighbouring areas of knowledge. Yet, as early as Galen's own lifetime, spurious treatises crept into the body of his authentic works. This volume is the result of a conference held in 2015 at the Warburg Institute and funded by the Well 03 00 The works of Galen of Pergamum (c. 129-216 CE) were fundamental in the shaping of medicine, philosophy and neighbouring areas of knowledge, from antiquity through to the middle ages and early modern times, across a variety of languages and cultures. Yet, as early as Galen's own lifetime, spurious treatises crept into the body of his authentic works, in spite of his best efforts to provide the public with a catalogue of his own production (De libris propriis</italic>). For centuries, readers have used a fluid body of Galenic works, shaped by changing intellectual frameworks and social-cultural contexts. Several inauthentic works have enjoyed remarkable popularity. But this has had consequences in modern scholarship. The current reference edition (Kühn, 1821-1833) fails to distinguish clearly between authentic and inauthentic texts; many works lack any critical study, which makes navigating the corpus unusually difficult. <break/>This volume, arising from a conference held in 2015 at the Warburg Institute and funded by the Wellcome Trust, will provide much-needed clarification about the boundaries of the Galenic corpus, identifying and analysing the works that do not genuinely belong to Galen's production. 30 00 The works of Galen of Pergamum (c. 129-216 CE) were fundamental in the shaping of medicine, philosophy and neighbouring areas of knowledge, from antiquity through to the middle ages and early modern times, across a variety of languages and cultures. Yet, as early as Galen's own lifetime, spurious treatises crept into the body of his authentic works, in spite of his best efforts to provide the public with a catalogue of his own production (De libris propriis</italic>). For centuries, readers have used a fluid body of Galenic works, shaped by changing intellectual frameworks and social-cultural contexts. Several inauthentic works have enjoyed remarkable popularity. But this has had consequences in modern scholarship. The current reference edition (Kühn, 1821-1833) fails to distinguish clearly between authentic and inauthentic texts; many works lack any critical study, which makes navigating the corpus unusually difficult. <break/>This volume, arising from a conference held in 2015 at the Warburg Institute and funded by the Wellcome Trust, will provide much-needed clarification about the boundaries of the Galenic corpus, identifying and analysing the works that do not genuinely belong to Galen's production. 04 00 <h5>Table of Contents</h5>Introduction: Muddy Waters: Pseudo-Galenic Texts and the Formation of the Galenic Corpus Caroline Petit & Simon Swain1. Three Pseudo-Galenic Texts: Pharmacology and Society in Imperial Rome Vivian Nutton2. Is the Theriac to Piso Attributed to Galen Authentic? Véronique Boudon-Millot3. Easy Remedies – Difficult Texts: the Pseudo-Galenic Euporista Laurence Totelin4. Les manuscrits grecs des Definitiones medicae pseudo-galéniques Marie Cronier5. Four Works on Prognostic Attributed to Galen (Kühn vol. 19):New Hypotheses on Their Authorship, Transmission, and Intellectual Milieu Caroline Petit6. Pseudonymity and Pseudo-Galen in the Syriac Traditions Siam Bhayro7. Pseudo-Galenic Texts on Urines and Pulse in Late Byzantium Petros Bouras-Vallianatos8. About the Authenticity of Galen’s Περὶ ἀλυπίας in Medieval Hebrew, Compared to the Recently Found Greek Text Mauro Zonta†9. Pseudo-Galenic Texts in the Editions of Galen, 1490–1689 Stefania Fortuna10. Alessandro Achillini and the 1502 Galen Opera Omnia: The Influence of Pseudo-Galenic Sources in Early Sixteenth Century Anatomy R. Allen Shotwell11. Commentariis in Hippocratis librum Epidemiarum II uti non licet: G.B. Rasario and the false ‘Galenic’ commentary on Epidemics II Christina Savino12. La fortune du De spermate dans les éditions imprimées de Galien du XVIᵉ au XVIIᵉ Outi MerisaloIndex codicum manuscriptorumIndex 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/284150/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pseudo-galenica/ London, GB 04 01 20210622 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pseudo-galenica/ 20 08 20210622 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f3b36890-0470-4918-9d74-2e7aad1b03f5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:388cc008-919e-4d1b-ae41-0961c6fae164 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f3b36890-0470-4918-9d74-2e7aad1b03f5 15 9780854811526 03 9780854811526 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53872 00 BC 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 182 mm 02 18.2 cm 02 7.1875 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 10 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Ptolemy's Geography in the Renaissance 1 B01 Zur Shalev Zur Shalev 2 B01 Charles Burnett Charles Burnett 01 eng 12 HBTP 10 HIS052000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTP 12 HBLH 10 HIS037020 93 N 12 3H 93 3KL 93 3M 01 06 02 00 03 00 The rediscovery of Ptolemy’s Geography</italic> has long been hailed as a key moment in the emergence of Renaissance culture, symbolizing a new rational spatiality, and preparing the way for the Age of Discovery. And yet, the process of the Geography</italic>’s introduction, integration and impact in western Europe, as the essays in this volume collectively suggest, was more complex and less predictable than has been traditionally assumed. Whereas previously Ptolemy’s maps attracted most scholarly attention, in this volume the textual tradition of the Geography</italic> – Ptolemy’s text, added prefaces, annotations and treatises – stand at the centre. Bringing together a wealth of previously unexplored sources and contexts, the essays examine the Geography</italic> as it took part in and influenced diverse areas of Renaissance culture, such as visual theory and communication, humanistic philological, historical and antiquarian practices, astrology, education and religion. The emerging Geography</italic> is perhaps less revolutionary but more satisfyingly embedded into the culture that produced and used it. This volume points to new directions for the study of the remaining questions that still hover around Ptolemy’s seminal work and for the study of early modern geography as a whole. 30 00 The rediscovery of Ptolemy’s Geography</italic> has long been hailed as a key moment in the emergence of Renaissance culture, symbolizing a new rational spatiality, and preparing the way for the Age of Discovery. And yet, the process of the Geography</italic>’s introduction, integration and impact in western Europe, as the essays in this volume collectively suggest, was more complex and less predictable than has been traditionally assumed. Whereas previously Ptolemy’s maps attracted most scholarly attention, in this volume the textual tradition of the Geography</italic> – Ptolemy’s text, added prefaces, annotations and treatises – stand at the centre. Bringing together a wealth of previously unexplored sources and contexts, the essays examine the Geography</italic> as it took part in and influenced diverse areas of Renaissance culture, such as visual theory and communication, humanistic philological, historical and antiquarian practices, astrology, education and religion. The emerging Geography</italic> is perhaps less revolutionary but more satisfyingly embedded into the culture that produced and used it. This volume points to new directions for the study of the remaining questions that still hover around Ptolemy’s seminal work and for the study of early modern geography as a whole. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250710//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ptolemys-geography-in-the-renaissance/ London, GB 04 01 20110501 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ptolemys-geography-in-the-renaissance/ 20 08 20110501 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c5072515-ca97-4df6-875a-375cd8bcf5e4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:275a69ee-bc92-4223-9561-0c9569e72b7f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c5072515-ca97-4df6-875a-375cd8bcf5e4 15 9781900039987 03 9781900039987 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53755 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 7 mm 03 0.7 cm 03 0.25 in 08 193 gr 08 6.875 oz 01 01 Quebec and the Heritage of Franco-America 1 B01 Iwan Morgan Iwan Morgan 2 B01 Philip D. Davies Philip D. Davies 01 eng 12 HBJK 10 HIS006000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHK 93 1KBC-CA-Q 12 1KBCQ 10 POL010000 01 06 02 00 This book marks the 400th anniversary of the founding of Quebec. It consists of six essays by a team of contributors drawn from Quebec, the United States, France, and the United Kingdom. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248128/53755/53755_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/quebec-and-the-heritage-of-franco-america/ London, GB 04 01 20100623 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/quebec-and-the-heritage-of-franco-america/ 20 08 20100623 02 9.99 GBP WORLD 02 15.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e2bc3509-d894-4228-8de0-b6c231c21de6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:125213ba-d3f5-4244-a0c7-684a6e37fb52 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e2bc3509-d894-4228-8de0-b6c231c21de6 15 9781913002046 03 9781913002046 06 10.14296/2105.9781913002053 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89184 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Queer Between the Covers Histories of Queer Publishing and Publishing Queer Voices 1 B01 Leila Kassir Leila Kassir 2 B01 Richard Espley Richard Espley 01 eng 00 144 03 09 19 12 DS 93 DS 10 LIT004160 B2 Literary Studies 93 JBSJ 12 JFSK 10 LAN027000 12 KNTP 93 KNTP1 20 LGBTQ; publishing; communities; queer history; representation; sexual politics 01 06 02 00 Queer Between the Covers presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature and how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation wh 03 00 Queer Between the Covers</italic> presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. Chronicling the gay struggle for acceptance and liberation, this book demonstrates how the fight for representation was often waged secretly between the covers of books at a time when public spaces for queer identities were limited. The chapters provide an array of voices and histories – from the famous, Derek Jarman and Oscar Wilde, to the lesser-known and underappreciated John Wieners and Valerie Taylor. It includes first-hand accounts of seminal moments in queer history, including the birth of Hazard Press and the Defend Gay’s the Word Bookshop campaign in the 1980s.The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature. The works discussed show the imaginative and radical ways in which queer texts have fought against censorship and repression and could be used as a tool for political organisation and production. From the powerful community-wide demonstrations for Gay’s the Word during their battle with the British government, the mapping of Chicago’s queer spaces within Valerie Taylor’s pulp novels, or the anonymous but likely shared authorship of the 19th-century queer text Teleny. Queer publishing often involved a range of creative tactics to beat the censor, from self-publishing to anonymous authorship. The book also shows how collage and the repurposing of found image and text became a key queer publishing practice, from Derek Jarman’s vast creative repertoire to book artwork created by the Hazard Press.A fascinating and poignant analysis of some key historic moments for queer lib in publishing and book history, this is an essential read for those interested in how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation when spaces and sites for queer expression were taboo. 30 00 Queer Between the Covers</italic> presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. Chronicling the gay struggle for acceptance and liberation, this book demonstrates how the fight for representation was often waged secretly between the covers of books at a time when public spaces for queer identities were limited. The chapters provide an array of voices and histories – from the famous, Derek Jarman and Oscar Wilde, to the lesser-known and underappreciated John Wieners and Valerie Taylor. It includes first-hand accounts of seminal moments in queer history, including the birth of Hazard Press and the Defend Gay’s the Word Bookshop campaign in the 1980s.The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature. The works discussed show the imaginative and radical ways in which queer texts have fought against censorship and repression and could be used as a tool for political organisation and production. From the powerful community-wide demonstrations for Gay’s the Word during their battle with the British government, the mapping of Chicago’s queer spaces within Valerie Taylor’s pulp novels, or the anonymous but likely shared authorship of the 19th-century queer text Teleny. Queer publishing often involved a range of creative tactics to beat the censor, from self-publishing to anonymous authorship. The book also shows how collage and the repurposing of found image and text became a key queer publishing practice, from Derek Jarman’s vast creative repertoire to book artwork created by the Hazard Press.A fascinating and poignant analysis of some key historic moments for queer lib in publishing and book history, this is an essential read for those interested in how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation when spaces and sites for queer expression were taboo. 04 00 Introduction Leila Kassir and Richard Espley“A Gay Presence”: Publication & Revision in John Wieners’ Behind the State Capitol David GrundyDerek Jarman's Queer Histories: Derek Jarman's Caravaggio Alexandra ParsonsThe Queer Art Of Artists’ Books: Hazard Press Jeremy Dixon‘Teleny: A Tale of Two Cities’ Will ViscontiMidwestern Farmers’ Daughters: Heartland Values and Cloaked Resistance in the Novels of Valerie Taylor Jennifer DentelSaving Gay’s The Word Graham McKerrow 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2105.9781913002053_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/queer-between-the-covers/ London, GB 04 01 20210512 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913002053 03 9781913002053 06 15 9781913002213 03 9781913002213 06 15 9781913002060 03 9781913002060 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/queer-between-the-covers/ 20 08 20210512 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2ae50062-76dd-41d8-b1d3-ac024dc7c781 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:125213ba-d3f5-4244-a0c7-684a6e37fb52 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2ae50062-76dd-41d8-b1d3-ac024dc7c781 15 9781913002053 03 9781913002053 06 10.14296/2105.9781913002053 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89184 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Queer Between the Covers Histories of Queer Publishing and Publishing Queer Voices 1 B01 Leila Kassir Leila Kassir 2 B01 Richard Espley Richard Espley 01 eng 00 144 03 09 19 12 DS 93 DS 10 LIT004160 B2 Literary Studies 93 JBSJ 12 JFSK 10 LAN027000 12 KNTP 93 KNTP1 20 LGBTQ; publishing; communities; queer history; representation; sexual politics 01 06 02 00 Queer Between the Covers presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature and how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation wh 03 00 Queer Between the Covers</italic> presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. Chronicling the gay struggle for acceptance and liberation, this book demonstrates how the fight for representation was often waged secretly between the covers of books at a time when public spaces for queer identities were limited. The chapters provide an array of voices and histories – from the famous, Derek Jarman and Oscar Wilde, to the lesser-known and underappreciated John Wieners and Valerie Taylor. It includes first-hand accounts of seminal moments in queer history, including the birth of Hazard Press and the Defend Gay’s the Word Bookshop campaign in the 1980s.The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature. The works discussed show the imaginative and radical ways in which queer texts have fought against censorship and repression and could be used as a tool for political organisation and production. From the powerful community-wide demonstrations for Gay’s the Word during their battle with the British government, the mapping of Chicago’s queer spaces within Valerie Taylor’s pulp novels, or the anonymous but likely shared authorship of the 19th-century queer text Teleny. Queer publishing often involved a range of creative tactics to beat the censor, from self-publishing to anonymous authorship. The book also shows how collage and the repurposing of found image and text became a key queer publishing practice, from Derek Jarman’s vast creative repertoire to book artwork created by the Hazard Press.A fascinating and poignant analysis of some key historic moments for queer lib in publishing and book history, this is an essential read for those interested in how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation when spaces and sites for queer expression were taboo. 30 00 Queer Between the Covers</italic> presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. Chronicling the gay struggle for acceptance and liberation, this book demonstrates how the fight for representation was often waged secretly between the covers of books at a time when public spaces for queer identities were limited. The chapters provide an array of voices and histories – from the famous, Derek Jarman and Oscar Wilde, to the lesser-known and underappreciated John Wieners and Valerie Taylor. It includes first-hand accounts of seminal moments in queer history, including the birth of Hazard Press and the Defend Gay’s the Word Bookshop campaign in the 1980s.The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature. The works discussed show the imaginative and radical ways in which queer texts have fought against censorship and repression and could be used as a tool for political organisation and production. From the powerful community-wide demonstrations for Gay’s the Word during their battle with the British government, the mapping of Chicago’s queer spaces within Valerie Taylor’s pulp novels, or the anonymous but likely shared authorship of the 19th-century queer text Teleny. Queer publishing often involved a range of creative tactics to beat the censor, from self-publishing to anonymous authorship. The book also shows how collage and the repurposing of found image and text became a key queer publishing practice, from Derek Jarman’s vast creative repertoire to book artwork created by the Hazard Press.A fascinating and poignant analysis of some key historic moments for queer lib in publishing and book history, this is an essential read for those interested in how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation when spaces and sites for queer expression were taboo. 04 00 Introduction Leila Kassir and Richard Espley“A Gay Presence”: Publication & Revision in John Wieners’ Behind the State Capitol David GrundyDerek Jarman's Queer Histories: Derek Jarman's Caravaggio Alexandra ParsonsThe Queer Art Of Artists’ Books: Hazard Press Jeremy Dixon‘Teleny: A Tale of Two Cities’ Will ViscontiMidwestern Farmers’ Daughters: Heartland Values and Cloaked Resistance in the Novels of Valerie Taylor Jennifer DentelSaving Gay’s The Word Graham McKerrow 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2105.9781913002053_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/queer-between-the-covers/ London, GB 04 01 20210512 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913002046 03 9781913002046 06 15 9781913002213 03 9781913002213 06 15 9781913002060 03 9781913002060 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/125213ba-d3f5-4244-a0c7-684a6e37fb52 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/125213ba-d3f5-4244-a0c7-684a6e37fb52/125213ba-d3f5-4244-a0c7-684a6e37fb52.pdf 20 08 20210512 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/queer-between-the-covers/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781913002053.pdf 20 08 20210512 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/queer-between-the-covers/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2105.9781913002053.pdf 20 08 20210512 01 urn:uuid:79cec6fb-cc36-45c7-8fb8-2c6e805a12bd 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:125213ba-d3f5-4244-a0c7-684a6e37fb52 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:79cec6fb-cc36-45c7-8fb8-2c6e805a12bd 15 9781913002213 03 9781913002213 06 10.14296/2105.9781913002053 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89184 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Queer Between the Covers Histories of Queer Publishing and Publishing Queer Voices 1 B01 Leila Kassir Leila Kassir 2 B01 Richard Espley Richard Espley 01 eng 00 144 03 09 19 12 DS 93 DS 10 LIT004160 B2 Literary Studies 93 JBSJ 12 JFSK 10 LAN027000 12 KNTP 93 KNTP1 20 LGBTQ; publishing; communities; queer history; representation; sexual politics 01 06 02 00 Queer Between the Covers presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature and how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation wh 03 00 Queer Between the Covers</italic> presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. Chronicling the gay struggle for acceptance and liberation, this book demonstrates how the fight for representation was often waged secretly between the covers of books at a time when public spaces for queer identities were limited. The chapters provide an array of voices and histories – from the famous, Derek Jarman and Oscar Wilde, to the lesser-known and underappreciated John Wieners and Valerie Taylor. It includes first-hand accounts of seminal moments in queer history, including the birth of Hazard Press and the Defend Gay’s the Word Bookshop campaign in the 1980s.The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature. The works discussed show the imaginative and radical ways in which queer texts have fought against censorship and repression and could be used as a tool for political organisation and production. From the powerful community-wide demonstrations for Gay’s the Word during their battle with the British government, the mapping of Chicago’s queer spaces within Valerie Taylor’s pulp novels, or the anonymous but likely shared authorship of the 19th-century queer text Teleny. Queer publishing often involved a range of creative tactics to beat the censor, from self-publishing to anonymous authorship. The book also shows how collage and the repurposing of found image and text became a key queer publishing practice, from Derek Jarman’s vast creative repertoire to book artwork created by the Hazard Press.A fascinating and poignant analysis of some key historic moments for queer lib in publishing and book history, this is an essential read for those interested in how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation when spaces and sites for queer expression were taboo. 30 00 Queer Between the Covers</italic> presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. Chronicling the gay struggle for acceptance and liberation, this book demonstrates how the fight for representation was often waged secretly between the covers of books at a time when public spaces for queer identities were limited. The chapters provide an array of voices and histories – from the famous, Derek Jarman and Oscar Wilde, to the lesser-known and underappreciated John Wieners and Valerie Taylor. It includes first-hand accounts of seminal moments in queer history, including the birth of Hazard Press and the Defend Gay’s the Word Bookshop campaign in the 1980s.The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature. The works discussed show the imaginative and radical ways in which queer texts have fought against censorship and repression and could be used as a tool for political organisation and production. From the powerful community-wide demonstrations for Gay’s the Word during their battle with the British government, the mapping of Chicago’s queer spaces within Valerie Taylor’s pulp novels, or the anonymous but likely shared authorship of the 19th-century queer text Teleny. Queer publishing often involved a range of creative tactics to beat the censor, from self-publishing to anonymous authorship. The book also shows how collage and the repurposing of found image and text became a key queer publishing practice, from Derek Jarman’s vast creative repertoire to book artwork created by the Hazard Press.A fascinating and poignant analysis of some key historic moments for queer lib in publishing and book history, this is an essential read for those interested in how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation when spaces and sites for queer expression were taboo. 04 00 Introduction Leila Kassir and Richard Espley“A Gay Presence”: Publication & Revision in John Wieners’ Behind the State Capitol David GrundyDerek Jarman's Queer Histories: Derek Jarman's Caravaggio Alexandra ParsonsThe Queer Art Of Artists’ Books: Hazard Press Jeremy Dixon‘Teleny: A Tale of Two Cities’ Will ViscontiMidwestern Farmers’ Daughters: Heartland Values and Cloaked Resistance in the Novels of Valerie Taylor Jennifer DentelSaving Gay’s The Word Graham McKerrow 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2105.9781913002053_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/queer-between-the-covers/ London, GB 04 01 20210512 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913002046 03 9781913002046 06 15 9781913002053 03 9781913002053 06 15 9781913002060 03 9781913002060 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/queer-between-the-covers 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/queer-between-the-covers 20 08 20210512 01 urn:uuid:40794eae-6b6e-45f9-abc7-a442c69c37df 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:125213ba-d3f5-4244-a0c7-684a6e37fb52 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:40794eae-6b6e-45f9-abc7-a442c69c37df 15 9781913002060 03 9781913002060 06 10.14296/2105.9781913002053 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89184 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Queer Between the Covers Histories of Queer Publishing and Publishing Queer Voices 1 B01 Leila Kassir Leila Kassir 2 B01 Richard Espley Richard Espley 01 eng 00 144 03 09 19 12 DS 93 DS 10 LIT004160 B2 Literary Studies 93 JBSJ 12 JFSK 10 LAN027000 12 KNTP 93 KNTP1 20 LGBTQ; publishing; communities; queer history; representation; sexual politics 01 06 02 00 Queer Between the Covers presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature and how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation wh 03 00 Queer Between the Covers</italic> presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. Chronicling the gay struggle for acceptance and liberation, this book demonstrates how the fight for representation was often waged secretly between the covers of books at a time when public spaces for queer identities were limited. The chapters provide an array of voices and histories – from the famous, Derek Jarman and Oscar Wilde, to the lesser-known and underappreciated John Wieners and Valerie Taylor. It includes first-hand accounts of seminal moments in queer history, including the birth of Hazard Press and the Defend Gay’s the Word Bookshop campaign in the 1980s.The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature. The works discussed show the imaginative and radical ways in which queer texts have fought against censorship and repression and could be used as a tool for political organisation and production. From the powerful community-wide demonstrations for Gay’s the Word during their battle with the British government, the mapping of Chicago’s queer spaces within Valerie Taylor’s pulp novels, or the anonymous but likely shared authorship of the 19th-century queer text Teleny. Queer publishing often involved a range of creative tactics to beat the censor, from self-publishing to anonymous authorship. The book also shows how collage and the repurposing of found image and text became a key queer publishing practice, from Derek Jarman’s vast creative repertoire to book artwork created by the Hazard Press.A fascinating and poignant analysis of some key historic moments for queer lib in publishing and book history, this is an essential read for those interested in how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation when spaces and sites for queer expression were taboo. 30 00 Queer Between the Covers</italic> presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. Chronicling the gay struggle for acceptance and liberation, this book demonstrates how the fight for representation was often waged secretly between the covers of books at a time when public spaces for queer identities were limited. The chapters provide an array of voices and histories – from the famous, Derek Jarman and Oscar Wilde, to the lesser-known and underappreciated John Wieners and Valerie Taylor. It includes first-hand accounts of seminal moments in queer history, including the birth of Hazard Press and the Defend Gay’s the Word Bookshop campaign in the 1980s.The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature. The works discussed show the imaginative and radical ways in which queer texts have fought against censorship and repression and could be used as a tool for political organisation and production. From the powerful community-wide demonstrations for Gay’s the Word during their battle with the British government, the mapping of Chicago’s queer spaces within Valerie Taylor’s pulp novels, or the anonymous but likely shared authorship of the 19th-century queer text Teleny. Queer publishing often involved a range of creative tactics to beat the censor, from self-publishing to anonymous authorship. The book also shows how collage and the repurposing of found image and text became a key queer publishing practice, from Derek Jarman’s vast creative repertoire to book artwork created by the Hazard Press.A fascinating and poignant analysis of some key historic moments for queer lib in publishing and book history, this is an essential read for those interested in how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation when spaces and sites for queer expression were taboo. 04 00 Introduction Leila Kassir and Richard Espley“A Gay Presence”: Publication & Revision in John Wieners’ Behind the State Capitol David GrundyDerek Jarman's Queer Histories: Derek Jarman's Caravaggio Alexandra ParsonsThe Queer Art Of Artists’ Books: Hazard Press Jeremy Dixon‘Teleny: A Tale of Two Cities’ Will ViscontiMidwestern Farmers’ Daughters: Heartland Values and Cloaked Resistance in the Novels of Valerie Taylor Jennifer DentelSaving Gay’s The Word Graham McKerrow 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2105.9781913002053_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/queer-between-the-covers/ London, GB 04 01 20210512 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913002046 03 9781913002046 06 15 9781913002053 03 9781913002053 06 15 9781913002213 03 9781913002213 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/queer-between-the-covers/ 20 08 20210512 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:538a2918-0d2a-45f7-96c0-8c92f9b574d6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a23069cb-67b8-49a9-931c-80e4c2e97761 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:538a2918-0d2a-45f7-96c0-8c92f9b574d6 15 9781913002008 03 9781913002008 06 10.14296/1218.9781913002015 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83229 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Radical Collections: Re-examining the roots of collections, practices and information professions 1 B01 Jordan Landes Jordan Landes 2 B01 Richard Espley Richard Espley 01 eng 00 90 03 10 EDU029060 12 GLC 93 GLM B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 12 GLH 93 GLH 10 LAN025040 20 curation; stories; representation; diversity; politics; archives 01 06 02 00 This volume looks at the role that archivists and librarians play in compiling collections – do they “curate” history? To what extent are they gatekeepers of knowledge? It shines a light on pressing topical issues within library and information services (LIS)- to encompass selection, appraisal and accession, through to organisation and classi 03 00 Do archivists ‘curate’ history? And to what extent are our librarians the gatekeepers of knowledge?<break/><break/> Libraries and archives have a long and rich history of compiling ‘radical collections’- from Klanwatch Project in the States to the R. D. Laing Archive in Glasgow, but a re-examination of the information professions and all aspects of managing those collections is long overdue. This new book shines a light on pressing topical issues within library and information services (LIS)- to encompass selection, appraisal and accession, through to organisation and classification, and including promotion and use. Will libraries survive as victims of neoliberal marketization? Do we have a responsibility to collect and document ‘white hate’ in the era of Trump? And how can a predominantly white (96.7%) LIS workforce effectively collect and tell POC histories? 30 00 Do archivists ‘curate’ history? And to what extent are our librarians the gatekeepers of knowledge?<break/><break/> Libraries and archives have a long and rich history of compiling ‘radical collections’- from Klanwatch Project in the States to the R. D. Laing Archive in Glasgow, but a re-examination of the information professions and all aspects of managing those collections is long overdue. This new book shines a light on pressing topical issues within library and information services (LIS)- to encompass selection, appraisal and accession, through to organisation and classification, and including promotion and use. Will libraries survive as victims of neoliberal marketization? Do we have a responsibility to collect and document ‘white hate’ in the era of Trump? And how can a predominantly white (96.7%) LIS workforce effectively collect and tell POC histories? 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1218.9781913002015_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/radical-collections-re-examining-the-roots-of-collections-practices-and-information-professions/ London, GB 04 01 20181213 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913002015 03 9781913002015 06 15 9781913002039 03 9781913002039 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/radical-collections-re-examining-the-roots-of-collections-practices-and-information-professions/ 20 08 20181213 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b5ff9753-904a-4ca9-b66a-1362452b3215 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a23069cb-67b8-49a9-931c-80e4c2e97761 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b5ff9753-904a-4ca9-b66a-1362452b3215 15 9781913002015 03 9781913002015 06 10.14296/1218.9781913002015 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83229 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Radical Collections: Re-examining the roots of collections, practices and information professions 1 B01 Jordan Landes Jordan Landes 2 B01 Richard Espley Richard Espley 01 eng 00 90 03 10 EDU029060 12 GLC 93 GLM B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 12 GLH 93 GLH 10 LAN025040 20 curation; stories; representation; diversity; politics; archives 01 06 02 00 This volume looks at the role that archivists and librarians play in compiling collections – do they “curate” history? To what extent are they gatekeepers of knowledge? It shines a light on pressing topical issues within library and information services (LIS)- to encompass selection, appraisal and accession, through to organisation and classi 03 00 Do archivists ‘curate’ history? And to what extent are our librarians the gatekeepers of knowledge?<break/><break/> Libraries and archives have a long and rich history of compiling ‘radical collections’- from Klanwatch Project in the States to the R. D. Laing Archive in Glasgow, but a re-examination of the information professions and all aspects of managing those collections is long overdue. This new book shines a light on pressing topical issues within library and information services (LIS)- to encompass selection, appraisal and accession, through to organisation and classification, and including promotion and use. Will libraries survive as victims of neoliberal marketization? Do we have a responsibility to collect and document ‘white hate’ in the era of Trump? And how can a predominantly white (96.7%) LIS workforce effectively collect and tell POC histories? 30 00 Do archivists ‘curate’ history? And to what extent are our librarians the gatekeepers of knowledge?<break/><break/> Libraries and archives have a long and rich history of compiling ‘radical collections’- from Klanwatch Project in the States to the R. D. Laing Archive in Glasgow, but a re-examination of the information professions and all aspects of managing those collections is long overdue. This new book shines a light on pressing topical issues within library and information services (LIS)- to encompass selection, appraisal and accession, through to organisation and classification, and including promotion and use. Will libraries survive as victims of neoliberal marketization? Do we have a responsibility to collect and document ‘white hate’ in the era of Trump? And how can a predominantly white (96.7%) LIS workforce effectively collect and tell POC histories? 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1218.9781913002015_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/radical-collections-re-examining-the-roots-of-collections-practices-and-information-professions/ London, GB 04 01 20181213 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913002008 03 9781913002008 06 15 9781913002039 03 9781913002039 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/a23069cb-67b8-49a9-931c-80e4c2e97761 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/a23069cb-67b8-49a9-931c-80e4c2e97761/a23069cb-67b8-49a9-931c-80e4c2e97761.pdf 20 08 20181213 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/radical-collections-re-examining-the-roots-of-collections-practices-and-information-professions/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781913002015.pdf 20 08 20181213 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/radical-collections-re-examining-the-roots-of-collections-practices-and-information-professions/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1218.9781913002015.pdf 20 08 20181213 01 urn:uuid:e1f9cbc9-46eb-4c53-9b1a-caddf2db5e24 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a23069cb-67b8-49a9-931c-80e4c2e97761 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e1f9cbc9-46eb-4c53-9b1a-caddf2db5e24 15 9781913002039 03 9781913002039 06 10.14296/1218.9781913002015 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83229 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Radical Collections: Re-examining the roots of collections, practices and information professions 1 B01 Jordan Landes Jordan Landes 2 B01 Richard Espley Richard Espley 01 eng 00 90 03 10 EDU029060 12 GLC 93 GLM B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 12 GLH 93 GLH 10 LAN025040 20 curation; stories; representation; diversity; politics; archives 01 06 02 00 This volume looks at the role that archivists and librarians play in compiling collections – do they “curate” history? To what extent are they gatekeepers of knowledge? It shines a light on pressing topical issues within library and information services (LIS)- to encompass selection, appraisal and accession, through to organisation and classi 03 00 Do archivists ‘curate’ history? And to what extent are our librarians the gatekeepers of knowledge?<break/><break/> Libraries and archives have a long and rich history of compiling ‘radical collections’- from Klanwatch Project in the States to the R. D. Laing Archive in Glasgow, but a re-examination of the information professions and all aspects of managing those collections is long overdue. This new book shines a light on pressing topical issues within library and information services (LIS)- to encompass selection, appraisal and accession, through to organisation and classification, and including promotion and use. Will libraries survive as victims of neoliberal marketization? Do we have a responsibility to collect and document ‘white hate’ in the era of Trump? And how can a predominantly white (96.7%) LIS workforce effectively collect and tell POC histories? 30 00 Do archivists ‘curate’ history? And to what extent are our librarians the gatekeepers of knowledge?<break/><break/> Libraries and archives have a long and rich history of compiling ‘radical collections’- from Klanwatch Project in the States to the R. D. Laing Archive in Glasgow, but a re-examination of the information professions and all aspects of managing those collections is long overdue. This new book shines a light on pressing topical issues within library and information services (LIS)- to encompass selection, appraisal and accession, through to organisation and classification, and including promotion and use. Will libraries survive as victims of neoliberal marketization? Do we have a responsibility to collect and document ‘white hate’ in the era of Trump? And how can a predominantly white (96.7%) LIS workforce effectively collect and tell POC histories? 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1218.9781913002015_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/radical-collections-re-examining-the-roots-of-collections-practices-and-information-professions/ London, GB 04 01 20181213 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913002008 03 9781913002008 06 15 9781913002015 03 9781913002015 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/radical-collections-re-examining-the-roots-of-collections-practices-and-information-professions/ 20 08 20181213 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7c3b0e43-a468-45ad-9e2a-3f9dcdb3b902 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ade0cf87-7765-4216-8db1-4b8630d9487b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7c3b0e43-a468-45ad-9e2a-3f9dcdb3b902 15 9781909646148 03 9781909646148 06 10.14296/917.9781909646728 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55248 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Ravenna Its role in earlier medieval change and exchange 1 B01 Judith Herrin Judith Herrin 2 B01 Jinty Nelson Jinty Nelson 01 eng 00 362 03 09 62 12 HBLC1 10 HIS037010 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 12 HB 93 NH 12 1DST 93 1DST-IT-TGV 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3F 93 3KL 93 4CT 20 Early Medieval Ravenna; Italy; Ostrogoths; Constantinople; Medieval Art History; Social History; Medieval Christianity; Adriatic trade 01 06 02 00 03 00 In the long-debated transition from late antiquity to the early middle ages, the city of Ravenna presents a story rich and strange. From the fourth century onwards it suffered decline in economic terms. Yet its geographical position, its status as an imperial capital, and above all its role as a connecting point between East and West, ensured that it remained an intermittent attraction for early medieval kings and emperors throughout the period from the late fifth to the eleventh century. Ravenna’s story is all the more interesting because it was complicated and unpredictable: discontinuous and continuous, sometimes obscure, sometimes including bursts of energetic activity. Throughout the early medieval centuries its flame sometimes flared, sometimes flickered, but never went out. 30 00 In the long-debated transition from late antiquity to the early middle ages, the city of Ravenna presents a story rich and strange. From the fourth century onwards it suffered decline in economic terms. Yet its geographical position, its status as an imperial capital, and above all its role as a connecting point between East and West, ensured that it remained an intermittent attraction for early medieval kings and emperors throughout the period from the late fifth to the eleventh century. Ravenna’s story is all the more interesting because it was complicated and unpredictable: discontinuous and continuous, sometimes obscure, sometimes including bursts of energetic activity. Throughout the early medieval centuries its flame sometimes flared, sometimes flickered, but never went out. 04 00 Introduction1 A tale of two cities: Rome and Ravenna under Gothic rulePeter Heather2 Episcopal commemoration in late fifth-century RavennaDeborah M. Deliyannis 3 Production, promotion and reception: the visual culture of Ravenna between late antiquity and the middle agesMaria Cristina Carile 4 Ravenna in the sixth century: the archaeology of changeCarola Jäggi5 The circulation of marble in the Adriatic Sea at the time of JustinianYuri A. Marano6 Social instability and economic decline of the Ostrogothic community in the aftermath of the imperial victory: the papyri evidenceSalvatore Cosentino7 A striking evolution: the mint of Ravenna during the early middle agesVivien Prigent 8 Roman law in RavennaSimon Corcoran9 The church of Ravenna, Constantinople and Rome in the seventh centuryVeronica Ortenberg West-Harling10 Nobility, aristocracy and status in early medieval RavennaEdward M. Schoolman11 Charlemagne and RavennaJinty Nelson12 The early medieval naming-world of Ravenna, eastern Romagna and the PentapolisWolfgang Haubrichs13 San Severo and religious life in Ravenna during the ninth and tenth centuriesAndrea Augenti and Enrico Cirelli 14 Life and learning in earlier eleventh-century Ravenna: the evidence of Peter Damian’s lettersMichael Gledhill15 Culture and society in Ottonian Ravenna: imperial renewal or new beginnings?Tom Brown 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646728_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ravenna/ London, GB 04 01 20170731 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646728 03 9781909646728 06 15 9781909646339 03 9781909646339 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ravenna/ 20 08 20170731 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5e4a0a47-3920-4e03-ac18-81db1e5237d2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ade0cf87-7765-4216-8db1-4b8630d9487b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5e4a0a47-3920-4e03-ac18-81db1e5237d2 15 9781909646728 03 9781909646728 06 10.14296/917.9781909646728 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55248 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Ravenna Its role in earlier medieval change and exchange 1 B01 Judith Herrin Judith Herrin 2 B01 Jinty Nelson Jinty Nelson 01 eng 00 362 03 09 62 12 HBLC1 10 HIS037010 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 12 HB 93 NH 12 1DST 93 1DST-IT-TGV 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3F 93 3KL 93 4CT 20 Early Medieval Ravenna; Italy; Ostrogoths; Constantinople; Medieval Art History; Social History; Medieval Christianity; Adriatic trade 01 06 02 00 03 00 In the long-debated transition from late antiquity to the early middle ages, the city of Ravenna presents a story rich and strange. From the fourth century onwards it suffered decline in economic terms. Yet its geographical position, its status as an imperial capital, and above all its role as a connecting point between East and West, ensured that it remained an intermittent attraction for early medieval kings and emperors throughout the period from the late fifth to the eleventh century. Ravenna’s story is all the more interesting because it was complicated and unpredictable: discontinuous and continuous, sometimes obscure, sometimes including bursts of energetic activity. Throughout the early medieval centuries its flame sometimes flared, sometimes flickered, but never went out. 30 00 In the long-debated transition from late antiquity to the early middle ages, the city of Ravenna presents a story rich and strange. From the fourth century onwards it suffered decline in economic terms. Yet its geographical position, its status as an imperial capital, and above all its role as a connecting point between East and West, ensured that it remained an intermittent attraction for early medieval kings and emperors throughout the period from the late fifth to the eleventh century. Ravenna’s story is all the more interesting because it was complicated and unpredictable: discontinuous and continuous, sometimes obscure, sometimes including bursts of energetic activity. Throughout the early medieval centuries its flame sometimes flared, sometimes flickered, but never went out. 04 00 Introduction1 A tale of two cities: Rome and Ravenna under Gothic rulePeter Heather2 Episcopal commemoration in late fifth-century RavennaDeborah M. Deliyannis 3 Production, promotion and reception: the visual culture of Ravenna between late antiquity and the middle agesMaria Cristina Carile 4 Ravenna in the sixth century: the archaeology of changeCarola Jäggi5 The circulation of marble in the Adriatic Sea at the time of JustinianYuri A. Marano6 Social instability and economic decline of the Ostrogothic community in the aftermath of the imperial victory: the papyri evidenceSalvatore Cosentino7 A striking evolution: the mint of Ravenna during the early middle agesVivien Prigent 8 Roman law in RavennaSimon Corcoran9 The church of Ravenna, Constantinople and Rome in the seventh centuryVeronica Ortenberg West-Harling10 Nobility, aristocracy and status in early medieval RavennaEdward M. Schoolman11 Charlemagne and RavennaJinty Nelson12 The early medieval naming-world of Ravenna, eastern Romagna and the PentapolisWolfgang Haubrichs13 San Severo and religious life in Ravenna during the ninth and tenth centuriesAndrea Augenti and Enrico Cirelli 14 Life and learning in earlier eleventh-century Ravenna: the evidence of Peter Damian’s lettersMichael Gledhill15 Culture and society in Ottonian Ravenna: imperial renewal or new beginnings?Tom Brown 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646728_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ravenna/ London, GB 04 01 20170731 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646148 03 9781909646148 06 15 9781909646339 03 9781909646339 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/ade0cf87-7765-4216-8db1-4b8630d9487b 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/ade0cf87-7765-4216-8db1-4b8630d9487b/ade0cf87-7765-4216-8db1-4b8630d9487b.pdf 20 08 20170731 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ravenna/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646728.pdf 20 08 20170731 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ravenna/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646728.pdf 20 08 20170731 01 urn:uuid:e3f215df-60db-4449-a83e-778314e8f61c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ade0cf87-7765-4216-8db1-4b8630d9487b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e3f215df-60db-4449-a83e-778314e8f61c 15 9781909646339 03 9781909646339 06 10.14296/917.9781909646728 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55248 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Ravenna Its role in earlier medieval change and exchange 1 B01 Judith Herrin Judith Herrin 2 B01 Jinty Nelson Jinty Nelson 01 eng 00 362 03 09 62 12 HBLC1 10 HIS037010 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 12 HB 93 NH 12 1DST 93 1DST-IT-TGV 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3F 93 3KL 93 4CT 20 Early Medieval Ravenna; Italy; Ostrogoths; Constantinople; Medieval Art History; Social History; Medieval Christianity; Adriatic trade 01 06 02 00 03 00 In the long-debated transition from late antiquity to the early middle ages, the city of Ravenna presents a story rich and strange. From the fourth century onwards it suffered decline in economic terms. Yet its geographical position, its status as an imperial capital, and above all its role as a connecting point between East and West, ensured that it remained an intermittent attraction for early medieval kings and emperors throughout the period from the late fifth to the eleventh century. Ravenna’s story is all the more interesting because it was complicated and unpredictable: discontinuous and continuous, sometimes obscure, sometimes including bursts of energetic activity. Throughout the early medieval centuries its flame sometimes flared, sometimes flickered, but never went out. 30 00 In the long-debated transition from late antiquity to the early middle ages, the city of Ravenna presents a story rich and strange. From the fourth century onwards it suffered decline in economic terms. Yet its geographical position, its status as an imperial capital, and above all its role as a connecting point between East and West, ensured that it remained an intermittent attraction for early medieval kings and emperors throughout the period from the late fifth to the eleventh century. Ravenna’s story is all the more interesting because it was complicated and unpredictable: discontinuous and continuous, sometimes obscure, sometimes including bursts of energetic activity. Throughout the early medieval centuries its flame sometimes flared, sometimes flickered, but never went out. 04 00 Introduction1 A tale of two cities: Rome and Ravenna under Gothic rulePeter Heather2 Episcopal commemoration in late fifth-century RavennaDeborah M. Deliyannis 3 Production, promotion and reception: the visual culture of Ravenna between late antiquity and the middle agesMaria Cristina Carile 4 Ravenna in the sixth century: the archaeology of changeCarola Jäggi5 The circulation of marble in the Adriatic Sea at the time of JustinianYuri A. Marano6 Social instability and economic decline of the Ostrogothic community in the aftermath of the imperial victory: the papyri evidenceSalvatore Cosentino7 A striking evolution: the mint of Ravenna during the early middle agesVivien Prigent 8 Roman law in RavennaSimon Corcoran9 The church of Ravenna, Constantinople and Rome in the seventh centuryVeronica Ortenberg West-Harling10 Nobility, aristocracy and status in early medieval RavennaEdward M. Schoolman11 Charlemagne and RavennaJinty Nelson12 The early medieval naming-world of Ravenna, eastern Romagna and the PentapolisWolfgang Haubrichs13 San Severo and religious life in Ravenna during the ninth and tenth centuriesAndrea Augenti and Enrico Cirelli 14 Life and learning in earlier eleventh-century Ravenna: the evidence of Peter Damian’s lettersMichael Gledhill15 Culture and society in Ottonian Ravenna: imperial renewal or new beginnings?Tom Brown 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646728_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ravenna/ London, GB 04 01 20170731 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646148 03 9781909646148 06 15 9781909646728 03 9781909646728 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ravenna/ 20 08 20170731 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7fe6df85-ff6d-486e-951d-68db96a56403 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1a4b919f-df48-4949-b7df-bbe7331dead0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7fe6df85-ff6d-486e-951d-68db96a56403 15 9781915249418 03 9781915249418 06 10.14296/xisg9568 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126192 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 1 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Reading, Gender and Identity in Seventeenth-Century England 1 A01 Hannah Jeans Hannah Jeans Lecturer in Early Modern History 40 04m01e293 University of York Hannah Jeans is Lecturer in Early Modern British History at the University of York, UK. Her research focuses on early modern British and European history, with a specific interest in gender, book history and theoretically informed approaches. 01 eng 09 3 12 HBLH 10 HIS015040 B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 93 NHTB 12 HBTB 93 JBSF1 10 LIT025050 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 2AB 93 2ACB 93 3MG 20 women; reading habits; literature; early modern; gender norms; identity; genre; books; news; religious texts; romances; cook books; treatises; household records; annotation 01 06 02 00 Offering a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences in seventeenth-century England, this book examines attitudes to women’s reading both within early modern gender discourse and from women readers themselves. It draws on diaries, letters, annotated books and other archival sources to explore the relationship between reading habits 03 00 This ambitious and interdisciplinary book redraws the history of early modern Englishwomen’s reading, exploring the connections between gender, reading habits and genre throughout the seventeenth century. It challenges accepted historiographical narratives about reading that have privileged male experience and the impact of the Civil War, and highlights the multiplicity and complexity of women’s reading practices, focusing on the ways in which they used reading in constructing their gender identity. Reading was a gendered act in the early modern period; in reading certain genres, women were negotiating a range of gendered behavioural norms. From religious texts, romances and cookbooks, to news, scientific and medical treatises, and household records, this book draws on archival sources across a wide range of writing types to offer a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences, ultimately questioning the accepted notion of ‘the woman reader’ itself. 30 00 This ambitious and interdisciplinary book redraws the history of early modern Englishwomen’s reading, exploring the connections between gender, reading habits and genre throughout the seventeenth century. It challenges accepted historiographical narratives about reading that have privileged male experience and the impact of the Civil War, and highlights the multiplicity and complexity of women’s reading practices, focusing on the ways in which they used reading in constructing their gender identity. Reading was a gendered act in the early modern period; in reading certain genres, women were negotiating a range of gendered behavioural norms. From religious texts, romances and cookbooks, to news, scientific and medical treatises, and household records, this book draws on archival sources across a wide range of writing types to offer a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences, ultimately questioning the accepted notion of ‘the woman reader’ itself. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 ‘She much delighted in that holy Book’: Women’s Religious Reading Habits</li> <li>2 ‘Reading unprofitable romances’: Gender, Identity and the Romance Genre</li> <li>3 ‘I harde yow once saye yow loved forryne newes’: Women News Readers</li> <li>4 Women Reading Science and Philosophy: Medical, Culinary and Philosophical Knowledge</li> <li>5 (Re)Reading and Record Keeping</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/xisg9568_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reading-gender-and-identity-in-seventeenth-century-england/ London, GB 04 01 20250410 Hannah Jeans 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249401 03 9781915249401 06 15 9781915249425 03 9781915249425 06 15 9781913739119 03 9781913739119 06 15 9781915249432 03 9781915249432 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reading-gender-and-identity-in-seventeenth-century-england/ 20 08 20250410 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:8c28ba7d-4808-4c92-a215-efd41b6bd60d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1a4b919f-df48-4949-b7df-bbe7331dead0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8c28ba7d-4808-4c92-a215-efd41b6bd60d 15 9781915249401 03 9781915249401 06 10.14296/xisg9568 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126192 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 1 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Reading, Gender and Identity in Seventeenth-Century England 1 A01 Hannah Jeans Hannah Jeans Lecturer in Early Modern History 40 04m01e293 University of York Hannah Jeans is Lecturer in Early Modern British History at the University of York, UK. Her research focuses on early modern British and European history, with a specific interest in gender, book history and theoretically informed approaches. 01 eng 09 3 12 HBLH 10 HIS015040 B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 93 NHTB 12 HBTB 93 JBSF1 10 LIT025050 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 2AB 93 2ACB 93 3MG 20 women; reading habits; literature; early modern; gender norms; identity; genre; books; news; religious texts; romances; cook books; treatises; household records; annotation 01 06 02 00 Offering a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences in seventeenth-century England, this book examines attitudes to women’s reading both within early modern gender discourse and from women readers themselves. It draws on diaries, letters, annotated books and other archival sources to explore the relationship between reading habits 03 00 This ambitious and interdisciplinary book redraws the history of early modern Englishwomen’s reading, exploring the connections between gender, reading habits and genre throughout the seventeenth century. It challenges accepted historiographical narratives about reading that have privileged male experience and the impact of the Civil War, and highlights the multiplicity and complexity of women’s reading practices, focusing on the ways in which they used reading in constructing their gender identity. Reading was a gendered act in the early modern period; in reading certain genres, women were negotiating a range of gendered behavioural norms. From religious texts, romances and cookbooks, to news, scientific and medical treatises, and household records, this book draws on archival sources across a wide range of writing types to offer a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences, ultimately questioning the accepted notion of ‘the woman reader’ itself. 30 00 This ambitious and interdisciplinary book redraws the history of early modern Englishwomen’s reading, exploring the connections between gender, reading habits and genre throughout the seventeenth century. It challenges accepted historiographical narratives about reading that have privileged male experience and the impact of the Civil War, and highlights the multiplicity and complexity of women’s reading practices, focusing on the ways in which they used reading in constructing their gender identity. Reading was a gendered act in the early modern period; in reading certain genres, women were negotiating a range of gendered behavioural norms. From religious texts, romances and cookbooks, to news, scientific and medical treatises, and household records, this book draws on archival sources across a wide range of writing types to offer a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences, ultimately questioning the accepted notion of ‘the woman reader’ itself. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 ‘She much delighted in that holy Book’: Women’s Religious Reading Habits</li> <li>2 ‘Reading unprofitable romances’: Gender, Identity and the Romance Genre</li> <li>3 ‘I harde yow once saye yow loved forryne newes’: Women News Readers</li> <li>4 Women Reading Science and Philosophy: Medical, Culinary and Philosophical Knowledge</li> <li>5 (Re)Reading and Record Keeping</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/xisg9568_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reading-gender-and-identity-in-seventeenth-century-england/ London, GB 04 01 20250410 Hannah Jeans 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249418 03 9781915249418 06 15 9781915249425 03 9781915249425 06 15 9781913739119 03 9781913739119 06 15 9781915249432 03 9781915249432 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reading-gender-and-identity-in-seventeenth-century-england/ 20 08 20250410 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:bab8c9d2-e692-4e82-ad8a-4c76d2980599 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1a4b919f-df48-4949-b7df-bbe7331dead0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bab8c9d2-e692-4e82-ad8a-4c76d2980599 15 9781915249425 03 9781915249425 06 10.14296/xisg9568 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126192 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 1 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Reading, Gender and Identity in Seventeenth-Century England 1 A01 Hannah Jeans Hannah Jeans Lecturer in Early Modern History 40 04m01e293 University of York Hannah Jeans is Lecturer in Early Modern British History at the University of York, UK. Her research focuses on early modern British and European history, with a specific interest in gender, book history and theoretically informed approaches. 01 eng 09 3 12 HBLH 10 HIS015040 B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 93 NHTB 12 HBTB 93 JBSF1 10 LIT025050 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 2AB 93 2ACB 93 3MG 20 women; reading habits; literature; early modern; gender norms; identity; genre; books; news; religious texts; romances; cook books; treatises; household records; annotation 01 06 02 00 Offering a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences in seventeenth-century England, this book examines attitudes to women’s reading both within early modern gender discourse and from women readers themselves. It draws on diaries, letters, annotated books and other archival sources to explore the relationship between reading habits 03 00 This ambitious and interdisciplinary book redraws the history of early modern Englishwomen’s reading, exploring the connections between gender, reading habits and genre throughout the seventeenth century. It challenges accepted historiographical narratives about reading that have privileged male experience and the impact of the Civil War, and highlights the multiplicity and complexity of women’s reading practices, focusing on the ways in which they used reading in constructing their gender identity. Reading was a gendered act in the early modern period; in reading certain genres, women were negotiating a range of gendered behavioural norms. From religious texts, romances and cookbooks, to news, scientific and medical treatises, and household records, this book draws on archival sources across a wide range of writing types to offer a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences, ultimately questioning the accepted notion of ‘the woman reader’ itself. 30 00 This ambitious and interdisciplinary book redraws the history of early modern Englishwomen’s reading, exploring the connections between gender, reading habits and genre throughout the seventeenth century. It challenges accepted historiographical narratives about reading that have privileged male experience and the impact of the Civil War, and highlights the multiplicity and complexity of women’s reading practices, focusing on the ways in which they used reading in constructing their gender identity. Reading was a gendered act in the early modern period; in reading certain genres, women were negotiating a range of gendered behavioural norms. From religious texts, romances and cookbooks, to news, scientific and medical treatises, and household records, this book draws on archival sources across a wide range of writing types to offer a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences, ultimately questioning the accepted notion of ‘the woman reader’ itself. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 ‘She much delighted in that holy Book’: Women’s Religious Reading Habits</li> <li>2 ‘Reading unprofitable romances’: Gender, Identity and the Romance Genre</li> <li>3 ‘I harde yow once saye yow loved forryne newes’: Women News Readers</li> <li>4 Women Reading Science and Philosophy: Medical, Culinary and Philosophical Knowledge</li> <li>5 (Re)Reading and Record Keeping</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/xisg9568_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reading-gender-and-identity-in-seventeenth-century-england/ London, GB 04 01 20250410 Hannah Jeans 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249418 03 9781915249418 06 15 9781915249401 03 9781915249401 06 15 9781913739119 03 9781913739119 06 15 9781915249432 03 9781915249432 WORLD 11 PROJECT_MUSE 36 PROJECT_MUSE: webpage for this product https://muse.jhu.edu/book/142813 29 PROJECT_MUSE: download the title https://muse.jhu.edu/book/142813/pdf/download 20 08 20250410 01 11 OAPEN 36 OAPEN: webpage for this product https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105707 29 OAPEN: download the title https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/105707/xisg9568.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y 20 08 20250410 01 11 DOAB 36 DOAB: webpage for this product https://directory.doabooks.org/handle/20.500.12854/166125 20 08 20250410 01 11 JSTOR 36 JSTOR: webpage for this product https://www.jstor.org/stable/jj.27374551 29 JSTOR: download the title https://www.jstor.org/stable/pdf/jj.27374551.pdf?refreqid=fastly-default%3A61e6deb2c9e1272f2126a6ac546ba130&ab_segments=&initiator=&acceptTC=1 20 08 20250410 01 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/1a4b919f-df48-4949-b7df-bbe7331dead0 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/1a4b919f-df48-4949-b7df-bbe7331dead0/1a4b919f-df48-4949-b7df-bbe7331dead0.pdf 20 08 20250410 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249425.pdf 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249425.pdf 20 08 20250410 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249425.pdf 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/xisg9568.pdf 20 08 20250410 01 urn:uuid:af77f385-3fe2-410b-aca7-4b5c3c7c5c53 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1a4b919f-df48-4949-b7df-bbe7331dead0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:af77f385-3fe2-410b-aca7-4b5c3c7c5c53 15 9781913739119 03 9781913739119 06 10.14296/xisg9568 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126192 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 1 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Reading, Gender and Identity in Seventeenth-Century England 1 A01 Hannah Jeans Hannah Jeans Lecturer in Early Modern History 40 04m01e293 University of York Hannah Jeans is Lecturer in Early Modern British History at the University of York, UK. Her research focuses on early modern British and European history, with a specific interest in gender, book history and theoretically informed approaches. 01 eng 09 3 12 HBLH 10 HIS015040 B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 93 NHTB 12 HBTB 93 JBSF1 10 LIT025050 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 2AB 93 2ACB 93 3MG 20 women; reading habits; literature; early modern; gender norms; identity; genre; books; news; religious texts; romances; cook books; treatises; household records; annotation 01 06 02 00 Offering a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences in seventeenth-century England, this book examines attitudes to women’s reading both within early modern gender discourse and from women readers themselves. It draws on diaries, letters, annotated books and other archival sources to explore the relationship between reading habits 03 00 This ambitious and interdisciplinary book redraws the history of early modern Englishwomen’s reading, exploring the connections between gender, reading habits and genre throughout the seventeenth century. It challenges accepted historiographical narratives about reading that have privileged male experience and the impact of the Civil War, and highlights the multiplicity and complexity of women’s reading practices, focusing on the ways in which they used reading in constructing their gender identity. Reading was a gendered act in the early modern period; in reading certain genres, women were negotiating a range of gendered behavioural norms. From religious texts, romances and cookbooks, to news, scientific and medical treatises, and household records, this book draws on archival sources across a wide range of writing types to offer a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences, ultimately questioning the accepted notion of ‘the woman reader’ itself. 30 00 This ambitious and interdisciplinary book redraws the history of early modern Englishwomen’s reading, exploring the connections between gender, reading habits and genre throughout the seventeenth century. It challenges accepted historiographical narratives about reading that have privileged male experience and the impact of the Civil War, and highlights the multiplicity and complexity of women’s reading practices, focusing on the ways in which they used reading in constructing their gender identity. Reading was a gendered act in the early modern period; in reading certain genres, women were negotiating a range of gendered behavioural norms. From religious texts, romances and cookbooks, to news, scientific and medical treatises, and household records, this book draws on archival sources across a wide range of writing types to offer a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences, ultimately questioning the accepted notion of ‘the woman reader’ itself. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 ‘She much delighted in that holy Book’: Women’s Religious Reading Habits</li> <li>2 ‘Reading unprofitable romances’: Gender, Identity and the Romance Genre</li> <li>3 ‘I harde yow once saye yow loved forryne newes’: Women News Readers</li> <li>4 Women Reading Science and Philosophy: Medical, Culinary and Philosophical Knowledge</li> <li>5 (Re)Reading and Record Keeping</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/xisg9568_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reading-gender-and-identity-in-seventeenth-century-england/ London, GB 04 01 20250410 Hannah Jeans 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249418 03 9781915249418 06 15 9781915249401 03 9781915249401 06 15 9781915249425 03 9781915249425 06 15 9781915249432 03 9781915249432 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reading-gender-and-identity-in-seventeenth-century-england/ 20 08 20250410 01 urn:uuid:21b32ea9-9582-45c3-a6ef-c881eb5a9cec 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1a4b919f-df48-4949-b7df-bbe7331dead0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:21b32ea9-9582-45c3-a6ef-c881eb5a9cec 15 9781915249432 03 9781915249432 06 10.14296/xisg9568 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126192 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 1 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Reading, Gender and Identity in Seventeenth-Century England 1 A01 Hannah Jeans Hannah Jeans Lecturer in Early Modern History 40 04m01e293 University of York Hannah Jeans is Lecturer in Early Modern British History at the University of York, UK. Her research focuses on early modern British and European history, with a specific interest in gender, book history and theoretically informed approaches. 01 eng 09 3 12 HBLH 10 HIS015040 B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 93 NHTB 12 HBTB 93 JBSF1 10 LIT025050 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 2AB 93 2ACB 93 3MG 20 women; reading habits; literature; early modern; gender norms; identity; genre; books; news; religious texts; romances; cook books; treatises; household records; annotation 01 06 02 00 Offering a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences in seventeenth-century England, this book examines attitudes to women’s reading both within early modern gender discourse and from women readers themselves. It draws on diaries, letters, annotated books and other archival sources to explore the relationship between reading habits 03 00 This ambitious and interdisciplinary book redraws the history of early modern Englishwomen’s reading, exploring the connections between gender, reading habits and genre throughout the seventeenth century. It challenges accepted historiographical narratives about reading that have privileged male experience and the impact of the Civil War, and highlights the multiplicity and complexity of women’s reading practices, focusing on the ways in which they used reading in constructing their gender identity. Reading was a gendered act in the early modern period; in reading certain genres, women were negotiating a range of gendered behavioural norms. From religious texts, romances and cookbooks, to news, scientific and medical treatises, and household records, this book draws on archival sources across a wide range of writing types to offer a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences, ultimately questioning the accepted notion of ‘the woman reader’ itself. 30 00 This ambitious and interdisciplinary book redraws the history of early modern Englishwomen’s reading, exploring the connections between gender, reading habits and genre throughout the seventeenth century. It challenges accepted historiographical narratives about reading that have privileged male experience and the impact of the Civil War, and highlights the multiplicity and complexity of women’s reading practices, focusing on the ways in which they used reading in constructing their gender identity. Reading was a gendered act in the early modern period; in reading certain genres, women were negotiating a range of gendered behavioural norms. From religious texts, romances and cookbooks, to news, scientific and medical treatises, and household records, this book draws on archival sources across a wide range of writing types to offer a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences, ultimately questioning the accepted notion of ‘the woman reader’ itself. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 ‘She much delighted in that holy Book’: Women’s Religious Reading Habits</li> <li>2 ‘Reading unprofitable romances’: Gender, Identity and the Romance Genre</li> <li>3 ‘I harde yow once saye yow loved forryne newes’: Women News Readers</li> <li>4 Women Reading Science and Philosophy: Medical, Culinary and Philosophical Knowledge</li> <li>5 (Re)Reading and Record Keeping</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/xisg9568_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reading-gender-and-identity-in-seventeenth-century-england/ London, GB 04 01 20250410 Hannah Jeans 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249418 03 9781915249418 06 15 9781915249401 03 9781915249401 06 15 9781915249425 03 9781915249425 06 15 9781913739119 03 9781913739119 WORLD 11 PROJECT_MUSE 36 PROJECT_MUSE: webpage for this product https://muse.jhu.edu/pub/578/oa_monograph/book/142813 29 PROJECT_MUSE: download the title https://muse.jhu.edu/book/142813/epub 20 08 20250410 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reading-gender-and-identity-in-seventeenth-century-england/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/xisg9568.epub 20 08 20250410 01 urn:uuid:61014706-2c72-47e4-bb92-8516d89021c2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:13f5111b-e303-48c3-a15b-cd3cefdcce1d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:61014706-2c72-47e4-bb92-8516d89021c2 15 9780900587986 03 9780900587986 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53834 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 22 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Reading Inscriptions and Writing Ancient History: Historical Scholarship in the Late Renaissance (BICS Supplement 86) 1 A01 William Stenhouse William Stenhouse 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 HBG 10 HIS037000 93 NHB 12 HBLC 10 HIS037010 93 N 93 3K 01 06 02 00 03 00 Reading inscriptions and writing Ancient History</italic> shows how the work of a group of scholars active in Rome in the middle of the sixteenth century redefined the scope and nature of historical writing.<break/><break/>Fascinated by the remains of the Classical world and particularly by inscriptions in stone, they began to collect and compare inscriptions, creating systems of classification and ways of representing their finds that shaped all subsequent attempts to do the same. They then began to question the value of inscriptions as historical sources and realised that by looking at them as objects B rather than simply as texts written on a particular durable medium B, they could extract more information, particularly when they examined the variations in styles of lettering. Their work laid the foundations of the modern discipline of epigraphy. But their insights had wider effects: by exploring how artefacts could provide historical information, they expanded the range of sources and subjects that historians could tackle.<break/><break/>Reading inscriptions and writing Ancient History</italic> provides a history of the individuals involved and the dynamics of their interactions. It also explores the effects of the developing technology of printing on their methods of analysis and presentation and so informs important strands in the history of ideas and the history of the book.<break/><break/>It is essential reading for Classical scholars for students of early modern history and all those interested in the Classical tradition. 30 00 Reading inscriptions and writing Ancient History</italic> shows how the work of a group of scholars active in Rome in the middle of the sixteenth century redefined the scope and nature of historical writing.<break/><break/>Fascinated by the remains of the Classical world and particularly by inscriptions in stone, they began to collect and compare inscriptions, creating systems of classification and ways of representing their finds that shaped all subsequent attempts to do the same. They then began to question the value of inscriptions as historical sources and realised that by looking at them as objects B rather than simply as texts written on a particular durable medium B, they could extract more information, particularly when they examined the variations in styles of lettering. Their work laid the foundations of the modern discipline of epigraphy. But their insights had wider effects: by exploring how artefacts could provide historical information, they expanded the range of sources and subjects that historians could tackle.<break/><break/>Reading inscriptions and writing Ancient History</italic> provides a history of the individuals involved and the dynamics of their interactions. It also explores the effects of the developing technology of printing on their methods of analysis and presentation and so informs important strands in the history of ideas and the history of the book.<break/><break/>It is essential reading for Classical scholars for students of early modern history and all those interested in the Classical tradition. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250821//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reading-inscriptions-and-writing-ancient-history-historical-scholarship-in-the-late-renaissance-bics-supplement-86/ London, GB 04 01 20050704 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reading-inscriptions-and-writing-ancient-history-historical-scholarship-in-the-late-renaissance-bics-supplement-86/ 20 08 20050704 02 54.99 GBP WORLD 02 72.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:42db590a-fde2-4915-bae8-31ee7c2e7f72 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3bedb9a9-658b-4184-9ad7-f7efe643cbf9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:42db590a-fde2-4915-bae8-31ee7c2e7f72 15 9781908857088 03 9781908857088 06 10.14296/kgqq6780 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53758 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 20 mm 03 2 cm 03 0.8125 in 08 544 gr 08 19.25 oz 01 01 Recasting Commodity and Spectacle in the Indigenous Americas 1 B01 Helen Gilbert Helen Gilbert 2 B01 Charlotte Gleghorn Charlotte Gleghorn 01 eng 09 28 12 ACBK 93 AGA 10 ART041000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 JBCC 12 JFC 10 SOC002010 93 JHM 12 JHM 10 SOC020000 20 indigenous; Latin America; identity; belonging; performance; spectacle; representation 01 06 02 00 Features color illustrations throughout, examines the ways in which contemporary indigenous peoples in different parts of the Americas have harnessed performance practices to resist imposed stereotypes and shape their own complex identities. 03 00 Indigenous artists frequently voice concerns over the commodification of their cultures, a process acutely felt by those living with the consequences of colonialism. This timely book, which features color illustrations throughout, examines the ways in which contemporary indigenous peoples in different parts of the Americas have harnessed performance practices to resist imposed stereotypes and shape their own complex identities. Essays by leading academics and practitioners show the vibrancy of a wide array of indigenous arts and cultural events in the United States, Mexico, Peru, Bolivia, Canada, Nicaragua, Ecuador, and Belize. As well as analyzing performance idioms, the authors trace the circulation of creative products and practices as commodities, as cultural capital, and/or as heritage. Making reference to aesthetic forms, intellectual property, and political empowerment, these essays weigh the impact of music, festivities, film, photography, theater, and museum installations among diverse audiences and discuss ways in which spectacles of cultural difference are remodeled in the hands of indigenous practitioners. 30 00 Indigenous artists frequently voice concerns over the commodification of their cultures, a process acutely felt by those living with the consequences of colonialism. This timely book, which features color illustrations throughout, examines the ways in which contemporary indigenous peoples in different parts of the Americas have harnessed performance practices to resist imposed stereotypes and shape their own complex identities. Essays by leading academics and practitioners show the vibrancy of a wide array of indigenous arts and cultural events in the United States, Mexico, Peru, Bolivia, Canada, Nicaragua, Ecuador, and Belize. As well as analyzing performance idioms, the authors trace the circulation of creative products and practices as commodities, as cultural capital, and/or as heritage. Making reference to aesthetic forms, intellectual property, and political empowerment, these essays weigh the impact of music, festivities, film, photography, theater, and museum installations among diverse audiences and discuss ways in which spectacles of cultural difference are remodeled in the hands of indigenous practitioners. 04 00 Introduction: Recasting commodity and spectacle in the indigenous Americas - Helen Gilbert and Charlotte Gleghorn 1. ‘Will making movies do the sheep any good?’ The afterlife of Native American images - Michelle H. Raheja 2. Modernity and the indigenous in centennial celebrations of independence in Mexico City, 1910 and 1921 - Michael J. Gonzales 3. Indigeneity in the Oruro Carnival: official memory, Bolivian identity and the politics of recognition - Ximena Córdova Oviedo 4. Crafting contemporary indigeneity through audiovisual media in Bolivia - Gabriela Zamorano Villarreal 5. Nora Naranjo-Morse’s ‘Always Becoming’: enacting indigenous identity on a museum stage - Andrea Zittlau 6. Performance, gestures and poses in postcards of Ho-Chunk in Wisconsin Dells - Sarah Anne Stolte 7. Rethinking spectacle and indigenous consumption: commercial huayno music in Peru - James Butterworth 8. Everyday work as spectacle: celebrating Maya embodied culture in Belize - Genner Llanes-Ortiz 9. Spectacle and discourse of decommoditisation in the construction of subaltern public spheres:the P’urhépecha New Year and P’urhéecherio - Andrew Roth-Seneff 10. Performing and disputing indigeneity in the Fiesta del Coraza in Otavalo, Ecuador - Sergio Miguel Huarcaya 11. Indigeneity, law and performance on the Atlantic Coast of Nicaragua - Isabel Altamirano-Jiménez 12. What we talk about when we talk about Indian - Yvette Nolan 13. Indigenous interventions at Klahowya Village, χwayχw əy Vancouver/ unceded Coast Salish Territory - Selena Couture 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/kgqq6780_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/recasting-commodity-and-spectacle-in-the-indigenous-americas/ London, GB 04 01 20140930 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857682 03 9781908857682 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/recasting-commodity-and-spectacle-in-the-indigenous-americas/ 20 08 20140930 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9a0d1d38-0661-42c9-9311-a350fa89f823 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3bedb9a9-658b-4184-9ad7-f7efe643cbf9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9a0d1d38-0661-42c9-9311-a350fa89f823 15 9781908857682 03 9781908857682 06 10.14296/kgqq6780 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53758 00 EB E107 10 01 01 Recasting Commodity and Spectacle in the Indigenous Americas 1 B01 Helen Gilbert Helen Gilbert 2 B01 Charlotte Gleghorn Charlotte Gleghorn 01 eng 09 28 12 ACBK 93 AGA 10 ART041000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 JBCC 12 JFC 10 SOC002010 93 JHM 12 JHM 10 SOC020000 20 indigenous; Latin America; identity; belonging; performance; spectacle; representation 01 06 02 00 Features color illustrations throughout, examines the ways in which contemporary indigenous peoples in different parts of the Americas have harnessed performance practices to resist imposed stereotypes and shape their own complex identities. 03 00 Indigenous artists frequently voice concerns over the commodification of their cultures, a process acutely felt by those living with the consequences of colonialism. This timely book, which features color illustrations throughout, examines the ways in which contemporary indigenous peoples in different parts of the Americas have harnessed performance practices to resist imposed stereotypes and shape their own complex identities. Essays by leading academics and practitioners show the vibrancy of a wide array of indigenous arts and cultural events in the United States, Mexico, Peru, Bolivia, Canada, Nicaragua, Ecuador, and Belize. As well as analyzing performance idioms, the authors trace the circulation of creative products and practices as commodities, as cultural capital, and/or as heritage. Making reference to aesthetic forms, intellectual property, and political empowerment, these essays weigh the impact of music, festivities, film, photography, theater, and museum installations among diverse audiences and discuss ways in which spectacles of cultural difference are remodeled in the hands of indigenous practitioners. 30 00 Indigenous artists frequently voice concerns over the commodification of their cultures, a process acutely felt by those living with the consequences of colonialism. This timely book, which features color illustrations throughout, examines the ways in which contemporary indigenous peoples in different parts of the Americas have harnessed performance practices to resist imposed stereotypes and shape their own complex identities. Essays by leading academics and practitioners show the vibrancy of a wide array of indigenous arts and cultural events in the United States, Mexico, Peru, Bolivia, Canada, Nicaragua, Ecuador, and Belize. As well as analyzing performance idioms, the authors trace the circulation of creative products and practices as commodities, as cultural capital, and/or as heritage. Making reference to aesthetic forms, intellectual property, and political empowerment, these essays weigh the impact of music, festivities, film, photography, theater, and museum installations among diverse audiences and discuss ways in which spectacles of cultural difference are remodeled in the hands of indigenous practitioners. 04 00 Introduction: Recasting commodity and spectacle in the indigenous Americas - Helen Gilbert and Charlotte Gleghorn 1. ‘Will making movies do the sheep any good?’ The afterlife of Native American images - Michelle H. Raheja 2. Modernity and the indigenous in centennial celebrations of independence in Mexico City, 1910 and 1921 - Michael J. Gonzales 3. Indigeneity in the Oruro Carnival: official memory, Bolivian identity and the politics of recognition - Ximena Córdova Oviedo 4. Crafting contemporary indigeneity through audiovisual media in Bolivia - Gabriela Zamorano Villarreal 5. Nora Naranjo-Morse’s ‘Always Becoming’: enacting indigenous identity on a museum stage - Andrea Zittlau 6. Performance, gestures and poses in postcards of Ho-Chunk in Wisconsin Dells - Sarah Anne Stolte 7. Rethinking spectacle and indigenous consumption: commercial huayno music in Peru - James Butterworth 8. Everyday work as spectacle: celebrating Maya embodied culture in Belize - Genner Llanes-Ortiz 9. Spectacle and discourse of decommoditisation in the construction of subaltern public spheres:the P’urhépecha New Year and P’urhéecherio - Andrew Roth-Seneff 10. Performing and disputing indigeneity in the Fiesta del Coraza in Otavalo, Ecuador - Sergio Miguel Huarcaya 11. Indigeneity, law and performance on the Atlantic Coast of Nicaragua - Isabel Altamirano-Jiménez 12. What we talk about when we talk about Indian - Yvette Nolan 13. Indigenous interventions at Klahowya Village, χwayχw əy Vancouver/ unceded Coast Salish Territory - Selena Couture 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/kgqq6780_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/recasting-commodity-and-spectacle-in-the-indigenous-americas/ London, GB 04 01 20140930 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857088 03 9781908857088 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/3bedb9a9-658b-4184-9ad7-f7efe643cbf9 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/3bedb9a9-658b-4184-9ad7-f7efe643cbf9/3bedb9a9-658b-4184-9ad7-f7efe643cbf9.pdf 20 08 20140930 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/recasting-commodity-and-spectacle-in-the-indigenous-americas/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857682.pdf 20 08 20140930 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/recasting-commodity-and-spectacle-in-the-indigenous-americas/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/kgqq6780.pdf 20 08 20140930 01 urn:uuid:38134d66-3e1d-494f-8677-a5a3e829d237 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:194f1705-cc9e-470d-a16d-011c246a0b3e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:38134d66-3e1d-494f-8677-a5a3e829d237 15 9781905670345 03 9781905670345 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61329 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 57 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Receiving the Komos. Ancient and modern receptions of the Victory Ode (BICS Supplement 112) 1 B01 Peter Agócs Peter Agócs 2 B01 Christopher Carey Christopher Carey 3 B01 Richard Rawles Richard Rawles 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Reception 12 DSBB 93 DSBB 10 LIT004190 01 06 02 00 03 00 A collection of distinguished scholars examine different moments in the victory ode’s reception history, from the lifetime of Pindar and Bacchylides themselves through the Roman empire and the Middle Ages to the modern world, in a variety of texts and in differing cultural contexts.</italic> 30 00 A collection of distinguished scholars examine different moments in the victory ode’s reception history, from the lifetime of Pindar and Bacchylides themselves through the Roman empire and the Middle Ages to the modern world, in a variety of texts and in differing cultural contexts.</italic> 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250680//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/receiving-the-komos-ancient-and-modern-receptions-of-the-victory-ode-bics-supplement-112/ London, GB 04 01 20120601 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/receiving-the-komos-ancient-and-modern-receptions-of-the-victory-ode-bics-supplement-112/ 20 08 20120601 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c68e7c06-3a45-49de-8998-49723923da77 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:85a7d250-2f5f-47e1-b7f0-d4fd8d7007d1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c68e7c06-3a45-49de-8998-49723923da77 15 9780993110207 03 9780993110207 06 10.14296/0420.9781912250400 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53923 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 12 mm 03 1.2 cm 03 0.5 in 08 318 gr 08 11.25 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Reconciling Rwanda Unity, Nationality and State Control 1 A01 Jennifer Melvin Jennifer Melvin 01 eng 00 232 03 09 5 B2 Human Rights 12 JPSL 93 JPSL 10 POL062000 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 JPVH 93 LBBR 10 POL035010 93 1HFGR 20 Rwanda; genocide; law; justice; human rights; atrocities; reconciliation 01 06 02 00 In Reconciling Rwanda: Unity, Nationality and State Control, Jennifer Melvin analyses the highly controversial RPF and its vision of reconciliation to determine who truly benefits from the construction of the new post-genocide Rwanda. 03 00 In July 1994, the Rwandan Patriotic Front (RPF) set out to stabilise and secure Rwanda, a country decimated by genocide. This mandate was later extended to include the herculean task of promoting unity and reconciliation to a population torn apart by violence. More than two decades later, these goals appear to have been achieved. Beneath the veneer of reconciliation lies myriad programmes and legislation that do more than seek to unite the population - they keep the RPF in power. In Reconciling Rwanda: Unity, Nationality and State Control, Jennifer Melvin analyses the highly controversial RPF and its vision of reconciliation to determine who truly benefits from the construction of the new post-genocide Rwanda. 30 00 In July 1994, the Rwandan Patriotic Front (RPF) set out to stabilise and secure Rwanda, a country decimated by genocide. This mandate was later extended to include the herculean task of promoting unity and reconciliation to a population torn apart by violence. More than two decades later, these goals appear to have been achieved. Beneath the veneer of reconciliation lies myriad programmes and legislation that do more than seek to unite the population - they keep the RPF in power. In Reconciling Rwanda: Unity, Nationality and State Control, Jennifer Melvin analyses the highly controversial RPF and its vision of reconciliation to determine who truly benefits from the construction of the new post-genocide Rwanda. 04 00 ContentsRwandan Patriotic Front (RPF) government departmentsGlossary of Kinyarwanda wordsChronology of key eventsIntroduction<ol> <li>Contribution and engagement</li> <li>Conflict in context</li> <li>Gacaca: justice and reconciliation at the community genocide courts</li> <li>Nation-building and a return to unity</li> <li>Teaching the nation: reconciliation through education</li> <li>The functions of ‘national reconciliation’: political images of Rwanda</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ol> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9781912250400_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reconciling-rwanda/ London, GB 04 01 20200501 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250400 03 9781912250400 06 15 9781912250059 03 9781912250059 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reconciling-rwanda/ 20 08 20200501 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4e248dbc-6d7b-4da7-a427-e7b246950dff 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:85a7d250-2f5f-47e1-b7f0-d4fd8d7007d1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4e248dbc-6d7b-4da7-a427-e7b246950dff 15 9781912250400 03 9781912250400 06 10.14296/0420.9781912250400 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53923 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Reconciling Rwanda Unity, Nationality and State Control 1 A01 Jennifer Melvin Jennifer Melvin 01 eng 00 232 03 09 5 B2 Human Rights 12 JPSL 93 JPSL 10 POL062000 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 JPVH 93 LBBR 10 POL035010 93 1HFGR 20 Rwanda; genocide; law; justice; human rights; atrocities; reconciliation 01 06 02 00 In Reconciling Rwanda: Unity, Nationality and State Control, Jennifer Melvin analyses the highly controversial RPF and its vision of reconciliation to determine who truly benefits from the construction of the new post-genocide Rwanda. 03 00 In July 1994, the Rwandan Patriotic Front (RPF) set out to stabilise and secure Rwanda, a country decimated by genocide. This mandate was later extended to include the herculean task of promoting unity and reconciliation to a population torn apart by violence. More than two decades later, these goals appear to have been achieved. Beneath the veneer of reconciliation lies myriad programmes and legislation that do more than seek to unite the population - they keep the RPF in power. In Reconciling Rwanda: Unity, Nationality and State Control, Jennifer Melvin analyses the highly controversial RPF and its vision of reconciliation to determine who truly benefits from the construction of the new post-genocide Rwanda. 30 00 In July 1994, the Rwandan Patriotic Front (RPF) set out to stabilise and secure Rwanda, a country decimated by genocide. This mandate was later extended to include the herculean task of promoting unity and reconciliation to a population torn apart by violence. More than two decades later, these goals appear to have been achieved. Beneath the veneer of reconciliation lies myriad programmes and legislation that do more than seek to unite the population - they keep the RPF in power. In Reconciling Rwanda: Unity, Nationality and State Control, Jennifer Melvin analyses the highly controversial RPF and its vision of reconciliation to determine who truly benefits from the construction of the new post-genocide Rwanda. 04 00 ContentsRwandan Patriotic Front (RPF) government departmentsGlossary of Kinyarwanda wordsChronology of key eventsIntroduction<ol> <li>Contribution and engagement</li> <li>Conflict in context</li> <li>Gacaca: justice and reconciliation at the community genocide courts</li> <li>Nation-building and a return to unity</li> <li>Teaching the nation: reconciliation through education</li> <li>The functions of ‘national reconciliation’: political images of Rwanda</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ol> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9781912250400_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reconciling-rwanda/ London, GB 04 01 20200501 02 WORLD 06 15 9780993110207 03 9780993110207 06 15 9781912250059 03 9781912250059 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/85a7d250-2f5f-47e1-b7f0-d4fd8d7007d1 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/85a7d250-2f5f-47e1-b7f0-d4fd8d7007d1/85a7d250-2f5f-47e1-b7f0-d4fd8d7007d1.pdf 20 08 20200501 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reconciling-rwanda/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912250400.pdf 20 08 20200501 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reconciling-rwanda/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9781912250400.pdf 20 08 20200501 01 urn:uuid:ce32670c-0280-4210-8659-db3326fda67c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:85a7d250-2f5f-47e1-b7f0-d4fd8d7007d1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ce32670c-0280-4210-8659-db3326fda67c 15 9781912250059 03 9781912250059 06 10.14296/0420.9781912250400 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53923 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Reconciling Rwanda Unity, Nationality and State Control 1 A01 Jennifer Melvin Jennifer Melvin 01 eng 00 232 03 09 5 B2 Human Rights 12 JPSL 93 JPSL 10 POL062000 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 JPVH 93 LBBR 10 POL035010 93 1HFGR 20 Rwanda; genocide; law; justice; human rights; atrocities; reconciliation 01 06 02 00 In Reconciling Rwanda: Unity, Nationality and State Control, Jennifer Melvin analyses the highly controversial RPF and its vision of reconciliation to determine who truly benefits from the construction of the new post-genocide Rwanda. 03 00 In July 1994, the Rwandan Patriotic Front (RPF) set out to stabilise and secure Rwanda, a country decimated by genocide. This mandate was later extended to include the herculean task of promoting unity and reconciliation to a population torn apart by violence. More than two decades later, these goals appear to have been achieved. Beneath the veneer of reconciliation lies myriad programmes and legislation that do more than seek to unite the population - they keep the RPF in power. In Reconciling Rwanda: Unity, Nationality and State Control, Jennifer Melvin analyses the highly controversial RPF and its vision of reconciliation to determine who truly benefits from the construction of the new post-genocide Rwanda. 30 00 In July 1994, the Rwandan Patriotic Front (RPF) set out to stabilise and secure Rwanda, a country decimated by genocide. This mandate was later extended to include the herculean task of promoting unity and reconciliation to a population torn apart by violence. More than two decades later, these goals appear to have been achieved. Beneath the veneer of reconciliation lies myriad programmes and legislation that do more than seek to unite the population - they keep the RPF in power. In Reconciling Rwanda: Unity, Nationality and State Control, Jennifer Melvin analyses the highly controversial RPF and its vision of reconciliation to determine who truly benefits from the construction of the new post-genocide Rwanda. 04 00 ContentsRwandan Patriotic Front (RPF) government departmentsGlossary of Kinyarwanda wordsChronology of key eventsIntroduction<ol> <li>Contribution and engagement</li> <li>Conflict in context</li> <li>Gacaca: justice and reconciliation at the community genocide courts</li> <li>Nation-building and a return to unity</li> <li>Teaching the nation: reconciliation through education</li> <li>The functions of ‘national reconciliation’: political images of Rwanda</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ol> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9781912250400_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reconciling-rwanda/ London, GB 04 01 20200501 02 WORLD 06 15 9780993110207 03 9780993110207 06 15 9781912250400 03 9781912250400 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reconciling-rwanda/ 20 08 20200501 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:02f58af3-b7c4-40fb-88e5-612fa730125a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7f427c40-5278-4854-9acc-908b7fdf86fa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:02f58af3-b7c4-40fb-88e5-612fa730125a 15 9781908590916 03 9781908590916 06 10.63674/yrab7358 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.157484 00 BC 10 01 216 mm 01 21.6 cm 01 8.5 in 02 140 mm 02 14 cm 02 5.5 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship 1 B01 21 0000000167784610 Anna-Maria Sichani Anna-Maria Sichani Research Associate in Digital Humanities SAS Anna-Maria Sichani is a BRAID Research Fellow and a Research Associate in Digital Humanities at School of Advanced Study, University of London. She has held postdoctoral positions at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and the Faculty of Media, Arts and Humanities at the University of Sussex. Previously, she was awarded a UKRI Policy and Engagement Fellowship in Digital Research and Innovation Infrastructure, as well as a Fellowship with the Software Sustainability Institute. She has also collaborated on national and international projects and infrastructures in digital cultural heritage and digital humanities, and has published extensively in these fields. Her research focuses on data-intensive research and emerging technologies, including AI, in the arts, humanities, and the wider cultural heritage and information environment, with a focus towards open, responsible, ethical, and sustainable research, alongside interests in media history, research infrastructures, and digital pedagogy. 2 B01 21 0000000275007915 Michael Donnay Michael Donnay Community Manager 40 0455awd29 Software Sustainability Institute Michael Donnay is a Community Manager at the Software Sustainability Institute, where he supports the Society of Research Software Engineering and works on projects related to research culture and evaluation. Previously he worked at the School of Advanced Study, University of London where he helped establish the UK-Ireland Digital Humanities Association. He was the 2022 Ruth Watts Fellow with the History of Education Society, hosting their podcast on interdisciplinary work in the history of education, and has written on the history of science for Nature Chemistry. His research interests include creative-critical making, research project management and social network analysis. 01 eng 09 12 10 COM032000 B2 Digital Humanities 93 UXA 10 EDU037000 93 GPS 93 3MR 20 scholarship; failure; computational; digital humanities; interdisciplinary; research; collaboration; obsolescence; sustainability; innovation; technology; institutions 01 06 02 00 Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship</italic> tackles what failure – in all its messy but immensely valuable complexity – means for the digital humanities community. Through a series of reflections on failed, broken or challenging aspects of digital scholarship and practice, the book normalises failure as an object of inquiry, offerin 03 00 Failure is ordinary. From technological failures and computational obsolescence to rejected applications and challenging collaborations, failure is an unavoidable part of any scholarly endeavour. This is especially true for digital scholarship, as the everyday risk of failure is compounded by the challenges of interdisciplinary research and fragility of digital technology.Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship</italic> tackles what failure – in all its messy but immensely valuable complexity – means for the digital humanities community head-on. It brings together a diverse, interdisciplinary and international group of scholars and practitioners that each offer short personal and professional reflections on the failed, broken or challenging aspects of scholarly practice. It provides a critical perspective on the ways institutional and material conditions are intractably linked to approaches to digital research, and how those conditions differ within and across national contexts.In creating a critical, constructive and compassionate vocabulary for failure, this book normalises failure as an object of inquiry, asking: if there is value in failure in digital scholarship, how do we create the space to fail ‘better’? 30 00 Failure is ordinary. From technological failures and computational obsolescence to rejected applications and challenging collaborations, failure is an unavoidable part of any scholarly endeavour. This is especially true for digital scholarship, as the everyday risk of failure is compounded by the challenges of interdisciplinary research and fragility of digital technology.Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship</italic> tackles what failure – in all its messy but immensely valuable complexity – means for the digital humanities community head-on. It brings together a diverse, interdisciplinary and international group of scholars and practitioners that each offer short personal and professional reflections on the failed, broken or challenging aspects of scholarly practice. It provides a critical perspective on the ways institutional and material conditions are intractably linked to approaches to digital research, and how those conditions differ within and across national contexts.In creating a critical, constructive and compassionate vocabulary for failure, this book normalises failure as an object of inquiry, asking: if there is value in failure in digital scholarship, how do we create the space to fail ‘better’? 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Reframing failure Anna-Maria Sichani and Michael Donnay </li> <li> Part I Innovation </li> <li> 1 Stop lying to yourself: Collective delusion and Digital Humanities grant funding Quinn Dombrowski </li> <li> 2 Risk, failure and the assessment of innovative research Jane Winters </li> <li> 3 Innovation, tools, and ecology Christopher Ohge </li> <li> 4 Software at play David De Roure </li> <li> Part II Technology </li> <li> 5 Brokenness is social Frances Corry </li> <li> 6 A career in ruins? Accepting imperfection and celebrating failures in digital preservation and digital archaeology Jenny Mitcham </li> <li> 7 Living well with brokenness in an inclusive research culture: what we can learn from failures and processes in a Digital Humanities lab Arianna Ciula </li> <li> 8 Can we be failing? Joris J. van Zundert </li> <li> Part III Collaboration </li> <li> 9 Doing, failing, learning: understanding what didn’t work as a key research finding in action research Arran J. Rees </li> <li> 10 Navigating the challenges and opportunities of collaboration Jennifer Stertzer </li> <li> 11 Challenging the pipeline structure: a reflection on the organisational flow of interdisciplinary projects Caio Mello </li> <li> 12 When optimisation fails us Jentery Sayers </li> <li> 13 Reframing ‘reframing’: A holistic approach to understanding failure Lauren Tuckley </li> <li> Part IV Institutions </li> <li> 14 Permission to experiment with literature as data and fail in the process Jennifer Isasi </li> <li> 15 What to do with failure? (What does failure do?) Brittany Amell </li> <li> 16 The remaining alternatives Elena Spadini </li> <li> 17 Who fails and why? Understanding the systemic causes of failure within and beyond the Digital Humanities Naomi Wells </li> <li> 18 Experimental publishing: Acknowledging, addressing, and embracing failure Janneke Adema </li> <li> 19 Writing about research methods: sharing failure to support success Anisa Hawes and Riva Quiroga </li> <li> 20 Bridging the distance: Confronting geographical failures in Digital Humanities conferences Nabeel Siddiqui </li> <li> Conclusion: On failing Anna-Maria Sichani and Michael Donnay </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/375846/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reframing-failure-in-digital-scholarship/ London, GB 04 01 20251120 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590909 03 9781908590909 06 15 9781908590947 03 9781908590947 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reframing-failure-in-digital-scholarship/ 20 08 20251120 02 18.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:3ef687bd-886b-4f04-9ac1-e9cfc00e6f91 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7f427c40-5278-4854-9acc-908b7fdf86fa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3ef687bd-886b-4f04-9ac1-e9cfc00e6f91 15 9781908590909 03 9781908590909 06 10.63674/yrab7358 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.157484 00 BB 10 01 220 mm 01 22 cm 01 8.6875 in 02 144 mm 02 14.4 cm 02 5.6875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship 1 B01 21 0000000167784610 Anna-Maria Sichani Anna-Maria Sichani Research Associate in Digital Humanities SAS Anna-Maria Sichani is a BRAID Research Fellow and a Research Associate in Digital Humanities at School of Advanced Study, University of London. She has held postdoctoral positions at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and the Faculty of Media, Arts and Humanities at the University of Sussex. Previously, she was awarded a UKRI Policy and Engagement Fellowship in Digital Research and Innovation Infrastructure, as well as a Fellowship with the Software Sustainability Institute. She has also collaborated on national and international projects and infrastructures in digital cultural heritage and digital humanities, and has published extensively in these fields. Her research focuses on data-intensive research and emerging technologies, including AI, in the arts, humanities, and the wider cultural heritage and information environment, with a focus towards open, responsible, ethical, and sustainable research, alongside interests in media history, research infrastructures, and digital pedagogy. 2 B01 21 0000000275007915 Michael Donnay Michael Donnay Community Manager 40 0455awd29 Software Sustainability Institute Michael Donnay is a Community Manager at the Software Sustainability Institute, where he supports the Society of Research Software Engineering and works on projects related to research culture and evaluation. Previously he worked at the School of Advanced Study, University of London where he helped establish the UK-Ireland Digital Humanities Association. He was the 2022 Ruth Watts Fellow with the History of Education Society, hosting their podcast on interdisciplinary work in the history of education, and has written on the history of science for Nature Chemistry. His research interests include creative-critical making, research project management and social network analysis. 01 eng 09 12 10 COM032000 B2 Digital Humanities 93 UXA 10 EDU037000 93 GPS 93 3MR 20 scholarship; failure; computational; digital humanities; interdisciplinary; research; collaboration; obsolescence; sustainability; innovation; technology; institutions 01 06 02 00 Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship</italic> tackles what failure – in all its messy but immensely valuable complexity – means for the digital humanities community. Through a series of reflections on failed, broken or challenging aspects of digital scholarship and practice, the book normalises failure as an object of inquiry, offerin 03 00 Failure is ordinary. From technological failures and computational obsolescence to rejected applications and challenging collaborations, failure is an unavoidable part of any scholarly endeavour. This is especially true for digital scholarship, as the everyday risk of failure is compounded by the challenges of interdisciplinary research and fragility of digital technology.Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship</italic> tackles what failure – in all its messy but immensely valuable complexity – means for the digital humanities community head-on. It brings together a diverse, interdisciplinary and international group of scholars and practitioners that each offer short personal and professional reflections on the failed, broken or challenging aspects of scholarly practice. It provides a critical perspective on the ways institutional and material conditions are intractably linked to approaches to digital research, and how those conditions differ within and across national contexts.In creating a critical, constructive and compassionate vocabulary for failure, this book normalises failure as an object of inquiry, asking: if there is value in failure in digital scholarship, how do we create the space to fail ‘better’? 30 00 Failure is ordinary. From technological failures and computational obsolescence to rejected applications and challenging collaborations, failure is an unavoidable part of any scholarly endeavour. This is especially true for digital scholarship, as the everyday risk of failure is compounded by the challenges of interdisciplinary research and fragility of digital technology.Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship</italic> tackles what failure – in all its messy but immensely valuable complexity – means for the digital humanities community head-on. It brings together a diverse, interdisciplinary and international group of scholars and practitioners that each offer short personal and professional reflections on the failed, broken or challenging aspects of scholarly practice. It provides a critical perspective on the ways institutional and material conditions are intractably linked to approaches to digital research, and how those conditions differ within and across national contexts.In creating a critical, constructive and compassionate vocabulary for failure, this book normalises failure as an object of inquiry, asking: if there is value in failure in digital scholarship, how do we create the space to fail ‘better’? 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Reframing failure Anna-Maria Sichani and Michael Donnay </li> <li> Part I Innovation </li> <li> 1 Stop lying to yourself: Collective delusion and Digital Humanities grant funding Quinn Dombrowski </li> <li> 2 Risk, failure and the assessment of innovative research Jane Winters </li> <li> 3 Innovation, tools, and ecology Christopher Ohge </li> <li> 4 Software at play David De Roure </li> <li> Part II Technology </li> <li> 5 Brokenness is social Frances Corry </li> <li> 6 A career in ruins? Accepting imperfection and celebrating failures in digital preservation and digital archaeology Jenny Mitcham </li> <li> 7 Living well with brokenness in an inclusive research culture: what we can learn from failures and processes in a Digital Humanities lab Arianna Ciula </li> <li> 8 Can we be failing? Joris J. van Zundert </li> <li> Part III Collaboration </li> <li> 9 Doing, failing, learning: understanding what didn’t work as a key research finding in action research Arran J. Rees </li> <li> 10 Navigating the challenges and opportunities of collaboration Jennifer Stertzer </li> <li> 11 Challenging the pipeline structure: a reflection on the organisational flow of interdisciplinary projects Caio Mello </li> <li> 12 When optimisation fails us Jentery Sayers </li> <li> 13 Reframing ‘reframing’: A holistic approach to understanding failure Lauren Tuckley </li> <li> Part IV Institutions </li> <li> 14 Permission to experiment with literature as data and fail in the process Jennifer Isasi </li> <li> 15 What to do with failure? (What does failure do?) Brittany Amell </li> <li> 16 The remaining alternatives Elena Spadini </li> <li> 17 Who fails and why? Understanding the systemic causes of failure within and beyond the Digital Humanities Naomi Wells </li> <li> 18 Experimental publishing: Acknowledging, addressing, and embracing failure Janneke Adema </li> <li> 19 Writing about research methods: sharing failure to support success Anisa Hawes and Riva Quiroga </li> <li> 20 Bridging the distance: Confronting geographical failures in Digital Humanities conferences Nabeel Siddiqui </li> <li> Conclusion: On failing Anna-Maria Sichani and Michael Donnay </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/375846/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reframing-failure-in-digital-scholarship/ London, GB 04 01 20251120 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590916 03 9781908590916 06 15 9781908590947 03 9781908590947 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reframing-failure-in-digital-scholarship/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908590947.pdf 20 08 20251120 02 45.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:993f6bb8-7b14-45eb-84d2-0782745aada4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7f427c40-5278-4854-9acc-908b7fdf86fa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:993f6bb8-7b14-45eb-84d2-0782745aada4 15 9781908590947 03 9781908590947 06 10.63674/yrab7358 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.157484 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship 1 B01 21 0000000167784610 Anna-Maria Sichani Anna-Maria Sichani Research Associate in Digital Humanities SAS Anna-Maria Sichani is a BRAID Research Fellow and a Research Associate in Digital Humanities at School of Advanced Study, University of London. She has held postdoctoral positions at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and the Faculty of Media, Arts and Humanities at the University of Sussex. Previously, she was awarded a UKRI Policy and Engagement Fellowship in Digital Research and Innovation Infrastructure, as well as a Fellowship with the Software Sustainability Institute. She has also collaborated on national and international projects and infrastructures in digital cultural heritage and digital humanities, and has published extensively in these fields. Her research focuses on data-intensive research and emerging technologies, including AI, in the arts, humanities, and the wider cultural heritage and information environment, with a focus towards open, responsible, ethical, and sustainable research, alongside interests in media history, research infrastructures, and digital pedagogy. 2 B01 21 0000000275007915 Michael Donnay Michael Donnay Community Manager 40 0455awd29 Software Sustainability Institute Michael Donnay is a Community Manager at the Software Sustainability Institute, where he supports the Society of Research Software Engineering and works on projects related to research culture and evaluation. Previously he worked at the School of Advanced Study, University of London where he helped establish the UK-Ireland Digital Humanities Association. He was the 2022 Ruth Watts Fellow with the History of Education Society, hosting their podcast on interdisciplinary work in the history of education, and has written on the history of science for Nature Chemistry. His research interests include creative-critical making, research project management and social network analysis. 01 eng 09 12 10 COM032000 B2 Digital Humanities 93 UXA 10 EDU037000 93 GPS 93 3MR 20 scholarship; failure; computational; digital humanities; interdisciplinary; research; collaboration; obsolescence; sustainability; innovation; technology; institutions 01 06 02 00 Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship</italic> tackles what failure – in all its messy but immensely valuable complexity – means for the digital humanities community. Through a series of reflections on failed, broken or challenging aspects of digital scholarship and practice, the book normalises failure as an object of inquiry, offerin 03 00 Failure is ordinary. From technological failures and computational obsolescence to rejected applications and challenging collaborations, failure is an unavoidable part of any scholarly endeavour. This is especially true for digital scholarship, as the everyday risk of failure is compounded by the challenges of interdisciplinary research and fragility of digital technology.Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship</italic> tackles what failure – in all its messy but immensely valuable complexity – means for the digital humanities community head-on. It brings together a diverse, interdisciplinary and international group of scholars and practitioners that each offer short personal and professional reflections on the failed, broken or challenging aspects of scholarly practice. It provides a critical perspective on the ways institutional and material conditions are intractably linked to approaches to digital research, and how those conditions differ within and across national contexts.In creating a critical, constructive and compassionate vocabulary for failure, this book normalises failure as an object of inquiry, asking: if there is value in failure in digital scholarship, how do we create the space to fail ‘better’? 30 00 Failure is ordinary. From technological failures and computational obsolescence to rejected applications and challenging collaborations, failure is an unavoidable part of any scholarly endeavour. This is especially true for digital scholarship, as the everyday risk of failure is compounded by the challenges of interdisciplinary research and fragility of digital technology.Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship</italic> tackles what failure – in all its messy but immensely valuable complexity – means for the digital humanities community head-on. It brings together a diverse, interdisciplinary and international group of scholars and practitioners that each offer short personal and professional reflections on the failed, broken or challenging aspects of scholarly practice. It provides a critical perspective on the ways institutional and material conditions are intractably linked to approaches to digital research, and how those conditions differ within and across national contexts.In creating a critical, constructive and compassionate vocabulary for failure, this book normalises failure as an object of inquiry, asking: if there is value in failure in digital scholarship, how do we create the space to fail ‘better’? 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Reframing failure Anna-Maria Sichani and Michael Donnay </li> <li> Part I Innovation </li> <li> 1 Stop lying to yourself: Collective delusion and Digital Humanities grant funding Quinn Dombrowski </li> <li> 2 Risk, failure and the assessment of innovative research Jane Winters </li> <li> 3 Innovation, tools, and ecology Christopher Ohge </li> <li> 4 Software at play David De Roure </li> <li> Part II Technology </li> <li> 5 Brokenness is social Frances Corry </li> <li> 6 A career in ruins? Accepting imperfection and celebrating failures in digital preservation and digital archaeology Jenny Mitcham </li> <li> 7 Living well with brokenness in an inclusive research culture: what we can learn from failures and processes in a Digital Humanities lab Arianna Ciula </li> <li> 8 Can we be failing? Joris J. van Zundert </li> <li> Part III Collaboration </li> <li> 9 Doing, failing, learning: understanding what didn’t work as a key research finding in action research Arran J. Rees </li> <li> 10 Navigating the challenges and opportunities of collaboration Jennifer Stertzer </li> <li> 11 Challenging the pipeline structure: a reflection on the organisational flow of interdisciplinary projects Caio Mello </li> <li> 12 When optimisation fails us Jentery Sayers </li> <li> 13 Reframing ‘reframing’: A holistic approach to understanding failure Lauren Tuckley </li> <li> Part IV Institutions </li> <li> 14 Permission to experiment with literature as data and fail in the process Jennifer Isasi </li> <li> 15 What to do with failure? (What does failure do?) Brittany Amell </li> <li> 16 The remaining alternatives Elena Spadini </li> <li> 17 Who fails and why? Understanding the systemic causes of failure within and beyond the Digital Humanities Naomi Wells </li> <li> 18 Experimental publishing: Acknowledging, addressing, and embracing failure Janneke Adema </li> <li> 19 Writing about research methods: sharing failure to support success Anisa Hawes and Riva Quiroga </li> <li> 20 Bridging the distance: Confronting geographical failures in Digital Humanities conferences Nabeel Siddiqui </li> <li> Conclusion: On failing Anna-Maria Sichani and Michael Donnay </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/375846/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reframing-failure-in-digital-scholarship/ London, GB 04 01 20251120 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590916 03 9781908590916 06 15 9781908590909 03 9781908590909 WORLD 11 PROJECT_MUSE 36 PROJECT_MUSE: webpage for this product https://muse.jhu.edu/book/142643 29 PROJECT_MUSE: download the title https://muse.jhu.edu/book/142643/pdf/download 20 08 20251120 01 11 OAPEN 36 OAPEN: webpage for this product https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109245 29 OAPEN: download the title https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/109245/9781908590947.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y 20 08 20251120 01 11 JSTOR 36 JSTOR: webpage for this product https://www.jstor.org/stable/jj.36897601 20 08 20251120 01 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/7f427c40-5278-4854-9acc-908b7fdf86fa 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/7f427c40-5278-4854-9acc-908b7fdf86fa/7f427c40-5278-4854-9acc-908b7fdf86fa.pdf 20 08 20251120 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reframing-failure-in-digital-scholarship/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908590947.pdf 20 08 20251120 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reframing-failure-in-digital-scholarship/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/yrab7358.pdf 20 08 20251120 01 urn:uuid:a4850199-5448-4498-9d17-d5944c3728ae 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:275d5ace-ebf9-4b10-9f8d-c94c8b34ed27 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a4850199-5448-4498-9d17-d5944c3728ae 15 9781908590756 03 9781908590756 06 10.14296/wmpx9915 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135654 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 1a6e7b27-85bc-4091-af24-924ecaf34b68 02 30499232 03 1 01 02 Critical Human Rights Studies 01 01 Refugee Reception in Southern Africa National and Local Policies in Zambia and South Africa 1 A01 Nicholas Maple Nicholas Maple Lecturer in Refugee Studies SAS Nicholas Maple is a Lecturer in Refugee Studies at the Refugee Law Initiative, School of Advanced Study. Prior to taking on this position, he undertook a Post-Doctoral Research Fellow position at the African Centre for Migration & Society (ACMS), University of the Witwatersrand. He is also the Co-Editor in Chief at the Refugee Survey Quarterly journal (Oxford University Press). 01 eng 09 1 B2 Human Rights 93 JBFG 12 JPVH 10 SOC007000 93 JBFH 12 JFFD 10 POL035010 12 1HFMS 10 3.5.10.0.0.0.0 93 JPVH 93 1HFMS 12 1HFMZ 10 3.5.7.0.0.0.0 93 1HFMZ 20 protection; Africa; mobility; refugee camps; urban displacement; encampment; host state; settlement; liberal; freedom of movement 01 06 02 00 This book offers an original and unique perspective on refugee hosting in Southern Africa, through a comparative analysis of the politics surrounding the welcome afforded to refugees in Zambia and South Africa. While state-based reception is frequently framed as one-off moments, such as registration, the book’s new refugee reception framework 03 00 A new understanding of state-based refugee reception that reflects the complex dynamics of contemporary refugee arrival.</bold>It is no longer realistic (if it ever was) to understand persons who flee across a border as a homogeneous group whose movement abruptly ends once they arrive in a host state or refugee camp. Through a comparative analysis of the politics surrounding the welcome afforded to refugees, this book offers an original perspective on refugee hosting in Southern Africa. Using the cases of Zambia and South Africa, the book explores why some countries maintain encampment reception policies for refugees, and others use more liberal ‘free settlement’ approaches, whereby refugees are granted freedom of movement and permitted to settle in cities and towns. While state-based reception is frequently framed as one-off moments, such as registration, Refugee Reception in Southern Africa</italic> examines reception as a complex and ongoing process of negotiations between refugees and state, with reception policies vital in shaping a refugee’s ability to settle and engage with local communities and labour markets.With its new ‘refugee reception’ framework and in-depth case studies full of concrete examples, this book is a significant theoretical and methodological contribution to migration studies more broadly. 30 00 A new understanding of state-based refugee reception that reflects the complex dynamics of contemporary refugee arrival.</bold>It is no longer realistic (if it ever was) to understand persons who flee across a border as a homogeneous group whose movement abruptly ends once they arrive in a host state or refugee camp. Through a comparative analysis of the politics surrounding the welcome afforded to refugees, this book offers an original perspective on refugee hosting in Southern Africa. Using the cases of Zambia and South Africa, the book explores why some countries maintain encampment reception policies for refugees, and others use more liberal ‘free settlement’ approaches, whereby refugees are granted freedom of movement and permitted to settle in cities and towns. While state-based reception is frequently framed as one-off moments, such as registration, Refugee Reception in Southern Africa</italic> examines reception as a complex and ongoing process of negotiations between refugees and state, with reception policies vital in shaping a refugee’s ability to settle and engage with local communities and labour markets.With its new ‘refugee reception’ framework and in-depth case studies full of concrete examples, this book is a significant theoretical and methodological contribution to migration studies more broadly. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 Framing refugee reception</li> <li>2 Refugee reception policies in Africa</li> <li>3 Investigating state behaviour towards refugees</li> <li>4 Encampment: the maintenance of a camp-based reception in Zambia</li> <li>5 Encampment: post-registration in Zambia</li> <li>6 Free-settlement: the maintenance of a free-settlement reception in South Africa</li> <li>7 The urban space: post-registration in South Africa</li> <li>8 Conclusions and ways forward</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/wmpx9915_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/refugee-reception-in-southern-africa/ London, GB 04 01 20240718 Nicholas Maple 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590749 03 9781908590749 06 15 9781908590763 03 9781908590763 06 15 9781912250622 03 9781912250622 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/refugee-reception-in-southern-africa/ 20 08 20240718 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:bdd0c432-43cd-40c5-8fa9-bb45fc2f3eab 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:275d5ace-ebf9-4b10-9f8d-c94c8b34ed27 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bdd0c432-43cd-40c5-8fa9-bb45fc2f3eab 15 9781908590749 03 9781908590749 06 10.14296/wmpx9915 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135654 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 1a6e7b27-85bc-4091-af24-924ecaf34b68 02 30499232 03 1 01 02 Critical Human Rights Studies 01 01 Refugee Reception in Southern Africa National and Local Policies in Zambia and South Africa 1 A01 Nicholas Maple Nicholas Maple Lecturer in Refugee Studies SAS Nicholas Maple is a Lecturer in Refugee Studies at the Refugee Law Initiative, School of Advanced Study. Prior to taking on this position, he undertook a Post-Doctoral Research Fellow position at the African Centre for Migration & Society (ACMS), University of the Witwatersrand. He is also the Co-Editor in Chief at the Refugee Survey Quarterly journal (Oxford University Press). 01 eng 09 1 B2 Human Rights 93 JBFG 12 JPVH 10 SOC007000 93 JBFH 12 JFFD 10 POL035010 12 1HFMS 10 3.5.10.0.0.0.0 93 JPVH 93 1HFMS 12 1HFMZ 10 3.5.7.0.0.0.0 93 1HFMZ 20 protection; Africa; mobility; refugee camps; urban displacement; encampment; host state; settlement; liberal; freedom of movement 01 06 02 00 This book offers an original and unique perspective on refugee hosting in Southern Africa, through a comparative analysis of the politics surrounding the welcome afforded to refugees in Zambia and South Africa. While state-based reception is frequently framed as one-off moments, such as registration, the book’s new refugee reception framework 03 00 A new understanding of state-based refugee reception that reflects the complex dynamics of contemporary refugee arrival.</bold>It is no longer realistic (if it ever was) to understand persons who flee across a border as a homogeneous group whose movement abruptly ends once they arrive in a host state or refugee camp. Through a comparative analysis of the politics surrounding the welcome afforded to refugees, this book offers an original perspective on refugee hosting in Southern Africa. Using the cases of Zambia and South Africa, the book explores why some countries maintain encampment reception policies for refugees, and others use more liberal ‘free settlement’ approaches, whereby refugees are granted freedom of movement and permitted to settle in cities and towns. While state-based reception is frequently framed as one-off moments, such as registration, Refugee Reception in Southern Africa</italic> examines reception as a complex and ongoing process of negotiations between refugees and state, with reception policies vital in shaping a refugee’s ability to settle and engage with local communities and labour markets.With its new ‘refugee reception’ framework and in-depth case studies full of concrete examples, this book is a significant theoretical and methodological contribution to migration studies more broadly. 30 00 A new understanding of state-based refugee reception that reflects the complex dynamics of contemporary refugee arrival.</bold>It is no longer realistic (if it ever was) to understand persons who flee across a border as a homogeneous group whose movement abruptly ends once they arrive in a host state or refugee camp. Through a comparative analysis of the politics surrounding the welcome afforded to refugees, this book offers an original perspective on refugee hosting in Southern Africa. Using the cases of Zambia and South Africa, the book explores why some countries maintain encampment reception policies for refugees, and others use more liberal ‘free settlement’ approaches, whereby refugees are granted freedom of movement and permitted to settle in cities and towns. While state-based reception is frequently framed as one-off moments, such as registration, Refugee Reception in Southern Africa</italic> examines reception as a complex and ongoing process of negotiations between refugees and state, with reception policies vital in shaping a refugee’s ability to settle and engage with local communities and labour markets.With its new ‘refugee reception’ framework and in-depth case studies full of concrete examples, this book is a significant theoretical and methodological contribution to migration studies more broadly. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 Framing refugee reception</li> <li>2 Refugee reception policies in Africa</li> <li>3 Investigating state behaviour towards refugees</li> <li>4 Encampment: the maintenance of a camp-based reception in Zambia</li> <li>5 Encampment: post-registration in Zambia</li> <li>6 Free-settlement: the maintenance of a free-settlement reception in South Africa</li> <li>7 The urban space: post-registration in South Africa</li> <li>8 Conclusions and ways forward</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/wmpx9915_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/refugee-reception-in-southern-africa/ London, GB 04 01 20240718 Nicholas Maple 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590756 03 9781908590756 06 15 9781908590763 03 9781908590763 06 15 9781912250622 03 9781912250622 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/refugee-reception-in-southern-africa/ 20 08 20240718 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:44bb41b4-f84e-4b0c-a873-625185ba4bf3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:275d5ace-ebf9-4b10-9f8d-c94c8b34ed27 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:44bb41b4-f84e-4b0c-a873-625185ba4bf3 15 9781908590763 03 9781908590763 06 10.14296/wmpx9915 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135654 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 1a6e7b27-85bc-4091-af24-924ecaf34b68 02 30499232 03 1 01 02 Critical Human Rights Studies 01 01 Refugee Reception in Southern Africa National and Local Policies in Zambia and South Africa 1 A01 Nicholas Maple Nicholas Maple Lecturer in Refugee Studies SAS Nicholas Maple is a Lecturer in Refugee Studies at the Refugee Law Initiative, School of Advanced Study. Prior to taking on this position, he undertook a Post-Doctoral Research Fellow position at the African Centre for Migration & Society (ACMS), University of the Witwatersrand. He is also the Co-Editor in Chief at the Refugee Survey Quarterly journal (Oxford University Press). 01 eng 09 1 B2 Human Rights 93 JBFG 12 JPVH 10 SOC007000 93 JBFH 12 JFFD 10 POL035010 12 1HFMS 10 3.5.10.0.0.0.0 93 JPVH 93 1HFMS 12 1HFMZ 10 3.5.7.0.0.0.0 93 1HFMZ 20 protection; Africa; mobility; refugee camps; urban displacement; encampment; host state; settlement; liberal; freedom of movement 01 06 02 00 This book offers an original and unique perspective on refugee hosting in Southern Africa, through a comparative analysis of the politics surrounding the welcome afforded to refugees in Zambia and South Africa. While state-based reception is frequently framed as one-off moments, such as registration, the book’s new refugee reception framework 03 00 A new understanding of state-based refugee reception that reflects the complex dynamics of contemporary refugee arrival.</bold>It is no longer realistic (if it ever was) to understand persons who flee across a border as a homogeneous group whose movement abruptly ends once they arrive in a host state or refugee camp. Through a comparative analysis of the politics surrounding the welcome afforded to refugees, this book offers an original perspective on refugee hosting in Southern Africa. Using the cases of Zambia and South Africa, the book explores why some countries maintain encampment reception policies for refugees, and others use more liberal ‘free settlement’ approaches, whereby refugees are granted freedom of movement and permitted to settle in cities and towns. While state-based reception is frequently framed as one-off moments, such as registration, Refugee Reception in Southern Africa</italic> examines reception as a complex and ongoing process of negotiations between refugees and state, with reception policies vital in shaping a refugee’s ability to settle and engage with local communities and labour markets.With its new ‘refugee reception’ framework and in-depth case studies full of concrete examples, this book is a significant theoretical and methodological contribution to migration studies more broadly. 30 00 A new understanding of state-based refugee reception that reflects the complex dynamics of contemporary refugee arrival.</bold>It is no longer realistic (if it ever was) to understand persons who flee across a border as a homogeneous group whose movement abruptly ends once they arrive in a host state or refugee camp. Through a comparative analysis of the politics surrounding the welcome afforded to refugees, this book offers an original perspective on refugee hosting in Southern Africa. Using the cases of Zambia and South Africa, the book explores why some countries maintain encampment reception policies for refugees, and others use more liberal ‘free settlement’ approaches, whereby refugees are granted freedom of movement and permitted to settle in cities and towns. While state-based reception is frequently framed as one-off moments, such as registration, Refugee Reception in Southern Africa</italic> examines reception as a complex and ongoing process of negotiations between refugees and state, with reception policies vital in shaping a refugee’s ability to settle and engage with local communities and labour markets.With its new ‘refugee reception’ framework and in-depth case studies full of concrete examples, this book is a significant theoretical and methodological contribution to migration studies more broadly. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 Framing refugee reception</li> <li>2 Refugee reception policies in Africa</li> <li>3 Investigating state behaviour towards refugees</li> <li>4 Encampment: the maintenance of a camp-based reception in Zambia</li> <li>5 Encampment: post-registration in Zambia</li> <li>6 Free-settlement: the maintenance of a free-settlement reception in South Africa</li> <li>7 The urban space: post-registration in South Africa</li> <li>8 Conclusions and ways forward</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/wmpx9915_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/refugee-reception-in-southern-africa/ London, GB 04 01 20240718 Nicholas Maple 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590756 03 9781908590756 06 15 9781908590749 03 9781908590749 06 15 9781912250622 03 9781912250622 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/275d5ace-ebf9-4b10-9f8d-c94c8b34ed27 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/275d5ace-ebf9-4b10-9f8d-c94c8b34ed27/275d5ace-ebf9-4b10-9f8d-c94c8b34ed27.pdf 20 08 20240718 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/refugee-reception-in-southern-africa/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908590763.pdf 20 08 20240718 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908590763.pdf 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/wmpx9915.pdf 20 08 20240718 01 urn:uuid:dbb635ee-45ea-42cd-80ab-36cb5473ac9d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:275d5ace-ebf9-4b10-9f8d-c94c8b34ed27 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:dbb635ee-45ea-42cd-80ab-36cb5473ac9d 15 9781912250622 03 9781912250622 06 10.14296/wmpx9915 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135654 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 1a6e7b27-85bc-4091-af24-924ecaf34b68 02 30499232 03 1 01 02 Critical Human Rights Studies 01 01 Refugee Reception in Southern Africa National and Local Policies in Zambia and South Africa 1 A01 Nicholas Maple Nicholas Maple Lecturer in Refugee Studies SAS Nicholas Maple is a Lecturer in Refugee Studies at the Refugee Law Initiative, School of Advanced Study. Prior to taking on this position, he undertook a Post-Doctoral Research Fellow position at the African Centre for Migration & Society (ACMS), University of the Witwatersrand. He is also the Co-Editor in Chief at the Refugee Survey Quarterly journal (Oxford University Press). 01 eng 09 1 B2 Human Rights 93 JBFG 12 JPVH 10 SOC007000 93 JBFH 12 JFFD 10 POL035010 12 1HFMS 10 3.5.10.0.0.0.0 93 JPVH 93 1HFMS 12 1HFMZ 10 3.5.7.0.0.0.0 93 1HFMZ 20 protection; Africa; mobility; refugee camps; urban displacement; encampment; host state; settlement; liberal; freedom of movement 01 06 02 00 This book offers an original and unique perspective on refugee hosting in Southern Africa, through a comparative analysis of the politics surrounding the welcome afforded to refugees in Zambia and South Africa. While state-based reception is frequently framed as one-off moments, such as registration, the book’s new refugee reception framework 03 00 A new understanding of state-based refugee reception that reflects the complex dynamics of contemporary refugee arrival.</bold>It is no longer realistic (if it ever was) to understand persons who flee across a border as a homogeneous group whose movement abruptly ends once they arrive in a host state or refugee camp. Through a comparative analysis of the politics surrounding the welcome afforded to refugees, this book offers an original perspective on refugee hosting in Southern Africa. Using the cases of Zambia and South Africa, the book explores why some countries maintain encampment reception policies for refugees, and others use more liberal ‘free settlement’ approaches, whereby refugees are granted freedom of movement and permitted to settle in cities and towns. While state-based reception is frequently framed as one-off moments, such as registration, Refugee Reception in Southern Africa</italic> examines reception as a complex and ongoing process of negotiations between refugees and state, with reception policies vital in shaping a refugee’s ability to settle and engage with local communities and labour markets.With its new ‘refugee reception’ framework and in-depth case studies full of concrete examples, this book is a significant theoretical and methodological contribution to migration studies more broadly. 30 00 A new understanding of state-based refugee reception that reflects the complex dynamics of contemporary refugee arrival.</bold>It is no longer realistic (if it ever was) to understand persons who flee across a border as a homogeneous group whose movement abruptly ends once they arrive in a host state or refugee camp. Through a comparative analysis of the politics surrounding the welcome afforded to refugees, this book offers an original perspective on refugee hosting in Southern Africa. Using the cases of Zambia and South Africa, the book explores why some countries maintain encampment reception policies for refugees, and others use more liberal ‘free settlement’ approaches, whereby refugees are granted freedom of movement and permitted to settle in cities and towns. While state-based reception is frequently framed as one-off moments, such as registration, Refugee Reception in Southern Africa</italic> examines reception as a complex and ongoing process of negotiations between refugees and state, with reception policies vital in shaping a refugee’s ability to settle and engage with local communities and labour markets.With its new ‘refugee reception’ framework and in-depth case studies full of concrete examples, this book is a significant theoretical and methodological contribution to migration studies more broadly. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 Framing refugee reception</li> <li>2 Refugee reception policies in Africa</li> <li>3 Investigating state behaviour towards refugees</li> <li>4 Encampment: the maintenance of a camp-based reception in Zambia</li> <li>5 Encampment: post-registration in Zambia</li> <li>6 Free-settlement: the maintenance of a free-settlement reception in South Africa</li> <li>7 The urban space: post-registration in South Africa</li> <li>8 Conclusions and ways forward</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/wmpx9915_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/refugee-reception-in-southern-africa/ London, GB 04 01 20240718 Nicholas Maple 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590756 03 9781908590756 06 15 9781908590749 03 9781908590749 06 15 9781908590763 03 9781908590763 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/refugee-reception-in-southern-africa/ 20 08 20240718 01 urn:uuid:896da915-dfe3-4754-80ac-de5a98c28ec5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:449d0637-6409-4b6d-b936-bb50ec79e40c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:896da915-dfe3-4754-80ac-de5a98c28ec5 15 9781900039420 03 9781900039420 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53804 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 24 mm 03 2.4 cm 03 0.9375 in 08 29 gr 08 1.125 oz 01 01 Regional Integration in Latin America and the Caribbean The Political Economy of Open Regionalism 1 B01 Victor Bulmer-Thomas Victor Bulmer-Thomas 01 eng 12 GTB 93 GTM B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL011000 12 JP 93 JP 12 KCL 93 KCL 12 1KJ 93 1KJ 12 1KL 93 1KL 01 06 02 00 This collection studies regional integration in Latin America and the Caribbean from four perspectives: economic, political, institutional, and in relation to the rest of the world. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248138/53804/53804_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/regional-integration-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ London, GB 04 01 20010901 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/regional-integration-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ 20 08 20010901 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:bf33a162-f67a-4e75-962b-cf63430cfcba 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:babc0bcf-4525-4c18-a310-ad5b66cee2aa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bf33a162-f67a-4e75-962b-cf63430cfcba 15 9781905165377 03 9781905165377 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54178 00 BB 10 01 01 Reinventing History The Enlightenment Origins of Ancient History 1 B01 James Moore James Moore 2 B01 Ian Macgregor Morris Ian Macgregor Morris 3 B01 Andrew J. Bayliss Andrew J. Bayliss 01 eng 12 HBLA 10 HIS002000 B2 History 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248165/54178/54178_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reinventing-history/ London, GB 04 01 20080101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reinventing-history/ 20 08 20080101 02 28.00 GBP WORLD 02 36.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f5223d50-3f4f-46e3-9167-ac8693cf9e72 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:89b3eca6-8804-4043-92ce-2bcf77553d5a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f5223d50-3f4f-46e3-9167-ac8693cf9e72 15 9781908590428 03 9781908590428 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61347 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 12 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Renaissance Letters and Learning: In Memoriam Giovanni Aquilecchia 1 B01 Dilwyn Knox Dilwyn Knox 2 B01 Nuccio Ordine Nuccio Ordine 01 eng B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 12 HPCB 10 LIT004130 93 QDHF 01 06 02 00 03 00 The essays collected in this volume have been written by friends and colleagues in memory of Giovanni Aquilecchia, Professor of Italian at the University of London. They cover a wide range of subjects, reflecting Aquilecchia’s interests in Giordano Bruno, Pietro Aretino, Torquato Tasso and Renaissance learning and literature in general. They are all works of original scholarship, with new insights into the subjects that they treat. The volume includes a biographical essay by Laura Lepschy and Dilwyn Knox. Most were delivered in a preliminary form at a conference held at the Warburg Institute in memory of Aquilecchia. 30 00 The essays collected in this volume have been written by friends and colleagues in memory of Giovanni Aquilecchia, Professor of Italian at the University of London. They cover a wide range of subjects, reflecting Aquilecchia’s interests in Giordano Bruno, Pietro Aretino, Torquato Tasso and Renaissance learning and literature in general. They are all works of original scholarship, with new insights into the subjects that they treat. The volume includes a biographical essay by Laura Lepschy and Dilwyn Knox. Most were delivered in a preliminary form at a conference held at the Warburg Institute in memory of Aquilecchia. 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/renaissance-letters-and-learning-in-memoriam-giovanni-aquilecchia/ London, GB 04 01 20111212 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/renaissance-letters-and-learning-in-memoriam-giovanni-aquilecchia/ 20 08 20111212 02 54.99 GBP WORLD 02 72.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1394c0c1-2e82-4125-aea9-f8335a1d3bc0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f77f0fa2-674d-4586-8ff9-f3907287731a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1394c0c1-2e82-4125-aea9-f8335a1d3bc0 15 9781908857415 03 9781908857415 06 10.14296/2105.9781908857996 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61739 00 BC 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Rethinking Past and Present in Cuba Essays in memory of Alistair Hennessy 1 B01 Antoni Kapcia Antoni Kapcia 01 eng 00 250 03 10 HIS024000 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 12 1KJC 93 1KJC 20 Cuba; history; culture; politics; Latino studies 01 06 02 00 This volume comprises of essays and research articles written in homage to the seminal influence and contribution made by the late Alistair Hennessy towards the development of Cuban studies. Following Hennessy’s own cross-disciplinary and open-minded approach to the study of the history of Cuba, it contains a mixture of the old and the new, i 03 00 This collection of essays and research articles has been designed, by its breadth of expertise and discipline, to pay suitable homage to the seminal influence and contribution made by the late Alistair Hennessy towards the development of Cuban studies. For that reason, it includes a judicious mixture of the old and the new, including several of the leading and internationally well-established experts on Cuban history, politics and culture, but also some up-and-coming researchers in the field; that mixture and the combination of topics (some addressing the past directly, others assessing the present within a historical context) reflects Hennessy’s own cross-disciplinary and open-minded approach to the study of the history of Cuba. 30 00 This collection of essays and research articles has been designed, by its breadth of expertise and discipline, to pay suitable homage to the seminal influence and contribution made by the late Alistair Hennessy towards the development of Cuban studies. For that reason, it includes a judicious mixture of the old and the new, including several of the leading and internationally well-established experts on Cuban history, politics and culture, but also some up-and-coming researchers in the field; that mixture and the combination of topics (some addressing the past directly, others assessing the present within a historical context) reflects Hennessy’s own cross-disciplinary and open-minded approach to the study of the history of Cuba. 04 00 Preface. In memory of Alistair Hennessy Antoni Kapcia 1. Spanish republicanism and the colonial empire: Alistair Hennessey and Spain's democratic revolution Christopher Schmidt-Nowara2. Rethinking pathways to the Cuban past Louis A. Pérez, Jr. 3. The origins of Cuban socialism Fernando Martínez Heredia4. Persuading parliament: Rafael María de Labra, Spanish colonial policy and the abolitionist debate (July 1871) Catherine Davies5. Ethnic whitening processes and the politics of race, labour and national identity in colonial Cuba: a case study of Irish immigrants, 1818–45 Margaret Brehony 6. From Hispanic essays to modern reporting: the evolution of Cuban journalism, considered through the figure of Justo de Lara Jordi Garrell 7. The changing shape of Cuban cinema: a report and a reflection Michael Chanan 8. A mixed economy of labour in a changing Cuba Steve Ludlam9. What’s in a name? Emigrant Cubans since 1959 and the curious evolution of discourse Antoni Kapcia 10. Decentering cubanidad. Commodification, cosmopolitanism and diasporic engagement shaping the Cuban migration to post-1989 Western Europe Catherine Krull and Jean Stubbs 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2105.9781908857996_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/rethinking-past-and-present-in-cuba/ London, GB 04 01 20210526 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857996 03 9781908857996 06 15 9781908857422 03 9781908857422 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/rethinking-past-and-present-in-cuba/ 20 08 20210526 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:01426d76-79f1-4a4a-b66e-35921e3635ac 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f77f0fa2-674d-4586-8ff9-f3907287731a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:01426d76-79f1-4a4a-b66e-35921e3635ac 15 9781908857996 03 9781908857996 06 10.14296/2105.9781908857996 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61739 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Rethinking Past and Present in Cuba Essays in memory of Alistair Hennessy 1 B01 Antoni Kapcia Antoni Kapcia 01 eng 00 250 03 10 HIS024000 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 12 1KJC 93 1KJC 20 Cuba; history; culture; politics; Latino studies 01 06 02 00 This volume comprises of essays and research articles written in homage to the seminal influence and contribution made by the late Alistair Hennessy towards the development of Cuban studies. Following Hennessy’s own cross-disciplinary and open-minded approach to the study of the history of Cuba, it contains a mixture of the old and the new, i 03 00 This collection of essays and research articles has been designed, by its breadth of expertise and discipline, to pay suitable homage to the seminal influence and contribution made by the late Alistair Hennessy towards the development of Cuban studies. For that reason, it includes a judicious mixture of the old and the new, including several of the leading and internationally well-established experts on Cuban history, politics and culture, but also some up-and-coming researchers in the field; that mixture and the combination of topics (some addressing the past directly, others assessing the present within a historical context) reflects Hennessy’s own cross-disciplinary and open-minded approach to the study of the history of Cuba. 30 00 This collection of essays and research articles has been designed, by its breadth of expertise and discipline, to pay suitable homage to the seminal influence and contribution made by the late Alistair Hennessy towards the development of Cuban studies. For that reason, it includes a judicious mixture of the old and the new, including several of the leading and internationally well-established experts on Cuban history, politics and culture, but also some up-and-coming researchers in the field; that mixture and the combination of topics (some addressing the past directly, others assessing the present within a historical context) reflects Hennessy’s own cross-disciplinary and open-minded approach to the study of the history of Cuba. 04 00 Preface. In memory of Alistair Hennessy Antoni Kapcia 1. Spanish republicanism and the colonial empire: Alistair Hennessey and Spain's democratic revolution Christopher Schmidt-Nowara2. Rethinking pathways to the Cuban past Louis A. Pérez, Jr. 3. The origins of Cuban socialism Fernando Martínez Heredia4. Persuading parliament: Rafael María de Labra, Spanish colonial policy and the abolitionist debate (July 1871) Catherine Davies5. Ethnic whitening processes and the politics of race, labour and national identity in colonial Cuba: a case study of Irish immigrants, 1818–45 Margaret Brehony 6. From Hispanic essays to modern reporting: the evolution of Cuban journalism, considered through the figure of Justo de Lara Jordi Garrell 7. The changing shape of Cuban cinema: a report and a reflection Michael Chanan 8. A mixed economy of labour in a changing Cuba Steve Ludlam9. What’s in a name? Emigrant Cubans since 1959 and the curious evolution of discourse Antoni Kapcia 10. Decentering cubanidad. Commodification, cosmopolitanism and diasporic engagement shaping the Cuban migration to post-1989 Western Europe Catherine Krull and Jean Stubbs 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2105.9781908857996_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/rethinking-past-and-present-in-cuba/ London, GB 04 01 20210526 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857415 03 9781908857415 06 15 9781908857422 03 9781908857422 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/f77f0fa2-674d-4586-8ff9-f3907287731a 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/f77f0fa2-674d-4586-8ff9-f3907287731a/f77f0fa2-674d-4586-8ff9-f3907287731a.pdf 20 08 20210526 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/rethinking-past-and-present-in-cuba/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857996.pdf 20 08 20210526 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/rethinking-past-and-present-in-cuba/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2105.9781908857996.pdf 20 08 20210526 01 urn:uuid:4dd7f28f-c572-44d2-9d1a-9dcd04061bd7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f77f0fa2-674d-4586-8ff9-f3907287731a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4dd7f28f-c572-44d2-9d1a-9dcd04061bd7 15 9781908857422 03 9781908857422 06 10.14296/2105.9781908857996 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61739 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Rethinking Past and Present in Cuba Essays in memory of Alistair Hennessy 1 B01 Antoni Kapcia Antoni Kapcia 01 eng 00 250 03 10 HIS024000 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 12 1KJC 93 1KJC 20 Cuba; history; culture; politics; Latino studies 01 06 02 00 This volume comprises of essays and research articles written in homage to the seminal influence and contribution made by the late Alistair Hennessy towards the development of Cuban studies. Following Hennessy’s own cross-disciplinary and open-minded approach to the study of the history of Cuba, it contains a mixture of the old and the new, i 03 00 This collection of essays and research articles has been designed, by its breadth of expertise and discipline, to pay suitable homage to the seminal influence and contribution made by the late Alistair Hennessy towards the development of Cuban studies. For that reason, it includes a judicious mixture of the old and the new, including several of the leading and internationally well-established experts on Cuban history, politics and culture, but also some up-and-coming researchers in the field; that mixture and the combination of topics (some addressing the past directly, others assessing the present within a historical context) reflects Hennessy’s own cross-disciplinary and open-minded approach to the study of the history of Cuba. 30 00 This collection of essays and research articles has been designed, by its breadth of expertise and discipline, to pay suitable homage to the seminal influence and contribution made by the late Alistair Hennessy towards the development of Cuban studies. For that reason, it includes a judicious mixture of the old and the new, including several of the leading and internationally well-established experts on Cuban history, politics and culture, but also some up-and-coming researchers in the field; that mixture and the combination of topics (some addressing the past directly, others assessing the present within a historical context) reflects Hennessy’s own cross-disciplinary and open-minded approach to the study of the history of Cuba. 04 00 Preface. In memory of Alistair Hennessy Antoni Kapcia 1. Spanish republicanism and the colonial empire: Alistair Hennessey and Spain's democratic revolution Christopher Schmidt-Nowara2. Rethinking pathways to the Cuban past Louis A. Pérez, Jr. 3. The origins of Cuban socialism Fernando Martínez Heredia4. Persuading parliament: Rafael María de Labra, Spanish colonial policy and the abolitionist debate (July 1871) Catherine Davies5. Ethnic whitening processes and the politics of race, labour and national identity in colonial Cuba: a case study of Irish immigrants, 1818–45 Margaret Brehony 6. From Hispanic essays to modern reporting: the evolution of Cuban journalism, considered through the figure of Justo de Lara Jordi Garrell 7. The changing shape of Cuban cinema: a report and a reflection Michael Chanan 8. A mixed economy of labour in a changing Cuba Steve Ludlam9. What’s in a name? Emigrant Cubans since 1959 and the curious evolution of discourse Antoni Kapcia 10. Decentering cubanidad. Commodification, cosmopolitanism and diasporic engagement shaping the Cuban migration to post-1989 Western Europe Catherine Krull and Jean Stubbs 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2105.9781908857996_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/rethinking-past-and-present-in-cuba/ London, GB 04 01 20210526 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857415 03 9781908857415 06 15 9781908857996 03 9781908857996 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/rethinking-past-and-present-in-cuba/ 20 08 20210526 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2641649d-fc0a-4b8f-89d0-84c4fd5a7a11 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:264cb9ce-f866-4fa0-9b11-6a55fc454db2 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2641649d-fc0a-4b8f-89d0-84c4fd5a7a11 15 9781908857569 03 9781908857569 06 10.14296/1220.9781908857804 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72698 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 11 mm 03 1.1 cm 03 0.4375 in 08 276 gr 08 9.75 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Revisiting the Falklands-Malvinas Question Transnational and Interdisciplinary Perspectives 1 B01 Guillermo Mira Guillermo Mira 2 A01 Fernando Pedrosa Fernando 01 eng 00 300 03 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 HBW 10 HIS037070 93 NHW 12 1KLS 93 1KLS 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MPQX 93 4CTM 20 Falklands; Malvinas; war; commemoration; Argentina; Britain; colonialism; military 01 06 02 00 Revisiting Falklands-Malvinas forty years after the conflict. 03 00 The conflict over possession of the Falklands-Malvinas Islands was waged in an area remote both geographically and geo-politically in an era of cold war and also of tensions within and between sovereign states of the supposed western bloc. It has been broadly perceived as an absurd confrontation, the echoes of which, despite the brevity of its duration, and some four decades on, resonate still not least in the lasting wounds that bear testimony yet to its underlying causes. This book probes the reasons behind the conflict’s tragic occurrence and the processing of its consequences in and beyond the sovereign states that suffered and suffer still from the exacerbating of nationalist identities in the resolution of their differences and the consequent challenges to be addressed. Drawing on perspectives that bring together contributors from markedly differing backgrounds, whether national or disciplinary, this collection reinforces the spirit of critical questioning that historical and sociological research must ever value and pursue. Prejudices and preconceptions are acknowledged and confronted yet contextualised and revised through filters of new questions and answers which are not always anticipated or, for the stubbornly partisan, readily embraced. 30 00 The conflict over possession of the Falklands-Malvinas Islands was waged in an area remote both geographically and geo-politically in an era of cold war and also of tensions within and between sovereign states of the supposed western bloc. It has been broadly perceived as an absurd confrontation, the echoes of which, despite the brevity of its duration, and some four decades on, resonate still not least in the lasting wounds that bear testimony yet to its underlying causes. This book probes the reasons behind the conflict’s tragic occurrence and the processing of its consequences in and beyond the sovereign states that suffered and suffer still from the exacerbating of nationalist identities in the resolution of their differences and the consequent challenges to be addressed. Drawing on perspectives that bring together contributors from markedly differing backgrounds, whether national or disciplinary, this collection reinforces the spirit of critical questioning that historical and sociological research must ever value and pursue. Prejudices and preconceptions are acknowledged and confronted yet contextualised and revised through filters of new questions and answers which are not always anticipated or, for the stubbornly partisan, readily embraced. 04 00 Preface Guillermo Mira and Fernando PedrosaIntroduction: State, national identity and power: a historical tour in search of the causes of the Falklands–Malvinas War Guillermo Mira and Fernando Pedrosa1. Resisting bio-power: ‘laughter’, ‘fraternity’ and ‘imagination’ under dictatorship and the Malvinas–Falklands War María José Bruña Bragado2. Exile, the Malvinas War and human rights Silvina Jensen3. Attitudes towards the Falklands–Malvinas War: European and Latin American left perspectives Fernando Pedrosa4. The Falklands–Malvinas War and transitions to democracy in Latin America: the turning point of 1979–82 Guillermo Mira5. The Malvinas journey: harsh landscapes, rough writing, raw footage Julieta Vitullo6. Malvinas miscellanea: notes on a diary written while shooting a film in these remote islands Edgardo Dieleke7. Malvinas, civil society and populism: a cinematic perspective Joanna Page8. Flying the flag: Malvinas and questions of patriotism Catriona McAllister9. Leaving behind the trenches of nationalism: teaching the Malvinas in secondary schools in Río Gallegos, Santa Cruz province Matthew C. Benwell and Alejandro Gasel10. Chronicle of a referendum foretold: what next for the Malvinas–Falklands? Cara Levey and Daniel Ozarow11. The limits of negotiation Andrew Graham-Yooll12. It breaks two to tangle: constructing and deconstructing bridges Bernard McGuirk13. Information Resources on the Falkland-Malvinas Conflict Christine Anderson and María R. Osuna Alarcón 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1220.9781908857804_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/revisiting-the-falklands-malvinas-question/ London, GB 04 01 20210222 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857804 03 9781908857804 06 15 9781915249609 03 9781915249609 06 15 9781908857859 03 9781908857859 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/revisiting-the-falklands-malvinas-question/ 20 08 20210222 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0aa7e24b-a85c-466b-925b-f88cb7c22c60 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:264cb9ce-f866-4fa0-9b11-6a55fc454db2 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0aa7e24b-a85c-466b-925b-f88cb7c22c60 15 9781908857804 03 9781908857804 06 10.14296/1220.9781908857804 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72698 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Revisiting the Falklands-Malvinas Question Transnational and Interdisciplinary Perspectives 1 B01 Guillermo Mira Guillermo Mira 2 A01 Fernando Pedrosa Fernando 01 eng 00 300 03 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 HBW 10 HIS037070 93 NHW 12 1KLS 93 1KLS 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MPQX 93 4CTM 20 Falklands; Malvinas; war; commemoration; Argentina; Britain; colonialism; military 01 06 02 00 Revisiting Falklands-Malvinas forty years after the conflict. 03 00 The conflict over possession of the Falklands-Malvinas Islands was waged in an area remote both geographically and geo-politically in an era of cold war and also of tensions within and between sovereign states of the supposed western bloc. It has been broadly perceived as an absurd confrontation, the echoes of which, despite the brevity of its duration, and some four decades on, resonate still not least in the lasting wounds that bear testimony yet to its underlying causes. This book probes the reasons behind the conflict’s tragic occurrence and the processing of its consequences in and beyond the sovereign states that suffered and suffer still from the exacerbating of nationalist identities in the resolution of their differences and the consequent challenges to be addressed. Drawing on perspectives that bring together contributors from markedly differing backgrounds, whether national or disciplinary, this collection reinforces the spirit of critical questioning that historical and sociological research must ever value and pursue. Prejudices and preconceptions are acknowledged and confronted yet contextualised and revised through filters of new questions and answers which are not always anticipated or, for the stubbornly partisan, readily embraced. 30 00 The conflict over possession of the Falklands-Malvinas Islands was waged in an area remote both geographically and geo-politically in an era of cold war and also of tensions within and between sovereign states of the supposed western bloc. It has been broadly perceived as an absurd confrontation, the echoes of which, despite the brevity of its duration, and some four decades on, resonate still not least in the lasting wounds that bear testimony yet to its underlying causes. This book probes the reasons behind the conflict’s tragic occurrence and the processing of its consequences in and beyond the sovereign states that suffered and suffer still from the exacerbating of nationalist identities in the resolution of their differences and the consequent challenges to be addressed. Drawing on perspectives that bring together contributors from markedly differing backgrounds, whether national or disciplinary, this collection reinforces the spirit of critical questioning that historical and sociological research must ever value and pursue. Prejudices and preconceptions are acknowledged and confronted yet contextualised and revised through filters of new questions and answers which are not always anticipated or, for the stubbornly partisan, readily embraced. 04 00 Preface Guillermo Mira and Fernando PedrosaIntroduction: State, national identity and power: a historical tour in search of the causes of the Falklands–Malvinas War Guillermo Mira and Fernando Pedrosa1. Resisting bio-power: ‘laughter’, ‘fraternity’ and ‘imagination’ under dictatorship and the Malvinas–Falklands War María José Bruña Bragado2. Exile, the Malvinas War and human rights Silvina Jensen3. Attitudes towards the Falklands–Malvinas War: European and Latin American left perspectives Fernando Pedrosa4. The Falklands–Malvinas War and transitions to democracy in Latin America: the turning point of 1979–82 Guillermo Mira5. The Malvinas journey: harsh landscapes, rough writing, raw footage Julieta Vitullo6. Malvinas miscellanea: notes on a diary written while shooting a film in these remote islands Edgardo Dieleke7. Malvinas, civil society and populism: a cinematic perspective Joanna Page8. Flying the flag: Malvinas and questions of patriotism Catriona McAllister9. Leaving behind the trenches of nationalism: teaching the Malvinas in secondary schools in Río Gallegos, Santa Cruz province Matthew C. Benwell and Alejandro Gasel10. Chronicle of a referendum foretold: what next for the Malvinas–Falklands? Cara Levey and Daniel Ozarow11. The limits of negotiation Andrew Graham-Yooll12. It breaks two to tangle: constructing and deconstructing bridges Bernard McGuirk13. Information Resources on the Falkland-Malvinas Conflict Christine Anderson and María R. Osuna Alarcón 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1220.9781908857804_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/revisiting-the-falklands-malvinas-question/ London, GB 04 01 20210222 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857569 03 9781908857569 06 15 9781915249609 03 9781915249609 06 15 9781908857859 03 9781908857859 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/264cb9ce-f866-4fa0-9b11-6a55fc454db2 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/264cb9ce-f866-4fa0-9b11-6a55fc454db2/264cb9ce-f866-4fa0-9b11-6a55fc454db2.pdf 20 08 20210222 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/revisiting-the-falklands-malvinas-question/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857804.pdf 20 08 20210222 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/revisiting-the-falklands-malvinas-question/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1220.9781908857804.pdf 20 08 20210222 01 urn:uuid:eeeb34da-f3ca-4a97-8ddf-bdcddc21881c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:264cb9ce-f866-4fa0-9b11-6a55fc454db2 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:eeeb34da-f3ca-4a97-8ddf-bdcddc21881c 15 9781915249609 03 9781915249609 06 10.14296/1220.9781908857804 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72698 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Revisiting the Falklands-Malvinas Question Transnational and Interdisciplinary Perspectives 1 B01 Guillermo Mira Guillermo Mira 2 A01 Fernando Pedrosa Fernando 01 eng 00 300 03 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 HBW 10 HIS037070 93 NHW 12 1KLS 93 1KLS 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MPQX 93 4CTM 20 Falklands; Malvinas; war; commemoration; Argentina; Britain; colonialism; military 01 06 02 00 Revisiting Falklands-Malvinas forty years after the conflict. 03 00 The conflict over possession of the Falklands-Malvinas Islands was waged in an area remote both geographically and geo-politically in an era of cold war and also of tensions within and between sovereign states of the supposed western bloc. It has been broadly perceived as an absurd confrontation, the echoes of which, despite the brevity of its duration, and some four decades on, resonate still not least in the lasting wounds that bear testimony yet to its underlying causes. This book probes the reasons behind the conflict’s tragic occurrence and the processing of its consequences in and beyond the sovereign states that suffered and suffer still from the exacerbating of nationalist identities in the resolution of their differences and the consequent challenges to be addressed. Drawing on perspectives that bring together contributors from markedly differing backgrounds, whether national or disciplinary, this collection reinforces the spirit of critical questioning that historical and sociological research must ever value and pursue. Prejudices and preconceptions are acknowledged and confronted yet contextualised and revised through filters of new questions and answers which are not always anticipated or, for the stubbornly partisan, readily embraced. 30 00 The conflict over possession of the Falklands-Malvinas Islands was waged in an area remote both geographically and geo-politically in an era of cold war and also of tensions within and between sovereign states of the supposed western bloc. It has been broadly perceived as an absurd confrontation, the echoes of which, despite the brevity of its duration, and some four decades on, resonate still not least in the lasting wounds that bear testimony yet to its underlying causes. This book probes the reasons behind the conflict’s tragic occurrence and the processing of its consequences in and beyond the sovereign states that suffered and suffer still from the exacerbating of nationalist identities in the resolution of their differences and the consequent challenges to be addressed. Drawing on perspectives that bring together contributors from markedly differing backgrounds, whether national or disciplinary, this collection reinforces the spirit of critical questioning that historical and sociological research must ever value and pursue. Prejudices and preconceptions are acknowledged and confronted yet contextualised and revised through filters of new questions and answers which are not always anticipated or, for the stubbornly partisan, readily embraced. 04 00 Preface Guillermo Mira and Fernando PedrosaIntroduction: State, national identity and power: a historical tour in search of the causes of the Falklands–Malvinas War Guillermo Mira and Fernando Pedrosa1. Resisting bio-power: ‘laughter’, ‘fraternity’ and ‘imagination’ under dictatorship and the Malvinas–Falklands War María José Bruña Bragado2. Exile, the Malvinas War and human rights Silvina Jensen3. Attitudes towards the Falklands–Malvinas War: European and Latin American left perspectives Fernando Pedrosa4. The Falklands–Malvinas War and transitions to democracy in Latin America: the turning point of 1979–82 Guillermo Mira5. The Malvinas journey: harsh landscapes, rough writing, raw footage Julieta Vitullo6. Malvinas miscellanea: notes on a diary written while shooting a film in these remote islands Edgardo Dieleke7. Malvinas, civil society and populism: a cinematic perspective Joanna Page8. Flying the flag: Malvinas and questions of patriotism Catriona McAllister9. Leaving behind the trenches of nationalism: teaching the Malvinas in secondary schools in Río Gallegos, Santa Cruz province Matthew C. Benwell and Alejandro Gasel10. Chronicle of a referendum foretold: what next for the Malvinas–Falklands? Cara Levey and Daniel Ozarow11. The limits of negotiation Andrew Graham-Yooll12. It breaks two to tangle: constructing and deconstructing bridges Bernard McGuirk13. Information Resources on the Falkland-Malvinas Conflict Christine Anderson and María R. Osuna Alarcón 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1220.9781908857804_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/revisiting-the-falklands-malvinas-question/ London, GB 04 01 20210222 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857569 03 9781908857569 06 15 9781908857804 03 9781908857804 06 15 9781908857859 03 9781908857859 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/revisiting-the-falklands-malvinas-question 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/revisiting-the-falklands-malvinas-question 20 08 20210222 01 urn:uuid:a14d1837-2ac9-4c7b-901c-7298d640b3a1 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:264cb9ce-f866-4fa0-9b11-6a55fc454db2 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a14d1837-2ac9-4c7b-901c-7298d640b3a1 15 9781908857859 03 9781908857859 06 10.14296/1220.9781908857804 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72698 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Revisiting the Falklands-Malvinas Question Transnational and Interdisciplinary Perspectives 1 B01 Guillermo Mira Guillermo Mira 2 A01 Fernando Pedrosa Fernando 01 eng 00 300 03 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 HBW 10 HIS037070 93 NHW 12 1KLS 93 1KLS 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MPQX 93 4CTM 20 Falklands; Malvinas; war; commemoration; Argentina; Britain; colonialism; military 01 06 02 00 Revisiting Falklands-Malvinas forty years after the conflict. 03 00 The conflict over possession of the Falklands-Malvinas Islands was waged in an area remote both geographically and geo-politically in an era of cold war and also of tensions within and between sovereign states of the supposed western bloc. It has been broadly perceived as an absurd confrontation, the echoes of which, despite the brevity of its duration, and some four decades on, resonate still not least in the lasting wounds that bear testimony yet to its underlying causes. This book probes the reasons behind the conflict’s tragic occurrence and the processing of its consequences in and beyond the sovereign states that suffered and suffer still from the exacerbating of nationalist identities in the resolution of their differences and the consequent challenges to be addressed. Drawing on perspectives that bring together contributors from markedly differing backgrounds, whether national or disciplinary, this collection reinforces the spirit of critical questioning that historical and sociological research must ever value and pursue. Prejudices and preconceptions are acknowledged and confronted yet contextualised and revised through filters of new questions and answers which are not always anticipated or, for the stubbornly partisan, readily embraced. 30 00 The conflict over possession of the Falklands-Malvinas Islands was waged in an area remote both geographically and geo-politically in an era of cold war and also of tensions within and between sovereign states of the supposed western bloc. It has been broadly perceived as an absurd confrontation, the echoes of which, despite the brevity of its duration, and some four decades on, resonate still not least in the lasting wounds that bear testimony yet to its underlying causes. This book probes the reasons behind the conflict’s tragic occurrence and the processing of its consequences in and beyond the sovereign states that suffered and suffer still from the exacerbating of nationalist identities in the resolution of their differences and the consequent challenges to be addressed. Drawing on perspectives that bring together contributors from markedly differing backgrounds, whether national or disciplinary, this collection reinforces the spirit of critical questioning that historical and sociological research must ever value and pursue. Prejudices and preconceptions are acknowledged and confronted yet contextualised and revised through filters of new questions and answers which are not always anticipated or, for the stubbornly partisan, readily embraced. 04 00 Preface Guillermo Mira and Fernando PedrosaIntroduction: State, national identity and power: a historical tour in search of the causes of the Falklands–Malvinas War Guillermo Mira and Fernando Pedrosa1. Resisting bio-power: ‘laughter’, ‘fraternity’ and ‘imagination’ under dictatorship and the Malvinas–Falklands War María José Bruña Bragado2. Exile, the Malvinas War and human rights Silvina Jensen3. Attitudes towards the Falklands–Malvinas War: European and Latin American left perspectives Fernando Pedrosa4. The Falklands–Malvinas War and transitions to democracy in Latin America: the turning point of 1979–82 Guillermo Mira5. The Malvinas journey: harsh landscapes, rough writing, raw footage Julieta Vitullo6. Malvinas miscellanea: notes on a diary written while shooting a film in these remote islands Edgardo Dieleke7. Malvinas, civil society and populism: a cinematic perspective Joanna Page8. Flying the flag: Malvinas and questions of patriotism Catriona McAllister9. Leaving behind the trenches of nationalism: teaching the Malvinas in secondary schools in Río Gallegos, Santa Cruz province Matthew C. Benwell and Alejandro Gasel10. Chronicle of a referendum foretold: what next for the Malvinas–Falklands? Cara Levey and Daniel Ozarow11. The limits of negotiation Andrew Graham-Yooll12. It breaks two to tangle: constructing and deconstructing bridges Bernard McGuirk13. Information Resources on the Falkland-Malvinas Conflict Christine Anderson and María R. Osuna Alarcón 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1220.9781908857804_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/revisiting-the-falklands-malvinas-question/ London, GB 04 01 20210222 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857569 03 9781908857569 06 15 9781908857804 03 9781908857804 06 15 9781915249609 03 9781915249609 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/revisiting-the-falklands-malvinas-question/ 20 08 20210222 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:876f9b2f-e597-4a96-8de8-0e2198de6070 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5f7dde24-2f1b-4a08-9928-672d0b47fbba 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:876f9b2f-e597-4a96-8de8-0e2198de6070 15 9781900039697 03 9781900039697 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53742 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 08 32 gr 08 1.25 oz 01 01 Right On? Political Change and Continuity in George W. Bush's America 1 B01 Iwan Morgan Iwan Morgan 2 B01 Philip D. Davies Philip D. Davies 01 eng B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 JPQ 12 JPQ 10 POL042020 93 JPS 12 JPS 10 POL040000 12 1KBB 93 1KBB 20 first-term; second-term; controversy; policy 01 06 02 00 Assesses George W Bush's presidency in terms of its historical context, first-term record, and second-term prospects. This book considers his administration from the perspective of its engagement in an ideologically driven project to consolidate conservative ascendancy over US politics and public policy. 03 00 George W. Bush is widely regarded as a president of transformative significance. This volume analyzes the ambitious but controversial agenda that he has pursued at home and abroad. The contributors assess Bush's presidency in terms of its historical context, first-term record, and second-term prospects. They consider his administration from the perspective of its engagement in an ideologically driven project to consolidate conservative ascendancy over U.S. politics and public policy and to promote America's interests and values in the unipolar world. They evaluate the elements of political change and continuity in George Bush's America. The book also focuses on the extent to which the Bush agenda is new or a continuation of previous trends. Contributors also examine how far Bush has succeeded in overcoming political, institutional, and international resistance to his conservative agenda, and they evaluate his prospects for further success. <break/>Contributors include John Dumbrell (University of Leicester, UK), Martin Durham (University of Wolverhampton, UK), Godfrey Hodgson (Rothermere American Institute, Oxford University, UK), Steven Hurst (Manchester Metropolitan University, UK), Klaus Larres (Royal Holloway College, University of London, UK), Bob McKeever (University of Reading, UK), John Owens (University of Westminster, UK), Rob Singh (Birkbeck College, University of London, UK), and Alex Waddan (University of Sunderland, UK). 30 00 George W. Bush is widely regarded as a president of transformative significance. This volume analyzes the ambitious but controversial agenda that he has pursued at home and abroad. The contributors assess Bush's presidency in terms of its historical context, first-term record, and second-term prospects. They consider his administration from the perspective of its engagement in an ideologically driven project to consolidate conservative ascendancy over U.S. politics and public policy and to promote America's interests and values in the unipolar world. They evaluate the elements of political change and continuity in George Bush's America. The book also focuses on the extent to which the Bush agenda is new or a continuation of previous trends. Contributors also examine how far Bush has succeeded in overcoming political, institutional, and international resistance to his conservative agenda, and they evaluate his prospects for further success. <break/>Contributors include John Dumbrell (University of Leicester, UK), Martin Durham (University of Wolverhampton, UK), Godfrey Hodgson (Rothermere American Institute, Oxford University, UK), Steven Hurst (Manchester Metropolitan University, UK), Klaus Larres (Royal Holloway College, University of London, UK), Bob McKeever (University of Reading, UK), John Owens (University of Westminster, UK), Rob Singh (Birkbeck College, University of London, UK), and Alex Waddan (University of Sunderland, UK). 04 00 Introduction:; Right On? Political Change and Continuity in George W. Bush's America; Iwan Morgan 1; 1 President Bush's Second Term Agenda; Godfrey Hodgson 17; 2 Conservatism Resurgent? The Foreign Policy Of the Bush Administration 41; Steven Hurst; 3 President Kerry's Foreign Policy: Continuity and Discontinuity in Contemporary American Foreign Policy; John Dumbrell 59; 4 The Bush Administration and Europe; Klaus Larres 75; 5 The Bush Administration and the Middle East; Robert Singh 92; 6 The Bush Administration and the Budget Deficit; Iwan Morgan 111; 7 American-Style Party Government: Delivering Bush's Agenda, Delivering the Congress's Agenda; John Owens 131; 8 Constitutional Issues, Rights and Supreme Court Appointments; Robert McKeever 161. 9 A New Republican Majority?; Philip Davies 184; 10 Evangelicals and the Politics of Red America; Martin Durham 204; 11 Whither Blue America?; Alex Waddan 219; Bibliography 237. 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/right-on/ London, GB 04 01 20060228 02 WORLD 06 15 9781900039635 03 9781900039635 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/right-on/ 20 08 20060228 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0e52ca75-5e1f-4340-98d3-b8de63db76a4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5f7dde24-2f1b-4a08-9928-672d0b47fbba 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0e52ca75-5e1f-4340-98d3-b8de63db76a4 15 9781900039635 03 9781900039635 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53742 00 BB 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 08 32 gr 08 1.25 oz 01 01 Right On? Political Change and Continuity in George W. Bush's America 1 B01 Iwan Morgan Iwan Morgan 2 B01 Philip D. Davies Philip D. Davies 01 eng B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 JPQ 12 JPQ 10 POL042020 93 JPS 12 JPS 10 POL040000 12 1KBB 93 1KBB 20 first-term; second-term; controversy; policy 01 06 02 00 Assesses George W Bush's presidency in terms of its historical context, first-term record, and second-term prospects. This book considers his administration from the perspective of its engagement in an ideologically driven project to consolidate conservative ascendancy over US politics and public policy. 03 00 George W. Bush is widely regarded as a president of transformative significance. This volume analyzes the ambitious but controversial agenda that he has pursued at home and abroad. The contributors assess Bush's presidency in terms of its historical context, first-term record, and second-term prospects. They consider his administration from the perspective of its engagement in an ideologically driven project to consolidate conservative ascendancy over U.S. politics and public policy and to promote America's interests and values in the unipolar world. They evaluate the elements of political change and continuity in George Bush's America. The book also focuses on the extent to which the Bush agenda is new or a continuation of previous trends. Contributors also examine how far Bush has succeeded in overcoming political, institutional, and international resistance to his conservative agenda, and they evaluate his prospects for further success. <break/>Contributors include John Dumbrell (University of Leicester, UK), Martin Durham (University of Wolverhampton, UK), Godfrey Hodgson (Rothermere American Institute, Oxford University, UK), Steven Hurst (Manchester Metropolitan University, UK), Klaus Larres (Royal Holloway College, University of London, UK), Bob McKeever (University of Reading, UK), John Owens (University of Westminster, UK), Rob Singh (Birkbeck College, University of London, UK), and Alex Waddan (University of Sunderland, UK). 30 00 George W. Bush is widely regarded as a president of transformative significance. This volume analyzes the ambitious but controversial agenda that he has pursued at home and abroad. The contributors assess Bush's presidency in terms of its historical context, first-term record, and second-term prospects. They consider his administration from the perspective of its engagement in an ideologically driven project to consolidate conservative ascendancy over U.S. politics and public policy and to promote America's interests and values in the unipolar world. They evaluate the elements of political change and continuity in George Bush's America. The book also focuses on the extent to which the Bush agenda is new or a continuation of previous trends. Contributors also examine how far Bush has succeeded in overcoming political, institutional, and international resistance to his conservative agenda, and they evaluate his prospects for further success. <break/>Contributors include John Dumbrell (University of Leicester, UK), Martin Durham (University of Wolverhampton, UK), Godfrey Hodgson (Rothermere American Institute, Oxford University, UK), Steven Hurst (Manchester Metropolitan University, UK), Klaus Larres (Royal Holloway College, University of London, UK), Bob McKeever (University of Reading, UK), John Owens (University of Westminster, UK), Rob Singh (Birkbeck College, University of London, UK), and Alex Waddan (University of Sunderland, UK). 04 00 Introduction:; Right On? Political Change and Continuity in George W. Bush's America; Iwan Morgan 1; 1 President Bush's Second Term Agenda; Godfrey Hodgson 17; 2 Conservatism Resurgent? The Foreign Policy Of the Bush Administration 41; Steven Hurst; 3 President Kerry's Foreign Policy: Continuity and Discontinuity in Contemporary American Foreign Policy; John Dumbrell 59; 4 The Bush Administration and Europe; Klaus Larres 75; 5 The Bush Administration and the Middle East; Robert Singh 92; 6 The Bush Administration and the Budget Deficit; Iwan Morgan 111; 7 American-Style Party Government: Delivering Bush's Agenda, Delivering the Congress's Agenda; John Owens 131; 8 Constitutional Issues, Rights and Supreme Court Appointments; Robert McKeever 161. 9 A New Republican Majority?; Philip Davies 184; 10 Evangelicals and the Politics of Red America; Martin Durham 204; 11 Whither Blue America?; Alex Waddan 219; Bibliography 237. 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/right-on/ London, GB 04 01 20060228 02 WORLD 06 15 9781900039697 03 9781900039697 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/right-on/ 20 08 20060228 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:26f7d5f3-ba46-4d34-b237-20ce92f35d76 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:df122397-e0b5-4557-99be-24f6a06ace43 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:26f7d5f3-ba46-4d34-b237-20ce92f35d76 15 9780900587931 03 9780900587931 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53889 00 BC 10 01 296 mm 01 29.6 cm 01 11.625 in 02 210 mm 02 21 cm 02 8.25 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 17 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Roman Military Diplomas: v. 4 (BICS Supplement 82) 1 A01 Margaret M. Roxan Margaret M. Roxan 2 A01 Paul Holder Paul Holder Paul Holder held the role of subject librarian at the University of Manchester until 2016. He has published widely on the subject of Roman military diplomas, and was the editor of Roman Military Diplomas IV (2003; with Margaret Roxan) and Roman Military Diplomas V (2006). 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 HBJD 10 HIS002020 93 NHD 12 HBLA 93 JWT 12 JWT 93 NHC 93 1QBAR 12 1QDAR 01 06 02 00 03 00 This volume presents 121 complete and fragmentary diplomas ranging in date from AD 61 to AD 245. 69 of these diplomas have not previously been published.<break/><break/>These and most of the published diplomas had been worked on by Margaret Roxan. Nine have been prepared by Paul Holder who has also standardized entries and updated references and notes where necessary.<break/><break/>Among the appendixes and indexes are a new ‘Revised chronology of diplomas’ and updated witness lists.<break/><break/>This volume continues Margaret Roxan’s Roman Military Diplomas 1954–77</italic> (1978), 1978-84</italic> (1985) and 1985-93 </italic>(1994) which were published as Occasional Papers (Nos 2, 9 and 14) of the Institute of Archaeology, University of London. This new volume, volume IV, follows the format and continues the numbering of the diplomas and the pagination of the preceding volumes. 30 00 This volume presents 121 complete and fragmentary diplomas ranging in date from AD 61 to AD 245. 69 of these diplomas have not previously been published.<break/><break/>These and most of the published diplomas had been worked on by Margaret Roxan. Nine have been prepared by Paul Holder who has also standardized entries and updated references and notes where necessary.<break/><break/>Among the appendixes and indexes are a new ‘Revised chronology of diplomas’ and updated witness lists.<break/><break/>This volume continues Margaret Roxan’s Roman Military Diplomas 1954–77</italic> (1978), 1978-84</italic> (1985) and 1985-93 </italic>(1994) which were published as Occasional Papers (Nos 2, 9 and 14) of the Institute of Archaeology, University of London. This new volume, volume IV, follows the format and continues the numbering of the diplomas and the pagination of the preceding volumes. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250837//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/roman-military-diplomas-v-4-bics-supplement-82/ London, GB 04 01 20031101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/roman-military-diplomas-v-4-bics-supplement-82/ 20 08 20031101 02 79.99 GBP WORLD 02 105.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c04ff3a8-4a88-41e3-823d-043c62e9a942 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5b41870e-d835-4b78-868c-d559d62b15ac 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c04ff3a8-4a88-41e3-823d-043c62e9a942 15 9781905670017 03 9781905670017 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54046 00 BC 10 01 296 mm 01 29.6 cm 01 11.625 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 24 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Roman Military Diplomas: v. 5 1 B01 Paul Holder Paul Holder Paul Holder held the role of subject librarian at the University of Manchester until 2016. He has published widely on the subject of Roman military diplomas, and was the editor of Roman Military Diplomas IV (2003; with Margaret Roxan) and Roman Military Diplomas V (2006). 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 HBW 10 HIS027000 93 NHW 93 1QBAR 12 1QDAR 01 06 02 00 03 00 Roman Military Diplomas V</italic> presents 154 diplomas, and incorporates them into the updated chronologies witness lists and indexes which are a key part of the Roman Military Diplomas</italic> series.<break/><break/>A few of the diplomas were prepared by the late Margaret Roxan and some others were found after her death in preparation. Otherwise, the intention has been to bring together diplomas published by the end of 2003. But the large number included in this volume also reflects the active interest of collectors and the results of metal detecting. <break/><break/>The lively market in diplomas has, however, also had less benign consequences and the volume has an important appendix on the production of fakes.<break/><break/>The volume continues Margaret Roxan’s Roman Military Diplomas 1954-1977</italic> (1978), 1978-1984</italic> (1985) and 1985-1993</italic> (1994) which were published as Occasional Papers of the Institute of Archaeology University of London, and Roman Military Diplomas IV</italic> (2003) which was published by the Institute of Classical Studies as BICS Supplement 82. RMD IV and RMD V follow the format and continue the numbering of the diplomas and the pagination of the previous volumes. 30 00 Roman Military Diplomas V</italic> presents 154 diplomas, and incorporates them into the updated chronologies witness lists and indexes which are a key part of the Roman Military Diplomas</italic> series.<break/><break/>A few of the diplomas were prepared by the late Margaret Roxan and some others were found after her death in preparation. Otherwise, the intention has been to bring together diplomas published by the end of 2003. But the large number included in this volume also reflects the active interest of collectors and the results of metal detecting. <break/><break/>The lively market in diplomas has, however, also had less benign consequences and the volume has an important appendix on the production of fakes.<break/><break/>The volume continues Margaret Roxan’s Roman Military Diplomas 1954-1977</italic> (1978), 1978-1984</italic> (1985) and 1985-1993</italic> (1994) which were published as Occasional Papers of the Institute of Archaeology University of London, and Roman Military Diplomas IV</italic> (2003) which was published by the Institute of Classical Studies as BICS Supplement 82. RMD IV and RMD V follow the format and continue the numbering of the diplomas and the pagination of the previous volumes. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250823//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/roman-military-diplomas-v-5/ London, GB 04 01 20060609 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/roman-military-diplomas-v-5/ 20 08 20060609 02 84.99 GBP WORLD 02 110.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:cd322e46-d571-4f6d-b6dd-7ccb6454d655 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ed3076aa-6742-480a-b1ce-58918037cfff 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:cd322e46-d571-4f6d-b6dd-7ccb6454d655 15 9781915249654 03 9781915249654 06 10.14296/xhbv1804 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.137991 00 BC 10 01 297 mm 01 29.7 cm 01 9.61 in 02 210 mm 02 21 cm 02 6.69 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 147 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Roman Military Diplomas VI 1 B01 Paul Holder Paul Holder Paul Holder held the role of subject librarian at the University of Manchester until 2016. He has published widely on the subject of Roman military diplomas, and was the editor of Roman Military Diplomas IV (2003; with Margaret Roxan) and Roman Military Diplomas V (2006). 01 eng 00 356 03 09 7 B2 Classical Studies 12 HBW 10 HIS027220 93 NHW 93 1QBAR 12 1QDAR 20 Roman; military; diplomas; army; imperial history; bronze; plaques; Latin; epigraphy; auxiliary units; soldiers; fleet; inscriptions; legal document 01 06 02 00 This sixth volume in the Roman Military Diplomas</italic> series catalogues, transcribes and reconstructs the 179 diplomas published between 2004 and 2007 alongside contextual information helping to illuminate everything from the commanders of units to the social lives of soldiers. It is an essential reference tool for anyone researching 03 00 This sixth volume in the renowned Roman Military Diplomas</italic> series brings together in one accessible collection the Roman military diplomas published between 2004 and 2007. Each of the 179 diplomas is catalogued, transcribed and reconstructed alongside information relating to its physical description, findspot, state of preservation, current location and new readings helping to illuminate everything from the commanders of units to the social lives of soldiers. The volume also includes a revised chronology of the diplomas, appendices providing important criteria in dating the fragments, comprehensive indices of witnesses, persons, places and units and, for the first time, a table of concordances enabling concurrent work with previous volumes in the Roman Military Diplomas</italic> series. Collectively, the volume offers new insights into Roman military procedures and personnel, the social and legal status of soldiers and the afterlife of the diplomas. It is an essential reference tool for anyone researching Roman imperial history, the Roman army and epigraphy. 30 00 This sixth volume in the renowned Roman Military Diplomas</italic> series brings together in one accessible collection the Roman military diplomas published between 2004 and 2007. Each of the 179 diplomas is catalogued, transcribed and reconstructed alongside information relating to its physical description, findspot, state of preservation, current location and new readings helping to illuminate everything from the commanders of units to the social lives of soldiers. The volume also includes a revised chronology of the diplomas, appendices providing important criteria in dating the fragments, comprehensive indices of witnesses, persons, places and units and, for the first time, a table of concordances enabling concurrent work with previous volumes in the Roman Military Diplomas</italic> series. Collectively, the volume offers new insights into Roman military procedures and personnel, the social and legal status of soldiers and the afterlife of the diplomas. It is an essential reference tool for anyone researching Roman imperial history, the Roman army and epigraphy. 04 00 <ul> <li>A Revised Chronology of the Diplomas Published up to RMD VI</li> <li>Critical Signs</li> <li>Diplomas 477–655</li> <li>Appendix I: Sites on the Capitol before 90</li> <li>Appendix IIa: Inner face of Tabella I: Last line, 118–140</li> <li>Appendix IIb: Inner face of Tabella II: First line, 118–140</li> <li>Appendix IIIa: Period 3 witness lists, 138–168</li> <li>Appendix IIIb: Period 3 witness lists, 178–237</li> <li>Concordances</li> <li>Indices: 1. Witnesses: a revised list of all known witnesses up to RMD VI 2. Names 3a. Governors 3b. Prefects of the Fleets 4. Recipients, their units, and their families 5a. Commanders of auxiliary units named in this volume 5b. Commanders of the equites singulares Augusti 6. Units 7. Peoples and Places</li> </ul> 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/349794/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/roman-military-diplomas-vi/ London, GB 04 01 20241114 Paul Holder 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/roman-military-diplomas-vi/ 20 08 20241114 02 120.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:f9391238-33b9-4ef1-9400-0dc0da11dad3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:25a570be-f15a-4bd3-8de2-7745f782e060 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f9391238-33b9-4ef1-9400-0dc0da11dad3 15 9780900587696 03 9780900587696 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53828 00 BB 10 01 251 mm 01 25.1 cm 01 9.875 in 02 180 mm 02 18 cm 02 7.0625 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 2 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Roman Statutes (BICS Supplement 64.1 -64.2) 1 B01 Michael Crawford Michael Crawford 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 LAFR 93 LAFR 10 POL009000 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250854//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/roman-statutes-bics-supplement-64-1-64-2/ London, GB 04 01 19951201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/roman-statutes-bics-supplement-64-1-64-2/ 20 08 19951201 02 130.00 GBP WORLD 02 170.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b6a66a25-5929-4cce-b79b-90c8b892da34 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:be4ac14d-2ce1-44b2-a93a-117875caaddc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b6a66a25-5929-4cce-b79b-90c8b892da34 15 9781900039611 03 9781900039611 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53792 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 14 mm 03 1.4 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 19 gr 08 0.75 oz 01 01 Science and the Creative Imagination in Latin America 1 B01 Evelyn Fishburn Evelyn Fishburn 2 B01 Eduardo L. Ortiz Eduardo L. Ortiz 01 eng 01 spa B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 12 PDX 93 PDX 10 SOC026030 12 1KL 93 1KL 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248158/53792/53792_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/science-and-the-creative-imagination-in-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20041001 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/science-and-the-creative-imagination-in-latin-america/ 20 08 20041001 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4df96dc4-b87e-42ed-8448-4f6c5aca4b7f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c1da47b9-eff4-4e1b-b788-9abf40ed1737 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4df96dc4-b87e-42ed-8448-4f6c5aca4b7f 15 9780900587788 03 9780900587788 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61400 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 5 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Second Punic War (BICS Supplement 67) 1 B01 Tim Cornell Tim Cornell 2 B01 B Rankov B Rankov 3 B01 P Sabin P Sabin 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient History 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250852//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/second-punic-war-bics-supplement-67/ London, GB 04 01 19961010 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/second-punic-war-bics-supplement-67/ 20 08 19961010 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8ac8f3f2-9447-4400-ae51-d0a9ea5502b5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:9e5eeb1e-81f3-4d77-b0c4-131fa5133a1d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8ac8f3f2-9447-4400-ae51-d0a9ea5502b5 15 9781905670475 03 9781905670475 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61374 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 46 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Seeing Red: New economic and social perspectives on Gallo-Roman terra sigilata (BICS Supplement 102) 1 B01 Michael Fulford Michael Fulford 2 B01 Emma Durham Emma Durham 01 eng 10 ARC005000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Reception 12 HDDK 93 WFN 01 06 02 00 03 00 Mass produced at a variety of locations, principally in Gaul and Germany, between the beginning of the first century and the mid third century CE, Gallo-Roman terra sigillata</italic> was consumed in very large quantities across the western provinces of the Roman Empire.The large number of records – over 425,000 – now published inNames on Terra Sigillata</italic> – the potters, their individual name dies, the associated forms, and the numbers recovered from find sites – have provided an international resource for fresh, quantitatively-based approaches to the study of terra sigillata, as presented here in Seeing Red</italic>.Twenty-six essays by leading international scholars in the field cover a range of themes including: the organization of production, distribution (inter- and intra-provincial as well as beyond the frontiers), chronology, linguistics, consumption, deposition, and iconography. The geographical scope ranges from Britain in the north-west of the Roman Empire, to the Iberian peninsula, and the western Mediterranean in the south, and from France to the lower Danube, including the Czech Republic and Poland in Central Europe. 30 00 Mass produced at a variety of locations, principally in Gaul and Germany, between the beginning of the first century and the mid third century CE, Gallo-Roman terra sigillata</italic> was consumed in very large quantities across the western provinces of the Roman Empire.The large number of records – over 425,000 – now published inNames on Terra Sigillata</italic> – the potters, their individual name dies, the associated forms, and the numbers recovered from find sites – have provided an international resource for fresh, quantitatively-based approaches to the study of terra sigillata, as presented here in Seeing Red</italic>.Twenty-six essays by leading international scholars in the field cover a range of themes including: the organization of production, distribution (inter- and intra-provincial as well as beyond the frontiers), chronology, linguistics, consumption, deposition, and iconography. The geographical scope ranges from Britain in the north-west of the Roman Empire, to the Iberian peninsula, and the western Mediterranean in the south, and from France to the lower Danube, including the Czech Republic and Poland in Central Europe. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250795//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/seeing-red-new-economic-and-social-perspectives-on-gallo-roman-terra-sigilata-bics-supplement-102/ London, GB 04 01 20131004 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/seeing-red-new-economic-and-social-perspectives-on-gallo-roman-terra-sigilata-bics-supplement-102/ 20 08 20131004 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:528151ec-b58a-41da-8fed-95bb5484c504 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:31413410-1c44-4a5f-936d-28051faa3df0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:528151ec-b58a-41da-8fed-95bb5484c504 15 9780992725723 03 9780992725723 06 10.14296/718.9780992725723 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.79276 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Shakespeare and Revision 1 A01 Stanley Wells Stanley Wells 01 eng 00 29 03 93 DDA 12 DSG 10 LIT004120 B2 Literary Studies 10 DRA010000 12 DSBD 93 DSG 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015030 12 3JD 93 3MG 93 5PX-GB-S 20 theatre; plays; editing; omissions; additions; literature; Shakespeare 01 06 02 00 In this talk, Stanley Wells discusses the scholarly, critical, and theatrical consequences of accepting the idea of Shakespeare as a playwright who revised his work. To revise is both to omit and to add – what are the implications of this? This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1987, 03 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1987.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 30 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1987.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/718.9780992725723_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/shakespeare-and-revision/ London, GB 04 01 20180731 02 WORLD WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/31413410-1c44-4a5f-936d-28051faa3df0 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/31413410-1c44-4a5f-936d-28051faa3df0/31413410-1c44-4a5f-936d-28051faa3df0.pdf 20 08 20180731 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/shakespeare-and-revision/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9780992725723.pdf 20 08 20180731 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/shakespeare-and-revision/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/718.9780992725723.pdf 20 08 20180731 01 urn:uuid:e39be565-fd0b-46eb-8730-f1a7bb2ee7c6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c79d4ff6-518d-4c5e-ac2c-c54a17088447 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e39be565-fd0b-46eb-8730-f1a7bb2ee7c6 15 9781908590725 03 9781908590725 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72138 00 BC 10 01 241 mm 01 24.1 cm 01 9.5 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 01 01 Shaping Knowledge: The Transmission of the 'Liber Floridus' 1 A01 Hanna Vorholt Hanna Vorholt 01 eng 09 124 12 ACK 93 AGA 10 ART015070 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 AKHM 12 DSBB 10 LCO017000 10 DES001000 93 DSBB 12 WCS 93 6MB 20 compilation; transmission; manuscript; medieval; text; image 01 06 02 00 The encyclopedic compilation Liber Floridus, created by Lambert of Saint-Omer in the early twelfth century, survives not only in the form of his famous autograph, but also in several later manuscripts. These manuscripts transformed the knowledge assembled by him as their makers not only selected and copied material from the Liber Floridus, bu 03 00 The encyclopedic compilation Liber Floridus</italic>, created by the Flemish canon Lambert of Saint-Omer in the early twelfth century, survives not only in the form of his famous autograph, but also in a considerable number of later manuscripts which transformed the knowledge assembled by him and which became starting points for new appraisals of their texts and images. Shaping Knowledge</italic> examines the processes which determined this transfer over the centuries and evaluates the specific achievements of the different generations of scribes and illuminators. Taking account of the full range of manuscripts which transmit material from the Liber Floridus</italic> and focusing in more detail on three of them – now in the Herzog August Bibliothek in Wolfenbüttel, in the Universiteitsbibliotheek Leiden and in the Abdijarchief of Tongerlo – it shows that the makers of these manuscripts did not merely select and copy material from the Liber Floridus</italic>, but also organized images and texts in new ways, sought out different exemplars for them and embarked on compilatory activities of their own. These relationships at the textual, visual and conceptual levels are lenses through which we can observe the networks subsisting among the manuscripts linked to the Liber Floridus</italic> and the much broader group of encyclopedic compilations to which they belong. Sixteen colour plates and one hundred black-and-white figures document the role of the visual and material dimensions of the manuscripts in the processes of transmission. 30 00 The encyclopedic compilation Liber Floridus</italic>, created by the Flemish canon Lambert of Saint-Omer in the early twelfth century, survives not only in the form of his famous autograph, but also in a considerable number of later manuscripts which transformed the knowledge assembled by him and which became starting points for new appraisals of their texts and images. Shaping Knowledge</italic> examines the processes which determined this transfer over the centuries and evaluates the specific achievements of the different generations of scribes and illuminators. Taking account of the full range of manuscripts which transmit material from the Liber Floridus</italic> and focusing in more detail on three of them – now in the Herzog August Bibliothek in Wolfenbüttel, in the Universiteitsbibliotheek Leiden and in the Abdijarchief of Tongerlo – it shows that the makers of these manuscripts did not merely select and copy material from the Liber Floridus</italic>, but also organized images and texts in new ways, sought out different exemplars for them and embarked on compilatory activities of their own. These relationships at the textual, visual and conceptual levels are lenses through which we can observe the networks subsisting among the manuscripts linked to the Liber Floridus</italic> and the much broader group of encyclopedic compilations to which they belong. Sixteen colour plates and one hundred black-and-white figures document the role of the visual and material dimensions of the manuscripts in the processes of transmission. 04 00 Preface Manuscript Abbreviations Editorial Note Part I. Introduction 1. Researching the Transmission of the Liber Floridus 2. Lambert of Saint-Omer’s Autograph Part II. The Twelfth Century 1. Introduction 2. Wolfenbüttel, Herzog August Bibliothek, Cod. Guelf. 1 Gud. lat. Part III. The Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries 1. Introduction 2. Leiden, Universiteitsbibliotheek, MS Voss. Lat. Fol. 31 Part IV. The Fifteenth and Early Sixteenth Centuries 1. Introduction 2. Tongerlo, Abdijarchief, Sectie V, Nr. 325 Part V. Conclusion 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/256296//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/shaping-knowledge-the-transmission-of-the-liber-floridus/ London, GB 04 01 20171128 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/shaping-knowledge-the-transmission-of-the-liber-floridus/ 20 08 20171128 02 59.99 GBP WORLD 02 78.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:12c3b68c-7064-4a92-8db9-def0dd739151 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7d8bfef4-f2b7-440e-83a5-65206f066a76 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:12c3b68c-7064-4a92-8db9-def0dd739151 15 9781908857453 03 9781908857453 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61531 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 Shaping Migration between Europe and Latin America: New Perspectives and Challenges 1 B01 Ana Margheritis Ana Margheritis 01 eng 00 250 03 93 JBFH 12 JFFN B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 JHBD 93 JHBD 10 POL070000 12 1D 93 1D 12 1KL 93 1KL 20 migration; politics; policy; immigration; cultural exchange 01 06 02 00 Focusing on Latin America and Europe, two world regions historically linked by human mobility and cultural exchange, this insightful examination of their changing international migration patterns details their responses to significant demographic changes and new migration trends. The volume examines the political implications of mobility and 03 00 With its focus on Latin America and Europe, two world regions historically linked by human mobility and cultural exchange, this insightful interdisciplinary examination of their changing international migration patterns demonstrates how they are now responding to significant demographic changes and new migration trends.The volume examines strategies pursued by state and non-state actors to address the political and policy implications of mobility, and asks to what extent is cross-regional migration effectively managed today, and how it could be improved. Its chapters provide an integrated and comparative view of the links between the two regions and highlight the formal and informal interstices through which migration journeys are negotiated and shaped. 30 00 With its focus on Latin America and Europe, two world regions historically linked by human mobility and cultural exchange, this insightful interdisciplinary examination of their changing international migration patterns demonstrates how they are now responding to significant demographic changes and new migration trends.The volume examines strategies pursued by state and non-state actors to address the political and policy implications of mobility, and asks to what extent is cross-regional migration effectively managed today, and how it could be improved. Its chapters provide an integrated and comparative view of the links between the two regions and highlight the formal and informal interstices through which migration journeys are negotiated and shaped. 04 00 Foreword Mark ThurnerPart 1. Framing the debate 1. Introduction. Transatlantic migration flows, policies and practices in the 21st century Ana Margheritis 2. Framing understandings of international migration: how governance actors make sense of migration in Europe and South America Andrew Geddes and Marcia Vera EspinozaPart 2. Homemaking, ideas and institutions in a transatlantic journey 3. Citizenship in Latin America from a comparative historical perspective: evolution and Spanish influences Diego Acosta 4. Diaspora engagement policies and migrants’ narratives across the Atlantic Ana Irene Rovetta Cortés 5. South American regional citizenship as figurative frontier: European influences on a political project in the making Ana MargheritisPart 3. Agent-structure dynamics in contemporary migration flows 6. Don’t call me a ‘victim’! Migration projects and sexual exploitation of Brazilian travestis in Europe Emanuela Abbatecola 7. Latin American women and Italian families: agency beyond structural constraints and exploitation Maurizio Ambrosini 8. Agency, structure and transnationalism in Colombian migration to the UK: the emergence of a migration system? Anastasia BermudezPart 4. Conclusions 9. Looking ahead David Owen 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/265393//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/shaping-migration-between-europe-and-latin-america-new-perspectives-and-challenges/ London, GB 04 01 20180831 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857644 03 9781908857644 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/shaping-migration-between-europe-and-latin-america-new-perspectives-and-challenges/ 20 08 20180831 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:df519764-fdc8-435d-a692-04cd55a62944 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7d8bfef4-f2b7-440e-83a5-65206f066a76 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:df519764-fdc8-435d-a692-04cd55a62944 15 9781908857644 03 9781908857644 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61531 00 EB E101 10 01 01 Shaping Migration between Europe and Latin America: New Perspectives and Challenges 1 B01 Ana Margheritis Ana Margheritis 01 eng 00 250 03 93 JBFH 12 JFFN B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 JHBD 93 JHBD 10 POL070000 12 1D 93 1D 12 1KL 93 1KL 20 migration; politics; policy; immigration; cultural exchange 01 06 02 00 Focusing on Latin America and Europe, two world regions historically linked by human mobility and cultural exchange, this insightful examination of their changing international migration patterns details their responses to significant demographic changes and new migration trends. The volume examines the political implications of mobility and 03 00 With its focus on Latin America and Europe, two world regions historically linked by human mobility and cultural exchange, this insightful interdisciplinary examination of their changing international migration patterns demonstrates how they are now responding to significant demographic changes and new migration trends.The volume examines strategies pursued by state and non-state actors to address the political and policy implications of mobility, and asks to what extent is cross-regional migration effectively managed today, and how it could be improved. Its chapters provide an integrated and comparative view of the links between the two regions and highlight the formal and informal interstices through which migration journeys are negotiated and shaped. 30 00 With its focus on Latin America and Europe, two world regions historically linked by human mobility and cultural exchange, this insightful interdisciplinary examination of their changing international migration patterns demonstrates how they are now responding to significant demographic changes and new migration trends.The volume examines strategies pursued by state and non-state actors to address the political and policy implications of mobility, and asks to what extent is cross-regional migration effectively managed today, and how it could be improved. Its chapters provide an integrated and comparative view of the links between the two regions and highlight the formal and informal interstices through which migration journeys are negotiated and shaped. 04 00 Foreword Mark ThurnerPart 1. Framing the debate 1. Introduction. Transatlantic migration flows, policies and practices in the 21st century Ana Margheritis 2. Framing understandings of international migration: how governance actors make sense of migration in Europe and South America Andrew Geddes and Marcia Vera EspinozaPart 2. Homemaking, ideas and institutions in a transatlantic journey 3. Citizenship in Latin America from a comparative historical perspective: evolution and Spanish influences Diego Acosta 4. Diaspora engagement policies and migrants’ narratives across the Atlantic Ana Irene Rovetta Cortés 5. South American regional citizenship as figurative frontier: European influences on a political project in the making Ana MargheritisPart 3. Agent-structure dynamics in contemporary migration flows 6. Don’t call me a ‘victim’! Migration projects and sexual exploitation of Brazilian travestis in Europe Emanuela Abbatecola 7. Latin American women and Italian families: agency beyond structural constraints and exploitation Maurizio Ambrosini 8. Agency, structure and transnationalism in Colombian migration to the UK: the emergence of a migration system? Anastasia BermudezPart 4. Conclusions 9. Looking ahead David Owen 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/265393//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/shaping-migration-between-europe-and-latin-america-new-perspectives-and-challenges/ London, GB 04 01 20180831 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857453 03 9781908857453 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/shaping-migration-between-europe-and-latin-america-new-perspectives-and-challenges/ 20 08 20180831 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:571f8c19-c077-41ee-9529-68859a8398b4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:80fb5321-d64a-40eb-8fb8-2b232e9e143c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:571f8c19-c077-41ee-9529-68859a8398b4 15 9781905165650 03 9781905165650 06 10.14296/117.9771909646476 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53916 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in 03 15 mm 03 1.5 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 553 gr 08 19.625 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 'She said she was in the family way': Pregnancy and infancy in modern Ireland 1 B01 Elaine Farrell Elaine Farrell 01 eng 00 268 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS018000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 12 1DBR 93 1DDR 10 SOC010000 20 pregnancy; Ireland; birth control; family; single motherhood; history of women; child mortality 01 06 02 00 03 00 'She said she was in the family way'</italic> examines the subject of pregnancy and infancy in Ireland from the seventeenth to the twentieth century. It draws on exciting and innovative research by early-career and established academics, and consider topics that have been largely ignored by historians in Ireland. The book will make an important contribution to Irish women’s history, family history, childhood history, social history, crime history and medical history, and will provide a reference point for academics interested in themes of sexuality, childbirth, infanthood and parenthood. 30 00 'She said she was in the family way'</italic> examines the subject of pregnancy and infancy in Ireland from the seventeenth to the twentieth century. It draws on exciting and innovative research by early-career and established academics, and consider topics that have been largely ignored by historians in Ireland. The book will make an important contribution to Irish women’s history, family history, childhood history, social history, crime history and medical history, and will provide a reference point for academics interested in themes of sexuality, childbirth, infanthood and parenthood. 04 00 ContentsForewordMary O’DowdIntroductionElaine FarrellI. ‘I would take anything to prevent me having a child’: contraception1 ‘Veiled obscenity’: contraception and the Dublin Medical Press, 1850–1900 15Ann Daly2 ‘Its effect on public morality is vicious in the extreme’: defining birth control as obscene and unethical, 1926–32Sandra McAvoyII. ‘Inexpressible rendings of heart at the prospect of my child’s death’:pregnancy, childbirth and mortality3 Some sources for the study of infant and maternal mortality in later seventeenth-century IrelandClodagh Tait4 ‘A time of trial being near at hand’: pregnancy, childbirth and parenting in the spiritual journal of Elizabeth Bennis, 1749–79Rosemary Raughter5 Birth and death in nineteenth-century Dublin’s lying-in hospitalsJulia Anne BerginIII. ‘The natural and proper guardian of the child’: material culture and the care of babies6 Medicinal care in the eighteenth- and early nineteenthcentury Irish homeEmma O’Toole7 The chrysalis in the cradleElaine MurrayIV. ‘The world acted unjustly to women in this fallen position’: unmarried mothers and ‘illegitimate’ children8 ‘Found in a “dying” condition’: nurse-children in Ireland, 1872–1952Sarah-Anne Buckley9 In the family way and away from the family: examining the evidence for Irish unmarried mothers in Britain, 1920s–40sJennifer RedmondV. ‘I know she never intended to rear it’: infanticide10 Responding to infanticide in Ireland, 1680–1820James Kelly11 ‘A very immoral establishment’: the crime of infanticide and class status in Ireland, 1850–1900Elaine Farrell12 Beyond cradle and grave: Irish folklore about the spirits of unbaptized infants and the spirits of women who murdered babiesAnne O’Connor 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646476_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/she-said-she-was-in-the-family-way-pregnancy-and-infancy-in-modern-ireland/ London, GB 04 01 20170119 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646476 03 9781909646476 06 15 9781909646292 03 9781909646292 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/she-said-she-was-in-the-family-way-pregnancy-and-infancy-in-modern-ireland/ 20 08 20170119 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a0297e45-7f4c-4fc6-8257-0b89ab8cd816 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:80fb5321-d64a-40eb-8fb8-2b232e9e143c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a0297e45-7f4c-4fc6-8257-0b89ab8cd816 15 9781909646476 03 9781909646476 06 10.14296/117.9771909646476 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53916 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 'She said she was in the family way': Pregnancy and infancy in modern Ireland 1 B01 Elaine Farrell Elaine Farrell 01 eng 00 268 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS018000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 12 1DBR 93 1DDR 10 SOC010000 20 pregnancy; Ireland; birth control; family; single motherhood; history of women; child mortality 01 06 02 00 03 00 'She said she was in the family way'</italic> examines the subject of pregnancy and infancy in Ireland from the seventeenth to the twentieth century. It draws on exciting and innovative research by early-career and established academics, and consider topics that have been largely ignored by historians in Ireland. The book will make an important contribution to Irish women’s history, family history, childhood history, social history, crime history and medical history, and will provide a reference point for academics interested in themes of sexuality, childbirth, infanthood and parenthood. 30 00 'She said she was in the family way'</italic> examines the subject of pregnancy and infancy in Ireland from the seventeenth to the twentieth century. It draws on exciting and innovative research by early-career and established academics, and consider topics that have been largely ignored by historians in Ireland. The book will make an important contribution to Irish women’s history, family history, childhood history, social history, crime history and medical history, and will provide a reference point for academics interested in themes of sexuality, childbirth, infanthood and parenthood. 04 00 ContentsForewordMary O’DowdIntroductionElaine FarrellI. ‘I would take anything to prevent me having a child’: contraception1 ‘Veiled obscenity’: contraception and the Dublin Medical Press, 1850–1900 15Ann Daly2 ‘Its effect on public morality is vicious in the extreme’: defining birth control as obscene and unethical, 1926–32Sandra McAvoyII. ‘Inexpressible rendings of heart at the prospect of my child’s death’:pregnancy, childbirth and mortality3 Some sources for the study of infant and maternal mortality in later seventeenth-century IrelandClodagh Tait4 ‘A time of trial being near at hand’: pregnancy, childbirth and parenting in the spiritual journal of Elizabeth Bennis, 1749–79Rosemary Raughter5 Birth and death in nineteenth-century Dublin’s lying-in hospitalsJulia Anne BerginIII. ‘The natural and proper guardian of the child’: material culture and the care of babies6 Medicinal care in the eighteenth- and early nineteenthcentury Irish homeEmma O’Toole7 The chrysalis in the cradleElaine MurrayIV. ‘The world acted unjustly to women in this fallen position’: unmarried mothers and ‘illegitimate’ children8 ‘Found in a “dying” condition’: nurse-children in Ireland, 1872–1952Sarah-Anne Buckley9 In the family way and away from the family: examining the evidence for Irish unmarried mothers in Britain, 1920s–40sJennifer RedmondV. ‘I know she never intended to rear it’: infanticide10 Responding to infanticide in Ireland, 1680–1820James Kelly11 ‘A very immoral establishment’: the crime of infanticide and class status in Ireland, 1850–1900Elaine Farrell12 Beyond cradle and grave: Irish folklore about the spirits of unbaptized infants and the spirits of women who murdered babiesAnne O’Connor 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646476_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/she-said-she-was-in-the-family-way-pregnancy-and-infancy-in-modern-ireland/ London, GB 04 01 20170119 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905165650 03 9781905165650 06 15 9781909646292 03 9781909646292 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/80fb5321-d64a-40eb-8fb8-2b232e9e143c 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/80fb5321-d64a-40eb-8fb8-2b232e9e143c/80fb5321-d64a-40eb-8fb8-2b232e9e143c.pdf 20 08 20170119 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/she-said-she-was-in-the-family-way-pregnancy-and-infancy-in-modern-ireland/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646476.pdf 20 08 20170119 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/she-said-she-was-in-the-family-way-pregnancy-and-infancy-in-modern-ireland/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646476.pdf 20 08 20170119 01 urn:uuid:1e6c9dc8-dc16-4f95-85b7-e18777513c68 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:80fb5321-d64a-40eb-8fb8-2b232e9e143c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1e6c9dc8-dc16-4f95-85b7-e18777513c68 15 9781909646292 03 9781909646292 06 10.14296/117.9771909646476 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53916 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 'She said she was in the family way': Pregnancy and infancy in modern Ireland 1 B01 Elaine Farrell Elaine Farrell 01 eng 00 268 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS018000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 12 1DBR 93 1DDR 10 SOC010000 20 pregnancy; Ireland; birth control; family; single motherhood; history of women; child mortality 01 06 02 00 03 00 'She said she was in the family way'</italic> examines the subject of pregnancy and infancy in Ireland from the seventeenth to the twentieth century. It draws on exciting and innovative research by early-career and established academics, and consider topics that have been largely ignored by historians in Ireland. The book will make an important contribution to Irish women’s history, family history, childhood history, social history, crime history and medical history, and will provide a reference point for academics interested in themes of sexuality, childbirth, infanthood and parenthood. 30 00 'She said she was in the family way'</italic> examines the subject of pregnancy and infancy in Ireland from the seventeenth to the twentieth century. It draws on exciting and innovative research by early-career and established academics, and consider topics that have been largely ignored by historians in Ireland. The book will make an important contribution to Irish women’s history, family history, childhood history, social history, crime history and medical history, and will provide a reference point for academics interested in themes of sexuality, childbirth, infanthood and parenthood. 04 00 ContentsForewordMary O’DowdIntroductionElaine FarrellI. ‘I would take anything to prevent me having a child’: contraception1 ‘Veiled obscenity’: contraception and the Dublin Medical Press, 1850–1900 15Ann Daly2 ‘Its effect on public morality is vicious in the extreme’: defining birth control as obscene and unethical, 1926–32Sandra McAvoyII. ‘Inexpressible rendings of heart at the prospect of my child’s death’:pregnancy, childbirth and mortality3 Some sources for the study of infant and maternal mortality in later seventeenth-century IrelandClodagh Tait4 ‘A time of trial being near at hand’: pregnancy, childbirth and parenting in the spiritual journal of Elizabeth Bennis, 1749–79Rosemary Raughter5 Birth and death in nineteenth-century Dublin’s lying-in hospitalsJulia Anne BerginIII. ‘The natural and proper guardian of the child’: material culture and the care of babies6 Medicinal care in the eighteenth- and early nineteenthcentury Irish homeEmma O’Toole7 The chrysalis in the cradleElaine MurrayIV. ‘The world acted unjustly to women in this fallen position’: unmarried mothers and ‘illegitimate’ children8 ‘Found in a “dying” condition’: nurse-children in Ireland, 1872–1952Sarah-Anne Buckley9 In the family way and away from the family: examining the evidence for Irish unmarried mothers in Britain, 1920s–40sJennifer RedmondV. ‘I know she never intended to rear it’: infanticide10 Responding to infanticide in Ireland, 1680–1820James Kelly11 ‘A very immoral establishment’: the crime of infanticide and class status in Ireland, 1850–1900Elaine Farrell12 Beyond cradle and grave: Irish folklore about the spirits of unbaptized infants and the spirits of women who murdered babiesAnne O’Connor 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646476_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/she-said-she-was-in-the-family-way-pregnancy-and-infancy-in-modern-ireland/ London, GB 04 01 20170119 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905165650 03 9781905165650 06 15 9781909646476 03 9781909646476 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/she-said-she-was-in-the-family-way-pregnancy-and-infancy-in-modern-ireland/ 20 08 20170119 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:08a78b3e-4869-47fc-b8e6-b1d23802188d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e0a53c31-9689-41a4-baee-5b1bb253074a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:08a78b3e-4869-47fc-b8e6-b1d23802188d 15 9781905670116 03 9781905670116 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61381 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 33 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Sicilia Nutrix Plebis Romanae: Rhetoric, Law & Taxation in Cicero's Verrines (BICS Supplement 97) 1 B01 J.R.W Prag J.R.W Prag 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 DNS 93 DNS 10 LAW089000 12 LAFR 93 LAFR 01 06 02 00 03 00 Corruption in office, pervasive, subversive and perennial, requires the state to examine itself, its ethical values and its ways of working. The prosecution for corruption of Gaius Verres, governor of Sicily, has long been recognized for its exposure of ruthless depredation, of personal debauchery and abuse of office, and for the skilled presentation of the case by Cicero in his speech to the court as prosecutor. Longest of Cicero’s surviving orations and his only prosecution speech, the Verrines are an immensely rich source of evidence for Roman provincial government, for Roman law and above all for the rhetoric of prosecution. Deriving from a colloquium held at the Institute of Classical Studies in 2004, these papers confront directly the challenge which such rhetoric poses for our use of the historical material contained within the speech. The contributions to the volume explore the rhetorical strategy employed by Cicero for a repetundae prosecution, his use of witnesses and of devices learned from Attic oratory and his rhetorical manipulation of the complex legal and taxation systems at work in the province of Sicily. Several contributors reveal the extent of Cicero’s skill in presentation – but also the perils which that skill presents for the historian. Many of the papers focus specifically on the de frumento at the heart of the Verrines, exploring its rhetorical devices relating it to the archaeology of Republican Sicily and examining the foundations of its modern study, Jérôme Carcopino’s La loi de Hiéron et les Romains</italic>. This volume sets the study of the Verrines on a new footing. It is essential reading for all who work on Cicero provincial government and Sicily, shedding new light in particular on the much-maligned de frumento. 30 00 Corruption in office, pervasive, subversive and perennial, requires the state to examine itself, its ethical values and its ways of working. The prosecution for corruption of Gaius Verres, governor of Sicily, has long been recognized for its exposure of ruthless depredation, of personal debauchery and abuse of office, and for the skilled presentation of the case by Cicero in his speech to the court as prosecutor. Longest of Cicero’s surviving orations and his only prosecution speech, the Verrines are an immensely rich source of evidence for Roman provincial government, for Roman law and above all for the rhetoric of prosecution. Deriving from a colloquium held at the Institute of Classical Studies in 2004, these papers confront directly the challenge which such rhetoric poses for our use of the historical material contained within the speech. The contributions to the volume explore the rhetorical strategy employed by Cicero for a repetundae prosecution, his use of witnesses and of devices learned from Attic oratory and his rhetorical manipulation of the complex legal and taxation systems at work in the province of Sicily. Several contributors reveal the extent of Cicero’s skill in presentation – but also the perils which that skill presents for the historian. Many of the papers focus specifically on the de frumento at the heart of the Verrines, exploring its rhetorical devices relating it to the archaeology of Republican Sicily and examining the foundations of its modern study, Jérôme Carcopino’s La loi de Hiéron et les Romains</italic>. This volume sets the study of the Verrines on a new footing. It is essential reading for all who work on Cicero provincial government and Sicily, shedding new light in particular on the much-maligned de frumento. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250803//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/sicilia-nutrix-plebis-romanae-rhetoric-law-taxation-in-ciceros-verrines-bics-supplement-97/ London, GB 04 01 20070903 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/sicilia-nutrix-plebis-romanae-rhetoric-law-taxation-in-ciceros-verrines-bics-supplement-97/ 20 08 20070903 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9dcca05f-d962-448d-8c88-693698b9c0a0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:98573782-3a9d-42e6-984c-185c5920388e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9dcca05f-d962-448d-8c88-693698b9c0a0 15 9781905670321 03 9781905670321 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61330 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 56 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Sifting the soil of Greece. The early years of the British School at Athens (1886–1919) (BICS Supplement 111) 1 A01 David W. J. Gill David W. J. Gill 01 eng B2 AG 93 JNB 12 JNB 10 PHI002000 12 HDDK 93 NKD 93 1QBA 01 06 02 00 03 00 ‘...what we wanted was to connect ourselves directly with the heart of Hellenic culture so that its very lifeblood might flow through our veins, and this we should gain by the establishment of the school at Athens’(J.B. Lightfoot, Bishop of Durham)The British School at Athens opened in 1886 ‘to promote all researches and studies’ which could ‘advance the knowledge of Hellenic history, literature, and art from the earliest age to the present day’. Over the next 30 years the School initiated a major programme of excavations, initially on Cyprus, then at Megalopolis, on Melos, and at Sparta. School students took part in the work of the Cretan Exploration Fund and in the major regional surveys of the Asia Minor Exploration Fund.Most of the students who were admitted to the School in this period had been educated at either Cambridge or Oxford. Women, mostly from Cambridge, took part in the School’s activities including the excavations at Phylakopi. The students’ research interests included Greek pottery, Aegean prehistory, and epigraphy. Their experience of Greece prepared the students for later work in British universities and other professions. 30 00 ‘...what we wanted was to connect ourselves directly with the heart of Hellenic culture so that its very lifeblood might flow through our veins, and this we should gain by the establishment of the school at Athens’(J.B. Lightfoot, Bishop of Durham)The British School at Athens opened in 1886 ‘to promote all researches and studies’ which could ‘advance the knowledge of Hellenic history, literature, and art from the earliest age to the present day’. Over the next 30 years the School initiated a major programme of excavations, initially on Cyprus, then at Megalopolis, on Melos, and at Sparta. School students took part in the work of the Cretan Exploration Fund and in the major regional surveys of the Asia Minor Exploration Fund.Most of the students who were admitted to the School in this period had been educated at either Cambridge or Oxford. Women, mostly from Cambridge, took part in the School’s activities including the excavations at Phylakopi. The students’ research interests included Greek pottery, Aegean prehistory, and epigraphy. Their experience of Greece prepared the students for later work in British universities and other professions. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250681//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/sifting-the-soil-of-greece-the-early-years-of-the-british-school-at-athens-1886-1919-bics-supplement-111/ London, GB 04 01 20110404 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/sifting-the-soil-of-greece-the-early-years-of-the-british-school-at-athens-1886-1919-bics-supplement-111/ 20 08 20110404 02 39.99 GBP WORLD 02 52.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:deeb2b1e-5e6c-4eb1-94af-798d35cdcc84 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:dd91daae-e22d-443d-ba05-467babb08fa5 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:deeb2b1e-5e6c-4eb1-94af-798d35cdcc84 15 9781900039550 03 9781900039550 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53806 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 15 mm 03 1.5 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 19 gr 08 0.75 oz 01 01 Some Other Amazonians Perspectives on Modern Amazonia 1 B01 Mark Harris Mark Harris 2 B01 Stephen Nugent Stephen Nugent 01 eng 12 HBJK B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 10 SOC002000 12 HBLW3 93 N 10 SOC042000 12 1KLSBZ 93 1KLZAA 93 3MPQ 01 06 02 00 The purpose of this book is to indicate the diversity of Amazonian societies and to try to contribute to the extension of the anthropology of Amazonia beyond its traditional limits. 04 00 List of Contributors vii List of Figures ix List of Tables xi Introduction: Some Other Amazonians Stephen Nugent 1 Chapter 1 'The Roca Legacy' Land Use and Kinship Dynamics in Nogueira, an Amazonian Community of the Middle Solimoes Region Deborah de Magalhaes Lima 12 Chapter 2 Black Peoples of the Trombetas River: Peasantry and Ethnicity in the Brazilian Amazon Rosa Elizabeth Acevedo Marin and Edna Maria Ramos de Castro 37 Chapter 3 Social and Economic Change in Amazonia: The Case of Ornamental Fish Collection in the Rio Negro Basin Gregory Prang 57 Chapter 4 Peasants on the Floodplain: Some Elements of the 'Agrarian Question' in Riverine Amazonia Mark Harris 81 Chapter 5 (Some) Other Amazonians: Jewish Communities in the Lower Amazon Stephen Nugent 104 Chapter 6 Malineza (Evil): An Amazonian Concept Raymundo Heraldo Maues 118 Chapter 7 The Peasantry and the Church on the Brazilian Frontier: The Significance of the Alliance and its Repercussions Neide Esterci 128 Chapter 8 Of Rum and the Amazon: The Traditional Sugar-cane Industry and its Demise Scott Douglas Anderson 145 Chapter 9 Regatao and Caboclo: Itinerant Traders and Smallholder Resistance in the Brazilian Amazon David McGrath 178 Bibliography 193 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248142/53806/53806_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/some-other-amazonians/ London, GB 04 01 20041103 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/some-other-amazonians/ 20 08 20041103 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4dfd95b2-d8ef-4a66-b692-0f45840454a4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5d56b68e-818e-4c96-a587-9cc45bc2dec9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4dfd95b2-d8ef-4a66-b692-0f45840454a4 15 9781905670611 03 9781905670611 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53706 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 70 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Space in Greek Tragedy (BICS Supplement 131) 1 B01 Vassiliki Kampourelli Vassiliki Kampourelli 01 eng 00 217 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 HBLA1 10 HIS002010 93 NHC 20 theatre; classics; amphitheatre; plays 01 06 02 00 03 00 This book presents a critical application of semiotic models to Greek tragic space. It thus reappraises certain aspects of the tragic texts themselves by illuminating the semantics of space, that is, the ways in which space may contribute to the creation of meaning. After the formulation of a working model appropriate to the examination of space in Greek tragedy, an analysis of the proposed categories of tragic space follows. The architectural space of tragedy is then examined with particular reference to the ways in which it finds expression in the Theatre of Dionysus in Athens. Drawing widely on the works of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripedes, the focus turns to the interactions between the proposed categories of tragic space. 30 00 This book presents a critical application of semiotic models to Greek tragic space. It thus reappraises certain aspects of the tragic texts themselves by illuminating the semantics of space, that is, the ways in which space may contribute to the creation of meaning. After the formulation of a working model appropriate to the examination of space in Greek tragedy, an analysis of the proposed categories of tragic space follows. The architectural space of tragedy is then examined with particular reference to the ways in which it finds expression in the Theatre of Dionysus in Athens. Drawing widely on the works of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripedes, the focus turns to the interactions between the proposed categories of tragic space. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/247965/53706/53706_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/space-in-greek-tragedy-bics-supplement-131/ London, GB 04 01 20160714 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/space-in-greek-tragedy-bics-supplement-131/ 20 08 20160714 02 59.99 GBP WORLD 02 78.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2bc03c9f-0835-4f9e-8c39-a7d8cd0a0e7c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6d5d7a7c-ded8-4039-8f93-c8b2b86a60e1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2bc03c9f-0835-4f9e-8c39-a7d8cd0a0e7c 15 9780900587771 03 9780900587771 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61401 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 4 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Stage Directions: Essays in Ancient Drama in Honour of E. W. Handley (BICS Supplement 66) 1 B01 A Griffiths A Griffiths 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 10 PER011020 12 AN 93 ATD 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250853//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/stage-directions-essays-in-ancient-drama-in-honour-of-e-w-handley-bics-supplement-66/ London, GB 04 01 19951010 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/stage-directions-essays-in-ancient-drama-in-honour-of-e-w-handley-bics-supplement-66/ 20 08 19951010 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4b9765bd-b5dc-476e-b33b-af3c0fbe8c29 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:29f85536-8664-4630-b278-ff2a076c023d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4b9765bd-b5dc-476e-b33b-af3c0fbe8c29 15 9781912702893 03 9781912702893 06 10.14296/202109.9781912702909 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103969 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Star Chamber Matters An Early Modern Court and Its Records 1 B01 K. J. Kesselring K. J. Kesselring 2 B01 Natalie Mears Natalie Mears 01 eng 00 232 03 09 9 B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 10 LAW060000 93 LAZ 12 LAZ 12 HBJD 10 LAW023000 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS015030 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015040 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 3JB 93 3MD 12 3JD 93 3MG 20 Tudor Britain; legal history; courts; medieval marriage; medieval women; rape; consent; medieval libel; Sir Edward Coke; medieval judge; Jacobean law; popular legalism; marine insurance; fraud; London history; Westminster 01 06 02 00 Star Chamber was an extraordinary court which came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries. This volume explores the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, 03 00 An extraordinary court with late medieval roots in the activities of the king’s council, Star Chamber came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, before being abolished in 1641 by members of parliament for what they deemed egregious abuses of royal power. Before its demise, the court heard a wide range of disputes in cases framed as fraud, libel, riot, and more. In so doing, it produced records of a sort that make its archive invaluable to many researchers today for insights into both the ordinary and extraordinary.The chapters gathered here explore what we can learn about the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, and political transformation, and one that left an exceptional wealth of documentation that will repay further study. 30 00 An extraordinary court with late medieval roots in the activities of the king’s council, Star Chamber came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, before being abolished in 1641 by members of parliament for what they deemed egregious abuses of royal power. Before its demise, the court heard a wide range of disputes in cases framed as fraud, libel, riot, and more. In so doing, it produced records of a sort that make its archive invaluable to many researchers today for insights into both the ordinary and extraordinary.The chapters gathered here explore what we can learn about the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, and political transformation, and one that left an exceptional wealth of documentation that will repay further study. 04 00 1. Introduction: Star Chamber matters K. J. Kesselring with Natalie Mears2. The records of the court of Star Chamber at the National Archives and elsewhere Daniel Gosling3. Reading ravishment: gender and ‘will’ power in early Tudor Star Chamber, 1500–50 Deborah Youngs4. Sir Edward Coke and the Star Chamber: the prosecution of rapes at Snargate, 1598–1602 Louis A. Knafla5. ‘By reason of her sex and widowhood’: an early modern Welsh gentlewoman in the court of Star Chamber Sadie Jarrett6. Consent and coercion, force and fraud: marriages in Star Chamber K. J. Kesselring7. Labourers, legal aid and the limits of popular legalism in Star Chamber Hillary Taylor8. Jacobean Star Chamber records and the performance of provincial libel Clare Egan9. A marine insurance fraud in the Star Chamber Emily Kadens10. Star Chamber and the bullion trade, 1618–20 Simon Healy11. Contemporary knowledge of the Star Chamber and the court’s abolition Ian Williams 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202109.9781912702909_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/star-chamber-matters/ London, GB 04 01 20210930 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702909 03 9781912702909 06 15 9781911507451 03 9781911507451 06 15 9781912702916 03 9781912702916 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/star-chamber-matters/ 20 08 20210930 02 80.00 GBP WORLD 02 105.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f74a105f-ed36-43c6-8144-f5bf5ac11441 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:29f85536-8664-4630-b278-ff2a076c023d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f74a105f-ed36-43c6-8144-f5bf5ac11441 15 9781912702909 03 9781912702909 06 10.14296/202109.9781912702909 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103969 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Star Chamber Matters An Early Modern Court and Its Records 1 B01 K. J. Kesselring K. J. Kesselring 2 B01 Natalie Mears Natalie Mears 01 eng 00 232 03 09 9 B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 10 LAW060000 93 LAZ 12 LAZ 12 HBJD 10 LAW023000 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS015030 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015040 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 3JB 93 3MD 12 3JD 93 3MG 20 Tudor Britain; legal history; courts; medieval marriage; medieval women; rape; consent; medieval libel; Sir Edward Coke; medieval judge; Jacobean law; popular legalism; marine insurance; fraud; London history; Westminster 01 06 02 00 Star Chamber was an extraordinary court which came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries. This volume explores the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, 03 00 An extraordinary court with late medieval roots in the activities of the king’s council, Star Chamber came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, before being abolished in 1641 by members of parliament for what they deemed egregious abuses of royal power. Before its demise, the court heard a wide range of disputes in cases framed as fraud, libel, riot, and more. In so doing, it produced records of a sort that make its archive invaluable to many researchers today for insights into both the ordinary and extraordinary.The chapters gathered here explore what we can learn about the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, and political transformation, and one that left an exceptional wealth of documentation that will repay further study. 30 00 An extraordinary court with late medieval roots in the activities of the king’s council, Star Chamber came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, before being abolished in 1641 by members of parliament for what they deemed egregious abuses of royal power. Before its demise, the court heard a wide range of disputes in cases framed as fraud, libel, riot, and more. In so doing, it produced records of a sort that make its archive invaluable to many researchers today for insights into both the ordinary and extraordinary.The chapters gathered here explore what we can learn about the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, and political transformation, and one that left an exceptional wealth of documentation that will repay further study. 04 00 1. Introduction: Star Chamber matters K. J. Kesselring with Natalie Mears2. The records of the court of Star Chamber at the National Archives and elsewhere Daniel Gosling3. Reading ravishment: gender and ‘will’ power in early Tudor Star Chamber, 1500–50 Deborah Youngs4. Sir Edward Coke and the Star Chamber: the prosecution of rapes at Snargate, 1598–1602 Louis A. Knafla5. ‘By reason of her sex and widowhood’: an early modern Welsh gentlewoman in the court of Star Chamber Sadie Jarrett6. Consent and coercion, force and fraud: marriages in Star Chamber K. J. Kesselring7. Labourers, legal aid and the limits of popular legalism in Star Chamber Hillary Taylor8. Jacobean Star Chamber records and the performance of provincial libel Clare Egan9. A marine insurance fraud in the Star Chamber Emily Kadens10. Star Chamber and the bullion trade, 1618–20 Simon Healy11. Contemporary knowledge of the Star Chamber and the court’s abolition Ian Williams 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202109.9781912702909_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/star-chamber-matters/ London, GB 04 01 20210930 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702893 03 9781912702893 06 15 9781911507451 03 9781911507451 06 15 9781912702916 03 9781912702916 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/29f85536-8664-4630-b278-ff2a076c023d 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/29f85536-8664-4630-b278-ff2a076c023d/29f85536-8664-4630-b278-ff2a076c023d.pdf 20 08 20210930 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/star-chamber-matters/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702909.pdf 20 08 20210930 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/star-chamber-matters/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202109.9781912702909.pdf 20 08 20210930 01 urn:uuid:8cba0208-c5dc-44f7-9abc-9110c87ee714 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:29f85536-8664-4630-b278-ff2a076c023d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8cba0208-c5dc-44f7-9abc-9110c87ee714 15 9781911507451 03 9781911507451 06 10.14296/202109.9781912702909 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103969 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Star Chamber Matters An Early Modern Court and Its Records 1 B01 K. J. Kesselring K. J. Kesselring 2 B01 Natalie Mears Natalie Mears 01 eng 00 232 03 09 9 B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 10 LAW060000 93 LAZ 12 LAZ 12 HBJD 10 LAW023000 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS015030 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015040 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 3JB 93 3MD 12 3JD 93 3MG 20 Tudor Britain; legal history; courts; medieval marriage; medieval women; rape; consent; medieval libel; Sir Edward Coke; medieval judge; Jacobean law; popular legalism; marine insurance; fraud; London history; Westminster 01 06 02 00 Star Chamber was an extraordinary court which came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries. This volume explores the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, 03 00 An extraordinary court with late medieval roots in the activities of the king’s council, Star Chamber came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, before being abolished in 1641 by members of parliament for what they deemed egregious abuses of royal power. Before its demise, the court heard a wide range of disputes in cases framed as fraud, libel, riot, and more. In so doing, it produced records of a sort that make its archive invaluable to many researchers today for insights into both the ordinary and extraordinary.The chapters gathered here explore what we can learn about the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, and political transformation, and one that left an exceptional wealth of documentation that will repay further study. 30 00 An extraordinary court with late medieval roots in the activities of the king’s council, Star Chamber came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, before being abolished in 1641 by members of parliament for what they deemed egregious abuses of royal power. Before its demise, the court heard a wide range of disputes in cases framed as fraud, libel, riot, and more. In so doing, it produced records of a sort that make its archive invaluable to many researchers today for insights into both the ordinary and extraordinary.The chapters gathered here explore what we can learn about the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, and political transformation, and one that left an exceptional wealth of documentation that will repay further study. 04 00 1. Introduction: Star Chamber matters K. J. Kesselring with Natalie Mears2. The records of the court of Star Chamber at the National Archives and elsewhere Daniel Gosling3. Reading ravishment: gender and ‘will’ power in early Tudor Star Chamber, 1500–50 Deborah Youngs4. Sir Edward Coke and the Star Chamber: the prosecution of rapes at Snargate, 1598–1602 Louis A. Knafla5. ‘By reason of her sex and widowhood’: an early modern Welsh gentlewoman in the court of Star Chamber Sadie Jarrett6. Consent and coercion, force and fraud: marriages in Star Chamber K. J. Kesselring7. Labourers, legal aid and the limits of popular legalism in Star Chamber Hillary Taylor8. Jacobean Star Chamber records and the performance of provincial libel Clare Egan9. A marine insurance fraud in the Star Chamber Emily Kadens10. Star Chamber and the bullion trade, 1618–20 Simon Healy11. Contemporary knowledge of the Star Chamber and the court’s abolition Ian Williams 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202109.9781912702909_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/star-chamber-matters/ London, GB 04 01 20210930 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702893 03 9781912702893 06 15 9781912702909 03 9781912702909 06 15 9781912702916 03 9781912702916 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/star-chamber-matters 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/star-chamber-matters 20 08 20210930 01 urn:uuid:01fb4e80-721c-4ffb-a243-31b1ff6f6169 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:29f85536-8664-4630-b278-ff2a076c023d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:01fb4e80-721c-4ffb-a243-31b1ff6f6169 15 9781912702916 03 9781912702916 06 10.14296/202109.9781912702909 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103969 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Star Chamber Matters An Early Modern Court and Its Records 1 B01 K. J. Kesselring K. J. Kesselring 2 B01 Natalie Mears Natalie Mears 01 eng 00 232 03 09 9 B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 10 LAW060000 93 LAZ 12 LAZ 12 HBJD 10 LAW023000 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS015030 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015040 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 3JB 93 3MD 12 3JD 93 3MG 20 Tudor Britain; legal history; courts; medieval marriage; medieval women; rape; consent; medieval libel; Sir Edward Coke; medieval judge; Jacobean law; popular legalism; marine insurance; fraud; London history; Westminster 01 06 02 00 Star Chamber was an extraordinary court which came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries. This volume explores the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, 03 00 An extraordinary court with late medieval roots in the activities of the king’s council, Star Chamber came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, before being abolished in 1641 by members of parliament for what they deemed egregious abuses of royal power. Before its demise, the court heard a wide range of disputes in cases framed as fraud, libel, riot, and more. In so doing, it produced records of a sort that make its archive invaluable to many researchers today for insights into both the ordinary and extraordinary.The chapters gathered here explore what we can learn about the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, and political transformation, and one that left an exceptional wealth of documentation that will repay further study. 30 00 An extraordinary court with late medieval roots in the activities of the king’s council, Star Chamber came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, before being abolished in 1641 by members of parliament for what they deemed egregious abuses of royal power. Before its demise, the court heard a wide range of disputes in cases framed as fraud, libel, riot, and more. In so doing, it produced records of a sort that make its archive invaluable to many researchers today for insights into both the ordinary and extraordinary.The chapters gathered here explore what we can learn about the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, and political transformation, and one that left an exceptional wealth of documentation that will repay further study. 04 00 1. Introduction: Star Chamber matters K. J. Kesselring with Natalie Mears2. The records of the court of Star Chamber at the National Archives and elsewhere Daniel Gosling3. Reading ravishment: gender and ‘will’ power in early Tudor Star Chamber, 1500–50 Deborah Youngs4. Sir Edward Coke and the Star Chamber: the prosecution of rapes at Snargate, 1598–1602 Louis A. Knafla5. ‘By reason of her sex and widowhood’: an early modern Welsh gentlewoman in the court of Star Chamber Sadie Jarrett6. Consent and coercion, force and fraud: marriages in Star Chamber K. J. Kesselring7. Labourers, legal aid and the limits of popular legalism in Star Chamber Hillary Taylor8. Jacobean Star Chamber records and the performance of provincial libel Clare Egan9. A marine insurance fraud in the Star Chamber Emily Kadens10. Star Chamber and the bullion trade, 1618–20 Simon Healy11. Contemporary knowledge of the Star Chamber and the court’s abolition Ian Williams 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202109.9781912702909_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/star-chamber-matters/ London, GB 04 01 20210930 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702893 03 9781912702893 06 15 9781912702909 03 9781912702909 06 15 9781911507451 03 9781911507451 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/star-chamber-matters/ 20 08 20210930 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a322cbd6-382c-4713-ae2b-eb5e9a2a3bc8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3ba5c072-4561-4af6-a7e3-0401b18fbd1a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a322cbd6-382c-4713-ae2b-eb5e9a2a3bc8 15 9781900039413 03 9781900039413 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53794 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 18 mm 03 1.8 cm 03 0.6875 in 08 26 gr 08 1 oz 01 01 Studies in the Formation of the Nation-state in Latin America 1 B01 James Dunkerley James Dunkerley 01 eng 93 JPHC 12 JPHC B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL000000 12 1KL 93 1KL 10 BUS001020 01 06 02 00 Adopts a variety of disciplinary, thematic and country-based approaches to the complex and contested issues around the character of the nation-state in Latin America. The text seeks to develop debate on the topic through: case studies; historiographical review; and early notions of development. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248152/53794/53794_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/studies-in-the-formation-of-the-nation-state-in-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20020215 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/studies-in-the-formation-of-the-nation-state-in-latin-america/ 20 08 20020215 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f1d3666e-5277-4c2b-8688-089a26519c4b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:9515ca5a-705c-4dcc-a8e8-a096b460cbee 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f1d3666e-5277-4c2b-8688-089a26519c4b 15 9781905670123 03 9781905670123 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61379 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 34 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Studies on Porphyry (BICS Supplement 98) 1 B01 George Karamanolis George Karamanolis 2 B01 Anne Sheppard Anne Sheppard 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 HPCA 10 PHI002000 93 QDHA 01 06 02 00 03 00 As the study of later ancient philosophy has developed in recent years, it has offered new insights into both the continuing vigour of the Greco-Roman philosophical tradition and the interaction of that tradition with the new cultures of Christianity and of the Arab community. This volume addresses a key figure in this interaction. Porphyry (234?c</italic>.305 AD) was not only the greatest pupil of Plotinus and editor of his work but also a significant philosopher in his own right. Many aspects of Porphyry’s work have been re-appraised in recent years in the light of renewed interest in Neoplatonism as in later ancient philosophy in general. New editions and translations of Porphyry’s works have appeared enabling up-to-date discussion of issues such as his loyalty to the views of Plotinus, his attitude to Aristotle, his relationship to the culture of his time, and his afterlife in later Platonist commentators on Aristotle, in the Christian fathers, and in the Arabic tradition. A distinguished international group of scholars address these topics in this volume: Andrew Smith, Steven Strange, Riccardo Chiaradonna, Richard Sorabji, Anne Sheppard, Peter Lautner, George Karamanolis, Mark Edwards, Gillian Clark, and Peter Adamson. The papers were all given at a conference held at the Institute of Classical Studies in July 2004. 30 00 As the study of later ancient philosophy has developed in recent years, it has offered new insights into both the continuing vigour of the Greco-Roman philosophical tradition and the interaction of that tradition with the new cultures of Christianity and of the Arab community. This volume addresses a key figure in this interaction. Porphyry (234?c</italic>.305 AD) was not only the greatest pupil of Plotinus and editor of his work but also a significant philosopher in his own right. Many aspects of Porphyry’s work have been re-appraised in recent years in the light of renewed interest in Neoplatonism as in later ancient philosophy in general. New editions and translations of Porphyry’s works have appeared enabling up-to-date discussion of issues such as his loyalty to the views of Plotinus, his attitude to Aristotle, his relationship to the culture of his time, and his afterlife in later Platonist commentators on Aristotle, in the Christian fathers, and in the Arabic tradition. A distinguished international group of scholars address these topics in this volume: Andrew Smith, Steven Strange, Riccardo Chiaradonna, Richard Sorabji, Anne Sheppard, Peter Lautner, George Karamanolis, Mark Edwards, Gillian Clark, and Peter Adamson. The papers were all given at a conference held at the Institute of Classical Studies in July 2004. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250801//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/studies-on-porphyry-bics-supplement-98/ London, GB 04 01 20061005 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/studies-on-porphyry-bics-supplement-98/ 20 08 20061005 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:dce5e7f2-5b3c-4631-b33d-430c748bd550 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6180310f-412f-4eb6-87a8-e3c134c63eaf 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:dce5e7f2-5b3c-4631-b33d-430c748bd550 15 9781905670628 03 9781905670628 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.60751 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 72 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Studies on Wealth in the Ancient World (BICS Supplement 133) 1 B01 Errietta M. A. Bissa Errietta M. A. Bissa 2 B01 Federico Santangelo Federico Santangelo 01 eng 10 BUS023000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient History 12 HBLA 93 NHC 12 KCZ 93 KCZ 01 06 02 00 03 00 In this volume, seven authors offer distinctive insights into overarching issues in the study of wealth across the Greco-Roman worlds: the sources and maintenance of wealth; the implications for differently organised societies of the division between wealthy and impoverished individuals and groups; and the moral implications of that divide. Some papers address general methodological issues and engage with scholarly debates in sociology and economic theory; others focus on specific historical problems and clusters of evidence. Taken together, the papers open up new perspectives on wealth in the ancient world, its complex relationship with power, and the tensions and contradictions it entails. 30 00 In this volume, seven authors offer distinctive insights into overarching issues in the study of wealth across the Greco-Roman worlds: the sources and maintenance of wealth; the implications for differently organised societies of the division between wealthy and impoverished individuals and groups; and the moral implications of that divide. Some papers address general methodological issues and engage with scholarly debates in sociology and economic theory; others focus on specific historical problems and clusters of evidence. Taken together, the papers open up new perspectives on wealth in the ancient world, its complex relationship with power, and the tensions and contradictions it entails. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250136//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/studies-on-wealth-in-the-ancient-world-bics-supplement-133/ London, GB 04 01 20160701 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/studies-on-wealth-in-the-ancient-world-bics-supplement-133/ 20 08 20160701 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:82239b12-78fe-49fc-846f-1efca4426886 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2b82bbcd-9a4d-4ffd-bead-4c8d57389aab 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:82239b12-78fe-49fc-846f-1efca4426886 15 9781912702312 03 9781912702312 06 10.14296/119.9781912702183 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83895 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Suffrage and citizenship in Ireland, 1912-18 1 A01 Senia Pašeta Senia Pašeta 01 eng 00 24 03 10 HIS018000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 LAZ 12 LAZ 93 JP 12 JP 10 POL052000 12 1DBR 93 1DDR 10 HIS015070 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015080 10 1.1.1.0.0.0.0 12 3JJ 93 3MP 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 women's rights; politics; Ireland; voting rights; suffrage; women's history; Irish history 01 06 02 00 In this published lecture, Professor Senia Pašeta argues that our understanding of modern Irish and British politics would be enormously enriched if we recognized both that the Irish and British suffrage movements were deeply connected; and that the Irish Question fundamentally shaped the women’s suffrage movement across the UK from the late 03 00 Professor Senia Pašeta argues that our understanding of modern Irish and British politics would be enormously enriched if we recognized two things: that the Irish and British suffrage movements were deeply connected; and that the women’s suffrage movement across the United Kingdom was shaped in fundamental ways by the Irish Question from the late nineteenth century and into the twentieth. In other words, the women’s suffrage movement did not exist in a political vacuum. It interacted with, influenced and was influenced by the other main political questions of the day, and with the</italic> main political question of the day - Ireland. 30 00 Professor Senia Pašeta argues that our understanding of modern Irish and British politics would be enormously enriched if we recognized two things: that the Irish and British suffrage movements were deeply connected; and that the women’s suffrage movement across the United Kingdom was shaped in fundamental ways by the Irish Question from the late nineteenth century and into the twentieth. In other words, the women’s suffrage movement did not exist in a political vacuum. It interacted with, influenced and was influenced by the other main political questions of the day, and with the</italic> main political question of the day - Ireland. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/119.9781912702183_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/suffrage-and-citizenship-in-ireland-1912-18/ London, GB 04 01 20190101 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702183 03 9781912702183 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/suffrage-and-citizenship-in-ireland-1912-18/ 20 08 20190101 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:58e1928a-00fb-4ef2-9956-8694bfa132e6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2b82bbcd-9a4d-4ffd-bead-4c8d57389aab 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:58e1928a-00fb-4ef2-9956-8694bfa132e6 15 9781912702183 03 9781912702183 06 10.14296/119.9781912702183 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83895 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Suffrage and citizenship in Ireland, 1912-18 1 A01 Senia Pašeta Senia Pašeta 01 eng 00 24 03 10 HIS018000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 LAZ 12 LAZ 93 JP 12 JP 10 POL052000 12 1DBR 93 1DDR 10 HIS015070 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015080 10 1.1.1.0.0.0.0 12 3JJ 93 3MP 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 women's rights; politics; Ireland; voting rights; suffrage; women's history; Irish history 01 06 02 00 In this published lecture, Professor Senia Pašeta argues that our understanding of modern Irish and British politics would be enormously enriched if we recognized both that the Irish and British suffrage movements were deeply connected; and that the Irish Question fundamentally shaped the women’s suffrage movement across the UK from the late 03 00 Professor Senia Pašeta argues that our understanding of modern Irish and British politics would be enormously enriched if we recognized two things: that the Irish and British suffrage movements were deeply connected; and that the women’s suffrage movement across the United Kingdom was shaped in fundamental ways by the Irish Question from the late nineteenth century and into the twentieth. In other words, the women’s suffrage movement did not exist in a political vacuum. It interacted with, influenced and was influenced by the other main political questions of the day, and with the</italic> main political question of the day - Ireland. 30 00 Professor Senia Pašeta argues that our understanding of modern Irish and British politics would be enormously enriched if we recognized two things: that the Irish and British suffrage movements were deeply connected; and that the women’s suffrage movement across the United Kingdom was shaped in fundamental ways by the Irish Question from the late nineteenth century and into the twentieth. In other words, the women’s suffrage movement did not exist in a political vacuum. It interacted with, influenced and was influenced by the other main political questions of the day, and with the</italic> main political question of the day - Ireland. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/119.9781912702183_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/suffrage-and-citizenship-in-ireland-1912-18/ London, GB 04 01 20190101 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702312 03 9781912702312 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/2b82bbcd-9a4d-4ffd-bead-4c8d57389aab 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/2b82bbcd-9a4d-4ffd-bead-4c8d57389aab/2b82bbcd-9a4d-4ffd-bead-4c8d57389aab.pdf 20 08 20190101 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/suffrage-and-citizenship-in-ireland-1912-18/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702183.pdf 20 08 20190101 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/suffrage-and-citizenship-in-ireland-1912-18/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/119.9781912702183.pdf 20 08 20190101 01 urn:uuid:ef20da83-47f8-44a8-8759-0a6ac3518f2f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:48c61ae3-b1f2-4a5e-bbfd-863061da5e0b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ef20da83-47f8-44a8-8759-0a6ac3518f2f 15 9781908857873 03 9781908857873 06 10.14296/321.9781908857880 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.106582 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Supervivencia indígena en la Nicaragua colonial 1 A01 Linda A. Newson Linda A. Newson 2 B06 Adolfo Bonilla Adolfo Bonilla 01 eng 00 450 03 09 31 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC062000 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 SOC008050 20 colonialism; indigenous cultures; Nicaragua; Latin America 01 06 02 00 Acompañada de una nueva introducción, esta traducción al español del clásico libro, Indian Survival in Colonial Nicaragua, ofrece una descripción detallada de los cambios demográficos y culturales que la conquista española y el dominio colonial trajeron a las sociedades indígenas de Nicaragua. 03 00 Acompañada de una nueva introducción, esta traducción al español del clásico libro, Indian Survival in Colonial Nicaragua</italic>, ofrece una descripción detallada de los cambios demográficos y culturales que la conquista española y el dominio colonial trajeron a las sociedades indígenas de Nicaragua. Muestra cómo la naturaleza de las propias sociedades indígenas y la forma en que los españoles buscaron controlarlas y explotarlas se reflejaron en diferentes niveles de disminución y supervivencia de la población.Se basa en una extensa investigación de archivos en América Central y España y en evidencia arqueológica, etnográfica y lingüística. Contribuye significativamente a comprender cómo algunas sociedades indígenas del Nuevo Mundo pudieron sobrevivir en mayor medida que otras. 30 00 Acompañada de una nueva introducción, esta traducción al español del clásico libro, Indian Survival in Colonial Nicaragua</italic>, ofrece una descripción detallada de los cambios demográficos y culturales que la conquista española y el dominio colonial trajeron a las sociedades indígenas de Nicaragua. Muestra cómo la naturaleza de las propias sociedades indígenas y la forma en que los españoles buscaron controlarlas y explotarlas se reflejaron en diferentes niveles de disminución y supervivencia de la población.Se basa en una extensa investigación de archivos en América Central y España y en evidencia arqueológica, etnográfica y lingüística. Contribuye significativamente a comprender cómo algunas sociedades indígenas del Nuevo Mundo pudieron sobrevivir en mayor medida que otras. 04 00 Part I: Introducción 1. Supervivencia indígena en la América española colonial Part II. Nicaragua en vísperas de la conquista española 2. Las culturas indígenas y su medioambiente 3. Los cacicazgos 4. Las tribus 5. La población aborigen Part III. La conquista y la esclavitud, 1522–1550 6. La leyenda negra 7. Desculturación y despoblación, 1522–1550 Part IV. Consolidación colonial y deculturación indígena, 1550–1720 8. Centros de actividad europea: Ciudades, haciendas y los ingleses 9. Instituciones, mecanismos de control y explotación: Encomiendas y Misiones 10. Cambio cultural en la zona Mesoamericana, 1550–1720 11. Cambio cultural en la zona Sudamericana, 1550–1720 12. El momento de cambio: Cambio demográfico, 1550–1720 V. Reorganización colonial y aculturación indígena, 1720–1821 13. Reformas administrativas e incorporación territorial 14. Instrumentos de la integración indígena 15. Cambio cultural en la zona mesoamericana, 1720–1821 16. Cambio cultural en la zona Sudamericana, 1720–1821 17. Recuperación demográfica, 1720–1821 VI. Conclusión 18. Supervivencia indígena en la Nicaragua colonial 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/321.9781908857880_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/supervivencia-indigena-en-la-nicaragua-colonial/ London, GB 04 01 20210312 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857880 03 9781908857880 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/supervivencia-indigena-en-la-nicaragua-colonial/ 20 08 20210312 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e699751a-fad6-4529-8521-7dce72156d93 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:48c61ae3-b1f2-4a5e-bbfd-863061da5e0b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e699751a-fad6-4529-8521-7dce72156d93 15 9781908857880 03 9781908857880 06 10.14296/321.9781908857880 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.106582 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Supervivencia indígena en la Nicaragua colonial 1 A01 Linda A. Newson Linda A. Newson 2 B06 Adolfo Bonilla Adolfo Bonilla 01 eng 00 450 03 09 31 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC062000 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 SOC008050 20 colonialism; indigenous cultures; Nicaragua; Latin America 01 06 02 00 Acompañada de una nueva introducción, esta traducción al español del clásico libro, Indian Survival in Colonial Nicaragua, ofrece una descripción detallada de los cambios demográficos y culturales que la conquista española y el dominio colonial trajeron a las sociedades indígenas de Nicaragua. 03 00 Acompañada de una nueva introducción, esta traducción al español del clásico libro, Indian Survival in Colonial Nicaragua</italic>, ofrece una descripción detallada de los cambios demográficos y culturales que la conquista española y el dominio colonial trajeron a las sociedades indígenas de Nicaragua. Muestra cómo la naturaleza de las propias sociedades indígenas y la forma en que los españoles buscaron controlarlas y explotarlas se reflejaron en diferentes niveles de disminución y supervivencia de la población.Se basa en una extensa investigación de archivos en América Central y España y en evidencia arqueológica, etnográfica y lingüística. Contribuye significativamente a comprender cómo algunas sociedades indígenas del Nuevo Mundo pudieron sobrevivir en mayor medida que otras. 30 00 Acompañada de una nueva introducción, esta traducción al español del clásico libro, Indian Survival in Colonial Nicaragua</italic>, ofrece una descripción detallada de los cambios demográficos y culturales que la conquista española y el dominio colonial trajeron a las sociedades indígenas de Nicaragua. Muestra cómo la naturaleza de las propias sociedades indígenas y la forma en que los españoles buscaron controlarlas y explotarlas se reflejaron en diferentes niveles de disminución y supervivencia de la población.Se basa en una extensa investigación de archivos en América Central y España y en evidencia arqueológica, etnográfica y lingüística. Contribuye significativamente a comprender cómo algunas sociedades indígenas del Nuevo Mundo pudieron sobrevivir en mayor medida que otras. 04 00 Part I: Introducción 1. Supervivencia indígena en la América española colonial Part II. Nicaragua en vísperas de la conquista española 2. Las culturas indígenas y su medioambiente 3. Los cacicazgos 4. Las tribus 5. La población aborigen Part III. La conquista y la esclavitud, 1522–1550 6. La leyenda negra 7. Desculturación y despoblación, 1522–1550 Part IV. Consolidación colonial y deculturación indígena, 1550–1720 8. Centros de actividad europea: Ciudades, haciendas y los ingleses 9. Instituciones, mecanismos de control y explotación: Encomiendas y Misiones 10. Cambio cultural en la zona Mesoamericana, 1550–1720 11. Cambio cultural en la zona Sudamericana, 1550–1720 12. El momento de cambio: Cambio demográfico, 1550–1720 V. Reorganización colonial y aculturación indígena, 1720–1821 13. Reformas administrativas e incorporación territorial 14. Instrumentos de la integración indígena 15. Cambio cultural en la zona mesoamericana, 1720–1821 16. Cambio cultural en la zona Sudamericana, 1720–1821 17. Recuperación demográfica, 1720–1821 VI. Conclusión 18. Supervivencia indígena en la Nicaragua colonial 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/321.9781908857880_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/supervivencia-indigena-en-la-nicaragua-colonial/ London, GB 04 01 20210312 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857873 03 9781908857873 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/48c61ae3-b1f2-4a5e-bbfd-863061da5e0b 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/48c61ae3-b1f2-4a5e-bbfd-863061da5e0b/48c61ae3-b1f2-4a5e-bbfd-863061da5e0b.pdf 20 08 20210312 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/supervivencia-indigena-en-la-nicaragua-colonial/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857880.pdf 20 08 20210312 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/supervivencia-indigena-en-la-nicaragua-colonial/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/321.9781908857880.pdf 20 08 20210312 01 urn:uuid:8584b644-8d25-473a-8e16-d755c657faaf 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:06948e44-076d-400a-a87f-5da33c274ce9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8584b644-8d25-473a-8e16-d755c657faaf 15 9781915249043 03 9781915249043 06 10.14296/lbja4300 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.108059 00 BC 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Talking History Seminar Culture at the Institute of Historical Research, 1921–2021 1 B01 David Manning David Manning 40 04h699437 University of Leicester David Manning is a historian at the University of Leicester, UK. His expertise pertains to the history of Christian thought and culture in Britain and the wider English-speaking world, c.1600–c.1800, and the history of historiography. 01 eng 09 15 12 HBAH 10 HIS015070 B2 History 93 NHAH 20 historiography; historical research; university research; higher education; seminars; London; intellectual culture 01 06 02 00 A fascinating overview of the history and practice of seminars held at the Institute of Historical Research (IHR) at the University of London over the twentieth and early twenty-first century. This original book delivers fresh insight into the evolution of historical research and its role in wider society today. 03 00 Since its founding in 1921, the Institute of Historical Research (IHR) at the University of London has seen students and teachers come together, socially and intellectually, to engage in lively academic seminars. But for what purpose and with what value?Talking History</italic> provides a defence of the seminar as a central element in historians’ teaching, research and sense of community. Covering a range of the IHR’s long-running seminar series, the book presents the seminars as a local, national and international hub for scholarship that emerges from and is sustained by the ongoing learning practices of historians as scholars and people. It bears witness to a seminar culture of evolving, multifarious synergies between teaching, researching and learning, historiography and participation – intertextual, interpersonal, intergenerational and intercultural. Viewed as such, the seminars constitute a living tradition, stimulating and incorporating dynamic change over time to contribute not just to the development of historiography but to intellectual life more generally, often in conversation with major political events and cultural phenomena.This original and significant book delivers fresh insight into the evolution of historical research and its role in wider society today. 30 00 Since its founding in 1921, the Institute of Historical Research (IHR) at the University of London has seen students and teachers come together, socially and intellectually, to engage in lively academic seminars. But for what purpose and with what value?Talking History</italic> provides a defence of the seminar as a central element in historians’ teaching, research and sense of community. Covering a range of the IHR’s long-running seminar series, the book presents the seminars as a local, national and international hub for scholarship that emerges from and is sustained by the ongoing learning practices of historians as scholars and people. It bears witness to a seminar culture of evolving, multifarious synergies between teaching, researching and learning, historiography and participation – intertextual, interpersonal, intergenerational and intercultural. Viewed as such, the seminars constitute a living tradition, stimulating and incorporating dynamic change over time to contribute not just to the development of historiography but to intellectual life more generally, often in conversation with major political events and cultural phenomena.This original and significant book delivers fresh insight into the evolution of historical research and its role in wider society today. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction David Manning </li> <li> 1 A History of the History Seminar: The ‘Active Life’ of Historiography at the Institute of Historical Research David Manning </li> <li> 2 The Italy 1200–1700 Seminar Trevor Dean and Kate Lowe </li> <li> 3 The Economic and Social History of the Early Modern World Seminar David Ormrod </li> <li> 4 The British History in the Seventeenth Century Seminar Jason Peacey </li> <li> 5 The British History in the Long Eighteenth Century Seminar Penelope J. Corfield </li> <li> 6 The Low Countries History Seminar Ulrich Tiedau </li> <li> 7 The Modern French History Seminar Pamela Pilbeam with David Manning </li> <li> 8 The Imperial and World History Seminar Sarah Stockwell </li> <li> 9 The Postgraduate Seminar in Theory and Method (1986–2008) Rohan McWilliam </li> <li> 10 The Women’s History Seminar Kelly Boyd </li> <li> 11 The IHR’s Seminar Culture: Past, Present and Future — A Roundtable Discussion David Bates, Alice Prochaska, Tim Hitchcock, Kate Wilcox, Ellen Smith and Rachel Bynoth, and Claire Langhamer </li> <li> Afterword Natalie Thomlinson </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/lbja4300_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/talking-history/ London, GB 04 01 20240509 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477614 03 9781914477614 06 15 9781915249050 03 9781915249050 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/talking-history/ 20 08 20240509 02 29.99 GBP WORLD 02 39.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ec2b6d39-9162-4c05-9e20-c8aa3b759f6d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:06948e44-076d-400a-a87f-5da33c274ce9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ec2b6d39-9162-4c05-9e20-c8aa3b759f6d 15 9781914477614 03 9781914477614 06 10.14296/lbja4300 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.108059 00 BB 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Talking History Seminar Culture at the Institute of Historical Research, 1921–2021 1 B01 David Manning David Manning 40 04h699437 University of Leicester David Manning is a historian at the University of Leicester, UK. His expertise pertains to the history of Christian thought and culture in Britain and the wider English-speaking world, c.1600–c.1800, and the history of historiography. 01 eng 09 15 12 HBAH 10 HIS015070 B2 History 93 NHAH 20 historiography; historical research; university research; higher education; seminars; London; intellectual culture 01 06 02 00 A fascinating overview of the history and practice of seminars held at the Institute of Historical Research (IHR) at the University of London over the twentieth and early twenty-first century. This original book delivers fresh insight into the evolution of historical research and its role in wider society today. 03 00 Since its founding in 1921, the Institute of Historical Research (IHR) at the University of London has seen students and teachers come together, socially and intellectually, to engage in lively academic seminars. But for what purpose and with what value?Talking History</italic> provides a defence of the seminar as a central element in historians’ teaching, research and sense of community. Covering a range of the IHR’s long-running seminar series, the book presents the seminars as a local, national and international hub for scholarship that emerges from and is sustained by the ongoing learning practices of historians as scholars and people. It bears witness to a seminar culture of evolving, multifarious synergies between teaching, researching and learning, historiography and participation – intertextual, interpersonal, intergenerational and intercultural. Viewed as such, the seminars constitute a living tradition, stimulating and incorporating dynamic change over time to contribute not just to the development of historiography but to intellectual life more generally, often in conversation with major political events and cultural phenomena.This original and significant book delivers fresh insight into the evolution of historical research and its role in wider society today. 30 00 Since its founding in 1921, the Institute of Historical Research (IHR) at the University of London has seen students and teachers come together, socially and intellectually, to engage in lively academic seminars. But for what purpose and with what value?Talking History</italic> provides a defence of the seminar as a central element in historians’ teaching, research and sense of community. Covering a range of the IHR’s long-running seminar series, the book presents the seminars as a local, national and international hub for scholarship that emerges from and is sustained by the ongoing learning practices of historians as scholars and people. It bears witness to a seminar culture of evolving, multifarious synergies between teaching, researching and learning, historiography and participation – intertextual, interpersonal, intergenerational and intercultural. Viewed as such, the seminars constitute a living tradition, stimulating and incorporating dynamic change over time to contribute not just to the development of historiography but to intellectual life more generally, often in conversation with major political events and cultural phenomena.This original and significant book delivers fresh insight into the evolution of historical research and its role in wider society today. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction David Manning </li> <li> 1 A History of the History Seminar: The ‘Active Life’ of Historiography at the Institute of Historical Research David Manning </li> <li> 2 The Italy 1200–1700 Seminar Trevor Dean and Kate Lowe </li> <li> 3 The Economic and Social History of the Early Modern World Seminar David Ormrod </li> <li> 4 The British History in the Seventeenth Century Seminar Jason Peacey </li> <li> 5 The British History in the Long Eighteenth Century Seminar Penelope J. Corfield </li> <li> 6 The Low Countries History Seminar Ulrich Tiedau </li> <li> 7 The Modern French History Seminar Pamela Pilbeam with David Manning </li> <li> 8 The Imperial and World History Seminar Sarah Stockwell </li> <li> 9 The Postgraduate Seminar in Theory and Method (1986–2008) Rohan McWilliam </li> <li> 10 The Women’s History Seminar Kelly Boyd </li> <li> 11 The IHR’s Seminar Culture: Past, Present and Future — A Roundtable Discussion David Bates, Alice Prochaska, Tim Hitchcock, Kate Wilcox, Ellen Smith and Rachel Bynoth, and Claire Langhamer </li> <li> Afterword Natalie Thomlinson </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/lbja4300_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/talking-history/ London, GB 04 01 20240509 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249043 03 9781915249043 06 15 9781915249050 03 9781915249050 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/talking-history/ 20 08 20240509 02 90.00 GBP WORLD 02 120.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:19e69c93-1981-4224-83bc-c1d3a78e6e76 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:06948e44-076d-400a-a87f-5da33c274ce9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:19e69c93-1981-4224-83bc-c1d3a78e6e76 15 9781915249050 03 9781915249050 06 10.14296/lbja4300 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.108059 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Talking History Seminar Culture at the Institute of Historical Research, 1921–2021 1 B01 David Manning David Manning 40 04h699437 University of Leicester David Manning is a historian at the University of Leicester, UK. His expertise pertains to the history of Christian thought and culture in Britain and the wider English-speaking world, c.1600–c.1800, and the history of historiography. 01 eng 09 15 12 HBAH 10 HIS015070 B2 History 93 NHAH 20 historiography; historical research; university research; higher education; seminars; London; intellectual culture 01 06 02 00 A fascinating overview of the history and practice of seminars held at the Institute of Historical Research (IHR) at the University of London over the twentieth and early twenty-first century. This original book delivers fresh insight into the evolution of historical research and its role in wider society today. 03 00 Since its founding in 1921, the Institute of Historical Research (IHR) at the University of London has seen students and teachers come together, socially and intellectually, to engage in lively academic seminars. But for what purpose and with what value?Talking History</italic> provides a defence of the seminar as a central element in historians’ teaching, research and sense of community. Covering a range of the IHR’s long-running seminar series, the book presents the seminars as a local, national and international hub for scholarship that emerges from and is sustained by the ongoing learning practices of historians as scholars and people. It bears witness to a seminar culture of evolving, multifarious synergies between teaching, researching and learning, historiography and participation – intertextual, interpersonal, intergenerational and intercultural. Viewed as such, the seminars constitute a living tradition, stimulating and incorporating dynamic change over time to contribute not just to the development of historiography but to intellectual life more generally, often in conversation with major political events and cultural phenomena.This original and significant book delivers fresh insight into the evolution of historical research and its role in wider society today. 30 00 Since its founding in 1921, the Institute of Historical Research (IHR) at the University of London has seen students and teachers come together, socially and intellectually, to engage in lively academic seminars. But for what purpose and with what value?Talking History</italic> provides a defence of the seminar as a central element in historians’ teaching, research and sense of community. Covering a range of the IHR’s long-running seminar series, the book presents the seminars as a local, national and international hub for scholarship that emerges from and is sustained by the ongoing learning practices of historians as scholars and people. It bears witness to a seminar culture of evolving, multifarious synergies between teaching, researching and learning, historiography and participation – intertextual, interpersonal, intergenerational and intercultural. Viewed as such, the seminars constitute a living tradition, stimulating and incorporating dynamic change over time to contribute not just to the development of historiography but to intellectual life more generally, often in conversation with major political events and cultural phenomena.This original and significant book delivers fresh insight into the evolution of historical research and its role in wider society today. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction David Manning </li> <li> 1 A History of the History Seminar: The ‘Active Life’ of Historiography at the Institute of Historical Research David Manning </li> <li> 2 The Italy 1200–1700 Seminar Trevor Dean and Kate Lowe </li> <li> 3 The Economic and Social History of the Early Modern World Seminar David Ormrod </li> <li> 4 The British History in the Seventeenth Century Seminar Jason Peacey </li> <li> 5 The British History in the Long Eighteenth Century Seminar Penelope J. Corfield </li> <li> 6 The Low Countries History Seminar Ulrich Tiedau </li> <li> 7 The Modern French History Seminar Pamela Pilbeam with David Manning </li> <li> 8 The Imperial and World History Seminar Sarah Stockwell </li> <li> 9 The Postgraduate Seminar in Theory and Method (1986–2008) Rohan McWilliam </li> <li> 10 The Women’s History Seminar Kelly Boyd </li> <li> 11 The IHR’s Seminar Culture: Past, Present and Future — A Roundtable Discussion David Bates, Alice Prochaska, Tim Hitchcock, Kate Wilcox, Ellen Smith and Rachel Bynoth, and Claire Langhamer </li> <li> Afterword Natalie Thomlinson </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/lbja4300_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/talking-history/ London, GB 04 01 20240509 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249043 03 9781915249043 06 15 9781914477614 03 9781914477614 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/06948e44-076d-400a-a87f-5da33c274ce9 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/06948e44-076d-400a-a87f-5da33c274ce9/06948e44-076d-400a-a87f-5da33c274ce9.pdf 20 08 20240509 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/talking-history/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249050.pdf 20 08 20240509 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/talking-history/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/lbja4300.pdf 20 08 20240509 01 urn:uuid:123a4c24-340f-41c8-801c-d8b4b6fe24c0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:28765b41-655b-4e3f-a775-c08be101f832 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:123a4c24-340f-41c8-801c-d8b4b6fe24c0 15 9780854572304 03 9780854572304 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55426 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 5 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Technology's Pulse: Essays on Rhythm in German Modernism 1 A01 Michael Cowan Michael Cowan 01 eng 00 252 03 09 45 93 JBCC 12 JFC B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Germanic Studies 20 Weimar cinema; Jazz; Gerrit Engelke; Rhythmical gymnastics; Stravinsky; German Kulturkritik; Body culture 01 06 02 00 03 00 Modernity, as has often been observed, was fundamentally concerned with questions of temporality. The period around 1900, in particular, witnessed numerous efforts to define, discipline or 'liberate' temporal experience. Within this broader framework of thinking about temporality, 'rhythm' came to form the object of an intense and widespread preoccupation. Rhythmical research played a central role not only in the reconceptualisation of human physiology and labour in the late nineteenth century, but also in the emergence of a new leisure culture in the early twentieth. The book traces the ways in which notions of 'rhythm' were mobilised both to conceptualise modernity (narrate its origins and prescribe its directions) and, in particular, to forge a new understanding of temporal media that came to mark the mass-mediated experience of the 1920s: a conception of artistic media as mediators between the organic and the rational, the time of the body and that of the machine. <break/>Michael Cowan is Associate Professor of German and World Cinemas at McGill University. He is the author of Cult of the Will: Nervousness and German Modernity</italic> (2008), as well as several articles and collections on German literature, film, media and cultural history. 30 00 Modernity, as has often been observed, was fundamentally concerned with questions of temporality. The period around 1900, in particular, witnessed numerous efforts to define, discipline or 'liberate' temporal experience. Within this broader framework of thinking about temporality, 'rhythm' came to form the object of an intense and widespread preoccupation. Rhythmical research played a central role not only in the reconceptualisation of human physiology and labour in the late nineteenth century, but also in the emergence of a new leisure culture in the early twentieth. The book traces the ways in which notions of 'rhythm' were mobilised both to conceptualise modernity (narrate its origins and prescribe its directions) and, in particular, to forge a new understanding of temporal media that came to mark the mass-mediated experience of the 1920s: a conception of artistic media as mediators between the organic and the rational, the time of the body and that of the machine. <break/>Michael Cowan is Associate Professor of German and World Cinemas at McGill University. He is the author of Cult of the Will: Nervousness and German Modernity</italic> (2008), as well as several articles and collections on German literature, film, media and cultural history. 04 00 List of Illustrations<ol> <li>Introduction: Rhythm and the Mediation of Modern Experience</li> <li>Poetry for Restless Times: Rhythm and Urban Experience in the Work of Gerrit Engelke (1890–1918)</li> <li>Cinema as ‘Heart Machine’: Rhythm and the Ordering of Nature in Weimar Film</li> <li>The Compulsory Power of Resonance: Rhythm, Attention and the Weimar Advertising Film</li> <li>Surviving the Rhythms of America: Jazz and the Fantasy of Technological Mastery</li> <li>Epilogue – Rhythm and Moving Image Media: Some Afterthoughts</li> </ol>Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249221//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/technologys-pulse-essays-on-rhythm-in-german-modernism/ London, GB 04 01 20111216 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/technologys-pulse-essays-on-rhythm-in-german-modernism/ 20 08 20111216 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a7126171-cf32-4628-a21d-ed79a1a74698 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ec40850c-b59d-4383-8462-c475d2d978fa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a7126171-cf32-4628-a21d-ed79a1a74698 15 9780854572656 03 9780854572656 06 10.14296/420.9780854572779 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76097 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Television Drama in Spain and Latin America Genre and Format Translation 1 A01 Paul Julian Smith Paul Julian Smith 01 eng 12 APT 93 ATJS B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 PER010090 93 1KL 10 FOR026000 93 2ADSL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 01 06 02 00 03 00 Television Drama in Spain and Latin America </italic>addresses two major topics within current cultural, media, and television studies: the question of fictional genres and that of transnational circulation. While much research has been carried out on both TV formats and remakes in the English-speaking world, almost nothing has been published on the huge and dynamic Spanish-speaking sector. This book discusses and analyses series since 2000 from Spain (in both Spanish and Catalan), Mexico, Venezuela, and (to a lesser extent) the US, employing both empirical research on production and distribution and textual analysis of content. The three genres examined are horror, biographical series, and sports-themed dramas; the three examples of format remakes are of a period mystery (Spain, Mexico), a romantic comedy (Venezuela, US), and a historical epic (Catalonia, Spain).Paul Julian Smith is Distinguished Professor at the Graduate Center, City University of New York. He was previously Professor of Spanish at the University of Cambridge. He is the author of twenty books and one hundred academic articles. 30 00 Television Drama in Spain and Latin America </italic>addresses two major topics within current cultural, media, and television studies: the question of fictional genres and that of transnational circulation. While much research has been carried out on both TV formats and remakes in the English-speaking world, almost nothing has been published on the huge and dynamic Spanish-speaking sector. This book discusses and analyses series since 2000 from Spain (in both Spanish and Catalan), Mexico, Venezuela, and (to a lesser extent) the US, employing both empirical research on production and distribution and textual analysis of content. The three genres examined are horror, biographical series, and sports-themed dramas; the three examples of format remakes are of a period mystery (Spain, Mexico), a romantic comedy (Venezuela, US), and a historical epic (Catalonia, Spain).Paul Julian Smith is Distinguished Professor at the Graduate Center, City University of New York. He was previously Professor of Spanish at the University of Cambridge. He is the author of twenty books and one hundred academic articles. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction: TV Nations Genres 1. Transnational Horror Light: Production, Fandom, and Scholarship 2. Biopic TV in Mexico: Juana Inés (Canal Once, 2016), Hasta que te conocí: Juan Gabriel, mi historia [Until I Met You: Juan Gabriel, My Story] (Azteca, 2016) 3. Football TV: Club de Cuervos (Netflix, 2015–) Format Translations 4. Copycat Television? Gran Hotel [Grand Hotel] (Bambú/Antena 3, 2011–13) and El hotel de los secretos [The Hotel of Secrets] (Televisa, 2015–16) 5. Second Tier Reproduction: Juana la virgen (RCTV, 2002) and Jane the Virgin (CW, 2014–present) 6. Television Without a State: Temps de silenci [Time of Silence] (TV3, 2001–02) and Amar en tiempos revueltos [Loving in Troubled Times] (Diagonal/TVE1, 2005–) Conclusion: Series Planet Interview with Patricia Arriaga Jordán, Creator of Juana Inés (23 December 2016) Bibliography Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9780854572779_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/television-drama-in-spain-and-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20200403 Paul Julian Smith 02 WORLD 06 15 9780854572779 03 9780854572779 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/television-drama-in-spain-and-latin-america/ 20 08 20200403 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:05d7a486-5596-4f0e-8a7d-e4c5c87811e3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ec40850c-b59d-4383-8462-c475d2d978fa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:05d7a486-5596-4f0e-8a7d-e4c5c87811e3 15 9780854572779 03 9780854572779 06 10.14296/420.9780854572779 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76097 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Television Drama in Spain and Latin America Genre and Format Translation 1 A01 Paul Julian Smith Paul Julian Smith 01 eng 12 APT 93 ATJS B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 PER010090 93 1KL 10 FOR026000 93 2ADSL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 01 06 02 00 03 00 Television Drama in Spain and Latin America </italic>addresses two major topics within current cultural, media, and television studies: the question of fictional genres and that of transnational circulation. While much research has been carried out on both TV formats and remakes in the English-speaking world, almost nothing has been published on the huge and dynamic Spanish-speaking sector. This book discusses and analyses series since 2000 from Spain (in both Spanish and Catalan), Mexico, Venezuela, and (to a lesser extent) the US, employing both empirical research on production and distribution and textual analysis of content. The three genres examined are horror, biographical series, and sports-themed dramas; the three examples of format remakes are of a period mystery (Spain, Mexico), a romantic comedy (Venezuela, US), and a historical epic (Catalonia, Spain).Paul Julian Smith is Distinguished Professor at the Graduate Center, City University of New York. He was previously Professor of Spanish at the University of Cambridge. He is the author of twenty books and one hundred academic articles. 30 00 Television Drama in Spain and Latin America </italic>addresses two major topics within current cultural, media, and television studies: the question of fictional genres and that of transnational circulation. While much research has been carried out on both TV formats and remakes in the English-speaking world, almost nothing has been published on the huge and dynamic Spanish-speaking sector. This book discusses and analyses series since 2000 from Spain (in both Spanish and Catalan), Mexico, Venezuela, and (to a lesser extent) the US, employing both empirical research on production and distribution and textual analysis of content. The three genres examined are horror, biographical series, and sports-themed dramas; the three examples of format remakes are of a period mystery (Spain, Mexico), a romantic comedy (Venezuela, US), and a historical epic (Catalonia, Spain).Paul Julian Smith is Distinguished Professor at the Graduate Center, City University of New York. He was previously Professor of Spanish at the University of Cambridge. He is the author of twenty books and one hundred academic articles. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction: TV Nations Genres 1. Transnational Horror Light: Production, Fandom, and Scholarship 2. Biopic TV in Mexico: Juana Inés (Canal Once, 2016), Hasta que te conocí: Juan Gabriel, mi historia [Until I Met You: Juan Gabriel, My Story] (Azteca, 2016) 3. Football TV: Club de Cuervos (Netflix, 2015–) Format Translations 4. Copycat Television? Gran Hotel [Grand Hotel] (Bambú/Antena 3, 2011–13) and El hotel de los secretos [The Hotel of Secrets] (Televisa, 2015–16) 5. Second Tier Reproduction: Juana la virgen (RCTV, 2002) and Jane the Virgin (CW, 2014–present) 6. Television Without a State: Temps de silenci [Time of Silence] (TV3, 2001–02) and Amar en tiempos revueltos [Loving in Troubled Times] (Diagonal/TVE1, 2005–) Conclusion: Series Planet Interview with Patricia Arriaga Jordán, Creator of Juana Inés (23 December 2016) Bibliography Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9780854572779_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/television-drama-in-spain-and-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20200403 Paul Julian Smith 02 WORLD 06 15 9780854572656 03 9780854572656 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/ec40850c-b59d-4383-8462-c475d2d978fa 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/ec40850c-b59d-4383-8462-c475d2d978fa/ec40850c-b59d-4383-8462-c475d2d978fa.pdf 20 08 20200403 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/television-drama-in-spain-and-latin-america/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9780854572779.pdf 20 08 20200403 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/television-drama-in-spain-and-latin-america/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9780854572779.pdf 20 08 20200403 01 urn:uuid:ce0f4eef-470a-44cf-a8a7-e722335f7321 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6887b2e4-a6a6-4119-bd12-31c578e1e5db 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ce0f4eef-470a-44cf-a8a7-e722335f7321 15 9781900039574 03 9781900039574 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53738 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 21 mm 03 2.1 cm 03 0.8125 in 08 29 gr 08 1.125 oz 01 01 Territories, Commodities and Knowledges Latin American Environmental Histories in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries 1 B01 Christian Brannstrom Christian Brannstrom 01 eng B2 Environmental Humanities 10 NAT011000 12 RN 93 RN 93 KCZ 12 KCZ B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL044000 93 1KL 12 1KL 10 HIS024000 12 3JH 93 3MN 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 territory; environment; environmental history; expansion 01 06 02 00 Examines emerging methodologies and conceptual debates within the environmental history of Latin America. Issues addressed include the territorial expansion of the state and its impact on environmental resources and indigenous populations; environmental transformation; and landscape ""improvements"" brought about by technological change.< 04 00 Acknowledgements vii List of Contributors ix List of Figures xi List of Tables xiii An Introduction to Latin American Environmental History Christian Brannstrom and Stefania Gallini 1 Part I: Territories: States, People, Environments Chapter 1 A Maya Mam Agro-ecosystem in Guatemala's Coffee Revolution: Costa Cuca, 1830s - 1880s Stefania Gallini 23 Chapter 2 The Geographical Imagination, Resource Economies and Nicaraguan Incorporation of the Mosquitia, 1838 - 1909 Karl H. Offen 50 Chapter 3 From Lakeshore Village to Oil Boom Town: Lagunillas under Venezuelan Dictator Juan Vicente Gomez, 1908 - 1935* Nikolas Kozloff 90 Part II: Commodities: Export Booms and the Environment Chapter 4 Transforming the Central Mexican Waterscape: Lake Drainage and its Consequences during the Porfiriato (1877 - 1911) Alejandro Tortolero Villasenor 121 Chapter 5 Deforestation and Sugar in Cuba's Centre-East: The Case of Camaguey, 1898 - 1926 Reinaldo Funes Monzote 148 Chapter 6 Talking to Sediments: Reading Environmental History from Post-Settlement Alluvium in Western Sao Paulo, Brazil Christian Brannstrom 171 Part III: Knowledges: New Technologies and Organisms Chapter 7 Bananas, Biodiversity and the Paradox of Commodification John Soluri 195 Chapter 8 Zebu's Elbows: Cattle Breeding and the Environment in Central Brazil, 1890 - 1960 Robert W. Wilcox 218 Chapter 9 Individual Agency and Ecological Imperialism: Aime Bonpland in Southern South America Stephen Bell 247 Bibliography 273 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248112/53738/53738_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/territories-commodities-and-knowledges/ London, GB 04 01 20040201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/territories-commodities-and-knowledges/ 20 08 20040201 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2d18463f-0e67-439f-b5f4-c9aef3b6e286 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:66adb078-ac52-4e25-a4b0-5ff9a3078c5f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2d18463f-0e67-439f-b5f4-c9aef3b6e286 15 9780854572281 03 9780854572281 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55427 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 3 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Terrorism, Italian Style: Representations of Political Violence in Contemporary Italian Cinema 1 B01 Ruth Glynn Ruth Glynn 2 B01 Giancarlo Lombardi Giancarlo Lombardi 3 B01 Alan O'Leary Alan O'Leary 01 eng 00 244 03 12 APFA 93 ATFA B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Italian Studies 10 SOC002010 20 Anni di piombo; Italian serial drama; Commedia all' italiana; Gender studies; Aldo Moro Case; Brigate Rosse; Neo-fascists; Piazza Fontana; Memory studies Bombing 01 06 02 00 03 00 The legacy of Italy's experience of political violence and terrorism in the anni di piombo ('years of lead', c. 1969-83) continues to exercise the Italian imagination to an extraordinary degree. Cinema has played a particularly prominent role in articulating the ongoing impact of the anni di piombo and in defining the ways in which Italians remember and work through the atrocities and traumas of those years. Terrorism, Italian Style</italic> brings together some of the most important scholars contributing to the study of cinematic representations of the anni di piombo</italic>. Drawing on a comparative approach and a broad range of critical perspectives (including genre theory, family and gender issues, trauma theory and ethics), the book addresses an extensive range of films produced between the 1970s and the present and articulates their significance and relevance to contemporary Italian society and culture. 30 00 The legacy of Italy's experience of political violence and terrorism in the anni di piombo ('years of lead', c. 1969-83) continues to exercise the Italian imagination to an extraordinary degree. Cinema has played a particularly prominent role in articulating the ongoing impact of the anni di piombo and in defining the ways in which Italians remember and work through the atrocities and traumas of those years. Terrorism, Italian Style</italic> brings together some of the most important scholars contributing to the study of cinematic representations of the anni di piombo</italic>. Drawing on a comparative approach and a broad range of critical perspectives (including genre theory, family and gender issues, trauma theory and ethics), the book addresses an extensive range of films produced between the 1970s and the present and articulates their significance and relevance to contemporary Italian society and culture. 04 00 ContentsIntroduction: Terrorism, Italian StyleRuth Glynn, Giancarlo Lombardi, Alan O’LearySECTION 1: TERRORISM AND GENRE1 Navigating the Labyrinth: Cinematic Investigations of Right-Wing TerrorismMary P. Wood2 ‘In pieno fumetto’: Bertolucci, Terrorism and the commedia all’italianaAlan O’Leary3 Primetime Terror: Representations of the Armed Struggle in TV DramaGiancarlo LombardiSECTION 2: FAMILY MOTIFS AND FEMINIZING TERROR4 Keeping it in the Family: Politically Motivated Violence in Tre Fratelli, Colpire al Cuore and Segreti SegretiMax Henninger5 To Strike at the Heart of Family and State: Gianni Amelio’s Colpire al CuoreEllen Nerenberg6 Terrorism, a Female MaladyRuth GlynnSECTION 3: SCREENING MORO7 Screening the Moro CaseRachele Tardi8 A Spectre is Haunting Italy: The Double ‘Emplotment’ of the Moro AffairNicoletta Marini-Maio9 Moro Martyred, Braghetti Betrayed: History Retold in Buongiorno, notteDana RengaSECTION 4: TERRORISM AND ETHICS10 Ethics of Conviction vs Ethics of Responsibility in Cinematic Representations of Italian Left-Wing Terrorism of the 1970sLeonardo CecchiniGlossaryBibliography, Filmography and Theatrical Production 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249222//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/terrorism-italian-style-representations-of-political-violence-in-contemporary-italian-cinema/ London, GB 04 01 20120607 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/terrorism-italian-style-representations-of-political-violence-in-contemporary-italian-cinema/ 20 08 20120607 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:94449c82-0f8b-418f-b7a7-391b77cadb36 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3aed10e4-4e86-4d91-ab28-2ee4b2b41eb4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:94449c82-0f8b-418f-b7a7-391b77cadb36 15 9781914477713 03 9781914477713 06 10.63674/djye2279 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.142054 00 BC 10 01 216 mm 01 21.6 cm 01 8.5 in 02 140 mm 02 14 cm 02 5.5 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The 1922 General Election Reconsidered High Politics and the Birth of the Modern British Election 1 A01 G.H. Bennett G.H. Bennett Associate Professor in History 40 008n7pv89 University of Plymouth G.H. Bennett is Associate Professor of History at Plymouth University where he has taught since 1992. His is author of over 20 books on military, diplomatic and political history of the twentieth century. 01 eng 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 B2 History 93 NHD 12 JP 93 JPH 10 POL008000 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 12 3JJG 93 3MP 20 Liberal Party; Lloyd George; post-war British politics; general election; 1922; coalition; Bonar Law; Conservative Party 01 06 02 00 Making use of newly available archival collections and digitised resources, this book captures the high and low politics of the pivotal 1922 General Election to show how it marked the birth of the modern British general election as we know it today. 03 00 Revisiting the high-stakes politics of 1922, G.H. Bennett unveils how one election transformed Britain’s electoral system and redefined party alliances for decades to come.</bold>The General Election of 15 November 1922 was a pivotal election in British political history. As parties adjusted to peacetime conditions and an electoral system changed forever by the enfranchisement of women and working-class men, the 1922 election stood as the first real test of party performance and engagement with voter priorities in a Britain fundamentally altered by the First World War. The result was a general election that would set national polling culture for the next century, and mark a significant step towards the decline of the Liberal Party and the emergence of a Conservative-Labour duopoly.This book examines the way the 1922 election was fought, the performance of the parties and the operation of a semi-official, but undeclared, party pact between the Conservative and Coalition Liberal Parties to manage the outcome, as they emerged from the Lloyd George Coalition and attempted to shut the Labour Party out of power. Capturing the high and the low politics of the election, and making use of newly available archival collections and digitised resources, this concise and accessible volume shows how the 1922 election marked the birth of the modern British general election as we know it today. 30 00 Revisiting the high-stakes politics of 1922, G.H. Bennett unveils how one election transformed Britain’s electoral system and redefined party alliances for decades to come.</bold>The General Election of 15 November 1922 was a pivotal election in British political history. As parties adjusted to peacetime conditions and an electoral system changed forever by the enfranchisement of women and working-class men, the 1922 election stood as the first real test of party performance and engagement with voter priorities in a Britain fundamentally altered by the First World War. The result was a general election that would set national polling culture for the next century, and mark a significant step towards the decline of the Liberal Party and the emergence of a Conservative-Labour duopoly.This book examines the way the 1922 election was fought, the performance of the parties and the operation of a semi-official, but undeclared, party pact between the Conservative and Coalition Liberal Parties to manage the outcome, as they emerged from the Lloyd George Coalition and attempted to shut the Labour Party out of power. Capturing the high and the low politics of the election, and making use of newly available archival collections and digitised resources, this concise and accessible volume shows how the 1922 election marked the birth of the modern British general election as we know it today. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 The Party Political Outlook in October 1918</li> <li>2 The Position of the Four Main Parties</li> <li>3 Locally Arranged Pacts</li> <li>4 “There is no Pact – But”</li> <li>5 “Co-operation” in the Constituencies</li> <li>6 Impact of the Local Elections and Nomination Day</li> <li>7 Defining Coalition Liberal Strategy</li> <li>8 Trying to Broker a Deal with the Conservatives</li> <li>9 Exchanges Between the Parties After 4 November</li> <li>10 Methods and Tone</li> <li>11 Final Positions</li> <li>12 The Day of the Election and the Hours After</li> <li>13 Results</li> <li>14 Repercussions of the 1922 Election</li> <li>Conclusion</li> <li>Afterword – Considerations for British Politics</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/9781914477713_cover-1-wpv_652x.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-1922-general-election-reconsidered/ London, GB 04 01 20250918 G.H. Bennett 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477706 03 9781914477706 06 15 9781914477737 03 9781914477737 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-1922-general-election-reconsidered/ 20 08 20250918 02 18.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:3c51e948-23ea-42f6-bc18-3c785aa22973 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3aed10e4-4e86-4d91-ab28-2ee4b2b41eb4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3c51e948-23ea-42f6-bc18-3c785aa22973 15 9781914477706 03 9781914477706 06 10.63674/djye2279 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.142054 00 BB 10 01 220 mm 01 22 cm 01 8.6875 in 02 144 mm 02 14.4 cm 02 5.6875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The 1922 General Election Reconsidered High Politics and the Birth of the Modern British Election 1 A01 G.H. Bennett G.H. Bennett Associate Professor in History 40 008n7pv89 University of Plymouth G.H. Bennett is Associate Professor of History at Plymouth University where he has taught since 1992. His is author of over 20 books on military, diplomatic and political history of the twentieth century. 01 eng 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 B2 History 93 NHD 12 JP 93 JPH 10 POL008000 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 12 3JJG 93 3MP 20 Liberal Party; Lloyd George; post-war British politics; general election; 1922; coalition; Bonar Law; Conservative Party 01 06 02 00 Making use of newly available archival collections and digitised resources, this book captures the high and low politics of the pivotal 1922 General Election to show how it marked the birth of the modern British general election as we know it today. 03 00 Revisiting the high-stakes politics of 1922, G.H. Bennett unveils how one election transformed Britain’s electoral system and redefined party alliances for decades to come.</bold>The General Election of 15 November 1922 was a pivotal election in British political history. As parties adjusted to peacetime conditions and an electoral system changed forever by the enfranchisement of women and working-class men, the 1922 election stood as the first real test of party performance and engagement with voter priorities in a Britain fundamentally altered by the First World War. The result was a general election that would set national polling culture for the next century, and mark a significant step towards the decline of the Liberal Party and the emergence of a Conservative-Labour duopoly.This book examines the way the 1922 election was fought, the performance of the parties and the operation of a semi-official, but undeclared, party pact between the Conservative and Coalition Liberal Parties to manage the outcome, as they emerged from the Lloyd George Coalition and attempted to shut the Labour Party out of power. Capturing the high and the low politics of the election, and making use of newly available archival collections and digitised resources, this concise and accessible volume shows how the 1922 election marked the birth of the modern British general election as we know it today. 30 00 Revisiting the high-stakes politics of 1922, G.H. Bennett unveils how one election transformed Britain’s electoral system and redefined party alliances for decades to come.</bold>The General Election of 15 November 1922 was a pivotal election in British political history. As parties adjusted to peacetime conditions and an electoral system changed forever by the enfranchisement of women and working-class men, the 1922 election stood as the first real test of party performance and engagement with voter priorities in a Britain fundamentally altered by the First World War. The result was a general election that would set national polling culture for the next century, and mark a significant step towards the decline of the Liberal Party and the emergence of a Conservative-Labour duopoly.This book examines the way the 1922 election was fought, the performance of the parties and the operation of a semi-official, but undeclared, party pact between the Conservative and Coalition Liberal Parties to manage the outcome, as they emerged from the Lloyd George Coalition and attempted to shut the Labour Party out of power. Capturing the high and the low politics of the election, and making use of newly available archival collections and digitised resources, this concise and accessible volume shows how the 1922 election marked the birth of the modern British general election as we know it today. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 The Party Political Outlook in October 1918</li> <li>2 The Position of the Four Main Parties</li> <li>3 Locally Arranged Pacts</li> <li>4 “There is no Pact – But”</li> <li>5 “Co-operation” in the Constituencies</li> <li>6 Impact of the Local Elections and Nomination Day</li> <li>7 Defining Coalition Liberal Strategy</li> <li>8 Trying to Broker a Deal with the Conservatives</li> <li>9 Exchanges Between the Parties After 4 November</li> <li>10 Methods and Tone</li> <li>11 Final Positions</li> <li>12 The Day of the Election and the Hours After</li> <li>13 Results</li> <li>14 Repercussions of the 1922 Election</li> <li>Conclusion</li> <li>Afterword – Considerations for British Politics</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/9781914477713_cover-1-wpv_652x.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-1922-general-election-reconsidered/ London, GB 04 01 20250918 G.H. Bennett 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477713 03 9781914477713 06 15 9781914477737 03 9781914477737 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-1922-general-election-reconsidered/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477737.pdf 20 08 20250918 02 45.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:c0d0a3be-8d04-44bc-97aa-b5122e199b2d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3aed10e4-4e86-4d91-ab28-2ee4b2b41eb4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c0d0a3be-8d04-44bc-97aa-b5122e199b2d 15 9781914477737 03 9781914477737 06 10.63674/djye2279 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.142054 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The 1922 General Election Reconsidered High Politics and the Birth of the Modern British Election 1 A01 G.H. Bennett G.H. Bennett Associate Professor in History 40 008n7pv89 University of Plymouth G.H. Bennett is Associate Professor of History at Plymouth University where he has taught since 1992. His is author of over 20 books on military, diplomatic and political history of the twentieth century. 01 eng 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 B2 History 93 NHD 12 JP 93 JPH 10 POL008000 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 12 3JJG 93 3MP 20 Liberal Party; Lloyd George; post-war British politics; general election; 1922; coalition; Bonar Law; Conservative Party 01 06 02 00 Making use of newly available archival collections and digitised resources, this book captures the high and low politics of the pivotal 1922 General Election to show how it marked the birth of the modern British general election as we know it today. 03 00 Revisiting the high-stakes politics of 1922, G.H. Bennett unveils how one election transformed Britain’s electoral system and redefined party alliances for decades to come.</bold>The General Election of 15 November 1922 was a pivotal election in British political history. As parties adjusted to peacetime conditions and an electoral system changed forever by the enfranchisement of women and working-class men, the 1922 election stood as the first real test of party performance and engagement with voter priorities in a Britain fundamentally altered by the First World War. The result was a general election that would set national polling culture for the next century, and mark a significant step towards the decline of the Liberal Party and the emergence of a Conservative-Labour duopoly.This book examines the way the 1922 election was fought, the performance of the parties and the operation of a semi-official, but undeclared, party pact between the Conservative and Coalition Liberal Parties to manage the outcome, as they emerged from the Lloyd George Coalition and attempted to shut the Labour Party out of power. Capturing the high and the low politics of the election, and making use of newly available archival collections and digitised resources, this concise and accessible volume shows how the 1922 election marked the birth of the modern British general election as we know it today. 30 00 Revisiting the high-stakes politics of 1922, G.H. Bennett unveils how one election transformed Britain’s electoral system and redefined party alliances for decades to come.</bold>The General Election of 15 November 1922 was a pivotal election in British political history. As parties adjusted to peacetime conditions and an electoral system changed forever by the enfranchisement of women and working-class men, the 1922 election stood as the first real test of party performance and engagement with voter priorities in a Britain fundamentally altered by the First World War. The result was a general election that would set national polling culture for the next century, and mark a significant step towards the decline of the Liberal Party and the emergence of a Conservative-Labour duopoly.This book examines the way the 1922 election was fought, the performance of the parties and the operation of a semi-official, but undeclared, party pact between the Conservative and Coalition Liberal Parties to manage the outcome, as they emerged from the Lloyd George Coalition and attempted to shut the Labour Party out of power. Capturing the high and the low politics of the election, and making use of newly available archival collections and digitised resources, this concise and accessible volume shows how the 1922 election marked the birth of the modern British general election as we know it today. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 The Party Political Outlook in October 1918</li> <li>2 The Position of the Four Main Parties</li> <li>3 Locally Arranged Pacts</li> <li>4 “There is no Pact – But”</li> <li>5 “Co-operation” in the Constituencies</li> <li>6 Impact of the Local Elections and Nomination Day</li> <li>7 Defining Coalition Liberal Strategy</li> <li>8 Trying to Broker a Deal with the Conservatives</li> <li>9 Exchanges Between the Parties After 4 November</li> <li>10 Methods and Tone</li> <li>11 Final Positions</li> <li>12 The Day of the Election and the Hours After</li> <li>13 Results</li> <li>14 Repercussions of the 1922 Election</li> <li>Conclusion</li> <li>Afterword – Considerations for British Politics</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/9781914477713_cover-1-wpv_652x.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-1922-general-election-reconsidered/ London, GB 04 01 20250918 G.H. Bennett 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477713 03 9781914477713 06 15 9781914477706 03 9781914477706 WORLD 11 PROJECT_MUSE 36 PROJECT_MUSE: webpage for this product https://muse.jhu.edu/book/141084 29 PROJECT_MUSE: download the title https://muse.jhu.edu/book/141084/pdf/download 20 08 20250918 01 11 OAPEN 36 OAPEN: webpage for this product https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109063 29 OAPEN: download the title https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/109063/9781914477737.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y 20 08 20250918 01 11 DOAB 36 DOAB: webpage for this product https://directory.doabooks.org/handle/20.500.12854/170083 20 08 20250918 01 11 JSTOR 36 JSTOR: webpage for this product https://www.jstor.org/stable/jj.36897597 29 JSTOR: download the title https://www.jstor.org/stable/pdf/jj.36897597.pdf?refreqid=fastly-default%3Ae14f1dc44521d0707fb6d6fbd74f5742&ab_segments=&initiator=&acceptTC=1 20 08 20250918 01 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/3aed10e4-4e86-4d91-ab28-2ee4b2b41eb4 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/3aed10e4-4e86-4d91-ab28-2ee4b2b41eb4/3aed10e4-4e86-4d91-ab28-2ee4b2b41eb4.pdf 20 08 20250918 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-1922-general-election-reconsidered/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477737.pdf 20 08 20250918 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-1922-general-election-reconsidered/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/djye2279.pdf 20 08 20250918 01 urn:uuid:eb5569ae-cee7-48cd-986d-5d25363424c1 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5edcf66b-e97b-44aa-bc20-5ad323683628 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:eb5569ae-cee7-48cd-986d-5d25363424c1 15 9781908590558 03 9781908590558 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72261 00 BC 10 01 241 mm 01 24.1 cm 01 9.49 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.73 in 03 13 mm 03 1.3 cm 03 0.49 in 08 880 gr 08 31 oz 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 20 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 The Afterlife of Aldus: Posthumous Fame, Collectors and the Book Trade 1 B01 Jill Kraye Jill Kraye Emeritus Professor of Renaissance Philosophy The Warburg Institute, University of London 2 B01 Paolo Sachet Paolo Sachet 01 eng 09 36 12 HB 10 HIS037020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 KNTP1 10 ANT005000 93 NHDL 12 WCS 93 NHDN 93 WCS 20 Aldine press; early printing; books; publishing; book trade 01 06 02 00 This volume brings together papers from a one-day colloquium held at the Warburg Institute to mark the 500th anniversary of the death of Aldus Manutius. Rather than examining Aldus’s own output, the nine papers focus on how the notion of ‘Aldine books’ has changed over 500 years in Europe and North America, from the early days of the Aldine p 03 00 <a href="https://bit.ly/2M3fDa7">Purchase link for customers in the US and Canada</ext-link>This volume presents six papers from a one-day colloquium held at the Warburg Institute in February 2015 on the legacy of Aldus Manutius, marking the 500th anniversary of his death, together with three additional contributions. Rather than examining Aldus’s own output, the nine papers focus on how the notion of ‘Aldine books’ has changed over 500 years in Europe and North America, from the early days of the Aldine press to modern and contemporary book collecting and the antiquarian trade. The volume also includes a catalogue of the exhibition ‘Collecting the Renaissance: The Aldine Press (1494–1598)’, held in the British Library in conjunction with the colloquium. Addressing a wide readership of scholars, booksellers and collectors, The Afterlife of Aldus</italic> aims to stimulate further research on areas fundamental for understanding Aldus’s long-lasting fortuna</italic>. The conference, the exhibition and this volume received generous financial support from the Bibliographical Society, CERL and Bernard Quaritch Ltd. 30 00 <a href="https://bit.ly/2M3fDa7">Purchase link for customers in the US and Canada</ext-link>This volume presents six papers from a one-day colloquium held at the Warburg Institute in February 2015 on the legacy of Aldus Manutius, marking the 500th anniversary of his death, together with three additional contributions. Rather than examining Aldus’s own output, the nine papers focus on how the notion of ‘Aldine books’ has changed over 500 years in Europe and North America, from the early days of the Aldine press to modern and contemporary book collecting and the antiquarian trade. The volume also includes a catalogue of the exhibition ‘Collecting the Renaissance: The Aldine Press (1494–1598)’, held in the British Library in conjunction with the colloquium. Addressing a wide readership of scholars, booksellers and collectors, The Afterlife of Aldus</italic> aims to stimulate further research on areas fundamental for understanding Aldus’s long-lasting fortuna</italic>. The conference, the exhibition and this volume received generous financial support from the Bibliographical Society, CERL and Bernard Quaritch Ltd. 04 00 <h4>Contents</h4>ForewordI. The Aldine Press after Aldus (1515–1598)From the Printer’s Mind to the Author’s Hand: Paolo Manuzio and His Tre libri di lettere volgari (1556–1560) by Lodovica BraidaStrategies and Failures of a Renaissance Publishing Venture: The Accademia Veneziana and the Myth of Aldus by Shanti GraheliThe End of the Manutius Dynasty (1597) by Angela NuovoII. Private Aldine Collections in EuropeFive Centuries of Aldine Collecting in Italy: Known and Less-Known Cases by Luca RivaliAldine Editions in Early Modern France by Shanti GraheliAldine Collecting and Aristocratic Values in French Bibliophily Before and After the French Revolution by François Dupuigrenet Desroussilles and Jean ViardotIII. The Modern Aldine Book TradeSelling Aldus in the UK (c. 1630–2015): Towards a Checklist of British Sale Catalogues of Books Published by the Manuzio Family by Paolo SachetThe Aldine in British Book Trade History: A Look at Three Major Collections by Nicholas Poole-WilsonAldine Tributaries Collecting Aldus Manutius in the 21st Century by G. Scott ClemonsCollecting the Renaissance: The Aldine Press (1494–1598): Catalogue of an Exhibition by Jill Kraye, Stephen Parkin and Paolo SachetIndex of Names 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/256547//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-aldus-posthumous-fame-collectors-and-the-book-trade/ London, GB 04 01 20180719 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-aldus-posthumous-fame-collectors-and-the-book-trade/ 20 08 20180719 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e88d507d-5112-41ed-b2dd-125f94583fc4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c34bf09a-27a9-4e47-bb4f-8d816707150d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e88d507d-5112-41ed-b2dd-125f94583fc4 15 9781905670888 03 9781905670888 06 10.14296/121.9781905670956 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87209 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 03 16 mm 03 1.6 cm 03 0.625 in 08 501 gr 08 17.75 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 8 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Afterlife of Apuleius 1 B01 F. Bistagne F. Bistagne 2 B01 C. Boidin C. Boidin 3 B01 R. Mouren R. Mouren 01 eng 00 230 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 93 DB 12 HBLA1 10 LIT004190 93 1QBAR 12 1QDAR 10 HIS002020 10 1.5.3.0.0.1.0 93 1QBDF 12 1QDH 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 2ADL 93 2ADL 12 3D 93 3KBK 93 6AG 20 latin; platonist; roman empire; athens; asia minor; cults; magic; golden ass 01 06 02 00 Apuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass</italic>. The aim of this collection is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide 03 00 Apuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass</italic>. The aim of this collection of essays is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide geographical scope.The volume gathers the proceedings of an international conference held in March 2016 at the Warburg Institute in London, in association with the Institute of Classical Studies. It includes both diachronic overviews and specific case-studies. A first series of papers focuses on The Golden Ass</italic> and its historical and geographical diffusion, from High Medieval Europe to early modern Mexico. The oriental connections of the book are also taken into account. The second part of the book examines the textual and visual destiny of Psyche’s story from the Apuleian fabula</italic> to allegorical retellings, in poetical or philosophical books and on stage. As the third series of essays indicates, the fortunes of the book led many ancient and early modern writers and translators to use it as a canonical model for reflections about the status of fiction. It also became, mostly around the beginning of the fifteenth century, a major linguistic and stylistic reference for lexicographers and neo-Latin writers : the last papers of the book deal with Renaissance polemics about ‘Apuleianism’ and the role of editors and commentators. 30 00 Apuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass</italic>. The aim of this collection of essays is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide geographical scope.The volume gathers the proceedings of an international conference held in March 2016 at the Warburg Institute in London, in association with the Institute of Classical Studies. It includes both diachronic overviews and specific case-studies. A first series of papers focuses on The Golden Ass</italic> and its historical and geographical diffusion, from High Medieval Europe to early modern Mexico. The oriental connections of the book are also taken into account. The second part of the book examines the textual and visual destiny of Psyche’s story from the Apuleian fabula</italic> to allegorical retellings, in poetical or philosophical books and on stage. As the third series of essays indicates, the fortunes of the book led many ancient and early modern writers and translators to use it as a canonical model for reflections about the status of fiction. It also became, mostly around the beginning of the fifteenth century, a major linguistic and stylistic reference for lexicographers and neo-Latin writers : the last papers of the book deal with Renaissance polemics about ‘Apuleianism’ and the role of editors and commentators. 04 00 1. The medieval ass: re-evaluating the reception of Apuleius in the High Middle Ages / Robert H. F. Carver. 2. The white goddess in Mexico: Apuleius’ Latin, Spanish, and Nahuatl legacy in New Spain / Andrew Laird.3. The Ass goes east: Apuleius and Orientalism/ Carole Boidin.4. How to tell the story of Cupid and Psyche: from Fulgentius to Galeotto Del Corretto / Julia Haig Gaisser.5. Psyche’s textual journey from Apuleius to Boccaccio and Petrarch / Igor Candido6. An Apuleian masque? Thomas Heywood’s Love’s Mistress (1634) / Stephen Harrison7. Echoes of Apuleius’ novel in Mary Tighe’s Psyche: romantic imagination and self-fashioning / Regine May 8. Apuleius and Martianus Capella: canon, reception and pedagogy / Ahuvia Kahane9. A translation of Apuleius’ Metamorphoses and the debate about fiction in the sixteenth century: L’asino d’oro by Agnolo Firenzuola (1550) / Françoise Lavocat.10. Apuleius’ Ass and Cervantes’ Dogs in Dialogue / Maria Loreto Núñez11. ‘He does not speak golden words: he brays’: Apuleius’ style and the humanistic lexicography / Clementina Marsico12. The Golden Ass under the lens of the ‘Bolognese commentator’ L Lucius Apuleius and Filippo Beroaldo / Andrea Severi 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/121.9781905670956_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-apuleius/ London, GB 04 01 20210128 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670956 03 9781905670956 06 15 9781914477461 03 9781914477461 06 15 9781905670963 03 9781905670963 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-apuleius/ 20 08 20210128 02 64.99 GBP WORLD 02 85.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:36b5f635-99e5-4dfb-9367-ad24b6b02726 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c34bf09a-27a9-4e47-bb4f-8d816707150d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:36b5f635-99e5-4dfb-9367-ad24b6b02726 15 9781905670956 03 9781905670956 06 10.14296/121.9781905670956 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87209 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 8 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Afterlife of Apuleius 1 B01 F. Bistagne F. Bistagne 2 B01 C. Boidin C. Boidin 3 B01 R. Mouren R. Mouren 01 eng 00 230 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 93 DB 12 HBLA1 10 LIT004190 93 1QBAR 12 1QDAR 10 HIS002020 10 1.5.3.0.0.1.0 93 1QBDF 12 1QDH 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 2ADL 93 2ADL 12 3D 93 3KBK 93 6AG 20 latin; platonist; roman empire; athens; asia minor; cults; magic; golden ass 01 06 02 00 Apuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass</italic>. The aim of this collection is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide 03 00 Apuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass</italic>. The aim of this collection of essays is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide geographical scope.The volume gathers the proceedings of an international conference held in March 2016 at the Warburg Institute in London, in association with the Institute of Classical Studies. It includes both diachronic overviews and specific case-studies. A first series of papers focuses on The Golden Ass</italic> and its historical and geographical diffusion, from High Medieval Europe to early modern Mexico. The oriental connections of the book are also taken into account. The second part of the book examines the textual and visual destiny of Psyche’s story from the Apuleian fabula</italic> to allegorical retellings, in poetical or philosophical books and on stage. As the third series of essays indicates, the fortunes of the book led many ancient and early modern writers and translators to use it as a canonical model for reflections about the status of fiction. It also became, mostly around the beginning of the fifteenth century, a major linguistic and stylistic reference for lexicographers and neo-Latin writers : the last papers of the book deal with Renaissance polemics about ‘Apuleianism’ and the role of editors and commentators. 30 00 Apuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass</italic>. The aim of this collection of essays is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide geographical scope.The volume gathers the proceedings of an international conference held in March 2016 at the Warburg Institute in London, in association with the Institute of Classical Studies. It includes both diachronic overviews and specific case-studies. A first series of papers focuses on The Golden Ass</italic> and its historical and geographical diffusion, from High Medieval Europe to early modern Mexico. The oriental connections of the book are also taken into account. The second part of the book examines the textual and visual destiny of Psyche’s story from the Apuleian fabula</italic> to allegorical retellings, in poetical or philosophical books and on stage. As the third series of essays indicates, the fortunes of the book led many ancient and early modern writers and translators to use it as a canonical model for reflections about the status of fiction. It also became, mostly around the beginning of the fifteenth century, a major linguistic and stylistic reference for lexicographers and neo-Latin writers : the last papers of the book deal with Renaissance polemics about ‘Apuleianism’ and the role of editors and commentators. 04 00 1. The medieval ass: re-evaluating the reception of Apuleius in the High Middle Ages / Robert H. F. Carver. 2. The white goddess in Mexico: Apuleius’ Latin, Spanish, and Nahuatl legacy in New Spain / Andrew Laird.3. The Ass goes east: Apuleius and Orientalism/ Carole Boidin.4. How to tell the story of Cupid and Psyche: from Fulgentius to Galeotto Del Corretto / Julia Haig Gaisser.5. Psyche’s textual journey from Apuleius to Boccaccio and Petrarch / Igor Candido6. An Apuleian masque? Thomas Heywood’s Love’s Mistress (1634) / Stephen Harrison7. Echoes of Apuleius’ novel in Mary Tighe’s Psyche: romantic imagination and self-fashioning / Regine May 8. Apuleius and Martianus Capella: canon, reception and pedagogy / Ahuvia Kahane9. A translation of Apuleius’ Metamorphoses and the debate about fiction in the sixteenth century: L’asino d’oro by Agnolo Firenzuola (1550) / Françoise Lavocat.10. Apuleius’ Ass and Cervantes’ Dogs in Dialogue / Maria Loreto Núñez11. ‘He does not speak golden words: he brays’: Apuleius’ style and the humanistic lexicography / Clementina Marsico12. The Golden Ass under the lens of the ‘Bolognese commentator’ L Lucius Apuleius and Filippo Beroaldo / Andrea Severi 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/121.9781905670956_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-apuleius/ London, GB 04 01 20210128 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670888 03 9781905670888 06 15 9781914477461 03 9781914477461 06 15 9781905670963 03 9781905670963 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/c34bf09a-27a9-4e47-bb4f-8d816707150d 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/c34bf09a-27a9-4e47-bb4f-8d816707150d/c34bf09a-27a9-4e47-bb4f-8d816707150d.pdf 20 08 20210128 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-apuleius/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781905670956.pdf 20 08 20210128 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-apuleius/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/121.9781905670956.pdf 20 08 20210128 01 urn:uuid:712c9550-f0c6-4d78-9336-ea027bc63c37 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c34bf09a-27a9-4e47-bb4f-8d816707150d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:712c9550-f0c6-4d78-9336-ea027bc63c37 15 9781914477461 03 9781914477461 06 10.14296/121.9781905670956 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87209 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 8 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Afterlife of Apuleius 1 B01 F. Bistagne F. Bistagne 2 B01 C. Boidin C. Boidin 3 B01 R. Mouren R. Mouren 01 eng 00 230 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 93 DB 12 HBLA1 10 LIT004190 93 1QBAR 12 1QDAR 10 HIS002020 10 1.5.3.0.0.1.0 93 1QBDF 12 1QDH 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 2ADL 93 2ADL 12 3D 93 3KBK 93 6AG 20 latin; platonist; roman empire; athens; asia minor; cults; magic; golden ass 01 06 02 00 Apuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass</italic>. The aim of this collection is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide 03 00 Apuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass</italic>. The aim of this collection of essays is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide geographical scope.The volume gathers the proceedings of an international conference held in March 2016 at the Warburg Institute in London, in association with the Institute of Classical Studies. It includes both diachronic overviews and specific case-studies. A first series of papers focuses on The Golden Ass</italic> and its historical and geographical diffusion, from High Medieval Europe to early modern Mexico. The oriental connections of the book are also taken into account. The second part of the book examines the textual and visual destiny of Psyche’s story from the Apuleian fabula</italic> to allegorical retellings, in poetical or philosophical books and on stage. As the third series of essays indicates, the fortunes of the book led many ancient and early modern writers and translators to use it as a canonical model for reflections about the status of fiction. It also became, mostly around the beginning of the fifteenth century, a major linguistic and stylistic reference for lexicographers and neo-Latin writers : the last papers of the book deal with Renaissance polemics about ‘Apuleianism’ and the role of editors and commentators. 30 00 Apuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass</italic>. The aim of this collection of essays is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide geographical scope.The volume gathers the proceedings of an international conference held in March 2016 at the Warburg Institute in London, in association with the Institute of Classical Studies. It includes both diachronic overviews and specific case-studies. A first series of papers focuses on The Golden Ass</italic> and its historical and geographical diffusion, from High Medieval Europe to early modern Mexico. The oriental connections of the book are also taken into account. The second part of the book examines the textual and visual destiny of Psyche’s story from the Apuleian fabula</italic> to allegorical retellings, in poetical or philosophical books and on stage. As the third series of essays indicates, the fortunes of the book led many ancient and early modern writers and translators to use it as a canonical model for reflections about the status of fiction. It also became, mostly around the beginning of the fifteenth century, a major linguistic and stylistic reference for lexicographers and neo-Latin writers : the last papers of the book deal with Renaissance polemics about ‘Apuleianism’ and the role of editors and commentators. 04 00 1. The medieval ass: re-evaluating the reception of Apuleius in the High Middle Ages / Robert H. F. Carver. 2. The white goddess in Mexico: Apuleius’ Latin, Spanish, and Nahuatl legacy in New Spain / Andrew Laird.3. The Ass goes east: Apuleius and Orientalism/ Carole Boidin.4. How to tell the story of Cupid and Psyche: from Fulgentius to Galeotto Del Corretto / Julia Haig Gaisser.5. Psyche’s textual journey from Apuleius to Boccaccio and Petrarch / Igor Candido6. An Apuleian masque? Thomas Heywood’s Love’s Mistress (1634) / Stephen Harrison7. Echoes of Apuleius’ novel in Mary Tighe’s Psyche: romantic imagination and self-fashioning / Regine May 8. Apuleius and Martianus Capella: canon, reception and pedagogy / Ahuvia Kahane9. A translation of Apuleius’ Metamorphoses and the debate about fiction in the sixteenth century: L’asino d’oro by Agnolo Firenzuola (1550) / Françoise Lavocat.10. Apuleius’ Ass and Cervantes’ Dogs in Dialogue / Maria Loreto Núñez11. ‘He does not speak golden words: he brays’: Apuleius’ style and the humanistic lexicography / Clementina Marsico12. The Golden Ass under the lens of the ‘Bolognese commentator’ L Lucius Apuleius and Filippo Beroaldo / Andrea Severi 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/121.9781905670956_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-apuleius/ London, GB 04 01 20210128 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670888 03 9781905670888 06 15 9781905670956 03 9781905670956 06 15 9781905670963 03 9781905670963 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-afterlife-of-apuleius 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-afterlife-of-apuleius 20 08 20210128 01 urn:uuid:8819cb0c-5db9-482b-ad4d-2ab674a0c44e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c34bf09a-27a9-4e47-bb4f-8d816707150d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8819cb0c-5db9-482b-ad4d-2ab674a0c44e 15 9781905670963 03 9781905670963 06 10.14296/121.9781905670956 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87209 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 8 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Afterlife of Apuleius 1 B01 F. Bistagne F. Bistagne 2 B01 C. Boidin C. Boidin 3 B01 R. Mouren R. Mouren 01 eng 00 230 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 93 DB 12 HBLA1 10 LIT004190 93 1QBAR 12 1QDAR 10 HIS002020 10 1.5.3.0.0.1.0 93 1QBDF 12 1QDH 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 2ADL 93 2ADL 12 3D 93 3KBK 93 6AG 20 latin; platonist; roman empire; athens; asia minor; cults; magic; golden ass 01 06 02 00 Apuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass</italic>. The aim of this collection is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide 03 00 Apuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass</italic>. The aim of this collection of essays is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide geographical scope.The volume gathers the proceedings of an international conference held in March 2016 at the Warburg Institute in London, in association with the Institute of Classical Studies. It includes both diachronic overviews and specific case-studies. A first series of papers focuses on The Golden Ass</italic> and its historical and geographical diffusion, from High Medieval Europe to early modern Mexico. The oriental connections of the book are also taken into account. The second part of the book examines the textual and visual destiny of Psyche’s story from the Apuleian fabula</italic> to allegorical retellings, in poetical or philosophical books and on stage. As the third series of essays indicates, the fortunes of the book led many ancient and early modern writers and translators to use it as a canonical model for reflections about the status of fiction. It also became, mostly around the beginning of the fifteenth century, a major linguistic and stylistic reference for lexicographers and neo-Latin writers : the last papers of the book deal with Renaissance polemics about ‘Apuleianism’ and the role of editors and commentators. 30 00 Apuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass</italic>. The aim of this collection of essays is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide geographical scope.The volume gathers the proceedings of an international conference held in March 2016 at the Warburg Institute in London, in association with the Institute of Classical Studies. It includes both diachronic overviews and specific case-studies. A first series of papers focuses on The Golden Ass</italic> and its historical and geographical diffusion, from High Medieval Europe to early modern Mexico. The oriental connections of the book are also taken into account. The second part of the book examines the textual and visual destiny of Psyche’s story from the Apuleian fabula</italic> to allegorical retellings, in poetical or philosophical books and on stage. As the third series of essays indicates, the fortunes of the book led many ancient and early modern writers and translators to use it as a canonical model for reflections about the status of fiction. It also became, mostly around the beginning of the fifteenth century, a major linguistic and stylistic reference for lexicographers and neo-Latin writers : the last papers of the book deal with Renaissance polemics about ‘Apuleianism’ and the role of editors and commentators. 04 00 1. The medieval ass: re-evaluating the reception of Apuleius in the High Middle Ages / Robert H. F. Carver. 2. The white goddess in Mexico: Apuleius’ Latin, Spanish, and Nahuatl legacy in New Spain / Andrew Laird.3. The Ass goes east: Apuleius and Orientalism/ Carole Boidin.4. How to tell the story of Cupid and Psyche: from Fulgentius to Galeotto Del Corretto / Julia Haig Gaisser.5. Psyche’s textual journey from Apuleius to Boccaccio and Petrarch / Igor Candido6. An Apuleian masque? Thomas Heywood’s Love’s Mistress (1634) / Stephen Harrison7. Echoes of Apuleius’ novel in Mary Tighe’s Psyche: romantic imagination and self-fashioning / Regine May 8. Apuleius and Martianus Capella: canon, reception and pedagogy / Ahuvia Kahane9. A translation of Apuleius’ Metamorphoses and the debate about fiction in the sixteenth century: L’asino d’oro by Agnolo Firenzuola (1550) / Françoise Lavocat.10. Apuleius’ Ass and Cervantes’ Dogs in Dialogue / Maria Loreto Núñez11. ‘He does not speak golden words: he brays’: Apuleius’ style and the humanistic lexicography / Clementina Marsico12. The Golden Ass under the lens of the ‘Bolognese commentator’ L Lucius Apuleius and Filippo Beroaldo / Andrea Severi 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/121.9781905670956_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-apuleius/ London, GB 04 01 20210128 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670888 03 9781905670888 06 15 9781905670956 03 9781905670956 06 15 9781914477461 03 9781914477461 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-apuleius/ 20 08 20210128 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1093e013-8ea8-419f-97be-9ccdeec675ab 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b2ad7f61-5765-47f1-ad61-d5f942e48fb8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1093e013-8ea8-419f-97be-9ccdeec675ab 15 9781905670642 03 9781905670642 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61740 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 73 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Afterlife of Cicero 1 B01 G Manuwald G Manuwald 01 eng 00 226 03 09 36 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 10 FOR033000 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 20 Cicero; Reception of Cicero; Italian Renaissance; Humanism; Catiline Conspiracy; Ciceronian Oratory 01 06 02 00 03 00 Cicero was one of the most prolific and productive figures from ancient Rome, active as both a politician and a writer. As yet however modern scholarship does not do justice to the sheer range of his later influence. This volume publishes papers from a conference which aimed to enlarge the basis for the study of Cicero’s reception, by examining in detail new aspects of its variety. The conference was held in May 2015, and was jointly organized by the Institute of Classical Studies, the Warburg Institute, and the Department of Greek and Latin at University College London.The book presents twelve case studies on the reception of ‘Cicero the writer’ and ‘Cicero the man’, ranging from thirteenth-century Italy to nineteenth-century England, including colonial Latin America. Scholars from different disciplinary backgrounds discuss artistic and literary responses to Cicero as well as his exploitation in philosophical and political debates. Taken together, these studies illustrate how the special characteristics of the historical Cicero colour his reception: his afterlife is one of the most varied and wide-ranging of any classical author. 30 00 Cicero was one of the most prolific and productive figures from ancient Rome, active as both a politician and a writer. As yet however modern scholarship does not do justice to the sheer range of his later influence. This volume publishes papers from a conference which aimed to enlarge the basis for the study of Cicero’s reception, by examining in detail new aspects of its variety. The conference was held in May 2015, and was jointly organized by the Institute of Classical Studies, the Warburg Institute, and the Department of Greek and Latin at University College London.The book presents twelve case studies on the reception of ‘Cicero the writer’ and ‘Cicero the man’, ranging from thirteenth-century Italy to nineteenth-century England, including colonial Latin America. Scholars from different disciplinary backgrounds discuss artistic and literary responses to Cicero as well as his exploitation in philosophical and political debates. Taken together, these studies illustrate how the special characteristics of the historical Cicero colour his reception: his afterlife is one of the most varied and wide-ranging of any classical author. 04 00 A Florentine Tullio: dual authorship and the politics of translation in Brunetto Latini’s RettoricaCatherine M. KeenPetrarch and the reading of Cicero’s De natura deorum in the ms. 552-2 of the Médiathèque du Grand TroyesLaura RefeCicero as a communal civic model: Italian communes of the thirteenth and fourteenth centuriesCarole MabbouxCicero at court: Martino Filetico’s Iocundissimae disputationesVirginia CoxRenascens ad superos Cicero: Ciceronian and anti-Ciceronian styles in the Italian RenaissanceMartin McLaughlinVisibile parlare? Picturing Cicero in the Italian Renaissance L. B. T. HoughtonCicero’s Caesarian orations in early modern EuropeDavid MarshOrator, sage, and patriot: Cicero in colonial Latin AmericaAndrew LairdCicero and historicism: controversies in Cicero’s reception in the eighteenth centuryMatthew FoxHow to read Ciceronian Scepticism: Anthony Collins, Richard Bentley, and the Freethought debate in 1713Katherine EastThe Catiline conspiracy and the credibility of letters in French Revolutionary artNina L. DubinFraming Cicero’s Lives: production values and paratext in nineteenth-century biographiesLynn Fotheringham 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/256719//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-cicero/ London, GB 04 01 20161215 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-cicero/ 20 08 20161215 02 69.99 GBP WORLD 02 90.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5e0ea6c7-7418-4a79-91ec-2ad069904a93 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:474c137a-0526-4ea5-9161-a9e564744147 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5e0ea6c7-7418-4a79-91ec-2ad069904a93 15 9781905670871 03 9781905670871 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.82886 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 03 13 mm 03 1.3 cm 03 0.5109 in 08 413 gr 08 14.625 oz 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 77 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Afterlife of Herodotus and Thucydides 1 B01 John North John North John North taught Greek and Roman history for forty years in the History Department at University College London, becoming Professor of History in 1992 and Emeritus Professor of History in 2003. He was Director of the Institute of Classical Studies from 2012–14 and co-editor of the series of ICS reception studies volumes. 2 B01 Peter Mack Peter Mack Peter Mack is Emeritus Professor of English at the University of Warwick and a specialist in Renaissance rhetoric. From 2010 to 2014 he was Director of the Warburg Institute and Professor of the History of the Classical Tradition, University of London. 01 eng 00 186 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 HBLA 10 HIS002010 93 NHC 10 1.7.3.0.0.0.0 12 HRKP3 93 QRSG 93 1QBAG 12 1QDAG 93 1QBAP 12 1QDAP 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 2AHA 93 2AHA 12 3D 93 3KB 93 6AG 20 Persia; Greece; historian; Herodotus; Thucydides 01 06 02 00 This book seeks to explore the reception of the writings of Herodotus of Halicarnassus and Thucydides the Athenian from the Byzantine era until today, following the ups and downs of their scholarly reputations 03 00 Herodotus of Halicarnassus and Thucydides the Athenian were the two most famous and earliest (fifth century bce) of the Greek historians whose work survives; their subject was the wars between the Greek cities and the Persian Empire and later those between the Greek cities themselves. Their names are frequently linked and their work compared and contrasted: Herodotus’ history ranged adventurously both in space and time; Thucydides limited himself to the events of his own day. Herodotus’ work is certainly more fun to read; Thucydides approaches more closely to the modern conception of ‘scientific’ history-writing.This book seeks to explore the reception of their writings from the Byzantine era until today, following the ups and downs of their scholarly reputations. Herodotus has at times been much despised and only recently reassessed and taken more seriously. Thucydides has been more consistently revered, even if sometimes thought narrow and boring. Today, he still attracts readers from disciplines far from the classical world. The essays in this collection range from Sir Walter Ralegh’s History of the World </italic>and </italic>Isaac Newton’s Chronology </italic>to the coming of narratology.The contributors to this volume of our ‘Afterlife’ series are: Andrea Ceccarelli; Elizabeth Jeffreys; Vasiliki Zali; Ben Earley; Luca Iori; John Richards; Mordechai Feingold; Reinhold Bichler; Gastón J. Basile; Neville Morley. 30 00 Herodotus of Halicarnassus and Thucydides the Athenian were the two most famous and earliest (fifth century bce) of the Greek historians whose work survives; their subject was the wars between the Greek cities and the Persian Empire and later those between the Greek cities themselves. Their names are frequently linked and their work compared and contrasted: Herodotus’ history ranged adventurously both in space and time; Thucydides limited himself to the events of his own day. Herodotus’ work is certainly more fun to read; Thucydides approaches more closely to the modern conception of ‘scientific’ history-writing.This book seeks to explore the reception of their writings from the Byzantine era until today, following the ups and downs of their scholarly reputations. Herodotus has at times been much despised and only recently reassessed and taken more seriously. Thucydides has been more consistently revered, even if sometimes thought narrow and boring. Today, he still attracts readers from disciplines far from the classical world. The essays in this collection range from Sir Walter Ralegh’s History of the World </italic>and </italic>Isaac Newton’s Chronology </italic>to the coming of narratology.The contributors to this volume of our ‘Afterlife’ series are: Andrea Ceccarelli; Elizabeth Jeffreys; Vasiliki Zali; Ben Earley; Luca Iori; John Richards; Mordechai Feingold; Reinhold Bichler; Gastón J. Basile; Neville Morley. 04 00 Introduction – John North & Peter Mack From Thucydides to Lucretius: the Plague of Athens, between medicine and classical scholarship in Renaissance Italy – Andrea Ceccarelli The Byzantine reception of Herodotus and Thucydides – Elizabeth Jeffreys Herodotus and Thucydides in Procopius’ Wars – Vasiliki Zali Herodotus and Thucydides in Walter Ralegh’s History of the World – Ben Earley Thucydides and the English Renaissance education – Luca Iori A Protestant Thucydides in Reformation Germany – John Richards A mathematician among the classics: Isaac Newton as a reader of Herodotus – Mordechai Feingold Herodotus and the perception of the Persian empire. Some observations from a historical and methodological perspective – Reinhold Bichler The resurgence of Herodotus and the new philosophy of history – Gaston J. Basile The modernity of Thucydides – Neville Morley Index 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/283909/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-herodotus-and-thucydides/ London, GB 04 01 20191220 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-herodotus-and-thucydides/ 20 08 20191220 02 64.99 GBP WORLD 02 85.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:34babea9-c1e3-4d3d-b5e4-23278d32b26b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:79f96c82-eef9-47e4-b216-a1e1946316dd 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:34babea9-c1e3-4d3d-b5e4-23278d32b26b 15 9780900587863 03 9780900587863 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61389 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 11 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Afterlife of Inscriptions: Reusing, Rediscovering, Reinventing, Revitalizing Ancient Inscriptions (BICS Supplement 75) 1 B01 Alison Cooley Alison Cooley 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 HBLA1 10 LIT004190 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 With contributions from Tim Benton, Amanda Collins, Alison E. Cooley, Colin Cunningham, Glenys Davies, Wolfgang Hameter, Mark Handley, Jeremy Knight, Onno van Nijf, Graham Oliver and William Stenhouse.<break/><break/>The Afterlife of Inscriptions</italic> explores the changing uses of ancient inscriptions from classical to modern times and the ways in which their lives have been prolonged beyond their initial span. It explores the changing uses of ancient inscriptions from classical to modern times and the ways in which their lives have been prolonged beyond their initial span. <break/><break/>Two chapters explore inscriptions in their ancient settings, assessing the impact of location upon inscribed monuments set up on the Capitol Hill at Rome and in the town of Termessos. Other chapters concentrate upon the afterlife of inscriptions exploring phases in the rediscovery of inscriptions, how they have been treated as building materials, texts, aesthetic objects and media for political messages with modern attitudes ranging from recycling to reverence. The reuse of ancient inscriptions rediscovered in Wales gives way to an appreciation of them as historical sources. A manuscript collection of inscriptions is analysed in terms of a two-phased afterlife providing models for epitaphs and then a florilegium of verse. The attitudes of seventeenth-century antiquarians in categorizing inscriptions progresses from viewing inscriptions purely as texts to an appreciation of them as objects too. By the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries British society valued many different types of inscription for their aesthetic qualities from Attic grave reliefs to Roman ash chests to contemporary architectural inscriptions. <break/><break/>This book documents the privileging of inscriptions as historical evidence – how this encourages the modification or even creation of ‘ancient’ inscriptions and how inscriptions are manipulated to support a particular interpretation of the past. 30 00 With contributions from Tim Benton, Amanda Collins, Alison E. Cooley, Colin Cunningham, Glenys Davies, Wolfgang Hameter, Mark Handley, Jeremy Knight, Onno van Nijf, Graham Oliver and William Stenhouse.<break/><break/>The Afterlife of Inscriptions</italic> explores the changing uses of ancient inscriptions from classical to modern times and the ways in which their lives have been prolonged beyond their initial span. It explores the changing uses of ancient inscriptions from classical to modern times and the ways in which their lives have been prolonged beyond their initial span. <break/><break/>Two chapters explore inscriptions in their ancient settings, assessing the impact of location upon inscribed monuments set up on the Capitol Hill at Rome and in the town of Termessos. Other chapters concentrate upon the afterlife of inscriptions exploring phases in the rediscovery of inscriptions, how they have been treated as building materials, texts, aesthetic objects and media for political messages with modern attitudes ranging from recycling to reverence. The reuse of ancient inscriptions rediscovered in Wales gives way to an appreciation of them as historical sources. A manuscript collection of inscriptions is analysed in terms of a two-phased afterlife providing models for epitaphs and then a florilegium of verse. The attitudes of seventeenth-century antiquarians in categorizing inscriptions progresses from viewing inscriptions purely as texts to an appreciation of them as objects too. By the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries British society valued many different types of inscription for their aesthetic qualities from Attic grave reliefs to Roman ash chests to contemporary architectural inscriptions. <break/><break/>This book documents the privileging of inscriptions as historical evidence – how this encourages the modification or even creation of ‘ancient’ inscriptions and how inscriptions are manipulated to support a particular interpretation of the past. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250845//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-inscriptions-reusing-rediscovering-reinventing-revitalizing-ancient-inscriptions-bics-supplement-75/ London, GB 04 01 20001212 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-inscriptions-reusing-rediscovering-reinventing-revitalizing-ancient-inscriptions-bics-supplement-75/ 20 08 20001212 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b9d83af3-0d1f-45b5-8192-c88d59af64af 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d7f8045d-ceda-4fe5-a20a-70ec2104ade3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b9d83af3-0d1f-45b5-8192-c88d59af64af 15 9781905670604 03 9781905670604 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61304 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.61 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.69 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 69 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Afterlife of Ovid 1 B01 Peter Mack Peter Mack Peter Mack is Emeritus Professor of English at the University of Warwick and a specialist in Renaissance rhetoric. From 2010 to 2014 he was Director of the Warburg Institute and Professor of the History of the Classical Tradition, University of London. 2 B01 John North John North John North taught Greek and Roman history for forty years in the History Department at University College London, becoming Professor of History in 1992 and Emeritus Professor of History in 2003. He was Director of the Institute of Classical Studies from 2012–14 and co-editor of the series of ICS reception studies volumes. 3 B01 Greg Woolf Greg Woolf 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 DSC 93 DSC 10 LCO003000 10 ART015080 93 DSBB 12 DSBB 12 ACND 10 HIS002000 93 NHDL 12 1D 93 1DD 10 FOR016000 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 2ADL 93 2ADL 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 2ADT 93 2ADT 12 3J 93 3M 93 6CA 20 Ovid; reception; renaissance; Rubens; art; Dante 01 06 02 00 Ovid was the most influential and widely imitated of all classical Latin poets. This volume publishes papers delivered at a conference on the Reception of Ovid in March 2013, jointly organised by the Institute of Classical Studies and the Warburg Institute, University of London. 03 00 Ovid was the most influential and widely imitated of all classical Latin poets. This volume publishes papers delivered at a conference on the Reception of Ovid in March 2013, jointly organised by the Institute of Classical Studies and the Warburg Institute, University of London. It presents studies of the impact of Ovid’s work on Renaissance commentators, on neo-Latin poetry and epistolography, on Renaissance engravers, on poets like Dante, Mantuan, Pontano, Ariosto, Tasso, Spenser, Lodge, Weever, Milton and Cowley and on artists including Correggio and Rubens. The main focus of the volume is inevitably the afterlife of the Metamorphoses but it also includes discussions of the impact of Heroides, Fasti, and Ibis, and publishes for the first time a Latin verse life of Ovid composed around 1460 by Bernardo Moretti. Contributors are Hélène Casanova-Robin, Frank T. Coulson, Fátima Diez-Plazas, Ingo Gildenhard, Philip Hardie, Maggie Kilgour, Gesine Manuwald, Elizabeth McGrath, John Miller, Victoria Moul, Caroline Stark, and Hérica Valladares. 30 00 Ovid was the most influential and widely imitated of all classical Latin poets. This volume publishes papers delivered at a conference on the Reception of Ovid in March 2013, jointly organised by the Institute of Classical Studies and the Warburg Institute, University of London. It presents studies of the impact of Ovid’s work on Renaissance commentators, on neo-Latin poetry and epistolography, on Renaissance engravers, on poets like Dante, Mantuan, Pontano, Ariosto, Tasso, Spenser, Lodge, Weever, Milton and Cowley and on artists including Correggio and Rubens. The main focus of the volume is inevitably the afterlife of the Metamorphoses but it also includes discussions of the impact of Heroides, Fasti, and Ibis, and publishes for the first time a Latin verse life of Ovid composed around 1460 by Bernardo Moretti. Contributors are Hélène Casanova-Robin, Frank T. Coulson, Fátima Diez-Plazas, Ingo Gildenhard, Philip Hardie, Maggie Kilgour, Gesine Manuwald, Elizabeth McGrath, John Miller, Victoria Moul, Caroline Stark, and Hérica Valladares. 04 00 Peter Mack & John North Introduction Ingo Gildenhard Dante’s scriptures: Metamorphoses, Bible, Divina commedia Caroline Stark Reflections of Narcissus Frank T. Coulson Bernardo Moretti: a newly discovered commentator on Ovid’s Ibis Hélène Casanova-Robin From Ovid to Pontano. Myth, a forma mentis? Elaborating humanitas through mythological invention John F. Miller Ovid’s Janus and the start of the year in Renaissance Fasti sacri Gesine Manuwald Letter-writing after Ovid: his impact on Neo-Latin verse epistles Fátima Díez-PlatasEt per omnia saecula imagine vivam:the completion of a figurative corpus for Ovid’s Metamorphoses in fifteenth and sixteenth century book illustrations Hérica Valladares The Io in Correggio: Ovid and the metamorphosis of a Renaissance painter Elizabeth McGrath Rubens and Ovid Maggie Kilgour Importing the Ovidian Muse to England Philip Hardie Milton as reader of Ovid’s Metamorphoses Victoria Moul The transformation of Ovid in Cowley’s herb garden: Books 1 and 2 of the Plantarum Libri Sex (1668) Index 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/274151/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-ovid/ London, GB 04 01 20150504 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-ovid/ 20 08 20150504 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:01ed9992-932e-4409-841d-6f21f14af3c8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e186dc38-ef73-4f8f-8bca-5a53be8e48eb 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:01ed9992-932e-4409-841d-6f21f14af3c8 15 9781905670666 03 9781905670666 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61742 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 03 15 mm 03 1.5 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 467 gr 08 16.5 oz 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 75 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Afterlife of Plutarch 1 B01 John North John North John North taught Greek and Roman history for forty years in the History Department at University College London, becoming Professor of History in 1992 and Emeritus Professor of History in 2003. He was Director of the Institute of Classical Studies from 2012–14 and co-editor of the series of ICS reception studies volumes. 2 B01 Peter Mack Peter Mack Peter Mack is Emeritus Professor of English at the University of Warwick and a specialist in Renaissance rhetoric. From 2010 to 2014 he was Director of the Warburg Institute and Professor of the History of the Classical Tradition, University of London. 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 HBLA1 10 LIT004190 93 NHC 12 1DD 93 DSB 10 LIT004130 93 1DD 12 3J 93 2ACB 93 2AGR 93 2AHA 93 3M 93 6CA 20 renaissance; reception; Plutarch; War and Peace; Frankenstein 01 06 02 00 Plutarch’s writings have had a varied reception history from when he was writing in the second century BCE down to today. This is one of the early volumes in the series of ‘Afterlives’ of the Classics, being produced jointly by the Institute of Classical Studies and the Warburg. 03 00 Plutarch’s writings have had a varied reception history from when he was writing in the second century BCE down to today. This volume starts from what may be a translation into the Syriac dialect of a lost Plutarch essay; continues with a tribute from a leading scholar of the later Byzantine period; and follows the centuries of sustained enthusiasm from the Renaissance to the eighteenth century. This period started once a translation into Latin had become available, and ended when scholars in the nineteenth century lowered Plutarch’s reputation as historian, biographer, philosopher, and stylist. By the end of the century, he came to symbolize in the eyes of Tolstoy precisely what history should not</italic> be. Both the causes of the decline and the later recovery of interest raise important new questions about how Plutarch should be assessed in the twenty-first century. This is one of the early volumes in the series of ‘Afterlives’ of the Classics, being produced jointly by the Institute of Classical Studies and the Warburg. 30 00 Plutarch’s writings have had a varied reception history from when he was writing in the second century BCE down to today. This volume starts from what may be a translation into the Syriac dialect of a lost Plutarch essay; continues with a tribute from a leading scholar of the later Byzantine period; and follows the centuries of sustained enthusiasm from the Renaissance to the eighteenth century. This period started once a translation into Latin had become available, and ended when scholars in the nineteenth century lowered Plutarch’s reputation as historian, biographer, philosopher, and stylist. By the end of the century, he came to symbolize in the eyes of Tolstoy precisely what history should not</italic> be. Both the causes of the decline and the later recovery of interest raise important new questions about how Plutarch should be assessed in the twenty-first century. This is one of the early volumes in the series of ‘Afterlives’ of the Classics, being produced jointly by the Institute of Classical Studies and the Warburg. 04 00 Notes on Contributors John North and Peter Mack Introduction Alberto Rigolio The Syriac De exercitatione: A lost edifying piece attributed to Plutarch Sophia Xenophontos The Byzantine Plutarch: Self-identity and model in Theodore Metochites’ Essay 71 of the Semeioseis gnomikaiFrances Muecke From Francesco Barbaro to Angelo Poliziano: Plutarch’s Roman Questions in the fifteenth century Marianne PadeThe Life of Paulus Aemilius in John Whethamstede’s Granarium. The fortune of Italian humanism in fifteenth-century England Judith Mossman Additional Lives: Hannibal, Scipio, and Epaminondas Fred Schurink ‘Scholemaister and Counsailour vnto Traianus’: Plutarch, the Institutio Traiani, and humanist political advice in Renaissance England Roberto Guerrini and Maddalena Sanfilippo Plutarch, Poussin, Carracci, and Baroque Art Ewen Bowie Plutarch in Scottish culture: From the Renaissance to the twenty-first century Edith Hall and Rosie Wyles The censoring of Plutarch’s Gracchi on the Revolutionary French and Reformist English stages, 1792–1823 Frances Titchener Plutarch and Frankenstein: Reception in nineteenth-century British literature Alexei V. Zadorojnyi Plutarch à la Russe: Ancient heroism and Russian ideology in Tolstoy’s War and PeaceConstanze Güthenke After exemplarity: A map of Plutarchan scholarship Index 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/266921//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-plutarch/ London, GB 04 01 20181231 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-plutarch/ 20 08 20181231 02 64.99 GBP WORLD 02 85.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e819942a-e18d-469d-8daa-67f66d128548 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f09ea11c-9020-469a-976f-9f8e917125b0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e819942a-e18d-469d-8daa-67f66d128548 15 9781905670659 03 9781905670659 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61741 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 03 13 mm 03 1.3 cm 03 0.5 in 08 409 gr 08 14.5 oz 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 74 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Afterlife of Virgil 1 B01 P Mack P Mack 2 B01 John North John North John North taught Greek and Roman history for forty years in the History Department at University College London, becoming Professor of History in 1992 and Emeritus Professor of History in 2003. He was Director of the Institute of Classical Studies from 2012–14 and co-editor of the series of ICS reception studies volumes. 01 eng 00 186 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 10 FOR033000 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 12 ACN 93 AGA 10 ART015080 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 1D 93 1D 93 2ADL 12 2ADL 12 2ADT 93 2ADT 12 2FCM 93 2FCM 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3J 93 3KL 93 3M 93 6CA 20 renaissance; Virgil; reception; Hungary; Latin; poetry 01 06 02 00 In recognition of the richness of Virgil's reception the fourth conferences in the joint Warburg Institute and Institute of Classical Studies series on the afterlife of the Classics was devoted to the afterlife of Virgil. 03 00 Virgil has always been copied, studied, imitated, and revered as perhaps the greatest poet of the Latin language. He has been centrally important to the transmission of the classical tradition, and has played a unique role in European education. In recognition of the richness of his reception the fourth conferences in the joint Warburg Institute and Institute of Classical Studies series on the afterlife of the Classics was devoted to the afterlife of Virgil. This volume focuses on the reception of the Eclogues and the Aeneid in three main areas: Italian Renaissance poetry, scholarship and visual art; English responses to Virgil’s poetry; and emerging literatures in Eastern Europe in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Contributors are Giulia Perucchi, M. Elisabeth Schwab, Clementina Marsico, David Quint, Marilena Caciorgna, Maté Vince, Hanna Paulouskaya, Tim Markey, Charles Martindale, and Francesca Bortoletti. 30 00 Virgil has always been copied, studied, imitated, and revered as perhaps the greatest poet of the Latin language. He has been centrally important to the transmission of the classical tradition, and has played a unique role in European education. In recognition of the richness of his reception the fourth conferences in the joint Warburg Institute and Institute of Classical Studies series on the afterlife of the Classics was devoted to the afterlife of Virgil. This volume focuses on the reception of the Eclogues and the Aeneid in three main areas: Italian Renaissance poetry, scholarship and visual art; English responses to Virgil’s poetry; and emerging literatures in Eastern Europe in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Contributors are Giulia Perucchi, M. Elisabeth Schwab, Clementina Marsico, David Quint, Marilena Caciorgna, Maté Vince, Hanna Paulouskaya, Tim Markey, Charles Martindale, and Francesca Bortoletti. 04 00 Notes on Contributors Peter Mack and John North Introduction Giulia Perucchi ‘Locorum Quoque Doctissimus’: Virgil as Geographical Auctoritas in Petrarch’s Works M. Elisabeth Schwab Renaissance Re-buildings of Virgil’s Rome Clementina Marsico Lorenzo Valla’s Exegesis of Virgil David Quint Ascanius in Love: A Reconsideration of Poliziano’s Stanze Marilena Caciorgna Carving Love on Trees and Virgil’s Eclogue 10 Máté Vince Virgil in Ottoman Hungary: The Aeneid and Miklós Zrínyi’s The Siege of Sziget (1651) Hanna Paulouskaya Virgil Travestied into Ukrainian and Belarusian Tim Markey The Renaissance Virgil and the Renaissance Library: Spenser’s ‘Maye’, the Eclogues, and the Aeneid Charles Martindale English Virgil? – from Surrey to Tennyson Francesca Bortoletti The Myth of Arcadia. Virgil’s Bucolics in Italian Quattrocento Poetry and Theatre Index of Names 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/258139//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-virgil/ London, GB 04 01 20171222 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-virgil/ 20 08 20171222 02 64.99 GBP WORLD 02 85.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f84d14d9-e0e2-4968-be5a-38110958af7b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ac224023-6e8a-4d78-af50-b006f16bb9b9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f84d14d9-e0e2-4968-be5a-38110958af7b 15 9781905670994 03 9781905670994 06 10.14296/wkue3508 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107499 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.61 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.69 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 81 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Agōn in Classical Literature Studies in Honour of Chris Carey 1 B01 Michael Edwards Michael Edwards Michael Edwards is Honorary Research Fellow at Royal Holloway, University of London, and was Professor of Classics in the Universities of London, Wales and Roehampton. He is the author of commentaries on the Attic orators Antiphon, Andocides and Lysias, and a translation of the speeches of Isaeus. He has published extensively on Greek oratory, and his research interests also include Plutarch, and Greek and Latin textual criticism. 06 Own website http://michaeledwards.org.uk 2 B01 A. Efstathiou A. Efstathiou 3 B01 E. Volanaki E. Volanaki 4 B01 Ioanna Karamanou Ioanna Karamanou 01 eng 00 236 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 DB 93 DB 10 LIT004190 93 DBSG 12 HBLA 10 LCO003000 12 1DVG 93 1DXG 10 HIS002010 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 FOR033000 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AHA 93 2AHA 93 3CT-DE-A 12 3D 93 4CTM 93 6AG 20 agon; competition; poetry; authority; performance; classical literature 01 06 02 00 The multifaceted agōn – a ‘contest of words’ – is a force formulating classical literary tradition. This book reflects on facets of the agōn and its representations in classical literature across a variety of genres and ideological contexts, from Homer to lyric poetry, drama, law, rhetoric and historiography, and the pivotal role of competiti 03 00 The multifaceted agōn</italic> – a ‘contest of words’ – is a force formulating classical literary tradition. This book reflects on facets of the agōn</italic> and its representations in classical literature across a variety of genres and ideological contexts, from Homer to lyric poetry, drama, law, rhetoric and historiography, and the pivotal role of competition in ancient Greek thought. It sketches out key lines of inquiry pertaining to the study of the agōn</italic> as a literary, structural and dialectic form, as a means of authority and power, and as a competitive element in poetic diction and performance. Stimulating fresh discussions under a broad spectrum of theoretical and methodological approaches, this collection of essays explores the wide range of agonal dynamics, and their generic and cultural value. 30 00 The multifaceted agōn</italic> – a ‘contest of words’ – is a force formulating classical literary tradition. This book reflects on facets of the agōn</italic> and its representations in classical literature across a variety of genres and ideological contexts, from Homer to lyric poetry, drama, law, rhetoric and historiography, and the pivotal role of competition in ancient Greek thought. It sketches out key lines of inquiry pertaining to the study of the agōn</italic> as a literary, structural and dialectic form, as a means of authority and power, and as a competitive element in poetic diction and performance. Stimulating fresh discussions under a broad spectrum of theoretical and methodological approaches, this collection of essays explores the wide range of agonal dynamics, and their generic and cultural value. 04 00 PrefaceAthanasios EfstathiouIntroductionIoanna Karamanou: The agōn in its literary and ideological contextsI. The agonistic poetics of epos and early lyric, and their Hellenistic receptionAgonistic epic interactions: the appalling punishment of Odysseus’ servants in Odyssey 22 Ioannis Lambrou: The agōn as literary motif in representations of the lyric poets Theodora A. HadjimichaelThe poets’ voice against slander: Pindar (Pythian 2.53-6, 72-88), Callimachus’ Apollo Lyc(e)ius and other poetic ‘animals’ Flora P. ManakidouThe golden age and traces of iambic mockery in bucolic agōnAna PetkovicII. Debates on stageAgōn at play: rhetorical debate in Greek tragedy Akrivi TaousianiThe dynamics of agōn in Sophocles’ ElectraStyliani PapastamatiEuripides’ agonistic rhetoric: the formal debates in the AlexandrosIoanna KaramanouA later treatment of the agōn-scene in Euripides’ PhoenissaeGeorgia Xanthaki-KaramanouThe agōn in a modern Greek production of Aristophanes’ LysistrataStavroula KiritsiThe agōn in middle comedy Athina PapachrysostomouIII. The notion of agōn in Greek thought and philosophical discourseAgön of excellence in ancient Greek thought and literature Ioannis N. PerysinakisAnger in Socrates’ philosophy Manuela IrarrazabalSocrates’ combat against Proteus in Plato’s dialogues Liana LomientoAgōn: an Aristotelian way of life Maria LiatsiIV: Agonistic RhetoricWe are the champions: the role of agonistic metaphors in the political discourse of classical Greece Jakub FilonikIrony as a rhetorical tactic in Lysias’ dicastic agōnesEleni VolonakiBrenda Griffith-Williams, ὁ γὰρ ἀγὼν οὐ μικρὸς αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων: competition for inheritance in ancient GreeceIphigeneia Giannadaki, Mēden aprobouleuton? Dem. 22 and the management of the ekklēsia’s businessThe agōn in Isaeus<a>. A laudatio for Chris Carey Mike Edwards</a>Christopher Carey – curriculum vitaeGeneral Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/wkue3508_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-agon-in-classical-literature/ London, GB 04 01 20220607 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477430 03 9781914477430 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-agon-in-classical-literature/ 20 08 20220607 02 80.00 GBP WORLD 02 120.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:64502aa6-d06c-4c12-af28-677e6079ac84 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ac224023-6e8a-4d78-af50-b006f16bb9b9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:64502aa6-d06c-4c12-af28-677e6079ac84 06 10.14296/wkue3508 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107499 00 EB E107 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 81 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Agōn in Classical Literature Studies in Honour of Chris Carey 1 B01 Michael Edwards Michael Edwards Michael Edwards is Honorary Research Fellow at Royal Holloway, University of London, and was Professor of Classics in the Universities of London, Wales and Roehampton. He is the author of commentaries on the Attic orators Antiphon, Andocides and Lysias, and a translation of the speeches of Isaeus. He has published extensively on Greek oratory, and his research interests also include Plutarch, and Greek and Latin textual criticism. 06 Own website http://michaeledwards.org.uk 2 B01 A. Efstathiou A. Efstathiou 3 B01 E. Volanaki E. Volanaki 4 B01 Ioanna Karamanou Ioanna Karamanou 01 eng 00 236 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 DB 93 DB 10 LIT004190 93 DBSG 12 HBLA 10 LCO003000 12 1DVG 93 1DXG 10 HIS002010 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 FOR033000 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AHA 93 2AHA 93 3CT-DE-A 12 3D 93 4CTM 93 6AG 20 agon; competition; poetry; authority; performance; classical literature 01 06 02 00 The multifaceted agōn – a ‘contest of words’ – is a force formulating classical literary tradition. This book reflects on facets of the agōn and its representations in classical literature across a variety of genres and ideological contexts, from Homer to lyric poetry, drama, law, rhetoric and historiography, and the pivotal role of competiti 03 00 The multifaceted agōn</italic> – a ‘contest of words’ – is a force formulating classical literary tradition. This book reflects on facets of the agōn</italic> and its representations in classical literature across a variety of genres and ideological contexts, from Homer to lyric poetry, drama, law, rhetoric and historiography, and the pivotal role of competition in ancient Greek thought. It sketches out key lines of inquiry pertaining to the study of the agōn</italic> as a literary, structural and dialectic form, as a means of authority and power, and as a competitive element in poetic diction and performance. Stimulating fresh discussions under a broad spectrum of theoretical and methodological approaches, this collection of essays explores the wide range of agonal dynamics, and their generic and cultural value. 30 00 The multifaceted agōn</italic> – a ‘contest of words’ – is a force formulating classical literary tradition. This book reflects on facets of the agōn</italic> and its representations in classical literature across a variety of genres and ideological contexts, from Homer to lyric poetry, drama, law, rhetoric and historiography, and the pivotal role of competition in ancient Greek thought. It sketches out key lines of inquiry pertaining to the study of the agōn</italic> as a literary, structural and dialectic form, as a means of authority and power, and as a competitive element in poetic diction and performance. Stimulating fresh discussions under a broad spectrum of theoretical and methodological approaches, this collection of essays explores the wide range of agonal dynamics, and their generic and cultural value. 04 00 PrefaceAthanasios EfstathiouIntroductionIoanna Karamanou: The agōn in its literary and ideological contextsI. The agonistic poetics of epos and early lyric, and their Hellenistic receptionAgonistic epic interactions: the appalling punishment of Odysseus’ servants in Odyssey 22 Ioannis Lambrou: The agōn as literary motif in representations of the lyric poets Theodora A. HadjimichaelThe poets’ voice against slander: Pindar (Pythian 2.53-6, 72-88), Callimachus’ Apollo Lyc(e)ius and other poetic ‘animals’ Flora P. ManakidouThe golden age and traces of iambic mockery in bucolic agōnAna PetkovicII. Debates on stageAgōn at play: rhetorical debate in Greek tragedy Akrivi TaousianiThe dynamics of agōn in Sophocles’ ElectraStyliani PapastamatiEuripides’ agonistic rhetoric: the formal debates in the AlexandrosIoanna KaramanouA later treatment of the agōn-scene in Euripides’ PhoenissaeGeorgia Xanthaki-KaramanouThe agōn in a modern Greek production of Aristophanes’ LysistrataStavroula KiritsiThe agōn in middle comedy Athina PapachrysostomouIII. The notion of agōn in Greek thought and philosophical discourseAgön of excellence in ancient Greek thought and literature Ioannis N. PerysinakisAnger in Socrates’ philosophy Manuela IrarrazabalSocrates’ combat against Proteus in Plato’s dialogues Liana LomientoAgōn: an Aristotelian way of life Maria LiatsiIV: Agonistic RhetoricWe are the champions: the role of agonistic metaphors in the political discourse of classical Greece Jakub FilonikIrony as a rhetorical tactic in Lysias’ dicastic agōnesEleni VolonakiBrenda Griffith-Williams, ὁ γὰρ ἀγὼν οὐ μικρὸς αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων: competition for inheritance in ancient GreeceIphigeneia Giannadaki, Mēden aprobouleuton? Dem. 22 and the management of the ekklēsia’s businessThe agōn in Isaeus<a>. A laudatio for Chris Carey Mike Edwards</a>Christopher Carey – curriculum vitaeGeneral Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/wkue3508_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-agon-in-classical-literature/ London, GB 04 01 20220607 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670994 03 9781905670994 06 15 9781914477430 03 9781914477430 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-agon-in-classical-literature/ 20 08 20220607 01 urn:uuid:e9e40ab3-3eb1-4a0a-802d-9dfa81cbefc5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ac224023-6e8a-4d78-af50-b006f16bb9b9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e9e40ab3-3eb1-4a0a-802d-9dfa81cbefc5 15 9781914477430 03 9781914477430 06 10.14296/wkue3508 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107499 00 EB E101 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 81 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Agōn in Classical Literature Studies in Honour of Chris Carey 1 B01 Michael Edwards Michael Edwards Michael Edwards is Honorary Research Fellow at Royal Holloway, University of London, and was Professor of Classics in the Universities of London, Wales and Roehampton. He is the author of commentaries on the Attic orators Antiphon, Andocides and Lysias, and a translation of the speeches of Isaeus. He has published extensively on Greek oratory, and his research interests also include Plutarch, and Greek and Latin textual criticism. 06 Own website http://michaeledwards.org.uk 2 B01 A. Efstathiou A. Efstathiou 3 B01 E. Volanaki E. Volanaki 4 B01 Ioanna Karamanou Ioanna Karamanou 01 eng 00 236 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 DB 93 DB 10 LIT004190 93 DBSG 12 HBLA 10 LCO003000 12 1DVG 93 1DXG 10 HIS002010 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 FOR033000 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AHA 93 2AHA 93 3CT-DE-A 12 3D 93 4CTM 93 6AG 20 agon; competition; poetry; authority; performance; classical literature 01 06 02 00 The multifaceted agōn – a ‘contest of words’ – is a force formulating classical literary tradition. This book reflects on facets of the agōn and its representations in classical literature across a variety of genres and ideological contexts, from Homer to lyric poetry, drama, law, rhetoric and historiography, and the pivotal role of competiti 03 00 The multifaceted agōn</italic> – a ‘contest of words’ – is a force formulating classical literary tradition. This book reflects on facets of the agōn</italic> and its representations in classical literature across a variety of genres and ideological contexts, from Homer to lyric poetry, drama, law, rhetoric and historiography, and the pivotal role of competition in ancient Greek thought. It sketches out key lines of inquiry pertaining to the study of the agōn</italic> as a literary, structural and dialectic form, as a means of authority and power, and as a competitive element in poetic diction and performance. Stimulating fresh discussions under a broad spectrum of theoretical and methodological approaches, this collection of essays explores the wide range of agonal dynamics, and their generic and cultural value. 30 00 The multifaceted agōn</italic> – a ‘contest of words’ – is a force formulating classical literary tradition. This book reflects on facets of the agōn</italic> and its representations in classical literature across a variety of genres and ideological contexts, from Homer to lyric poetry, drama, law, rhetoric and historiography, and the pivotal role of competition in ancient Greek thought. It sketches out key lines of inquiry pertaining to the study of the agōn</italic> as a literary, structural and dialectic form, as a means of authority and power, and as a competitive element in poetic diction and performance. Stimulating fresh discussions under a broad spectrum of theoretical and methodological approaches, this collection of essays explores the wide range of agonal dynamics, and their generic and cultural value. 04 00 PrefaceAthanasios EfstathiouIntroductionIoanna Karamanou: The agōn in its literary and ideological contextsI. The agonistic poetics of epos and early lyric, and their Hellenistic receptionAgonistic epic interactions: the appalling punishment of Odysseus’ servants in Odyssey 22 Ioannis Lambrou: The agōn as literary motif in representations of the lyric poets Theodora A. HadjimichaelThe poets’ voice against slander: Pindar (Pythian 2.53-6, 72-88), Callimachus’ Apollo Lyc(e)ius and other poetic ‘animals’ Flora P. ManakidouThe golden age and traces of iambic mockery in bucolic agōnAna PetkovicII. Debates on stageAgōn at play: rhetorical debate in Greek tragedy Akrivi TaousianiThe dynamics of agōn in Sophocles’ ElectraStyliani PapastamatiEuripides’ agonistic rhetoric: the formal debates in the AlexandrosIoanna KaramanouA later treatment of the agōn-scene in Euripides’ PhoenissaeGeorgia Xanthaki-KaramanouThe agōn in a modern Greek production of Aristophanes’ LysistrataStavroula KiritsiThe agōn in middle comedy Athina PapachrysostomouIII. The notion of agōn in Greek thought and philosophical discourseAgön of excellence in ancient Greek thought and literature Ioannis N. PerysinakisAnger in Socrates’ philosophy Manuela IrarrazabalSocrates’ combat against Proteus in Plato’s dialogues Liana LomientoAgōn: an Aristotelian way of life Maria LiatsiIV: Agonistic RhetoricWe are the champions: the role of agonistic metaphors in the political discourse of classical Greece Jakub FilonikIrony as a rhetorical tactic in Lysias’ dicastic agōnesEleni VolonakiBrenda Griffith-Williams, ὁ γὰρ ἀγὼν οὐ μικρὸς αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων: competition for inheritance in ancient GreeceIphigeneia Giannadaki, Mēden aprobouleuton? Dem. 22 and the management of the ekklēsia’s businessThe agōn in Isaeus<a>. A laudatio for Chris Carey Mike Edwards</a>Christopher Carey – curriculum vitaeGeneral Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/wkue3508_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-agon-in-classical-literature/ London, GB 04 01 20220607 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670994 03 9781905670994 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-agon-in-classical-literature/ 20 08 20220607 02 80.00 GBP WORLD 02 120.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:83ec1544-6104-4f98-bcda-b58ebcc6e137 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:adadef61-3615-45c6-9cd1-e2ff13b04fda 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:83ec1544-6104-4f98-bcda-b58ebcc6e137 15 9781911507161 03 9781911507161 06 10.14296/520.9781911507178 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87210 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in 03 25 mm 03 2.5 cm 03 1 in 08 668 gr 08 23.625 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook 1 B01 Linden Thomas Linden Thomas 2 B01 Nick Johnson Nick Johnson 01 eng 00 480 03 12 LAS 93 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW059000 12 LAT 10 LAW062000 93 LNA 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JM 93 3MR 93 6AG 20 programmes; university; guidance; handbook; manual; law school; CLE; clinics; pro bono; practical; teaching; pedagogic 01 06 02 00 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook</italic> is a good practice guide and practical resource for those engaged in the design and delivery of clinical legal education programmes at university law schools. Primarily aimed at clinics in England and Wales, it is likely to have content that is of interest to those engaged in clinic in other j 03 00 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook</italic> is intended to act as a good practice guide and practical resource for those engaged in the design and delivery of clinical legal education programmes at university law schools. The Handbook is primarily aimed at clinics in England and Wales, but is likely to have content that is of interest to those engaged in clinic in other jurisdictions. The Handbook offers direction on how to establish and run student law clinics and sets out guidance on both the pedagogical and regulatory considerations involved in the delivery of clinical programmes. It also provides an introduction to the existing body of research and scholarship on Clinical Legal Education (CLE).CLE has become an increasingly popular method of legal education in recent years. Despite the popularity of CLE, there is very little guidance available in England and Wales as to how clinics ought to be set up or how clinical programmes might best be delivered. Although the legal regulators have a statutory duty to improve access to justice, it is not always readily apparent how pro bono and CLE fit into a complex regulatory framework. This Handbook aims to address those gaps.The Handbook </italic>will be used by staff involved in running law clinics as a practical guide to establishing and running their programmes and can also be used as a teaching resource and recommended text on clinical programmes. It will also be a valuable resource for clinical legal education researchers who wish to engage in regulatory, pedagogic and legal service delivery research in this area. 30 00 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook</italic> is intended to act as a good practice guide and practical resource for those engaged in the design and delivery of clinical legal education programmes at university law schools. The Handbook is primarily aimed at clinics in England and Wales, but is likely to have content that is of interest to those engaged in clinic in other jurisdictions. The Handbook offers direction on how to establish and run student law clinics and sets out guidance on both the pedagogical and regulatory considerations involved in the delivery of clinical programmes. It also provides an introduction to the existing body of research and scholarship on Clinical Legal Education (CLE).CLE has become an increasingly popular method of legal education in recent years. Despite the popularity of CLE, there is very little guidance available in England and Wales as to how clinics ought to be set up or how clinical programmes might best be delivered. Although the legal regulators have a statutory duty to improve access to justice, it is not always readily apparent how pro bono and CLE fit into a complex regulatory framework. This Handbook aims to address those gaps.The Handbook </italic>will be used by staff involved in running law clinics as a practical guide to establishing and running their programmes and can also be used as a teaching resource and recommended text on clinical programmes. It will also be a valuable resource for clinical legal education researchers who wish to engage in regulatory, pedagogic and legal service delivery research in this area. 04 00 Introduction1. Law clinics: What, why and how? 2. Regulatory framework3. Assessment in clinics: Principles, practice and progress4. Research on clinical legal education 5. Precedent documents and resources6. Glossary of clinical legal education networks7. Postscript: "Things I wish I'd known before I started doing clinical legal education" 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.9781911507178_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-clinical-legal-education-handbook/ London, GB 04 01 20200529 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507178 03 9781911507178 06 15 9781911507208 03 9781911507208 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-clinical-legal-education-handbook/ 20 08 20200529 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:23f2d527-2e28-4f62-aa15-bc95cd3925e4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:adadef61-3615-45c6-9cd1-e2ff13b04fda 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:23f2d527-2e28-4f62-aa15-bc95cd3925e4 15 9781911507178 03 9781911507178 06 10.14296/520.9781911507178 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87210 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook 1 B01 Linden Thomas Linden Thomas 2 B01 Nick Johnson Nick Johnson 01 eng 00 480 03 12 LAS 93 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW059000 12 LAT 10 LAW062000 93 LNA 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JM 93 3MR 93 6AG 20 programmes; university; guidance; handbook; manual; law school; CLE; clinics; pro bono; practical; teaching; pedagogic 01 06 02 00 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook</italic> is a good practice guide and practical resource for those engaged in the design and delivery of clinical legal education programmes at university law schools. Primarily aimed at clinics in England and Wales, it is likely to have content that is of interest to those engaged in clinic in other j 03 00 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook</italic> is intended to act as a good practice guide and practical resource for those engaged in the design and delivery of clinical legal education programmes at university law schools. The Handbook is primarily aimed at clinics in England and Wales, but is likely to have content that is of interest to those engaged in clinic in other jurisdictions. The Handbook offers direction on how to establish and run student law clinics and sets out guidance on both the pedagogical and regulatory considerations involved in the delivery of clinical programmes. It also provides an introduction to the existing body of research and scholarship on Clinical Legal Education (CLE).CLE has become an increasingly popular method of legal education in recent years. Despite the popularity of CLE, there is very little guidance available in England and Wales as to how clinics ought to be set up or how clinical programmes might best be delivered. Although the legal regulators have a statutory duty to improve access to justice, it is not always readily apparent how pro bono and CLE fit into a complex regulatory framework. This Handbook aims to address those gaps.The Handbook </italic>will be used by staff involved in running law clinics as a practical guide to establishing and running their programmes and can also be used as a teaching resource and recommended text on clinical programmes. It will also be a valuable resource for clinical legal education researchers who wish to engage in regulatory, pedagogic and legal service delivery research in this area. 30 00 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook</italic> is intended to act as a good practice guide and practical resource for those engaged in the design and delivery of clinical legal education programmes at university law schools. The Handbook is primarily aimed at clinics in England and Wales, but is likely to have content that is of interest to those engaged in clinic in other jurisdictions. The Handbook offers direction on how to establish and run student law clinics and sets out guidance on both the pedagogical and regulatory considerations involved in the delivery of clinical programmes. It also provides an introduction to the existing body of research and scholarship on Clinical Legal Education (CLE).CLE has become an increasingly popular method of legal education in recent years. Despite the popularity of CLE, there is very little guidance available in England and Wales as to how clinics ought to be set up or how clinical programmes might best be delivered. Although the legal regulators have a statutory duty to improve access to justice, it is not always readily apparent how pro bono and CLE fit into a complex regulatory framework. This Handbook aims to address those gaps.The Handbook </italic>will be used by staff involved in running law clinics as a practical guide to establishing and running their programmes and can also be used as a teaching resource and recommended text on clinical programmes. It will also be a valuable resource for clinical legal education researchers who wish to engage in regulatory, pedagogic and legal service delivery research in this area. 04 00 Introduction1. Law clinics: What, why and how? 2. Regulatory framework3. Assessment in clinics: Principles, practice and progress4. Research on clinical legal education 5. Precedent documents and resources6. Glossary of clinical legal education networks7. Postscript: "Things I wish I'd known before I started doing clinical legal education" 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.9781911507178_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-clinical-legal-education-handbook/ London, GB 04 01 20200529 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507161 03 9781911507161 06 15 9781911507208 03 9781911507208 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/adadef61-3615-45c6-9cd1-e2ff13b04fda 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/adadef61-3615-45c6-9cd1-e2ff13b04fda/adadef61-3615-45c6-9cd1-e2ff13b04fda.pdf 20 08 20200529 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-clinical-legal-education-handbook/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781911507178.pdf 20 08 20200529 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-clinical-legal-education-handbook/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.9781911507178.pdf 20 08 20200529 01 urn:uuid:cf181228-67b4-4756-8f80-41e59737d1eb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:adadef61-3615-45c6-9cd1-e2ff13b04fda 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:cf181228-67b4-4756-8f80-41e59737d1eb 15 9781911507208 03 9781911507208 06 10.14296/520.9781911507178 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87210 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook 1 B01 Linden Thomas Linden Thomas 2 B01 Nick Johnson Nick Johnson 01 eng 00 480 03 12 LAS 93 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW059000 12 LAT 10 LAW062000 93 LNA 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JM 93 3MR 93 6AG 20 programmes; university; guidance; handbook; manual; law school; CLE; clinics; pro bono; practical; teaching; pedagogic 01 06 02 00 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook</italic> is a good practice guide and practical resource for those engaged in the design and delivery of clinical legal education programmes at university law schools. Primarily aimed at clinics in England and Wales, it is likely to have content that is of interest to those engaged in clinic in other j 03 00 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook</italic> is intended to act as a good practice guide and practical resource for those engaged in the design and delivery of clinical legal education programmes at university law schools. The Handbook is primarily aimed at clinics in England and Wales, but is likely to have content that is of interest to those engaged in clinic in other jurisdictions. The Handbook offers direction on how to establish and run student law clinics and sets out guidance on both the pedagogical and regulatory considerations involved in the delivery of clinical programmes. It also provides an introduction to the existing body of research and scholarship on Clinical Legal Education (CLE).CLE has become an increasingly popular method of legal education in recent years. Despite the popularity of CLE, there is very little guidance available in England and Wales as to how clinics ought to be set up or how clinical programmes might best be delivered. Although the legal regulators have a statutory duty to improve access to justice, it is not always readily apparent how pro bono and CLE fit into a complex regulatory framework. This Handbook aims to address those gaps.The Handbook </italic>will be used by staff involved in running law clinics as a practical guide to establishing and running their programmes and can also be used as a teaching resource and recommended text on clinical programmes. It will also be a valuable resource for clinical legal education researchers who wish to engage in regulatory, pedagogic and legal service delivery research in this area. 30 00 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook</italic> is intended to act as a good practice guide and practical resource for those engaged in the design and delivery of clinical legal education programmes at university law schools. The Handbook is primarily aimed at clinics in England and Wales, but is likely to have content that is of interest to those engaged in clinic in other jurisdictions. The Handbook offers direction on how to establish and run student law clinics and sets out guidance on both the pedagogical and regulatory considerations involved in the delivery of clinical programmes. It also provides an introduction to the existing body of research and scholarship on Clinical Legal Education (CLE).CLE has become an increasingly popular method of legal education in recent years. Despite the popularity of CLE, there is very little guidance available in England and Wales as to how clinics ought to be set up or how clinical programmes might best be delivered. Although the legal regulators have a statutory duty to improve access to justice, it is not always readily apparent how pro bono and CLE fit into a complex regulatory framework. This Handbook aims to address those gaps.The Handbook </italic>will be used by staff involved in running law clinics as a practical guide to establishing and running their programmes and can also be used as a teaching resource and recommended text on clinical programmes. It will also be a valuable resource for clinical legal education researchers who wish to engage in regulatory, pedagogic and legal service delivery research in this area. 04 00 Introduction1. Law clinics: What, why and how? 2. Regulatory framework3. Assessment in clinics: Principles, practice and progress4. Research on clinical legal education 5. Precedent documents and resources6. Glossary of clinical legal education networks7. Postscript: "Things I wish I'd known before I started doing clinical legal education" 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.9781911507178_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-clinical-legal-education-handbook/ London, GB 04 01 20200529 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507161 03 9781911507161 06 15 9781911507178 03 9781911507178 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-clinical-legal-education-handbook/ 20 08 20200529 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0075a754-b3e4-44d7-ac7f-e52ad22e53d3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:88096812-02a2-449f-9832-9d90e29505f6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0075a754-b3e4-44d7-ac7f-e52ad22e53d3 15 9780992725747 03 9780992725747 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.82881 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 The Concept of the Book: The Production, Progression and Dissemination of Information 1 B01 Cynthia Johnston Cynthia Johnston 01 eng 09 39 93 D 12 D 10 LIT007000 B2 Literary Studies 10 DES001000 B2 History 12 KNTP 93 KNTP1 93 AKHM 10 ANT005000 12 WCS 20 history of the book; manuscript; codex; communication; record; literature 01 06 02 00 If we push the definition of a ‘book’ beyond the traditional form of the codex to encompass cuneiform tablets, papyri, as well as the printed and digital book- just what is the essence of its purpose? The volume analyses the role of the book as a tool of communication. It covers an impressive timespan and geography, and boldly demonstrates th 03 00 If we push the definition of a ‘book’ beyond the traditional form of the codex to encompass cuneiform tablets, papyri, as well as the printed and digital book- just what</italic> is the essence of its purpose? Featuring contributors from a wide range of disciplines such as art history, medieval studies, ancient Near-Eastern history, information management and the history of the book, this ambitious new release explores the biography of the concept of the book, and its function across millennia. The volume analyses the role of the book as a tool of communication. It examines a broad conceptual range; from the evolution of medieval encyclopaedia, 17th century pamphlets on witchcraft trials, and the role of books produced as propaganda by the Ministry of Information in Britain during the Second World War. It covers an impressive timespan and geography, detailing accounting systems in ancient Assyria, the dissemination of Aristotelian texts in late medieval Europe, and the Penny Post in 19th-century England. This volume boldly demonstrates the functionality of the book to be as diverse as human endeavour. 30 00 If we push the definition of a ‘book’ beyond the traditional form of the codex to encompass cuneiform tablets, papyri, as well as the printed and digital book- just what</italic> is the essence of its purpose? Featuring contributors from a wide range of disciplines such as art history, medieval studies, ancient Near-Eastern history, information management and the history of the book, this ambitious new release explores the biography of the concept of the book, and its function across millennia. The volume analyses the role of the book as a tool of communication. It examines a broad conceptual range; from the evolution of medieval encyclopaedia, 17th century pamphlets on witchcraft trials, and the role of books produced as propaganda by the Ministry of Information in Britain during the Second World War. It covers an impressive timespan and geography, detailing accounting systems in ancient Assyria, the dissemination of Aristotelian texts in late medieval Europe, and the Penny Post in 19th-century England. This volume boldly demonstrates the functionality of the book to be as diverse as human endeavour. 04 00 Introduction Cynthia Johnston 1. Recasting book history Simon Eliot 2. Information flows in rural Babylonia c. 1500 BCE Eleanor Robson 3. The circulation of history books in twelfth-century Normandy Laura Cleaver 4. Some medieval readers of Aristotle Pamela Robinson 5. The encyclopedia and the codex: pages, margins and entries Katharine Schopflin 6. The Wonderful Discoveries: English witchcraft and early Stuart pamphlet culture Jessica Starr 7. ‘Propaganda bestsellers’: British Official War Books, 1941–6 Henry Irving 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/267312//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-concept-of-the-book-the-production-progression-and-dissemination-of-information/ London, GB 04 01 20190128 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-concept-of-the-book-the-production-progression-and-dissemination-of-information/ 20 08 20190128 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7d2f731b-4807-47a0-8416-f9bde45d6436 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:34d97e9c-f96d-4663-972b-9c408bc06a1f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7d2f731b-4807-47a0-8416-f9bde45d6436 15 9781914477195 03 9781914477195 06 10.14296/202112.9781914477218 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.108021 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Control of the Past Herbert Butterfield and the Pitfalls of Official History 1 A01 Patrick Salmon Patrick Salmon Patrick Salmon is Chief Historian at the Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office. He was formerly Professor of International History at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne. He is a Fellow of the Royal Historical Society and a Foreign Member of the Norwegian Academy of Science and Letters. His publications include Scandinavia and the Great Powers 1890-1940 (1997), Deadlock and Diversion: Scandinavia in British Strategy during the Twilight War 1939-1940 (2012) and several volumes in the series Documents on British Policy Overseas (DBPO), including German Unification, 1989-1990 (2009), The Challenge of Apartheid: UK-South African Relations, 1985-1986 (2017) and The Unwinding of Apartheid: UK-South African Relations, 1986-1990 (2019). 01 eng 00 118 03 12 HBAH 10 HIS016000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHAH 93 JBCC9 12 JNA 10 POL010000 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 12 JNAM 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 2ACB 12 1QDB 93 3MPBLB 12 2AB 93 3MP 12 3JJP 93 3MRB 20 Herbert Butterfield; Nazi; collective memory; World War 2; archive; GLAM; museum; Duke of Windsor; Hitler; Britain; colonial history; India; Germany; Ireland; Bletchley Park; suppressed history; forgotten history; war crimes; jingosim; national histories; National Trust; slavery; education 01 06 02 00 Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell Britain’s national history, with implications for the future. Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain si 03 00 Herbert Butterfield (1900–1979) was one of the earliest and strongest critics of what he saw as the British government’s attempts to control the past through the writing of so-called, ‘official histories’. His famous diatribe against the 'pitfalls' of government-mandated history first appeared in 1949, at a time when the British government was engaged in publishing official histories and diplomatic documents on an unprecedented scale following the Second World War. But why was Butterfield so hostile to official history, and why do his views still matter today?Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell</italic> Britain’s national history, with implications for the future.Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain since the Second World War, the book details how Butterfield came to suspect that the British government was trying to suppress vital documents revealing the Duke of Windsor’s dealings with Nazi Germany. This seemed to confirm his long-held belief that all governments would seek to manipulate history if they could, and conceal the truth if they could not. At the beginning of the 21st century, official history is still being written and the book concludes with an insider’s perspective on the many issues it faces today– on freedom of information, social media and reengaging with our nation’s colonial legacy. Governments have recently been given many reminders that history matters, and it is Herbert Butterfield above all who reminds us that we must remain vigilant in monitoring how they respond to the challenge. 30 00 Herbert Butterfield (1900–1979) was one of the earliest and strongest critics of what he saw as the British government’s attempts to control the past through the writing of so-called, ‘official histories’. His famous diatribe against the 'pitfalls' of government-mandated history first appeared in 1949, at a time when the British government was engaged in publishing official histories and diplomatic documents on an unprecedented scale following the Second World War. But why was Butterfield so hostile to official history, and why do his views still matter today?Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell</italic> Britain’s national history, with implications for the future.Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain since the Second World War, the book details how Butterfield came to suspect that the British government was trying to suppress vital documents revealing the Duke of Windsor’s dealings with Nazi Germany. This seemed to confirm his long-held belief that all governments would seek to manipulate history if they could, and conceal the truth if they could not. At the beginning of the 21st century, official history is still being written and the book concludes with an insider’s perspective on the many issues it faces today– on freedom of information, social media and reengaging with our nation’s colonial legacy. Governments have recently been given many reminders that history matters, and it is Herbert Butterfield above all who reminds us that we must remain vigilant in monitoring how they respond to the challenge. 04 00 Prologue1. ‘One of his most violent essays’2. Butterfield and official history3. Official history then and now4. Why bother with Butterfield?Appendices 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202112.9781914477218_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-control-of-the-past/ London, GB 04 01 20211206 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477218 03 9781914477218 06 15 9781913002114 03 9781913002114 06 15 9781914477225 03 9781914477225 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-control-of-the-past/ 20 08 20211206 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:bdc92ccc-f818-47b4-86f5-c021d16b5f15 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:34d97e9c-f96d-4663-972b-9c408bc06a1f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bdc92ccc-f818-47b4-86f5-c021d16b5f15 15 9781914477218 03 9781914477218 06 10.14296/202112.9781914477218 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.108021 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Control of the Past Herbert Butterfield and the Pitfalls of Official History 1 A01 Patrick Salmon Patrick Salmon Patrick Salmon is Chief Historian at the Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office. He was formerly Professor of International History at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne. He is a Fellow of the Royal Historical Society and a Foreign Member of the Norwegian Academy of Science and Letters. His publications include Scandinavia and the Great Powers 1890-1940 (1997), Deadlock and Diversion: Scandinavia in British Strategy during the Twilight War 1939-1940 (2012) and several volumes in the series Documents on British Policy Overseas (DBPO), including German Unification, 1989-1990 (2009), The Challenge of Apartheid: UK-South African Relations, 1985-1986 (2017) and The Unwinding of Apartheid: UK-South African Relations, 1986-1990 (2019). 01 eng 00 118 03 12 HBAH 10 HIS016000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHAH 93 JBCC9 12 JNA 10 POL010000 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 12 JNAM 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 2ACB 12 1QDB 93 3MPBLB 12 2AB 93 3MP 12 3JJP 93 3MRB 20 Herbert Butterfield; Nazi; collective memory; World War 2; archive; GLAM; museum; Duke of Windsor; Hitler; Britain; colonial history; India; Germany; Ireland; Bletchley Park; suppressed history; forgotten history; war crimes; jingosim; national histories; National Trust; slavery; education 01 06 02 00 Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell Britain’s national history, with implications for the future. Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain si 03 00 Herbert Butterfield (1900–1979) was one of the earliest and strongest critics of what he saw as the British government’s attempts to control the past through the writing of so-called, ‘official histories’. His famous diatribe against the 'pitfalls' of government-mandated history first appeared in 1949, at a time when the British government was engaged in publishing official histories and diplomatic documents on an unprecedented scale following the Second World War. But why was Butterfield so hostile to official history, and why do his views still matter today?Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell</italic> Britain’s national history, with implications for the future.Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain since the Second World War, the book details how Butterfield came to suspect that the British government was trying to suppress vital documents revealing the Duke of Windsor’s dealings with Nazi Germany. This seemed to confirm his long-held belief that all governments would seek to manipulate history if they could, and conceal the truth if they could not. At the beginning of the 21st century, official history is still being written and the book concludes with an insider’s perspective on the many issues it faces today– on freedom of information, social media and reengaging with our nation’s colonial legacy. Governments have recently been given many reminders that history matters, and it is Herbert Butterfield above all who reminds us that we must remain vigilant in monitoring how they respond to the challenge. 30 00 Herbert Butterfield (1900–1979) was one of the earliest and strongest critics of what he saw as the British government’s attempts to control the past through the writing of so-called, ‘official histories’. His famous diatribe against the 'pitfalls' of government-mandated history first appeared in 1949, at a time when the British government was engaged in publishing official histories and diplomatic documents on an unprecedented scale following the Second World War. But why was Butterfield so hostile to official history, and why do his views still matter today?Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell</italic> Britain’s national history, with implications for the future.Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain since the Second World War, the book details how Butterfield came to suspect that the British government was trying to suppress vital documents revealing the Duke of Windsor’s dealings with Nazi Germany. This seemed to confirm his long-held belief that all governments would seek to manipulate history if they could, and conceal the truth if they could not. At the beginning of the 21st century, official history is still being written and the book concludes with an insider’s perspective on the many issues it faces today– on freedom of information, social media and reengaging with our nation’s colonial legacy. Governments have recently been given many reminders that history matters, and it is Herbert Butterfield above all who reminds us that we must remain vigilant in monitoring how they respond to the challenge. 04 00 Prologue1. ‘One of his most violent essays’2. Butterfield and official history3. Official history then and now4. Why bother with Butterfield?Appendices 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202112.9781914477218_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-control-of-the-past/ London, GB 04 01 20211206 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477195 03 9781914477195 06 15 9781913002114 03 9781913002114 06 15 9781914477225 03 9781914477225 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/34d97e9c-f96d-4663-972b-9c408bc06a1f 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/34d97e9c-f96d-4663-972b-9c408bc06a1f/34d97e9c-f96d-4663-972b-9c408bc06a1f.pdf 20 08 20211206 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-control-of-the-past/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477218.pdf 20 08 20211206 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-control-of-the-past/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202112.9781914477218.pdf 20 08 20211206 01 urn:uuid:2c30fe33-6a0a-4630-aaf1-c83c4d83facf 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:34d97e9c-f96d-4663-972b-9c408bc06a1f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2c30fe33-6a0a-4630-aaf1-c83c4d83facf 15 9781913002114 03 9781913002114 06 10.14296/202112.9781914477218 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.108021 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Control of the Past Herbert Butterfield and the Pitfalls of Official History 1 A01 Patrick Salmon Patrick Salmon Patrick Salmon is Chief Historian at the Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office. He was formerly Professor of International History at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne. He is a Fellow of the Royal Historical Society and a Foreign Member of the Norwegian Academy of Science and Letters. His publications include Scandinavia and the Great Powers 1890-1940 (1997), Deadlock and Diversion: Scandinavia in British Strategy during the Twilight War 1939-1940 (2012) and several volumes in the series Documents on British Policy Overseas (DBPO), including German Unification, 1989-1990 (2009), The Challenge of Apartheid: UK-South African Relations, 1985-1986 (2017) and The Unwinding of Apartheid: UK-South African Relations, 1986-1990 (2019). 01 eng 00 118 03 12 HBAH 10 HIS016000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHAH 93 JBCC9 12 JNA 10 POL010000 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 12 JNAM 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 2ACB 12 1QDB 93 3MPBLB 12 2AB 93 3MP 12 3JJP 93 3MRB 20 Herbert Butterfield; Nazi; collective memory; World War 2; archive; GLAM; museum; Duke of Windsor; Hitler; Britain; colonial history; India; Germany; Ireland; Bletchley Park; suppressed history; forgotten history; war crimes; jingosim; national histories; National Trust; slavery; education 01 06 02 00 Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell Britain’s national history, with implications for the future. Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain si 03 00 Herbert Butterfield (1900–1979) was one of the earliest and strongest critics of what he saw as the British government’s attempts to control the past through the writing of so-called, ‘official histories’. His famous diatribe against the 'pitfalls' of government-mandated history first appeared in 1949, at a time when the British government was engaged in publishing official histories and diplomatic documents on an unprecedented scale following the Second World War. But why was Butterfield so hostile to official history, and why do his views still matter today?Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell</italic> Britain’s national history, with implications for the future.Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain since the Second World War, the book details how Butterfield came to suspect that the British government was trying to suppress vital documents revealing the Duke of Windsor’s dealings with Nazi Germany. This seemed to confirm his long-held belief that all governments would seek to manipulate history if they could, and conceal the truth if they could not. At the beginning of the 21st century, official history is still being written and the book concludes with an insider’s perspective on the many issues it faces today– on freedom of information, social media and reengaging with our nation’s colonial legacy. Governments have recently been given many reminders that history matters, and it is Herbert Butterfield above all who reminds us that we must remain vigilant in monitoring how they respond to the challenge. 30 00 Herbert Butterfield (1900–1979) was one of the earliest and strongest critics of what he saw as the British government’s attempts to control the past through the writing of so-called, ‘official histories’. His famous diatribe against the 'pitfalls' of government-mandated history first appeared in 1949, at a time when the British government was engaged in publishing official histories and diplomatic documents on an unprecedented scale following the Second World War. But why was Butterfield so hostile to official history, and why do his views still matter today?Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell</italic> Britain’s national history, with implications for the future.Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain since the Second World War, the book details how Butterfield came to suspect that the British government was trying to suppress vital documents revealing the Duke of Windsor’s dealings with Nazi Germany. This seemed to confirm his long-held belief that all governments would seek to manipulate history if they could, and conceal the truth if they could not. At the beginning of the 21st century, official history is still being written and the book concludes with an insider’s perspective on the many issues it faces today– on freedom of information, social media and reengaging with our nation’s colonial legacy. Governments have recently been given many reminders that history matters, and it is Herbert Butterfield above all who reminds us that we must remain vigilant in monitoring how they respond to the challenge. 04 00 Prologue1. ‘One of his most violent essays’2. Butterfield and official history3. Official history then and now4. Why bother with Butterfield?Appendices 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202112.9781914477218_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-control-of-the-past/ London, GB 04 01 20211206 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477195 03 9781914477195 06 15 9781914477218 03 9781914477218 06 15 9781914477225 03 9781914477225 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-control-of-the-past 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-control-of-the-past 20 08 20211206 01 urn:uuid:6f28ced4-f957-4963-b1ec-8dac3c910949 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:34d97e9c-f96d-4663-972b-9c408bc06a1f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6f28ced4-f957-4963-b1ec-8dac3c910949 15 9781914477225 03 9781914477225 06 10.14296/202112.9781914477218 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.108021 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Control of the Past Herbert Butterfield and the Pitfalls of Official History 1 A01 Patrick Salmon Patrick Salmon Patrick Salmon is Chief Historian at the Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office. He was formerly Professor of International History at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne. He is a Fellow of the Royal Historical Society and a Foreign Member of the Norwegian Academy of Science and Letters. His publications include Scandinavia and the Great Powers 1890-1940 (1997), Deadlock and Diversion: Scandinavia in British Strategy during the Twilight War 1939-1940 (2012) and several volumes in the series Documents on British Policy Overseas (DBPO), including German Unification, 1989-1990 (2009), The Challenge of Apartheid: UK-South African Relations, 1985-1986 (2017) and The Unwinding of Apartheid: UK-South African Relations, 1986-1990 (2019). 01 eng 00 118 03 12 HBAH 10 HIS016000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHAH 93 JBCC9 12 JNA 10 POL010000 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 12 JNAM 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 2ACB 12 1QDB 93 3MPBLB 12 2AB 93 3MP 12 3JJP 93 3MRB 20 Herbert Butterfield; Nazi; collective memory; World War 2; archive; GLAM; museum; Duke of Windsor; Hitler; Britain; colonial history; India; Germany; Ireland; Bletchley Park; suppressed history; forgotten history; war crimes; jingosim; national histories; National Trust; slavery; education 01 06 02 00 Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell Britain’s national history, with implications for the future. Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain si 03 00 Herbert Butterfield (1900–1979) was one of the earliest and strongest critics of what he saw as the British government’s attempts to control the past through the writing of so-called, ‘official histories’. His famous diatribe against the 'pitfalls' of government-mandated history first appeared in 1949, at a time when the British government was engaged in publishing official histories and diplomatic documents on an unprecedented scale following the Second World War. But why was Butterfield so hostile to official history, and why do his views still matter today?Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell</italic> Britain’s national history, with implications for the future.Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain since the Second World War, the book details how Butterfield came to suspect that the British government was trying to suppress vital documents revealing the Duke of Windsor’s dealings with Nazi Germany. This seemed to confirm his long-held belief that all governments would seek to manipulate history if they could, and conceal the truth if they could not. At the beginning of the 21st century, official history is still being written and the book concludes with an insider’s perspective on the many issues it faces today– on freedom of information, social media and reengaging with our nation’s colonial legacy. Governments have recently been given many reminders that history matters, and it is Herbert Butterfield above all who reminds us that we must remain vigilant in monitoring how they respond to the challenge. 30 00 Herbert Butterfield (1900–1979) was one of the earliest and strongest critics of what he saw as the British government’s attempts to control the past through the writing of so-called, ‘official histories’. His famous diatribe against the 'pitfalls' of government-mandated history first appeared in 1949, at a time when the British government was engaged in publishing official histories and diplomatic documents on an unprecedented scale following the Second World War. But why was Butterfield so hostile to official history, and why do his views still matter today?Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell</italic> Britain’s national history, with implications for the future.Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain since the Second World War, the book details how Butterfield came to suspect that the British government was trying to suppress vital documents revealing the Duke of Windsor’s dealings with Nazi Germany. This seemed to confirm his long-held belief that all governments would seek to manipulate history if they could, and conceal the truth if they could not. At the beginning of the 21st century, official history is still being written and the book concludes with an insider’s perspective on the many issues it faces today– on freedom of information, social media and reengaging with our nation’s colonial legacy. Governments have recently been given many reminders that history matters, and it is Herbert Butterfield above all who reminds us that we must remain vigilant in monitoring how they respond to the challenge. 04 00 Prologue1. ‘One of his most violent essays’2. Butterfield and official history3. Official history then and now4. Why bother with Butterfield?Appendices 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202112.9781914477218_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-control-of-the-past/ London, GB 04 01 20211206 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477195 03 9781914477195 06 15 9781914477218 03 9781914477218 06 15 9781913002114 03 9781913002114 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-control-of-the-past/ 20 08 20211206 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c5262201-f31f-41e6-bfb1-56a862dcb4cc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:aa1947bd-e7e3-4a79-a09d-8339723bfab9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c5262201-f31f-41e6-bfb1-56a862dcb4cc 15 9781908590503 03 9781908590503 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53769 00 BC 10 01 241 mm 01 24.1 cm 01 9.5 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 03 20 mm 03 2 cm 03 0.8125 in 08 780 gr 08 27.625 oz 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 15 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 The Cosmography of Paradise 1 B01 Alessandro Scafi Alessandro Scafi 01 eng B2 History ⇒ Religious History 12 HR 93 NHC 10 REL000000 93 NHD 93 NHG 93 PGK 93 Q 93 QR 01 06 02 00 03 00 The Cosmography of Paradise: The Other World from Ancient Mesopotamia to Medieval Europe</bold></italic> considers the general theme of paradise from various comparative perspectives. The focus has been on the way the relationship between ‘the other world’ and the structure of the whole cosmos has been viewed in different ages and traditions around the Mediterranean basin, spanning from the ancient Near East to medieval Europe. Scholars coming from different fields discuss in this volume the various ways the relationship between paradise and the general features of the universe has been viewed within their own field of work. The historical formation of the notion of paradise, defined as a perfect state beyond time and space, relied heavily upon a variety of temporally and culturally conditioned concepts of the physical cosmos as a finite and imperfect realm. It is precisely the emphasis on cosmography that allows the discussion of several traditions: Sumerian, ancient Iranian, Greek, Jewish, early Christian, Gnostic, Byzantine, Islamic, Scandinavian, and Latin Western. 30 00 The Cosmography of Paradise: The Other World from Ancient Mesopotamia to Medieval Europe</bold></italic> considers the general theme of paradise from various comparative perspectives. The focus has been on the way the relationship between ‘the other world’ and the structure of the whole cosmos has been viewed in different ages and traditions around the Mediterranean basin, spanning from the ancient Near East to medieval Europe. Scholars coming from different fields discuss in this volume the various ways the relationship between paradise and the general features of the universe has been viewed within their own field of work. The historical formation of the notion of paradise, defined as a perfect state beyond time and space, relied heavily upon a variety of temporally and culturally conditioned concepts of the physical cosmos as a finite and imperfect realm. It is precisely the emphasis on cosmography that allows the discussion of several traditions: Sumerian, ancient Iranian, Greek, Jewish, early Christian, Gnostic, Byzantine, Islamic, Scandinavian, and Latin Western. 04 00 Introduction (pp. 1–7) Alessandro ScaﬁThe Birth of Paradise: To Early Christianity, via Greece, Persia and Israel (pp. 9–30) Jan N. BremmerSumerian Paradise Lost (pp. 31–37) Markham J. GellerAround, Inside and Beyond the Walls: Names, Ideas and Images of Paradise in Pre-Islamic Iran (pp. 39–66) Antonio C. D. PanainoEnoch, Eden, and the Beginnings of Jewish Cosmography (pp. 67–94) Annette Yoshiko ReedGnostic Paradises (pp. 95–107) Einar ThomassenDiabolizing the Garden of Eden: Re-Interpretations of Jewish Pseudepigraphy in Medieval Christian Dualism (pp. 109–125) Yuri StoyanovSeeking Paradise in the Egyptian Desert (pp. 127–135) Dimitris J. KyrtatasGazing at the Holy Mountain: Images of Paradise in Syriac Christian Tradition (pp. 137–162) Sergey MinovFood and the Senses, and One Very Special Taste of Paradise (pp. 163–181) Danuta Shanzer‘The Heavens Declare the Glory of God’: Mapping Cosmos and Activating Heaven through Holy Icons (pp. 183–200) Veronica Della DoraParadise in Western Medieval Tradition (pp. 201–210) Rudolf SimekParadise in the Islamic Religious Imagination (pp. 211–226) Christian LangeIn Medieval Islamic Cosmography, where is Paradise? (pp. 227–243) Emilie Savage-SmithValhalla and Heaven: Scandinavian Images of Paradise in a Period of Religious Change (pp. 245–266) Anders HultgårdColour plates (pp. 269–284)Index of Names (pp. 285–295) 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250106//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-cosmography-of-paradise/ London, GB 04 01 20160606 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-cosmography-of-paradise/ 20 08 20160606 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:33251bca-167c-47d1-9e98-64d302a2d5c2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3a7e8f55-88da-4e6e-86f1-fd12b7c729e1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:33251bca-167c-47d1-9e98-64d302a2d5c2 15 9781912702756 03 9781912702756 06 10.14296/fsxl6641 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.104335 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Creighton Century, 1907-2007 1 B01 David Bates David Bates 2 B01 Jennifer Wallis Jennifer Wallis 3 B01 Jane Winters Jane Winters 2 01 eng 00 334 03 12 HBG 10 HIS016000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHB 12 HBAH 93 NHAH 93 GTB 20 history; historiography; Creighton; University of London; lecture series; change; continuity 01 06 02 00 This volume offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University, providing a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentie 03 00 The Creighton Century, 1907–2007</italic> offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures, delivered between 1913 and 2004, is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University. The collection also includes, and is introduced by, Robert Evans’s 2007 centenary lecture, ‘The Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907–2007’.This volume provides a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentieth and early twenty-first century, revealing some significant changes in approach and emphasis as well as some surprising continuities. The Creighton Century</italic> is an invaluable guide to students of historiography, and a chance to revisit some of the great lectures from the series, including those by R. H. Tawney, Lucy Sutherland, Donald Coleman, Eric Hobsbawm and Keith Thomas, published here with commentaries by Virginia Berridge, Justin Champion, Julian Hoppit and Jinty Nelson among others.First published in 2009, The Creighton Century</italic> is now reissued as an open access edition by the University of London Press. This edition includes a new joint foreword by the volume’s editor, David Bates, and the current director of the Institute of Historical Research, Jo Fox. 30 00 The Creighton Century, 1907–2007</italic> offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures, delivered between 1913 and 2004, is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University. The collection also includes, and is introduced by, Robert Evans’s 2007 centenary lecture, ‘The Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907–2007’.This volume provides a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentieth and early twenty-first century, revealing some significant changes in approach and emphasis as well as some surprising continuities. The Creighton Century</italic> is an invaluable guide to students of historiography, and a chance to revisit some of the great lectures from the series, including those by R. H. Tawney, Lucy Sutherland, Donald Coleman, Eric Hobsbawm and Keith Thomas, published here with commentaries by Virginia Berridge, Justin Champion, Julian Hoppit and Jinty Nelson among others.First published in 2009, The Creighton Century</italic> is now reissued as an open access edition by the University of London Press. This edition includes a new joint foreword by the volume’s editor, David Bates, and the current director of the Institute of Historical Research, Jo Fox. 04 00 Introduction David BatesPreface Jo FoxThe Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907-2007 Robert EvansThe meaning of truth in history' (1913), with an introduction by Justin Champion R. B. HaldaneA plea for the study of contemporary history' (1928), with an introduction by Martyn Rady R. W. Seton-WatsonThe economic advance of the squirearchy in the two generations before the Civil War [published as 'The rise of the gentry, 1558-1640] (1937), with an introduction by F. M. L. Thompson R. H. TawneyThe City of London and the opposition to government, 1768-74, with an introduction by P. J. Marshall Lucy SutherlandThe guns of Kaifeng-Fu: China's development of man's first chemical explosive (1979), with an introduction by Janet Hunter Joseph NeedhamThe perception of the past in early modern England (1983), with an introduction by Ariel Hessayon Keith ThomasMyth, history and the Industrial Revolution (1989), with an introduction by Julian Hoppit Donald ColemanThe uncertainties of isolation: Japan between the wars (1992), with an introduction by Antony Best Ian NishThe present as history: writing the history of one's own time (1993), with an introduction by Virginia Berridge Eric HobsbawmThe war against heresy in medieval Europe (2004), with an introduction by Jinty Nelson R. I. Moore 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/fsxl6641_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-creighton-century-1907-2007/ London, GB 04 01 20200717 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702749 03 9781912702749 06 15 9781914477522 03 9781914477522 06 15 9781912702763 03 9781912702763 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-creighton-century-1907-2007/ 20 08 20200717 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:18989ae6-5469-43f1-bd11-84c048d8aadd 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3a7e8f55-88da-4e6e-86f1-fd12b7c729e1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:18989ae6-5469-43f1-bd11-84c048d8aadd 15 9781912702749 03 9781912702749 06 10.14296/fsxl6641 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.104335 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Creighton Century, 1907-2007 1 B01 David Bates David Bates 2 B01 Jennifer Wallis Jennifer Wallis 3 B01 Jane Winters Jane Winters 2 01 eng 00 334 03 12 HBG 10 HIS016000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHB 12 HBAH 93 NHAH 93 GTB 20 history; historiography; Creighton; University of London; lecture series; change; continuity 01 06 02 00 This volume offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University, providing a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentie 03 00 The Creighton Century, 1907–2007</italic> offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures, delivered between 1913 and 2004, is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University. The collection also includes, and is introduced by, Robert Evans’s 2007 centenary lecture, ‘The Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907–2007’.This volume provides a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentieth and early twenty-first century, revealing some significant changes in approach and emphasis as well as some surprising continuities. The Creighton Century</italic> is an invaluable guide to students of historiography, and a chance to revisit some of the great lectures from the series, including those by R. H. Tawney, Lucy Sutherland, Donald Coleman, Eric Hobsbawm and Keith Thomas, published here with commentaries by Virginia Berridge, Justin Champion, Julian Hoppit and Jinty Nelson among others.First published in 2009, The Creighton Century</italic> is now reissued as an open access edition by the University of London Press. This edition includes a new joint foreword by the volume’s editor, David Bates, and the current director of the Institute of Historical Research, Jo Fox. 30 00 The Creighton Century, 1907–2007</italic> offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures, delivered between 1913 and 2004, is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University. The collection also includes, and is introduced by, Robert Evans’s 2007 centenary lecture, ‘The Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907–2007’.This volume provides a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentieth and early twenty-first century, revealing some significant changes in approach and emphasis as well as some surprising continuities. The Creighton Century</italic> is an invaluable guide to students of historiography, and a chance to revisit some of the great lectures from the series, including those by R. H. Tawney, Lucy Sutherland, Donald Coleman, Eric Hobsbawm and Keith Thomas, published here with commentaries by Virginia Berridge, Justin Champion, Julian Hoppit and Jinty Nelson among others.First published in 2009, The Creighton Century</italic> is now reissued as an open access edition by the University of London Press. This edition includes a new joint foreword by the volume’s editor, David Bates, and the current director of the Institute of Historical Research, Jo Fox. 04 00 Introduction David BatesPreface Jo FoxThe Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907-2007 Robert EvansThe meaning of truth in history' (1913), with an introduction by Justin Champion R. B. HaldaneA plea for the study of contemporary history' (1928), with an introduction by Martyn Rady R. W. Seton-WatsonThe economic advance of the squirearchy in the two generations before the Civil War [published as 'The rise of the gentry, 1558-1640] (1937), with an introduction by F. M. L. Thompson R. H. TawneyThe City of London and the opposition to government, 1768-74, with an introduction by P. J. Marshall Lucy SutherlandThe guns of Kaifeng-Fu: China's development of man's first chemical explosive (1979), with an introduction by Janet Hunter Joseph NeedhamThe perception of the past in early modern England (1983), with an introduction by Ariel Hessayon Keith ThomasMyth, history and the Industrial Revolution (1989), with an introduction by Julian Hoppit Donald ColemanThe uncertainties of isolation: Japan between the wars (1992), with an introduction by Antony Best Ian NishThe present as history: writing the history of one's own time (1993), with an introduction by Virginia Berridge Eric HobsbawmThe war against heresy in medieval Europe (2004), with an introduction by Jinty Nelson R. I. Moore 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/fsxl6641_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-creighton-century-1907-2007/ London, GB 04 01 20200717 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702756 03 9781912702756 06 15 9781914477522 03 9781914477522 06 15 9781912702763 03 9781912702763 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/3a7e8f55-88da-4e6e-86f1-fd12b7c729e1 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/3a7e8f55-88da-4e6e-86f1-fd12b7c729e1/3a7e8f55-88da-4e6e-86f1-fd12b7c729e1.pdf 20 08 20200717 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-creighton-century-1907-2007/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702749.pdf 20 08 20200717 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-creighton-century-1907-2007/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/fsxl6641.pdf 20 08 20200717 01 urn:uuid:bea3039a-ead8-46ca-aa4d-ae396f425569 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3a7e8f55-88da-4e6e-86f1-fd12b7c729e1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bea3039a-ead8-46ca-aa4d-ae396f425569 15 9781914477522 03 9781914477522 06 10.14296/fsxl6641 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.104335 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Creighton Century, 1907-2007 1 B01 David Bates David Bates 2 B01 Jennifer Wallis Jennifer Wallis 3 B01 Jane Winters Jane Winters 2 01 eng 00 334 03 12 HBG 10 HIS016000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHB 12 HBAH 93 NHAH 93 GTB 20 history; historiography; Creighton; University of London; lecture series; change; continuity 01 06 02 00 This volume offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University, providing a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentie 03 00 The Creighton Century, 1907–2007</italic> offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures, delivered between 1913 and 2004, is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University. The collection also includes, and is introduced by, Robert Evans’s 2007 centenary lecture, ‘The Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907–2007’.This volume provides a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentieth and early twenty-first century, revealing some significant changes in approach and emphasis as well as some surprising continuities. The Creighton Century</italic> is an invaluable guide to students of historiography, and a chance to revisit some of the great lectures from the series, including those by R. H. Tawney, Lucy Sutherland, Donald Coleman, Eric Hobsbawm and Keith Thomas, published here with commentaries by Virginia Berridge, Justin Champion, Julian Hoppit and Jinty Nelson among others.First published in 2009, The Creighton Century</italic> is now reissued as an open access edition by the University of London Press. This edition includes a new joint foreword by the volume’s editor, David Bates, and the current director of the Institute of Historical Research, Jo Fox. 30 00 The Creighton Century, 1907–2007</italic> offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures, delivered between 1913 and 2004, is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University. The collection also includes, and is introduced by, Robert Evans’s 2007 centenary lecture, ‘The Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907–2007’.This volume provides a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentieth and early twenty-first century, revealing some significant changes in approach and emphasis as well as some surprising continuities. The Creighton Century</italic> is an invaluable guide to students of historiography, and a chance to revisit some of the great lectures from the series, including those by R. H. Tawney, Lucy Sutherland, Donald Coleman, Eric Hobsbawm and Keith Thomas, published here with commentaries by Virginia Berridge, Justin Champion, Julian Hoppit and Jinty Nelson among others.First published in 2009, The Creighton Century</italic> is now reissued as an open access edition by the University of London Press. This edition includes a new joint foreword by the volume’s editor, David Bates, and the current director of the Institute of Historical Research, Jo Fox. 04 00 Introduction David BatesPreface Jo FoxThe Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907-2007 Robert EvansThe meaning of truth in history' (1913), with an introduction by Justin Champion R. B. HaldaneA plea for the study of contemporary history' (1928), with an introduction by Martyn Rady R. W. Seton-WatsonThe economic advance of the squirearchy in the two generations before the Civil War [published as 'The rise of the gentry, 1558-1640] (1937), with an introduction by F. M. L. Thompson R. H. TawneyThe City of London and the opposition to government, 1768-74, with an introduction by P. J. Marshall Lucy SutherlandThe guns of Kaifeng-Fu: China's development of man's first chemical explosive (1979), with an introduction by Janet Hunter Joseph NeedhamThe perception of the past in early modern England (1983), with an introduction by Ariel Hessayon Keith ThomasMyth, history and the Industrial Revolution (1989), with an introduction by Julian Hoppit Donald ColemanThe uncertainties of isolation: Japan between the wars (1992), with an introduction by Antony Best Ian NishThe present as history: writing the history of one's own time (1993), with an introduction by Virginia Berridge Eric HobsbawmThe war against heresy in medieval Europe (2004), with an introduction by Jinty Nelson R. I. Moore 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/fsxl6641_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-creighton-century-1907-2007/ London, GB 04 01 20200717 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702756 03 9781912702756 06 15 9781912702749 03 9781912702749 06 15 9781912702763 03 9781912702763 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-creighton-century-1907-2007 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-creighton-century-1907-2007 20 08 20200717 01 urn:uuid:ec6d2d89-f46b-4941-9ef1-2a86d98ac2e3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3a7e8f55-88da-4e6e-86f1-fd12b7c729e1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ec6d2d89-f46b-4941-9ef1-2a86d98ac2e3 15 9781912702763 03 9781912702763 06 10.14296/fsxl6641 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.104335 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Creighton Century, 1907-2007 1 B01 David Bates David Bates 2 B01 Jennifer Wallis Jennifer Wallis 3 B01 Jane Winters Jane Winters 2 01 eng 00 334 03 12 HBG 10 HIS016000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHB 12 HBAH 93 NHAH 93 GTB 20 history; historiography; Creighton; University of London; lecture series; change; continuity 01 06 02 00 This volume offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University, providing a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentie 03 00 The Creighton Century, 1907–2007</italic> offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures, delivered between 1913 and 2004, is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University. The collection also includes, and is introduced by, Robert Evans’s 2007 centenary lecture, ‘The Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907–2007’.This volume provides a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentieth and early twenty-first century, revealing some significant changes in approach and emphasis as well as some surprising continuities. The Creighton Century</italic> is an invaluable guide to students of historiography, and a chance to revisit some of the great lectures from the series, including those by R. H. Tawney, Lucy Sutherland, Donald Coleman, Eric Hobsbawm and Keith Thomas, published here with commentaries by Virginia Berridge, Justin Champion, Julian Hoppit and Jinty Nelson among others.First published in 2009, The Creighton Century</italic> is now reissued as an open access edition by the University of London Press. This edition includes a new joint foreword by the volume’s editor, David Bates, and the current director of the Institute of Historical Research, Jo Fox. 30 00 The Creighton Century, 1907–2007</italic> offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures, delivered between 1913 and 2004, is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University. The collection also includes, and is introduced by, Robert Evans’s 2007 centenary lecture, ‘The Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907–2007’.This volume provides a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentieth and early twenty-first century, revealing some significant changes in approach and emphasis as well as some surprising continuities. The Creighton Century</italic> is an invaluable guide to students of historiography, and a chance to revisit some of the great lectures from the series, including those by R. H. Tawney, Lucy Sutherland, Donald Coleman, Eric Hobsbawm and Keith Thomas, published here with commentaries by Virginia Berridge, Justin Champion, Julian Hoppit and Jinty Nelson among others.First published in 2009, The Creighton Century</italic> is now reissued as an open access edition by the University of London Press. This edition includes a new joint foreword by the volume’s editor, David Bates, and the current director of the Institute of Historical Research, Jo Fox. 04 00 Introduction David BatesPreface Jo FoxThe Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907-2007 Robert EvansThe meaning of truth in history' (1913), with an introduction by Justin Champion R. B. HaldaneA plea for the study of contemporary history' (1928), with an introduction by Martyn Rady R. W. Seton-WatsonThe economic advance of the squirearchy in the two generations before the Civil War [published as 'The rise of the gentry, 1558-1640] (1937), with an introduction by F. M. L. Thompson R. H. TawneyThe City of London and the opposition to government, 1768-74, with an introduction by P. J. Marshall Lucy SutherlandThe guns of Kaifeng-Fu: China's development of man's first chemical explosive (1979), with an introduction by Janet Hunter Joseph NeedhamThe perception of the past in early modern England (1983), with an introduction by Ariel Hessayon Keith ThomasMyth, history and the Industrial Revolution (1989), with an introduction by Julian Hoppit Donald ColemanThe uncertainties of isolation: Japan between the wars (1992), with an introduction by Antony Best Ian NishThe present as history: writing the history of one's own time (1993), with an introduction by Virginia Berridge Eric HobsbawmThe war against heresy in medieval Europe (2004), with an introduction by Jinty Nelson R. I. Moore 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/fsxl6641_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-creighton-century-1907-2007/ London, GB 04 01 20200717 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702756 03 9781912702756 06 15 9781912702749 03 9781912702749 06 15 9781914477522 03 9781914477522 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-creighton-century-1907-2007/ 20 08 20200717 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e0ef03e9-e7b3-45b6-b674-f2b30f673fdf 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a7f9fdca-248a-4041-83c0-caa235c931aa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e0ef03e9-e7b3-45b6-b674-f2b30f673fdf 15 9781905670499 03 9781905670499 06 10.14296/917.9781905670802 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61312 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 5 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Digital Classicist 2013 1 B01 Stuart Dunn Stuart Dunn 2 B01 Simon Mahony Simon Mahony 01 eng 00 178 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient History 12 HBLA1 10 LAN025060 93 NHC 12 UG 93 UG 20 classical studies; digital humanities; technology; antiquity; research 01 06 02 00 This wide-ranging volume is a collection of papers that initially emanated from presentations at Digital Classicist seminars and conference panels and showcases exemplary applications of digital scholarship to the ancient world. It critically examines the many challenges and opportunities afforded by such research and offers a snapshot of som 03 00 This edited volume collects together peer-reviewed papers that initially emanated from presentations at Digital Classicist seminars and conference panels.This wide-ranging volume showcases exemplary applications of digital scholarship to the ancient world and critically examines the many challenges and opportunities afforded by such research. The chapters included here demonstrate innovative approaches that drive forward the research interests of both humanists and technologists while showing that rigorous scholarship is as central to digital research as it is to mainstream classical studies.As with the earlier Digital Classicist publications, our aim is not to give a broad overview of the field of digital classics; rather, we present here a snapshot of some of the varied research of our members in order to engage with and contribute to the development of scholarship both in the fields of classical antiquity and Digital Humanities more broadly. 30 00 This edited volume collects together peer-reviewed papers that initially emanated from presentations at Digital Classicist seminars and conference panels.This wide-ranging volume showcases exemplary applications of digital scholarship to the ancient world and critically examines the many challenges and opportunities afforded by such research. The chapters included here demonstrate innovative approaches that drive forward the research interests of both humanists and technologists while showing that rigorous scholarship is as central to digital research as it is to mainstream classical studies.As with the earlier Digital Classicist publications, our aim is not to give a broad overview of the field of digital classics; rather, we present here a snapshot of some of the varied research of our members in order to engage with and contribute to the development of scholarship both in the fields of classical antiquity and Digital Humanities more broadly. 04 00 Introduction Modelling Andrew Bevan: Travel and interaction in the Greek and Roman world. A review of some computational modelling approaches Vince Gaffney, Phil Murgatroyd, Bart Craenen, and Georgios Theodoropoulos: ‘Only individuals’: moving the Byzantine army to Manzikert Texts Elton Barker, Leif Isaksen, Nick Rabinowitz, Stefan Bouzarovski, and Chris Pelling: On using digital resources for the study of an ancient text: the case of Herodotus’ Histories Marco Büchler, Annette Geßner, Monica Berti, and Thomas Eckart: Measuring the influence of a work by text re-use Tobias Blanke, Mark Hedges, and Shrija Rajbhandari Towards a virtual data centre for Classics Ryan Baumann: The Son of Suda On-line Infrastructure Elaine Matthews and Sebastian Rahtz: The Lexicon of Greek Personal Names and classical web services Simon Mahony: HumSlides on Flickr: using an online community platform to host and enhance an image collection Valentina Asciutti and Stuart Dunn: Connecting the Classics: a case study of Collective Intelligence in Classical Studies 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670802_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-digital-classicist-2013/ London, GB 04 01 20191231 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670802 03 9781905670802 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-digital-classicist-2013/ 20 08 20191231 02 59.99 GBP WORLD 02 78.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f3ceb20f-72b3-4dcb-8d05-b24cf9282c44 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a7f9fdca-248a-4041-83c0-caa235c931aa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f3ceb20f-72b3-4dcb-8d05-b24cf9282c44 15 9781905670802 03 9781905670802 06 10.14296/917.9781905670802 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61312 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 5 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Digital Classicist 2013 1 B01 Stuart Dunn Stuart Dunn 2 B01 Simon Mahony Simon Mahony 01 eng 00 178 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient History 12 HBLA1 10 LAN025060 93 NHC 12 UG 93 UG 20 classical studies; digital humanities; technology; antiquity; research 01 06 02 00 This wide-ranging volume is a collection of papers that initially emanated from presentations at Digital Classicist seminars and conference panels and showcases exemplary applications of digital scholarship to the ancient world. It critically examines the many challenges and opportunities afforded by such research and offers a snapshot of som 03 00 This edited volume collects together peer-reviewed papers that initially emanated from presentations at Digital Classicist seminars and conference panels.This wide-ranging volume showcases exemplary applications of digital scholarship to the ancient world and critically examines the many challenges and opportunities afforded by such research. The chapters included here demonstrate innovative approaches that drive forward the research interests of both humanists and technologists while showing that rigorous scholarship is as central to digital research as it is to mainstream classical studies.As with the earlier Digital Classicist publications, our aim is not to give a broad overview of the field of digital classics; rather, we present here a snapshot of some of the varied research of our members in order to engage with and contribute to the development of scholarship both in the fields of classical antiquity and Digital Humanities more broadly. 30 00 This edited volume collects together peer-reviewed papers that initially emanated from presentations at Digital Classicist seminars and conference panels.This wide-ranging volume showcases exemplary applications of digital scholarship to the ancient world and critically examines the many challenges and opportunities afforded by such research. The chapters included here demonstrate innovative approaches that drive forward the research interests of both humanists and technologists while showing that rigorous scholarship is as central to digital research as it is to mainstream classical studies.As with the earlier Digital Classicist publications, our aim is not to give a broad overview of the field of digital classics; rather, we present here a snapshot of some of the varied research of our members in order to engage with and contribute to the development of scholarship both in the fields of classical antiquity and Digital Humanities more broadly. 04 00 Introduction Modelling Andrew Bevan: Travel and interaction in the Greek and Roman world. A review of some computational modelling approaches Vince Gaffney, Phil Murgatroyd, Bart Craenen, and Georgios Theodoropoulos: ‘Only individuals’: moving the Byzantine army to Manzikert Texts Elton Barker, Leif Isaksen, Nick Rabinowitz, Stefan Bouzarovski, and Chris Pelling: On using digital resources for the study of an ancient text: the case of Herodotus’ Histories Marco Büchler, Annette Geßner, Monica Berti, and Thomas Eckart: Measuring the influence of a work by text re-use Tobias Blanke, Mark Hedges, and Shrija Rajbhandari Towards a virtual data centre for Classics Ryan Baumann: The Son of Suda On-line Infrastructure Elaine Matthews and Sebastian Rahtz: The Lexicon of Greek Personal Names and classical web services Simon Mahony: HumSlides on Flickr: using an online community platform to host and enhance an image collection Valentina Asciutti and Stuart Dunn: Connecting the Classics: a case study of Collective Intelligence in Classical Studies 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670802_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-digital-classicist-2013/ London, GB 04 01 20191231 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670499 03 9781905670499 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/a7f9fdca-248a-4041-83c0-caa235c931aa 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/a7f9fdca-248a-4041-83c0-caa235c931aa/a7f9fdca-248a-4041-83c0-caa235c931aa.pdf 20 08 20191231 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-digital-classicist-2013/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781905670802.pdf 20 08 20191231 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-digital-classicist-2013/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670802.pdf 20 08 20191231 01 urn:uuid:96f80f05-4a43-43c8-8e0e-6b5eec5b516b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:202aef6e-05b3-4226-a764-bb1267260063 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:96f80f05-4a43-43c8-8e0e-6b5eec5b516b 15 9780992725785 03 9780992725785 06 10.14296/419.9780992725785 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.84516 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 'The Dull Duty of an Editor': Working with Webster and Dickens 1 A01 Elizabeth Brennan Elizabeth Brennan 01 eng 00 13 03 93 D 12 D 10 LIT000000 B2 Literary Studies 93 GTB 10 LIT007000 20 editing; Webster; Dickens; literature 01 06 02 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1996 as part of the Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures. In this piece, Elizabeth Brennan explores the duties, and indeed, powers of an editor to transform a text, proving that, indeed, it is not as “dull” a duty as it may seem. 03 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1996.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 30 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1996.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/419.9780992725785_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-dull-duty-of-an-editor-working-with-webster-and-dickens/ London, GB 04 01 20190619 02 WORLD WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/202aef6e-05b3-4226-a764-bb1267260063 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/202aef6e-05b3-4226-a764-bb1267260063/202aef6e-05b3-4226-a764-bb1267260063.pdf 20 08 20190619 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-dull-duty-of-an-editor-working-with-webster-and-dickens/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9780992725785.pdf 20 08 20190619 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-dull-duty-of-an-editor-working-with-webster-and-dickens/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/419.9780992725785.pdf 20 08 20190619 01 urn:uuid:200ed12a-d6c5-4cbd-aec0-31beb97521ea 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d0d24160-2b16-489d-80ff-50487e96189c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:200ed12a-d6c5-4cbd-aec0-31beb97521ea 15 9781905670437 03 9781905670437 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61318 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 63 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The East Pediment of the Parthenon - From Perikles to Nero 1 B01 Dyfri Williams Dyfri Williams 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Art and Architecture 10 FOR033000 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 The sculptural decoration of the Parthenon, conceived at the height of Athens’ power, was deeply rooted in the culture and aspirations of the city-state. The group of huge figures carved completely in the round and set in the triangular gable at the east end, the front of the temple, were perhaps among the most important. This new study by Dyfri Williams uses all the visible clues provided by the sculptures and the floor blocks on which they were once mounted to reconstruct the figures and the way they interacted. Securer identifications for the figures are thus reached and a better understanding of the allusive way the pediment’s subject, the birth of Athena, was treated. To aid the process, a series of sketch-drawings of each figure seen from the front, combined with a bird’s eye sketch of it in place on the pediment floor, has been prepared by Kate Morton.Detailed observation and analysis lead to an unexpected identification of the superb Figure D, shown on the cover, that opens up new ways of reading the remaining groups. It also reveals how the arrangement of the sculptures that has come down to us is in fact Roman rather than Classical, for several sculptures were disturbed by a rarely mentioned Roman repair. Finally, a highly intriguing historical context is suggested for this repair and its motivation. 30 00 The sculptural decoration of the Parthenon, conceived at the height of Athens’ power, was deeply rooted in the culture and aspirations of the city-state. The group of huge figures carved completely in the round and set in the triangular gable at the east end, the front of the temple, were perhaps among the most important. This new study by Dyfri Williams uses all the visible clues provided by the sculptures and the floor blocks on which they were once mounted to reconstruct the figures and the way they interacted. Securer identifications for the figures are thus reached and a better understanding of the allusive way the pediment’s subject, the birth of Athena, was treated. To aid the process, a series of sketch-drawings of each figure seen from the front, combined with a bird’s eye sketch of it in place on the pediment floor, has been prepared by Kate Morton.Detailed observation and analysis lead to an unexpected identification of the superb Figure D, shown on the cover, that opens up new ways of reading the remaining groups. It also reveals how the arrangement of the sculptures that has come down to us is in fact Roman rather than Classical, for several sculptures were disturbed by a rarely mentioned Roman repair. Finally, a highly intriguing historical context is suggested for this repair and its motivation. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250674//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-east-pediment-of-the-parthenon-from-perikles-to-nero/ London, GB 04 01 20130805 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-east-pediment-of-the-parthenon-from-perikles-to-nero/ 20 08 20130805 02 39.99 GBP WORLD 02 52.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5dd9eed0-281b-4951-a4d8-486be78e28d5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f005a28f-3b9c-44d3-a4aa-531a742b32b4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5dd9eed0-281b-4951-a4d8-486be78e28d5 15 9781900039437 03 9781900039437 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53795 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 08 21 gr 08 0.75 oz 01 01 The European Revolutions of 1848 and the Americas 1 B01 Guy Thomson Guy Thomson 01 eng 01 spa 12 HBJD 10 HIS000000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHD 12 HBJK 93 N 12 HBLL 93 NHK 12 1D 93 1D 12 1KBB 93 1KBB 12 1KLS 93 1KLS 93 3M 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248153/53795/53795_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-european-revolutions-of-1848-and-the-americas/ London, GB 04 01 20020110 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-european-revolutions-of-1848-and-the-americas/ 20 08 20020110 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5550c0ed-c8e0-4819-b943-5eeef8d88dca 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4153371f-f303-486d-ba0c-40aba377b9b1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5550c0ed-c8e0-4819-b943-5eeef8d88dca 15 9781909646988 03 9781909646988 06 10.14296/1019.9781909646957 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76157 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Family Firm Monarchy, Mass Media and the British Public, 1932-53 1 A01 Edward Owens Edward Owens Dr Edward Owens is lecturer in modern history at the University of Lincoln. He is interested in how innovations in media technologies helped appeal popular sensibilities and the implications these relationships had on conceptions of citizenship and national identity. 01 eng 00 444 03 09 50 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 N 12 BGR 10 BIO014000 93 KNTP2 93 1DDU 10 HIS037070 12 JFD 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 2ACB 12 2AB 93 3MPB 12 3JJ 93 6AG 20 media; press; broadcast; royalty; buckingham palace; strategy; reputation; connection; family 01 06 02 00 The Family Firm</italic> is the first major historical analysis of the way Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new public relations strategy in the period 1932-53. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional 03 00 The Family Firm</italic> presents the first major historical analysis of the transformation of the royal household’s public relations strategy in the period 1932-1953. Beginning with King George V’s first Christmas broadcast, Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new phase in the House of Windsor’s approach to publicity. This book also focuses on audience reception by exploring how British readers, listeners, and viewers made sense of royalty’s new media image. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional connections that members of the public forged with the royals, and that the tightening of these bonds had a unifying effect on national life in the unstable years during and either side of the Second World War. Crucially, The Family Firm also contends that the royal household’s media strategy after 1936 helped to restore public confidence in a Crown that was severely shaken by the abdication of King Edward VIII. 30 00 The Family Firm</italic> presents the first major historical analysis of the transformation of the royal household’s public relations strategy in the period 1932-1953. Beginning with King George V’s first Christmas broadcast, Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new phase in the House of Windsor’s approach to publicity. This book also focuses on audience reception by exploring how British readers, listeners, and viewers made sense of royalty’s new media image. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional connections that members of the public forged with the royals, and that the tightening of these bonds had a unifying effect on national life in the unstable years during and either side of the Second World War. Crucially, The Family Firm also contends that the royal household’s media strategy after 1936 helped to restore public confidence in a Crown that was severely shaken by the abdication of King Edward VIII. 04 00 Introduction Part 1: Setting the scene 1. ‘All the world loves a lover’: the 1934 royal wedding of Prince George and Princess Marina 2. ‘A man we understand’: King George V’s radio broadcasts Part 2: The family firm falters 3. ‘This is the day of the people’: the 1937 coronation 4. ‘They’re only figureheads’: the royal family at war Part 3: Royal renaissance 5. ‘A happy queen is a good queen’: the 1947 royal love story 6. ‘This time I was THERE taking part’: the television broadcast of the 1953 coronation Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781909646957_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-family-firm/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20191015 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646940 03 9781909646940 06 15 9781909646957 03 9781909646957 06 15 9781908590862 03 9781908590862 06 15 9781909646964 03 9781909646964 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-family-firm/ 20 08 20191015 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:92b91b17-641c-4040-835f-498bb67eaae0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4153371f-f303-486d-ba0c-40aba377b9b1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:92b91b17-641c-4040-835f-498bb67eaae0 15 9781909646940 03 9781909646940 06 10.14296/1019.9781909646957 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76157 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Family Firm Monarchy, Mass Media and the British Public, 1932-53 1 A01 Edward Owens Edward Owens Dr Edward Owens is lecturer in modern history at the University of Lincoln. He is interested in how innovations in media technologies helped appeal popular sensibilities and the implications these relationships had on conceptions of citizenship and national identity. 01 eng 00 444 03 09 50 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 N 12 BGR 10 BIO014000 93 KNTP2 93 1DDU 10 HIS037070 12 JFD 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 2ACB 12 2AB 93 3MPB 12 3JJ 93 6AG 20 media; press; broadcast; royalty; buckingham palace; strategy; reputation; connection; family 01 06 02 00 The Family Firm</italic> is the first major historical analysis of the way Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new public relations strategy in the period 1932-53. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional 03 00 The Family Firm</italic> presents the first major historical analysis of the transformation of the royal household’s public relations strategy in the period 1932-1953. Beginning with King George V’s first Christmas broadcast, Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new phase in the House of Windsor’s approach to publicity. This book also focuses on audience reception by exploring how British readers, listeners, and viewers made sense of royalty’s new media image. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional connections that members of the public forged with the royals, and that the tightening of these bonds had a unifying effect on national life in the unstable years during and either side of the Second World War. Crucially, The Family Firm also contends that the royal household’s media strategy after 1936 helped to restore public confidence in a Crown that was severely shaken by the abdication of King Edward VIII. 30 00 The Family Firm</italic> presents the first major historical analysis of the transformation of the royal household’s public relations strategy in the period 1932-1953. Beginning with King George V’s first Christmas broadcast, Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new phase in the House of Windsor’s approach to publicity. This book also focuses on audience reception by exploring how British readers, listeners, and viewers made sense of royalty’s new media image. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional connections that members of the public forged with the royals, and that the tightening of these bonds had a unifying effect on national life in the unstable years during and either side of the Second World War. Crucially, The Family Firm also contends that the royal household’s media strategy after 1936 helped to restore public confidence in a Crown that was severely shaken by the abdication of King Edward VIII. 04 00 Introduction Part 1: Setting the scene 1. ‘All the world loves a lover’: the 1934 royal wedding of Prince George and Princess Marina 2. ‘A man we understand’: King George V’s radio broadcasts Part 2: The family firm falters 3. ‘This is the day of the people’: the 1937 coronation 4. ‘They’re only figureheads’: the royal family at war Part 3: Royal renaissance 5. ‘A happy queen is a good queen’: the 1947 royal love story 6. ‘This time I was THERE taking part’: the television broadcast of the 1953 coronation Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781909646957_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-family-firm/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20191015 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646988 03 9781909646988 06 15 9781909646957 03 9781909646957 06 15 9781908590862 03 9781908590862 06 15 9781909646964 03 9781909646964 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-family-firm/ 20 08 20191015 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e9434e2c-74a7-4ea3-b663-a8639437a434 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4153371f-f303-486d-ba0c-40aba377b9b1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e9434e2c-74a7-4ea3-b663-a8639437a434 15 9781909646957 03 9781909646957 06 10.14296/1019.9781909646957 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76157 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Family Firm Monarchy, Mass Media and the British Public, 1932-53 1 A01 Edward Owens Edward Owens Dr Edward Owens is lecturer in modern history at the University of Lincoln. He is interested in how innovations in media technologies helped appeal popular sensibilities and the implications these relationships had on conceptions of citizenship and national identity. 01 eng 00 444 03 09 50 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 N 12 BGR 10 BIO014000 93 KNTP2 93 1DDU 10 HIS037070 12 JFD 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 2ACB 12 2AB 93 3MPB 12 3JJ 93 6AG 20 media; press; broadcast; royalty; buckingham palace; strategy; reputation; connection; family 01 06 02 00 The Family Firm</italic> is the first major historical analysis of the way Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new public relations strategy in the period 1932-53. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional 03 00 The Family Firm</italic> presents the first major historical analysis of the transformation of the royal household’s public relations strategy in the period 1932-1953. Beginning with King George V’s first Christmas broadcast, Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new phase in the House of Windsor’s approach to publicity. This book also focuses on audience reception by exploring how British readers, listeners, and viewers made sense of royalty’s new media image. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional connections that members of the public forged with the royals, and that the tightening of these bonds had a unifying effect on national life in the unstable years during and either side of the Second World War. Crucially, The Family Firm also contends that the royal household’s media strategy after 1936 helped to restore public confidence in a Crown that was severely shaken by the abdication of King Edward VIII. 30 00 The Family Firm</italic> presents the first major historical analysis of the transformation of the royal household’s public relations strategy in the period 1932-1953. Beginning with King George V’s first Christmas broadcast, Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new phase in the House of Windsor’s approach to publicity. This book also focuses on audience reception by exploring how British readers, listeners, and viewers made sense of royalty’s new media image. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional connections that members of the public forged with the royals, and that the tightening of these bonds had a unifying effect on national life in the unstable years during and either side of the Second World War. Crucially, The Family Firm also contends that the royal household’s media strategy after 1936 helped to restore public confidence in a Crown that was severely shaken by the abdication of King Edward VIII. 04 00 Introduction Part 1: Setting the scene 1. ‘All the world loves a lover’: the 1934 royal wedding of Prince George and Princess Marina 2. ‘A man we understand’: King George V’s radio broadcasts Part 2: The family firm falters 3. ‘This is the day of the people’: the 1937 coronation 4. ‘They’re only figureheads’: the royal family at war Part 3: Royal renaissance 5. ‘A happy queen is a good queen’: the 1947 royal love story 6. ‘This time I was THERE taking part’: the television broadcast of the 1953 coronation Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781909646957_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-family-firm/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20191015 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646988 03 9781909646988 06 15 9781909646940 03 9781909646940 06 15 9781908590862 03 9781908590862 06 15 9781909646964 03 9781909646964 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/4153371f-f303-486d-ba0c-40aba377b9b1 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/4153371f-f303-486d-ba0c-40aba377b9b1/4153371f-f303-486d-ba0c-40aba377b9b1.pdf 20 08 20191015 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-family-firm/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646957.pdf 20 08 20191015 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-family-firm/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781909646957.pdf 20 08 20191015 01 urn:uuid:78c65b6f-6c7f-4dec-9b75-0ae2f9a98a33 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4153371f-f303-486d-ba0c-40aba377b9b1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:78c65b6f-6c7f-4dec-9b75-0ae2f9a98a33 15 9781908590862 03 9781908590862 06 10.14296/1019.9781909646957 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76157 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Family Firm Monarchy, Mass Media and the British Public, 1932-53 1 A01 Edward Owens Edward Owens Dr Edward Owens is lecturer in modern history at the University of Lincoln. He is interested in how innovations in media technologies helped appeal popular sensibilities and the implications these relationships had on conceptions of citizenship and national identity. 01 eng 00 444 03 09 50 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 N 12 BGR 10 BIO014000 93 KNTP2 93 1DDU 10 HIS037070 12 JFD 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 2ACB 12 2AB 93 3MPB 12 3JJ 93 6AG 20 media; press; broadcast; royalty; buckingham palace; strategy; reputation; connection; family 01 06 02 00 The Family Firm</italic> is the first major historical analysis of the way Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new public relations strategy in the period 1932-53. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional 03 00 The Family Firm</italic> presents the first major historical analysis of the transformation of the royal household’s public relations strategy in the period 1932-1953. Beginning with King George V’s first Christmas broadcast, Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new phase in the House of Windsor’s approach to publicity. This book also focuses on audience reception by exploring how British readers, listeners, and viewers made sense of royalty’s new media image. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional connections that members of the public forged with the royals, and that the tightening of these bonds had a unifying effect on national life in the unstable years during and either side of the Second World War. Crucially, The Family Firm also contends that the royal household’s media strategy after 1936 helped to restore public confidence in a Crown that was severely shaken by the abdication of King Edward VIII. 30 00 The Family Firm</italic> presents the first major historical analysis of the transformation of the royal household’s public relations strategy in the period 1932-1953. Beginning with King George V’s first Christmas broadcast, Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new phase in the House of Windsor’s approach to publicity. This book also focuses on audience reception by exploring how British readers, listeners, and viewers made sense of royalty’s new media image. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional connections that members of the public forged with the royals, and that the tightening of these bonds had a unifying effect on national life in the unstable years during and either side of the Second World War. Crucially, The Family Firm also contends that the royal household’s media strategy after 1936 helped to restore public confidence in a Crown that was severely shaken by the abdication of King Edward VIII. 04 00 Introduction Part 1: Setting the scene 1. ‘All the world loves a lover’: the 1934 royal wedding of Prince George and Princess Marina 2. ‘A man we understand’: King George V’s radio broadcasts Part 2: The family firm falters 3. ‘This is the day of the people’: the 1937 coronation 4. ‘They’re only figureheads’: the royal family at war Part 3: Royal renaissance 5. ‘A happy queen is a good queen’: the 1947 royal love story 6. ‘This time I was THERE taking part’: the television broadcast of the 1953 coronation Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781909646957_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-family-firm/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20191015 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646988 03 9781909646988 06 15 9781909646940 03 9781909646940 06 15 9781909646957 03 9781909646957 06 15 9781909646964 03 9781909646964 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-family-firm 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-family-firm 20 08 20191015 01 urn:uuid:6b7e38fd-2d81-4985-9555-e985040fe11c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4153371f-f303-486d-ba0c-40aba377b9b1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6b7e38fd-2d81-4985-9555-e985040fe11c 15 9781909646964 03 9781909646964 06 10.14296/1019.9781909646957 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76157 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Family Firm Monarchy, Mass Media and the British Public, 1932-53 1 A01 Edward Owens Edward Owens Dr Edward Owens is lecturer in modern history at the University of Lincoln. He is interested in how innovations in media technologies helped appeal popular sensibilities and the implications these relationships had on conceptions of citizenship and national identity. 01 eng 00 444 03 09 50 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 N 12 BGR 10 BIO014000 93 KNTP2 93 1DDU 10 HIS037070 12 JFD 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 2ACB 12 2AB 93 3MPB 12 3JJ 93 6AG 20 media; press; broadcast; royalty; buckingham palace; strategy; reputation; connection; family 01 06 02 00 The Family Firm</italic> is the first major historical analysis of the way Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new public relations strategy in the period 1932-53. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional 03 00 The Family Firm</italic> presents the first major historical analysis of the transformation of the royal household’s public relations strategy in the period 1932-1953. Beginning with King George V’s first Christmas broadcast, Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new phase in the House of Windsor’s approach to publicity. This book also focuses on audience reception by exploring how British readers, listeners, and viewers made sense of royalty’s new media image. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional connections that members of the public forged with the royals, and that the tightening of these bonds had a unifying effect on national life in the unstable years during and either side of the Second World War. Crucially, The Family Firm also contends that the royal household’s media strategy after 1936 helped to restore public confidence in a Crown that was severely shaken by the abdication of King Edward VIII. 30 00 The Family Firm</italic> presents the first major historical analysis of the transformation of the royal household’s public relations strategy in the period 1932-1953. Beginning with King George V’s first Christmas broadcast, Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new phase in the House of Windsor’s approach to publicity. This book also focuses on audience reception by exploring how British readers, listeners, and viewers made sense of royalty’s new media image. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional connections that members of the public forged with the royals, and that the tightening of these bonds had a unifying effect on national life in the unstable years during and either side of the Second World War. Crucially, The Family Firm also contends that the royal household’s media strategy after 1936 helped to restore public confidence in a Crown that was severely shaken by the abdication of King Edward VIII. 04 00 Introduction Part 1: Setting the scene 1. ‘All the world loves a lover’: the 1934 royal wedding of Prince George and Princess Marina 2. ‘A man we understand’: King George V’s radio broadcasts Part 2: The family firm falters 3. ‘This is the day of the people’: the 1937 coronation 4. ‘They’re only figureheads’: the royal family at war Part 3: Royal renaissance 5. ‘A happy queen is a good queen’: the 1947 royal love story 6. ‘This time I was THERE taking part’: the television broadcast of the 1953 coronation Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781909646957_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-family-firm/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20191015 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646988 03 9781909646988 06 15 9781909646940 03 9781909646940 06 15 9781909646957 03 9781909646957 06 15 9781908590862 03 9781908590862 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-family-firm/ 20 08 20191015 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:47fd4a74-9d20-4a23-9891-10e91980db79 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8e793201-7c65-4b3a-87a3-24bed30dd43c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:47fd4a74-9d20-4a23-9891-10e91980db79 15 9780854572267 03 9780854572267 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53894 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 14 mm 03 1.4 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 361 gr 08 12.75 oz 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 2 01 02 imlr books 01 01 The Fevered Novel from Balzac to Bernanos: Frenetic Catholicism in Crisis, Delirium and Revolution 1 A01 Francesco Manzini Francesco Manzini 01 eng 00 264 03 12 DSB 93 DSB B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ French Studies 10 LIT004150 12 2ADF 93 2ADF 20 French literature; Romanticism; Mystique; Religiosity; Catholic orthodoxy; Realism; Foucault; Health 01 06 02 00 03 00 This book examines a corpus of frenetic novels – by Balzac, Barbey d'Aurevilly, Zola, Huysmans, Bloy and Bernanos – that foreground the motif of fever within a recurring masterplot: a pious young woman, just discovering her sexuality, finds herself torn between two father-figures, a doctor (typically a blood relative, often the biological father) and a priest (the spiritual father). She contracts a disease of uncertain origin, made manifest by a series of fevers that require interpretation in the light of contemporary religious, medical and literary discourses. Manzini traces the motifs of fever and frenzy back to Rousseau, the Gothic novel and Frenetic Romanticism, as well as forward to their recuperation within Surrealism, in order to produce an original history of Frenetic Catholicism in the age of realism.Francesco Manzini is a Junior Research Fellow in French at Oriel College, Oxford, and author of Stendhal's Parallel Lives</italic> (2004). He has also published numerous articles on nineteenth-century French literature. 30 00 This book examines a corpus of frenetic novels – by Balzac, Barbey d'Aurevilly, Zola, Huysmans, Bloy and Bernanos – that foreground the motif of fever within a recurring masterplot: a pious young woman, just discovering her sexuality, finds herself torn between two father-figures, a doctor (typically a blood relative, often the biological father) and a priest (the spiritual father). She contracts a disease of uncertain origin, made manifest by a series of fevers that require interpretation in the light of contemporary religious, medical and literary discourses. Manzini traces the motifs of fever and frenzy back to Rousseau, the Gothic novel and Frenetic Romanticism, as well as forward to their recuperation within Surrealism, in order to produce an original history of Frenetic Catholicism in the age of realism.Francesco Manzini is a Junior Research Fellow in French at Oriel College, Oxford, and author of Stendhal's Parallel Lives</italic> (2004). He has also published numerous articles on nineteenth-century French literature. 04 00 Abbreviations and Textual NotesChronology<ol> <li>Introduction: Frenetic Romanticism</li> <li>Balzac’s Le Livre mystique and Ursule Mirouët</li> <li>Barbey d’Aurevilly’s Un prêtre marié</li> <li>Zola’s La Faute de l’abbé Mouret</li> <li>Huysmans’s En rade and Sainte Lydwine de Schiedam</li> <li>Bloy’s Le Désespéré and La Femme pauvre</li> <li>Bernanos’s Sous le soleil de Satan and Nouvelle Histoire de Mouchette</li> <li>Conclusion: Frenetic Surrealism</li> </ol>Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248178/53894/53894_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-fevered-novel-from-balzac-to-bernanos-frenetic-catholicism-in-crisis-delirium-and-revolution/ London, GB 04 01 20100730 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-fevered-novel-from-balzac-to-bernanos-frenetic-catholicism-in-crisis-delirium-and-revolution/ 20 08 20100730 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d1285c67-0f11-4b79-b96f-6172ebad7d39 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a0c6a244-6e54-46d8-af4d-3795ab2c5946 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d1285c67-0f11-4b79-b96f-6172ebad7d39 15 9781900039598 03 9781900039598 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53748 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 18 mm 03 1.8 cm 03 0.6875 in 08 24 gr 08 0.875 oz 01 01 The Financing of Politics Latin American and European Perspectives 1 B01 Carlos Malamud Carlos Malamud 2 B01 Eduardo Posada-Carbo Eduardo Posada-Carbo 01 eng 12 JPA 93 JPA B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL010000 12 1D 93 1D 12 1KL 93 1KL 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248113/53748/53748_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-financing-of-politics/ London, GB 04 01 20040601 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-financing-of-politics/ 20 08 20040601 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:baa87fe7-c56c-417a-876d-2003186c087a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5a81417c-fcdd-40df-bf89-46ed9f24ae41 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:baa87fe7-c56c-417a-876d-2003186c087a 15 9781912702336 03 9781912702336 06 10.14296/fyax1274 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72408 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy Scotland and Caribbean Slavery, 1775–1838 1 A01 Stephen Mullen Stephen Mullen Dr Stephen Mullen is an historian of slavery and its aftermath in the British Atlantic world, with a particular focus on Scotland and the Caribbean. He is alumnus of the Universities of Strathclyde and Glasgow, completing a PhD at the latter institution in 2015. Since then, he has been a Postdoctoral Researcher and Lecturer in History at the University of Glasgow. His research has focused on the social and economic consequences of Atlantic slavery in a British-Atlantic framework. He was a Postdoctoral Researcher on the Leverhulme project ‘Runaway Slaves in Britain: bondage, freedom and race in the eighteenth century’, and the principal researcher and co-author of the report ‘Slavery, Abolition and the University of Glasgow’ (2018), which led to the sector-leading Reparative Justice strategy. He is currently commissioned by Glasgow City Council to lead an audit of the city of Glasgow’s built heritage and the historic connections with Atlantic slavery. 01 eng 00 340 03 09 25 12 HBTM 10 HIS015090 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTM 12 HBTS 93 NHTS 10 POL011020 93 1DDU-GB-S 10 SOC054000 12 TRLT 12 1DBKS 93 1KJ 10 LAW066000 12 1KJ 93 2ACB 10 HIS037050 12 2AB 93 3ML 10 HIS037060 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 3JF 93 3MNB 12 3JH 10 4.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 6AG 20 economy; sugar; Atlantic trade; Scotland; British Empire; sea merchants 01 06 02 00 This important book is the first to outline Scotland’s colonial past and Glasgow’s direct links with the slave trade through sugar plantations. It traces how significant fortunes and investments made through chattel slavery percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society, and examines, via case studies, the fortunes of temporary Scotti 03 00 This important book assesses the size and nature of Caribbean slavery’s economic impact in British society. The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy, a grouping of West India merchants and planters, became active before the emancipation of chattel slavery in the British West Indies in 1834. Many acquired nationally significant fortunes, and their investments percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society. At its core, the book traces the development of merchant capital and poses several interrelated questions during an era of rapid transformation, namely, what impact the private investments of West India merchants and colonial adventurers had on metropolitan society and the economy, as well as the wider effects of such commerce on industrial and agricultural development.The book also examines the fortunes of temporary Scottish economic migrants who travelled to some of the wealthiest of the Caribbean islands, presenting the first large-scale survey of repatriated slavery fortunes via case studies of Scots in Jamaica, Grenada and Trinidad before emancipation in 1834. It therefore takes a new approach to illuminate the world of individuals who acquired West India fortunes and ultimately explores, in an Atlantic frame, the interconnections between the colonies and metropole in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 30 00 This important book assesses the size and nature of Caribbean slavery’s economic impact in British society. The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy, a grouping of West India merchants and planters, became active before the emancipation of chattel slavery in the British West Indies in 1834. Many acquired nationally significant fortunes, and their investments percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society. At its core, the book traces the development of merchant capital and poses several interrelated questions during an era of rapid transformation, namely, what impact the private investments of West India merchants and colonial adventurers had on metropolitan society and the economy, as well as the wider effects of such commerce on industrial and agricultural development.The book also examines the fortunes of temporary Scottish economic migrants who travelled to some of the wealthiest of the Caribbean islands, presenting the first large-scale survey of repatriated slavery fortunes via case studies of Scots in Jamaica, Grenada and Trinidad before emancipation in 1834. It therefore takes a new approach to illuminate the world of individuals who acquired West India fortunes and ultimately explores, in an Atlantic frame, the interconnections between the colonies and metropole in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 04 00 1. Introduction 2. Emergence 3. Trade and Commerce 4. A Glasgow-West India House 5. ‘Wanted, to serve in the West Indies’ 6. Jamaica 7. Grenada and Carriacou 8. Trinidad 9. Glasgow-West India ‘Spheres of Influence’: Embedding the Profits of Caribbean Slavery 10. Conclusion Appendix Bibliography and Manuscript Sources 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/fyax1274_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-glasgow-sugar-aristocracy/ London, GB 04 01 20221110 Stephen Mullen 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646773 03 9781909646773 06 15 9781909646780 03 9781909646780 06 15 9781908590657 03 9781908590657 06 15 9781909646933 03 9781909646933 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-glasgow-sugar-aristocracy/ 20 08 20221110 02 29.99 GBP WORLD 02 49.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d06d40c4-f4aa-467b-aa72-0751aa3be3c8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5a81417c-fcdd-40df-bf89-46ed9f24ae41 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d06d40c4-f4aa-467b-aa72-0751aa3be3c8 15 9781909646773 03 9781909646773 06 10.14296/fyax1274 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72408 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy Scotland and Caribbean Slavery, 1775–1838 1 A01 Stephen Mullen Stephen Mullen Dr Stephen Mullen is an historian of slavery and its aftermath in the British Atlantic world, with a particular focus on Scotland and the Caribbean. He is alumnus of the Universities of Strathclyde and Glasgow, completing a PhD at the latter institution in 2015. Since then, he has been a Postdoctoral Researcher and Lecturer in History at the University of Glasgow. His research has focused on the social and economic consequences of Atlantic slavery in a British-Atlantic framework. He was a Postdoctoral Researcher on the Leverhulme project ‘Runaway Slaves in Britain: bondage, freedom and race in the eighteenth century’, and the principal researcher and co-author of the report ‘Slavery, Abolition and the University of Glasgow’ (2018), which led to the sector-leading Reparative Justice strategy. He is currently commissioned by Glasgow City Council to lead an audit of the city of Glasgow’s built heritage and the historic connections with Atlantic slavery. 01 eng 00 340 03 09 25 12 HBTM 10 HIS015090 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTM 12 HBTS 93 NHTS 10 POL011020 93 1DDU-GB-S 10 SOC054000 12 TRLT 12 1DBKS 93 1KJ 10 LAW066000 12 1KJ 93 2ACB 10 HIS037050 12 2AB 93 3ML 10 HIS037060 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 3JF 93 3MNB 12 3JH 10 4.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 6AG 20 economy; sugar; Atlantic trade; Scotland; British Empire; sea merchants 01 06 02 00 This important book is the first to outline Scotland’s colonial past and Glasgow’s direct links with the slave trade through sugar plantations. It traces how significant fortunes and investments made through chattel slavery percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society, and examines, via case studies, the fortunes of temporary Scotti 03 00 This important book assesses the size and nature of Caribbean slavery’s economic impact in British society. The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy, a grouping of West India merchants and planters, became active before the emancipation of chattel slavery in the British West Indies in 1834. Many acquired nationally significant fortunes, and their investments percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society. At its core, the book traces the development of merchant capital and poses several interrelated questions during an era of rapid transformation, namely, what impact the private investments of West India merchants and colonial adventurers had on metropolitan society and the economy, as well as the wider effects of such commerce on industrial and agricultural development.The book also examines the fortunes of temporary Scottish economic migrants who travelled to some of the wealthiest of the Caribbean islands, presenting the first large-scale survey of repatriated slavery fortunes via case studies of Scots in Jamaica, Grenada and Trinidad before emancipation in 1834. It therefore takes a new approach to illuminate the world of individuals who acquired West India fortunes and ultimately explores, in an Atlantic frame, the interconnections between the colonies and metropole in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 30 00 This important book assesses the size and nature of Caribbean slavery’s economic impact in British society. The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy, a grouping of West India merchants and planters, became active before the emancipation of chattel slavery in the British West Indies in 1834. Many acquired nationally significant fortunes, and their investments percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society. At its core, the book traces the development of merchant capital and poses several interrelated questions during an era of rapid transformation, namely, what impact the private investments of West India merchants and colonial adventurers had on metropolitan society and the economy, as well as the wider effects of such commerce on industrial and agricultural development.The book also examines the fortunes of temporary Scottish economic migrants who travelled to some of the wealthiest of the Caribbean islands, presenting the first large-scale survey of repatriated slavery fortunes via case studies of Scots in Jamaica, Grenada and Trinidad before emancipation in 1834. It therefore takes a new approach to illuminate the world of individuals who acquired West India fortunes and ultimately explores, in an Atlantic frame, the interconnections between the colonies and metropole in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 04 00 1. Introduction 2. Emergence 3. Trade and Commerce 4. A Glasgow-West India House 5. ‘Wanted, to serve in the West Indies’ 6. Jamaica 7. Grenada and Carriacou 8. Trinidad 9. Glasgow-West India ‘Spheres of Influence’: Embedding the Profits of Caribbean Slavery 10. Conclusion Appendix Bibliography and Manuscript Sources 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/fyax1274_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-glasgow-sugar-aristocracy/ London, GB 04 01 20221110 Stephen Mullen 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702336 03 9781912702336 06 15 9781909646780 03 9781909646780 06 15 9781908590657 03 9781908590657 06 15 9781909646933 03 9781909646933 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-glasgow-sugar-aristocracy/ 20 08 20221110 02 90.00 GBP WORLD 02 120.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ddfd295b-b093-4d3d-ab93-a8b1b3839e32 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5a81417c-fcdd-40df-bf89-46ed9f24ae41 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ddfd295b-b093-4d3d-ab93-a8b1b3839e32 15 9781909646780 03 9781909646780 06 10.14296/fyax1274 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72408 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy Scotland and Caribbean Slavery, 1775–1838 1 A01 Stephen Mullen Stephen Mullen Dr Stephen Mullen is an historian of slavery and its aftermath in the British Atlantic world, with a particular focus on Scotland and the Caribbean. He is alumnus of the Universities of Strathclyde and Glasgow, completing a PhD at the latter institution in 2015. Since then, he has been a Postdoctoral Researcher and Lecturer in History at the University of Glasgow. His research has focused on the social and economic consequences of Atlantic slavery in a British-Atlantic framework. He was a Postdoctoral Researcher on the Leverhulme project ‘Runaway Slaves in Britain: bondage, freedom and race in the eighteenth century’, and the principal researcher and co-author of the report ‘Slavery, Abolition and the University of Glasgow’ (2018), which led to the sector-leading Reparative Justice strategy. He is currently commissioned by Glasgow City Council to lead an audit of the city of Glasgow’s built heritage and the historic connections with Atlantic slavery. 01 eng 00 340 03 09 25 12 HBTM 10 HIS015090 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTM 12 HBTS 93 NHTS 10 POL011020 93 1DDU-GB-S 10 SOC054000 12 TRLT 12 1DBKS 93 1KJ 10 LAW066000 12 1KJ 93 2ACB 10 HIS037050 12 2AB 93 3ML 10 HIS037060 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 3JF 93 3MNB 12 3JH 10 4.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 6AG 20 economy; sugar; Atlantic trade; Scotland; British Empire; sea merchants 01 06 02 00 This important book is the first to outline Scotland’s colonial past and Glasgow’s direct links with the slave trade through sugar plantations. It traces how significant fortunes and investments made through chattel slavery percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society, and examines, via case studies, the fortunes of temporary Scotti 03 00 This important book assesses the size and nature of Caribbean slavery’s economic impact in British society. The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy, a grouping of West India merchants and planters, became active before the emancipation of chattel slavery in the British West Indies in 1834. Many acquired nationally significant fortunes, and their investments percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society. At its core, the book traces the development of merchant capital and poses several interrelated questions during an era of rapid transformation, namely, what impact the private investments of West India merchants and colonial adventurers had on metropolitan society and the economy, as well as the wider effects of such commerce on industrial and agricultural development.The book also examines the fortunes of temporary Scottish economic migrants who travelled to some of the wealthiest of the Caribbean islands, presenting the first large-scale survey of repatriated slavery fortunes via case studies of Scots in Jamaica, Grenada and Trinidad before emancipation in 1834. It therefore takes a new approach to illuminate the world of individuals who acquired West India fortunes and ultimately explores, in an Atlantic frame, the interconnections between the colonies and metropole in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 30 00 This important book assesses the size and nature of Caribbean slavery’s economic impact in British society. The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy, a grouping of West India merchants and planters, became active before the emancipation of chattel slavery in the British West Indies in 1834. Many acquired nationally significant fortunes, and their investments percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society. At its core, the book traces the development of merchant capital and poses several interrelated questions during an era of rapid transformation, namely, what impact the private investments of West India merchants and colonial adventurers had on metropolitan society and the economy, as well as the wider effects of such commerce on industrial and agricultural development.The book also examines the fortunes of temporary Scottish economic migrants who travelled to some of the wealthiest of the Caribbean islands, presenting the first large-scale survey of repatriated slavery fortunes via case studies of Scots in Jamaica, Grenada and Trinidad before emancipation in 1834. It therefore takes a new approach to illuminate the world of individuals who acquired West India fortunes and ultimately explores, in an Atlantic frame, the interconnections between the colonies and metropole in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 04 00 1. Introduction 2. Emergence 3. Trade and Commerce 4. A Glasgow-West India House 5. ‘Wanted, to serve in the West Indies’ 6. Jamaica 7. Grenada and Carriacou 8. Trinidad 9. Glasgow-West India ‘Spheres of Influence’: Embedding the Profits of Caribbean Slavery 10. Conclusion Appendix Bibliography and Manuscript Sources 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/fyax1274_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-glasgow-sugar-aristocracy/ London, GB 04 01 20221110 Stephen Mullen 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702336 03 9781912702336 06 15 9781909646773 03 9781909646773 06 15 9781908590657 03 9781908590657 06 15 9781909646933 03 9781909646933 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/5a81417c-fcdd-40df-bf89-46ed9f24ae41 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/5a81417c-fcdd-40df-bf89-46ed9f24ae41/5a81417c-fcdd-40df-bf89-46ed9f24ae41.pdf 20 08 20221110 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-glasgow-sugar-aristocracy/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646780.pdf 20 08 20221110 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-glasgow-sugar-aristocracy/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/fyax1274.pdf 20 08 20221110 01 urn:uuid:921ecd27-ccb8-4e4b-a457-0a68f4f25a32 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5a81417c-fcdd-40df-bf89-46ed9f24ae41 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:921ecd27-ccb8-4e4b-a457-0a68f4f25a32 15 9781908590657 03 9781908590657 06 10.14296/fyax1274 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72408 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy Scotland and Caribbean Slavery, 1775–1838 1 A01 Stephen Mullen Stephen Mullen Dr Stephen Mullen is an historian of slavery and its aftermath in the British Atlantic world, with a particular focus on Scotland and the Caribbean. He is alumnus of the Universities of Strathclyde and Glasgow, completing a PhD at the latter institution in 2015. Since then, he has been a Postdoctoral Researcher and Lecturer in History at the University of Glasgow. His research has focused on the social and economic consequences of Atlantic slavery in a British-Atlantic framework. He was a Postdoctoral Researcher on the Leverhulme project ‘Runaway Slaves in Britain: bondage, freedom and race in the eighteenth century’, and the principal researcher and co-author of the report ‘Slavery, Abolition and the University of Glasgow’ (2018), which led to the sector-leading Reparative Justice strategy. He is currently commissioned by Glasgow City Council to lead an audit of the city of Glasgow’s built heritage and the historic connections with Atlantic slavery. 01 eng 00 340 03 09 25 12 HBTM 10 HIS015090 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTM 12 HBTS 93 NHTS 10 POL011020 93 1DDU-GB-S 10 SOC054000 12 TRLT 12 1DBKS 93 1KJ 10 LAW066000 12 1KJ 93 2ACB 10 HIS037050 12 2AB 93 3ML 10 HIS037060 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 3JF 93 3MNB 12 3JH 10 4.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 6AG 20 economy; sugar; Atlantic trade; Scotland; British Empire; sea merchants 01 06 02 00 This important book is the first to outline Scotland’s colonial past and Glasgow’s direct links with the slave trade through sugar plantations. It traces how significant fortunes and investments made through chattel slavery percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society, and examines, via case studies, the fortunes of temporary Scotti 03 00 This important book assesses the size and nature of Caribbean slavery’s economic impact in British society. The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy, a grouping of West India merchants and planters, became active before the emancipation of chattel slavery in the British West Indies in 1834. Many acquired nationally significant fortunes, and their investments percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society. At its core, the book traces the development of merchant capital and poses several interrelated questions during an era of rapid transformation, namely, what impact the private investments of West India merchants and colonial adventurers had on metropolitan society and the economy, as well as the wider effects of such commerce on industrial and agricultural development.The book also examines the fortunes of temporary Scottish economic migrants who travelled to some of the wealthiest of the Caribbean islands, presenting the first large-scale survey of repatriated slavery fortunes via case studies of Scots in Jamaica, Grenada and Trinidad before emancipation in 1834. It therefore takes a new approach to illuminate the world of individuals who acquired West India fortunes and ultimately explores, in an Atlantic frame, the interconnections between the colonies and metropole in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 30 00 This important book assesses the size and nature of Caribbean slavery’s economic impact in British society. The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy, a grouping of West India merchants and planters, became active before the emancipation of chattel slavery in the British West Indies in 1834. Many acquired nationally significant fortunes, and their investments percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society. At its core, the book traces the development of merchant capital and poses several interrelated questions during an era of rapid transformation, namely, what impact the private investments of West India merchants and colonial adventurers had on metropolitan society and the economy, as well as the wider effects of such commerce on industrial and agricultural development.The book also examines the fortunes of temporary Scottish economic migrants who travelled to some of the wealthiest of the Caribbean islands, presenting the first large-scale survey of repatriated slavery fortunes via case studies of Scots in Jamaica, Grenada and Trinidad before emancipation in 1834. It therefore takes a new approach to illuminate the world of individuals who acquired West India fortunes and ultimately explores, in an Atlantic frame, the interconnections between the colonies and metropole in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 04 00 1. Introduction 2. Emergence 3. Trade and Commerce 4. A Glasgow-West India House 5. ‘Wanted, to serve in the West Indies’ 6. Jamaica 7. Grenada and Carriacou 8. Trinidad 9. Glasgow-West India ‘Spheres of Influence’: Embedding the Profits of Caribbean Slavery 10. Conclusion Appendix Bibliography and Manuscript Sources 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/fyax1274_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-glasgow-sugar-aristocracy/ London, GB 04 01 20221110 Stephen Mullen 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702336 03 9781912702336 06 15 9781909646773 03 9781909646773 06 15 9781909646780 03 9781909646780 06 15 9781909646933 03 9781909646933 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-glasgow-sugar-aristocracy 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-glasgow-sugar-aristocracy 20 08 20221110 01 urn:uuid:6d3ddf37-e4f2-42aa-9421-becfc521f7de 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5a81417c-fcdd-40df-bf89-46ed9f24ae41 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6d3ddf37-e4f2-42aa-9421-becfc521f7de 15 9781909646933 03 9781909646933 06 10.14296/fyax1274 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72408 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy Scotland and Caribbean Slavery, 1775–1838 1 A01 Stephen Mullen Stephen Mullen Dr Stephen Mullen is an historian of slavery and its aftermath in the British Atlantic world, with a particular focus on Scotland and the Caribbean. He is alumnus of the Universities of Strathclyde and Glasgow, completing a PhD at the latter institution in 2015. Since then, he has been a Postdoctoral Researcher and Lecturer in History at the University of Glasgow. His research has focused on the social and economic consequences of Atlantic slavery in a British-Atlantic framework. He was a Postdoctoral Researcher on the Leverhulme project ‘Runaway Slaves in Britain: bondage, freedom and race in the eighteenth century’, and the principal researcher and co-author of the report ‘Slavery, Abolition and the University of Glasgow’ (2018), which led to the sector-leading Reparative Justice strategy. He is currently commissioned by Glasgow City Council to lead an audit of the city of Glasgow’s built heritage and the historic connections with Atlantic slavery. 01 eng 00 340 03 09 25 12 HBTM 10 HIS015090 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTM 12 HBTS 93 NHTS 10 POL011020 93 1DDU-GB-S 10 SOC054000 12 TRLT 12 1DBKS 93 1KJ 10 LAW066000 12 1KJ 93 2ACB 10 HIS037050 12 2AB 93 3ML 10 HIS037060 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 3JF 93 3MNB 12 3JH 10 4.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 6AG 20 economy; sugar; Atlantic trade; Scotland; British Empire; sea merchants 01 06 02 00 This important book is the first to outline Scotland’s colonial past and Glasgow’s direct links with the slave trade through sugar plantations. It traces how significant fortunes and investments made through chattel slavery percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society, and examines, via case studies, the fortunes of temporary Scotti 03 00 This important book assesses the size and nature of Caribbean slavery’s economic impact in British society. The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy, a grouping of West India merchants and planters, became active before the emancipation of chattel slavery in the British West Indies in 1834. Many acquired nationally significant fortunes, and their investments percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society. At its core, the book traces the development of merchant capital and poses several interrelated questions during an era of rapid transformation, namely, what impact the private investments of West India merchants and colonial adventurers had on metropolitan society and the economy, as well as the wider effects of such commerce on industrial and agricultural development.The book also examines the fortunes of temporary Scottish economic migrants who travelled to some of the wealthiest of the Caribbean islands, presenting the first large-scale survey of repatriated slavery fortunes via case studies of Scots in Jamaica, Grenada and Trinidad before emancipation in 1834. It therefore takes a new approach to illuminate the world of individuals who acquired West India fortunes and ultimately explores, in an Atlantic frame, the interconnections between the colonies and metropole in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 30 00 This important book assesses the size and nature of Caribbean slavery’s economic impact in British society. The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy, a grouping of West India merchants and planters, became active before the emancipation of chattel slavery in the British West Indies in 1834. Many acquired nationally significant fortunes, and their investments percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society. At its core, the book traces the development of merchant capital and poses several interrelated questions during an era of rapid transformation, namely, what impact the private investments of West India merchants and colonial adventurers had on metropolitan society and the economy, as well as the wider effects of such commerce on industrial and agricultural development.The book also examines the fortunes of temporary Scottish economic migrants who travelled to some of the wealthiest of the Caribbean islands, presenting the first large-scale survey of repatriated slavery fortunes via case studies of Scots in Jamaica, Grenada and Trinidad before emancipation in 1834. It therefore takes a new approach to illuminate the world of individuals who acquired West India fortunes and ultimately explores, in an Atlantic frame, the interconnections between the colonies and metropole in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 04 00 1. Introduction 2. Emergence 3. Trade and Commerce 4. A Glasgow-West India House 5. ‘Wanted, to serve in the West Indies’ 6. Jamaica 7. Grenada and Carriacou 8. Trinidad 9. Glasgow-West India ‘Spheres of Influence’: Embedding the Profits of Caribbean Slavery 10. Conclusion Appendix Bibliography and Manuscript Sources 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/fyax1274_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-glasgow-sugar-aristocracy/ London, GB 04 01 20221110 Stephen Mullen 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702336 03 9781912702336 06 15 9781909646773 03 9781909646773 06 15 9781909646780 03 9781909646780 06 15 9781908590657 03 9781908590657 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-glasgow-sugar-aristocracy/ 20 08 20221110 02 5.00 GBP WORLD 02 5.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9271bde0-1b71-4f8c-bdb4-689d0a369f54 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cd7527e7-2862-4e02-8473-cab79fe92e90 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9271bde0-1b71-4f8c-bdb4-689d0a369f54 15 9781905670581 03 9781905670581 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61302 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 71 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Impact of Rome on Cult Places and Religious Practices in Ancient Italy 1 B01 Tesse D. Stek Tesse D. Stek 2 B01 Gert-Jan Burgers Gert-Jan Burgers 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 HBLA 93 NHC 10 REL020000 12 HRKP4 93 QRSL 01 06 02 00 03 00 This publication of the School of Advanced Study of the University of London is one of the outcomes of the Landscapes of Early Roman Colonization project and the Colonial Rural Networks project (NWO, Dr. T.D. Stek). The volume, edited by <a href="http://archaeology.leiden.edu/organisation/staff/stek.html">Tesse Stek</ext-link> and <a href="http://www.let.vu.nl/en/about-the-faculty/academic-staff/staff-listed-alphabetically/staff-a-d/g-j-burgers/index.asp">prof. Gert-Jan Burgers</ext-link> of the Free University Amsterdam, explores the role of religion in early Roman imperialism.The impact of Roman imperialism and expansionism on religious life in the newly incorporated areas has often been regarded as minimal, following the axiom of Roman ‘religious tolerance’. However, literary and epigraphic evidence points at the political and ideological importance of cult sites especially in conflict situations. Moreover, incisive changes in religious practices as well as in the cult sites where these were performed, are documented archaeologically. The causality between Roman expansionism and these trends is much discussed, and the ‘religious Romanization’ of the conquered areas is currently a key debate.This volume explores the development of religious practices and cult places in the areas of Italy that were conquered in the Republican period, and the role of Rome and its colonies in it. Rather than denying Roman impact and intentionality altogether, it assesses the potential influences of Roman expansionism on the sacred landscapes of ancient Italy in wide and variegated terms.The studies brought together in this volume draw on different types of evidence and approaches, reflecting also the diversity of different national and disciplinary traditions and schools of thought that often have remained isolated in current debates. It presents important new evidence from the inland Italic areas, as well as synthetic discussions addressing key scholarly controversies, such as the agency of Roman magistrates and the role of Roman colonization in ritual change and votive practices. By focusing on the dynamic interaction between authorities, local communities and wider trends in Hellenistic societies, the volume opens new perspectives on religious change in Italy and its relationship to the rise of Rome. 30 00 This publication of the School of Advanced Study of the University of London is one of the outcomes of the Landscapes of Early Roman Colonization project and the Colonial Rural Networks project (NWO, Dr. T.D. Stek). The volume, edited by <a href="http://archaeology.leiden.edu/organisation/staff/stek.html">Tesse Stek</ext-link> and <a href="http://www.let.vu.nl/en/about-the-faculty/academic-staff/staff-listed-alphabetically/staff-a-d/g-j-burgers/index.asp">prof. Gert-Jan Burgers</ext-link> of the Free University Amsterdam, explores the role of religion in early Roman imperialism.The impact of Roman imperialism and expansionism on religious life in the newly incorporated areas has often been regarded as minimal, following the axiom of Roman ‘religious tolerance’. However, literary and epigraphic evidence points at the political and ideological importance of cult sites especially in conflict situations. Moreover, incisive changes in religious practices as well as in the cult sites where these were performed, are documented archaeologically. The causality between Roman expansionism and these trends is much discussed, and the ‘religious Romanization’ of the conquered areas is currently a key debate.This volume explores the development of religious practices and cult places in the areas of Italy that were conquered in the Republican period, and the role of Rome and its colonies in it. Rather than denying Roman impact and intentionality altogether, it assesses the potential influences of Roman expansionism on the sacred landscapes of ancient Italy in wide and variegated terms.The studies brought together in this volume draw on different types of evidence and approaches, reflecting also the diversity of different national and disciplinary traditions and schools of thought that often have remained isolated in current debates. It presents important new evidence from the inland Italic areas, as well as synthetic discussions addressing key scholarly controversies, such as the agency of Roman magistrates and the role of Roman colonization in ritual change and votive practices. By focusing on the dynamic interaction between authorities, local communities and wider trends in Hellenistic societies, the volume opens new perspectives on religious change in Italy and its relationship to the rise of Rome. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/274150/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-impact-of-rome-on-cult-places-and-religious-practices-in-ancient-italy/ London, GB 08 01 20150302 13 20240213 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-impact-of-rome-on-cult-places-and-religious-practices-in-ancient-italy/ 41 08 20150302 02 48.00 GBP WORLD 02 60.56 USD WORLD urn:uuid:72ca48ec-5901-4488-b681-493a09480e13 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7dc8b5c6-5832-49ed-9a50-8bbfad72de60 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:72ca48ec-5901-4488-b681-493a09480e13 15 9780854811151 03 9780854811151 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53887 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 01 01 The "Liber Aristotilis" of Hugo of Santalla 1 A01 Hugo of Santalla Hugo of Santalla 2 B01 Charles Burnett Charles Burnett 3 B01 David Pingree David Pingree 01 eng 01 lat 12 DNF 93 DNL B2 History ⇒ Religious History 10 SCI004000 12 HRC 93 QRM 12 VXFA 93 VXFA 01 06 02 00 03 00 This is a Latin translation made in the mid-12th century of a lost Arabic astrological text on nativities and anniversaries, probably by Masha'allah (762-c.815). The Latin text, the work of Hugo of Santalla, who was in the entourage of Michael, Bishop of Tarazona, in 1145, sheds light on the early stage of Arabic astrology in Baghdad, which was based on Greek and Middle Persian sources, and it includes a bibliography of these sources. This work provides English translations of the parallel passages based on Masha'allah's text - the "Book of Nativities" of Sahl b. Bishr. The book concludes with an index of the sources mentioned and a comprehensive word index. 30 00 This is a Latin translation made in the mid-12th century of a lost Arabic astrological text on nativities and anniversaries, probably by Masha'allah (762-c.815). The Latin text, the work of Hugo of Santalla, who was in the entourage of Michael, Bishop of Tarazona, in 1145, sheds light on the early stage of Arabic astrology in Baghdad, which was based on Greek and Middle Persian sources, and it includes a bibliography of these sources. This work provides English translations of the parallel passages based on Masha'allah's text - the "Book of Nativities" of Sahl b. Bishr. The book concludes with an index of the sources mentioned and a comprehensive word index. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250752//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-liber-aristotilis-of-hugo-of-santalla/ London, GB 04 01 19970630 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-liber-aristotilis-of-hugo-of-santalla/ 20 08 19970630 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ebc49019-bc4f-45eb-8d76-6bc202039e10 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4fe83974-86a2-4053-bf5b-2c2fd6183820 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ebc49019-bc4f-45eb-8d76-6bc202039e10 15 9781914477027 03 9781914477027 06 10.14296/202202.9781914477034 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.85162 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Margins of Late Medieval London, 1430-1540 1 A01 Charlotte Berry Charlotte Berry Charlotte Berry is an independent scholar and completed her PhD at the Institute of Historical Research, University of London. She has held teaching and research positions at Bath Spa University, Roehampton University and University College London. She has previously published work on marginality, reputation, sociability and immigration in late medieval society, in publications including The Journal of British Studies and London Journal. 01 eng 00 320 03 09 23 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 12 HBLC 93 JBFC 10 POL002000 12 1DBKESL 93 JBSD 10 SOC045000 12 2AB 10 ARC010000 93 KCVS 12 3H 10 HIS015000 93 RGCU 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 93 1DDU-GB-ESLF 93 2ACB 93 3KLW 93 6AG 20 middle ages; marginality; capital city; poverty; London; London poor; begging; refugees; medieval London; disease; prostitution; sewage; countryside; migrant; migration; workers; labour 01 06 02 00 This book explores the complexity of medieval London’s urban fringe communities. Going beyond London’s institutional structures, it casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It describes how peo 03 00 The Margins of Late Medieval London</italic> is a powerful study of medieval London’s urban fringe. Seeking to unpack the complexity of urban life in the medieval age, this volume offers a detailed and novel approach to understanding London beyond its institutional structures. Using a combination of experimental digital, quantitative and qualitative methodologies, the volume casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It focuses on the dynamism and mobility that shaped city life, integrating the experiences of London’s poor and migrant communities and how they found their place within urban life. It describes how people found themselves marginalized in the city, and the strategies they would employ to mitigate that precarious position. 30 00 The Margins of Late Medieval London</italic> is a powerful study of medieval London’s urban fringe. Seeking to unpack the complexity of urban life in the medieval age, this volume offers a detailed and novel approach to understanding London beyond its institutional structures. Using a combination of experimental digital, quantitative and qualitative methodologies, the volume casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It focuses on the dynamism and mobility that shaped city life, integrating the experiences of London’s poor and migrant communities and how they found their place within urban life. It describes how people found themselves marginalized in the city, and the strategies they would employ to mitigate that precarious position. 04 00 Introduction Chapter One: Landscape and economy Chapter Two: Socio-spatial networks Chapter Three: Mobility Chapter Four: Controlling inclusion and exclusion Chapter Five: Reputation, marginalisation and space Conclusion Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202202.9781914477034_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-margins-of-late-medieval-london-1430-1540/ London, GB 04 01 20220215 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477010 03 9781914477010 06 15 9781914477034 03 9781914477034 06 15 9781911507444 03 9781911507444 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-margins-of-late-medieval-london-1430-1540/ 20 08 20220215 02 25.00 GBP WORLD 02 35.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6880bedd-0481-44c7-bbd9-ce17b2be1e6a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4fe83974-86a2-4053-bf5b-2c2fd6183820 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6880bedd-0481-44c7-bbd9-ce17b2be1e6a 15 9781914477010 03 9781914477010 06 10.14296/202202.9781914477034 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.85162 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Margins of Late Medieval London, 1430-1540 1 A01 Charlotte Berry Charlotte Berry Charlotte Berry is an independent scholar and completed her PhD at the Institute of Historical Research, University of London. She has held teaching and research positions at Bath Spa University, Roehampton University and University College London. She has previously published work on marginality, reputation, sociability and immigration in late medieval society, in publications including The Journal of British Studies and London Journal. 01 eng 00 320 03 09 23 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 12 HBLC 93 JBFC 10 POL002000 12 1DBKESL 93 JBSD 10 SOC045000 12 2AB 10 ARC010000 93 KCVS 12 3H 10 HIS015000 93 RGCU 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 93 1DDU-GB-ESLF 93 2ACB 93 3KLW 93 6AG 20 middle ages; marginality; capital city; poverty; London; London poor; begging; refugees; medieval London; disease; prostitution; sewage; countryside; migrant; migration; workers; labour 01 06 02 00 This book explores the complexity of medieval London’s urban fringe communities. Going beyond London’s institutional structures, it casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It describes how peo 03 00 The Margins of Late Medieval London</italic> is a powerful study of medieval London’s urban fringe. Seeking to unpack the complexity of urban life in the medieval age, this volume offers a detailed and novel approach to understanding London beyond its institutional structures. Using a combination of experimental digital, quantitative and qualitative methodologies, the volume casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It focuses on the dynamism and mobility that shaped city life, integrating the experiences of London’s poor and migrant communities and how they found their place within urban life. It describes how people found themselves marginalized in the city, and the strategies they would employ to mitigate that precarious position. 30 00 The Margins of Late Medieval London</italic> is a powerful study of medieval London’s urban fringe. Seeking to unpack the complexity of urban life in the medieval age, this volume offers a detailed and novel approach to understanding London beyond its institutional structures. Using a combination of experimental digital, quantitative and qualitative methodologies, the volume casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It focuses on the dynamism and mobility that shaped city life, integrating the experiences of London’s poor and migrant communities and how they found their place within urban life. It describes how people found themselves marginalized in the city, and the strategies they would employ to mitigate that precarious position. 04 00 Introduction Chapter One: Landscape and economy Chapter Two: Socio-spatial networks Chapter Three: Mobility Chapter Four: Controlling inclusion and exclusion Chapter Five: Reputation, marginalisation and space Conclusion Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202202.9781914477034_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-margins-of-late-medieval-london-1430-1540/ London, GB 04 01 20220215 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477027 03 9781914477027 06 15 9781914477034 03 9781914477034 06 15 9781911507444 03 9781911507444 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-margins-of-late-medieval-london-1430-1540/ 20 08 20220215 02 40.00 GBP WORLD 02 50.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3dc9c5d7-4c58-4339-8a4f-b7e3b8222235 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4fe83974-86a2-4053-bf5b-2c2fd6183820 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3dc9c5d7-4c58-4339-8a4f-b7e3b8222235 15 9781914477034 03 9781914477034 06 10.14296/202202.9781914477034 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.85162 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Margins of Late Medieval London, 1430-1540 1 A01 Charlotte Berry Charlotte Berry Charlotte Berry is an independent scholar and completed her PhD at the Institute of Historical Research, University of London. She has held teaching and research positions at Bath Spa University, Roehampton University and University College London. She has previously published work on marginality, reputation, sociability and immigration in late medieval society, in publications including The Journal of British Studies and London Journal. 01 eng 00 320 03 09 23 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 12 HBLC 93 JBFC 10 POL002000 12 1DBKESL 93 JBSD 10 SOC045000 12 2AB 10 ARC010000 93 KCVS 12 3H 10 HIS015000 93 RGCU 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 93 1DDU-GB-ESLF 93 2ACB 93 3KLW 93 6AG 20 middle ages; marginality; capital city; poverty; London; London poor; begging; refugees; medieval London; disease; prostitution; sewage; countryside; migrant; migration; workers; labour 01 06 02 00 This book explores the complexity of medieval London’s urban fringe communities. Going beyond London’s institutional structures, it casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It describes how peo 03 00 The Margins of Late Medieval London</italic> is a powerful study of medieval London’s urban fringe. Seeking to unpack the complexity of urban life in the medieval age, this volume offers a detailed and novel approach to understanding London beyond its institutional structures. Using a combination of experimental digital, quantitative and qualitative methodologies, the volume casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It focuses on the dynamism and mobility that shaped city life, integrating the experiences of London’s poor and migrant communities and how they found their place within urban life. It describes how people found themselves marginalized in the city, and the strategies they would employ to mitigate that precarious position. 30 00 The Margins of Late Medieval London</italic> is a powerful study of medieval London’s urban fringe. Seeking to unpack the complexity of urban life in the medieval age, this volume offers a detailed and novel approach to understanding London beyond its institutional structures. Using a combination of experimental digital, quantitative and qualitative methodologies, the volume casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It focuses on the dynamism and mobility that shaped city life, integrating the experiences of London’s poor and migrant communities and how they found their place within urban life. It describes how people found themselves marginalized in the city, and the strategies they would employ to mitigate that precarious position. 04 00 Introduction Chapter One: Landscape and economy Chapter Two: Socio-spatial networks Chapter Three: Mobility Chapter Four: Controlling inclusion and exclusion Chapter Five: Reputation, marginalisation and space Conclusion Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202202.9781914477034_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-margins-of-late-medieval-london-1430-1540/ London, GB 04 01 20220215 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477027 03 9781914477027 06 15 9781914477010 03 9781914477010 06 15 9781911507444 03 9781911507444 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/4fe83974-86a2-4053-bf5b-2c2fd6183820 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/4fe83974-86a2-4053-bf5b-2c2fd6183820/4fe83974-86a2-4053-bf5b-2c2fd6183820.pdf 20 08 20220215 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-margins-of-late-medieval-london-1430-1540/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477034.pdf 20 08 20220215 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-margins-of-late-medieval-london-1430-1540/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202202.9781914477034.pdf 20 08 20220215 01 urn:uuid:c436b6e5-26b3-43aa-b143-f313f3b43bd0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4fe83974-86a2-4053-bf5b-2c2fd6183820 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c436b6e5-26b3-43aa-b143-f313f3b43bd0 15 9781911507444 03 9781911507444 06 10.14296/202202.9781914477034 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.85162 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Margins of Late Medieval London, 1430-1540 1 A01 Charlotte Berry Charlotte Berry Charlotte Berry is an independent scholar and completed her PhD at the Institute of Historical Research, University of London. She has held teaching and research positions at Bath Spa University, Roehampton University and University College London. She has previously published work on marginality, reputation, sociability and immigration in late medieval society, in publications including The Journal of British Studies and London Journal. 01 eng 00 320 03 09 23 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 12 HBLC 93 JBFC 10 POL002000 12 1DBKESL 93 JBSD 10 SOC045000 12 2AB 10 ARC010000 93 KCVS 12 3H 10 HIS015000 93 RGCU 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 93 1DDU-GB-ESLF 93 2ACB 93 3KLW 93 6AG 20 middle ages; marginality; capital city; poverty; London; London poor; begging; refugees; medieval London; disease; prostitution; sewage; countryside; migrant; migration; workers; labour 01 06 02 00 This book explores the complexity of medieval London’s urban fringe communities. Going beyond London’s institutional structures, it casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It describes how peo 03 00 The Margins of Late Medieval London</italic> is a powerful study of medieval London’s urban fringe. Seeking to unpack the complexity of urban life in the medieval age, this volume offers a detailed and novel approach to understanding London beyond its institutional structures. Using a combination of experimental digital, quantitative and qualitative methodologies, the volume casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It focuses on the dynamism and mobility that shaped city life, integrating the experiences of London’s poor and migrant communities and how they found their place within urban life. It describes how people found themselves marginalized in the city, and the strategies they would employ to mitigate that precarious position. 30 00 The Margins of Late Medieval London</italic> is a powerful study of medieval London’s urban fringe. Seeking to unpack the complexity of urban life in the medieval age, this volume offers a detailed and novel approach to understanding London beyond its institutional structures. Using a combination of experimental digital, quantitative and qualitative methodologies, the volume casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It focuses on the dynamism and mobility that shaped city life, integrating the experiences of London’s poor and migrant communities and how they found their place within urban life. It describes how people found themselves marginalized in the city, and the strategies they would employ to mitigate that precarious position. 04 00 Introduction Chapter One: Landscape and economy Chapter Two: Socio-spatial networks Chapter Three: Mobility Chapter Four: Controlling inclusion and exclusion Chapter Five: Reputation, marginalisation and space Conclusion Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202202.9781914477034_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-margins-of-late-medieval-london-1430-1540/ London, GB 04 01 20220215 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477027 03 9781914477027 06 15 9781914477010 03 9781914477010 06 15 9781914477034 03 9781914477034 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-margins-of-late-medieval-london-1430-1540 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-margins-of-late-medieval-london-1430-1540 20 08 20220215 02 40.00 GBP WORLD 02 50.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:740b97b8-14b6-452b-912e-96fd3a83b59d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:29e344b2-6fcf-4aff-8d0e-5e60e245e659 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:740b97b8-14b6-452b-912e-96fd3a83b59d 15 9781908590565 03 9781908590565 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.88967 00 BC 10 01 241 mm 01 24.1 cm 01 9.49 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.73 in 03 14 mm 03 1.4 cm 03 0.55 in 08 626 gr 08 22.1 oz 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 21 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 The Marriage of Philology and Scepticism: Uncertainty and Conjecture in Early Modern Scholarship and Thought 1 B01 Gian Mario Cao Gian Mario Cao 2 B01 Anthony Grafton Anthony Grafton 3 B01 Jill Kraye Jill Kraye Emeritus Professor of Renaissance Philosophy The Warburg Institute, University of London 01 eng 00 256 03 B2 History 12 HPCB 10 PHI037000 93 QDH 12 1DD 93 DB 10 LCO003000 B2 Philosophy 93 1DD 93 2ADL 20 philology; scepticism; philosophy; Seneca; Lucretius; biblical philology; ancient thought; medieval thought 01 06 02 00 This volume addresses the question of uncertainty in early modern scholarship and thought. The eight papers confront an array of problems, texts, scholars and intellectual contexts, from introductory assessments of the nature of Greek scepticism, particularly in its relation to ancient grammar and medieval thought, to in-depth analyses of the 03 00 This volume, containing revised and expanded versions of eight papers originally presented at the workshop The Marriage of Philology and Scepticism: Uncertainty and Conjecture in Early Modern Scholarship and Thought</italic> held at the Warburg Institute in June 2012, addresses the question of uncertainty in early modern scholarship and thought. The eight papers confront an array of problems, texts, scholars and intellectual contexts, from introductory assessments of the nature of Greek scepticism, particularly in its relation to ancient grammar and medieval thought, to in-depth analyses of the semantic family of uncertainty, as well as of the notion of divination; from case studies of the textual transmission, and relevant editorial problems, of Seneca and Lucretius, to explorations of larger debates in the area of biblical philology, with special attention paid to key figures such as Patrick Young, Richard Bentley and Anthony Collins. 30 00 This volume, containing revised and expanded versions of eight papers originally presented at the workshop The Marriage of Philology and Scepticism: Uncertainty and Conjecture in Early Modern Scholarship and Thought</italic> held at the Warburg Institute in June 2012, addresses the question of uncertainty in early modern scholarship and thought. The eight papers confront an array of problems, texts, scholars and intellectual contexts, from introductory assessments of the nature of Greek scepticism, particularly in its relation to ancient grammar and medieval thought, to in-depth analyses of the semantic family of uncertainty, as well as of the notion of divination; from case studies of the textual transmission, and relevant editorial problems, of Seneca and Lucretius, to explorations of larger debates in the area of biblical philology, with special attention paid to key figures such as Patrick Young, Richard Bentley and Anthony Collins. 04 00 ForewordSextus Empiricus, Child of the Marriage of Philology and Scepticisms by Glen MostMedieval Precedents for Sceptical Philology by Jan M. ZiolkowskiThe Other Philology: Resolving Doubts about Textual Meaning in Early Modern Law and Theology by Ian MacleanDivination: Towards the History of a Philological Term by Anthony GraftonCoping with Philological Doubt: Sixteenth-Century Approaches to the Text of Seneca by Jill KrayeCritical Method in Lambinus’s Lucretius: Collation and Interpolation by David ButterfieldPhilology and Scepticism: Early Modern Scholars at Work on the Text of the Bible by Scott MandelbroteFreethinking, New Testament Textual Criticism and Censorship: Anthony Collins, Richard Bentley and the Index librorum prohibitorum by Gian Mario CaoIndex 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/273994/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-marriage-of-philology-and-scepticism-uncertainty-and-conjecture-in-early-modern-scholarship-and-thought/ London, GB 04 01 20191111 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-marriage-of-philology-and-scepticism-uncertainty-and-conjecture-in-early-modern-scholarship-and-thought/ 20 08 20191111 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:65f368b5-27fd-45c6-8eec-bc7e8c9da0c2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a915c32f-b608-4021-9493-1fd12bfb347f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:65f368b5-27fd-45c6-8eec-bc7e8c9da0c2 15 9781905670901 03 9781905670901 06 10.14296/121.9781905670932 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89303 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 9 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Themes in Plato, Aristotle, and Hellenistic Philosophy Keeling Lectures 2011-18 1 B01 Fiona Leigh Fiona Leigh 01 eng 00 262 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 DB 10 PHI002000 93 QDHA 93 3KB 12 HPC 12 3D 20 philosophy; Frege; Stoics; Plato; ethics; Phaedo 01 06 02 00 The present volume collects together papers based on the annual Keeling Memorial Lecture in ancient philosophy given at University College London, over 2011-18 (and one from 2004, previously unpublished). It contains contributions to theoretical as well as practical ancient philosophy, and in some cases, to both. 03 00 The present volume collects together papers based on the annual Keeling Memorial Lecture in ancient philosophy given at University College London, over 2011-18 (and one from 2004, previously unpublished). It contains contributions to theoretical as well as practical ancient philosophy, and in some cases, to both. Susanne Bobzien argues that Frege plagiarised the Stoics in respect of logic, Gail Fine compares uses of doxa</italic> and epistêmê</italic> in the Phaedo</italic> to contemporary notions of belief and knowledge, David Sedley offers a novel interpretation of ‘safe’ causal explanation in the Phaedo</italic>, and Gábor Betegh understands the ingredients of the soul in the Timaeus</italic> as structuring thought and speech. Dorothea Frede presents new considerations against a ‘particularist’ reading of Aristotle’s ethics, Lesley Brown examines the role of agreement in establishing what is just and the correctness of names in Plato, and Gisela Striker gives an analysis of the role of Stoic therapy in the good life. A. A. Long details a new reading of divinity in the Republic</italic> that reveals the Good as the essence of the divine, and Malcolm Schofield explores the tension between unfettered theoretical debate and the demand of determinacy in practical philosophy in Cicero. 30 00 The present volume collects together papers based on the annual Keeling Memorial Lecture in ancient philosophy given at University College London, over 2011-18 (and one from 2004, previously unpublished). It contains contributions to theoretical as well as practical ancient philosophy, and in some cases, to both. Susanne Bobzien argues that Frege plagiarised the Stoics in respect of logic, Gail Fine compares uses of doxa</italic> and epistêmê</italic> in the Phaedo</italic> to contemporary notions of belief and knowledge, David Sedley offers a novel interpretation of ‘safe’ causal explanation in the Phaedo</italic>, and Gábor Betegh understands the ingredients of the soul in the Timaeus</italic> as structuring thought and speech. Dorothea Frede presents new considerations against a ‘particularist’ reading of Aristotle’s ethics, Lesley Brown examines the role of agreement in establishing what is just and the correctness of names in Plato, and Gisela Striker gives an analysis of the role of Stoic therapy in the good life. A. A. Long details a new reading of divinity in the Republic</italic> that reveals the Good as the essence of the divine, and Malcolm Schofield explores the tension between unfettered theoretical debate and the demand of determinacy in practical philosophy in Cicero. 04 00 Introduction, Margaret Hampson and Fiona Leigh1. Lesley Brown, ‘Agreement, Contracts and Promises in Plato’ 2. Gail Fine, ‘Epistêmê and Doxa, Knowledge and Belief, in the Phaedo'3. David Sedley, ‘Socrates’ Second Voyage (Plato, Phaedo 99d-102a)’4. Anthony Long, ‘Politics and Divinity in Plato’s Republic: The Form of the Good’5. Gábor Betegh, ‘The Ingredients of the Soul in Plato’s Timaeus’6. Dorothea Frede, ‘Aristotle on the Importance of Rules, Laws, and Institutions in Ethics’7. Gisela Striker, ‘Mental Health and Moral Health: Moral Progress in Seneca's Letters’8. Malcolm Schofield, ‘Debate or Guidance? Cicero on Philosophy’9. Susanne Bobzien, ‘Frege Plagiarised the Stoics’BibliographyIndex LocorumSubject Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/121.9781905670932_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/themes-in-plato-aristotle-and-hellenistic-philosophy/ London, GB 04 01 20210128 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670932 03 9781905670932 06 15 9781905670949 03 9781905670949 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/themes-in-plato-aristotle-and-hellenistic-philosophy/ 20 08 20210128 02 80.00 GBP WORLD 02 105.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2f946cb7-8a3a-4199-90f6-c6da7273fa36 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a915c32f-b608-4021-9493-1fd12bfb347f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2f946cb7-8a3a-4199-90f6-c6da7273fa36 15 9781905670932 03 9781905670932 06 10.14296/121.9781905670932 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89303 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 9 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Themes in Plato, Aristotle, and Hellenistic Philosophy Keeling Lectures 2011-18 1 B01 Fiona Leigh Fiona Leigh 01 eng 00 262 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 DB 10 PHI002000 93 QDHA 93 3KB 12 HPC 12 3D 20 philosophy; Frege; Stoics; Plato; ethics; Phaedo 01 06 02 00 The present volume collects together papers based on the annual Keeling Memorial Lecture in ancient philosophy given at University College London, over 2011-18 (and one from 2004, previously unpublished). It contains contributions to theoretical as well as practical ancient philosophy, and in some cases, to both. 03 00 The present volume collects together papers based on the annual Keeling Memorial Lecture in ancient philosophy given at University College London, over 2011-18 (and one from 2004, previously unpublished). It contains contributions to theoretical as well as practical ancient philosophy, and in some cases, to both. Susanne Bobzien argues that Frege plagiarised the Stoics in respect of logic, Gail Fine compares uses of doxa</italic> and epistêmê</italic> in the Phaedo</italic> to contemporary notions of belief and knowledge, David Sedley offers a novel interpretation of ‘safe’ causal explanation in the Phaedo</italic>, and Gábor Betegh understands the ingredients of the soul in the Timaeus</italic> as structuring thought and speech. Dorothea Frede presents new considerations against a ‘particularist’ reading of Aristotle’s ethics, Lesley Brown examines the role of agreement in establishing what is just and the correctness of names in Plato, and Gisela Striker gives an analysis of the role of Stoic therapy in the good life. A. A. Long details a new reading of divinity in the Republic</italic> that reveals the Good as the essence of the divine, and Malcolm Schofield explores the tension between unfettered theoretical debate and the demand of determinacy in practical philosophy in Cicero. 30 00 The present volume collects together papers based on the annual Keeling Memorial Lecture in ancient philosophy given at University College London, over 2011-18 (and one from 2004, previously unpublished). It contains contributions to theoretical as well as practical ancient philosophy, and in some cases, to both. Susanne Bobzien argues that Frege plagiarised the Stoics in respect of logic, Gail Fine compares uses of doxa</italic> and epistêmê</italic> in the Phaedo</italic> to contemporary notions of belief and knowledge, David Sedley offers a novel interpretation of ‘safe’ causal explanation in the Phaedo</italic>, and Gábor Betegh understands the ingredients of the soul in the Timaeus</italic> as structuring thought and speech. Dorothea Frede presents new considerations against a ‘particularist’ reading of Aristotle’s ethics, Lesley Brown examines the role of agreement in establishing what is just and the correctness of names in Plato, and Gisela Striker gives an analysis of the role of Stoic therapy in the good life. A. A. Long details a new reading of divinity in the Republic</italic> that reveals the Good as the essence of the divine, and Malcolm Schofield explores the tension between unfettered theoretical debate and the demand of determinacy in practical philosophy in Cicero. 04 00 Introduction, Margaret Hampson and Fiona Leigh1. Lesley Brown, ‘Agreement, Contracts and Promises in Plato’ 2. Gail Fine, ‘Epistêmê and Doxa, Knowledge and Belief, in the Phaedo'3. David Sedley, ‘Socrates’ Second Voyage (Plato, Phaedo 99d-102a)’4. Anthony Long, ‘Politics and Divinity in Plato’s Republic: The Form of the Good’5. Gábor Betegh, ‘The Ingredients of the Soul in Plato’s Timaeus’6. Dorothea Frede, ‘Aristotle on the Importance of Rules, Laws, and Institutions in Ethics’7. Gisela Striker, ‘Mental Health and Moral Health: Moral Progress in Seneca's Letters’8. Malcolm Schofield, ‘Debate or Guidance? Cicero on Philosophy’9. Susanne Bobzien, ‘Frege Plagiarised the Stoics’BibliographyIndex LocorumSubject Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/121.9781905670932_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/themes-in-plato-aristotle-and-hellenistic-philosophy/ London, GB 04 01 20210128 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670901 03 9781905670901 06 15 9781905670949 03 9781905670949 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/a915c32f-b608-4021-9493-1fd12bfb347f 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/a915c32f-b608-4021-9493-1fd12bfb347f/a915c32f-b608-4021-9493-1fd12bfb347f.pdf 20 08 20210128 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/themes-in-plato-aristotle-and-hellenistic-philosophy/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781905670932.pdf 20 08 20210128 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/themes-in-plato-aristotle-and-hellenistic-philosophy/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/121.9781905670932.pdf 20 08 20210128 01 urn:uuid:e5ef6428-fb84-4e1b-b0c6-157083a09723 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a915c32f-b608-4021-9493-1fd12bfb347f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e5ef6428-fb84-4e1b-b0c6-157083a09723 15 9781905670949 03 9781905670949 06 10.14296/121.9781905670932 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89303 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 9 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Themes in Plato, Aristotle, and Hellenistic Philosophy Keeling Lectures 2011-18 1 B01 Fiona Leigh Fiona Leigh 01 eng 00 262 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 DB 10 PHI002000 93 QDHA 93 3KB 12 HPC 12 3D 20 philosophy; Frege; Stoics; Plato; ethics; Phaedo 01 06 02 00 The present volume collects together papers based on the annual Keeling Memorial Lecture in ancient philosophy given at University College London, over 2011-18 (and one from 2004, previously unpublished). It contains contributions to theoretical as well as practical ancient philosophy, and in some cases, to both. 03 00 The present volume collects together papers based on the annual Keeling Memorial Lecture in ancient philosophy given at University College London, over 2011-18 (and one from 2004, previously unpublished). It contains contributions to theoretical as well as practical ancient philosophy, and in some cases, to both. Susanne Bobzien argues that Frege plagiarised the Stoics in respect of logic, Gail Fine compares uses of doxa</italic> and epistêmê</italic> in the Phaedo</italic> to contemporary notions of belief and knowledge, David Sedley offers a novel interpretation of ‘safe’ causal explanation in the Phaedo</italic>, and Gábor Betegh understands the ingredients of the soul in the Timaeus</italic> as structuring thought and speech. Dorothea Frede presents new considerations against a ‘particularist’ reading of Aristotle’s ethics, Lesley Brown examines the role of agreement in establishing what is just and the correctness of names in Plato, and Gisela Striker gives an analysis of the role of Stoic therapy in the good life. A. A. Long details a new reading of divinity in the Republic</italic> that reveals the Good as the essence of the divine, and Malcolm Schofield explores the tension between unfettered theoretical debate and the demand of determinacy in practical philosophy in Cicero. 30 00 The present volume collects together papers based on the annual Keeling Memorial Lecture in ancient philosophy given at University College London, over 2011-18 (and one from 2004, previously unpublished). It contains contributions to theoretical as well as practical ancient philosophy, and in some cases, to both. Susanne Bobzien argues that Frege plagiarised the Stoics in respect of logic, Gail Fine compares uses of doxa</italic> and epistêmê</italic> in the Phaedo</italic> to contemporary notions of belief and knowledge, David Sedley offers a novel interpretation of ‘safe’ causal explanation in the Phaedo</italic>, and Gábor Betegh understands the ingredients of the soul in the Timaeus</italic> as structuring thought and speech. Dorothea Frede presents new considerations against a ‘particularist’ reading of Aristotle’s ethics, Lesley Brown examines the role of agreement in establishing what is just and the correctness of names in Plato, and Gisela Striker gives an analysis of the role of Stoic therapy in the good life. A. A. Long details a new reading of divinity in the Republic</italic> that reveals the Good as the essence of the divine, and Malcolm Schofield explores the tension between unfettered theoretical debate and the demand of determinacy in practical philosophy in Cicero. 04 00 Introduction, Margaret Hampson and Fiona Leigh1. Lesley Brown, ‘Agreement, Contracts and Promises in Plato’ 2. Gail Fine, ‘Epistêmê and Doxa, Knowledge and Belief, in the Phaedo'3. David Sedley, ‘Socrates’ Second Voyage (Plato, Phaedo 99d-102a)’4. Anthony Long, ‘Politics and Divinity in Plato’s Republic: The Form of the Good’5. Gábor Betegh, ‘The Ingredients of the Soul in Plato’s Timaeus’6. Dorothea Frede, ‘Aristotle on the Importance of Rules, Laws, and Institutions in Ethics’7. Gisela Striker, ‘Mental Health and Moral Health: Moral Progress in Seneca's Letters’8. Malcolm Schofield, ‘Debate or Guidance? Cicero on Philosophy’9. Susanne Bobzien, ‘Frege Plagiarised the Stoics’BibliographyIndex LocorumSubject Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/121.9781905670932_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/themes-in-plato-aristotle-and-hellenistic-philosophy/ London, GB 04 01 20210128 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670901 03 9781905670901 06 15 9781905670932 03 9781905670932 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/themes-in-plato-aristotle-and-hellenistic-philosophy/ 20 08 20210128 01 urn:uuid:2c078f67-9de3-4375-bb4d-656b19afce30 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5d3374db-c35a-40e8-824c-8eafd2e49994 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2c078f67-9de3-4375-bb4d-656b19afce30 15 9781914477416 03 9781914477416 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107973 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 80 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Metopes of the Temple of Apollo Epikourios at Bassai New Discoveries and Interpretations 1 A01 Peter Higgs Peter Higgs Curator of Mediterranean Cultures The British Museum Peter John Higgs is a specialist in the cultures of the ancient Mediterranean and has been a curator at the British Museum since 1993 after receiving a degree and doctorate from the University of Liverpool. His interest in ancient Greek sculpture has generated many exhibitions and accompanying catalogues, articles and papers. He has also researched and published on major architectural sculptures, particularly from the Nereid Monument, the Mausoleum at Halikarnassos and the coffers from the temple of Athena Polias at Priene. He is currently working on the sculpture from the later temple of Artemis at Ephesos. The symbiosis between antiquarian archives, the discovery of monuments and ancient sites and the physical remains is of particular interest to the author. Paramount is the challenge and dilemma of how ancient sculpture can be presented to the widest possible audience through different displays, social media and publications both real and digital. 01 eng 09 287 10 ARC005020 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Art and Architecture 12 HDDK 93 NKDS 10 ART015060 12 HDA 93 NKX 93 1QBAG 12 1QDAG 10 HIS002010 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 FOR033000 10 1.7.3.0.0.0.0 93 2AHA 12 2AHA 93 3CT-DE-A 12 3D 93 6AG 20 archaeology; Ancient Greek; ruins; ancient religion 01 06 02 00 This major book brings together for the first time all of the fragments of sculpture which formed the metopes from the Temple of Apollo at Bassai, including recent discoveries. The body of the book is made up of a catalogue of all fragments from the metopes, followed by a series of early drawings and artistic interpretations. Alongside this, 03 00 This major book brings together for the first time all of the fragments of sculpture which formed the metopes from the Temple of Apollo at Bassai. Recent research by the author and colleagues has yielded fresh discoveries in the British Museum, Athens and at the ancient site itself. Further sculptural fragments have been added to this marble jigsaw puzzle, making new joins possible and connections viable, which has greatly enhanced knowledge about the appearance and subject matter of the metopes from this famous temple. The interior frieze of the temple is much better known among scholars and the general public, but the metopes have been neglected with only one full publication including an analysis of the fragments of sculpture as part of a broader text. <break/><break/>The first section of the book deals with the discovery of the temple, previous scholarship, and introduces some significant and exciting new archival material never published before. The body of the book is made up of a catalogue of all fragments from the metopes, followed by a series of early drawings and artistic interpretations. The final part discusses possible subject matter, placing the sculptures into a wider artistic, cultural and social context. The book is illustrated extensively with new photographs of all the sculptures, early drawings and original reconstruction drawings. 30 00 This major book brings together for the first time all of the fragments of sculpture which formed the metopes from the Temple of Apollo at Bassai. Recent research by the author and colleagues has yielded fresh discoveries in the British Museum, Athens and at the ancient site itself. Further sculptural fragments have been added to this marble jigsaw puzzle, making new joins possible and connections viable, which has greatly enhanced knowledge about the appearance and subject matter of the metopes from this famous temple. The interior frieze of the temple is much better known among scholars and the general public, but the metopes have been neglected with only one full publication including an analysis of the fragments of sculpture as part of a broader text. <break/><break/>The first section of the book deals with the discovery of the temple, previous scholarship, and introduces some significant and exciting new archival material never published before. The body of the book is made up of a catalogue of all fragments from the metopes, followed by a series of early drawings and artistic interpretations. The final part discusses possible subject matter, placing the sculptures into a wider artistic, cultural and social context. The book is illustrated extensively with new photographs of all the sculptures, early drawings and original reconstruction drawings. 04 00 Method summary Introduction Part I The discovery of the sculptures from the temple and early publications Part II Previous scholarship on the composition and subject matter of the metopes the late nineteenth century to the present day Part III Catalogue of sculpture fragments and drawings of the metopes Part IV Interpretation and evaluation Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/302433/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-metopes-of-the-temple-of-apollo-epikourios-at-bassai/ London, GB 04 01 20220614 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-metopes-of-the-temple-of-apollo-epikourios-at-bassai/ 20 08 20220614 02 100.00 GBP WORLD 02 141.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:307c1561-4899-4fd1-8779-be958e203d19 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ba05e5e5-dece-401d-a885-49854d17ca0d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:307c1561-4899-4fd1-8779-be958e203d19 15 9781905670857 03 9781905670857 06 10.14296/1217.9781905670857 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72942 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Mycenaean Seminar 2015-16 1 B01 Greg Woolf Greg Woolf 01 eng 00 16 03 B2 AG 12 HBLA1 10 HIS002010 93 NKD 12 1DVG 93 1DXG-GR-PRM 20 Aegean; ancient Greece; ancient culture; Mediterranean; history 01 06 02 00 This annual publication contains summaries of the Mycenaean Seminar convened by the Institute of Classical Studies in the period 2015-2016. Taken together, the summaries provide a rich resource for Aegean Prehistory, and often provide the only citable instance of new research projects, until their fuller publication becomes possible. 03 00 This annual publication contains summaries of the Mycenaean Seminar convened by the Institute of Classical Studies. The seminar series has been running since the 1950s, when it focused largely on the exciting new research enabled by the decipherment of Linear B. The series has now evolved to cover Aegean Prehistory in general, and is well known among subject specialists throughout the world. Taken together, the summaries provide a rich resource for Aegean Prehistory, and often provide the only citable instance of new research projects, until their fuller publication becomes possible.<break/><break/>The summaries of the seminars have been published as part of BICS since 1963. Starting with this volume, the 2015–16 series, the Mycenaean summaries will be published separately online, retaining their original character and their close connection with BICS, and becoming far more widely available as Open Access publications via the Humanities Digital Library. 30 00 This annual publication contains summaries of the Mycenaean Seminar convened by the Institute of Classical Studies. The seminar series has been running since the 1950s, when it focused largely on the exciting new research enabled by the decipherment of Linear B. The series has now evolved to cover Aegean Prehistory in general, and is well known among subject specialists throughout the world. Taken together, the summaries provide a rich resource for Aegean Prehistory, and often provide the only citable instance of new research projects, until their fuller publication becomes possible.<break/><break/>The summaries of the seminars have been published as part of BICS since 1963. Starting with this volume, the 2015–16 series, the Mycenaean summaries will be published separately online, retaining their original character and their close connection with BICS, and becoming far more widely available as Open Access publications via the Humanities Digital Library. 04 00 Francesco Iacono Beyond those sherds. ‘Aegean’ interaction and central Mediterranean societies in the Middle and Late Bronze age Vassilis Aravantinos New discoveries at Mycenaean Thebes James C. Wright Iconography and agency in the Mycenaean era Peter Tomkins Making p(a)laces, marking differences: the ‘Prepalatial’ origins of the Minoan Palaces (3600–2000 bc) Dimitri Nakassis ‘Digital Nestor’: Aegean scripts in the twenty-first century Birgitta Eder Rise and fall of an early Mycenaean site: Kakovatos in Triphylia Georgia Flouda Digging up the past: the Minoan site of Apesokari in the Mesara 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1217.9781905670857_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-mycenaean-seminar-2015-16/ London, GB 08 01 20180112 13 20240425 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-mycenaean-seminar-2015-16/ 41 08 20180112 01 urn:uuid:d8aafdf3-9cc5-4bb3-8624-0206c65aa691 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:057b84fd-8cad-4026-92ab-5d3d23b2b674 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d8aafdf3-9cc5-4bb3-8624-0206c65aa691 15 9780992725716 03 9780992725716 06 10.14296/518.9780992725716 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.77590 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Narrators in 'Macbeth' 1 A01 Barbara Hardy Barbara Hardy 01 eng 00 33 03 12 DSG 93 DSG 10 LIT013000 B2 Literary Studies 10 DRA010000 12 DSBD 93 DSBD 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037040 12 3JD 93 3MG 93 5PX-GB-S 20 narrative; Shakespeare; storytelling; play; Macbeth; literature 01 06 02 00 In this lecture, Barbara Hardy explores the role of the unreliable narrator in Shakespeare’s play, Macbeth. She describes how he interweaves absence and presence of narrative, sometimes multiplying it, to bring together a complex overarching tale. This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London 03 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1986.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 30 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1986.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/518.9780992725716_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-narrators-in-macbeth/ London, GB 04 01 20180523 02 WORLD WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/057b84fd-8cad-4026-92ab-5d3d23b2b674 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/057b84fd-8cad-4026-92ab-5d3d23b2b674/057b84fd-8cad-4026-92ab-5d3d23b2b674.pdf 20 08 20180523 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-narrators-in-macbeth/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9780992725716.pdf 20 08 20180523 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-narrators-in-macbeth/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/518.9780992725716.pdf 20 08 20180523 01 urn:uuid:5274f47c-b790-4f67-93fa-bd4964b52fb7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:84e82a95-7437-471b-8696-f51cb6011c4f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5274f47c-b790-4f67-93fa-bd4964b52fb7 15 9781908857187 03 9781908857187 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55214 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in 01 01 The new refugees: crime and forced displacement in Latin America 1 B01 David James Cantor David James Cantor 2 B01 Nicolás Rodríguez Serna Nicolás Rodríguez Serna 01 eng 02 spa 00 162 03 09 15 93 JKV 12 JKVM B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC004000 93 1KLS 12 1KLS 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 3JM 93 3MRBF 20 crime; drug trafficking; forced displacement; gangs; refugees 01 06 02 00 03 00 In Latin America, recent years have seen an unprecedented rise in the number of people forced to flee from their homes due to the activities of organised criminal groups. What are the reasons behind this emerging crisis of forced displacement in the Americas? Who are these criminal groups and how do they operate in Central America, Mexico and Colombia? Who are the victims and how can their needs be met in these violent and insecure contexts? Can law and policy offer a humanitarian response to this crisis? As the first book to deal with this rapidly evolving phenomenon, this innovative collection offers a range of fresh perspectives from leading experts working across Latin America. 30 00 In Latin America, recent years have seen an unprecedented rise in the number of people forced to flee from their homes due to the activities of organised criminal groups. What are the reasons behind this emerging crisis of forced displacement in the Americas? Who are these criminal groups and how do they operate in Central America, Mexico and Colombia? Who are the victims and how can their needs be met in these violent and insecure contexts? Can law and policy offer a humanitarian response to this crisis? As the first book to deal with this rapidly evolving phenomenon, this innovative collection offers a range of fresh perspectives from leading experts working across Latin America. 04 00 Introduction: Crime and forced displacement in Latin America David James Cantor and Nicolás Rodríguez Serna 1. The evolution of crime and violence in Latin America and the Caribbean Steven Dudley 2. Gangs in Central America’s Northern Triangle: narratives and journeys Ámparo Marroquín Parducci 3. Gang violence as a cause of forced migration in the Northern Triangle of Central America David James Cantor 4. Internal displacement in Mexico: the debate on concepts, statistics and State responsibility Laura Rubio Díaz Leal 5. Post-demobilisation groups and forced displacement in Colombia: a quantitative approach Gabriel Rojas Andrade 6. A silenced exodus: intra-urban displacement in Medellín Beatriz Eugenia Sánchez Mojica 7. The displaced as victims of organised crime: Mexico and Colombia compared Nicolás Rodríguez Serna and Jean-François Durieux 8. Persecution, politics and protection in the United States: finding refuge from organised crime in the Americas Sarnata Reynolds International protection of persons displaced by organised crime: Latin American legal and policy frameworks David James Cantor 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248605//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-new-refugees-crime-and-forced-displacement-in-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20161101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-new-refugees-crime-and-forced-displacement-in-latin-america/ 20 08 20161101 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0dbf4df1-f800-4d2e-8ac6-1f03dddc19d5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bde8d1a6-db80-49a3-9dda-a3727ce18afe 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0dbf4df1-f800-4d2e-8ac6-1f03dddc19d5 15 9780956954602 03 9780956954602 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56467 00 BC 10 01 01 The Non-Independent Territories of the Caribbean and Pacific: Continuity or Change? 1 B01 Peter Clegg Peter Clegg 2 B01 David Killingray David Killingray 01 eng 00 226 03 09 8 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 HBTR 93 NHTR 20 Caribbean Studies; International Relations; Decolonisation; UK Overseas Territories; EU Overseas Countries; Non-independent countries 01 06 02 00 03 00 By the end of the 20th century the once great modern European empires had gone – well, almost! Today, scattered around the world, there are small territories, remnants of empire that for one reason and another have eschewed independence and retain links of various kinds with the former imperial power. This edited collection focuses primarily on those territories in the Caribbean and Pacific which retain these ties. The issues affecting them such as constitutional reform, the maintenance of good governance, economic development, and the risks of economic vulnerability are important concerns for all territories both independent and non-independent. However, the ways in which these issues are addressed are somewhat different in small sub-national jurisdictions because of the particular regimes in place and the tensions inherent between the territories and their respective metropoles. The book brings together academics, policy-makers, constitutional lawyers, and civil servants to provide an insight into the complexities, contradictions, challenges and opportunities that help to define the non-independent territories of the Caribbean and Pacific, and their long-standing but sometimes awkward ties with their metropolitan powers. 30 00 By the end of the 20th century the once great modern European empires had gone – well, almost! Today, scattered around the world, there are small territories, remnants of empire that for one reason and another have eschewed independence and retain links of various kinds with the former imperial power. This edited collection focuses primarily on those territories in the Caribbean and Pacific which retain these ties. The issues affecting them such as constitutional reform, the maintenance of good governance, economic development, and the risks of economic vulnerability are important concerns for all territories both independent and non-independent. However, the ways in which these issues are addressed are somewhat different in small sub-national jurisdictions because of the particular regimes in place and the tensions inherent between the territories and their respective metropoles. The book brings together academics, policy-makers, constitutional lawyers, and civil servants to provide an insight into the complexities, contradictions, challenges and opportunities that help to define the non-independent territories of the Caribbean and Pacific, and their long-standing but sometimes awkward ties with their metropolitan powers. 04 00 ContentsMap of the CaribbeanMap of the PacificIntroduction1 British decolonisation and the smaller territories: the origins of the UK Overseas TerritoriesDavid Killingray2 The UK Overseas Territories: a decade of progress and prosperity?Peter Clegg and Peter Gold3 The UK Coalition Government’s policy towards the UK Overseas TerritoriesIan Bailey4 Recent constitutional developments in the UK Overseas TerritoriesIan Hendry5 Reformation of the Kingdom of the Netherlands: what are the stakes?Lammert de Jong and Ron van der Veer6 The French Overseas Territories in transitionNathalie Mrgudovic7 The European Union and its Overseas Countries and Territories: the search for a new relationshipPaul Sutton8 Looking for Plan B: what next for island hosts of offshore finance?Mark P. Hampton and John Christensen9 Contingent liability or moral hazard after the global financial crisis: Cayman, Westminster and global financeWilliam Vlcek10 Self-governance deficits in Caribbean non-independent countriesCarlyle CorbinAfterwordIndex 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250050//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-non-independent-territories-of-the-caribbean-and-pacific-continuity-or-change/ London, GB 04 01 20120601 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-non-independent-territories-of-the-caribbean-and-pacific-continuity-or-change/ 20 08 20120601 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:78a3d158-db79-40a2-a9fa-ed2f1a65436c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6682635d-348c-44be-9922-fffcdf96fa98 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:78a3d158-db79-40a2-a9fa-ed2f1a65436c 15 9781908590589 03 9781908590589 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107975 00 BB 10 01 241 mm 01 24.1 cm 01 9.5 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 01 01 The Optics of Ibn al-Haytham Books IV–V On Reflection and Images Seen by Reflection 1 A01 Abdelhamid I. Sabra Abdelhamid I. Sabra Abdelhamid I. Sabra was Professor of History of Science at Harvard University, USA. 2 A32 Jan P. Hogendijk Jan P. Hogendijk Jan Hogendijk is a mathematician and historian of science. His research interests include the history of mathematics and its applications in medieval Islamic civilization and Greek antiquity. He was Professor of History of Mathematics at the University of Utrecht, Netherlands. 01 eng 00 358 03 09 49 10 HIS026000 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 12 JFC 10 SCI053000 10 LCO010000 20 optics; perspective; eye; Ibn al-Haytham; Arabic science; mathematics; Islamic; physicist; medieval 01 06 02 00 The Optics </italic>by Ibn al-Haytham, perhaps the greatest mathematician and physicist of the medieval Arabic/Islamic world, set the scene for the entire development of the science of optics both within the Islamicate realm and subsequently in the Western world. This new English translation of Books IV–V, which is a study of reflection an 03 00 Ibn al-Haytham (c.965–c.1040) is perhaps the greatest mathematician and physicist of the medieval Arabic/Islamic world. His reputation is based not only on the vast amount of material he was able to process, but also on his rigorous scientific methodology. The most famous book in which he applies his scientific method is his Optics </italic>(in Arabic: Kitāb al-manāẓir</italic>) in which he deals with both the mathematics of rays of light and the physical aspects of the eye in seven comprehensive books. His reinstatement of the entire science of optics sets the scene for the whole of the subsequent development of the subject, both within the Islamicate realm and, through a twelfth–thirteenth-century translation, in the Western world, influencing figures such as William of Ockham, Kepler, Descartes, and Christaan Huygens.The immense work of editing, translating into English, and commenting on this work was undertaken by Abdelhamid I. Sabra. This English translation of Books IV–V – a study of reflection and refraction of light and of vision produced by reflected and refracted rays – was completed by Sabra with an introduction and critical analysis before his death in 2013, and has been prepared for publication by Jan Hogendijk. 30 00 Ibn al-Haytham (c.965–c.1040) is perhaps the greatest mathematician and physicist of the medieval Arabic/Islamic world. His reputation is based not only on the vast amount of material he was able to process, but also on his rigorous scientific methodology. The most famous book in which he applies his scientific method is his Optics </italic>(in Arabic: Kitāb al-manāẓir</italic>) in which he deals with both the mathematics of rays of light and the physical aspects of the eye in seven comprehensive books. His reinstatement of the entire science of optics sets the scene for the whole of the subsequent development of the subject, both within the Islamicate realm and, through a twelfth–thirteenth-century translation, in the Western world, influencing figures such as William of Ockham, Kepler, Descartes, and Christaan Huygens.The immense work of editing, translating into English, and commenting on this work was undertaken by Abdelhamid I. Sabra. This English translation of Books IV–V – a study of reflection and refraction of light and of vision produced by reflected and refracted rays – was completed by Sabra with an introduction and critical analysis before his death in 2013, and has been prepared for publication by Jan Hogendijk. 04 00 IntroductionEnglish translation of Optics Book IVEnglish translation of Optics Book VAnalytical Index: Books IV and VArabic-English GlossaryConcordance between (the English translations of) the Arabic and medieval Latin versions of Books IV and V of the OpticsTable of Sources of the Geometrical Diagrams in Book VErrata to the Arabic edition of Books IV and V 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/332706/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-optics-of-ibn-al-haytham-books-iv-v/ London, GB 04 01 20230711 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-optics-of-ibn-al-haytham-books-iv-v/ 20 08 20230711 02 90.00 GBP WORLD 02 120.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f177e712-e4e0-4a23-9223-f80633320eeb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c912f8ee-5288-4969-8eb4-5701e7d137de 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f177e712-e4e0-4a23-9223-f80633320eeb 15 9781900039352 03 9781900039352 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53767 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 08 142 gr 08 5.125 oz 01 01 The Pinochet Case 1 A01 Madeleine Davis Madeleine Davis 01 eng 12 JPWQ 93 JPWQ B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL011000 12 HBTV 93 JPVR 12 JPVR 93 LB 12 LB 93 NHTV 12 1KLSH 93 1KLSH 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248167/53767/53767_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-pinochet-case/ London, GB 04 01 20001130 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-pinochet-case/ 20 08 20001130 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4fd225ee-3844-4f02-a3dd-c252cb023521 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:93ea4cf2-dbc0-4c96-ab96-35f617d5a3ff 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4fd225ee-3844-4f02-a3dd-c252cb023521 15 9781900039529 03 9781900039529 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53784 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 19 mm 03 1.9 cm 03 0.75 in 08 24 gr 08 0.875 oz 01 01 The Pinochet Case Origins, Progress and Implications 1 B01 Madeleine Davis Madeleine Davis 01 eng 12 JPHL 93 JPHL B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL011000 12 LB 93 LB 12 1KLSH 93 1KLSH 01 06 02 00 Senator Augusto Pinochet was arrested in 1998 in London on the orders of a Spanish judge seeking his extradition for human rights crimes. Here, political scientists and lawyers analyse the political and historical context of the case and its progress through the courts in the UK and Chile. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248157/53784/53784_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-pinochet-case-2/ London, GB 04 01 20030201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-pinochet-case-2/ 20 08 20030201 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:120713a2-595e-4999-8bc3-865fb79cb785 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4608b634-7f41-4a5c-a670-6ae203b78b1b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:120713a2-595e-4999-8bc3-865fb79cb785 15 9781914477300 03 9781914477300 06 10.14296/sner2422 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107982 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Poets Laureate of the Long Eighteenth Century, 1668–1813 Courting the Public 1 A01 Leo Shipp Leo Shipp Leo Shipp is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Galway, working on Professor David O'Shaughnessy's ERC-funded project, 'Theatronomics: The Business of Theatres, 1732-1809', researching the finances of eighteenth-century Drury Lane and Covent Garden. He teaches on the early modern period and the long eighteenth century in University of Galway's History department. 01 eng 00 232 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 DSC 12 DSC 10 LAN005070 20 poet laureate; eighteenth century; court; culture; spatiality; poetry; public reception 01 06 02 00 In the eighteenth century the office of the poet laureate of Britain and the British court were evolving and entwined with one another. This book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works they produced before and after their appointments. Taking an interdiscip 03 00 The office of the poet laureate of Britain was a highly prominent, relevant and respectable institution throughout the long eighteenth century. First instituted for John Dryden in 1668, the laureateship developed from an honorific into a functionary office with a settled position in court (c.1689–1715), and was bestowed upon Robert Southey in 1813, whose tenure eventually transformed the office. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works produced by the laureates before and after their appointments. It argues that the laureateship played a key part in some of the most vital trends in eighteenth-century culture.The conclusion is arrived at by employing a new research paradigm that it calls the conceptual geography of culture. It shows that Britons routinely used spatial concepts to understand culture throughout the period, which became increasingly abstract over time. As part of this, the court evolved from a concrete space in London to an abstract space capable of hosting the entire British public. The laureateship was a dynamic office positioned at the interface of court and public, evolving in line with its audiences. An important intervention in eighteenth-century historiography, this book presents a nuanced understanding of eighteenth-century culture and society, in which the laureateship exemplified the enduring centrality of the court to the British conceptual geography of culture. 30 00 The office of the poet laureate of Britain was a highly prominent, relevant and respectable institution throughout the long eighteenth century. First instituted for John Dryden in 1668, the laureateship developed from an honorific into a functionary office with a settled position in court (c.1689–1715), and was bestowed upon Robert Southey in 1813, whose tenure eventually transformed the office. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works produced by the laureates before and after their appointments. It argues that the laureateship played a key part in some of the most vital trends in eighteenth-century culture.The conclusion is arrived at by employing a new research paradigm that it calls the conceptual geography of culture. It shows that Britons routinely used spatial concepts to understand culture throughout the period, which became increasingly abstract over time. As part of this, the court evolved from a concrete space in London to an abstract space capable of hosting the entire British public. The laureateship was a dynamic office positioned at the interface of court and public, evolving in line with its audiences. An important intervention in eighteenth-century historiography, this book presents a nuanced understanding of eighteenth-century culture and society, in which the laureateship exemplified the enduring centrality of the court to the British conceptual geography of culture. 04 00 Introduction. 1. Patronage Asserted: The Formation of the Laureateship, 1668–1715 2. Loyalty Marketed: The Works of the Early Hanoverian Laureates, c.1700–1730 3. Merit Rewarded: The Hanoverian Appointments, 1715–1813 4. Parnassus Reported: The Public Laureate, c.1757–1813 5. “But Odes of S----- almost choakt the way”: Laureate Writings of the Long Eighteenth Century Conclusion. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/sner2422_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-poets-laureate-of-the-long-eighteenth-century-1668-1813/ London, GB 04 01 20220831 Leo Shipp 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477294 03 9781914477294 06 15 9781914477324 03 9781914477324 06 15 9781913002091 03 9781913002091 06 15 9781914477331 03 9781914477331 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-poets-laureate-of-the-long-eighteenth-century-1668-1813/ 20 08 20220831 02 24.99 GBP WORLD 02 34.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:68f806e4-0375-4148-9d3e-f316e7d67a79 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4608b634-7f41-4a5c-a670-6ae203b78b1b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:68f806e4-0375-4148-9d3e-f316e7d67a79 15 9781914477294 03 9781914477294 06 10.14296/sner2422 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107982 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Poets Laureate of the Long Eighteenth Century, 1668–1813 Courting the Public 1 A01 Leo Shipp Leo Shipp Leo Shipp is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Galway, working on Professor David O'Shaughnessy's ERC-funded project, 'Theatronomics: The Business of Theatres, 1732-1809', researching the finances of eighteenth-century Drury Lane and Covent Garden. He teaches on the early modern period and the long eighteenth century in University of Galway's History department. 01 eng 00 232 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 DSC 12 DSC 10 LAN005070 20 poet laureate; eighteenth century; court; culture; spatiality; poetry; public reception 01 06 02 00 In the eighteenth century the office of the poet laureate of Britain and the British court were evolving and entwined with one another. This book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works they produced before and after their appointments. Taking an interdiscip 03 00 The office of the poet laureate of Britain was a highly prominent, relevant and respectable institution throughout the long eighteenth century. First instituted for John Dryden in 1668, the laureateship developed from an honorific into a functionary office with a settled position in court (c.1689–1715), and was bestowed upon Robert Southey in 1813, whose tenure eventually transformed the office. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works produced by the laureates before and after their appointments. It argues that the laureateship played a key part in some of the most vital trends in eighteenth-century culture.The conclusion is arrived at by employing a new research paradigm that it calls the conceptual geography of culture. It shows that Britons routinely used spatial concepts to understand culture throughout the period, which became increasingly abstract over time. As part of this, the court evolved from a concrete space in London to an abstract space capable of hosting the entire British public. The laureateship was a dynamic office positioned at the interface of court and public, evolving in line with its audiences. An important intervention in eighteenth-century historiography, this book presents a nuanced understanding of eighteenth-century culture and society, in which the laureateship exemplified the enduring centrality of the court to the British conceptual geography of culture. 30 00 The office of the poet laureate of Britain was a highly prominent, relevant and respectable institution throughout the long eighteenth century. First instituted for John Dryden in 1668, the laureateship developed from an honorific into a functionary office with a settled position in court (c.1689–1715), and was bestowed upon Robert Southey in 1813, whose tenure eventually transformed the office. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works produced by the laureates before and after their appointments. It argues that the laureateship played a key part in some of the most vital trends in eighteenth-century culture.The conclusion is arrived at by employing a new research paradigm that it calls the conceptual geography of culture. It shows that Britons routinely used spatial concepts to understand culture throughout the period, which became increasingly abstract over time. As part of this, the court evolved from a concrete space in London to an abstract space capable of hosting the entire British public. The laureateship was a dynamic office positioned at the interface of court and public, evolving in line with its audiences. An important intervention in eighteenth-century historiography, this book presents a nuanced understanding of eighteenth-century culture and society, in which the laureateship exemplified the enduring centrality of the court to the British conceptual geography of culture. 04 00 Introduction. 1. Patronage Asserted: The Formation of the Laureateship, 1668–1715 2. Loyalty Marketed: The Works of the Early Hanoverian Laureates, c.1700–1730 3. Merit Rewarded: The Hanoverian Appointments, 1715–1813 4. Parnassus Reported: The Public Laureate, c.1757–1813 5. “But Odes of S----- almost choakt the way”: Laureate Writings of the Long Eighteenth Century Conclusion. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/sner2422_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-poets-laureate-of-the-long-eighteenth-century-1668-1813/ London, GB 04 01 20220831 Leo Shipp 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477300 03 9781914477300 06 15 9781914477324 03 9781914477324 06 15 9781913002091 03 9781913002091 06 15 9781914477331 03 9781914477331 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-poets-laureate-of-the-long-eighteenth-century-1668-1813/ 20 08 20220831 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:94426f4d-b40f-4f9a-adc5-e232121344c4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4608b634-7f41-4a5c-a670-6ae203b78b1b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:94426f4d-b40f-4f9a-adc5-e232121344c4 15 9781914477324 03 9781914477324 06 10.14296/sner2422 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107982 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Poets Laureate of the Long Eighteenth Century, 1668–1813 Courting the Public 1 A01 Leo Shipp Leo Shipp Leo Shipp is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Galway, working on Professor David O'Shaughnessy's ERC-funded project, 'Theatronomics: The Business of Theatres, 1732-1809', researching the finances of eighteenth-century Drury Lane and Covent Garden. He teaches on the early modern period and the long eighteenth century in University of Galway's History department. 01 eng 00 232 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 DSC 12 DSC 10 LAN005070 20 poet laureate; eighteenth century; court; culture; spatiality; poetry; public reception 01 06 02 00 In the eighteenth century the office of the poet laureate of Britain and the British court were evolving and entwined with one another. This book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works they produced before and after their appointments. Taking an interdiscip 03 00 The office of the poet laureate of Britain was a highly prominent, relevant and respectable institution throughout the long eighteenth century. First instituted for John Dryden in 1668, the laureateship developed from an honorific into a functionary office with a settled position in court (c.1689–1715), and was bestowed upon Robert Southey in 1813, whose tenure eventually transformed the office. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works produced by the laureates before and after their appointments. It argues that the laureateship played a key part in some of the most vital trends in eighteenth-century culture.The conclusion is arrived at by employing a new research paradigm that it calls the conceptual geography of culture. It shows that Britons routinely used spatial concepts to understand culture throughout the period, which became increasingly abstract over time. As part of this, the court evolved from a concrete space in London to an abstract space capable of hosting the entire British public. The laureateship was a dynamic office positioned at the interface of court and public, evolving in line with its audiences. An important intervention in eighteenth-century historiography, this book presents a nuanced understanding of eighteenth-century culture and society, in which the laureateship exemplified the enduring centrality of the court to the British conceptual geography of culture. 30 00 The office of the poet laureate of Britain was a highly prominent, relevant and respectable institution throughout the long eighteenth century. First instituted for John Dryden in 1668, the laureateship developed from an honorific into a functionary office with a settled position in court (c.1689–1715), and was bestowed upon Robert Southey in 1813, whose tenure eventually transformed the office. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works produced by the laureates before and after their appointments. It argues that the laureateship played a key part in some of the most vital trends in eighteenth-century culture.The conclusion is arrived at by employing a new research paradigm that it calls the conceptual geography of culture. It shows that Britons routinely used spatial concepts to understand culture throughout the period, which became increasingly abstract over time. As part of this, the court evolved from a concrete space in London to an abstract space capable of hosting the entire British public. The laureateship was a dynamic office positioned at the interface of court and public, evolving in line with its audiences. An important intervention in eighteenth-century historiography, this book presents a nuanced understanding of eighteenth-century culture and society, in which the laureateship exemplified the enduring centrality of the court to the British conceptual geography of culture. 04 00 Introduction. 1. Patronage Asserted: The Formation of the Laureateship, 1668–1715 2. Loyalty Marketed: The Works of the Early Hanoverian Laureates, c.1700–1730 3. Merit Rewarded: The Hanoverian Appointments, 1715–1813 4. Parnassus Reported: The Public Laureate, c.1757–1813 5. “But Odes of S----- almost choakt the way”: Laureate Writings of the Long Eighteenth Century Conclusion. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/sner2422_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-poets-laureate-of-the-long-eighteenth-century-1668-1813/ London, GB 04 01 20220831 Leo Shipp 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477300 03 9781914477300 06 15 9781914477294 03 9781914477294 06 15 9781913002091 03 9781913002091 06 15 9781914477331 03 9781914477331 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/4608b634-7f41-4a5c-a670-6ae203b78b1b 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/4608b634-7f41-4a5c-a670-6ae203b78b1b/4608b634-7f41-4a5c-a670-6ae203b78b1b.pdf 20 08 20220831 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-poets-laureate-of-the-long-eighteenth-century-1668-1813/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477324.pdf 20 08 20220831 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-poets-laureate-of-the-long-eighteenth-century-1668-1813/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/sner2422.pdf 20 08 20220831 01 urn:uuid:88a681dc-da54-4186-91f9-7d3fe922bea9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4608b634-7f41-4a5c-a670-6ae203b78b1b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:88a681dc-da54-4186-91f9-7d3fe922bea9 15 9781913002091 03 9781913002091 06 10.14296/sner2422 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107982 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Poets Laureate of the Long Eighteenth Century, 1668–1813 Courting the Public 1 A01 Leo Shipp Leo Shipp Leo Shipp is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Galway, working on Professor David O'Shaughnessy's ERC-funded project, 'Theatronomics: The Business of Theatres, 1732-1809', researching the finances of eighteenth-century Drury Lane and Covent Garden. He teaches on the early modern period and the long eighteenth century in University of Galway's History department. 01 eng 00 232 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 DSC 12 DSC 10 LAN005070 20 poet laureate; eighteenth century; court; culture; spatiality; poetry; public reception 01 06 02 00 In the eighteenth century the office of the poet laureate of Britain and the British court were evolving and entwined with one another. This book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works they produced before and after their appointments. Taking an interdiscip 03 00 The office of the poet laureate of Britain was a highly prominent, relevant and respectable institution throughout the long eighteenth century. First instituted for John Dryden in 1668, the laureateship developed from an honorific into a functionary office with a settled position in court (c.1689–1715), and was bestowed upon Robert Southey in 1813, whose tenure eventually transformed the office. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works produced by the laureates before and after their appointments. It argues that the laureateship played a key part in some of the most vital trends in eighteenth-century culture.The conclusion is arrived at by employing a new research paradigm that it calls the conceptual geography of culture. It shows that Britons routinely used spatial concepts to understand culture throughout the period, which became increasingly abstract over time. As part of this, the court evolved from a concrete space in London to an abstract space capable of hosting the entire British public. The laureateship was a dynamic office positioned at the interface of court and public, evolving in line with its audiences. An important intervention in eighteenth-century historiography, this book presents a nuanced understanding of eighteenth-century culture and society, in which the laureateship exemplified the enduring centrality of the court to the British conceptual geography of culture. 30 00 The office of the poet laureate of Britain was a highly prominent, relevant and respectable institution throughout the long eighteenth century. First instituted for John Dryden in 1668, the laureateship developed from an honorific into a functionary office with a settled position in court (c.1689–1715), and was bestowed upon Robert Southey in 1813, whose tenure eventually transformed the office. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works produced by the laureates before and after their appointments. It argues that the laureateship played a key part in some of the most vital trends in eighteenth-century culture.The conclusion is arrived at by employing a new research paradigm that it calls the conceptual geography of culture. It shows that Britons routinely used spatial concepts to understand culture throughout the period, which became increasingly abstract over time. As part of this, the court evolved from a concrete space in London to an abstract space capable of hosting the entire British public. The laureateship was a dynamic office positioned at the interface of court and public, evolving in line with its audiences. An important intervention in eighteenth-century historiography, this book presents a nuanced understanding of eighteenth-century culture and society, in which the laureateship exemplified the enduring centrality of the court to the British conceptual geography of culture. 04 00 Introduction. 1. Patronage Asserted: The Formation of the Laureateship, 1668–1715 2. Loyalty Marketed: The Works of the Early Hanoverian Laureates, c.1700–1730 3. Merit Rewarded: The Hanoverian Appointments, 1715–1813 4. Parnassus Reported: The Public Laureate, c.1757–1813 5. “But Odes of S----- almost choakt the way”: Laureate Writings of the Long Eighteenth Century Conclusion. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/sner2422_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-poets-laureate-of-the-long-eighteenth-century-1668-1813/ London, GB 04 01 20220831 Leo Shipp 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477300 03 9781914477300 06 15 9781914477294 03 9781914477294 06 15 9781914477324 03 9781914477324 06 15 9781914477331 03 9781914477331 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-poets-laureate-of-the-long-eighteenth-century-1668-1813 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-poets-laureate-of-the-long-eighteenth-century-1668-1813 20 08 20220831 01 urn:uuid:c756975f-8019-4ea9-8e18-44744cc2edec 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4608b634-7f41-4a5c-a670-6ae203b78b1b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c756975f-8019-4ea9-8e18-44744cc2edec 15 9781914477331 03 9781914477331 06 10.14296/sner2422 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107982 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Poets Laureate of the Long Eighteenth Century, 1668–1813 Courting the Public 1 A01 Leo Shipp Leo Shipp Leo Shipp is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Galway, working on Professor David O'Shaughnessy's ERC-funded project, 'Theatronomics: The Business of Theatres, 1732-1809', researching the finances of eighteenth-century Drury Lane and Covent Garden. He teaches on the early modern period and the long eighteenth century in University of Galway's History department. 01 eng 00 232 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 DSC 12 DSC 10 LAN005070 20 poet laureate; eighteenth century; court; culture; spatiality; poetry; public reception 01 06 02 00 In the eighteenth century the office of the poet laureate of Britain and the British court were evolving and entwined with one another. This book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works they produced before and after their appointments. Taking an interdiscip 03 00 The office of the poet laureate of Britain was a highly prominent, relevant and respectable institution throughout the long eighteenth century. First instituted for John Dryden in 1668, the laureateship developed from an honorific into a functionary office with a settled position in court (c.1689–1715), and was bestowed upon Robert Southey in 1813, whose tenure eventually transformed the office. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works produced by the laureates before and after their appointments. It argues that the laureateship played a key part in some of the most vital trends in eighteenth-century culture.The conclusion is arrived at by employing a new research paradigm that it calls the conceptual geography of culture. It shows that Britons routinely used spatial concepts to understand culture throughout the period, which became increasingly abstract over time. As part of this, the court evolved from a concrete space in London to an abstract space capable of hosting the entire British public. The laureateship was a dynamic office positioned at the interface of court and public, evolving in line with its audiences. An important intervention in eighteenth-century historiography, this book presents a nuanced understanding of eighteenth-century culture and society, in which the laureateship exemplified the enduring centrality of the court to the British conceptual geography of culture. 30 00 The office of the poet laureate of Britain was a highly prominent, relevant and respectable institution throughout the long eighteenth century. First instituted for John Dryden in 1668, the laureateship developed from an honorific into a functionary office with a settled position in court (c.1689–1715), and was bestowed upon Robert Southey in 1813, whose tenure eventually transformed the office. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works produced by the laureates before and after their appointments. It argues that the laureateship played a key part in some of the most vital trends in eighteenth-century culture.The conclusion is arrived at by employing a new research paradigm that it calls the conceptual geography of culture. It shows that Britons routinely used spatial concepts to understand culture throughout the period, which became increasingly abstract over time. As part of this, the court evolved from a concrete space in London to an abstract space capable of hosting the entire British public. The laureateship was a dynamic office positioned at the interface of court and public, evolving in line with its audiences. An important intervention in eighteenth-century historiography, this book presents a nuanced understanding of eighteenth-century culture and society, in which the laureateship exemplified the enduring centrality of the court to the British conceptual geography of culture. 04 00 Introduction. 1. Patronage Asserted: The Formation of the Laureateship, 1668–1715 2. Loyalty Marketed: The Works of the Early Hanoverian Laureates, c.1700–1730 3. Merit Rewarded: The Hanoverian Appointments, 1715–1813 4. Parnassus Reported: The Public Laureate, c.1757–1813 5. “But Odes of S----- almost choakt the way”: Laureate Writings of the Long Eighteenth Century Conclusion. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/sner2422_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-poets-laureate-of-the-long-eighteenth-century-1668-1813/ London, GB 04 01 20220831 Leo Shipp 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477300 03 9781914477300 06 15 9781914477294 03 9781914477294 06 15 9781914477324 03 9781914477324 06 15 9781913002091 03 9781913002091 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-poets-laureate-of-the-long-eighteenth-century-1668-1813/ 20 08 20220831 02 24.99 GBP WORLD 02 34.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2f835b79-50fa-46a0-9bf4-9a3d1330d251 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0df1234e-c00a-4969-bdc4-fe77d7e3532c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2f835b79-50fa-46a0-9bf4-9a3d1330d251 15 9781900039949 03 9781900039949 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53746 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 23 mm 03 2.3 cm 03 0.875 in 08 431 gr 08 15.25 oz 01 01 The Political Economy of the Public Budget in the Americas 1 B01 Diego Sanchez-Ancochea Diego Sanchez-Ancochea 2 B01 Iwan Morgan Iwan Morgan 01 eng 10 BUS069020 12 JP 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 12 KCP 93 KCP 12 1K 93 1K 01 06 02 00 Provides a multidisciplinary comparison of fiscal and tax policies in Latin America and the United States by political economy specialists from Latin America, the US, and Europe. This title identifies the common budgetary problems of the nations of the Americas in terms of their status as "small fiscal states". 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248124/53746/53746_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-political-economy-of-the-public-budget-in-the-americas/ London, GB 04 01 20090322 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-political-economy-of-the-public-budget-in-the-americas/ 20 08 20090322 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ae64b50c-dc09-4f30-8e2d-be325a0d01ad 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:17508b3d-8d3d-43d8-8998-7e570299ff37 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ae64b50c-dc09-4f30-8e2d-be325a0d01ad 15 9781900039468 03 9781900039468 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53811 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 08 17 gr 08 0.625 oz 01 01 The Political Power of the Word Press and Oratory in Nineteenth-century Latin America 1 B01 Ivan Jaksic Ivan Jaksic 01 eng 12 HBJK B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 10 POL010000 12 HBLL 93 KNTP2 10 LAN008000 12 KNTJ 10 LAN026000 93 N 12 1KL 93 1KL 10 POL057000 12 3JH 93 3M 10 HIS024000 93 3MN 01 06 02 00 A collection of seven essays on the development of the press and the significance of political oratory in nineteenth-century Latin America. The authors discuss developments in Mexico, Guatemala, Colombia, Venezuela, Peru, Chile and Agentina, while paying attention to influences and comparisons with the United States and Europe. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248105/53811/53811_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-political-power-of-the-word/ London, GB 04 01 20020915 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-political-power-of-the-word/ 20 08 20020915 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ca919ee0-ed22-4ca9-a5eb-2a38e4e31aed 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f5fa2343-66d7-4764-ad85-f366516335c3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ca919ee0-ed22-4ca9-a5eb-2a38e4e31aed 15 9781900039321 03 9781900039321 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56523 00 BC 10 01 01 The Politics of Religion in an Age of Revival: Studies in Nineteenth-century Europe and Latin America 1 B01 Austen Ivereigh Austen Ivereigh 01 eng 12 HRAX B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 QRAX 10 REL084000 12 HBG 93 NHB 10 POL011000 01 06 02 00 03 00 The nineteenth century saw a lengthy and unusually intense conflict between religion and national politics over public space. The disputes inevitably coloured the politics of the nineteenth century, and defined to a large extent the boundaries of political division. But why were they so ferocious? And what were the battles really about? Is it true that society and state became less religious? Who spoke for the people? What effect did the liberal-Catholic conflict have on the transition to democracy? Using case-studies of nations in both Europe and Latin America the contributors to this unusual comparative volume attempt to answer these and other questions from a revisionist and empirical viewpoint incorporating the latest research and recasting the debate in the light of recent discussions about modernity. A substantial introduction sketches the vital issues and the major conclusions and takes stock of the debate and where it is leading. 30 00 The nineteenth century saw a lengthy and unusually intense conflict between religion and national politics over public space. The disputes inevitably coloured the politics of the nineteenth century, and defined to a large extent the boundaries of political division. But why were they so ferocious? And what were the battles really about? Is it true that society and state became less religious? Who spoke for the people? What effect did the liberal-Catholic conflict have on the transition to democracy? Using case-studies of nations in both Europe and Latin America the contributors to this unusual comparative volume attempt to answer these and other questions from a revisionist and empirical viewpoint incorporating the latest research and recasting the debate in the light of recent discussions about modernity. A substantial introduction sketches the vital issues and the major conclusions and takes stock of the debate and where it is leading. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250123//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-politics-of-religion-in-an-age-of-revival-studies-in-nineteenth-century-europe-and-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20100526 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-politics-of-religion-in-an-age-of-revival-studies-in-nineteenth-century-europe-and-latin-america/ 20 08 20100526 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:15fba52c-0167-4518-a268-893ef7945a69 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:564cdbd2-6241-4249-9ec1-0ee495ef2687 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:15fba52c-0167-4518-a268-893ef7945a69 15 9781912702961 03 9781912702961 06 10.14296/2111.9781912702985 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107553 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Politics of Women's Suffrage Local, National and International Dimensions 1 B01 21 0000000166324196 Alexandra Hughes-Johnson Alexandra Hughes-Johnson 2 B01 Lyndsey Jenkins Lyndsey Jenkins 01 eng 00 422 03 09 2 12 HBLL 10 HIS058000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHTB 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 10 POL003000 93 JPHF 12 JPVH1 10 POL052000 12 3JJ 93 JPVH 10 POL004000 93 1A 93 3MP 20 women's suffrage; politics; activism; women's history; grassroots; change 01 06 02 00 Women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This book advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also bringing new materials and methodologies to the fore. This collection is 03 00 From 1832 to the present day, from the countryside in Wales to the Comintern in Moscow, from America to Finland and Ireland to Australia, from the girls’ school to the stage, women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This collection advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also drawing on a range of new sources, different intellectual techniques and methodological approaches, which challenge established interpretations. With its focus on politics and political activism in its broadest sense, this collection makes a timely and substantial contribution to understanding the meaning of politics and political activism across the UK (and indeed, across the world) in this period, particularly as defined and experienced by women at the grassroots. This collection is a reminder of the ways in which women have often encountered and battled a hostile political climate, but pushed forward with determination, skill, tenacity and optimism: resonating with the renewed interest in women’s history and feminist politics today. 30 00 From 1832 to the present day, from the countryside in Wales to the Comintern in Moscow, from America to Finland and Ireland to Australia, from the girls’ school to the stage, women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This collection advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also drawing on a range of new sources, different intellectual techniques and methodological approaches, which challenge established interpretations. With its focus on politics and political activism in its broadest sense, this collection makes a timely and substantial contribution to understanding the meaning of politics and political activism across the UK (and indeed, across the world) in this period, particularly as defined and experienced by women at the grassroots. This collection is a reminder of the ways in which women have often encountered and battled a hostile political climate, but pushed forward with determination, skill, tenacity and optimism: resonating with the renewed interest in women’s history and feminist politics today. 04 00 Foreword: The Women’s Movement, War, and the Vote: Some Reflections on 1918 and Its Aftermath Susan GrayzelIntroduction Alexandra Hughes-Johnson and Lyndsey JenkinsI. Working within existing political structures1. “‘[T]he success of every great movement had been largely due to the free and continuous exercise of the right to petition’: Irish Suffrage Petitioners and Parliamentarians in the Nineteenth Century Jennifer Redmond2. Singing The Red Flag for suffrage: gender, class and feminism in the Canning Town Branch of the Women’s Social and Political Union, 1906-7 Lyndsey Jenkins3. Suffrage Organizers, Local Women and the Campaign in Wales Beth Jenkins4. A “practical” politics? Suffrage, Infant Welfare and Women’s Politics in Walsall, 1910-1939 Anna Muggeridge5. “Keep Your Eyes On Us Because There Is No More Napping”: The Wartime Suffrage Campaign of the Suffragettes of the WSPU and the Independent WSPU Alexandra Hughes-JohnsonII. Working through social and cultural structures6. English Girls' High Schools and Women's Suffrage Helen Sunderland7. 'A mistake to raise any controversial question at the present time’: the careful relationship of Glasgow’s suffragists with the press 1902-1918 Sarah Pedersen8. “The Weakest Link”: Suffrage writing, class interests and the isolated woman of leisure Sos Eltis9. Militancy in the Marital Sphere: the birth-strike as a militant suffrage tactic Tania ShewIII. Navigating international structures 10. Suffrage internationalism in practice: Dora Montefiore and the story of Finnish women's enfranchisement Karen Hunt11. “East Side Londoners”: Sylvia Pankhurst’s lecture tours of North America and the East London Federation of Suffragettes Kate Connelly12. Emotions and Empire in Suffrage and Anti-Suffrage Politics: Britain, Ireland and Australia in the Early Twentieth Century Sharon Crozier-De Rosa13. From Votes for Women to World Revolution: British and Irish Suffragettes and International Communism, 1917-1939 Maurice J. CaseyAfterword: A Tale of Two Centennials: Suffrage, Suffragettes and the Limits of Political Participation Nicoletta F. Gullace 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2111.9781912702985_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-politics-of-womens-suffrage/ London, GB 04 01 20211101 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702954 03 9781912702954 06 15 9781912702985 03 9781912702985 06 15 9781913002121 03 9781913002121 06 15 9781912702992 03 9781912702992 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-politics-of-womens-suffrage/ 20 08 20211101 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:592eb145-b5dc-4d63-98e2-34f0b7d2afc6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:564cdbd2-6241-4249-9ec1-0ee495ef2687 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:592eb145-b5dc-4d63-98e2-34f0b7d2afc6 15 9781912702954 03 9781912702954 06 10.14296/2111.9781912702985 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107553 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Politics of Women's Suffrage Local, National and International Dimensions 1 B01 21 0000000166324196 Alexandra Hughes-Johnson Alexandra Hughes-Johnson 2 B01 Lyndsey Jenkins Lyndsey Jenkins 01 eng 00 422 03 09 2 12 HBLL 10 HIS058000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHTB 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 10 POL003000 93 JPHF 12 JPVH1 10 POL052000 12 3JJ 93 JPVH 10 POL004000 93 1A 93 3MP 20 women's suffrage; politics; activism; women's history; grassroots; change 01 06 02 00 Women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This book advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also bringing new materials and methodologies to the fore. This collection is 03 00 From 1832 to the present day, from the countryside in Wales to the Comintern in Moscow, from America to Finland and Ireland to Australia, from the girls’ school to the stage, women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This collection advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also drawing on a range of new sources, different intellectual techniques and methodological approaches, which challenge established interpretations. With its focus on politics and political activism in its broadest sense, this collection makes a timely and substantial contribution to understanding the meaning of politics and political activism across the UK (and indeed, across the world) in this period, particularly as defined and experienced by women at the grassroots. This collection is a reminder of the ways in which women have often encountered and battled a hostile political climate, but pushed forward with determination, skill, tenacity and optimism: resonating with the renewed interest in women’s history and feminist politics today. 30 00 From 1832 to the present day, from the countryside in Wales to the Comintern in Moscow, from America to Finland and Ireland to Australia, from the girls’ school to the stage, women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This collection advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also drawing on a range of new sources, different intellectual techniques and methodological approaches, which challenge established interpretations. With its focus on politics and political activism in its broadest sense, this collection makes a timely and substantial contribution to understanding the meaning of politics and political activism across the UK (and indeed, across the world) in this period, particularly as defined and experienced by women at the grassroots. This collection is a reminder of the ways in which women have often encountered and battled a hostile political climate, but pushed forward with determination, skill, tenacity and optimism: resonating with the renewed interest in women’s history and feminist politics today. 04 00 Foreword: The Women’s Movement, War, and the Vote: Some Reflections on 1918 and Its Aftermath Susan GrayzelIntroduction Alexandra Hughes-Johnson and Lyndsey JenkinsI. Working within existing political structures1. “‘[T]he success of every great movement had been largely due to the free and continuous exercise of the right to petition’: Irish Suffrage Petitioners and Parliamentarians in the Nineteenth Century Jennifer Redmond2. Singing The Red Flag for suffrage: gender, class and feminism in the Canning Town Branch of the Women’s Social and Political Union, 1906-7 Lyndsey Jenkins3. Suffrage Organizers, Local Women and the Campaign in Wales Beth Jenkins4. A “practical” politics? Suffrage, Infant Welfare and Women’s Politics in Walsall, 1910-1939 Anna Muggeridge5. “Keep Your Eyes On Us Because There Is No More Napping”: The Wartime Suffrage Campaign of the Suffragettes of the WSPU and the Independent WSPU Alexandra Hughes-JohnsonII. Working through social and cultural structures6. English Girls' High Schools and Women's Suffrage Helen Sunderland7. 'A mistake to raise any controversial question at the present time’: the careful relationship of Glasgow’s suffragists with the press 1902-1918 Sarah Pedersen8. “The Weakest Link”: Suffrage writing, class interests and the isolated woman of leisure Sos Eltis9. Militancy in the Marital Sphere: the birth-strike as a militant suffrage tactic Tania ShewIII. Navigating international structures 10. Suffrage internationalism in practice: Dora Montefiore and the story of Finnish women's enfranchisement Karen Hunt11. “East Side Londoners”: Sylvia Pankhurst’s lecture tours of North America and the East London Federation of Suffragettes Kate Connelly12. Emotions and Empire in Suffrage and Anti-Suffrage Politics: Britain, Ireland and Australia in the Early Twentieth Century Sharon Crozier-De Rosa13. From Votes for Women to World Revolution: British and Irish Suffragettes and International Communism, 1917-1939 Maurice J. CaseyAfterword: A Tale of Two Centennials: Suffrage, Suffragettes and the Limits of Political Participation Nicoletta F. Gullace 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2111.9781912702985_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-politics-of-womens-suffrage/ London, GB 04 01 20211101 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702961 03 9781912702961 06 15 9781912702985 03 9781912702985 06 15 9781913002121 03 9781913002121 06 15 9781912702992 03 9781912702992 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-politics-of-womens-suffrage/ 20 08 20211101 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f2dd5e12-0d77-4b0b-8a74-6ff8d7163095 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:564cdbd2-6241-4249-9ec1-0ee495ef2687 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f2dd5e12-0d77-4b0b-8a74-6ff8d7163095 15 9781912702985 03 9781912702985 06 10.14296/2111.9781912702985 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107553 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Politics of Women's Suffrage Local, National and International Dimensions 1 B01 21 0000000166324196 Alexandra Hughes-Johnson Alexandra Hughes-Johnson 2 B01 Lyndsey Jenkins Lyndsey Jenkins 01 eng 00 422 03 09 2 12 HBLL 10 HIS058000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHTB 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 10 POL003000 93 JPHF 12 JPVH1 10 POL052000 12 3JJ 93 JPVH 10 POL004000 93 1A 93 3MP 20 women's suffrage; politics; activism; women's history; grassroots; change 01 06 02 00 Women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This book advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also bringing new materials and methodologies to the fore. This collection is 03 00 From 1832 to the present day, from the countryside in Wales to the Comintern in Moscow, from America to Finland and Ireland to Australia, from the girls’ school to the stage, women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This collection advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also drawing on a range of new sources, different intellectual techniques and methodological approaches, which challenge established interpretations. With its focus on politics and political activism in its broadest sense, this collection makes a timely and substantial contribution to understanding the meaning of politics and political activism across the UK (and indeed, across the world) in this period, particularly as defined and experienced by women at the grassroots. This collection is a reminder of the ways in which women have often encountered and battled a hostile political climate, but pushed forward with determination, skill, tenacity and optimism: resonating with the renewed interest in women’s history and feminist politics today. 30 00 From 1832 to the present day, from the countryside in Wales to the Comintern in Moscow, from America to Finland and Ireland to Australia, from the girls’ school to the stage, women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This collection advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also drawing on a range of new sources, different intellectual techniques and methodological approaches, which challenge established interpretations. With its focus on politics and political activism in its broadest sense, this collection makes a timely and substantial contribution to understanding the meaning of politics and political activism across the UK (and indeed, across the world) in this period, particularly as defined and experienced by women at the grassroots. This collection is a reminder of the ways in which women have often encountered and battled a hostile political climate, but pushed forward with determination, skill, tenacity and optimism: resonating with the renewed interest in women’s history and feminist politics today. 04 00 Foreword: The Women’s Movement, War, and the Vote: Some Reflections on 1918 and Its Aftermath Susan GrayzelIntroduction Alexandra Hughes-Johnson and Lyndsey JenkinsI. Working within existing political structures1. “‘[T]he success of every great movement had been largely due to the free and continuous exercise of the right to petition’: Irish Suffrage Petitioners and Parliamentarians in the Nineteenth Century Jennifer Redmond2. Singing The Red Flag for suffrage: gender, class and feminism in the Canning Town Branch of the Women’s Social and Political Union, 1906-7 Lyndsey Jenkins3. Suffrage Organizers, Local Women and the Campaign in Wales Beth Jenkins4. A “practical” politics? Suffrage, Infant Welfare and Women’s Politics in Walsall, 1910-1939 Anna Muggeridge5. “Keep Your Eyes On Us Because There Is No More Napping”: The Wartime Suffrage Campaign of the Suffragettes of the WSPU and the Independent WSPU Alexandra Hughes-JohnsonII. Working through social and cultural structures6. English Girls' High Schools and Women's Suffrage Helen Sunderland7. 'A mistake to raise any controversial question at the present time’: the careful relationship of Glasgow’s suffragists with the press 1902-1918 Sarah Pedersen8. “The Weakest Link”: Suffrage writing, class interests and the isolated woman of leisure Sos Eltis9. Militancy in the Marital Sphere: the birth-strike as a militant suffrage tactic Tania ShewIII. Navigating international structures 10. Suffrage internationalism in practice: Dora Montefiore and the story of Finnish women's enfranchisement Karen Hunt11. “East Side Londoners”: Sylvia Pankhurst’s lecture tours of North America and the East London Federation of Suffragettes Kate Connelly12. Emotions and Empire in Suffrage and Anti-Suffrage Politics: Britain, Ireland and Australia in the Early Twentieth Century Sharon Crozier-De Rosa13. From Votes for Women to World Revolution: British and Irish Suffragettes and International Communism, 1917-1939 Maurice J. CaseyAfterword: A Tale of Two Centennials: Suffrage, Suffragettes and the Limits of Political Participation Nicoletta F. Gullace 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2111.9781912702985_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-politics-of-womens-suffrage/ London, GB 04 01 20211101 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702961 03 9781912702961 06 15 9781912702954 03 9781912702954 06 15 9781913002121 03 9781913002121 06 15 9781912702992 03 9781912702992 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/564cdbd2-6241-4249-9ec1-0ee495ef2687 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/564cdbd2-6241-4249-9ec1-0ee495ef2687/564cdbd2-6241-4249-9ec1-0ee495ef2687.pdf 20 08 20211101 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-politics-of-womens-suffrage/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702985.pdf 20 08 20211101 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-politics-of-womens-suffrage/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2111.9781912702985.pdf 20 08 20211101 01 urn:uuid:4531785b-3b07-4d37-b754-bf3a8579046f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:564cdbd2-6241-4249-9ec1-0ee495ef2687 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4531785b-3b07-4d37-b754-bf3a8579046f 15 9781913002121 03 9781913002121 06 10.14296/2111.9781912702985 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107553 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Politics of Women's Suffrage Local, National and International Dimensions 1 B01 21 0000000166324196 Alexandra Hughes-Johnson Alexandra Hughes-Johnson 2 B01 Lyndsey Jenkins Lyndsey Jenkins 01 eng 00 422 03 09 2 12 HBLL 10 HIS058000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHTB 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 10 POL003000 93 JPHF 12 JPVH1 10 POL052000 12 3JJ 93 JPVH 10 POL004000 93 1A 93 3MP 20 women's suffrage; politics; activism; women's history; grassroots; change 01 06 02 00 Women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This book advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also bringing new materials and methodologies to the fore. This collection is 03 00 From 1832 to the present day, from the countryside in Wales to the Comintern in Moscow, from America to Finland and Ireland to Australia, from the girls’ school to the stage, women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This collection advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also drawing on a range of new sources, different intellectual techniques and methodological approaches, which challenge established interpretations. With its focus on politics and political activism in its broadest sense, this collection makes a timely and substantial contribution to understanding the meaning of politics and political activism across the UK (and indeed, across the world) in this period, particularly as defined and experienced by women at the grassroots. This collection is a reminder of the ways in which women have often encountered and battled a hostile political climate, but pushed forward with determination, skill, tenacity and optimism: resonating with the renewed interest in women’s history and feminist politics today. 30 00 From 1832 to the present day, from the countryside in Wales to the Comintern in Moscow, from America to Finland and Ireland to Australia, from the girls’ school to the stage, women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This collection advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also drawing on a range of new sources, different intellectual techniques and methodological approaches, which challenge established interpretations. With its focus on politics and political activism in its broadest sense, this collection makes a timely and substantial contribution to understanding the meaning of politics and political activism across the UK (and indeed, across the world) in this period, particularly as defined and experienced by women at the grassroots. This collection is a reminder of the ways in which women have often encountered and battled a hostile political climate, but pushed forward with determination, skill, tenacity and optimism: resonating with the renewed interest in women’s history and feminist politics today. 04 00 Foreword: The Women’s Movement, War, and the Vote: Some Reflections on 1918 and Its Aftermath Susan GrayzelIntroduction Alexandra Hughes-Johnson and Lyndsey JenkinsI. Working within existing political structures1. “‘[T]he success of every great movement had been largely due to the free and continuous exercise of the right to petition’: Irish Suffrage Petitioners and Parliamentarians in the Nineteenth Century Jennifer Redmond2. Singing The Red Flag for suffrage: gender, class and feminism in the Canning Town Branch of the Women’s Social and Political Union, 1906-7 Lyndsey Jenkins3. Suffrage Organizers, Local Women and the Campaign in Wales Beth Jenkins4. A “practical” politics? Suffrage, Infant Welfare and Women’s Politics in Walsall, 1910-1939 Anna Muggeridge5. “Keep Your Eyes On Us Because There Is No More Napping”: The Wartime Suffrage Campaign of the Suffragettes of the WSPU and the Independent WSPU Alexandra Hughes-JohnsonII. Working through social and cultural structures6. English Girls' High Schools and Women's Suffrage Helen Sunderland7. 'A mistake to raise any controversial question at the present time’: the careful relationship of Glasgow’s suffragists with the press 1902-1918 Sarah Pedersen8. “The Weakest Link”: Suffrage writing, class interests and the isolated woman of leisure Sos Eltis9. Militancy in the Marital Sphere: the birth-strike as a militant suffrage tactic Tania ShewIII. Navigating international structures 10. Suffrage internationalism in practice: Dora Montefiore and the story of Finnish women's enfranchisement Karen Hunt11. “East Side Londoners”: Sylvia Pankhurst’s lecture tours of North America and the East London Federation of Suffragettes Kate Connelly12. Emotions and Empire in Suffrage and Anti-Suffrage Politics: Britain, Ireland and Australia in the Early Twentieth Century Sharon Crozier-De Rosa13. From Votes for Women to World Revolution: British and Irish Suffragettes and International Communism, 1917-1939 Maurice J. CaseyAfterword: A Tale of Two Centennials: Suffrage, Suffragettes and the Limits of Political Participation Nicoletta F. Gullace 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2111.9781912702985_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-politics-of-womens-suffrage/ London, GB 04 01 20211101 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702961 03 9781912702961 06 15 9781912702954 03 9781912702954 06 15 9781912702985 03 9781912702985 06 15 9781912702992 03 9781912702992 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-politics-of-womens-suffrage 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-politics-of-womens-suffrage 20 08 20211101 01 urn:uuid:80608f04-6308-4f89-9c02-ff53da00eae4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:564cdbd2-6241-4249-9ec1-0ee495ef2687 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:80608f04-6308-4f89-9c02-ff53da00eae4 15 9781912702992 03 9781912702992 06 10.14296/2111.9781912702985 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107553 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Politics of Women's Suffrage Local, National and International Dimensions 1 B01 21 0000000166324196 Alexandra Hughes-Johnson Alexandra Hughes-Johnson 2 B01 Lyndsey Jenkins Lyndsey Jenkins 01 eng 00 422 03 09 2 12 HBLL 10 HIS058000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHTB 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 10 POL003000 93 JPHF 12 JPVH1 10 POL052000 12 3JJ 93 JPVH 10 POL004000 93 1A 93 3MP 20 women's suffrage; politics; activism; women's history; grassroots; change 01 06 02 00 Women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This book advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also bringing new materials and methodologies to the fore. This collection is 03 00 From 1832 to the present day, from the countryside in Wales to the Comintern in Moscow, from America to Finland and Ireland to Australia, from the girls’ school to the stage, women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This collection advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also drawing on a range of new sources, different intellectual techniques and methodological approaches, which challenge established interpretations. With its focus on politics and political activism in its broadest sense, this collection makes a timely and substantial contribution to understanding the meaning of politics and political activism across the UK (and indeed, across the world) in this period, particularly as defined and experienced by women at the grassroots. This collection is a reminder of the ways in which women have often encountered and battled a hostile political climate, but pushed forward with determination, skill, tenacity and optimism: resonating with the renewed interest in women’s history and feminist politics today. 30 00 From 1832 to the present day, from the countryside in Wales to the Comintern in Moscow, from America to Finland and Ireland to Australia, from the girls’ school to the stage, women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This collection advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also drawing on a range of new sources, different intellectual techniques and methodological approaches, which challenge established interpretations. With its focus on politics and political activism in its broadest sense, this collection makes a timely and substantial contribution to understanding the meaning of politics and political activism across the UK (and indeed, across the world) in this period, particularly as defined and experienced by women at the grassroots. This collection is a reminder of the ways in which women have often encountered and battled a hostile political climate, but pushed forward with determination, skill, tenacity and optimism: resonating with the renewed interest in women’s history and feminist politics today. 04 00 Foreword: The Women’s Movement, War, and the Vote: Some Reflections on 1918 and Its Aftermath Susan GrayzelIntroduction Alexandra Hughes-Johnson and Lyndsey JenkinsI. Working within existing political structures1. “‘[T]he success of every great movement had been largely due to the free and continuous exercise of the right to petition’: Irish Suffrage Petitioners and Parliamentarians in the Nineteenth Century Jennifer Redmond2. Singing The Red Flag for suffrage: gender, class and feminism in the Canning Town Branch of the Women’s Social and Political Union, 1906-7 Lyndsey Jenkins3. Suffrage Organizers, Local Women and the Campaign in Wales Beth Jenkins4. A “practical” politics? Suffrage, Infant Welfare and Women’s Politics in Walsall, 1910-1939 Anna Muggeridge5. “Keep Your Eyes On Us Because There Is No More Napping”: The Wartime Suffrage Campaign of the Suffragettes of the WSPU and the Independent WSPU Alexandra Hughes-JohnsonII. Working through social and cultural structures6. English Girls' High Schools and Women's Suffrage Helen Sunderland7. 'A mistake to raise any controversial question at the present time’: the careful relationship of Glasgow’s suffragists with the press 1902-1918 Sarah Pedersen8. “The Weakest Link”: Suffrage writing, class interests and the isolated woman of leisure Sos Eltis9. Militancy in the Marital Sphere: the birth-strike as a militant suffrage tactic Tania ShewIII. Navigating international structures 10. Suffrage internationalism in practice: Dora Montefiore and the story of Finnish women's enfranchisement Karen Hunt11. “East Side Londoners”: Sylvia Pankhurst’s lecture tours of North America and the East London Federation of Suffragettes Kate Connelly12. Emotions and Empire in Suffrage and Anti-Suffrage Politics: Britain, Ireland and Australia in the Early Twentieth Century Sharon Crozier-De Rosa13. From Votes for Women to World Revolution: British and Irish Suffragettes and International Communism, 1917-1939 Maurice J. CaseyAfterword: A Tale of Two Centennials: Suffrage, Suffragettes and the Limits of Political Participation Nicoletta F. Gullace 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2111.9781912702985_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-politics-of-womens-suffrage/ London, GB 04 01 20211101 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702961 03 9781912702961 06 15 9781912702954 03 9781912702954 06 15 9781912702985 03 9781912702985 06 15 9781913002121 03 9781913002121 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-politics-of-womens-suffrage/ 20 08 20211101 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c10abc66-b9a8-4042-9546-2fcc02495ed0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2ab5b65e-46ba-4cd6-b956-97144dc04d0e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c10abc66-b9a8-4042-9546-2fcc02495ed0 15 9780854810543 03 9780854810543 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53879 00 BB 10 01 230 mm 01 23 cm 01 9.0625 in 02 150 mm 02 15 cm 02 5.875 in 01 01 The Roman Sketchbook of Girolamo Da Carpi 1 A01 Norman W. Canedy Norman W. Canedy 01 eng 12 ACK 93 AGA 10 ART010000 B2 Art History 12 AGB 93 AGB 93 6MB 01 06 02 00 03 00 Girolamo da Carpi’s sketchbook, here assembled and catalogued by Professor Canedy, comprises the largest single graphic repertory extant of the antiquities known to a fifteenth-or sixteenth-century artist. More than a thousand sketches survive in the album belonging to the Philip H. and A. S. Rosenbach Foundation in Philadelphia and the portfolio in the Biblioteca Reale, Turin. A few more sheets are preserved in the Department of Prints and Drawings of the British Museum. All the drawings are reproduced, with some comparative material.Professor Canedy deals with the problems raised by the Sketchbook in a long Introduction. The corpus of Mannerist drawings after the antique and after other artists’ renderings of the antique stands alone in its extent and in its nature. There is no other collection by an Italian artist of stature where figure compositions – as distinct from architectural or ornamental designs – are so abundant. These drawings often supply our earliest evidence of the sixteenth century’s knowledge of individual works of classical art. Where there are invenzioni </italic>rather than ricardi</italic>, they are not original to Girolamo da Carpi, but copies of other artists’ compositions. Even where Cirolamo’s drawings are apparently made directly from the antique, there seems usually to have been an intermediate composition by another hand. Most frequently, the intermediary is a drawing of much wider importance for the study of the relation between antique and Mannerist art than at first appears. The publication of such a corpus also offers for the first time a secure basis for judging the attribution to Girolamo da Carpi of the seemingly endless succession of Cinquecento drawings of antique sculpture and grotteschi</italic> , which continue to appear in collections and on the art market. 30 00 Girolamo da Carpi’s sketchbook, here assembled and catalogued by Professor Canedy, comprises the largest single graphic repertory extant of the antiquities known to a fifteenth-or sixteenth-century artist. More than a thousand sketches survive in the album belonging to the Philip H. and A. S. Rosenbach Foundation in Philadelphia and the portfolio in the Biblioteca Reale, Turin. A few more sheets are preserved in the Department of Prints and Drawings of the British Museum. All the drawings are reproduced, with some comparative material.Professor Canedy deals with the problems raised by the Sketchbook in a long Introduction. The corpus of Mannerist drawings after the antique and after other artists’ renderings of the antique stands alone in its extent and in its nature. There is no other collection by an Italian artist of stature where figure compositions – as distinct from architectural or ornamental designs – are so abundant. These drawings often supply our earliest evidence of the sixteenth century’s knowledge of individual works of classical art. Where there are invenzioni </italic>rather than ricardi</italic>, they are not original to Girolamo da Carpi, but copies of other artists’ compositions. Even where Cirolamo’s drawings are apparently made directly from the antique, there seems usually to have been an intermediate composition by another hand. Most frequently, the intermediary is a drawing of much wider importance for the study of the relation between antique and Mannerist art than at first appears. The publication of such a corpus also offers for the first time a secure basis for judging the attribution to Girolamo da Carpi of the seemingly endless succession of Cinquecento drawings of antique sculpture and grotteschi</italic> , which continue to appear in collections and on the art market. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250734//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-roman-sketchbook-of-girolamo-da-carpi/ London, GB 04 01 19761201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-roman-sketchbook-of-girolamo-da-carpi/ 20 08 19761201 02 10.00 GBP WORLD 02 25.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:008afded-b5c4-4884-88d5-7d6a4ac8eb45 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f868cea1-6be2-4e69-a5e2-e7f9a51ccb88 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:008afded-b5c4-4884-88d5-7d6a4ac8eb45 15 9781900039390 03 9781900039390 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53807 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 14 mm 03 1.4 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 14 gr 08 0.5 oz 01 01 The Rule of Law in Latin America The International Promotion of Judicial Reform 1 B01 Pilar Domingo Pilar Domingo 2 B01 Rachel Sieder Rachel Sieder 01 eng 12 JP 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL009000 12 LN 93 LN 10 POL003000 93 1KL 12 1KL 01 06 02 00 This collection analyses the experience, success and failure of judicial reform processes funded by international donor organisations in Latin America. It also addresses the question of the connection between rule of law reform and broader processes of regime consolidation and state building. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248137/53807/53807_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-rule-of-law-in-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20010901 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-rule-of-law-in-latin-america/ 20 08 20010901 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:92ebeb75-1812-47a1-bc53-98f032c4e383 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:82b1f721-02c7-4c5d-a19a-0c9711af45c1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:92ebeb75-1812-47a1-bc53-98f032c4e383 15 9781908590732 03 9781908590732 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.91054 00 BC 10 01 241 mm 01 24.1 cm 01 9.49 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.73 in 03 31 mm 03 3.1 cm 03 1.2 in 08 1310 gr 08 46.21 oz 01 01 The Secret of Secrets: The East Slavic Version Introduction, Text, Annotated Translation, and Slavic Index 1 A01 W. F. Ryan W. F. Ryan 2 A01 Moshe Taube Moshe Taube 01 eng 02 sla 00 528 03 93 DB B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 12 HPCB 10 LCO003000 12 DSBB 10 PHI012000 93 QDHF 20 Secretum; Secretum Secretorum; Secret of Secrets; Alexander the Great; kingship; Razes; Maimonides; poison; tsar; tsars; occult; rulership; Russian; Slavic; East Slavic; Tajnaja tajnyh; Sod ha sodot; Sirr al asrar 01 06 02 00 The Secret of Secrets, purportedly the advice of Aristotle to Alexander the Great on all the knowledge needed by a great king, has been translated into many languages from its original Arabic. The Hebrew version was translated into a variety of East Slavic, probably in Kiev before 1483. This idiosyncratic version contains major interpolations 03 00 The Secret of Secrets</italic>: The East Slavic Version</bold> Introduction, Text, Annotated Translation, and Slavic IndexThe original Arabic Secret of Secrets</italic> was probably compiled from multiple sources, and dates from about the tenth century. It purports to be the advice of Aristotle to his pupil Alexander the Great on all the knowledge - political, ethical, military, medical, and occult - needed by a great king. It was translated into Latin, Hebrew, and many European languages. It has been described as one of the most popular books of the Middle Ages. The Hebrew version was translated into a variety of East Slavic, probably in Kiev before 1483. This idiosyncratic version contains major interpolations: a physiognomy by Razes and treatises on poison, sex, and asthma by Maimonides. It is known to have been in the libraries of at least two tsars and two patriarchs in the 16th and 17th centuries. This annotated edition contains a historical introduction, the text, manuscript variants, an analytical glossary, and an English translation. 30 00 The Secret of Secrets</italic>: The East Slavic Version</bold> Introduction, Text, Annotated Translation, and Slavic IndexThe original Arabic Secret of Secrets</italic> was probably compiled from multiple sources, and dates from about the tenth century. It purports to be the advice of Aristotle to his pupil Alexander the Great on all the knowledge - political, ethical, military, medical, and occult - needed by a great king. It was translated into Latin, Hebrew, and many European languages. It has been described as one of the most popular books of the Middle Ages. The Hebrew version was translated into a variety of East Slavic, probably in Kiev before 1483. This idiosyncratic version contains major interpolations: a physiognomy by Razes and treatises on poison, sex, and asthma by Maimonides. It is known to have been in the libraries of at least two tsars and two patriarchs in the 16th and 17th centuries. This annotated edition contains a historical introduction, the text, manuscript variants, an analytical glossary, and an English translation. 04 00 <h4>Table of Contents</h4>AcknowledgmentsAbbreviationsIntroduction:I. The Secret of Secrets from Arabic to Hebrew to Slavic II. The Content of the Secret of Secrets III. The Hebrew Version and its Slavic Translation IV. The Translators of the Arabic, Hebrew, and Slavic Versions V. The Interpolations in the Slavic Tajnaja tajnyh VI. Affinities of the Tajnaja tajnyh to Other Works VII. The Later History and Impact of the Tajnaja tajnyh VIII. Manuscripts of the Tajnaja tajnyh IX. Known Hebrew Manuscripts of the Sod ha sodot X. Cited Arabic Manuscripts of the Sirr al asrar XI. Editorial notes on the Slavic Text, Variants, and English TranslationPseudo-Aristotle, Tajnaja tajnyh (Secret of Secrets): The East Slavic Text and English TranslationList of Works CitedSlavic Index to the Tajnaja tajnyhGeneral Index 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/275661/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-secret-of-secrets-the-east-slavic-version/ London, GB 04 01 20191213 The Warburg Institute, University of London 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-secret-of-secrets-the-east-slavic-version/ 20 08 20191213 02 54.99 GBP WORLD 02 72.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e5f45f5d-6736-44ca-a73d-ccb040e84ce2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5b213aa4-92c5-4408-83b0-545763237c4d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e5f45f5d-6736-44ca-a73d-ccb040e84ce2 15 9781911507338 03 9781911507338 06 10.14296/zbwc8919 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.110627 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Signature in Law From the Thirteenth Century to the Facsimile 1 A01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 01 eng 00 122 03 93 LAFC 12 LAFC B2 Law 10 LAW103000 10 LAW060000 93 LAZ 20 signature; authentication; facsimile transmission; common law; adapting; technological developments 01 06 02 00 Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, this book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways. It explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission, and pu 03 00 This book explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission. It puts the concept of the signature into a broad legal context to set out the purposes that can be attributed to a signature, and to explain the functions a signature is capable of performing. Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, the book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways.Following an overview of the methods used to demonstrate proof of intent and authentication, the book considers the judicial response to the array of variations in the form that manuscript signatures have been subject over the past two hundred years, from initials, partial signatures and fingerprints, to rubber stamps and typewriting. Past judicial decision-making not only demonstrates the flexibility of the form a signature can take, but also confirms that judges had the flexibility of mind to accept the first forms of electronic signature (telex, facsimile transmission) as merely one further development without the aid of special legislation. 30 00 This book explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission. It puts the concept of the signature into a broad legal context to set out the purposes that can be attributed to a signature, and to explain the functions a signature is capable of performing. Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, the book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways.Following an overview of the methods used to demonstrate proof of intent and authentication, the book considers the judicial response to the array of variations in the form that manuscript signatures have been subject over the past two hundred years, from initials, partial signatures and fingerprints, to rubber stamps and typewriting. Past judicial decision-making not only demonstrates the flexibility of the form a signature can take, but also confirms that judges had the flexibility of mind to accept the first forms of electronic signature (telex, facsimile transmission) as merely one further development without the aid of special legislation. 04 00 1. An introduction to the signature2. The functions of a signature3. Disputing a manuscript signature4. Methods of authentication before manuscript signatures5. The form of the signature6. The writing material7. An incorrect signature and absence of a signature 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/zbwc8919_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-signature-in-law/ London, GB 04 01 20220801 Stephen Mason 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507321 03 9781911507321 06 15 9781911507413 03 9781911507413 06 15 9781911507314 03 9781911507314 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-signature-in-law/ 20 08 20220801 02 25.00 GBP WORLD 02 35.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4e415db1-0152-45ed-9205-6a4e1c7af93a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5b213aa4-92c5-4408-83b0-545763237c4d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4e415db1-0152-45ed-9205-6a4e1c7af93a 15 9781911507321 03 9781911507321 06 10.14296/zbwc8919 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.110627 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Signature in Law From the Thirteenth Century to the Facsimile 1 A01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 01 eng 00 122 03 93 LAFC 12 LAFC B2 Law 10 LAW103000 10 LAW060000 93 LAZ 20 signature; authentication; facsimile transmission; common law; adapting; technological developments 01 06 02 00 Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, this book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways. It explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission, and pu 03 00 This book explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission. It puts the concept of the signature into a broad legal context to set out the purposes that can be attributed to a signature, and to explain the functions a signature is capable of performing. Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, the book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways.Following an overview of the methods used to demonstrate proof of intent and authentication, the book considers the judicial response to the array of variations in the form that manuscript signatures have been subject over the past two hundred years, from initials, partial signatures and fingerprints, to rubber stamps and typewriting. Past judicial decision-making not only demonstrates the flexibility of the form a signature can take, but also confirms that judges had the flexibility of mind to accept the first forms of electronic signature (telex, facsimile transmission) as merely one further development without the aid of special legislation. 30 00 This book explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission. It puts the concept of the signature into a broad legal context to set out the purposes that can be attributed to a signature, and to explain the functions a signature is capable of performing. Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, the book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways.Following an overview of the methods used to demonstrate proof of intent and authentication, the book considers the judicial response to the array of variations in the form that manuscript signatures have been subject over the past two hundred years, from initials, partial signatures and fingerprints, to rubber stamps and typewriting. Past judicial decision-making not only demonstrates the flexibility of the form a signature can take, but also confirms that judges had the flexibility of mind to accept the first forms of electronic signature (telex, facsimile transmission) as merely one further development without the aid of special legislation. 04 00 1. An introduction to the signature2. The functions of a signature3. Disputing a manuscript signature4. Methods of authentication before manuscript signatures5. The form of the signature6. The writing material7. An incorrect signature and absence of a signature 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/zbwc8919_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-signature-in-law/ London, GB 04 01 20220801 Stephen Mason 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507338 03 9781911507338 06 15 9781911507413 03 9781911507413 06 15 9781911507314 03 9781911507314 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/5b213aa4-92c5-4408-83b0-545763237c4d 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/5b213aa4-92c5-4408-83b0-545763237c4d/5b213aa4-92c5-4408-83b0-545763237c4d.pdf 20 08 20220801 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-signature-in-law/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781911507321.pdf 20 08 20220801 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-signature-in-law/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/zbwc8919.pdf 20 08 20220801 01 urn:uuid:f5cac833-3063-49dc-8ffe-6d0c49fa9876 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5b213aa4-92c5-4408-83b0-545763237c4d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f5cac833-3063-49dc-8ffe-6d0c49fa9876 15 9781911507413 03 9781911507413 06 10.14296/zbwc8919 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.110627 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Signature in Law From the Thirteenth Century to the Facsimile 1 A01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 01 eng 00 122 03 93 LAFC 12 LAFC B2 Law 10 LAW103000 10 LAW060000 93 LAZ 20 signature; authentication; facsimile transmission; common law; adapting; technological developments 01 06 02 00 Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, this book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways. It explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission, and pu 03 00 This book explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission. It puts the concept of the signature into a broad legal context to set out the purposes that can be attributed to a signature, and to explain the functions a signature is capable of performing. Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, the book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways.Following an overview of the methods used to demonstrate proof of intent and authentication, the book considers the judicial response to the array of variations in the form that manuscript signatures have been subject over the past two hundred years, from initials, partial signatures and fingerprints, to rubber stamps and typewriting. Past judicial decision-making not only demonstrates the flexibility of the form a signature can take, but also confirms that judges had the flexibility of mind to accept the first forms of electronic signature (telex, facsimile transmission) as merely one further development without the aid of special legislation. 30 00 This book explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission. It puts the concept of the signature into a broad legal context to set out the purposes that can be attributed to a signature, and to explain the functions a signature is capable of performing. Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, the book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways.Following an overview of the methods used to demonstrate proof of intent and authentication, the book considers the judicial response to the array of variations in the form that manuscript signatures have been subject over the past two hundred years, from initials, partial signatures and fingerprints, to rubber stamps and typewriting. Past judicial decision-making not only demonstrates the flexibility of the form a signature can take, but also confirms that judges had the flexibility of mind to accept the first forms of electronic signature (telex, facsimile transmission) as merely one further development without the aid of special legislation. 04 00 1. An introduction to the signature2. The functions of a signature3. Disputing a manuscript signature4. Methods of authentication before manuscript signatures5. The form of the signature6. The writing material7. An incorrect signature and absence of a signature 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/zbwc8919_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-signature-in-law/ London, GB 04 01 20220801 Stephen Mason 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507338 03 9781911507338 06 15 9781911507321 03 9781911507321 06 15 9781911507314 03 9781911507314 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-signature-in-law 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-signature-in-law 20 08 20220801 01 urn:uuid:6e1b7071-4cf8-452b-a1c2-73675cc73cff 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5b213aa4-92c5-4408-83b0-545763237c4d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6e1b7071-4cf8-452b-a1c2-73675cc73cff 15 9781911507314 03 9781911507314 06 10.14296/zbwc8919 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.110627 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Signature in Law From the Thirteenth Century to the Facsimile 1 A01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 01 eng 00 122 03 93 LAFC 12 LAFC B2 Law 10 LAW103000 10 LAW060000 93 LAZ 20 signature; authentication; facsimile transmission; common law; adapting; technological developments 01 06 02 00 Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, this book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways. It explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission, and pu 03 00 This book explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission. It puts the concept of the signature into a broad legal context to set out the purposes that can be attributed to a signature, and to explain the functions a signature is capable of performing. Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, the book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways.Following an overview of the methods used to demonstrate proof of intent and authentication, the book considers the judicial response to the array of variations in the form that manuscript signatures have been subject over the past two hundred years, from initials, partial signatures and fingerprints, to rubber stamps and typewriting. Past judicial decision-making not only demonstrates the flexibility of the form a signature can take, but also confirms that judges had the flexibility of mind to accept the first forms of electronic signature (telex, facsimile transmission) as merely one further development without the aid of special legislation. 30 00 This book explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission. It puts the concept of the signature into a broad legal context to set out the purposes that can be attributed to a signature, and to explain the functions a signature is capable of performing. Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, the book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways.Following an overview of the methods used to demonstrate proof of intent and authentication, the book considers the judicial response to the array of variations in the form that manuscript signatures have been subject over the past two hundred years, from initials, partial signatures and fingerprints, to rubber stamps and typewriting. Past judicial decision-making not only demonstrates the flexibility of the form a signature can take, but also confirms that judges had the flexibility of mind to accept the first forms of electronic signature (telex, facsimile transmission) as merely one further development without the aid of special legislation. 04 00 1. An introduction to the signature2. The functions of a signature3. Disputing a manuscript signature4. Methods of authentication before manuscript signatures5. The form of the signature6. The writing material7. An incorrect signature and absence of a signature 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/zbwc8919_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-signature-in-law/ London, GB 04 01 20220801 Stephen Mason 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507338 03 9781911507338 06 15 9781911507321 03 9781911507321 06 15 9781911507413 03 9781911507413 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-signature-in-law/ 20 08 20220801 02 5.00 GBP WORLD 02 5.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2ba44cc2-dac5-421b-acad-8348d7a52046 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:924cd0ff-1a66-4eb3-9b34-69e71d514fb3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2ba44cc2-dac5-421b-acad-8348d7a52046 15 9781908857958 03 9781908857958 06 10.14296/gljm4371 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107964 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Social and Political Life of Latin American Infrastructures 1 B01 21 0000000269282849 Jonathan Alderman Jonathan Alderman Postdoctoral Fellow 40 05591te55 Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München Jonathan Alderman is currently a Postdoctoral Fellow at LMU Munich, and has previously been a Stipendiary Fellow at the Institute of Latin American Studies, University of London. He has a PhD in Social Anthropology from the University of St Andrews, an MA in Latin American Studies from the Institute for the Study of the Americas, University of London, and a BA in Philosophy from the University of Essex. His work explores subject formation in the US– Mexico borderland and in Andean Bolivia, and how the relationships between people and the state and the landscape in the Andes are mediated through infrastructure and ritual. 2 B01 Geoff Goodwin Geoff Goodwin Lecturer in Global Political Economy 40 024mrxd33 University of Leeds Geoff Goodwin is a Lecturer in Global Political Economy at the University of Leeds. He previously taught at the London School of Economics, University of Oxford and University College London, and was a Research Associate at FLACSO-Quito. His interdisciplinary research focuses on land, water, infrastructure and activism in Ecuador and Colombia. He also recently started investigating water history, politics and infrastructure in London. He holds a PhD in Political Economy (University College London) and MA in Economics (University of Leeds). 01 eng 00 280 03 09 16 12 JP 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC008050 12 JFSL4 20 infrastructure; Latin America; colonialism; state; citizenship; resistance; protest; capitalism; urban development 01 06 02 00 This cross-disciplinary book makes a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates and provides important new insights into Latin America’s history and politics. It captures the characteristics, limits and vibrancy of Latin America’s infrastructures, exploring irrigation networks in Peru to nuclear plants in Cuba. It demonstrates the va 03 00 From houses to roads, infrastructures offer a unique lens through which to explore social and political change. Serving as an important conduit between states and citizens, infrastructures provide governments with a powerful tool to mould subjects and control populations. Yet, at the same time they also give individuals, communities, and movements a platform to challenge the state and forge alternative forms of citizenship and politics. Infrastructures therefore shape social and political relations in unexpected ways and never dutifully follow the scripts of politicians, bureaucrats, and engineers. Latin America provides fertile terrain to explore these issues. The region has been subject to extensive foreign intervention for centuries and much of its infrastructure has primarily been constructed to benefit colonial and imperial powers. Yet Latin America has also seen widespread resistance to colonial-capitalist expansion, and infrastructures have been central to these diverse struggles. Drawing on recent empirical research, this cross-disciplinary book demonstrates the value of analysing social and political change through infrastructure. The authors explore a diverse range of Latin American infrastructures, from a sparkling new tram network in Ecuador to a crumbling old nuclear plant in Cuba. Building on the empirical chapters, the editors demonstrate the value of conceptualising infrastructure as a relational and experimental process. In addition to making a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates, the volume offers important new insights into Latin American history, society, and politics. 30 00 From houses to roads, infrastructures offer a unique lens through which to explore social and political change. Serving as an important conduit between states and citizens, infrastructures provide governments with a powerful tool to mould subjects and control populations. Yet, at the same time they also give individuals, communities, and movements a platform to challenge the state and forge alternative forms of citizenship and politics. Infrastructures therefore shape social and political relations in unexpected ways and never dutifully follow the scripts of politicians, bureaucrats, and engineers. Latin America provides fertile terrain to explore these issues. The region has been subject to extensive foreign intervention for centuries and much of its infrastructure has primarily been constructed to benefit colonial and imperial powers. Yet Latin America has also seen widespread resistance to colonial-capitalist expansion, and infrastructures have been central to these diverse struggles. Drawing on recent empirical research, this cross-disciplinary book demonstrates the value of analysing social and political change through infrastructure. The authors explore a diverse range of Latin American infrastructures, from a sparkling new tram network in Ecuador to a crumbling old nuclear plant in Cuba. Building on the empirical chapters, the editors demonstrate the value of conceptualising infrastructure as a relational and experimental process. In addition to making a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates, the volume offers important new insights into Latin American history, society, and politics. 04 00 Foreword. The Social and Political Life of Latin American InfrastructuresPenny Harvey Introduction: Infrastructure as Relational and Experimental ProcessJonathan Alderman and Geoff Goodwin1. Dreams of an anchored state: mobility infrastructure and state presence in Quehui Island, ChileDiego Valdivieso Sierpe2. ‘They want to change us by charging us’: Drinking water provision and water conflict in the Ecuadorian AmazonJulie Dayot3. Water storage reservoirs in Mataquita: Clashing measurements and meaningsUrsula Balderson4. Planning a new society: Urban politics and public housing in Natal, BrazilYuri Gama5. Contested statebuilding? A four-part framework of infrastructure development during armed conflictClara Voyvodic6. Competing infrastructures in local mining governance in MexicoValeria Guarneros-Meza and Marcela Torres-Wong7. ´Somos Zona Roja´: top-down informality and institutionalised exclusion from broadband internet services in Santiago de ChileNicolás Valenzuela-Levi8. The contradictions of sustainability: Discourse, planning and the tramway in Cuenca, EcuadorSam Rumé9. The record keepers: Maintaining irrigation canals, traditions and Inca codes of law in 1920s Huarochirí, PeruSarah Bennison 10. The Cuban nuclear dream: The afterlives of the Project of the CenturyNicole Fadellin 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 Cover image: Skyline of São Paulo in the haze of the dawn, Brazil, South America. 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/gljm4371_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-social-and-political-life-of-latin-american-infrastructures/ London, GB 04 01 20221005 © Authors 2022 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857989 03 9781908857989 06 15 9781915249548 03 9781915249548 06 15 9781908857972 03 9781908857972 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-social-and-political-life-of-latin-american-infrastructures/ 20 08 20221005 02 29.99 GBP WORLD 02 39.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3f6e7590-1bd5-4544-8d78-8f179cc8a60a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:924cd0ff-1a66-4eb3-9b34-69e71d514fb3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3f6e7590-1bd5-4544-8d78-8f179cc8a60a 15 9781908857989 03 9781908857989 06 10.14296/gljm4371 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107964 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Social and Political Life of Latin American Infrastructures 1 B01 21 0000000269282849 Jonathan Alderman Jonathan Alderman Postdoctoral Fellow 40 05591te55 Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München Jonathan Alderman is currently a Postdoctoral Fellow at LMU Munich, and has previously been a Stipendiary Fellow at the Institute of Latin American Studies, University of London. He has a PhD in Social Anthropology from the University of St Andrews, an MA in Latin American Studies from the Institute for the Study of the Americas, University of London, and a BA in Philosophy from the University of Essex. His work explores subject formation in the US– Mexico borderland and in Andean Bolivia, and how the relationships between people and the state and the landscape in the Andes are mediated through infrastructure and ritual. 2 B01 Geoff Goodwin Geoff Goodwin Lecturer in Global Political Economy 40 024mrxd33 University of Leeds Geoff Goodwin is a Lecturer in Global Political Economy at the University of Leeds. He previously taught at the London School of Economics, University of Oxford and University College London, and was a Research Associate at FLACSO-Quito. His interdisciplinary research focuses on land, water, infrastructure and activism in Ecuador and Colombia. He also recently started investigating water history, politics and infrastructure in London. He holds a PhD in Political Economy (University College London) and MA in Economics (University of Leeds). 01 eng 00 280 03 09 16 12 JP 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC008050 12 JFSL4 20 infrastructure; Latin America; colonialism; state; citizenship; resistance; protest; capitalism; urban development 01 06 02 00 This cross-disciplinary book makes a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates and provides important new insights into Latin America’s history and politics. It captures the characteristics, limits and vibrancy of Latin America’s infrastructures, exploring irrigation networks in Peru to nuclear plants in Cuba. It demonstrates the va 03 00 From houses to roads, infrastructures offer a unique lens through which to explore social and political change. Serving as an important conduit between states and citizens, infrastructures provide governments with a powerful tool to mould subjects and control populations. Yet, at the same time they also give individuals, communities, and movements a platform to challenge the state and forge alternative forms of citizenship and politics. Infrastructures therefore shape social and political relations in unexpected ways and never dutifully follow the scripts of politicians, bureaucrats, and engineers. Latin America provides fertile terrain to explore these issues. The region has been subject to extensive foreign intervention for centuries and much of its infrastructure has primarily been constructed to benefit colonial and imperial powers. Yet Latin America has also seen widespread resistance to colonial-capitalist expansion, and infrastructures have been central to these diverse struggles. Drawing on recent empirical research, this cross-disciplinary book demonstrates the value of analysing social and political change through infrastructure. The authors explore a diverse range of Latin American infrastructures, from a sparkling new tram network in Ecuador to a crumbling old nuclear plant in Cuba. Building on the empirical chapters, the editors demonstrate the value of conceptualising infrastructure as a relational and experimental process. In addition to making a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates, the volume offers important new insights into Latin American history, society, and politics. 30 00 From houses to roads, infrastructures offer a unique lens through which to explore social and political change. Serving as an important conduit between states and citizens, infrastructures provide governments with a powerful tool to mould subjects and control populations. Yet, at the same time they also give individuals, communities, and movements a platform to challenge the state and forge alternative forms of citizenship and politics. Infrastructures therefore shape social and political relations in unexpected ways and never dutifully follow the scripts of politicians, bureaucrats, and engineers. Latin America provides fertile terrain to explore these issues. The region has been subject to extensive foreign intervention for centuries and much of its infrastructure has primarily been constructed to benefit colonial and imperial powers. Yet Latin America has also seen widespread resistance to colonial-capitalist expansion, and infrastructures have been central to these diverse struggles. Drawing on recent empirical research, this cross-disciplinary book demonstrates the value of analysing social and political change through infrastructure. The authors explore a diverse range of Latin American infrastructures, from a sparkling new tram network in Ecuador to a crumbling old nuclear plant in Cuba. Building on the empirical chapters, the editors demonstrate the value of conceptualising infrastructure as a relational and experimental process. In addition to making a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates, the volume offers important new insights into Latin American history, society, and politics. 04 00 Foreword. The Social and Political Life of Latin American InfrastructuresPenny Harvey Introduction: Infrastructure as Relational and Experimental ProcessJonathan Alderman and Geoff Goodwin1. Dreams of an anchored state: mobility infrastructure and state presence in Quehui Island, ChileDiego Valdivieso Sierpe2. ‘They want to change us by charging us’: Drinking water provision and water conflict in the Ecuadorian AmazonJulie Dayot3. Water storage reservoirs in Mataquita: Clashing measurements and meaningsUrsula Balderson4. Planning a new society: Urban politics and public housing in Natal, BrazilYuri Gama5. Contested statebuilding? A four-part framework of infrastructure development during armed conflictClara Voyvodic6. Competing infrastructures in local mining governance in MexicoValeria Guarneros-Meza and Marcela Torres-Wong7. ´Somos Zona Roja´: top-down informality and institutionalised exclusion from broadband internet services in Santiago de ChileNicolás Valenzuela-Levi8. The contradictions of sustainability: Discourse, planning and the tramway in Cuenca, EcuadorSam Rumé9. The record keepers: Maintaining irrigation canals, traditions and Inca codes of law in 1920s Huarochirí, PeruSarah Bennison 10. The Cuban nuclear dream: The afterlives of the Project of the CenturyNicole Fadellin 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 Cover image: Skyline of São Paulo in the haze of the dawn, Brazil, South America. 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/gljm4371_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-social-and-political-life-of-latin-american-infrastructures/ London, GB 04 01 20221005 © Authors 2022 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857958 03 9781908857958 06 15 9781915249548 03 9781915249548 06 15 9781908857972 03 9781908857972 WORLD 11 OAPEN 36 OAPEN: webpage for this product https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/86284 29 OAPEN: download the title https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/86284/9781908857989.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y 20 08 20221005 01 11 JSTOR 36 JSTOR: webpage for this product https://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctv2xszqzv 20 08 20221005 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://library.bz/main/uploads/0A6EACEF6D78978504DA2B8981334294 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://library.bz/uploads/main/0a6eacef6d78978504da2b8981334294.pdf 20 08 20221005 01 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/924cd0ff-1a66-4eb3-9b34-69e71d514fb3 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/924cd0ff-1a66-4eb3-9b34-69e71d514fb3/924cd0ff-1a66-4eb3-9b34-69e71d514fb3.pdf 20 08 20221005 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-social-and-political-life-of-latin-american-infrastructures/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857989.pdf 20 08 20221005 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-social-and-political-life-of-latin-american-infrastructures/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/gljm4371.pdf 20 08 20221005 01 urn:uuid:6154be14-6bd7-45c3-9250-5a444bc5d0ff 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:924cd0ff-1a66-4eb3-9b34-69e71d514fb3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6154be14-6bd7-45c3-9250-5a444bc5d0ff 15 9781915249548 03 9781915249548 06 10.14296/gljm4371 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107964 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Social and Political Life of Latin American Infrastructures 1 B01 21 0000000269282849 Jonathan Alderman Jonathan Alderman Postdoctoral Fellow 40 05591te55 Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München Jonathan Alderman is currently a Postdoctoral Fellow at LMU Munich, and has previously been a Stipendiary Fellow at the Institute of Latin American Studies, University of London. He has a PhD in Social Anthropology from the University of St Andrews, an MA in Latin American Studies from the Institute for the Study of the Americas, University of London, and a BA in Philosophy from the University of Essex. His work explores subject formation in the US– Mexico borderland and in Andean Bolivia, and how the relationships between people and the state and the landscape in the Andes are mediated through infrastructure and ritual. 2 B01 Geoff Goodwin Geoff Goodwin Lecturer in Global Political Economy 40 024mrxd33 University of Leeds Geoff Goodwin is a Lecturer in Global Political Economy at the University of Leeds. He previously taught at the London School of Economics, University of Oxford and University College London, and was a Research Associate at FLACSO-Quito. His interdisciplinary research focuses on land, water, infrastructure and activism in Ecuador and Colombia. He also recently started investigating water history, politics and infrastructure in London. He holds a PhD in Political Economy (University College London) and MA in Economics (University of Leeds). 01 eng 00 280 03 09 16 12 JP 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC008050 12 JFSL4 20 infrastructure; Latin America; colonialism; state; citizenship; resistance; protest; capitalism; urban development 01 06 02 00 This cross-disciplinary book makes a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates and provides important new insights into Latin America’s history and politics. It captures the characteristics, limits and vibrancy of Latin America’s infrastructures, exploring irrigation networks in Peru to nuclear plants in Cuba. It demonstrates the va 03 00 From houses to roads, infrastructures offer a unique lens through which to explore social and political change. Serving as an important conduit between states and citizens, infrastructures provide governments with a powerful tool to mould subjects and control populations. Yet, at the same time they also give individuals, communities, and movements a platform to challenge the state and forge alternative forms of citizenship and politics. Infrastructures therefore shape social and political relations in unexpected ways and never dutifully follow the scripts of politicians, bureaucrats, and engineers. Latin America provides fertile terrain to explore these issues. The region has been subject to extensive foreign intervention for centuries and much of its infrastructure has primarily been constructed to benefit colonial and imperial powers. Yet Latin America has also seen widespread resistance to colonial-capitalist expansion, and infrastructures have been central to these diverse struggles. Drawing on recent empirical research, this cross-disciplinary book demonstrates the value of analysing social and political change through infrastructure. The authors explore a diverse range of Latin American infrastructures, from a sparkling new tram network in Ecuador to a crumbling old nuclear plant in Cuba. Building on the empirical chapters, the editors demonstrate the value of conceptualising infrastructure as a relational and experimental process. In addition to making a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates, the volume offers important new insights into Latin American history, society, and politics. 30 00 From houses to roads, infrastructures offer a unique lens through which to explore social and political change. Serving as an important conduit between states and citizens, infrastructures provide governments with a powerful tool to mould subjects and control populations. Yet, at the same time they also give individuals, communities, and movements a platform to challenge the state and forge alternative forms of citizenship and politics. Infrastructures therefore shape social and political relations in unexpected ways and never dutifully follow the scripts of politicians, bureaucrats, and engineers. Latin America provides fertile terrain to explore these issues. The region has been subject to extensive foreign intervention for centuries and much of its infrastructure has primarily been constructed to benefit colonial and imperial powers. Yet Latin America has also seen widespread resistance to colonial-capitalist expansion, and infrastructures have been central to these diverse struggles. Drawing on recent empirical research, this cross-disciplinary book demonstrates the value of analysing social and political change through infrastructure. The authors explore a diverse range of Latin American infrastructures, from a sparkling new tram network in Ecuador to a crumbling old nuclear plant in Cuba. Building on the empirical chapters, the editors demonstrate the value of conceptualising infrastructure as a relational and experimental process. In addition to making a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates, the volume offers important new insights into Latin American history, society, and politics. 04 00 Foreword. The Social and Political Life of Latin American InfrastructuresPenny Harvey Introduction: Infrastructure as Relational and Experimental ProcessJonathan Alderman and Geoff Goodwin1. Dreams of an anchored state: mobility infrastructure and state presence in Quehui Island, ChileDiego Valdivieso Sierpe2. ‘They want to change us by charging us’: Drinking water provision and water conflict in the Ecuadorian AmazonJulie Dayot3. Water storage reservoirs in Mataquita: Clashing measurements and meaningsUrsula Balderson4. Planning a new society: Urban politics and public housing in Natal, BrazilYuri Gama5. Contested statebuilding? A four-part framework of infrastructure development during armed conflictClara Voyvodic6. Competing infrastructures in local mining governance in MexicoValeria Guarneros-Meza and Marcela Torres-Wong7. ´Somos Zona Roja´: top-down informality and institutionalised exclusion from broadband internet services in Santiago de ChileNicolás Valenzuela-Levi8. The contradictions of sustainability: Discourse, planning and the tramway in Cuenca, EcuadorSam Rumé9. The record keepers: Maintaining irrigation canals, traditions and Inca codes of law in 1920s Huarochirí, PeruSarah Bennison 10. The Cuban nuclear dream: The afterlives of the Project of the CenturyNicole Fadellin 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 Cover image: Skyline of São Paulo in the haze of the dawn, Brazil, South America. 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/gljm4371_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-social-and-political-life-of-latin-american-infrastructures/ London, GB 04 01 20221005 © Authors 2022 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857958 03 9781908857958 06 15 9781908857989 03 9781908857989 06 15 9781908857972 03 9781908857972 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-social-and-political-life-of-latin-american-infrastructures 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-social-and-political-life-of-latin-american-infrastructures 20 08 20221005 01 urn:uuid:29158780-20c6-4969-bc82-83258aa2613f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:924cd0ff-1a66-4eb3-9b34-69e71d514fb3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:29158780-20c6-4969-bc82-83258aa2613f 15 9781908857972 03 9781908857972 06 10.14296/gljm4371 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107964 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Social and Political Life of Latin American Infrastructures 1 B01 21 0000000269282849 Jonathan Alderman Jonathan Alderman Postdoctoral Fellow 40 05591te55 Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München Jonathan Alderman is currently a Postdoctoral Fellow at LMU Munich, and has previously been a Stipendiary Fellow at the Institute of Latin American Studies, University of London. He has a PhD in Social Anthropology from the University of St Andrews, an MA in Latin American Studies from the Institute for the Study of the Americas, University of London, and a BA in Philosophy from the University of Essex. His work explores subject formation in the US– Mexico borderland and in Andean Bolivia, and how the relationships between people and the state and the landscape in the Andes are mediated through infrastructure and ritual. 2 B01 Geoff Goodwin Geoff Goodwin Lecturer in Global Political Economy 40 024mrxd33 University of Leeds Geoff Goodwin is a Lecturer in Global Political Economy at the University of Leeds. He previously taught at the London School of Economics, University of Oxford and University College London, and was a Research Associate at FLACSO-Quito. His interdisciplinary research focuses on land, water, infrastructure and activism in Ecuador and Colombia. He also recently started investigating water history, politics and infrastructure in London. He holds a PhD in Political Economy (University College London) and MA in Economics (University of Leeds). 01 eng 00 280 03 09 16 12 JP 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC008050 12 JFSL4 20 infrastructure; Latin America; colonialism; state; citizenship; resistance; protest; capitalism; urban development 01 06 02 00 This cross-disciplinary book makes a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates and provides important new insights into Latin America’s history and politics. It captures the characteristics, limits and vibrancy of Latin America’s infrastructures, exploring irrigation networks in Peru to nuclear plants in Cuba. It demonstrates the va 03 00 From houses to roads, infrastructures offer a unique lens through which to explore social and political change. Serving as an important conduit between states and citizens, infrastructures provide governments with a powerful tool to mould subjects and control populations. Yet, at the same time they also give individuals, communities, and movements a platform to challenge the state and forge alternative forms of citizenship and politics. Infrastructures therefore shape social and political relations in unexpected ways and never dutifully follow the scripts of politicians, bureaucrats, and engineers. Latin America provides fertile terrain to explore these issues. The region has been subject to extensive foreign intervention for centuries and much of its infrastructure has primarily been constructed to benefit colonial and imperial powers. Yet Latin America has also seen widespread resistance to colonial-capitalist expansion, and infrastructures have been central to these diverse struggles. Drawing on recent empirical research, this cross-disciplinary book demonstrates the value of analysing social and political change through infrastructure. The authors explore a diverse range of Latin American infrastructures, from a sparkling new tram network in Ecuador to a crumbling old nuclear plant in Cuba. Building on the empirical chapters, the editors demonstrate the value of conceptualising infrastructure as a relational and experimental process. In addition to making a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates, the volume offers important new insights into Latin American history, society, and politics. 30 00 From houses to roads, infrastructures offer a unique lens through which to explore social and political change. Serving as an important conduit between states and citizens, infrastructures provide governments with a powerful tool to mould subjects and control populations. Yet, at the same time they also give individuals, communities, and movements a platform to challenge the state and forge alternative forms of citizenship and politics. Infrastructures therefore shape social and political relations in unexpected ways and never dutifully follow the scripts of politicians, bureaucrats, and engineers. Latin America provides fertile terrain to explore these issues. The region has been subject to extensive foreign intervention for centuries and much of its infrastructure has primarily been constructed to benefit colonial and imperial powers. Yet Latin America has also seen widespread resistance to colonial-capitalist expansion, and infrastructures have been central to these diverse struggles. Drawing on recent empirical research, this cross-disciplinary book demonstrates the value of analysing social and political change through infrastructure. The authors explore a diverse range of Latin American infrastructures, from a sparkling new tram network in Ecuador to a crumbling old nuclear plant in Cuba. Building on the empirical chapters, the editors demonstrate the value of conceptualising infrastructure as a relational and experimental process. In addition to making a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates, the volume offers important new insights into Latin American history, society, and politics. 04 00 Foreword. The Social and Political Life of Latin American InfrastructuresPenny Harvey Introduction: Infrastructure as Relational and Experimental ProcessJonathan Alderman and Geoff Goodwin1. Dreams of an anchored state: mobility infrastructure and state presence in Quehui Island, ChileDiego Valdivieso Sierpe2. ‘They want to change us by charging us’: Drinking water provision and water conflict in the Ecuadorian AmazonJulie Dayot3. Water storage reservoirs in Mataquita: Clashing measurements and meaningsUrsula Balderson4. Planning a new society: Urban politics and public housing in Natal, BrazilYuri Gama5. Contested statebuilding? A four-part framework of infrastructure development during armed conflictClara Voyvodic6. Competing infrastructures in local mining governance in MexicoValeria Guarneros-Meza and Marcela Torres-Wong7. ´Somos Zona Roja´: top-down informality and institutionalised exclusion from broadband internet services in Santiago de ChileNicolás Valenzuela-Levi8. The contradictions of sustainability: Discourse, planning and the tramway in Cuenca, EcuadorSam Rumé9. The record keepers: Maintaining irrigation canals, traditions and Inca codes of law in 1920s Huarochirí, PeruSarah Bennison 10. The Cuban nuclear dream: The afterlives of the Project of the CenturyNicole Fadellin 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 Cover image: Skyline of São Paulo in the haze of the dawn, Brazil, South America. 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/gljm4371_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-social-and-political-life-of-latin-american-infrastructures/ London, GB 04 01 20221005 © Authors 2022 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857958 03 9781908857958 06 15 9781908857989 03 9781908857989 06 15 9781915249548 03 9781915249548 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-social-and-political-life-of-latin-american-infrastructures/ 20 08 20221005 02 5.00 GBP WORLD 02 5.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:263385f2-af28-4a96-affe-83c274cd2009 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:206701be-3143-4abb-910e-7841fb69aadb 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:263385f2-af28-4a96-affe-83c274cd2009 15 9781900039765 03 9781900039765 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53739 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 7 mm 03 0.7 cm 03 0.25 in 08 9 gr 08 0.375 oz 01 01 The Struggle for an Enlightened Republic Buenos Aires and Rivadavia 1 A01 Klaus Gallo Klaus Gallo 01 eng 10 HIS033000 12 JPHV 93 JPHV B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 12 HBJK 93 N 10 POL000000 12 HBLL 93 NHK 12 1KLSA 93 1KLSA 93 3M 20 argentina; political influence; reform; minister; rights 01 06 02 00 Analyzes the evolution of politics, ideas, and culture in Buenos Aires from 1820-1827, focusing on Rivadavia's period as minister of government from 1821-24. This book also reveals the causes of his political downfall in 1827, after he became the president of the Argentine Republic. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248118/53739/53739_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-struggle-for-an-enlightened-republic/ London, GB 04 01 20061213 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-struggle-for-an-enlightened-republic/ 20 08 20061213 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4df0e9d3-2fbb-4f96-8a30-7c57bd77b1d9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2ee074f0-5ef0-4cbd-ab0a-9f96a451c882 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4df0e9d3-2fbb-4f96-8a30-7c57bd77b1d9 15 9781912250455 03 9781912250455 06 10.14296/202110.9781912250486 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107806 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Terms of Our Surrender Colonialism, Dispossession and the Resistance of the Innu 1 A01 Elizabeth Cassell Elizabeth Cassell Visiting Fellow 40 02nkf1q06 University of Essex Elizabeth Cassell is a lawyer, a former university lecturer and practitioner in Property & Trusts law who has travelled extensively in the Arctic and Sub-Arctic and who believes that the law is not enough to reconcile the issues of indigenous land rights in Canada. Through oral history, she gives voice to those deeply affected by the Canadian land claims process. 01 eng 00 360 03 09 3 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 JFSL9 93 JPN 10 SOC062000 93 JPVH 12 JPVH 10 POL035010 93 KCVG 10 LAW094000 12 LBBP 93 JPFA 12 KCN 10 LAW107000 93 1KBC 10 LAW036000 12 LNKJ 93 2ACB 12 ACBK 10 LAW110000 12 1KBC 93 3MR 10 LAW047000 12 2AB 93 3MP 10 4.0.2.0.0.0.0 12 3JM 93 5PB 12 3JJ 20 Innu; indigenous people; Canada; Labrador; First Nations; land grab; ecology; land protector; human rights; land defender; settler violence; United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples; Truth and Reconciliation Commission; James Bay & Northern Quebec Agreement; Comprehensive Land Claims Process; oil; extraction 01 06 02 00 Canada is seen as a liberal democracy and staunch upholder of human rights across the world. Yet the domestic scene is different when it comes to indigenous peoples. Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender</italic> is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. It 03 00 Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender</italic> is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. Set against an ethnographic, historical and legal framework, the book traces the myriad ways the Canadian state has successfully evaded the 1763 Royal Proclamation that guaranteed First Nations people a right to their land and way of life. Focusing on the Innu of Quebec and Labrador, whose land has been taken for resource extraction and development, the book strips back the fiduciary duty to its origins, challenging the inroads which have been made on the nature and extent of indigenous land tenure—arguing for preservation of land ownership and positioning First Nations people as natural land defenders amidst a devastating climate crisis. It offers a voice to the Innu people, detailing the spirituality practices, culture and values that make it impossible for them to willingly cede their land.The text is intended to bridge the gap in knowledge between legal practitioners and those working at the intersections of human rights, social work and public policy. The book offers a potent template for how we can use the law to fight back against the indignities suffered by all indigenous peoples. 30 00 Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender</italic> is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. Set against an ethnographic, historical and legal framework, the book traces the myriad ways the Canadian state has successfully evaded the 1763 Royal Proclamation that guaranteed First Nations people a right to their land and way of life. Focusing on the Innu of Quebec and Labrador, whose land has been taken for resource extraction and development, the book strips back the fiduciary duty to its origins, challenging the inroads which have been made on the nature and extent of indigenous land tenure—arguing for preservation of land ownership and positioning First Nations people as natural land defenders amidst a devastating climate crisis. It offers a voice to the Innu people, detailing the spirituality practices, culture and values that make it impossible for them to willingly cede their land.The text is intended to bridge the gap in knowledge between legal practitioners and those working at the intersections of human rights, social work and public policy. The book offers a potent template for how we can use the law to fight back against the indignities suffered by all indigenous peoples. 04 00 Part 1: The Innu Chapter 1: Innu/Canadian Relations In Their Social Context Chapter 2: The Innu left to their fate in Schefferville Chapter 3: Matimekush Lac John Today Chapter 4: Legacies of the Past: Barriers to Effective Negotiation Chapter 5: Racis Part 2: The Royal Proclamation and Questions of Trust Over Indigenous Land Chapter 6: Historical Background Chapter 7: The Personal Fiduciary Duty Chapter 7: Bending the Law to the Needs of Settlement Chapter 8: The Honour of the Crown, the Duty to Consult and the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Part Three: The Modern Treaties and Canada’s Comprehensive Claims Policy Chapter 9: The James Bay Project: The Plot to Drown the Northern Woods Chapter 10: The Malouf Judgment - Chief Robert Kanatewat et al v La Societe de Daveloppement de la Baie James et al et La Commission Hydro-Electrique de Quebec [1974] RP 38 Chapter 11: Negotiating the James Bay and Northern Quebec Agreement Chapter 12: The Aftermath of Signing the James Bay Agreement Chapter 13: The Comprehensive Land Claims Policy Part Four: The Innu Experience of the Comprehensive Land Claims Process Chapter 14: All that is Left to Us is the Terms of our Surrender: Negotiations to Recover Lost Innu Lands Chapter 15: The New Dawn Agreement Chapter 16: The Position of the Innu Who Live in Quebec Chapter 17: Construction and Protest at Muskrat Falls Part Five: Citizens Plus or Parallel Paths? Chapter 18: Academic Solutions Chapter 19: Indigenous Solutions Chapter 20: Citizens Plus or Parallel Paths? 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202110.9781912250486_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-terms-of-our-surrender/ London, GB 04 01 20211001 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250486 03 9781912250486 06 15 9781913002145 03 9781913002145 06 15 9781912250462 03 9781912250462 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-terms-of-our-surrender/ 20 08 20211001 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a50496c5-3044-4e0d-9d72-f4298fa7d179 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2ee074f0-5ef0-4cbd-ab0a-9f96a451c882 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a50496c5-3044-4e0d-9d72-f4298fa7d179 15 9781912250486 03 9781912250486 06 10.14296/202110.9781912250486 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107806 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Terms of Our Surrender Colonialism, Dispossession and the Resistance of the Innu 1 A01 Elizabeth Cassell Elizabeth Cassell Visiting Fellow 40 02nkf1q06 University of Essex Elizabeth Cassell is a lawyer, a former university lecturer and practitioner in Property & Trusts law who has travelled extensively in the Arctic and Sub-Arctic and who believes that the law is not enough to reconcile the issues of indigenous land rights in Canada. Through oral history, she gives voice to those deeply affected by the Canadian land claims process. 01 eng 00 360 03 09 3 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 JFSL9 93 JPN 10 SOC062000 93 JPVH 12 JPVH 10 POL035010 93 KCVG 10 LAW094000 12 LBBP 93 JPFA 12 KCN 10 LAW107000 93 1KBC 10 LAW036000 12 LNKJ 93 2ACB 12 ACBK 10 LAW110000 12 1KBC 93 3MR 10 LAW047000 12 2AB 93 3MP 10 4.0.2.0.0.0.0 12 3JM 93 5PB 12 3JJ 20 Innu; indigenous people; Canada; Labrador; First Nations; land grab; ecology; land protector; human rights; land defender; settler violence; United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples; Truth and Reconciliation Commission; James Bay & Northern Quebec Agreement; Comprehensive Land Claims Process; oil; extraction 01 06 02 00 Canada is seen as a liberal democracy and staunch upholder of human rights across the world. Yet the domestic scene is different when it comes to indigenous peoples. Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender</italic> is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. It 03 00 Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender</italic> is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. Set against an ethnographic, historical and legal framework, the book traces the myriad ways the Canadian state has successfully evaded the 1763 Royal Proclamation that guaranteed First Nations people a right to their land and way of life. Focusing on the Innu of Quebec and Labrador, whose land has been taken for resource extraction and development, the book strips back the fiduciary duty to its origins, challenging the inroads which have been made on the nature and extent of indigenous land tenure—arguing for preservation of land ownership and positioning First Nations people as natural land defenders amidst a devastating climate crisis. It offers a voice to the Innu people, detailing the spirituality practices, culture and values that make it impossible for them to willingly cede their land.The text is intended to bridge the gap in knowledge between legal practitioners and those working at the intersections of human rights, social work and public policy. The book offers a potent template for how we can use the law to fight back against the indignities suffered by all indigenous peoples. 30 00 Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender</italic> is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. Set against an ethnographic, historical and legal framework, the book traces the myriad ways the Canadian state has successfully evaded the 1763 Royal Proclamation that guaranteed First Nations people a right to their land and way of life. Focusing on the Innu of Quebec and Labrador, whose land has been taken for resource extraction and development, the book strips back the fiduciary duty to its origins, challenging the inroads which have been made on the nature and extent of indigenous land tenure—arguing for preservation of land ownership and positioning First Nations people as natural land defenders amidst a devastating climate crisis. It offers a voice to the Innu people, detailing the spirituality practices, culture and values that make it impossible for them to willingly cede their land.The text is intended to bridge the gap in knowledge between legal practitioners and those working at the intersections of human rights, social work and public policy. The book offers a potent template for how we can use the law to fight back against the indignities suffered by all indigenous peoples. 04 00 Part 1: The Innu Chapter 1: Innu/Canadian Relations In Their Social Context Chapter 2: The Innu left to their fate in Schefferville Chapter 3: Matimekush Lac John Today Chapter 4: Legacies of the Past: Barriers to Effective Negotiation Chapter 5: Racis Part 2: The Royal Proclamation and Questions of Trust Over Indigenous Land Chapter 6: Historical Background Chapter 7: The Personal Fiduciary Duty Chapter 7: Bending the Law to the Needs of Settlement Chapter 8: The Honour of the Crown, the Duty to Consult and the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Part Three: The Modern Treaties and Canada’s Comprehensive Claims Policy Chapter 9: The James Bay Project: The Plot to Drown the Northern Woods Chapter 10: The Malouf Judgment - Chief Robert Kanatewat et al v La Societe de Daveloppement de la Baie James et al et La Commission Hydro-Electrique de Quebec [1974] RP 38 Chapter 11: Negotiating the James Bay and Northern Quebec Agreement Chapter 12: The Aftermath of Signing the James Bay Agreement Chapter 13: The Comprehensive Land Claims Policy Part Four: The Innu Experience of the Comprehensive Land Claims Process Chapter 14: All that is Left to Us is the Terms of our Surrender: Negotiations to Recover Lost Innu Lands Chapter 15: The New Dawn Agreement Chapter 16: The Position of the Innu Who Live in Quebec Chapter 17: Construction and Protest at Muskrat Falls Part Five: Citizens Plus or Parallel Paths? Chapter 18: Academic Solutions Chapter 19: Indigenous Solutions Chapter 20: Citizens Plus or Parallel Paths? 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202110.9781912250486_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-terms-of-our-surrender/ London, GB 04 01 20211001 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250455 03 9781912250455 06 15 9781913002145 03 9781913002145 06 15 9781912250462 03 9781912250462 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/2ee074f0-5ef0-4cbd-ab0a-9f96a451c882 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/2ee074f0-5ef0-4cbd-ab0a-9f96a451c882/2ee074f0-5ef0-4cbd-ab0a-9f96a451c882.pdf 20 08 20211001 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-terms-of-our-surrender/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912250486.pdf 20 08 20211001 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-terms-of-our-surrender/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202110.9781912250486.pdf 20 08 20211001 01 urn:uuid:c9143b5e-7205-4443-8f65-58c1e65cdcf6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2ee074f0-5ef0-4cbd-ab0a-9f96a451c882 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c9143b5e-7205-4443-8f65-58c1e65cdcf6 15 9781913002145 03 9781913002145 06 10.14296/202110.9781912250486 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107806 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Terms of Our Surrender Colonialism, Dispossession and the Resistance of the Innu 1 A01 Elizabeth Cassell Elizabeth Cassell Visiting Fellow 40 02nkf1q06 University of Essex Elizabeth Cassell is a lawyer, a former university lecturer and practitioner in Property & Trusts law who has travelled extensively in the Arctic and Sub-Arctic and who believes that the law is not enough to reconcile the issues of indigenous land rights in Canada. Through oral history, she gives voice to those deeply affected by the Canadian land claims process. 01 eng 00 360 03 09 3 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 JFSL9 93 JPN 10 SOC062000 93 JPVH 12 JPVH 10 POL035010 93 KCVG 10 LAW094000 12 LBBP 93 JPFA 12 KCN 10 LAW107000 93 1KBC 10 LAW036000 12 LNKJ 93 2ACB 12 ACBK 10 LAW110000 12 1KBC 93 3MR 10 LAW047000 12 2AB 93 3MP 10 4.0.2.0.0.0.0 12 3JM 93 5PB 12 3JJ 20 Innu; indigenous people; Canada; Labrador; First Nations; land grab; ecology; land protector; human rights; land defender; settler violence; United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples; Truth and Reconciliation Commission; James Bay & Northern Quebec Agreement; Comprehensive Land Claims Process; oil; extraction 01 06 02 00 Canada is seen as a liberal democracy and staunch upholder of human rights across the world. Yet the domestic scene is different when it comes to indigenous peoples. Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender</italic> is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. It 03 00 Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender</italic> is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. Set against an ethnographic, historical and legal framework, the book traces the myriad ways the Canadian state has successfully evaded the 1763 Royal Proclamation that guaranteed First Nations people a right to their land and way of life. Focusing on the Innu of Quebec and Labrador, whose land has been taken for resource extraction and development, the book strips back the fiduciary duty to its origins, challenging the inroads which have been made on the nature and extent of indigenous land tenure—arguing for preservation of land ownership and positioning First Nations people as natural land defenders amidst a devastating climate crisis. It offers a voice to the Innu people, detailing the spirituality practices, culture and values that make it impossible for them to willingly cede their land.The text is intended to bridge the gap in knowledge between legal practitioners and those working at the intersections of human rights, social work and public policy. The book offers a potent template for how we can use the law to fight back against the indignities suffered by all indigenous peoples. 30 00 Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender</italic> is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. Set against an ethnographic, historical and legal framework, the book traces the myriad ways the Canadian state has successfully evaded the 1763 Royal Proclamation that guaranteed First Nations people a right to their land and way of life. Focusing on the Innu of Quebec and Labrador, whose land has been taken for resource extraction and development, the book strips back the fiduciary duty to its origins, challenging the inroads which have been made on the nature and extent of indigenous land tenure—arguing for preservation of land ownership and positioning First Nations people as natural land defenders amidst a devastating climate crisis. It offers a voice to the Innu people, detailing the spirituality practices, culture and values that make it impossible for them to willingly cede their land.The text is intended to bridge the gap in knowledge between legal practitioners and those working at the intersections of human rights, social work and public policy. The book offers a potent template for how we can use the law to fight back against the indignities suffered by all indigenous peoples. 04 00 Part 1: The Innu Chapter 1: Innu/Canadian Relations In Their Social Context Chapter 2: The Innu left to their fate in Schefferville Chapter 3: Matimekush Lac John Today Chapter 4: Legacies of the Past: Barriers to Effective Negotiation Chapter 5: Racis Part 2: The Royal Proclamation and Questions of Trust Over Indigenous Land Chapter 6: Historical Background Chapter 7: The Personal Fiduciary Duty Chapter 7: Bending the Law to the Needs of Settlement Chapter 8: The Honour of the Crown, the Duty to Consult and the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Part Three: The Modern Treaties and Canada’s Comprehensive Claims Policy Chapter 9: The James Bay Project: The Plot to Drown the Northern Woods Chapter 10: The Malouf Judgment - Chief Robert Kanatewat et al v La Societe de Daveloppement de la Baie James et al et La Commission Hydro-Electrique de Quebec [1974] RP 38 Chapter 11: Negotiating the James Bay and Northern Quebec Agreement Chapter 12: The Aftermath of Signing the James Bay Agreement Chapter 13: The Comprehensive Land Claims Policy Part Four: The Innu Experience of the Comprehensive Land Claims Process Chapter 14: All that is Left to Us is the Terms of our Surrender: Negotiations to Recover Lost Innu Lands Chapter 15: The New Dawn Agreement Chapter 16: The Position of the Innu Who Live in Quebec Chapter 17: Construction and Protest at Muskrat Falls Part Five: Citizens Plus or Parallel Paths? Chapter 18: Academic Solutions Chapter 19: Indigenous Solutions Chapter 20: Citizens Plus or Parallel Paths? 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202110.9781912250486_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-terms-of-our-surrender/ London, GB 04 01 20211001 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250455 03 9781912250455 06 15 9781912250486 03 9781912250486 06 15 9781912250462 03 9781912250462 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-terms-of-our-surrender 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/the-terms-of-our-surrender 20 08 20211001 01 urn:uuid:43784a71-c107-494c-9aff-5d3734248e6c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2ee074f0-5ef0-4cbd-ab0a-9f96a451c882 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:43784a71-c107-494c-9aff-5d3734248e6c 15 9781912250462 03 9781912250462 06 10.14296/202110.9781912250486 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107806 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Terms of Our Surrender Colonialism, Dispossession and the Resistance of the Innu 1 A01 Elizabeth Cassell Elizabeth Cassell Visiting Fellow 40 02nkf1q06 University of Essex Elizabeth Cassell is a lawyer, a former university lecturer and practitioner in Property & Trusts law who has travelled extensively in the Arctic and Sub-Arctic and who believes that the law is not enough to reconcile the issues of indigenous land rights in Canada. Through oral history, she gives voice to those deeply affected by the Canadian land claims process. 01 eng 00 360 03 09 3 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 JFSL9 93 JPN 10 SOC062000 93 JPVH 12 JPVH 10 POL035010 93 KCVG 10 LAW094000 12 LBBP 93 JPFA 12 KCN 10 LAW107000 93 1KBC 10 LAW036000 12 LNKJ 93 2ACB 12 ACBK 10 LAW110000 12 1KBC 93 3MR 10 LAW047000 12 2AB 93 3MP 10 4.0.2.0.0.0.0 12 3JM 93 5PB 12 3JJ 20 Innu; indigenous people; Canada; Labrador; First Nations; land grab; ecology; land protector; human rights; land defender; settler violence; United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples; Truth and Reconciliation Commission; James Bay & Northern Quebec Agreement; Comprehensive Land Claims Process; oil; extraction 01 06 02 00 Canada is seen as a liberal democracy and staunch upholder of human rights across the world. Yet the domestic scene is different when it comes to indigenous peoples. Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender</italic> is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. It 03 00 Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender</italic> is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. Set against an ethnographic, historical and legal framework, the book traces the myriad ways the Canadian state has successfully evaded the 1763 Royal Proclamation that guaranteed First Nations people a right to their land and way of life. Focusing on the Innu of Quebec and Labrador, whose land has been taken for resource extraction and development, the book strips back the fiduciary duty to its origins, challenging the inroads which have been made on the nature and extent of indigenous land tenure—arguing for preservation of land ownership and positioning First Nations people as natural land defenders amidst a devastating climate crisis. It offers a voice to the Innu people, detailing the spirituality practices, culture and values that make it impossible for them to willingly cede their land.The text is intended to bridge the gap in knowledge between legal practitioners and those working at the intersections of human rights, social work and public policy. The book offers a potent template for how we can use the law to fight back against the indignities suffered by all indigenous peoples. 30 00 Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender</italic> is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. Set against an ethnographic, historical and legal framework, the book traces the myriad ways the Canadian state has successfully evaded the 1763 Royal Proclamation that guaranteed First Nations people a right to their land and way of life. Focusing on the Innu of Quebec and Labrador, whose land has been taken for resource extraction and development, the book strips back the fiduciary duty to its origins, challenging the inroads which have been made on the nature and extent of indigenous land tenure—arguing for preservation of land ownership and positioning First Nations people as natural land defenders amidst a devastating climate crisis. It offers a voice to the Innu people, detailing the spirituality practices, culture and values that make it impossible for them to willingly cede their land.The text is intended to bridge the gap in knowledge between legal practitioners and those working at the intersections of human rights, social work and public policy. The book offers a potent template for how we can use the law to fight back against the indignities suffered by all indigenous peoples. 04 00 Part 1: The Innu Chapter 1: Innu/Canadian Relations In Their Social Context Chapter 2: The Innu left to their fate in Schefferville Chapter 3: Matimekush Lac John Today Chapter 4: Legacies of the Past: Barriers to Effective Negotiation Chapter 5: Racis Part 2: The Royal Proclamation and Questions of Trust Over Indigenous Land Chapter 6: Historical Background Chapter 7: The Personal Fiduciary Duty Chapter 7: Bending the Law to the Needs of Settlement Chapter 8: The Honour of the Crown, the Duty to Consult and the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Part Three: The Modern Treaties and Canada’s Comprehensive Claims Policy Chapter 9: The James Bay Project: The Plot to Drown the Northern Woods Chapter 10: The Malouf Judgment - Chief Robert Kanatewat et al v La Societe de Daveloppement de la Baie James et al et La Commission Hydro-Electrique de Quebec [1974] RP 38 Chapter 11: Negotiating the James Bay and Northern Quebec Agreement Chapter 12: The Aftermath of Signing the James Bay Agreement Chapter 13: The Comprehensive Land Claims Policy Part Four: The Innu Experience of the Comprehensive Land Claims Process Chapter 14: All that is Left to Us is the Terms of our Surrender: Negotiations to Recover Lost Innu Lands Chapter 15: The New Dawn Agreement Chapter 16: The Position of the Innu Who Live in Quebec Chapter 17: Construction and Protest at Muskrat Falls Part Five: Citizens Plus or Parallel Paths? Chapter 18: Academic Solutions Chapter 19: Indigenous Solutions Chapter 20: Citizens Plus or Parallel Paths? 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202110.9781912250486_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-terms-of-our-surrender/ London, GB 04 01 20211001 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250455 03 9781912250455 06 15 9781912250486 03 9781912250486 06 15 9781913002145 03 9781913002145 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-terms-of-our-surrender/ 20 08 20211001 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:85cfd194-50bc-477c-b6d3-8f47e7e42068 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:592b42ec-d909-4c43-9485-3fdd35792536 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:85cfd194-50bc-477c-b6d3-8f47e7e42068 15 9781905670918 03 9781905670918 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103998 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 78 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 The Ties That Bind The Economic Relationships of Twelve Tebtunis Families in Roman Egypt 1 A01 Ryosuke Takahashi Ryosuke Takahashi 01 eng 00 208 03 09 37 10 ART015060 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Near East 93 DB 12 HBLA1 93 DSBB 12 HBLA 10 PHI002000 10 HIS001030 12 JHBK 93 NK 12 HDDK 10 HIS002030 93 NKDS 12 1QDAG 10 3.1.3.0.0.0.0 93 DBSG 10 1.5.3.0.0.1.0 93 1QBAE 12 1QDAR 93 1QBAR 12 2ADL 93 2ADL 12 2CXG 12 2AB 93 2CXG 93 2ACB 12 3D 93 3KB-AA-E 93 6AG 20 families; micro-history; local history; Romans; Egypt; class; society 01 06 02 00 The Ties That Bind presents a fascinating study of a dozen cross-class family papers from Tebtunis, an ancient village formerly located in lower Egypt. Dating to the second century AD, this unique documentation provides a rare opportunity to explore how local elites under Roman rule exploited their wealth in the countryside and interacted wit 03 00 Tebtunis, an ancient village formerly located in lower Egypt, is one of the most enduring subjects of study from the civilization’s Roman era. This fascinating volume details a dozen family papers that have survived from the second century AD. Belonging to the families of various different classes, this unique documentation provides a rare opportunity to explore how local elites under Roman rule exploited their wealth in the countryside and interacted with its rural inhabitants. The Ties That Bind</italic> is the first book to investigate these family papers holistically, focusing on the economic activities in which the families engaged: land leases, loans in cash and kind, and the employment of managers and laborers on landed estates. This study also addresses strategy and decision-making among both elite families and villagers, the complexity of interfamilial relationships, and the implications of this social networking. This micro-historical study elucidates the diversity of socio-economic life in a village where no single family dominated. 30 00 Tebtunis, an ancient village formerly located in lower Egypt, is one of the most enduring subjects of study from the civilization’s Roman era. This fascinating volume details a dozen family papers that have survived from the second century AD. Belonging to the families of various different classes, this unique documentation provides a rare opportunity to explore how local elites under Roman rule exploited their wealth in the countryside and interacted with its rural inhabitants. The Ties That Bind</italic> is the first book to investigate these family papers holistically, focusing on the economic activities in which the families engaged: land leases, loans in cash and kind, and the employment of managers and laborers on landed estates. This study also addresses strategy and decision-making among both elite families and villagers, the complexity of interfamilial relationships, and the implications of this social networking. This micro-historical study elucidates the diversity of socio-economic life in a village where no single family dominated. 04 00 1. Introduction 2. Families in second-century Tebtunis 3. Land leases 4. Loans in cash and kind 5. Managers and labourers 6. Conclusion 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/303340/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-ties-that-bind/ London, GB 04 01 20210906 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-ties-that-bind/ 20 08 20210906 02 59.99 GBP WORLD 02 78.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5bf6ce37-0566-4178-a4ad-f2a56060ccc6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:29fd93e6-eee9-4a71-ae3c-dd6a7ff4fabe 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5bf6ce37-0566-4178-a4ad-f2a56060ccc6 15 9781905165919 03 9781905165919 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53921 00 BC 10 01 01 The Victoria County History, 1899-2012 A Diamond Jubilee Celebration 1 A01 John Beckett John Beckett 2 A01 Elizabeth Williamson Elizabeth Williamson 3 A01 Matthew Bristow Matthew Bristow 2 01 eng 00 102 03 12 H 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NH 20 Landscape history; English Heritage; Romano-British culture; Chatsworth House; Goodrich Castle; English archaeology 01 06 02 00 03 00 Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II graciously permitted the Victoria County History to rededicate its series of county volumes, in celebration of her Diamond Jubilee. The History keeps the name it was given in honour of Queen Victoria when it was founded in 1899 as one of great national projects of that time. It has remained one of the foundations of knowledge about English localities, publishing a remarkable series of encyclopaedic volumes, county-by-county, parish-by-parish.This book is about the Victoria County History of today: how it developed in its early commercial years through the commitment of its General Editors and a team of experts, before becoming a great public project based at the University of London, and now a dynamic organisation reaching everyone interested in their locality through websites, paperbacks and events, as well as the ‘big red books’. Each VCH county retains its own personality and loyal following, as you will see from the pages created by the counties active in research now. 30 00 Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II graciously permitted the Victoria County History to rededicate its series of county volumes, in celebration of her Diamond Jubilee. The History keeps the name it was given in honour of Queen Victoria when it was founded in 1899 as one of great national projects of that time. It has remained one of the foundations of knowledge about English localities, publishing a remarkable series of encyclopaedic volumes, county-by-county, parish-by-parish.This book is about the Victoria County History of today: how it developed in its early commercial years through the commitment of its General Editors and a team of experts, before becoming a great public project based at the University of London, and now a dynamic organisation reaching everyone interested in their locality through websites, paperbacks and events, as well as the ‘big red books’. Each VCH county retains its own personality and loyal following, as you will see from the pages created by the counties active in research now. 04 00 ForewordPrefaceEarly years of the VCH Organisation Aims and plans for completion General volumes Natural history Archaeology and architecture Topography Women in the VCH Move to the IHR The Archives Select bibiliographyThe countiesBiographies of notable contributors Contributors 2007–12VCH volumes published since 2000The VCH in the 21st centuryThe VCH since 2000 England’s Past for Everyone Volunteering and the VCH Digital projects England’s Past for Everyone Support the VCH The future... 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-county-history-1899-2012/ London, GB 04 01 20130222 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646360 03 9781909646360 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-county-history-1899-2012/ 20 08 20130222 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:dca4406a-ac08-4c4a-8864-f4f4e0bf8edb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:29fd93e6-eee9-4a71-ae3c-dd6a7ff4fabe 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:dca4406a-ac08-4c4a-8864-f4f4e0bf8edb 15 9781909646360 03 9781909646360 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53921 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria County History, 1899-2012 A Diamond Jubilee Celebration 1 A01 John Beckett John Beckett 2 A01 Elizabeth Williamson Elizabeth Williamson 3 A01 Matthew Bristow Matthew Bristow 2 01 eng 00 102 03 12 H 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NH 20 Landscape history; English Heritage; Romano-British culture; Chatsworth House; Goodrich Castle; English archaeology 01 06 02 00 03 00 Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II graciously permitted the Victoria County History to rededicate its series of county volumes, in celebration of her Diamond Jubilee. The History keeps the name it was given in honour of Queen Victoria when it was founded in 1899 as one of great national projects of that time. It has remained one of the foundations of knowledge about English localities, publishing a remarkable series of encyclopaedic volumes, county-by-county, parish-by-parish.This book is about the Victoria County History of today: how it developed in its early commercial years through the commitment of its General Editors and a team of experts, before becoming a great public project based at the University of London, and now a dynamic organisation reaching everyone interested in their locality through websites, paperbacks and events, as well as the ‘big red books’. Each VCH county retains its own personality and loyal following, as you will see from the pages created by the counties active in research now. 30 00 Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II graciously permitted the Victoria County History to rededicate its series of county volumes, in celebration of her Diamond Jubilee. The History keeps the name it was given in honour of Queen Victoria when it was founded in 1899 as one of great national projects of that time. It has remained one of the foundations of knowledge about English localities, publishing a remarkable series of encyclopaedic volumes, county-by-county, parish-by-parish.This book is about the Victoria County History of today: how it developed in its early commercial years through the commitment of its General Editors and a team of experts, before becoming a great public project based at the University of London, and now a dynamic organisation reaching everyone interested in their locality through websites, paperbacks and events, as well as the ‘big red books’. Each VCH county retains its own personality and loyal following, as you will see from the pages created by the counties active in research now. 04 00 ForewordPrefaceEarly years of the VCH Organisation Aims and plans for completion General volumes Natural history Archaeology and architecture Topography Women in the VCH Move to the IHR The Archives Select bibiliographyThe countiesBiographies of notable contributors Contributors 2007–12VCH volumes published since 2000The VCH in the 21st centuryThe VCH since 2000 England’s Past for Everyone Volunteering and the VCH Digital projects England’s Past for Everyone Support the VCH The future... 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-county-history-1899-2012/ London, GB 04 01 20130222 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905165919 03 9781905165919 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-county-history-1899-2012/ 20 08 20130222 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:94a2785b-2fb3-44b1-b761-08648b426f3c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bfe6fad5-745a-4fe0-84d1-239732d952cd 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:94a2785b-2fb3-44b1-b761-08648b426f3c 15 9781909646254 03 9781909646254 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55305 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria County History of Herefordshire: Bosbury 1 A01 Janet Cooper Janet Cooper 01 eng 00 106 03 09 25 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NHQ 12 WQH 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 1DBKEMF 93 1DDU-GB-EMF 20 English episcopal manors; Agrarian History of England; Ledbury Poor Law Union; Temple Court; Marian Buck; Herefordshire Education Authority 01 06 02 00 03 00 Bosbury is the second parish history to be produced by the Trust for the Victoria County History of Herefordshire, following the history of Eastnor published in 2013. <break/> Like Eastnor, Bosbury is an agricultural parish, near the market town of Ledbury. It covers a relatively large area below the western slopes of the Malvern Hills. In the Middle Ages Bosbury was the site of one of the favourite residences of the bishops of Hereford; in the western part of the parish, called Upleadon, was an estate belonging first to the Knights Templar and then to the Hospitallers. From the 16th century onwards both estates passed into the hands of tenants, leaving the parish without a major resident landowner until John Stedman and Edward Higgins successively developed the Bosbury House estate in the late 18th and the 19th century. Much of that estate was given after the First World War to create the Bosbury Farm Settlement for former soldiers. <break/> The economy of the parish has always been agricultural, mixed farming being practised. Orchards have been important, particularly on the higher ground in the northern part of the parish, and hops have been grown since the 17th century. By the late 19th century the lack of industry, and indeed of any major roads, made the parish appear an oasis of rural peace. The many timber-framed buildings, particularly those along the village street, and the parish church with its detached bell tower, attracted visitors and some new residents, but the parish avoided any large-scale 20th-century development. 30 00 Bosbury is the second parish history to be produced by the Trust for the Victoria County History of Herefordshire, following the history of Eastnor published in 2013. <break/> Like Eastnor, Bosbury is an agricultural parish, near the market town of Ledbury. It covers a relatively large area below the western slopes of the Malvern Hills. In the Middle Ages Bosbury was the site of one of the favourite residences of the bishops of Hereford; in the western part of the parish, called Upleadon, was an estate belonging first to the Knights Templar and then to the Hospitallers. From the 16th century onwards both estates passed into the hands of tenants, leaving the parish without a major resident landowner until John Stedman and Edward Higgins successively developed the Bosbury House estate in the late 18th and the 19th century. Much of that estate was given after the First World War to create the Bosbury Farm Settlement for former soldiers. <break/> The economy of the parish has always been agricultural, mixed farming being practised. Orchards have been important, particularly on the higher ground in the northern part of the parish, and hops have been grown since the 17th century. By the late 19th century the lack of industry, and indeed of any major roads, made the parish appear an oasis of rural peace. The many timber-framed buildings, particularly those along the village street, and the parish church with its detached bell tower, attracted visitors and some new residents, but the parish avoided any large-scale 20th-century development. 04 00 ForewordIntroductionSettlement and PopulationThe Built EnvironmentLand OwnershipLocal GovernmentEconomic HistoryAgricultureIndustry and CraftsSocial HistorySocial StructureSocial Life and RecreationInnsThe PoorEducationReligious HistoryParochial OrganisationPastoral Care and Religious LifeThe Church of the Holy TrinityNonconformityNote on SourcesAbbreviationsGlossary 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248805//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-county-history-of-herefordshire-bosbury/ London, GB 04 01 20161024 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646414 03 9781909646414 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-county-history-of-herefordshire-bosbury/ 20 08 20161024 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:32351a7f-dd40-4b19-b84e-3d43908ca5ea 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bfe6fad5-745a-4fe0-84d1-239732d952cd 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:32351a7f-dd40-4b19-b84e-3d43908ca5ea 15 9781909646414 03 9781909646414 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55305 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria County History of Herefordshire: Bosbury 1 A01 Janet Cooper Janet Cooper 01 eng 00 106 03 09 25 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NHQ 12 WQH 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 1DBKEMF 93 1DDU-GB-EMF 20 English episcopal manors; Agrarian History of England; Ledbury Poor Law Union; Temple Court; Marian Buck; Herefordshire Education Authority 01 06 02 00 03 00 Bosbury is the second parish history to be produced by the Trust for the Victoria County History of Herefordshire, following the history of Eastnor published in 2013. <break/> Like Eastnor, Bosbury is an agricultural parish, near the market town of Ledbury. It covers a relatively large area below the western slopes of the Malvern Hills. In the Middle Ages Bosbury was the site of one of the favourite residences of the bishops of Hereford; in the western part of the parish, called Upleadon, was an estate belonging first to the Knights Templar and then to the Hospitallers. From the 16th century onwards both estates passed into the hands of tenants, leaving the parish without a major resident landowner until John Stedman and Edward Higgins successively developed the Bosbury House estate in the late 18th and the 19th century. Much of that estate was given after the First World War to create the Bosbury Farm Settlement for former soldiers. <break/> The economy of the parish has always been agricultural, mixed farming being practised. Orchards have been important, particularly on the higher ground in the northern part of the parish, and hops have been grown since the 17th century. By the late 19th century the lack of industry, and indeed of any major roads, made the parish appear an oasis of rural peace. The many timber-framed buildings, particularly those along the village street, and the parish church with its detached bell tower, attracted visitors and some new residents, but the parish avoided any large-scale 20th-century development. 30 00 Bosbury is the second parish history to be produced by the Trust for the Victoria County History of Herefordshire, following the history of Eastnor published in 2013. <break/> Like Eastnor, Bosbury is an agricultural parish, near the market town of Ledbury. It covers a relatively large area below the western slopes of the Malvern Hills. In the Middle Ages Bosbury was the site of one of the favourite residences of the bishops of Hereford; in the western part of the parish, called Upleadon, was an estate belonging first to the Knights Templar and then to the Hospitallers. From the 16th century onwards both estates passed into the hands of tenants, leaving the parish without a major resident landowner until John Stedman and Edward Higgins successively developed the Bosbury House estate in the late 18th and the 19th century. Much of that estate was given after the First World War to create the Bosbury Farm Settlement for former soldiers. <break/> The economy of the parish has always been agricultural, mixed farming being practised. Orchards have been important, particularly on the higher ground in the northern part of the parish, and hops have been grown since the 17th century. By the late 19th century the lack of industry, and indeed of any major roads, made the parish appear an oasis of rural peace. The many timber-framed buildings, particularly those along the village street, and the parish church with its detached bell tower, attracted visitors and some new residents, but the parish avoided any large-scale 20th-century development. 04 00 ForewordIntroductionSettlement and PopulationThe Built EnvironmentLand OwnershipLocal GovernmentEconomic HistoryAgricultureIndustry and CraftsSocial HistorySocial StructureSocial Life and RecreationInnsThe PoorEducationReligious HistoryParochial OrganisationPastoral Care and Religious LifeThe Church of the Holy TrinityNonconformityNote on SourcesAbbreviationsGlossary 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248805//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-county-history-of-herefordshire-bosbury/ London, GB 04 01 20161024 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646254 03 9781909646254 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-county-history-of-herefordshire-bosbury/ 20 08 20161024 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:89f1a3f1-36a1-4cfd-adbb-6a28b972b923 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:029aca32-81c5-4d6d-94a4-5ab2927fe25e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:89f1a3f1-36a1-4cfd-adbb-6a28b972b923 15 9781912702114 03 9781912702114 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.82879 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Essex: Harwich, Dovercourt and Parkeston in the 19th Century 1 A01 Andrew Senter Andrew Senter 01 eng 00 142 03 09 40 10 HIS015060 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBTM 93 NHTM 10 SOC053000 12 HBJD1 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 12 HBTB 10 HIS037060 93 RGL 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 1DBKEAX 93 1DDU-GB-EAX 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JH 93 3MN 93 6AG 20 economics; politics; borough; development; maritime; port; agriculture 01 06 02 00 This book explores the changing character of Harwich, Dovercourt and Parkeston over the course of the 19th century, including the borough’s economic, social and political history. Its coastal location dictated its prominent role as a port and naval base from the 14th century onwards, and it retained its military function in the Napoleonic and 03 00 Exploring the changing character of Harwich, Dovercourt and Parkeston through the course of the 19th century, included in this book is the economic, social and political history of the borough. The book provides an overview of the development of areas such as education, religion, public health with a strong focus on Harwich’s maritime history.The borough of Harwich, including the parish of Dovercourt, lies in the far north east corner of Essex. Its coastal location as a natural harbour at the mouth of the Orwell river dictated that Harwich had a prominent role as a port and naval base from the 14th century onwards. In the 19th century Harwich retained its military function, particularly during the Napoleonic and Crimean wars. The port declined economically as a result of losing the continental packet service in the 1830s, but it was rejuvenated by the opening of the railway in 1854. Dovercourt grew as a residential area and seaside resort in the second half of the 19th century, although the rest of the parish retained much of its traditional agricultural character. The opening of the port at nearby Parkeston in 1883 led to a rapid growth in both passenger traffic and trade to and from the continent. 30 00 Exploring the changing character of Harwich, Dovercourt and Parkeston through the course of the 19th century, included in this book is the economic, social and political history of the borough. The book provides an overview of the development of areas such as education, religion, public health with a strong focus on Harwich’s maritime history.The borough of Harwich, including the parish of Dovercourt, lies in the far north east corner of Essex. Its coastal location as a natural harbour at the mouth of the Orwell river dictated that Harwich had a prominent role as a port and naval base from the 14th century onwards. In the 19th century Harwich retained its military function, particularly during the Napoleonic and Crimean wars. The port declined economically as a result of losing the continental packet service in the 1830s, but it was rejuvenated by the opening of the railway in 1854. Dovercourt grew as a residential area and seaside resort in the second half of the 19th century, although the rest of the parish retained much of its traditional agricultural character. The opening of the port at nearby Parkeston in 1883 led to a rapid growth in both passenger traffic and trade to and from the continent. 04 00 Introduction 1. Topography 2. Economic History 3. Social History 4. Religious History 5. Local Government Afterword 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/268016//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-essex-harwich-dovercourt-and-parkeston-in-the-19th-century/ London, GB 04 01 20190630 University of London 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702398 03 9781912702398 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-essex-harwich-dovercourt-and-parkeston-in-the-19th-century/ 20 08 20190630 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:55ce3c94-6454-42c6-8542-408c9cb7c098 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:029aca32-81c5-4d6d-94a4-5ab2927fe25e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:55ce3c94-6454-42c6-8542-408c9cb7c098 15 9781912702398 03 9781912702398 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.82879 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Essex: Harwich, Dovercourt and Parkeston in the 19th Century 1 A01 Andrew Senter Andrew Senter 01 eng 00 142 03 09 40 10 HIS015060 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBTM 93 NHTM 10 SOC053000 12 HBJD1 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 12 HBTB 10 HIS037060 93 RGL 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 1DBKEAX 93 1DDU-GB-EAX 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JH 93 3MN 93 6AG 20 economics; politics; borough; development; maritime; port; agriculture 01 06 02 00 This book explores the changing character of Harwich, Dovercourt and Parkeston over the course of the 19th century, including the borough’s economic, social and political history. Its coastal location dictated its prominent role as a port and naval base from the 14th century onwards, and it retained its military function in the Napoleonic and 03 00 Exploring the changing character of Harwich, Dovercourt and Parkeston through the course of the 19th century, included in this book is the economic, social and political history of the borough. The book provides an overview of the development of areas such as education, religion, public health with a strong focus on Harwich’s maritime history.The borough of Harwich, including the parish of Dovercourt, lies in the far north east corner of Essex. Its coastal location as a natural harbour at the mouth of the Orwell river dictated that Harwich had a prominent role as a port and naval base from the 14th century onwards. In the 19th century Harwich retained its military function, particularly during the Napoleonic and Crimean wars. The port declined economically as a result of losing the continental packet service in the 1830s, but it was rejuvenated by the opening of the railway in 1854. Dovercourt grew as a residential area and seaside resort in the second half of the 19th century, although the rest of the parish retained much of its traditional agricultural character. The opening of the port at nearby Parkeston in 1883 led to a rapid growth in both passenger traffic and trade to and from the continent. 30 00 Exploring the changing character of Harwich, Dovercourt and Parkeston through the course of the 19th century, included in this book is the economic, social and political history of the borough. The book provides an overview of the development of areas such as education, religion, public health with a strong focus on Harwich’s maritime history.The borough of Harwich, including the parish of Dovercourt, lies in the far north east corner of Essex. Its coastal location as a natural harbour at the mouth of the Orwell river dictated that Harwich had a prominent role as a port and naval base from the 14th century onwards. In the 19th century Harwich retained its military function, particularly during the Napoleonic and Crimean wars. The port declined economically as a result of losing the continental packet service in the 1830s, but it was rejuvenated by the opening of the railway in 1854. Dovercourt grew as a residential area and seaside resort in the second half of the 19th century, although the rest of the parish retained much of its traditional agricultural character. The opening of the port at nearby Parkeston in 1883 led to a rapid growth in both passenger traffic and trade to and from the continent. 04 00 Introduction 1. Topography 2. Economic History 3. Social History 4. Religious History 5. Local Government Afterword 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/268016//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-essex-harwich-dovercourt-and-parkeston-in-the-19th-century/ London, GB 04 01 20190630 University of London 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702114 03 9781912702114 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-essex-harwich-dovercourt-and-parkeston-in-the-19th-century/ 20 08 20190630 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:124861a7-f9df-4443-9a33-df261cb1d3bc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bdc4b877-81ee-4fa9-9c20-d1373f401d90 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:124861a7-f9df-4443-9a33-df261cb1d3bc 15 9781909646056 03 9781909646056 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53903 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 03 13 mm 03 1.3 cm 03 0.5 in 08 458 gr 08 16.25 oz 01 01 The Victoria History of Essex: Newport 1 B01 Anthony Tuck Anthony Tuck 01 eng 00 192 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 Landscape History; Church of England; Turnpike Trust; Country cottages; Shortgrove estate; The Poor Law; Pond Common Trust 01 06 02 00 03 00 The parish of Newport lies in the valley of the river Cam in north-west Essex about three and a half miles south-west of the market town of Saffron Walden, and a short distance from the Hertfordshire and Cambridgeshire borders. It probably originated in the early 10th century as a royal foundation, and it soon developed some urban features such as a market. Its position on an important through route between London and East Anglia gave it a more varied character than some of its neighbouring villages, and the coming of the railway in the 19th century led to the establishment of a gas works and maltings. Even so, it remained a largely agricultural community until the mid 20th century, but thereafter its position as a thoroughfare village helped to establish Newport as a community with most of its adult population finding work elsewhere, some in London.This book explores the varying character of Newport over eleven centuries. It examines the changing patterns of landownership, social structure and economy of the village and its institutions, not least its 16th-century grammar school. It also discusses the part played, especially in the 18th, 19th and 20th centuries, by the owners of Shortgrove Hall, within the parish, and Quendon Hall, a few miles to the south. 30 00 The parish of Newport lies in the valley of the river Cam in north-west Essex about three and a half miles south-west of the market town of Saffron Walden, and a short distance from the Hertfordshire and Cambridgeshire borders. It probably originated in the early 10th century as a royal foundation, and it soon developed some urban features such as a market. Its position on an important through route between London and East Anglia gave it a more varied character than some of its neighbouring villages, and the coming of the railway in the 19th century led to the establishment of a gas works and maltings. Even so, it remained a largely agricultural community until the mid 20th century, but thereafter its position as a thoroughfare village helped to establish Newport as a community with most of its adult population finding work elsewhere, some in London.This book explores the varying character of Newport over eleven centuries. It examines the changing patterns of landownership, social structure and economy of the village and its institutions, not least its 16th-century grammar school. It also discusses the part played, especially in the 18th, 19th and 20th centuries, by the owners of Shortgrove Hall, within the parish, and Quendon Hall, a few miles to the south. 04 00 ForewordIntroductionJames Bettley, Bernard Nurse and Anthony TuckLandscape, Population and Settlement Landscape and Geology Parish Boundaries Population Prehistoric Settlement Roman Settlement Early Saxon Settlement Origins of Newport Settlement Pattern Transport and Communications Secular BuildingsLandownershipJames Bettley, David Evans and Anthony TuckShortgrove Estate and Manor Shortgrove Hall The Manor of Newport Pond Tilty Abbey Estate The Quendon Hall Estate in Newport Dispersal of the Shortgrove and Quendon EstatesEconomic HistoryBen Cowell and Anthony TuckNewport as a ‘borough’ Markets and Fairs Agriculture, c.1086–c.1600 Newport and Shortgrove from the 17th Century to the Present Day Employment 19th and 20th Century IndustriesSocial HistoryJames Bettley, Bernard Nurse, Anthony Tuck and Gillian WilliamsonSocial Structure to c.1600 Social Structure from c.1600 Public HealthSocial WelfarePoor Relief Charities Leisure and Recreation EducationLocal GovernmentJames Bettley, Anthony Tuck and Gillian WilliamsonManorial Administration Vestry Government The Parish Council Administration of Justice from c.1600 Highways Fire Service Parliamentary ElectionsReligious HistoryJames Bettley, Bernard Nurse, Anthony Tuck and Gillian WilliamsonParochial Organisation The Parish Church of St Mary Parish Church Pre-Reformation Parish Church Post-Reformation St Leonard’s Hospital Post-Reformation Catholicism Protestant DissentPost-War DevelopmentAnthony TuckList of AbbreviationsNotes on Sources 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248193/53903/53903_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-essex-newport/ London, GB 04 01 20150402 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646391 03 9781909646391 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-essex-newport/ 20 08 20150402 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:dfa599d4-c978-4d63-a9da-f120b748d6fa 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bdc4b877-81ee-4fa9-9c20-d1373f401d90 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:dfa599d4-c978-4d63-a9da-f120b748d6fa 15 9781909646391 03 9781909646391 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53903 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Essex: Newport 1 B01 Anthony Tuck Anthony Tuck 01 eng 00 192 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 Landscape History; Church of England; Turnpike Trust; Country cottages; Shortgrove estate; The Poor Law; Pond Common Trust 01 06 02 00 03 00 The parish of Newport lies in the valley of the river Cam in north-west Essex about three and a half miles south-west of the market town of Saffron Walden, and a short distance from the Hertfordshire and Cambridgeshire borders. It probably originated in the early 10th century as a royal foundation, and it soon developed some urban features such as a market. Its position on an important through route between London and East Anglia gave it a more varied character than some of its neighbouring villages, and the coming of the railway in the 19th century led to the establishment of a gas works and maltings. Even so, it remained a largely agricultural community until the mid 20th century, but thereafter its position as a thoroughfare village helped to establish Newport as a community with most of its adult population finding work elsewhere, some in London.This book explores the varying character of Newport over eleven centuries. It examines the changing patterns of landownership, social structure and economy of the village and its institutions, not least its 16th-century grammar school. It also discusses the part played, especially in the 18th, 19th and 20th centuries, by the owners of Shortgrove Hall, within the parish, and Quendon Hall, a few miles to the south. 30 00 The parish of Newport lies in the valley of the river Cam in north-west Essex about three and a half miles south-west of the market town of Saffron Walden, and a short distance from the Hertfordshire and Cambridgeshire borders. It probably originated in the early 10th century as a royal foundation, and it soon developed some urban features such as a market. Its position on an important through route between London and East Anglia gave it a more varied character than some of its neighbouring villages, and the coming of the railway in the 19th century led to the establishment of a gas works and maltings. Even so, it remained a largely agricultural community until the mid 20th century, but thereafter its position as a thoroughfare village helped to establish Newport as a community with most of its adult population finding work elsewhere, some in London.This book explores the varying character of Newport over eleven centuries. It examines the changing patterns of landownership, social structure and economy of the village and its institutions, not least its 16th-century grammar school. It also discusses the part played, especially in the 18th, 19th and 20th centuries, by the owners of Shortgrove Hall, within the parish, and Quendon Hall, a few miles to the south. 04 00 ForewordIntroductionJames Bettley, Bernard Nurse and Anthony TuckLandscape, Population and Settlement Landscape and Geology Parish Boundaries Population Prehistoric Settlement Roman Settlement Early Saxon Settlement Origins of Newport Settlement Pattern Transport and Communications Secular BuildingsLandownershipJames Bettley, David Evans and Anthony TuckShortgrove Estate and Manor Shortgrove Hall The Manor of Newport Pond Tilty Abbey Estate The Quendon Hall Estate in Newport Dispersal of the Shortgrove and Quendon EstatesEconomic HistoryBen Cowell and Anthony TuckNewport as a ‘borough’ Markets and Fairs Agriculture, c.1086–c.1600 Newport and Shortgrove from the 17th Century to the Present Day Employment 19th and 20th Century IndustriesSocial HistoryJames Bettley, Bernard Nurse, Anthony Tuck and Gillian WilliamsonSocial Structure to c.1600 Social Structure from c.1600 Public HealthSocial WelfarePoor Relief Charities Leisure and Recreation EducationLocal GovernmentJames Bettley, Anthony Tuck and Gillian WilliamsonManorial Administration Vestry Government The Parish Council Administration of Justice from c.1600 Highways Fire Service Parliamentary ElectionsReligious HistoryJames Bettley, Bernard Nurse, Anthony Tuck and Gillian WilliamsonParochial Organisation The Parish Church of St Mary Parish Church Pre-Reformation Parish Church Post-Reformation St Leonard’s Hospital Post-Reformation Catholicism Protestant DissentPost-War DevelopmentAnthony TuckList of AbbreviationsNotes on Sources 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248193/53903/53903_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-essex-newport/ London, GB 04 01 20150402 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646056 03 9781909646056 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-essex-newport/ 20 08 20150402 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7c813c9c-b756-4c25-869b-e1d9b5eb5ba2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a92cc9a9-91e5-4be8-873f-bf123db390e8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7c813c9c-b756-4c25-869b-e1d9b5eb5ba2 15 9781915249876 03 9781915249876 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.147528 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Essex: Southend Victorian Town and Resort 1 A01 Ken Crowe Ken Crowe Ken Crowe taught history at a local Comprehensive school before joining the staff of Southend Museum, where he curated, among others, the Local History collections. He gained MAs in both Archaeology and Local and Regional History (London and Essex) and has written extensively on local history and archaeological subjects. Since retiring, in 2014, he has been closely involved with both the VCH Essex Trust and the Friends of Historic Essex. 01 eng 00 164 03 09 60 10 HIS015060 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 WQH 10 HIS054000 93 RGL 10 HIS052000 93 NHTB 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 93 JBSD 93 1DDU-GB-EAX 93 3MNQ 93 3MPB 20 Southend; Essex; Leigh; Victorian; Edwardian; seaside; resort; population growth; transport; occupations; Daniel Robert Scratton 01 06 02 00 This new history of Southend describes its growth as a town and resort in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Its thematic chapters chart Southend’s expansion and developments in its infrastructure and economy, determined both by the impact of seasonal visitors and the year-round movement of people that laid the foundations of Southend as 03 00 The definitive history of Southend’s expansion that depicts how a seasonal resort evolved into a dynamic year-round town.</bold>The story of Southend’s growth as a town and resort in the Victorian and Edwardian periods is told here in this new history of Southend. As the nearest seaside resort to London, the town’s development has been determined in large part by the impact of its seasonal visitors. Yet it was the year-round movement of people from other parts of Essex, England and from the European continent in the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth-centuries that was to have a lasting effect on the character of the town.Richly illustrated and drawing from original sources, this volume offers new perspectives on the developments that laid the foundations of Southend as we know it today. Its thematic chapters chart the physical expansion of housing in the period and the development of the resort’s infrastructure and economy, among other topics. Although concentrating on Southend and its resort, chapters on agricultural depression and land speculation, education, clubs and societies and unemployment expand the book’s regional focus to neighbouring areas, making this valuable reading for anyone interested in the history of Essex and the UK’s seaside towns. 30 00 The definitive history of Southend’s expansion that depicts how a seasonal resort evolved into a dynamic year-round town.</bold>The story of Southend’s growth as a town and resort in the Victorian and Edwardian periods is told here in this new history of Southend. As the nearest seaside resort to London, the town’s development has been determined in large part by the impact of its seasonal visitors. Yet it was the year-round movement of people from other parts of Essex, England and from the European continent in the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth-centuries that was to have a lasting effect on the character of the town.Richly illustrated and drawing from original sources, this volume offers new perspectives on the developments that laid the foundations of Southend as we know it today. Its thematic chapters chart the physical expansion of housing in the period and the development of the resort’s infrastructure and economy, among other topics. Although concentrating on Southend and its resort, chapters on agricultural depression and land speculation, education, clubs and societies and unemployment expand the book’s regional focus to neighbouring areas, making this valuable reading for anyone interested in the history of Essex and the UK’s seaside towns. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction </li> <li> Southend’s Historic Parishes </li> <li> Landownership </li> <li> The Building of Cliff Town </li> <li> The Victorian Resort </li> <li> The Expansion of Southend, 1860–1914 </li> <li> Agricultural Depression and the Building of Leigh </li> <li> Occupations and Occupational Structure </li> <li> Retail Businesses and Seasonal Occupations </li> <li> Accommodation and Catering </li> <li> Brickmaking </li> <li> Unemployment in Edwardian Southend </li> <li> Education in Southend, 1802-1902 </li> <li> Clubs and Societies </li> </ul> 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/365236/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-essex-southend/ London, GB 04 01 20250306 Ken Crowe 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-essex-southend/ 20 08 20250306 02 14.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:2fc5d461-b6ce-4d56-ab7a-203b950e1232 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0cb1fadb-da60-4610-9080-460e64796623 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2fc5d461-b6ce-4d56-ab7a-203b950e1232 15 9781909646742 03 9781909646742 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72386 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Gloucestershire: Cheltenham Before the Spa 1 B01 Alex Craven Alex Craven 2 A01 Beth Hartland Beth Hartland 01 eng 09 53 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBJD1 93 NHTB 10 SOC053000 12 HBTB 93 RGL 10 SOC015000 12 1DBKEWG 93 1DDU-GB-EWG 20 local history; spa town; microhistory; Cheltenham; English history; development 01 06 02 00 Though much has been published about Cheltenham’s history after the 1740s, when it became a fashionable resort, most say little about the many centuries of its existence before that time. This is the fullest account ever attempted to chronicle those centuries, from the late Saxon period until the 18th century. It documents the town’s developm 03 00 The familiar image of Cheltenham, a large and prosperous former spa town, world-famous on account of its Georgian and Regency architecture, its festivals and educational establishments, masks an earlier history. While numerous descriptions of the town have been published over the years, most say little about the many centuries of its existence before the 1740s, when it began to develop as a fashionable resort. This is the fullest account ever attempted to chronicle those centuries, from the late Saxon period until the 18th century. In this period, Cheltenham developed into a successful small town, ranged along a single main street, with the market and trades serving not only its own needs but also those of the surrounding countryside. It draws on a range of documentary sources preserved in local and national archives, many of them never examined in detail before. It therefore helps to explain the foundations upon which present-day Cheltenham was constructed. 30 00 The familiar image of Cheltenham, a large and prosperous former spa town, world-famous on account of its Georgian and Regency architecture, its festivals and educational establishments, masks an earlier history. While numerous descriptions of the town have been published over the years, most say little about the many centuries of its existence before the 1740s, when it began to develop as a fashionable resort. This is the fullest account ever attempted to chronicle those centuries, from the late Saxon period until the 18th century. In this period, Cheltenham developed into a successful small town, ranged along a single main street, with the market and trades serving not only its own needs but also those of the surrounding countryside. It draws on a range of documentary sources preserved in local and national archives, many of them never examined in detail before. It therefore helps to explain the foundations upon which present-day Cheltenham was constructed. 04 00 Preface 1. Land and People 2. Settlement 3. Landownership 4. Economic History 5. Local Government 6. Social History 7. Religious History 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/265335//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-gloucestershire-cheltenham-before-the-spa/ London, GB 04 01 20180601 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646759 03 9781909646759 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-gloucestershire-cheltenham-before-the-spa/ 20 08 20180601 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fe12212f-0691-4415-a841-cb91ba71eb19 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0cb1fadb-da60-4610-9080-460e64796623 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:fe12212f-0691-4415-a841-cb91ba71eb19 15 9781909646759 03 9781909646759 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72386 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Gloucestershire: Cheltenham Before the Spa 1 B01 Alex Craven Alex Craven 2 A01 Beth Hartland Beth Hartland 01 eng 09 53 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBJD1 93 NHTB 10 SOC053000 12 HBTB 93 RGL 10 SOC015000 12 1DBKEWG 93 1DDU-GB-EWG 20 local history; spa town; microhistory; Cheltenham; English history; development 01 06 02 00 Though much has been published about Cheltenham’s history after the 1740s, when it became a fashionable resort, most say little about the many centuries of its existence before that time. This is the fullest account ever attempted to chronicle those centuries, from the late Saxon period until the 18th century. It documents the town’s developm 03 00 The familiar image of Cheltenham, a large and prosperous former spa town, world-famous on account of its Georgian and Regency architecture, its festivals and educational establishments, masks an earlier history. While numerous descriptions of the town have been published over the years, most say little about the many centuries of its existence before the 1740s, when it began to develop as a fashionable resort. This is the fullest account ever attempted to chronicle those centuries, from the late Saxon period until the 18th century. In this period, Cheltenham developed into a successful small town, ranged along a single main street, with the market and trades serving not only its own needs but also those of the surrounding countryside. It draws on a range of documentary sources preserved in local and national archives, many of them never examined in detail before. It therefore helps to explain the foundations upon which present-day Cheltenham was constructed. 30 00 The familiar image of Cheltenham, a large and prosperous former spa town, world-famous on account of its Georgian and Regency architecture, its festivals and educational establishments, masks an earlier history. While numerous descriptions of the town have been published over the years, most say little about the many centuries of its existence before the 1740s, when it began to develop as a fashionable resort. This is the fullest account ever attempted to chronicle those centuries, from the late Saxon period until the 18th century. In this period, Cheltenham developed into a successful small town, ranged along a single main street, with the market and trades serving not only its own needs but also those of the surrounding countryside. It draws on a range of documentary sources preserved in local and national archives, many of them never examined in detail before. It therefore helps to explain the foundations upon which present-day Cheltenham was constructed. 04 00 Preface 1. Land and People 2. Settlement 3. Landownership 4. Economic History 5. Local Government 6. Social History 7. Religious History 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/265335//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-gloucestershire-cheltenham-before-the-spa/ London, GB 04 01 20180601 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646742 03 9781909646742 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-gloucestershire-cheltenham-before-the-spa/ 20 08 20180601 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1f09e7ea-2ed1-48cf-84c5-e5e875e2b8cf 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4e3a7967-2ae9-4d09-bd0b-9045a4c97b83 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1f09e7ea-2ed1-48cf-84c5-e5e875e2b8cf 15 9781909646100 03 9781909646100 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53902 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Gloucestershire: Yate 1 A01 Rose Wallis Rose Wallis 01 eng 00 130 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 Landscape history; Rural parish history; Alfred Pontifex; Nonconformist churches; Bristol Region; Country estates; Poor Relief; Yate British School 01 06 02 00 03 00 Yate is a town in South Gloucestershire, north-east of Bristol. Its ancient parish extended across a largely flat vale, which until the 13th century lay within Horwood forest, and was then cleared, inclosed and farmed as rich pasture by the tenants of the influential owners of its three manors. A limestone ridge fringing the vale provided good building stone, and across the parish seams of coal and a rare mineral - celestine - have been exploited until recent times. Yate lay on an important early route between Bristol and Oxford, and its mineral wealth attracted early railway links, so that it was well placed for industrial development. Bristol-based industries moved there during the decades after 1900, including wartime aviation production, so that Yate's population and housing began to increase.During the 1950s a 'new town' plan was devised which carefully controlled Yate's expansion, and included pioneering housing estate design, diverse industrial development and a large and progressive shopping mall. Yate's boundaries were redrawn in 1988, and the population of this vibrant, modern town now exceeds 20,000. 30 00 Yate is a town in South Gloucestershire, north-east of Bristol. Its ancient parish extended across a largely flat vale, which until the 13th century lay within Horwood forest, and was then cleared, inclosed and farmed as rich pasture by the tenants of the influential owners of its three manors. A limestone ridge fringing the vale provided good building stone, and across the parish seams of coal and a rare mineral - celestine - have been exploited until recent times. Yate lay on an important early route between Bristol and Oxford, and its mineral wealth attracted early railway links, so that it was well placed for industrial development. Bristol-based industries moved there during the decades after 1900, including wartime aviation production, so that Yate's population and housing began to increase.During the 1950s a 'new town' plan was devised which carefully controlled Yate's expansion, and included pioneering housing estate design, diverse industrial development and a large and progressive shopping mall. Yate's boundaries were redrawn in 1988, and the population of this vibrant, modern town now exceeds 20,000. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248196/53902/53902_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-gloucestershire-yate/ London, GB 04 01 20150731 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646407 03 9781909646407 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-gloucestershire-yate/ 20 08 20150731 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:15388855-2424-4663-9287-e60213219bc2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4e3a7967-2ae9-4d09-bd0b-9045a4c97b83 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:15388855-2424-4663-9287-e60213219bc2 15 9781909646407 03 9781909646407 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53902 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Gloucestershire: Yate 1 A01 Rose Wallis Rose Wallis 01 eng 00 130 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 Landscape history; Rural parish history; Alfred Pontifex; Nonconformist churches; Bristol Region; Country estates; Poor Relief; Yate British School 01 06 02 00 03 00 Yate is a town in South Gloucestershire, north-east of Bristol. Its ancient parish extended across a largely flat vale, which until the 13th century lay within Horwood forest, and was then cleared, inclosed and farmed as rich pasture by the tenants of the influential owners of its three manors. A limestone ridge fringing the vale provided good building stone, and across the parish seams of coal and a rare mineral - celestine - have been exploited until recent times. Yate lay on an important early route between Bristol and Oxford, and its mineral wealth attracted early railway links, so that it was well placed for industrial development. Bristol-based industries moved there during the decades after 1900, including wartime aviation production, so that Yate's population and housing began to increase.During the 1950s a 'new town' plan was devised which carefully controlled Yate's expansion, and included pioneering housing estate design, diverse industrial development and a large and progressive shopping mall. Yate's boundaries were redrawn in 1988, and the population of this vibrant, modern town now exceeds 20,000. 30 00 Yate is a town in South Gloucestershire, north-east of Bristol. Its ancient parish extended across a largely flat vale, which until the 13th century lay within Horwood forest, and was then cleared, inclosed and farmed as rich pasture by the tenants of the influential owners of its three manors. A limestone ridge fringing the vale provided good building stone, and across the parish seams of coal and a rare mineral - celestine - have been exploited until recent times. Yate lay on an important early route between Bristol and Oxford, and its mineral wealth attracted early railway links, so that it was well placed for industrial development. Bristol-based industries moved there during the decades after 1900, including wartime aviation production, so that Yate's population and housing began to increase.During the 1950s a 'new town' plan was devised which carefully controlled Yate's expansion, and included pioneering housing estate design, diverse industrial development and a large and progressive shopping mall. Yate's boundaries were redrawn in 1988, and the population of this vibrant, modern town now exceeds 20,000. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248196/53902/53902_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-gloucestershire-yate/ London, GB 04 01 20150731 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646100 03 9781909646100 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-gloucestershire-yate/ 20 08 20150731 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3a03bf8b-d3ee-4f77-a12c-faae7ae9d832 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:66369deb-ea3e-42db-a060-e23d12c40dd2 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3a03bf8b-d3ee-4f77-a12c-faae7ae9d832 15 9781912702008 03 9781912702008 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76327 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Hampshire: Cliddesden, Hatch and Farleigh Wallop 1 A01 Alison Deveson Alison Deveson 2 A01 Sue Lane Sue Lane Sue Lane is an independent historian of the Hampshire Victoria County History. 01 eng 09 52 12 HB 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NH 12 HBTB 93 NHD 10 SOC053000 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 12 WQH 12 HBJD1 93 WQH 12 1DBKE 93 RGL 93 1DDU-GB-E 20 manor; estate; local history; microhistory; Hampshire; settlements 01 06 02 00 This volume traces the history of Cliddesden, Hatch, and Farleigh Wallop, which lie to the south of Basingstoke. Each settlement has a common manorial descent from the 15th century onwards and they were managed as components of a single estate under the lordship of the Wallop family from their seat at Farleigh House. This book discusses the m 03 00 Tracing the history of two small, closely-linked parishes which lie to the south of Basingstoke on the edge of the chalk downlands, and a third parish, Hatch (abandoned towards the end of the 14th century and has formed part of both of the others), Cliddesden, Hatch and Farleigh Wallop</italic> is the latest publication from the Victoria County History of Hampshire project. Each settlement has a common manorial descent from the 15th century onwards and they were managed as components of a single estate under the lordship of the Wallop family from their seat at Farleigh House. This volume discusses the manorial owners and the development of the estate, and also includes much more about the lives and activities of ordinary people living and working in the settlements. Religious and social history of the area is covered and the survival of an unusually full set of records has enabled the history of the school to be told in detail. This, coupled with lively tales of social activities, provides a fascinating picture of rural life as it was and as it has become in the 21st century – largely a home for commuters, with Hatch absorbed into an ever-growing Basingstoke and farming undertaken from one centre across nearly all the land.Published by the Institute of Historical Research at the University of London, this is the fourth volume from the Victoria County History of Hampshire following Mapledurwell</italic>, Steventon</italic> and Basingstoke: a Medieval Town c.1000–c.1600</italic>. Each title provides a scholarly account of individual villages and towns of interest to their inhabitants, those in the wider area and to those beyond Hampshire itself. 30 00 Tracing the history of two small, closely-linked parishes which lie to the south of Basingstoke on the edge of the chalk downlands, and a third parish, Hatch (abandoned towards the end of the 14th century and has formed part of both of the others), Cliddesden, Hatch and Farleigh Wallop</italic> is the latest publication from the Victoria County History of Hampshire project. Each settlement has a common manorial descent from the 15th century onwards and they were managed as components of a single estate under the lordship of the Wallop family from their seat at Farleigh House. This volume discusses the manorial owners and the development of the estate, and also includes much more about the lives and activities of ordinary people living and working in the settlements. Religious and social history of the area is covered and the survival of an unusually full set of records has enabled the history of the school to be told in detail. This, coupled with lively tales of social activities, provides a fascinating picture of rural life as it was and as it has become in the 21st century – largely a home for commuters, with Hatch absorbed into an ever-growing Basingstoke and farming undertaken from one centre across nearly all the land.Published by the Institute of Historical Research at the University of London, this is the fourth volume from the Victoria County History of Hampshire following Mapledurwell</italic>, Steventon</italic> and Basingstoke: a Medieval Town c.1000–c.1600</italic>. Each title provides a scholarly account of individual villages and towns of interest to their inhabitants, those in the wider area and to those beyond Hampshire itself. 04 00 List of Illustrations Foreword Acknowledgements Introduction to Cliddesden and Farleigh Wallop Cliddesden Introduction Boundaries and Area Landscape, Communications and Settlement Settlement Population Landownership Cliddesden Manor and Estate Hatch Manor Other Estates Economic History The Agricultural Landscape Estate Management before 1600 Tenant Farming before 1600 33 Estate Management 1600–1800 Tenant Farming 1600–1800 Estate Management 1800–2016 Tenant Farming 1800–2016 Industry, Crafts, Commerce and Services Social History Social Structure and Character Social Life Community Activities and Public Buildings Education Charities and Welfare Local Government Manorial and Hundred Courts Parish Government and Officers Religious History Parochial Organisation Glebe, Tithes and Rectory House Pastoral Care and Religious Life Nonconformity The Church of St Leonard The Church at Hatch Farleigh Wallop Introduction Boundaries and Area Landscape, Communications and Settlement Settlement Population Landownership Farleigh Manor to the Late 15th Century Farleigh Manor from the Late 15th Century Farleigh House Economic History The Agricultural Landscape Estate Management and Farming before 1600 Estate Management 1600–1920 Tenant Farming 1600–1920 Estate Management 1920–2016 Tenant Farming 1920–2016 Crafts, Commerce and Services Social History Social Structure and Character Social Life Education Charities and Welfare Local Government Manorial and Hundred Courts Parish Government and Officers Religious History Parochial Organisation Glebe, Tithes and Rectory House Pastoral Care and Religious Life Nonconformity The Church of St Andrew Afterword Abbreviations Glossary Index 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/263812//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-cliddesden-hatch-and-farleigh-wallop/ London, GB 04 01 20181215 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702190 03 9781912702190 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-cliddesden-hatch-and-farleigh-wallop/ 20 08 20181215 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:080d15a4-1b21-4555-82d5-d11f1dcc272f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:66369deb-ea3e-42db-a060-e23d12c40dd2 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:080d15a4-1b21-4555-82d5-d11f1dcc272f 15 9781912702190 03 9781912702190 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76327 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Hampshire: Cliddesden, Hatch and Farleigh Wallop 1 A01 Alison Deveson Alison Deveson 2 A01 Sue Lane Sue Lane Sue Lane is an independent historian of the Hampshire Victoria County History. 01 eng 09 52 12 HB 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NH 12 HBTB 93 NHD 10 SOC053000 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 12 WQH 12 HBJD1 93 WQH 12 1DBKE 93 RGL 93 1DDU-GB-E 20 manor; estate; local history; microhistory; Hampshire; settlements 01 06 02 00 This volume traces the history of Cliddesden, Hatch, and Farleigh Wallop, which lie to the south of Basingstoke. Each settlement has a common manorial descent from the 15th century onwards and they were managed as components of a single estate under the lordship of the Wallop family from their seat at Farleigh House. This book discusses the m 03 00 Tracing the history of two small, closely-linked parishes which lie to the south of Basingstoke on the edge of the chalk downlands, and a third parish, Hatch (abandoned towards the end of the 14th century and has formed part of both of the others), Cliddesden, Hatch and Farleigh Wallop</italic> is the latest publication from the Victoria County History of Hampshire project. Each settlement has a common manorial descent from the 15th century onwards and they were managed as components of a single estate under the lordship of the Wallop family from their seat at Farleigh House. This volume discusses the manorial owners and the development of the estate, and also includes much more about the lives and activities of ordinary people living and working in the settlements. Religious and social history of the area is covered and the survival of an unusually full set of records has enabled the history of the school to be told in detail. This, coupled with lively tales of social activities, provides a fascinating picture of rural life as it was and as it has become in the 21st century – largely a home for commuters, with Hatch absorbed into an ever-growing Basingstoke and farming undertaken from one centre across nearly all the land.Published by the Institute of Historical Research at the University of London, this is the fourth volume from the Victoria County History of Hampshire following Mapledurwell</italic>, Steventon</italic> and Basingstoke: a Medieval Town c.1000–c.1600</italic>. Each title provides a scholarly account of individual villages and towns of interest to their inhabitants, those in the wider area and to those beyond Hampshire itself. 30 00 Tracing the history of two small, closely-linked parishes which lie to the south of Basingstoke on the edge of the chalk downlands, and a third parish, Hatch (abandoned towards the end of the 14th century and has formed part of both of the others), Cliddesden, Hatch and Farleigh Wallop</italic> is the latest publication from the Victoria County History of Hampshire project. Each settlement has a common manorial descent from the 15th century onwards and they were managed as components of a single estate under the lordship of the Wallop family from their seat at Farleigh House. This volume discusses the manorial owners and the development of the estate, and also includes much more about the lives and activities of ordinary people living and working in the settlements. Religious and social history of the area is covered and the survival of an unusually full set of records has enabled the history of the school to be told in detail. This, coupled with lively tales of social activities, provides a fascinating picture of rural life as it was and as it has become in the 21st century – largely a home for commuters, with Hatch absorbed into an ever-growing Basingstoke and farming undertaken from one centre across nearly all the land.Published by the Institute of Historical Research at the University of London, this is the fourth volume from the Victoria County History of Hampshire following Mapledurwell</italic>, Steventon</italic> and Basingstoke: a Medieval Town c.1000–c.1600</italic>. Each title provides a scholarly account of individual villages and towns of interest to their inhabitants, those in the wider area and to those beyond Hampshire itself. 04 00 List of Illustrations Foreword Acknowledgements Introduction to Cliddesden and Farleigh Wallop Cliddesden Introduction Boundaries and Area Landscape, Communications and Settlement Settlement Population Landownership Cliddesden Manor and Estate Hatch Manor Other Estates Economic History The Agricultural Landscape Estate Management before 1600 Tenant Farming before 1600 33 Estate Management 1600–1800 Tenant Farming 1600–1800 Estate Management 1800–2016 Tenant Farming 1800–2016 Industry, Crafts, Commerce and Services Social History Social Structure and Character Social Life Community Activities and Public Buildings Education Charities and Welfare Local Government Manorial and Hundred Courts Parish Government and Officers Religious History Parochial Organisation Glebe, Tithes and Rectory House Pastoral Care and Religious Life Nonconformity The Church of St Leonard The Church at Hatch Farleigh Wallop Introduction Boundaries and Area Landscape, Communications and Settlement Settlement Population Landownership Farleigh Manor to the Late 15th Century Farleigh Manor from the Late 15th Century Farleigh House Economic History The Agricultural Landscape Estate Management and Farming before 1600 Estate Management 1600–1920 Tenant Farming 1600–1920 Estate Management 1920–2016 Tenant Farming 1920–2016 Crafts, Commerce and Services Social History Social Structure and Character Social Life Education Charities and Welfare Local Government Manorial and Hundred Courts Parish Government and Officers Religious History Parochial Organisation Glebe, Tithes and Rectory House Pastoral Care and Religious Life Nonconformity The Church of St Andrew Afterword Abbreviations Glossary Index 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/263812//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-cliddesden-hatch-and-farleigh-wallop/ London, GB 04 01 20181215 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702008 03 9781912702008 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-cliddesden-hatch-and-farleigh-wallop/ 20 08 20181215 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0ad90511-ead8-4357-b5ac-fb7a06287afe 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ffef8997-91d9-4329-b16d-3e382d6db6e6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0ad90511-ead8-4357-b5ac-fb7a06287afe 15 9781915249081 03 9781915249081 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.112446 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Hampshire: Dummer and Kempshott 1 A01 Jennie Butler Jennie Butler Jennie Butler is an independent historian of the Hampshire Victoria County History. 2 A01 Sue Lane Sue Lane Sue Lane is an independent historian of the Hampshire Victoria County History. 01 eng 00 136 03 09 50 10 HIS015060 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 WQH 12 WQH 12 HBJ 93 RGL 10 SOC015000 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC053000 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 HBJD1 93 NHD 12 1DBKESH 93 1DDU-GB-E 93 1DDU-GB-ESH 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3J 93 3M 20 Dummer; Kempshott; parish history; Stephen Terry; manors; agricultural labour 01 06 02 00 Dummer, a small parish on the chalk downlands south of Basingstoke, has a rich history that includes famous faces such as Jane Austen, Joseph Arch, and Sarah Ferguson. It was also the setting for the Swing Riots and a place of religious change from the unusual level of protestant non-conformity in the late 17th century, followed by the strong 03 00 Dummer, a small parish on the chalk downlands south of Basingstoke, has a rich and well documented history which is of interest to a wide audience beyond Hampshire. Manorial records from the 16th century onwards provide a fascinating account of communal farming practices before enclosure of the land in 1743. The parish was distinguished by an unusual level of protestant non-conformity in the late 17th century, followed by the strongly evangelical outlook when John Wesley visited and preached in All Saints' church in 1736 and 1739. The diaries of lord of the manor, Stephen Terry (d. 1867), which vividly bring to life Dummer and Kempshott in the 19th century, are excellent exemplars of the value of personal testimony in local history. Read about Jane Austen, the Swing Riots, emancipated enslaved Africans, trade unionist Joseph Arch and the childhood home of Sarah Ferguson, Duchess of York. At Kempshott, joined with Dummer in 1879, the Prince of Wales (future George IV) leased the grand mansion as a hunting lodge and transformed the social life for the gentry of north Hampshire.Dummer and Kempshott, Two Chalkland Parishes </italic>provides a captivating picture of life throughout the centuries in small farming communities – largely self-contained yet not untouched by outside or national events. 30 00 Dummer, a small parish on the chalk downlands south of Basingstoke, has a rich and well documented history which is of interest to a wide audience beyond Hampshire. Manorial records from the 16th century onwards provide a fascinating account of communal farming practices before enclosure of the land in 1743. The parish was distinguished by an unusual level of protestant non-conformity in the late 17th century, followed by the strongly evangelical outlook when John Wesley visited and preached in All Saints' church in 1736 and 1739. The diaries of lord of the manor, Stephen Terry (d. 1867), which vividly bring to life Dummer and Kempshott in the 19th century, are excellent exemplars of the value of personal testimony in local history. Read about Jane Austen, the Swing Riots, emancipated enslaved Africans, trade unionist Joseph Arch and the childhood home of Sarah Ferguson, Duchess of York. At Kempshott, joined with Dummer in 1879, the Prince of Wales (future George IV) leased the grand mansion as a hunting lodge and transformed the social life for the gentry of north Hampshire.Dummer and Kempshott, Two Chalkland Parishes </italic>provides a captivating picture of life throughout the centuries in small farming communities – largely self-contained yet not untouched by outside or national events. 04 00 1. Introduction 2. Landownership3. Economic History4. Social History5. Religious History6. Local Government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/322133/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-dummer-and-kempshott/ London, GB 04 01 20221201 Sue Lane 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249098 03 9781915249098 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-dummer-and-kempshott/ 20 08 20221201 02 14.99 GBP WORLD 02 19.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4cd54107-9cfd-4068-ad7d-897f26a2c936 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ffef8997-91d9-4329-b16d-3e382d6db6e6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4cd54107-9cfd-4068-ad7d-897f26a2c936 15 9781915249098 03 9781915249098 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.112446 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Hampshire: Dummer and Kempshott 1 A01 Jennie Butler Jennie Butler Jennie Butler is an independent historian of the Hampshire Victoria County History. 2 A01 Sue Lane Sue Lane Sue Lane is an independent historian of the Hampshire Victoria County History. 01 eng 00 136 03 09 50 10 HIS015060 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 WQH 12 WQH 12 HBJ 93 RGL 10 SOC015000 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC053000 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 HBJD1 93 NHD 12 1DBKESH 93 1DDU-GB-E 93 1DDU-GB-ESH 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3J 93 3M 20 Dummer; Kempshott; parish history; Stephen Terry; manors; agricultural labour 01 06 02 00 Dummer, a small parish on the chalk downlands south of Basingstoke, has a rich history that includes famous faces such as Jane Austen, Joseph Arch, and Sarah Ferguson. It was also the setting for the Swing Riots and a place of religious change from the unusual level of protestant non-conformity in the late 17th century, followed by the strong 03 00 Dummer, a small parish on the chalk downlands south of Basingstoke, has a rich and well documented history which is of interest to a wide audience beyond Hampshire. Manorial records from the 16th century onwards provide a fascinating account of communal farming practices before enclosure of the land in 1743. The parish was distinguished by an unusual level of protestant non-conformity in the late 17th century, followed by the strongly evangelical outlook when John Wesley visited and preached in All Saints' church in 1736 and 1739. The diaries of lord of the manor, Stephen Terry (d. 1867), which vividly bring to life Dummer and Kempshott in the 19th century, are excellent exemplars of the value of personal testimony in local history. Read about Jane Austen, the Swing Riots, emancipated enslaved Africans, trade unionist Joseph Arch and the childhood home of Sarah Ferguson, Duchess of York. At Kempshott, joined with Dummer in 1879, the Prince of Wales (future George IV) leased the grand mansion as a hunting lodge and transformed the social life for the gentry of north Hampshire.Dummer and Kempshott, Two Chalkland Parishes </italic>provides a captivating picture of life throughout the centuries in small farming communities – largely self-contained yet not untouched by outside or national events. 30 00 Dummer, a small parish on the chalk downlands south of Basingstoke, has a rich and well documented history which is of interest to a wide audience beyond Hampshire. Manorial records from the 16th century onwards provide a fascinating account of communal farming practices before enclosure of the land in 1743. The parish was distinguished by an unusual level of protestant non-conformity in the late 17th century, followed by the strongly evangelical outlook when John Wesley visited and preached in All Saints' church in 1736 and 1739. The diaries of lord of the manor, Stephen Terry (d. 1867), which vividly bring to life Dummer and Kempshott in the 19th century, are excellent exemplars of the value of personal testimony in local history. Read about Jane Austen, the Swing Riots, emancipated enslaved Africans, trade unionist Joseph Arch and the childhood home of Sarah Ferguson, Duchess of York. At Kempshott, joined with Dummer in 1879, the Prince of Wales (future George IV) leased the grand mansion as a hunting lodge and transformed the social life for the gentry of north Hampshire.Dummer and Kempshott, Two Chalkland Parishes </italic>provides a captivating picture of life throughout the centuries in small farming communities – largely self-contained yet not untouched by outside or national events. 04 00 1. Introduction 2. Landownership3. Economic History4. Social History5. Religious History6. Local Government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/322133/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-dummer-and-kempshott/ London, GB 04 01 20221201 Sue Lane 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249081 03 9781915249081 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-dummer-and-kempshott/ 20 08 20221201 02 5.00 GBP WORLD 02 5.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:01a6b3ec-0ae5-4397-b730-1d9bc1643088 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2aaca7d3-5e8e-40dd-b627-e3b8341ecf31 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:01a6b3ec-0ae5-4397-b730-1d9bc1643088 15 9781905165896 03 9781905165896 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55311 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Hampshire: Mapledurwell 1 A01 John Hare John Hare 2 A01 Jean Morrin Jean Morrin 3 A01 Stan Waight Stan Waight 01 eng 00 94 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 Landscape history; Manor Farm Cottage; Parliamentary Inclosure of Common Fields; Corpus Christi College; Poor Relief; Hampshire Dioceses; Charity Commission 01 06 02 00 03 00 Mapledurwell</italic> is the first parish history to be published by the New Victoria History of Hampshire group. Since publication of the first Victoria County History account of the parish in 1911, ideas about what constitutes a good parish history have been transformed. This new history includes much more about the village itself and about its economy and society, highlighting the lives of ordinary people as well as tracing those who owned the parish's land and property. It discusses Quakers and Congregationalists as well as the congregation of the established church, and looks minutely at the history of elementary education, revealing the appalling sanitary conditions suffered by pupils at the local school. Despite its proximity to the urban centre of Basingstoke, Mapledurwell is typical of many Hampshire downland parishes in which the present-day landscape reflects an earlier open-field system. Its village, recorded in Domesday Book, is rural and picturesque with many attractive timber-framed cottages, the oldest of which is 15th century. Much of it was owned for a long period by Corpus Christi College, Oxford, and Winchester College also had properties in the parish.This book explores, through a close reading of the archival records, how Mapledurwell developed from an agricultural community, which also produced textiles and later malt, into a modern commuter village with only one working farm, and establishes a model for the histories of other rural parishes in Hampshire. 30 00 Mapledurwell</italic> is the first parish history to be published by the New Victoria History of Hampshire group. Since publication of the first Victoria County History account of the parish in 1911, ideas about what constitutes a good parish history have been transformed. This new history includes much more about the village itself and about its economy and society, highlighting the lives of ordinary people as well as tracing those who owned the parish's land and property. It discusses Quakers and Congregationalists as well as the congregation of the established church, and looks minutely at the history of elementary education, revealing the appalling sanitary conditions suffered by pupils at the local school. Despite its proximity to the urban centre of Basingstoke, Mapledurwell is typical of many Hampshire downland parishes in which the present-day landscape reflects an earlier open-field system. Its village, recorded in Domesday Book, is rural and picturesque with many attractive timber-framed cottages, the oldest of which is 15th century. Much of it was owned for a long period by Corpus Christi College, Oxford, and Winchester College also had properties in the parish.This book explores, through a close reading of the archival records, how Mapledurwell developed from an agricultural community, which also produced textiles and later malt, into a modern commuter village with only one working farm, and establishes a model for the histories of other rural parishes in Hampshire. 04 00 Contents List of Illustrations List of Maps and PlansForewordAcknowledgementsIntroductionSettlement and Population Secular Buildings Landownership Local GovernmentEconomic HistoryThe Agricultural Landscape Farming, 1050–1550 Farming, 1550–2012 The Woollen Industry, 1400–1700 Crafts and Other Industries Commerce and ServicesSocial HistorySocial Structure The Life of the Community Education Charities and WelfareReligious HistoryParochial Organization Pastoral Care and Religious Life The Church of St MaryAbbreviationsIndex 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248831//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-mapledurwell/ London, GB 04 01 20150130 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646377 03 9781909646377 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-mapledurwell/ 20 08 20150130 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5e845f82-6bad-415f-8233-a309d0da5062 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2aaca7d3-5e8e-40dd-b627-e3b8341ecf31 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5e845f82-6bad-415f-8233-a309d0da5062 15 9781909646377 03 9781909646377 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55311 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Hampshire: Mapledurwell 1 A01 John Hare John Hare 2 A01 Jean Morrin Jean Morrin 3 A01 Stan Waight Stan Waight 01 eng 00 94 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 Landscape history; Manor Farm Cottage; Parliamentary Inclosure of Common Fields; Corpus Christi College; Poor Relief; Hampshire Dioceses; Charity Commission 01 06 02 00 03 00 Mapledurwell</italic> is the first parish history to be published by the New Victoria History of Hampshire group. Since publication of the first Victoria County History account of the parish in 1911, ideas about what constitutes a good parish history have been transformed. This new history includes much more about the village itself and about its economy and society, highlighting the lives of ordinary people as well as tracing those who owned the parish's land and property. It discusses Quakers and Congregationalists as well as the congregation of the established church, and looks minutely at the history of elementary education, revealing the appalling sanitary conditions suffered by pupils at the local school. Despite its proximity to the urban centre of Basingstoke, Mapledurwell is typical of many Hampshire downland parishes in which the present-day landscape reflects an earlier open-field system. Its village, recorded in Domesday Book, is rural and picturesque with many attractive timber-framed cottages, the oldest of which is 15th century. Much of it was owned for a long period by Corpus Christi College, Oxford, and Winchester College also had properties in the parish.This book explores, through a close reading of the archival records, how Mapledurwell developed from an agricultural community, which also produced textiles and later malt, into a modern commuter village with only one working farm, and establishes a model for the histories of other rural parishes in Hampshire. 30 00 Mapledurwell</italic> is the first parish history to be published by the New Victoria History of Hampshire group. Since publication of the first Victoria County History account of the parish in 1911, ideas about what constitutes a good parish history have been transformed. This new history includes much more about the village itself and about its economy and society, highlighting the lives of ordinary people as well as tracing those who owned the parish's land and property. It discusses Quakers and Congregationalists as well as the congregation of the established church, and looks minutely at the history of elementary education, revealing the appalling sanitary conditions suffered by pupils at the local school. Despite its proximity to the urban centre of Basingstoke, Mapledurwell is typical of many Hampshire downland parishes in which the present-day landscape reflects an earlier open-field system. Its village, recorded in Domesday Book, is rural and picturesque with many attractive timber-framed cottages, the oldest of which is 15th century. Much of it was owned for a long period by Corpus Christi College, Oxford, and Winchester College also had properties in the parish.This book explores, through a close reading of the archival records, how Mapledurwell developed from an agricultural community, which also produced textiles and later malt, into a modern commuter village with only one working farm, and establishes a model for the histories of other rural parishes in Hampshire. 04 00 Contents List of Illustrations List of Maps and PlansForewordAcknowledgementsIntroductionSettlement and Population Secular Buildings Landownership Local GovernmentEconomic HistoryThe Agricultural Landscape Farming, 1050–1550 Farming, 1550–2012 The Woollen Industry, 1400–1700 Crafts and Other Industries Commerce and ServicesSocial HistorySocial Structure The Life of the Community Education Charities and WelfareReligious HistoryParochial Organization Pastoral Care and Religious Life The Church of St MaryAbbreviationsIndex 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248831//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-mapledurwell/ London, GB 04 01 20150130 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905165896 03 9781905165896 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-mapledurwell/ 20 08 20150130 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1df618ce-1573-433a-abcc-4b53f703d20c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c2811f4e-50d4-4709-a114-ac75f8908310 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1df618ce-1573-433a-abcc-4b53f703d20c 15 9781909646612 03 9781909646612 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61525 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Hampshire: Medieval Basingstoke 1 A01 John Hare John Hare 01 eng 00 119 03 09 23 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC053000 12 HBJ 93 RGL 10 SOC015000 12 1DBKESH 93 1DDU-GB-ESH 20 local history; market town; medieval history; industry; Basingstoke; England 01 06 02 00 Though Basingstoke is often seen as the product of the last decades of the 20th century, its beginnings go back to c.1000. By 1500 it was among the top 60 towns in England by wealth and taxpayers, and the centre of a major industrial area, whose manufactured cloths formed part of international patterns of trade. This book examines the medieva 03 00 Basingstoke is frequently seen as a very modern town, the product of the last decades of the 20th century. In reality it has a long, rich and prosperous history. From its beginnings c</italic>.1000 it became a significant market centre for the area around, and a place on the route to London from the west. By 1500 it was among the top 60 towns in England by wealth and taxpayers, and the centre of a major industrial area, whose manufactured cloths formed part of international patterns of trade. Moreover, it is well documented particularly for the 15th and 16th century, when it was at its peak, and should provide a useful addition to the limited number of studies of small medieval towns. Much of the old town has been swept away by the shopping centre, but something of the medieval footprint survives in its street beyond this, in a few surviving buildings and above all in its magnificent church. This book examines these features as well as the families, whether outsiders or locals, who made the most of the new thriving economic conditions, and whose dynamism helped create the town’s expansion. 30 00 Basingstoke is frequently seen as a very modern town, the product of the last decades of the 20th century. In reality it has a long, rich and prosperous history. From its beginnings c</italic>.1000 it became a significant market centre for the area around, and a place on the route to London from the west. By 1500 it was among the top 60 towns in England by wealth and taxpayers, and the centre of a major industrial area, whose manufactured cloths formed part of international patterns of trade. Moreover, it is well documented particularly for the 15th and 16th century, when it was at its peak, and should provide a useful addition to the limited number of studies of small medieval towns. Much of the old town has been swept away by the shopping centre, but something of the medieval footprint survives in its street beyond this, in a few surviving buildings and above all in its magnificent church. This book examines these features as well as the families, whether outsiders or locals, who made the most of the new thriving economic conditions, and whose dynamism helped create the town’s expansion. 04 00 Introduction 1. Land and Government 2. Economic History 3. Social History 4. Religious History 5. Epilogue 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/251046//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-medieval-basingstoke/ London, GB 04 01 20180301 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646629 03 9781909646629 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-medieval-basingstoke/ 20 08 20180301 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:16d77cdf-539a-49cc-b02d-0be459f09ccf 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c2811f4e-50d4-4709-a114-ac75f8908310 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:16d77cdf-539a-49cc-b02d-0be459f09ccf 15 9781909646629 03 9781909646629 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61525 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Hampshire: Medieval Basingstoke 1 A01 John Hare John Hare 01 eng 00 119 03 09 23 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC053000 12 HBJ 93 RGL 10 SOC015000 12 1DBKESH 93 1DDU-GB-ESH 20 local history; market town; medieval history; industry; Basingstoke; England 01 06 02 00 Though Basingstoke is often seen as the product of the last decades of the 20th century, its beginnings go back to c.1000. By 1500 it was among the top 60 towns in England by wealth and taxpayers, and the centre of a major industrial area, whose manufactured cloths formed part of international patterns of trade. This book examines the medieva 03 00 Basingstoke is frequently seen as a very modern town, the product of the last decades of the 20th century. In reality it has a long, rich and prosperous history. From its beginnings c</italic>.1000 it became a significant market centre for the area around, and a place on the route to London from the west. By 1500 it was among the top 60 towns in England by wealth and taxpayers, and the centre of a major industrial area, whose manufactured cloths formed part of international patterns of trade. Moreover, it is well documented particularly for the 15th and 16th century, when it was at its peak, and should provide a useful addition to the limited number of studies of small medieval towns. Much of the old town has been swept away by the shopping centre, but something of the medieval footprint survives in its street beyond this, in a few surviving buildings and above all in its magnificent church. This book examines these features as well as the families, whether outsiders or locals, who made the most of the new thriving economic conditions, and whose dynamism helped create the town’s expansion. 30 00 Basingstoke is frequently seen as a very modern town, the product of the last decades of the 20th century. In reality it has a long, rich and prosperous history. From its beginnings c</italic>.1000 it became a significant market centre for the area around, and a place on the route to London from the west. By 1500 it was among the top 60 towns in England by wealth and taxpayers, and the centre of a major industrial area, whose manufactured cloths formed part of international patterns of trade. Moreover, it is well documented particularly for the 15th and 16th century, when it was at its peak, and should provide a useful addition to the limited number of studies of small medieval towns. Much of the old town has been swept away by the shopping centre, but something of the medieval footprint survives in its street beyond this, in a few surviving buildings and above all in its magnificent church. This book examines these features as well as the families, whether outsiders or locals, who made the most of the new thriving economic conditions, and whose dynamism helped create the town’s expansion. 04 00 Introduction 1. Land and Government 2. Economic History 3. Social History 4. Religious History 5. Epilogue 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/251046//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-medieval-basingstoke/ London, GB 04 01 20180301 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646612 03 9781909646612 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-medieval-basingstoke/ 20 08 20180301 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ef504303-963d-46ae-9c25-a37eab1b7d65 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1a69a718-fad2-4318-a8ed-43de897758f6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ef504303-963d-46ae-9c25-a37eab1b7d65 15 9781909646216 03 9781909646216 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55309 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Hampshire: Steventon 1 A01 Jean Morrin Jean Morrin 01 eng 00 111 03 09 41 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NHQ 12 WQH 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 1DBKEMF 93 1DDU-GB-EMF 20 Rural Parish history; Jane Austen; Landscape history; Elizabethan mansions; Tudor architecture 01 06 02 00 03 00 Steventon, a chalkland village near Basingstoke, is best known because Jane Austen, the famous novelist and daughter of the local rector, spent the first 25 years of her life here. Unlike Chawton and Bath, no house or museum commemorates the author’s memory in Steventon but this new history explains how family life and observation of north Hampshire society shaped her early literary career. She wrote early versions of Pride and Prejudice, Sense and Sensibility and Northanger Abbey in Steventon from 1796 to 1798, drawing on local society for inspiration for characters, manners and sentiments.But the village had a rich history before and after its famous novelist and there are many other reasons to enjoy this book. Steventon is a typical southern chalkland settlement whose history provides examples of downland agriculture, of agricultural improvements, a scandalous landlord who was driven out of the village by his son and excommunicated by the archbishop of Canterbury, a new Victorian manor house, of landlord–tenant relations and much else. It discusses the social, economic and religious lives of the ordinary people of the village together with the lords of the manor.This is the second parish history to be published by the new Victoria History of Hampshire group, providing scholarly studies of individual places. It should be of interest to those living in and beyond the county. The first new parish history by the group, Mapledurwell, was published in 2012. 30 00 Steventon, a chalkland village near Basingstoke, is best known because Jane Austen, the famous novelist and daughter of the local rector, spent the first 25 years of her life here. Unlike Chawton and Bath, no house or museum commemorates the author’s memory in Steventon but this new history explains how family life and observation of north Hampshire society shaped her early literary career. She wrote early versions of Pride and Prejudice, Sense and Sensibility and Northanger Abbey in Steventon from 1796 to 1798, drawing on local society for inspiration for characters, manners and sentiments.But the village had a rich history before and after its famous novelist and there are many other reasons to enjoy this book. Steventon is a typical southern chalkland settlement whose history provides examples of downland agriculture, of agricultural improvements, a scandalous landlord who was driven out of the village by his son and excommunicated by the archbishop of Canterbury, a new Victorian manor house, of landlord–tenant relations and much else. It discusses the social, economic and religious lives of the ordinary people of the village together with the lords of the manor.This is the second parish history to be published by the new Victoria History of Hampshire group, providing scholarly studies of individual places. It should be of interest to those living in and beyond the county. The first new parish history by the group, Mapledurwell, was published in 2012. 04 00 ForewordIntroductionParish Boundaries Landscape Communications Settlement, Population and Domestic Buildings Manors and Other Estates Steventon Manor The Manor Houses Other EstatesEconomic HistoryFarming Estate Management 1500–1700 Farming and Estate Management 1707–c.1855 Agriculture c.1855–2016 Woodland Industry, Crafts, Commerce and Services Employment on the Railway Light Industry and Commerce from the late 1980sSocial HistoryThe Village Community 1350–1550 Social Structure 1550–c.1740 Social Structure c.1740–c.1980 The Life of the Community Gentry Sport 1700–2015 Community Activities and Public Buildings Education Charity Settlement and BastardyLocal GovernmentHundred Court of Basingstoke Manorial Courts 1600–1800 Parish Government and OfficersReligious HistoryParochial Organization Glebe and Tithes Rectory Houses Pastoral Care and Religious Life The Reformation to 2015 Church Room (Village Hall from 1979) The Church of St Nicholas Methodism (Primitive and Union)Sources and Abbreviations 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248822//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-steventon/ London, GB 04 01 20160519 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646223 03 9781909646223 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-steventon/ 20 08 20160519 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:be4eae0a-8623-4547-8902-c232df7f0f57 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1a69a718-fad2-4318-a8ed-43de897758f6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:be4eae0a-8623-4547-8902-c232df7f0f57 15 9781909646223 03 9781909646223 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55309 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Hampshire: Steventon 1 A01 Jean Morrin Jean Morrin 01 eng 00 111 03 09 41 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NHQ 12 WQH 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 1DBKEMF 93 1DDU-GB-EMF 20 Rural Parish history; Jane Austen; Landscape history; Elizabethan mansions; Tudor architecture 01 06 02 00 03 00 Steventon, a chalkland village near Basingstoke, is best known because Jane Austen, the famous novelist and daughter of the local rector, spent the first 25 years of her life here. Unlike Chawton and Bath, no house or museum commemorates the author’s memory in Steventon but this new history explains how family life and observation of north Hampshire society shaped her early literary career. She wrote early versions of Pride and Prejudice, Sense and Sensibility and Northanger Abbey in Steventon from 1796 to 1798, drawing on local society for inspiration for characters, manners and sentiments.But the village had a rich history before and after its famous novelist and there are many other reasons to enjoy this book. Steventon is a typical southern chalkland settlement whose history provides examples of downland agriculture, of agricultural improvements, a scandalous landlord who was driven out of the village by his son and excommunicated by the archbishop of Canterbury, a new Victorian manor house, of landlord–tenant relations and much else. It discusses the social, economic and religious lives of the ordinary people of the village together with the lords of the manor.This is the second parish history to be published by the new Victoria History of Hampshire group, providing scholarly studies of individual places. It should be of interest to those living in and beyond the county. The first new parish history by the group, Mapledurwell, was published in 2012. 30 00 Steventon, a chalkland village near Basingstoke, is best known because Jane Austen, the famous novelist and daughter of the local rector, spent the first 25 years of her life here. Unlike Chawton and Bath, no house or museum commemorates the author’s memory in Steventon but this new history explains how family life and observation of north Hampshire society shaped her early literary career. She wrote early versions of Pride and Prejudice, Sense and Sensibility and Northanger Abbey in Steventon from 1796 to 1798, drawing on local society for inspiration for characters, manners and sentiments.But the village had a rich history before and after its famous novelist and there are many other reasons to enjoy this book. Steventon is a typical southern chalkland settlement whose history provides examples of downland agriculture, of agricultural improvements, a scandalous landlord who was driven out of the village by his son and excommunicated by the archbishop of Canterbury, a new Victorian manor house, of landlord–tenant relations and much else. It discusses the social, economic and religious lives of the ordinary people of the village together with the lords of the manor.This is the second parish history to be published by the new Victoria History of Hampshire group, providing scholarly studies of individual places. It should be of interest to those living in and beyond the county. The first new parish history by the group, Mapledurwell, was published in 2012. 04 00 ForewordIntroductionParish Boundaries Landscape Communications Settlement, Population and Domestic Buildings Manors and Other Estates Steventon Manor The Manor Houses Other EstatesEconomic HistoryFarming Estate Management 1500–1700 Farming and Estate Management 1707–c.1855 Agriculture c.1855–2016 Woodland Industry, Crafts, Commerce and Services Employment on the Railway Light Industry and Commerce from the late 1980sSocial HistoryThe Village Community 1350–1550 Social Structure 1550–c.1740 Social Structure c.1740–c.1980 The Life of the Community Gentry Sport 1700–2015 Community Activities and Public Buildings Education Charity Settlement and BastardyLocal GovernmentHundred Court of Basingstoke Manorial Courts 1600–1800 Parish Government and OfficersReligious HistoryParochial Organization Glebe and Tithes Rectory Houses Pastoral Care and Religious Life The Reformation to 2015 Church Room (Village Hall from 1979) The Church of St Nicholas Methodism (Primitive and Union)Sources and Abbreviations 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248822//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-steventon/ London, GB 04 01 20160519 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646216 03 9781909646216 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-hampshire-steventon/ 20 08 20160519 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1ad23eeb-9048-4e1e-a26f-c180b42419ff 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a0fdd736-6728-4413-a959-bac91fee0128 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1ad23eeb-9048-4e1e-a26f-c180b42419ff 15 9781912702077 03 9781912702077 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.77626 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Herefordshire: Colwall 1 A01 James P. Bowen James P. Bowen 2 A01 Alex Craven Alex Craven 3 A01 Jonathan Comber Jonathan Comber 01 eng 00 150 03 09 34 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHD 10 SOC053000 12 HBJD1 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 1DBKEMF 93 RGL 93 1DDU-GB-EMF 12 2AB 93 2ACB 93 6AG 20 market town; parish; village; gentry; estate; bishop; agriculture; orchard; hops; spa; railway; natural springs 01 06 02 00 Colwall lies on the western slopes of the Malvern Hills, near the market town of Ledbury. Encompassing remnants of the Iron Age, manor houses and estates of the landed gentry from the 15th to 17th centuries, and a Schweppes bottling plant, the large village has a long and varied history. This volume guides the reader through the various eras 03 00 Colwall lies on the western slopes of the Malvern Hills, near the market town of Ledbury. The large village comprises Colwall Stone, Upper Colwall and Colwall Green. On the Herefordshire Beacon, in the south-eastern corner of the parish, is the Iron Age ‘British Camp’. At the time of Domesday Book the bishop of Hereford’s manor covered the whole parish, but shortly afterwards Barton Colwall manor was created to endow a prebend in the cathedral. Between the 15th and 17th centuries resident gentry established themselves on other estates, which came to characterise the pattern of landownership.Until the 19th century Colwall’s economy was predominantly agricultural, including cultivation of orchards and hops. From the mid 19th century the northern part of the parish was transformed by the development of the spa at neighbouring Malvern, and by the arrival of the railway in 1861, following the construction of tunnels under the Malvern Hills by local engineer Stephen Ballard. Mineral water from Colwall springs was bottled commercially, and in 1892 Schweppes opened a bottling plant at Colwall Stone. Colwall’s rural location, natural springs and beautiful scenery attracted visitors to the numerous inns, hotels and boarding houses. Others settled in the parish, occupying new houses including notable arts and crafts villas. In the 21st century the parish continues to attract both visitors and new residents. 30 00 Colwall lies on the western slopes of the Malvern Hills, near the market town of Ledbury. The large village comprises Colwall Stone, Upper Colwall and Colwall Green. On the Herefordshire Beacon, in the south-eastern corner of the parish, is the Iron Age ‘British Camp’. At the time of Domesday Book the bishop of Hereford’s manor covered the whole parish, but shortly afterwards Barton Colwall manor was created to endow a prebend in the cathedral. Between the 15th and 17th centuries resident gentry established themselves on other estates, which came to characterise the pattern of landownership.Until the 19th century Colwall’s economy was predominantly agricultural, including cultivation of orchards and hops. From the mid 19th century the northern part of the parish was transformed by the development of the spa at neighbouring Malvern, and by the arrival of the railway in 1861, following the construction of tunnels under the Malvern Hills by local engineer Stephen Ballard. Mineral water from Colwall springs was bottled commercially, and in 1892 Schweppes opened a bottling plant at Colwall Stone. Colwall’s rural location, natural springs and beautiful scenery attracted visitors to the numerous inns, hotels and boarding houses. Others settled in the parish, occupying new houses including notable arts and crafts villas. In the 21st century the parish continues to attract both visitors and new residents. 04 00 Introduction 1. Colwall Parish 2. The British Camp 3. Landownership 4. Economic History 5. Social History 6. Religious History 7. Local Government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/289160/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-herefordshire-colwall/ London, GB 04 01 20200717 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702442 03 9781912702442 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-herefordshire-colwall/ 20 08 20200717 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:90047b91-9d93-41d3-b19e-492c60a82c21 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a0fdd736-6728-4413-a959-bac91fee0128 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:90047b91-9d93-41d3-b19e-492c60a82c21 15 9781912702442 03 9781912702442 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.77626 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Herefordshire: Colwall 1 A01 James P. Bowen James P. Bowen 2 A01 Alex Craven Alex Craven 3 A01 Jonathan Comber Jonathan Comber 01 eng 00 150 03 09 34 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHD 10 SOC053000 12 HBJD1 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 1DBKEMF 93 RGL 93 1DDU-GB-EMF 12 2AB 93 2ACB 93 6AG 20 market town; parish; village; gentry; estate; bishop; agriculture; orchard; hops; spa; railway; natural springs 01 06 02 00 Colwall lies on the western slopes of the Malvern Hills, near the market town of Ledbury. Encompassing remnants of the Iron Age, manor houses and estates of the landed gentry from the 15th to 17th centuries, and a Schweppes bottling plant, the large village has a long and varied history. This volume guides the reader through the various eras 03 00 Colwall lies on the western slopes of the Malvern Hills, near the market town of Ledbury. The large village comprises Colwall Stone, Upper Colwall and Colwall Green. On the Herefordshire Beacon, in the south-eastern corner of the parish, is the Iron Age ‘British Camp’. At the time of Domesday Book the bishop of Hereford’s manor covered the whole parish, but shortly afterwards Barton Colwall manor was created to endow a prebend in the cathedral. Between the 15th and 17th centuries resident gentry established themselves on other estates, which came to characterise the pattern of landownership.Until the 19th century Colwall’s economy was predominantly agricultural, including cultivation of orchards and hops. From the mid 19th century the northern part of the parish was transformed by the development of the spa at neighbouring Malvern, and by the arrival of the railway in 1861, following the construction of tunnels under the Malvern Hills by local engineer Stephen Ballard. Mineral water from Colwall springs was bottled commercially, and in 1892 Schweppes opened a bottling plant at Colwall Stone. Colwall’s rural location, natural springs and beautiful scenery attracted visitors to the numerous inns, hotels and boarding houses. Others settled in the parish, occupying new houses including notable arts and crafts villas. In the 21st century the parish continues to attract both visitors and new residents. 30 00 Colwall lies on the western slopes of the Malvern Hills, near the market town of Ledbury. The large village comprises Colwall Stone, Upper Colwall and Colwall Green. On the Herefordshire Beacon, in the south-eastern corner of the parish, is the Iron Age ‘British Camp’. At the time of Domesday Book the bishop of Hereford’s manor covered the whole parish, but shortly afterwards Barton Colwall manor was created to endow a prebend in the cathedral. Between the 15th and 17th centuries resident gentry established themselves on other estates, which came to characterise the pattern of landownership.Until the 19th century Colwall’s economy was predominantly agricultural, including cultivation of orchards and hops. From the mid 19th century the northern part of the parish was transformed by the development of the spa at neighbouring Malvern, and by the arrival of the railway in 1861, following the construction of tunnels under the Malvern Hills by local engineer Stephen Ballard. Mineral water from Colwall springs was bottled commercially, and in 1892 Schweppes opened a bottling plant at Colwall Stone. Colwall’s rural location, natural springs and beautiful scenery attracted visitors to the numerous inns, hotels and boarding houses. Others settled in the parish, occupying new houses including notable arts and crafts villas. In the 21st century the parish continues to attract both visitors and new residents. 04 00 Introduction 1. Colwall Parish 2. The British Camp 3. Landownership 4. Economic History 5. Social History 6. Religious History 7. Local Government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/289160/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-herefordshire-colwall/ London, GB 04 01 20200717 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702077 03 9781912702077 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-herefordshire-colwall/ 20 08 20200717 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6e11817f-e6a4-40f1-91a8-480f68664e79 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2a3aebcc-3882-4f7b-9ce2-e2f7a355cbc5 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6e11817f-e6a4-40f1-91a8-480f68664e79 15 9781908590886 03 9781908590886 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.147973 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Herefordshire: Cradley 1 A01 Anastasia Stylianou Anastasia Stylianou Humfrey Wanley Visiting Fellow, Bodleian Library 40 052gg0110 University of Oxford Anastasia Stylianou (PhD Warwick, 2018, BA Oxford, 2012) is an early modern historian. She is currently Humfrey Wanley Visiting Fellow at the Bodleian Library, and an Honorary Research Fellow at Warwick University’s Centre for the Study of the Renaissance. She was previously Munby Fellow in Bibliography at Cambridge University (2023–24), and a Leverhulme Early Career Fellow at the University of East Anglia (2020–23). She has published several articles on Reformation history and on early modern Greek contacts with Western Europe, and her monograph, Invisible Greeks, is forthcoming with Routledge. 2 A01 Fergus Eskola-Oakes Fergus Eskola-Oakes Fergus Eskola-Oakes (Ph.D. Glasgow University 2015, M.Litt. Glasgow, 2010, MA Glasgow, 2009) is a medieval historian. He is resident in Luxembourg where he is currently an independent scholar and accredited teacher with the Université Populaire Luxembourg. He was previously an Associate Lecturer in Late Medieval British History at Aberystwyth University (2019) and Research Fellow on the AHRC funded Imprint project which examined original handprints on medieval seals (2016–18). He has published several articles on the Barons’ War (1264–67) exploring the role of castles and the north of England. 01 eng 00 188 03 09 40 10 HIS015030 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 WQH 10 HIS015040 93 RGL 10 HIS054000 93 NHTB 93 1DDU-GB-EMF 10 HIS052000 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 93 3MD 93 3MG 93 3ML 20 Cradley; Herefordshire; Malvern Hills; parish; local history; agriculture; manor; rural; Anglo-Saxon; church; Bishops of Hereford 01 06 02 00 Drawing extensively on local archival sources, this volume charts the social, economic, religious and political history of Cradley in Herefordshire. It explores the fragmented model of land ownership and the development of a powerful body of wealthy yeomanry that shaped the distinctive character of the parish and its governance, and the centr 03 00 A gripping history of Cradley, displaying how its fragmented landownership and strong agricultural roots shaped its distinctive identity.</bold>Scenic and rural, the parish of Cradley stretches down westwards from the Malvern Hills, bordered by Worcestershire to the north and east. It is one of the largest parishes in Herefordshire, and from the medieval period to the nineteenth century was populous and prosperous. Cradley manor was a valuable holding of the medieval bishops of Hereford. The ecclesiastical benefice, Anglo-Saxon in origin, was equally lucrative, frequently passing nepotistically to well-connected young priests; however, such connections did not prevent one thirteenth-century rector being outlawed for murder! The expanding number of manors in the parish, from the thirteenth century onwards, resulted in a fragmented model of land ownership and the development of a powerful body of wealthy yeomanry, shaping the distinctive character of the parish and its governance in the early modern period.Drawing extensively on local archival sources, this volume analyses, among other topics, the centrality of agriculture to the parish's story, charting Cradley's socio-economic growth from the sixteenth to nineteenth centuries, before its subsequent decline. As such, this book constitutes an important contribution to English local history, exploring the prosperity that could be enjoyed by parishes in fertile Eastern Herefordshire, and the impact of changes in the national economy upon rural, agrarian communities. 30 00 A gripping history of Cradley, displaying how its fragmented landownership and strong agricultural roots shaped its distinctive identity.</bold>Scenic and rural, the parish of Cradley stretches down westwards from the Malvern Hills, bordered by Worcestershire to the north and east. It is one of the largest parishes in Herefordshire, and from the medieval period to the nineteenth century was populous and prosperous. Cradley manor was a valuable holding of the medieval bishops of Hereford. The ecclesiastical benefice, Anglo-Saxon in origin, was equally lucrative, frequently passing nepotistically to well-connected young priests; however, such connections did not prevent one thirteenth-century rector being outlawed for murder! The expanding number of manors in the parish, from the thirteenth century onwards, resulted in a fragmented model of land ownership and the development of a powerful body of wealthy yeomanry, shaping the distinctive character of the parish and its governance in the early modern period.Drawing extensively on local archival sources, this volume analyses, among other topics, the centrality of agriculture to the parish's story, charting Cradley's socio-economic growth from the sixteenth to nineteenth centuries, before its subsequent decline. As such, this book constitutes an important contribution to English local history, exploring the prosperity that could be enjoyed by parishes in fertile Eastern Herefordshire, and the impact of changes in the national economy upon rural, agrarian communities. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction </li> <li> Landownership </li> <li> Economic History </li> <li> Social History </li> <li> Religious History </li> <li> Local Government </li> <li> Appendices </li> </ul> 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/367436/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ London, GB 02 01 20250529 Anastasia Stylianou 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 10 08 20250529 02 14.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:4af680da-e532-4fe9-abd4-d83482ee039c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e0352768-3223-45d4-a420-e8f3d9e78e53 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4af680da-e532-4fe9-abd4-d83482ee039c 15 9781905165964 03 9781905165964 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56496 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Herefordshire: Eastnor 1 A01 Janet Cooper Janet Cooper 01 eng 00 106 03 09 25 12 HBJ B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NH 93 1DDU-GB-EMF 20 Eastnor castle; Landscape history; English Episcopal Acta; Ledbury Poor Law Union; Malverns Complex; Compton Census; Lady Henry Somerset 01 06 02 00 03 00 Eastnor is the first parish history to be produced by the Trust for the Victoria County History of Herefordshire, and complements some of the work on Ledbury undertaken for the Heritage Lottery-funded England’s Past for Everyone project between 2005 and 2009. In its expanded treatment of the parish history, emphasising the economy and society of the parish as well as landownership and religious life, Eastnor is modelled on the first individual VCH parish history to be published, that of Mapledurwell, Hampshire, in 2012.<break/><break/>Eastnor lies at the southern end of the Malvern Hills and has always been an agricultural parish. In the 19th and 20th centuries it was dominated by the Castle, built between 1812 and 1820, and by its owners, the Somers Cocks family, Barons and later Earls Somers, and their descendants. The Somers Cocks owned most of the land in the parish and employed many of its inhabitants, and this ownership saved the parish and its many timber-framed houses from modern development. In earlier centuries the pattern of land ownership was very different; at the time of Domesday Book the bishop of Hereford’s manor covered the whole parish. From the later Middle Ages the owners of small freeholds extended their holdings, so that in the 16th and 17th centuries several gentry families owned small estates in the parish. In the course of the 18th century these were bought up by the Somers Cocks family. This book explores, using the extensive archival records, how these changes in land ownership affected the inhabitants of the parish and the way in which the land was farmed. 30 00 Eastnor is the first parish history to be produced by the Trust for the Victoria County History of Herefordshire, and complements some of the work on Ledbury undertaken for the Heritage Lottery-funded England’s Past for Everyone project between 2005 and 2009. In its expanded treatment of the parish history, emphasising the economy and society of the parish as well as landownership and religious life, Eastnor is modelled on the first individual VCH parish history to be published, that of Mapledurwell, Hampshire, in 2012.<break/><break/>Eastnor lies at the southern end of the Malvern Hills and has always been an agricultural parish. In the 19th and 20th centuries it was dominated by the Castle, built between 1812 and 1820, and by its owners, the Somers Cocks family, Barons and later Earls Somers, and their descendants. The Somers Cocks owned most of the land in the parish and employed many of its inhabitants, and this ownership saved the parish and its many timber-framed houses from modern development. In earlier centuries the pattern of land ownership was very different; at the time of Domesday Book the bishop of Hereford’s manor covered the whole parish. From the later Middle Ages the owners of small freeholds extended their holdings, so that in the 16th and 17th centuries several gentry families owned small estates in the parish. In the course of the 18th century these were bought up by the Somers Cocks family. This book explores, using the extensive archival records, how these changes in land ownership affected the inhabitants of the parish and the way in which the land was farmed. 04 00 ContentsForewordIntroductionSettlement and PopulationDomestic BuildingsLandownershipLocal GovernmentEastnor CastleEconomic HistoryAgricultureIndustry and CraftsSocial HistorySocial StructureContacts beyond EastnorInns, Recreations and CustomsEducationThe PoorReligious HistoryParochial OrganisationPastoral Care and Religious LifeThe Church of St John the BaptistNote on SourcesAbbreviationsGlossary 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250104//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-herefordshire-eastnor/ London, GB 04 01 20130902 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646384 03 9781909646384 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-herefordshire-eastnor/ 20 08 20130902 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:75f07491-4933-4f76-b6a9-af0decbc1b6e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e0352768-3223-45d4-a420-e8f3d9e78e53 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:75f07491-4933-4f76-b6a9-af0decbc1b6e 15 9781909646384 03 9781909646384 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56496 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Herefordshire: Eastnor 1 A01 Janet Cooper Janet Cooper 01 eng 00 106 03 09 25 12 HBJ B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 NH 93 1DDU-GB-EMF 20 Eastnor castle; Landscape history; English Episcopal Acta; Ledbury Poor Law Union; Malverns Complex; Compton Census; Lady Henry Somerset 01 06 02 00 03 00 Eastnor is the first parish history to be produced by the Trust for the Victoria County History of Herefordshire, and complements some of the work on Ledbury undertaken for the Heritage Lottery-funded England’s Past for Everyone project between 2005 and 2009. In its expanded treatment of the parish history, emphasising the economy and society of the parish as well as landownership and religious life, Eastnor is modelled on the first individual VCH parish history to be published, that of Mapledurwell, Hampshire, in 2012.<break/><break/>Eastnor lies at the southern end of the Malvern Hills and has always been an agricultural parish. In the 19th and 20th centuries it was dominated by the Castle, built between 1812 and 1820, and by its owners, the Somers Cocks family, Barons and later Earls Somers, and their descendants. The Somers Cocks owned most of the land in the parish and employed many of its inhabitants, and this ownership saved the parish and its many timber-framed houses from modern development. In earlier centuries the pattern of land ownership was very different; at the time of Domesday Book the bishop of Hereford’s manor covered the whole parish. From the later Middle Ages the owners of small freeholds extended their holdings, so that in the 16th and 17th centuries several gentry families owned small estates in the parish. In the course of the 18th century these were bought up by the Somers Cocks family. This book explores, using the extensive archival records, how these changes in land ownership affected the inhabitants of the parish and the way in which the land was farmed. 30 00 Eastnor is the first parish history to be produced by the Trust for the Victoria County History of Herefordshire, and complements some of the work on Ledbury undertaken for the Heritage Lottery-funded England’s Past for Everyone project between 2005 and 2009. In its expanded treatment of the parish history, emphasising the economy and society of the parish as well as landownership and religious life, Eastnor is modelled on the first individual VCH parish history to be published, that of Mapledurwell, Hampshire, in 2012.<break/><break/>Eastnor lies at the southern end of the Malvern Hills and has always been an agricultural parish. In the 19th and 20th centuries it was dominated by the Castle, built between 1812 and 1820, and by its owners, the Somers Cocks family, Barons and later Earls Somers, and their descendants. The Somers Cocks owned most of the land in the parish and employed many of its inhabitants, and this ownership saved the parish and its many timber-framed houses from modern development. In earlier centuries the pattern of land ownership was very different; at the time of Domesday Book the bishop of Hereford’s manor covered the whole parish. From the later Middle Ages the owners of small freeholds extended their holdings, so that in the 16th and 17th centuries several gentry families owned small estates in the parish. In the course of the 18th century these were bought up by the Somers Cocks family. This book explores, using the extensive archival records, how these changes in land ownership affected the inhabitants of the parish and the way in which the land was farmed. 04 00 ContentsForewordIntroductionSettlement and PopulationDomestic BuildingsLandownershipLocal GovernmentEastnor CastleEconomic HistoryAgricultureIndustry and CraftsSocial HistorySocial StructureContacts beyond EastnorInns, Recreations and CustomsEducationThe PoorReligious HistoryParochial OrganisationPastoral Care and Religious LifeThe Church of St John the BaptistNote on SourcesAbbreviationsGlossary 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250104//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-herefordshire-eastnor/ London, GB 04 01 20130902 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905165964 03 9781905165964 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-herefordshire-eastnor/ 20 08 20130902 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0dce928e-8f0e-4963-8924-a16f5e50d4ef 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:41aae4de-3622-4a59-9bb2-699fb33c1393 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0dce928e-8f0e-4963-8924-a16f5e50d4ef 15 9781909646698 03 9781909646698 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72017 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Leicestershire: Buckminster and Sewstern 1 A01 Pamela J. Fisher Pamela J. Fisher 01 eng 00 138 03 09 28 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC053000 12 HBJD1 93 RGL 10 SOC015000 12 1DBKEML 93 1DDU-GB-EMH 20 local history; England; agriculture; development; microhistory 01 06 02 00 Buckminster and Sewstern, in north-east Leicestershire, are two small villages within a single parish, and although both were established before 1086, they have developed different characters. Buckminster was purely an agricultural village until the 1790s, whereas Sewstern played host to a wide variety of trades between the 14th and 19th cent 03 00 Buckminster and Sewstern, in north-east Leicestershire, are two small villages within a single parish, and although both were established before 1086, they have developed different characters. Buckminster was purely an agricultural village until the 1790s, when Sir William Manners enlarged a small park, built a mansion and began to create an estate village. Many of the houses are of red brick, and were built for estate employees by the 9th earl of Dysart between 1878 and 1935, as part of a programme of village improvements. All the land, residential and commercial properties in Buckminster were held in 2017 by the Tollemache family, descendants of Sir William and Lord Dysart.In contrast, Sewstern’s houses are individual in character, and mostly built from local limestone. Before the 20th century, many had large paddocks to the rear. The village is near the presumed ancient route known as Sewstern Lane, and a wide range of trades were followed between the 14th and 19th centuries, until the age of the railways ended the passing trade. Land in both villages was quarried for ironstone in the 20th century, then reinstated for farmland, resulting in fields that are several feet below the level of the roads and property curtilages. This book explores the similarities and differences between the two villages over more than a thousand years of recorded history. 30 00 Buckminster and Sewstern, in north-east Leicestershire, are two small villages within a single parish, and although both were established before 1086, they have developed different characters. Buckminster was purely an agricultural village until the 1790s, when Sir William Manners enlarged a small park, built a mansion and began to create an estate village. Many of the houses are of red brick, and were built for estate employees by the 9th earl of Dysart between 1878 and 1935, as part of a programme of village improvements. All the land, residential and commercial properties in Buckminster were held in 2017 by the Tollemache family, descendants of Sir William and Lord Dysart.In contrast, Sewstern’s houses are individual in character, and mostly built from local limestone. Before the 20th century, many had large paddocks to the rear. The village is near the presumed ancient route known as Sewstern Lane, and a wide range of trades were followed between the 14th and 19th centuries, until the age of the railways ended the passing trade. Land in both villages was quarried for ironstone in the 20th century, then reinstated for farmland, resulting in fields that are several feet below the level of the roads and property curtilages. This book explores the similarities and differences between the two villages over more than a thousand years of recorded history. 04 00 Introduction 1. Landownership 2. Economic History 3. Social History 4. Religious History 5. Local Government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/256476//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-buckminster-and-sewstern/ London, GB 04 01 20171027 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646704 03 9781909646704 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-buckminster-and-sewstern/ 20 08 20171027 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7c090cc7-b097-4eb7-b841-7880e0dbc638 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:41aae4de-3622-4a59-9bb2-699fb33c1393 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7c090cc7-b097-4eb7-b841-7880e0dbc638 15 9781909646704 03 9781909646704 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72017 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Leicestershire: Buckminster and Sewstern 1 A01 Pamela J. Fisher Pamela J. Fisher 01 eng 00 138 03 09 28 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC053000 12 HBJD1 93 RGL 10 SOC015000 12 1DBKEML 93 1DDU-GB-EMH 20 local history; England; agriculture; development; microhistory 01 06 02 00 Buckminster and Sewstern, in north-east Leicestershire, are two small villages within a single parish, and although both were established before 1086, they have developed different characters. Buckminster was purely an agricultural village until the 1790s, whereas Sewstern played host to a wide variety of trades between the 14th and 19th cent 03 00 Buckminster and Sewstern, in north-east Leicestershire, are two small villages within a single parish, and although both were established before 1086, they have developed different characters. Buckminster was purely an agricultural village until the 1790s, when Sir William Manners enlarged a small park, built a mansion and began to create an estate village. Many of the houses are of red brick, and were built for estate employees by the 9th earl of Dysart between 1878 and 1935, as part of a programme of village improvements. All the land, residential and commercial properties in Buckminster were held in 2017 by the Tollemache family, descendants of Sir William and Lord Dysart.In contrast, Sewstern’s houses are individual in character, and mostly built from local limestone. Before the 20th century, many had large paddocks to the rear. The village is near the presumed ancient route known as Sewstern Lane, and a wide range of trades were followed between the 14th and 19th centuries, until the age of the railways ended the passing trade. Land in both villages was quarried for ironstone in the 20th century, then reinstated for farmland, resulting in fields that are several feet below the level of the roads and property curtilages. This book explores the similarities and differences between the two villages over more than a thousand years of recorded history. 30 00 Buckminster and Sewstern, in north-east Leicestershire, are two small villages within a single parish, and although both were established before 1086, they have developed different characters. Buckminster was purely an agricultural village until the 1790s, when Sir William Manners enlarged a small park, built a mansion and began to create an estate village. Many of the houses are of red brick, and were built for estate employees by the 9th earl of Dysart between 1878 and 1935, as part of a programme of village improvements. All the land, residential and commercial properties in Buckminster were held in 2017 by the Tollemache family, descendants of Sir William and Lord Dysart.In contrast, Sewstern’s houses are individual in character, and mostly built from local limestone. Before the 20th century, many had large paddocks to the rear. The village is near the presumed ancient route known as Sewstern Lane, and a wide range of trades were followed between the 14th and 19th centuries, until the age of the railways ended the passing trade. Land in both villages was quarried for ironstone in the 20th century, then reinstated for farmland, resulting in fields that are several feet below the level of the roads and property curtilages. This book explores the similarities and differences between the two villages over more than a thousand years of recorded history. 04 00 Introduction 1. Landownership 2. Economic History 3. Social History 4. Religious History 5. Local Government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/256476//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-buckminster-and-sewstern/ London, GB 04 01 20171027 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646698 03 9781909646698 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-buckminster-and-sewstern/ 20 08 20171027 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b29d5550-b4ba-40a9-b468-439f26a408c3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:db9abeb6-26ab-4875-b99e-54bbbd384b70 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b29d5550-b4ba-40a9-b468-439f26a408c3 15 9781909646278 03 9781909646278 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53700 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Leicestershire: Castle Donington 1 A01 Pamela J. Fisher Pamela J. Fisher 2 A01 J.M. Lee J.M. Lee 01 eng 00 142 03 09 26 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 20 Landscape history; East Midlands Parishes; Sir George Hastings; Post-Reformation Catholicism; Protestantism; Poor Relief 01 06 02 00 03 00 The parish of Castle Donington in north-west Leicestershire lies on the south bank of the river Trent, 20 miles north-west of Leicester and 8 miles south-east of Derby. A nucleated village developed on the present site more than 1,000 years ago. A castle was built in the 1150s, and several features of a town soon developed, including a market, fair and hospital. Secondary settlements grew up alongside the Trent, by the King’s Mills and at Cavendish Bridge, the site of an important medieval ferry. Donington Park, which originated in the early 13th century as a hunting park, became a separate estate of the earls of Huntingdon in the late 16th century. <break/> Later history has been shaped by strong religious nonconformity and the growth and then decline of traditional industries in the 18th and 19th centuries. Since then, modern transport links, including East Midlands Airport in the south of the parish, have delivered new employment opportunities. Castle Donington in the early 21st century is thriving. Many people travel in daily to work, and thousands more visit the motor-racing circuit at Donington Park and other leisure attractions each year, yet few know of the parish’s rich history. <break/> This book, the first in the Leicestershire VCH series since 1964, examines the changing patterns of landscape, landownership, working lives, social structure and religious worship in Castle Donington across many centuries, and includes the settlements at King’s Mills and Cavendish Bridge. It will be of interest to local residents, visitors, family and local historians. 30 00 The parish of Castle Donington in north-west Leicestershire lies on the south bank of the river Trent, 20 miles north-west of Leicester and 8 miles south-east of Derby. A nucleated village developed on the present site more than 1,000 years ago. A castle was built in the 1150s, and several features of a town soon developed, including a market, fair and hospital. Secondary settlements grew up alongside the Trent, by the King’s Mills and at Cavendish Bridge, the site of an important medieval ferry. Donington Park, which originated in the early 13th century as a hunting park, became a separate estate of the earls of Huntingdon in the late 16th century. <break/> Later history has been shaped by strong religious nonconformity and the growth and then decline of traditional industries in the 18th and 19th centuries. Since then, modern transport links, including East Midlands Airport in the south of the parish, have delivered new employment opportunities. Castle Donington in the early 21st century is thriving. Many people travel in daily to work, and thousands more visit the motor-racing circuit at Donington Park and other leisure attractions each year, yet few know of the parish’s rich history. <break/> This book, the first in the Leicestershire VCH series since 1964, examines the changing patterns of landscape, landownership, working lives, social structure and religious worship in Castle Donington across many centuries, and includes the settlements at King’s Mills and Cavendish Bridge. It will be of interest to local residents, visitors, family and local historians. 04 00 ForewordIntroductionParish Boundaries Landscape and Geology Communication Settlement PopulationLandownershipThe Manor The Castle Derby Hills Donington Park Religious EstatesEconomic HistoryOverview Agriculture Woodland The Park Mines and Quarries Mills and Fisheries Manufacturing Retail Services UtilitiesSocial HistorySocial Structure Community Activities Social Welfare Poor Relief Charities EducationReligious HistoryParochial Organization Advowson Income Religious Life before the Reformation Religious Life after the Reformation Protestant Nonconformity Post-Reformation Catholicism Church of St Edward, King and Martyr Local Government Manor Courts and Officers Parish Government and Officers PolicingNote on SourcesAbbreviationsGlossary 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248807//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-castle-donington/ London, GB 04 01 20161209 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646285 03 9781909646285 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-castle-donington/ 20 08 20161209 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:404c3149-28f3-4c64-bd44-bc9e156f4fe7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:db9abeb6-26ab-4875-b99e-54bbbd384b70 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:404c3149-28f3-4c64-bd44-bc9e156f4fe7 15 9781909646285 03 9781909646285 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53700 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Leicestershire: Castle Donington 1 A01 Pamela J. Fisher Pamela J. Fisher 2 A01 J.M. Lee J.M. Lee 01 eng 00 142 03 09 26 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 20 Landscape history; East Midlands Parishes; Sir George Hastings; Post-Reformation Catholicism; Protestantism; Poor Relief 01 06 02 00 03 00 The parish of Castle Donington in north-west Leicestershire lies on the south bank of the river Trent, 20 miles north-west of Leicester and 8 miles south-east of Derby. A nucleated village developed on the present site more than 1,000 years ago. A castle was built in the 1150s, and several features of a town soon developed, including a market, fair and hospital. Secondary settlements grew up alongside the Trent, by the King’s Mills and at Cavendish Bridge, the site of an important medieval ferry. Donington Park, which originated in the early 13th century as a hunting park, became a separate estate of the earls of Huntingdon in the late 16th century. <break/> Later history has been shaped by strong religious nonconformity and the growth and then decline of traditional industries in the 18th and 19th centuries. Since then, modern transport links, including East Midlands Airport in the south of the parish, have delivered new employment opportunities. Castle Donington in the early 21st century is thriving. Many people travel in daily to work, and thousands more visit the motor-racing circuit at Donington Park and other leisure attractions each year, yet few know of the parish’s rich history. <break/> This book, the first in the Leicestershire VCH series since 1964, examines the changing patterns of landscape, landownership, working lives, social structure and religious worship in Castle Donington across many centuries, and includes the settlements at King’s Mills and Cavendish Bridge. It will be of interest to local residents, visitors, family and local historians. 30 00 The parish of Castle Donington in north-west Leicestershire lies on the south bank of the river Trent, 20 miles north-west of Leicester and 8 miles south-east of Derby. A nucleated village developed on the present site more than 1,000 years ago. A castle was built in the 1150s, and several features of a town soon developed, including a market, fair and hospital. Secondary settlements grew up alongside the Trent, by the King’s Mills and at Cavendish Bridge, the site of an important medieval ferry. Donington Park, which originated in the early 13th century as a hunting park, became a separate estate of the earls of Huntingdon in the late 16th century. <break/> Later history has been shaped by strong religious nonconformity and the growth and then decline of traditional industries in the 18th and 19th centuries. Since then, modern transport links, including East Midlands Airport in the south of the parish, have delivered new employment opportunities. Castle Donington in the early 21st century is thriving. Many people travel in daily to work, and thousands more visit the motor-racing circuit at Donington Park and other leisure attractions each year, yet few know of the parish’s rich history. <break/> This book, the first in the Leicestershire VCH series since 1964, examines the changing patterns of landscape, landownership, working lives, social structure and religious worship in Castle Donington across many centuries, and includes the settlements at King’s Mills and Cavendish Bridge. It will be of interest to local residents, visitors, family and local historians. 04 00 ForewordIntroductionParish Boundaries Landscape and Geology Communication Settlement PopulationLandownershipThe Manor The Castle Derby Hills Donington Park Religious EstatesEconomic HistoryOverview Agriculture Woodland The Park Mines and Quarries Mills and Fisheries Manufacturing Retail Services UtilitiesSocial HistorySocial Structure Community Activities Social Welfare Poor Relief Charities EducationReligious HistoryParochial Organization Advowson Income Religious Life before the Reformation Religious Life after the Reformation Protestant Nonconformity Post-Reformation Catholicism Church of St Edward, King and Martyr Local Government Manor Courts and Officers Parish Government and Officers PolicingNote on SourcesAbbreviationsGlossary 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248807//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-castle-donington/ London, GB 04 01 20161209 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646278 03 9781909646278 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-castle-donington/ 20 08 20161209 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b300512e-3d72-436d-a440-ef9efff22cd7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f38502a5-cd27-4c2f-a927-6ea98ee925d6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b300512e-3d72-436d-a440-ef9efff22cd7 15 9781912702466 03 9781912702466 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87217 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Leicestershire: Ibstock 1 A01 Pamela J. Fisher Pamela J. Fisher 01 eng 00 156 03 09 27 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBJD1 93 NHD 10 SOC053000 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 HBJ 93 RGL 12 1DBKEML 93 1DDU-GB-EMH 12 3J 93 3M 20 local history; Ibstock; nonconformity; industry; coal mines; brick making; Leicestershire 01 06 02 00 Ibstock is a large village 15 miles north-west of Leicester and has a long history of trade, manufacture and agriculture that covers framework-knitting, coal mines, and brick making. It was also a hub of Nonconformity, taking in Anglican, Baptist, Primitive Methodist, Wesleyan Methodist and Wesleyan Reform ministers. Though the much of the lo 03 00 Ibstock is a large village 15 miles north-west of Leicester and the subject of the third VCH Short from Leicestershire. Neighbouring place-names indicate that the parish was once fringed by heathland to its north and west, while Ibstock’s own place-name references an early dairy farm on this land. Garendon Abbey, near Loughborough, received gifts in the 12th century totalling over 500 a. in Ibstock, and created a large sheep farm on their enclosed estate. Framework-knitting had become important by 1811, when trade and manufacture employed almost as many families in the parish as agriculture. Ibstock’s character changed more dramatically in the later 19th century, when the coal deposits which lay beneath Ibstock’s soils began to be exploited. Two collieries were sunk within the parish by different owners, in 1825 and 1873, ushering in a period of rapid population growth. This was accompanied by the growth of Nonconformity, and the establishment of numerous sports teams, clubs and other societies, some encouraged by Ibstock’s Anglican, Baptist, Primitive Methodist, Wesleyan Methodist and Wesleyan Reform ministers, with others open to all. The former colliery brickworks continued, and Ibstock Brick, based in the parish, was one of Britain’s largest brickmakers in the early 21st century. The mines have since closed, and much of the undermined farmland has been planted with young trees from the 1990s, to become part of the National Forest. 30 00 Ibstock is a large village 15 miles north-west of Leicester and the subject of the third VCH Short from Leicestershire. Neighbouring place-names indicate that the parish was once fringed by heathland to its north and west, while Ibstock’s own place-name references an early dairy farm on this land. Garendon Abbey, near Loughborough, received gifts in the 12th century totalling over 500 a. in Ibstock, and created a large sheep farm on their enclosed estate. Framework-knitting had become important by 1811, when trade and manufacture employed almost as many families in the parish as agriculture. Ibstock’s character changed more dramatically in the later 19th century, when the coal deposits which lay beneath Ibstock’s soils began to be exploited. Two collieries were sunk within the parish by different owners, in 1825 and 1873, ushering in a period of rapid population growth. This was accompanied by the growth of Nonconformity, and the establishment of numerous sports teams, clubs and other societies, some encouraged by Ibstock’s Anglican, Baptist, Primitive Methodist, Wesleyan Methodist and Wesleyan Reform ministers, with others open to all. The former colliery brickworks continued, and Ibstock Brick, based in the parish, was one of Britain’s largest brickmakers in the early 21st century. The mines have since closed, and much of the undermined farmland has been planted with young trees from the 1990s, to become part of the National Forest. 04 00 Introduction Ibstock Parish Landownership Economic History Social History Religious History Local Government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/281229/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-ibstock/ London, GB 04 01 20201023 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702480 03 9781912702480 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-ibstock/ 20 08 20201023 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2f2e0cd4-6ab7-45c8-b3fb-d1168e96a612 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f38502a5-cd27-4c2f-a927-6ea98ee925d6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2f2e0cd4-6ab7-45c8-b3fb-d1168e96a612 15 9781912702480 03 9781912702480 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87217 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Leicestershire: Ibstock 1 A01 Pamela J. Fisher Pamela J. Fisher 01 eng 00 156 03 09 27 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBJD1 93 NHD 10 SOC053000 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 HBJ 93 RGL 12 1DBKEML 93 1DDU-GB-EMH 12 3J 93 3M 20 local history; Ibstock; nonconformity; industry; coal mines; brick making; Leicestershire 01 06 02 00 Ibstock is a large village 15 miles north-west of Leicester and has a long history of trade, manufacture and agriculture that covers framework-knitting, coal mines, and brick making. It was also a hub of Nonconformity, taking in Anglican, Baptist, Primitive Methodist, Wesleyan Methodist and Wesleyan Reform ministers. Though the much of the lo 03 00 Ibstock is a large village 15 miles north-west of Leicester and the subject of the third VCH Short from Leicestershire. Neighbouring place-names indicate that the parish was once fringed by heathland to its north and west, while Ibstock’s own place-name references an early dairy farm on this land. Garendon Abbey, near Loughborough, received gifts in the 12th century totalling over 500 a. in Ibstock, and created a large sheep farm on their enclosed estate. Framework-knitting had become important by 1811, when trade and manufacture employed almost as many families in the parish as agriculture. Ibstock’s character changed more dramatically in the later 19th century, when the coal deposits which lay beneath Ibstock’s soils began to be exploited. Two collieries were sunk within the parish by different owners, in 1825 and 1873, ushering in a period of rapid population growth. This was accompanied by the growth of Nonconformity, and the establishment of numerous sports teams, clubs and other societies, some encouraged by Ibstock’s Anglican, Baptist, Primitive Methodist, Wesleyan Methodist and Wesleyan Reform ministers, with others open to all. The former colliery brickworks continued, and Ibstock Brick, based in the parish, was one of Britain’s largest brickmakers in the early 21st century. The mines have since closed, and much of the undermined farmland has been planted with young trees from the 1990s, to become part of the National Forest. 30 00 Ibstock is a large village 15 miles north-west of Leicester and the subject of the third VCH Short from Leicestershire. Neighbouring place-names indicate that the parish was once fringed by heathland to its north and west, while Ibstock’s own place-name references an early dairy farm on this land. Garendon Abbey, near Loughborough, received gifts in the 12th century totalling over 500 a. in Ibstock, and created a large sheep farm on their enclosed estate. Framework-knitting had become important by 1811, when trade and manufacture employed almost as many families in the parish as agriculture. Ibstock’s character changed more dramatically in the later 19th century, when the coal deposits which lay beneath Ibstock’s soils began to be exploited. Two collieries were sunk within the parish by different owners, in 1825 and 1873, ushering in a period of rapid population growth. This was accompanied by the growth of Nonconformity, and the establishment of numerous sports teams, clubs and other societies, some encouraged by Ibstock’s Anglican, Baptist, Primitive Methodist, Wesleyan Methodist and Wesleyan Reform ministers, with others open to all. The former colliery brickworks continued, and Ibstock Brick, based in the parish, was one of Britain’s largest brickmakers in the early 21st century. The mines have since closed, and much of the undermined farmland has been planted with young trees from the 1990s, to become part of the National Forest. 04 00 Introduction Ibstock Parish Landownership Economic History Social History Religious History Local Government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/281229/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-ibstock/ London, GB 04 01 20201023 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702466 03 9781912702466 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-ibstock/ 20 08 20201023 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:bac19ec5-ddab-46b6-a472-c9dd28c84072 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cfb12a9a-43eb-4c7c-a871-dea3e57cc630 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bac19ec5-ddab-46b6-a472-c9dd28c84072 15 9781912702824 03 9781912702824 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.106846 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Leicestershire: Lutterworth 1 A01 Pamela J. Fisher Pamela J. Fisher 01 eng 09 36 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 WQH 12 WQH 12 HBJ 93 RGL 10 SOC015000 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC053000 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 HBJD1 93 NHD 12 1DBKEY 93 1DDU-GB-E 93 1DDU-GB-EMW 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3J 93 3M 93 6AG 20 Lutterworth; local history; social history; John Wyclif; logistics industry; development 01 06 02 00 From the controversial theological writer John Wyclif to the origins of the jet engine, the history of Lutterworth, a small market town in the south-west of the county, has been both rich and varied. This work charts the evolution and development of Lutterworth from small beginnings before the Norman Conquest to the challenges posed today by 03 00 This publication, the fourth VCH Short from Leicestershire, tells the history of Lutterworth, a small market town in the south-west of the county. John Wyclif was the town’s rector from 1374 until his death in 1384, and the ongoing impact of his controversial writings so concerned the Church that his bones were disinterred and desecrated in 1428 on the instructions of the Pope. Lutterworth was also the birthplace of the jet engine, which was developed by Sir Frank Whittle between 1937 and 1942 in a disused foundry building in the town. The evolution and development of Lutterworth from small beginnings before the Norman Conquest to the challenges posed today by its position as a key location for the modern logistics industry are described within these pages. Lutterworth’s people and their roles in shaping the economy, schools, churches, institutions and community life all feature strongly, as does the importance of the market in developing trade between the east and west midlands in the Middle Ages and the later effect of transport changes, including stagecoaches, railways and the modern motorway network on people, their jobs, housing and daily life. 30 00 This publication, the fourth VCH Short from Leicestershire, tells the history of Lutterworth, a small market town in the south-west of the county. John Wyclif was the town’s rector from 1374 until his death in 1384, and the ongoing impact of his controversial writings so concerned the Church that his bones were disinterred and desecrated in 1428 on the instructions of the Pope. Lutterworth was also the birthplace of the jet engine, which was developed by Sir Frank Whittle between 1937 and 1942 in a disused foundry building in the town. The evolution and development of Lutterworth from small beginnings before the Norman Conquest to the challenges posed today by its position as a key location for the modern logistics industry are described within these pages. Lutterworth’s people and their roles in shaping the economy, schools, churches, institutions and community life all feature strongly, as does the importance of the market in developing trade between the east and west midlands in the Middle Ages and the later effect of transport changes, including stagecoaches, railways and the modern motorway network on people, their jobs, housing and daily life. 04 00 Introduction Landscape and Settlement Landownership Economic History Social History Religious History Local Government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/295610/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-lutterworth/ London, GB 04 01 20220920 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702831 03 9781912702831 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-lutterworth/ 20 08 20220920 02 14.99 GBP WORLD 02 19.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:91e88e97-748f-47f1-85b4-4050c698e887 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cfb12a9a-43eb-4c7c-a871-dea3e57cc630 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:91e88e97-748f-47f1-85b4-4050c698e887 15 9781912702831 03 9781912702831 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.106846 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Leicestershire: Lutterworth 1 A01 Pamela J. Fisher Pamela J. Fisher 01 eng 09 36 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 WQH 12 WQH 12 HBJ 93 RGL 10 SOC015000 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC053000 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 HBJD1 93 NHD 12 1DBKEY 93 1DDU-GB-E 93 1DDU-GB-EMW 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3J 93 3M 93 6AG 20 Lutterworth; local history; social history; John Wyclif; logistics industry; development 01 06 02 00 From the controversial theological writer John Wyclif to the origins of the jet engine, the history of Lutterworth, a small market town in the south-west of the county, has been both rich and varied. This work charts the evolution and development of Lutterworth from small beginnings before the Norman Conquest to the challenges posed today by 03 00 This publication, the fourth VCH Short from Leicestershire, tells the history of Lutterworth, a small market town in the south-west of the county. John Wyclif was the town’s rector from 1374 until his death in 1384, and the ongoing impact of his controversial writings so concerned the Church that his bones were disinterred and desecrated in 1428 on the instructions of the Pope. Lutterworth was also the birthplace of the jet engine, which was developed by Sir Frank Whittle between 1937 and 1942 in a disused foundry building in the town. The evolution and development of Lutterworth from small beginnings before the Norman Conquest to the challenges posed today by its position as a key location for the modern logistics industry are described within these pages. Lutterworth’s people and their roles in shaping the economy, schools, churches, institutions and community life all feature strongly, as does the importance of the market in developing trade between the east and west midlands in the Middle Ages and the later effect of transport changes, including stagecoaches, railways and the modern motorway network on people, their jobs, housing and daily life. 30 00 This publication, the fourth VCH Short from Leicestershire, tells the history of Lutterworth, a small market town in the south-west of the county. John Wyclif was the town’s rector from 1374 until his death in 1384, and the ongoing impact of his controversial writings so concerned the Church that his bones were disinterred and desecrated in 1428 on the instructions of the Pope. Lutterworth was also the birthplace of the jet engine, which was developed by Sir Frank Whittle between 1937 and 1942 in a disused foundry building in the town. The evolution and development of Lutterworth from small beginnings before the Norman Conquest to the challenges posed today by its position as a key location for the modern logistics industry are described within these pages. Lutterworth’s people and their roles in shaping the economy, schools, churches, institutions and community life all feature strongly, as does the importance of the market in developing trade between the east and west midlands in the Middle Ages and the later effect of transport changes, including stagecoaches, railways and the modern motorway network on people, their jobs, housing and daily life. 04 00 Introduction Landscape and Settlement Landownership Economic History Social History Religious History Local Government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/295610/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-lutterworth/ London, GB 04 01 20220920 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702824 03 9781912702824 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-leicestershire-lutterworth/ 20 08 20220920 02 5.00 GBP WORLD 02 5.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ab523197-a7e0-46c8-a7f3-d5249db45843 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:13451d35-af70-408c-9276-1ef4d5d9996b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ab523197-a7e0-46c8-a7f3-d5249db45843 15 9781909646667 03 9781909646667 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.71266 00 BC 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Middlesex: Knightsbridge and Hyde 1 A01 Pamela Taylor Pamela Taylor 01 eng 00 100 03 09 31 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC053000 12 HBJ 93 RGL 10 SOC015000 20 London; local history; England; Westminster; development; borders 01 06 02 00 Today’s <break/>Knightsbridge is a recent cross-border development. This book breaks new ground <break/>by uncovering an earlier, larger Knightsbridge and showing why its initial <break/>extent and history have been largely forgotten. Pre-1900 <break/>Knightsbridge/Westminster included today’s Kensington Palace, Kensington <break/>Gardens, al 03 00 Today’s Knightsbridge, the wealthy shoppers’ paradise, is a recent cross-border development. This book breaks new ground by uncovering an earlier, larger Knightsbridge and showing why its initial extent and history have been largely forgotten. Knightsbridge was the southern part of the Westminster abbey manor of Knightsbridge and Westbourne, and until 1900 covered the same area as the parish of St Margaret Westminster Detached. Pre-1900 Knightsbridge/Westminster included today’s Kensington Palace, Kensington Gardens, almost half of ‘South Kensington’, and Hyde Park west of the Serpentine (or river Westbourne). So why was so much of Knightsbridge lost to memory, becoming thought of only in terms of Westminster, Hyde or (until 1900 entirely wrongly) Kensington? 30 00 Today’s Knightsbridge, the wealthy shoppers’ paradise, is a recent cross-border development. This book breaks new ground by uncovering an earlier, larger Knightsbridge and showing why its initial extent and history have been largely forgotten. Knightsbridge was the southern part of the Westminster abbey manor of Knightsbridge and Westbourne, and until 1900 covered the same area as the parish of St Margaret Westminster Detached. Pre-1900 Knightsbridge/Westminster included today’s Kensington Palace, Kensington Gardens, almost half of ‘South Kensington’, and Hyde Park west of the Serpentine (or river Westbourne). So why was so much of Knightsbridge lost to memory, becoming thought of only in terms of Westminster, Hyde or (until 1900 entirely wrongly) Kensington? 04 00 Introduction 1. Landownership 2. Economic History 3. Religious History 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/255328//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-knightsbridge-and-hyde/ London, GB 04 01 20170831 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646674 03 9781909646674 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-knightsbridge-and-hyde/ 20 08 20170831 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:820fafc0-4ebe-4c81-a5a0-40dc58cb5e4f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:13451d35-af70-408c-9276-1ef4d5d9996b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:820fafc0-4ebe-4c81-a5a0-40dc58cb5e4f 15 9781909646674 03 9781909646674 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.71266 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Middlesex: Knightsbridge and Hyde 1 A01 Pamela Taylor Pamela Taylor 01 eng 00 100 03 09 31 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC053000 12 HBJ 93 RGL 10 SOC015000 20 London; local history; England; Westminster; development; borders 01 06 02 00 Today’s <break/>Knightsbridge is a recent cross-border development. This book breaks new ground <break/>by uncovering an earlier, larger Knightsbridge and showing why its initial <break/>extent and history have been largely forgotten. Pre-1900 <break/>Knightsbridge/Westminster included today’s Kensington Palace, Kensington <break/>Gardens, al 03 00 Today’s Knightsbridge, the wealthy shoppers’ paradise, is a recent cross-border development. This book breaks new ground by uncovering an earlier, larger Knightsbridge and showing why its initial extent and history have been largely forgotten. Knightsbridge was the southern part of the Westminster abbey manor of Knightsbridge and Westbourne, and until 1900 covered the same area as the parish of St Margaret Westminster Detached. Pre-1900 Knightsbridge/Westminster included today’s Kensington Palace, Kensington Gardens, almost half of ‘South Kensington’, and Hyde Park west of the Serpentine (or river Westbourne). So why was so much of Knightsbridge lost to memory, becoming thought of only in terms of Westminster, Hyde or (until 1900 entirely wrongly) Kensington? 30 00 Today’s Knightsbridge, the wealthy shoppers’ paradise, is a recent cross-border development. This book breaks new ground by uncovering an earlier, larger Knightsbridge and showing why its initial extent and history have been largely forgotten. Knightsbridge was the southern part of the Westminster abbey manor of Knightsbridge and Westbourne, and until 1900 covered the same area as the parish of St Margaret Westminster Detached. Pre-1900 Knightsbridge/Westminster included today’s Kensington Palace, Kensington Gardens, almost half of ‘South Kensington’, and Hyde Park west of the Serpentine (or river Westbourne). So why was so much of Knightsbridge lost to memory, becoming thought of only in terms of Westminster, Hyde or (until 1900 entirely wrongly) Kensington? 04 00 Introduction 1. Landownership 2. Economic History 3. Religious History 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/255328//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-knightsbridge-and-hyde/ London, GB 04 01 20170831 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646667 03 9781909646667 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-knightsbridge-and-hyde/ 20 08 20170831 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:491566e8-b152-472b-9e1d-31de226c6546 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:eb13d44c-974f-4dc7-bf17-83468c084b99 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:491566e8-b152-472b-9e1d-31de226c6546 15 9781909646797 03 9781909646797 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72538 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Middlesex: St Clement Danes, 1660-1900 1 B01 Francis Boorman Francis Boorman Associate Research Fellow Institute of Advanced Legal Studies, University of London Francis Calvert Boorman is an historian of locality, London and arbitration. He is editor of the previous VCH short St Clement Danes, 1660-1900 and has worked for VCH Gloucestershire on their history of Cirencester. He is an associate research fellow at the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and is working on a history of arbitration in 19th-century England. 01 eng 09 34 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHD 10 SOC053000 12 HBJD1 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 12 1DBKESL 93 RGL 93 1DDU-GB-ESL 20 London; theatreland; local history; Strand; development; microhistory 01 06 02 00 St Clement Danes was home to a mix of rich and poor residents, including lawyers, artisans, servants and prostitutes. From being the site of aristocratic riverside houses in the 17th century, it became a commercial and cultural hub in in the 18th. After decaying into slums by the 1800s, it was subject to a period of grand construction, the bu 03 00 St Clement Danes, now the central RAF church in the Strand, is at the heart of the capital, sandwiched between ‘theatreland’ and legal London, and connecting the dual historic centres of Westminster and the City. This book reveals the vibrant cultural, economic, political and religious life of the parish from the Restoration to its abolition in 1900. This period was one of rapid urban transformation in the parish, as the large aristocratic riverside houses of the 17th century gave way to a bustling centre of commerce and culture in the 18th. The slums that developed in the 19th century were then swept away by the grand constructions of the Royal Courts of Justice and the Victoria Embankment, followed by the new thoroughfares of Aldwych and Kingsway, which are still the major landmarks in the area. Characterised by its contrasts, St Clement Danes was home to a mix of rich and poor residents, including lawyers, artisans, servants and prostitutes. The history of this fascinating area introduces a cast of characters ranging from the Twinings tea-trading family, to the rowdy theatre-going butchers of Clare Market and from the famous Samuel Johnson, to the infamous pornographers of Holywell Street. This book also unpicks the complicated structure of local government in the parish, and provides detailed accounts of the parish schools and charities. 30 00 St Clement Danes, now the central RAF church in the Strand, is at the heart of the capital, sandwiched between ‘theatreland’ and legal London, and connecting the dual historic centres of Westminster and the City. This book reveals the vibrant cultural, economic, political and religious life of the parish from the Restoration to its abolition in 1900. This period was one of rapid urban transformation in the parish, as the large aristocratic riverside houses of the 17th century gave way to a bustling centre of commerce and culture in the 18th. The slums that developed in the 19th century were then swept away by the grand constructions of the Royal Courts of Justice and the Victoria Embankment, followed by the new thoroughfares of Aldwych and Kingsway, which are still the major landmarks in the area. Characterised by its contrasts, St Clement Danes was home to a mix of rich and poor residents, including lawyers, artisans, servants and prostitutes. The history of this fascinating area introduces a cast of characters ranging from the Twinings tea-trading family, to the rowdy theatre-going butchers of Clare Market and from the famous Samuel Johnson, to the infamous pornographers of Holywell Street. This book also unpicks the complicated structure of local government in the parish, and provides detailed accounts of the parish schools and charities. 04 00 List of Illustrations Acknowledgements Foreword Introduction The Parish of St Clement Danes Origins and Boundaries Population Communications Settlement and Built Environment 17th Century 18th Century 19th Century Economic History The Twinings Theatres Literary Life Local Government Parochial Government Circa 1700–64 From 1764 to 1855 From 1855 to 1901 Policing Highways and Street Cleaning Poor Relief Charities Education Society Political Life Clubs, Associations and Electoral Politics Street Politics: Crowds, Riots and Festivals Religious History Parochial Origins and Organisations Religious Life Catholicism Protestant Nonconformity Epilogue Abbreviations Index 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/266325//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-st-clement-danes-1660-1900/ London, GB 04 01 20181120 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646810 03 9781909646810 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-st-clement-danes-1660-1900/ 20 08 20181120 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3557d891-cd46-49f2-97a5-543f15738c8d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:eb13d44c-974f-4dc7-bf17-83468c084b99 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3557d891-cd46-49f2-97a5-543f15738c8d 15 9781909646810 03 9781909646810 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72538 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Middlesex: St Clement Danes, 1660-1900 1 B01 Francis Boorman Francis Boorman Associate Research Fellow Institute of Advanced Legal Studies, University of London Francis Calvert Boorman is an historian of locality, London and arbitration. He is editor of the previous VCH short St Clement Danes, 1660-1900 and has worked for VCH Gloucestershire on their history of Cirencester. He is an associate research fellow at the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and is working on a history of arbitration in 19th-century England. 01 eng 09 34 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHD 10 SOC053000 12 HBJD1 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 12 1DBKESL 93 RGL 93 1DDU-GB-ESL 20 London; theatreland; local history; Strand; development; microhistory 01 06 02 00 St Clement Danes was home to a mix of rich and poor residents, including lawyers, artisans, servants and prostitutes. From being the site of aristocratic riverside houses in the 17th century, it became a commercial and cultural hub in in the 18th. After decaying into slums by the 1800s, it was subject to a period of grand construction, the bu 03 00 St Clement Danes, now the central RAF church in the Strand, is at the heart of the capital, sandwiched between ‘theatreland’ and legal London, and connecting the dual historic centres of Westminster and the City. This book reveals the vibrant cultural, economic, political and religious life of the parish from the Restoration to its abolition in 1900. This period was one of rapid urban transformation in the parish, as the large aristocratic riverside houses of the 17th century gave way to a bustling centre of commerce and culture in the 18th. The slums that developed in the 19th century were then swept away by the grand constructions of the Royal Courts of Justice and the Victoria Embankment, followed by the new thoroughfares of Aldwych and Kingsway, which are still the major landmarks in the area. Characterised by its contrasts, St Clement Danes was home to a mix of rich and poor residents, including lawyers, artisans, servants and prostitutes. The history of this fascinating area introduces a cast of characters ranging from the Twinings tea-trading family, to the rowdy theatre-going butchers of Clare Market and from the famous Samuel Johnson, to the infamous pornographers of Holywell Street. This book also unpicks the complicated structure of local government in the parish, and provides detailed accounts of the parish schools and charities. 30 00 St Clement Danes, now the central RAF church in the Strand, is at the heart of the capital, sandwiched between ‘theatreland’ and legal London, and connecting the dual historic centres of Westminster and the City. This book reveals the vibrant cultural, economic, political and religious life of the parish from the Restoration to its abolition in 1900. This period was one of rapid urban transformation in the parish, as the large aristocratic riverside houses of the 17th century gave way to a bustling centre of commerce and culture in the 18th. The slums that developed in the 19th century were then swept away by the grand constructions of the Royal Courts of Justice and the Victoria Embankment, followed by the new thoroughfares of Aldwych and Kingsway, which are still the major landmarks in the area. Characterised by its contrasts, St Clement Danes was home to a mix of rich and poor residents, including lawyers, artisans, servants and prostitutes. The history of this fascinating area introduces a cast of characters ranging from the Twinings tea-trading family, to the rowdy theatre-going butchers of Clare Market and from the famous Samuel Johnson, to the infamous pornographers of Holywell Street. This book also unpicks the complicated structure of local government in the parish, and provides detailed accounts of the parish schools and charities. 04 00 List of Illustrations Acknowledgements Foreword Introduction The Parish of St Clement Danes Origins and Boundaries Population Communications Settlement and Built Environment 17th Century 18th Century 19th Century Economic History The Twinings Theatres Literary Life Local Government Parochial Government Circa 1700–64 From 1764 to 1855 From 1855 to 1901 Policing Highways and Street Cleaning Poor Relief Charities Education Society Political Life Clubs, Associations and Electoral Politics Street Politics: Crowds, Riots and Festivals Religious History Parochial Origins and Organisations Religious Life Catholicism Protestant Nonconformity Epilogue Abbreviations Index 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/266325//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-st-clement-danes-1660-1900/ London, GB 04 01 20181120 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646797 03 9781909646797 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-st-clement-danes-1660-1900/ 20 08 20181120 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:77969c29-1de2-43c1-abae-33be1a8c2608 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:539e72ac-c6e2-464c-b725-a743db5f320a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:77969c29-1de2-43c1-abae-33be1a8c2608 15 9781912702848 03 9781912702848 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87218 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Middlesex: St George Hanover Square 1 A01 Francis Boorman Francis Boorman Associate Research Fellow Institute of Advanced Legal Studies, University of London Francis Calvert Boorman is an historian of locality, London and arbitration. He is editor of the previous VCH short St Clement Danes, 1660-1900 and has worked for VCH Gloucestershire on their history of Cirencester. He is an associate research fellow at the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and is working on a history of arbitration in 19th-century England. 01 eng 00 170 03 09 55 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 12 JFSG 93 RGCU 12 1DBKESL 93 1DDU-GB-ESLF 12 2AB 93 2ACB 93 6AG 01 06 02 00 This book relates the history of the parish of St George Hanover Square from its inception in 1724 to its abolition with the establishment of the London County Council in 1900. In detailed thematic treatments, the book explores the local government of the vestry, institutions such as the schools, charities and hospitals, and the economic, pol 03 00 The parish of St George Hanover Square encompasses the wealthy neighbourhoods of Mayfair, Belgravia and Pimlico – of which large areas were owned by the Grosvenor Estate and developed by master builder Thomas Cubitt – as well as part of Hyde Park. This book relates the history of the parish from its inception in 1724 to its abolition with the establishment of the London County Council in 1900. The area was transformed through rapid urbanisation from largely undeveloped fields on the western fringe of London to become one of the most affluent parts of the metropolis, with developments centred on a series of grand squares, including Hanover, Grosvenor and Belgrave Squares.In detailed thematic treatments, the book explores the local government of the vestry, as well as institutions such as the schools, charities and St George’s Hospital, now based in South London. The wider political culture and the economy of the parish are described, from the aristocrats and servants of Mayfair, to the industries on the bank of the Thames, including manufactories and a distillery. Finally, it covers the religious life of the parish, the erection of new churches and chapels, and its division into ecclesiastical parishes and subdistricts as the population boomed in the nineteenth century.This book reveals the surprising contrasts in an area characterised by grand townhouses and stucco facades. In it we meet all London life, from the rowdy denizens of the original May Fair, via campaigning duchesses, to market gardeners, including the unforgettable Savage Beare. 30 00 The parish of St George Hanover Square encompasses the wealthy neighbourhoods of Mayfair, Belgravia and Pimlico – of which large areas were owned by the Grosvenor Estate and developed by master builder Thomas Cubitt – as well as part of Hyde Park. This book relates the history of the parish from its inception in 1724 to its abolition with the establishment of the London County Council in 1900. The area was transformed through rapid urbanisation from largely undeveloped fields on the western fringe of London to become one of the most affluent parts of the metropolis, with developments centred on a series of grand squares, including Hanover, Grosvenor and Belgrave Squares.In detailed thematic treatments, the book explores the local government of the vestry, as well as institutions such as the schools, charities and St George’s Hospital, now based in South London. The wider political culture and the economy of the parish are described, from the aristocrats and servants of Mayfair, to the industries on the bank of the Thames, including manufactories and a distillery. Finally, it covers the religious life of the parish, the erection of new churches and chapels, and its division into ecclesiastical parishes and subdistricts as the population boomed in the nineteenth century.This book reveals the surprising contrasts in an area characterised by grand townhouses and stucco facades. In it we meet all London life, from the rowdy denizens of the original May Fair, via campaigning duchesses, to market gardeners, including the unforgettable Savage Beare. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>Communications</li> <li>Economic Life</li> <li>Vestry</li> <li>Policing</li> <li>Highways and Street Cleaning</li> <li>Poor Relief</li> <li>Health and Welfare</li> <li>Charities</li> <li>Political Life</li> <li>Religious Life</li> </ul> 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/295611/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-st-george-hanover-square/ London, GB 04 01 20240425 Francis Boorman 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702855 03 9781912702855 06 15 9781914477232 03 9781914477232 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-st-george-hanover-square/ 20 08 20240425 02 14.99 GBP WORLD 02 19.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4e6141b3-1889-4b5b-a979-8917b203904b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:539e72ac-c6e2-464c-b725-a743db5f320a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4e6141b3-1889-4b5b-a979-8917b203904b 15 9781912702855 03 9781912702855 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87218 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Middlesex: St George Hanover Square 1 A01 Francis Boorman Francis Boorman Associate Research Fellow Institute of Advanced Legal Studies, University of London Francis Calvert Boorman is an historian of locality, London and arbitration. He is editor of the previous VCH short St Clement Danes, 1660-1900 and has worked for VCH Gloucestershire on their history of Cirencester. He is an associate research fellow at the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and is working on a history of arbitration in 19th-century England. 01 eng 00 170 03 09 55 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 12 JFSG 93 RGCU 12 1DBKESL 93 1DDU-GB-ESLF 12 2AB 93 2ACB 93 6AG 01 06 02 00 This book relates the history of the parish of St George Hanover Square from its inception in 1724 to its abolition with the establishment of the London County Council in 1900. In detailed thematic treatments, the book explores the local government of the vestry, institutions such as the schools, charities and hospitals, and the economic, pol 03 00 The parish of St George Hanover Square encompasses the wealthy neighbourhoods of Mayfair, Belgravia and Pimlico – of which large areas were owned by the Grosvenor Estate and developed by master builder Thomas Cubitt – as well as part of Hyde Park. This book relates the history of the parish from its inception in 1724 to its abolition with the establishment of the London County Council in 1900. The area was transformed through rapid urbanisation from largely undeveloped fields on the western fringe of London to become one of the most affluent parts of the metropolis, with developments centred on a series of grand squares, including Hanover, Grosvenor and Belgrave Squares.In detailed thematic treatments, the book explores the local government of the vestry, as well as institutions such as the schools, charities and St George’s Hospital, now based in South London. The wider political culture and the economy of the parish are described, from the aristocrats and servants of Mayfair, to the industries on the bank of the Thames, including manufactories and a distillery. Finally, it covers the religious life of the parish, the erection of new churches and chapels, and its division into ecclesiastical parishes and subdistricts as the population boomed in the nineteenth century.This book reveals the surprising contrasts in an area characterised by grand townhouses and stucco facades. In it we meet all London life, from the rowdy denizens of the original May Fair, via campaigning duchesses, to market gardeners, including the unforgettable Savage Beare. 30 00 The parish of St George Hanover Square encompasses the wealthy neighbourhoods of Mayfair, Belgravia and Pimlico – of which large areas were owned by the Grosvenor Estate and developed by master builder Thomas Cubitt – as well as part of Hyde Park. This book relates the history of the parish from its inception in 1724 to its abolition with the establishment of the London County Council in 1900. The area was transformed through rapid urbanisation from largely undeveloped fields on the western fringe of London to become one of the most affluent parts of the metropolis, with developments centred on a series of grand squares, including Hanover, Grosvenor and Belgrave Squares.In detailed thematic treatments, the book explores the local government of the vestry, as well as institutions such as the schools, charities and St George’s Hospital, now based in South London. The wider political culture and the economy of the parish are described, from the aristocrats and servants of Mayfair, to the industries on the bank of the Thames, including manufactories and a distillery. Finally, it covers the religious life of the parish, the erection of new churches and chapels, and its division into ecclesiastical parishes and subdistricts as the population boomed in the nineteenth century.This book reveals the surprising contrasts in an area characterised by grand townhouses and stucco facades. In it we meet all London life, from the rowdy denizens of the original May Fair, via campaigning duchesses, to market gardeners, including the unforgettable Savage Beare. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>Communications</li> <li>Economic Life</li> <li>Vestry</li> <li>Policing</li> <li>Highways and Street Cleaning</li> <li>Poor Relief</li> <li>Health and Welfare</li> <li>Charities</li> <li>Political Life</li> <li>Religious Life</li> </ul> 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/295611/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-st-george-hanover-square/ London, GB 04 01 20240425 Francis Boorman 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702848 03 9781912702848 06 15 9781914477232 03 9781914477232 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-st-george-hanover-square/ 20 08 20240425 02 14.99 GBP WORLD 02 19.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d2d33884-cb3e-4548-9dd8-f4b130004835 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:539e72ac-c6e2-464c-b725-a743db5f320a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d2d33884-cb3e-4548-9dd8-f4b130004835 15 9781914477232 03 9781914477232 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87218 00 EB E116 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Middlesex: St George Hanover Square 1 A01 Francis Boorman Francis Boorman Associate Research Fellow Institute of Advanced Legal Studies, University of London Francis Calvert Boorman is an historian of locality, London and arbitration. He is editor of the previous VCH short St Clement Danes, 1660-1900 and has worked for VCH Gloucestershire on their history of Cirencester. He is an associate research fellow at the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and is working on a history of arbitration in 19th-century England. 01 eng 00 170 03 09 55 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 12 JFSG 93 RGCU 12 1DBKESL 93 1DDU-GB-ESLF 12 2AB 93 2ACB 93 6AG 01 06 02 00 This book relates the history of the parish of St George Hanover Square from its inception in 1724 to its abolition with the establishment of the London County Council in 1900. In detailed thematic treatments, the book explores the local government of the vestry, institutions such as the schools, charities and hospitals, and the economic, pol 03 00 The parish of St George Hanover Square encompasses the wealthy neighbourhoods of Mayfair, Belgravia and Pimlico – of which large areas were owned by the Grosvenor Estate and developed by master builder Thomas Cubitt – as well as part of Hyde Park. This book relates the history of the parish from its inception in 1724 to its abolition with the establishment of the London County Council in 1900. The area was transformed through rapid urbanisation from largely undeveloped fields on the western fringe of London to become one of the most affluent parts of the metropolis, with developments centred on a series of grand squares, including Hanover, Grosvenor and Belgrave Squares.In detailed thematic treatments, the book explores the local government of the vestry, as well as institutions such as the schools, charities and St George’s Hospital, now based in South London. The wider political culture and the economy of the parish are described, from the aristocrats and servants of Mayfair, to the industries on the bank of the Thames, including manufactories and a distillery. Finally, it covers the religious life of the parish, the erection of new churches and chapels, and its division into ecclesiastical parishes and subdistricts as the population boomed in the nineteenth century.This book reveals the surprising contrasts in an area characterised by grand townhouses and stucco facades. In it we meet all London life, from the rowdy denizens of the original May Fair, via campaigning duchesses, to market gardeners, including the unforgettable Savage Beare. 30 00 The parish of St George Hanover Square encompasses the wealthy neighbourhoods of Mayfair, Belgravia and Pimlico – of which large areas were owned by the Grosvenor Estate and developed by master builder Thomas Cubitt – as well as part of Hyde Park. This book relates the history of the parish from its inception in 1724 to its abolition with the establishment of the London County Council in 1900. The area was transformed through rapid urbanisation from largely undeveloped fields on the western fringe of London to become one of the most affluent parts of the metropolis, with developments centred on a series of grand squares, including Hanover, Grosvenor and Belgrave Squares.In detailed thematic treatments, the book explores the local government of the vestry, as well as institutions such as the schools, charities and St George’s Hospital, now based in South London. The wider political culture and the economy of the parish are described, from the aristocrats and servants of Mayfair, to the industries on the bank of the Thames, including manufactories and a distillery. Finally, it covers the religious life of the parish, the erection of new churches and chapels, and its division into ecclesiastical parishes and subdistricts as the population boomed in the nineteenth century.This book reveals the surprising contrasts in an area characterised by grand townhouses and stucco facades. In it we meet all London life, from the rowdy denizens of the original May Fair, via campaigning duchesses, to market gardeners, including the unforgettable Savage Beare. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>Communications</li> <li>Economic Life</li> <li>Vestry</li> <li>Policing</li> <li>Highways and Street Cleaning</li> <li>Poor Relief</li> <li>Health and Welfare</li> <li>Charities</li> <li>Political Life</li> <li>Religious Life</li> </ul> 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/295611/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-st-george-hanover-square/ London, GB 04 01 20240425 Francis Boorman 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702848 03 9781912702848 06 15 9781912702855 03 9781912702855 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-middlesex-st-george-hanover-square/ 20 08 20240425 02 14.99 GBP WORLD 02 19.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1d3623e7-5e9a-4e5b-8596-2c3a6313a9f3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3402a037-c108-4c06-b42f-6f06936eb946 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1d3623e7-5e9a-4e5b-8596-2c3a6313a9f3 15 9781912702084 03 9781912702084 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.77627 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 The Victoria History of Shropshire: Wem 1 A01 Judith Everard Judith Everard 2 A01 James P. Bowen James P. Bowen 3 A01 Wendy Horton Wendy Horton 01 eng 00 186 03 09 49 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHD 10 SOC053000 12 HBJD1 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 1DBKEMP 93 RGL 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 1DDU-GB-EMP 93 2ACB 93 6AG 20 medieval; manor; parish; hinterland; rural; market town; settlement; cheese; agriculture; trade; transport 01 06 02 00 Wem lies on the North Shropshire Plain, about nine miles north of Shrewsbury. This book reveals that it was a planted medieval castle-town, and details important historical events in the locale, such as when it became a Parliamentarian stronghold during the Civil War, and the ‘great fire’ of 1677. It also highlights the challenges that the wi 03 00 Wem lies on the North Shropshire Plain, about nine miles north of Shrewsbury. The centre of a much larger medieval manor and parish, the township consists of the small medieval market town and its immediate rural hinterland. Anglo-Saxon in origin, the town developed after the Norman Conquest, with a castle, parish church, market and water mill. The urban area of the township, ‘within the bars’, was distinguished from the rural, ‘without the bars’. Burgages were laid out, with a customary borough-hold tenure, but the borough never attained corporate status. Isolated from the main regional transport routes, Wem developed as a centre of local government and trade in agricultural produce, especially cheese. It was thrust onto the national stage in 1642 when Parliamentarians defeated a Royalist attack and held the town for the duration of the Civil War. The ‘great fire’ of 1677 then destroyed many of the existing buildings in the town centre, leading to its predominantly Georgian and Victorian appearance today. The decline in agricultural employment and the withdrawal of services and industries from small market towns like Wem in recent decades is a challenge, met by the advantage of the railway station to residents who work elsewhere but choose the town as a place to live. Wem is the first ‘Short’ history to be produced by the Victoria County History of Shropshire. It is intended to establish a model for the histories of other market towns in Shropshire. This book tells the story of the town, its people and institutions: the built environment, landownership, economy, social and religious life and local government. It reveals for the first time that Wem was a planted medieval castle-town, and presents the evolution of its urban topography. It offers detailed accounts of the town’s medical profession and health care, trades and industries, and retailing, where Wem’s weekly produce market is enjoying a 21st-century revival. 30 00 Wem lies on the North Shropshire Plain, about nine miles north of Shrewsbury. The centre of a much larger medieval manor and parish, the township consists of the small medieval market town and its immediate rural hinterland. Anglo-Saxon in origin, the town developed after the Norman Conquest, with a castle, parish church, market and water mill. The urban area of the township, ‘within the bars’, was distinguished from the rural, ‘without the bars’. Burgages were laid out, with a customary borough-hold tenure, but the borough never attained corporate status. Isolated from the main regional transport routes, Wem developed as a centre of local government and trade in agricultural produce, especially cheese. It was thrust onto the national stage in 1642 when Parliamentarians defeated a Royalist attack and held the town for the duration of the Civil War. The ‘great fire’ of 1677 then destroyed many of the existing buildings in the town centre, leading to its predominantly Georgian and Victorian appearance today. The decline in agricultural employment and the withdrawal of services and industries from small market towns like Wem in recent decades is a challenge, met by the advantage of the railway station to residents who work elsewhere but choose the town as a place to live. Wem is the first ‘Short’ history to be produced by the Victoria County History of Shropshire. It is intended to establish a model for the histories of other market towns in Shropshire. This book tells the story of the town, its people and institutions: the built environment, landownership, economy, social and religious life and local government. It reveals for the first time that Wem was a planted medieval castle-town, and presents the evolution of its urban topography. It offers detailed accounts of the town’s medical profession and health care, trades and industries, and retailing, where Wem’s weekly produce market is enjoying a 21st-century revival. 04 00 Introduction Landscape, Settlement and Buildings Landownership Economic History Social History Religious History Local Government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/275390/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-shropshire-wem/ London, GB 04 01 20191101 James P. Bowen 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702411 03 9781912702411 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-shropshire-wem/ 20 08 20191101 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:19073823-0210-4817-bfa4-2df7e43618c7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3402a037-c108-4c06-b42f-6f06936eb946 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:19073823-0210-4817-bfa4-2df7e43618c7 15 9781912702411 03 9781912702411 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.77627 00 EB E101 10 01 01 The Victoria History of Shropshire: Wem 1 A01 Judith Everard Judith Everard 2 A01 James P. Bowen James P. Bowen 3 A01 Wendy Horton Wendy Horton 01 eng 00 186 03 09 49 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 12 WQH 93 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHD 10 SOC053000 12 HBJD1 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 1DBKEMP 93 RGL 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 1DDU-GB-EMP 93 2ACB 93 6AG 20 medieval; manor; parish; hinterland; rural; market town; settlement; cheese; agriculture; trade; transport 01 06 02 00 Wem lies on the North Shropshire Plain, about nine miles north of Shrewsbury. This book reveals that it was a planted medieval castle-town, and details important historical events in the locale, such as when it became a Parliamentarian stronghold during the Civil War, and the ‘great fire’ of 1677. It also highlights the challenges that the wi 03 00 Wem lies on the North Shropshire Plain, about nine miles north of Shrewsbury. The centre of a much larger medieval manor and parish, the township consists of the small medieval market town and its immediate rural hinterland. Anglo-Saxon in origin, the town developed after the Norman Conquest, with a castle, parish church, market and water mill. The urban area of the township, ‘within the bars’, was distinguished from the rural, ‘without the bars’. Burgages were laid out, with a customary borough-hold tenure, but the borough never attained corporate status. Isolated from the main regional transport routes, Wem developed as a centre of local government and trade in agricultural produce, especially cheese. It was thrust onto the national stage in 1642 when Parliamentarians defeated a Royalist attack and held the town for the duration of the Civil War. The ‘great fire’ of 1677 then destroyed many of the existing buildings in the town centre, leading to its predominantly Georgian and Victorian appearance today. The decline in agricultural employment and the withdrawal of services and industries from small market towns like Wem in recent decades is a challenge, met by the advantage of the railway station to residents who work elsewhere but choose the town as a place to live. Wem is the first ‘Short’ history to be produced by the Victoria County History of Shropshire. It is intended to establish a model for the histories of other market towns in Shropshire. This book tells the story of the town, its people and institutions: the built environment, landownership, economy, social and religious life and local government. It reveals for the first time that Wem was a planted medieval castle-town, and presents the evolution of its urban topography. It offers detailed accounts of the town’s medical profession and health care, trades and industries, and retailing, where Wem’s weekly produce market is enjoying a 21st-century revival. 30 00 Wem lies on the North Shropshire Plain, about nine miles north of Shrewsbury. The centre of a much larger medieval manor and parish, the township consists of the small medieval market town and its immediate rural hinterland. Anglo-Saxon in origin, the town developed after the Norman Conquest, with a castle, parish church, market and water mill. The urban area of the township, ‘within the bars’, was distinguished from the rural, ‘without the bars’. Burgages were laid out, with a customary borough-hold tenure, but the borough never attained corporate status. Isolated from the main regional transport routes, Wem developed as a centre of local government and trade in agricultural produce, especially cheese. It was thrust onto the national stage in 1642 when Parliamentarians defeated a Royalist attack and held the town for the duration of the Civil War. The ‘great fire’ of 1677 then destroyed many of the existing buildings in the town centre, leading to its predominantly Georgian and Victorian appearance today. The decline in agricultural employment and the withdrawal of services and industries from small market towns like Wem in recent decades is a challenge, met by the advantage of the railway station to residents who work elsewhere but choose the town as a place to live. Wem is the first ‘Short’ history to be produced by the Victoria County History of Shropshire. It is intended to establish a model for the histories of other market towns in Shropshire. This book tells the story of the town, its people and institutions: the built environment, landownership, economy, social and religious life and local government. It reveals for the first time that Wem was a planted medieval castle-town, and presents the evolution of its urban topography. It offers detailed accounts of the town’s medical profession and health care, trades and industries, and retailing, where Wem’s weekly produce market is enjoying a 21st-century revival. 04 00 Introduction Landscape, Settlement and Buildings Landownership Economic History Social History Religious History Local Government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/275390/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-shropshire-wem/ London, GB 04 01 20191101 James P. Bowen 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702084 03 9781912702084 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-victoria-history-of-shropshire-wem/ 20 08 20191101 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:bbd3e138-97a1-4484-af68-c3b73d843b40 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d80f556a-a028-43c9-98f9-40c5737e645d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bbd3e138-97a1-4484-af68-c3b73d843b40 15 9781905670055 03 9781905670055 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54060 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 28 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Thinking Tools: Agricultural Slavery between Evidence and Models (BICS Supplement 92) 1 A01 Ulrike Roth Ulrike Roth 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 HBTS 93 NHTS 10 SOC054000 01 06 02 00 03 00 Thinking Tools</italic> sets out to question the prevalent assumption that the slave economy of late Republican and early Imperial Italy was based on a largely adult male slave population. The author draws both on a close reading of the Roman agricultural writers and on visual and archaeological evidence to argue that the Roman villas of the Italian countryside were normally staffed by slave families.In doing so, she both demonstrates the role of female labour in the productive landscape of Roman Italy and radically revises our estimate of the economic potential of the slave estates in Italy created by the development of the Roman empire overseas. Thinking Tools</italic> provides fresh insights into everyday nutrition and into the making and use of textiles and the gender roles implied by these aspects of material culture. By drawing parallels with other slave-owning societies – from the ancient world to the Americas of the nineteenth century – Thinking Tools</italic> takes our understanding of the role of slavery and of slave families to a new level. 30 00 Thinking Tools</italic> sets out to question the prevalent assumption that the slave economy of late Republican and early Imperial Italy was based on a largely adult male slave population. The author draws both on a close reading of the Roman agricultural writers and on visual and archaeological evidence to argue that the Roman villas of the Italian countryside were normally staffed by slave families.In doing so, she both demonstrates the role of female labour in the productive landscape of Roman Italy and radically revises our estimate of the economic potential of the slave estates in Italy created by the development of the Roman empire overseas. Thinking Tools</italic> provides fresh insights into everyday nutrition and into the making and use of textiles and the gender roles implied by these aspects of material culture. By drawing parallels with other slave-owning societies – from the ancient world to the Americas of the nineteenth century – Thinking Tools</italic> takes our understanding of the role of slavery and of slave families to a new level. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250809//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thinking-tools-agricultural-slavery-between-evidence-and-models-bics-supplement-92/ London, GB 08 01 20070701 13 20240213 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thinking-tools-agricultural-slavery-between-evidence-and-models-bics-supplement-92/ 41 08 20070701 02 26.00 GBP WORLD 02 33.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:dcc94218-bcb3-4eeb-9a05-78d9f795f1a7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:96957949-2a2d-4c7f-9f74-85ac71fbd940 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:dcc94218-bcb3-4eeb-9a05-78d9f795f1a7 15 9781900039369 03 9781900039369 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53780 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 8 mm 03 0.8 cm 03 0.3125 in 08 10 gr 08 0.375 oz 01 01 This America We Dream of Rodo and "Ariel" One Hundred Years on 1 B01 Gustavo San Roman Gustavo San Roman 01 eng 12 DSBH 93 DSBH B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 2ADSL 93 2ADSL 10 LCO007000 10 LCO010000 01 06 02 00 04 00 Introduction Gustavo San Roman 1. Rodo, the Generation of 1837 and Juan Carlos Gomez: Iain A. D. Stewart 2. Replay of Plato: Rodo, Dario and Poetry Jason Wilson 3. Rodo Views his Continent Gordon Brotherston 4. Rodo and Marti Stephen M. Hart 5. The Reception of Ariel in Spain: Rodo, Unamuno and the Emergence of the Modern Intellectual Stephen G. H. Roberts 6. Rodo in the United Kingdom, or the Power of an Eloquent Summary Gustavo San Roman 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248150/53780/53780_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/this-america-we-dream-of/ London, GB 04 01 20010101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/this-america-we-dream-of/ 20 08 20010101 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3387963a-ec5a-48ad-8016-d9c9639e4cc1 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0ae5c98c-3737-4689-93e8-206e04cd48b5 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3387963a-ec5a-48ad-8016-d9c9639e4cc1 15 9781909646995 03 9781909646995 06 10.14296/919.9781912702039 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76309 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) Refashioning history for the twentieth century 1 B01 Joel T. Rosenthal Joel T. Rosenthal 2 B01 Caroline M. Barron Caroline M. Barron 01 eng 00 341 03 09 17 12 BGH 10 BIO006000 93 DNBH B2 History 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 HIS015070 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037060 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ 12 3JJ 93 3MPB 93 6AG 20 medieval; historian; Manchester; archives; academia; Lampeter; legacy; Oxford 01 06 02 00 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) was arguably the most prolific English medieval historian of the early twentieth century. He also pioneered the use of archival research, welcomed women into academia and augmented the University of Manchester’s growing reputation for pioneering research. This book presents the first full assessment of Tout’s 03 00 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) was arguably the most prolific English medieval historian of the early twentieth century. The son of an unsuccessful publican, he was described at his Oxford scholarship exam as ‘uncouth and untidy’; however he went on to publish hundreds of books throughout his distinguished career with a legacy that extended well beyond the academy. Tout pioneered the use of archival research, welcomed women into academia and augmented the University of Manchester’s growing reputation for pioneering research.This book presents the first full assessment of Tout’s life and work, from his early career at Lampeter, to his work in Manchester and his wide-ranging service to the study of history. Selected essays take a fresh and critical look at Tout’s own historical writing and discuss how his research shaped, and continues to shape, our understanding of the middle ages, particularly the fourteenth century. The book concludes with a personal reflection on Tout by his grandson, Tom Sharp. 30 00 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) was arguably the most prolific English medieval historian of the early twentieth century. The son of an unsuccessful publican, he was described at his Oxford scholarship exam as ‘uncouth and untidy’; however he went on to publish hundreds of books throughout his distinguished career with a legacy that extended well beyond the academy. Tout pioneered the use of archival research, welcomed women into academia and augmented the University of Manchester’s growing reputation for pioneering research.This book presents the first full assessment of Tout’s life and work, from his early career at Lampeter, to his work in Manchester and his wide-ranging service to the study of history. Selected essays take a fresh and critical look at Tout’s own historical writing and discuss how his research shaped, and continues to shape, our understanding of the middle ages, particularly the fourteenth century. The book concludes with a personal reflection on Tout by his grandson, Tom Sharp. 04 00 Introduction Caroline M. Barron I. Tout as a teacher and university statesman 1. The early years and Wales’s history Ralph A. Griffiths 2. Thomas Frederick Tout at Lampeter: the making of a historian William Gibson 3. The Manchester School of History: Tout’s contribution to the pedagogy of academic history Peter Slee 4. Tout and Manchester University Press Dorothy J. Clayton 5. T. F. Tout and the idea of the university H. S. Jones 6. ‘Dear Professor Tout…’: letters from Tout’s students during the First World War Christopher Godden II. Tout as a political historian 7. Tout and the reign of Edward II Seymour Phillips 8. Tout and the royal favourites of Edward II J. S. Hamilton 9. Tout and the middle party Paul Dryburgh Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929): refashioning history for the twentieth century 10. Tout and the higher nobility under the three Edwards Matt Raven III. Tout as an administrative historian 11. Tout and the exchequer Nick Barratt 12. Tout and seals John McEwan 13. Tout’s administrators: the case of William Moulsoe Elizabeth Biggs IV. Tout’s wider influence 14. Institutionalizing history: T. F. Tout’s involvement with the Royal Historical Society and the Historical Association Ian d’Alton 15. T. F. Tout and the Dictionary of National Biography Henry Summerson 16. Tout’s work as a reviewer John D. Milner† and Dorothy J. Clayton 17. T. F. Tout and literature D. Vance Smith 18. The homage volume of 1925 – looking back and looking forward Joel T. Rosenthal V. Tout remembered 19. Reflections on my grandfather, the historian T. F. Tout Tom Sharp 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781912702039_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thomas-frederick-tout-1855-1929/ London, GB 04 01 20190902 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702039 03 9781912702039 06 15 9781912702022 03 9781912702022 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thomas-frederick-tout-1855-1929/ 20 08 20190902 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:033e2ba5-9977-4455-b370-c9b03f660216 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0ae5c98c-3737-4689-93e8-206e04cd48b5 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:033e2ba5-9977-4455-b370-c9b03f660216 15 9781912702039 03 9781912702039 06 10.14296/919.9781912702039 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76309 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) Refashioning history for the twentieth century 1 B01 Joel T. Rosenthal Joel T. Rosenthal 2 B01 Caroline M. Barron Caroline M. Barron 01 eng 00 341 03 09 17 12 BGH 10 BIO006000 93 DNBH B2 History 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 HIS015070 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037060 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ 12 3JJ 93 3MPB 93 6AG 20 medieval; historian; Manchester; archives; academia; Lampeter; legacy; Oxford 01 06 02 00 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) was arguably the most prolific English medieval historian of the early twentieth century. He also pioneered the use of archival research, welcomed women into academia and augmented the University of Manchester’s growing reputation for pioneering research. This book presents the first full assessment of Tout’s 03 00 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) was arguably the most prolific English medieval historian of the early twentieth century. The son of an unsuccessful publican, he was described at his Oxford scholarship exam as ‘uncouth and untidy’; however he went on to publish hundreds of books throughout his distinguished career with a legacy that extended well beyond the academy. Tout pioneered the use of archival research, welcomed women into academia and augmented the University of Manchester’s growing reputation for pioneering research.This book presents the first full assessment of Tout’s life and work, from his early career at Lampeter, to his work in Manchester and his wide-ranging service to the study of history. Selected essays take a fresh and critical look at Tout’s own historical writing and discuss how his research shaped, and continues to shape, our understanding of the middle ages, particularly the fourteenth century. The book concludes with a personal reflection on Tout by his grandson, Tom Sharp. 30 00 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) was arguably the most prolific English medieval historian of the early twentieth century. The son of an unsuccessful publican, he was described at his Oxford scholarship exam as ‘uncouth and untidy’; however he went on to publish hundreds of books throughout his distinguished career with a legacy that extended well beyond the academy. Tout pioneered the use of archival research, welcomed women into academia and augmented the University of Manchester’s growing reputation for pioneering research.This book presents the first full assessment of Tout’s life and work, from his early career at Lampeter, to his work in Manchester and his wide-ranging service to the study of history. Selected essays take a fresh and critical look at Tout’s own historical writing and discuss how his research shaped, and continues to shape, our understanding of the middle ages, particularly the fourteenth century. The book concludes with a personal reflection on Tout by his grandson, Tom Sharp. 04 00 Introduction Caroline M. Barron I. Tout as a teacher and university statesman 1. The early years and Wales’s history Ralph A. Griffiths 2. Thomas Frederick Tout at Lampeter: the making of a historian William Gibson 3. The Manchester School of History: Tout’s contribution to the pedagogy of academic history Peter Slee 4. Tout and Manchester University Press Dorothy J. Clayton 5. T. F. Tout and the idea of the university H. S. Jones 6. ‘Dear Professor Tout…’: letters from Tout’s students during the First World War Christopher Godden II. Tout as a political historian 7. Tout and the reign of Edward II Seymour Phillips 8. Tout and the royal favourites of Edward II J. S. Hamilton 9. Tout and the middle party Paul Dryburgh Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929): refashioning history for the twentieth century 10. Tout and the higher nobility under the three Edwards Matt Raven III. Tout as an administrative historian 11. Tout and the exchequer Nick Barratt 12. Tout and seals John McEwan 13. Tout’s administrators: the case of William Moulsoe Elizabeth Biggs IV. Tout’s wider influence 14. Institutionalizing history: T. F. Tout’s involvement with the Royal Historical Society and the Historical Association Ian d’Alton 15. T. F. Tout and the Dictionary of National Biography Henry Summerson 16. Tout’s work as a reviewer John D. Milner† and Dorothy J. Clayton 17. T. F. Tout and literature D. Vance Smith 18. The homage volume of 1925 – looking back and looking forward Joel T. Rosenthal V. Tout remembered 19. Reflections on my grandfather, the historian T. F. Tout Tom Sharp 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781912702039_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thomas-frederick-tout-1855-1929/ London, GB 04 01 20190902 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646995 03 9781909646995 06 15 9781912702022 03 9781912702022 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/0ae5c98c-3737-4689-93e8-206e04cd48b5 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/0ae5c98c-3737-4689-93e8-206e04cd48b5/0ae5c98c-3737-4689-93e8-206e04cd48b5.pdf 20 08 20190902 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thomas-frederick-tout-1855-1929/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702039.pdf 20 08 20190902 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thomas-frederick-tout-1855-1929/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781912702039.pdf 20 08 20190902 01 urn:uuid:044c5dd7-dc48-4980-b62d-120eeba9dbdc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0ae5c98c-3737-4689-93e8-206e04cd48b5 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:044c5dd7-dc48-4980-b62d-120eeba9dbdc 15 9781912702022 03 9781912702022 06 10.14296/919.9781912702039 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76309 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) Refashioning history for the twentieth century 1 B01 Joel T. Rosenthal Joel T. Rosenthal 2 B01 Caroline M. Barron Caroline M. Barron 01 eng 00 341 03 09 17 12 BGH 10 BIO006000 93 DNBH B2 History 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 HIS015070 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037060 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ 12 3JJ 93 3MPB 93 6AG 20 medieval; historian; Manchester; archives; academia; Lampeter; legacy; Oxford 01 06 02 00 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) was arguably the most prolific English medieval historian of the early twentieth century. He also pioneered the use of archival research, welcomed women into academia and augmented the University of Manchester’s growing reputation for pioneering research. This book presents the first full assessment of Tout’s 03 00 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) was arguably the most prolific English medieval historian of the early twentieth century. The son of an unsuccessful publican, he was described at his Oxford scholarship exam as ‘uncouth and untidy’; however he went on to publish hundreds of books throughout his distinguished career with a legacy that extended well beyond the academy. Tout pioneered the use of archival research, welcomed women into academia and augmented the University of Manchester’s growing reputation for pioneering research.This book presents the first full assessment of Tout’s life and work, from his early career at Lampeter, to his work in Manchester and his wide-ranging service to the study of history. Selected essays take a fresh and critical look at Tout’s own historical writing and discuss how his research shaped, and continues to shape, our understanding of the middle ages, particularly the fourteenth century. The book concludes with a personal reflection on Tout by his grandson, Tom Sharp. 30 00 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) was arguably the most prolific English medieval historian of the early twentieth century. The son of an unsuccessful publican, he was described at his Oxford scholarship exam as ‘uncouth and untidy’; however he went on to publish hundreds of books throughout his distinguished career with a legacy that extended well beyond the academy. Tout pioneered the use of archival research, welcomed women into academia and augmented the University of Manchester’s growing reputation for pioneering research.This book presents the first full assessment of Tout’s life and work, from his early career at Lampeter, to his work in Manchester and his wide-ranging service to the study of history. Selected essays take a fresh and critical look at Tout’s own historical writing and discuss how his research shaped, and continues to shape, our understanding of the middle ages, particularly the fourteenth century. The book concludes with a personal reflection on Tout by his grandson, Tom Sharp. 04 00 Introduction Caroline M. Barron I. Tout as a teacher and university statesman 1. The early years and Wales’s history Ralph A. Griffiths 2. Thomas Frederick Tout at Lampeter: the making of a historian William Gibson 3. The Manchester School of History: Tout’s contribution to the pedagogy of academic history Peter Slee 4. Tout and Manchester University Press Dorothy J. Clayton 5. T. F. Tout and the idea of the university H. S. Jones 6. ‘Dear Professor Tout…’: letters from Tout’s students during the First World War Christopher Godden II. Tout as a political historian 7. Tout and the reign of Edward II Seymour Phillips 8. Tout and the royal favourites of Edward II J. S. Hamilton 9. Tout and the middle party Paul Dryburgh Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929): refashioning history for the twentieth century 10. Tout and the higher nobility under the three Edwards Matt Raven III. Tout as an administrative historian 11. Tout and the exchequer Nick Barratt 12. Tout and seals John McEwan 13. Tout’s administrators: the case of William Moulsoe Elizabeth Biggs IV. Tout’s wider influence 14. Institutionalizing history: T. F. Tout’s involvement with the Royal Historical Society and the Historical Association Ian d’Alton 15. T. F. Tout and the Dictionary of National Biography Henry Summerson 16. Tout’s work as a reviewer John D. Milner† and Dorothy J. Clayton 17. T. F. Tout and literature D. Vance Smith 18. The homage volume of 1925 – looking back and looking forward Joel T. Rosenthal V. Tout remembered 19. Reflections on my grandfather, the historian T. F. Tout Tom Sharp 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781912702039_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thomas-frederick-tout-1855-1929/ London, GB 04 01 20190902 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646995 03 9781909646995 06 15 9781912702039 03 9781912702039 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thomas-frederick-tout-1855-1929/ 20 08 20190902 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f8d3ac60-f679-46eb-99df-6c5c343b6009 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f1498318-7a5f-4c60-9a00-61a48766ee68 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f8d3ac60-f679-46eb-99df-6c5c343b6009 15 9781912250097 03 9781912250097 06 10.14296/620.9781912250424 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72555 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 20 mm 03 2 cm 03 0.8125 in 08 357 gr 08 12.625 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Thou Shalt Forget Indigenous sovereignty, resistance and the production of cultural oblivion in Canada 1 A01 Pierrot Ross-Tremblay Pierrot Ross-Tremblay 01 eng 00 312 03 09 14 B2 Human Rights 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 10 SOC062000 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 93 1KBC-CA-QP 12 1KBCQ 10 HIS037030 12 2AB 93 2ACBR 10 4.0.2.0.11.0.0 12 2ADF 93 2ADFQ 12 3J 93 3M 93 5PB 93 6AG 20 communities; minority; colonialism; indigenous people; territory 01 06 02 00 What is 'cultural oblivion' and 'psychological colonialism', and how are they affecting the capacity of Indigenous Peoples in Canada to actively resist systematic and territorial oppression by the state? 03 00 Following a decade-long research project, this devastating book examines colonial state imperatives to oppress indigenous peoples and history from mainstream national narratives. Through the study of his community, the Essipiunnuat or, ‘People of the Brook Shells River’, the author hopes to combat the erasure of First Nations people from colonial history-books by shedding a light on historical and current </italic>systematic and territorial oppression. From land grabs, to genocide and irreversible ecological warfare, the book demonstrates the impact of psychological colonialism on agency and resistance, the value of elders and community story-telling in empowerment and self-actualisation, and the role of the state and local elites in creating and warping our perception and understanding of history. A critical text for those with an interest in indigenous people, their history and human rights, Thou Shalt Forget</italic> also serves as an important tool for remembrance and a starting point for resistance and change. 30 00 Following a decade-long research project, this devastating book examines colonial state imperatives to oppress indigenous peoples and history from mainstream national narratives. Through the study of his community, the Essipiunnuat or, ‘People of the Brook Shells River’, the author hopes to combat the erasure of First Nations people from colonial history-books by shedding a light on historical and current </italic>systematic and territorial oppression. From land grabs, to genocide and irreversible ecological warfare, the book demonstrates the impact of psychological colonialism on agency and resistance, the value of elders and community story-telling in empowerment and self-actualisation, and the role of the state and local elites in creating and warping our perception and understanding of history. A critical text for those with an interest in indigenous people, their history and human rights, Thou Shalt Forget</italic> also serves as an important tool for remembrance and a starting point for resistance and change. 04 00 List of figures Acknowledgements Introduction 1. The Essipiunnuat, the Salmon War and cultural oblivion 2. The sources of war: colonialism and the emergence of collective agency 3. Capturing who we were: heroic postures in tragic circumstances 4. Stories on the transformative experience of war: from self-empowerment to a metaphysics of domination 5. The Essipiunnuat’s actuality in light of the past Conclusion Postface | Heirs of oblivion: leaders’ interiority as a public issue Bibliography Annex 1 – Methodological notes 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/620.9781912250424_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thou-shalt-forget-indigenous-sovereignty-resistance-and-the-production-of-cultural-oblivion-in-canada/ London, GB 04 01 20200626 Pierrot Ross-Tremblay 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250424 03 9781912250424 06 15 9781912250578 03 9781912250578 06 15 9781912250295 03 9781912250295 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thou-shalt-forget-indigenous-sovereignty-resistance-and-the-production-of-cultural-oblivion-in-canada/ 20 08 20200626 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:92eaa5a8-c5c2-462e-a295-f799510ecd64 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f1498318-7a5f-4c60-9a00-61a48766ee68 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:92eaa5a8-c5c2-462e-a295-f799510ecd64 15 9781912250424 03 9781912250424 06 10.14296/620.9781912250424 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72555 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Thou Shalt Forget Indigenous sovereignty, resistance and the production of cultural oblivion in Canada 1 A01 Pierrot Ross-Tremblay Pierrot Ross-Tremblay 01 eng 00 312 03 09 14 B2 Human Rights 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 10 SOC062000 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 93 1KBC-CA-QP 12 1KBCQ 10 HIS037030 12 2AB 93 2ACBR 10 4.0.2.0.11.0.0 12 2ADF 93 2ADFQ 12 3J 93 3M 93 5PB 93 6AG 20 communities; minority; colonialism; indigenous people; territory 01 06 02 00 What is 'cultural oblivion' and 'psychological colonialism', and how are they affecting the capacity of Indigenous Peoples in Canada to actively resist systematic and territorial oppression by the state? 03 00 Following a decade-long research project, this devastating book examines colonial state imperatives to oppress indigenous peoples and history from mainstream national narratives. Through the study of his community, the Essipiunnuat or, ‘People of the Brook Shells River’, the author hopes to combat the erasure of First Nations people from colonial history-books by shedding a light on historical and current </italic>systematic and territorial oppression. From land grabs, to genocide and irreversible ecological warfare, the book demonstrates the impact of psychological colonialism on agency and resistance, the value of elders and community story-telling in empowerment and self-actualisation, and the role of the state and local elites in creating and warping our perception and understanding of history. A critical text for those with an interest in indigenous people, their history and human rights, Thou Shalt Forget</italic> also serves as an important tool for remembrance and a starting point for resistance and change. 30 00 Following a decade-long research project, this devastating book examines colonial state imperatives to oppress indigenous peoples and history from mainstream national narratives. Through the study of his community, the Essipiunnuat or, ‘People of the Brook Shells River’, the author hopes to combat the erasure of First Nations people from colonial history-books by shedding a light on historical and current </italic>systematic and territorial oppression. From land grabs, to genocide and irreversible ecological warfare, the book demonstrates the impact of psychological colonialism on agency and resistance, the value of elders and community story-telling in empowerment and self-actualisation, and the role of the state and local elites in creating and warping our perception and understanding of history. A critical text for those with an interest in indigenous people, their history and human rights, Thou Shalt Forget</italic> also serves as an important tool for remembrance and a starting point for resistance and change. 04 00 List of figures Acknowledgements Introduction 1. The Essipiunnuat, the Salmon War and cultural oblivion 2. The sources of war: colonialism and the emergence of collective agency 3. Capturing who we were: heroic postures in tragic circumstances 4. Stories on the transformative experience of war: from self-empowerment to a metaphysics of domination 5. The Essipiunnuat’s actuality in light of the past Conclusion Postface | Heirs of oblivion: leaders’ interiority as a public issue Bibliography Annex 1 – Methodological notes 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/620.9781912250424_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thou-shalt-forget-indigenous-sovereignty-resistance-and-the-production-of-cultural-oblivion-in-canada/ London, GB 04 01 20200626 Pierrot Ross-Tremblay 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250097 03 9781912250097 06 15 9781912250578 03 9781912250578 06 15 9781912250295 03 9781912250295 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/f1498318-7a5f-4c60-9a00-61a48766ee68 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/f1498318-7a5f-4c60-9a00-61a48766ee68/f1498318-7a5f-4c60-9a00-61a48766ee68.pdf 20 08 20200626 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thou-shalt-forget 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912250424.pdf 20 08 20200626 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thou-shalt-forget 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/620.9781912250424.pdf 20 08 20200626 01 urn:uuid:7e6bce62-71d0-4c4d-9052-464c9f6717c4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f1498318-7a5f-4c60-9a00-61a48766ee68 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7e6bce62-71d0-4c4d-9052-464c9f6717c4 15 9781912250578 03 9781912250578 06 10.14296/620.9781912250424 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72555 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Thou Shalt Forget Indigenous sovereignty, resistance and the production of cultural oblivion in Canada 1 A01 Pierrot Ross-Tremblay Pierrot Ross-Tremblay 01 eng 00 312 03 09 14 B2 Human Rights 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 10 SOC062000 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 93 1KBC-CA-QP 12 1KBCQ 10 HIS037030 12 2AB 93 2ACBR 10 4.0.2.0.11.0.0 12 2ADF 93 2ADFQ 12 3J 93 3M 93 5PB 93 6AG 20 communities; minority; colonialism; indigenous people; territory 01 06 02 00 What is 'cultural oblivion' and 'psychological colonialism', and how are they affecting the capacity of Indigenous Peoples in Canada to actively resist systematic and territorial oppression by the state? 03 00 Following a decade-long research project, this devastating book examines colonial state imperatives to oppress indigenous peoples and history from mainstream national narratives. Through the study of his community, the Essipiunnuat or, ‘People of the Brook Shells River’, the author hopes to combat the erasure of First Nations people from colonial history-books by shedding a light on historical and current </italic>systematic and territorial oppression. From land grabs, to genocide and irreversible ecological warfare, the book demonstrates the impact of psychological colonialism on agency and resistance, the value of elders and community story-telling in empowerment and self-actualisation, and the role of the state and local elites in creating and warping our perception and understanding of history. A critical text for those with an interest in indigenous people, their history and human rights, Thou Shalt Forget</italic> also serves as an important tool for remembrance and a starting point for resistance and change. 30 00 Following a decade-long research project, this devastating book examines colonial state imperatives to oppress indigenous peoples and history from mainstream national narratives. Through the study of his community, the Essipiunnuat or, ‘People of the Brook Shells River’, the author hopes to combat the erasure of First Nations people from colonial history-books by shedding a light on historical and current </italic>systematic and territorial oppression. From land grabs, to genocide and irreversible ecological warfare, the book demonstrates the impact of psychological colonialism on agency and resistance, the value of elders and community story-telling in empowerment and self-actualisation, and the role of the state and local elites in creating and warping our perception and understanding of history. A critical text for those with an interest in indigenous people, their history and human rights, Thou Shalt Forget</italic> also serves as an important tool for remembrance and a starting point for resistance and change. 04 00 List of figures Acknowledgements Introduction 1. The Essipiunnuat, the Salmon War and cultural oblivion 2. The sources of war: colonialism and the emergence of collective agency 3. Capturing who we were: heroic postures in tragic circumstances 4. Stories on the transformative experience of war: from self-empowerment to a metaphysics of domination 5. The Essipiunnuat’s actuality in light of the past Conclusion Postface | Heirs of oblivion: leaders’ interiority as a public issue Bibliography Annex 1 – Methodological notes 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/620.9781912250424_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thou-shalt-forget-indigenous-sovereignty-resistance-and-the-production-of-cultural-oblivion-in-canada/ London, GB 04 01 20200626 Pierrot Ross-Tremblay 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250097 03 9781912250097 06 15 9781912250424 03 9781912250424 06 15 9781912250295 03 9781912250295 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://london-press.manifoldapp.org/projects/thou-shalt-forget 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://london-press.manifoldapp.org/projects/thou-shalt-forget 20 08 20200626 01 urn:uuid:4bf1ce72-1216-4fe0-bf4d-6f26cc533964 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f1498318-7a5f-4c60-9a00-61a48766ee68 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4bf1ce72-1216-4fe0-bf4d-6f26cc533964 15 9781912250295 03 9781912250295 06 10.14296/620.9781912250424 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72555 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Thou Shalt Forget Indigenous sovereignty, resistance and the production of cultural oblivion in Canada 1 A01 Pierrot Ross-Tremblay Pierrot Ross-Tremblay 01 eng 00 312 03 09 14 B2 Human Rights 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 10 SOC062000 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 93 1KBC-CA-QP 12 1KBCQ 10 HIS037030 12 2AB 93 2ACBR 10 4.0.2.0.11.0.0 12 2ADF 93 2ADFQ 12 3J 93 3M 93 5PB 93 6AG 20 communities; minority; colonialism; indigenous people; territory 01 06 02 00 What is 'cultural oblivion' and 'psychological colonialism', and how are they affecting the capacity of Indigenous Peoples in Canada to actively resist systematic and territorial oppression by the state? 03 00 Following a decade-long research project, this devastating book examines colonial state imperatives to oppress indigenous peoples and history from mainstream national narratives. Through the study of his community, the Essipiunnuat or, ‘People of the Brook Shells River’, the author hopes to combat the erasure of First Nations people from colonial history-books by shedding a light on historical and current </italic>systematic and territorial oppression. From land grabs, to genocide and irreversible ecological warfare, the book demonstrates the impact of psychological colonialism on agency and resistance, the value of elders and community story-telling in empowerment and self-actualisation, and the role of the state and local elites in creating and warping our perception and understanding of history. A critical text for those with an interest in indigenous people, their history and human rights, Thou Shalt Forget</italic> also serves as an important tool for remembrance and a starting point for resistance and change. 30 00 Following a decade-long research project, this devastating book examines colonial state imperatives to oppress indigenous peoples and history from mainstream national narratives. Through the study of his community, the Essipiunnuat or, ‘People of the Brook Shells River’, the author hopes to combat the erasure of First Nations people from colonial history-books by shedding a light on historical and current </italic>systematic and territorial oppression. From land grabs, to genocide and irreversible ecological warfare, the book demonstrates the impact of psychological colonialism on agency and resistance, the value of elders and community story-telling in empowerment and self-actualisation, and the role of the state and local elites in creating and warping our perception and understanding of history. A critical text for those with an interest in indigenous people, their history and human rights, Thou Shalt Forget</italic> also serves as an important tool for remembrance and a starting point for resistance and change. 04 00 List of figures Acknowledgements Introduction 1. The Essipiunnuat, the Salmon War and cultural oblivion 2. The sources of war: colonialism and the emergence of collective agency 3. Capturing who we were: heroic postures in tragic circumstances 4. Stories on the transformative experience of war: from self-empowerment to a metaphysics of domination 5. The Essipiunnuat’s actuality in light of the past Conclusion Postface | Heirs of oblivion: leaders’ interiority as a public issue Bibliography Annex 1 – Methodological notes 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/620.9781912250424_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thou-shalt-forget-indigenous-sovereignty-resistance-and-the-production-of-cultural-oblivion-in-canada/ London, GB 04 01 20200626 Pierrot Ross-Tremblay 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250097 03 9781912250097 06 15 9781912250424 03 9781912250424 06 15 9781912250578 03 9781912250578 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thou-shalt-forget-indigenous-sovereignty-resistance-and-the-production-of-cultural-oblivion-in-canada/ 20 08 20200626 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:42d8677f-8a55-4b86-bd5c-b808959bea58 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:524f526d-550b-49e6-98dd-c0d656af3a96 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:42d8677f-8a55-4b86-bd5c-b808959bea58 15 9781908590930 03 9781908590930 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.100708 00 BC 10 01 280 mm 01 28 cm 01 11 in 02 220 mm 02 22 cm 02 8.66 in 03 4 mm 03 0.4 cm 03 0.16 in 08 255 gr 08 9 oz 01 01 Three Lectures on Leonardo 1 A01 Aby Warburg Aby Warburg 2 B06 Dr Joseph Spooner Joseph Spooner 3 A24 Dr Eckart Marchand Eckart Marchand 4 A15 Professor Bill Sherman Bill Sherman 01 eng 00 48 03 09 29 93 AGA 10 ART015080 B2 Art History 93 GTB 10 HIS049000 93 3KLY-IT-E 10 ET060 20 Aby Warburg; Leonardo da Vinci; Leonardo; Last Supper; Mona Lisa; Italian Renaissance; 15th-century Milan; Ludovico Sforza; Andrea del Verrocchio; Verrocchio; Italian Renaissance Drawings 01 06 02 00 Aby Warburg delivered his Lectures on Leonardo in 1899 to introduce himself as a young art historian and private scholar to the wider public. These texts are now published for the first time, fully illustrated and translated into English. The lectures give an insight into Warburg as a public speaker, concerned to convey a complex visual argum 03 00 Aby Warburg delivered his Lectures on Leonardo in 1899 to introduce himself as a young art historian and private scholar to the wider public in his hometown Hamburg. One hundred and twenty years later, the Warburg Institute in London publishes these texts for the first time to mark the 500th anniversary of Leonardo’s death. Fully illustrated and translated into English, the lectures give an insight into Warburg as a public speaker, concerned to convey a complex visual argument to a non-specialist audience. Using state-of-the-art projection technologies and drawing on recent publications, Warburg discussed Leonardo’s artistic development in three steps: his training and early years in Florence, work at the Sforza court in Milan, and final years in Florence and France. Within this overview Warburg persistently turns to research questions that are recognisably his own, especially the afterlife of antiquity in the representation of animated life in religious and courtly festivals.The cover image shows Aby Warburg as a young man of about 32, at his desk in Florence in 1898. 30 00 Aby Warburg delivered his Lectures on Leonardo in 1899 to introduce himself as a young art historian and private scholar to the wider public in his hometown Hamburg. One hundred and twenty years later, the Warburg Institute in London publishes these texts for the first time to mark the 500th anniversary of Leonardo’s death. Fully illustrated and translated into English, the lectures give an insight into Warburg as a public speaker, concerned to convey a complex visual argument to a non-specialist audience. Using state-of-the-art projection technologies and drawing on recent publications, Warburg discussed Leonardo’s artistic development in three steps: his training and early years in Florence, work at the Sforza court in Milan, and final years in Florence and France. Within this overview Warburg persistently turns to research questions that are recognisably his own, especially the afterlife of antiquity in the representation of animated life in religious and courtly festivals.The cover image shows Aby Warburg as a young man of about 32, at his desk in Florence in 1898. 04 00 <h4>Contents</h4>Foreword Bill Sherman, Director, Warburg InstituteIntroduction Eckart Marchand, Warburg Institute ArchiveLeonardo: Progressive and Creative Agent of Florentine Art Aby Warburg; English translation by Joseph SpoonerLeonardo and his Relationship to Early Renaissance Culture at the Court of Milan Aby Warburg; English translation by Joseph SpoonerLeonardo's Masterpieces Aby Warburg; English translation by Joseph Spooner 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/283434/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/three-lectures-on-leonardo/ London, GB 04 01 20191216 The Warburg Institute, University of London 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/three-lectures-on-leonardo/ 20 08 20191216 02 9.99 GBP WORLD 02 15.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a44eb240-1c05-43ae-afeb-b186c0e074c3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b64de4ee-63b5-441c-af82-b15c8f629a9f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a44eb240-1c05-43ae-afeb-b186c0e074c3 15 9781905165599 03 9781905165599 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55483 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 01 01 Tides and Floods: New Research on London and the Tidal Thames from the Middle Ages to the Twentieth Century 1 A01 James Galloway James Galloway 01 eng 00 82 03 09 14 12 HB 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NH 20 Environmental history; Marshlands; Ebbsfleet mill; Greenwich tide mill; London hydrological system; Urban history 01 06 02 00 03 00 The lands bordering the tidal river Thames and the Thames Estuary have historically been highly vulnerable to marine flooding. The most severe of these floods derive from North Sea storm surges, when wind and tide combine to drive huge quantities of water against the coast, as happened to devastating effect in 1953. This project seeks to understand the occurrence of storm flooding in the past, and to explore the ways in which people have responded to the threat. <break/> The project draws upon rich surviving documentary sources to study the impact of storm flooding upon the reclaimed marshlands bordering the tidal Thames and its estuary during the period c.1250-1550. Year-by-year accounts of the management of riverside properties have been examined and the degree to which reclaimed land was lost to the sea during the later Middle Ages assessed. The impact of population decline and agrarian recession upon the economics of coastal and river-side defence has been considered. The flood threat to medieval London’s low-lying suburbs has been investigated and the possibility that the long-term flooding of lands down-river spared the city the worst effects of North Sea storm surges explored. Parallels have also been sought in the modern policy of managed retreat or realignment.<break/><break/>The volume concludes with an overview of the multi-faceted work of the Thames Discovery Programme, which is increasing our knowledge of many aspects of the Thames’s past, from medieval fish traps, through nineteenth-century shipbuilding, to the Blitz, which posed a new and very real flood threat to the mid-twentieth century metropolis. 30 00 The lands bordering the tidal river Thames and the Thames Estuary have historically been highly vulnerable to marine flooding. The most severe of these floods derive from North Sea storm surges, when wind and tide combine to drive huge quantities of water against the coast, as happened to devastating effect in 1953. This project seeks to understand the occurrence of storm flooding in the past, and to explore the ways in which people have responded to the threat. <break/> The project draws upon rich surviving documentary sources to study the impact of storm flooding upon the reclaimed marshlands bordering the tidal Thames and its estuary during the period c.1250-1550. Year-by-year accounts of the management of riverside properties have been examined and the degree to which reclaimed land was lost to the sea during the later Middle Ages assessed. The impact of population decline and agrarian recession upon the economics of coastal and river-side defence has been considered. The flood threat to medieval London’s low-lying suburbs has been investigated and the possibility that the long-term flooding of lands down-river spared the city the worst effects of North Sea storm surges explored. Parallels have also been sought in the modern policy of managed retreat or realignment.<break/><break/>The volume concludes with an overview of the multi-faceted work of the Thames Discovery Programme, which is increasing our knowledge of many aspects of the Thames’s past, from medieval fish traps, through nineteenth-century shipbuilding, to the Blitz, which posed a new and very real flood threat to the mid-twentieth century metropolis. 04 00 PrefaceList of contributors1 Two new Thames tide mill finds of the 690s and 1190s and a brief up-date on archaeological evidence for changing medieval tidal levelsDamian Goodburn with Simon Davis2 ‘Piteous and grievous sights’: the Thames marshes at the close of the middle agesJames A. Galloway3 Floods and flood response in eighteenth-century LondonCarry van Lieshout4 Storm surge science: the London connection 1928–1953Anna Carlsson-Hyslop5 Rediscovering the Thames Gustav MilneConsolidated bibliography of secondary works 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249299//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/tides-and-floods-new-research-on-london-and-the-tidal-thames-from-the-middle-ages-to-the-twentieth-century/ London, GB 04 01 20101015 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/tides-and-floods-new-research-on-london-and-the-tidal-thames-from-the-middle-ages-to-the-twentieth-century/ 20 08 20101015 02 9.99 GBP WORLD 02 15.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:96667bb0-86d3-4842-8954-45afaf8cfc54 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:af1864ef-2f31-4705-b04c-fd560aa86c42 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:96667bb0-86d3-4842-8954-45afaf8cfc54 15 9781900039291 03 9781900039291 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53791 00 BC 10 01 01 To Make the Earth Bear Fruit Ethnographic Essays on Fertility, Work and Gender in Highland Bolivia 1 A01 Olivia Harris Olivia Harris 01 eng 93 JHMC 12 JHMC B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC002010 93 JHM 12 JHMP 10 POL011000 12 1KLSL 93 1KLSL 12 3JJPL 93 3MPQV 12 3JJPN 93 3MPQX 12 3JJPR 93 3MPQZ 01 06 02 00 This volume brings together previously published ethnographic essays based on anthropological fieldwork in Northern Potosi, Bolivia, spanning the final 25 years of the 20th century. The articles discuss key concerns and cultural symbols of the indigineous peasants of the Andes. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248147/53791/53791_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/to-make-the-earth-bear-fruit/ London, GB 04 01 19990901 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/to-make-the-earth-bear-fruit/ 20 08 19990901 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f2d6f515-e690-4638-bf5e-e3f0e629b94c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:dc432bf5-40f0-44dc-90ab-757df9ba5384 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f2d6f515-e690-4638-bf5e-e3f0e629b94c 15 9780956754912 03 9780956754912 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53805 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 8 mm 03 0.8 cm 03 0.3125 in 08 210 gr 08 7.5 oz 01 01 Traslados/Translations Essays on Latin America in Honour of Jason Wilson 1 B01 Claire Lindsay Claire Lindsay 01 eng 93 DSB 12 DSB B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 LIT004100 93 DNT 12 DQ 10 LAN009010 12 1KL 93 1KL 10 LCO007000 10 LCO016000 01 06 02 00 Provides an investigation of some of the enduring preoccupations of one of the UK's foremost Latin Americanists. This title features essays that reflect a number of Jason Wilson's many research interests. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248135/53805/53805_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/traslados-translations/ London, GB 04 01 20120430 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/traslados-translations/ 20 08 20120430 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:092bb678-cf40-4b61-8df4-da227ff5933a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:55ad00e3-bc07-476c-890b-a6ead626eec9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:092bb678-cf40-4b61-8df4-da227ff5933a 15 9781908857224 03 9781908857224 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61561 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 Understanding ALBA: Progress, Problems, and Prospects of Alternative Regionalism in Latin America and the Caribbean 1 B01 Asa K. Cusack Asa K. Cusack Asa K. Cusack is based at London School of Economics and Political Science (LSE) Latin America and Caribbean Centre. He is also an Honorary Research Associate of University College London (UCL) and an Associate Fellow of the Institute of Latin American Studies (ILAS), University of London. 01 eng 09 21 93 JPS 12 JPSL B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL023000 93 1KL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 Latin America; Anglophone Caribbean; politics; development; globalisation; alternative regionalism 01 06 02 00 This collection analyses the impact and influence of the Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of Our America (ALBA), whose vision of alternative regionalism has spearheaded Latin America and the Caribbean’s collective challenge to neoliberal globalisation in the twenty-first century. Moving beyond normative debates about the project’s desirabi 03 00 This collection analyses the impact and influence of the Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of Our America (ALBA), whose vision of alternative regionalism has spearheaded Latin America and the Caribbean’s collective challenge to neoliberal globalisation in the twenty-first century. The volume’s comprehensive coverage incorporates insights from the domestic level in Nicaragua, the Anglophone Caribbean, and especially Venezuela, while also exploring ALBA’s key regional economic and social-policy initiatives and its place in the wider international relations of Latin American and the Caribbean. Moving beyond normative debates about the project’s desirability and descriptive accounts of its initiatives, this volume provides critical analyses that consider equally ALBA’s progress, problems, and prospects. In tackling many of the key questions about the past and future of ALBA it reveals a frequently misunderstood organisation whose impacts have been significant but whose failings also jeopardise the project’s long-term sustainability. This timely volume helps us to understand the dynamics shaping the region at a time when its global relevance has never been greater. 30 00 This collection analyses the impact and influence of the Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of Our America (ALBA), whose vision of alternative regionalism has spearheaded Latin America and the Caribbean’s collective challenge to neoliberal globalisation in the twenty-first century. The volume’s comprehensive coverage incorporates insights from the domestic level in Nicaragua, the Anglophone Caribbean, and especially Venezuela, while also exploring ALBA’s key regional economic and social-policy initiatives and its place in the wider international relations of Latin American and the Caribbean. Moving beyond normative debates about the project’s desirability and descriptive accounts of its initiatives, this volume provides critical analyses that consider equally ALBA’s progress, problems, and prospects. In tackling many of the key questions about the past and future of ALBA it reveals a frequently misunderstood organisation whose impacts have been significant but whose failings also jeopardise the project’s long-term sustainability. This timely volume helps us to understand the dynamics shaping the region at a time when its global relevance has never been greater. 04 00 1. Introduction: ALBA from dawn to dusk? Asa K. CusackPart I 2. Self-awareness and critique: an overview of ALBA research Christopher David Absell 3. ALBA and the fourth wave of regionalism in Latin America Olivier DabènePart II 4. A very Latin American social policy: ALBA, counter-hegemonic regionalism, and ‘living well’ Kepa Artaraz 5. The first five years of the SUCRE: successes and limitations of ALBA’s regional virtual currency Stephanie PearcePart III 6. ALBA in Nicaragua: political, economic and development implications Gloria Carrión 7. Pragmatism left, right, and centre? Revisiting ALBA accession in the Eastern Caribbean Asa K. CusackPart IV 8. Venezuela, ALBA, and the Communal Economic System Helen Yaffe 9. From magical state to magical region? Ecology, labour and socialism in ALBA Rowan Lubbock 10. Venezuela in crisis: how sustainable is its support for ALBA? José Manuel PuentePart V 11. Progress, problems, and prospects of ALBA’s alternative regionalism Asa K. Cusack 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/257649//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/understanding-alba-progress-problems-and-prospects-of-alternative-regionalism-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ London, GB 04 01 20180105 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857590 03 9781908857590 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/understanding-alba-progress-problems-and-prospects-of-alternative-regionalism-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ 20 08 20180105 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3451bf4d-448a-4af7-9ddd-142769d37f84 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:55ad00e3-bc07-476c-890b-a6ead626eec9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3451bf4d-448a-4af7-9ddd-142769d37f84 15 9781908857590 03 9781908857590 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61561 00 EB E101 10 01 01 Understanding ALBA: Progress, Problems, and Prospects of Alternative Regionalism in Latin America and the Caribbean 1 B01 Asa K. Cusack Asa K. Cusack Asa K. Cusack is based at London School of Economics and Political Science (LSE) Latin America and Caribbean Centre. He is also an Honorary Research Associate of University College London (UCL) and an Associate Fellow of the Institute of Latin American Studies (ILAS), University of London. 01 eng 09 21 93 JPS 12 JPSL B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL023000 93 1KL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 Latin America; Anglophone Caribbean; politics; development; globalisation; alternative regionalism 01 06 02 00 This collection analyses the impact and influence of the Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of Our America (ALBA), whose vision of alternative regionalism has spearheaded Latin America and the Caribbean’s collective challenge to neoliberal globalisation in the twenty-first century. Moving beyond normative debates about the project’s desirabi 03 00 This collection analyses the impact and influence of the Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of Our America (ALBA), whose vision of alternative regionalism has spearheaded Latin America and the Caribbean’s collective challenge to neoliberal globalisation in the twenty-first century. The volume’s comprehensive coverage incorporates insights from the domestic level in Nicaragua, the Anglophone Caribbean, and especially Venezuela, while also exploring ALBA’s key regional economic and social-policy initiatives and its place in the wider international relations of Latin American and the Caribbean. Moving beyond normative debates about the project’s desirability and descriptive accounts of its initiatives, this volume provides critical analyses that consider equally ALBA’s progress, problems, and prospects. In tackling many of the key questions about the past and future of ALBA it reveals a frequently misunderstood organisation whose impacts have been significant but whose failings also jeopardise the project’s long-term sustainability. This timely volume helps us to understand the dynamics shaping the region at a time when its global relevance has never been greater. 30 00 This collection analyses the impact and influence of the Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of Our America (ALBA), whose vision of alternative regionalism has spearheaded Latin America and the Caribbean’s collective challenge to neoliberal globalisation in the twenty-first century. The volume’s comprehensive coverage incorporates insights from the domestic level in Nicaragua, the Anglophone Caribbean, and especially Venezuela, while also exploring ALBA’s key regional economic and social-policy initiatives and its place in the wider international relations of Latin American and the Caribbean. Moving beyond normative debates about the project’s desirability and descriptive accounts of its initiatives, this volume provides critical analyses that consider equally ALBA’s progress, problems, and prospects. In tackling many of the key questions about the past and future of ALBA it reveals a frequently misunderstood organisation whose impacts have been significant but whose failings also jeopardise the project’s long-term sustainability. This timely volume helps us to understand the dynamics shaping the region at a time when its global relevance has never been greater. 04 00 1. Introduction: ALBA from dawn to dusk? Asa K. CusackPart I 2. Self-awareness and critique: an overview of ALBA research Christopher David Absell 3. ALBA and the fourth wave of regionalism in Latin America Olivier DabènePart II 4. A very Latin American social policy: ALBA, counter-hegemonic regionalism, and ‘living well’ Kepa Artaraz 5. The first five years of the SUCRE: successes and limitations of ALBA’s regional virtual currency Stephanie PearcePart III 6. ALBA in Nicaragua: political, economic and development implications Gloria Carrión 7. Pragmatism left, right, and centre? Revisiting ALBA accession in the Eastern Caribbean Asa K. CusackPart IV 8. Venezuela, ALBA, and the Communal Economic System Helen Yaffe 9. From magical state to magical region? Ecology, labour and socialism in ALBA Rowan Lubbock 10. Venezuela in crisis: how sustainable is its support for ALBA? José Manuel PuentePart V 11. Progress, problems, and prospects of ALBA’s alternative regionalism Asa K. Cusack 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/257649//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/understanding-alba-progress-problems-and-prospects-of-alternative-regionalism-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ London, GB 04 01 20180105 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857224 03 9781908857224 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/understanding-alba-progress-problems-and-prospects-of-alternative-regionalism-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ 20 08 20180105 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:bd31d263-1e60-42a8-bd9d-4a25186dabbb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cc77e768-f3d2-49e6-afea-5a52e2183e71 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bd31d263-1e60-42a8-bd9d-4a25186dabbb 15 9781912702503 03 9781912702503 06 10.14296/920.9781912702534 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87228 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in 03 14 mm 03 1.4 cm 03 0.555 in 08 376 gr 08 13 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Unite, Proletarian Brothers! Radicalism and Revolution in the Spanish Second Republic 1 A01 Matthew Kerry Matthew Kerry 01 eng 00 264 03 09 2 12 HBWP 10 HIS037070 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHD 93 1DSE-ES-DA 12 HBLW 10 HIS027090 12 1DSE 93 2ACB 10 HIS027100 10 1.5.7.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ADS 12 2ADS 93 3MPB 12 3JJ 93 3MPBG-IT-S 93 3MPBGJ-ES-B 93 6AG 20 revolution; insurrection; upheaval; asutrias; coalfields; radicalism; conflict; boycott; strike; fascism 01 06 02 00 Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers! reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences 03 00 In October 1934 the northern Spanish region of Asturias was the scene of the most important outburst of revolution in Europe between the early 1920s and the Spanish Civil War. Thousands of left-wing militants took up arms and fought the Spanish army in the streets of Oviedo while in the rear-guard committees proclaimed a revolutionary dawn. After two weeks, however, the insurrection was crushed and the widespread repression was central to the polarization and fragmentation of Spanish politics prior to the Civil War (1936-9). Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers!</italic> reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences of the Asturian October. The book sheds new light on the long-debated process of ‘radicalization’ during the Second Republic, as well as the wider questions of protest, revolutionary politics and social and political conflict in inter-war Europe. 30 00 In October 1934 the northern Spanish region of Asturias was the scene of the most important outburst of revolution in Europe between the early 1920s and the Spanish Civil War. Thousands of left-wing militants took up arms and fought the Spanish army in the streets of Oviedo while in the rear-guard committees proclaimed a revolutionary dawn. After two weeks, however, the insurrection was crushed and the widespread repression was central to the polarization and fragmentation of Spanish politics prior to the Civil War (1936-9). Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers!</italic> reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences of the Asturian October. The book sheds new light on the long-debated process of ‘radicalization’ during the Second Republic, as well as the wider questions of protest, revolutionary politics and social and political conflict in inter-war Europe. 04 00 Introduction1. Rethinking the Red Valleys2. Building and Contesting the Republic (1931-2) 3. Anticlericalism, Dissidence and Radicalization (1932-3) 4. Fascism and the Politics of Policing (1933-4) 5. Revolution 6. Repression and the Redefinition of Politics during the Long 1935 7. A Fragile Radicalism: The Popular Front Spring of 1936 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912702534_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/unite-proletarian-brothers/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200930 Matthew Kerry 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702497 03 9781912702497 06 15 9781912702534 03 9781912702534 06 15 9781913002275 03 9781913002275 06 15 9781912702510 03 9781912702510 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/unite-proletarian-brothers/ 20 08 20200930 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6ed4beaa-bbda-43e9-b6ee-33aecbd32730 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cc77e768-f3d2-49e6-afea-5a52e2183e71 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6ed4beaa-bbda-43e9-b6ee-33aecbd32730 15 9781912702497 03 9781912702497 06 10.14296/920.9781912702534 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87228 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in 03 22 mm 03 2.2 cm 03 0.875 in 08 679 gr 08 24 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Unite, Proletarian Brothers! Radicalism and Revolution in the Spanish Second Republic 1 A01 Matthew Kerry Matthew Kerry 01 eng 00 264 03 09 2 12 HBWP 10 HIS037070 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHD 93 1DSE-ES-DA 12 HBLW 10 HIS027090 12 1DSE 93 2ACB 10 HIS027100 10 1.5.7.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ADS 12 2ADS 93 3MPB 12 3JJ 93 3MPBG-IT-S 93 3MPBGJ-ES-B 93 6AG 20 revolution; insurrection; upheaval; asutrias; coalfields; radicalism; conflict; boycott; strike; fascism 01 06 02 00 Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers! reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences 03 00 In October 1934 the northern Spanish region of Asturias was the scene of the most important outburst of revolution in Europe between the early 1920s and the Spanish Civil War. Thousands of left-wing militants took up arms and fought the Spanish army in the streets of Oviedo while in the rear-guard committees proclaimed a revolutionary dawn. After two weeks, however, the insurrection was crushed and the widespread repression was central to the polarization and fragmentation of Spanish politics prior to the Civil War (1936-9). Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers!</italic> reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences of the Asturian October. The book sheds new light on the long-debated process of ‘radicalization’ during the Second Republic, as well as the wider questions of protest, revolutionary politics and social and political conflict in inter-war Europe. 30 00 In October 1934 the northern Spanish region of Asturias was the scene of the most important outburst of revolution in Europe between the early 1920s and the Spanish Civil War. Thousands of left-wing militants took up arms and fought the Spanish army in the streets of Oviedo while in the rear-guard committees proclaimed a revolutionary dawn. After two weeks, however, the insurrection was crushed and the widespread repression was central to the polarization and fragmentation of Spanish politics prior to the Civil War (1936-9). Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers!</italic> reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences of the Asturian October. The book sheds new light on the long-debated process of ‘radicalization’ during the Second Republic, as well as the wider questions of protest, revolutionary politics and social and political conflict in inter-war Europe. 04 00 Introduction1. Rethinking the Red Valleys2. Building and Contesting the Republic (1931-2) 3. Anticlericalism, Dissidence and Radicalization (1932-3) 4. Fascism and the Politics of Policing (1933-4) 5. Revolution 6. Repression and the Redefinition of Politics during the Long 1935 7. A Fragile Radicalism: The Popular Front Spring of 1936 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912702534_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/unite-proletarian-brothers/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200930 Matthew Kerry 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702503 03 9781912702503 06 15 9781912702534 03 9781912702534 06 15 9781913002275 03 9781913002275 06 15 9781912702510 03 9781912702510 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/unite-proletarian-brothers/ 20 08 20200930 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:096f11ab-3ccf-4c59-ae9b-514c86f552f0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cc77e768-f3d2-49e6-afea-5a52e2183e71 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:096f11ab-3ccf-4c59-ae9b-514c86f552f0 15 9781912702534 03 9781912702534 06 10.14296/920.9781912702534 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87228 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Unite, Proletarian Brothers! Radicalism and Revolution in the Spanish Second Republic 1 A01 Matthew Kerry Matthew Kerry 01 eng 00 264 03 09 2 12 HBWP 10 HIS037070 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHD 93 1DSE-ES-DA 12 HBLW 10 HIS027090 12 1DSE 93 2ACB 10 HIS027100 10 1.5.7.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ADS 12 2ADS 93 3MPB 12 3JJ 93 3MPBG-IT-S 93 3MPBGJ-ES-B 93 6AG 20 revolution; insurrection; upheaval; asutrias; coalfields; radicalism; conflict; boycott; strike; fascism 01 06 02 00 Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers! reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences 03 00 In October 1934 the northern Spanish region of Asturias was the scene of the most important outburst of revolution in Europe between the early 1920s and the Spanish Civil War. Thousands of left-wing militants took up arms and fought the Spanish army in the streets of Oviedo while in the rear-guard committees proclaimed a revolutionary dawn. After two weeks, however, the insurrection was crushed and the widespread repression was central to the polarization and fragmentation of Spanish politics prior to the Civil War (1936-9). Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers!</italic> reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences of the Asturian October. The book sheds new light on the long-debated process of ‘radicalization’ during the Second Republic, as well as the wider questions of protest, revolutionary politics and social and political conflict in inter-war Europe. 30 00 In October 1934 the northern Spanish region of Asturias was the scene of the most important outburst of revolution in Europe between the early 1920s and the Spanish Civil War. Thousands of left-wing militants took up arms and fought the Spanish army in the streets of Oviedo while in the rear-guard committees proclaimed a revolutionary dawn. After two weeks, however, the insurrection was crushed and the widespread repression was central to the polarization and fragmentation of Spanish politics prior to the Civil War (1936-9). Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers!</italic> reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences of the Asturian October. The book sheds new light on the long-debated process of ‘radicalization’ during the Second Republic, as well as the wider questions of protest, revolutionary politics and social and political conflict in inter-war Europe. 04 00 Introduction1. Rethinking the Red Valleys2. Building and Contesting the Republic (1931-2) 3. Anticlericalism, Dissidence and Radicalization (1932-3) 4. Fascism and the Politics of Policing (1933-4) 5. Revolution 6. Repression and the Redefinition of Politics during the Long 1935 7. A Fragile Radicalism: The Popular Front Spring of 1936 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912702534_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/unite-proletarian-brothers/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200930 Matthew Kerry 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702503 03 9781912702503 06 15 9781912702497 03 9781912702497 06 15 9781913002275 03 9781913002275 06 15 9781912702510 03 9781912702510 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/cc77e768-f3d2-49e6-afea-5a52e2183e71 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/cc77e768-f3d2-49e6-afea-5a52e2183e71/cc77e768-f3d2-49e6-afea-5a52e2183e71.pdf 20 08 20200930 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/unite-proletarian-brothers/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702534.pdf 20 08 20200930 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/unite-proletarian-brothers/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912702534.pdf 20 08 20200930 01 urn:uuid:92029138-6d11-4df0-88b7-657292cbcad2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cc77e768-f3d2-49e6-afea-5a52e2183e71 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:92029138-6d11-4df0-88b7-657292cbcad2 15 9781913002275 03 9781913002275 06 10.14296/920.9781912702534 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87228 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Unite, Proletarian Brothers! Radicalism and Revolution in the Spanish Second Republic 1 A01 Matthew Kerry Matthew Kerry 01 eng 00 264 03 09 2 12 HBWP 10 HIS037070 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHD 93 1DSE-ES-DA 12 HBLW 10 HIS027090 12 1DSE 93 2ACB 10 HIS027100 10 1.5.7.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ADS 12 2ADS 93 3MPB 12 3JJ 93 3MPBG-IT-S 93 3MPBGJ-ES-B 93 6AG 20 revolution; insurrection; upheaval; asutrias; coalfields; radicalism; conflict; boycott; strike; fascism 01 06 02 00 Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers! reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences 03 00 In October 1934 the northern Spanish region of Asturias was the scene of the most important outburst of revolution in Europe between the early 1920s and the Spanish Civil War. Thousands of left-wing militants took up arms and fought the Spanish army in the streets of Oviedo while in the rear-guard committees proclaimed a revolutionary dawn. After two weeks, however, the insurrection was crushed and the widespread repression was central to the polarization and fragmentation of Spanish politics prior to the Civil War (1936-9). Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers!</italic> reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences of the Asturian October. The book sheds new light on the long-debated process of ‘radicalization’ during the Second Republic, as well as the wider questions of protest, revolutionary politics and social and political conflict in inter-war Europe. 30 00 In October 1934 the northern Spanish region of Asturias was the scene of the most important outburst of revolution in Europe between the early 1920s and the Spanish Civil War. Thousands of left-wing militants took up arms and fought the Spanish army in the streets of Oviedo while in the rear-guard committees proclaimed a revolutionary dawn. After two weeks, however, the insurrection was crushed and the widespread repression was central to the polarization and fragmentation of Spanish politics prior to the Civil War (1936-9). Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers!</italic> reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences of the Asturian October. The book sheds new light on the long-debated process of ‘radicalization’ during the Second Republic, as well as the wider questions of protest, revolutionary politics and social and political conflict in inter-war Europe. 04 00 Introduction1. Rethinking the Red Valleys2. Building and Contesting the Republic (1931-2) 3. Anticlericalism, Dissidence and Radicalization (1932-3) 4. Fascism and the Politics of Policing (1933-4) 5. Revolution 6. Repression and the Redefinition of Politics during the Long 1935 7. A Fragile Radicalism: The Popular Front Spring of 1936 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912702534_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/unite-proletarian-brothers/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200930 Matthew Kerry 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702503 03 9781912702503 06 15 9781912702497 03 9781912702497 06 15 9781912702534 03 9781912702534 06 15 9781912702510 03 9781912702510 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/unite-proletarian-brothers 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/unite-proletarian-brothers 20 08 20200930 01 urn:uuid:8b205c6c-fa7c-4942-bf90-fab8df77516d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cc77e768-f3d2-49e6-afea-5a52e2183e71 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8b205c6c-fa7c-4942-bf90-fab8df77516d 15 9781912702510 03 9781912702510 06 10.14296/920.9781912702534 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87228 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Unite, Proletarian Brothers! Radicalism and Revolution in the Spanish Second Republic 1 A01 Matthew Kerry Matthew Kerry 01 eng 00 264 03 09 2 12 HBWP 10 HIS037070 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHD 93 1DSE-ES-DA 12 HBLW 10 HIS027090 12 1DSE 93 2ACB 10 HIS027100 10 1.5.7.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ADS 12 2ADS 93 3MPB 12 3JJ 93 3MPBG-IT-S 93 3MPBGJ-ES-B 93 6AG 20 revolution; insurrection; upheaval; asutrias; coalfields; radicalism; conflict; boycott; strike; fascism 01 06 02 00 Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers! reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences 03 00 In October 1934 the northern Spanish region of Asturias was the scene of the most important outburst of revolution in Europe between the early 1920s and the Spanish Civil War. Thousands of left-wing militants took up arms and fought the Spanish army in the streets of Oviedo while in the rear-guard committees proclaimed a revolutionary dawn. After two weeks, however, the insurrection was crushed and the widespread repression was central to the polarization and fragmentation of Spanish politics prior to the Civil War (1936-9). Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers!</italic> reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences of the Asturian October. The book sheds new light on the long-debated process of ‘radicalization’ during the Second Republic, as well as the wider questions of protest, revolutionary politics and social and political conflict in inter-war Europe. 30 00 In October 1934 the northern Spanish region of Asturias was the scene of the most important outburst of revolution in Europe between the early 1920s and the Spanish Civil War. Thousands of left-wing militants took up arms and fought the Spanish army in the streets of Oviedo while in the rear-guard committees proclaimed a revolutionary dawn. After two weeks, however, the insurrection was crushed and the widespread repression was central to the polarization and fragmentation of Spanish politics prior to the Civil War (1936-9). Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers!</italic> reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences of the Asturian October. The book sheds new light on the long-debated process of ‘radicalization’ during the Second Republic, as well as the wider questions of protest, revolutionary politics and social and political conflict in inter-war Europe. 04 00 Introduction1. Rethinking the Red Valleys2. Building and Contesting the Republic (1931-2) 3. Anticlericalism, Dissidence and Radicalization (1932-3) 4. Fascism and the Politics of Policing (1933-4) 5. Revolution 6. Repression and the Redefinition of Politics during the Long 1935 7. A Fragile Radicalism: The Popular Front Spring of 1936 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912702534_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/unite-proletarian-brothers/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200930 Matthew Kerry 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702503 03 9781912702503 06 15 9781912702497 03 9781912702497 06 15 9781912702534 03 9781912702534 06 15 9781913002275 03 9781913002275 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/unite-proletarian-brothers/ 20 08 20200930 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1256a1d1-3dce-4061-8055-2abc81654888 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:193cf9ca-505f-4e12-9a54-937aed60f707 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1256a1d1-3dce-4061-8055-2abc81654888 15 9780900587887 03 9780900587887 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53831 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 13 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Unknown Galen (BICS Supplement 77) 1 B01 Vivian Nutton Vivian Nutton 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 93 MBX 12 MBX 10 MED039000 12 PDA 93 PDA 10 SCI075000 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250843//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/unknown-galen-bics-supplement-77/ London, GB 04 01 20021001 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/unknown-galen-bics-supplement-77/ 20 08 20021001 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8db160cd-13bc-4a7d-bb13-d620e1b53ac6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4011c0de-ea09-4a80-af74-01261f7cef98 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8db160cd-13bc-4a7d-bb13-d620e1b53ac6 15 9780854572663 03 9780854572663 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76098 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 08 582 gr 08 20.625 oz 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 11 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Urban Microcosms 1789-1940 1 B01 Margit Dirscherl Margit Dirscherl 2 B01 Astrid Köhler Astrid Köhler 01 eng 09 21 93 JBCC 12 JFC B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies 10 LIT004130 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 DSBH 12 DSBH B2 History 12 1D 93 1D 12 2A 93 2A 01 06 02 00 03 00 Urban microcosms are small-scale communal spaces that are integral to, or integrated into, city life. Some, such as railway stations or department stores, are typically located in city centres. Others, such as parks, are less quintessentially metropolitan, whilst harbours or beaches are often located on the peripheries of cities or outside them altogether. All are part of a network of nodes establishing connections in and beyond the city. Together, they shape and inflect the infrastructure of modern life. By introducing the concept of urban microcosm into social, cultural, and literary studies, this interdisciplinary volume challenges the widely held assumption that city life is evenly spread across its spaces. Sixteen case studies focus on selected urban microcosms from across Europe between 1789 and 1940, and examine the external appearance, representation, histories, and internal rules of these organizational structures and facilities. In so doing, they contribute to an understanding of modernity, and of the impact of the dynamics of urban life on human experience and intersubjectivity.Margit Dirscherl is Lecturer in German at St Hugh’s, University of Oxford. Astrid Köhler is Professor of German Literature and Comparative Cultural Studies at Queen Mary University of London. 30 00 Urban microcosms are small-scale communal spaces that are integral to, or integrated into, city life. Some, such as railway stations or department stores, are typically located in city centres. Others, such as parks, are less quintessentially metropolitan, whilst harbours or beaches are often located on the peripheries of cities or outside them altogether. All are part of a network of nodes establishing connections in and beyond the city. Together, they shape and inflect the infrastructure of modern life. By introducing the concept of urban microcosm into social, cultural, and literary studies, this interdisciplinary volume challenges the widely held assumption that city life is evenly spread across its spaces. Sixteen case studies focus on selected urban microcosms from across Europe between 1789 and 1940, and examine the external appearance, representation, histories, and internal rules of these organizational structures and facilities. In so doing, they contribute to an understanding of modernity, and of the impact of the dynamics of urban life on human experience and intersubjectivity.Margit Dirscherl is Lecturer in German at St Hugh’s, University of Oxford. Astrid Köhler is Professor of German Literature and Comparative Cultural Studies at Queen Mary University of London. 04 00 Introduction: Towards a Phenomenology of Urban Microcosms Margit Dirscherl and Astrid KöhlerI EXTERIOR PLACES 1. Jardins publics and jardins privés: Fictions of Urbanity in Nineteenth-Century Paris Robert Lethbridge 2. Marcel Proust’s ‘lieu factice’ and the Urban Microcosm Oliver Brett 3. The Eye of the Storm: Deceleration in Literary Depictions of Railway Stations Margit Dirscherl 4. Harbouring Urbanity Johanna Bundschuh-van DuikerenII INTERIOR PLACES 5. ‘What does New York City denote anyway? Big city is big city. I have been to Hanover often enough’: Museum and Department Store in Arno Schmidt’s Aus dem Leben eines Fauns Sven Hanuschek 6. The Department Store as Habitat of the Sophisticated Urbanite: Georg Hermann’s Der kleine Gast (1925) Godela Weiss-Sussex 7. ‘Kafka didn’t often come to the café’: The Prague Café as a Space of Memory Lucy Duggan 8. New Temples — Restaurants as Places of Modern Urbanity in Russia’s fin de siècle: The Restaurant as a New Sacred Place Botakoz Kassymbekova 9. Views of Italian Urban Microcosms in Giacomo Leopardi’s Work Andrea PensoIII DISCURSIVE SPACES 10. Waves and Globes in Walter Benjamin’s Microcosmic Cities Esther Leslie 11. ‘For public business or amusements’: Places and Spaces of Urbanity in Town Directories, 1760–1820 Cristina Sasse 12. For Whom Tolls the Bell? The Changing Meaning of Church Bells in Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Literary Descriptions of Villages and Cities Elio BaldiIV NETWORKS BEYOND THE CITIES 13. Replicating and Representing the Abandoned City: Artists’ Coastal Colonies and Depictions of the Seashore Charles Jones 14. Nineteenth-Century Spa Towns and Urban Microcosms: The Case of Karlovy Vary Astrid Köhler 15. Patient Narratives as Distorted Mirrors: Letters from a Nineteenth-Century Psychiatric Hospital Markus Schiegg 16. Les Hommes de la Route in the Boudoir: The Road Conference as an Urban Microcosm (1910–38) David Peleman Notes on Contributors Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/272115//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/urban-microcosms-1789-1940/ London, GB 04 01 20190705 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/urban-microcosms-1789-1940/ 20 08 20190705 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a1b00804-47d5-4418-809e-b3e0d92e95f2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ff85742d-a6b8-4720-a12d-e19a910fc455 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a1b00804-47d5-4418-809e-b3e0d92e95f2 15 9781905670406 03 9781905670406 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61326 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 60 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Vanishing Acts on Ancient Greek Amulets 1 B01 Christopher A. Faraone Christopher A. Faraone 01 eng B2 AG 12 HBLA1 10 LIT004190 93 NHC 12 VXW 93 VXW 20 amulets 01 06 02 00 03 00 Greek magical texts sometimes contain peculiar triangular formations created by repeating the same word over and over again in the same column, but leaving off one letter at the beginning or end (or both). Interpretations shifted during the twentieth century: did the words inscribed in these shapes represent the names of diseases or evil demons which were forced to disappear as each letter of the name does? Or were they the work of Roman period scribes representing very different notions? This new study uses a masterly survey of the known examples of these texts to argue for a radical revision of recent views.</italic> 30 00 Greek magical texts sometimes contain peculiar triangular formations created by repeating the same word over and over again in the same column, but leaving off one letter at the beginning or end (or both). Interpretations shifted during the twentieth century: did the words inscribed in these shapes represent the names of diseases or evil demons which were forced to disappear as each letter of the name does? Or were they the work of Roman period scribes representing very different notions? This new study uses a masterly survey of the known examples of these texts to argue for a radical revision of recent views.</italic> 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250677//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/vanishing-acts-on-ancient-greek-amulets/ London, GB 04 01 20121217 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/vanishing-acts-on-ancient-greek-amulets/ 20 08 20121217 02 39.99 GBP WORLD 02 52.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c7f5abb1-5dac-4a8c-8f2f-6949d6829018 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a29e59d8-89b4-4f63-89c2-3cc181e0ae18 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c7f5abb1-5dac-4a8c-8f2f-6949d6829018 15 9781908590527 03 9781908590527 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61594 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 17 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Vernacular Aristotelianism in Italy from the Fourteenth to the Seventeenth Century 1 B01 Luca Bianchi Luca Bianchi 2 B01 Simon Gilson Simon Gilson 3 B01 Jill Kraye Jill Kraye 01 eng 12 HPCB 10 PHI012000 B2 Philosophy 93 QDHM 93 CBX 93 NHDL 93 NHDN 93 PGG 93 Q 93 QR 01 06 02 00 03 00 This volume is based on an international colloquium held at the Warburg Institute, London, on 21–2 June 2013, and entitled ‘Philosophy and Knowledge in the Renaissance: Interpreting Aristotle in the Vernacular’. It situates and explores vernacular Aristotelianism in a broad chronological context, with a geographical focus on Italy. The disciplines covered include political thought, ethics, poetics, rhetoric, logic, natural philosophy, cosmology, meteorology and metaphysics; and among the genres considered are translations, popularizing commentaries, dialogues and works targeted at women. The wide-ranging and rich material presented in the volume is intended to stimulate scholars to develop this promising area of research still further.Table of Contents:Preface (pp. ix–x)Introduction (pp. 1–5)<break/> Luca Bianchi, Simon Gilson and Jill Kraye</italic>Giles of Rome’s De regimine principum</italic> and the Vernacular Translations: The Reception of the Aristotelian Tradition and the Problem of Courtesy (pp. 7–29)<break/> Fiammetta Papi</italic>Uses of Latin Sources in Renaissance Vernacularization of Aristotle: The Case of Galeazzo Florimonte, Francesco Venier and Francesco Pona (pp. 31–55)<break/> Luca Bianchi</italic>Alessandro Piccolomini’s Mission: Philosophy for Men and Women in their Mother Tongue (pp. 57–73)<break/> Letizia Panizza</italic>Francesco Robortello on Popularizing Knowledge (75–92)<break/> Marco Sgarbi</italic>Aristotelian Commentaries and the Dialogue Form in Cinquecento Italy (pp. 93–107)<break/> Eugenio Refini</italic>Aristotle’s Politics</italic> in the Dialogi della morale filosofia</italic> of Antonio Brucioli (pp. 109–122)<break/> Grace Allen</italic>‘The best works of Aristotle’: Antonio Brucioli as a Translator of Natural Philosophy (pp. 123–138)<break/> Eva Del Soldato</italic>Vernacular Meteorology and the Antiquity of the Earth in Medieval and Renaissance Italy (pp. 139–159)<break/> Ivano Dal Prete</italic>Vernacularizing Meteorology: Benedetto Varchi’s Comento sopra il primo libro delle Meteore d’Aristotile</italic> (pp. 161–181)<break/> Simon Gilson</italic>Bartolomeo Beverini (1629–1686) e una versione inedita della Metafisica</italic> di Aristotele (pp. 183–208)<break/> Corinna Onelli</italic>Index of Manuscripts and Incunables (p. 209) Index of Names (pp. 210–216) 30 00 This volume is based on an international colloquium held at the Warburg Institute, London, on 21–2 June 2013, and entitled ‘Philosophy and Knowledge in the Renaissance: Interpreting Aristotle in the Vernacular’. It situates and explores vernacular Aristotelianism in a broad chronological context, with a geographical focus on Italy. The disciplines covered include political thought, ethics, poetics, rhetoric, logic, natural philosophy, cosmology, meteorology and metaphysics; and among the genres considered are translations, popularizing commentaries, dialogues and works targeted at women. The wide-ranging and rich material presented in the volume is intended to stimulate scholars to develop this promising area of research still further.Table of Contents:Preface (pp. ix–x)Introduction (pp. 1–5)<break/> Luca Bianchi, Simon Gilson and Jill Kraye</italic>Giles of Rome’s De regimine principum</italic> and the Vernacular Translations: The Reception of the Aristotelian Tradition and the Problem of Courtesy (pp. 7–29)<break/> Fiammetta Papi</italic>Uses of Latin Sources in Renaissance Vernacularization of Aristotle: The Case of Galeazzo Florimonte, Francesco Venier and Francesco Pona (pp. 31–55)<break/> Luca Bianchi</italic>Alessandro Piccolomini’s Mission: Philosophy for Men and Women in their Mother Tongue (pp. 57–73)<break/> Letizia Panizza</italic>Francesco Robortello on Popularizing Knowledge (75–92)<break/> Marco Sgarbi</italic>Aristotelian Commentaries and the Dialogue Form in Cinquecento Italy (pp. 93–107)<break/> Eugenio Refini</italic>Aristotle’s Politics</italic> in the Dialogi della morale filosofia</italic> of Antonio Brucioli (pp. 109–122)<break/> Grace Allen</italic>‘The best works of Aristotle’: Antonio Brucioli as a Translator of Natural Philosophy (pp. 123–138)<break/> Eva Del Soldato</italic>Vernacular Meteorology and the Antiquity of the Earth in Medieval and Renaissance Italy (pp. 139–159)<break/> Ivano Dal Prete</italic>Vernacularizing Meteorology: Benedetto Varchi’s Comento sopra il primo libro delle Meteore d’Aristotile</italic> (pp. 161–181)<break/> Simon Gilson</italic>Bartolomeo Beverini (1629–1686) e una versione inedita della Metafisica</italic> di Aristotele (pp. 183–208)<break/> Corinna Onelli</italic>Index of Manuscripts and Incunables (p. 209) Index of Names (pp. 210–216) 04 00 Preface (pp. ix–x)Introduction (pp. 1–5) Luca Bianchi, Simon Gilson and Jill KrayeGiles of Rome’s De regimine principum and the Vernacular Translations: The Reception of the Aristotelian Tradition and the Problem of Courtesy (pp. 7–29) Fiammetta PapiUses of Latin Sources in Renaissance Vernacularization of Aristotle: The Case of Galeazzo Florimonte, Francesco Venier and Francesco Pona (pp. 31–55) Luca BianchiAlessandro Piccolomini’s Mission: Philosophy for Men and Women in their Mother Tongue (pp. 57–73) Letizia PanizzaFrancesco Robortello on Popularizing Knowledge (75–92) Marco SgarbiAristotelian Commentaries and the Dialogue Form in Cinquecento Italy (pp. 93–107) Eugenio RefiniAristotle’s Politics in the Dialogi della morale filosofia of Antonio Brucioli (pp. 109–122) Grace Allen‘The best works of Aristotle’: Antonio Brucioli as a Translator of Natural Philosophy (pp. 123–138) Eva Del SoldatoVernacular Meteorology and the Antiquity of the Earth in Medieval and Renaissance Italy (pp. 139–159) Ivano Dal PreteVernacularizing Meteorology: Benedetto Varchi’s Comento sopra il primo libro delle Meteore d’Aristotile (pp. 161–181) Simon GilsonBartolomeo Beverini (1629–1686) e una versione inedita della Metafisica di Aristotele (pp. 183–208) Corinna OnelliIndex of Manuscripts and Incunables (p. 209)Index of Names (pp. 210–216) 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/251211//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/vernacular-aristotelianism-in-italy-from-the-fourteenth-to-the-seventeenth-century/ London, GB 04 01 20161201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/vernacular-aristotelianism-in-italy-from-the-fourteenth-to-the-seventeenth-century/ 20 08 20161201 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5b424aa0-7016-4df2-b024-7a980d75e46c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:abb32e53-7962-4c72-9b63-648836ed3745 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5b424aa0-7016-4df2-b024-7a980d75e46c 15 9781905670062 03 9781905670062 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54059 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 29 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Verrius, Festus and Paul (BICS Supplement 93) Lexicography, Scholarship, and Society 1 A01 Fay Glinister Fay Glinister 2 A01 Clare Woods Clare Woods 3 B01 J.A. North J.A. North 4 B01 M.H. Crawford M.H. Crawford 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 DSBB 93 DSBB 10 LCO017000 01 06 02 00 03 00 Burned, water-damaged, lost for centuries – the text we know today as ‘Festus’ barely survived to the modern era, but since its re-discovery in the fifteenth century it has exercised some of the greatest minds in the history of scholarship. Today the sole surviving manuscript lies in the airy calm of the Biblioteca Nazionale at Naples, a precious link to the great outpouring of scholarship during the last centuries of the Roman Republic. <break/><break/>Festus’ Lexicon took shape over several centuries through the efforts of three men in particular: Verrius Flaccus, the antiquarian who rose from humble origins to enjoy a successful career in the service of the emperor Augustus; Festus, an obscure intellectual who abridged Verrius’ monumental work, partially saving it condemning the rest to oblivion; and Paul the Deacon, the eighth-century monk whose own epitome of Festus formed part of the resurgence of interest in ancient Roman culture at the court of Charlemagne. In this volume, an international group of scholars brought together by the Festus Lexicon Project of UCL’s Department of History explores this rich, if problematic, resource. They furnish new interpretations of the text, re-evaluate the careers and scholarship of the three men responsible for its composition and offer fresh insights into its origins, development and textual transmission. Together these papers demonstrate the many ways in which this important text can be used to shed light on a wide range of historical problems. 30 00 Burned, water-damaged, lost for centuries – the text we know today as ‘Festus’ barely survived to the modern era, but since its re-discovery in the fifteenth century it has exercised some of the greatest minds in the history of scholarship. Today the sole surviving manuscript lies in the airy calm of the Biblioteca Nazionale at Naples, a precious link to the great outpouring of scholarship during the last centuries of the Roman Republic. <break/><break/>Festus’ Lexicon took shape over several centuries through the efforts of three men in particular: Verrius Flaccus, the antiquarian who rose from humble origins to enjoy a successful career in the service of the emperor Augustus; Festus, an obscure intellectual who abridged Verrius’ monumental work, partially saving it condemning the rest to oblivion; and Paul the Deacon, the eighth-century monk whose own epitome of Festus formed part of the resurgence of interest in ancient Roman culture at the court of Charlemagne. In this volume, an international group of scholars brought together by the Festus Lexicon Project of UCL’s Department of History explores this rich, if problematic, resource. They furnish new interpretations of the text, re-evaluate the careers and scholarship of the three men responsible for its composition and offer fresh insights into its origins, development and textual transmission. Together these papers demonstrate the many ways in which this important text can be used to shed light on a wide range of historical problems. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250808//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/verrius-festus-and-paul-bics-supplement-93/ London, GB 04 01 20071001 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/verrius-festus-and-paul-bics-supplement-93/ 20 08 20071001 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0351d140-76ab-4d5e-be63-7255c38ea4a2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7d0179d7-8616-45b4-8c88-ec9be673fdde 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0351d140-76ab-4d5e-be63-7255c38ea4a2 15 9780854572342 03 9780854572342 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53893 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 18 mm 03 1.8 cm 03 0.6875 in 08 474 gr 08 16.75 oz 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 7 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Vicissitudes: Histories and Destinies of Psychoanalysis 1 B01 Naomi Segal Naomi Segal 2 B01 Sharon Kivland Sharon Kivland 01 eng 00 351 03 12 JMAF 93 JMAF B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies 10 PSY026000 20 Identity; Trauma; Therapy; Art; Freud; Lacanian school; Pedagogy; Franz Fanon; Child psychology; Humour 01 06 02 00 03 00 Academics, analysts and artists are gathered together in this illustrated volume, which celebrates the culmination of a two-year project at the Institute of Germanic & Romance Studies to discover and debate current issues in psychoanalysis in the arts and humanities across five language-fields in Europe and beyond. The twenty-four essays include surveys of psychoanalytic thought in areas speaking French, German, Italian, Portuguese and Spanish; the work of eight artists, ranging from found objects in Marseilles or the figure of Gradiva on a manhole cover to the life of Le Corbusier, the lightest object in the world and words on a glass wall; and eight academic essays, including studies of humour in child therapy, Freud in Argentina, sibling trauma in the Schreber family and psychoanalysis in the university curriculum. 30 00 Academics, analysts and artists are gathered together in this illustrated volume, which celebrates the culmination of a two-year project at the Institute of Germanic & Romance Studies to discover and debate current issues in psychoanalysis in the arts and humanities across five language-fields in Europe and beyond. The twenty-four essays include surveys of psychoanalytic thought in areas speaking French, German, Italian, Portuguese and Spanish; the work of eight artists, ranging from found objects in Marseilles or the figure of Gradiva on a manhole cover to the life of Le Corbusier, the lightest object in the world and words on a glass wall; and eight academic essays, including studies of humour in child therapy, Freud in Argentina, sibling trauma in the Schreber family and psychoanalysis in the university curriculum. 04 00 ContentsIntroduction Naomi Segal and Sharon KivlandPSYCHOANALYSIS AND THE ARTS1 Art and Psychoanalysis (Among Other Discourses)Malcolm Quinn2 Between Two Worlds Mark Nash3 TranscriptSharon KivlandPSYCHOANALYSIS IN THE FRENCH-SPEAKING WORLD4 Freedom to RoamJulia Borossa5 How a Child Develops a Sense of Humour During PsychoanalysisChristine Anzieu-Premmereur6 La reproductionStéphane Le MercierPEDAGOGY AND PRACTICE7 Pedagogy and PracticeAmy Wygant8 Psychoanalysis in the University: The Clinical DimensionSander L. Gilman9 Materials for the Advancement of Conceptualization: An Introduction to Materials LibraryZoe LaughlinPSYCHOANALYSIS IN THE SPANISH- AND PORTUGUESE-SPEAKING WORLD10 Speaking ExperienceAlison Sinclair11 Psychoanalysis in Argentine Culture: A Social and Political InterpretationHugo Vezzetti12 Earnest Abnegation in PerpetuityJuan CruzPSYCHOANALYSIS AND POLITICS13 Accidental Pasts and the Truth of HistoryAhuvia Kahane14 The ‘Sibling Trauma’ and the Case of Judge DanielJuliet Mitchell15 SpiritJaspar Joseph-LesterPSYCHOANALYSIS IN THE GERMAN-SPEAKING WORLD16 Constructions in the Humanities: The German-field SeminarsMartin Liebscher17 Staging Freud: Reflections on Gradiva, the Muse of PsychoanalysisHerbert Lachmayer18 Gradiva ProjectWilliam CobbingPSYCHOANALYSIS AND TRANSMISSION19 Transmission Impossible?Andrew Webber20 On Psychoanalysis and its History: Some Reflections from the SouthMariano Ben Plotkin21 In Praise of GhostsUriel OrlowPSYCHOANALYSIS IN THE ITALIAN-SPEAKING WORLD22 Family MattersLesley Caldwell23 Identity, Writing and UncertaintyClaudio Magris24 On the World of InteriorsMarcella VanzoList of ContributorsBibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248180/53893/53893_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/vicissitudes-histories-and-destinies-of-psychoanalysis/ London, GB 04 01 20121221 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/vicissitudes-histories-and-destinies-of-psychoanalysis/ 20 08 20121221 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d0f2a5e3-c980-4ca8-98dc-1ffde72345b1 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:83fefd84-9c79-4b6b-bfbf-b943546c2d6b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d0f2a5e3-c980-4ca8-98dc-1ffde72345b1 15 9781912702046 03 9781912702046 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.77607 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 Victoria County History of Cumbria: Kirkoswald and Renwick 1 A01 Richard Brockington Richard Brockington 2 A01 Sarah Rose Sarah Rose 01 eng 09 31 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 WQH 12 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHD 10 SOC053000 12 HBJD1 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 12 1DBKE 93 RGL 93 1DDU-GB-E 20 local history; Cumbria; economic history; development; england 01 06 02 00 This volume details the developments from premodern times to the present day of Kirkoswald and Renwick. Kirkoswald township was anciently a market and small industrial centre, and until 1566 Kirkoswald Castle was the principal seat of the powerful Barons Dacre of the North. The economy, largely dependent on agriculture, benefited for 600 year 03 00 Kirkoswald and Renwick is the first parish history to be produced by the Cumbria County History Trust in collaboration with Lancaster University for the Victoria County History of Cumbria. Covering 30 square miles of agricultural land and moorland, the modern civil parish of Kirkoswald lies between the river Eden and the Pennine heights, on the western edge of the North Pennine Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty. Kirkoswald township, anciently a market and small industrial centre, lies nine miles north east of Penrith. Until 1566 Kirkoswald Castle was the principal seat of the powerful Barons Dacre of the North whose massive landholdings extended over six counties. In 1523 Lord Thomas Dacre translated St Oswald’s church, a pre-conquest foundation for which the village is named, to collegiate status, and after the Reformation the college became a gentleman's residence, acquired in 1611 by the Fetherstonhaugh family whose home it still is after 400 years and 11 generations of descent.The economy, largely dependent on agriculture, benefited for 600 years from Kirkoswald's role as a market and business centre, with some manufacturing (textiles, paper and timber) powered by the waters of the Raven Beck. From 1631 to about 1850 there was coal mining on the Pennine Edge (with associated lime-burning). In the 21st century the parish remains an unspoilt and beautiful corner of England, home to some 30 farms specialising in animal husbandry, and many retired people and commuters to Penrith and Carlisle. 30 00 Kirkoswald and Renwick is the first parish history to be produced by the Cumbria County History Trust in collaboration with Lancaster University for the Victoria County History of Cumbria. Covering 30 square miles of agricultural land and moorland, the modern civil parish of Kirkoswald lies between the river Eden and the Pennine heights, on the western edge of the North Pennine Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty. Kirkoswald township, anciently a market and small industrial centre, lies nine miles north east of Penrith. Until 1566 Kirkoswald Castle was the principal seat of the powerful Barons Dacre of the North whose massive landholdings extended over six counties. In 1523 Lord Thomas Dacre translated St Oswald’s church, a pre-conquest foundation for which the village is named, to collegiate status, and after the Reformation the college became a gentleman's residence, acquired in 1611 by the Fetherstonhaugh family whose home it still is after 400 years and 11 generations of descent.The economy, largely dependent on agriculture, benefited for 600 years from Kirkoswald's role as a market and business centre, with some manufacturing (textiles, paper and timber) powered by the waters of the Raven Beck. From 1631 to about 1850 there was coal mining on the Pennine Edge (with associated lime-burning). In the 21st century the parish remains an unspoilt and beautiful corner of England, home to some 30 farms specialising in animal husbandry, and many retired people and commuters to Penrith and Carlisle. 04 00 Introduction 1. Landownership 2. Economic history 3. Social history 4. Religious history 5. Local government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/266062//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/victoria-county-history-of-cumbria-kirkoswald-and-renwick/ London, GB 04 01 20190315 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702053 03 9781912702053 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/victoria-county-history-of-cumbria-kirkoswald-and-renwick/ 20 08 20190315 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:66537f22-9461-44ac-9770-15dccc2f05c4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:83fefd84-9c79-4b6b-bfbf-b943546c2d6b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:66537f22-9461-44ac-9770-15dccc2f05c4 15 9781912702053 03 9781912702053 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.77607 00 EB E101 10 01 01 Victoria County History of Cumbria: Kirkoswald and Renwick 1 A01 Richard Brockington Richard Brockington 2 A01 Sarah Rose Sarah Rose 01 eng 09 31 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Local History 93 WQH 12 WQH 12 HBTB 93 NHD 10 SOC053000 12 HBJD1 93 NHTB 10 SOC015000 12 1DBKE 93 RGL 93 1DDU-GB-E 20 local history; Cumbria; economic history; development; england 01 06 02 00 This volume details the developments from premodern times to the present day of Kirkoswald and Renwick. Kirkoswald township was anciently a market and small industrial centre, and until 1566 Kirkoswald Castle was the principal seat of the powerful Barons Dacre of the North. The economy, largely dependent on agriculture, benefited for 600 year 03 00 Kirkoswald and Renwick is the first parish history to be produced by the Cumbria County History Trust in collaboration with Lancaster University for the Victoria County History of Cumbria. Covering 30 square miles of agricultural land and moorland, the modern civil parish of Kirkoswald lies between the river Eden and the Pennine heights, on the western edge of the North Pennine Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty. Kirkoswald township, anciently a market and small industrial centre, lies nine miles north east of Penrith. Until 1566 Kirkoswald Castle was the principal seat of the powerful Barons Dacre of the North whose massive landholdings extended over six counties. In 1523 Lord Thomas Dacre translated St Oswald’s church, a pre-conquest foundation for which the village is named, to collegiate status, and after the Reformation the college became a gentleman's residence, acquired in 1611 by the Fetherstonhaugh family whose home it still is after 400 years and 11 generations of descent.The economy, largely dependent on agriculture, benefited for 600 years from Kirkoswald's role as a market and business centre, with some manufacturing (textiles, paper and timber) powered by the waters of the Raven Beck. From 1631 to about 1850 there was coal mining on the Pennine Edge (with associated lime-burning). In the 21st century the parish remains an unspoilt and beautiful corner of England, home to some 30 farms specialising in animal husbandry, and many retired people and commuters to Penrith and Carlisle. 30 00 Kirkoswald and Renwick is the first parish history to be produced by the Cumbria County History Trust in collaboration with Lancaster University for the Victoria County History of Cumbria. Covering 30 square miles of agricultural land and moorland, the modern civil parish of Kirkoswald lies between the river Eden and the Pennine heights, on the western edge of the North Pennine Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty. Kirkoswald township, anciently a market and small industrial centre, lies nine miles north east of Penrith. Until 1566 Kirkoswald Castle was the principal seat of the powerful Barons Dacre of the North whose massive landholdings extended over six counties. In 1523 Lord Thomas Dacre translated St Oswald’s church, a pre-conquest foundation for which the village is named, to collegiate status, and after the Reformation the college became a gentleman's residence, acquired in 1611 by the Fetherstonhaugh family whose home it still is after 400 years and 11 generations of descent.The economy, largely dependent on agriculture, benefited for 600 years from Kirkoswald's role as a market and business centre, with some manufacturing (textiles, paper and timber) powered by the waters of the Raven Beck. From 1631 to about 1850 there was coal mining on the Pennine Edge (with associated lime-burning). In the 21st century the parish remains an unspoilt and beautiful corner of England, home to some 30 farms specialising in animal husbandry, and many retired people and commuters to Penrith and Carlisle. 04 00 Introduction 1. Landownership 2. Economic history 3. Social history 4. Religious history 5. Local government 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/266062//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/victoria-county-history-of-cumbria-kirkoswald-and-renwick/ London, GB 04 01 20190315 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702046 03 9781912702046 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/victoria-county-history-of-cumbria-kirkoswald-and-renwick/ 20 08 20190315 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:68acb3b9-fb2d-4a7b-9e32-82541084204b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:dbef9cb6-ede4-4d70-9320-069156472217 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:68acb3b9-fb2d-4a7b-9e32-82541084204b 15 9781905670147 03 9781905670147 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61377 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 36 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Vita Vigilia Est: Essays in Honour of Barbara Levick (BICS Supplement 100) 1 B01 Edward Bispham Edward Bispham 2 B01 Greg Rowe Greg Rowe 3 B01 Elaine Matthews Elaine Matthews 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 The new millennium sees both Pliny the Elder and his massive encyclopaedic Natural History being studied more seriously and holistically than at any time in the preceding century. The essays in this volume, which honour the seminal work of Barbara Levick on the politics and society of imperial Rome, above all in the period of Pliny’s life and literary activity further this re-assessment. They consider aspects of Pliny’s life and output which have not so far received serious attention. These include his value as a source for the kings of Rome and their achievements; his attitude to astronomy and natural wonders, to gentilician commemoration, philosophical sects, Roman dress and coinage; and his moral judgements on the fall of the Republic. The essays consider the ideological climate of the Flavian period, as reflected not only in Pliny’s attitude to the past, but in his construction of Rome and Italy, and his relationship to contemporary writers like Licinius Mucianus. Pliny emerges clearly as a major literary and cultural figure of the early Empire. 30 00 The new millennium sees both Pliny the Elder and his massive encyclopaedic Natural History being studied more seriously and holistically than at any time in the preceding century. The essays in this volume, which honour the seminal work of Barbara Levick on the politics and society of imperial Rome, above all in the period of Pliny’s life and literary activity further this re-assessment. They consider aspects of Pliny’s life and output which have not so far received serious attention. These include his value as a source for the kings of Rome and their achievements; his attitude to astronomy and natural wonders, to gentilician commemoration, philosophical sects, Roman dress and coinage; and his moral judgements on the fall of the Republic. The essays consider the ideological climate of the Flavian period, as reflected not only in Pliny’s attitude to the past, but in his construction of Rome and Italy, and his relationship to contemporary writers like Licinius Mucianus. Pliny emerges clearly as a major literary and cultural figure of the early Empire. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250799//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/vita-vigilia-est-essays-in-honour-of-barbara-levick-bics-supplement-100/ London, GB 04 01 20071203 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/vita-vigilia-est-essays-in-honour-of-barbara-levick-bics-supplement-100/ 20 08 20071203 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d5089ede-7a77-4c15-b58e-b709e5b999ba 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6fa73ceb-99ed-4858-94b7-98dcd61a1a18 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d5089ede-7a77-4c15-b58e-b709e5b999ba 15 9781915249456 03 9781915249456 06 10.14296/rync2520 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126383 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 2 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Voice, Silence and Gender in South Africa's Anti-Apartheid Struggle The Shadow of a Young Woman 1 A01 Rachel E. Johnson Rachel E. Johnson Assistant Professor in Modern African History 40 01v29qb04 Durham University Rachel E. Johnson is a historian of South Africa with interests in gender and politics. She is Assistant Professor in Modern African History at Durham University. 01 eng 10 HIS047000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHH 10 BIO032000 93 JBSF1 93 DNBH 10 SOC032000 93 1HFMS 10 POL052000 10 3.5.7.0.0.0.0 93 3MPQ 20 women; women's rights; human rights; South Africa; liberation; struggle; anti-apartheid; political action; black women; activists; Soweto Uprisings; Masabata Loate; gender dynamics; youth activism; history; politics; speech; silence; archives 01 06 02 00 Tracing the political life of Masabatha Loate, a young black woman activist who testified at the trial of the ‘Soweto Eleven’ in 1978, this book examines the history of South Africa’s liberation struggle through the lens of voice, speech and silence, and what this reveals about the gendered dynamics of anti-apartheid political action, state r 03 00 In 1978, amidst the aftermath of the Soweto Uprisings and after being held in detention without charge for over a year, a young black woman who had just turned eighteen, stepped into the witness box at Kempton Park Circuit Court, north-east of Johannesburg. She was there to testify in the apartheid State’s case against eleven Soweto school student activists, on trial for sedition. She confirmed her name as Mary Masabata Loate. Loate would live with the consequences of this decision to talk for the rest of her short life.Who spoke about the liberation struggle whilst it was ongoing? When did they speak and how? And what effects does the gendered history of speech and silence within anti-apartheid politics continue to have upon our knowledge of the past? Arguing that she is emblematic of the way gendered narratives of the struggle have been made, this book listens for the voice and silence of Masabata Loate and her contemporaries within political trials; newspapers; photography; human rights reportage; creative fiction, drama, poetry and song; autobiography and memoir; and oral histories. The result is an unconventional biography that sees this young woman as a shadow within the story of South Africa’s anti-apartheid liberation struggle. 30 00 In 1978, amidst the aftermath of the Soweto Uprisings and after being held in detention without charge for over a year, a young black woman who had just turned eighteen, stepped into the witness box at Kempton Park Circuit Court, north-east of Johannesburg. She was there to testify in the apartheid State’s case against eleven Soweto school student activists, on trial for sedition. She confirmed her name as Mary Masabata Loate. Loate would live with the consequences of this decision to talk for the rest of her short life.Who spoke about the liberation struggle whilst it was ongoing? When did they speak and how? And what effects does the gendered history of speech and silence within anti-apartheid politics continue to have upon our knowledge of the past? Arguing that she is emblematic of the way gendered narratives of the struggle have been made, this book listens for the voice and silence of Masabata Loate and her contemporaries within political trials; newspapers; photography; human rights reportage; creative fiction, drama, poetry and song; autobiography and memoir; and oral histories. The result is an unconventional biography that sees this young woman as a shadow within the story of South Africa’s anti-apartheid liberation struggle. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: The Shadow of a Young Woman </li> <li> 1 A Methodology for Fragments: Voice, Speech, and Silence </li> <li> 2 The Soweto Eleven and the Sayable: Speaking about the Struggle </li> <li> 3 Witnessing, Detention, and Silence: Speech as Struggle </li> <li> 4 Stories of Life and Death: the Struggle to Speak </li> <li> Conclusion: Shadow Histories </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/rync2520_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/voice-silence-and-gender-in-south-africas-anti-apartheid-struggle/ London, GB 04 01 20250320 Rachel E. Johnson 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249449 03 9781915249449 06 15 9781915249463 03 9781915249463 06 15 9781915249999 03 9781915249999 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/voice-silence-and-gender-in-south-africas-anti-apartheid-struggle/ 20 08 20250320 02 24.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:90e245a1-4031-454a-b5cd-5a391dd83227 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6fa73ceb-99ed-4858-94b7-98dcd61a1a18 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:90e245a1-4031-454a-b5cd-5a391dd83227 15 9781915249449 03 9781915249449 06 10.14296/rync2520 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126383 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 2 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Voice, Silence and Gender in South Africa's Anti-Apartheid Struggle The Shadow of a Young Woman 1 A01 Rachel E. Johnson Rachel E. Johnson Assistant Professor in Modern African History 40 01v29qb04 Durham University Rachel E. Johnson is a historian of South Africa with interests in gender and politics. She is Assistant Professor in Modern African History at Durham University. 01 eng 10 HIS047000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHH 10 BIO032000 93 JBSF1 93 DNBH 10 SOC032000 93 1HFMS 10 POL052000 10 3.5.7.0.0.0.0 93 3MPQ 20 women; women's rights; human rights; South Africa; liberation; struggle; anti-apartheid; political action; black women; activists; Soweto Uprisings; Masabata Loate; gender dynamics; youth activism; history; politics; speech; silence; archives 01 06 02 00 Tracing the political life of Masabatha Loate, a young black woman activist who testified at the trial of the ‘Soweto Eleven’ in 1978, this book examines the history of South Africa’s liberation struggle through the lens of voice, speech and silence, and what this reveals about the gendered dynamics of anti-apartheid political action, state r 03 00 In 1978, amidst the aftermath of the Soweto Uprisings and after being held in detention without charge for over a year, a young black woman who had just turned eighteen, stepped into the witness box at Kempton Park Circuit Court, north-east of Johannesburg. She was there to testify in the apartheid State’s case against eleven Soweto school student activists, on trial for sedition. She confirmed her name as Mary Masabata Loate. Loate would live with the consequences of this decision to talk for the rest of her short life.Who spoke about the liberation struggle whilst it was ongoing? When did they speak and how? And what effects does the gendered history of speech and silence within anti-apartheid politics continue to have upon our knowledge of the past? Arguing that she is emblematic of the way gendered narratives of the struggle have been made, this book listens for the voice and silence of Masabata Loate and her contemporaries within political trials; newspapers; photography; human rights reportage; creative fiction, drama, poetry and song; autobiography and memoir; and oral histories. The result is an unconventional biography that sees this young woman as a shadow within the story of South Africa’s anti-apartheid liberation struggle. 30 00 In 1978, amidst the aftermath of the Soweto Uprisings and after being held in detention without charge for over a year, a young black woman who had just turned eighteen, stepped into the witness box at Kempton Park Circuit Court, north-east of Johannesburg. She was there to testify in the apartheid State’s case against eleven Soweto school student activists, on trial for sedition. She confirmed her name as Mary Masabata Loate. Loate would live with the consequences of this decision to talk for the rest of her short life.Who spoke about the liberation struggle whilst it was ongoing? When did they speak and how? And what effects does the gendered history of speech and silence within anti-apartheid politics continue to have upon our knowledge of the past? Arguing that she is emblematic of the way gendered narratives of the struggle have been made, this book listens for the voice and silence of Masabata Loate and her contemporaries within political trials; newspapers; photography; human rights reportage; creative fiction, drama, poetry and song; autobiography and memoir; and oral histories. The result is an unconventional biography that sees this young woman as a shadow within the story of South Africa’s anti-apartheid liberation struggle. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: The Shadow of a Young Woman </li> <li> 1 A Methodology for Fragments: Voice, Speech, and Silence </li> <li> 2 The Soweto Eleven and the Sayable: Speaking about the Struggle </li> <li> 3 Witnessing, Detention, and Silence: Speech as Struggle </li> <li> 4 Stories of Life and Death: the Struggle to Speak </li> <li> Conclusion: Shadow Histories </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/rync2520_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/voice-silence-and-gender-in-south-africas-anti-apartheid-struggle/ London, GB 04 01 20250320 Rachel E. Johnson 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249456 03 9781915249456 06 15 9781915249463 03 9781915249463 06 15 9781915249999 03 9781915249999 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/voice-silence-and-gender-in-south-africas-anti-apartheid-struggle/ 20 08 20250320 02 75.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:4c797d95-e4f6-4987-9707-e57ecf28a5e9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6fa73ceb-99ed-4858-94b7-98dcd61a1a18 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4c797d95-e4f6-4987-9707-e57ecf28a5e9 15 9781915249463 03 9781915249463 06 10.14296/rync2520 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126383 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 2 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Voice, Silence and Gender in South Africa's Anti-Apartheid Struggle The Shadow of a Young Woman 1 A01 Rachel E. Johnson Rachel E. Johnson Assistant Professor in Modern African History 40 01v29qb04 Durham University Rachel E. Johnson is a historian of South Africa with interests in gender and politics. She is Assistant Professor in Modern African History at Durham University. 01 eng 10 HIS047000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHH 10 BIO032000 93 JBSF1 93 DNBH 10 SOC032000 93 1HFMS 10 POL052000 10 3.5.7.0.0.0.0 93 3MPQ 20 women; women's rights; human rights; South Africa; liberation; struggle; anti-apartheid; political action; black women; activists; Soweto Uprisings; Masabata Loate; gender dynamics; youth activism; history; politics; speech; silence; archives 01 06 02 00 Tracing the political life of Masabatha Loate, a young black woman activist who testified at the trial of the ‘Soweto Eleven’ in 1978, this book examines the history of South Africa’s liberation struggle through the lens of voice, speech and silence, and what this reveals about the gendered dynamics of anti-apartheid political action, state r 03 00 In 1978, amidst the aftermath of the Soweto Uprisings and after being held in detention without charge for over a year, a young black woman who had just turned eighteen, stepped into the witness box at Kempton Park Circuit Court, north-east of Johannesburg. She was there to testify in the apartheid State’s case against eleven Soweto school student activists, on trial for sedition. She confirmed her name as Mary Masabata Loate. Loate would live with the consequences of this decision to talk for the rest of her short life.Who spoke about the liberation struggle whilst it was ongoing? When did they speak and how? And what effects does the gendered history of speech and silence within anti-apartheid politics continue to have upon our knowledge of the past? Arguing that she is emblematic of the way gendered narratives of the struggle have been made, this book listens for the voice and silence of Masabata Loate and her contemporaries within political trials; newspapers; photography; human rights reportage; creative fiction, drama, poetry and song; autobiography and memoir; and oral histories. The result is an unconventional biography that sees this young woman as a shadow within the story of South Africa’s anti-apartheid liberation struggle. 30 00 In 1978, amidst the aftermath of the Soweto Uprisings and after being held in detention without charge for over a year, a young black woman who had just turned eighteen, stepped into the witness box at Kempton Park Circuit Court, north-east of Johannesburg. She was there to testify in the apartheid State’s case against eleven Soweto school student activists, on trial for sedition. She confirmed her name as Mary Masabata Loate. Loate would live with the consequences of this decision to talk for the rest of her short life.Who spoke about the liberation struggle whilst it was ongoing? When did they speak and how? And what effects does the gendered history of speech and silence within anti-apartheid politics continue to have upon our knowledge of the past? Arguing that she is emblematic of the way gendered narratives of the struggle have been made, this book listens for the voice and silence of Masabata Loate and her contemporaries within political trials; newspapers; photography; human rights reportage; creative fiction, drama, poetry and song; autobiography and memoir; and oral histories. The result is an unconventional biography that sees this young woman as a shadow within the story of South Africa’s anti-apartheid liberation struggle. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: The Shadow of a Young Woman </li> <li> 1 A Methodology for Fragments: Voice, Speech, and Silence </li> <li> 2 The Soweto Eleven and the Sayable: Speaking about the Struggle </li> <li> 3 Witnessing, Detention, and Silence: Speech as Struggle </li> <li> 4 Stories of Life and Death: the Struggle to Speak </li> <li> Conclusion: Shadow Histories </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/rync2520_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/voice-silence-and-gender-in-south-africas-anti-apartheid-struggle/ London, GB 04 01 20250320 Rachel E. Johnson 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249456 03 9781915249456 06 15 9781915249449 03 9781915249449 06 15 9781915249999 03 9781915249999 WORLD 11 PROJECT_MUSE 36 PROJECT_MUSE: webpage for this product https://muse.jhu.edu/book/142812 29 PROJECT_MUSE: download the title https://muse.jhu.edu/book/142812/pdf/download 20 08 20250320 01 11 OAPEN 36 OAPEN: webpage for this product https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105708 29 OAPEN: download the title https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/105708/rync2520.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y 20 08 20250320 01 11 DOAB 36 DOAB: webpage for this product https://directory.doabooks.org/handle/20.500.12854/166136 20 08 20250320 01 11 JSTOR 36 JSTOR: webpage for this product https://www.jstor.org/stable/jj.27374552 29 JSTOR: download the title https://www.jstor.org/stable/pdf/jj.27374552.pdf?refreqid=fastly-default%3A774f406b530d2b8af3cc5b7bb4499f00&ab_segments=&initiator=&acceptTC=1 20 08 20250320 01 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/6fa73ceb-99ed-4858-94b7-98dcd61a1a18 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/6fa73ceb-99ed-4858-94b7-98dcd61a1a18/6fa73ceb-99ed-4858-94b7-98dcd61a1a18.pdf 20 08 20250320 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249463.pdf 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249463.pdf 20 08 20250320 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249463.pdf 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/rync2520.pdf 20 08 20250320 01 urn:uuid:c9565cc9-80ef-4223-a26a-17def6e8a369 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6fa73ceb-99ed-4858-94b7-98dcd61a1a18 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c9565cc9-80ef-4223-a26a-17def6e8a369 15 9781915249999 03 9781915249999 06 10.14296/rync2520 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126383 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 2 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Voice, Silence and Gender in South Africa's Anti-Apartheid Struggle The Shadow of a Young Woman 1 A01 Rachel E. Johnson Rachel E. Johnson Assistant Professor in Modern African History 40 01v29qb04 Durham University Rachel E. Johnson is a historian of South Africa with interests in gender and politics. She is Assistant Professor in Modern African History at Durham University. 01 eng 10 HIS047000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHH 10 BIO032000 93 JBSF1 93 DNBH 10 SOC032000 93 1HFMS 10 POL052000 10 3.5.7.0.0.0.0 93 3MPQ 20 women; women's rights; human rights; South Africa; liberation; struggle; anti-apartheid; political action; black women; activists; Soweto Uprisings; Masabata Loate; gender dynamics; youth activism; history; politics; speech; silence; archives 01 06 02 00 Tracing the political life of Masabatha Loate, a young black woman activist who testified at the trial of the ‘Soweto Eleven’ in 1978, this book examines the history of South Africa’s liberation struggle through the lens of voice, speech and silence, and what this reveals about the gendered dynamics of anti-apartheid political action, state r 03 00 In 1978, amidst the aftermath of the Soweto Uprisings and after being held in detention without charge for over a year, a young black woman who had just turned eighteen, stepped into the witness box at Kempton Park Circuit Court, north-east of Johannesburg. She was there to testify in the apartheid State’s case against eleven Soweto school student activists, on trial for sedition. She confirmed her name as Mary Masabata Loate. Loate would live with the consequences of this decision to talk for the rest of her short life.Who spoke about the liberation struggle whilst it was ongoing? When did they speak and how? And what effects does the gendered history of speech and silence within anti-apartheid politics continue to have upon our knowledge of the past? Arguing that she is emblematic of the way gendered narratives of the struggle have been made, this book listens for the voice and silence of Masabata Loate and her contemporaries within political trials; newspapers; photography; human rights reportage; creative fiction, drama, poetry and song; autobiography and memoir; and oral histories. The result is an unconventional biography that sees this young woman as a shadow within the story of South Africa’s anti-apartheid liberation struggle. 30 00 In 1978, amidst the aftermath of the Soweto Uprisings and after being held in detention without charge for over a year, a young black woman who had just turned eighteen, stepped into the witness box at Kempton Park Circuit Court, north-east of Johannesburg. She was there to testify in the apartheid State’s case against eleven Soweto school student activists, on trial for sedition. She confirmed her name as Mary Masabata Loate. Loate would live with the consequences of this decision to talk for the rest of her short life.Who spoke about the liberation struggle whilst it was ongoing? When did they speak and how? And what effects does the gendered history of speech and silence within anti-apartheid politics continue to have upon our knowledge of the past? Arguing that she is emblematic of the way gendered narratives of the struggle have been made, this book listens for the voice and silence of Masabata Loate and her contemporaries within political trials; newspapers; photography; human rights reportage; creative fiction, drama, poetry and song; autobiography and memoir; and oral histories. The result is an unconventional biography that sees this young woman as a shadow within the story of South Africa’s anti-apartheid liberation struggle. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: The Shadow of a Young Woman </li> <li> 1 A Methodology for Fragments: Voice, Speech, and Silence </li> <li> 2 The Soweto Eleven and the Sayable: Speaking about the Struggle </li> <li> 3 Witnessing, Detention, and Silence: Speech as Struggle </li> <li> 4 Stories of Life and Death: the Struggle to Speak </li> <li> Conclusion: Shadow Histories </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/rync2520_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/voice-silence-and-gender-in-south-africas-anti-apartheid-struggle/ London, GB 04 01 20250320 Rachel E. Johnson 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249456 03 9781915249456 06 15 9781915249449 03 9781915249449 06 15 9781915249463 03 9781915249463 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/voice-silence-and-gender-in-south-africas-anti-apartheid-struggle/ 20 08 20250320 01 urn:uuid:c759ca6e-173c-4117-8356-180eaa15d9a2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:60beae30-2711-4e49-a502-ac766d0722df 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c759ca6e-173c-4117-8356-180eaa15d9a2 15 9780901145987 03 9780901145987 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54111 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 08 10 gr 08 0.375 oz 01 01 Wars, Parties and Nationalism Essays on the Politics and Society of Nineteenth-century Latin America 1 B01 Eduardo Posada-Carbo Eduardo Posada-Carbo 01 eng 12 HB B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NH 10 POL011000 93 JH 12 JH 10 POL031000 12 JPFN 93 JPFN 10 POL057000 10 HIS024000 01 06 02 00 The five papers presented in this volume discuss various aspects of the politics of Latin America during the nineteenth century. Although the scope of the essays is wide including topics such as civil wars, political parties and the use of travel narratives for partisan purposes the overriding concern is with nationalism and the role of the s 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248198/54111/54111_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/wars-parties-and-nationalism/ London, GB 04 01 19950801 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/wars-parties-and-nationalism/ 20 08 19950801 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1aa4474b-db9d-4364-be22-d4f812c631ca 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c5668531-5208-4ac3-9b8f-fc7d3727d72e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1aa4474b-db9d-4364-be22-d4f812c631ca 15 9781915249111 03 9781915249111 06 10.63674/cxiv5434 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.112641 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 5 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Waterscapes: Reservoirs, Environment and Identity in Modern England and Wales 1 A01 Andrew McTominey Andrew McTominey Andrew McTominey is an independent scholar who has previously worked at Leeds Beckett University, the University of Huddersfield, and the University of Leeds. He gained his PhD from Leeds Beckett University in 2019, which looked at the waterworks of the Leeds, and is now working in the heritage sector. 01 eng 09 8 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBTP 10 HIS015060 93 NHTP 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ-GB-V 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 waterworks; reservoirs; water industry; water management; rural; urban; landscapes; environment; England; Wales; culture; leisure; nineteenth century; twentieth century; historical geography 01 06 02 00 This book explores the impacts of reservoir construction and management in England and Wales from the late-nineteenth to early-twentieth century. Taking a comparative approach with case studies from Leeds’s Washburn Valley, Liverpool’s Vyrnwy Reservoir and Birmingham’s Elan Reservoir, it examines the environmental, social, and cultural transf 03 00 How did reservoirs alter the countryside and city life? The answer is a riveting story of water and identity in modern Britain.</bold>The building of reservoirs in England and Wales was key to urban growth across the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries, with the management of waterworks projects closely tied to the social and economic fortunes of rural areas, as well as the treatment of urban populations. Drawing on methods from environmental history, cultural history and historical geography, this book explores the multiple and long-term impacts of reservoir construction and management in rural England and Wales from the mid-nineteenth to the mid-twentieth century. It examines how reservoirs transformed the rural environment, the management of the urban-rural hinterland, the development of cultural landscapes, the expansion of novel leisure activities, and the social impact on local communities.Incorporating case studies from Leeds’s Washburn Valley, Liverpool’s Vyrnwy Reservoir and Birmingham’s Elan Reservoir, amongst others, the book’s comparative approach highlights commonalities and differences in waterworks management across the country, thereby transforming our understanding of the national water industry during this period, contemporary attitudes to the environment, and the identities – civic, gender and professional – that were intertwined with these waterscapes. 30 00 How did reservoirs alter the countryside and city life? The answer is a riveting story of water and identity in modern Britain.</bold>The building of reservoirs in England and Wales was key to urban growth across the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries, with the management of waterworks projects closely tied to the social and economic fortunes of rural areas, as well as the treatment of urban populations. Drawing on methods from environmental history, cultural history and historical geography, this book explores the multiple and long-term impacts of reservoir construction and management in rural England and Wales from the mid-nineteenth to the mid-twentieth century. It examines how reservoirs transformed the rural environment, the management of the urban-rural hinterland, the development of cultural landscapes, the expansion of novel leisure activities, and the social impact on local communities.Incorporating case studies from Leeds’s Washburn Valley, Liverpool’s Vyrnwy Reservoir and Birmingham’s Elan Reservoir, amongst others, the book’s comparative approach highlights commonalities and differences in waterworks management across the country, thereby transforming our understanding of the national water industry during this period, contemporary attitudes to the environment, and the identities – civic, gender and professional – that were intertwined with these waterscapes. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 Remaking the countryside: urban engineering and the pursuit of water</li> <li>2 Slips and spillages: reservoirs and the environment</li> <li>3 Seeing the wood for the trees: afforestation and managing water supply</li> <li>4 Romantic waterscapes: the development of cultural landscapes</li> <li>5 All play and no fun: waterworks and the pursuit of leisure</li> <li>6 Urban intrusion: community in the urban/rural hinterland</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/349793/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/waterscapes-reservoirs-environment-and-identity-in-modern-england-and-wales/ London, GB 04 01 20250828 Andrew McTominey 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249104 03 9781915249104 06 15 9781915249142 03 9781915249142 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/waterscapes-reservoirs-environment-and-identity-in-modern-england-and-wales/ 20 08 20250828 02 24.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:d50e6a86-2aa4-42fc-824a-893e768de4d8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c5668531-5208-4ac3-9b8f-fc7d3727d72e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d50e6a86-2aa4-42fc-824a-893e768de4d8 15 9781915249104 03 9781915249104 06 10.63674/cxiv5434 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.112641 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 5 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Waterscapes: Reservoirs, Environment and Identity in Modern England and Wales 1 A01 Andrew McTominey Andrew McTominey Andrew McTominey is an independent scholar who has previously worked at Leeds Beckett University, the University of Huddersfield, and the University of Leeds. He gained his PhD from Leeds Beckett University in 2019, which looked at the waterworks of the Leeds, and is now working in the heritage sector. 01 eng 09 8 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBTP 10 HIS015060 93 NHTP 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ-GB-V 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 waterworks; reservoirs; water industry; water management; rural; urban; landscapes; environment; England; Wales; culture; leisure; nineteenth century; twentieth century; historical geography 01 06 02 00 This book explores the impacts of reservoir construction and management in England and Wales from the late-nineteenth to early-twentieth century. Taking a comparative approach with case studies from Leeds’s Washburn Valley, Liverpool’s Vyrnwy Reservoir and Birmingham’s Elan Reservoir, it examines the environmental, social, and cultural transf 03 00 How did reservoirs alter the countryside and city life? The answer is a riveting story of water and identity in modern Britain.</bold>The building of reservoirs in England and Wales was key to urban growth across the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries, with the management of waterworks projects closely tied to the social and economic fortunes of rural areas, as well as the treatment of urban populations. Drawing on methods from environmental history, cultural history and historical geography, this book explores the multiple and long-term impacts of reservoir construction and management in rural England and Wales from the mid-nineteenth to the mid-twentieth century. It examines how reservoirs transformed the rural environment, the management of the urban-rural hinterland, the development of cultural landscapes, the expansion of novel leisure activities, and the social impact on local communities.Incorporating case studies from Leeds’s Washburn Valley, Liverpool’s Vyrnwy Reservoir and Birmingham’s Elan Reservoir, amongst others, the book’s comparative approach highlights commonalities and differences in waterworks management across the country, thereby transforming our understanding of the national water industry during this period, contemporary attitudes to the environment, and the identities – civic, gender and professional – that were intertwined with these waterscapes. 30 00 How did reservoirs alter the countryside and city life? The answer is a riveting story of water and identity in modern Britain.</bold>The building of reservoirs in England and Wales was key to urban growth across the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries, with the management of waterworks projects closely tied to the social and economic fortunes of rural areas, as well as the treatment of urban populations. Drawing on methods from environmental history, cultural history and historical geography, this book explores the multiple and long-term impacts of reservoir construction and management in rural England and Wales from the mid-nineteenth to the mid-twentieth century. It examines how reservoirs transformed the rural environment, the management of the urban-rural hinterland, the development of cultural landscapes, the expansion of novel leisure activities, and the social impact on local communities.Incorporating case studies from Leeds’s Washburn Valley, Liverpool’s Vyrnwy Reservoir and Birmingham’s Elan Reservoir, amongst others, the book’s comparative approach highlights commonalities and differences in waterworks management across the country, thereby transforming our understanding of the national water industry during this period, contemporary attitudes to the environment, and the identities – civic, gender and professional – that were intertwined with these waterscapes. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 Remaking the countryside: urban engineering and the pursuit of water</li> <li>2 Slips and spillages: reservoirs and the environment</li> <li>3 Seeing the wood for the trees: afforestation and managing water supply</li> <li>4 Romantic waterscapes: the development of cultural landscapes</li> <li>5 All play and no fun: waterworks and the pursuit of leisure</li> <li>6 Urban intrusion: community in the urban/rural hinterland</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/349793/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/waterscapes-reservoirs-environment-and-identity-in-modern-england-and-wales/ London, GB 04 01 20250828 Andrew McTominey 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249111 03 9781915249111 06 15 9781915249142 03 9781915249142 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/waterscapes-reservoirs-environment-and-identity-in-modern-england-and-wales/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249142.pdf 20 08 20250828 02 75.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:29e0c771-4614-44f0-9aa1-7bac2a6aee81 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c5668531-5208-4ac3-9b8f-fc7d3727d72e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:29e0c771-4614-44f0-9aa1-7bac2a6aee81 15 9781915249142 03 9781915249142 06 10.63674/cxiv5434 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.112641 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 5 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Waterscapes: Reservoirs, Environment and Identity in Modern England and Wales 1 A01 Andrew McTominey Andrew McTominey Andrew McTominey is an independent scholar who has previously worked at Leeds Beckett University, the University of Huddersfield, and the University of Leeds. He gained his PhD from Leeds Beckett University in 2019, which looked at the waterworks of the Leeds, and is now working in the heritage sector. 01 eng 09 8 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBTP 10 HIS015060 93 NHTP 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ-GB-V 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 waterworks; reservoirs; water industry; water management; rural; urban; landscapes; environment; England; Wales; culture; leisure; nineteenth century; twentieth century; historical geography 01 06 02 00 This book explores the impacts of reservoir construction and management in England and Wales from the late-nineteenth to early-twentieth century. Taking a comparative approach with case studies from Leeds’s Washburn Valley, Liverpool’s Vyrnwy Reservoir and Birmingham’s Elan Reservoir, it examines the environmental, social, and cultural transf 03 00 How did reservoirs alter the countryside and city life? The answer is a riveting story of water and identity in modern Britain.</bold>The building of reservoirs in England and Wales was key to urban growth across the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries, with the management of waterworks projects closely tied to the social and economic fortunes of rural areas, as well as the treatment of urban populations. Drawing on methods from environmental history, cultural history and historical geography, this book explores the multiple and long-term impacts of reservoir construction and management in rural England and Wales from the mid-nineteenth to the mid-twentieth century. It examines how reservoirs transformed the rural environment, the management of the urban-rural hinterland, the development of cultural landscapes, the expansion of novel leisure activities, and the social impact on local communities.Incorporating case studies from Leeds’s Washburn Valley, Liverpool’s Vyrnwy Reservoir and Birmingham’s Elan Reservoir, amongst others, the book’s comparative approach highlights commonalities and differences in waterworks management across the country, thereby transforming our understanding of the national water industry during this period, contemporary attitudes to the environment, and the identities – civic, gender and professional – that were intertwined with these waterscapes. 30 00 How did reservoirs alter the countryside and city life? The answer is a riveting story of water and identity in modern Britain.</bold>The building of reservoirs in England and Wales was key to urban growth across the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries, with the management of waterworks projects closely tied to the social and economic fortunes of rural areas, as well as the treatment of urban populations. Drawing on methods from environmental history, cultural history and historical geography, this book explores the multiple and long-term impacts of reservoir construction and management in rural England and Wales from the mid-nineteenth to the mid-twentieth century. It examines how reservoirs transformed the rural environment, the management of the urban-rural hinterland, the development of cultural landscapes, the expansion of novel leisure activities, and the social impact on local communities.Incorporating case studies from Leeds’s Washburn Valley, Liverpool’s Vyrnwy Reservoir and Birmingham’s Elan Reservoir, amongst others, the book’s comparative approach highlights commonalities and differences in waterworks management across the country, thereby transforming our understanding of the national water industry during this period, contemporary attitudes to the environment, and the identities – civic, gender and professional – that were intertwined with these waterscapes. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 Remaking the countryside: urban engineering and the pursuit of water</li> <li>2 Slips and spillages: reservoirs and the environment</li> <li>3 Seeing the wood for the trees: afforestation and managing water supply</li> <li>4 Romantic waterscapes: the development of cultural landscapes</li> <li>5 All play and no fun: waterworks and the pursuit of leisure</li> <li>6 Urban intrusion: community in the urban/rural hinterland</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/349793/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/waterscapes-reservoirs-environment-and-identity-in-modern-england-and-wales/ London, GB 04 01 20250828 Andrew McTominey 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249111 03 9781915249111 06 15 9781915249104 03 9781915249104 WORLD 11 PROJECT_MUSE 36 PROJECT_MUSE: webpage for this product https://muse.jhu.edu/book/141082 29 PROJECT_MUSE: download the title https://muse.jhu.edu/book/141082/pdf/download 20 08 20250828 01 11 OAPEN 36 OAPEN: webpage for this product https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109066 29 OAPEN: download the title https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/109066/9781915249142.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y 20 08 20250828 01 11 DOAB 36 DOAB: webpage for this product https://directory.doabooks.org/handle/20.500.12854/170076 20 08 20250828 01 11 JSTOR 36 JSTOR: webpage for this product https://www.jstor.org/stable/jj.37972938 29 JSTOR: download the title https://www.jstor.org/stable/pdf/jj.37972938.pdf?refreqid=fastly-default%3A8a078f4acd92c6d4168daf3f339d3540&ab_segments=&initiator=&acceptTC=1 20 08 20250828 01 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/c5668531-5208-4ac3-9b8f-fc7d3727d72e 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/c5668531-5208-4ac3-9b8f-fc7d3727d72e/c5668531-5208-4ac3-9b8f-fc7d3727d72e.pdf 20 08 20250828 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/waterscapes-reservoirs-environment-and-identity-in-modern-england-and-wales/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249142.pdf 20 08 20250828 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/waterscapes-reservoirs-environment-and-identity-in-modern-england-and-wales/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/cxiv5434.pdf 20 08 20250828 01 urn:uuid:1034ae0f-696f-4135-bc0e-bca43c65c4a6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5f81f2e6-00d3-4ef4-b5b8-efde850e4db3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1034ae0f-696f-4135-bc0e-bca43c65c4a6 15 9780992725730 03 9780992725730 06 10.14296/818.9780992725730 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.79277 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Ways into Shakespeare's Sonnets 1 A01 Helen Vendler Helen Vendler 01 eng 00 29 03 12 DSC 93 DSC 10 LIT014000 B2 Literary Studies 12 DSBD 93 DSBD 10 LIT004120 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037040 12 3JD 93 3MG 93 5PX-GB-S 20 Shakespeare; poetry; genre; form; structure; sonnets 01 06 02 00 In this talk, Helen Vendler highlights the critical potential of the aesthetic dynamics of Shakespeare’s sonnets. Making use of both generic and structural analysis, she casts a new light on the poems. This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1990 as part of the Hilda Hulme Memorial Le 03 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1990.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 30 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1990.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/818.9780992725730_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ways-into-shakespeares-sonnets/ London, GB 04 01 20180820 02 WORLD WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/5f81f2e6-00d3-4ef4-b5b8-efde850e4db3 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/5f81f2e6-00d3-4ef4-b5b8-efde850e4db3/5f81f2e6-00d3-4ef4-b5b8-efde850e4db3.pdf 20 08 20180820 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ways-into-shakespeares-sonnets/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9780992725730.pdf 20 08 20180820 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ways-into-shakespeares-sonnets/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/818.9780992725730.pdf 20 08 20180820 01 urn:uuid:34810735-8300-4da7-927d-eebd90628d94 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fa2c1df1-f14a-4810-b0ac-9563b12d8881 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:34810735-8300-4da7-927d-eebd90628d94 15 9781912250073 03 9781912250073 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.73011 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 We Mark Your Memory: writings from the descendants of indenture 1 B01 David Dabydeen David Dabydeen 2 B01 Maria del Pilar Kaladeen Maria del Pilar Kaladeen 3 B01 Tina K. Ramnarine Tina K. Ramnarine 01 eng 00 212 03 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 DS 93 FV 10 LCO000000 93 1FK 12 CBV 12 1KJ 93 1KJ 93 3MPBA 20 British empire; heritage; poetry; prose; indenture; migration; diaspora 01 06 02 00 Indenture was the process whereby individuals entered, or were coerced, into an agreement to work in a colony in return for a fixed period of labour, but this was often open to abuses of power. Hidden within this little-known system of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Indian migration under the British Empire are hitherto neglected sto 03 00 The abolition of slavery was the catalyst for the arrival of the first Indian indentured labourers into the sugar colonies of Mauritius (1834), Guyana (1838) and Trinidad (1845), followed some years later by the inception of the system in South Africa (1860) and Fiji (1879). By the time indenture was abolished in the British Empire (1917–20), over one million Indians had been contracted, the overwhelming majority of whom never returned to India. Today, an Indian indentured labour diaspora is to be found in Commonwealth countries including Belize, Kenya, Malaysia, Sri Lanka and the Seychelles.Indenture, whereby individuals entered, or were coerced, into an agreement to work in a colony in return for a fixed period of labour, was open to abuse from recruitment to plantation. Hidden within this little-known system of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Indian migration under the British Empire are hitherto neglected stories of workers who were both exploited and unfree. These include indentured histories from Madeira to the Caribbean, from West Africa to the Caribbean, and from China to the Caribbean, Mauritius and South Africa.To mark the centenary of the abolition of the system in the British Empire (2017–20) this volume brings together, for the first time, new writing from across the Commonwealth. It is a unique attempt to explore, through the medium of poetry and prose, the indentured heritage of the twenty-first century. 30 00 The abolition of slavery was the catalyst for the arrival of the first Indian indentured labourers into the sugar colonies of Mauritius (1834), Guyana (1838) and Trinidad (1845), followed some years later by the inception of the system in South Africa (1860) and Fiji (1879). By the time indenture was abolished in the British Empire (1917–20), over one million Indians had been contracted, the overwhelming majority of whom never returned to India. Today, an Indian indentured labour diaspora is to be found in Commonwealth countries including Belize, Kenya, Malaysia, Sri Lanka and the Seychelles.Indenture, whereby individuals entered, or were coerced, into an agreement to work in a colony in return for a fixed period of labour, was open to abuse from recruitment to plantation. Hidden within this little-known system of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Indian migration under the British Empire are hitherto neglected stories of workers who were both exploited and unfree. These include indentured histories from Madeira to the Caribbean, from West Africa to the Caribbean, and from China to the Caribbean, Mauritius and South Africa.To mark the centenary of the abolition of the system in the British Empire (2017–20) this volume brings together, for the first time, new writing from across the Commonwealth. It is a unique attempt to explore, through the medium of poetry and prose, the indentured heritage of the twenty-first century. 04 00 Introduction David Dabydeen, Maria del Pilar Kaladeen and Tina K. Ramnarine Biographies The Rebel Kevin Hosein Mother Wounds Gitanjali Pyndiah Mama Liberia Angelica A. Oluoch My Father the Teacher Prithiraj R. Dullay Gandhi and the Girmitya Satendra Nandan Pepsi, Pie and Swimming Pools in-the-Sky Cynthia Kistasamy Waterloo: At Siewdass Sadhu’s Temple in the Sea Anita Sethi Talanoa with my Grandmother Noelle Nive Moa Passage from India Anirood Singh india has left us Eddie Bruce-Jones Chutney Love Gabrielle Jamela Hosein Brotherhood of the Boat: Fijians and Football in North America Akhtar Mohammed The Heist Deirdre Jonklaas Cadiramen Buckets Stella Chong Sing The Tamarind Tree: vignettes from a plantation frontier in Fiji Brij V. Lal ‘I go sen’ for you’ Fawzia Muradali Kane Paradise Island Priya N. Hein Building Walls Kama La Mackerel The Legend of Nagakanna Aneeta Sundararaj Great-grandmother, Ma Jennifer Rahim Homecoming Suzanne Bhagan Erased Athol Williams Famished Eels Mary Rokonadravu Rights of Passage Patti-Anne Ali The Protest March that Ended Indian Indentureship in St Vincent Arnold N. Thomas Sita and Jatayu Lelawattee Manoo-Rahming Memoir. Tales of the Sea: a sisterhood of the boat Gaiutra Bahadur Pot-bellied Sardar David Dabydeen 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/261080//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/we-mark-your-memory-writings-from-the-descendants-of-indenture/ London, GB 04 01 20180430 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250080 03 9781912250080 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/we-mark-your-memory-writings-from-the-descendants-of-indenture/ 20 08 20180430 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:620501e3-dcfa-4a3d-b2ad-9017c98a15ec 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fa2c1df1-f14a-4810-b0ac-9563b12d8881 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:620501e3-dcfa-4a3d-b2ad-9017c98a15ec 15 9781912250080 03 9781912250080 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.73011 00 EB E101 10 01 01 We Mark Your Memory: writings from the descendants of indenture 1 B01 David Dabydeen David Dabydeen 2 B01 Maria del Pilar Kaladeen Maria del Pilar Kaladeen 3 B01 Tina K. Ramnarine Tina K. Ramnarine 01 eng 00 212 03 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 DS 93 FV 10 LCO000000 93 1FK 12 CBV 12 1KJ 93 1KJ 93 3MPBA 20 British empire; heritage; poetry; prose; indenture; migration; diaspora 01 06 02 00 Indenture was the process whereby individuals entered, or were coerced, into an agreement to work in a colony in return for a fixed period of labour, but this was often open to abuses of power. Hidden within this little-known system of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Indian migration under the British Empire are hitherto neglected sto 03 00 The abolition of slavery was the catalyst for the arrival of the first Indian indentured labourers into the sugar colonies of Mauritius (1834), Guyana (1838) and Trinidad (1845), followed some years later by the inception of the system in South Africa (1860) and Fiji (1879). By the time indenture was abolished in the British Empire (1917–20), over one million Indians had been contracted, the overwhelming majority of whom never returned to India. Today, an Indian indentured labour diaspora is to be found in Commonwealth countries including Belize, Kenya, Malaysia, Sri Lanka and the Seychelles.Indenture, whereby individuals entered, or were coerced, into an agreement to work in a colony in return for a fixed period of labour, was open to abuse from recruitment to plantation. Hidden within this little-known system of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Indian migration under the British Empire are hitherto neglected stories of workers who were both exploited and unfree. These include indentured histories from Madeira to the Caribbean, from West Africa to the Caribbean, and from China to the Caribbean, Mauritius and South Africa.To mark the centenary of the abolition of the system in the British Empire (2017–20) this volume brings together, for the first time, new writing from across the Commonwealth. It is a unique attempt to explore, through the medium of poetry and prose, the indentured heritage of the twenty-first century. 30 00 The abolition of slavery was the catalyst for the arrival of the first Indian indentured labourers into the sugar colonies of Mauritius (1834), Guyana (1838) and Trinidad (1845), followed some years later by the inception of the system in South Africa (1860) and Fiji (1879). By the time indenture was abolished in the British Empire (1917–20), over one million Indians had been contracted, the overwhelming majority of whom never returned to India. Today, an Indian indentured labour diaspora is to be found in Commonwealth countries including Belize, Kenya, Malaysia, Sri Lanka and the Seychelles.Indenture, whereby individuals entered, or were coerced, into an agreement to work in a colony in return for a fixed period of labour, was open to abuse from recruitment to plantation. Hidden within this little-known system of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Indian migration under the British Empire are hitherto neglected stories of workers who were both exploited and unfree. These include indentured histories from Madeira to the Caribbean, from West Africa to the Caribbean, and from China to the Caribbean, Mauritius and South Africa.To mark the centenary of the abolition of the system in the British Empire (2017–20) this volume brings together, for the first time, new writing from across the Commonwealth. It is a unique attempt to explore, through the medium of poetry and prose, the indentured heritage of the twenty-first century. 04 00 Introduction David Dabydeen, Maria del Pilar Kaladeen and Tina K. Ramnarine Biographies The Rebel Kevin Hosein Mother Wounds Gitanjali Pyndiah Mama Liberia Angelica A. Oluoch My Father the Teacher Prithiraj R. Dullay Gandhi and the Girmitya Satendra Nandan Pepsi, Pie and Swimming Pools in-the-Sky Cynthia Kistasamy Waterloo: At Siewdass Sadhu’s Temple in the Sea Anita Sethi Talanoa with my Grandmother Noelle Nive Moa Passage from India Anirood Singh india has left us Eddie Bruce-Jones Chutney Love Gabrielle Jamela Hosein Brotherhood of the Boat: Fijians and Football in North America Akhtar Mohammed The Heist Deirdre Jonklaas Cadiramen Buckets Stella Chong Sing The Tamarind Tree: vignettes from a plantation frontier in Fiji Brij V. Lal ‘I go sen’ for you’ Fawzia Muradali Kane Paradise Island Priya N. Hein Building Walls Kama La Mackerel The Legend of Nagakanna Aneeta Sundararaj Great-grandmother, Ma Jennifer Rahim Homecoming Suzanne Bhagan Erased Athol Williams Famished Eels Mary Rokonadravu Rights of Passage Patti-Anne Ali The Protest March that Ended Indian Indentureship in St Vincent Arnold N. Thomas Sita and Jatayu Lelawattee Manoo-Rahming Memoir. Tales of the Sea: a sisterhood of the boat Gaiutra Bahadur Pot-bellied Sardar David Dabydeen 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/261080//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/we-mark-your-memory-writings-from-the-descendants-of-indenture/ London, GB 04 01 20180430 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250073 03 9781912250073 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/we-mark-your-memory-writings-from-the-descendants-of-indenture/ 20 08 20180430 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2c2c7237-63b9-4a03-af9a-144d6cbffe3b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3b8b1822-99ca-4bed-a2bd-c093347696d2 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2c2c7237-63b9-4a03-af9a-144d6cbffe3b 15 9780957194199 03 9780957194199 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56450 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 What Future for Human Rights in a Non-Western World? 1 B01 Simon Bennett Simon Bennett 2 B01 Eadaoin O'Brien Eadaoin O'Brien 01 eng B2 Human Rights 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL035010 B2 Commonwealth Studies 01 06 02 00 03 00 The countries of the global north and west that have enjoyed hegemonic preponderance in international affairs over the last two centuries are seeing their relative influence on the world stage decline in favour of rising powers of other regions. As the ability of the global north and west to project normative standards with regards to social organisation, international relations and the role of the state is waning, what emerging norms might guide future trajectories for global society? As human rights is a highly politicised and contentious area of discourse and practice, what future might there be for human rights in a non-western world? The London Debates 2011 workshop sought to bring together established academics and early career researchers from a variety of disciplines to reflect upon possible futures for world order and the implications for human rights. In this edited volume, nuanced analysis covers the ongoing debate on the universality of human rights, the outlook for human rights in an Islamic context, the role of civil society in the future of human rights, and human rights in China. 30 00 The countries of the global north and west that have enjoyed hegemonic preponderance in international affairs over the last two centuries are seeing their relative influence on the world stage decline in favour of rising powers of other regions. As the ability of the global north and west to project normative standards with regards to social organisation, international relations and the role of the state is waning, what emerging norms might guide future trajectories for global society? As human rights is a highly politicised and contentious area of discourse and practice, what future might there be for human rights in a non-western world? The London Debates 2011 workshop sought to bring together established academics and early career researchers from a variety of disciplines to reflect upon possible futures for world order and the implications for human rights. In this edited volume, nuanced analysis covers the ongoing debate on the universality of human rights, the outlook for human rights in an Islamic context, the role of civil society in the future of human rights, and human rights in China. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250000//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/what-future-for-human-rights-in-a-non-western-world/ London, GB 04 01 20121210 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/what-future-for-human-rights-in-a-non-western-world/ 20 08 20121210 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:eb1dfd1e-c406-424b-ac06-7d058462ecdb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0deefb6e-35f1-4948-abde-99f82c4b4450 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:eb1dfd1e-c406-424b-ac06-7d058462ecdb 15 9781905670048 03 9781905670048 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54055 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 27 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Wolf Liebeschuetz Reflected (BICS Supplement 91) 1 B01 John Drinkwater John Drinkwater 2 B01 Benet Salway Benet Salway 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 93 NHD 12 HBLA 10 HIS002020 93 NHC 93 1QBAR 12 1QDAR 01 06 02 00 03 00 Wolf Liebeschuetz is one of the most distinguished, creative and best-liked of contemporary Ancient Historians. In his fifty-year career of teaching and publication Wolf, German-born and British-educated, has informed generations of scholars – collaborating, instructing, disputing and commenting on research.In this volume, coinciding with his eightieth birthday, twenty historians and archaeologists who have known Wolf as friends, colleagues and pupils acknowledge and celebrate his influence by presenting papers on topics related to his four monographs: Antioch: City and Imperial Administration in the Later Roman Empire</italic> (1972); Continuity and Change in Roman Religion</italic> (1980); Barbarians and Bishops</italic> (1990); and The Decline and Fall of the Roman City</italic> (2001). Four core sections cover: ‘Law and Religion’ (Duncan Cloud, Robert Markus, Karl Leo Noethlichs, John North, Benet Salway); ‘Antioch and the East’ (Hugh Elton, Geoffrey Greatrex, Doug Lee); ‘Barbarians and Bishops’ (Jonathan Barlow, John Drinkwater, Peter Heather, Neil McLynn); ‘The City’ (Simon Corcoran, Nick Henck, Luke Lavan, Andrew Poulter, Charlotte Roueché). The book opens with ‘Modern Historiography’ (Hartmut Leppin, Bryan Ward-Perkins) and closes with an ‘Afterword’ (Averil Cameron). 30 00 Wolf Liebeschuetz is one of the most distinguished, creative and best-liked of contemporary Ancient Historians. In his fifty-year career of teaching and publication Wolf, German-born and British-educated, has informed generations of scholars – collaborating, instructing, disputing and commenting on research.In this volume, coinciding with his eightieth birthday, twenty historians and archaeologists who have known Wolf as friends, colleagues and pupils acknowledge and celebrate his influence by presenting papers on topics related to his four monographs: Antioch: City and Imperial Administration in the Later Roman Empire</italic> (1972); Continuity and Change in Roman Religion</italic> (1980); Barbarians and Bishops</italic> (1990); and The Decline and Fall of the Roman City</italic> (2001). Four core sections cover: ‘Law and Religion’ (Duncan Cloud, Robert Markus, Karl Leo Noethlichs, John North, Benet Salway); ‘Antioch and the East’ (Hugh Elton, Geoffrey Greatrex, Doug Lee); ‘Barbarians and Bishops’ (Jonathan Barlow, John Drinkwater, Peter Heather, Neil McLynn); ‘The City’ (Simon Corcoran, Nick Henck, Luke Lavan, Andrew Poulter, Charlotte Roueché). The book opens with ‘Modern Historiography’ (Hartmut Leppin, Bryan Ward-Perkins) and closes with an ‘Afterword’ (Averil Cameron). 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250810//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/wolf-liebeschuetz-reflected-bics-supplement-91/ London, GB 04 01 20070701 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/wolf-liebeschuetz-reflected-bics-supplement-91/ 20 08 20070701 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6d79a2d1-0659-4d14-9ef5-c958f983ef93 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5077cd7a-c30f-47bf-b92e-17ba5010cced 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6d79a2d1-0659-4d14-9ef5-c958f983ef93 15 9781911507109 03 9781911507109 06 10.14296/918.9781911507123 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76299 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Women and the Law 1 A01 Susan Atkins Susan Atkins Dr Susan Atkins graduated from Birmingham University with an LLB in 1973, a Master’s degree in Criminology from the University of California, Berkeley in 1974 and trained as a solicitor in local government. She was a law academic for 12 years, specialising in anti-discrimination law. She joined the civil service in 1989. Her posts included Deputy Chief Executive of the Equal Opportunities Commission, Departmental Equal Opportunities Officer for the Home Office and Director of the Women and Equality Unit in the Cabinet Office. She has also been a Visiting Professor at Southampton University. In 2003 Susan was appointed the first Chief Executive of the Independent Police Complaints Commission. She was the first independent Service Complaints Commissioner for the Armed Forces from 2007–2015. Susan is an experienced non-executive director and holds a number of advisory positions, including membership of Independent Advisory Boards for the Royal Military Academy Sandhurst and the Centre for Women, Peace and Security at the London School of Economics. Susan Atkins became a Companion of the Order of the Bath (CB) in the 2014 Birthday Honours for services to Armed Service Personnel. 2 A01 Baroness Brenda Hale Brenda Hale Brenda Hoggett, now Baroness Hale of Richmond and President of the Supreme Court of the United Kingdom, became a High Court Judge in 1994, having taught law at the University of Manchester for 18 years and promoted reform of the law at the Law Commission for over nine. In 1999 she was appointed to the Court of Appeal and in 2004 to the appellate committee of the House of Lords, then highest court for the United Kingdom. This became the Supreme Court of the United Kingdom in 2009. She was appointed Deputy President in 2013 and its first female President in 2017. She is also President of the United Kingdom Association of Women Judges and a past President of the International Association of Women Judges. She was Treasurer of Gray’s Inn in 2017 and is Master of the Company of Fellmongers of Richmond, North Yorkshire. 01 eng 00 284 03 12 LAQG 93 LAQG B2 Law 10 LAW043000 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 10 LAW038000 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC032000 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 women's rights; gender studies; gender politics; freedom; protections 01 06 02 00 Originally published in 1984, Women And The Law is a pioneering study of the way in which the law has treated women – at work, in the family, in matters of sexuality and fertility, and in public life. It went on to inspire a legion of women lawyers and feminist legal rulings, from the Family Law Act 1996 to the legal definition of ‘violence’. 03 00 Women And The Law</italic> is </bold>a pioneering study of the way in which the law has treated women – at work, in the family, in matters of sexuality and fertility, and in public life. Originally published in 1984, this seminal text </italic>is one that truly deserves its 'groundbreaking' moniker. Predating many key moments in contemporary feminist history, it was written before Judith Butler’s Gender Trouble; </italic>before Naomi Klein’s The Beauty Myth,</italic> with the term ‘feminist jurisprudence’ having only been coined three years earlier. It went on to inspire a legion of women lawyers and feminist legal rulings, from the Family Law Act 1996 to the legal definition of ‘violence’ (Yemshaw v. LB Hounslow 2011</italic>). This 2018 edition comes with a new foreword by Susan Atkins and provides a timely analysis of women in law forty years on, how much has changed and the work still left to do. 30 00 Women And The Law</italic> is </bold>a pioneering study of the way in which the law has treated women – at work, in the family, in matters of sexuality and fertility, and in public life. Originally published in 1984, this seminal text </italic>is one that truly deserves its 'groundbreaking' moniker. Predating many key moments in contemporary feminist history, it was written before Judith Butler’s Gender Trouble; </italic>before Naomi Klein’s The Beauty Myth,</italic> with the term ‘feminist jurisprudence’ having only been coined three years earlier. It went on to inspire a legion of women lawyers and feminist legal rulings, from the Family Law Act 1996 to the legal definition of ‘violence’ (Yemshaw v. LB Hounslow 2011</italic>). This 2018 edition comes with a new foreword by Susan Atkins and provides a timely analysis of women in law forty years on, how much has changed and the work still left to do. 04 00 A note on the 2018 edition 2018 foreword Preface Introduction Women in society 1 The historical legacy 2 Equality at work 3 Beyond equality of opportunity The private domain 4 Sexuality 5 Motherhood 6 Breadwinners and homemakers: partners or dependants? 7 Power and violence in the home 8 The case against marriage? The state and women’s rights 9 The welfare state: social security and taxation 10 Women as citizens Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/918.9781911507123_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/women-and-the-law/ London, GB 04 01 20180930 Susan Atkins 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507123 03 9781911507123 06 15 9781911507116 03 9781911507116 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/women-and-the-law/ 20 08 20180930 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8ca888c3-3f3d-4400-86e8-7e4d59f7f928 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5077cd7a-c30f-47bf-b92e-17ba5010cced 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8ca888c3-3f3d-4400-86e8-7e4d59f7f928 15 9781911507123 03 9781911507123 06 10.14296/918.9781911507123 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76299 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Women and the Law 1 A01 Susan Atkins Susan Atkins Dr Susan Atkins graduated from Birmingham University with an LLB in 1973, a Master’s degree in Criminology from the University of California, Berkeley in 1974 and trained as a solicitor in local government. She was a law academic for 12 years, specialising in anti-discrimination law. She joined the civil service in 1989. Her posts included Deputy Chief Executive of the Equal Opportunities Commission, Departmental Equal Opportunities Officer for the Home Office and Director of the Women and Equality Unit in the Cabinet Office. She has also been a Visiting Professor at Southampton University. In 2003 Susan was appointed the first Chief Executive of the Independent Police Complaints Commission. She was the first independent Service Complaints Commissioner for the Armed Forces from 2007–2015. Susan is an experienced non-executive director and holds a number of advisory positions, including membership of Independent Advisory Boards for the Royal Military Academy Sandhurst and the Centre for Women, Peace and Security at the London School of Economics. Susan Atkins became a Companion of the Order of the Bath (CB) in the 2014 Birthday Honours for services to Armed Service Personnel. 2 A01 Baroness Brenda Hale Brenda Hale Brenda Hoggett, now Baroness Hale of Richmond and President of the Supreme Court of the United Kingdom, became a High Court Judge in 1994, having taught law at the University of Manchester for 18 years and promoted reform of the law at the Law Commission for over nine. In 1999 she was appointed to the Court of Appeal and in 2004 to the appellate committee of the House of Lords, then highest court for the United Kingdom. This became the Supreme Court of the United Kingdom in 2009. She was appointed Deputy President in 2013 and its first female President in 2017. She is also President of the United Kingdom Association of Women Judges and a past President of the International Association of Women Judges. She was Treasurer of Gray’s Inn in 2017 and is Master of the Company of Fellmongers of Richmond, North Yorkshire. 01 eng 00 284 03 12 LAQG 93 LAQG B2 Law 10 LAW043000 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 10 LAW038000 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC032000 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 women's rights; gender studies; gender politics; freedom; protections 01 06 02 00 Originally published in 1984, Women And The Law is a pioneering study of the way in which the law has treated women – at work, in the family, in matters of sexuality and fertility, and in public life. It went on to inspire a legion of women lawyers and feminist legal rulings, from the Family Law Act 1996 to the legal definition of ‘violence’. 03 00 Women And The Law</italic> is </bold>a pioneering study of the way in which the law has treated women – at work, in the family, in matters of sexuality and fertility, and in public life. Originally published in 1984, this seminal text </italic>is one that truly deserves its 'groundbreaking' moniker. Predating many key moments in contemporary feminist history, it was written before Judith Butler’s Gender Trouble; </italic>before Naomi Klein’s The Beauty Myth,</italic> with the term ‘feminist jurisprudence’ having only been coined three years earlier. It went on to inspire a legion of women lawyers and feminist legal rulings, from the Family Law Act 1996 to the legal definition of ‘violence’ (Yemshaw v. LB Hounslow 2011</italic>). This 2018 edition comes with a new foreword by Susan Atkins and provides a timely analysis of women in law forty years on, how much has changed and the work still left to do. 30 00 Women And The Law</italic> is </bold>a pioneering study of the way in which the law has treated women – at work, in the family, in matters of sexuality and fertility, and in public life. Originally published in 1984, this seminal text </italic>is one that truly deserves its 'groundbreaking' moniker. Predating many key moments in contemporary feminist history, it was written before Judith Butler’s Gender Trouble; </italic>before Naomi Klein’s The Beauty Myth,</italic> with the term ‘feminist jurisprudence’ having only been coined three years earlier. It went on to inspire a legion of women lawyers and feminist legal rulings, from the Family Law Act 1996 to the legal definition of ‘violence’ (Yemshaw v. LB Hounslow 2011</italic>). This 2018 edition comes with a new foreword by Susan Atkins and provides a timely analysis of women in law forty years on, how much has changed and the work still left to do. 04 00 A note on the 2018 edition 2018 foreword Preface Introduction Women in society 1 The historical legacy 2 Equality at work 3 Beyond equality of opportunity The private domain 4 Sexuality 5 Motherhood 6 Breadwinners and homemakers: partners or dependants? 7 Power and violence in the home 8 The case against marriage? The state and women’s rights 9 The welfare state: social security and taxation 10 Women as citizens Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/918.9781911507123_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/women-and-the-law/ London, GB 04 01 20180930 Susan Atkins 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507109 03 9781911507109 06 15 9781911507116 03 9781911507116 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/5077cd7a-c30f-47bf-b92e-17ba5010cced 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/5077cd7a-c30f-47bf-b92e-17ba5010cced/5077cd7a-c30f-47bf-b92e-17ba5010cced.pdf 20 08 20180930 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/women-and-the-law/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781911507123.pdf 20 08 20180930 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/women-and-the-law/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/918.9781911507123.pdf 20 08 20180930 01 urn:uuid:48233a46-e056-4076-b7d6-fcbc6bb71942 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5077cd7a-c30f-47bf-b92e-17ba5010cced 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:48233a46-e056-4076-b7d6-fcbc6bb71942 15 9781911507116 03 9781911507116 06 10.14296/918.9781911507123 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76299 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Women and the Law 1 A01 Susan Atkins Susan Atkins Dr Susan Atkins graduated from Birmingham University with an LLB in 1973, a Master’s degree in Criminology from the University of California, Berkeley in 1974 and trained as a solicitor in local government. She was a law academic for 12 years, specialising in anti-discrimination law. She joined the civil service in 1989. Her posts included Deputy Chief Executive of the Equal Opportunities Commission, Departmental Equal Opportunities Officer for the Home Office and Director of the Women and Equality Unit in the Cabinet Office. She has also been a Visiting Professor at Southampton University. In 2003 Susan was appointed the first Chief Executive of the Independent Police Complaints Commission. She was the first independent Service Complaints Commissioner for the Armed Forces from 2007–2015. Susan is an experienced non-executive director and holds a number of advisory positions, including membership of Independent Advisory Boards for the Royal Military Academy Sandhurst and the Centre for Women, Peace and Security at the London School of Economics. Susan Atkins became a Companion of the Order of the Bath (CB) in the 2014 Birthday Honours for services to Armed Service Personnel. 2 A01 Baroness Brenda Hale Brenda Hale Brenda Hoggett, now Baroness Hale of Richmond and President of the Supreme Court of the United Kingdom, became a High Court Judge in 1994, having taught law at the University of Manchester for 18 years and promoted reform of the law at the Law Commission for over nine. In 1999 she was appointed to the Court of Appeal and in 2004 to the appellate committee of the House of Lords, then highest court for the United Kingdom. This became the Supreme Court of the United Kingdom in 2009. She was appointed Deputy President in 2013 and its first female President in 2017. She is also President of the United Kingdom Association of Women Judges and a past President of the International Association of Women Judges. She was Treasurer of Gray’s Inn in 2017 and is Master of the Company of Fellmongers of Richmond, North Yorkshire. 01 eng 00 284 03 12 LAQG 93 LAQG B2 Law 10 LAW043000 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 10 LAW038000 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC032000 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 women's rights; gender studies; gender politics; freedom; protections 01 06 02 00 Originally published in 1984, Women And The Law is a pioneering study of the way in which the law has treated women – at work, in the family, in matters of sexuality and fertility, and in public life. It went on to inspire a legion of women lawyers and feminist legal rulings, from the Family Law Act 1996 to the legal definition of ‘violence’. 03 00 Women And The Law</italic> is </bold>a pioneering study of the way in which the law has treated women – at work, in the family, in matters of sexuality and fertility, and in public life. Originally published in 1984, this seminal text </italic>is one that truly deserves its 'groundbreaking' moniker. Predating many key moments in contemporary feminist history, it was written before Judith Butler’s Gender Trouble; </italic>before Naomi Klein’s The Beauty Myth,</italic> with the term ‘feminist jurisprudence’ having only been coined three years earlier. It went on to inspire a legion of women lawyers and feminist legal rulings, from the Family Law Act 1996 to the legal definition of ‘violence’ (Yemshaw v. LB Hounslow 2011</italic>). This 2018 edition comes with a new foreword by Susan Atkins and provides a timely analysis of women in law forty years on, how much has changed and the work still left to do. 30 00 Women And The Law</italic> is </bold>a pioneering study of the way in which the law has treated women – at work, in the family, in matters of sexuality and fertility, and in public life. Originally published in 1984, this seminal text </italic>is one that truly deserves its 'groundbreaking' moniker. Predating many key moments in contemporary feminist history, it was written before Judith Butler’s Gender Trouble; </italic>before Naomi Klein’s The Beauty Myth,</italic> with the term ‘feminist jurisprudence’ having only been coined three years earlier. It went on to inspire a legion of women lawyers and feminist legal rulings, from the Family Law Act 1996 to the legal definition of ‘violence’ (Yemshaw v. LB Hounslow 2011</italic>). This 2018 edition comes with a new foreword by Susan Atkins and provides a timely analysis of women in law forty years on, how much has changed and the work still left to do. 04 00 A note on the 2018 edition 2018 foreword Preface Introduction Women in society 1 The historical legacy 2 Equality at work 3 Beyond equality of opportunity The private domain 4 Sexuality 5 Motherhood 6 Breadwinners and homemakers: partners or dependants? 7 Power and violence in the home 8 The case against marriage? The state and women’s rights 9 The welfare state: social security and taxation 10 Women as citizens Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/918.9781911507123_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/women-and-the-law/ London, GB 04 01 20180930 Susan Atkins 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507109 03 9781911507109 06 15 9781911507123 03 9781911507123 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/women-and-the-law/ 20 08 20180930 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3059c80d-728c-4bff-8dff-a58c14495e69 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6f51f8ab-df09-4e09-9208-3268a826e163 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3059c80d-728c-4bff-8dff-a58c14495e69 15 9781900039581 03 9781900039581 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56520 00 BC 10 01 01 Women's Movement in international perspective: Latin America and Beyond 1 A01 Maxine D. Molyneux Maxine D. Molyneux 01 eng 12 HBJK B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 01 06 02 00 03 00 The essays collected in this volume reflect the remarkable analytical scope and geographical range of their author, engaging fully with the debates over the politics of gender as well as appraising women's movements in widely varying societies. Most chapters deal directly with Latin American issues and experiences, including anarchist feminism in the nineteenth-century Argentina; the politics of gender and those of abortion in Sandinista Nicaragua; the role of the official Cuban women's organisation in the 1990s; and appraisals of the relations between gender, citizenship and state formation in twentieth-century Latin America.'... the work of an original and candid scholar ... Enlightening and refreshing, this book should be read by anyone concerned with contemporary questions of citizenship and social membership'Matthew C. Gutman, Brown University'This is an important book about big concepts - political interests, social activism in authoritarian states, revolution, and democracy'L. D. Bush, University of Pittsburgh'... this book definitively distinguishes Molyneux as one of the leading contemporary thinkers in the field'Sylvia Chant, London School of Economics 30 00 The essays collected in this volume reflect the remarkable analytical scope and geographical range of their author, engaging fully with the debates over the politics of gender as well as appraising women's movements in widely varying societies. Most chapters deal directly with Latin American issues and experiences, including anarchist feminism in the nineteenth-century Argentina; the politics of gender and those of abortion in Sandinista Nicaragua; the role of the official Cuban women's organisation in the 1990s; and appraisals of the relations between gender, citizenship and state formation in twentieth-century Latin America.'... the work of an original and candid scholar ... Enlightening and refreshing, this book should be read by anyone concerned with contemporary questions of citizenship and social membership'Matthew C. Gutman, Brown University'This is an important book about big concepts - political interests, social activism in authoritarian states, revolution, and democracy'L. D. Bush, University of Pittsburgh'... this book definitively distinguishes Molyneux as one of the leading contemporary thinkers in the field'Sylvia Chant, London School of Economics 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250115//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/womens-movement-in-international-perspective-latin-america-and-beyond/ london, GB 04 01 20030801 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/womens-movement-in-international-perspective-latin-america-and-beyond/ 20 08 20030801 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:bfafb6a7-2bf2-4716-8b43-84347ca82311 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b3034f0e-2a96-4c4b-926f-727090c714b8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bfafb6a7-2bf2-4716-8b43-84347ca82311 15 9780854572298 03 9780854572298 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53895 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 4 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Word on the Street 1 B01 Elisha Foust Elisha Foust 2 B01 Sophie Fuggle Sophie Fuggle 01 eng 00 308 03 12 DSB 93 DSB B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies 10 LIT004130 93 1D 12 1D 20 Minority Languages; Marginalised communities; Cartoneros; Gender; Urbanism; Street protests 01 06 02 00 03 00 At the site of everyday social interaction, the street has always provided a source of inspiration for writers, artists and musicians. It has also become the focus for critical theorists such as Walter Benjamin and Michel de Certeau in their attempt to push the limits of textual analysis beyond literature and art towards our daily experience of the world. This collection of essays and interviews examines the street as both the site and space of competing discourses and also a form of discourse in its own right. Covering a broad range of topics including the role of the street in literature, photography and journalism, practices which take place upon the streets such as skateboarding, graffiti and fl</italic>â</italic>nerie </italic>and the politics and philosophy involved in negotiating the street, Word on the Street </italic>affirms the continued and renewed importance of the pedestrian street in the social consciousness of the the 21st century. 30 00 At the site of everyday social interaction, the street has always provided a source of inspiration for writers, artists and musicians. It has also become the focus for critical theorists such as Walter Benjamin and Michel de Certeau in their attempt to push the limits of textual analysis beyond literature and art towards our daily experience of the world. This collection of essays and interviews examines the street as both the site and space of competing discourses and also a form of discourse in its own right. Covering a broad range of topics including the role of the street in literature, photography and journalism, practices which take place upon the streets such as skateboarding, graffiti and fl</italic>â</italic>nerie </italic>and the politics and philosophy involved in negotiating the street, Word on the Street </italic>affirms the continued and renewed importance of the pedestrian street in the social consciousness of the the 21st century. 04 00 List of Illustrations<ol> <li>Word: An Introduction</li> </ol>Elisha FoustI. SIGNS & COUNTERSIGNS<ol> <li>Signscapes and Minority Languages: Language Conflict on the Street</li> </ol>Guy Puzey3 The Subversive Poetics of a Marginalized Discourse and CultureE. Dimitris Kitis4 SkateSpeak: An Interview with Iain BordenElisha FoustII. CROSSING THE STREET<ol> <li>Recycling the City Streets: Walking, Garbage and Cartoneros</li> </ol>James Scorer6 Walking the Streets: Cityscapes and Subjectscapes in Fin-de-Siècle ViennaAnne Flannery7 Fragmenting the Street: Flâneur Aesthetics in Twentieth-Century PhotographySusanna C. Ott8 Desiring UrbanismStuart KendallIII. STREET LEVEL9 From ‘Cultural Factor’ to Propaganda Instrument: The Shop Window in German Cultural History 1907-33Nina Schleif10 Gendered Contestations: An Analysis of Street Harassment in CairoNadia Ilahi11 When the Street became Theatre: Heinrich Heine’s Art of Spectatorship in Juste-Milieu ParisLara Elder12 Black Urbanism: An Interview with John OduroeSophie FuggleIV. WORD UP13 Escape from the Street: Language, Rock-and-Roll and Subversive Youth Space in Late-Socialist LvivWilliam Risch14 Street for Sale: Signs, Space, DiscourseSophie Fuggle15 ‘Miking’ the New German StreetPatricia Anne SimpsonNotes on ContributorsBibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248179/53895/53895_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/word-on-the-street/ London, GB 04 01 20111021 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/word-on-the-street/ 20 08 20111021 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e2b9a917-bc35-4b06-aac2-af8244f6e3b8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:afe1648d-e9bb-4a81-88ee-29740c17c320 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e2b9a917-bc35-4b06-aac2-af8244f6e3b8 15 9781900039970 03 9781900039970 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53747 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 13 mm 03 1.3 cm 03 0.5 in 08 204 gr 08 7.25 oz 01 01 World Crisis Effects on Social Security in Latin America and the Caribbean Lessons and Policies 1 A01 Carmelo Mesa-Lago Carmelo Mesa-Lago 01 eng 93 JKS 12 JKS B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL023000 12 KCR 93 KCVK 10 POL009000 12 KCX 93 KCX 10 POL019000 12 1KJ 93 1KJ 93 1KL 12 1KL 01 06 02 00 Assesses the effects of the world economic crisis on social security and welfare in the region. This book identifies the strengths and weakness of Latin American social security before the global crisis. It evaluates the event's actual and potential effects on pensions, health care, and social assistance programs. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248127/53747/53747_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/world-crisis-effects-on-social-security-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ London, GB 04 01 20100301 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/world-crisis-effects-on-social-security-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ 20 08 20100301 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:27502123-5c3c-42f1-a557-3f40b404d0b7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d7196dc0-a869-40af-ba57-403d1e2d806c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:27502123-5c3c-42f1-a557-3f40b404d0b7 15 9780854572311 03 9780854572311 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55425 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 6 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Writing and Muslim Identity: Representations of Islam in German and English Transcultural Literature, 1990-2006 1 A01 Frauke Matthes Frauke Matthes 01 eng 00 268 03 12 D 93 D B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Germanic Studies 10 LIT000000 20 Migrant Literature; Multiculturalism; Translation studies; Femininity; Cultural Encounters; Islamic revivalism 01 06 02 00 03 00 Writing and Muslim Identity</italic> is a comparative study of Islam in contemporary German- and English-language literature. At a time when the non-Islamic world seems to be defining itself increasingly in contrast to the Islamic world, this literary exploration of Islam-related issues sheds new and valuable light on the cultural interaction between the Muslim world and 'the West'. Writing and Muslim Identity engages with literary representations of different versions of Islam and asks how travel and migration, the transcultural experiences of migrant and post-migrant Muslims, may have shaped the Islams encountered in today's Germany and Britain. With its comparative approach to 'cultural translations' as creative and challenging interactions between cultures that are constantly in flux, the study develops methods of engaging with notions of home and movement, gender and language, all of which may shape a (post-)migrant's transcultural experience. The book also offers a complex understanding of transcultural writing in relation to 'traditional' (Anglophone) as well as 'marginal' (German) postcoloniality. <break/>Frauke Matthes is Lecturer in German at the University of Edinburgh. 30 00 Writing and Muslim Identity</italic> is a comparative study of Islam in contemporary German- and English-language literature. At a time when the non-Islamic world seems to be defining itself increasingly in contrast to the Islamic world, this literary exploration of Islam-related issues sheds new and valuable light on the cultural interaction between the Muslim world and 'the West'. Writing and Muslim Identity engages with literary representations of different versions of Islam and asks how travel and migration, the transcultural experiences of migrant and post-migrant Muslims, may have shaped the Islams encountered in today's Germany and Britain. With its comparative approach to 'cultural translations' as creative and challenging interactions between cultures that are constantly in flux, the study develops methods of engaging with notions of home and movement, gender and language, all of which may shape a (post-)migrant's transcultural experience. The book also offers a complex understanding of transcultural writing in relation to 'traditional' (Anglophone) as well as 'marginal' (German) postcoloniality. <break/>Frauke Matthes is Lecturer in German at the University of Edinburgh. 04 00 ContentsAbbreviations and Textual NotesIntroduction: Islam and Transcultural Literature<ol> <li>Moving with Islam</li> </ol>Islam, Migration and Home: Emine Sevgi Özdamar’s Das Leben ist eine Karawanserei and Monica Ali’s Brick Lane<ol> <li>Travelling to Islam</li> </ol>Pilgrimage and Hajj: V. S. Naipaul’s Among the Believersand Beyond Belief, and Ilija Trojanow’s Zu den Heiligen Quellen des Islam<ol> <li>Islam, ‘Difference’ and Masculinity</li> </ol>Male Perspectives from the ‘Margins of Society’: Feridun Zaimoğlu’s Kanak Sprak and Hanif Kureishi’s The Black Album<ol> <li>Islam, Writing and Femininity</li> </ol>Female Perspectives from the ‘Margins of Society’: Emine Sevgi Özdamar’s MutterZunge, Feridun Zaimoğlu’s Koppstoff, and Leila Aboulela’s The Translator and MinaretConclusion: Islam and its AudienceBibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249219//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/writing-and-muslim-identity-representations-of-islam-in-german-and-english-transcultural-literature-1990-2006/ London, GB 04 01 20120201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/writing-and-muslim-identity-representations-of-islam-in-german-and-english-transcultural-literature-1990-2006/ 20 08 20120201 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:48b31c4d-d294-464d-9c3d-616e2f22cf3b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cb9d4a42-bc0f-40f3-8f57-c8ee6c84f05b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:48b31c4d-d294-464d-9c3d-616e2f22cf3b 15 9780854572519 03 9780854572519 06 10.14296/0420.9780854572762 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55443 00 BC 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Writing and the West German Protest Movements: The Textual Revolution 1 A01 Mererid Puw Davies Mererid Puw Davies 01 eng 00 300 03 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Germanic Studies 93 NHD 20 Hans Magnus Enzensberger; Winfried Georg Sebald; 1960s; Gruppe 47; Sozialistischer Deutscher Studentenbund; Anti-authoritarianism; German Literature 01 06 02 00 03 00 The 1960s protest movements marked an astonishing moment for West Germany. They developed a political critique, but are above all distinctive for their overwhelming emphasis on culture and the symbolic. In particular, reading and writing had a uniquely prestigious status for West German protesters, who produced an extraordinary textual culture ranging from graffiti and flyers to agit-prop poetry and autobiographical prose. By turns witty, provocative, reflective and offensive, the avantgarde roots of anti-authoritarianism are as palpable in their texts as their debt to high literature. But due to this culture’s (apparently) anti-literary tone, it has often remained illegible to traditional criticism. This volume presents close readings and analyses of emblematic examples of texts, some forgotten, others better known, embedding them in historical, cultural, theoretical and aesthetic context, and illuminating representative moments and preoccupations in anti-authoritarian culture, from the Vietnam War to the Nazi past, to dirt and hygiene. They outline an anti-authoritarian poetics and uncover some of the texts’ latent content, revealing often hidden tensions and contradictions, above all in relation to the German past and questions of authority. 30 00 The 1960s protest movements marked an astonishing moment for West Germany. They developed a political critique, but are above all distinctive for their overwhelming emphasis on culture and the symbolic. In particular, reading and writing had a uniquely prestigious status for West German protesters, who produced an extraordinary textual culture ranging from graffiti and flyers to agit-prop poetry and autobiographical prose. By turns witty, provocative, reflective and offensive, the avantgarde roots of anti-authoritarianism are as palpable in their texts as their debt to high literature. But due to this culture’s (apparently) anti-literary tone, it has often remained illegible to traditional criticism. This volume presents close readings and analyses of emblematic examples of texts, some forgotten, others better known, embedding them in historical, cultural, theoretical and aesthetic context, and illuminating representative moments and preoccupations in anti-authoritarian culture, from the Vietnam War to the Nazi past, to dirt and hygiene. They outline an anti-authoritarian poetics and uncover some of the texts’ latent content, revealing often hidden tensions and contradictions, above all in relation to the German past and questions of authority. 04 00 ContentsAn Introduction<ol> <li> Of Mice and Mao: Hans Magnus Enzensberger’s Revolutionary Poetics, 1968 </li> <li> Poetry, War and Women, 1966–70 </li> <li> Playing with Fire: Kommune I, 1967–68 </li> <li> ‘Eiffe for President’: Graffiti, May 1968 </li> <li> Bodily Issues: Dirt, Text and Protest, 1968 </li> <li> Uncanny Journeys: Bernward Vesper and W.G. Sebald, 1969–90 </li> <li> On Contemporary Writing, 1307–1990: A Conclusion </li> </ol>Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9780854572762_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/writing-and-the-west-german-protest-movements-the-textual-revolution/ London, GB 04 01 20200416 02 WORLD 06 15 9780854572762 03 9780854572762 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/writing-and-the-west-german-protest-movements-the-textual-revolution/ 20 08 20200416 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1212c055-fad5-4406-825c-90f1948ff089 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cb9d4a42-bc0f-40f3-8f57-c8ee6c84f05b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1212c055-fad5-4406-825c-90f1948ff089 15 9780854572762 03 9780854572762 06 10.14296/0420.9780854572762 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55443 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Writing and the West German Protest Movements: The Textual Revolution 1 A01 Mererid Puw Davies Mererid Puw Davies 01 eng 00 300 03 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Germanic Studies 93 NHD 20 Hans Magnus Enzensberger; Winfried Georg Sebald; 1960s; Gruppe 47; Sozialistischer Deutscher Studentenbund; Anti-authoritarianism; German Literature 01 06 02 00 03 00 The 1960s protest movements marked an astonishing moment for West Germany. They developed a political critique, but are above all distinctive for their overwhelming emphasis on culture and the symbolic. In particular, reading and writing had a uniquely prestigious status for West German protesters, who produced an extraordinary textual culture ranging from graffiti and flyers to agit-prop poetry and autobiographical prose. By turns witty, provocative, reflective and offensive, the avantgarde roots of anti-authoritarianism are as palpable in their texts as their debt to high literature. But due to this culture’s (apparently) anti-literary tone, it has often remained illegible to traditional criticism. This volume presents close readings and analyses of emblematic examples of texts, some forgotten, others better known, embedding them in historical, cultural, theoretical and aesthetic context, and illuminating representative moments and preoccupations in anti-authoritarian culture, from the Vietnam War to the Nazi past, to dirt and hygiene. They outline an anti-authoritarian poetics and uncover some of the texts’ latent content, revealing often hidden tensions and contradictions, above all in relation to the German past and questions of authority. 30 00 The 1960s protest movements marked an astonishing moment for West Germany. They developed a political critique, but are above all distinctive for their overwhelming emphasis on culture and the symbolic. In particular, reading and writing had a uniquely prestigious status for West German protesters, who produced an extraordinary textual culture ranging from graffiti and flyers to agit-prop poetry and autobiographical prose. By turns witty, provocative, reflective and offensive, the avantgarde roots of anti-authoritarianism are as palpable in their texts as their debt to high literature. But due to this culture’s (apparently) anti-literary tone, it has often remained illegible to traditional criticism. This volume presents close readings and analyses of emblematic examples of texts, some forgotten, others better known, embedding them in historical, cultural, theoretical and aesthetic context, and illuminating representative moments and preoccupations in anti-authoritarian culture, from the Vietnam War to the Nazi past, to dirt and hygiene. They outline an anti-authoritarian poetics and uncover some of the texts’ latent content, revealing often hidden tensions and contradictions, above all in relation to the German past and questions of authority. 04 00 ContentsAn Introduction<ol> <li> Of Mice and Mao: Hans Magnus Enzensberger’s Revolutionary Poetics, 1968 </li> <li> Poetry, War and Women, 1966–70 </li> <li> Playing with Fire: Kommune I, 1967–68 </li> <li> ‘Eiffe for President’: Graffiti, May 1968 </li> <li> Bodily Issues: Dirt, Text and Protest, 1968 </li> <li> Uncanny Journeys: Bernward Vesper and W.G. Sebald, 1969–90 </li> <li> On Contemporary Writing, 1307–1990: A Conclusion </li> </ol>Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9780854572762_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/writing-and-the-west-german-protest-movements-the-textual-revolution/ London, GB 04 01 20200416 02 WORLD 06 15 9780854572519 03 9780854572519 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/cb9d4a42-bc0f-40f3-8f57-c8ee6c84f05b 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/cb9d4a42-bc0f-40f3-8f57-c8ee6c84f05b/cb9d4a42-bc0f-40f3-8f57-c8ee6c84f05b.pdf 20 08 20200416 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/writing-and-the-west-german-protest-movements-the-textual-revolution/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9780854572762.pdf 20 08 20200416 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/writing-and-the-west-german-protest-movements-the-textual-revolution/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9780854572762.pdf 20 08 20200416 01 urn:uuid:0ce38781-be26-4706-be92-54cfaa5f34bc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:58795824-530e-4ae2-9577-d60b06a70f5b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0ce38781-be26-4706-be92-54cfaa5f34bc 15 9781905670376 03 9781905670376 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61328 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 58 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Electra, ancient and modern: aspects of the reception of the tragic heroine (BICS Supplement 113) 1 A01 Anastasia Bakogianni Anastasia Bakogianni 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Reception 12 DB 93 DB 10 LIT004190 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 Electra is a unique, complex, and fascinating Greek tragic heroine, who became a source of inspiration for countless playwrights, artists, musicians and filmmakers. The daughter of Agamemnon and Clytemnestra she famously supported her brother’s quest to avenge their father’s murder even at the cost of matricide. Her passion for justice and her desire for vengeance have echoed down the centuries to the modern era.Enshrined as the mourner of Greek tragedy par excellence Electra has enjoyed a long and rich reception history.Electra, ancient and modern</italic>, examines the treatment of Electra by all three ancient tragedians, Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides, and their dialogue with the mythical tradition that preceded them. The focus then shifts forward in time to case studies of her reception in the eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Gradually Electra’s dark desires re-emerge over the course of these three centuries until her passionate cries for vengeance are heard once again.Through its detailed analysis of Electra, this book also provides a helpful introduction to the study of Classical Reception, its ambitions and methods. 30 00 Electra is a unique, complex, and fascinating Greek tragic heroine, who became a source of inspiration for countless playwrights, artists, musicians and filmmakers. The daughter of Agamemnon and Clytemnestra she famously supported her brother’s quest to avenge their father’s murder even at the cost of matricide. Her passion for justice and her desire for vengeance have echoed down the centuries to the modern era.Enshrined as the mourner of Greek tragedy par excellence Electra has enjoyed a long and rich reception history.Electra, ancient and modern</italic>, examines the treatment of Electra by all three ancient tragedians, Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides, and their dialogue with the mythical tradition that preceded them. The focus then shifts forward in time to case studies of her reception in the eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Gradually Electra’s dark desires re-emerge over the course of these three centuries until her passionate cries for vengeance are heard once again.Through its detailed analysis of Electra, this book also provides a helpful introduction to the study of Classical Reception, its ambitions and methods. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250679//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electra-ancient-and-modern-aspects-of-the-reception-of-the-tragic-heroine-bics-supplement-113/ London, GB 04 01 20120116 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electra-ancient-and-modern-aspects-of-the-reception-of-the-tragic-heroine-bics-supplement-113/ 20 08 20120116 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8b13b2b1-b3dd-44e2-8938-4b7dcc040f51 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8a429243-5db0-4d13-b22c-3f3cfcd86dfd 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8b13b2b1-b3dd-44e2-8938-4b7dcc040f51 15 9781911507093 03 9781911507093 06 10.14296/517.9781911507079 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55446 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Evidence 1 B01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 2 B01 Daniel Seng Daniel Seng 4 01 eng 00 421 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 20 electronic evidence; technology; artificial intelligence; fingerprints; administrative law 01 06 02 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with 03 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This fourth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.<break/>Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the author of Electronic Signatures in Law</italic> and editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic>, founding the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review</italic> in 2004. Stephen is an IALS Associate Research Fellow and Visiting Lecturer at the School of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) teaches and researches on information technology law, infocommunications law, evidence and procedure, artificial intelligence, machine learning and legal reasoning. His research interests also include empirical legal studies and quantitative research and data analytics on big data sets. Between 2001 and 2003, he was concurrently the Director of Research, Technology Law Development Group at the Singapore Academy of Law. Daniel is also a special consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. He is also a non-residential fellow with the Centre for Legal Informatics (CodeX), Stanford University. <break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 30 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This fourth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.<break/>Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the author of Electronic Signatures in Law</italic> and editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic>, founding the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review</italic> in 2004. Stephen is an IALS Associate Research Fellow and Visiting Lecturer at the School of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) teaches and researches on information technology law, infocommunications law, evidence and procedure, artificial intelligence, machine learning and legal reasoning. His research interests also include empirical legal studies and quantitative research and data analytics on big data sets. Between 2001 and 2003, he was concurrently the Director of Research, Technology Law Development Group at the Singapore Academy of Law. Daniel is also a special consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. He is also a non-residential fellow with the Centre for Legal Informatics (CodeX), Stanford University. <break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781911507079_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence/ London, GB 08 01 20170505 13 20210801 Authors 02 WORLD 05 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 06 15 9781911507055 03 9781911507055 06 15 9781911507079 03 9781911507079 06 15 9781911507086 03 9781911507086 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence/ 41 08 20170505 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:838c32d3-ab2e-42b7-891d-0e6a45f6f6ad 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8a429243-5db0-4d13-b22c-3f3cfcd86dfd 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:838c32d3-ab2e-42b7-891d-0e6a45f6f6ad 15 9781911507055 03 9781911507055 06 10.14296/517.9781911507079 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55446 00 BB 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Evidence 1 B01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 2 B01 Daniel Seng Daniel Seng 4 01 eng 00 421 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 20 electronic evidence; technology; artificial intelligence; fingerprints; administrative law 01 06 02 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with 03 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This fourth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.<break/>Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the author of Electronic Signatures in Law</italic> and editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic>, founding the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review</italic> in 2004. Stephen is an IALS Associate Research Fellow and Visiting Lecturer at the School of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) teaches and researches on information technology law, infocommunications law, evidence and procedure, artificial intelligence, machine learning and legal reasoning. His research interests also include empirical legal studies and quantitative research and data analytics on big data sets. Between 2001 and 2003, he was concurrently the Director of Research, Technology Law Development Group at the Singapore Academy of Law. Daniel is also a special consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. He is also a non-residential fellow with the Centre for Legal Informatics (CodeX), Stanford University. <break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 30 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This fourth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.<break/>Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the author of Electronic Signatures in Law</italic> and editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic>, founding the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review</italic> in 2004. Stephen is an IALS Associate Research Fellow and Visiting Lecturer at the School of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) teaches and researches on information technology law, infocommunications law, evidence and procedure, artificial intelligence, machine learning and legal reasoning. His research interests also include empirical legal studies and quantitative research and data analytics on big data sets. Between 2001 and 2003, he was concurrently the Director of Research, Technology Law Development Group at the Singapore Academy of Law. Daniel is also a special consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. He is also a non-residential fellow with the Centre for Legal Informatics (CodeX), Stanford University. <break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781911507079_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence/ London, GB 08 01 20170505 13 20210801 Authors 02 WORLD 05 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 06 15 9781911507093 03 9781911507093 06 15 9781911507079 03 9781911507079 06 15 9781911507086 03 9781911507086 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence/ 41 08 20170505 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:61105e0a-55a1-4e4e-9fac-745147d4069b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8a429243-5db0-4d13-b22c-3f3cfcd86dfd 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:61105e0a-55a1-4e4e-9fac-745147d4069b 15 9781911507079 03 9781911507079 06 10.14296/517.9781911507079 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55446 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Evidence 1 B01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 2 B01 Daniel Seng Daniel Seng 4 01 eng 00 421 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 20 electronic evidence; technology; artificial intelligence; fingerprints; administrative law 01 06 02 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with 03 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This fourth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.<break/>Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the author of Electronic Signatures in Law</italic> and editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic>, founding the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review</italic> in 2004. Stephen is an IALS Associate Research Fellow and Visiting Lecturer at the School of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) teaches and researches on information technology law, infocommunications law, evidence and procedure, artificial intelligence, machine learning and legal reasoning. His research interests also include empirical legal studies and quantitative research and data analytics on big data sets. Between 2001 and 2003, he was concurrently the Director of Research, Technology Law Development Group at the Singapore Academy of Law. Daniel is also a special consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. He is also a non-residential fellow with the Centre for Legal Informatics (CodeX), Stanford University. <break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 30 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This fourth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.<break/>Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the author of Electronic Signatures in Law</italic> and editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic>, founding the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review</italic> in 2004. Stephen is an IALS Associate Research Fellow and Visiting Lecturer at the School of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) teaches and researches on information technology law, infocommunications law, evidence and procedure, artificial intelligence, machine learning and legal reasoning. His research interests also include empirical legal studies and quantitative research and data analytics on big data sets. Between 2001 and 2003, he was concurrently the Director of Research, Technology Law Development Group at the Singapore Academy of Law. Daniel is also a special consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. He is also a non-residential fellow with the Centre for Legal Informatics (CodeX), Stanford University. <break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781911507079_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence/ London, GB 08 01 20170505 13 20210801 Authors 02 WORLD 05 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 06 15 9781911507093 03 9781911507093 06 15 9781911507055 03 9781911507055 06 15 9781911507086 03 9781911507086 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781911507079.pdf 41 08 20170505 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781911507079.pdf 41 08 20170505 01 urn:uuid:bbe57baa-369f-4606-b2c4-725ce411cd23 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8a429243-5db0-4d13-b22c-3f3cfcd86dfd 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bbe57baa-369f-4606-b2c4-725ce411cd23 15 9781911507086 03 9781911507086 06 10.14296/517.9781911507079 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55446 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Evidence 1 B01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 2 B01 Daniel Seng Daniel Seng 4 01 eng 00 421 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 20 electronic evidence; technology; artificial intelligence; fingerprints; administrative law 01 06 02 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with 03 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This fourth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.<break/>Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the author of Electronic Signatures in Law</italic> and editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic>, founding the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review</italic> in 2004. Stephen is an IALS Associate Research Fellow and Visiting Lecturer at the School of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) teaches and researches on information technology law, infocommunications law, evidence and procedure, artificial intelligence, machine learning and legal reasoning. His research interests also include empirical legal studies and quantitative research and data analytics on big data sets. Between 2001 and 2003, he was concurrently the Director of Research, Technology Law Development Group at the Singapore Academy of Law. Daniel is also a special consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. He is also a non-residential fellow with the Centre for Legal Informatics (CodeX), Stanford University. <break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 30 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This fourth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.<break/>Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the author of Electronic Signatures in Law</italic> and editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic>, founding the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review</italic> in 2004. Stephen is an IALS Associate Research Fellow and Visiting Lecturer at the School of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) teaches and researches on information technology law, infocommunications law, evidence and procedure, artificial intelligence, machine learning and legal reasoning. His research interests also include empirical legal studies and quantitative research and data analytics on big data sets. Between 2001 and 2003, he was concurrently the Director of Research, Technology Law Development Group at the Singapore Academy of Law. Daniel is also a special consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. He is also a non-residential fellow with the Centre for Legal Informatics (CodeX), Stanford University. <break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781911507079_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence/ London, GB 08 01 20170505 13 20210801 Authors 02 WORLD 05 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 06 15 9781911507093 03 9781911507093 06 15 9781911507055 03 9781911507055 06 15 9781911507079 03 9781911507079 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence/ 41 08 20170505 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f52eed23-41e5-4756-8872-a720b7e1d277 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f9891fc5-892e-458f-b8b9-5e1547661ad7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f52eed23-41e5-4756-8872-a720b7e1d277 15 9781911507222 03 9781911507222 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103968 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Evidence and Electronic Signatures 1 B01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 2 B01 Daniel Seng Daniel Seng 5 01 eng 00 604 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 10 LAW001000 12 LND 93 LNDB2 12 GLP 93 GLP 01 06 02 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with 03 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence and electronic signatures. This fifth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic> (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2008), and he founded the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review </italic>in 2004.Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) is the Director of the Centre for Technology, Robotics, AI and the Law (TRAIL). He teaches and researches information technology law and evidence law. Daniel was previously a partner and head of the technology practice at Messrs Rajah & Tann. He is also an active consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. 30 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence and electronic signatures. This fifth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic> (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2008), and he founded the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review </italic>in 2004.Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) is the Director of the Centre for Technology, Robotics, AI and the Law (TRAIL). He teaches and researches information technology law and evidence law. Daniel was previously a partner and head of the technology practice at Messrs Rajah & Tann. He is also an active consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. 04 00 Preface Acknowledgments Table of statutes 1 The sources and characteristics of electronic evidence and artificial intelligence Steven J. Murdoch, Daniel Seng, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason 2 The foundations of evidence in electronic form Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng 3 Hearsay Daniel Seng and Stephen Mason 4 Software code as the witness Stephen Mason 5 The presumption that computers are ‘reliable’ Stephen Mason 6. Authenticating electronic evidence Luciana Duranti and Allison Stanfield 7 Electronic signatures Stephen Mason 8 Encrypted data Alisdair Gillespie, Jessica Shurson and Stephen Mason 9 Proof: the technical collection and examination of electronic evidence Nigel Wilson, Andrew Sheldon, Hein Dries, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason 10 Competence of witnesses Stephen Mason and Lynne Townley Appendix 1: Draft Convention on Electronic Evidence Appendix 2: Cumulative vignettes Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2108.9781911507246_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence-and-electronic-signatures/ London, GB 04 01 20210801 Authors 02 WORLD 03 06 10.14296/517.9781911507079 03 06 10.14296/1116.9781911507017 06 15 9781911507260 03 9781911507260 06 15 9781911507246 03 9781911507246 06 15 9781913002169 03 9781913002169 06 15 9781911507239 03 9781911507239 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence-and-electronic-signatures/ 20 08 20210801 02 59.99 GBP WORLD 02 78.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:98d73fd4-5589-4da9-be07-a1b275b35f22 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f9891fc5-892e-458f-b8b9-5e1547661ad7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:98d73fd4-5589-4da9-be07-a1b275b35f22 15 9781911507260 03 9781911507260 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103968 00 BB 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Evidence and Electronic Signatures 1 B01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 2 B01 Daniel Seng Daniel Seng 5 01 eng 00 604 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 10 LAW001000 12 LND 93 LNDB2 12 GLP 93 GLP 01 06 02 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with 03 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence and electronic signatures. This fifth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic> (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2008), and he founded the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review </italic>in 2004.Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) is the Director of the Centre for Technology, Robotics, AI and the Law (TRAIL). He teaches and researches information technology law and evidence law. Daniel was previously a partner and head of the technology practice at Messrs Rajah & Tann. He is also an active consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. 30 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence and electronic signatures. This fifth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic> (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2008), and he founded the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review </italic>in 2004.Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) is the Director of the Centre for Technology, Robotics, AI and the Law (TRAIL). He teaches and researches information technology law and evidence law. Daniel was previously a partner and head of the technology practice at Messrs Rajah & Tann. He is also an active consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. 04 00 Preface Acknowledgments Table of statutes 1 The sources and characteristics of electronic evidence and artificial intelligence Steven J. Murdoch, Daniel Seng, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason 2 The foundations of evidence in electronic form Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng 3 Hearsay Daniel Seng and Stephen Mason 4 Software code as the witness Stephen Mason 5 The presumption that computers are ‘reliable’ Stephen Mason 6. Authenticating electronic evidence Luciana Duranti and Allison Stanfield 7 Electronic signatures Stephen Mason 8 Encrypted data Alisdair Gillespie, Jessica Shurson and Stephen Mason 9 Proof: the technical collection and examination of electronic evidence Nigel Wilson, Andrew Sheldon, Hein Dries, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason 10 Competence of witnesses Stephen Mason and Lynne Townley Appendix 1: Draft Convention on Electronic Evidence Appendix 2: Cumulative vignettes Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2108.9781911507246_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence-and-electronic-signatures/ London, GB 04 01 20210801 Authors 02 WORLD 03 06 10.14296/517.9781911507079 03 06 10.14296/1116.9781911507017 06 15 9781911507222 03 9781911507222 06 15 9781911507246 03 9781911507246 06 15 9781913002169 03 9781913002169 06 15 9781911507239 03 9781911507239 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence-and-electronic-signatures/ 20 08 20210801 02 80.00 GBP WORLD 02 105.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b69aa5b1-9cf8-4dc5-9f10-6ddca1915283 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f9891fc5-892e-458f-b8b9-5e1547661ad7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b69aa5b1-9cf8-4dc5-9f10-6ddca1915283 15 9781911507246 03 9781911507246 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103968 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Evidence and Electronic Signatures 1 B01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 2 B01 Daniel Seng Daniel Seng 5 01 eng 00 604 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 10 LAW001000 12 LND 93 LNDB2 12 GLP 93 GLP 01 06 02 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with 03 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence and electronic signatures. This fifth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic> (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2008), and he founded the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review </italic>in 2004.Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) is the Director of the Centre for Technology, Robotics, AI and the Law (TRAIL). He teaches and researches information technology law and evidence law. Daniel was previously a partner and head of the technology practice at Messrs Rajah & Tann. He is also an active consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. 30 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence and electronic signatures. This fifth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic> (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2008), and he founded the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review </italic>in 2004.Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) is the Director of the Centre for Technology, Robotics, AI and the Law (TRAIL). He teaches and researches information technology law and evidence law. Daniel was previously a partner and head of the technology practice at Messrs Rajah & Tann. He is also an active consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. 04 00 Preface Acknowledgments Table of statutes 1 The sources and characteristics of electronic evidence and artificial intelligence Steven J. Murdoch, Daniel Seng, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason 2 The foundations of evidence in electronic form Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng 3 Hearsay Daniel Seng and Stephen Mason 4 Software code as the witness Stephen Mason 5 The presumption that computers are ‘reliable’ Stephen Mason 6. Authenticating electronic evidence Luciana Duranti and Allison Stanfield 7 Electronic signatures Stephen Mason 8 Encrypted data Alisdair Gillespie, Jessica Shurson and Stephen Mason 9 Proof: the technical collection and examination of electronic evidence Nigel Wilson, Andrew Sheldon, Hein Dries, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason 10 Competence of witnesses Stephen Mason and Lynne Townley Appendix 1: Draft Convention on Electronic Evidence Appendix 2: Cumulative vignettes Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2108.9781911507246_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence-and-electronic-signatures/ London, GB 04 01 20210801 Authors 02 WORLD 03 06 10.14296/517.9781911507079 03 06 10.14296/1116.9781911507017 06 15 9781911507222 03 9781911507222 06 15 9781911507260 03 9781911507260 06 15 9781913002169 03 9781913002169 06 15 9781911507239 03 9781911507239 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/f9891fc5-892e-458f-b8b9-5e1547661ad7 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/f9891fc5-892e-458f-b8b9-5e1547661ad7/f9891fc5-892e-458f-b8b9-5e1547661ad7.pdf 20 08 20210801 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence-and-electronic-signatures/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781911507246.pdf 20 08 20210801 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence-and-electronic-signatures/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2108.9781911507246.pdf 20 08 20210801 01 urn:uuid:7ae2162b-1ecb-4ff5-bfc9-df730e319ee6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f9891fc5-892e-458f-b8b9-5e1547661ad7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7ae2162b-1ecb-4ff5-bfc9-df730e319ee6 15 9781913002169 03 9781913002169 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103968 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Evidence and Electronic Signatures 1 B01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 2 B01 Daniel Seng Daniel Seng 5 01 eng 00 604 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 10 LAW001000 12 LND 93 LNDB2 12 GLP 93 GLP 01 06 02 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with 03 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence and electronic signatures. This fifth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic> (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2008), and he founded the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review </italic>in 2004.Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) is the Director of the Centre for Technology, Robotics, AI and the Law (TRAIL). He teaches and researches information technology law and evidence law. Daniel was previously a partner and head of the technology practice at Messrs Rajah & Tann. He is also an active consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. 30 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence and electronic signatures. This fifth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic> (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2008), and he founded the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review </italic>in 2004.Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) is the Director of the Centre for Technology, Robotics, AI and the Law (TRAIL). He teaches and researches information technology law and evidence law. Daniel was previously a partner and head of the technology practice at Messrs Rajah & Tann. He is also an active consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. 04 00 Preface Acknowledgments Table of statutes 1 The sources and characteristics of electronic evidence and artificial intelligence Steven J. Murdoch, Daniel Seng, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason 2 The foundations of evidence in electronic form Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng 3 Hearsay Daniel Seng and Stephen Mason 4 Software code as the witness Stephen Mason 5 The presumption that computers are ‘reliable’ Stephen Mason 6. Authenticating electronic evidence Luciana Duranti and Allison Stanfield 7 Electronic signatures Stephen Mason 8 Encrypted data Alisdair Gillespie, Jessica Shurson and Stephen Mason 9 Proof: the technical collection and examination of electronic evidence Nigel Wilson, Andrew Sheldon, Hein Dries, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason 10 Competence of witnesses Stephen Mason and Lynne Townley Appendix 1: Draft Convention on Electronic Evidence Appendix 2: Cumulative vignettes Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2108.9781911507246_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence-and-electronic-signatures/ London, GB 04 01 20210801 Authors 02 WORLD 03 06 10.14296/517.9781911507079 03 06 10.14296/1116.9781911507017 06 15 9781911507222 03 9781911507222 06 15 9781911507260 03 9781911507260 06 15 9781911507246 03 9781911507246 06 15 9781911507239 03 9781911507239 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/electronic-evidence-and-electronic-signatures 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/electronic-evidence-and-electronic-signatures 20 08 20210801 01 urn:uuid:c22d6388-db4c-4f8b-8588-43b621d1a41e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f9891fc5-892e-458f-b8b9-5e1547661ad7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c22d6388-db4c-4f8b-8588-43b621d1a41e 15 9781911507239 03 9781911507239 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103968 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Evidence and Electronic Signatures 1 B01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 2 B01 Daniel Seng Daniel Seng 5 01 eng 00 604 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 10 LAW001000 12 LND 93 LNDB2 12 GLP 93 GLP 01 06 02 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with 03 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence and electronic signatures. This fifth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic> (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2008), and he founded the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review </italic>in 2004.Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) is the Director of the Centre for Technology, Robotics, AI and the Law (TRAIL). He teaches and researches information technology law and evidence law. Daniel was previously a partner and head of the technology practice at Messrs Rajah & Tann. He is also an active consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. 30 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence and electronic signatures. This fifth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic> (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2008), and he founded the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review </italic>in 2004.Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) is the Director of the Centre for Technology, Robotics, AI and the Law (TRAIL). He teaches and researches information technology law and evidence law. Daniel was previously a partner and head of the technology practice at Messrs Rajah & Tann. He is also an active consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. 04 00 Preface Acknowledgments Table of statutes 1 The sources and characteristics of electronic evidence and artificial intelligence Steven J. Murdoch, Daniel Seng, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason 2 The foundations of evidence in electronic form Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng 3 Hearsay Daniel Seng and Stephen Mason 4 Software code as the witness Stephen Mason 5 The presumption that computers are ‘reliable’ Stephen Mason 6. Authenticating electronic evidence Luciana Duranti and Allison Stanfield 7 Electronic signatures Stephen Mason 8 Encrypted data Alisdair Gillespie, Jessica Shurson and Stephen Mason 9 Proof: the technical collection and examination of electronic evidence Nigel Wilson, Andrew Sheldon, Hein Dries, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason 10 Competence of witnesses Stephen Mason and Lynne Townley Appendix 1: Draft Convention on Electronic Evidence Appendix 2: Cumulative vignettes Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2108.9781911507246_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence-and-electronic-signatures/ London, GB 04 01 20210801 Authors 02 WORLD 03 06 10.14296/517.9781911507079 03 06 10.14296/1116.9781911507017 06 15 9781911507222 03 9781911507222 06 15 9781911507260 03 9781911507260 06 15 9781911507246 03 9781911507246 06 15 9781913002169 03 9781913002169 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence-and-electronic-signatures/ 20 08 20210801 02 59.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a22d558d-26a9-4a70-acbd-31b49d8a0f25 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cdbb216a-4f93-4726-927c-f822fed42d86 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a22d558d-26a9-4a70-acbd-31b49d8a0f25 15 9781911507000 03 9781911507000 06 10.14296/1116.9781911507017 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53712 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Signatures in Law 1 A01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 01 eng 00 476 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 20 jurisdiction; intent; case law; scan; digital; data protection; GDPR 01 06 02 00 03 00 This fourth edition of the well-established practitioner text sets out what constitutes an electronic signature, the form an electronic signature can take, and discusses the issues relating to evidence – illustrated by analysis of relevant case law and legislation from a wide range of common law and civil law jurisdictions. <break/> Stephen Mason is a leading authority on electronic signatures and electronic evidence, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of Electronic Evidence</italic> and International Electronic Evidence</italic>, and he founded the international open-source journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signature Law Review</italic> in 2004.<break/><break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 30 00 This fourth edition of the well-established practitioner text sets out what constitutes an electronic signature, the form an electronic signature can take, and discusses the issues relating to evidence – illustrated by analysis of relevant case law and legislation from a wide range of common law and civil law jurisdictions. <break/> Stephen Mason is a leading authority on electronic signatures and electronic evidence, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of Electronic Evidence</italic> and International Electronic Evidence</italic>, and he founded the international open-source journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signature Law Review</italic> in 2004.<break/><break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 04 00 <ol> <li>The signature</li> <li>International initiatives</li> <li>The practical issues in using electronic signatures in different jurisdictions</li> <li>The European Union</li> <li>England and Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland</li> <li>Introduction to the electronic signature</li> <li>Electronic sound</li> <li>The ‘I accept’ and ‘wrap’ methods of indicating intent</li> <li>Personal Identification Number (PIN) and password</li> <li>Typing a name into an electronic document</li> <li>The name in an email address</li> <li>A manuscript signature that has been scanned</li> <li>Biodynamic version of a manuscript signature</li> <li>Digital signatures</li> <li>Liability</li> <li>Evidence and digital signatures</li> <li>Data protection</li> </ol> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1116.9781911507017_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-signatures-in-law/ London, GB 08 01 20161103 13 20210801 02 WORLD 05 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 06 15 9781911507048 03 9781911507048 06 15 9781911507017 03 9781911507017 06 15 9781911507024 03 9781911507024 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-signatures-in-law/ 41 08 20161103 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c5737d09-a283-44ef-97f7-6060a9e25437 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cdbb216a-4f93-4726-927c-f822fed42d86 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c5737d09-a283-44ef-97f7-6060a9e25437 15 9781911507048 03 9781911507048 06 10.14296/1116.9781911507017 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53712 00 BB 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Signatures in Law 1 A01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 01 eng 00 476 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 20 jurisdiction; intent; case law; scan; digital; data protection; GDPR 01 06 02 00 03 00 This fourth edition of the well-established practitioner text sets out what constitutes an electronic signature, the form an electronic signature can take, and discusses the issues relating to evidence – illustrated by analysis of relevant case law and legislation from a wide range of common law and civil law jurisdictions. <break/> Stephen Mason is a leading authority on electronic signatures and electronic evidence, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of Electronic Evidence</italic> and International Electronic Evidence</italic>, and he founded the international open-source journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signature Law Review</italic> in 2004.<break/><break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 30 00 This fourth edition of the well-established practitioner text sets out what constitutes an electronic signature, the form an electronic signature can take, and discusses the issues relating to evidence – illustrated by analysis of relevant case law and legislation from a wide range of common law and civil law jurisdictions. <break/> Stephen Mason is a leading authority on electronic signatures and electronic evidence, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of Electronic Evidence</italic> and International Electronic Evidence</italic>, and he founded the international open-source journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signature Law Review</italic> in 2004.<break/><break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 04 00 <ol> <li>The signature</li> <li>International initiatives</li> <li>The practical issues in using electronic signatures in different jurisdictions</li> <li>The European Union</li> <li>England and Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland</li> <li>Introduction to the electronic signature</li> <li>Electronic sound</li> <li>The ‘I accept’ and ‘wrap’ methods of indicating intent</li> <li>Personal Identification Number (PIN) and password</li> <li>Typing a name into an electronic document</li> <li>The name in an email address</li> <li>A manuscript signature that has been scanned</li> <li>Biodynamic version of a manuscript signature</li> <li>Digital signatures</li> <li>Liability</li> <li>Evidence and digital signatures</li> <li>Data protection</li> </ol> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1116.9781911507017_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-signatures-in-law/ London, GB 08 01 20161103 13 20210801 02 WORLD 05 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 06 15 9781911507000 03 9781911507000 06 15 9781911507017 03 9781911507017 06 15 9781911507024 03 9781911507024 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-signatures-in-law/ 41 08 20161103 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b4e432f0-ddb6-4976-a20e-621880d3b6bb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cdbb216a-4f93-4726-927c-f822fed42d86 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b4e432f0-ddb6-4976-a20e-621880d3b6bb 15 9781911507017 03 9781911507017 06 10.14296/1116.9781911507017 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53712 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Signatures in Law 1 A01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 01 eng 00 476 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 20 jurisdiction; intent; case law; scan; digital; data protection; GDPR 01 06 02 00 03 00 This fourth edition of the well-established practitioner text sets out what constitutes an electronic signature, the form an electronic signature can take, and discusses the issues relating to evidence – illustrated by analysis of relevant case law and legislation from a wide range of common law and civil law jurisdictions. <break/> Stephen Mason is a leading authority on electronic signatures and electronic evidence, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of Electronic Evidence</italic> and International Electronic Evidence</italic>, and he founded the international open-source journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signature Law Review</italic> in 2004.<break/><break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 30 00 This fourth edition of the well-established practitioner text sets out what constitutes an electronic signature, the form an electronic signature can take, and discusses the issues relating to evidence – illustrated by analysis of relevant case law and legislation from a wide range of common law and civil law jurisdictions. <break/> Stephen Mason is a leading authority on electronic signatures and electronic evidence, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of Electronic Evidence</italic> and International Electronic Evidence</italic>, and he founded the international open-source journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signature Law Review</italic> in 2004.<break/><break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 04 00 <ol> <li>The signature</li> <li>International initiatives</li> <li>The practical issues in using electronic signatures in different jurisdictions</li> <li>The European Union</li> <li>England and Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland</li> <li>Introduction to the electronic signature</li> <li>Electronic sound</li> <li>The ‘I accept’ and ‘wrap’ methods of indicating intent</li> <li>Personal Identification Number (PIN) and password</li> <li>Typing a name into an electronic document</li> <li>The name in an email address</li> <li>A manuscript signature that has been scanned</li> <li>Biodynamic version of a manuscript signature</li> <li>Digital signatures</li> <li>Liability</li> <li>Evidence and digital signatures</li> <li>Data protection</li> </ol> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1116.9781911507017_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-signatures-in-law/ London, GB 08 01 20161103 13 20210801 02 WORLD 05 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 06 15 9781911507000 03 9781911507000 06 15 9781911507048 03 9781911507048 06 15 9781911507024 03 9781911507024 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-signatures-in-law/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781911507017.pdf 41 08 20161103 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-signatures-in-law/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1116.9781911507017.pdf 41 08 20161103 01 urn:uuid:ed58158e-41b7-4c9b-8480-14341865b04b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:cdbb216a-4f93-4726-927c-f822fed42d86 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ed58158e-41b7-4c9b-8480-14341865b04b 15 9781911507024 03 9781911507024 06 10.14296/1116.9781911507017 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53712 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Signatures in Law 1 A01 Stephen Mason Stephen Mason Stephen Mason is a Barrister of the Middle Temple, UK 01 eng 00 476 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 20 jurisdiction; intent; case law; scan; digital; data protection; GDPR 01 06 02 00 03 00 This fourth edition of the well-established practitioner text sets out what constitutes an electronic signature, the form an electronic signature can take, and discusses the issues relating to evidence – illustrated by analysis of relevant case law and legislation from a wide range of common law and civil law jurisdictions. <break/> Stephen Mason is a leading authority on electronic signatures and electronic evidence, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of Electronic Evidence</italic> and International Electronic Evidence</italic>, and he founded the international open-source journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signature Law Review</italic> in 2004.<break/><break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 30 00 This fourth edition of the well-established practitioner text sets out what constitutes an electronic signature, the form an electronic signature can take, and discusses the issues relating to evidence – illustrated by analysis of relevant case law and legislation from a wide range of common law and civil law jurisdictions. <break/> Stephen Mason is a leading authority on electronic signatures and electronic evidence, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of Electronic Evidence</italic> and International Electronic Evidence</italic>, and he founded the international open-source journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signature Law Review</italic> in 2004.<break/><break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 04 00 <ol> <li>The signature</li> <li>International initiatives</li> <li>The practical issues in using electronic signatures in different jurisdictions</li> <li>The European Union</li> <li>England and Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland</li> <li>Introduction to the electronic signature</li> <li>Electronic sound</li> <li>The ‘I accept’ and ‘wrap’ methods of indicating intent</li> <li>Personal Identification Number (PIN) and password</li> <li>Typing a name into an electronic document</li> <li>The name in an email address</li> <li>A manuscript signature that has been scanned</li> <li>Biodynamic version of a manuscript signature</li> <li>Digital signatures</li> <li>Liability</li> <li>Evidence and digital signatures</li> <li>Data protection</li> </ol> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1116.9781911507017_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-signatures-in-law/ London, GB 08 01 20161103 13 20210801 02 WORLD 05 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 06 15 9781911507000 03 9781911507000 06 15 9781911507048 03 9781911507048 06 15 9781911507017 03 9781911507017 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-signatures-in-law/ 41 08 20161103 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e7d66fbe-8df6-466c-9a74-62b212f2ff48 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2ee037da-9f0a-4516-8816-93c8fb0ebd7f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e7d66fbe-8df6-466c-9a74-62b212f2ff48 15 9781905670536 03 9781905670536 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61309 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 64 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Emotions between Greece and Rome 1 B01 Douglas L. Cairns Douglas L. Cairns 2 B01 Laurel Fulkerson Laurel Fulkerson 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 JMQ 93 JMQ 10 LIT004190 12 DB 93 DB 01 06 02 00 03 00 Emotion in the ancient Greek and Roman worlds is now an established field of research in classical studies, but so far scholars have made surprisingly few attempts to investigate the emotions of the two cultures in comparative terms.In this innovative and timely collection, nine leading scholars make a start on that project. Topics include: differences between the Greek and Roman emotional repertoires; the semantic fields and scripts covered by comparable Greek and Latin terms; the impact of bilingualism; the fate of emotion terms in translation; the way Roman authors deal with the emotional aspects of their Greek literary models; Greek and Roman views of the emotional character of their counterparts in the other culture. 30 00 Emotion in the ancient Greek and Roman worlds is now an established field of research in classical studies, but so far scholars have made surprisingly few attempts to investigate the emotions of the two cultures in comparative terms.In this innovative and timely collection, nine leading scholars make a start on that project. Topics include: differences between the Greek and Roman emotional repertoires; the semantic fields and scripts covered by comparable Greek and Latin terms; the impact of bilingualism; the fate of emotion terms in translation; the way Roman authors deal with the emotional aspects of their Greek literary models; Greek and Roman views of the emotional character of their counterparts in the other culture. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250667//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/emotions-between-greece-and-rome/ London, GB 08 01 20150504 13 20240213 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/emotions-between-greece-and-rome/ 41 08 20150504 02 30.00 GBP WORLD 02 38.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c317fa76-6881-4e08-8cc4-3663a1c29ca2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:04590c7c-ed83-4307-83a1-0be476ae9545 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c317fa76-6881-4e08-8cc4-3663a1c29ca2 15 9781909646490 03 9781909646490 06 10.14296/919.9781909646520 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61448 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Empty Spaces: perspectives on emptiness in modern history Perspectives on emptiness in modern history 1 B01 Courtney J. Campbell Courtney J. Campbell 2 B01 Allegra Giovine Allegra Giovine 3 B01 Jennifer Keating Jennifer Keating 01 eng 00 226 03 09 42 12 HBTB 10 HIS000000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 12 1DBKS 93 1DDF-FR-LAA 10 HIS037000 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 1DDF 93 1DDU-GB-S 10 1.2.2.0.0.0.0 93 1DTA 12 1DVUA 10 1.6.16.0.0.0.0 12 1K 93 1K 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 4.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 3J 93 3M 93 6AG 20 space; place; absence; Edward Hopper; Connemara; rural; urban; air; sea; empire; territory; Empire Marketing Board 01 06 02 00 How is emptiness made and what historical purpose does it serve? What cultural, material and natural work goes into maintaining ‘nothingness’? This volume draws together contributions from authors working on landscapes and rurality, along with national and imperial narratives, and seeks to foreground the importance of emptiness as a productiv 03 00 How is emptiness made and what historical purpose does it serve? What cultural, material and natural work goes into maintaining ‘nothingness’? Why have a variety of historical actors, from colonial powers to artists and urban dwellers, sought to construct, control and maintain (physically and discursively) empty space, and by which processes is emptiness discovered, visualised and reimagined?This volume draws together contributions from authors working on landscapes and rurality, along with national and imperial narratives, from Brazil to Russia and Ireland. It considers the visual, including the art of Edward Hopper and the work of the British Empire Marketing Board, while concluding with a section that examines constructions of emptiness in relation to capitalism, development and the (re)appropriation of urban space. In doing so, it foregrounds the importance of emptiness as a productive prism through which to interrogate a variety of imperial, national, cultural and urban history. 30 00 How is emptiness made and what historical purpose does it serve? What cultural, material and natural work goes into maintaining ‘nothingness’? Why have a variety of historical actors, from colonial powers to artists and urban dwellers, sought to construct, control and maintain (physically and discursively) empty space, and by which processes is emptiness discovered, visualised and reimagined?This volume draws together contributions from authors working on landscapes and rurality, along with national and imperial narratives, from Brazil to Russia and Ireland. It considers the visual, including the art of Edward Hopper and the work of the British Empire Marketing Board, while concluding with a section that examines constructions of emptiness in relation to capitalism, development and the (re)appropriation of urban space. In doing so, it foregrounds the importance of emptiness as a productive prism through which to interrogate a variety of imperial, national, cultural and urban history. 04 00 Introduction: Confronting emptiness in history Courtney J. Campbell, Allegra Giovine and Jennifer Keating 1. ‘Take my advice, go to Mongan’s Hotel’: barrenness and abundance in the late Victorian Connemara landscape Kevin J. James 2. Amid the horrors of nature: ‘dead’ environments at the margins of the Russian empire Jennifer Keating 3. Empty spaces, aviation and the Brazilian nation: the metaphor of conquest in narratives of Edu Chaves’s cross-country flights in 1912 Leonie Schuster 4. Looking over the ship railings: the colonial voyage and the empty ocean in Empire Marketing Board posters Tricia Cusack 5. Spectral figures: Edward Hopper’s empty Paris Emily C. Burns 6. Landscapes of loss: the semantics of empty spaces in contemporary post-apocalyptic fiction Martin Walter 7. Surveying the creative use of vacant space in London, c.1945–95 Krystallia Kamvasinou and Sarah Ann Milne 8. Urban prehistoric enclosures: empty spaces/busy places Kenneth Brophy 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781909646520_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/empty-spaces-perspectives-on-emptiness-in-modern-history/ London, GB 04 01 20190902 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646520 03 9781909646520 06 15 9781909646506 03 9781909646506 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/empty-spaces-perspectives-on-emptiness-in-modern-history/ 20 08 20190902 02 80.00 GBP WORLD 02 105.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6e2e0840-233e-4755-bb72-fb018a9ef75c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:04590c7c-ed83-4307-83a1-0be476ae9545 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6e2e0840-233e-4755-bb72-fb018a9ef75c 15 9781909646520 03 9781909646520 06 10.14296/919.9781909646520 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61448 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Empty Spaces: perspectives on emptiness in modern history Perspectives on emptiness in modern history 1 B01 Courtney J. Campbell Courtney J. Campbell 2 B01 Allegra Giovine Allegra Giovine 3 B01 Jennifer Keating Jennifer Keating 01 eng 00 226 03 09 42 12 HBTB 10 HIS000000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 12 1DBKS 93 1DDF-FR-LAA 10 HIS037000 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 1DDF 93 1DDU-GB-S 10 1.2.2.0.0.0.0 93 1DTA 12 1DVUA 10 1.6.16.0.0.0.0 12 1K 93 1K 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 4.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 3J 93 3M 93 6AG 20 space; place; absence; Edward Hopper; Connemara; rural; urban; air; sea; empire; territory; Empire Marketing Board 01 06 02 00 How is emptiness made and what historical purpose does it serve? What cultural, material and natural work goes into maintaining ‘nothingness’? This volume draws together contributions from authors working on landscapes and rurality, along with national and imperial narratives, and seeks to foreground the importance of emptiness as a productiv 03 00 How is emptiness made and what historical purpose does it serve? What cultural, material and natural work goes into maintaining ‘nothingness’? Why have a variety of historical actors, from colonial powers to artists and urban dwellers, sought to construct, control and maintain (physically and discursively) empty space, and by which processes is emptiness discovered, visualised and reimagined?This volume draws together contributions from authors working on landscapes and rurality, along with national and imperial narratives, from Brazil to Russia and Ireland. It considers the visual, including the art of Edward Hopper and the work of the British Empire Marketing Board, while concluding with a section that examines constructions of emptiness in relation to capitalism, development and the (re)appropriation of urban space. In doing so, it foregrounds the importance of emptiness as a productive prism through which to interrogate a variety of imperial, national, cultural and urban history. 30 00 How is emptiness made and what historical purpose does it serve? What cultural, material and natural work goes into maintaining ‘nothingness’? Why have a variety of historical actors, from colonial powers to artists and urban dwellers, sought to construct, control and maintain (physically and discursively) empty space, and by which processes is emptiness discovered, visualised and reimagined?This volume draws together contributions from authors working on landscapes and rurality, along with national and imperial narratives, from Brazil to Russia and Ireland. It considers the visual, including the art of Edward Hopper and the work of the British Empire Marketing Board, while concluding with a section that examines constructions of emptiness in relation to capitalism, development and the (re)appropriation of urban space. In doing so, it foregrounds the importance of emptiness as a productive prism through which to interrogate a variety of imperial, national, cultural and urban history. 04 00 Introduction: Confronting emptiness in history Courtney J. Campbell, Allegra Giovine and Jennifer Keating 1. ‘Take my advice, go to Mongan’s Hotel’: barrenness and abundance in the late Victorian Connemara landscape Kevin J. James 2. Amid the horrors of nature: ‘dead’ environments at the margins of the Russian empire Jennifer Keating 3. Empty spaces, aviation and the Brazilian nation: the metaphor of conquest in narratives of Edu Chaves’s cross-country flights in 1912 Leonie Schuster 4. Looking over the ship railings: the colonial voyage and the empty ocean in Empire Marketing Board posters Tricia Cusack 5. Spectral figures: Edward Hopper’s empty Paris Emily C. Burns 6. Landscapes of loss: the semantics of empty spaces in contemporary post-apocalyptic fiction Martin Walter 7. Surveying the creative use of vacant space in London, c.1945–95 Krystallia Kamvasinou and Sarah Ann Milne 8. Urban prehistoric enclosures: empty spaces/busy places Kenneth Brophy 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781909646520_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/empty-spaces-perspectives-on-emptiness-in-modern-history/ London, GB 04 01 20190902 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646490 03 9781909646490 06 15 9781909646506 03 9781909646506 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/04590c7c-ed83-4307-83a1-0be476ae9545 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/04590c7c-ed83-4307-83a1-0be476ae9545/04590c7c-ed83-4307-83a1-0be476ae9545.pdf 20 08 20190902 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/empty-spaces-perspectives-on-emptiness-in-modern-history/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646520.pdf 20 08 20190902 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/empty-spaces-perspectives-on-emptiness-in-modern-history/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781909646520.pdf 20 08 20190902 01 urn:uuid:143fcc6f-43d5-47c1-9dc9-e12b8f20feba 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:04590c7c-ed83-4307-83a1-0be476ae9545 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:143fcc6f-43d5-47c1-9dc9-e12b8f20feba 15 9781909646506 03 9781909646506 06 10.14296/919.9781909646520 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61448 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Empty Spaces: perspectives on emptiness in modern history Perspectives on emptiness in modern history 1 B01 Courtney J. Campbell Courtney J. Campbell 2 B01 Allegra Giovine Allegra Giovine 3 B01 Jennifer Keating Jennifer Keating 01 eng 00 226 03 09 42 12 HBTB 10 HIS000000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 12 1DBKS 93 1DDF-FR-LAA 10 HIS037000 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 1DDF 93 1DDU-GB-S 10 1.2.2.0.0.0.0 93 1DTA 12 1DVUA 10 1.6.16.0.0.0.0 12 1K 93 1K 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 4.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 3J 93 3M 93 6AG 20 space; place; absence; Edward Hopper; Connemara; rural; urban; air; sea; empire; territory; Empire Marketing Board 01 06 02 00 How is emptiness made and what historical purpose does it serve? What cultural, material and natural work goes into maintaining ‘nothingness’? This volume draws together contributions from authors working on landscapes and rurality, along with national and imperial narratives, and seeks to foreground the importance of emptiness as a productiv 03 00 How is emptiness made and what historical purpose does it serve? What cultural, material and natural work goes into maintaining ‘nothingness’? Why have a variety of historical actors, from colonial powers to artists and urban dwellers, sought to construct, control and maintain (physically and discursively) empty space, and by which processes is emptiness discovered, visualised and reimagined?This volume draws together contributions from authors working on landscapes and rurality, along with national and imperial narratives, from Brazil to Russia and Ireland. It considers the visual, including the art of Edward Hopper and the work of the British Empire Marketing Board, while concluding with a section that examines constructions of emptiness in relation to capitalism, development and the (re)appropriation of urban space. In doing so, it foregrounds the importance of emptiness as a productive prism through which to interrogate a variety of imperial, national, cultural and urban history. 30 00 How is emptiness made and what historical purpose does it serve? What cultural, material and natural work goes into maintaining ‘nothingness’? Why have a variety of historical actors, from colonial powers to artists and urban dwellers, sought to construct, control and maintain (physically and discursively) empty space, and by which processes is emptiness discovered, visualised and reimagined?This volume draws together contributions from authors working on landscapes and rurality, along with national and imperial narratives, from Brazil to Russia and Ireland. It considers the visual, including the art of Edward Hopper and the work of the British Empire Marketing Board, while concluding with a section that examines constructions of emptiness in relation to capitalism, development and the (re)appropriation of urban space. In doing so, it foregrounds the importance of emptiness as a productive prism through which to interrogate a variety of imperial, national, cultural and urban history. 04 00 Introduction: Confronting emptiness in history Courtney J. Campbell, Allegra Giovine and Jennifer Keating 1. ‘Take my advice, go to Mongan’s Hotel’: barrenness and abundance in the late Victorian Connemara landscape Kevin J. James 2. Amid the horrors of nature: ‘dead’ environments at the margins of the Russian empire Jennifer Keating 3. Empty spaces, aviation and the Brazilian nation: the metaphor of conquest in narratives of Edu Chaves’s cross-country flights in 1912 Leonie Schuster 4. Looking over the ship railings: the colonial voyage and the empty ocean in Empire Marketing Board posters Tricia Cusack 5. Spectral figures: Edward Hopper’s empty Paris Emily C. Burns 6. Landscapes of loss: the semantics of empty spaces in contemporary post-apocalyptic fiction Martin Walter 7. Surveying the creative use of vacant space in London, c.1945–95 Krystallia Kamvasinou and Sarah Ann Milne 8. Urban prehistoric enclosures: empty spaces/busy places Kenneth Brophy 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781909646520_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/empty-spaces-perspectives-on-emptiness-in-modern-history/ London, GB 04 01 20190902 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646490 03 9781909646490 06 15 9781909646520 03 9781909646520 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/empty-spaces-perspectives-on-emptiness-in-modern-history/ 20 08 20190902 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:dc10bc3e-53d6-43c6-b0ee-7a0a342205bb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ed04513c-46e2-42c2-8a17-a4a075e0580f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:dc10bc3e-53d6-43c6-b0ee-7a0a342205bb 15 9780993110238 03 9780993110238 06 10.14296/818.9780993110283 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61560 00 BC 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope 1 B01 Nancy Nicol Nancy Nicol 2 B01 Adrian Jjuuko Adrian Jjuuko 3 B01 Richard Lusimbo Richard Lusimbo 4 B01 Nick Mulé Nick Mulé 5 B01 Susan Ursel Susan Ursel 6 B01 Amar Wahab Amar Wahab 7 B01 Phyllis Waugh Phyllis Waugh 01 eng 00 458 03 09 25 B2 Human Rights 93 JPVH 12 JPVH 10 POL035010 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 JBSF 12 JFSJ 20 LGBT; human rights; colonialism; British Empire; resistance; homophobia 01 06 02 00 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights: (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope is an outcome of a five-year international collaboration among partners that share a common legacy of British colonial laws that criminalise same-sex intimacy and gender identity/expression. The chapters provide first-hand insights from leading activist 03 00 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights: (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope</italic> is an outcome of a five-year international collaboration among partners that share a common legacy of British colonial laws that criminalise same-sex intimacy and gender identity/expression. The project sought to facilitate learning from each other and to create outcomes that would advance knowledge and social justice. The project was unique, combining research and writing with participatory documentary filmmaking. This visionary politics infuses the pages of the anthology. <break/> The chapters are bursting with invaluable first hand insights from leading activists at the forefront of some of the most fiercely fought battlegrounds of contemporary sexual politics in India, the Caribbean and Africa. As well, authors from Canada, Botswana and Kenya examine key turning points in the advancement of SOGI issues at the United Nations, and provide critical insights on LGBT asylum in Canada. Authors also speak to a need to reorient and decolonise queer studies, and turn a critical gaze northwards from the Global South. It is a book for activists and academics in a range of disciplines from postcolonial and sexualities studies to filmmaking, as well as for policy-makers and practitioners committed to envisioning, and working for, a better future. 30 00 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights: (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope</italic> is an outcome of a five-year international collaboration among partners that share a common legacy of British colonial laws that criminalise same-sex intimacy and gender identity/expression. The project sought to facilitate learning from each other and to create outcomes that would advance knowledge and social justice. The project was unique, combining research and writing with participatory documentary filmmaking. This visionary politics infuses the pages of the anthology. <break/> The chapters are bursting with invaluable first hand insights from leading activists at the forefront of some of the most fiercely fought battlegrounds of contemporary sexual politics in India, the Caribbean and Africa. As well, authors from Canada, Botswana and Kenya examine key turning points in the advancement of SOGI issues at the United Nations, and provide critical insights on LGBT asylum in Canada. Authors also speak to a need to reorient and decolonise queer studies, and turn a critical gaze northwards from the Global South. It is a book for activists and academics in a range of disciplines from postcolonial and sexualities studies to filmmaking, as well as for policy-makers and practitioners committed to envisioning, and working for, a better future. 04 00 1. Vacillating between empathy and contempt: the Indian judiciary and LGBT rights Arvind Narrain 2. Expanded criminalisation of consensual same-sex relations in Africa: contextualising the recent developments Adrian Jjuuko and Monica Tabengwa 3. Policing borders and sexual/gender identities: queer refugees in the years of Canadian neoliberalism and homonationalism Gary Kinsman 4. Queer affirmations: negotiating the possibilities and limits of sexual citizenship in St Lucia Amar Wahab 5. Violence and LGBT human rights in Guyana Pere DeRoy with Namela Henry 6. Cultural discourse in Africa and the promise of human rights based on non-normative sexuality and/or gender expression: exploring the intersections, challenges and opportunities Monica Mbaru, Monica Tabengwa and Kim Vance 7. Haven or precarity: the mental health of LGBT asylum seekers and refugees in Canada Nick J. Mulé and Kathleen Gamble 8. The rise of SOGI: human rights for LGBT people at the United Nations Kim Vance, Nick J. Mulé, Maryam Khan and Cameron McKenzie 9. Resistance to criminalisation and social movement organizing to advance LGBT rights in Belize Caleb Orozco 10. The multifaceted struggle against the Anti-Homosexuality Act in Uganda Adrian Jjuuko and Fridah Mutesi 11. Emergent momentum for equality: LGBT visibility and organising in Kenya Jane Wothaya Thirikwa 12. Kuchu resilience and resistance in Uganda: a history Richard Lusimbo and Austin Bryan 13. Gender theatre: the politics of exclusion and belonging in Kenya Guillit Amakobe, Kat Dearham and Po Likimani 14. Telling our stories: envisioning participatory documentary Nancy Nicol Appendix: Envisioning Documentary Films 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/818.9780993110283_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/envisioning-global-lgbt-human-rights/ London, GB 04 01 20180913 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9780993110283 03 9780993110283 06 15 9780993110290 03 9780993110290 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/envisioning-global-lgbt-human-rights/ 20 08 20180913 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f8882b0c-65f2-4a9c-9d13-0106b7c416a8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ed04513c-46e2-42c2-8a17-a4a075e0580f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f8882b0c-65f2-4a9c-9d13-0106b7c416a8 15 9780993110283 03 9780993110283 06 10.14296/818.9780993110283 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61560 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope 1 B01 Nancy Nicol Nancy Nicol 2 B01 Adrian Jjuuko Adrian Jjuuko 3 B01 Richard Lusimbo Richard Lusimbo 4 B01 Nick Mulé Nick Mulé 5 B01 Susan Ursel Susan Ursel 6 B01 Amar Wahab Amar Wahab 7 B01 Phyllis Waugh Phyllis Waugh 01 eng 00 458 03 09 25 B2 Human Rights 93 JPVH 12 JPVH 10 POL035010 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 JBSF 12 JFSJ 20 LGBT; human rights; colonialism; British Empire; resistance; homophobia 01 06 02 00 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights: (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope is an outcome of a five-year international collaboration among partners that share a common legacy of British colonial laws that criminalise same-sex intimacy and gender identity/expression. The chapters provide first-hand insights from leading activist 03 00 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights: (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope</italic> is an outcome of a five-year international collaboration among partners that share a common legacy of British colonial laws that criminalise same-sex intimacy and gender identity/expression. The project sought to facilitate learning from each other and to create outcomes that would advance knowledge and social justice. The project was unique, combining research and writing with participatory documentary filmmaking. This visionary politics infuses the pages of the anthology. <break/> The chapters are bursting with invaluable first hand insights from leading activists at the forefront of some of the most fiercely fought battlegrounds of contemporary sexual politics in India, the Caribbean and Africa. As well, authors from Canada, Botswana and Kenya examine key turning points in the advancement of SOGI issues at the United Nations, and provide critical insights on LGBT asylum in Canada. Authors also speak to a need to reorient and decolonise queer studies, and turn a critical gaze northwards from the Global South. It is a book for activists and academics in a range of disciplines from postcolonial and sexualities studies to filmmaking, as well as for policy-makers and practitioners committed to envisioning, and working for, a better future. 30 00 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights: (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope</italic> is an outcome of a five-year international collaboration among partners that share a common legacy of British colonial laws that criminalise same-sex intimacy and gender identity/expression. The project sought to facilitate learning from each other and to create outcomes that would advance knowledge and social justice. The project was unique, combining research and writing with participatory documentary filmmaking. This visionary politics infuses the pages of the anthology. <break/> The chapters are bursting with invaluable first hand insights from leading activists at the forefront of some of the most fiercely fought battlegrounds of contemporary sexual politics in India, the Caribbean and Africa. As well, authors from Canada, Botswana and Kenya examine key turning points in the advancement of SOGI issues at the United Nations, and provide critical insights on LGBT asylum in Canada. Authors also speak to a need to reorient and decolonise queer studies, and turn a critical gaze northwards from the Global South. It is a book for activists and academics in a range of disciplines from postcolonial and sexualities studies to filmmaking, as well as for policy-makers and practitioners committed to envisioning, and working for, a better future. 04 00 1. Vacillating between empathy and contempt: the Indian judiciary and LGBT rights Arvind Narrain 2. Expanded criminalisation of consensual same-sex relations in Africa: contextualising the recent developments Adrian Jjuuko and Monica Tabengwa 3. Policing borders and sexual/gender identities: queer refugees in the years of Canadian neoliberalism and homonationalism Gary Kinsman 4. Queer affirmations: negotiating the possibilities and limits of sexual citizenship in St Lucia Amar Wahab 5. Violence and LGBT human rights in Guyana Pere DeRoy with Namela Henry 6. Cultural discourse in Africa and the promise of human rights based on non-normative sexuality and/or gender expression: exploring the intersections, challenges and opportunities Monica Mbaru, Monica Tabengwa and Kim Vance 7. Haven or precarity: the mental health of LGBT asylum seekers and refugees in Canada Nick J. Mulé and Kathleen Gamble 8. The rise of SOGI: human rights for LGBT people at the United Nations Kim Vance, Nick J. Mulé, Maryam Khan and Cameron McKenzie 9. Resistance to criminalisation and social movement organizing to advance LGBT rights in Belize Caleb Orozco 10. The multifaceted struggle against the Anti-Homosexuality Act in Uganda Adrian Jjuuko and Fridah Mutesi 11. Emergent momentum for equality: LGBT visibility and organising in Kenya Jane Wothaya Thirikwa 12. Kuchu resilience and resistance in Uganda: a history Richard Lusimbo and Austin Bryan 13. Gender theatre: the politics of exclusion and belonging in Kenya Guillit Amakobe, Kat Dearham and Po Likimani 14. Telling our stories: envisioning participatory documentary Nancy Nicol Appendix: Envisioning Documentary Films 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/818.9780993110283_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/envisioning-global-lgbt-human-rights/ London, GB 04 01 20180913 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9780993110238 03 9780993110238 06 15 9780993110290 03 9780993110290 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/ed04513c-46e2-42c2-8a17-a4a075e0580f 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/ed04513c-46e2-42c2-8a17-a4a075e0580f/ed04513c-46e2-42c2-8a17-a4a075e0580f.pdf 20 08 20180913 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/envisioning-global-lgbt-human-rights/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9780993110283.pdf 20 08 20180913 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/envisioning-global-lgbt-human-rights/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/818.9780993110283.pdf 20 08 20180913 01 urn:uuid:dd7fb855-79d2-4d14-84cd-41bb041fb83d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ed04513c-46e2-42c2-8a17-a4a075e0580f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:dd7fb855-79d2-4d14-84cd-41bb041fb83d 15 9780993110290 03 9780993110290 06 10.14296/818.9780993110283 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61560 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope 1 B01 Nancy Nicol Nancy Nicol 2 B01 Adrian Jjuuko Adrian Jjuuko 3 B01 Richard Lusimbo Richard Lusimbo 4 B01 Nick Mulé Nick Mulé 5 B01 Susan Ursel Susan Ursel 6 B01 Amar Wahab Amar Wahab 7 B01 Phyllis Waugh Phyllis Waugh 01 eng 00 458 03 09 25 B2 Human Rights 93 JPVH 12 JPVH 10 POL035010 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 JBSF 12 JFSJ 20 LGBT; human rights; colonialism; British Empire; resistance; homophobia 01 06 02 00 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights: (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope is an outcome of a five-year international collaboration among partners that share a common legacy of British colonial laws that criminalise same-sex intimacy and gender identity/expression. The chapters provide first-hand insights from leading activist 03 00 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights: (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope</italic> is an outcome of a five-year international collaboration among partners that share a common legacy of British colonial laws that criminalise same-sex intimacy and gender identity/expression. The project sought to facilitate learning from each other and to create outcomes that would advance knowledge and social justice. The project was unique, combining research and writing with participatory documentary filmmaking. This visionary politics infuses the pages of the anthology. <break/> The chapters are bursting with invaluable first hand insights from leading activists at the forefront of some of the most fiercely fought battlegrounds of contemporary sexual politics in India, the Caribbean and Africa. As well, authors from Canada, Botswana and Kenya examine key turning points in the advancement of SOGI issues at the United Nations, and provide critical insights on LGBT asylum in Canada. Authors also speak to a need to reorient and decolonise queer studies, and turn a critical gaze northwards from the Global South. It is a book for activists and academics in a range of disciplines from postcolonial and sexualities studies to filmmaking, as well as for policy-makers and practitioners committed to envisioning, and working for, a better future. 30 00 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights: (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope</italic> is an outcome of a five-year international collaboration among partners that share a common legacy of British colonial laws that criminalise same-sex intimacy and gender identity/expression. The project sought to facilitate learning from each other and to create outcomes that would advance knowledge and social justice. The project was unique, combining research and writing with participatory documentary filmmaking. This visionary politics infuses the pages of the anthology. <break/> The chapters are bursting with invaluable first hand insights from leading activists at the forefront of some of the most fiercely fought battlegrounds of contemporary sexual politics in India, the Caribbean and Africa. As well, authors from Canada, Botswana and Kenya examine key turning points in the advancement of SOGI issues at the United Nations, and provide critical insights on LGBT asylum in Canada. Authors also speak to a need to reorient and decolonise queer studies, and turn a critical gaze northwards from the Global South. It is a book for activists and academics in a range of disciplines from postcolonial and sexualities studies to filmmaking, as well as for policy-makers and practitioners committed to envisioning, and working for, a better future. 04 00 1. Vacillating between empathy and contempt: the Indian judiciary and LGBT rights Arvind Narrain 2. Expanded criminalisation of consensual same-sex relations in Africa: contextualising the recent developments Adrian Jjuuko and Monica Tabengwa 3. Policing borders and sexual/gender identities: queer refugees in the years of Canadian neoliberalism and homonationalism Gary Kinsman 4. Queer affirmations: negotiating the possibilities and limits of sexual citizenship in St Lucia Amar Wahab 5. Violence and LGBT human rights in Guyana Pere DeRoy with Namela Henry 6. Cultural discourse in Africa and the promise of human rights based on non-normative sexuality and/or gender expression: exploring the intersections, challenges and opportunities Monica Mbaru, Monica Tabengwa and Kim Vance 7. Haven or precarity: the mental health of LGBT asylum seekers and refugees in Canada Nick J. Mulé and Kathleen Gamble 8. The rise of SOGI: human rights for LGBT people at the United Nations Kim Vance, Nick J. Mulé, Maryam Khan and Cameron McKenzie 9. Resistance to criminalisation and social movement organizing to advance LGBT rights in Belize Caleb Orozco 10. The multifaceted struggle against the Anti-Homosexuality Act in Uganda Adrian Jjuuko and Fridah Mutesi 11. Emergent momentum for equality: LGBT visibility and organising in Kenya Jane Wothaya Thirikwa 12. Kuchu resilience and resistance in Uganda: a history Richard Lusimbo and Austin Bryan 13. Gender theatre: the politics of exclusion and belonging in Kenya Guillit Amakobe, Kat Dearham and Po Likimani 14. Telling our stories: envisioning participatory documentary Nancy Nicol Appendix: Envisioning Documentary Films 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/818.9780993110283_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/envisioning-global-lgbt-human-rights/ London, GB 04 01 20180913 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9780993110238 03 9780993110238 06 15 9780993110283 03 9780993110283 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/envisioning-global-lgbt-human-rights/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/818.9780993110283.epub 20 08 20180913 01 urn:uuid:9d6efe2d-c8e4-400c-b93f-d644df4c5c93 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:31bfb450-d32f-48be-959a-9ba217651e65 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9d6efe2d-c8e4-400c-b93f-d644df4c5c93 15 9780900587849 03 9780900587849 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54051 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 9 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Epigraphic Landscape of Roman Italy (BICS Supplement 73) 1 A01 a Cooley a Cooley 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Archaeology 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 93 NHD 12 HBLA 10 HIS002020 93 NHC 93 1QBAR 12 1QDAR 01 06 02 00 03 00 With contributions from Edward Bispham, Guy Bradley, Alison E. Cooley, Fay Glinister, Valerie Hope, Mark Pobjoy and Benet Salway.<break/>The Epigraphic Landscape</italic> presents a series of case-studies in which a new generation of scholars examines the significance of interpreting inscriptions in terms of their topographical context and physical appearance.<break/><break/>Some chapters focus on a genre of inscription – honorific building and funerary – whilst others discuss a single text such as the Rapino Bronze and the album of Canusium. This approach reveals the contribution of inscribed monuments to the transformation of towns and countryside and the impact of Rome on the landscape of the rest of Italy.<break/><break/>The integration of epigraphic literary archaeological and topographical sources suggests new ways of looking at Roman colonization in Umbria. The transformation of the epigraphic landscape of its surrounding region challenges current views on the date of Lavinium’s decline. Similar inscriptions from Puteoli provide a starting-point for exploring the activities of the super-élite of Campania. <break/><break/>By trying to reconstruct the motivations behind inscriptions several contributors reveal the subjectivity of these texts – such as the factors governing the appearance of gladiators’ tombstones – and warn against adopting too literal an interpretation of these sources even if inscribed in stone. 30 00 With contributions from Edward Bispham, Guy Bradley, Alison E. Cooley, Fay Glinister, Valerie Hope, Mark Pobjoy and Benet Salway.<break/>The Epigraphic Landscape</italic> presents a series of case-studies in which a new generation of scholars examines the significance of interpreting inscriptions in terms of their topographical context and physical appearance.<break/><break/>Some chapters focus on a genre of inscription – honorific building and funerary – whilst others discuss a single text such as the Rapino Bronze and the album of Canusium. This approach reveals the contribution of inscribed monuments to the transformation of towns and countryside and the impact of Rome on the landscape of the rest of Italy.<break/><break/>The integration of epigraphic literary archaeological and topographical sources suggests new ways of looking at Roman colonization in Umbria. The transformation of the epigraphic landscape of its surrounding region challenges current views on the date of Lavinium’s decline. Similar inscriptions from Puteoli provide a starting-point for exploring the activities of the super-élite of Campania. <break/><break/>By trying to reconstruct the motivations behind inscriptions several contributors reveal the subjectivity of these texts – such as the factors governing the appearance of gladiators’ tombstones – and warn against adopting too literal an interpretation of these sources even if inscribed in stone. 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/epigraphic-landscape-of-roman-italy-bics-supplement-73/ London, GB 04 01 20001212 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/epigraphic-landscape-of-roman-italy-bics-supplement-73/ 20 08 20001212 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f90967a7-4d43-41b4-baa4-82cfe8d0db44 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8b2a20b9-4d0b-4dce-9b13-738c300e4bb5 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f90967a7-4d43-41b4-baa4-82cfe8d0db44 15 9781908590534 03 9781908590534 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.66521 00 BC 10 01 241 mm 01 24.1 cm 01 9.5 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 18 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Ernst Kitzinger and the Making of Medieval Art History 1 B01 Felicity Harley-McGowan Felicity Harley-McGowan 2 B01 Henry Maguire Henry Maguire 01 eng 12 ACK 93 AGA 10 ART015000 B2 Art History 93 AFC 93 AFF 93 AG 93 AGR 93 DN 93 JNA 93 NHA 93 NHDJ 20 style; art history; medieval art; historian; biography 01 06 02 00 This volume brings together the papers given at the colloquium held at the Warburg Institute to mark the 100th anniversary of the birth of Ernst Kitzinger. His work has been, and still is, fundamentally influential on the present-day discipline of art history in a wide range of topics. The first half of the book is primarily biographical, whi 03 00 The essays collected in this volume publish the proceedings of a colloquium held at the Warburg Institute in January 2013 to mark the 100th anniversary of the birth of Ernst Kitzinger. His work has been, and still is, fundamentally influential on the present-day discipline of art history in a wide range of topics. The first half of the book is primarily biographical, with papers covering his extraordinary career, which began in Germany, Italy and England in the tumultuous years preceding World War II, before leading to internment in Australia and, eventually, to America. The second half of the book is devoted to assessments of Kitzinger’s scholarship, including his concern with the theory of style, with the early medieval art of Britain and continental Europe, with the art of Norman Sicily and with the sources and impact of iconoclasm. 30 00 The essays collected in this volume publish the proceedings of a colloquium held at the Warburg Institute in January 2013 to mark the 100th anniversary of the birth of Ernst Kitzinger. His work has been, and still is, fundamentally influential on the present-day discipline of art history in a wide range of topics. The first half of the book is primarily biographical, with papers covering his extraordinary career, which began in Germany, Italy and England in the tumultuous years preceding World War II, before leading to internment in Australia and, eventually, to America. The second half of the book is devoted to assessments of Kitzinger’s scholarship, including his concern with the theory of style, with the early medieval art of Britain and continental Europe, with the art of Norman Sicily and with the sources and impact of iconoclasm. 04 00 Preface (pp. ix–x)Introduction (pp. xi–xiv)Foreword: Some Personal Memories of Ernst Kitzinger (pp. xv–xx) by Hans BeltingI. BiographyA Scholar in his Study: Memories of Ernst Kitzinger at Work (pp. 3–13) by Rachel KitzingerErnst in England (pp. 14–37) by John MitchellFrom London to the Antipodes: The Peregrinations of Ernst Kitzinger, and the Age of ‘Transformation’ (pp. 39–66) by Felicity Harley-McGowan‘Cordially, E.K.’: Ernst Kitzinger and Teaching at Dumbarton Oaks (pp. 67–90) by Rebecca CorrieErnst Kitzinger’s Teaching at Harvard: A Style of Teaching, Teaching Style (pp. 91–101) by Eunice Dauterman MaguireII. Methods of ScholarshipErnst Kitzinger and Style (pp. 105–111) by Henry MaguireErnst Kitzinger’s Contribution to Scholarship on the Art of Western Europe (pp. 113–125) by Lawrence NeesErnst Kitzinger’s Contribution to the Study of Norman Mosaics in Sicily (pp. 127–142) by Beat BrenkErnst Kitzinger and the Invention of Byzantine Iconoclasm (pp. 143–152 by Leslie BrubakerAppendix. A Memo written by Ernst Kitzinger in June 1941, on his way from Australia to England on board the ‘Themistocles’ transcribed by Tony KitzingerIndex of Names 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/256076//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ernst-kitzinger-and-the-making-of-medieval-art-history/ London, GB 04 01 20171128 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ernst-kitzinger-and-the-making-of-medieval-art-history/ 20 08 20171128 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c14cdb49-2d5e-48cd-864d-4bef8a0a8987 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1ffbe007-2b94-4f35-9ae9-b6a4ab5fc340 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c14cdb49-2d5e-48cd-864d-4bef8a0a8987 15 9781905670444 03 9781905670444 06 10.14296/917.9781905670789 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61317 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 2 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Erôs and the Polis: love in context 1 B01 Ed Sanders Ed Sanders 01 eng 00 103 03 B2 AG 12 HBLA1 10 LIT004190 93 NHC 93 DSC 12 DSC 20 sexuality; gender; social convention; politics; ancient Greece; socio-political 01 06 02 00 The articles in this volume share a historicizing approach to the conventions and expectations of erôs in the context of the polis. They pursue a variety of issues, including: the link between homosexual erôs and politics; sexual practices that fell outside societal norms; and the roles of sophrosyne (self-control) and akrasia (incontinence) 03 00 Arising out of a conference on ‘Erôs</italic> in Ancient Greece’, the articles in this volume share a historicizing approach to the conventions and expectations of erôs</italic> in the context of the polis</italic>, in the Archaic and Classical periods of ancient Greece.The articles focus on (post-Homeric) Archaic and Classical poetic genres – namely lyric poetry, tragedy, and comedy – and some philosophical texts by Plato, Xenophon, and Aristotle.They pursue a variety of issues, including: the connection between homosexual erôs</italic> and politics; sexual practices that fell outside societal norms (aristocratic homosexuality, chastity); the roles of sôphrosynê</italic> (self-control) and akrasia</italic> (incontinence) in erotic relationships; and the connection between erôs</italic> and other socially important emotions such as charis</italic>, philia</italic>, and storgê</italic>.The exploration of such issues from a variety of standpoints, and through a range of texts, allows us to place erôs </italic>as an emotion in its socio-political context. 30 00 Arising out of a conference on ‘Erôs</italic> in Ancient Greece’, the articles in this volume share a historicizing approach to the conventions and expectations of erôs</italic> in the context of the polis</italic>, in the Archaic and Classical periods of ancient Greece.The articles focus on (post-Homeric) Archaic and Classical poetic genres – namely lyric poetry, tragedy, and comedy – and some philosophical texts by Plato, Xenophon, and Aristotle.They pursue a variety of issues, including: the connection between homosexual erôs</italic> and politics; sexual practices that fell outside societal norms (aristocratic homosexuality, chastity); the roles of sôphrosynê</italic> (self-control) and akrasia</italic> (incontinence) in erotic relationships; and the connection between erôs</italic> and other socially important emotions such as charis</italic>, philia</italic>, and storgê</italic>.The exploration of such issues from a variety of standpoints, and through a range of texts, allows us to place erôs </italic>as an emotion in its socio-political context. 04 00 Ed Sanders ‘Erôs and the polis’: an introduction James Davidson Politics, poetics, and erôs in archaic poetry Nick Fisher Erotic charis: what sorts of reciprocity? Dimitra Kokkini The rejection of erotic passion by Euripides’ Hippolytos Stavroula Kiritsi Erôs in Menander: three studies in male character 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670789_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/eros-and-the-polis-love-in-context/ London, GB 04 01 20190930 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670789 03 9781905670789 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/eros-and-the-polis-love-in-context/ 20 08 20190930 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f16c5b62-f1a5-49d4-b2ed-51d0b3979362 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1ffbe007-2b94-4f35-9ae9-b6a4ab5fc340 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f16c5b62-f1a5-49d4-b2ed-51d0b3979362 15 9781905670789 03 9781905670789 06 10.14296/917.9781905670789 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61317 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 2 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Erôs and the Polis: love in context 1 B01 Ed Sanders Ed Sanders 01 eng 00 103 03 B2 AG 12 HBLA1 10 LIT004190 93 NHC 93 DSC 12 DSC 20 sexuality; gender; social convention; politics; ancient Greece; socio-political 01 06 02 00 The articles in this volume share a historicizing approach to the conventions and expectations of erôs in the context of the polis. They pursue a variety of issues, including: the link between homosexual erôs and politics; sexual practices that fell outside societal norms; and the roles of sophrosyne (self-control) and akrasia (incontinence) 03 00 Arising out of a conference on ‘Erôs</italic> in Ancient Greece’, the articles in this volume share a historicizing approach to the conventions and expectations of erôs</italic> in the context of the polis</italic>, in the Archaic and Classical periods of ancient Greece.The articles focus on (post-Homeric) Archaic and Classical poetic genres – namely lyric poetry, tragedy, and comedy – and some philosophical texts by Plato, Xenophon, and Aristotle.They pursue a variety of issues, including: the connection between homosexual erôs</italic> and politics; sexual practices that fell outside societal norms (aristocratic homosexuality, chastity); the roles of sôphrosynê</italic> (self-control) and akrasia</italic> (incontinence) in erotic relationships; and the connection between erôs</italic> and other socially important emotions such as charis</italic>, philia</italic>, and storgê</italic>.The exploration of such issues from a variety of standpoints, and through a range of texts, allows us to place erôs </italic>as an emotion in its socio-political context. 30 00 Arising out of a conference on ‘Erôs</italic> in Ancient Greece’, the articles in this volume share a historicizing approach to the conventions and expectations of erôs</italic> in the context of the polis</italic>, in the Archaic and Classical periods of ancient Greece.The articles focus on (post-Homeric) Archaic and Classical poetic genres – namely lyric poetry, tragedy, and comedy – and some philosophical texts by Plato, Xenophon, and Aristotle.They pursue a variety of issues, including: the connection between homosexual erôs</italic> and politics; sexual practices that fell outside societal norms (aristocratic homosexuality, chastity); the roles of sôphrosynê</italic> (self-control) and akrasia</italic> (incontinence) in erotic relationships; and the connection between erôs</italic> and other socially important emotions such as charis</italic>, philia</italic>, and storgê</italic>.The exploration of such issues from a variety of standpoints, and through a range of texts, allows us to place erôs </italic>as an emotion in its socio-political context. 04 00 Ed Sanders ‘Erôs and the polis’: an introduction James Davidson Politics, poetics, and erôs in archaic poetry Nick Fisher Erotic charis: what sorts of reciprocity? Dimitra Kokkini The rejection of erotic passion by Euripides’ Hippolytos Stavroula Kiritsi Erôs in Menander: three studies in male character 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670789_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/eros-and-the-polis-love-in-context/ London, GB 04 01 20190930 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670444 03 9781905670444 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/1ffbe007-2b94-4f35-9ae9-b6a4ab5fc340 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/1ffbe007-2b94-4f35-9ae9-b6a4ab5fc340/1ffbe007-2b94-4f35-9ae9-b6a4ab5fc340.pdf 20 08 20190930 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/eros-and-the-polis-love-in-context/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781905670789.pdf 20 08 20190930 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/eros-and-the-polis-love-in-context/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670789.pdf 20 08 20190930 01 urn:uuid:2f04bffd-1ea7-4b3d-a348-1664d96ebf45 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e7526cc7-2591-405e-8b3c-030791a35b41 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2f04bffd-1ea7-4b3d-a348-1664d96ebf45 15 9781912702718 03 9781912702718 06 10.14296/0620.9781912702701 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.104248 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 European Religious Cultures Essays offered to Christopher Brooke on the occasion of his eightieth birthday 1 B01 Miri Rubin Miri Rubin 01 eng 00 168 03 12 HBJD B2 History ⇒ Religious History 93 NHD 10 REL015000 12 HR 93 QR 12 1D 93 1D 20 religion; culture; European history; pilgrimage; saints; monasteries 01 06 02 00 First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction. These essays address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life 03 00 European Religious Cultures</italic> is a set of stimulating essays first written as offerings for Christopher Brooke on his eightieth birthday. They are now gathered for the enjoyment of all those interested in the history of religious cultures. They address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life-cycles and social relations of medieval Europeans. The authors have been inspired by Christopher Brooke's own interests over a long and fruitful career. <break/><break/>First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures</italic> is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction by Professor Miri Rubin. 30 00 European Religious Cultures</italic> is a set of stimulating essays first written as offerings for Christopher Brooke on his eightieth birthday. They are now gathered for the enjoyment of all those interested in the history of religious cultures. They address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life-cycles and social relations of medieval Europeans. The authors have been inspired by Christopher Brooke's own interests over a long and fruitful career. <break/><break/>First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures</italic> is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction by Professor Miri Rubin. 04 00 I. The study of religious cultures<ul> <li>Giles Constable, 'From church history to religious culture: the study of medieval religious life and spirituality'</li> <li>Paul Binski, 'Medieval history and generic expansiveness: some thoughts from near Stratford-on-Avon'</li> </ul>II. Life-cycle and vocation<ul> <li>Janet L. Nelson, 'Ninth-century vocations of persons of mature years'</li> <li>Virginia Davis, 'William Wykeham's early ecclesiastical career'</li> </ul>III. Performance and ritual<ul> <li>William J. Purkis, 'Religious symbols and practices: monastic spirituality, pilgrimage and crusade'</li> <li>Susan Boynton, '"The Devil made me do it": demonic intervention in the medieval monastic liturgy</li> <li>John H. Arnold, 'Inside and outside the medieval laity: some reflections on the history of emotions'</li> <li>Caroline Barron, '"The whole company of Heaven": the saints of London'</li> </ul>Epilogue, Christopher Brooke 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0620.9781912702701_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-religious-cultures/ London, GB 04 01 20200703 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702701 03 9781912702701 06 15 9781914477546 03 9781914477546 06 15 9781912702732 03 9781912702732 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-religious-cultures/ 20 08 20200703 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:17ca809f-6b70-4c4e-bc71-8063074cc5dd 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e7526cc7-2591-405e-8b3c-030791a35b41 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:17ca809f-6b70-4c4e-bc71-8063074cc5dd 15 9781912702701 03 9781912702701 06 10.14296/0620.9781912702701 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.104248 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 European Religious Cultures Essays offered to Christopher Brooke on the occasion of his eightieth birthday 1 B01 Miri Rubin Miri Rubin 01 eng 00 168 03 12 HBJD B2 History ⇒ Religious History 93 NHD 10 REL015000 12 HR 93 QR 12 1D 93 1D 20 religion; culture; European history; pilgrimage; saints; monasteries 01 06 02 00 First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction. These essays address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life 03 00 European Religious Cultures</italic> is a set of stimulating essays first written as offerings for Christopher Brooke on his eightieth birthday. They are now gathered for the enjoyment of all those interested in the history of religious cultures. They address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life-cycles and social relations of medieval Europeans. The authors have been inspired by Christopher Brooke's own interests over a long and fruitful career. <break/><break/>First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures</italic> is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction by Professor Miri Rubin. 30 00 European Religious Cultures</italic> is a set of stimulating essays first written as offerings for Christopher Brooke on his eightieth birthday. They are now gathered for the enjoyment of all those interested in the history of religious cultures. They address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life-cycles and social relations of medieval Europeans. The authors have been inspired by Christopher Brooke's own interests over a long and fruitful career. <break/><break/>First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures</italic> is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction by Professor Miri Rubin. 04 00 I. The study of religious cultures<ul> <li>Giles Constable, 'From church history to religious culture: the study of medieval religious life and spirituality'</li> <li>Paul Binski, 'Medieval history and generic expansiveness: some thoughts from near Stratford-on-Avon'</li> </ul>II. Life-cycle and vocation<ul> <li>Janet L. Nelson, 'Ninth-century vocations of persons of mature years'</li> <li>Virginia Davis, 'William Wykeham's early ecclesiastical career'</li> </ul>III. Performance and ritual<ul> <li>William J. Purkis, 'Religious symbols and practices: monastic spirituality, pilgrimage and crusade'</li> <li>Susan Boynton, '"The Devil made me do it": demonic intervention in the medieval monastic liturgy</li> <li>John H. Arnold, 'Inside and outside the medieval laity: some reflections on the history of emotions'</li> <li>Caroline Barron, '"The whole company of Heaven": the saints of London'</li> </ul>Epilogue, Christopher Brooke 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0620.9781912702701_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-religious-cultures/ London, GB 04 01 20200703 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702718 03 9781912702718 06 15 9781914477546 03 9781914477546 06 15 9781912702732 03 9781912702732 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/e7526cc7-2591-405e-8b3c-030791a35b41 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/e7526cc7-2591-405e-8b3c-030791a35b41/e7526cc7-2591-405e-8b3c-030791a35b41.pdf 20 08 20200703 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-religious-cultures/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702701.pdf 20 08 20200703 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-religious-cultures/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0620.9781912702701.pdf 20 08 20200703 01 urn:uuid:e68fa5f9-35a9-4a9e-a0ed-4a048f988fca 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e7526cc7-2591-405e-8b3c-030791a35b41 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e68fa5f9-35a9-4a9e-a0ed-4a048f988fca 15 9781914477546 03 9781914477546 06 10.14296/0620.9781912702701 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.104248 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 European Religious Cultures Essays offered to Christopher Brooke on the occasion of his eightieth birthday 1 B01 Miri Rubin Miri Rubin 01 eng 00 168 03 12 HBJD B2 History ⇒ Religious History 93 NHD 10 REL015000 12 HR 93 QR 12 1D 93 1D 20 religion; culture; European history; pilgrimage; saints; monasteries 01 06 02 00 First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction. These essays address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life 03 00 European Religious Cultures</italic> is a set of stimulating essays first written as offerings for Christopher Brooke on his eightieth birthday. They are now gathered for the enjoyment of all those interested in the history of religious cultures. They address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life-cycles and social relations of medieval Europeans. The authors have been inspired by Christopher Brooke's own interests over a long and fruitful career. <break/><break/>First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures</italic> is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction by Professor Miri Rubin. 30 00 European Religious Cultures</italic> is a set of stimulating essays first written as offerings for Christopher Brooke on his eightieth birthday. They are now gathered for the enjoyment of all those interested in the history of religious cultures. They address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life-cycles and social relations of medieval Europeans. The authors have been inspired by Christopher Brooke's own interests over a long and fruitful career. <break/><break/>First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures</italic> is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction by Professor Miri Rubin. 04 00 I. The study of religious cultures<ul> <li>Giles Constable, 'From church history to religious culture: the study of medieval religious life and spirituality'</li> <li>Paul Binski, 'Medieval history and generic expansiveness: some thoughts from near Stratford-on-Avon'</li> </ul>II. Life-cycle and vocation<ul> <li>Janet L. Nelson, 'Ninth-century vocations of persons of mature years'</li> <li>Virginia Davis, 'William Wykeham's early ecclesiastical career'</li> </ul>III. Performance and ritual<ul> <li>William J. Purkis, 'Religious symbols and practices: monastic spirituality, pilgrimage and crusade'</li> <li>Susan Boynton, '"The Devil made me do it": demonic intervention in the medieval monastic liturgy</li> <li>John H. Arnold, 'Inside and outside the medieval laity: some reflections on the history of emotions'</li> <li>Caroline Barron, '"The whole company of Heaven": the saints of London'</li> </ul>Epilogue, Christopher Brooke 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0620.9781912702701_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-religious-cultures/ London, GB 04 01 20200703 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702718 03 9781912702718 06 15 9781912702701 03 9781912702701 06 15 9781912702732 03 9781912702732 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/european-religious-cultures 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/european-religious-cultures 20 08 20200703 01 urn:uuid:595118d3-a96f-45ac-9774-dd2ac489bad3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e7526cc7-2591-405e-8b3c-030791a35b41 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:595118d3-a96f-45ac-9774-dd2ac489bad3 15 9781912702732 03 9781912702732 06 10.14296/0620.9781912702701 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.104248 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 European Religious Cultures Essays offered to Christopher Brooke on the occasion of his eightieth birthday 1 B01 Miri Rubin Miri Rubin 01 eng 00 168 03 12 HBJD B2 History ⇒ Religious History 93 NHD 10 REL015000 12 HR 93 QR 12 1D 93 1D 20 religion; culture; European history; pilgrimage; saints; monasteries 01 06 02 00 First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction. These essays address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life 03 00 European Religious Cultures</italic> is a set of stimulating essays first written as offerings for Christopher Brooke on his eightieth birthday. They are now gathered for the enjoyment of all those interested in the history of religious cultures. They address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life-cycles and social relations of medieval Europeans. The authors have been inspired by Christopher Brooke's own interests over a long and fruitful career. <break/><break/>First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures</italic> is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction by Professor Miri Rubin. 30 00 European Religious Cultures</italic> is a set of stimulating essays first written as offerings for Christopher Brooke on his eightieth birthday. They are now gathered for the enjoyment of all those interested in the history of religious cultures. They address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life-cycles and social relations of medieval Europeans. The authors have been inspired by Christopher Brooke's own interests over a long and fruitful career. <break/><break/>First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures</italic> is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction by Professor Miri Rubin. 04 00 I. The study of religious cultures<ul> <li>Giles Constable, 'From church history to religious culture: the study of medieval religious life and spirituality'</li> <li>Paul Binski, 'Medieval history and generic expansiveness: some thoughts from near Stratford-on-Avon'</li> </ul>II. Life-cycle and vocation<ul> <li>Janet L. Nelson, 'Ninth-century vocations of persons of mature years'</li> <li>Virginia Davis, 'William Wykeham's early ecclesiastical career'</li> </ul>III. Performance and ritual<ul> <li>William J. Purkis, 'Religious symbols and practices: monastic spirituality, pilgrimage and crusade'</li> <li>Susan Boynton, '"The Devil made me do it": demonic intervention in the medieval monastic liturgy</li> <li>John H. Arnold, 'Inside and outside the medieval laity: some reflections on the history of emotions'</li> <li>Caroline Barron, '"The whole company of Heaven": the saints of London'</li> </ul>Epilogue, Christopher Brooke 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0620.9781912702701_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-religious-cultures/ London, GB 04 01 20200703 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702718 03 9781912702718 06 15 9781912702701 03 9781912702701 06 15 9781914477546 03 9781914477546 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-religious-cultures/ 20 08 20200703 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:aa96826c-4a0d-4362-b2aa-4dd9f7618662 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a8f06345-f0c9-4c76-a827-85c89b0bb48a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:aa96826c-4a0d-4362-b2aa-4dd9f7618662 15 9781915249715 03 9781915249715 06 10.14296/vjit1721 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.142106 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 European Socialists Across Borders Transnational Cooperation and Alternative Visions of Europe After 1945 1 B01 21 0000000322710452 Mélanie Torrent Mélanie Torrent Professor of British and Commonwealth History Université de Picardie Jules Verne Mélanie Torrent is Professor of British and Commonwealth History at the Université de Picardie Jules Verne in Amiens. She has published on the connected ends of the British and French empires, and British foreign policy in Africa. She has been a senior research fellow at the Institute of Commonwealth Studies since 2011, and a member of the editorial board of the Round Table: The Commonwealth Journal of International Affairs, since 2010. 2 B01 21 0000000187240856 Andrew J. Williams Andrew J. Williams Professor (Emeritus) at the School of International Relations 40 02wn5qz54 University of St Andrews Andrew J. Williams is Professor (Emeritus) at the School of International Relations at the University of St Andrews, which he joined in 2006. He has been the editor of several journals, including the International History Review (2010–2016), and been a regular invited professor at the Institut d’Etudes Politiques in Lille and at Sciences Po Paris. He has published extensively on international relations, international thought and history, and on the complex relations of the United States, the United Kingdom and France during the twentieth and twenty-first century. 01 eng 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 B2 History 93 NHD 12 JPFF 93 JPFF 10 POL005000 12 1D 93 1D 12 3JJ 93 3MP 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 Socialism; European Union; decolonisation; diplomacy; internationalism; networks; transnationalism; policy; empire 01 06 02 00 From post-war debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of transnational socialist networks on European construction and integration, as well as the role of European socialism in international (dis-)orders. It explores how soc 03 00 From postwar debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of socialist networks on European construction and integration, and the role of European socialism in international (dis)orders. It assesses how socialist networks were influenced by relations with socialist parties and groups outside Europe, and how they navigated local, national and global politics. Collectively, the chapters explore four main areas: the relationship between the ideals of European cooperation and daily, routine and domestic politics; the shifting definitions of political elites and popular understandings of Europe, including the influence of people of African, Caribbean and Asian descent on the transformation of socialist thought, policies and practices in the European (ex-) imperial powers; the extent to which European socialists attempted to propose a postcolonial, postimperial agenda for Europe; and how European institutions were used, and with what results, by socialists and their contacts.Reflecting on the successes and failures of transnational processes of socialisation, the role of cultural intermediaries and bridge-builders, and the reasons behind misunderstandings, failed projects and missed opportunities for peace and equality, the book examines how socialist politicians and activists conceived of Europe’s role in worldmaking in the transition out of conflict and empire. In doing so, the volume contributes to a better understanding of, and support for, cooperation across borders. 30 00 From postwar debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of socialist networks on European construction and integration, and the role of European socialism in international (dis)orders. It assesses how socialist networks were influenced by relations with socialist parties and groups outside Europe, and how they navigated local, national and global politics. Collectively, the chapters explore four main areas: the relationship between the ideals of European cooperation and daily, routine and domestic politics; the shifting definitions of political elites and popular understandings of Europe, including the influence of people of African, Caribbean and Asian descent on the transformation of socialist thought, policies and practices in the European (ex-) imperial powers; the extent to which European socialists attempted to propose a postcolonial, postimperial agenda for Europe; and how European institutions were used, and with what results, by socialists and their contacts.Reflecting on the successes and failures of transnational processes of socialisation, the role of cultural intermediaries and bridge-builders, and the reasons behind misunderstandings, failed projects and missed opportunities for peace and equality, the book examines how socialist politicians and activists conceived of Europe’s role in worldmaking in the transition out of conflict and empire. In doing so, the volume contributes to a better understanding of, and support for, cooperation across borders. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Mélanie Torrent and Andrew J. Williams </li> </ul>Part I. European socialism in war and peace * 1 The Labour party and the SFIO in London in the 1940s Andrew J. Williams * 2 Transwar continuities: The Mouvement Socialiste pour les Etats-Unis d’Europe (MSEUE) and Socialist Networks in the Early Cold War Benjamin Heckscher and Tommaso MilaniPart II. Paths not taken? European socialists and the politics of worldmaking at the end of empire<ul> <li>3 Europe re-imagined? Claude Bourdet, France-Observateur and British critics of the Algerian war Mélanie Torrent </li> <li>4 Social Activism in the Age of Decolonisation: Basil Davidson and the Liberation Struggles in Lusophone Africa, c. 1954–1975 Pedro Aires Oliveira </li> <li>5 Olof Palme, Sweden, and the Vietnam war: An outspoken socialist among European socialists Lubna Z. Qureshi </li> </ul>Part III. Redefining Europe and reassessing Europeanisation: socialist readings of internationalism and liberalism * 6 European socialists and international solidarity with Palestine: towards a socialist European network of solidarity in the 1970s and 1980s? Thomas Maineult * 7 Black British Labour Leaders and the Europeanisation of antiracism, 1986–1993 Pamela Ohene-Nyako * 8 From Dark to Light: The Fate of Two European Socialist Employment Initiatives in an Age of Austerity Mathieu Fulla 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vjit1721_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-socialists-across-borders/ London, GB 04 01 20250116 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249708 03 9781915249708 06 15 9781915249739 03 9781915249739 06 15 9781915249722 03 9781915249722 06 15 9781915249746 03 9781915249746 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-socialists-across-borders/ 20 08 20250116 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:13b4a319-e2ef-48ae-892f-6a00a835470e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a8f06345-f0c9-4c76-a827-85c89b0bb48a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:13b4a319-e2ef-48ae-892f-6a00a835470e 15 9781915249708 03 9781915249708 06 10.14296/vjit1721 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.142106 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 European Socialists Across Borders Transnational Cooperation and Alternative Visions of Europe After 1945 1 B01 21 0000000322710452 Mélanie Torrent Mélanie Torrent Professor of British and Commonwealth History Université de Picardie Jules Verne Mélanie Torrent is Professor of British and Commonwealth History at the Université de Picardie Jules Verne in Amiens. She has published on the connected ends of the British and French empires, and British foreign policy in Africa. She has been a senior research fellow at the Institute of Commonwealth Studies since 2011, and a member of the editorial board of the Round Table: The Commonwealth Journal of International Affairs, since 2010. 2 B01 21 0000000187240856 Andrew J. Williams Andrew J. Williams Professor (Emeritus) at the School of International Relations 40 02wn5qz54 University of St Andrews Andrew J. Williams is Professor (Emeritus) at the School of International Relations at the University of St Andrews, which he joined in 2006. He has been the editor of several journals, including the International History Review (2010–2016), and been a regular invited professor at the Institut d’Etudes Politiques in Lille and at Sciences Po Paris. He has published extensively on international relations, international thought and history, and on the complex relations of the United States, the United Kingdom and France during the twentieth and twenty-first century. 01 eng 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 B2 History 93 NHD 12 JPFF 93 JPFF 10 POL005000 12 1D 93 1D 12 3JJ 93 3MP 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 Socialism; European Union; decolonisation; diplomacy; internationalism; networks; transnationalism; policy; empire 01 06 02 00 From post-war debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of transnational socialist networks on European construction and integration, as well as the role of European socialism in international (dis-)orders. It explores how soc 03 00 From postwar debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of socialist networks on European construction and integration, and the role of European socialism in international (dis)orders. It assesses how socialist networks were influenced by relations with socialist parties and groups outside Europe, and how they navigated local, national and global politics. Collectively, the chapters explore four main areas: the relationship between the ideals of European cooperation and daily, routine and domestic politics; the shifting definitions of political elites and popular understandings of Europe, including the influence of people of African, Caribbean and Asian descent on the transformation of socialist thought, policies and practices in the European (ex-) imperial powers; the extent to which European socialists attempted to propose a postcolonial, postimperial agenda for Europe; and how European institutions were used, and with what results, by socialists and their contacts.Reflecting on the successes and failures of transnational processes of socialisation, the role of cultural intermediaries and bridge-builders, and the reasons behind misunderstandings, failed projects and missed opportunities for peace and equality, the book examines how socialist politicians and activists conceived of Europe’s role in worldmaking in the transition out of conflict and empire. In doing so, the volume contributes to a better understanding of, and support for, cooperation across borders. 30 00 From postwar debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of socialist networks on European construction and integration, and the role of European socialism in international (dis)orders. It assesses how socialist networks were influenced by relations with socialist parties and groups outside Europe, and how they navigated local, national and global politics. Collectively, the chapters explore four main areas: the relationship between the ideals of European cooperation and daily, routine and domestic politics; the shifting definitions of political elites and popular understandings of Europe, including the influence of people of African, Caribbean and Asian descent on the transformation of socialist thought, policies and practices in the European (ex-) imperial powers; the extent to which European socialists attempted to propose a postcolonial, postimperial agenda for Europe; and how European institutions were used, and with what results, by socialists and their contacts.Reflecting on the successes and failures of transnational processes of socialisation, the role of cultural intermediaries and bridge-builders, and the reasons behind misunderstandings, failed projects and missed opportunities for peace and equality, the book examines how socialist politicians and activists conceived of Europe’s role in worldmaking in the transition out of conflict and empire. In doing so, the volume contributes to a better understanding of, and support for, cooperation across borders. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Mélanie Torrent and Andrew J. Williams </li> </ul>Part I. European socialism in war and peace * 1 The Labour party and the SFIO in London in the 1940s Andrew J. Williams * 2 Transwar continuities: The Mouvement Socialiste pour les Etats-Unis d’Europe (MSEUE) and Socialist Networks in the Early Cold War Benjamin Heckscher and Tommaso MilaniPart II. Paths not taken? European socialists and the politics of worldmaking at the end of empire<ul> <li>3 Europe re-imagined? Claude Bourdet, France-Observateur and British critics of the Algerian war Mélanie Torrent </li> <li>4 Social Activism in the Age of Decolonisation: Basil Davidson and the Liberation Struggles in Lusophone Africa, c. 1954–1975 Pedro Aires Oliveira </li> <li>5 Olof Palme, Sweden, and the Vietnam war: An outspoken socialist among European socialists Lubna Z. Qureshi </li> </ul>Part III. Redefining Europe and reassessing Europeanisation: socialist readings of internationalism and liberalism * 6 European socialists and international solidarity with Palestine: towards a socialist European network of solidarity in the 1970s and 1980s? Thomas Maineult * 7 Black British Labour Leaders and the Europeanisation of antiracism, 1986–1993 Pamela Ohene-Nyako * 8 From Dark to Light: The Fate of Two European Socialist Employment Initiatives in an Age of Austerity Mathieu Fulla 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vjit1721_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-socialists-across-borders/ London, GB 04 01 20250116 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249715 03 9781915249715 06 15 9781915249739 03 9781915249739 06 15 9781915249722 03 9781915249722 06 15 9781915249746 03 9781915249746 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-socialists-across-borders/ 20 08 20250116 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:be42b9ec-b7d5-4bd2-b0e5-9baa2f1a4089 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a8f06345-f0c9-4c76-a827-85c89b0bb48a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:be42b9ec-b7d5-4bd2-b0e5-9baa2f1a4089 15 9781915249739 03 9781915249739 06 10.14296/vjit1721 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.142106 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 European Socialists Across Borders Transnational Cooperation and Alternative Visions of Europe After 1945 1 B01 21 0000000322710452 Mélanie Torrent Mélanie Torrent Professor of British and Commonwealth History Université de Picardie Jules Verne Mélanie Torrent is Professor of British and Commonwealth History at the Université de Picardie Jules Verne in Amiens. She has published on the connected ends of the British and French empires, and British foreign policy in Africa. She has been a senior research fellow at the Institute of Commonwealth Studies since 2011, and a member of the editorial board of the Round Table: The Commonwealth Journal of International Affairs, since 2010. 2 B01 21 0000000187240856 Andrew J. Williams Andrew J. Williams Professor (Emeritus) at the School of International Relations 40 02wn5qz54 University of St Andrews Andrew J. Williams is Professor (Emeritus) at the School of International Relations at the University of St Andrews, which he joined in 2006. He has been the editor of several journals, including the International History Review (2010–2016), and been a regular invited professor at the Institut d’Etudes Politiques in Lille and at Sciences Po Paris. He has published extensively on international relations, international thought and history, and on the complex relations of the United States, the United Kingdom and France during the twentieth and twenty-first century. 01 eng 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 B2 History 93 NHD 12 JPFF 93 JPFF 10 POL005000 12 1D 93 1D 12 3JJ 93 3MP 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 Socialism; European Union; decolonisation; diplomacy; internationalism; networks; transnationalism; policy; empire 01 06 02 00 From post-war debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of transnational socialist networks on European construction and integration, as well as the role of European socialism in international (dis-)orders. It explores how soc 03 00 From postwar debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of socialist networks on European construction and integration, and the role of European socialism in international (dis)orders. It assesses how socialist networks were influenced by relations with socialist parties and groups outside Europe, and how they navigated local, national and global politics. Collectively, the chapters explore four main areas: the relationship between the ideals of European cooperation and daily, routine and domestic politics; the shifting definitions of political elites and popular understandings of Europe, including the influence of people of African, Caribbean and Asian descent on the transformation of socialist thought, policies and practices in the European (ex-) imperial powers; the extent to which European socialists attempted to propose a postcolonial, postimperial agenda for Europe; and how European institutions were used, and with what results, by socialists and their contacts.Reflecting on the successes and failures of transnational processes of socialisation, the role of cultural intermediaries and bridge-builders, and the reasons behind misunderstandings, failed projects and missed opportunities for peace and equality, the book examines how socialist politicians and activists conceived of Europe’s role in worldmaking in the transition out of conflict and empire. In doing so, the volume contributes to a better understanding of, and support for, cooperation across borders. 30 00 From postwar debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of socialist networks on European construction and integration, and the role of European socialism in international (dis)orders. It assesses how socialist networks were influenced by relations with socialist parties and groups outside Europe, and how they navigated local, national and global politics. Collectively, the chapters explore four main areas: the relationship between the ideals of European cooperation and daily, routine and domestic politics; the shifting definitions of political elites and popular understandings of Europe, including the influence of people of African, Caribbean and Asian descent on the transformation of socialist thought, policies and practices in the European (ex-) imperial powers; the extent to which European socialists attempted to propose a postcolonial, postimperial agenda for Europe; and how European institutions were used, and with what results, by socialists and their contacts.Reflecting on the successes and failures of transnational processes of socialisation, the role of cultural intermediaries and bridge-builders, and the reasons behind misunderstandings, failed projects and missed opportunities for peace and equality, the book examines how socialist politicians and activists conceived of Europe’s role in worldmaking in the transition out of conflict and empire. In doing so, the volume contributes to a better understanding of, and support for, cooperation across borders. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Mélanie Torrent and Andrew J. Williams </li> </ul>Part I. European socialism in war and peace * 1 The Labour party and the SFIO in London in the 1940s Andrew J. Williams * 2 Transwar continuities: The Mouvement Socialiste pour les Etats-Unis d’Europe (MSEUE) and Socialist Networks in the Early Cold War Benjamin Heckscher and Tommaso MilaniPart II. Paths not taken? European socialists and the politics of worldmaking at the end of empire<ul> <li>3 Europe re-imagined? Claude Bourdet, France-Observateur and British critics of the Algerian war Mélanie Torrent </li> <li>4 Social Activism in the Age of Decolonisation: Basil Davidson and the Liberation Struggles in Lusophone Africa, c. 1954–1975 Pedro Aires Oliveira </li> <li>5 Olof Palme, Sweden, and the Vietnam war: An outspoken socialist among European socialists Lubna Z. Qureshi </li> </ul>Part III. Redefining Europe and reassessing Europeanisation: socialist readings of internationalism and liberalism * 6 European socialists and international solidarity with Palestine: towards a socialist European network of solidarity in the 1970s and 1980s? Thomas Maineult * 7 Black British Labour Leaders and the Europeanisation of antiracism, 1986–1993 Pamela Ohene-Nyako * 8 From Dark to Light: The Fate of Two European Socialist Employment Initiatives in an Age of Austerity Mathieu Fulla 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vjit1721_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-socialists-across-borders/ London, GB 04 01 20250116 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249715 03 9781915249715 06 15 9781915249708 03 9781915249708 06 15 9781915249722 03 9781915249722 06 15 9781915249746 03 9781915249746 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/a8f06345-f0c9-4c76-a827-85c89b0bb48a 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/a8f06345-f0c9-4c76-a827-85c89b0bb48a/a8f06345-f0c9-4c76-a827-85c89b0bb48a.pdf 20 08 20250116 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249739.pdf 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249739.pdf 20 08 20250116 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249739.pdf 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vjit1721.pdf 20 08 20250116 01 urn:uuid:deaa626e-64b7-4119-a2f6-cbda51e6da72 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a8f06345-f0c9-4c76-a827-85c89b0bb48a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:deaa626e-64b7-4119-a2f6-cbda51e6da72 15 9781915249722 03 9781915249722 06 10.14296/vjit1721 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.142106 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 European Socialists Across Borders Transnational Cooperation and Alternative Visions of Europe After 1945 1 B01 21 0000000322710452 Mélanie Torrent Mélanie Torrent Professor of British and Commonwealth History Université de Picardie Jules Verne Mélanie Torrent is Professor of British and Commonwealth History at the Université de Picardie Jules Verne in Amiens. She has published on the connected ends of the British and French empires, and British foreign policy in Africa. She has been a senior research fellow at the Institute of Commonwealth Studies since 2011, and a member of the editorial board of the Round Table: The Commonwealth Journal of International Affairs, since 2010. 2 B01 21 0000000187240856 Andrew J. Williams Andrew J. Williams Professor (Emeritus) at the School of International Relations 40 02wn5qz54 University of St Andrews Andrew J. Williams is Professor (Emeritus) at the School of International Relations at the University of St Andrews, which he joined in 2006. He has been the editor of several journals, including the International History Review (2010–2016), and been a regular invited professor at the Institut d’Etudes Politiques in Lille and at Sciences Po Paris. He has published extensively on international relations, international thought and history, and on the complex relations of the United States, the United Kingdom and France during the twentieth and twenty-first century. 01 eng 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 B2 History 93 NHD 12 JPFF 93 JPFF 10 POL005000 12 1D 93 1D 12 3JJ 93 3MP 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 Socialism; European Union; decolonisation; diplomacy; internationalism; networks; transnationalism; policy; empire 01 06 02 00 From post-war debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of transnational socialist networks on European construction and integration, as well as the role of European socialism in international (dis-)orders. It explores how soc 03 00 From postwar debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of socialist networks on European construction and integration, and the role of European socialism in international (dis)orders. It assesses how socialist networks were influenced by relations with socialist parties and groups outside Europe, and how they navigated local, national and global politics. Collectively, the chapters explore four main areas: the relationship between the ideals of European cooperation and daily, routine and domestic politics; the shifting definitions of political elites and popular understandings of Europe, including the influence of people of African, Caribbean and Asian descent on the transformation of socialist thought, policies and practices in the European (ex-) imperial powers; the extent to which European socialists attempted to propose a postcolonial, postimperial agenda for Europe; and how European institutions were used, and with what results, by socialists and their contacts.Reflecting on the successes and failures of transnational processes of socialisation, the role of cultural intermediaries and bridge-builders, and the reasons behind misunderstandings, failed projects and missed opportunities for peace and equality, the book examines how socialist politicians and activists conceived of Europe’s role in worldmaking in the transition out of conflict and empire. In doing so, the volume contributes to a better understanding of, and support for, cooperation across borders. 30 00 From postwar debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of socialist networks on European construction and integration, and the role of European socialism in international (dis)orders. It assesses how socialist networks were influenced by relations with socialist parties and groups outside Europe, and how they navigated local, national and global politics. Collectively, the chapters explore four main areas: the relationship between the ideals of European cooperation and daily, routine and domestic politics; the shifting definitions of political elites and popular understandings of Europe, including the influence of people of African, Caribbean and Asian descent on the transformation of socialist thought, policies and practices in the European (ex-) imperial powers; the extent to which European socialists attempted to propose a postcolonial, postimperial agenda for Europe; and how European institutions were used, and with what results, by socialists and their contacts.Reflecting on the successes and failures of transnational processes of socialisation, the role of cultural intermediaries and bridge-builders, and the reasons behind misunderstandings, failed projects and missed opportunities for peace and equality, the book examines how socialist politicians and activists conceived of Europe’s role in worldmaking in the transition out of conflict and empire. In doing so, the volume contributes to a better understanding of, and support for, cooperation across borders. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Mélanie Torrent and Andrew J. Williams </li> </ul>Part I. European socialism in war and peace * 1 The Labour party and the SFIO in London in the 1940s Andrew J. Williams * 2 Transwar continuities: The Mouvement Socialiste pour les Etats-Unis d’Europe (MSEUE) and Socialist Networks in the Early Cold War Benjamin Heckscher and Tommaso MilaniPart II. Paths not taken? European socialists and the politics of worldmaking at the end of empire<ul> <li>3 Europe re-imagined? Claude Bourdet, France-Observateur and British critics of the Algerian war Mélanie Torrent </li> <li>4 Social Activism in the Age of Decolonisation: Basil Davidson and the Liberation Struggles in Lusophone Africa, c. 1954–1975 Pedro Aires Oliveira </li> <li>5 Olof Palme, Sweden, and the Vietnam war: An outspoken socialist among European socialists Lubna Z. Qureshi </li> </ul>Part III. Redefining Europe and reassessing Europeanisation: socialist readings of internationalism and liberalism * 6 European socialists and international solidarity with Palestine: towards a socialist European network of solidarity in the 1970s and 1980s? Thomas Maineult * 7 Black British Labour Leaders and the Europeanisation of antiracism, 1986–1993 Pamela Ohene-Nyako * 8 From Dark to Light: The Fate of Two European Socialist Employment Initiatives in an Age of Austerity Mathieu Fulla 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vjit1721_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-socialists-across-borders/ London, GB 04 01 20250116 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249715 03 9781915249715 06 15 9781915249708 03 9781915249708 06 15 9781915249739 03 9781915249739 06 15 9781915249746 03 9781915249746 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-socialists-across-borders/ 20 08 20250116 01 urn:uuid:d83a0976-e9ac-4dcb-913e-4e2cef315738 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a8f06345-f0c9-4c76-a827-85c89b0bb48a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d83a0976-e9ac-4dcb-913e-4e2cef315738 15 9781915249746 03 9781915249746 06 10.14296/vjit1721 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.142106 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 European Socialists Across Borders Transnational Cooperation and Alternative Visions of Europe After 1945 1 B01 21 0000000322710452 Mélanie Torrent Mélanie Torrent Professor of British and Commonwealth History Université de Picardie Jules Verne Mélanie Torrent is Professor of British and Commonwealth History at the Université de Picardie Jules Verne in Amiens. She has published on the connected ends of the British and French empires, and British foreign policy in Africa. She has been a senior research fellow at the Institute of Commonwealth Studies since 2011, and a member of the editorial board of the Round Table: The Commonwealth Journal of International Affairs, since 2010. 2 B01 21 0000000187240856 Andrew J. Williams Andrew J. Williams Professor (Emeritus) at the School of International Relations 40 02wn5qz54 University of St Andrews Andrew J. Williams is Professor (Emeritus) at the School of International Relations at the University of St Andrews, which he joined in 2006. He has been the editor of several journals, including the International History Review (2010–2016), and been a regular invited professor at the Institut d’Etudes Politiques in Lille and at Sciences Po Paris. He has published extensively on international relations, international thought and history, and on the complex relations of the United States, the United Kingdom and France during the twentieth and twenty-first century. 01 eng 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 B2 History 93 NHD 12 JPFF 93 JPFF 10 POL005000 12 1D 93 1D 12 3JJ 93 3MP 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 Socialism; European Union; decolonisation; diplomacy; internationalism; networks; transnationalism; policy; empire 01 06 02 00 From post-war debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of transnational socialist networks on European construction and integration, as well as the role of European socialism in international (dis-)orders. It explores how soc 03 00 From postwar debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of socialist networks on European construction and integration, and the role of European socialism in international (dis)orders. It assesses how socialist networks were influenced by relations with socialist parties and groups outside Europe, and how they navigated local, national and global politics. Collectively, the chapters explore four main areas: the relationship between the ideals of European cooperation and daily, routine and domestic politics; the shifting definitions of political elites and popular understandings of Europe, including the influence of people of African, Caribbean and Asian descent on the transformation of socialist thought, policies and practices in the European (ex-) imperial powers; the extent to which European socialists attempted to propose a postcolonial, postimperial agenda for Europe; and how European institutions were used, and with what results, by socialists and their contacts.Reflecting on the successes and failures of transnational processes of socialisation, the role of cultural intermediaries and bridge-builders, and the reasons behind misunderstandings, failed projects and missed opportunities for peace and equality, the book examines how socialist politicians and activists conceived of Europe’s role in worldmaking in the transition out of conflict and empire. In doing so, the volume contributes to a better understanding of, and support for, cooperation across borders. 30 00 From postwar debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of socialist networks on European construction and integration, and the role of European socialism in international (dis)orders. It assesses how socialist networks were influenced by relations with socialist parties and groups outside Europe, and how they navigated local, national and global politics. Collectively, the chapters explore four main areas: the relationship between the ideals of European cooperation and daily, routine and domestic politics; the shifting definitions of political elites and popular understandings of Europe, including the influence of people of African, Caribbean and Asian descent on the transformation of socialist thought, policies and practices in the European (ex-) imperial powers; the extent to which European socialists attempted to propose a postcolonial, postimperial agenda for Europe; and how European institutions were used, and with what results, by socialists and their contacts.Reflecting on the successes and failures of transnational processes of socialisation, the role of cultural intermediaries and bridge-builders, and the reasons behind misunderstandings, failed projects and missed opportunities for peace and equality, the book examines how socialist politicians and activists conceived of Europe’s role in worldmaking in the transition out of conflict and empire. In doing so, the volume contributes to a better understanding of, and support for, cooperation across borders. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Mélanie Torrent and Andrew J. Williams </li> </ul>Part I. European socialism in war and peace * 1 The Labour party and the SFIO in London in the 1940s Andrew J. Williams * 2 Transwar continuities: The Mouvement Socialiste pour les Etats-Unis d’Europe (MSEUE) and Socialist Networks in the Early Cold War Benjamin Heckscher and Tommaso MilaniPart II. Paths not taken? European socialists and the politics of worldmaking at the end of empire<ul> <li>3 Europe re-imagined? Claude Bourdet, France-Observateur and British critics of the Algerian war Mélanie Torrent </li> <li>4 Social Activism in the Age of Decolonisation: Basil Davidson and the Liberation Struggles in Lusophone Africa, c. 1954–1975 Pedro Aires Oliveira </li> <li>5 Olof Palme, Sweden, and the Vietnam war: An outspoken socialist among European socialists Lubna Z. Qureshi </li> </ul>Part III. Redefining Europe and reassessing Europeanisation: socialist readings of internationalism and liberalism * 6 European socialists and international solidarity with Palestine: towards a socialist European network of solidarity in the 1970s and 1980s? Thomas Maineult * 7 Black British Labour Leaders and the Europeanisation of antiracism, 1986–1993 Pamela Ohene-Nyako * 8 From Dark to Light: The Fate of Two European Socialist Employment Initiatives in an Age of Austerity Mathieu Fulla 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vjit1721_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-socialists-across-borders/ London, GB 04 01 20250116 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249715 03 9781915249715 06 15 9781915249708 03 9781915249708 06 15 9781915249739 03 9781915249739 06 15 9781915249722 03 9781915249722 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-socialists-across-borders/ 20 08 20250116 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:0948cac6-1a6a-49da-aabd-697ec31a8a78 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:36a25a1d-0be3-4bf1-8b81-f272dd70a05f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0948cac6-1a6a-49da-aabd-697ec31a8a78 15 9781900039994 03 9781900039994 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53752 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 14 mm 03 1.4 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 364 gr 08 12.875 oz 01 01 Evo Morales and the Movimiento Al Socialismo in Bolivia The First Term in Context, 2005-2009 1 B01 Adrian Pearce Adrian Pearce 01 eng 93 JPF 12 JPF B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL005000 93 1KLSL 12 1KLSL 10 POL009000 12 3JMC 93 3MRBA 10 HIS033000 01 06 02 00 This volume reflects on the first administration of Evo Morales and his party, the Movimiento al Socialismo (MAS), the history of the movement, and Bolivian politics and society under the MAS since 2005. Morales has been widely touted as the first indigenous leader of a South American country since the European Conquest. 03 00 This volume reflects on the first administration of Evo Morales and his party, the Movimiento al Socialismo (MAS), the history of the movement, and Bolivian politics and society under the MAS since 2005. Morales has been widely touted as the first indigenous leader of a South American country since the European Conquest. The book originated in a November 2009 symposium, held when Bolivia's presidential elections were imminent, with the support of the Bolivia Information Forum at the Institute of the Americas (ISA) in London. It includes chapters from contributors to the symposium and additional essays commissioned from other leading experts. Contents 1. The Historical Background to the Rise of the Movimiento al Socialismo, 1952-2005 2. Towards a ""Traditional Party""? Internal Organisation and Change in the MAS in Bolivia 3. Bolivia's New Constitution and Its Implications 4. Electoral Validation for Morales and the MAS (1999-2010) 5. The Bolivianisation of Washington-La Paz Relations: Evo Morales' Foreign Policy in Historical Context 6. <break/>Pachakuti in Bolivia, 2008-10: A Personal Diary Contributors include Herbert Klein (Columbia University and Center for Latin American Studies, Stanford University), Sven Harten (International Finance Corporation, World Bank Group), Willem Assies (Wageningen University, the Netherlands), John Crabtree (Latin American Centre, Oxford University), Martin Sivak (author of four books about contemporary Bolivia), and James Dunkerley (Queen Mary, University of London). 30 00 This volume reflects on the first administration of Evo Morales and his party, the Movimiento al Socialismo (MAS), the history of the movement, and Bolivian politics and society under the MAS since 2005. Morales has been widely touted as the first indigenous leader of a South American country since the European Conquest. The book originated in a November 2009 symposium, held when Bolivia's presidential elections were imminent, with the support of the Bolivia Information Forum at the Institute of the Americas (ISA) in London. It includes chapters from contributors to the symposium and additional essays commissioned from other leading experts. Contents 1. The Historical Background to the Rise of the Movimiento al Socialismo, 1952-2005 2. Towards a ""Traditional Party""? Internal Organisation and Change in the MAS in Bolivia 3. Bolivia's New Constitution and Its Implications 4. Electoral Validation for Morales and the MAS (1999-2010) 5. The Bolivianisation of Washington-La Paz Relations: Evo Morales' Foreign Policy in Historical Context 6. <break/>Pachakuti in Bolivia, 2008-10: A Personal Diary Contributors include Herbert Klein (Columbia University and Center for Latin American Studies, Stanford University), Sven Harten (International Finance Corporation, World Bank Group), Willem Assies (Wageningen University, the Netherlands), John Crabtree (Latin American Centre, Oxford University), Martin Sivak (author of four books about contemporary Bolivia), and James Dunkerley (Queen Mary, University of London). 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248129/53752/53752_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/evo-morales-and-the-movimiento-al-socialismo-in-bolivia/ London, GB 08 01 20110407 13 20240425 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/evo-morales-and-the-movimiento-al-socialismo-in-bolivia/ 41 08 20110407 02 25.00 GBP WORLD 02 35.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:470a1833-b41a-4fe4-9d37-33bfd7581379 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:deb6c853-2825-45a5-ac4e-b13a59ca4c55 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:470a1833-b41a-4fe4-9d37-33bfd7581379 15 9781905670024 03 9781905670024 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53871 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 25 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Excess and Restraint: Propertius, Horace and Ovid's 'Ars Amatoria' (BICS Supplement 89) 1 A01 Roy K. Gibson Roy K. Gibson 01 eng B2 AG 12 DCF 93 DCF 10 POE000000 12 DSBB 93 DSBB 01 06 02 00 03 00 Ovid’s Ars Amatoria has long had a reputation for ‘excess’, both moral and stylistic. Augustus’ banishment of the poet to Romania in 8 AD – for teaching ‘foul adultery’ in the Ars – is partly responsible for this reputation, along with Roman love elegy’s well-known predilection for immoderate attitudes and alienation from the values of conventional society. The Ars is undoubtedly a work of subversive tendencies, but its larger reputation has made it difficult for readers to appreciate one of the most striking, yet characteristic, features of the poem. In the pursuit of erotic ends, Ovid recommends to his pupils stratagems of moderation and self-restraint. Ovid’s (hedonistic) middle way is both a novelty for elegy, which is more accustomed to thinking in terms of binary polarities or to pursuing extremes, and it is a witty attempt to wrest the theme of the moderate and the middle from the Augustan poet with whom it is most closely associated – Horace. Excess and restraint’s re-introduction of Horace into the criticism of Roman love elegy is accompanied by a novel attempt to use works by Cicero and Aristotle to engage with the Ars Amatoria, particularly the de Officiis and Nicomachean Ethics which both offer influential treatments of the ‘middle way’. 30 00 Ovid’s Ars Amatoria has long had a reputation for ‘excess’, both moral and stylistic. Augustus’ banishment of the poet to Romania in 8 AD – for teaching ‘foul adultery’ in the Ars – is partly responsible for this reputation, along with Roman love elegy’s well-known predilection for immoderate attitudes and alienation from the values of conventional society. The Ars is undoubtedly a work of subversive tendencies, but its larger reputation has made it difficult for readers to appreciate one of the most striking, yet characteristic, features of the poem. In the pursuit of erotic ends, Ovid recommends to his pupils stratagems of moderation and self-restraint. Ovid’s (hedonistic) middle way is both a novelty for elegy, which is more accustomed to thinking in terms of binary polarities or to pursuing extremes, and it is a witty attempt to wrest the theme of the moderate and the middle from the Augustan poet with whom it is most closely associated – Horace. Excess and restraint’s re-introduction of Horace into the criticism of Roman love elegy is accompanied by a novel attempt to use works by Cicero and Aristotle to engage with the Ars Amatoria, particularly the de Officiis and Nicomachean Ethics which both offer influential treatments of the ‘middle way’. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250812//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/excess-and-restraint-propertius-horace-and-ovids-ars-amatoria-bics-supplement-89/ London, GB 04 01 20070201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/excess-and-restraint-propertius-horace-and-ovids-ars-amatoria-bics-supplement-89/ 20 08 20070201 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:540fabdc-b623-4a57-94f4-49d1b5b78e5b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:81e4f5a7-2b16-4315-981b-54450c6145ab 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:540fabdc-b623-4a57-94f4-49d1b5b78e5b 15 9781900039505 03 9781900039505 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53801 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 25 mm 03 2.5 cm 03 1 in 08 44 gr 08 1.625 oz 01 01 Exclusion and Engagement Social Policy in Latin America 1 B01 Christopher Abel Christopher Abel 2 B01 Colin M. Lewis Colin M. Lewis 01 eng 93 JBF 12 JFF B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL029000 93 JPA 12 JPA 10 POL009000 12 1KL 93 1KL 10 POL011000 10 POL019000 01 06 02 00 This collection offers a reappraisal of social policy in response to the scale of the challenges confronting Latin America. Divided into four sections it explores the functions of social policy and the prospects of its performing a new and more dynamic role. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248140/53801/53801_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/exclusion-and-engagement/ London, GB 04 01 20020601 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/exclusion-and-engagement/ 20 08 20020601 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6a66612f-6450-41b1-a4ae-7d287c7adca2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:beb5c082-f7f7-4805-8eb3-8f751e8f1292 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6a66612f-6450-41b1-a4ae-7d287c7adca2 15 9781905670208 03 9781905670208 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61341 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 49 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Exploring ancient sculpture – essays in honour of Geoffrey Waywell (BICS Supplement 104) 1 B01 Fiona C. Macfarlane Fiona C. Macfarlane 2 B01 Catherine Morgan Catherine Morgan 01 eng 12 AM 93 AM 10 ART015060 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Art and Architecture 12 HDDK 93 NKD 93 1QBA 01 06 02 00 03 00 From Caria to English country houses and iconography to architectural reconstruction, over the past 40 years Geoffrey Waywell has transformed our understanding of Greek sculpture and opened the way for new generations of scholars.In this volume, a celebration of his career on the occasion of his retirement, past and present students, friends and colleagues explore ideas, monuments and regions which reflect the great breadth of his research interests.Essays range from iconographical studies of Myron's Discobolos, to the reconstruction of the Mausoleum of Halicarnassus, an exploration of the role of attribution, and a celebration of one of the works saved for the nation on Geoffrey Waywell's advice, the Jennings dog now in the British Museum. 30 00 From Caria to English country houses and iconography to architectural reconstruction, over the past 40 years Geoffrey Waywell has transformed our understanding of Greek sculpture and opened the way for new generations of scholars.In this volume, a celebration of his career on the occasion of his retirement, past and present students, friends and colleagues explore ideas, monuments and regions which reflect the great breadth of his research interests.Essays range from iconographical studies of Myron's Discobolos, to the reconstruction of the Mausoleum of Halicarnassus, an exploration of the role of attribution, and a celebration of one of the works saved for the nation on Geoffrey Waywell's advice, the Jennings dog now in the British Museum. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250798//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/exploring-ancient-sculpture-essays-in-honour-of-geoffrey-waywell-bics-supplement-104/ London, GB 04 01 20101108 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/exploring-ancient-sculpture-essays-in-honour-of-geoffrey-waywell-bics-supplement-104/ 20 08 20101108 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:641e9f23-caa6-490c-a3e7-4db7fd575706 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bce2e350-3957-406a-a468-f535b5153944 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:641e9f23-caa6-490c-a3e7-4db7fd575706 15 9781912250950 03 9781912250950 06 10.63674/bxds6730 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.174840 00 BC 10 01 216 mm 01 21.6 cm 01 8.5 in 02 140 mm 02 14 cm 02 5.5 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Exploring Digital Cultural Heritage Access, Use, Value and Sustainability 1 A01 21 0000000301038230 Eirini Goudarouli Eirini Goudarouli Head of Research The National Archives Eirini Goudarouli is the Head of Research at The National Archives, UK, where she leads an interdisciplinary team of researchers and practitioners. She has led and co-led a range of externally and internally funded projects, programmes and initiatives and holds several external voluntary roles, including serving on the Executive Committee of the Independent Research Organisation Consortium. Her current research focuses on digital cultural heritage, with a particular interest in integrating diverse disciplinary approaches that could essentially contribute to the rethinking of digital, archival and collection-based research. 2 A01 21 0000000167784610 Anna-Maria Sichani Anna-Maria Sichani Research Associate in Digital Humanities School of Advanced Study, University of London Anna-Maria Sichani is a BRAID Research Fellow and a Research Associate in Digital Humanities at School of Advanced Study, University of London. She has held postdoctoral positions at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and the Faculty of Media, Arts and Humanities at the University of Sussex. Previously, she was awarded a UKRI Policy and Engagement Fellowship in Digital Research and Innovation Infrastructure, as well as a Fellowship with the Software Sustainability Institute. She has also collaborated on national and international projects and infrastructures in digital cultural heritage and digital humanities, and has published extensively in these fields. Her research focuses on data-intensive research and emerging technologies, including AI, in the arts, humanities, and the wider cultural heritage and information environment, with a focus towards open, responsible, ethical, and sustainable research, alongside interests in media history, research infrastructures, and digital pedagogy. 3 A01 Jane Winters Jane Winters Professor of Digital Humanities School of Advanced Study, University of London Jane Winters is Professor of Digital Humanities at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, UK. Her research interests include digital history, born-digital archives (particularly the archived web), digital cultural heritage and open access publishing. She has published most recently on Non-Print Legal Deposit and web archives, born-digital archives and the problem of search, and the archiving and analysis of national web domains. 01 eng 10 ART059000 B2 Digital Humanities 93 GLZ 10 COM034000 93 JBCT1 10 LAN025060 93 UG 20 heritage; digitisation; born-digital; technologies; data; accessibility; libraries; museums; sustainability; preservation; web archives; collections 01 06 02 00 As more of the world’s cultural heritage is digitised and born-digital, the questions posed by new digital archives and collections will bring complexity and challenges, but also opportunities. This book is an accessible starting point for those interested in the past, present and future of digital cultural heritage. It explores the multiple 03 00 The digitisation of cultural heritage has had a transformative effect both on humanities research and on research and professional practice in the cultural heritage sector, even if the scale and nature of this impact is still at an early stage. As more of the world’s cultural heritage is born-digital, the questions posed by new digital archives and collections will bring complexity and new challenges, but also opportunities and commonality of method and approach across sectors.This book is an accessible starting point for researchers, postgraduate students and cultural heritage professionals interested in the past, present and future of digital cultural heritage. It explores the multiple interpretations, contexts and uses of digital cultural heritage across four core thematic areas: access, use and reuse, value(s) and sustainability. These themes cut across the digitised and the born-digital and are central to the work of the institutions responsible for the management and dissemination of digital cultural heritage and the researchers and practitioners of all kinds who work with those digital materials.Drawing on real case studies, resources and practical examples, this is an essential state-of-the-field overview of the concepts, initiatives, processes and emerging technologies that have shaped digital cultural heritage over the last decades as well as its future challenges and directions. 30 00 The digitisation of cultural heritage has had a transformative effect both on humanities research and on research and professional practice in the cultural heritage sector, even if the scale and nature of this impact is still at an early stage. As more of the world’s cultural heritage is born-digital, the questions posed by new digital archives and collections will bring complexity and new challenges, but also opportunities and commonality of method and approach across sectors.This book is an accessible starting point for researchers, postgraduate students and cultural heritage professionals interested in the past, present and future of digital cultural heritage. It explores the multiple interpretations, contexts and uses of digital cultural heritage across four core thematic areas: access, use and reuse, value(s) and sustainability. These themes cut across the digitised and the born-digital and are central to the work of the institutions responsible for the management and dissemination of digital cultural heritage and the researchers and practitioners of all kinds who work with those digital materials.Drawing on real case studies, resources and practical examples, this is an essential state-of-the-field overview of the concepts, initiatives, processes and emerging technologies that have shaped digital cultural heritage over the last decades as well as its future challenges and directions. 04 00 <ul> <li>1 Introduction</li> <li>2 Access</li> <li>3 Use and reuse</li> <li>4 Value(s)</li> <li>5 Sustainability and preservation</li> <li>6 Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/exploring-digital-cultural-heritage/ London, GB 02 01 20260507 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250943 03 9781912250943 06 15 9781912250974 03 9781912250974 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/exploring-digital-cultural-heritage/ 10 08 20260507 02 18.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:5f415107-a359-4606-a07a-4b0a5a9021e5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bce2e350-3957-406a-a468-f535b5153944 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5f415107-a359-4606-a07a-4b0a5a9021e5 15 9781912250943 03 9781912250943 06 10.63674/bxds6730 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.174840 00 BB 10 01 220 mm 01 22 cm 01 8.6875 in 02 144 mm 02 14.4 cm 02 5.6875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Exploring Digital Cultural Heritage Access, Use, Value and Sustainability 1 A01 21 0000000301038230 Eirini Goudarouli Eirini Goudarouli Head of Research The National Archives Eirini Goudarouli is the Head of Research at The National Archives, UK, where she leads an interdisciplinary team of researchers and practitioners. She has led and co-led a range of externally and internally funded projects, programmes and initiatives and holds several external voluntary roles, including serving on the Executive Committee of the Independent Research Organisation Consortium. Her current research focuses on digital cultural heritage, with a particular interest in integrating diverse disciplinary approaches that could essentially contribute to the rethinking of digital, archival and collection-based research. 2 A01 21 0000000167784610 Anna-Maria Sichani Anna-Maria Sichani Research Associate in Digital Humanities School of Advanced Study, University of London Anna-Maria Sichani is a BRAID Research Fellow and a Research Associate in Digital Humanities at School of Advanced Study, University of London. She has held postdoctoral positions at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and the Faculty of Media, Arts and Humanities at the University of Sussex. Previously, she was awarded a UKRI Policy and Engagement Fellowship in Digital Research and Innovation Infrastructure, as well as a Fellowship with the Software Sustainability Institute. She has also collaborated on national and international projects and infrastructures in digital cultural heritage and digital humanities, and has published extensively in these fields. Her research focuses on data-intensive research and emerging technologies, including AI, in the arts, humanities, and the wider cultural heritage and information environment, with a focus towards open, responsible, ethical, and sustainable research, alongside interests in media history, research infrastructures, and digital pedagogy. 3 A01 Jane Winters Jane Winters Professor of Digital Humanities School of Advanced Study, University of London Jane Winters is Professor of Digital Humanities at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, UK. Her research interests include digital history, born-digital archives (particularly the archived web), digital cultural heritage and open access publishing. She has published most recently on Non-Print Legal Deposit and web archives, born-digital archives and the problem of search, and the archiving and analysis of national web domains. 01 eng 10 ART059000 B2 Digital Humanities 93 GLZ 10 COM034000 93 JBCT1 10 LAN025060 93 UG 20 heritage; digitisation; born-digital; technologies; data; accessibility; libraries; museums; sustainability; preservation; web archives; collections 01 06 02 00 As more of the world’s cultural heritage is digitised and born-digital, the questions posed by new digital archives and collections will bring complexity and challenges, but also opportunities. This book is an accessible starting point for those interested in the past, present and future of digital cultural heritage. It explores the multiple 03 00 The digitisation of cultural heritage has had a transformative effect both on humanities research and on research and professional practice in the cultural heritage sector, even if the scale and nature of this impact is still at an early stage. As more of the world’s cultural heritage is born-digital, the questions posed by new digital archives and collections will bring complexity and new challenges, but also opportunities and commonality of method and approach across sectors.This book is an accessible starting point for researchers, postgraduate students and cultural heritage professionals interested in the past, present and future of digital cultural heritage. It explores the multiple interpretations, contexts and uses of digital cultural heritage across four core thematic areas: access, use and reuse, value(s) and sustainability. These themes cut across the digitised and the born-digital and are central to the work of the institutions responsible for the management and dissemination of digital cultural heritage and the researchers and practitioners of all kinds who work with those digital materials.Drawing on real case studies, resources and practical examples, this is an essential state-of-the-field overview of the concepts, initiatives, processes and emerging technologies that have shaped digital cultural heritage over the last decades as well as its future challenges and directions. 30 00 The digitisation of cultural heritage has had a transformative effect both on humanities research and on research and professional practice in the cultural heritage sector, even if the scale and nature of this impact is still at an early stage. As more of the world’s cultural heritage is born-digital, the questions posed by new digital archives and collections will bring complexity and new challenges, but also opportunities and commonality of method and approach across sectors.This book is an accessible starting point for researchers, postgraduate students and cultural heritage professionals interested in the past, present and future of digital cultural heritage. It explores the multiple interpretations, contexts and uses of digital cultural heritage across four core thematic areas: access, use and reuse, value(s) and sustainability. These themes cut across the digitised and the born-digital and are central to the work of the institutions responsible for the management and dissemination of digital cultural heritage and the researchers and practitioners of all kinds who work with those digital materials.Drawing on real case studies, resources and practical examples, this is an essential state-of-the-field overview of the concepts, initiatives, processes and emerging technologies that have shaped digital cultural heritage over the last decades as well as its future challenges and directions. 04 00 <ul> <li>1 Introduction</li> <li>2 Access</li> <li>3 Use and reuse</li> <li>4 Value(s)</li> <li>5 Sustainability and preservation</li> <li>6 Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/exploring-digital-cultural-heritage/ London, GB 02 01 20260507 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250950 03 9781912250950 06 15 9781912250974 03 9781912250974 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/exploring-digital-cultural-heritage/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912250974.pdf 10 08 20260507 02 45.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:126c08fd-6837-49cf-ae3b-cccdbeb0ad01 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bce2e350-3957-406a-a468-f535b5153944 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:126c08fd-6837-49cf-ae3b-cccdbeb0ad01 15 9781912250974 03 9781912250974 06 10.63674/bxds6730 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.174840 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Exploring Digital Cultural Heritage Access, Use, Value and Sustainability 1 A01 21 0000000301038230 Eirini Goudarouli Eirini Goudarouli Head of Research The National Archives Eirini Goudarouli is the Head of Research at The National Archives, UK, where she leads an interdisciplinary team of researchers and practitioners. She has led and co-led a range of externally and internally funded projects, programmes and initiatives and holds several external voluntary roles, including serving on the Executive Committee of the Independent Research Organisation Consortium. Her current research focuses on digital cultural heritage, with a particular interest in integrating diverse disciplinary approaches that could essentially contribute to the rethinking of digital, archival and collection-based research. 2 A01 21 0000000167784610 Anna-Maria Sichani Anna-Maria Sichani Research Associate in Digital Humanities School of Advanced Study, University of London Anna-Maria Sichani is a BRAID Research Fellow and a Research Associate in Digital Humanities at School of Advanced Study, University of London. She has held postdoctoral positions at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and the Faculty of Media, Arts and Humanities at the University of Sussex. Previously, she was awarded a UKRI Policy and Engagement Fellowship in Digital Research and Innovation Infrastructure, as well as a Fellowship with the Software Sustainability Institute. She has also collaborated on national and international projects and infrastructures in digital cultural heritage and digital humanities, and has published extensively in these fields. Her research focuses on data-intensive research and emerging technologies, including AI, in the arts, humanities, and the wider cultural heritage and information environment, with a focus towards open, responsible, ethical, and sustainable research, alongside interests in media history, research infrastructures, and digital pedagogy. 3 A01 Jane Winters Jane Winters Professor of Digital Humanities School of Advanced Study, University of London Jane Winters is Professor of Digital Humanities at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, UK. Her research interests include digital history, born-digital archives (particularly the archived web), digital cultural heritage and open access publishing. She has published most recently on Non-Print Legal Deposit and web archives, born-digital archives and the problem of search, and the archiving and analysis of national web domains. 01 eng 10 ART059000 B2 Digital Humanities 93 GLZ 10 COM034000 93 JBCT1 10 LAN025060 93 UG 20 heritage; digitisation; born-digital; technologies; data; accessibility; libraries; museums; sustainability; preservation; web archives; collections 01 06 02 00 As more of the world’s cultural heritage is digitised and born-digital, the questions posed by new digital archives and collections will bring complexity and challenges, but also opportunities. This book is an accessible starting point for those interested in the past, present and future of digital cultural heritage. It explores the multiple 03 00 The digitisation of cultural heritage has had a transformative effect both on humanities research and on research and professional practice in the cultural heritage sector, even if the scale and nature of this impact is still at an early stage. As more of the world’s cultural heritage is born-digital, the questions posed by new digital archives and collections will bring complexity and new challenges, but also opportunities and commonality of method and approach across sectors.This book is an accessible starting point for researchers, postgraduate students and cultural heritage professionals interested in the past, present and future of digital cultural heritage. It explores the multiple interpretations, contexts and uses of digital cultural heritage across four core thematic areas: access, use and reuse, value(s) and sustainability. These themes cut across the digitised and the born-digital and are central to the work of the institutions responsible for the management and dissemination of digital cultural heritage and the researchers and practitioners of all kinds who work with those digital materials.Drawing on real case studies, resources and practical examples, this is an essential state-of-the-field overview of the concepts, initiatives, processes and emerging technologies that have shaped digital cultural heritage over the last decades as well as its future challenges and directions. 30 00 The digitisation of cultural heritage has had a transformative effect both on humanities research and on research and professional practice in the cultural heritage sector, even if the scale and nature of this impact is still at an early stage. As more of the world’s cultural heritage is born-digital, the questions posed by new digital archives and collections will bring complexity and new challenges, but also opportunities and commonality of method and approach across sectors.This book is an accessible starting point for researchers, postgraduate students and cultural heritage professionals interested in the past, present and future of digital cultural heritage. It explores the multiple interpretations, contexts and uses of digital cultural heritage across four core thematic areas: access, use and reuse, value(s) and sustainability. These themes cut across the digitised and the born-digital and are central to the work of the institutions responsible for the management and dissemination of digital cultural heritage and the researchers and practitioners of all kinds who work with those digital materials.Drawing on real case studies, resources and practical examples, this is an essential state-of-the-field overview of the concepts, initiatives, processes and emerging technologies that have shaped digital cultural heritage over the last decades as well as its future challenges and directions. 04 00 <ul> <li>1 Introduction</li> <li>2 Access</li> <li>3 Use and reuse</li> <li>4 Value(s)</li> <li>5 Sustainability and preservation</li> <li>6 Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/exploring-digital-cultural-heritage/ London, GB 02 01 20260507 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250950 03 9781912250950 06 15 9781912250943 03 9781912250943 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/exploring-digital-cultural-heritage/ 10 08 20260507 01 urn:uuid:0dc4f752-1b5f-4ec3-a900-9e5970f3bcc7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f1aa4981-89f1-46e8-9636-1f3b5f5a493e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0dc4f752-1b5f-4ec3-a900-9e5970f3bcc7 15 9781871348323 03 9781871348323 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53929 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 01 01 Fasti Ecclesiae Anglicanae, 1541-1857: Bristol, Gloucester, Oxford and Peterborough Dioceses v. 8 1 A01 John Le Neve John Le Neve 2 B01 Joyce M. Horn Joyce M. Horn 01 eng B2 History ⇒ Religious History 12 HRCX1 93 QRM 10 REL108030 93 QRVS1 01 06 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/fasti-ecclesiae-anglicanae-1541-1857-bristol-gloucester-oxford-and-peterborough-dioceses-v-8/ London, GB 04 01 19961101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/fasti-ecclesiae-anglicanae-1541-1857-bristol-gloucester-oxford-and-peterborough-dioceses-v-8/ 20 08 19961101 02 28.00 GBP WORLD 02 36.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:11228aa5-59e7-4f24-9c29-e8cfcae8e377 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c591d6d7-9093-4625-93e5-7e74241fd2d7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:11228aa5-59e7-4f24-9c29-e8cfcae8e377 15 9781871348125 03 9781871348125 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54112 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 01 01 Fasti Ecclesiae Anglicanae, 1541-1857: Ely, Norwich, Westminster and Worcester Dioceses v. 7 1 A01 John Le Neve John Le Neve 2 B01 Joyce M. Horn Joyce M. Horn 01 eng B2 History ⇒ Religious History 12 HRCX1 93 QRM 10 REL108030 93 QRVS1 01 06 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/fasti-ecclesiae-anglicanae-1541-1857-ely-norwich-westminster-and-worcester-dioceses-v-7/ London, GB 04 01 19921101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/fasti-ecclesiae-anglicanae-1541-1857-ely-norwich-westminster-and-worcester-dioceses-v-7/ 20 08 19921101 02 28.00 GBP WORLD 02 36.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:281c5d40-8d4a-4709-9617-507158177fb9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:79d94218-a25a-4db3-9c71-1d4801731ab8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:281c5d40-8d4a-4709-9617-507158177fb9 15 9781900039802 03 9781900039802 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53743 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 20 mm 03 2 cm 03 0.8125 in 08 27 gr 08 1 oz 01 01 Football in the Americas FayTbol, Futebol, Soccer 1 B01 Rory M. Miller Rory M. Miller 2 B01 Liz Crolley Liz Crolley 01 eng 93 KNS 12 KNSP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SPO040000 93 JHB 12 JHB 93 SFBC 12 WSJA 12 1K 93 1K 01 06 02 00 Football has always provided its players and fans with identity and belonging, whether to a nation or to a particular social group. It has been both a vehicle for the politically ambitious and an arena in which citizens can make sense of national failings and contest existing power structures. This volume explores many of these themes.</p 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248119/53743/53743_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/football-in-the-americas/ London, GB 04 01 20070912 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/football-in-the-americas/ 20 08 20070912 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:77e2e88c-7654-4d27-9574-3418aaada241 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:91e63348-69b8-42b5-8b94-cc5e51337153 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:77e2e88c-7654-4d27-9574-3418aaada241 15 9781908590671 03 9781908590671 06 10.63674/ssgx3409 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135644 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 7 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Forging Fraternity in Late Medieval Society The Palmers' Guild of Ludlow 1 A01 21 0000000321752431 Rachael Harkes Rachael Harkes Postdoctoral Research Associate 40 0524sp257 University of Bristol Rachael Harkes is currently a Postdoctoral Research Associate at the University of Bristol on the ERC Advanced Grant/UKRI project 'Mapping the Medieval March: Wales and England, c. 1282–1550'. Her research focuses on processes of decision-making in medieval society, with a specific interest in border regions and digital humanities. 01 eng 09 21 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015020 B2 History 93 NHDJ 12 HRC 93 QRMP 10 REL108020 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 1DB 93 1DDU 12 3H 93 3KLN 20 guilds; medieval; Reformation; fraternity; community; urban; rural; politics; networks; nobility; religion; governance; pre-Enlightenment; Palmers’ Guild; Ludlow; mid-thirteenth century; membership; society; England; Wales 01 06 02 00 Departing from traditional guild studies, Forging Fraternity crosses conventional historiographical boundaries to reconceptualise guild membership as both a structure for complex social relations and identities. With over 18,000 members recorded in the guild’s massive extant archive, the Palmers offer a unique opportunity to investigate the i 03 00 The untold story of how a medieval guild united the worlds of commerce and religion and changed local life and international influence on the eve of the Reformation.</bold>Forging Fraternity in Late Medieval Society</italic> is an ambitious and innovative study of the social, political and religious histories of medieval England and Wales. Using the Palmers’ Guild of Ludlow as a prism, it sets out to consider the almost ubiquitous membership of religious guilds in both urban and rural society on the eve of the Reformation. With over 18,000 members recorded in the guild’s massive extant archive, drawn from across the social spectrum and spread throughout Wales, England, Iberia, Ireland and France, the Palmers offer a unique opportunity to investigate the interplay between institutions and individuals in the Middle Ages.Why did thousands of men and women join this particular organization in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries? What influenced people’s decision to become a member, how can we reconstruct these decisions from surviving documents, and what do they reveal about the communities that made up late medieval society? By posing these questions, this book charts individual and collective experiences, reconstructing the life-stages, political circumstances, and social pressures incumbent on individuals as they engaged in a moral and fiscal commitment to a guild. Departing from traditional guild studies, Forging Fraternity</italic> crosses conventional historiographical boundaries to reconceptualise guild membership as both a structure for and mirror of complex social relations and identities, demonstrating with ingenuity how medieval sources can be put to use in unconventional ways. 30 00 The untold story of how a medieval guild united the worlds of commerce and religion and changed local life and international influence on the eve of the Reformation.</bold>Forging Fraternity in Late Medieval Society</italic> is an ambitious and innovative study of the social, political and religious histories of medieval England and Wales. Using the Palmers’ Guild of Ludlow as a prism, it sets out to consider the almost ubiquitous membership of religious guilds in both urban and rural society on the eve of the Reformation. With over 18,000 members recorded in the guild’s massive extant archive, drawn from across the social spectrum and spread throughout Wales, England, Iberia, Ireland and France, the Palmers offer a unique opportunity to investigate the interplay between institutions and individuals in the Middle Ages.Why did thousands of men and women join this particular organization in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries? What influenced people’s decision to become a member, how can we reconstruct these decisions from surviving documents, and what do they reveal about the communities that made up late medieval society? By posing these questions, this book charts individual and collective experiences, reconstructing the life-stages, political circumstances, and social pressures incumbent on individuals as they engaged in a moral and fiscal commitment to a guild. Departing from traditional guild studies, Forging Fraternity</italic> crosses conventional historiographical boundaries to reconceptualise guild membership as both a structure for and mirror of complex social relations and identities, demonstrating with ingenuity how medieval sources can be put to use in unconventional ways. 04 00 Introduction<ol> <li>Microcosms of Membership</li> <li>Households</li> <li>Urban Governance</li> <li>Regional Governance</li> <li>Beyond Wales and England</li> </ol>Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/374309/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/forging-fraternity-in-late-medieval-society/ London, GB 04 01 20251106 Rachael Harkes 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590664 03 9781908590664 06 15 9781908590688 03 9781908590688 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/forging-fraternity-in-late-medieval-society/ 20 08 20251106 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:1d246163-a8b0-4913-9a4a-5a94acdae1d0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:91e63348-69b8-42b5-8b94-cc5e51337153 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1d246163-a8b0-4913-9a4a-5a94acdae1d0 15 9781908590664 03 9781908590664 06 10.63674/ssgx3409 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135644 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 7 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Forging Fraternity in Late Medieval Society The Palmers' Guild of Ludlow 1 A01 21 0000000321752431 Rachael Harkes Rachael Harkes Postdoctoral Research Associate 40 0524sp257 University of Bristol Rachael Harkes is currently a Postdoctoral Research Associate at the University of Bristol on the ERC Advanced Grant/UKRI project 'Mapping the Medieval March: Wales and England, c. 1282–1550'. Her research focuses on processes of decision-making in medieval society, with a specific interest in border regions and digital humanities. 01 eng 09 21 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015020 B2 History 93 NHDJ 12 HRC 93 QRMP 10 REL108020 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 1DB 93 1DDU 12 3H 93 3KLN 20 guilds; medieval; Reformation; fraternity; community; urban; rural; politics; networks; nobility; religion; governance; pre-Enlightenment; Palmers’ Guild; Ludlow; mid-thirteenth century; membership; society; England; Wales 01 06 02 00 Departing from traditional guild studies, Forging Fraternity crosses conventional historiographical boundaries to reconceptualise guild membership as both a structure for complex social relations and identities. With over 18,000 members recorded in the guild’s massive extant archive, the Palmers offer a unique opportunity to investigate the i 03 00 The untold story of how a medieval guild united the worlds of commerce and religion and changed local life and international influence on the eve of the Reformation.</bold>Forging Fraternity in Late Medieval Society</italic> is an ambitious and innovative study of the social, political and religious histories of medieval England and Wales. Using the Palmers’ Guild of Ludlow as a prism, it sets out to consider the almost ubiquitous membership of religious guilds in both urban and rural society on the eve of the Reformation. With over 18,000 members recorded in the guild’s massive extant archive, drawn from across the social spectrum and spread throughout Wales, England, Iberia, Ireland and France, the Palmers offer a unique opportunity to investigate the interplay between institutions and individuals in the Middle Ages.Why did thousands of men and women join this particular organization in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries? What influenced people’s decision to become a member, how can we reconstruct these decisions from surviving documents, and what do they reveal about the communities that made up late medieval society? By posing these questions, this book charts individual and collective experiences, reconstructing the life-stages, political circumstances, and social pressures incumbent on individuals as they engaged in a moral and fiscal commitment to a guild. Departing from traditional guild studies, Forging Fraternity</italic> crosses conventional historiographical boundaries to reconceptualise guild membership as both a structure for and mirror of complex social relations and identities, demonstrating with ingenuity how medieval sources can be put to use in unconventional ways. 30 00 The untold story of how a medieval guild united the worlds of commerce and religion and changed local life and international influence on the eve of the Reformation.</bold>Forging Fraternity in Late Medieval Society</italic> is an ambitious and innovative study of the social, political and religious histories of medieval England and Wales. Using the Palmers’ Guild of Ludlow as a prism, it sets out to consider the almost ubiquitous membership of religious guilds in both urban and rural society on the eve of the Reformation. With over 18,000 members recorded in the guild’s massive extant archive, drawn from across the social spectrum and spread throughout Wales, England, Iberia, Ireland and France, the Palmers offer a unique opportunity to investigate the interplay between institutions and individuals in the Middle Ages.Why did thousands of men and women join this particular organization in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries? What influenced people’s decision to become a member, how can we reconstruct these decisions from surviving documents, and what do they reveal about the communities that made up late medieval society? By posing these questions, this book charts individual and collective experiences, reconstructing the life-stages, political circumstances, and social pressures incumbent on individuals as they engaged in a moral and fiscal commitment to a guild. Departing from traditional guild studies, Forging Fraternity</italic> crosses conventional historiographical boundaries to reconceptualise guild membership as both a structure for and mirror of complex social relations and identities, demonstrating with ingenuity how medieval sources can be put to use in unconventional ways. 04 00 Introduction<ol> <li>Microcosms of Membership</li> <li>Households</li> <li>Urban Governance</li> <li>Regional Governance</li> <li>Beyond Wales and England</li> </ol>Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/374309/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/forging-fraternity-in-late-medieval-society/ London, GB 04 01 20251106 Rachael Harkes 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590671 03 9781908590671 06 15 9781908590688 03 9781908590688 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/forging-fraternity-in-late-medieval-society/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908590688.pdf 20 08 20251106 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:264dfdd4-3162-4538-af8b-a47bb578e666 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:91e63348-69b8-42b5-8b94-cc5e51337153 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:264dfdd4-3162-4538-af8b-a47bb578e666 15 9781908590688 03 9781908590688 06 10.63674/ssgx3409 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135644 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 7 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Forging Fraternity in Late Medieval Society The Palmers' Guild of Ludlow 1 A01 21 0000000321752431 Rachael Harkes Rachael Harkes Postdoctoral Research Associate 40 0524sp257 University of Bristol Rachael Harkes is currently a Postdoctoral Research Associate at the University of Bristol on the ERC Advanced Grant/UKRI project 'Mapping the Medieval March: Wales and England, c. 1282–1550'. Her research focuses on processes of decision-making in medieval society, with a specific interest in border regions and digital humanities. 01 eng 09 21 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015020 B2 History 93 NHDJ 12 HRC 93 QRMP 10 REL108020 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 1DB 93 1DDU 12 3H 93 3KLN 20 guilds; medieval; Reformation; fraternity; community; urban; rural; politics; networks; nobility; religion; governance; pre-Enlightenment; Palmers’ Guild; Ludlow; mid-thirteenth century; membership; society; England; Wales 01 06 02 00 Departing from traditional guild studies, Forging Fraternity crosses conventional historiographical boundaries to reconceptualise guild membership as both a structure for complex social relations and identities. With over 18,000 members recorded in the guild’s massive extant archive, the Palmers offer a unique opportunity to investigate the i 03 00 The untold story of how a medieval guild united the worlds of commerce and religion and changed local life and international influence on the eve of the Reformation.</bold>Forging Fraternity in Late Medieval Society</italic> is an ambitious and innovative study of the social, political and religious histories of medieval England and Wales. Using the Palmers’ Guild of Ludlow as a prism, it sets out to consider the almost ubiquitous membership of religious guilds in both urban and rural society on the eve of the Reformation. With over 18,000 members recorded in the guild’s massive extant archive, drawn from across the social spectrum and spread throughout Wales, England, Iberia, Ireland and France, the Palmers offer a unique opportunity to investigate the interplay between institutions and individuals in the Middle Ages.Why did thousands of men and women join this particular organization in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries? What influenced people’s decision to become a member, how can we reconstruct these decisions from surviving documents, and what do they reveal about the communities that made up late medieval society? By posing these questions, this book charts individual and collective experiences, reconstructing the life-stages, political circumstances, and social pressures incumbent on individuals as they engaged in a moral and fiscal commitment to a guild. Departing from traditional guild studies, Forging Fraternity</italic> crosses conventional historiographical boundaries to reconceptualise guild membership as both a structure for and mirror of complex social relations and identities, demonstrating with ingenuity how medieval sources can be put to use in unconventional ways. 30 00 The untold story of how a medieval guild united the worlds of commerce and religion and changed local life and international influence on the eve of the Reformation.</bold>Forging Fraternity in Late Medieval Society</italic> is an ambitious and innovative study of the social, political and religious histories of medieval England and Wales. Using the Palmers’ Guild of Ludlow as a prism, it sets out to consider the almost ubiquitous membership of religious guilds in both urban and rural society on the eve of the Reformation. With over 18,000 members recorded in the guild’s massive extant archive, drawn from across the social spectrum and spread throughout Wales, England, Iberia, Ireland and France, the Palmers offer a unique opportunity to investigate the interplay between institutions and individuals in the Middle Ages.Why did thousands of men and women join this particular organization in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries? What influenced people’s decision to become a member, how can we reconstruct these decisions from surviving documents, and what do they reveal about the communities that made up late medieval society? By posing these questions, this book charts individual and collective experiences, reconstructing the life-stages, political circumstances, and social pressures incumbent on individuals as they engaged in a moral and fiscal commitment to a guild. Departing from traditional guild studies, Forging Fraternity</italic> crosses conventional historiographical boundaries to reconceptualise guild membership as both a structure for and mirror of complex social relations and identities, demonstrating with ingenuity how medieval sources can be put to use in unconventional ways. 04 00 Introduction<ol> <li>Microcosms of Membership</li> <li>Households</li> <li>Urban Governance</li> <li>Regional Governance</li> <li>Beyond Wales and England</li> </ol>Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/374309/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/forging-fraternity-in-late-medieval-society/ London, GB 04 01 20251106 Rachael Harkes 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590671 03 9781908590671 06 15 9781908590664 03 9781908590664 WORLD 11 PROJECT_MUSE 36 PROJECT_MUSE: webpage for this product https://muse.jhu.edu/book/142640 29 PROJECT_MUSE: download the title https://muse.jhu.edu/book/142640/pdf/download 20 08 20251106 01 11 OAPEN 36 OAPEN: webpage for this product https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109246 29 OAPEN: download the title https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/109246/9781908590688.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y 20 08 20251106 01 11 JSTOR 36 JSTOR: webpage for this product https://www.jstor.org/stable/jj.37105676 29 JSTOR: download the title https://www.jstor.org/stable/pdf/jj.37105676.pdf?refreqid=fastly-default%3Ae76d1d88da86260e79324cedd728433b&ab_segments=&initiator=&acceptTC=1 20 08 20251106 01 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/91e63348-69b8-42b5-8b94-cc5e51337153 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/91e63348-69b8-42b5-8b94-cc5e51337153/91e63348-69b8-42b5-8b94-cc5e51337153.pdf 20 08 20251106 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/forging-fraternity-in-late-medieval-society/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908590688.pdf 20 08 20251106 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/forging-fraternity-in-late-medieval-society/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/ssgx3409.pdf 20 08 20251106 01 urn:uuid:756d196b-fd96-449a-930d-63a83f63ea04 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7e00df4a-cc27-4281-88d1-0f6c37312233 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:756d196b-fd96-449a-930d-63a83f63ea04 15 9781908590459 03 9781908590459 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54076 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 08 550 gr 08 19.5 oz 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 13 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Fourteenth-Century Classicism: Petrarch and Bernat Metge 1 B01 Lluis Cabre Lluis Cabre 2 B01 Alejandro Coroleu Alejandro Coroleu 3 B01 Jill Kraye Jill Kraye 01 eng 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHTB 12 DB 93 DB 10 LCO003000 01 06 02 00 03 00 The papers in this volume study the early influence of Petrarch in France and in the Crown of Aragon. They focus, in particular, on Bernat Metge (c. 1348–1413), a prominent member of the Aragonese Royal Chancery, who produced a Catalan adaptation of Petrarch’s Griseldis</italic> (from Seniles</italic>, XVII, 3–4) around 1388, making a Latin work of Petrarch available for the first time in the Iberian Peninsula. Moreover, Metge’s fragmentary Apology</italic>(1395?) and his Dream</italic> (1399) reveal familiarity with Petrarch’sSecretum</italic>, Familiares </italic>and possibly De remediis</italic>. His fine imitation of Petrarchan models and his interest in classical literature put Metge on a par with contemporaneous writers elsewhere in Europe. This book aims to introduce a wider readership to an aspect of the dissemination of Petrarch’s Latin writings which has so far received little attention and also to shed light on the cultural relations between France and the Crown of Aragon in the late fourteenth- and early fifteenth centuries. 30 00 The papers in this volume study the early influence of Petrarch in France and in the Crown of Aragon. They focus, in particular, on Bernat Metge (c. 1348–1413), a prominent member of the Aragonese Royal Chancery, who produced a Catalan adaptation of Petrarch’s Griseldis</italic> (from Seniles</italic>, XVII, 3–4) around 1388, making a Latin work of Petrarch available for the first time in the Iberian Peninsula. Moreover, Metge’s fragmentary Apology</italic>(1395?) and his Dream</italic> (1399) reveal familiarity with Petrarch’sSecretum</italic>, Familiares </italic>and possibly De remediis</italic>. His fine imitation of Petrarchan models and his interest in classical literature put Metge on a par with contemporaneous writers elsewhere in Europe. This book aims to introduce a wider readership to an aspect of the dissemination of Petrarch’s Latin writings which has so far received little attention and also to shed light on the cultural relations between France and the Crown of Aragon in the late fourteenth- and early fifteenth centuries. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250703//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/fourteenth-century-classicism-petrarch-and-bernat-metge/ London, GB 04 01 20130220 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/fourteenth-century-classicism-petrarch-and-bernat-metge/ 20 08 20130220 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a061d3ab-7546-4495-9f22-dc7a4a60efc8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d0ddedfb-f5a8-4a9f-a499-775c2f7629f8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a061d3ab-7546-4495-9f22-dc7a4a60efc8 15 9780956754905 03 9780956754905 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53749 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 15 mm 03 1.5 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 390 gr 08 13.875 oz 01 01 Fractured Politics Peruvian Democracy Past and Present 1 B01 John Crabtree John Crabtree 01 eng 12 HBJK 10 HIS007000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 1KLC 93 1KLC 10 POL007000 10 POL015000 10 POL057000 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248109/53749/53749_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/fractured-politics/ London, GB 04 01 20110407 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/fractured-politics/ 20 08 20110407 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:88415c3e-5890-4311-a1e3-6f25de9e4c8b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6f0f7df8-6d9a-45cf-9370-5222a7aab0d1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:88415c3e-5890-4311-a1e3-6f25de9e4c8b 15 9781900039543 03 9781900039543 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53737 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 8 mm 03 0.8 cm 03 0.3125 in 08 11 gr 08 0.5 oz 01 01 Francisco De Miranda Exile and Enlightenment 1 B01 John Maher John Maher 01 eng 12 HBTQ B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHTQ 10 POL010000 12 HBTR 93 NHTR 12 1KLSV 93 1KLSV 12 3JH 93 3MN 20 revolution; freedom; war; global; international; rights 01 06 02 00 Francisco de Miranda (1750-1816) was a monumental figure in the independence of Venezuela and Latin America. This title reveals how various facets of Miranda's life shaped his constant struggle for Spanish-American independence. 04 00 Francisco de Miranda: Introduction 1 Francisco de Miranda and the United States: The Venezuelan Precursor and the Precursor Republic; David Bushnell 2 Francisco de Miranda: The London Years; John Lynch 3 Miranda and Music; Edgardo Mondolfi Gudat 4 Some Reflections on Miranda as Soldier; Malcolm Deas 5 Love in the Time of Liberation: Francisco de Miranda's Relationships with Women; Karen Racine 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248110/53737/53737_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/francisco-de-miranda/ London, GB 04 01 20060228 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/francisco-de-miranda/ 20 08 20060228 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:330a70fd-d75c-4e62-936b-92ec0a7d2f25 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d6b9bedb-ec69-4d50-bec2-54edc0dd24b3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:330a70fd-d75c-4e62-936b-92ec0a7d2f25 15 9781912702930 03 9781912702930 06 10.14296/202202.9781912702947 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107552 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Freedom Seekers Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London 1 A01 21 0000000187336778 Simon P. Newman Simon P. Newman Emeritus Professor of History 40 00vtgdb53 University of Glasgow Research Fellow at the Institute for Research in the Humanities 40 01y2jtd41 University of Wisconsin-Madison Simon P. Newman is an Emeritus Professor of History at the University of Glasgow and is currently a research fellow at the Institute for Research in the Humanities at the University of Wisconsin. He has published widely on early modern Atlantic World and American/Caribbean history. His most recent book 'A New World of Labor: The Development of Plantation Slavery in the British Atlantic' (2013) investigated the English and West African origins of plantation slavery in Barbados and beyond. Over the past decade he has been investigating enslaved people who resisted by escaping, both in the Caribbean and the British Isles, resulting in a major database 'Runaway Slaves in Britain: bondage, freedom and race in the eighteenth century'. He has also worked with playwrights, film-makers, creative writers, composers and others in Britain who are presenting this history to broad public audiences. In 2018 he commissioned and helped create the graphic novel 'Freedom Bound: Escaping Slavery in Scotland' which is now being used in schools across Scotland. In the same year he co-authored the University of Glasgow’s report into its links to slavery, and helped create the reparative justice programme that followed. 01 eng 00 250 03 09 36 12 HBTS B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 93 NHTS 10 SOC054000 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 20 slavery; Britain; colonialism; colonial Britain; Samuel Pepys; slave-owners; slavery in Britain; Restoration Britain; Restoration London; London; slavery in London; Aldgate; Whitechapel; coffee shops; slave trade; transatlantic slave trade; runaway slaves; freemen; Africa; gold; sugar; plantation; colonial America; Thomas Jefferson; Jamaica; Barbados; newspapers; media history; slave advertisment; slave recapture; freedom 01 06 02 00 Freedom Seekers</italic> reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in 17th-century London. It was the joint winner of the prestigious Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition in 2023. The judges wrote: 03 00 Joint winner of the prestigious 2023 Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition, Freedom Seekers: Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London</italic> reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in England’s capital.<break/>In 1655 White Londoners began advertising in the English-speaking world’s first newspapers for enslaved people who had escaped. Based on the advertisements placed in these newspapers by masters and enslavers offering rewards for so-called runaways, this book brings to light for the first time the history of slavery in England as revealed in the stories of resistance by enslaved workers. Featuring a series of case-studies of individual "freedom-seekers", this book explores the nature and significance of escape attempts as well as detailing the likely routes and networks they would take to gain their freedom.<break/>The book demonstrates that not only were enslaved people present in Restoration London but that White Londoners of this era were intimately involved in the construction of the system of racial slavery, a process that traditionally has been regarded as happening in the colonies rather than the British Isles. An unmissable and important book that seeks to delve into Britain’s colonial past. 30 00 Joint winner of the prestigious 2023 Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition, Freedom Seekers: Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London</italic> reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in England’s capital.<break/>In 1655 White Londoners began advertising in the English-speaking world’s first newspapers for enslaved people who had escaped. Based on the advertisements placed in these newspapers by masters and enslavers offering rewards for so-called runaways, this book brings to light for the first time the history of slavery in England as revealed in the stories of resistance by enslaved workers. Featuring a series of case-studies of individual "freedom-seekers", this book explores the nature and significance of escape attempts as well as detailing the likely routes and networks they would take to gain their freedom.<break/>The book demonstrates that not only were enslaved people present in Restoration London but that White Londoners of this era were intimately involved in the construction of the system of racial slavery, a process that traditionally has been regarded as happening in the colonies rather than the British Isles. An unmissable and important book that seeks to delve into Britain’s colonial past. 04 00 Prologue: Imagining Ben 1. Preface: Freedom-seekers in Restoration London 2. The black presence in London 3. London 4. Newspapers 5. London’s freedom-seekers 6. Jack: Boys 7. Francisco/Bugge: South Asians 8. “A black Girl” and “an Indian black girl”: Female freedom-seekers 9. Caesar: Country Marks 10. Benjamin: Branded 11. Pompey: Shackled 12. Quoshey: Escaping from ships and their captains 13. Goude: Thames-side maritime communities 14. Quamy: Mercants, bankers, printers and coffee houses 15. David Sugarr and Henry Mundy: Escaping from colonial planters in London 16. Calib and “a Madagascar Negro”: Freedom-seekers in the London suburbs and beyond 17. “A Black Boy”: London’s connected community of slave-ownership 18. Freedom seekers and the law in England’s American and Caribbean colonies 19. London precedents in New World contexts: the runaway advertisement in the colonies Epilogue: King 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 Cover image: Wenceslaus Hollar, ‘London: The Long View’ (1647). London rooftops with text set over the top. 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202202.9781912702947_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/freedom-seekers/ London, GB 04 01 20220201 Simon P. Newman 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702947 03 9781912702947 06 15 9781914477478 03 9781914477478 06 15 9781914477249 03 9781914477249 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/freedom-seekers/ 20 08 20220201 02 12.00 GBP WORLD 02 15.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:347dab92-78ce-46b0-a767-5ec9747b2047 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d6b9bedb-ec69-4d50-bec2-54edc0dd24b3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:347dab92-78ce-46b0-a767-5ec9747b2047 15 9781912702947 03 9781912702947 06 10.14296/202202.9781912702947 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107552 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Freedom Seekers Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London 1 A01 21 0000000187336778 Simon P. Newman Simon P. Newman Emeritus Professor of History 40 00vtgdb53 University of Glasgow Research Fellow at the Institute for Research in the Humanities 40 01y2jtd41 University of Wisconsin-Madison Simon P. Newman is an Emeritus Professor of History at the University of Glasgow and is currently a research fellow at the Institute for Research in the Humanities at the University of Wisconsin. He has published widely on early modern Atlantic World and American/Caribbean history. His most recent book 'A New World of Labor: The Development of Plantation Slavery in the British Atlantic' (2013) investigated the English and West African origins of plantation slavery in Barbados and beyond. Over the past decade he has been investigating enslaved people who resisted by escaping, both in the Caribbean and the British Isles, resulting in a major database 'Runaway Slaves in Britain: bondage, freedom and race in the eighteenth century'. He has also worked with playwrights, film-makers, creative writers, composers and others in Britain who are presenting this history to broad public audiences. In 2018 he commissioned and helped create the graphic novel 'Freedom Bound: Escaping Slavery in Scotland' which is now being used in schools across Scotland. In the same year he co-authored the University of Glasgow’s report into its links to slavery, and helped create the reparative justice programme that followed. 01 eng 00 250 03 09 36 12 HBTS B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 93 NHTS 10 SOC054000 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 20 slavery; Britain; colonialism; colonial Britain; Samuel Pepys; slave-owners; slavery in Britain; Restoration Britain; Restoration London; London; slavery in London; Aldgate; Whitechapel; coffee shops; slave trade; transatlantic slave trade; runaway slaves; freemen; Africa; gold; sugar; plantation; colonial America; Thomas Jefferson; Jamaica; Barbados; newspapers; media history; slave advertisment; slave recapture; freedom 01 06 02 00 Freedom Seekers</italic> reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in 17th-century London. It was the joint winner of the prestigious Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition in 2023. The judges wrote: 03 00 Joint winner of the prestigious 2023 Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition, Freedom Seekers: Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London</italic> reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in England’s capital.<break/>In 1655 White Londoners began advertising in the English-speaking world’s first newspapers for enslaved people who had escaped. Based on the advertisements placed in these newspapers by masters and enslavers offering rewards for so-called runaways, this book brings to light for the first time the history of slavery in England as revealed in the stories of resistance by enslaved workers. Featuring a series of case-studies of individual "freedom-seekers", this book explores the nature and significance of escape attempts as well as detailing the likely routes and networks they would take to gain their freedom.<break/>The book demonstrates that not only were enslaved people present in Restoration London but that White Londoners of this era were intimately involved in the construction of the system of racial slavery, a process that traditionally has been regarded as happening in the colonies rather than the British Isles. An unmissable and important book that seeks to delve into Britain’s colonial past. 30 00 Joint winner of the prestigious 2023 Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition, Freedom Seekers: Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London</italic> reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in England’s capital.<break/>In 1655 White Londoners began advertising in the English-speaking world’s first newspapers for enslaved people who had escaped. Based on the advertisements placed in these newspapers by masters and enslavers offering rewards for so-called runaways, this book brings to light for the first time the history of slavery in England as revealed in the stories of resistance by enslaved workers. Featuring a series of case-studies of individual "freedom-seekers", this book explores the nature and significance of escape attempts as well as detailing the likely routes and networks they would take to gain their freedom.<break/>The book demonstrates that not only were enslaved people present in Restoration London but that White Londoners of this era were intimately involved in the construction of the system of racial slavery, a process that traditionally has been regarded as happening in the colonies rather than the British Isles. An unmissable and important book that seeks to delve into Britain’s colonial past. 04 00 Prologue: Imagining Ben 1. Preface: Freedom-seekers in Restoration London 2. The black presence in London 3. London 4. Newspapers 5. London’s freedom-seekers 6. Jack: Boys 7. Francisco/Bugge: South Asians 8. “A black Girl” and “an Indian black girl”: Female freedom-seekers 9. Caesar: Country Marks 10. Benjamin: Branded 11. Pompey: Shackled 12. Quoshey: Escaping from ships and their captains 13. Goude: Thames-side maritime communities 14. Quamy: Mercants, bankers, printers and coffee houses 15. David Sugarr and Henry Mundy: Escaping from colonial planters in London 16. Calib and “a Madagascar Negro”: Freedom-seekers in the London suburbs and beyond 17. “A Black Boy”: London’s connected community of slave-ownership 18. Freedom seekers and the law in England’s American and Caribbean colonies 19. London precedents in New World contexts: the runaway advertisement in the colonies Epilogue: King 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 Cover image: Wenceslaus Hollar, ‘London: The Long View’ (1647). London rooftops with text set over the top. 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202202.9781912702947_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/freedom-seekers/ London, GB 04 01 20220201 Simon P. Newman 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702930 03 9781912702930 06 15 9781914477478 03 9781914477478 06 15 9781914477249 03 9781914477249 WORLD 11 OAPEN 36 OAPEN: webpage for this product https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55770 29 OAPEN: download the title https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/55770/9781912702947.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y 20 08 20220201 01 11 JSTOR 36 JSTOR: webpage for this product https://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctv293p4c5 20 08 20220201 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://library.bz/main/uploads/A277DB19214CEEB74E068448DFEB0025 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://library.bz/uploads/main/a277db19214ceeb74e068448dfeb0025.pdf 20 08 20220201 01 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/d6b9bedb-ec69-4d50-bec2-54edc0dd24b3 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/d6b9bedb-ec69-4d50-bec2-54edc0dd24b3/d6b9bedb-ec69-4d50-bec2-54edc0dd24b3.pdf 20 08 20220201 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/freedom-seekers/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702947.pdf 20 08 20220201 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/freedom-seekers/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202202.9781912702947.pdf 20 08 20220201 01 urn:uuid:e2212aec-09e3-41cc-a9f4-1ca730727c03 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d6b9bedb-ec69-4d50-bec2-54edc0dd24b3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e2212aec-09e3-41cc-a9f4-1ca730727c03 15 9781914477478 03 9781914477478 06 10.14296/202202.9781912702947 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107552 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Freedom Seekers Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London 1 A01 21 0000000187336778 Simon P. Newman Simon P. Newman Emeritus Professor of History 40 00vtgdb53 University of Glasgow Research Fellow at the Institute for Research in the Humanities 40 01y2jtd41 University of Wisconsin-Madison Simon P. Newman is an Emeritus Professor of History at the University of Glasgow and is currently a research fellow at the Institute for Research in the Humanities at the University of Wisconsin. He has published widely on early modern Atlantic World and American/Caribbean history. His most recent book 'A New World of Labor: The Development of Plantation Slavery in the British Atlantic' (2013) investigated the English and West African origins of plantation slavery in Barbados and beyond. Over the past decade he has been investigating enslaved people who resisted by escaping, both in the Caribbean and the British Isles, resulting in a major database 'Runaway Slaves in Britain: bondage, freedom and race in the eighteenth century'. He has also worked with playwrights, film-makers, creative writers, composers and others in Britain who are presenting this history to broad public audiences. In 2018 he commissioned and helped create the graphic novel 'Freedom Bound: Escaping Slavery in Scotland' which is now being used in schools across Scotland. In the same year he co-authored the University of Glasgow’s report into its links to slavery, and helped create the reparative justice programme that followed. 01 eng 00 250 03 09 36 12 HBTS B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 93 NHTS 10 SOC054000 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 20 slavery; Britain; colonialism; colonial Britain; Samuel Pepys; slave-owners; slavery in Britain; Restoration Britain; Restoration London; London; slavery in London; Aldgate; Whitechapel; coffee shops; slave trade; transatlantic slave trade; runaway slaves; freemen; Africa; gold; sugar; plantation; colonial America; Thomas Jefferson; Jamaica; Barbados; newspapers; media history; slave advertisment; slave recapture; freedom 01 06 02 00 Freedom Seekers</italic> reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in 17th-century London. It was the joint winner of the prestigious Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition in 2023. The judges wrote: 03 00 Joint winner of the prestigious 2023 Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition, Freedom Seekers: Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London</italic> reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in England’s capital.<break/>In 1655 White Londoners began advertising in the English-speaking world’s first newspapers for enslaved people who had escaped. Based on the advertisements placed in these newspapers by masters and enslavers offering rewards for so-called runaways, this book brings to light for the first time the history of slavery in England as revealed in the stories of resistance by enslaved workers. Featuring a series of case-studies of individual "freedom-seekers", this book explores the nature and significance of escape attempts as well as detailing the likely routes and networks they would take to gain their freedom.<break/>The book demonstrates that not only were enslaved people present in Restoration London but that White Londoners of this era were intimately involved in the construction of the system of racial slavery, a process that traditionally has been regarded as happening in the colonies rather than the British Isles. An unmissable and important book that seeks to delve into Britain’s colonial past. 30 00 Joint winner of the prestigious 2023 Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition, Freedom Seekers: Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London</italic> reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in England’s capital.<break/>In 1655 White Londoners began advertising in the English-speaking world’s first newspapers for enslaved people who had escaped. Based on the advertisements placed in these newspapers by masters and enslavers offering rewards for so-called runaways, this book brings to light for the first time the history of slavery in England as revealed in the stories of resistance by enslaved workers. Featuring a series of case-studies of individual "freedom-seekers", this book explores the nature and significance of escape attempts as well as detailing the likely routes and networks they would take to gain their freedom.<break/>The book demonstrates that not only were enslaved people present in Restoration London but that White Londoners of this era were intimately involved in the construction of the system of racial slavery, a process that traditionally has been regarded as happening in the colonies rather than the British Isles. An unmissable and important book that seeks to delve into Britain’s colonial past. 04 00 Prologue: Imagining Ben 1. Preface: Freedom-seekers in Restoration London 2. The black presence in London 3. London 4. Newspapers 5. London’s freedom-seekers 6. Jack: Boys 7. Francisco/Bugge: South Asians 8. “A black Girl” and “an Indian black girl”: Female freedom-seekers 9. Caesar: Country Marks 10. Benjamin: Branded 11. Pompey: Shackled 12. Quoshey: Escaping from ships and their captains 13. Goude: Thames-side maritime communities 14. Quamy: Mercants, bankers, printers and coffee houses 15. David Sugarr and Henry Mundy: Escaping from colonial planters in London 16. Calib and “a Madagascar Negro”: Freedom-seekers in the London suburbs and beyond 17. “A Black Boy”: London’s connected community of slave-ownership 18. Freedom seekers and the law in England’s American and Caribbean colonies 19. London precedents in New World contexts: the runaway advertisement in the colonies Epilogue: King 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 Cover image: Wenceslaus Hollar, ‘London: The Long View’ (1647). London rooftops with text set over the top. 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202202.9781912702947_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/freedom-seekers/ London, GB 04 01 20220201 Simon P. Newman 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702930 03 9781912702930 06 15 9781912702947 03 9781912702947 06 15 9781914477249 03 9781914477249 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/freedom-seekers 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/freedom-seekers 20 08 20220201 01 urn:uuid:f10740f5-974f-4076-83bc-71d3053f2bb2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d6b9bedb-ec69-4d50-bec2-54edc0dd24b3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f10740f5-974f-4076-83bc-71d3053f2bb2 15 9781914477249 03 9781914477249 06 10.14296/202202.9781912702947 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107552 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Freedom Seekers Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London 1 A01 21 0000000187336778 Simon P. Newman Simon P. Newman Emeritus Professor of History 40 00vtgdb53 University of Glasgow Research Fellow at the Institute for Research in the Humanities 40 01y2jtd41 University of Wisconsin-Madison Simon P. Newman is an Emeritus Professor of History at the University of Glasgow and is currently a research fellow at the Institute for Research in the Humanities at the University of Wisconsin. He has published widely on early modern Atlantic World and American/Caribbean history. His most recent book 'A New World of Labor: The Development of Plantation Slavery in the British Atlantic' (2013) investigated the English and West African origins of plantation slavery in Barbados and beyond. Over the past decade he has been investigating enslaved people who resisted by escaping, both in the Caribbean and the British Isles, resulting in a major database 'Runaway Slaves in Britain: bondage, freedom and race in the eighteenth century'. He has also worked with playwrights, film-makers, creative writers, composers and others in Britain who are presenting this history to broad public audiences. In 2018 he commissioned and helped create the graphic novel 'Freedom Bound: Escaping Slavery in Scotland' which is now being used in schools across Scotland. In the same year he co-authored the University of Glasgow’s report into its links to slavery, and helped create the reparative justice programme that followed. 01 eng 00 250 03 09 36 12 HBTS B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 93 NHTS 10 SOC054000 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 20 slavery; Britain; colonialism; colonial Britain; Samuel Pepys; slave-owners; slavery in Britain; Restoration Britain; Restoration London; London; slavery in London; Aldgate; Whitechapel; coffee shops; slave trade; transatlantic slave trade; runaway slaves; freemen; Africa; gold; sugar; plantation; colonial America; Thomas Jefferson; Jamaica; Barbados; newspapers; media history; slave advertisment; slave recapture; freedom 01 06 02 00 Freedom Seekers</italic> reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in 17th-century London. It was the joint winner of the prestigious Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition in 2023. The judges wrote: 03 00 Joint winner of the prestigious 2023 Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition, Freedom Seekers: Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London</italic> reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in England’s capital.<break/>In 1655 White Londoners began advertising in the English-speaking world’s first newspapers for enslaved people who had escaped. Based on the advertisements placed in these newspapers by masters and enslavers offering rewards for so-called runaways, this book brings to light for the first time the history of slavery in England as revealed in the stories of resistance by enslaved workers. Featuring a series of case-studies of individual "freedom-seekers", this book explores the nature and significance of escape attempts as well as detailing the likely routes and networks they would take to gain their freedom.<break/>The book demonstrates that not only were enslaved people present in Restoration London but that White Londoners of this era were intimately involved in the construction of the system of racial slavery, a process that traditionally has been regarded as happening in the colonies rather than the British Isles. An unmissable and important book that seeks to delve into Britain’s colonial past. 30 00 Joint winner of the prestigious 2023 Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition, Freedom Seekers: Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London</italic> reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in England’s capital.<break/>In 1655 White Londoners began advertising in the English-speaking world’s first newspapers for enslaved people who had escaped. Based on the advertisements placed in these newspapers by masters and enslavers offering rewards for so-called runaways, this book brings to light for the first time the history of slavery in England as revealed in the stories of resistance by enslaved workers. Featuring a series of case-studies of individual "freedom-seekers", this book explores the nature and significance of escape attempts as well as detailing the likely routes and networks they would take to gain their freedom.<break/>The book demonstrates that not only were enslaved people present in Restoration London but that White Londoners of this era were intimately involved in the construction of the system of racial slavery, a process that traditionally has been regarded as happening in the colonies rather than the British Isles. An unmissable and important book that seeks to delve into Britain’s colonial past. 04 00 Prologue: Imagining Ben 1. Preface: Freedom-seekers in Restoration London 2. The black presence in London 3. London 4. Newspapers 5. London’s freedom-seekers 6. Jack: Boys 7. Francisco/Bugge: South Asians 8. “A black Girl” and “an Indian black girl”: Female freedom-seekers 9. Caesar: Country Marks 10. Benjamin: Branded 11. Pompey: Shackled 12. Quoshey: Escaping from ships and their captains 13. Goude: Thames-side maritime communities 14. Quamy: Mercants, bankers, printers and coffee houses 15. David Sugarr and Henry Mundy: Escaping from colonial planters in London 16. Calib and “a Madagascar Negro”: Freedom-seekers in the London suburbs and beyond 17. “A Black Boy”: London’s connected community of slave-ownership 18. Freedom seekers and the law in England’s American and Caribbean colonies 19. London precedents in New World contexts: the runaway advertisement in the colonies Epilogue: King 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 Cover image: Wenceslaus Hollar, ‘London: The Long View’ (1647). London rooftops with text set over the top. 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202202.9781912702947_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/freedom-seekers/ London, GB 04 01 20220201 Simon P. Newman 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702930 03 9781912702930 06 15 9781912702947 03 9781912702947 06 15 9781914477478 03 9781914477478 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/freedom-seekers/ 20 08 20220201 02 5.00 GBP WORLD 02 8.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a76937ee-38e0-4239-b41a-7bc4692f931d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:24da9578-2ea4-4a67-8a53-374a68db6644 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a76937ee-38e0-4239-b41a-7bc4692f931d 15 9780854572250 03 9780854572250 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53892 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 15 mm 03 1.5 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 397 gr 08 14.125 oz 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 1 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Freethinkers, Libertines and 'Schwärmer': Heterodoxy in German Literature, 1750-1800 1 A01 K. F. Hilliard K. F. Hilliard 01 eng 00 292 03 12 DSB 93 DSB B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Germanic Studies 10 LIT004170 93 2ACG 12 2ACG 20 Johann Wolfgang Goethe; Friedrich Schiller; Melancholy; Religiosität; German Theology; Orthodoxy; German Philosophy 01 06 02 00 03 00 Religion mattered in the eighteenth century and has not ceased to matter since. How German writers responded to the crisis of orthodox forms of belief in the period is a matter of abiding interest. Some remained rooted in orthodoxy. Many others rejected it, often without knowing for certain what they wished to put in its place. Experimenting with alternatives in the imaginative medium of literature was one way of trying to find out. The alternatives were embodied in three main heterodox types: the philosophical freethinker, the libertine, and the Schwärmer,</italic> or heretic and dissenter. This book traces the genealogy of these types in the polemical debates of the long eighteenth century and discusses how they were used in literature, analysing works by Klopstock, Lessing, Wieland, Goethe, Schiller, Hölderlin and Novalis, among others. Not only what they wrote, but how they wrote was shaped by the demands of the historical moment. Heterodoxy thus became a determining influence on the development of German literature in the period.K.F. Hilliard is Fellow and Tutor in German at St Peter's College, Oxford. He has published widely on eighteenth-century German literature. 30 00 Religion mattered in the eighteenth century and has not ceased to matter since. How German writers responded to the crisis of orthodox forms of belief in the period is a matter of abiding interest. Some remained rooted in orthodoxy. Many others rejected it, often without knowing for certain what they wished to put in its place. Experimenting with alternatives in the imaginative medium of literature was one way of trying to find out. The alternatives were embodied in three main heterodox types: the philosophical freethinker, the libertine, and the Schwärmer,</italic> or heretic and dissenter. This book traces the genealogy of these types in the polemical debates of the long eighteenth century and discusses how they were used in literature, analysing works by Klopstock, Lessing, Wieland, Goethe, Schiller, Hölderlin and Novalis, among others. Not only what they wrote, but how they wrote was shaped by the demands of the historical moment. Heterodoxy thus became a determining influence on the development of German literature in the period.K.F. Hilliard is Fellow and Tutor in German at St Peter's College, Oxford. He has published widely on eighteenth-century German literature. 04 00 Abbreviations and Textual Notes<ol> <li>Introduction: Orthodoxy and Heterodoxy</li> <li>Freethinkers</li> <li>Libertines</li> <li>Schwärmer</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ol>Appendix: Chronological list of titlesBibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248177/53892/53892_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/freethinkers-libertines-and-schwarmer-heterodoxy-in-german-literature-1750-1800/ London, GB 04 01 20100730 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/freethinkers-libertines-and-schwarmer-heterodoxy-in-german-literature-1750-1800/ 20 08 20100730 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:534276e5-470d-4d46-989d-5ae09692ea9a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2e8cbb17-a124-4940-9cc9-aade732b2e09 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:534276e5-470d-4d46-989d-5ae09692ea9a 15 9780854572403 03 9780854572403 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55441 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 9 01 02 imlr books 01 01 From North Africa to France: Family Migration in Text and Film 1 A01 Isabel Hollis-Touré Isabel Hollis-Touré 01 eng 00 164 03 12 DSBH5 93 DSBH5 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ French Studies 10 SOC002010 20 Francophone Postcolonial Studies; Displacement; Identity; Human Belonging; Nationalisms; Decolonisation 01 06 02 00 03 00 Over the past four decades immigration to France from the Francophone countries of North Africa (Morocco, Algeria and Tunisia) has changed in character. For much of the twentieth century, migrants who crossed the Mediterranean to France were men seeking work, who frequently undertook manual labour, working long hours in difficult conditions. Recent decades have seen an increase in family reunification - the arrival of women and children from North Africa, either accompanying their husbands or joining them in France. Contemporary creative representations of migration are shaped by this shift in gender and generation from a solitary, mostly male experience to one that included women and children. Just as the shift made new demands of the 'host' society, it made new demands of authors and filmmakers as they seek to represent migration. This study reveals how text and film present new ways of thinking about migration, moving away from the configuration of the migrant as man and worker, to take into account women, children, and the ties between. <break/>Isabel Hollis-Touré is a Research Fellow at Queen's University Belfast. She has published widely on North African migration to France. 30 00 Over the past four decades immigration to France from the Francophone countries of North Africa (Morocco, Algeria and Tunisia) has changed in character. For much of the twentieth century, migrants who crossed the Mediterranean to France were men seeking work, who frequently undertook manual labour, working long hours in difficult conditions. Recent decades have seen an increase in family reunification - the arrival of women and children from North Africa, either accompanying their husbands or joining them in France. Contemporary creative representations of migration are shaped by this shift in gender and generation from a solitary, mostly male experience to one that included women and children. Just as the shift made new demands of the 'host' society, it made new demands of authors and filmmakers as they seek to represent migration. This study reveals how text and film present new ways of thinking about migration, moving away from the configuration of the migrant as man and worker, to take into account women, children, and the ties between. <break/>Isabel Hollis-Touré is a Research Fellow at Queen's University Belfast. She has published widely on North African migration to France. 04 00 ContentsAbbreviations and Textual Notes Introduction: Immigration and Belonging in France1 Documenting Displacement La traverséeMémoires d’immigrés: l’héritage maghrébinRepresenting the ‘Third Space’2 Metamorphoses in MigrationMémoires d’immigrés: l’héritage maghrébinCannibales and Ce pays dont je meursDu rêve pour les oufs3 Gendered Spaces in MigrationInch’Allah DimancheCe pays dont je meurs4 Negotiating HospitalityLa Graine et le muletCe pays dont je meursCachéConclusionBibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249234//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/from-north-africa-to-france-family-migration-in-text-and-film/ London, GB 04 01 20150327 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/from-north-africa-to-france-family-migration-in-text-and-film/ 20 08 20150327 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:151068bf-48cb-4690-9a81-b70a47b0c119 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0a666b9d-e67a-4ef7-b84c-18ed4ed1e21d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:151068bf-48cb-4690-9a81-b70a47b0c119 15 9781900039253 03 9781900039253 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53891 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 17 mm 03 1.7 cm 03 0.6875 in 08 25 gr 08 1 oz 01 01 Fujimori's Peru The Political Economy 1 B01 John Crabtree John Crabtree 2 B01 Jim Thomas Jim Thomas 01 eng 12 KCP 93 KCP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL023000 12 1KLSR 93 1KLSR 10 BUS069020 10 POL016000 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248204/53891/53891_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/fujimoris-peru/ London, GB 04 01 19981001 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/fujimoris-peru/ 20 08 19981001 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:75577877-43f4-4293-a9ca-2a26da250fa3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ab9e7637-4d78-4648-a5e9-4111222611ad 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:75577877-43f4-4293-a9ca-2a26da250fa3 15 9781905165797 03 9781905165797 06 10.14296/117.9771909646469 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56514 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender and Historiography: Studies in the earlier middle ages in honour of Pauline Stafford 1 A01 Janet L. Nelson Janet L. Nelson 2 A01 21 0009000550155443 Susan Reynolds Susan Reynolds 3 A01 Susan M. Johns Susan M. Johns 01 eng 00 228 03 09 3 10 ART015070 12 HBAH B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHAH 10 REL105000 20 Fatherhood; Medieval England; Anglo-Saxon history; Early Medieval France; Ostrogothic kingdoms; Queenship 01 06 02 00 03 00 The chapters in this volume celebrate the work of Pauline Stafford, highlighting the ways in which it has advanced research in the fields of both Anglo-Saxon history and the history of medieval women and gender. Ranging across the period, and over much of the old Carolingian world as well as Anglo-Saxon England, they deal with such questions as the nature of kingship and queenship, fatherhood, elite gender relations, the transmission of property, the participation of women in lordship, slavery and warfare, and the nature of assemblies. Gender and historiography </italic>presents the fruits of groundbreaking research, inspired by Pauline Stafford’s own interests over a long and influential career. 30 00 The chapters in this volume celebrate the work of Pauline Stafford, highlighting the ways in which it has advanced research in the fields of both Anglo-Saxon history and the history of medieval women and gender. Ranging across the period, and over much of the old Carolingian world as well as Anglo-Saxon England, they deal with such questions as the nature of kingship and queenship, fatherhood, elite gender relations, the transmission of property, the participation of women in lordship, slavery and warfare, and the nature of assemblies. Gender and historiography </italic>presents the fruits of groundbreaking research, inspired by Pauline Stafford’s own interests over a long and influential career. 04 00 ContentsIntroduction1 Fatherhood in late Lombard ItalyRoss Balzaretti2 Anger, emotion and a biography of William the ConquerorDavid Bates3 ‘Anglo-Saxon Chronicle(s)’ or ‘Old English Royal Annals’?Nicholas Brooks4 The tale of Queen Ælfthryth in William of Malmesbury’s Gesta Regum AnglorumKirsten A. Fenton5 Women, children and the profits of war John Gillingham<ol> <li>Charters, ritual and late tenth-century English kingship</li> </ol>Charles Insley7 Nest of Deheubarth: reading female power in the historiography of WalesSusan M. Johns8 Carolingian rulers and marriage in the age of Louis the Pious and his sonsSylvie Joye9 The cult of King Edward the Martyr during the reign of King Æthelred the UnreadySimon Keynes10 Consors regni: a problem of gender? The consortium between Amalasuntha and Theodahad in 534Cristina La Rocca11 ‘Public’ aspects of lordly women’s domestic activities in France, c.1050–1200Kimberly A. LoPrete12 Property rights in Anglo-Saxon wills: a synoptic viewJulie Mumby13 ‘Hunnish scenes’/Frankish scenes: a case of history that stands still?Janet L. Nelson14 Assembly government and assembly law Susan ReynoldsProfessor Pauline Stafford’s publications in chronological order, excluding reviews 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646469_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-and-historiography-studies-in-the-earlier-middle-ages-in-honour-of-pauline-stafford/ London, GB 04 01 20170119 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646469 03 9781909646469 06 15 9781905165803 03 9781905165803 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-and-historiography-studies-in-the-earlier-middle-ages-in-honour-of-pauline-stafford/ 20 08 20170119 02 80.00 GBP WORLD 02 105.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:480628a9-1689-4f3f-845b-ab9de13d6b3e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ab9e7637-4d78-4648-a5e9-4111222611ad 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:480628a9-1689-4f3f-845b-ab9de13d6b3e 15 9781909646469 03 9781909646469 06 10.14296/117.9771909646469 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56514 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender and Historiography: Studies in the earlier middle ages in honour of Pauline Stafford 1 A01 Janet L. Nelson Janet L. Nelson 2 A01 21 0009000550155443 Susan Reynolds Susan Reynolds 3 A01 Susan M. Johns Susan M. Johns 01 eng 00 228 03 09 3 10 ART015070 12 HBAH B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHAH 10 REL105000 20 Fatherhood; Medieval England; Anglo-Saxon history; Early Medieval France; Ostrogothic kingdoms; Queenship 01 06 02 00 03 00 The chapters in this volume celebrate the work of Pauline Stafford, highlighting the ways in which it has advanced research in the fields of both Anglo-Saxon history and the history of medieval women and gender. Ranging across the period, and over much of the old Carolingian world as well as Anglo-Saxon England, they deal with such questions as the nature of kingship and queenship, fatherhood, elite gender relations, the transmission of property, the participation of women in lordship, slavery and warfare, and the nature of assemblies. Gender and historiography </italic>presents the fruits of groundbreaking research, inspired by Pauline Stafford’s own interests over a long and influential career. 30 00 The chapters in this volume celebrate the work of Pauline Stafford, highlighting the ways in which it has advanced research in the fields of both Anglo-Saxon history and the history of medieval women and gender. Ranging across the period, and over much of the old Carolingian world as well as Anglo-Saxon England, they deal with such questions as the nature of kingship and queenship, fatherhood, elite gender relations, the transmission of property, the participation of women in lordship, slavery and warfare, and the nature of assemblies. Gender and historiography </italic>presents the fruits of groundbreaking research, inspired by Pauline Stafford’s own interests over a long and influential career. 04 00 ContentsIntroduction1 Fatherhood in late Lombard ItalyRoss Balzaretti2 Anger, emotion and a biography of William the ConquerorDavid Bates3 ‘Anglo-Saxon Chronicle(s)’ or ‘Old English Royal Annals’?Nicholas Brooks4 The tale of Queen Ælfthryth in William of Malmesbury’s Gesta Regum AnglorumKirsten A. Fenton5 Women, children and the profits of war John Gillingham<ol> <li>Charters, ritual and late tenth-century English kingship</li> </ol>Charles Insley7 Nest of Deheubarth: reading female power in the historiography of WalesSusan M. Johns8 Carolingian rulers and marriage in the age of Louis the Pious and his sonsSylvie Joye9 The cult of King Edward the Martyr during the reign of King Æthelred the UnreadySimon Keynes10 Consors regni: a problem of gender? The consortium between Amalasuntha and Theodahad in 534Cristina La Rocca11 ‘Public’ aspects of lordly women’s domestic activities in France, c.1050–1200Kimberly A. LoPrete12 Property rights in Anglo-Saxon wills: a synoptic viewJulie Mumby13 ‘Hunnish scenes’/Frankish scenes: a case of history that stands still?Janet L. Nelson14 Assembly government and assembly law Susan ReynoldsProfessor Pauline Stafford’s publications in chronological order, excluding reviews 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646469_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-and-historiography-studies-in-the-earlier-middle-ages-in-honour-of-pauline-stafford/ London, GB 04 01 20170119 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905165797 03 9781905165797 06 15 9781905165803 03 9781905165803 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/ab9e7637-4d78-4648-a5e9-4111222611ad 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/ab9e7637-4d78-4648-a5e9-4111222611ad/ab9e7637-4d78-4648-a5e9-4111222611ad.pdf 20 08 20170119 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-and-historiography-studies-in-the-earlier-middle-ages-in-honour-of-pauline-stafford/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646469.pdf 20 08 20170119 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-and-historiography-studies-in-the-earlier-middle-ages-in-honour-of-pauline-stafford/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646469.pdf 20 08 20170119 01 urn:uuid:8c46993a-d97a-4175-9bd6-b3a7a86d860f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ab9e7637-4d78-4648-a5e9-4111222611ad 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8c46993a-d97a-4175-9bd6-b3a7a86d860f 15 9781905165803 03 9781905165803 06 10.14296/117.9771909646469 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56514 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender and Historiography: Studies in the earlier middle ages in honour of Pauline Stafford 1 A01 Janet L. Nelson Janet L. Nelson 2 A01 21 0009000550155443 Susan Reynolds Susan Reynolds 3 A01 Susan M. Johns Susan M. Johns 01 eng 00 228 03 09 3 10 ART015070 12 HBAH B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHAH 10 REL105000 20 Fatherhood; Medieval England; Anglo-Saxon history; Early Medieval France; Ostrogothic kingdoms; Queenship 01 06 02 00 03 00 The chapters in this volume celebrate the work of Pauline Stafford, highlighting the ways in which it has advanced research in the fields of both Anglo-Saxon history and the history of medieval women and gender. Ranging across the period, and over much of the old Carolingian world as well as Anglo-Saxon England, they deal with such questions as the nature of kingship and queenship, fatherhood, elite gender relations, the transmission of property, the participation of women in lordship, slavery and warfare, and the nature of assemblies. Gender and historiography </italic>presents the fruits of groundbreaking research, inspired by Pauline Stafford’s own interests over a long and influential career. 30 00 The chapters in this volume celebrate the work of Pauline Stafford, highlighting the ways in which it has advanced research in the fields of both Anglo-Saxon history and the history of medieval women and gender. Ranging across the period, and over much of the old Carolingian world as well as Anglo-Saxon England, they deal with such questions as the nature of kingship and queenship, fatherhood, elite gender relations, the transmission of property, the participation of women in lordship, slavery and warfare, and the nature of assemblies. Gender and historiography </italic>presents the fruits of groundbreaking research, inspired by Pauline Stafford’s own interests over a long and influential career. 04 00 ContentsIntroduction1 Fatherhood in late Lombard ItalyRoss Balzaretti2 Anger, emotion and a biography of William the ConquerorDavid Bates3 ‘Anglo-Saxon Chronicle(s)’ or ‘Old English Royal Annals’?Nicholas Brooks4 The tale of Queen Ælfthryth in William of Malmesbury’s Gesta Regum AnglorumKirsten A. Fenton5 Women, children and the profits of war John Gillingham<ol> <li>Charters, ritual and late tenth-century English kingship</li> </ol>Charles Insley7 Nest of Deheubarth: reading female power in the historiography of WalesSusan M. Johns8 Carolingian rulers and marriage in the age of Louis the Pious and his sonsSylvie Joye9 The cult of King Edward the Martyr during the reign of King Æthelred the UnreadySimon Keynes10 Consors regni: a problem of gender? The consortium between Amalasuntha and Theodahad in 534Cristina La Rocca11 ‘Public’ aspects of lordly women’s domestic activities in France, c.1050–1200Kimberly A. LoPrete12 Property rights in Anglo-Saxon wills: a synoptic viewJulie Mumby13 ‘Hunnish scenes’/Frankish scenes: a case of history that stands still?Janet L. Nelson14 Assembly government and assembly law Susan ReynoldsProfessor Pauline Stafford’s publications in chronological order, excluding reviews 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646469_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-and-historiography-studies-in-the-earlier-middle-ages-in-honour-of-pauline-stafford/ London, GB 04 01 20170119 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905165797 03 9781905165797 06 15 9781909646469 03 9781909646469 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-and-historiography-studies-in-the-earlier-middle-ages-in-honour-of-pauline-stafford/ 20 08 20170119 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f733c8ec-b3bc-4e06-9cc2-c8b3a8dc3ffb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ef809fb0-a84e-4b87-9e34-a00511217c44 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f733c8ec-b3bc-4e06-9cc2-c8b3a8dc3ffb 15 9781915249166 03 9781915249166 06 10.14296/cwfb4352 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.112653 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in 03 21 mm 03 2.1 cm 03 0.8125 in 08 430 gr 08 15.25 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender, Emotions and Power, 1750–2020 1 B01 21 0000000179800825 Hannah Parker Hannah Parker Hannah Parker (she/her) is a historian of the Soviet Union. She holds a PhD from the University of Sheffield, and works at the Open University. Her recent publications have pursued interests in the emotions of female librarians in the Soviet 1920s, gender, loyalty and gratitude in letters to Soviet authorities during Stalin's Terror, and new scholarship in public history. She is an organizer with the intersectional feminist collective Sheffield Feminist Archive. 2 B01 21 0000000270710310 Josh Doble Josh Doble 40 01nrxwf90 University of Edinburgh Josh Doble is an honorary fellow at the University of Edinburgh and the policy manager for Community Land Scotland. His research focuses on histories of land, emotions, settler colonialism and race within the decolonizing territories of East and Central Africa. 01 eng 00 304 03 09 1 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 JBSF 12 JFSJ 10 SOC032000 20 sexuality; power relations; class; history of emotions; subjectivity; social identities; intersectionality 01 06 02 00 A timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power, this collection of essays interrogates how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions. It then explores the ways these expectations have historically been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societ 03 00 This collection of essays constitutes a timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power. Interrogating how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions, the volume explores the ways these expectations have been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societies, media and those with access to power.The collection draws upon a diverse set of case studies to present a chronologically and geographically broad intervention. The authors identify and explore connections between the depiction of twentieth-century transnational feminists, settler colonies in southern Africa, post-unification Italy, Maoist China, the twentieth-century Soviet Union and the medicalized spaces of the British Raj. Contributions also move across time from notions of eighteenth-century British masculinity, through Victorian Britain and whiteness in settler colonialism, to the Liverpool docks of the 1990s and contemporary Russia. Collectively, the volume’s authors seek to understand how the normalisation of emotions as a range of gendered qualities forms the basis upon which notions of self, and connectedly, social identities are performed. As such, this is an important contribution to the history of emotions that addresses how gender and emotions are formed as co-constituents within dominant power structures, in different geographic and temporal spaces. 30 00 This collection of essays constitutes a timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power. Interrogating how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions, the volume explores the ways these expectations have been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societies, media and those with access to power.The collection draws upon a diverse set of case studies to present a chronologically and geographically broad intervention. The authors identify and explore connections between the depiction of twentieth-century transnational feminists, settler colonies in southern Africa, post-unification Italy, Maoist China, the twentieth-century Soviet Union and the medicalized spaces of the British Raj. Contributions also move across time from notions of eighteenth-century British masculinity, through Victorian Britain and whiteness in settler colonialism, to the Liverpool docks of the 1990s and contemporary Russia. Collectively, the volume’s authors seek to understand how the normalisation of emotions as a range of gendered qualities forms the basis upon which notions of self, and connectedly, social identities are performed. As such, this is an important contribution to the history of emotions that addresses how gender and emotions are formed as co-constituents within dominant power structures, in different geographic and temporal spaces. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Hannah Parker and Josh Doble </li> <li>Part I Gender, class and sexuality in the negotiation of political power</li> <li>1 “My old eyes weep but I am proud of my own children”: Grief and revolutionary motherhood in the Soviet 1920s Hannah Parker </li> <li>2 Emotion as a tool of Russian bisexual and transgender women’s online activism: a case study Olga Andreevskhikh </li> <li>3 Sounding the Socialist Heroine: Gender, Revolutionary Lyricism and Korean War Films Yucong Hao </li> <li>4 Emotions at Work: Solidarity in the Liverpool Dock Dispute, 1995–98 Emma Copestake </li> <li>Part II Power and Place-making: Class, hygiene and race in the British Empire</li> <li>5 White Pride, Male Anger and the Shame of Poverty: Gendered emotions and the construction of white working class identity in interwar Southern Rhodesia Nicola Ginsburgh </li> <li>6 “Africans smell different”: disgust, fear and the gendering of interracial intimacy in Kenya and Zambia Josh Doble </li> <li>7 Gender, Mission, Emotion: Building hospitals for women in North-western British India’ India Sara Honarmand Ebrahimi </li> <li>Part III Modern Europe’s Public Sphere and the Policing of the Gendered Body</li> <li>8 “The sap that runs in it is the same”: How the ideal of romantic love challenged the myth of ‘primitive’ polygamy in Paolo Mantegazza’s sexual science Francesca Campani </li> <li>9 Writing the Man of Politeness: the hidden importance of shame in eighteenth-century masculinity Michael Rowland </li> <li>10 “At nature’s mighty feast there is no vacant cover for him”: Suicide, masculine shame and the language of burden in nineteenth-century Britain Lyndsay Galpin </li> <li>11 “Sadistic, grinning rifle-women”: Gender, emotions and politics in representations of militant leftist women Hannah Proctor </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cwfb4352_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-emotions-and-power-1750-2020/ London, GB 04 01 20231130 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249159 03 9781915249159 06 15 9781915249197 03 9781915249197 06 15 9781915249661 03 9781915249661 06 15 9781915249173 03 9781915249173 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-emotions-and-power-1750-2020/ 20 08 20231130 02 29.99 GBP WORLD 02 39.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e1b10db5-62a7-4f54-ab95-dddf0812635c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ef809fb0-a84e-4b87-9e34-a00511217c44 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e1b10db5-62a7-4f54-ab95-dddf0812635c 15 9781915249159 03 9781915249159 06 10.14296/cwfb4352 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.112653 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in 03 24 mm 03 2.4 cm 03 0.9375 in 08 600 gr 08 21.25 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender, Emotions and Power, 1750–2020 1 B01 21 0000000179800825 Hannah Parker Hannah Parker Hannah Parker (she/her) is a historian of the Soviet Union. She holds a PhD from the University of Sheffield, and works at the Open University. Her recent publications have pursued interests in the emotions of female librarians in the Soviet 1920s, gender, loyalty and gratitude in letters to Soviet authorities during Stalin's Terror, and new scholarship in public history. She is an organizer with the intersectional feminist collective Sheffield Feminist Archive. 2 B01 21 0000000270710310 Josh Doble Josh Doble 40 01nrxwf90 University of Edinburgh Josh Doble is an honorary fellow at the University of Edinburgh and the policy manager for Community Land Scotland. His research focuses on histories of land, emotions, settler colonialism and race within the decolonizing territories of East and Central Africa. 01 eng 00 304 03 09 1 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 JBSF 12 JFSJ 10 SOC032000 20 sexuality; power relations; class; history of emotions; subjectivity; social identities; intersectionality 01 06 02 00 A timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power, this collection of essays interrogates how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions. It then explores the ways these expectations have historically been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societ 03 00 This collection of essays constitutes a timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power. Interrogating how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions, the volume explores the ways these expectations have been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societies, media and those with access to power.The collection draws upon a diverse set of case studies to present a chronologically and geographically broad intervention. The authors identify and explore connections between the depiction of twentieth-century transnational feminists, settler colonies in southern Africa, post-unification Italy, Maoist China, the twentieth-century Soviet Union and the medicalized spaces of the British Raj. Contributions also move across time from notions of eighteenth-century British masculinity, through Victorian Britain and whiteness in settler colonialism, to the Liverpool docks of the 1990s and contemporary Russia. Collectively, the volume’s authors seek to understand how the normalisation of emotions as a range of gendered qualities forms the basis upon which notions of self, and connectedly, social identities are performed. As such, this is an important contribution to the history of emotions that addresses how gender and emotions are formed as co-constituents within dominant power structures, in different geographic and temporal spaces. 30 00 This collection of essays constitutes a timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power. Interrogating how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions, the volume explores the ways these expectations have been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societies, media and those with access to power.The collection draws upon a diverse set of case studies to present a chronologically and geographically broad intervention. The authors identify and explore connections between the depiction of twentieth-century transnational feminists, settler colonies in southern Africa, post-unification Italy, Maoist China, the twentieth-century Soviet Union and the medicalized spaces of the British Raj. Contributions also move across time from notions of eighteenth-century British masculinity, through Victorian Britain and whiteness in settler colonialism, to the Liverpool docks of the 1990s and contemporary Russia. Collectively, the volume’s authors seek to understand how the normalisation of emotions as a range of gendered qualities forms the basis upon which notions of self, and connectedly, social identities are performed. As such, this is an important contribution to the history of emotions that addresses how gender and emotions are formed as co-constituents within dominant power structures, in different geographic and temporal spaces. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Hannah Parker and Josh Doble </li> <li>Part I Gender, class and sexuality in the negotiation of political power</li> <li>1 “My old eyes weep but I am proud of my own children”: Grief and revolutionary motherhood in the Soviet 1920s Hannah Parker </li> <li>2 Emotion as a tool of Russian bisexual and transgender women’s online activism: a case study Olga Andreevskhikh </li> <li>3 Sounding the Socialist Heroine: Gender, Revolutionary Lyricism and Korean War Films Yucong Hao </li> <li>4 Emotions at Work: Solidarity in the Liverpool Dock Dispute, 1995–98 Emma Copestake </li> <li>Part II Power and Place-making: Class, hygiene and race in the British Empire</li> <li>5 White Pride, Male Anger and the Shame of Poverty: Gendered emotions and the construction of white working class identity in interwar Southern Rhodesia Nicola Ginsburgh </li> <li>6 “Africans smell different”: disgust, fear and the gendering of interracial intimacy in Kenya and Zambia Josh Doble </li> <li>7 Gender, Mission, Emotion: Building hospitals for women in North-western British India’ India Sara Honarmand Ebrahimi </li> <li>Part III Modern Europe’s Public Sphere and the Policing of the Gendered Body</li> <li>8 “The sap that runs in it is the same”: How the ideal of romantic love challenged the myth of ‘primitive’ polygamy in Paolo Mantegazza’s sexual science Francesca Campani </li> <li>9 Writing the Man of Politeness: the hidden importance of shame in eighteenth-century masculinity Michael Rowland </li> <li>10 “At nature’s mighty feast there is no vacant cover for him”: Suicide, masculine shame and the language of burden in nineteenth-century Britain Lyndsay Galpin </li> <li>11 “Sadistic, grinning rifle-women”: Gender, emotions and politics in representations of militant leftist women Hannah Proctor </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cwfb4352_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-emotions-and-power-1750-2020/ London, GB 04 01 20231130 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249166 03 9781915249166 06 15 9781915249197 03 9781915249197 06 15 9781915249661 03 9781915249661 06 15 9781915249173 03 9781915249173 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-emotions-and-power-1750-2020/ 20 08 20231130 02 90.00 GBP WORLD 02 120.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c1173a5b-06f6-4891-afba-dc5b0358fa65 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ef809fb0-a84e-4b87-9e34-a00511217c44 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c1173a5b-06f6-4891-afba-dc5b0358fa65 15 9781915249197 03 9781915249197 06 10.14296/cwfb4352 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.112653 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender, Emotions and Power, 1750–2020 1 B01 21 0000000179800825 Hannah Parker Hannah Parker Hannah Parker (she/her) is a historian of the Soviet Union. She holds a PhD from the University of Sheffield, and works at the Open University. Her recent publications have pursued interests in the emotions of female librarians in the Soviet 1920s, gender, loyalty and gratitude in letters to Soviet authorities during Stalin's Terror, and new scholarship in public history. She is an organizer with the intersectional feminist collective Sheffield Feminist Archive. 2 B01 21 0000000270710310 Josh Doble Josh Doble 40 01nrxwf90 University of Edinburgh Josh Doble is an honorary fellow at the University of Edinburgh and the policy manager for Community Land Scotland. His research focuses on histories of land, emotions, settler colonialism and race within the decolonizing territories of East and Central Africa. 01 eng 00 304 03 09 1 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 JBSF 12 JFSJ 10 SOC032000 20 sexuality; power relations; class; history of emotions; subjectivity; social identities; intersectionality 01 06 02 00 A timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power, this collection of essays interrogates how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions. It then explores the ways these expectations have historically been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societ 03 00 This collection of essays constitutes a timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power. Interrogating how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions, the volume explores the ways these expectations have been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societies, media and those with access to power.The collection draws upon a diverse set of case studies to present a chronologically and geographically broad intervention. The authors identify and explore connections between the depiction of twentieth-century transnational feminists, settler colonies in southern Africa, post-unification Italy, Maoist China, the twentieth-century Soviet Union and the medicalized spaces of the British Raj. Contributions also move across time from notions of eighteenth-century British masculinity, through Victorian Britain and whiteness in settler colonialism, to the Liverpool docks of the 1990s and contemporary Russia. Collectively, the volume’s authors seek to understand how the normalisation of emotions as a range of gendered qualities forms the basis upon which notions of self, and connectedly, social identities are performed. As such, this is an important contribution to the history of emotions that addresses how gender and emotions are formed as co-constituents within dominant power structures, in different geographic and temporal spaces. 30 00 This collection of essays constitutes a timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power. Interrogating how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions, the volume explores the ways these expectations have been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societies, media and those with access to power.The collection draws upon a diverse set of case studies to present a chronologically and geographically broad intervention. The authors identify and explore connections between the depiction of twentieth-century transnational feminists, settler colonies in southern Africa, post-unification Italy, Maoist China, the twentieth-century Soviet Union and the medicalized spaces of the British Raj. Contributions also move across time from notions of eighteenth-century British masculinity, through Victorian Britain and whiteness in settler colonialism, to the Liverpool docks of the 1990s and contemporary Russia. Collectively, the volume’s authors seek to understand how the normalisation of emotions as a range of gendered qualities forms the basis upon which notions of self, and connectedly, social identities are performed. As such, this is an important contribution to the history of emotions that addresses how gender and emotions are formed as co-constituents within dominant power structures, in different geographic and temporal spaces. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Hannah Parker and Josh Doble </li> <li>Part I Gender, class and sexuality in the negotiation of political power</li> <li>1 “My old eyes weep but I am proud of my own children”: Grief and revolutionary motherhood in the Soviet 1920s Hannah Parker </li> <li>2 Emotion as a tool of Russian bisexual and transgender women’s online activism: a case study Olga Andreevskhikh </li> <li>3 Sounding the Socialist Heroine: Gender, Revolutionary Lyricism and Korean War Films Yucong Hao </li> <li>4 Emotions at Work: Solidarity in the Liverpool Dock Dispute, 1995–98 Emma Copestake </li> <li>Part II Power and Place-making: Class, hygiene and race in the British Empire</li> <li>5 White Pride, Male Anger and the Shame of Poverty: Gendered emotions and the construction of white working class identity in interwar Southern Rhodesia Nicola Ginsburgh </li> <li>6 “Africans smell different”: disgust, fear and the gendering of interracial intimacy in Kenya and Zambia Josh Doble </li> <li>7 Gender, Mission, Emotion: Building hospitals for women in North-western British India’ India Sara Honarmand Ebrahimi </li> <li>Part III Modern Europe’s Public Sphere and the Policing of the Gendered Body</li> <li>8 “The sap that runs in it is the same”: How the ideal of romantic love challenged the myth of ‘primitive’ polygamy in Paolo Mantegazza’s sexual science Francesca Campani </li> <li>9 Writing the Man of Politeness: the hidden importance of shame in eighteenth-century masculinity Michael Rowland </li> <li>10 “At nature’s mighty feast there is no vacant cover for him”: Suicide, masculine shame and the language of burden in nineteenth-century Britain Lyndsay Galpin </li> <li>11 “Sadistic, grinning rifle-women”: Gender, emotions and politics in representations of militant leftist women Hannah Proctor </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cwfb4352_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-emotions-and-power-1750-2020/ London, GB 04 01 20231130 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249166 03 9781915249166 06 15 9781915249159 03 9781915249159 06 15 9781915249661 03 9781915249661 06 15 9781915249173 03 9781915249173 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/ef809fb0-a84e-4b87-9e34-a00511217c44 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/ef809fb0-a84e-4b87-9e34-a00511217c44/ef809fb0-a84e-4b87-9e34-a00511217c44.pdf 20 08 20231130 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-emotions-and-power-1750-2020/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249197.pdf 20 08 20231130 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-emotions-and-power-1750-2020/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cwfb4352.pdf 20 08 20231130 01 urn:uuid:c83adbac-aac9-4537-9631-3ac832ebe27f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ef809fb0-a84e-4b87-9e34-a00511217c44 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c83adbac-aac9-4537-9631-3ac832ebe27f 15 9781915249661 03 9781915249661 06 10.14296/cwfb4352 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.112653 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender, Emotions and Power, 1750–2020 1 B01 21 0000000179800825 Hannah Parker Hannah Parker Hannah Parker (she/her) is a historian of the Soviet Union. She holds a PhD from the University of Sheffield, and works at the Open University. Her recent publications have pursued interests in the emotions of female librarians in the Soviet 1920s, gender, loyalty and gratitude in letters to Soviet authorities during Stalin's Terror, and new scholarship in public history. She is an organizer with the intersectional feminist collective Sheffield Feminist Archive. 2 B01 21 0000000270710310 Josh Doble Josh Doble 40 01nrxwf90 University of Edinburgh Josh Doble is an honorary fellow at the University of Edinburgh and the policy manager for Community Land Scotland. His research focuses on histories of land, emotions, settler colonialism and race within the decolonizing territories of East and Central Africa. 01 eng 00 304 03 09 1 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 JBSF 12 JFSJ 10 SOC032000 20 sexuality; power relations; class; history of emotions; subjectivity; social identities; intersectionality 01 06 02 00 A timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power, this collection of essays interrogates how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions. It then explores the ways these expectations have historically been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societ 03 00 This collection of essays constitutes a timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power. Interrogating how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions, the volume explores the ways these expectations have been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societies, media and those with access to power.The collection draws upon a diverse set of case studies to present a chronologically and geographically broad intervention. The authors identify and explore connections between the depiction of twentieth-century transnational feminists, settler colonies in southern Africa, post-unification Italy, Maoist China, the twentieth-century Soviet Union and the medicalized spaces of the British Raj. Contributions also move across time from notions of eighteenth-century British masculinity, through Victorian Britain and whiteness in settler colonialism, to the Liverpool docks of the 1990s and contemporary Russia. Collectively, the volume’s authors seek to understand how the normalisation of emotions as a range of gendered qualities forms the basis upon which notions of self, and connectedly, social identities are performed. As such, this is an important contribution to the history of emotions that addresses how gender and emotions are formed as co-constituents within dominant power structures, in different geographic and temporal spaces. 30 00 This collection of essays constitutes a timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power. Interrogating how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions, the volume explores the ways these expectations have been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societies, media and those with access to power.The collection draws upon a diverse set of case studies to present a chronologically and geographically broad intervention. The authors identify and explore connections between the depiction of twentieth-century transnational feminists, settler colonies in southern Africa, post-unification Italy, Maoist China, the twentieth-century Soviet Union and the medicalized spaces of the British Raj. Contributions also move across time from notions of eighteenth-century British masculinity, through Victorian Britain and whiteness in settler colonialism, to the Liverpool docks of the 1990s and contemporary Russia. Collectively, the volume’s authors seek to understand how the normalisation of emotions as a range of gendered qualities forms the basis upon which notions of self, and connectedly, social identities are performed. As such, this is an important contribution to the history of emotions that addresses how gender and emotions are formed as co-constituents within dominant power structures, in different geographic and temporal spaces. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Hannah Parker and Josh Doble </li> <li>Part I Gender, class and sexuality in the negotiation of political power</li> <li>1 “My old eyes weep but I am proud of my own children”: Grief and revolutionary motherhood in the Soviet 1920s Hannah Parker </li> <li>2 Emotion as a tool of Russian bisexual and transgender women’s online activism: a case study Olga Andreevskhikh </li> <li>3 Sounding the Socialist Heroine: Gender, Revolutionary Lyricism and Korean War Films Yucong Hao </li> <li>4 Emotions at Work: Solidarity in the Liverpool Dock Dispute, 1995–98 Emma Copestake </li> <li>Part II Power and Place-making: Class, hygiene and race in the British Empire</li> <li>5 White Pride, Male Anger and the Shame of Poverty: Gendered emotions and the construction of white working class identity in interwar Southern Rhodesia Nicola Ginsburgh </li> <li>6 “Africans smell different”: disgust, fear and the gendering of interracial intimacy in Kenya and Zambia Josh Doble </li> <li>7 Gender, Mission, Emotion: Building hospitals for women in North-western British India’ India Sara Honarmand Ebrahimi </li> <li>Part III Modern Europe’s Public Sphere and the Policing of the Gendered Body</li> <li>8 “The sap that runs in it is the same”: How the ideal of romantic love challenged the myth of ‘primitive’ polygamy in Paolo Mantegazza’s sexual science Francesca Campani </li> <li>9 Writing the Man of Politeness: the hidden importance of shame in eighteenth-century masculinity Michael Rowland </li> <li>10 “At nature’s mighty feast there is no vacant cover for him”: Suicide, masculine shame and the language of burden in nineteenth-century Britain Lyndsay Galpin </li> <li>11 “Sadistic, grinning rifle-women”: Gender, emotions and politics in representations of militant leftist women Hannah Proctor </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cwfb4352_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-emotions-and-power-1750-2020/ London, GB 04 01 20231130 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249166 03 9781915249166 06 15 9781915249159 03 9781915249159 06 15 9781915249197 03 9781915249197 06 15 9781915249173 03 9781915249173 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/gender-emotions-and-power-1750-2020 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/gender-emotions-and-power-1750-2020 20 08 20231130 01 urn:uuid:6606d0c6-5c22-4005-be40-208ee639ff72 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ef809fb0-a84e-4b87-9e34-a00511217c44 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6606d0c6-5c22-4005-be40-208ee639ff72 15 9781915249173 03 9781915249173 06 10.14296/cwfb4352 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.112653 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender, Emotions and Power, 1750–2020 1 B01 21 0000000179800825 Hannah Parker Hannah Parker Hannah Parker (she/her) is a historian of the Soviet Union. She holds a PhD from the University of Sheffield, and works at the Open University. Her recent publications have pursued interests in the emotions of female librarians in the Soviet 1920s, gender, loyalty and gratitude in letters to Soviet authorities during Stalin's Terror, and new scholarship in public history. She is an organizer with the intersectional feminist collective Sheffield Feminist Archive. 2 B01 21 0000000270710310 Josh Doble Josh Doble 40 01nrxwf90 University of Edinburgh Josh Doble is an honorary fellow at the University of Edinburgh and the policy manager for Community Land Scotland. His research focuses on histories of land, emotions, settler colonialism and race within the decolonizing territories of East and Central Africa. 01 eng 00 304 03 09 1 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 93 JBSF 12 JFSJ 10 SOC032000 20 sexuality; power relations; class; history of emotions; subjectivity; social identities; intersectionality 01 06 02 00 A timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power, this collection of essays interrogates how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions. It then explores the ways these expectations have historically been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societ 03 00 This collection of essays constitutes a timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power. Interrogating how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions, the volume explores the ways these expectations have been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societies, media and those with access to power.The collection draws upon a diverse set of case studies to present a chronologically and geographically broad intervention. The authors identify and explore connections between the depiction of twentieth-century transnational feminists, settler colonies in southern Africa, post-unification Italy, Maoist China, the twentieth-century Soviet Union and the medicalized spaces of the British Raj. Contributions also move across time from notions of eighteenth-century British masculinity, through Victorian Britain and whiteness in settler colonialism, to the Liverpool docks of the 1990s and contemporary Russia. Collectively, the volume’s authors seek to understand how the normalisation of emotions as a range of gendered qualities forms the basis upon which notions of self, and connectedly, social identities are performed. As such, this is an important contribution to the history of emotions that addresses how gender and emotions are formed as co-constituents within dominant power structures, in different geographic and temporal spaces. 30 00 This collection of essays constitutes a timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power. Interrogating how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions, the volume explores the ways these expectations have been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societies, media and those with access to power.The collection draws upon a diverse set of case studies to present a chronologically and geographically broad intervention. The authors identify and explore connections between the depiction of twentieth-century transnational feminists, settler colonies in southern Africa, post-unification Italy, Maoist China, the twentieth-century Soviet Union and the medicalized spaces of the British Raj. Contributions also move across time from notions of eighteenth-century British masculinity, through Victorian Britain and whiteness in settler colonialism, to the Liverpool docks of the 1990s and contemporary Russia. Collectively, the volume’s authors seek to understand how the normalisation of emotions as a range of gendered qualities forms the basis upon which notions of self, and connectedly, social identities are performed. As such, this is an important contribution to the history of emotions that addresses how gender and emotions are formed as co-constituents within dominant power structures, in different geographic and temporal spaces. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Hannah Parker and Josh Doble </li> <li>Part I Gender, class and sexuality in the negotiation of political power</li> <li>1 “My old eyes weep but I am proud of my own children”: Grief and revolutionary motherhood in the Soviet 1920s Hannah Parker </li> <li>2 Emotion as a tool of Russian bisexual and transgender women’s online activism: a case study Olga Andreevskhikh </li> <li>3 Sounding the Socialist Heroine: Gender, Revolutionary Lyricism and Korean War Films Yucong Hao </li> <li>4 Emotions at Work: Solidarity in the Liverpool Dock Dispute, 1995–98 Emma Copestake </li> <li>Part II Power and Place-making: Class, hygiene and race in the British Empire</li> <li>5 White Pride, Male Anger and the Shame of Poverty: Gendered emotions and the construction of white working class identity in interwar Southern Rhodesia Nicola Ginsburgh </li> <li>6 “Africans smell different”: disgust, fear and the gendering of interracial intimacy in Kenya and Zambia Josh Doble </li> <li>7 Gender, Mission, Emotion: Building hospitals for women in North-western British India’ India Sara Honarmand Ebrahimi </li> <li>Part III Modern Europe’s Public Sphere and the Policing of the Gendered Body</li> <li>8 “The sap that runs in it is the same”: How the ideal of romantic love challenged the myth of ‘primitive’ polygamy in Paolo Mantegazza’s sexual science Francesca Campani </li> <li>9 Writing the Man of Politeness: the hidden importance of shame in eighteenth-century masculinity Michael Rowland </li> <li>10 “At nature’s mighty feast there is no vacant cover for him”: Suicide, masculine shame and the language of burden in nineteenth-century Britain Lyndsay Galpin </li> <li>11 “Sadistic, grinning rifle-women”: Gender, emotions and politics in representations of militant leftist women Hannah Proctor </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cwfb4352_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-emotions-and-power-1750-2020/ London, GB 04 01 20231130 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249166 03 9781915249166 06 15 9781915249159 03 9781915249159 06 15 9781915249197 03 9781915249197 06 15 9781915249661 03 9781915249661 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-emotions-and-power-1750-2020/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cwfb4352.epub 20 08 20231130 02 29.99 GBP WORLD 02 39.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:754c6c82-d207-4b47-852b-ba7f2eb0944b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:315be9cb-1692-44b5-8022-54714353e878 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:754c6c82-d207-4b47-852b-ba7f2eb0944b 15 9781909646841 03 9781909646841 06 10.14296/119.9781909646858 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72473 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender in medieval places, spaces and thresholds 1 B01 Victoria Blud Victoria Blud 2 B01 Diane Heath Diane Heath 3 B01 Einat Klafter Einat Klafter 01 eng 00 283 03 09 22 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015010 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 12 3H 93 3KL 10 HIS015020 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 gender; medieval history; space; spatial studies; place; women; domestic history; public history 01 06 02 00 This book addresses the concept of gender in the Middle Ages through the study of place and space, exploring how gender and space may be mutually constructive and how individuals and communities make and are made by the places and spaces they inhabit. Interrogating the thresholds between sacred and secular, public and private, enclosure and e 03 00 This collection addresses the concept of gender in the middle ages through the study of place and space, exploring how gender and space may be mutually constructive and how individuals and communities make and are made by the places and spaces they inhabit. From womb to tomb, how are we defined and confined by gender and by space? Interrogating the thresholds between sacred and secular, public and private, enclosure and exposure, domestic and political, movement and stasis, the essays in this interdisciplinary collection draw on current research and contemporary theory to suggest new destinations for future study. 30 00 This collection addresses the concept of gender in the middle ages through the study of place and space, exploring how gender and space may be mutually constructive and how individuals and communities make and are made by the places and spaces they inhabit. From womb to tomb, how are we defined and confined by gender and by space? Interrogating the thresholds between sacred and secular, public and private, enclosure and exposure, domestic and political, movement and stasis, the essays in this interdisciplinary collection draw on current research and contemporary theory to suggest new destinations for future study. 04 00 Foreword. The Virgin of Bethlehem, gender and space Anthony Bale Introduction Victoria Blud, Diane Heath and Einat Klafter I. Sacred space1. Religious women in the landscape: their roles in medieval Canterbury and its hinterland Sheila Sweetinburgh 2. Space and place: archaeologies of female monasticism in later medieval Ireland Tracy Collins 3. Making space for leprous nuns: Matthew Paris and the foundation of St. Mary de Pré, St. Albans Philippa Byrne 4. On the threshold? The role of women in Lincolnshire’s late medieval parish guilds Claire Kennan 5. Beyond the sea: medieval mystic space and early modern convents in exile Victoria Blud II. Going places 6. Men on pilgrimage – women adrift: thoughts on gender in sea narratives from early medieval Ireland Eivor Bekkhus 7. ‘Yfallen out of heigh degree’: Chaucer’s Monk and crises of liminal masculinities Martin Laidlaw 8. The feminine mystic: Margery Kempe’s pilgrimage to Rome as an imitatio Birgittae Einat Klafter III. A woman’s place? 9. ‘Unbynde her anoone’: The Lives of St. Margaret of Antioch and the lying-in space in late medieval England Róisín Donohoe 10. Gendered spaces and female filth: Auda Fabri’s mystical heresy Kathryn Loveridge 11. Shopping or scrimping? The contested space of the household in Middle English devotional literature Louise Campion 12. Tombscape: the tomb of Lady Joan de Mohun in the crypt of Canterbury cathedral Diane Heath IV. Watch this space! 13. Women’s visibility and the ‘vocal gaze’ at windows, doors and gates in vitae from the thirteenth-century Low Countries Hannah Shepherd 14. Women in the medieval wall paintings of Canterbury cathedral Jayne Wackett 15. Commanding un-empty space: silence, stillness and scopic authority in the York Christ before Herod Daisy Black Afterword Leonie V. Hicks Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/119.9781909646858_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-in-medieval-places-spaces-and-thresholds/ London, GB 04 01 20190103 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646858 03 9781909646858 06 15 9781909646865 03 9781909646865 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-in-medieval-places-spaces-and-thresholds/ 20 08 20190103 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ebd4164d-9365-4630-aaac-4762bcf9e6df 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:315be9cb-1692-44b5-8022-54714353e878 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ebd4164d-9365-4630-aaac-4762bcf9e6df 15 9781909646858 03 9781909646858 06 10.14296/119.9781909646858 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72473 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender in medieval places, spaces and thresholds 1 B01 Victoria Blud Victoria Blud 2 B01 Diane Heath Diane Heath 3 B01 Einat Klafter Einat Klafter 01 eng 00 283 03 09 22 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015010 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 12 3H 93 3KL 10 HIS015020 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 gender; medieval history; space; spatial studies; place; women; domestic history; public history 01 06 02 00 This book addresses the concept of gender in the Middle Ages through the study of place and space, exploring how gender and space may be mutually constructive and how individuals and communities make and are made by the places and spaces they inhabit. Interrogating the thresholds between sacred and secular, public and private, enclosure and e 03 00 This collection addresses the concept of gender in the middle ages through the study of place and space, exploring how gender and space may be mutually constructive and how individuals and communities make and are made by the places and spaces they inhabit. From womb to tomb, how are we defined and confined by gender and by space? Interrogating the thresholds between sacred and secular, public and private, enclosure and exposure, domestic and political, movement and stasis, the essays in this interdisciplinary collection draw on current research and contemporary theory to suggest new destinations for future study. 30 00 This collection addresses the concept of gender in the middle ages through the study of place and space, exploring how gender and space may be mutually constructive and how individuals and communities make and are made by the places and spaces they inhabit. From womb to tomb, how are we defined and confined by gender and by space? Interrogating the thresholds between sacred and secular, public and private, enclosure and exposure, domestic and political, movement and stasis, the essays in this interdisciplinary collection draw on current research and contemporary theory to suggest new destinations for future study. 04 00 Foreword. The Virgin of Bethlehem, gender and space Anthony Bale Introduction Victoria Blud, Diane Heath and Einat Klafter I. Sacred space1. Religious women in the landscape: their roles in medieval Canterbury and its hinterland Sheila Sweetinburgh 2. Space and place: archaeologies of female monasticism in later medieval Ireland Tracy Collins 3. Making space for leprous nuns: Matthew Paris and the foundation of St. Mary de Pré, St. Albans Philippa Byrne 4. On the threshold? The role of women in Lincolnshire’s late medieval parish guilds Claire Kennan 5. Beyond the sea: medieval mystic space and early modern convents in exile Victoria Blud II. Going places 6. Men on pilgrimage – women adrift: thoughts on gender in sea narratives from early medieval Ireland Eivor Bekkhus 7. ‘Yfallen out of heigh degree’: Chaucer’s Monk and crises of liminal masculinities Martin Laidlaw 8. The feminine mystic: Margery Kempe’s pilgrimage to Rome as an imitatio Birgittae Einat Klafter III. A woman’s place? 9. ‘Unbynde her anoone’: The Lives of St. Margaret of Antioch and the lying-in space in late medieval England Róisín Donohoe 10. Gendered spaces and female filth: Auda Fabri’s mystical heresy Kathryn Loveridge 11. Shopping or scrimping? The contested space of the household in Middle English devotional literature Louise Campion 12. Tombscape: the tomb of Lady Joan de Mohun in the crypt of Canterbury cathedral Diane Heath IV. Watch this space! 13. Women’s visibility and the ‘vocal gaze’ at windows, doors and gates in vitae from the thirteenth-century Low Countries Hannah Shepherd 14. Women in the medieval wall paintings of Canterbury cathedral Jayne Wackett 15. Commanding un-empty space: silence, stillness and scopic authority in the York Christ before Herod Daisy Black Afterword Leonie V. Hicks Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/119.9781909646858_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-in-medieval-places-spaces-and-thresholds/ London, GB 04 01 20190103 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646841 03 9781909646841 06 15 9781909646865 03 9781909646865 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/315be9cb-1692-44b5-8022-54714353e878 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/315be9cb-1692-44b5-8022-54714353e878/315be9cb-1692-44b5-8022-54714353e878.pdf 20 08 20190103 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-in-medieval-places-spaces-and-thresholds/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646858.pdf 20 08 20190103 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-in-medieval-places-spaces-and-thresholds/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/119.9781909646858.pdf 20 08 20190103 01 urn:uuid:74d09757-7f1e-4c18-8ff9-e58ec3369b34 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:315be9cb-1692-44b5-8022-54714353e878 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:74d09757-7f1e-4c18-8ff9-e58ec3369b34 15 9781909646865 03 9781909646865 06 10.14296/119.9781909646858 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72473 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender in medieval places, spaces and thresholds 1 B01 Victoria Blud Victoria Blud 2 B01 Diane Heath Diane Heath 3 B01 Einat Klafter Einat Klafter 01 eng 00 283 03 09 22 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015010 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 12 3H 93 3KL 10 HIS015020 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 gender; medieval history; space; spatial studies; place; women; domestic history; public history 01 06 02 00 This book addresses the concept of gender in the Middle Ages through the study of place and space, exploring how gender and space may be mutually constructive and how individuals and communities make and are made by the places and spaces they inhabit. Interrogating the thresholds between sacred and secular, public and private, enclosure and e 03 00 This collection addresses the concept of gender in the middle ages through the study of place and space, exploring how gender and space may be mutually constructive and how individuals and communities make and are made by the places and spaces they inhabit. From womb to tomb, how are we defined and confined by gender and by space? Interrogating the thresholds between sacred and secular, public and private, enclosure and exposure, domestic and political, movement and stasis, the essays in this interdisciplinary collection draw on current research and contemporary theory to suggest new destinations for future study. 30 00 This collection addresses the concept of gender in the middle ages through the study of place and space, exploring how gender and space may be mutually constructive and how individuals and communities make and are made by the places and spaces they inhabit. From womb to tomb, how are we defined and confined by gender and by space? Interrogating the thresholds between sacred and secular, public and private, enclosure and exposure, domestic and political, movement and stasis, the essays in this interdisciplinary collection draw on current research and contemporary theory to suggest new destinations for future study. 04 00 Foreword. The Virgin of Bethlehem, gender and space Anthony Bale Introduction Victoria Blud, Diane Heath and Einat Klafter I. Sacred space1. Religious women in the landscape: their roles in medieval Canterbury and its hinterland Sheila Sweetinburgh 2. Space and place: archaeologies of female monasticism in later medieval Ireland Tracy Collins 3. Making space for leprous nuns: Matthew Paris and the foundation of St. Mary de Pré, St. Albans Philippa Byrne 4. On the threshold? The role of women in Lincolnshire’s late medieval parish guilds Claire Kennan 5. Beyond the sea: medieval mystic space and early modern convents in exile Victoria Blud II. Going places 6. Men on pilgrimage – women adrift: thoughts on gender in sea narratives from early medieval Ireland Eivor Bekkhus 7. ‘Yfallen out of heigh degree’: Chaucer’s Monk and crises of liminal masculinities Martin Laidlaw 8. The feminine mystic: Margery Kempe’s pilgrimage to Rome as an imitatio Birgittae Einat Klafter III. A woman’s place? 9. ‘Unbynde her anoone’: The Lives of St. Margaret of Antioch and the lying-in space in late medieval England Róisín Donohoe 10. Gendered spaces and female filth: Auda Fabri’s mystical heresy Kathryn Loveridge 11. Shopping or scrimping? The contested space of the household in Middle English devotional literature Louise Campion 12. Tombscape: the tomb of Lady Joan de Mohun in the crypt of Canterbury cathedral Diane Heath IV. Watch this space! 13. Women’s visibility and the ‘vocal gaze’ at windows, doors and gates in vitae from the thirteenth-century Low Countries Hannah Shepherd 14. Women in the medieval wall paintings of Canterbury cathedral Jayne Wackett 15. Commanding un-empty space: silence, stillness and scopic authority in the York Christ before Herod Daisy Black Afterword Leonie V. Hicks Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/119.9781909646858_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-in-medieval-places-spaces-and-thresholds/ London, GB 04 01 20190103 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646841 03 9781909646841 06 15 9781909646858 03 9781909646858 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-in-medieval-places-spaces-and-thresholds/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/119.9781909646858.epub 20 08 20190103 01 urn:uuid:809d68b3-c437-4c28-ae97-4515bbe11a3b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a4ef1e83-b3c7-4f96-b0c0-ecbdd7ccfe02 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:809d68b3-c437-4c28-ae97-4515bbe11a3b 15 9781914477065 03 9781914477065 06 10.14296/2204.9781914477072 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107967 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Giving Birth in Eighteenth-Century England 1 A01 Sarah Fox Sarah Fox Sarah Fox is a social and cultural historian with interests in the social histories of law and medicine, the body, emotion, gender, food, and community. She completed her PhD at the University of Manchester in 2017 and is currently working at the University of Birmingham as a research associate on the Leverhulme-funded project Material Bodies, Social Identities: Embodiment in British Letters c.1680-1820. 01 eng 00 250 03 09 4 12 HB 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NH 93 JBFV1 12 JHBF 10 SOC046000 12 3JF 93 3ML 10 HIS037050 20 birth; giving birth; childbirth; children; community; pregnancy; history of pregnancy; England; motherhood; history of motherhood; mother-in-law; fatherhood; family life; family in 18th century; 18th-century England; caudle; lying-in; rest after birth; birthing linen; clothes for pregnant women; pregnancy in 18th century; mothers in 18th century; menstruation in 18th century; family relationships 01 06 02 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. Utilising an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, the volume explores the rituals of childbirth as well as how motherhood affected a wom 03 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. From quickening</italic> through to confinement, giving caudle, </italic>delivery and lying-in, </italic>birth was once a complex ritual that involved entire communities. Drawing on an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, this book offers critical new perspectives on the history of the family and community. It explores the rituals of childbirth, from birthing clothing to the foods traditionally eaten before and after birth, and also how a woman’s relationship with her family, husband, friends and neighbours changed during pregnancy and beyond. In this important and deeply moving study, we are invited on a detailed and emotive journey through motherhood in an age of immense intellectual and sociocultural change. 30 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. From quickening</italic> through to confinement, giving caudle, </italic>delivery and lying-in, </italic>birth was once a complex ritual that involved entire communities. Drawing on an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, this book offers critical new perspectives on the history of the family and community. It explores the rituals of childbirth, from birthing clothing to the foods traditionally eaten before and after birth, and also how a woman’s relationship with her family, husband, friends and neighbours changed during pregnancy and beyond. In this important and deeply moving study, we are invited on a detailed and emotive journey through motherhood in an age of immense intellectual and sociocultural change. 04 00 IntroductionBirth and the BodyBirth in the HouseholdFood and BirthThe Birth FamilyBirth in the CommunityConclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2204.9781914477072_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/giving-birth-in-eighteenth-century-england/ London, GB 04 01 20220413 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477058 03 9781914477058 06 15 9781914477072 03 9781914477072 06 15 9781908590879 03 9781908590879 06 15 9781914477089 03 9781914477089 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/giving-birth-in-eighteenth-century-england/ 20 08 20220413 02 25.00 GBP WORLD 02 35.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f3f17837-57a9-4de1-a409-d04d2a1bae79 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a4ef1e83-b3c7-4f96-b0c0-ecbdd7ccfe02 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f3f17837-57a9-4de1-a409-d04d2a1bae79 15 9781914477058 03 9781914477058 06 10.14296/2204.9781914477072 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107967 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Giving Birth in Eighteenth-Century England 1 A01 Sarah Fox Sarah Fox Sarah Fox is a social and cultural historian with interests in the social histories of law and medicine, the body, emotion, gender, food, and community. She completed her PhD at the University of Manchester in 2017 and is currently working at the University of Birmingham as a research associate on the Leverhulme-funded project Material Bodies, Social Identities: Embodiment in British Letters c.1680-1820. 01 eng 00 250 03 09 4 12 HB 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NH 93 JBFV1 12 JHBF 10 SOC046000 12 3JF 93 3ML 10 HIS037050 20 birth; giving birth; childbirth; children; community; pregnancy; history of pregnancy; England; motherhood; history of motherhood; mother-in-law; fatherhood; family life; family in 18th century; 18th-century England; caudle; lying-in; rest after birth; birthing linen; clothes for pregnant women; pregnancy in 18th century; mothers in 18th century; menstruation in 18th century; family relationships 01 06 02 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. Utilising an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, the volume explores the rituals of childbirth as well as how motherhood affected a wom 03 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. From quickening</italic> through to confinement, giving caudle, </italic>delivery and lying-in, </italic>birth was once a complex ritual that involved entire communities. Drawing on an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, this book offers critical new perspectives on the history of the family and community. It explores the rituals of childbirth, from birthing clothing to the foods traditionally eaten before and after birth, and also how a woman’s relationship with her family, husband, friends and neighbours changed during pregnancy and beyond. In this important and deeply moving study, we are invited on a detailed and emotive journey through motherhood in an age of immense intellectual and sociocultural change. 30 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. From quickening</italic> through to confinement, giving caudle, </italic>delivery and lying-in, </italic>birth was once a complex ritual that involved entire communities. Drawing on an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, this book offers critical new perspectives on the history of the family and community. It explores the rituals of childbirth, from birthing clothing to the foods traditionally eaten before and after birth, and also how a woman’s relationship with her family, husband, friends and neighbours changed during pregnancy and beyond. In this important and deeply moving study, we are invited on a detailed and emotive journey through motherhood in an age of immense intellectual and sociocultural change. 04 00 IntroductionBirth and the BodyBirth in the HouseholdFood and BirthThe Birth FamilyBirth in the CommunityConclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2204.9781914477072_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/giving-birth-in-eighteenth-century-england/ London, GB 04 01 20220413 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477065 03 9781914477065 06 15 9781914477072 03 9781914477072 06 15 9781908590879 03 9781908590879 06 15 9781914477089 03 9781914477089 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/giving-birth-in-eighteenth-century-england/ 20 08 20220413 02 40.00 GBP WORLD 02 50.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e0909815-cb46-44a8-bfce-d731644b1558 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a4ef1e83-b3c7-4f96-b0c0-ecbdd7ccfe02 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e0909815-cb46-44a8-bfce-d731644b1558 15 9781914477072 03 9781914477072 06 10.14296/2204.9781914477072 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107967 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Giving Birth in Eighteenth-Century England 1 A01 Sarah Fox Sarah Fox Sarah Fox is a social and cultural historian with interests in the social histories of law and medicine, the body, emotion, gender, food, and community. She completed her PhD at the University of Manchester in 2017 and is currently working at the University of Birmingham as a research associate on the Leverhulme-funded project Material Bodies, Social Identities: Embodiment in British Letters c.1680-1820. 01 eng 00 250 03 09 4 12 HB 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NH 93 JBFV1 12 JHBF 10 SOC046000 12 3JF 93 3ML 10 HIS037050 20 birth; giving birth; childbirth; children; community; pregnancy; history of pregnancy; England; motherhood; history of motherhood; mother-in-law; fatherhood; family life; family in 18th century; 18th-century England; caudle; lying-in; rest after birth; birthing linen; clothes for pregnant women; pregnancy in 18th century; mothers in 18th century; menstruation in 18th century; family relationships 01 06 02 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. Utilising an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, the volume explores the rituals of childbirth as well as how motherhood affected a wom 03 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. From quickening</italic> through to confinement, giving caudle, </italic>delivery and lying-in, </italic>birth was once a complex ritual that involved entire communities. Drawing on an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, this book offers critical new perspectives on the history of the family and community. It explores the rituals of childbirth, from birthing clothing to the foods traditionally eaten before and after birth, and also how a woman’s relationship with her family, husband, friends and neighbours changed during pregnancy and beyond. In this important and deeply moving study, we are invited on a detailed and emotive journey through motherhood in an age of immense intellectual and sociocultural change. 30 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. From quickening</italic> through to confinement, giving caudle, </italic>delivery and lying-in, </italic>birth was once a complex ritual that involved entire communities. Drawing on an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, this book offers critical new perspectives on the history of the family and community. It explores the rituals of childbirth, from birthing clothing to the foods traditionally eaten before and after birth, and also how a woman’s relationship with her family, husband, friends and neighbours changed during pregnancy and beyond. In this important and deeply moving study, we are invited on a detailed and emotive journey through motherhood in an age of immense intellectual and sociocultural change. 04 00 IntroductionBirth and the BodyBirth in the HouseholdFood and BirthThe Birth FamilyBirth in the CommunityConclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2204.9781914477072_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/giving-birth-in-eighteenth-century-england/ London, GB 04 01 20220413 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477065 03 9781914477065 06 15 9781914477058 03 9781914477058 06 15 9781908590879 03 9781908590879 06 15 9781914477089 03 9781914477089 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/a4ef1e83-b3c7-4f96-b0c0-ecbdd7ccfe02 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/a4ef1e83-b3c7-4f96-b0c0-ecbdd7ccfe02/a4ef1e83-b3c7-4f96-b0c0-ecbdd7ccfe02.pdf 20 08 20220413 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/giving-birth-in-eighteenth-century-england/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477072.pdf 20 08 20220413 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/giving-birth-in-eighteenth-century-england/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2204.9781914477072.pdf 20 08 20220413 01 urn:uuid:661163c2-9f57-4d59-a36f-6e03beae72b4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a4ef1e83-b3c7-4f96-b0c0-ecbdd7ccfe02 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:661163c2-9f57-4d59-a36f-6e03beae72b4 15 9781908590879 03 9781908590879 06 10.14296/2204.9781914477072 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107967 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Giving Birth in Eighteenth-Century England 1 A01 Sarah Fox Sarah Fox Sarah Fox is a social and cultural historian with interests in the social histories of law and medicine, the body, emotion, gender, food, and community. She completed her PhD at the University of Manchester in 2017 and is currently working at the University of Birmingham as a research associate on the Leverhulme-funded project Material Bodies, Social Identities: Embodiment in British Letters c.1680-1820. 01 eng 00 250 03 09 4 12 HB 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NH 93 JBFV1 12 JHBF 10 SOC046000 12 3JF 93 3ML 10 HIS037050 20 birth; giving birth; childbirth; children; community; pregnancy; history of pregnancy; England; motherhood; history of motherhood; mother-in-law; fatherhood; family life; family in 18th century; 18th-century England; caudle; lying-in; rest after birth; birthing linen; clothes for pregnant women; pregnancy in 18th century; mothers in 18th century; menstruation in 18th century; family relationships 01 06 02 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. Utilising an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, the volume explores the rituals of childbirth as well as how motherhood affected a wom 03 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. From quickening</italic> through to confinement, giving caudle, </italic>delivery and lying-in, </italic>birth was once a complex ritual that involved entire communities. Drawing on an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, this book offers critical new perspectives on the history of the family and community. It explores the rituals of childbirth, from birthing clothing to the foods traditionally eaten before and after birth, and also how a woman’s relationship with her family, husband, friends and neighbours changed during pregnancy and beyond. In this important and deeply moving study, we are invited on a detailed and emotive journey through motherhood in an age of immense intellectual and sociocultural change. 30 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. From quickening</italic> through to confinement, giving caudle, </italic>delivery and lying-in, </italic>birth was once a complex ritual that involved entire communities. Drawing on an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, this book offers critical new perspectives on the history of the family and community. It explores the rituals of childbirth, from birthing clothing to the foods traditionally eaten before and after birth, and also how a woman’s relationship with her family, husband, friends and neighbours changed during pregnancy and beyond. In this important and deeply moving study, we are invited on a detailed and emotive journey through motherhood in an age of immense intellectual and sociocultural change. 04 00 IntroductionBirth and the BodyBirth in the HouseholdFood and BirthThe Birth FamilyBirth in the CommunityConclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2204.9781914477072_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/giving-birth-in-eighteenth-century-england/ London, GB 04 01 20220413 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477065 03 9781914477065 06 15 9781914477058 03 9781914477058 06 15 9781914477072 03 9781914477072 06 15 9781914477089 03 9781914477089 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/giving-birth-in-eighteenth-century-england 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/giving-birth-in-eighteenth-century-england 20 08 20220413 01 urn:uuid:15760bba-333f-4424-b6e7-7cadb5262336 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a4ef1e83-b3c7-4f96-b0c0-ecbdd7ccfe02 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:15760bba-333f-4424-b6e7-7cadb5262336 15 9781914477089 03 9781914477089 06 10.14296/2204.9781914477072 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107967 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Giving Birth in Eighteenth-Century England 1 A01 Sarah Fox Sarah Fox Sarah Fox is a social and cultural historian with interests in the social histories of law and medicine, the body, emotion, gender, food, and community. She completed her PhD at the University of Manchester in 2017 and is currently working at the University of Birmingham as a research associate on the Leverhulme-funded project Material Bodies, Social Identities: Embodiment in British Letters c.1680-1820. 01 eng 00 250 03 09 4 12 HB 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NH 93 JBFV1 12 JHBF 10 SOC046000 12 3JF 93 3ML 10 HIS037050 20 birth; giving birth; childbirth; children; community; pregnancy; history of pregnancy; England; motherhood; history of motherhood; mother-in-law; fatherhood; family life; family in 18th century; 18th-century England; caudle; lying-in; rest after birth; birthing linen; clothes for pregnant women; pregnancy in 18th century; mothers in 18th century; menstruation in 18th century; family relationships 01 06 02 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. Utilising an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, the volume explores the rituals of childbirth as well as how motherhood affected a wom 03 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. From quickening</italic> through to confinement, giving caudle, </italic>delivery and lying-in, </italic>birth was once a complex ritual that involved entire communities. Drawing on an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, this book offers critical new perspectives on the history of the family and community. It explores the rituals of childbirth, from birthing clothing to the foods traditionally eaten before and after birth, and also how a woman’s relationship with her family, husband, friends and neighbours changed during pregnancy and beyond. In this important and deeply moving study, we are invited on a detailed and emotive journey through motherhood in an age of immense intellectual and sociocultural change. 30 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. From quickening</italic> through to confinement, giving caudle, </italic>delivery and lying-in, </italic>birth was once a complex ritual that involved entire communities. Drawing on an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, this book offers critical new perspectives on the history of the family and community. It explores the rituals of childbirth, from birthing clothing to the foods traditionally eaten before and after birth, and also how a woman’s relationship with her family, husband, friends and neighbours changed during pregnancy and beyond. In this important and deeply moving study, we are invited on a detailed and emotive journey through motherhood in an age of immense intellectual and sociocultural change. 04 00 IntroductionBirth and the BodyBirth in the HouseholdFood and BirthThe Birth FamilyBirth in the CommunityConclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2204.9781914477072_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/giving-birth-in-eighteenth-century-england/ London, GB 04 01 20220413 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477065 03 9781914477065 06 15 9781914477058 03 9781914477058 06 15 9781914477072 03 9781914477072 06 15 9781908590879 03 9781908590879 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/giving-birth-in-eighteenth-century-england/ 20 08 20220413 02 5.00 GBP WORLD 02 5.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9d09122f-a49e-40a5-9d01-55b23d733882 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8d04f365-1cb1-4fa8-9ddf-6eba7bb3f9ff 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9d09122f-a49e-40a5-9d01-55b23d733882 15 9781900039567 03 9781900039567 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53753 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 22 mm 03 2.2 cm 03 0.875 in 08 29 gr 08 1.125 oz 01 01 Global Impact, Local Action New Environmental Policy in Latin America 1 B01 Anthony Hall Anthony Hall 01 eng B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL011000 12 RN 93 RN 12 1KL 93 1KL 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248111/53753/53753_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/global-impact-local-action/ London, GB 04 01 20051205 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/global-impact-local-action/ 20 08 20051205 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:362768b3-745a-4994-98f7-f834ba04d4e1 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a3705280-8235-4dfe-a2e8-a797b740f981 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:362768b3-745a-4994-98f7-f834ba04d4e1 15 9780854572885 03 9780854572885 06 10.63674/pxyc7117 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.174712 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 16 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Going to the People Popular Press in Fascist Italy, 1934–43 1 A01 Manuela Di Franco Manuela Di Franco Postdoctoral Fellow University of Ghent Manuela Di Franco holds a PhD from the University of Cambridge, UK. She is currently a postdoctoral fellow at the University of Ghent, Belgium. 01 eng 09 32 93 JBC B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies 10 LIT004200 93 DSBH B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Italian Studies 10 SOC052000 10 1.5.3.0.0.0.0 93 1DST 93 2ADT 93 3MPB 01 06 02 00 This book explores the development and popularity of illustrated rotocalco</italic> magazines in Italy in the 1930s and early 1940s. Analysing three representative magazines, Di Franco investigates the complex dynamics of cultural exchange defining Italian print culture under Fascism, and examines how these magazines served as sites of tr 03 00 In the interwar years, Italy underwent profound social and cultural transformations which shaped the emergence of a modern mass-consumer society. Amidst the Fascist regime’s centralised control over cultural production, new forms of popular print culture flourished, most notably the rotocalco</italic>, the illustrated magazine aimed at a broad readership. This book explores the development and popularity of these magazines in the 1930s and early 1940s, focusing on how they navigated the tensions between authoritarian cultural policies and the powerful appeal of foreign models, especially from the USA. Di Franco analyses three representative magazines, investigating the complex dynamics of cultural exchange defining Italian print culture under Fascism, a field caught between commercial imperatives and ideological pressures; and examines how these magazines served as sites of transnational cultural negotiation, blending entertainment, Fascist influence and the demands of an increasingly modern readership. The rotocalco</italic> emerges as both a product and a driver of Italy’s evolving mass-media landscape, in which nationalist rhetoric co-existed with international influences and the popular press mirrored society’s contradictions and transformations. 30 00 In the interwar years, Italy underwent profound social and cultural transformations which shaped the emergence of a modern mass-consumer society. Amidst the Fascist regime’s centralised control over cultural production, new forms of popular print culture flourished, most notably the rotocalco</italic>, the illustrated magazine aimed at a broad readership. This book explores the development and popularity of these magazines in the 1930s and early 1940s, focusing on how they navigated the tensions between authoritarian cultural policies and the powerful appeal of foreign models, especially from the USA. Di Franco analyses three representative magazines, investigating the complex dynamics of cultural exchange defining Italian print culture under Fascism, a field caught between commercial imperatives and ideological pressures; and examines how these magazines served as sites of transnational cultural negotiation, blending entertainment, Fascist influence and the demands of an increasingly modern readership. The rotocalco</italic> emerges as both a product and a driver of Italy’s evolving mass-media landscape, in which nationalist rhetoric co-existed with international influences and the popular press mirrored society’s contradictions and transformations. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction </li> <li> 1 The Fascist regime, culture and the periodical press </li> <li> 2 The evolution of illustrated magazines: Western Europe and the United States </li> <li> 3 Creating a new imagination: L’Avventuroso (1934–43) </li> <li> 4 The first Italian fotocalco: Omnibus (1937–39) </li> <li> 5 An ideal magazine for the ideal woman: Grazia (1938–43) </li> <li> Conclusion </li> <li> Bibliography </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/388234/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/going-to-the-people/ London, GB 02 01 20260423 Manuela Di Franco 02 WORLD 06 15 9780854572892 03 9780854572892 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/going-to-the-people/ 10 08 20260423 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:422309f2-2579-43a4-a1cb-1e976c7c343a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a3705280-8235-4dfe-a2e8-a797b740f981 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:422309f2-2579-43a4-a1cb-1e976c7c343a 15 9780854572892 03 9780854572892 06 10.63674/pxyc7117 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.174712 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 16 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Going to the People Popular Press in Fascist Italy, 1934–43 1 A01 Manuela Di Franco Manuela Di Franco Postdoctoral Fellow University of Ghent Manuela Di Franco holds a PhD from the University of Cambridge, UK. She is currently a postdoctoral fellow at the University of Ghent, Belgium. 01 eng 09 32 93 JBC B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies 10 LIT004200 93 DSBH B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Italian Studies 10 SOC052000 10 1.5.3.0.0.0.0 93 1DST 93 2ADT 93 3MPB 01 06 02 00 This book explores the development and popularity of illustrated rotocalco</italic> magazines in Italy in the 1930s and early 1940s. Analysing three representative magazines, Di Franco investigates the complex dynamics of cultural exchange defining Italian print culture under Fascism, and examines how these magazines served as sites of tr 03 00 In the interwar years, Italy underwent profound social and cultural transformations which shaped the emergence of a modern mass-consumer society. Amidst the Fascist regime’s centralised control over cultural production, new forms of popular print culture flourished, most notably the rotocalco</italic>, the illustrated magazine aimed at a broad readership. This book explores the development and popularity of these magazines in the 1930s and early 1940s, focusing on how they navigated the tensions between authoritarian cultural policies and the powerful appeal of foreign models, especially from the USA. Di Franco analyses three representative magazines, investigating the complex dynamics of cultural exchange defining Italian print culture under Fascism, a field caught between commercial imperatives and ideological pressures; and examines how these magazines served as sites of transnational cultural negotiation, blending entertainment, Fascist influence and the demands of an increasingly modern readership. The rotocalco</italic> emerges as both a product and a driver of Italy’s evolving mass-media landscape, in which nationalist rhetoric co-existed with international influences and the popular press mirrored society’s contradictions and transformations. 30 00 In the interwar years, Italy underwent profound social and cultural transformations which shaped the emergence of a modern mass-consumer society. Amidst the Fascist regime’s centralised control over cultural production, new forms of popular print culture flourished, most notably the rotocalco</italic>, the illustrated magazine aimed at a broad readership. This book explores the development and popularity of these magazines in the 1930s and early 1940s, focusing on how they navigated the tensions between authoritarian cultural policies and the powerful appeal of foreign models, especially from the USA. Di Franco analyses three representative magazines, investigating the complex dynamics of cultural exchange defining Italian print culture under Fascism, a field caught between commercial imperatives and ideological pressures; and examines how these magazines served as sites of transnational cultural negotiation, blending entertainment, Fascist influence and the demands of an increasingly modern readership. The rotocalco</italic> emerges as both a product and a driver of Italy’s evolving mass-media landscape, in which nationalist rhetoric co-existed with international influences and the popular press mirrored society’s contradictions and transformations. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction </li> <li> 1 The Fascist regime, culture and the periodical press </li> <li> 2 The evolution of illustrated magazines: Western Europe and the United States </li> <li> 3 Creating a new imagination: L’Avventuroso (1934–43) </li> <li> 4 The first Italian fotocalco: Omnibus (1937–39) </li> <li> 5 An ideal magazine for the ideal woman: Grazia (1938–43) </li> <li> Conclusion </li> <li> Bibliography </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/388234/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/going-to-the-people/ London, GB 02 01 20260423 Manuela Di Franco 02 WORLD 06 15 9780854572885 03 9780854572885 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/going-to-the-people/ 10 08 20260423 01 urn:uuid:16681b16-ca94-4cc8-86ff-92a2b97c2794 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fc45c929-5aad-48fa-91bf-81a42d3adf2f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:16681b16-ca94-4cc8-86ff-92a2b97c2794 15 9781900039222 03 9781900039222 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53765 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 08 25 gr 08 1 oz 01 01 Governing Mexico Political Parties and Elections 1 B01 Monica Serrano Monica Serrano 01 eng 12 JPL 93 JPL B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL008000 12 JPHF 93 JPHF 12 1KLCM 93 1KLCM 01 06 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/governing-mexico/ London, GB 04 01 19980601 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/governing-mexico/ 20 08 19980601 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:10d17b88-c8fc-432f-84b1-57c6cf1711e8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1e0fe768-a220-4b4b-8ed6-8b2ab865093c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:10d17b88-c8fc-432f-84b1-57c6cf1711e8 15 9781905670000 03 9781905670000 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54045 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 23 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Greek Drama III: Essays in Honour of Kevin Lee (BICS Supplement 87) 1 B01 John Davison John Davison 2 B01 Frances Muecke Frances Muecke 3 B01 Peter Wilson Peter Wilson 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 93 DSG 12 DSG 10 LIT013000 93 DSBB 12 DSBB 10 LIT004130 12 2AHA 93 2AHA 10 LIT004190 01 06 02 00 03 00 This volume vividly demonstrates the richness and wide scope of contemporary engagement with Greek drama in scholarship and performance.<break/><break/>Key studies of the interaction between performance, politics and society range from the detection of Sophocles' infiltration of the culture through different kinds of evidence B not a linear narrative but a 'mosaic' B to modern performance in South Africa. Gender issues explored include Euripides' interest in female experience, especially the subjection of young women to male violence, and a study of representations in tragedy of homosexuality and pederasty.The role of drama, both tragedy and comedy, in the creation of Athenian identity includes a review of the way that dramatists used the Trojan War to comment on current events and how drama could be used to interrogate both pre- and anti-democratic forms of authority. Aspects of tragic language and of comic performance are explored.<break/><break/>The papers in this collection are revised versions of a selection of papers delivered at the Greek Drama III conference held at the University of Sydney in 2002. The conference was the third in a series the first being held in Sydney in 1982 and the second in Christchurch in 1992. The papers are dedicated to the memory of Kevin Lee.<break/><break/>The volume has contributions from P. E. Easterling, Margalit Finkelberg, J. H. Kim On Chong-Gossard, Jennifer Clarke Kosak, Ruth Scodel, Barbara Kowalzig, Sheila Murnaghan, Justina Gregory, Seth L. Schein, J. R. Green, Neil O'Sullivan, Ian C. Storey, Peter Wilson, C. W. Marshall, Thomas K. Hubbard, David Rosenbloom, Haijo Jan Westra and Betine van Zyl Smit. 30 00 This volume vividly demonstrates the richness and wide scope of contemporary engagement with Greek drama in scholarship and performance.<break/><break/>Key studies of the interaction between performance, politics and society range from the detection of Sophocles' infiltration of the culture through different kinds of evidence B not a linear narrative but a 'mosaic' B to modern performance in South Africa. Gender issues explored include Euripides' interest in female experience, especially the subjection of young women to male violence, and a study of representations in tragedy of homosexuality and pederasty.The role of drama, both tragedy and comedy, in the creation of Athenian identity includes a review of the way that dramatists used the Trojan War to comment on current events and how drama could be used to interrogate both pre- and anti-democratic forms of authority. Aspects of tragic language and of comic performance are explored.<break/><break/>The papers in this collection are revised versions of a selection of papers delivered at the Greek Drama III conference held at the University of Sydney in 2002. The conference was the third in a series the first being held in Sydney in 1982 and the second in Christchurch in 1992. The papers are dedicated to the memory of Kevin Lee.<break/><break/>The volume has contributions from P. E. Easterling, Margalit Finkelberg, J. H. Kim On Chong-Gossard, Jennifer Clarke Kosak, Ruth Scodel, Barbara Kowalzig, Sheila Murnaghan, Justina Gregory, Seth L. Schein, J. R. Green, Neil O'Sullivan, Ian C. Storey, Peter Wilson, C. W. Marshall, Thomas K. Hubbard, David Rosenbloom, Haijo Jan Westra and Betine van Zyl Smit. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250813//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/greek-drama-iii-essays-in-honour-of-kevin-lee-bics-supplement-87/ London, GB 04 01 20060331 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/greek-drama-iii-essays-in-honour-of-kevin-lee-bics-supplement-87/ 20 08 20060331 02 59.99 GBP WORLD 02 78.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1309a35a-1dfb-4fbd-a425-f185733c9aa6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:53ec1078-7e31-427c-8493-99ab65e48ed3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1309a35a-1dfb-4fbd-a425-f185733c9aa6 15 9781908590411 03 9781908590411 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54062 00 BC 10 08 650 gr 08 23 oz 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 11 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Greek into Latin from Antiquity Until the Nineteenth Century 1 B01 John Glucker John Glucker 2 B01 Charles Burnett Charles Burnett 01 eng B2 AG 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 93 NHTB 01 06 02 00 03 00 The essays in this volume illustrate the passage and influence of Greek into Latin from the earliest period of Roman history until the end of the period in which Latin was a living literary language. They show how the Romans, however much they were influenced, to begin with, by the Greek literary language and Greek literature and its forms, were conscious of being not mere conquerors and rulers of the Greek world, but active participants in the further development of the culture initiated by the Greeks; how the importance of ancient Greek culture continued to be felt, with greater and lesser emphasis, in the Western Middle Ages, and the reintroduction of the Greek language in Renaissance Europe only made this interest in the Greek heritage more pronounced; and how ancient Greek works were received and transformed into Latin at various stages in the process of the rediscovery of ancient Greek culture in the West. 30 00 The essays in this volume illustrate the passage and influence of Greek into Latin from the earliest period of Roman history until the end of the period in which Latin was a living literary language. They show how the Romans, however much they were influenced, to begin with, by the Greek literary language and Greek literature and its forms, were conscious of being not mere conquerors and rulers of the Greek world, but active participants in the further development of the culture initiated by the Greeks; how the importance of ancient Greek culture continued to be felt, with greater and lesser emphasis, in the Western Middle Ages, and the reintroduction of the Greek language in Renaissance Europe only made this interest in the Greek heritage more pronounced; and how ancient Greek works were received and transformed into Latin at various stages in the process of the rediscovery of ancient Greek culture in the West. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250708//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/greek-into-latin-from-antiquity-until-the-nineteenth-century/ London, GB 04 01 20120410 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/greek-into-latin-from-antiquity-until-the-nineteenth-century/ 20 08 20120410 02 54.99 GBP WORLD 02 72.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:63f5f5a2-9099-4ede-9f22-83140d46da8a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5a62c146-e02b-4c39-b061-0ada8e0ad517 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:63f5f5a2-9099-4ede-9f22-83140d46da8a 15 9781905670673 03 9781905670673 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.69986 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 76 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Greek large-scale bronze statuary: the late archaic and classical periods 1 A01 Kosmas Dafas Kosmas Dafas 01 eng 09 600 12 ACG 93 AGA 10 ART015060 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Art and Architecture 12 AFKB 93 AFKB 10 ART053000 12 1DVG 93 1DXG 93 3CT 12 3D 93 6CA 20 sculpture; bronzes; attribution; statues; archaic; classical 01 06 02 00 This book presents a new study of Greek large-scale bronze statuary of the late Archaic and Classical periods. It examines the discovery, origin, style, date, artistic attribution, identification, and interpretation of the surviving bronzes, and focuses in particular on their technical features and casting techniques. 03 00 This book presents a new study of Greek large-scale bronze statuary of the late Archaic and Classical periods. It examines the discovery, origin, style, date, artistic attribution, identification, and interpretation of the surviving bronzes, and focuses in particular on their technical features and casting techniques. It contains over 170 plates of photographs and drawings to illustrate its discussion.It also places the development of the casting techniques in connection with the stylistic evolution in Greek free-standing sculpture. During the Classical period, artists preferred bronze to marble when creating their contrapposto</italic> figures. Indisputably, bronze gave particular freedom to artists in creating three-dimensional figures. In addition, the evolution in style encouraged the development of the uses of bronze to serve the new needs and tendencies in sculpture during the late Archaic and especially the Classical period. Through the examination of how technical matters affect style, this book presents fresh interpretations of these important monuments of Greek art and offers a new approach in the field of Greek free-standing bronze sculpture. 30 00 This book presents a new study of Greek large-scale bronze statuary of the late Archaic and Classical periods. It examines the discovery, origin, style, date, artistic attribution, identification, and interpretation of the surviving bronzes, and focuses in particular on their technical features and casting techniques. It contains over 170 plates of photographs and drawings to illustrate its discussion.It also places the development of the casting techniques in connection with the stylistic evolution in Greek free-standing sculpture. During the Classical period, artists preferred bronze to marble when creating their contrapposto</italic> figures. Indisputably, bronze gave particular freedom to artists in creating three-dimensional figures. In addition, the evolution in style encouraged the development of the uses of bronze to serve the new needs and tendencies in sculpture during the late Archaic and especially the Classical period. Through the examination of how technical matters affect style, this book presents fresh interpretations of these important monuments of Greek art and offers a new approach in the field of Greek free-standing bronze sculpture. 04 00 1. INTRODUCTION 2. THE STATUES 3. HEADS AND OTHER FRAGMENTS 4. THE CASTING TECHNIQUES RECONSIDERED 5. CROSSING LINES BETWEEN STYLE AND TECHNIQUE 6. CONCLUSIONS 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/272390/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/greek-large-scale-bronze-statuary-the-late-archaic-and-classical-periods/ London, GB 04 01 20190614 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/greek-large-scale-bronze-statuary-the-late-archaic-and-classical-periods/ 20 08 20190614 02 105.00 GBP WORLD 02 150.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:223f2b9e-7409-421f-b85b-01b0e26f0118 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c9ef9692-919c-4fc2-814b-0c23cbdfa8f5 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:223f2b9e-7409-421f-b85b-01b0e26f0118 15 9781905670079 03 9781905670079 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61382 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 30 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Greek & Roman Philosophy 100 BC-200 AD. Volumes 1-2 (BICS Supplement 94.1-2) 1 B01 Richard Sorabji Richard Sorabji 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 HP 10 PHI002000 93 QD 01 06 02 00 03 00 Between 100 BC and 200 AD Rome took up the ongoing philosophy of the Greeks. The extraordinary wealth of ideas is reflected in the four main schools, Platonists, Aristotelians, Stoics and Epicureans, while there are also Pythagoreans who blend with the Platonists there are Pyrrhonian sceptics and there are Cynics who cannot easily be called a school. Then there are the individuals who call for separate treatment. These include Cicero Philo of Alexandria – a commentator on the books of Moses in the Old Testament – and two of the West’s greatest-ever scientists, Ptolemy in astronomy and Galen in medicine.There were major new developments in all the schools but despite its importance the large number of schools and individuals has itself helped make this the least accessible period of Western ancient philosophy. So has the very large volume of texts available.These two volumes now provide the first overall guide to the developments of this key period in Western philosophy. The volumes include detailed analysis of individuals and schools as well as surviving texts. <break/><break/>It provides an essential overview for all interested in the philosophy of the past and of our own times. <break/><break/>Greek & Roman philosophy 100 BC – 200 AD </italic>is based on the work of the major international conference held at the Institute of Classical Studies in London in 2004 30 00 Between 100 BC and 200 AD Rome took up the ongoing philosophy of the Greeks. The extraordinary wealth of ideas is reflected in the four main schools, Platonists, Aristotelians, Stoics and Epicureans, while there are also Pythagoreans who blend with the Platonists there are Pyrrhonian sceptics and there are Cynics who cannot easily be called a school. Then there are the individuals who call for separate treatment. These include Cicero Philo of Alexandria – a commentator on the books of Moses in the Old Testament – and two of the West’s greatest-ever scientists, Ptolemy in astronomy and Galen in medicine.There were major new developments in all the schools but despite its importance the large number of schools and individuals has itself helped make this the least accessible period of Western ancient philosophy. So has the very large volume of texts available.These two volumes now provide the first overall guide to the developments of this key period in Western philosophy. The volumes include detailed analysis of individuals and schools as well as surviving texts. <break/><break/>It provides an essential overview for all interested in the philosophy of the past and of our own times. <break/><break/>Greek & Roman philosophy 100 BC – 200 AD </italic>is based on the work of the major international conference held at the Institute of Classical Studies in London in 2004 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250807//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/greek-roman-philosophy-100-bc-200-ad-volumes-1-2-bics-supplement-94-1-2/ London, GB 04 01 20070813 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/greek-roman-philosophy-100-bc-200-ad-volumes-1-2-bics-supplement-94-1-2/ 20 08 20070813 02 94.99 GBP WORLD 02 125.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:42f263e7-795c-4332-ac52-699c88aff04a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:715af29f-2f53-4199-867a-88f162d58df3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:42f263e7-795c-4332-ac52-699c88aff04a 15 9781900039260 03 9781900039260 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53890 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 16 mm 03 1.6 cm 03 0.625 in 08 24 gr 08 0.875 oz 01 01 Guatemala After the Peace Accords 1 B01 Rachel Sieder Rachel Sieder 01 eng 12 GTJ 93 GTU 10 HIS007000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 12 HBJK 93 JPQ 10 POL011000 12 HBLW3 93 JPWQ 12 HBTV 93 N 12 JPQ 93 NHK 12 JPWQ 93 NHTV 12 1KLCG 93 1KLCG 93 3MPQ 01 06 02 00 The Peace Accords between the Guatemalan government and the Unidad Revolucionaria Nacional Guatemalteca (URNG) in December 1996. The essays in this volume evaluate progress made in the implementation of the agreements and signal some of the key challenges for future reform. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248205/53890/53890_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/guatemala-after-the-peace-accords/ London, GB 08 01 19990101 13 20240425 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/guatemala-after-the-peace-accords/ 41 08 19990101 02 14.75 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:7435ba79-2b2a-4994-8a2d-b29aea152eec 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f06236a5-f9c1-48b1-8946-6d6f4d269efb 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7435ba79-2b2a-4994-8a2d-b29aea152eec 15 9781905165131 03 9781905165131 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54093 00 BC 10 01 01 Guilds and Association in Europe, 900-1900 1 B01 Ian Anders Gadd Ian Anders Gadd 2 B01 Patrick Wallis Patrick Wallis 01 eng B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 JBSY 12 JFSV 10 SOC026000 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 93 NHTB 12 1D 93 1D 12 3H 93 3KL 12 3JB 93 3MD 12 3JD 93 3MG 12 3JF 93 3ML 12 3JH 93 3MN 01 06 02 00 03 00 This book is made up of a collection of papers from the 'Revisiting the livery companies of early modern London' conference held in April 2000 by the CMH, exploring the history of London livery companies from a variety of perspectives. Employing historical and interdisciplinary approaches, it examines print culture and early histories, civic myths, charity, the family, artisans, mercantile elites and the control and regulation of guild and economy. Contributions by Ian W. Archer, Matthew Davies, John Forbes, Ian Anders Gadd, Perry Gauci, Ronald F. Homer, Mark Jenner, Derek Keene, Giorgio Riello, James Robertson, Patrick Wallis and Joseph P. Ward. 30 00 This book is made up of a collection of papers from the 'Revisiting the livery companies of early modern London' conference held in April 2000 by the CMH, exploring the history of London livery companies from a variety of perspectives. Employing historical and interdisciplinary approaches, it examines print culture and early histories, civic myths, charity, the family, artisans, mercantile elites and the control and regulation of guild and economy. Contributions by Ian W. Archer, Matthew Davies, John Forbes, Ian Anders Gadd, Perry Gauci, Ronald F. Homer, Mark Jenner, Derek Keene, Giorgio Riello, James Robertson, Patrick Wallis and Joseph P. Ward. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248200/54093/54093_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/guilds-and-association-in-europe-900-1900/ London, GB 04 01 20061231 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/guilds-and-association-in-europe-900-1900/ 20 08 20061231 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c978c95a-dbf2-4e8f-ba74-97ee80d86db2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1ef03055-2890-429a-b870-f9671711bcc4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c978c95a-dbf2-4e8f-ba74-97ee80d86db2 15 9781871348651 03 9781871348651 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56515 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.9 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 7 in 01 01 Guilds, Society and Economy in London 1450-1800 1 A01 Ian Anders Gadd Ian Anders Gadd 2 A01 Patrick Wallis Patrick Wallis 01 eng 00 214 03 09 18 12 HBJ 10 HIS000000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHB 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 20 Early modern London; The Livery Companies; Charities; British merchants; Freemen; Market regulation; Economic history 01 06 02 00 03 00 This book is made up of a collection of papers from the 'Revisiting the livery companies of early modern London' conference held in April 2000 by the CMH, exploring the history of London livery companies from a variety of perspectives. Employing historical and interdisciplinary approaches, it examines print culture and early histories, civic myths, charity, the family, artisans, mercantile elites, and the control and regulation of guild and economy. Contributions by Ian W. Archer, Matthew Davies, John Forbes, Ian Anders Gadd, Perry Gauci, Ronald F. Homer, Mark Jenner, Derek Keene, Giorgio Riello, James Robertson, Patrick Wallis, Joseph P. Ward. 30 00 This book is made up of a collection of papers from the 'Revisiting the livery companies of early modern London' conference held in April 2000 by the CMH, exploring the history of London livery companies from a variety of perspectives. Employing historical and interdisciplinary approaches, it examines print culture and early histories, civic myths, charity, the family, artisans, mercantile elites, and the control and regulation of guild and economy. Contributions by Ian W. Archer, Matthew Davies, John Forbes, Ian Anders Gadd, Perry Gauci, Ronald F. Homer, Mark Jenner, Derek Keene, Giorgio Riello, James Robertson, Patrick Wallis, Joseph P. Ward. 04 00 List of Plates, Figures and TablesList of AbbreviationsContributorsPreface by Stephen Freeth1 Introduction Ian Anders Gadd and Patrick Wallis2 The Livery Companies and Charity in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries Ian W. Archer3 Early Modern Printed Histories of the London Livery Companies 29 Ian Anders Gadd4 The Adventures of Dick Whittington and the Social Construction of Elizabethan London James Robertson5 Governors and Governed: The Practice of Power in the Merchant Taylors’ Company in the Fifteenth Century Matthew Davies6 Controlling Commodities: Search and Reconciliation in the Early Modern Livery Companies Patrick Wallis7 The Pewterers’ Company’s Country Searches and the Company’s Regulation of Prices Ronald F. Homer8 Search, Immigration and the Goldsmiths’ Company: A Study in the Decline of its Powers John Forbes9 Informality and Influence: The Overseas Merchant and the Livery Companies, 1660–1720 Perry Gauci10 The Shaping of a Family Trade: The Cordwainers’ Company in Eighteenth-Century London Giorgio RielloRESPONSES:11 Guildwork Mark Jenner12 Livery Companies: What, When and Why? Derek Keene13 Livery Companies and the World Beyond the Metropolis Joseph P. Ward 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250107//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/guilds-society-and-economy-in-london-1450-1800/ London, GB 04 01 20020101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/guilds-society-and-economy-in-london-1450-1800/ 20 08 20020101 02 16.00 GBP WORLD 02 22.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:49cdaeb1-ad91-4523-a6d7-865044782b26 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6105d3ae-4faa-45b2-8263-cae0d036cc01 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:49cdaeb1-ad91-4523-a6d7-865044782b26 15 9781909646025 03 9781909646025 06 10.14296/517.9781909646650 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53899 00 BB 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in 03 18 mm 03 1.8 cm 03 0.6875 in 08 590 gr 08 20.875 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Healthcare in Ireland and Britain 1850-1970: Voluntary, regional and comparative perspectives 1 B01 Donnacha Sean Lucey Donnacha Sean Lucey 2 B01 Virginia Crossman Virginia Crossman 01 eng 00 294 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDR 10 HIS018000 12 1DBR 93 1DDU 20 Public health; British healthcare system; Voluntary hospitals; Poor Law; Workhouses; Edwardian era; Irish hospitals; N.H.S.; Catholic Church; Nation -building 01 06 02 00 03 00 This volume explores developments in health and social care in Ireland and Britain during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The central objectives are to highlight the role of voluntarism in healthcare, to examine healthcare in local and regional contexts, and to provide comparative perspectives. The collection is based on two interconnected and overlapping research themes: voluntarism and healthcare, and regionalism/localism and healthcare. It includes two synoptic overviews by leading authorities in the field, and ten case studies focusing on particular aspects of voluntary and/or regional healthcare in Ireland and Britain. 30 00 This volume explores developments in health and social care in Ireland and Britain during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The central objectives are to highlight the role of voluntarism in healthcare, to examine healthcare in local and regional contexts, and to provide comparative perspectives. The collection is based on two interconnected and overlapping research themes: voluntarism and healthcare, and regionalism/localism and healthcare. It includes two synoptic overviews by leading authorities in the field, and ten case studies focusing on particular aspects of voluntary and/or regional healthcare in Ireland and Britain. 04 00 ContentsIntroductionDonnacha Seán Lucey and Virginia CrossmanI. Historiographical directions1 ‘Voluntarism’ in English health and welfare: visions of historyMartin Gorsky2 Healthcare systems in Britain and Ireland in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries: the national, international and sub-national contextsJohn StewartII. Voluntary hospital provision3 Paying for health: comparative perspectives on patient payment and contributions for hospital provision in IrelandDonnacha Seán Lucey and George Campbell Gosling4 ‘Why have a Catholic Hospital at all?’ The Mater Infirmorum Hospital Belfast and the state, 1883–1972Peter Martin5 Cottage hospitals and communities in rural East Devon, 1919–39Julia NevilleIII. Healthcare and the mixed economy6 The mixed economy of care in the South Wales coalfield, c.1850–1950Steven Thompson7 ‘… it would be preposterous to bring a Protestant here’: religion, provincial politics and district nurses in Ireland, 1890–1904Ciara Breathnach8 To ‘solve the darkest Social Problems of our time’: the Church of Scotland’s entry into the British matrix of health and welfare provision, c.1880–1914Janet GreenleesIV. Public health, voluntarism and local government9 Feverish activity: Dublin City Council and the smallpox outbreak of 1902–3 Ciarán Wallace10 Influenza: the Irish Local Government Board’s last great crisisIda Milne11 The roots of regionalism: municipal medicine from the Local Government Board to the Dawson ReportSally Sheard 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781909646650_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/healthcare-in-ireland-and-britain-1850-1970-voluntary-regional-and-comparative-perspectives/ London, GB 04 01 20170119 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646650 03 9781909646650 06 15 9781909646322 03 9781909646322 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/healthcare-in-ireland-and-britain-1850-1970-voluntary-regional-and-comparative-perspectives/ 20 08 20170119 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9696ce6c-de68-49ce-ad3c-f6e58b3b6b48 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6105d3ae-4faa-45b2-8263-cae0d036cc01 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9696ce6c-de68-49ce-ad3c-f6e58b3b6b48 15 9781909646650 03 9781909646650 06 10.14296/517.9781909646650 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53899 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Healthcare in Ireland and Britain 1850-1970: Voluntary, regional and comparative perspectives 1 B01 Donnacha Sean Lucey Donnacha Sean Lucey 2 B01 Virginia Crossman Virginia Crossman 01 eng 00 294 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDR 10 HIS018000 12 1DBR 93 1DDU 20 Public health; British healthcare system; Voluntary hospitals; Poor Law; Workhouses; Edwardian era; Irish hospitals; N.H.S.; Catholic Church; Nation -building 01 06 02 00 03 00 This volume explores developments in health and social care in Ireland and Britain during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The central objectives are to highlight the role of voluntarism in healthcare, to examine healthcare in local and regional contexts, and to provide comparative perspectives. The collection is based on two interconnected and overlapping research themes: voluntarism and healthcare, and regionalism/localism and healthcare. It includes two synoptic overviews by leading authorities in the field, and ten case studies focusing on particular aspects of voluntary and/or regional healthcare in Ireland and Britain. 30 00 This volume explores developments in health and social care in Ireland and Britain during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The central objectives are to highlight the role of voluntarism in healthcare, to examine healthcare in local and regional contexts, and to provide comparative perspectives. The collection is based on two interconnected and overlapping research themes: voluntarism and healthcare, and regionalism/localism and healthcare. It includes two synoptic overviews by leading authorities in the field, and ten case studies focusing on particular aspects of voluntary and/or regional healthcare in Ireland and Britain. 04 00 ContentsIntroductionDonnacha Seán Lucey and Virginia CrossmanI. Historiographical directions1 ‘Voluntarism’ in English health and welfare: visions of historyMartin Gorsky2 Healthcare systems in Britain and Ireland in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries: the national, international and sub-national contextsJohn StewartII. Voluntary hospital provision3 Paying for health: comparative perspectives on patient payment and contributions for hospital provision in IrelandDonnacha Seán Lucey and George Campbell Gosling4 ‘Why have a Catholic Hospital at all?’ The Mater Infirmorum Hospital Belfast and the state, 1883–1972Peter Martin5 Cottage hospitals and communities in rural East Devon, 1919–39Julia NevilleIII. Healthcare and the mixed economy6 The mixed economy of care in the South Wales coalfield, c.1850–1950Steven Thompson7 ‘… it would be preposterous to bring a Protestant here’: religion, provincial politics and district nurses in Ireland, 1890–1904Ciara Breathnach8 To ‘solve the darkest Social Problems of our time’: the Church of Scotland’s entry into the British matrix of health and welfare provision, c.1880–1914Janet GreenleesIV. Public health, voluntarism and local government9 Feverish activity: Dublin City Council and the smallpox outbreak of 1902–3 Ciarán Wallace10 Influenza: the Irish Local Government Board’s last great crisisIda Milne11 The roots of regionalism: municipal medicine from the Local Government Board to the Dawson ReportSally Sheard 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781909646650_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/healthcare-in-ireland-and-britain-1850-1970-voluntary-regional-and-comparative-perspectives/ London, GB 04 01 20170119 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646025 03 9781909646025 06 15 9781909646322 03 9781909646322 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/6105d3ae-4faa-45b2-8263-cae0d036cc01 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/6105d3ae-4faa-45b2-8263-cae0d036cc01/6105d3ae-4faa-45b2-8263-cae0d036cc01.pdf 20 08 20170119 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/healthcare-in-ireland-and-britain-1850-1970-voluntary-regional-and-comparative-perspectives/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646650.pdf 20 08 20170119 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/healthcare-in-ireland-and-britain-1850-1970-voluntary-regional-and-comparative-perspectives/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781909646650.pdf 20 08 20170119 01 urn:uuid:bd7b8b4c-1a7d-410d-b780-7cbb9d71d40a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6105d3ae-4faa-45b2-8263-cae0d036cc01 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bd7b8b4c-1a7d-410d-b780-7cbb9d71d40a 15 9781909646322 03 9781909646322 06 10.14296/517.9781909646650 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53899 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Healthcare in Ireland and Britain 1850-1970: Voluntary, regional and comparative perspectives 1 B01 Donnacha Sean Lucey Donnacha Sean Lucey 2 B01 Virginia Crossman Virginia Crossman 01 eng 00 294 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDR 10 HIS018000 12 1DBR 93 1DDU 20 Public health; British healthcare system; Voluntary hospitals; Poor Law; Workhouses; Edwardian era; Irish hospitals; N.H.S.; Catholic Church; Nation -building 01 06 02 00 03 00 This volume explores developments in health and social care in Ireland and Britain during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The central objectives are to highlight the role of voluntarism in healthcare, to examine healthcare in local and regional contexts, and to provide comparative perspectives. The collection is based on two interconnected and overlapping research themes: voluntarism and healthcare, and regionalism/localism and healthcare. It includes two synoptic overviews by leading authorities in the field, and ten case studies focusing on particular aspects of voluntary and/or regional healthcare in Ireland and Britain. 30 00 This volume explores developments in health and social care in Ireland and Britain during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The central objectives are to highlight the role of voluntarism in healthcare, to examine healthcare in local and regional contexts, and to provide comparative perspectives. The collection is based on two interconnected and overlapping research themes: voluntarism and healthcare, and regionalism/localism and healthcare. It includes two synoptic overviews by leading authorities in the field, and ten case studies focusing on particular aspects of voluntary and/or regional healthcare in Ireland and Britain. 04 00 ContentsIntroductionDonnacha Seán Lucey and Virginia CrossmanI. Historiographical directions1 ‘Voluntarism’ in English health and welfare: visions of historyMartin Gorsky2 Healthcare systems in Britain and Ireland in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries: the national, international and sub-national contextsJohn StewartII. Voluntary hospital provision3 Paying for health: comparative perspectives on patient payment and contributions for hospital provision in IrelandDonnacha Seán Lucey and George Campbell Gosling4 ‘Why have a Catholic Hospital at all?’ The Mater Infirmorum Hospital Belfast and the state, 1883–1972Peter Martin5 Cottage hospitals and communities in rural East Devon, 1919–39Julia NevilleIII. Healthcare and the mixed economy6 The mixed economy of care in the South Wales coalfield, c.1850–1950Steven Thompson7 ‘… it would be preposterous to bring a Protestant here’: religion, provincial politics and district nurses in Ireland, 1890–1904Ciara Breathnach8 To ‘solve the darkest Social Problems of our time’: the Church of Scotland’s entry into the British matrix of health and welfare provision, c.1880–1914Janet GreenleesIV. Public health, voluntarism and local government9 Feverish activity: Dublin City Council and the smallpox outbreak of 1902–3 Ciarán Wallace10 Influenza: the Irish Local Government Board’s last great crisisIda Milne11 The roots of regionalism: municipal medicine from the Local Government Board to the Dawson ReportSally Sheard 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781909646650_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/healthcare-in-ireland-and-britain-1850-1970-voluntary-regional-and-comparative-perspectives/ London, GB 04 01 20170119 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646025 03 9781909646025 06 15 9781909646650 03 9781909646650 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/healthcare-in-ireland-and-britain-1850-1970-voluntary-regional-and-comparative-perspectives/ 20 08 20170119 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:65e21118-3c11-44c6-acbc-8f61a6d708ee 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:265308c7-7785-4759-9620-bbf57405af34 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:65e21118-3c11-44c6-acbc-8f61a6d708ee 15 9781900039345 03 9781900039345 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53782 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 13 mm 03 1.3 cm 03 0.5 in 08 17 gr 08 0.625 oz 01 01 Healthcare Reform and Poverty in Latin America 1 B01 Peter Lloyd-Sherlock Peter Lloyd-Sherlock 01 eng B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 MBP 12 MBP 10 POL019000 93 JBFC 12 JFFA 10 MED036000 12 1KL 93 1KL 10 POL009000 10 POL023000 01 06 02 00 This volume identifies key problems facing healthcare systems in Latin America and evaluates the reforms that have been implemented to date. It pays particular attention to problems of implementation and the impact that changes to health policy are having on poor and vulnerable groups. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248149/53782/53782_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/healthcare-reform-and-poverty-in-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20001201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/healthcare-reform-and-poverty-in-latin-america/ 20 08 20001201 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c2be28aa-d5cc-4c6a-9364-60cb1ddb6ae5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:dc3c4633-47c7-4952-9887-e9ca7c1ec586 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c2be28aa-d5cc-4c6a-9364-60cb1ddb6ae5 15 9781909646186 03 9781909646186 06 10.14296/517.9781909646643 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56516 00 BC 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Heroic Chancellor: Winston Churchill and the University of Bristol, 1929 to 1965 1 A01 David Cannadine David Cannadine 01 eng 00 86 03 09 17 12 HBLW 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 N 12 BGH 93 DNBH 93 3MP 20 Winston Churchill; Bristol; Higher education; University Chancellor; Post-war Britain; Wartime Britain 01 06 02 00 03 00 "Not only was Churchill the most illustrious and the most distinguished Chancellor that the University of Bristol has ever had, but he was also in his prime, from the 1940s onwards, probably the most famous and the most distinguished chancellor of any university anywhere in the world." David Cannadine 30 00 "Not only was Churchill the most illustrious and the most distinguished Chancellor that the University of Bristol has ever had, but he was also in his prime, from the 1940s onwards, probably the most famous and the most distinguished chancellor of any university anywhere in the world." David Cannadine 04 00 ContentsPrefaceIntroduction<ol> <li>‘Uneducated’ Chancellor</li> <li>Appointed Chancellor</li> <li>Apprentice Chancellor</li> <li>Wartime Chancellor</li> <li>Opposition Chancellor</li> <li>Premier Chancellor</li> <li>Sunset Chancellor</li> </ol>Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781909646643_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/heroic-chancellor-winston-churchill-and-the-university-of-bristol-1929-to-1965/ London, GB 04 01 20170608 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646643 03 9781909646643 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/heroic-chancellor-winston-churchill-and-the-university-of-bristol-1929-to-1965/ 20 08 20170608 02 9.99 GBP WORLD 02 15.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5e8bcab0-1bf0-4a5b-b8fb-684578077ec4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:dc3c4633-47c7-4952-9887-e9ca7c1ec586 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5e8bcab0-1bf0-4a5b-b8fb-684578077ec4 15 9781909646643 03 9781909646643 06 10.14296/517.9781909646643 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56516 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Heroic Chancellor: Winston Churchill and the University of Bristol, 1929 to 1965 1 A01 David Cannadine David Cannadine 01 eng 00 86 03 09 17 12 HBLW 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 N 12 BGH 93 DNBH 93 3MP 20 Winston Churchill; Bristol; Higher education; University Chancellor; Post-war Britain; Wartime Britain 01 06 02 00 03 00 "Not only was Churchill the most illustrious and the most distinguished Chancellor that the University of Bristol has ever had, but he was also in his prime, from the 1940s onwards, probably the most famous and the most distinguished chancellor of any university anywhere in the world." David Cannadine 30 00 "Not only was Churchill the most illustrious and the most distinguished Chancellor that the University of Bristol has ever had, but he was also in his prime, from the 1940s onwards, probably the most famous and the most distinguished chancellor of any university anywhere in the world." David Cannadine 04 00 ContentsPrefaceIntroduction<ol> <li>‘Uneducated’ Chancellor</li> <li>Appointed Chancellor</li> <li>Apprentice Chancellor</li> <li>Wartime Chancellor</li> <li>Opposition Chancellor</li> <li>Premier Chancellor</li> <li>Sunset Chancellor</li> </ol>Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781909646643_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/heroic-chancellor-winston-churchill-and-the-university-of-bristol-1929-to-1965/ London, GB 04 01 20170608 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646186 03 9781909646186 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/dc3c4633-47c7-4952-9887-e9ca7c1ec586 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/dc3c4633-47c7-4952-9887-e9ca7c1ec586/dc3c4633-47c7-4952-9887-e9ca7c1ec586.pdf 20 08 20170608 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/heroic-chancellor-winston-churchill-and-the-university-of-bristol-1929-to-1965/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646643.pdf 20 08 20170608 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/heroic-chancellor-winston-churchill-and-the-university-of-bristol-1929-to-1965/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781909646643.pdf 20 08 20170608 01 urn:uuid:761310e5-21e0-4012-9a7f-33710c425cc9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ac45d8ea-0010-4415-b951-f3af8125f308 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:761310e5-21e0-4012-9a7f-33710c425cc9 15 9781905670130 03 9781905670130 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61378 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 35 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Hidden Paths: Self & Characterization in Greek Tragedy: Euripides’ Bacchae (BICS Supplement 99) 1 B01 Chiara Thumiger Chiara Thumiger 01 eng 12 AN 93 ATD B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 10 PER011020 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 Hidden paths</italic> analyses the representation of character in Greek tragedy, focusing on one of the most important and controversial theatre plays of all times the Bacchae. Euripides’ last play has always been a favourite, enjoying an enormous success for centuries on and off the stage. This book argues that in the representation of characters in the play we can find a development in the view of self and representation of man. This development, which is also to be partly traced in the works of Sophocles and in earlier plays by Euripides, finds a fuller expression in the Bacchae and culminates in the catastrophe of ignorance and incommunicability which has Pentheus at its centre. The construction of character in the text and the view of self which it entails are explored through a meticulous analysis of keywords, while verbal usage, imagery and style are exposed as the very ‘stuff’ of characterisation. The book uncovers the ‘hidden paths’ along which human life is experienced in the play and through which human characterisation materializes from the fabric of the text. 30 00 Hidden paths</italic> analyses the representation of character in Greek tragedy, focusing on one of the most important and controversial theatre plays of all times the Bacchae. Euripides’ last play has always been a favourite, enjoying an enormous success for centuries on and off the stage. This book argues that in the representation of characters in the play we can find a development in the view of self and representation of man. This development, which is also to be partly traced in the works of Sophocles and in earlier plays by Euripides, finds a fuller expression in the Bacchae and culminates in the catastrophe of ignorance and incommunicability which has Pentheus at its centre. The construction of character in the text and the view of self which it entails are explored through a meticulous analysis of keywords, while verbal usage, imagery and style are exposed as the very ‘stuff’ of characterisation. The book uncovers the ‘hidden paths’ along which human life is experienced in the play and through which human characterisation materializes from the fabric of the text. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250800//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/hidden-paths-self-characterization-in-greek-tragedy-euripides-bacchae-bics-supplement-99/ London, GB 04 01 20071119 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/hidden-paths-self-characterization-in-greek-tragedy-euripides-bacchae-bics-supplement-99/ 20 08 20071119 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:540f6190-7f9e-40ea-80de-a2e2742550e8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0f30bc70-79dd-4db6-a0cf-f5a61c837dff 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:540f6190-7f9e-40ea-80de-a2e2742550e8 15 9780957354883 03 9780957354883 06 10.14296/518.9781912250134 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56517 00 BC 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Human Rights, Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity in The Commonwealth 1 B01 Corinne Lennox Corinne Lennox Dr Corinne Lennox is Senior Lecturer in Human Rights at the Institute of Commonwealth Studies and Associate Director of the Human Rights Consortium at the School of Advanced Study, University of London. 2 B01 Matthew Waites Matthew Waites 01 eng 00 572 03 09 3 B2 Human Rights 93 JPVH 12 JPVH 10 POL035010 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 JBSF 12 JFSJ 10 SOC032000 12 1QFC 93 1QFC 12 2AB 93 2ACB 93 5PT 20 LGBT; human rights; gender identity; activism; reform; Commonwealth; British Empire 01 06 02 00 Human Rights, Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity in The Commonwealth is the first book to focus on experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) and all non-heterosexual people in the Commonwealth, where same-sex sexual behaviour is criminalised in 42 states (of the 78 worldwide). The volume offers the most inter 03 00 Human rights in relation to sexual orientation and gender identity are at last reaching the heart of global debates. Yet 78 states worldwide continue to criminalise same-sex sexual behaviour, and due to the legal legacies of the British Empire, 42 of these – more than half – are in the Commonwealth of Nations. In recent years many states have seen the emergence of new sexual nationalisms, leading to increased enforcement of colonial sodomy laws against men, new criminalisations of sex between women and discrimination against transgender people. Human Rights, Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity in The Commonwealth</italic> challenges these developments as the first book to focus on experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) and all non-heterosexual people in the Commonwealth. The volume offers the most internationally extensive analysis to date of the global struggle for decriminalisation of same-sex sexual behaviour and relationships. 30 00 Human rights in relation to sexual orientation and gender identity are at last reaching the heart of global debates. Yet 78 states worldwide continue to criminalise same-sex sexual behaviour, and due to the legal legacies of the British Empire, 42 of these – more than half – are in the Commonwealth of Nations. In recent years many states have seen the emergence of new sexual nationalisms, leading to increased enforcement of colonial sodomy laws against men, new criminalisations of sex between women and discrimination against transgender people. Human Rights, Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity in The Commonwealth</italic> challenges these developments as the first book to focus on experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) and all non-heterosexual people in the Commonwealth. The volume offers the most internationally extensive analysis to date of the global struggle for decriminalisation of same-sex sexual behaviour and relationships. 04 00 1 Human rights, sexual orientation and gender identity in the Commonwealth: from history and law to developing activism and transnational dialogues - Corinne Lennox and Matthew Waites 2 The sodomy offence: England’s least lovely criminal law export? - The Hon. Michael Kirby AC CMG 3 This alien legacy: the origins of ‘sodomy’ laws in British colonialism - Human Rights Watch 4 LGBT rights in Commonwealth forums: politics, pitfalls and progress? - Frederick Cowell 5 United Kingdom: confronting criminal histories and theorising decriminalisation as citizenship and governmentality - Matthew Waites 6 Wolfenden in Canada: within and beyond official discourse in law reform struggles - Gary Kinsman 7 Australia: nine jurisdictions, one long struggle - Graham Willett 8 A few respectable steps behind the world? Gay and lesbian rights in contemporary Singapore - Simon Obendorf 9 The Malaysian dilemma: negotiating sexual diversity in a Muslim-majority Commonwealth state - Shanon Shah 10 Decriminalisation of consensual same-sex sexual acts in the South Asian Commonwealth: struggles in contexts - Sumit Baudh 11 Decriminalising homosexuality in Africa: lessons from the South African experience - Gustavo Gomes da Costa Santos 12 The development of sexual rights and the LGBT movement in Botswana - Monica Tabengwa with Nancy Nicol 13 The LGBT situation in Malawi: an activist perspective - Undule Mwakasungula 14 The incremental approach: Uganda’s struggle for the decriminalisation of homosexuality - Adrian Jjuuko 15 Religious institutions and actors and religious attitudes to homosexual rights: South Africa and Uganda - Kevin Ward 16 ‘Buggery’ and the Commonwealth Caribbean: a comparative examination of the Bahamas, Jamaica, and Trinidad and Tobago - Joseph Gaskins Jr. 17 Beyond cross-cultural sensitivities: international human rights advocacy and sexuality in Jamaica - Conway Blake and Philip Dayle 18 The use of equality and anti-discrimination law in advancing LGBT rights - Dimitrina Petrova 19 Conclusion Comparative analysis of decriminalisation and change across the Commonwealth: understanding contexts and discerning strategies - Corinne Lennox and Matthew Waite 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/518.9781912250134_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/human-rights-sexual-orientation-and-gender-identity-in-the-commonwealth/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20180501 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250134 03 9781912250134 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/human-rights-sexual-orientation-and-gender-identity-in-the-commonwealth/ 20 08 20180501 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:102069e9-0fbd-4cba-9a82-a3a7c39e602a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0f30bc70-79dd-4db6-a0cf-f5a61c837dff 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:102069e9-0fbd-4cba-9a82-a3a7c39e602a 15 9781912250134 03 9781912250134 06 10.14296/518.9781912250134 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56517 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Human Rights, Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity in The Commonwealth 1 B01 Corinne Lennox Corinne Lennox Dr Corinne Lennox is Senior Lecturer in Human Rights at the Institute of Commonwealth Studies and Associate Director of the Human Rights Consortium at the School of Advanced Study, University of London. 2 B01 Matthew Waites Matthew Waites 01 eng 00 572 03 09 3 B2 Human Rights 93 JPVH 12 JPVH 10 POL035010 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 JBSF 12 JFSJ 10 SOC032000 12 1QFC 93 1QFC 12 2AB 93 2ACB 93 5PT 20 LGBT; human rights; gender identity; activism; reform; Commonwealth; British Empire 01 06 02 00 Human Rights, Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity in The Commonwealth is the first book to focus on experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) and all non-heterosexual people in the Commonwealth, where same-sex sexual behaviour is criminalised in 42 states (of the 78 worldwide). The volume offers the most inter 03 00 Human rights in relation to sexual orientation and gender identity are at last reaching the heart of global debates. Yet 78 states worldwide continue to criminalise same-sex sexual behaviour, and due to the legal legacies of the British Empire, 42 of these – more than half – are in the Commonwealth of Nations. In recent years many states have seen the emergence of new sexual nationalisms, leading to increased enforcement of colonial sodomy laws against men, new criminalisations of sex between women and discrimination against transgender people. Human Rights, Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity in The Commonwealth</italic> challenges these developments as the first book to focus on experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) and all non-heterosexual people in the Commonwealth. The volume offers the most internationally extensive analysis to date of the global struggle for decriminalisation of same-sex sexual behaviour and relationships. 30 00 Human rights in relation to sexual orientation and gender identity are at last reaching the heart of global debates. Yet 78 states worldwide continue to criminalise same-sex sexual behaviour, and due to the legal legacies of the British Empire, 42 of these – more than half – are in the Commonwealth of Nations. In recent years many states have seen the emergence of new sexual nationalisms, leading to increased enforcement of colonial sodomy laws against men, new criminalisations of sex between women and discrimination against transgender people. Human Rights, Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity in The Commonwealth</italic> challenges these developments as the first book to focus on experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) and all non-heterosexual people in the Commonwealth. The volume offers the most internationally extensive analysis to date of the global struggle for decriminalisation of same-sex sexual behaviour and relationships. 04 00 1 Human rights, sexual orientation and gender identity in the Commonwealth: from history and law to developing activism and transnational dialogues - Corinne Lennox and Matthew Waites 2 The sodomy offence: England’s least lovely criminal law export? - The Hon. Michael Kirby AC CMG 3 This alien legacy: the origins of ‘sodomy’ laws in British colonialism - Human Rights Watch 4 LGBT rights in Commonwealth forums: politics, pitfalls and progress? - Frederick Cowell 5 United Kingdom: confronting criminal histories and theorising decriminalisation as citizenship and governmentality - Matthew Waites 6 Wolfenden in Canada: within and beyond official discourse in law reform struggles - Gary Kinsman 7 Australia: nine jurisdictions, one long struggle - Graham Willett 8 A few respectable steps behind the world? Gay and lesbian rights in contemporary Singapore - Simon Obendorf 9 The Malaysian dilemma: negotiating sexual diversity in a Muslim-majority Commonwealth state - Shanon Shah 10 Decriminalisation of consensual same-sex sexual acts in the South Asian Commonwealth: struggles in contexts - Sumit Baudh 11 Decriminalising homosexuality in Africa: lessons from the South African experience - Gustavo Gomes da Costa Santos 12 The development of sexual rights and the LGBT movement in Botswana - Monica Tabengwa with Nancy Nicol 13 The LGBT situation in Malawi: an activist perspective - Undule Mwakasungula 14 The incremental approach: Uganda’s struggle for the decriminalisation of homosexuality - Adrian Jjuuko 15 Religious institutions and actors and religious attitudes to homosexual rights: South Africa and Uganda - Kevin Ward 16 ‘Buggery’ and the Commonwealth Caribbean: a comparative examination of the Bahamas, Jamaica, and Trinidad and Tobago - Joseph Gaskins Jr. 17 Beyond cross-cultural sensitivities: international human rights advocacy and sexuality in Jamaica - Conway Blake and Philip Dayle 18 The use of equality and anti-discrimination law in advancing LGBT rights - Dimitrina Petrova 19 Conclusion Comparative analysis of decriminalisation and change across the Commonwealth: understanding contexts and discerning strategies - Corinne Lennox and Matthew Waite 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/518.9781912250134_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/human-rights-sexual-orientation-and-gender-identity-in-the-commonwealth/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20180501 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9780957354883 03 9780957354883 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/0f30bc70-79dd-4db6-a0cf-f5a61c837dff 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/0f30bc70-79dd-4db6-a0cf-f5a61c837dff/0f30bc70-79dd-4db6-a0cf-f5a61c837dff.pdf 20 08 20180501 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/human-rights-sexual-orientation-and-gender-identity-in-the-commonwealth/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912250134.pdf 20 08 20180501 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/human-rights-sexual-orientation-and-gender-identity-in-the-commonwealth/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/518.9781912250134.pdf 20 08 20180501 01 urn:uuid:24e893d3-5ada-4cd7-8b7b-8c056600c51c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:006ac2bf-031d-4da4-9e83-5fd44c5eca70 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:24e893d3-5ada-4cd7-8b7b-8c056600c51c 15 9781905670567 03 9781905670567 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61305 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 68 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Images And Texts: Papers In Honour Of Eric Handley (BICS Supplement 129) 1 B01 Richard Green Richard Green 2 B01 Michael Edwards Michael Edwards Michael Edwards is Honorary Research Fellow at Royal Holloway, University of London, and was Professor of Classics in the Universities of London, Wales and Roehampton. He is the author of commentaries on the Attic orators Antiphon, Andocides and Lysias, and a translation of the speeches of Isaeus. He has published extensively on Greek oratory, and his research interests also include Plutarch, and Greek and Latin textual criticism. 06 Own website http://michaeledwards.org.uk 01 eng 10 ART015060 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Art and Architecture 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 12 DB 93 DB 01 06 02 00 03 00 This volume in honour of the late Eric Handley, one-time Regius Professor of Greek at the University of Cambridge and Director of the Institute of Classical Studies, offers a set of essays connected with Eric’s main scholarly interests and written by friends, colleagues, and former students.Eric’s great love and facility for piecing the past together from whatever fragments of it survive, be they papyri or pots, in different ways inspired all the contributors, and their affection for him is encapsulated in a final Tribute to one of the pre-eminent classical scholars of his day. 30 00 This volume in honour of the late Eric Handley, one-time Regius Professor of Greek at the University of Cambridge and Director of the Institute of Classical Studies, offers a set of essays connected with Eric’s main scholarly interests and written by friends, colleagues, and former students.Eric’s great love and facility for piecing the past together from whatever fragments of it survive, be they papyri or pots, in different ways inspired all the contributors, and their affection for him is encapsulated in a final Tribute to one of the pre-eminent classical scholars of his day. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250200//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/images-and-texts-papers-in-honour-of-eric-handley-bics-supplement-129/ London, GB 04 01 20150112 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/images-and-texts-papers-in-honour-of-eric-handley-bics-supplement-129/ 20 08 20150112 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:72a4262f-134b-457e-ab75-59ede8966317 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:248622a5-7147-4baf-8ac2-eb22352cf9d5 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:72a4262f-134b-457e-ab75-59ede8966317 15 9780854811441 03 9780854811441 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54061 00 BB 10 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 8 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Images of the Pagan Gods Papers of a Conference in Memory of Jean Seznec 1 B01 Rembrandt Duits Rembrandt Duits 2 B01 Francois Quiviger Francois Quiviger 01 eng 12 AGR 93 AGR 10 ART035000 B2 Art History B2 Classical Studies 01 06 02 00 03 00 Jean Seznec's La survivance des dieux antiques was first published at the Warburg Institute in 1940 and translated into English as The Survival of the Pagan Gods in 1953 It is a classic survey of the afterlife of the deities of classical Antiquity in art and literature during the Middle Ages and Renaissance. This volume of essays is the product of a conference held at the Warburg Institute in 2004, in collaboration with the French research group Polymnia. It presents the current state of scholarship regarding a number of the themes set out by Seznec, covering areas from medieval astronomy to sixteenth-century allegory, and charting the course of the long-term iconographical traditions of mythological figures as well as discussing individual transformations of classical deities at specific moments in time. As in Seznec's book, the late-medieval and Renaissance mythographical handbooks which were the principal sources of knowledge about classical mythology for contemporary artists form an over-arching topic. 30 00 Jean Seznec's La survivance des dieux antiques was first published at the Warburg Institute in 1940 and translated into English as The Survival of the Pagan Gods in 1953 It is a classic survey of the afterlife of the deities of classical Antiquity in art and literature during the Middle Ages and Renaissance. This volume of essays is the product of a conference held at the Warburg Institute in 2004, in collaboration with the French research group Polymnia. It presents the current state of scholarship regarding a number of the themes set out by Seznec, covering areas from medieval astronomy to sixteenth-century allegory, and charting the course of the long-term iconographical traditions of mythological figures as well as discussing individual transformations of classical deities at specific moments in time. As in Seznec's book, the late-medieval and Renaissance mythographical handbooks which were the principal sources of knowledge about classical mythology for contemporary artists form an over-arching topic. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250714//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/images-of-the-pagan-gods/ London, GB 04 01 20100301 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/images-of-the-pagan-gods/ 20 08 20100301 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:18330ae5-404e-4363-bd82-8dd195254b62 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7f40a388-7090-4990-a851-cff094e86e93 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:18330ae5-404e-4363-bd82-8dd195254b62 15 9781905670307 03 9781905670307 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61331 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 55 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Imagines Italicae (3 vols) (BICS Supplement 110) 1 B01 M.H. Crawford M.H. Crawford 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 HBLA1 10 LIT004190 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 Imagines Italicae</italic>, edited by M. H. Crawford and colleagues, is the outcome of a research project based in the combined library of the Hellenic and Roman Societies and of the Institute, beginning in 2002 and initially supported by the UK Arts and Humanities Research Council. The empire created by Rome underlies many of the structures of modern Europe, and that empire in turn was in its early stages the joint creation of Rome and the other peoples of Italy. Almost the only records left by those peoples themselves consist of the texts they inscribed and the coinages they produced. Imagines Italicae</italic> provides for the first time a complete corpus of those texts which are in one or other of the Italic languages, accompanied by photographs or drawings, a critical apparatus, an English translation where possible, a bibliography, and a full account of their discovery and archaeological context.The corpus, geographically arranged, contains 982 entries in total, lavishly illustrated, some of them multiple, preceded by a substantial Introduction, and completed by an Appendix of Italic names occurring in Greek texts, detailed Concordances, and full epigraphic indexes.The work is in a very real sense both that of the authors and of the 80 or so museums and libraries that welcomed the authors and helped them in every way possible, so as to enable them for the project to study and photograph their holdings; in subscribing to the work, you will both gain access to those holdings and also support the provision to each and every one of the museums and libraries in question of a copy of the work. It is a work that will make it possible for the first time to understand the complex linguistic geography of ancient Italy and to address crucial historical questions about the religion, culture, society, economy, and institutions of the peoples of Italy.BICS Supplement 110 in 3 volumes hardbound, images, maps, concordances, indexesVolume 1 – xxii+610pp ISBN 978-1-905670-30-7Volume 2 – x+688pp ISBN 978-1-905670-35-2Volume 3 – x+344pp ISBN 978-1-905670-36-9 30 00 Imagines Italicae</italic>, edited by M. H. Crawford and colleagues, is the outcome of a research project based in the combined library of the Hellenic and Roman Societies and of the Institute, beginning in 2002 and initially supported by the UK Arts and Humanities Research Council. The empire created by Rome underlies many of the structures of modern Europe, and that empire in turn was in its early stages the joint creation of Rome and the other peoples of Italy. Almost the only records left by those peoples themselves consist of the texts they inscribed and the coinages they produced. Imagines Italicae</italic> provides for the first time a complete corpus of those texts which are in one or other of the Italic languages, accompanied by photographs or drawings, a critical apparatus, an English translation where possible, a bibliography, and a full account of their discovery and archaeological context.The corpus, geographically arranged, contains 982 entries in total, lavishly illustrated, some of them multiple, preceded by a substantial Introduction, and completed by an Appendix of Italic names occurring in Greek texts, detailed Concordances, and full epigraphic indexes.The work is in a very real sense both that of the authors and of the 80 or so museums and libraries that welcomed the authors and helped them in every way possible, so as to enable them for the project to study and photograph their holdings; in subscribing to the work, you will both gain access to those holdings and also support the provision to each and every one of the museums and libraries in question of a copy of the work. It is a work that will make it possible for the first time to understand the complex linguistic geography of ancient Italy and to address crucial historical questions about the religion, culture, society, economy, and institutions of the peoples of Italy.BICS Supplement 110 in 3 volumes hardbound, images, maps, concordances, indexesVolume 1 – xxii+610pp ISBN 978-1-905670-30-7Volume 2 – x+688pp ISBN 978-1-905670-35-2Volume 3 – x+344pp ISBN 978-1-905670-36-9 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250848//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/imagines-italicae-3-vols-bics-supplement-110/ London, GB 04 01 20120102 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/imagines-italicae-3-vols-bics-supplement-110/ 20 08 20120102 02 140.00 GBP WORLD 02 182.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f1ca84e5-8f48-4069-9734-001a54f99395 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5552ea4e-9e30-4456-96a8-f0a258fef7fd 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f1ca84e5-8f48-4069-9734-001a54f99395 15 9781900039277 03 9781900039277 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56468 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 Independence and Revolution in Spanish America: Perspectives and Problems 1 B01 Eduardo Posada-Carbo Eduardo Posada-Carbo, 2 B01 Anthony McFarlane Anthony McFarlane 01 eng 12 JPHL 93 JPHL B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL010000 93 NH 93 1KL 01 06 02 00 03 00 The essays in this volume re-examine, from a number of different angles the process of Independence in Spanish America. The focus is to a large extent on the consequences of the wars of Independence for the newly established republics. However the first section deals with a critical review of the historiography the ‘revolutionary’ nature of Independence and the comparative elements of Independence in the Americas. The remainder of the book examines the development of the wars and the impact that Independence had on political instability culture citizenship and the formation of new nations. In addition to general chapters there are individual chapters devoted to New Granada Venezuela Mexico Chile and Argentina. 30 00 The essays in this volume re-examine, from a number of different angles the process of Independence in Spanish America. The focus is to a large extent on the consequences of the wars of Independence for the newly established republics. However the first section deals with a critical review of the historiography the ‘revolutionary’ nature of Independence and the comparative elements of Independence in the Americas. The remainder of the book examines the development of the wars and the impact that Independence had on political instability culture citizenship and the formation of new nations. In addition to general chapters there are individual chapters devoted to New Granada Venezuela Mexico Chile and Argentina. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250051//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/independence-and-revolution-in-spanish-america-perspectives-and-problems/ London, GB 04 01 19990101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/independence-and-revolution-in-spanish-america-perspectives-and-problems/ 20 08 19990101 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:eedb4dea-875a-4e1a-be09-a935e7b4e7bc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:65ecebf8-b755-477a-aac9-0e90a353e238 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:eedb4dea-875a-4e1a-be09-a935e7b4e7bc 15 9781905670284 03 9781905670284 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61336 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 53 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 India, Greece and Rome 1757–2007 (BICS Supplement 108) 1 B01 Edith Hall Edith Hall 2 B01 Phiroze Vasunia Phiroze Vasunia 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient History 12 HBG 10 LAN009010 93 NHB 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250685//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/india-greece-and-rome-1757-2007-bics-supplement-108/ London, GB 04 01 20100607 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/india-greece-and-rome-1757-2007-bics-supplement-108/ 20 08 20100607 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:be186b6d-ff4a-4e3a-b3c8-37419ceb2a1c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:49383810-8446-41fb-bab6-c5fc6966945a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:be186b6d-ff4a-4e3a-b3c8-37419ceb2a1c 15 9781912702275 03 9781912702275 06 10.14296/520.9781912702305 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.84428 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Individuals and Institutions in Medieval Scholasticism 1 B01 Antonia Fitzpatrick Antonia Fitzpatrick 2 B01 John Sabapathy John Sabapathy 01 eng 00 302 03 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 1D 93 GTB 93 1D 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3H 93 3KL-GB-D 93 6AG 20 scholastic; medieval; networks; polemics; epic poetry 01 06 02 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, taking a broad approach to scholasticism in its inclusion of ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. It a 03 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, setting an agenda for future debates. Written by leading European experts from numerous fields, this theoretically sophisticated collection analyses a wide range of intellectual practices and disciplines. Avoiding narrow approaches to scholasticism, the book addresses ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. A substantial introduction establishes an accessible historiographical context for the volume’s agenda, and a final afterword examines implications for future research.The history of individuals and institutions in scholasticism has often been unhelpfully treated either as a simple intellectual genealogy of schools and doctrines, or a constitutional history of particular organizational forms. This volume advances our understanding by reconsidering these fields as a whole and addressing two large questions. What was the relationship between particular intellectuals and their wider networks? How did individuals alter their institutions, and how did those institutions shape their individuality?This volume is of major importance to intellectual, religious and cultural historians as well as historians of knowledge and science. It will engage those working on individuals and institutions in the middle ages as well as in other periods. 30 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, setting an agenda for future debates. Written by leading European experts from numerous fields, this theoretically sophisticated collection analyses a wide range of intellectual practices and disciplines. Avoiding narrow approaches to scholasticism, the book addresses ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. A substantial introduction establishes an accessible historiographical context for the volume’s agenda, and a final afterword examines implications for future research.The history of individuals and institutions in scholasticism has often been unhelpfully treated either as a simple intellectual genealogy of schools and doctrines, or a constitutional history of particular organizational forms. This volume advances our understanding by reconsidering these fields as a whole and addressing two large questions. What was the relationship between particular intellectuals and their wider networks? How did individuals alter their institutions, and how did those institutions shape their individuality?This volume is of major importance to intellectual, religious and cultural historians as well as historians of knowledge and science. It will engage those working on individuals and institutions in the middle ages as well as in other periods. 04 00 Introduction: individuals and institutions in medieval scholasticism Antonia Fitzpatrick and John SabapathyI. Individuals and intellectual traditions: construction and criticism 1. The fathers of scholasticism: authorities as totems Blaise Dufal2. The unicity of substantial form in the Correctoria corruptorii fratris Thomae of Richard Knapwell, Robert Orford and John of Paris Antonia Fitzpatrick3. Italian universities, arts masters and interpreting Pomponazzi’s De immortalitate animaeJohn Marenbon4. Individual and institution in scholastic historiography: Nicholas Trevet Matthew KempshallII. Institutions and individuals: organizations and social practices a. Individuals and organizations5. The charismatic leader and the vita religiosa: some observations about an apparent contradiction between individual and institution Gert Melville6. An institution made of individuals: Peter John Olivi and Angelo Clareno on the Franciscan experience Sylvain Piron7. Rolando of Cremona and the earliest inquisition depositions of Languedoc Peter Billerb. Individuals and practices 8. Robert of Courson’s systematic thinking about early thirteenth-century institutions John Sabapathy9. ‘Better to let scandal arise than to relinquish the truth’: the cases of conscience of the masters of Paris in the thirteenth century Emily Corran10. Of parish priests and hermaphrodites: Robert Holcot’s discussion of Omnis utriusque sexus Cornelia Linde11. The cult of the marriage of Joseph and Mary: the shaping of doctrinal novelty in Jean Gerson’s Josephina (1414–17) Isabel IribarrenAfterword David d’Avray 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.9781912702305_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/individuals-and-institutions-in-medieval-scholasticism/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200731 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702268 03 9781912702268 06 15 9781912702305 03 9781912702305 06 15 9781913002282 03 9781913002282 06 15 9781912702282 03 9781912702282 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/individuals-and-institutions-in-medieval-scholasticism/ 20 08 20200731 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:25d3694c-aa69-4cb4-9112-0b313922289d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:49383810-8446-41fb-bab6-c5fc6966945a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:25d3694c-aa69-4cb4-9112-0b313922289d 15 9781912702268 03 9781912702268 06 10.14296/520.9781912702305 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.84428 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Individuals and Institutions in Medieval Scholasticism 1 B01 Antonia Fitzpatrick Antonia Fitzpatrick 2 B01 John Sabapathy John Sabapathy 01 eng 00 302 03 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 1D 93 GTB 93 1D 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3H 93 3KL-GB-D 93 6AG 20 scholastic; medieval; networks; polemics; epic poetry 01 06 02 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, taking a broad approach to scholasticism in its inclusion of ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. It a 03 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, setting an agenda for future debates. Written by leading European experts from numerous fields, this theoretically sophisticated collection analyses a wide range of intellectual practices and disciplines. Avoiding narrow approaches to scholasticism, the book addresses ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. A substantial introduction establishes an accessible historiographical context for the volume’s agenda, and a final afterword examines implications for future research.The history of individuals and institutions in scholasticism has often been unhelpfully treated either as a simple intellectual genealogy of schools and doctrines, or a constitutional history of particular organizational forms. This volume advances our understanding by reconsidering these fields as a whole and addressing two large questions. What was the relationship between particular intellectuals and their wider networks? How did individuals alter their institutions, and how did those institutions shape their individuality?This volume is of major importance to intellectual, religious and cultural historians as well as historians of knowledge and science. It will engage those working on individuals and institutions in the middle ages as well as in other periods. 30 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, setting an agenda for future debates. Written by leading European experts from numerous fields, this theoretically sophisticated collection analyses a wide range of intellectual practices and disciplines. Avoiding narrow approaches to scholasticism, the book addresses ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. A substantial introduction establishes an accessible historiographical context for the volume’s agenda, and a final afterword examines implications for future research.The history of individuals and institutions in scholasticism has often been unhelpfully treated either as a simple intellectual genealogy of schools and doctrines, or a constitutional history of particular organizational forms. This volume advances our understanding by reconsidering these fields as a whole and addressing two large questions. What was the relationship between particular intellectuals and their wider networks? How did individuals alter their institutions, and how did those institutions shape their individuality?This volume is of major importance to intellectual, religious and cultural historians as well as historians of knowledge and science. It will engage those working on individuals and institutions in the middle ages as well as in other periods. 04 00 Introduction: individuals and institutions in medieval scholasticism Antonia Fitzpatrick and John SabapathyI. Individuals and intellectual traditions: construction and criticism 1. The fathers of scholasticism: authorities as totems Blaise Dufal2. The unicity of substantial form in the Correctoria corruptorii fratris Thomae of Richard Knapwell, Robert Orford and John of Paris Antonia Fitzpatrick3. Italian universities, arts masters and interpreting Pomponazzi’s De immortalitate animaeJohn Marenbon4. Individual and institution in scholastic historiography: Nicholas Trevet Matthew KempshallII. Institutions and individuals: organizations and social practices a. Individuals and organizations5. The charismatic leader and the vita religiosa: some observations about an apparent contradiction between individual and institution Gert Melville6. An institution made of individuals: Peter John Olivi and Angelo Clareno on the Franciscan experience Sylvain Piron7. Rolando of Cremona and the earliest inquisition depositions of Languedoc Peter Billerb. Individuals and practices 8. Robert of Courson’s systematic thinking about early thirteenth-century institutions John Sabapathy9. ‘Better to let scandal arise than to relinquish the truth’: the cases of conscience of the masters of Paris in the thirteenth century Emily Corran10. Of parish priests and hermaphrodites: Robert Holcot’s discussion of Omnis utriusque sexus Cornelia Linde11. The cult of the marriage of Joseph and Mary: the shaping of doctrinal novelty in Jean Gerson’s Josephina (1414–17) Isabel IribarrenAfterword David d’Avray 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.9781912702305_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/individuals-and-institutions-in-medieval-scholasticism/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200731 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702275 03 9781912702275 06 15 9781912702305 03 9781912702305 06 15 9781913002282 03 9781913002282 06 15 9781912702282 03 9781912702282 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/individuals-and-institutions-in-medieval-scholasticism/ 20 08 20200731 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4b36a273-d812-46d1-9f0c-129db5bcd82b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:49383810-8446-41fb-bab6-c5fc6966945a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4b36a273-d812-46d1-9f0c-129db5bcd82b 15 9781912702305 03 9781912702305 06 10.14296/520.9781912702305 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.84428 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Individuals and Institutions in Medieval Scholasticism 1 B01 Antonia Fitzpatrick Antonia Fitzpatrick 2 B01 John Sabapathy John Sabapathy 01 eng 00 302 03 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 1D 93 GTB 93 1D 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3H 93 3KL-GB-D 93 6AG 20 scholastic; medieval; networks; polemics; epic poetry 01 06 02 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, taking a broad approach to scholasticism in its inclusion of ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. It a 03 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, setting an agenda for future debates. Written by leading European experts from numerous fields, this theoretically sophisticated collection analyses a wide range of intellectual practices and disciplines. Avoiding narrow approaches to scholasticism, the book addresses ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. A substantial introduction establishes an accessible historiographical context for the volume’s agenda, and a final afterword examines implications for future research.The history of individuals and institutions in scholasticism has often been unhelpfully treated either as a simple intellectual genealogy of schools and doctrines, or a constitutional history of particular organizational forms. This volume advances our understanding by reconsidering these fields as a whole and addressing two large questions. What was the relationship between particular intellectuals and their wider networks? How did individuals alter their institutions, and how did those institutions shape their individuality?This volume is of major importance to intellectual, religious and cultural historians as well as historians of knowledge and science. It will engage those working on individuals and institutions in the middle ages as well as in other periods. 30 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, setting an agenda for future debates. Written by leading European experts from numerous fields, this theoretically sophisticated collection analyses a wide range of intellectual practices and disciplines. Avoiding narrow approaches to scholasticism, the book addresses ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. A substantial introduction establishes an accessible historiographical context for the volume’s agenda, and a final afterword examines implications for future research.The history of individuals and institutions in scholasticism has often been unhelpfully treated either as a simple intellectual genealogy of schools and doctrines, or a constitutional history of particular organizational forms. This volume advances our understanding by reconsidering these fields as a whole and addressing two large questions. What was the relationship between particular intellectuals and their wider networks? How did individuals alter their institutions, and how did those institutions shape their individuality?This volume is of major importance to intellectual, religious and cultural historians as well as historians of knowledge and science. It will engage those working on individuals and institutions in the middle ages as well as in other periods. 04 00 Introduction: individuals and institutions in medieval scholasticism Antonia Fitzpatrick and John SabapathyI. Individuals and intellectual traditions: construction and criticism 1. The fathers of scholasticism: authorities as totems Blaise Dufal2. The unicity of substantial form in the Correctoria corruptorii fratris Thomae of Richard Knapwell, Robert Orford and John of Paris Antonia Fitzpatrick3. Italian universities, arts masters and interpreting Pomponazzi’s De immortalitate animaeJohn Marenbon4. Individual and institution in scholastic historiography: Nicholas Trevet Matthew KempshallII. Institutions and individuals: organizations and social practices a. Individuals and organizations5. The charismatic leader and the vita religiosa: some observations about an apparent contradiction between individual and institution Gert Melville6. An institution made of individuals: Peter John Olivi and Angelo Clareno on the Franciscan experience Sylvain Piron7. Rolando of Cremona and the earliest inquisition depositions of Languedoc Peter Billerb. Individuals and practices 8. Robert of Courson’s systematic thinking about early thirteenth-century institutions John Sabapathy9. ‘Better to let scandal arise than to relinquish the truth’: the cases of conscience of the masters of Paris in the thirteenth century Emily Corran10. Of parish priests and hermaphrodites: Robert Holcot’s discussion of Omnis utriusque sexus Cornelia Linde11. The cult of the marriage of Joseph and Mary: the shaping of doctrinal novelty in Jean Gerson’s Josephina (1414–17) Isabel IribarrenAfterword David d’Avray 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.9781912702305_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/individuals-and-institutions-in-medieval-scholasticism/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200731 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702275 03 9781912702275 06 15 9781912702268 03 9781912702268 06 15 9781913002282 03 9781913002282 06 15 9781912702282 03 9781912702282 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/49383810-8446-41fb-bab6-c5fc6966945a 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/49383810-8446-41fb-bab6-c5fc6966945a/49383810-8446-41fb-bab6-c5fc6966945a.pdf 20 08 20200731 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/individuals-and-institutions-in-medieval-scholasticism/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702305.pdf 20 08 20200731 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/individuals-and-institutions-in-medieval-scholasticism/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.9781912702305.pdf 20 08 20200731 01 urn:uuid:c3c536ab-9f5e-40ea-93e8-8cf4dc05edbd 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:49383810-8446-41fb-bab6-c5fc6966945a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c3c536ab-9f5e-40ea-93e8-8cf4dc05edbd 15 9781913002282 03 9781913002282 06 10.14296/520.9781912702305 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.84428 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Individuals and Institutions in Medieval Scholasticism 1 B01 Antonia Fitzpatrick Antonia Fitzpatrick 2 B01 John Sabapathy John Sabapathy 01 eng 00 302 03 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 1D 93 GTB 93 1D 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3H 93 3KL-GB-D 93 6AG 20 scholastic; medieval; networks; polemics; epic poetry 01 06 02 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, taking a broad approach to scholasticism in its inclusion of ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. It a 03 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, setting an agenda for future debates. Written by leading European experts from numerous fields, this theoretically sophisticated collection analyses a wide range of intellectual practices and disciplines. Avoiding narrow approaches to scholasticism, the book addresses ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. A substantial introduction establishes an accessible historiographical context for the volume’s agenda, and a final afterword examines implications for future research.The history of individuals and institutions in scholasticism has often been unhelpfully treated either as a simple intellectual genealogy of schools and doctrines, or a constitutional history of particular organizational forms. This volume advances our understanding by reconsidering these fields as a whole and addressing two large questions. What was the relationship between particular intellectuals and their wider networks? How did individuals alter their institutions, and how did those institutions shape their individuality?This volume is of major importance to intellectual, religious and cultural historians as well as historians of knowledge and science. It will engage those working on individuals and institutions in the middle ages as well as in other periods. 30 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, setting an agenda for future debates. Written by leading European experts from numerous fields, this theoretically sophisticated collection analyses a wide range of intellectual practices and disciplines. Avoiding narrow approaches to scholasticism, the book addresses ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. A substantial introduction establishes an accessible historiographical context for the volume’s agenda, and a final afterword examines implications for future research.The history of individuals and institutions in scholasticism has often been unhelpfully treated either as a simple intellectual genealogy of schools and doctrines, or a constitutional history of particular organizational forms. This volume advances our understanding by reconsidering these fields as a whole and addressing two large questions. What was the relationship between particular intellectuals and their wider networks? How did individuals alter their institutions, and how did those institutions shape their individuality?This volume is of major importance to intellectual, religious and cultural historians as well as historians of knowledge and science. It will engage those working on individuals and institutions in the middle ages as well as in other periods. 04 00 Introduction: individuals and institutions in medieval scholasticism Antonia Fitzpatrick and John SabapathyI. Individuals and intellectual traditions: construction and criticism 1. The fathers of scholasticism: authorities as totems Blaise Dufal2. The unicity of substantial form in the Correctoria corruptorii fratris Thomae of Richard Knapwell, Robert Orford and John of Paris Antonia Fitzpatrick3. Italian universities, arts masters and interpreting Pomponazzi’s De immortalitate animaeJohn Marenbon4. Individual and institution in scholastic historiography: Nicholas Trevet Matthew KempshallII. Institutions and individuals: organizations and social practices a. Individuals and organizations5. The charismatic leader and the vita religiosa: some observations about an apparent contradiction between individual and institution Gert Melville6. An institution made of individuals: Peter John Olivi and Angelo Clareno on the Franciscan experience Sylvain Piron7. Rolando of Cremona and the earliest inquisition depositions of Languedoc Peter Billerb. Individuals and practices 8. Robert of Courson’s systematic thinking about early thirteenth-century institutions John Sabapathy9. ‘Better to let scandal arise than to relinquish the truth’: the cases of conscience of the masters of Paris in the thirteenth century Emily Corran10. Of parish priests and hermaphrodites: Robert Holcot’s discussion of Omnis utriusque sexus Cornelia Linde11. The cult of the marriage of Joseph and Mary: the shaping of doctrinal novelty in Jean Gerson’s Josephina (1414–17) Isabel IribarrenAfterword David d’Avray 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.9781912702305_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/individuals-and-institutions-in-medieval-scholasticism/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200731 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702275 03 9781912702275 06 15 9781912702268 03 9781912702268 06 15 9781912702305 03 9781912702305 06 15 9781912702282 03 9781912702282 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/individuals-and-institutions-in-medieval-scholasticism 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/individuals-and-institutions-in-medieval-scholasticism 20 08 20200731 01 urn:uuid:5f0190c3-65ab-408e-b1b1-d4d4c0c9dfdc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:49383810-8446-41fb-bab6-c5fc6966945a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5f0190c3-65ab-408e-b1b1-d4d4c0c9dfdc 15 9781912702282 03 9781912702282 06 10.14296/520.9781912702305 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.84428 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Individuals and Institutions in Medieval Scholasticism 1 B01 Antonia Fitzpatrick Antonia Fitzpatrick 2 B01 John Sabapathy John Sabapathy 01 eng 00 302 03 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 1D 93 GTB 93 1D 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3H 93 3KL-GB-D 93 6AG 20 scholastic; medieval; networks; polemics; epic poetry 01 06 02 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, taking a broad approach to scholasticism in its inclusion of ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. It a 03 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, setting an agenda for future debates. Written by leading European experts from numerous fields, this theoretically sophisticated collection analyses a wide range of intellectual practices and disciplines. Avoiding narrow approaches to scholasticism, the book addresses ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. A substantial introduction establishes an accessible historiographical context for the volume’s agenda, and a final afterword examines implications for future research.The history of individuals and institutions in scholasticism has often been unhelpfully treated either as a simple intellectual genealogy of schools and doctrines, or a constitutional history of particular organizational forms. This volume advances our understanding by reconsidering these fields as a whole and addressing two large questions. What was the relationship between particular intellectuals and their wider networks? How did individuals alter their institutions, and how did those institutions shape their individuality?This volume is of major importance to intellectual, religious and cultural historians as well as historians of knowledge and science. It will engage those working on individuals and institutions in the middle ages as well as in other periods. 30 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, setting an agenda for future debates. Written by leading European experts from numerous fields, this theoretically sophisticated collection analyses a wide range of intellectual practices and disciplines. Avoiding narrow approaches to scholasticism, the book addresses ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. A substantial introduction establishes an accessible historiographical context for the volume’s agenda, and a final afterword examines implications for future research.The history of individuals and institutions in scholasticism has often been unhelpfully treated either as a simple intellectual genealogy of schools and doctrines, or a constitutional history of particular organizational forms. This volume advances our understanding by reconsidering these fields as a whole and addressing two large questions. What was the relationship between particular intellectuals and their wider networks? How did individuals alter their institutions, and how did those institutions shape their individuality?This volume is of major importance to intellectual, religious and cultural historians as well as historians of knowledge and science. It will engage those working on individuals and institutions in the middle ages as well as in other periods. 04 00 Introduction: individuals and institutions in medieval scholasticism Antonia Fitzpatrick and John SabapathyI. Individuals and intellectual traditions: construction and criticism 1. The fathers of scholasticism: authorities as totems Blaise Dufal2. The unicity of substantial form in the Correctoria corruptorii fratris Thomae of Richard Knapwell, Robert Orford and John of Paris Antonia Fitzpatrick3. Italian universities, arts masters and interpreting Pomponazzi’s De immortalitate animaeJohn Marenbon4. Individual and institution in scholastic historiography: Nicholas Trevet Matthew KempshallII. Institutions and individuals: organizations and social practices a. Individuals and organizations5. The charismatic leader and the vita religiosa: some observations about an apparent contradiction between individual and institution Gert Melville6. An institution made of individuals: Peter John Olivi and Angelo Clareno on the Franciscan experience Sylvain Piron7. Rolando of Cremona and the earliest inquisition depositions of Languedoc Peter Billerb. Individuals and practices 8. Robert of Courson’s systematic thinking about early thirteenth-century institutions John Sabapathy9. ‘Better to let scandal arise than to relinquish the truth’: the cases of conscience of the masters of Paris in the thirteenth century Emily Corran10. Of parish priests and hermaphrodites: Robert Holcot’s discussion of Omnis utriusque sexus Cornelia Linde11. The cult of the marriage of Joseph and Mary: the shaping of doctrinal novelty in Jean Gerson’s Josephina (1414–17) Isabel IribarrenAfterword David d’Avray 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.9781912702305_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/individuals-and-institutions-in-medieval-scholasticism/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200731 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702275 03 9781912702275 06 15 9781912702268 03 9781912702268 06 15 9781912702305 03 9781912702305 06 15 9781913002282 03 9781913002282 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/individuals-and-institutions-in-medieval-scholasticism/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.9781912702305.epub 20 08 20200731 01 urn:uuid:4b959b34-beac-42c6-9259-db0306ddfac8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:53aa205d-5898-4104-86f3-29a9bd55fc60 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4b959b34-beac-42c6-9259-db0306ddfac8 15 9781908590602 03 9781908590602 06 10.14296/yypo7070 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.134465 00 BC 10 01 216 mm 01 21.6 cm 01 8.5 in 02 140 mm 02 14 cm 02 5.5 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Innovations in Teaching History Eighteenth-Century Studies in Higher Education 1 B01 Ruth Larsen Ruth Larsen 40 02yhrrk59 University of Derby Ruth Larsen is the programme leader for undergraduate history programmes at the University of Derby, where she teaches on a number of different modules that explore eighteenth-century history, gender history, the history of the body and material culture studies. She has published a number of articles and chapters on the history of the country house, aristocratic women, and the history of letter writing. She is on the steering committee of the East Midlands Centre for History Learning and Teaching. 2 B01 Alice Marples Alice Marples 40 05dhe8b71 British Library Alice Marples is Research and Postgraduate Development Manager at The British Library, and a historian of science and medicine in Britain and its colonial networks, c.1650-1850. Since obtaining her PhD in Early Modern History at King’s College London in 2016, she has held research positions at the University of Manchester, the University of Oxford, and the Royal Society. Her first book, The Transactioneer: Hans Sloane and the Rise of Public Natural History in Eighteenth-Century Britain, is forthcoming with Johns Hopkins University Press. 3 B01 Matthew McCormack Matthew McCormack 40 04jp2hx10 University of Northampton Matthew McCormack is Professor of History and Head of the Graduate School at the University of Northampton. He has published widely on British history, his most recent book being Citizenship and Gender in Britain, 1688–1928 (Routledge, 2019), and has also published on pedagogy. He has taught a range of modules relating to eighteenth-century Britain, and also on historical methods, research skills and historiography. He is currently President of the British Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies. 01 eng 09 15 12 HBA 10 HIS035000 B2 History ⇒ Modern History 93 NHA 12 3JF 10 HIS037050 93 JNU 10 PT010 93 YPJH 93 3ML 93 4CT 20 pedagogical; historical studies; practical; guide; teachers; strategies 01 06 02 00 An essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education, this collection of seven case studies reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century. It is grounded in real academic practice and focuses on the latest developments in the discipline.< 03 00 An essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education.</bold>The study of the eighteenth century has been a growth area in university research and teaching in recent decades. Although widely taught in history departments, the eighteenth century also presents challenges, including new students’ unfamiliarity with the period, the theoretical and interdisciplinary nature of the critical writings, and extensive online source material requiring digital skills for its evaluation.Focusing on pedagogical innovation and current developments in the discipline, this collection of essays reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century, exploring current subfields such as histories of material culture, the senses, gender, crime and empire. It presents practical case studies showcasing how novel teaching methods can be employed in the classroom that promote active learning and invite students to think critically about the nature of their discipline. Methods covered include decolonising the curriculum, digital history, transferable skills, engaging with objects, working in non-classroom settings and multisensory approaches.Grounded in real academic practice, this is a valuable guide for all history educators, whether specialising in the eighteenth century or beyond. 30 00 An essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education.</bold>The study of the eighteenth century has been a growth area in university research and teaching in recent decades. Although widely taught in history departments, the eighteenth century also presents challenges, including new students’ unfamiliarity with the period, the theoretical and interdisciplinary nature of the critical writings, and extensive online source material requiring digital skills for its evaluation.Focusing on pedagogical innovation and current developments in the discipline, this collection of essays reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century, exploring current subfields such as histories of material culture, the senses, gender, crime and empire. It presents practical case studies showcasing how novel teaching methods can be employed in the classroom that promote active learning and invite students to think critically about the nature of their discipline. Methods covered include decolonising the curriculum, digital history, transferable skills, engaging with objects, working in non-classroom settings and multisensory approaches.Grounded in real academic practice, this is a valuable guide for all history educators, whether specialising in the eighteenth century or beyond. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Ruth Larsen, Alice Marples and Matthew McCormack </li> <li>Part I Digital History</li> <li>1 Letting Students Loose in the Archive: Reflections on Teaching “At the Court of King George: Exploring the Royal Archives” at King’s College London Arthur Burns and Oliver Walton </li> <li>2 Introducing Australian Students to British History and Research Methods Via Digital Sources Simon Burrows and Rebekah Ward </li> <li>Part II History in the Classroom</li> <li>3 Sensational Pedagogy: Teaching the Sensory Eighteenth Century William Tullett </li> <li>4 Let’s Talk About Sex: “BAD” Approaches to Teaching the Histories of Gender and Sexualities Ruth Larsen </li> <li>5 Engaging Students with Political History: Citizenship in the (Very) Long Eighteenth Century Matthew McCormack </li> <li>Part III Material Culture and Museum Collections</li> <li>6 Beyond “Great White Men”: Teaching Histories of Science, Empire and Heritage through Collections Alice Marples </li> <li>7 Teaching Eighteenth-Century Classical Reception through University Museum Collections Lenia Kouneni </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/yypo7070_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/innovations-in-teaching-history/ London, GB 04 01 20240627 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590619 03 9781908590619 06 15 9781908590633 03 9781908590633 06 15 9781908590626 03 9781908590626 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/innovations-in-teaching-history/ 20 08 20240627 02 14.99 GBP WORLD 02 19.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:56488e0c-e3f4-4a17-ab98-8a2d3db61afb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:53aa205d-5898-4104-86f3-29a9bd55fc60 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:56488e0c-e3f4-4a17-ab98-8a2d3db61afb 15 9781908590619 03 9781908590619 06 10.14296/yypo7070 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.134465 00 BB 10 01 220 mm 01 22 cm 01 8.6875 in 02 144 mm 02 14.4 cm 02 5.6875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Innovations in Teaching History Eighteenth-Century Studies in Higher Education 1 B01 Ruth Larsen Ruth Larsen 40 02yhrrk59 University of Derby Ruth Larsen is the programme leader for undergraduate history programmes at the University of Derby, where she teaches on a number of different modules that explore eighteenth-century history, gender history, the history of the body and material culture studies. She has published a number of articles and chapters on the history of the country house, aristocratic women, and the history of letter writing. She is on the steering committee of the East Midlands Centre for History Learning and Teaching. 2 B01 Alice Marples Alice Marples 40 05dhe8b71 British Library Alice Marples is Research and Postgraduate Development Manager at The British Library, and a historian of science and medicine in Britain and its colonial networks, c.1650-1850. Since obtaining her PhD in Early Modern History at King’s College London in 2016, she has held research positions at the University of Manchester, the University of Oxford, and the Royal Society. Her first book, The Transactioneer: Hans Sloane and the Rise of Public Natural History in Eighteenth-Century Britain, is forthcoming with Johns Hopkins University Press. 3 B01 Matthew McCormack Matthew McCormack 40 04jp2hx10 University of Northampton Matthew McCormack is Professor of History and Head of the Graduate School at the University of Northampton. He has published widely on British history, his most recent book being Citizenship and Gender in Britain, 1688–1928 (Routledge, 2019), and has also published on pedagogy. He has taught a range of modules relating to eighteenth-century Britain, and also on historical methods, research skills and historiography. He is currently President of the British Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies. 01 eng 09 15 12 HBA 10 HIS035000 B2 History ⇒ Modern History 93 NHA 12 3JF 10 HIS037050 93 JNU 10 PT010 93 YPJH 93 3ML 93 4CT 20 pedagogical; historical studies; practical; guide; teachers; strategies 01 06 02 00 An essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education, this collection of seven case studies reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century. It is grounded in real academic practice and focuses on the latest developments in the discipline.< 03 00 An essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education.</bold>The study of the eighteenth century has been a growth area in university research and teaching in recent decades. Although widely taught in history departments, the eighteenth century also presents challenges, including new students’ unfamiliarity with the period, the theoretical and interdisciplinary nature of the critical writings, and extensive online source material requiring digital skills for its evaluation.Focusing on pedagogical innovation and current developments in the discipline, this collection of essays reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century, exploring current subfields such as histories of material culture, the senses, gender, crime and empire. It presents practical case studies showcasing how novel teaching methods can be employed in the classroom that promote active learning and invite students to think critically about the nature of their discipline. Methods covered include decolonising the curriculum, digital history, transferable skills, engaging with objects, working in non-classroom settings and multisensory approaches.Grounded in real academic practice, this is a valuable guide for all history educators, whether specialising in the eighteenth century or beyond. 30 00 An essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education.</bold>The study of the eighteenth century has been a growth area in university research and teaching in recent decades. Although widely taught in history departments, the eighteenth century also presents challenges, including new students’ unfamiliarity with the period, the theoretical and interdisciplinary nature of the critical writings, and extensive online source material requiring digital skills for its evaluation.Focusing on pedagogical innovation and current developments in the discipline, this collection of essays reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century, exploring current subfields such as histories of material culture, the senses, gender, crime and empire. It presents practical case studies showcasing how novel teaching methods can be employed in the classroom that promote active learning and invite students to think critically about the nature of their discipline. Methods covered include decolonising the curriculum, digital history, transferable skills, engaging with objects, working in non-classroom settings and multisensory approaches.Grounded in real academic practice, this is a valuable guide for all history educators, whether specialising in the eighteenth century or beyond. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Ruth Larsen, Alice Marples and Matthew McCormack </li> <li>Part I Digital History</li> <li>1 Letting Students Loose in the Archive: Reflections on Teaching “At the Court of King George: Exploring the Royal Archives” at King’s College London Arthur Burns and Oliver Walton </li> <li>2 Introducing Australian Students to British History and Research Methods Via Digital Sources Simon Burrows and Rebekah Ward </li> <li>Part II History in the Classroom</li> <li>3 Sensational Pedagogy: Teaching the Sensory Eighteenth Century William Tullett </li> <li>4 Let’s Talk About Sex: “BAD” Approaches to Teaching the Histories of Gender and Sexualities Ruth Larsen </li> <li>5 Engaging Students with Political History: Citizenship in the (Very) Long Eighteenth Century Matthew McCormack </li> <li>Part III Material Culture and Museum Collections</li> <li>6 Beyond “Great White Men”: Teaching Histories of Science, Empire and Heritage through Collections Alice Marples </li> <li>7 Teaching Eighteenth-Century Classical Reception through University Museum Collections Lenia Kouneni </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/yypo7070_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/innovations-in-teaching-history/ London, GB 04 01 20240627 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590602 03 9781908590602 06 15 9781908590633 03 9781908590633 06 15 9781908590626 03 9781908590626 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/innovations-in-teaching-history/ 20 08 20240627 02 45.00 GBP WORLD 02 60.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:37113180-b7df-47e1-ba1b-b7b5dc099f21 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:53aa205d-5898-4104-86f3-29a9bd55fc60 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:37113180-b7df-47e1-ba1b-b7b5dc099f21 15 9781908590633 03 9781908590633 06 10.14296/yypo7070 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.134465 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Innovations in Teaching History Eighteenth-Century Studies in Higher Education 1 B01 Ruth Larsen Ruth Larsen 40 02yhrrk59 University of Derby Ruth Larsen is the programme leader for undergraduate history programmes at the University of Derby, where she teaches on a number of different modules that explore eighteenth-century history, gender history, the history of the body and material culture studies. She has published a number of articles and chapters on the history of the country house, aristocratic women, and the history of letter writing. She is on the steering committee of the East Midlands Centre for History Learning and Teaching. 2 B01 Alice Marples Alice Marples 40 05dhe8b71 British Library Alice Marples is Research and Postgraduate Development Manager at The British Library, and a historian of science and medicine in Britain and its colonial networks, c.1650-1850. Since obtaining her PhD in Early Modern History at King’s College London in 2016, she has held research positions at the University of Manchester, the University of Oxford, and the Royal Society. Her first book, The Transactioneer: Hans Sloane and the Rise of Public Natural History in Eighteenth-Century Britain, is forthcoming with Johns Hopkins University Press. 3 B01 Matthew McCormack Matthew McCormack 40 04jp2hx10 University of Northampton Matthew McCormack is Professor of History and Head of the Graduate School at the University of Northampton. He has published widely on British history, his most recent book being Citizenship and Gender in Britain, 1688–1928 (Routledge, 2019), and has also published on pedagogy. He has taught a range of modules relating to eighteenth-century Britain, and also on historical methods, research skills and historiography. He is currently President of the British Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies. 01 eng 09 15 12 HBA 10 HIS035000 B2 History ⇒ Modern History 93 NHA 12 3JF 10 HIS037050 93 JNU 10 PT010 93 YPJH 93 3ML 93 4CT 20 pedagogical; historical studies; practical; guide; teachers; strategies 01 06 02 00 An essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education, this collection of seven case studies reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century. It is grounded in real academic practice and focuses on the latest developments in the discipline.< 03 00 An essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education.</bold>The study of the eighteenth century has been a growth area in university research and teaching in recent decades. Although widely taught in history departments, the eighteenth century also presents challenges, including new students’ unfamiliarity with the period, the theoretical and interdisciplinary nature of the critical writings, and extensive online source material requiring digital skills for its evaluation.Focusing on pedagogical innovation and current developments in the discipline, this collection of essays reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century, exploring current subfields such as histories of material culture, the senses, gender, crime and empire. It presents practical case studies showcasing how novel teaching methods can be employed in the classroom that promote active learning and invite students to think critically about the nature of their discipline. Methods covered include decolonising the curriculum, digital history, transferable skills, engaging with objects, working in non-classroom settings and multisensory approaches.Grounded in real academic practice, this is a valuable guide for all history educators, whether specialising in the eighteenth century or beyond. 30 00 An essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education.</bold>The study of the eighteenth century has been a growth area in university research and teaching in recent decades. Although widely taught in history departments, the eighteenth century also presents challenges, including new students’ unfamiliarity with the period, the theoretical and interdisciplinary nature of the critical writings, and extensive online source material requiring digital skills for its evaluation.Focusing on pedagogical innovation and current developments in the discipline, this collection of essays reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century, exploring current subfields such as histories of material culture, the senses, gender, crime and empire. It presents practical case studies showcasing how novel teaching methods can be employed in the classroom that promote active learning and invite students to think critically about the nature of their discipline. Methods covered include decolonising the curriculum, digital history, transferable skills, engaging with objects, working in non-classroom settings and multisensory approaches.Grounded in real academic practice, this is a valuable guide for all history educators, whether specialising in the eighteenth century or beyond. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Ruth Larsen, Alice Marples and Matthew McCormack </li> <li>Part I Digital History</li> <li>1 Letting Students Loose in the Archive: Reflections on Teaching “At the Court of King George: Exploring the Royal Archives” at King’s College London Arthur Burns and Oliver Walton </li> <li>2 Introducing Australian Students to British History and Research Methods Via Digital Sources Simon Burrows and Rebekah Ward </li> <li>Part II History in the Classroom</li> <li>3 Sensational Pedagogy: Teaching the Sensory Eighteenth Century William Tullett </li> <li>4 Let’s Talk About Sex: “BAD” Approaches to Teaching the Histories of Gender and Sexualities Ruth Larsen </li> <li>5 Engaging Students with Political History: Citizenship in the (Very) Long Eighteenth Century Matthew McCormack </li> <li>Part III Material Culture and Museum Collections</li> <li>6 Beyond “Great White Men”: Teaching Histories of Science, Empire and Heritage through Collections Alice Marples </li> <li>7 Teaching Eighteenth-Century Classical Reception through University Museum Collections Lenia Kouneni </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/yypo7070_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/innovations-in-teaching-history/ London, GB 04 01 20240627 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590602 03 9781908590602 06 15 9781908590619 03 9781908590619 06 15 9781908590626 03 9781908590626 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/53aa205d-5898-4104-86f3-29a9bd55fc60 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/53aa205d-5898-4104-86f3-29a9bd55fc60/53aa205d-5898-4104-86f3-29a9bd55fc60.pdf 20 08 20240627 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/innovations-in-teaching-history/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908590633.pdf 20 08 20240627 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/innovations-in-teaching-history/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/yypo7070.pdf 20 08 20240627 01 urn:uuid:34800a8e-77c4-4094-af55-8993f89d70d9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:53aa205d-5898-4104-86f3-29a9bd55fc60 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:34800a8e-77c4-4094-af55-8993f89d70d9 15 9781908590626 03 9781908590626 06 10.14296/yypo7070 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.134465 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Innovations in Teaching History Eighteenth-Century Studies in Higher Education 1 B01 Ruth Larsen Ruth Larsen 40 02yhrrk59 University of Derby Ruth Larsen is the programme leader for undergraduate history programmes at the University of Derby, where she teaches on a number of different modules that explore eighteenth-century history, gender history, the history of the body and material culture studies. She has published a number of articles and chapters on the history of the country house, aristocratic women, and the history of letter writing. She is on the steering committee of the East Midlands Centre for History Learning and Teaching. 2 B01 Alice Marples Alice Marples 40 05dhe8b71 British Library Alice Marples is Research and Postgraduate Development Manager at The British Library, and a historian of science and medicine in Britain and its colonial networks, c.1650-1850. Since obtaining her PhD in Early Modern History at King’s College London in 2016, she has held research positions at the University of Manchester, the University of Oxford, and the Royal Society. Her first book, The Transactioneer: Hans Sloane and the Rise of Public Natural History in Eighteenth-Century Britain, is forthcoming with Johns Hopkins University Press. 3 B01 Matthew McCormack Matthew McCormack 40 04jp2hx10 University of Northampton Matthew McCormack is Professor of History and Head of the Graduate School at the University of Northampton. He has published widely on British history, his most recent book being Citizenship and Gender in Britain, 1688–1928 (Routledge, 2019), and has also published on pedagogy. He has taught a range of modules relating to eighteenth-century Britain, and also on historical methods, research skills and historiography. He is currently President of the British Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies. 01 eng 09 15 12 HBA 10 HIS035000 B2 History ⇒ Modern History 93 NHA 12 3JF 10 HIS037050 93 JNU 10 PT010 93 YPJH 93 3ML 93 4CT 20 pedagogical; historical studies; practical; guide; teachers; strategies 01 06 02 00 An essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education, this collection of seven case studies reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century. It is grounded in real academic practice and focuses on the latest developments in the discipline.< 03 00 An essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education.</bold>The study of the eighteenth century has been a growth area in university research and teaching in recent decades. Although widely taught in history departments, the eighteenth century also presents challenges, including new students’ unfamiliarity with the period, the theoretical and interdisciplinary nature of the critical writings, and extensive online source material requiring digital skills for its evaluation.Focusing on pedagogical innovation and current developments in the discipline, this collection of essays reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century, exploring current subfields such as histories of material culture, the senses, gender, crime and empire. It presents practical case studies showcasing how novel teaching methods can be employed in the classroom that promote active learning and invite students to think critically about the nature of their discipline. Methods covered include decolonising the curriculum, digital history, transferable skills, engaging with objects, working in non-classroom settings and multisensory approaches.Grounded in real academic practice, this is a valuable guide for all history educators, whether specialising in the eighteenth century or beyond. 30 00 An essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education.</bold>The study of the eighteenth century has been a growth area in university research and teaching in recent decades. Although widely taught in history departments, the eighteenth century also presents challenges, including new students’ unfamiliarity with the period, the theoretical and interdisciplinary nature of the critical writings, and extensive online source material requiring digital skills for its evaluation.Focusing on pedagogical innovation and current developments in the discipline, this collection of essays reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century, exploring current subfields such as histories of material culture, the senses, gender, crime and empire. It presents practical case studies showcasing how novel teaching methods can be employed in the classroom that promote active learning and invite students to think critically about the nature of their discipline. Methods covered include decolonising the curriculum, digital history, transferable skills, engaging with objects, working in non-classroom settings and multisensory approaches.Grounded in real academic practice, this is a valuable guide for all history educators, whether specialising in the eighteenth century or beyond. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Ruth Larsen, Alice Marples and Matthew McCormack </li> <li>Part I Digital History</li> <li>1 Letting Students Loose in the Archive: Reflections on Teaching “At the Court of King George: Exploring the Royal Archives” at King’s College London Arthur Burns and Oliver Walton </li> <li>2 Introducing Australian Students to British History and Research Methods Via Digital Sources Simon Burrows and Rebekah Ward </li> <li>Part II History in the Classroom</li> <li>3 Sensational Pedagogy: Teaching the Sensory Eighteenth Century William Tullett </li> <li>4 Let’s Talk About Sex: “BAD” Approaches to Teaching the Histories of Gender and Sexualities Ruth Larsen </li> <li>5 Engaging Students with Political History: Citizenship in the (Very) Long Eighteenth Century Matthew McCormack </li> <li>Part III Material Culture and Museum Collections</li> <li>6 Beyond “Great White Men”: Teaching Histories of Science, Empire and Heritage through Collections Alice Marples </li> <li>7 Teaching Eighteenth-Century Classical Reception through University Museum Collections Lenia Kouneni </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/yypo7070_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/innovations-in-teaching-history/ London, GB 04 01 20240627 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590602 03 9781908590602 06 15 9781908590619 03 9781908590619 06 15 9781908590633 03 9781908590633 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/innovations-in-teaching-history/ 20 08 20240627 02 14.99 GBP WORLD 02 19.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:130b86f8-b8bc-4a1c-9d63-751b98d9b889 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b2540442-d34d-40bd-9153-b8d3b18af860 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:130b86f8-b8bc-4a1c-9d63-751b98d9b889 15 9780957521032 03 9780957521032 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56466 00 BC 10 01 01 In Protest: 150 Poems for Human Rights 1 B01 Helle Abelvik-Lawson Helle Abelvik-Lawson 2 B01 Anthony Hett Anthony Hett 3 B01 Laila Sumpton Laila Sumpton 01 eng B2 Human Rights 93 JBFG 12 JFFD 10 POL035010 01 06 02 00 03 00 In Protest: 150 Poems for Human Rights</italic> is an anthology of new poetry exploring human rights and social justice themes. This collection, a collaboration between the Human Rights Consortium at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and the Keats House Poets, brings together writing that is often very moving, frequently touching, and occasionally humorous. The 150 poems included here come from over 16 countries, and provide a rare insight into experiences of oppression, discrimination, and dispossession - and yet they also offer strong messages of hope and solidarity. This anthology brings you contemporary works that are truly outstanding for both their human rights and poetic content.<break/>Arranged across thirteen themes - Expression, History, Land, Exile, War, Children, Sentenced, Slavery, Women, Regimes, Workers, Unequal, and Protest - you will find within this collection a poem that inspires and engages you. 30 00 In Protest: 150 Poems for Human Rights</italic> is an anthology of new poetry exploring human rights and social justice themes. This collection, a collaboration between the Human Rights Consortium at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and the Keats House Poets, brings together writing that is often very moving, frequently touching, and occasionally humorous. The 150 poems included here come from over 16 countries, and provide a rare insight into experiences of oppression, discrimination, and dispossession - and yet they also offer strong messages of hope and solidarity. This anthology brings you contemporary works that are truly outstanding for both their human rights and poetic content.<break/>Arranged across thirteen themes - Expression, History, Land, Exile, War, Children, Sentenced, Slavery, Women, Regimes, Workers, Unequal, and Protest - you will find within this collection a poem that inspires and engages you. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250045//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/in-protest-150-poems-for-human-rights/ London, GB 04 01 20131001 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/in-protest-150-poems-for-human-rights/ 20 08 20131001 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8ab990f7-173b-45fa-98fe-fb2b7486fb3f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7b52ff8e-ee6c-452a-893b-536fff06f9eb 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8ab990f7-173b-45fa-98fe-fb2b7486fb3f 15 9781905670031 03 9781905670031 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54057 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 26 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Inside Ancient Lucania: Dialogues in History and Archaeology (BICS Supplement 90) 1 A01 Elena Isayev Elena Isayev 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Archaeology 12 HDD 93 NKD 10 SOC003000 12 1DST 93 1DST 01 06 02 00 03 00 A traveller today on a journey through the mountainous landscape of ancient Lucania would find it difficult to believe the high density of settlement which this corner of south-west Italy sustained in the fourth century BC. Networks incorporating much of the peninsula, Greece, Sicily, Epirus, Macedon and Carthage all found a foothold here. Ancient narratives, largely focusing on military contexts, give little sense of the nature of activity in the area, but the remains of material culture provide an image of thriving communities, not organised on the city-state model, which were active participants in the culture and power struggles of the Mediterranean in the period before Roman hegemony. This study brings together historical and archaeological approaches to create a better understanding of the socio-cultural diversity of the region, as well as the construction and transformation of community identities especially in the period of profound change and decline prior to the Hannibalic War. It compels a reassessment of the literary source narratives and a conception of how the written record was formed. In so doing it challenges the models of ‘primitive’ mountainous societies along with the polarities often used to define and isolate them: rural-urban; pastoral-agricultural; barbarian-civilised. 30 00 A traveller today on a journey through the mountainous landscape of ancient Lucania would find it difficult to believe the high density of settlement which this corner of south-west Italy sustained in the fourth century BC. Networks incorporating much of the peninsula, Greece, Sicily, Epirus, Macedon and Carthage all found a foothold here. Ancient narratives, largely focusing on military contexts, give little sense of the nature of activity in the area, but the remains of material culture provide an image of thriving communities, not organised on the city-state model, which were active participants in the culture and power struggles of the Mediterranean in the period before Roman hegemony. This study brings together historical and archaeological approaches to create a better understanding of the socio-cultural diversity of the region, as well as the construction and transformation of community identities especially in the period of profound change and decline prior to the Hannibalic War. It compels a reassessment of the literary source narratives and a conception of how the written record was formed. In so doing it challenges the models of ‘primitive’ mountainous societies along with the polarities often used to define and isolate them: rural-urban; pastoral-agricultural; barbarian-civilised. 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/inside-ancient-lucania-dialogues-in-history-and-archaeology-bics-supplement-90/ London, GB 04 01 20070201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/inside-ancient-lucania-dialogues-in-history-and-archaeology-bics-supplement-90/ 20 08 20070201 02 54.99 GBP WORLD 02 72.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:011b4719-c476-45f4-8004-aa009116f780 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:deac4aff-d539-4a76-870a-e4cf8aa36da8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:011b4719-c476-45f4-8004-aa009116f780 15 9781911507352 03 9781911507352 06 10.14296/grch4849 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.110631 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in 03 22 mm 03 2.2 cm 03 0.875 in 08 450 gr 08 15.875 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 International Handbook on Clinical Tax Education 1 B01 Amy Lawton Amy Lawton Lecturer in Tax Law 40 01nrxwf90 University of Edinburgh Amy Lawton is a Lecturer in Tax Law at Edinburgh Law School. Prior to joining the School in 2021, she was a Lecturer in Law at Lancaster University where she founded the first UK-based Tax Clinic. Her research interests broadly lie in tax and the environment. Her recent work has explored how university students engage with a clinical education in tax, value creation in the UK, and how environmental taxation can be used to drive behavioural change in businesses in relation to energy consumption. 2 A01 Annette Morgan Annette Morgan 3 A01 David Massey David Massey 4 A01 Donovan Castelyn Donovan Castelyn 01 eng 09 22 12 L B2 Law 10 LAW059000 93 LNUP 10 LAW062000 93 LNUY 20 tax clinics; legal aid; tax law; taxpayers; tax system; clinical legal education; legal studies; pro bono representation; advocacy 01 06 02 00 This practical handbook explores the benefits of a clinical tax education and equips readers in the profession with the tools needed to start a clinical tax project. It investigates the ways in which tax clinics can both educate and remedy tax positions for local communities in supporting those without access to the tax profession to understa 03 00 While tax clinics have existed in the US since the 1970s, they are now being established throughout the world, with recent clinical developments in Australia, the UK and Ireland in particular.Of interest to higher education professionals, the tax profession and policymakers, this practical handbook explores the benefits that a clinical tax education can have and equips readers with the tools needed to start a clinical tax project. It investigates the ways in which tax clinics can both educate and remedy tax positions for local communities. It also explores the higher education setting, in which community tax projects rely on students for their success, offering them the benefits of an alternative learning environment in tax and experience in tax while studying.Beyond identifying the practical benefits, this handbook uses learning from tax clinics to uncover the burdens and impacts of tax policy on more marginalised taxpayers, and how policymakers can tailor tax systems to overcome them. 30 00 While tax clinics have existed in the US since the 1970s, they are now being established throughout the world, with recent clinical developments in Australia, the UK and Ireland in particular.Of interest to higher education professionals, the tax profession and policymakers, this practical handbook explores the benefits that a clinical tax education can have and equips readers with the tools needed to start a clinical tax project. It investigates the ways in which tax clinics can both educate and remedy tax positions for local communities. It also explores the higher education setting, in which community tax projects rely on students for their success, offering them the benefits of an alternative learning environment in tax and experience in tax while studying.Beyond identifying the practical benefits, this handbook uses learning from tax clinics to uncover the burdens and impacts of tax policy on more marginalised taxpayers, and how policymakers can tailor tax systems to overcome them. 04 00 ForewordNina Olsen1. IntroductionAmy Lawton, Annette Morgan, David Massey and Donovan CastelynPart 1: The Tax Clinic 2. A brief history of tax clinics around the globeDonovan Castelyn and Annette Morgan3. Project administration: how to set up a tax clinicAmy Lawton4. Rationale: Tax support for low-income individualsTina Riches5. Rationale: Tax and the poverty interfaceAnn Kayis-Kumar, Lily Pan, Michael Walpole, Bradley Hastings and Jack NoonePart 2: Tax Clinics and our Communities6. Engagement in the communityAmy Lawton, Annette Morgan, David Massey and Donovan Castelyn7. Listening to our Communities: The Community Tax Law Project as an example of Low-Income Taxpayer Community Focused Service ProviderDavid Sams8. Public Education: the Unilag Tax Club * Edidiong Bassey and Aduloju Oluwatofunmi*9. Public Education: engaging with secondary education in schoolsMichelle Lyon Drumbl10. Taxpayer resolution: improving taxpayer compliance in IndonesiaKristian Agung Prasetyo and Khusnaini11. Policy changes: impact on and through the tax courtKeith Fogg12. Marginalised voices: tax and the criminal justice systemDeborah WoodPart 3: Tax Clinics and our Students13. Pedagogical theory and clinical tax educationAmy Lawton14. Enhancing student experience: shadowing, role plays and reflectionConnie Vitale and Andrew Medlen15. Introducing tax advocacy to studentsSarah Lora and Christine Speidel16. Developing Employability Skills through Practice-Based LearningEric O. Boahen, Shampa Roy-Mukherjee, Emmanuel Ambe and James Tuffour17. Students’ professional identity and a fully online tax clinicBrett Freudenberg, Melissa Belle Isle, Colin Perryman, Kristin Thomas and Ashleigh CohenPart 4: Moving Forwards18. A research roadmap for tax clinicsEmer Mulligan and Margaret O’Neill19. Moving forwards: tax clinics and business schoolsDavid Massey20. Concluding remarksAmy Lawton 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/grch4849_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/international-handbook-on-clinical-tax-education/ London, GB 04 01 20231207 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507369 03 9781911507369 06 15 9781911507529 03 9781911507529 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/international-handbook-on-clinical-tax-education/ 20 08 20231207 02 29.99 GBP WORLD 02 39.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0ffc0903-990d-4b5b-a6f0-1893fb6867c2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:deac4aff-d539-4a76-870a-e4cf8aa36da8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0ffc0903-990d-4b5b-a6f0-1893fb6867c2 15 9781911507369 03 9781911507369 06 10.14296/grch4849 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.110631 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 International Handbook on Clinical Tax Education 1 B01 Amy Lawton Amy Lawton Lecturer in Tax Law 40 01nrxwf90 University of Edinburgh Amy Lawton is a Lecturer in Tax Law at Edinburgh Law School. Prior to joining the School in 2021, she was a Lecturer in Law at Lancaster University where she founded the first UK-based Tax Clinic. Her research interests broadly lie in tax and the environment. Her recent work has explored how university students engage with a clinical education in tax, value creation in the UK, and how environmental taxation can be used to drive behavioural change in businesses in relation to energy consumption. 2 A01 Annette Morgan Annette Morgan 3 A01 David Massey David Massey 4 A01 Donovan Castelyn Donovan Castelyn 01 eng 09 22 12 L B2 Law 10 LAW059000 93 LNUP 10 LAW062000 93 LNUY 20 tax clinics; legal aid; tax law; taxpayers; tax system; clinical legal education; legal studies; pro bono representation; advocacy 01 06 02 00 This practical handbook explores the benefits of a clinical tax education and equips readers in the profession with the tools needed to start a clinical tax project. It investigates the ways in which tax clinics can both educate and remedy tax positions for local communities in supporting those without access to the tax profession to understa 03 00 While tax clinics have existed in the US since the 1970s, they are now being established throughout the world, with recent clinical developments in Australia, the UK and Ireland in particular.Of interest to higher education professionals, the tax profession and policymakers, this practical handbook explores the benefits that a clinical tax education can have and equips readers with the tools needed to start a clinical tax project. It investigates the ways in which tax clinics can both educate and remedy tax positions for local communities. It also explores the higher education setting, in which community tax projects rely on students for their success, offering them the benefits of an alternative learning environment in tax and experience in tax while studying.Beyond identifying the practical benefits, this handbook uses learning from tax clinics to uncover the burdens and impacts of tax policy on more marginalised taxpayers, and how policymakers can tailor tax systems to overcome them. 30 00 While tax clinics have existed in the US since the 1970s, they are now being established throughout the world, with recent clinical developments in Australia, the UK and Ireland in particular.Of interest to higher education professionals, the tax profession and policymakers, this practical handbook explores the benefits that a clinical tax education can have and equips readers with the tools needed to start a clinical tax project. It investigates the ways in which tax clinics can both educate and remedy tax positions for local communities. It also explores the higher education setting, in which community tax projects rely on students for their success, offering them the benefits of an alternative learning environment in tax and experience in tax while studying.Beyond identifying the practical benefits, this handbook uses learning from tax clinics to uncover the burdens and impacts of tax policy on more marginalised taxpayers, and how policymakers can tailor tax systems to overcome them. 04 00 ForewordNina Olsen1. IntroductionAmy Lawton, Annette Morgan, David Massey and Donovan CastelynPart 1: The Tax Clinic 2. A brief history of tax clinics around the globeDonovan Castelyn and Annette Morgan3. Project administration: how to set up a tax clinicAmy Lawton4. Rationale: Tax support for low-income individualsTina Riches5. Rationale: Tax and the poverty interfaceAnn Kayis-Kumar, Lily Pan, Michael Walpole, Bradley Hastings and Jack NoonePart 2: Tax Clinics and our Communities6. Engagement in the communityAmy Lawton, Annette Morgan, David Massey and Donovan Castelyn7. Listening to our Communities: The Community Tax Law Project as an example of Low-Income Taxpayer Community Focused Service ProviderDavid Sams8. Public Education: the Unilag Tax Club * Edidiong Bassey and Aduloju Oluwatofunmi*9. Public Education: engaging with secondary education in schoolsMichelle Lyon Drumbl10. Taxpayer resolution: improving taxpayer compliance in IndonesiaKristian Agung Prasetyo and Khusnaini11. Policy changes: impact on and through the tax courtKeith Fogg12. Marginalised voices: tax and the criminal justice systemDeborah WoodPart 3: Tax Clinics and our Students13. Pedagogical theory and clinical tax educationAmy Lawton14. Enhancing student experience: shadowing, role plays and reflectionConnie Vitale and Andrew Medlen15. Introducing tax advocacy to studentsSarah Lora and Christine Speidel16. Developing Employability Skills through Practice-Based LearningEric O. Boahen, Shampa Roy-Mukherjee, Emmanuel Ambe and James Tuffour17. Students’ professional identity and a fully online tax clinicBrett Freudenberg, Melissa Belle Isle, Colin Perryman, Kristin Thomas and Ashleigh CohenPart 4: Moving Forwards18. A research roadmap for tax clinicsEmer Mulligan and Margaret O’Neill19. Moving forwards: tax clinics and business schoolsDavid Massey20. Concluding remarksAmy Lawton 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/grch4849_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/international-handbook-on-clinical-tax-education/ London, GB 04 01 20231207 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507352 03 9781911507352 06 15 9781911507529 03 9781911507529 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/deac4aff-d539-4a76-870a-e4cf8aa36da8 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/deac4aff-d539-4a76-870a-e4cf8aa36da8/deac4aff-d539-4a76-870a-e4cf8aa36da8.pdf 20 08 20231207 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/international-handbook-on-clinical-tax-education/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781911507369.pdf 20 08 20231207 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/international-handbook-on-clinical-tax-education/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/grch4849.pdf 20 08 20231207 01 urn:uuid:bdff5324-3bd7-4953-ad68-46aadc558c16 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:deac4aff-d539-4a76-870a-e4cf8aa36da8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bdff5324-3bd7-4953-ad68-46aadc558c16 15 9781911507529 03 9781911507529 06 10.14296/grch4849 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.110631 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 International Handbook on Clinical Tax Education 1 B01 Amy Lawton Amy Lawton Lecturer in Tax Law 40 01nrxwf90 University of Edinburgh Amy Lawton is a Lecturer in Tax Law at Edinburgh Law School. Prior to joining the School in 2021, she was a Lecturer in Law at Lancaster University where she founded the first UK-based Tax Clinic. Her research interests broadly lie in tax and the environment. Her recent work has explored how university students engage with a clinical education in tax, value creation in the UK, and how environmental taxation can be used to drive behavioural change in businesses in relation to energy consumption. 2 A01 Annette Morgan Annette Morgan 3 A01 David Massey David Massey 4 A01 Donovan Castelyn Donovan Castelyn 01 eng 09 22 12 L B2 Law 10 LAW059000 93 LNUP 10 LAW062000 93 LNUY 20 tax clinics; legal aid; tax law; taxpayers; tax system; clinical legal education; legal studies; pro bono representation; advocacy 01 06 02 00 This practical handbook explores the benefits of a clinical tax education and equips readers in the profession with the tools needed to start a clinical tax project. It investigates the ways in which tax clinics can both educate and remedy tax positions for local communities in supporting those without access to the tax profession to understa 03 00 While tax clinics have existed in the US since the 1970s, they are now being established throughout the world, with recent clinical developments in Australia, the UK and Ireland in particular.Of interest to higher education professionals, the tax profession and policymakers, this practical handbook explores the benefits that a clinical tax education can have and equips readers with the tools needed to start a clinical tax project. It investigates the ways in which tax clinics can both educate and remedy tax positions for local communities. It also explores the higher education setting, in which community tax projects rely on students for their success, offering them the benefits of an alternative learning environment in tax and experience in tax while studying.Beyond identifying the practical benefits, this handbook uses learning from tax clinics to uncover the burdens and impacts of tax policy on more marginalised taxpayers, and how policymakers can tailor tax systems to overcome them. 30 00 While tax clinics have existed in the US since the 1970s, they are now being established throughout the world, with recent clinical developments in Australia, the UK and Ireland in particular.Of interest to higher education professionals, the tax profession and policymakers, this practical handbook explores the benefits that a clinical tax education can have and equips readers with the tools needed to start a clinical tax project. It investigates the ways in which tax clinics can both educate and remedy tax positions for local communities. It also explores the higher education setting, in which community tax projects rely on students for their success, offering them the benefits of an alternative learning environment in tax and experience in tax while studying.Beyond identifying the practical benefits, this handbook uses learning from tax clinics to uncover the burdens and impacts of tax policy on more marginalised taxpayers, and how policymakers can tailor tax systems to overcome them. 04 00 ForewordNina Olsen1. IntroductionAmy Lawton, Annette Morgan, David Massey and Donovan CastelynPart 1: The Tax Clinic 2. A brief history of tax clinics around the globeDonovan Castelyn and Annette Morgan3. Project administration: how to set up a tax clinicAmy Lawton4. Rationale: Tax support for low-income individualsTina Riches5. Rationale: Tax and the poverty interfaceAnn Kayis-Kumar, Lily Pan, Michael Walpole, Bradley Hastings and Jack NoonePart 2: Tax Clinics and our Communities6. Engagement in the communityAmy Lawton, Annette Morgan, David Massey and Donovan Castelyn7. Listening to our Communities: The Community Tax Law Project as an example of Low-Income Taxpayer Community Focused Service ProviderDavid Sams8. Public Education: the Unilag Tax Club * Edidiong Bassey and Aduloju Oluwatofunmi*9. Public Education: engaging with secondary education in schoolsMichelle Lyon Drumbl10. Taxpayer resolution: improving taxpayer compliance in IndonesiaKristian Agung Prasetyo and Khusnaini11. Policy changes: impact on and through the tax courtKeith Fogg12. Marginalised voices: tax and the criminal justice systemDeborah WoodPart 3: Tax Clinics and our Students13. Pedagogical theory and clinical tax educationAmy Lawton14. Enhancing student experience: shadowing, role plays and reflectionConnie Vitale and Andrew Medlen15. Introducing tax advocacy to studentsSarah Lora and Christine Speidel16. Developing Employability Skills through Practice-Based LearningEric O. Boahen, Shampa Roy-Mukherjee, Emmanuel Ambe and James Tuffour17. Students’ professional identity and a fully online tax clinicBrett Freudenberg, Melissa Belle Isle, Colin Perryman, Kristin Thomas and Ashleigh CohenPart 4: Moving Forwards18. A research roadmap for tax clinicsEmer Mulligan and Margaret O’Neill19. Moving forwards: tax clinics and business schoolsDavid Massey20. Concluding remarksAmy Lawton 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/grch4849_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/international-handbook-on-clinical-tax-education/ London, GB 04 01 20231207 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507352 03 9781911507352 06 15 9781911507369 03 9781911507369 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/international-handbook-on-clinical-tax-education 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/international-handbook-on-clinical-tax-education 20 08 20231207 01 urn:uuid:1c39ec99-ccb7-4387-801d-1c81a266856c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6ab70002-9941-4ef7-89ac-5b48c3cb19ce 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1c39ec99-ccb7-4387-801d-1c81a266856c 15 9781912250325 03 9781912250325 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.91864 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 International Responses to Mass Atrocities in Africa Responsibility to Protect, Prosecute, and Palliate 1 A01 Kurt Mills Kurt Mills 01 eng 00 322 03 B2 Human Rights 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL035010 12 JPS 93 JPS 10 POL011000 12 HBTZ 93 NHTZ 12 JWXK 93 JWXK 12 1H 93 1H 12 3JJ 93 3MPQ 20 human rights; mass atrocities; responsibility to protect; international criminal justice; humanitarianism; Rwanda; Uganda; Darfur; Democratic Republic of the Congo 01 06 02 00 In International Responses to Mass Atrocities in Africa, Kurt Mills develops a typology of responses to mass atrocities, investigates the limitations of these responses, and calls for such responses to be implemented in a more timely and thoughtful manner. Although all the typologies are intended to address human suffering, they are very diff 03 00 Since the end of World War II and the founding of the United Nations, genocide, crimes against humanity and other war crimes—mass atrocities—have been explicitly illegal. When such crimes are committed, the international community has an obligation to respond: the human rights of the victims outweigh the sovereignty claims of states that engage in or allow such human rights violations. This obligation has come to be known as the responsibility to protect. Yet, parallel to this responsibility, two other, related responsibilities have developed: to prosecute</italic> those responsible for the crimes, and to provide humanitarian relief to the victims—what the author calls the responsibility to palliate</italic>. Even though this rhetoric of protecting those in need is well used by the international community, its application in practice has been erratic at best.In International Responses to Mass Atrocities in Africa</italic>, Kurt Mills develops a typology of responses to mass atrocities, investigates the limitations of these responses, and calls for such responses to be implemented in a more timely and thoughtful manner. Mills considers four cases of international responses to mass atrocities—in Rwanda, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Uganda, and Darfur—putting the cases into historical context and analyzing them according to the typology, showing how the responses interact. Although all are intended to address human suffering, they are very different types of actions and accomplish different things, over different timescales, on different orders of magnitude, and by very different types of actors. But the critical question is whether they accomplish their objectives in a mutually supportive way – and what the trade-offs in using one or more of these responses may be. By expanding the understanding of international responsibilities, Mills provides critical analysis of the possibilities for the international community to respond to humanitarian crises in the future. 30 00 Since the end of World War II and the founding of the United Nations, genocide, crimes against humanity and other war crimes—mass atrocities—have been explicitly illegal. When such crimes are committed, the international community has an obligation to respond: the human rights of the victims outweigh the sovereignty claims of states that engage in or allow such human rights violations. This obligation has come to be known as the responsibility to protect. Yet, parallel to this responsibility, two other, related responsibilities have developed: to prosecute</italic> those responsible for the crimes, and to provide humanitarian relief to the victims—what the author calls the responsibility to palliate</italic>. Even though this rhetoric of protecting those in need is well used by the international community, its application in practice has been erratic at best.In International Responses to Mass Atrocities in Africa</italic>, Kurt Mills develops a typology of responses to mass atrocities, investigates the limitations of these responses, and calls for such responses to be implemented in a more timely and thoughtful manner. Mills considers four cases of international responses to mass atrocities—in Rwanda, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Uganda, and Darfur—putting the cases into historical context and analyzing them according to the typology, showing how the responses interact. Although all are intended to address human suffering, they are very different types of actions and accomplish different things, over different timescales, on different orders of magnitude, and by very different types of actors. But the critical question is whether they accomplish their objectives in a mutually supportive way – and what the trade-offs in using one or more of these responses may be. By expanding the understanding of international responsibilities, Mills provides critical analysis of the possibilities for the international community to respond to humanitarian crises in the future. 04 00 Foreword to the Paperback Edition Introduction 1. Interrogating International Responsibilities 2. Rwanda: The Failure of “Never Again” 3. Democratic Republic of the Congo: Protecting Civilians? 4. Uganda (and Beyond): Testing the International Criminal Court 5. Darfur: The Post-World Summit Test 6. Realizing R2P3: Labeling, Institutions, and Authority Notes Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/276668/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/international-responses-to-mass-atrocities-in-africa/ London, GB 04 01 20200131 University of Pennsylvania Press 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/international-responses-to-mass-atrocities-in-africa/ 20 08 20200131 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:28c7a9bf-cab5-4b5f-a0b5-abc0fa8702c0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a72daf90-bf09-4d47-91b6-88eaf248724e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:28c7a9bf-cab5-4b5f-a0b5-abc0fa8702c0 15 9780854811472 03 9780854811472 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54063 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 7 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 In the Age of Al-Farabi: Arabic Philosophy in the Fourth/Tenth Century Arabic Philosophy in the Fourth/tenth Century 1 A01 Peter Adamson Peter Adamson 01 eng 12 HPDC 10 PHI003000 B2 Philosophy 93 QDHK 01 06 02 00 03 00 The papers in this volume were given at a conference held at the Warburg Institute in 2006 to consider the philosophy of al-Farabi alongside other intellectual developments of his time together with a wide range of other figures and traditions from the period. The volume initially focuses on the group of Peripatetics working in Baghdad with al-Farabi’s teacher Abu Bishr Matta and his student Yahya ibn 'Adi who worked in the Aristotelian tradition. Other papers look at thinkers working in the Neoplatonic tradition transmitted by al-Kindi’s circle, such as al-'Amiri, Ibn Farighun and al-Isfizari. The Epistles</italic> of the Brethren of Purity provide compelling evidence of the fusion of Neoplatonism and Greek science with contemporary Islamic religious thought. Neoplatonic ideas also appear in the symbology of Isma'ili thought at this time 30 00 The papers in this volume were given at a conference held at the Warburg Institute in 2006 to consider the philosophy of al-Farabi alongside other intellectual developments of his time together with a wide range of other figures and traditions from the period. The volume initially focuses on the group of Peripatetics working in Baghdad with al-Farabi’s teacher Abu Bishr Matta and his student Yahya ibn 'Adi who worked in the Aristotelian tradition. Other papers look at thinkers working in the Neoplatonic tradition transmitted by al-Kindi’s circle, such as al-'Amiri, Ibn Farighun and al-Isfizari. The Epistles</italic> of the Brethren of Purity provide compelling evidence of the fusion of Neoplatonism and Greek science with contemporary Islamic religious thought. Neoplatonic ideas also appear in the symbology of Isma'ili thought at this time 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250717//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/in-the-age-of-al-farabi-arabic-philosophy-in-the-fourth-tenth-century/ London, GB 04 01 20081001 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/in-the-age-of-al-farabi-arabic-philosophy-in-the-fourth-tenth-century/ 20 08 20081001 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:30708cd9-432e-4caa-a7aa-9b8d539e89c2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:78dea64e-b1b0-43f3-91ae-a12f0319c9ed 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:30708cd9-432e-4caa-a7aa-9b8d539e89c2 15 9780854811540 03 9780854811540 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53875 00 BC 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 180 mm 02 18 cm 02 7.0625 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 9 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 In the Age of Averroes: Arabic Philosophy in the Sixth/Twelfth Century 1 B01 Peter Adamson Peter Adamson 01 eng 12 HPDC 10 PHI003000 B2 Philosophy 93 QDHK 10 PHI022000 01 06 02 00 03 00 Much as a previous volume published by the Warburg explored the full range of philosophical developments in the 10th century CE, so this collection of 13 papers by leading scholars looks at philosophical literature of the 12th century. Several contributors discuss the most famous thinker of the period, the great commentator Averroes. But the volume casts a wide net, taking in theologians, “philosophical mystics”, and scientists as well as philosophers, and Jewish philosophy as well as Islamic thought. Apart from Averroes, figures emphasized in the volume include al-Ghazali, Ibn Tufayl, ‘Abd al-Latif al-Baghdadi, Abu l-Barakat al-Baghdadi and Suhrawardi. 30 00 Much as a previous volume published by the Warburg explored the full range of philosophical developments in the 10th century CE, so this collection of 13 papers by leading scholars looks at philosophical literature of the 12th century. Several contributors discuss the most famous thinker of the period, the great commentator Averroes. But the volume casts a wide net, taking in theologians, “philosophical mystics”, and scientists as well as philosophers, and Jewish philosophy as well as Islamic thought. Apart from Averroes, figures emphasized in the volume include al-Ghazali, Ibn Tufayl, ‘Abd al-Latif al-Baghdadi, Abu l-Barakat al-Baghdadi and Suhrawardi. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250711//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/in-the-age-of-averroes-arabic-philosophy-in-the-sixth-twelfth-century/ London, GB 04 01 20110401 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/in-the-age-of-averroes-arabic-philosophy-in-the-sixth-twelfth-century/ 20 08 20110401 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c0f18939-a815-475a-b346-b9556e7c7a20 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0f158b5f-9ced-40ab-8720-291cf2d24fb3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c0f18939-a815-475a-b346-b9556e7c7a20 15 9781900039956 03 9781900039956 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53751 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 15 mm 03 1.5 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 318 gr 08 11.25 oz 01 01 Joaquim Nabuco, British Abolitionists, and the End of Slavery in Brazil Correspondence 1880-1905 1 B01 Leslie Bethell Leslie Bethell 2 B01 Murilo De Carvalho Murilo De Carvalho 01 eng 12 HBJK 10 HIS033000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 HBTS 93 NHTS 10 SOC054000 12 1KLSB 93 1KLSB 10 HIS015000 01 06 02 00 The correspondence between Joaquim Nabuco, the leading Brazilian abolitionist, and Charles Harris Allen, secretary of the Anti-Slavery Society, and other British abolitionists reveals a partnership to internationalize the struggle to abolish slavery. This collection of letters provides an insight into the evolution of Nabuco's thinking on sla 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248125/53751/53751_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/joaquim-nabuco-british-abolitionists-and-the-end-of-slavery-in-brazil/ London, GB 04 01 20090322 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/joaquim-nabuco-british-abolitionists-and-the-end-of-slavery-in-brazil/ 20 08 20090322 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:015368cc-17ca-4aad-89a3-6999b1a44634 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ed33f1e5-e385-4b85-b1a2-9de70711e3a4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:015368cc-17ca-4aad-89a3-6999b1a44634 15 9781913739003 03 9781913739003 06 10.14296/0620.9781913739003 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.103588 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Johnson and the Internet 1 A01 David Crystal OBE David Crystal 06 Own website http://davidcrystal.com/ 01 eng 00 25 03 12 DSBD 93 DSG 10 LIT013000 B2 Literary Studies 93 GLP 12 GLP 10 LAN004000 93 GTC 12 GTC 20 data; Johnson; computer-mediated speech; digital; communications; Netspeak 01 06 02 00 Professor David Crystal discusses Computer-Mediated Speech (CMC), or Netspeak. In this short book, he presents a discursive timeline of the linguistic quirks of digital interactivity. From framing to flaming, from emoticons to text speak, can we ever communicate effectively in our digital realms? This volume is based on a lecture given as par 03 00 Professor David Crystal discusses Computer-Mediated Speech (CMC), or Netspeak. In this short book, he presents a discursive timeline of the linguistic quirks of digital interactivity. From framing</italic> to flaming</italic>, from emoticons to text speak, can we ever communicate effectively in our digital realms? The book is based on a lecture given as part of the Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures, established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’.This lecture by Professor David Crystal was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 2005. 30 00 Professor David Crystal discusses Computer-Mediated Speech (CMC), or Netspeak. In this short book, he presents a discursive timeline of the linguistic quirks of digital interactivity. From framing</italic> to flaming</italic>, from emoticons to text speak, can we ever communicate effectively in our digital realms? The book is based on a lecture given as part of the Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures, established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’.This lecture by Professor David Crystal was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 2005. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0620.9781913739003_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/johnson-and-the-internet/ London, GB 04 01 20200619 02 WORLD WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/ed33f1e5-e385-4b85-b1a2-9de70711e3a4 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/ed33f1e5-e385-4b85-b1a2-9de70711e3a4/ed33f1e5-e385-4b85-b1a2-9de70711e3a4.pdf 20 08 20200619 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/johnson-and-the-internet/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781913739003.pdf 20 08 20200619 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/johnson-and-the-internet/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0620.9781913739003.pdf 20 08 20200619 01 urn:uuid:32d962cf-7fd0-4eaf-8925-4a278a14089b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1f24423c-8cec-49f2-9b71-e4447db701ec 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:32d962cf-7fd0-4eaf-8925-4a278a14089b 15 9781900039307 03 9781900039307 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.99447 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 Judicial Institutions in Nineteenth-Century Latin America 1 B01 Eduardo Zimmermann Eduardo Zimmermann 01 eng 12 JFC B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 LNAA1 10 POL057000 01 06 02 00 03 00 The relevance of lawyers and jurists in the process of state-building in nineteenth-century Latin America has been widely acknowledged. This collection of essays assembles a series of studies dealing with the interaction between the legal world and the wider political, economic, social and cultural processes in which the transition from colonial status to independent nationhood took place. Rather than viewing this transition as a radical transformation of judicial institutions and practices, emphasis has been put upon the continuities between those two phases. The chapters range from general overviews of both colonial and republican Spanish America to more detailed case studies of Mexico, Brazil and Argentina. contributors include: Linda Arnold, Virginia Tech; Osvaldo Barreneche, Universidad Nacional de la Plata, Argentina; Charles R. Cutter, Purdue University; Thomas H. Holloway, Cornell University; Victor M. Uribe, Florida International University. 30 00 The relevance of lawyers and jurists in the process of state-building in nineteenth-century Latin America has been widely acknowledged. This collection of essays assembles a series of studies dealing with the interaction between the legal world and the wider political, economic, social and cultural processes in which the transition from colonial status to independent nationhood took place. Rather than viewing this transition as a radical transformation of judicial institutions and practices, emphasis has been put upon the continuities between those two phases. The chapters range from general overviews of both colonial and republican Spanish America to more detailed case studies of Mexico, Brazil and Argentina. contributors include: Linda Arnold, Virginia Tech; Osvaldo Barreneche, Universidad Nacional de la Plata, Argentina; Charles R. Cutter, Purdue University; Thomas H. Holloway, Cornell University; Victor M. Uribe, Florida International University. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/281190/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/judicial-institutions-in-nineteenth-century-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 19990101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/judicial-institutions-in-nineteenth-century-latin-america/ 20 08 19990101 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3541b918-d3da-403d-873f-657fbfd3486b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e77ce638-6a84-43fd-a55d-6fcbae2e2c7f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3541b918-d3da-403d-873f-657fbfd3486b 15 9781911507543 03 9781911507543 06 10.63674/yqyj7969 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.142107 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86d80a16-929d-4a43-aeaf-6eac54a1c539 02 30495121 01 Series URL https://uolpress.co.uk/book-series/reimagining-law-and-justice/ 03 2 01 02 Reimagining Law and Justice 01 01 Law and Justice in the 1950s Case Studies From a Neglected Decade 1 B01 21 0000000267886673 Fiona Cownie Fiona Cownie Professor of Law Emerita 40 00340yn33 Keele University Fiona Cownie is Professor of Law Emerita at Keele University. She has published widely in the field of legal education, and is the lead editor of the Elgar Concise Encyclopaedia of Legal Education. A former Pro Vice Chancellor (Education and Student Experience), she is currently researching the life of Claire Palley, the UK’s first female professor of law. 2 B01 21 0000000307923978 Rosemary Auchmuty Rosemary Auchmuty Professor of Law Emerita 40 05v62cm79 University of Reading Rosemary Auchmuty is Professor of Law Emerita at the University of Reading. Her research focuses on feminist approaches to property law, legal history, sexuality, marriage, legal education and girls’ school stories. With Erika Rackley, she co-edited Women’s Legal Landmarks: Celebrating Women and the Law in the UK and Ireland (Hart, 2019) and is now co-editing a follow-up volume on the Interwar Years. 01 eng 00 252 03 12 HBTB B2 Law 10 LAW060000 93 NHTB 10 HIS037070 B2 History 93 LN 12 LN 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 1DBKW 93 1DDU-GB-W 12 3JJP 93 3MPB 20 1950s; legal history; England; Wales; London; legal education; social; justice; divorce law; Wolfenden Report; family law; environmental law 01 06 02 00 Written for historians and legal specialists alike, this book reveals the stories behind the laws of 1950s England and Wales. Drawing on a range of fascinating case studies, it examines the social, political and economic contexts surrounding the considerable breadth of legal developments in the decade, and throws new light on current debates 03 00 The 1950s was a decade of considerable legal development in England and Wales, despite often being regarded as very conservative in contrast to the more radical 1960s and 1970s. This collection illustrates the breadth of those developments, providing a sociolegal perspective on a range of topics across criminal, property, family, commercial, environmental and public law, and legal education. It examines the social, political and economic context of the decade to reveal how legal developments in the 1950s have much greater significance than has generally been acknowledged to date. Drawing on case studies from the Great London Smog in 1952, the treatment of women in the Wolfenden Report and divorce law reform, to the takeover battle for the Savoy Hotel in 1953, law on the radio and more, the chapters throw new light on current debates about the relationship between law and issues of justice, inclusion and equality in different spheres of activity.Written for historians and legal specialists alike, this book explores the stories behind the laws in this neglected decade. In revealing the historical context, arguments and controversies raised at the time and the different perspectives of the parties involved, it offers a greater understanding of why we have the law we have now and of these issues as they continue to be played out in the early twenty-first century. 30 00 The 1950s was a decade of considerable legal development in England and Wales, despite often being regarded as very conservative in contrast to the more radical 1960s and 1970s. This collection illustrates the breadth of those developments, providing a sociolegal perspective on a range of topics across criminal, property, family, commercial, environmental and public law, and legal education. It examines the social, political and economic context of the decade to reveal how legal developments in the 1950s have much greater significance than has generally been acknowledged to date. Drawing on case studies from the Great London Smog in 1952, the treatment of women in the Wolfenden Report and divorce law reform, to the takeover battle for the Savoy Hotel in 1953, law on the radio and more, the chapters throw new light on current debates about the relationship between law and issues of justice, inclusion and equality in different spheres of activity.Written for historians and legal specialists alike, this book explores the stories behind the laws in this neglected decade. In revealing the historical context, arguments and controversies raised at the time and the different perspectives of the parties involved, it offers a greater understanding of why we have the law we have now and of these issues as they continue to be played out in the early twenty-first century. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction Rosemary Auchmuty & Fiona Cownie </li> <li> 1 Shaking Up the Savoy Sally Wheeler </li> <li> 2 The Great London Smog of 1952; its consequences and contemporary relevance” Sue Farran </li> <li> 3 Direct Line to Beeching and Beyond? The Failure of the 1950s Railway Modernisation Plan Emma Jones </li> <li> 4 Professor Gower, Complacent Academics and Legal Education Fiona Cownie </li> <li> 5 A University in (or of) Wales? Vaisey’s Folly and St. David’s College, Lampeter R. Gwynedd Parry </li> <li> 6 Radio, The Listener and The Times: lessons from the 1950s in the public understanding of law Simon Lee </li> <li> 7 Divorce Law Reform and Feminism in the 1950s Rosemary Auchmuty </li> <li> 8 Mrs. Gladys Hutchinson, Lord Upjohn, and the case of the bankrupt “spendthrift…ne-er-do-well and… waster” John Tribe </li> <li> 9 The Wolfenden Report, homosexuality, and women Caroline Derry </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/yqyj7969_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-and-justice-in-the-1950s/ London, GB 04 01 20260122 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507536 03 9781911507536 06 15 9781911507567 03 9781911507567 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-and-justice-in-the-1950s/ 20 08 20260122 02 24.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:95ea257e-b29a-46fa-9908-843c307d8a6e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e77ce638-6a84-43fd-a55d-6fcbae2e2c7f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:95ea257e-b29a-46fa-9908-843c307d8a6e 15 9781911507536 03 9781911507536 06 10.63674/yqyj7969 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.142107 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86d80a16-929d-4a43-aeaf-6eac54a1c539 02 30495121 01 Series URL https://uolpress.co.uk/book-series/reimagining-law-and-justice/ 03 2 01 02 Reimagining Law and Justice 01 01 Law and Justice in the 1950s Case Studies From a Neglected Decade 1 B01 21 0000000267886673 Fiona Cownie Fiona Cownie Professor of Law Emerita 40 00340yn33 Keele University Fiona Cownie is Professor of Law Emerita at Keele University. She has published widely in the field of legal education, and is the lead editor of the Elgar Concise Encyclopaedia of Legal Education. A former Pro Vice Chancellor (Education and Student Experience), she is currently researching the life of Claire Palley, the UK’s first female professor of law. 2 B01 21 0000000307923978 Rosemary Auchmuty Rosemary Auchmuty Professor of Law Emerita 40 05v62cm79 University of Reading Rosemary Auchmuty is Professor of Law Emerita at the University of Reading. Her research focuses on feminist approaches to property law, legal history, sexuality, marriage, legal education and girls’ school stories. With Erika Rackley, she co-edited Women’s Legal Landmarks: Celebrating Women and the Law in the UK and Ireland (Hart, 2019) and is now co-editing a follow-up volume on the Interwar Years. 01 eng 00 252 03 12 HBTB B2 Law 10 LAW060000 93 NHTB 10 HIS037070 B2 History 93 LN 12 LN 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 1DBKW 93 1DDU-GB-W 12 3JJP 93 3MPB 20 1950s; legal history; England; Wales; London; legal education; social; justice; divorce law; Wolfenden Report; family law; environmental law 01 06 02 00 Written for historians and legal specialists alike, this book reveals the stories behind the laws of 1950s England and Wales. Drawing on a range of fascinating case studies, it examines the social, political and economic contexts surrounding the considerable breadth of legal developments in the decade, and throws new light on current debates 03 00 The 1950s was a decade of considerable legal development in England and Wales, despite often being regarded as very conservative in contrast to the more radical 1960s and 1970s. This collection illustrates the breadth of those developments, providing a sociolegal perspective on a range of topics across criminal, property, family, commercial, environmental and public law, and legal education. It examines the social, political and economic context of the decade to reveal how legal developments in the 1950s have much greater significance than has generally been acknowledged to date. Drawing on case studies from the Great London Smog in 1952, the treatment of women in the Wolfenden Report and divorce law reform, to the takeover battle for the Savoy Hotel in 1953, law on the radio and more, the chapters throw new light on current debates about the relationship between law and issues of justice, inclusion and equality in different spheres of activity.Written for historians and legal specialists alike, this book explores the stories behind the laws in this neglected decade. In revealing the historical context, arguments and controversies raised at the time and the different perspectives of the parties involved, it offers a greater understanding of why we have the law we have now and of these issues as they continue to be played out in the early twenty-first century. 30 00 The 1950s was a decade of considerable legal development in England and Wales, despite often being regarded as very conservative in contrast to the more radical 1960s and 1970s. This collection illustrates the breadth of those developments, providing a sociolegal perspective on a range of topics across criminal, property, family, commercial, environmental and public law, and legal education. It examines the social, political and economic context of the decade to reveal how legal developments in the 1950s have much greater significance than has generally been acknowledged to date. Drawing on case studies from the Great London Smog in 1952, the treatment of women in the Wolfenden Report and divorce law reform, to the takeover battle for the Savoy Hotel in 1953, law on the radio and more, the chapters throw new light on current debates about the relationship between law and issues of justice, inclusion and equality in different spheres of activity.Written for historians and legal specialists alike, this book explores the stories behind the laws in this neglected decade. In revealing the historical context, arguments and controversies raised at the time and the different perspectives of the parties involved, it offers a greater understanding of why we have the law we have now and of these issues as they continue to be played out in the early twenty-first century. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction Rosemary Auchmuty & Fiona Cownie </li> <li> 1 Shaking Up the Savoy Sally Wheeler </li> <li> 2 The Great London Smog of 1952; its consequences and contemporary relevance” Sue Farran </li> <li> 3 Direct Line to Beeching and Beyond? The Failure of the 1950s Railway Modernisation Plan Emma Jones </li> <li> 4 Professor Gower, Complacent Academics and Legal Education Fiona Cownie </li> <li> 5 A University in (or of) Wales? Vaisey’s Folly and St. David’s College, Lampeter R. Gwynedd Parry </li> <li> 6 Radio, The Listener and The Times: lessons from the 1950s in the public understanding of law Simon Lee </li> <li> 7 Divorce Law Reform and Feminism in the 1950s Rosemary Auchmuty </li> <li> 8 Mrs. Gladys Hutchinson, Lord Upjohn, and the case of the bankrupt “spendthrift…ne-er-do-well and… waster” John Tribe </li> <li> 9 The Wolfenden Report, homosexuality, and women Caroline Derry </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/yqyj7969_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-and-justice-in-the-1950s/ London, GB 04 01 20260122 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507543 03 9781911507543 06 15 9781911507567 03 9781911507567 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-and-justice-in-the-1950s/ 20 08 20260122 02 75.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:09268e49-f959-4806-8b87-fc6d523e53f5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e77ce638-6a84-43fd-a55d-6fcbae2e2c7f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:09268e49-f959-4806-8b87-fc6d523e53f5 15 9781911507567 03 9781911507567 06 10.63674/yqyj7969 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.142107 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86d80a16-929d-4a43-aeaf-6eac54a1c539 02 30495121 01 Series URL https://uolpress.co.uk/book-series/reimagining-law-and-justice/ 03 2 01 02 Reimagining Law and Justice 01 01 Law and Justice in the 1950s Case Studies From a Neglected Decade 1 B01 21 0000000267886673 Fiona Cownie Fiona Cownie Professor of Law Emerita 40 00340yn33 Keele University Fiona Cownie is Professor of Law Emerita at Keele University. She has published widely in the field of legal education, and is the lead editor of the Elgar Concise Encyclopaedia of Legal Education. A former Pro Vice Chancellor (Education and Student Experience), she is currently researching the life of Claire Palley, the UK’s first female professor of law. 2 B01 21 0000000307923978 Rosemary Auchmuty Rosemary Auchmuty Professor of Law Emerita 40 05v62cm79 University of Reading Rosemary Auchmuty is Professor of Law Emerita at the University of Reading. Her research focuses on feminist approaches to property law, legal history, sexuality, marriage, legal education and girls’ school stories. With Erika Rackley, she co-edited Women’s Legal Landmarks: Celebrating Women and the Law in the UK and Ireland (Hart, 2019) and is now co-editing a follow-up volume on the Interwar Years. 01 eng 00 252 03 12 HBTB B2 Law 10 LAW060000 93 NHTB 10 HIS037070 B2 History 93 LN 12 LN 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 1DBKW 93 1DDU-GB-W 12 3JJP 93 3MPB 20 1950s; legal history; England; Wales; London; legal education; social; justice; divorce law; Wolfenden Report; family law; environmental law 01 06 02 00 Written for historians and legal specialists alike, this book reveals the stories behind the laws of 1950s England and Wales. Drawing on a range of fascinating case studies, it examines the social, political and economic contexts surrounding the considerable breadth of legal developments in the decade, and throws new light on current debates 03 00 The 1950s was a decade of considerable legal development in England and Wales, despite often being regarded as very conservative in contrast to the more radical 1960s and 1970s. This collection illustrates the breadth of those developments, providing a sociolegal perspective on a range of topics across criminal, property, family, commercial, environmental and public law, and legal education. It examines the social, political and economic context of the decade to reveal how legal developments in the 1950s have much greater significance than has generally been acknowledged to date. Drawing on case studies from the Great London Smog in 1952, the treatment of women in the Wolfenden Report and divorce law reform, to the takeover battle for the Savoy Hotel in 1953, law on the radio and more, the chapters throw new light on current debates about the relationship between law and issues of justice, inclusion and equality in different spheres of activity.Written for historians and legal specialists alike, this book explores the stories behind the laws in this neglected decade. In revealing the historical context, arguments and controversies raised at the time and the different perspectives of the parties involved, it offers a greater understanding of why we have the law we have now and of these issues as they continue to be played out in the early twenty-first century. 30 00 The 1950s was a decade of considerable legal development in England and Wales, despite often being regarded as very conservative in contrast to the more radical 1960s and 1970s. This collection illustrates the breadth of those developments, providing a sociolegal perspective on a range of topics across criminal, property, family, commercial, environmental and public law, and legal education. It examines the social, political and economic context of the decade to reveal how legal developments in the 1950s have much greater significance than has generally been acknowledged to date. Drawing on case studies from the Great London Smog in 1952, the treatment of women in the Wolfenden Report and divorce law reform, to the takeover battle for the Savoy Hotel in 1953, law on the radio and more, the chapters throw new light on current debates about the relationship between law and issues of justice, inclusion and equality in different spheres of activity.Written for historians and legal specialists alike, this book explores the stories behind the laws in this neglected decade. In revealing the historical context, arguments and controversies raised at the time and the different perspectives of the parties involved, it offers a greater understanding of why we have the law we have now and of these issues as they continue to be played out in the early twenty-first century. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction Rosemary Auchmuty & Fiona Cownie </li> <li> 1 Shaking Up the Savoy Sally Wheeler </li> <li> 2 The Great London Smog of 1952; its consequences and contemporary relevance” Sue Farran </li> <li> 3 Direct Line to Beeching and Beyond? The Failure of the 1950s Railway Modernisation Plan Emma Jones </li> <li> 4 Professor Gower, Complacent Academics and Legal Education Fiona Cownie </li> <li> 5 A University in (or of) Wales? Vaisey’s Folly and St. David’s College, Lampeter R. Gwynedd Parry </li> <li> 6 Radio, The Listener and The Times: lessons from the 1950s in the public understanding of law Simon Lee </li> <li> 7 Divorce Law Reform and Feminism in the 1950s Rosemary Auchmuty </li> <li> 8 Mrs. Gladys Hutchinson, Lord Upjohn, and the case of the bankrupt “spendthrift…ne-er-do-well and… waster” John Tribe </li> <li> 9 The Wolfenden Report, homosexuality, and women Caroline Derry </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/yqyj7969_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-and-justice-in-the-1950s/ London, GB 04 01 20260122 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507543 03 9781911507543 06 15 9781911507536 03 9781911507536 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/e77ce638-6a84-43fd-a55d-6fcbae2e2c7f 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/e77ce638-6a84-43fd-a55d-6fcbae2e2c7f/e77ce638-6a84-43fd-a55d-6fcbae2e2c7f.pdf 20 08 20260122 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-and-justice-in-the-1950s/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781911507567.pdf 20 08 20260122 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-and-justice-in-the-1950s/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/yqyj7969.pdf 20 08 20260122 01 urn:uuid:830fbe11-fe20-4e03-9976-b62ee27fed8b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7cd71216-ff39-4923-b213-2e17f9886b02 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:830fbe11-fe20-4e03-9976-b62ee27fed8b 15 9781911507307 03 9781911507307 06 10.14296/ancx5218 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.110629 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86d80a16-929d-4a43-aeaf-6eac54a1c539 02 30495121 01 Series URL https://uolpress.co.uk/book-series/reimagining-law-and-justice/ 03 1 01 02 Reimagining Law and Justice 01 01 Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis 1 B01 21 0000000234951651 Carl F. Stychin Carl F. Stychin Director of the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and Professor of Law in the School of Advanced Study 40 04cw6st05 University of London Carl F. Stychin is Director of the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and Professor of Law in the School of Advanced Study, University of London. He is the author of three monographs, has co-edited three collections and is co-author of a student text and materials collection (four editions). He is the editor of Social and Legal Studies: An International Journal. 01 eng 00 306 03 09 7 12 L 93 L B2 Law 10 LAW000000 12 LAQ 10 LAW046000 93 LBBL 20 COVID-19; pandemic; public health; women and COVID-19; domestic violence; Spanish Flu; masks; Jair Bolsonaro; work ethics; labour; protest; civil unrest; disaster politics; education and COVID-19; coronavirus 01 06 02 00 This topical new book views the COVID-19 pandemic through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies. By focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context, and looking at responses to the virus in Europe, South America, Asia and beyond, these essays set out a framework for under 03 00 While there has been an abundance of scientific works on the COVID-19 crisis, there has been relatively little research to date from the humanities. This striking new book seeks to address the immediacy of COVID-19 by focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context – through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies.<break/>From Europe to South America, Asia and beyond, Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis</italic> sets out a framework for understanding the COVID-19 virus beyond its epidemiological constraints, asking us to question the very definition of what it means to be human. Researchers from around the world offer their critical reflections on the past, present, and future of this period of sociocultural upheaval and the tremendous suffering that has laid bare fundamental imbalances in our society. Featuring essays on public welfare versus private interest, violence against women, mask compliance, conspiracy theories and national security laws, this book is a significant contribution to understanding our new 'post-COVID' landscape, and the future yet to come. 30 00 While there has been an abundance of scientific works on the COVID-19 crisis, there has been relatively little research to date from the humanities. This striking new book seeks to address the immediacy of COVID-19 by focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context – through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies.<break/>From Europe to South America, Asia and beyond, Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis</italic> sets out a framework for understanding the COVID-19 virus beyond its epidemiological constraints, asking us to question the very definition of what it means to be human. Researchers from around the world offer their critical reflections on the past, present, and future of this period of sociocultural upheaval and the tremendous suffering that has laid bare fundamental imbalances in our society. Featuring essays on public welfare versus private interest, violence against women, mask compliance, conspiracy theories and national security laws, this book is a significant contribution to understanding our new 'post-COVID' landscape, and the future yet to come. 04 00 Introduction Carl F. Stychin   1. Public Interest or Social Need? Reflections on the Pandemic, Technology and the Law Dimitrios Kivotidis   2. COVID, Commodification and Conspiracism David M. Seymour   3. Counting the Dead During a Pandemic Marc Trabsky   4. The Law and the Limits of the Dressed Body: Masking Regulation and the 1918–19 Influenza Pandemic in Australia Marc De Vitis and David J Carter   5. Walls and Bridges: Framing Lockdown through Metaphors of Imprisonment and Fantasies of Escape David Gurnham   6. Penal Response and Biopolitics in the time of the COVID-19 Pandemic: An Indonesian Experience Harison Citrawan and Sabrina Nadilla   7. The Pandemic and Two Ships Renisa Mawani and Mikki Stelder   8. Women, Violence and Protest in times of COVID-19 Kim Barker and Olga Jurasz   9. COVID-19 and the Legal Regulation of Working Families Nicole Busby and Grace James   10. Law, Everyday Spaces and Objects, and Being Human Jill Marshall   11. Pandemic, Humanities and The Legal Imagination of The Disaster Valerio Nitrato Izzo   12. Prospects for Recovery in Brazil: Deweyan Democracy, the Legacy of Fernando Cardoso and the Obstruction of Jair Bolsonaro Frederic R Kellogg, George Browne Rego and Pedro Spindola B Alves 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 Cover image: Virologist at the window looking away. 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ancx5218_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-humanities-and-the-covid-crisis/ London, GB 04 01 20230126 © Authors 2023 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507390 03 9781911507390 06 15 9781911507291 03 9781911507291 06 15 9781911507406 03 9781911507406 06 15 9781911507284 03 9781911507284 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-humanities-and-the-covid-crisis/ 20 08 20230126 02 29.99 GBP WORLD 02 39.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9b669754-4778-4a05-aee1-d14435b63078 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7cd71216-ff39-4923-b213-2e17f9886b02 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9b669754-4778-4a05-aee1-d14435b63078 15 9781911507390 03 9781911507390 06 10.14296/ancx5218 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.110629 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86d80a16-929d-4a43-aeaf-6eac54a1c539 02 30495121 01 Series URL https://uolpress.co.uk/book-series/reimagining-law-and-justice/ 03 1 01 02 Reimagining Law and Justice 01 01 Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis 1 B01 21 0000000234951651 Carl F. Stychin Carl F. Stychin Director of the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and Professor of Law in the School of Advanced Study 40 04cw6st05 University of London Carl F. Stychin is Director of the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and Professor of Law in the School of Advanced Study, University of London. He is the author of three monographs, has co-edited three collections and is co-author of a student text and materials collection (four editions). He is the editor of Social and Legal Studies: An International Journal. 01 eng 00 306 03 09 7 12 L 93 L B2 Law 10 LAW000000 12 LAQ 10 LAW046000 93 LBBL 20 COVID-19; pandemic; public health; women and COVID-19; domestic violence; Spanish Flu; masks; Jair Bolsonaro; work ethics; labour; protest; civil unrest; disaster politics; education and COVID-19; coronavirus 01 06 02 00 This topical new book views the COVID-19 pandemic through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies. By focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context, and looking at responses to the virus in Europe, South America, Asia and beyond, these essays set out a framework for under 03 00 While there has been an abundance of scientific works on the COVID-19 crisis, there has been relatively little research to date from the humanities. This striking new book seeks to address the immediacy of COVID-19 by focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context – through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies.<break/>From Europe to South America, Asia and beyond, Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis</italic> sets out a framework for understanding the COVID-19 virus beyond its epidemiological constraints, asking us to question the very definition of what it means to be human. Researchers from around the world offer their critical reflections on the past, present, and future of this period of sociocultural upheaval and the tremendous suffering that has laid bare fundamental imbalances in our society. Featuring essays on public welfare versus private interest, violence against women, mask compliance, conspiracy theories and national security laws, this book is a significant contribution to understanding our new 'post-COVID' landscape, and the future yet to come. 30 00 While there has been an abundance of scientific works on the COVID-19 crisis, there has been relatively little research to date from the humanities. This striking new book seeks to address the immediacy of COVID-19 by focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context – through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies.<break/>From Europe to South America, Asia and beyond, Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis</italic> sets out a framework for understanding the COVID-19 virus beyond its epidemiological constraints, asking us to question the very definition of what it means to be human. Researchers from around the world offer their critical reflections on the past, present, and future of this period of sociocultural upheaval and the tremendous suffering that has laid bare fundamental imbalances in our society. Featuring essays on public welfare versus private interest, violence against women, mask compliance, conspiracy theories and national security laws, this book is a significant contribution to understanding our new 'post-COVID' landscape, and the future yet to come. 04 00 Introduction Carl F. Stychin   1. Public Interest or Social Need? Reflections on the Pandemic, Technology and the Law Dimitrios Kivotidis   2. COVID, Commodification and Conspiracism David M. Seymour   3. Counting the Dead During a Pandemic Marc Trabsky   4. The Law and the Limits of the Dressed Body: Masking Regulation and the 1918–19 Influenza Pandemic in Australia Marc De Vitis and David J Carter   5. Walls and Bridges: Framing Lockdown through Metaphors of Imprisonment and Fantasies of Escape David Gurnham   6. Penal Response and Biopolitics in the time of the COVID-19 Pandemic: An Indonesian Experience Harison Citrawan and Sabrina Nadilla   7. The Pandemic and Two Ships Renisa Mawani and Mikki Stelder   8. Women, Violence and Protest in times of COVID-19 Kim Barker and Olga Jurasz   9. COVID-19 and the Legal Regulation of Working Families Nicole Busby and Grace James   10. Law, Everyday Spaces and Objects, and Being Human Jill Marshall   11. Pandemic, Humanities and The Legal Imagination of The Disaster Valerio Nitrato Izzo   12. Prospects for Recovery in Brazil: Deweyan Democracy, the Legacy of Fernando Cardoso and the Obstruction of Jair Bolsonaro Frederic R Kellogg, George Browne Rego and Pedro Spindola B Alves 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 Cover image: Virologist at the window looking away. 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ancx5218_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-humanities-and-the-covid-crisis/ London, GB 04 01 20230126 © Authors 2023 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507307 03 9781911507307 06 15 9781911507291 03 9781911507291 06 15 9781911507406 03 9781911507406 06 15 9781911507284 03 9781911507284 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-humanities-and-the-covid-crisis/ 20 08 20230126 02 90.00 GBP WORLD 02 120.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c8ba8308-a0ba-4062-9416-57e65fa2ee00 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7cd71216-ff39-4923-b213-2e17f9886b02 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c8ba8308-a0ba-4062-9416-57e65fa2ee00 15 9781911507291 03 9781911507291 06 10.14296/ancx5218 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.110629 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86d80a16-929d-4a43-aeaf-6eac54a1c539 02 30495121 01 Series URL https://uolpress.co.uk/book-series/reimagining-law-and-justice/ 03 1 01 02 Reimagining Law and Justice 01 01 Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis 1 B01 21 0000000234951651 Carl F. Stychin Carl F. Stychin Director of the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and Professor of Law in the School of Advanced Study 40 04cw6st05 University of London Carl F. Stychin is Director of the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and Professor of Law in the School of Advanced Study, University of London. He is the author of three monographs, has co-edited three collections and is co-author of a student text and materials collection (four editions). He is the editor of Social and Legal Studies: An International Journal. 01 eng 00 306 03 09 7 12 L 93 L B2 Law 10 LAW000000 12 LAQ 10 LAW046000 93 LBBL 20 COVID-19; pandemic; public health; women and COVID-19; domestic violence; Spanish Flu; masks; Jair Bolsonaro; work ethics; labour; protest; civil unrest; disaster politics; education and COVID-19; coronavirus 01 06 02 00 This topical new book views the COVID-19 pandemic through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies. By focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context, and looking at responses to the virus in Europe, South America, Asia and beyond, these essays set out a framework for under 03 00 While there has been an abundance of scientific works on the COVID-19 crisis, there has been relatively little research to date from the humanities. This striking new book seeks to address the immediacy of COVID-19 by focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context – through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies.<break/>From Europe to South America, Asia and beyond, Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis</italic> sets out a framework for understanding the COVID-19 virus beyond its epidemiological constraints, asking us to question the very definition of what it means to be human. Researchers from around the world offer their critical reflections on the past, present, and future of this period of sociocultural upheaval and the tremendous suffering that has laid bare fundamental imbalances in our society. Featuring essays on public welfare versus private interest, violence against women, mask compliance, conspiracy theories and national security laws, this book is a significant contribution to understanding our new 'post-COVID' landscape, and the future yet to come. 30 00 While there has been an abundance of scientific works on the COVID-19 crisis, there has been relatively little research to date from the humanities. This striking new book seeks to address the immediacy of COVID-19 by focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context – through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies.<break/>From Europe to South America, Asia and beyond, Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis</italic> sets out a framework for understanding the COVID-19 virus beyond its epidemiological constraints, asking us to question the very definition of what it means to be human. Researchers from around the world offer their critical reflections on the past, present, and future of this period of sociocultural upheaval and the tremendous suffering that has laid bare fundamental imbalances in our society. Featuring essays on public welfare versus private interest, violence against women, mask compliance, conspiracy theories and national security laws, this book is a significant contribution to understanding our new 'post-COVID' landscape, and the future yet to come. 04 00 Introduction Carl F. Stychin   1. Public Interest or Social Need? Reflections on the Pandemic, Technology and the Law Dimitrios Kivotidis   2. COVID, Commodification and Conspiracism David M. Seymour   3. Counting the Dead During a Pandemic Marc Trabsky   4. The Law and the Limits of the Dressed Body: Masking Regulation and the 1918–19 Influenza Pandemic in Australia Marc De Vitis and David J Carter   5. Walls and Bridges: Framing Lockdown through Metaphors of Imprisonment and Fantasies of Escape David Gurnham   6. Penal Response and Biopolitics in the time of the COVID-19 Pandemic: An Indonesian Experience Harison Citrawan and Sabrina Nadilla   7. The Pandemic and Two Ships Renisa Mawani and Mikki Stelder   8. Women, Violence and Protest in times of COVID-19 Kim Barker and Olga Jurasz   9. COVID-19 and the Legal Regulation of Working Families Nicole Busby and Grace James   10. Law, Everyday Spaces and Objects, and Being Human Jill Marshall   11. Pandemic, Humanities and The Legal Imagination of The Disaster Valerio Nitrato Izzo   12. Prospects for Recovery in Brazil: Deweyan Democracy, the Legacy of Fernando Cardoso and the Obstruction of Jair Bolsonaro Frederic R Kellogg, George Browne Rego and Pedro Spindola B Alves 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 Cover image: Virologist at the window looking away. 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ancx5218_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-humanities-and-the-covid-crisis/ London, GB 04 01 20230126 © Authors 2023 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507307 03 9781911507307 06 15 9781911507390 03 9781911507390 06 15 9781911507406 03 9781911507406 06 15 9781911507284 03 9781911507284 WORLD 11 OAPEN 36 OAPEN: webpage for this product https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/76493 29 OAPEN: download the title https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/76493/external_content.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y 20 08 20230126 01 11 JSTOR 36 JSTOR: webpage for this product https://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctv36tpjjf 20 08 20230126 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://library.bz/main/uploads/CD9A265CBC393072C44AC5549A3BB718 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://library.bz/uploads/main/cd9a265cbc393072c44ac5549a3bb718.pdf 20 08 20230126 01 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/7cd71216-ff39-4923-b213-2e17f9886b02 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/7cd71216-ff39-4923-b213-2e17f9886b02/7cd71216-ff39-4923-b213-2e17f9886b02.pdf 20 08 20230126 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-humanities-and-the-covid-crisis/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781911507291.pdf 20 08 20230126 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-humanities-and-the-covid-crisis/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ancx5218.pdf 20 08 20230126 01 urn:uuid:65f025c9-dfb0-4da6-868e-6c24c24ce6ac 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7cd71216-ff39-4923-b213-2e17f9886b02 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:65f025c9-dfb0-4da6-868e-6c24c24ce6ac 15 9781911507406 03 9781911507406 06 10.14296/ancx5218 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.110629 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86d80a16-929d-4a43-aeaf-6eac54a1c539 02 30495121 01 Series URL https://uolpress.co.uk/book-series/reimagining-law-and-justice/ 03 1 01 02 Reimagining Law and Justice 01 01 Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis 1 B01 21 0000000234951651 Carl F. Stychin Carl F. Stychin Director of the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and Professor of Law in the School of Advanced Study 40 04cw6st05 University of London Carl F. Stychin is Director of the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and Professor of Law in the School of Advanced Study, University of London. He is the author of three monographs, has co-edited three collections and is co-author of a student text and materials collection (four editions). He is the editor of Social and Legal Studies: An International Journal. 01 eng 00 306 03 09 7 12 L 93 L B2 Law 10 LAW000000 12 LAQ 10 LAW046000 93 LBBL 20 COVID-19; pandemic; public health; women and COVID-19; domestic violence; Spanish Flu; masks; Jair Bolsonaro; work ethics; labour; protest; civil unrest; disaster politics; education and COVID-19; coronavirus 01 06 02 00 This topical new book views the COVID-19 pandemic through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies. By focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context, and looking at responses to the virus in Europe, South America, Asia and beyond, these essays set out a framework for under 03 00 While there has been an abundance of scientific works on the COVID-19 crisis, there has been relatively little research to date from the humanities. This striking new book seeks to address the immediacy of COVID-19 by focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context – through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies.<break/>From Europe to South America, Asia and beyond, Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis</italic> sets out a framework for understanding the COVID-19 virus beyond its epidemiological constraints, asking us to question the very definition of what it means to be human. Researchers from around the world offer their critical reflections on the past, present, and future of this period of sociocultural upheaval and the tremendous suffering that has laid bare fundamental imbalances in our society. Featuring essays on public welfare versus private interest, violence against women, mask compliance, conspiracy theories and national security laws, this book is a significant contribution to understanding our new 'post-COVID' landscape, and the future yet to come. 30 00 While there has been an abundance of scientific works on the COVID-19 crisis, there has been relatively little research to date from the humanities. This striking new book seeks to address the immediacy of COVID-19 by focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context – through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies.<break/>From Europe to South America, Asia and beyond, Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis</italic> sets out a framework for understanding the COVID-19 virus beyond its epidemiological constraints, asking us to question the very definition of what it means to be human. Researchers from around the world offer their critical reflections on the past, present, and future of this period of sociocultural upheaval and the tremendous suffering that has laid bare fundamental imbalances in our society. Featuring essays on public welfare versus private interest, violence against women, mask compliance, conspiracy theories and national security laws, this book is a significant contribution to understanding our new 'post-COVID' landscape, and the future yet to come. 04 00 Introduction Carl F. Stychin   1. Public Interest or Social Need? Reflections on the Pandemic, Technology and the Law Dimitrios Kivotidis   2. COVID, Commodification and Conspiracism David M. Seymour   3. Counting the Dead During a Pandemic Marc Trabsky   4. The Law and the Limits of the Dressed Body: Masking Regulation and the 1918–19 Influenza Pandemic in Australia Marc De Vitis and David J Carter   5. Walls and Bridges: Framing Lockdown through Metaphors of Imprisonment and Fantasies of Escape David Gurnham   6. Penal Response and Biopolitics in the time of the COVID-19 Pandemic: An Indonesian Experience Harison Citrawan and Sabrina Nadilla   7. The Pandemic and Two Ships Renisa Mawani and Mikki Stelder   8. Women, Violence and Protest in times of COVID-19 Kim Barker and Olga Jurasz   9. COVID-19 and the Legal Regulation of Working Families Nicole Busby and Grace James   10. Law, Everyday Spaces and Objects, and Being Human Jill Marshall   11. Pandemic, Humanities and The Legal Imagination of The Disaster Valerio Nitrato Izzo   12. Prospects for Recovery in Brazil: Deweyan Democracy, the Legacy of Fernando Cardoso and the Obstruction of Jair Bolsonaro Frederic R Kellogg, George Browne Rego and Pedro Spindola B Alves 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 Cover image: Virologist at the window looking away. 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ancx5218_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-humanities-and-the-covid-crisis/ London, GB 04 01 20230126 © Authors 2023 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507307 03 9781911507307 06 15 9781911507390 03 9781911507390 06 15 9781911507291 03 9781911507291 06 15 9781911507284 03 9781911507284 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/law-humanities-and-the-covid-crisis 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/law-humanities-and-the-covid-crisis 20 08 20230126 01 urn:uuid:2920f75d-8dca-4c1b-b400-1913535e46d6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7cd71216-ff39-4923-b213-2e17f9886b02 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2920f75d-8dca-4c1b-b400-1913535e46d6 15 9781911507284 03 9781911507284 06 10.14296/ancx5218 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.110629 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86d80a16-929d-4a43-aeaf-6eac54a1c539 02 30495121 01 Series URL https://uolpress.co.uk/book-series/reimagining-law-and-justice/ 03 1 01 02 Reimagining Law and Justice 01 01 Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis 1 B01 21 0000000234951651 Carl F. Stychin Carl F. Stychin Director of the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and Professor of Law in the School of Advanced Study 40 04cw6st05 University of London Carl F. Stychin is Director of the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and Professor of Law in the School of Advanced Study, University of London. He is the author of three monographs, has co-edited three collections and is co-author of a student text and materials collection (four editions). He is the editor of Social and Legal Studies: An International Journal. 01 eng 00 306 03 09 7 12 L 93 L B2 Law 10 LAW000000 12 LAQ 10 LAW046000 93 LBBL 20 COVID-19; pandemic; public health; women and COVID-19; domestic violence; Spanish Flu; masks; Jair Bolsonaro; work ethics; labour; protest; civil unrest; disaster politics; education and COVID-19; coronavirus 01 06 02 00 This topical new book views the COVID-19 pandemic through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies. By focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context, and looking at responses to the virus in Europe, South America, Asia and beyond, these essays set out a framework for under 03 00 While there has been an abundance of scientific works on the COVID-19 crisis, there has been relatively little research to date from the humanities. This striking new book seeks to address the immediacy of COVID-19 by focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context – through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies.<break/>From Europe to South America, Asia and beyond, Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis</italic> sets out a framework for understanding the COVID-19 virus beyond its epidemiological constraints, asking us to question the very definition of what it means to be human. Researchers from around the world offer their critical reflections on the past, present, and future of this period of sociocultural upheaval and the tremendous suffering that has laid bare fundamental imbalances in our society. Featuring essays on public welfare versus private interest, violence against women, mask compliance, conspiracy theories and national security laws, this book is a significant contribution to understanding our new 'post-COVID' landscape, and the future yet to come. 30 00 While there has been an abundance of scientific works on the COVID-19 crisis, there has been relatively little research to date from the humanities. This striking new book seeks to address the immediacy of COVID-19 by focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context – through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies.<break/>From Europe to South America, Asia and beyond, Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis</italic> sets out a framework for understanding the COVID-19 virus beyond its epidemiological constraints, asking us to question the very definition of what it means to be human. Researchers from around the world offer their critical reflections on the past, present, and future of this period of sociocultural upheaval and the tremendous suffering that has laid bare fundamental imbalances in our society. Featuring essays on public welfare versus private interest, violence against women, mask compliance, conspiracy theories and national security laws, this book is a significant contribution to understanding our new 'post-COVID' landscape, and the future yet to come. 04 00 Introduction Carl F. Stychin   1. Public Interest or Social Need? Reflections on the Pandemic, Technology and the Law Dimitrios Kivotidis   2. COVID, Commodification and Conspiracism David M. Seymour   3. Counting the Dead During a Pandemic Marc Trabsky   4. The Law and the Limits of the Dressed Body: Masking Regulation and the 1918–19 Influenza Pandemic in Australia Marc De Vitis and David J Carter   5. Walls and Bridges: Framing Lockdown through Metaphors of Imprisonment and Fantasies of Escape David Gurnham   6. Penal Response and Biopolitics in the time of the COVID-19 Pandemic: An Indonesian Experience Harison Citrawan and Sabrina Nadilla   7. The Pandemic and Two Ships Renisa Mawani and Mikki Stelder   8. Women, Violence and Protest in times of COVID-19 Kim Barker and Olga Jurasz   9. COVID-19 and the Legal Regulation of Working Families Nicole Busby and Grace James   10. Law, Everyday Spaces and Objects, and Being Human Jill Marshall   11. Pandemic, Humanities and The Legal Imagination of The Disaster Valerio Nitrato Izzo   12. Prospects for Recovery in Brazil: Deweyan Democracy, the Legacy of Fernando Cardoso and the Obstruction of Jair Bolsonaro Frederic R Kellogg, George Browne Rego and Pedro Spindola B Alves 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 Cover image: Virologist at the window looking away. 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ancx5218_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-humanities-and-the-covid-crisis/ London, GB 04 01 20230126 © Authors 2023 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507307 03 9781911507307 06 15 9781911507390 03 9781911507390 06 15 9781911507291 03 9781911507291 06 15 9781911507406 03 9781911507406 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-humanities-and-the-covid-crisis/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ancx5218.epub 20 08 20230126 02 29.99 GBP WORLD 02 39.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:10b66c70-5695-4dd2-8d3a-9dcb9b8a08dc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d3d8290d-a6a5-4bed-aed9-63cebbeb1f6a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:10b66c70-5695-4dd2-8d3a-9dcb9b8a08dc 15 9780900587856 03 9780900587856 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54052 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 10 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Leasing and Lending: The Cash Economy in Fourth-Century BC Athens (BICS Supplement 74) 1 A01 K Shipton K Shipton 01 eng B2 AG 12 HBLA1 10 HIS002000 93 NHC 10 HIS039000 01 06 02 00 03 00 Leasing and lending </italic>proposes a new approach to the cash-based economy of fourth-century Athens. <break/><break/>Focusing on the leases of the silver mines and public land by the state, and the loans horoi</italic> set up by private individuals, the book reveals how the public and private, landed and non-landed and urban and rural economies of classical Athens were interconnected. A new methodology, which allows us to make socio-economic comparisons between the individuals involved in these major cash activities, also provides fresh insights into the social configuration of the economy.<break/><break/>The research on which Leasing and lending</italic> is based has involved the compilation of new databases, contained in the appendices, which provide a fresh analysis of the silver mine records, the public land leases and the horoi</italic> documents. The main text also incorporates a wide range of newly analysed economic data. 30 00 Leasing and lending </italic>proposes a new approach to the cash-based economy of fourth-century Athens. <break/><break/>Focusing on the leases of the silver mines and public land by the state, and the loans horoi</italic> set up by private individuals, the book reveals how the public and private, landed and non-landed and urban and rural economies of classical Athens were interconnected. A new methodology, which allows us to make socio-economic comparisons between the individuals involved in these major cash activities, also provides fresh insights into the social configuration of the economy.<break/><break/>The research on which Leasing and lending</italic> is based has involved the compilation of new databases, contained in the appendices, which provide a fresh analysis of the silver mine records, the public land leases and the horoi</italic> documents. The main text also incorporates a wide range of newly analysed economic data. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250846//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/leasing-and-lending-the-cash-economy-in-fourth-century-bc-athens-bics-supplement-74/ London, GB 04 01 20001101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/leasing-and-lending-the-cash-economy-in-fourth-century-bc-athens-bics-supplement-74/ 20 08 20001101 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9088b9f4-0a64-4f05-a8c7-31e8eb26959f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:82a7f91c-ed4e-4638-ba8a-fef92a200a66 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9088b9f4-0a64-4f05-a8c7-31e8eb26959f 15 9781911507147 03 9781911507147 06 10.14296/919.9781911507154 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.84325 00 BC 10 01 297 mm 01 29.7 cm 01 11.6875 in 02 210 mm 02 21 cm 02 8.25 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Legal Records at Risk: A strategy for safeguarding our legal heritage 1 A01 Clare Cowling Clare Cowling 01 eng 00 308 03 12 L 93 L B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 GLP 12 GLP 10 LAW059000 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 12 3JMC 93 3MR 20 legal records; archives; preservation 01 06 02 00 Why do so few institutions in the legal sector have professional records managers or archivists on their staff? This question is at the heart of a three year project by experienced archivist and records managers on private sector legal records at risk in England at Wales. This volume summarises the work of the Legal Records at Risk (LRAR) pro 03 00 Why do so few institutions in the legal sector have professional records managers or archivists on their staff?<break/><break/> This book is the culmination of a three year project by experienced archivist and records managers on private sector legal records at risk in England at Wales. It summarises the work of the Legal Records at Risk (LRAR) project and its predecessors, diagnoses the problems of preservation of archives in the legal sector in England and Wales and outlines a national strategy for such records to be developed in conjunction with The National Archives. 30 00 Why do so few institutions in the legal sector have professional records managers or archivists on their staff?<break/><break/> This book is the culmination of a three year project by experienced archivist and records managers on private sector legal records at risk in England at Wales. It summarises the work of the Legal Records at Risk (LRAR) project and its predecessors, diagnoses the problems of preservation of archives in the legal sector in England and Wales and outlines a national strategy for such records to be developed in conjunction with The National Archives. 04 00 Introduction Chapter 1: Are private sector records more at risk than in the past? Chapter 2: The project plan Chapter 3: Identifying legal records at risk Chapter 4: Engaging with stakeholders Chapter 5: LRAR seminars Chapter 6: LRAR case studies Chapter 7: Seeking to develop a national strategy to rescue legal records Chapter 8: Findings Chapter 9: Solutions 39 9.1 The creation of a dedicated ‘legal records’ archives Chapter 10: Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781911507154_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/legal-records-at-risk-a-strategy-for-safeguarding-our-legal-heritage/ London, GB 04 01 20190902 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507154 03 9781911507154 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/legal-records-at-risk-a-strategy-for-safeguarding-our-legal-heritage/ 20 08 20190902 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ad4b9f18-035b-47de-8527-4b7ae495948b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:82a7f91c-ed4e-4638-ba8a-fef92a200a66 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ad4b9f18-035b-47de-8527-4b7ae495948b 15 9781911507154 03 9781911507154 06 10.14296/919.9781911507154 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.84325 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Legal Records at Risk: A strategy for safeguarding our legal heritage 1 A01 Clare Cowling Clare Cowling 01 eng 00 308 03 12 L 93 L B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 GLP 12 GLP 10 LAW059000 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 12 3JMC 93 3MR 20 legal records; archives; preservation 01 06 02 00 Why do so few institutions in the legal sector have professional records managers or archivists on their staff? This question is at the heart of a three year project by experienced archivist and records managers on private sector legal records at risk in England at Wales. This volume summarises the work of the Legal Records at Risk (LRAR) pro 03 00 Why do so few institutions in the legal sector have professional records managers or archivists on their staff?<break/><break/> This book is the culmination of a three year project by experienced archivist and records managers on private sector legal records at risk in England at Wales. It summarises the work of the Legal Records at Risk (LRAR) project and its predecessors, diagnoses the problems of preservation of archives in the legal sector in England and Wales and outlines a national strategy for such records to be developed in conjunction with The National Archives. 30 00 Why do so few institutions in the legal sector have professional records managers or archivists on their staff?<break/><break/> This book is the culmination of a three year project by experienced archivist and records managers on private sector legal records at risk in England at Wales. It summarises the work of the Legal Records at Risk (LRAR) project and its predecessors, diagnoses the problems of preservation of archives in the legal sector in England and Wales and outlines a national strategy for such records to be developed in conjunction with The National Archives. 04 00 Introduction Chapter 1: Are private sector records more at risk than in the past? Chapter 2: The project plan Chapter 3: Identifying legal records at risk Chapter 4: Engaging with stakeholders Chapter 5: LRAR seminars Chapter 6: LRAR case studies Chapter 7: Seeking to develop a national strategy to rescue legal records Chapter 8: Findings Chapter 9: Solutions 39 9.1 The creation of a dedicated ‘legal records’ archives Chapter 10: Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781911507154_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/legal-records-at-risk-a-strategy-for-safeguarding-our-legal-heritage/ London, GB 04 01 20190902 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507147 03 9781911507147 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/82a7f91c-ed4e-4638-ba8a-fef92a200a66 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/82a7f91c-ed4e-4638-ba8a-fef92a200a66/82a7f91c-ed4e-4638-ba8a-fef92a200a66.pdf 20 08 20190902 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/legal-records-at-risk-a-strategy-for-safeguarding-our-legal-heritage/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781911507154.pdf 20 08 20190902 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/legal-records-at-risk-a-strategy-for-safeguarding-our-legal-heritage/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781911507154.pdf 20 08 20190902 01 urn:uuid:1bdd2224-a0c4-4ba9-a7ec-4352055475c2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:bd682dbe-bec7-405d-9c62-4fbd2f966ae2 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1bdd2224-a0c4-4ba9-a7ec-4352055475c2 15 9780854810833 03 9780854810833 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54078 00 BB 10 01 250 mm 01 25 cm 01 9.8125 in 01 01 Le Septième Siècle: Changements et Continuités/The Seventh Century: Change and Continuity 1 B01 Jacques Fontaine Jacques Fontaine 2 B01 J.N. Hillgarth J.N. Hillgarth 01 eng 01 fre 01 spa 12 HBG 10 HIS037010 B2 History ⇒ Religious History 93 NHB 12 DSBB 93 DSBB 12 HBJD 93 N 12 HBLC 93 NHD 12 3F 93 3K 93 3KH 01 06 02 00 03 00 This is a record of an Anglo-French colloquium held at the Warburg Institute in July 1988. The chief preoccupations were the interaction of the Christian religion with 7th-century society and the passage of Latin literature from the Mediterranean to the Celts and Anglo-Saxons. 30 00 This is a record of an Anglo-French colloquium held at the Warburg Institute in July 1988. The chief preoccupations were the interaction of the Christian religion with 7th-century society and the passage of Latin literature from the Mediterranean to the Celts and Anglo-Saxons. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250743//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/le-septieme-siecle-changements-et-continuites-the-seventh-century-change-and-continuity/ London, GB 04 01 19921101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/le-septieme-siecle-changements-et-continuites-the-seventh-century-change-and-continuity/ 20 08 19921101 02 28.00 GBP WORLD 02 36.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:13aaa9b3-a294-4629-b9f3-4edb9a656a06 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6a7af882-8af7-42c4-ba54-d1d9040e6771 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:13aaa9b3-a294-4629-b9f3-4edb9a656a06 15 9781915249616 03 9781915249616 06 10.14296/hflc8361 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.137979 00 BC 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Liberation Theology and Praxis in Contemporary Latin America As it Was in the Beginning? 1 B01 Pablo Bradbury Pablo Bradbury Lecturer 40 00bmj0a71 University of Greenwich Pablo Bradbury holds a PhD in History from the University of Liverpool, with a thesis on the emergence and mobilisation of liberation Christianity in Argentina and in particular its political responses to state terrorism. His research more broadly focuses on left-wing political cultures and social movements during Latin America’s Cold War, exploring religion, international solidarity and strategies for resisting state repression. He currently teaches at the University of Greenwich. 2 B01 21 0000000341448672 Niall H.D. Geraghty Niall H.D. Geraghty Associate Professor in Latin American Cultural Studies 40 02jx3x895 University College London Niall H.D. Geraghty is Associate Professor in Latin American Cultural Studies at University College London. Niall’s first book was The Polyphonic Machine: Capitalism, Political Violence, and Resistance in Contemporary Argentine Literature (University of Pittsburgh Press: 2019). He has published articles and book chapters on literature and film from Latin America, with a particular interest in memory, urban culture, and religion in the region. He is currently working on a project involving a radical re-examination of the work of Argentine artist León Ferrari (1920–2013) which also explores the interrelations between politics and religion in twentieth-century Argentina, and the potential correlations between contemporary philosophy and liberation theology. 01 eng 12 HRCM B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 QRVG 10 REL067120 12 1KL 10 HIS024000 93 NHK 93 1KL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 5PB-US-H 20 liberationist; Christianity; theologian; religious practice; social movement; South America; Catholic Church; lived experience; human rights; Cold War; political; ecology 01 06 02 00 Focusing on the lived experiences and spiritual and embodied practices of those engaged in social action in Latin America, this book’s diverse, interdisciplinary contributions seek to re-evaluate the history and legacy of liberation theology in examining religious praxis in the region from the 1960s to the present day. 03 00 This interdisciplinary volume brings together approaches from history, theology, cultural studies, architecture, sociology, and anthropology to reevaluate the legacy and significance of liberation theology in Latin America.Liberation theology was born in the 1960s at a time of Church renewal and socio-economic ferment, as many sought radical solutions to the perceived exhaustion of developmentalist projects and the institutionalised violence of capitalism and dependency. By focussing on praxis – the lived experiences, spiritual, and embodied practices of those engaged in social action – the book challenges the assumption that liberation theology had reached its twilight by the late 1970s. Indeed, it demonstrates that liberationist Christianity was more diverse and internally conflicted, more widely resonant outside ecclesial confines, and more interconnected over time, than often allowed.The chapters provide new perspectives on liberationist engagements with, and influence on, ecclesiology, Participatory Action Research, architecture and urbanism, feminism, human rights, ecofeminist political theology, and more, from the 1960s to the present moment in Latin America. Drawing these threads together, the book invites us to reconsider liberation theology’s praxis in retrospect and the continuities and changes that reach into the present day. 30 00 This interdisciplinary volume brings together approaches from history, theology, cultural studies, architecture, sociology, and anthropology to reevaluate the legacy and significance of liberation theology in Latin America.Liberation theology was born in the 1960s at a time of Church renewal and socio-economic ferment, as many sought radical solutions to the perceived exhaustion of developmentalist projects and the institutionalised violence of capitalism and dependency. By focussing on praxis – the lived experiences, spiritual, and embodied practices of those engaged in social action – the book challenges the assumption that liberation theology had reached its twilight by the late 1970s. Indeed, it demonstrates that liberationist Christianity was more diverse and internally conflicted, more widely resonant outside ecclesial confines, and more interconnected over time, than often allowed.The chapters provide new perspectives on liberationist engagements with, and influence on, ecclesiology, Participatory Action Research, architecture and urbanism, feminism, human rights, ecofeminist political theology, and more, from the 1960s to the present moment in Latin America. Drawing these threads together, the book invites us to reconsider liberation theology’s praxis in retrospect and the continuities and changes that reach into the present day. 04 00 <ul> <li> Foreword: Theology in the Footsteps of the Martyrs Martha Zechmeister CJ </li> <li> Introduction: As it was in the Beginning? Pablo Bradbury and Niall Geraghty </li> <li> 1 Conflict and Ecclesiology: Obedience, Institutionality and People of God in the Movement of Priests for the Third World Pablo Bradbury </li> <li> 2 Legacies of the “Bridge-man”: Catholic Accompaniment, Inter-class Relations and the Classification of Surplus in Montevideo Patrick O’Hare </li> <li> 3 Orlando Fals-Borda’s Participatory Action Research: At and Beyond the Crossroads of Camilo Torres’s Neo-socialism and Liberation Theology Juan Mario Díaz-Arévalo </li> <li> 4 The Impact of Liberation Theology in the Latin American Built Environment Fernando Luiz Lara </li> <li> 5 When Liberation Theology Met Human Rights Anna Grimaldi </li> <li> 6 “Women, The Key to Liberation?”: A Feminist Theology of Liberation at the Catholic Women’s Conference at Puebla Natalie Gasparowicz </li> <li> 7 Towards the Possibility of an Ecofeminist Political Theology: The Case of Collective Con-spirando Ely Orrego-Torres </li> <li> Afterword: Contemporary Witnesses to Life and Liberation: The Persistent Reality of Latin American Martyrdom as an Ever-Evolving Challenge to Liberation Theologies Today Elizabeth O’Donnell Gandolfo </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/hflc8361_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/liberation-theology-and-praxis-in-contemporary-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20250220 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249593 03 9781915249593 06 15 9781915249630 03 9781915249630 06 15 9781915249623 03 9781915249623 06 15 9781915249647 03 9781915249647 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/liberation-theology-and-praxis-in-contemporary-latin-america/ 20 08 20250220 02 24.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:2d75effd-ccaa-4894-8137-2e2a94ecfa84 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6a7af882-8af7-42c4-ba54-d1d9040e6771 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2d75effd-ccaa-4894-8137-2e2a94ecfa84 15 9781915249593 03 9781915249593 06 10.14296/hflc8361 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.137979 00 BB 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Liberation Theology and Praxis in Contemporary Latin America As it Was in the Beginning? 1 B01 Pablo Bradbury Pablo Bradbury Lecturer 40 00bmj0a71 University of Greenwich Pablo Bradbury holds a PhD in History from the University of Liverpool, with a thesis on the emergence and mobilisation of liberation Christianity in Argentina and in particular its political responses to state terrorism. His research more broadly focuses on left-wing political cultures and social movements during Latin America’s Cold War, exploring religion, international solidarity and strategies for resisting state repression. He currently teaches at the University of Greenwich. 2 B01 21 0000000341448672 Niall H.D. Geraghty Niall H.D. Geraghty Associate Professor in Latin American Cultural Studies 40 02jx3x895 University College London Niall H.D. Geraghty is Associate Professor in Latin American Cultural Studies at University College London. Niall’s first book was The Polyphonic Machine: Capitalism, Political Violence, and Resistance in Contemporary Argentine Literature (University of Pittsburgh Press: 2019). He has published articles and book chapters on literature and film from Latin America, with a particular interest in memory, urban culture, and religion in the region. He is currently working on a project involving a radical re-examination of the work of Argentine artist León Ferrari (1920–2013) which also explores the interrelations between politics and religion in twentieth-century Argentina, and the potential correlations between contemporary philosophy and liberation theology. 01 eng 12 HRCM B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 QRVG 10 REL067120 12 1KL 10 HIS024000 93 NHK 93 1KL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 5PB-US-H 20 liberationist; Christianity; theologian; religious practice; social movement; South America; Catholic Church; lived experience; human rights; Cold War; political; ecology 01 06 02 00 Focusing on the lived experiences and spiritual and embodied practices of those engaged in social action in Latin America, this book’s diverse, interdisciplinary contributions seek to re-evaluate the history and legacy of liberation theology in examining religious praxis in the region from the 1960s to the present day. 03 00 This interdisciplinary volume brings together approaches from history, theology, cultural studies, architecture, sociology, and anthropology to reevaluate the legacy and significance of liberation theology in Latin America.Liberation theology was born in the 1960s at a time of Church renewal and socio-economic ferment, as many sought radical solutions to the perceived exhaustion of developmentalist projects and the institutionalised violence of capitalism and dependency. By focussing on praxis – the lived experiences, spiritual, and embodied practices of those engaged in social action – the book challenges the assumption that liberation theology had reached its twilight by the late 1970s. Indeed, it demonstrates that liberationist Christianity was more diverse and internally conflicted, more widely resonant outside ecclesial confines, and more interconnected over time, than often allowed.The chapters provide new perspectives on liberationist engagements with, and influence on, ecclesiology, Participatory Action Research, architecture and urbanism, feminism, human rights, ecofeminist political theology, and more, from the 1960s to the present moment in Latin America. Drawing these threads together, the book invites us to reconsider liberation theology’s praxis in retrospect and the continuities and changes that reach into the present day. 30 00 This interdisciplinary volume brings together approaches from history, theology, cultural studies, architecture, sociology, and anthropology to reevaluate the legacy and significance of liberation theology in Latin America.Liberation theology was born in the 1960s at a time of Church renewal and socio-economic ferment, as many sought radical solutions to the perceived exhaustion of developmentalist projects and the institutionalised violence of capitalism and dependency. By focussing on praxis – the lived experiences, spiritual, and embodied practices of those engaged in social action – the book challenges the assumption that liberation theology had reached its twilight by the late 1970s. Indeed, it demonstrates that liberationist Christianity was more diverse and internally conflicted, more widely resonant outside ecclesial confines, and more interconnected over time, than often allowed.The chapters provide new perspectives on liberationist engagements with, and influence on, ecclesiology, Participatory Action Research, architecture and urbanism, feminism, human rights, ecofeminist political theology, and more, from the 1960s to the present moment in Latin America. Drawing these threads together, the book invites us to reconsider liberation theology’s praxis in retrospect and the continuities and changes that reach into the present day. 04 00 <ul> <li> Foreword: Theology in the Footsteps of the Martyrs Martha Zechmeister CJ </li> <li> Introduction: As it was in the Beginning? Pablo Bradbury and Niall Geraghty </li> <li> 1 Conflict and Ecclesiology: Obedience, Institutionality and People of God in the Movement of Priests for the Third World Pablo Bradbury </li> <li> 2 Legacies of the “Bridge-man”: Catholic Accompaniment, Inter-class Relations and the Classification of Surplus in Montevideo Patrick O’Hare </li> <li> 3 Orlando Fals-Borda’s Participatory Action Research: At and Beyond the Crossroads of Camilo Torres’s Neo-socialism and Liberation Theology Juan Mario Díaz-Arévalo </li> <li> 4 The Impact of Liberation Theology in the Latin American Built Environment Fernando Luiz Lara </li> <li> 5 When Liberation Theology Met Human Rights Anna Grimaldi </li> <li> 6 “Women, The Key to Liberation?”: A Feminist Theology of Liberation at the Catholic Women’s Conference at Puebla Natalie Gasparowicz </li> <li> 7 Towards the Possibility of an Ecofeminist Political Theology: The Case of Collective Con-spirando Ely Orrego-Torres </li> <li> Afterword: Contemporary Witnesses to Life and Liberation: The Persistent Reality of Latin American Martyrdom as an Ever-Evolving Challenge to Liberation Theologies Today Elizabeth O’Donnell Gandolfo </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/hflc8361_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/liberation-theology-and-praxis-in-contemporary-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20250220 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249616 03 9781915249616 06 15 9781915249630 03 9781915249630 06 15 9781915249623 03 9781915249623 06 15 9781915249647 03 9781915249647 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/liberation-theology-and-praxis-in-contemporary-latin-america/ 20 08 20250220 02 75.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:301425aa-467e-4fee-8a3d-d93ec891f2c9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6a7af882-8af7-42c4-ba54-d1d9040e6771 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:301425aa-467e-4fee-8a3d-d93ec891f2c9 15 9781915249630 03 9781915249630 06 10.14296/hflc8361 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.137979 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Liberation Theology and Praxis in Contemporary Latin America As it Was in the Beginning? 1 B01 Pablo Bradbury Pablo Bradbury Lecturer 40 00bmj0a71 University of Greenwich Pablo Bradbury holds a PhD in History from the University of Liverpool, with a thesis on the emergence and mobilisation of liberation Christianity in Argentina and in particular its political responses to state terrorism. His research more broadly focuses on left-wing political cultures and social movements during Latin America’s Cold War, exploring religion, international solidarity and strategies for resisting state repression. He currently teaches at the University of Greenwich. 2 B01 21 0000000341448672 Niall H.D. Geraghty Niall H.D. Geraghty Associate Professor in Latin American Cultural Studies 40 02jx3x895 University College London Niall H.D. Geraghty is Associate Professor in Latin American Cultural Studies at University College London. Niall’s first book was The Polyphonic Machine: Capitalism, Political Violence, and Resistance in Contemporary Argentine Literature (University of Pittsburgh Press: 2019). He has published articles and book chapters on literature and film from Latin America, with a particular interest in memory, urban culture, and religion in the region. He is currently working on a project involving a radical re-examination of the work of Argentine artist León Ferrari (1920–2013) which also explores the interrelations between politics and religion in twentieth-century Argentina, and the potential correlations between contemporary philosophy and liberation theology. 01 eng 12 HRCM B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 QRVG 10 REL067120 12 1KL 10 HIS024000 93 NHK 93 1KL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 5PB-US-H 20 liberationist; Christianity; theologian; religious practice; social movement; South America; Catholic Church; lived experience; human rights; Cold War; political; ecology 01 06 02 00 Focusing on the lived experiences and spiritual and embodied practices of those engaged in social action in Latin America, this book’s diverse, interdisciplinary contributions seek to re-evaluate the history and legacy of liberation theology in examining religious praxis in the region from the 1960s to the present day. 03 00 This interdisciplinary volume brings together approaches from history, theology, cultural studies, architecture, sociology, and anthropology to reevaluate the legacy and significance of liberation theology in Latin America.Liberation theology was born in the 1960s at a time of Church renewal and socio-economic ferment, as many sought radical solutions to the perceived exhaustion of developmentalist projects and the institutionalised violence of capitalism and dependency. By focussing on praxis – the lived experiences, spiritual, and embodied practices of those engaged in social action – the book challenges the assumption that liberation theology had reached its twilight by the late 1970s. Indeed, it demonstrates that liberationist Christianity was more diverse and internally conflicted, more widely resonant outside ecclesial confines, and more interconnected over time, than often allowed.The chapters provide new perspectives on liberationist engagements with, and influence on, ecclesiology, Participatory Action Research, architecture and urbanism, feminism, human rights, ecofeminist political theology, and more, from the 1960s to the present moment in Latin America. Drawing these threads together, the book invites us to reconsider liberation theology’s praxis in retrospect and the continuities and changes that reach into the present day. 30 00 This interdisciplinary volume brings together approaches from history, theology, cultural studies, architecture, sociology, and anthropology to reevaluate the legacy and significance of liberation theology in Latin America.Liberation theology was born in the 1960s at a time of Church renewal and socio-economic ferment, as many sought radical solutions to the perceived exhaustion of developmentalist projects and the institutionalised violence of capitalism and dependency. By focussing on praxis – the lived experiences, spiritual, and embodied practices of those engaged in social action – the book challenges the assumption that liberation theology had reached its twilight by the late 1970s. Indeed, it demonstrates that liberationist Christianity was more diverse and internally conflicted, more widely resonant outside ecclesial confines, and more interconnected over time, than often allowed.The chapters provide new perspectives on liberationist engagements with, and influence on, ecclesiology, Participatory Action Research, architecture and urbanism, feminism, human rights, ecofeminist political theology, and more, from the 1960s to the present moment in Latin America. Drawing these threads together, the book invites us to reconsider liberation theology’s praxis in retrospect and the continuities and changes that reach into the present day. 04 00 <ul> <li> Foreword: Theology in the Footsteps of the Martyrs Martha Zechmeister CJ </li> <li> Introduction: As it was in the Beginning? Pablo Bradbury and Niall Geraghty </li> <li> 1 Conflict and Ecclesiology: Obedience, Institutionality and People of God in the Movement of Priests for the Third World Pablo Bradbury </li> <li> 2 Legacies of the “Bridge-man”: Catholic Accompaniment, Inter-class Relations and the Classification of Surplus in Montevideo Patrick O’Hare </li> <li> 3 Orlando Fals-Borda’s Participatory Action Research: At and Beyond the Crossroads of Camilo Torres’s Neo-socialism and Liberation Theology Juan Mario Díaz-Arévalo </li> <li> 4 The Impact of Liberation Theology in the Latin American Built Environment Fernando Luiz Lara </li> <li> 5 When Liberation Theology Met Human Rights Anna Grimaldi </li> <li> 6 “Women, The Key to Liberation?”: A Feminist Theology of Liberation at the Catholic Women’s Conference at Puebla Natalie Gasparowicz </li> <li> 7 Towards the Possibility of an Ecofeminist Political Theology: The Case of Collective Con-spirando Ely Orrego-Torres </li> <li> Afterword: Contemporary Witnesses to Life and Liberation: The Persistent Reality of Latin American Martyrdom as an Ever-Evolving Challenge to Liberation Theologies Today Elizabeth O’Donnell Gandolfo </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/hflc8361_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/liberation-theology-and-praxis-in-contemporary-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20250220 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249616 03 9781915249616 06 15 9781915249593 03 9781915249593 06 15 9781915249623 03 9781915249623 06 15 9781915249647 03 9781915249647 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/6a7af882-8af7-42c4-ba54-d1d9040e6771 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/6a7af882-8af7-42c4-ba54-d1d9040e6771/6a7af882-8af7-42c4-ba54-d1d9040e6771.pdf 20 08 20250220 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249630.pdf 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249630.pdf 20 08 20250220 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249630.pdf 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/hflc8361.pdf 20 08 20250220 01 urn:uuid:5882237e-83ed-4e22-b4a1-aac5ab69e611 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6a7af882-8af7-42c4-ba54-d1d9040e6771 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5882237e-83ed-4e22-b4a1-aac5ab69e611 15 9781915249623 03 9781915249623 06 10.14296/hflc8361 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.137979 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Liberation Theology and Praxis in Contemporary Latin America As it Was in the Beginning? 1 B01 Pablo Bradbury Pablo Bradbury Lecturer 40 00bmj0a71 University of Greenwich Pablo Bradbury holds a PhD in History from the University of Liverpool, with a thesis on the emergence and mobilisation of liberation Christianity in Argentina and in particular its political responses to state terrorism. His research more broadly focuses on left-wing political cultures and social movements during Latin America’s Cold War, exploring religion, international solidarity and strategies for resisting state repression. He currently teaches at the University of Greenwich. 2 B01 21 0000000341448672 Niall H.D. Geraghty Niall H.D. Geraghty Associate Professor in Latin American Cultural Studies 40 02jx3x895 University College London Niall H.D. Geraghty is Associate Professor in Latin American Cultural Studies at University College London. Niall’s first book was The Polyphonic Machine: Capitalism, Political Violence, and Resistance in Contemporary Argentine Literature (University of Pittsburgh Press: 2019). He has published articles and book chapters on literature and film from Latin America, with a particular interest in memory, urban culture, and religion in the region. He is currently working on a project involving a radical re-examination of the work of Argentine artist León Ferrari (1920–2013) which also explores the interrelations between politics and religion in twentieth-century Argentina, and the potential correlations between contemporary philosophy and liberation theology. 01 eng 12 HRCM B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 QRVG 10 REL067120 12 1KL 10 HIS024000 93 NHK 93 1KL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 5PB-US-H 20 liberationist; Christianity; theologian; religious practice; social movement; South America; Catholic Church; lived experience; human rights; Cold War; political; ecology 01 06 02 00 Focusing on the lived experiences and spiritual and embodied practices of those engaged in social action in Latin America, this book’s diverse, interdisciplinary contributions seek to re-evaluate the history and legacy of liberation theology in examining religious praxis in the region from the 1960s to the present day. 03 00 This interdisciplinary volume brings together approaches from history, theology, cultural studies, architecture, sociology, and anthropology to reevaluate the legacy and significance of liberation theology in Latin America.Liberation theology was born in the 1960s at a time of Church renewal and socio-economic ferment, as many sought radical solutions to the perceived exhaustion of developmentalist projects and the institutionalised violence of capitalism and dependency. By focussing on praxis – the lived experiences, spiritual, and embodied practices of those engaged in social action – the book challenges the assumption that liberation theology had reached its twilight by the late 1970s. Indeed, it demonstrates that liberationist Christianity was more diverse and internally conflicted, more widely resonant outside ecclesial confines, and more interconnected over time, than often allowed.The chapters provide new perspectives on liberationist engagements with, and influence on, ecclesiology, Participatory Action Research, architecture and urbanism, feminism, human rights, ecofeminist political theology, and more, from the 1960s to the present moment in Latin America. Drawing these threads together, the book invites us to reconsider liberation theology’s praxis in retrospect and the continuities and changes that reach into the present day. 30 00 This interdisciplinary volume brings together approaches from history, theology, cultural studies, architecture, sociology, and anthropology to reevaluate the legacy and significance of liberation theology in Latin America.Liberation theology was born in the 1960s at a time of Church renewal and socio-economic ferment, as many sought radical solutions to the perceived exhaustion of developmentalist projects and the institutionalised violence of capitalism and dependency. By focussing on praxis – the lived experiences, spiritual, and embodied practices of those engaged in social action – the book challenges the assumption that liberation theology had reached its twilight by the late 1970s. Indeed, it demonstrates that liberationist Christianity was more diverse and internally conflicted, more widely resonant outside ecclesial confines, and more interconnected over time, than often allowed.The chapters provide new perspectives on liberationist engagements with, and influence on, ecclesiology, Participatory Action Research, architecture and urbanism, feminism, human rights, ecofeminist political theology, and more, from the 1960s to the present moment in Latin America. Drawing these threads together, the book invites us to reconsider liberation theology’s praxis in retrospect and the continuities and changes that reach into the present day. 04 00 <ul> <li> Foreword: Theology in the Footsteps of the Martyrs Martha Zechmeister CJ </li> <li> Introduction: As it was in the Beginning? Pablo Bradbury and Niall Geraghty </li> <li> 1 Conflict and Ecclesiology: Obedience, Institutionality and People of God in the Movement of Priests for the Third World Pablo Bradbury </li> <li> 2 Legacies of the “Bridge-man”: Catholic Accompaniment, Inter-class Relations and the Classification of Surplus in Montevideo Patrick O’Hare </li> <li> 3 Orlando Fals-Borda’s Participatory Action Research: At and Beyond the Crossroads of Camilo Torres’s Neo-socialism and Liberation Theology Juan Mario Díaz-Arévalo </li> <li> 4 The Impact of Liberation Theology in the Latin American Built Environment Fernando Luiz Lara </li> <li> 5 When Liberation Theology Met Human Rights Anna Grimaldi </li> <li> 6 “Women, The Key to Liberation?”: A Feminist Theology of Liberation at the Catholic Women’s Conference at Puebla Natalie Gasparowicz </li> <li> 7 Towards the Possibility of an Ecofeminist Political Theology: The Case of Collective Con-spirando Ely Orrego-Torres </li> <li> Afterword: Contemporary Witnesses to Life and Liberation: The Persistent Reality of Latin American Martyrdom as an Ever-Evolving Challenge to Liberation Theologies Today Elizabeth O’Donnell Gandolfo </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/hflc8361_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/liberation-theology-and-praxis-in-contemporary-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20250220 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249616 03 9781915249616 06 15 9781915249593 03 9781915249593 06 15 9781915249630 03 9781915249630 06 15 9781915249647 03 9781915249647 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/liberation-theology-and-praxis-in-contemporary-latin-america/ 20 08 20250220 01 urn:uuid:236a26b5-2f79-48b8-9158-54d8c5e110f1 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6a7af882-8af7-42c4-ba54-d1d9040e6771 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:236a26b5-2f79-48b8-9158-54d8c5e110f1 15 9781915249647 03 9781915249647 06 10.14296/hflc8361 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.137979 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Liberation Theology and Praxis in Contemporary Latin America As it Was in the Beginning? 1 B01 Pablo Bradbury Pablo Bradbury Lecturer 40 00bmj0a71 University of Greenwich Pablo Bradbury holds a PhD in History from the University of Liverpool, with a thesis on the emergence and mobilisation of liberation Christianity in Argentina and in particular its political responses to state terrorism. His research more broadly focuses on left-wing political cultures and social movements during Latin America’s Cold War, exploring religion, international solidarity and strategies for resisting state repression. He currently teaches at the University of Greenwich. 2 B01 21 0000000341448672 Niall H.D. Geraghty Niall H.D. Geraghty Associate Professor in Latin American Cultural Studies 40 02jx3x895 University College London Niall H.D. Geraghty is Associate Professor in Latin American Cultural Studies at University College London. Niall’s first book was The Polyphonic Machine: Capitalism, Political Violence, and Resistance in Contemporary Argentine Literature (University of Pittsburgh Press: 2019). He has published articles and book chapters on literature and film from Latin America, with a particular interest in memory, urban culture, and religion in the region. He is currently working on a project involving a radical re-examination of the work of Argentine artist León Ferrari (1920–2013) which also explores the interrelations between politics and religion in twentieth-century Argentina, and the potential correlations between contemporary philosophy and liberation theology. 01 eng 12 HRCM B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 QRVG 10 REL067120 12 1KL 10 HIS024000 93 NHK 93 1KL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 5PB-US-H 20 liberationist; Christianity; theologian; religious practice; social movement; South America; Catholic Church; lived experience; human rights; Cold War; political; ecology 01 06 02 00 Focusing on the lived experiences and spiritual and embodied practices of those engaged in social action in Latin America, this book’s diverse, interdisciplinary contributions seek to re-evaluate the history and legacy of liberation theology in examining religious praxis in the region from the 1960s to the present day. 03 00 This interdisciplinary volume brings together approaches from history, theology, cultural studies, architecture, sociology, and anthropology to reevaluate the legacy and significance of liberation theology in Latin America.Liberation theology was born in the 1960s at a time of Church renewal and socio-economic ferment, as many sought radical solutions to the perceived exhaustion of developmentalist projects and the institutionalised violence of capitalism and dependency. By focussing on praxis – the lived experiences, spiritual, and embodied practices of those engaged in social action – the book challenges the assumption that liberation theology had reached its twilight by the late 1970s. Indeed, it demonstrates that liberationist Christianity was more diverse and internally conflicted, more widely resonant outside ecclesial confines, and more interconnected over time, than often allowed.The chapters provide new perspectives on liberationist engagements with, and influence on, ecclesiology, Participatory Action Research, architecture and urbanism, feminism, human rights, ecofeminist political theology, and more, from the 1960s to the present moment in Latin America. Drawing these threads together, the book invites us to reconsider liberation theology’s praxis in retrospect and the continuities and changes that reach into the present day. 30 00 This interdisciplinary volume brings together approaches from history, theology, cultural studies, architecture, sociology, and anthropology to reevaluate the legacy and significance of liberation theology in Latin America.Liberation theology was born in the 1960s at a time of Church renewal and socio-economic ferment, as many sought radical solutions to the perceived exhaustion of developmentalist projects and the institutionalised violence of capitalism and dependency. By focussing on praxis – the lived experiences, spiritual, and embodied practices of those engaged in social action – the book challenges the assumption that liberation theology had reached its twilight by the late 1970s. Indeed, it demonstrates that liberationist Christianity was more diverse and internally conflicted, more widely resonant outside ecclesial confines, and more interconnected over time, than often allowed.The chapters provide new perspectives on liberationist engagements with, and influence on, ecclesiology, Participatory Action Research, architecture and urbanism, feminism, human rights, ecofeminist political theology, and more, from the 1960s to the present moment in Latin America. Drawing these threads together, the book invites us to reconsider liberation theology’s praxis in retrospect and the continuities and changes that reach into the present day. 04 00 <ul> <li> Foreword: Theology in the Footsteps of the Martyrs Martha Zechmeister CJ </li> <li> Introduction: As it was in the Beginning? Pablo Bradbury and Niall Geraghty </li> <li> 1 Conflict and Ecclesiology: Obedience, Institutionality and People of God in the Movement of Priests for the Third World Pablo Bradbury </li> <li> 2 Legacies of the “Bridge-man”: Catholic Accompaniment, Inter-class Relations and the Classification of Surplus in Montevideo Patrick O’Hare </li> <li> 3 Orlando Fals-Borda’s Participatory Action Research: At and Beyond the Crossroads of Camilo Torres’s Neo-socialism and Liberation Theology Juan Mario Díaz-Arévalo </li> <li> 4 The Impact of Liberation Theology in the Latin American Built Environment Fernando Luiz Lara </li> <li> 5 When Liberation Theology Met Human Rights Anna Grimaldi </li> <li> 6 “Women, The Key to Liberation?”: A Feminist Theology of Liberation at the Catholic Women’s Conference at Puebla Natalie Gasparowicz </li> <li> 7 Towards the Possibility of an Ecofeminist Political Theology: The Case of Collective Con-spirando Ely Orrego-Torres </li> <li> Afterword: Contemporary Witnesses to Life and Liberation: The Persistent Reality of Latin American Martyrdom as an Ever-Evolving Challenge to Liberation Theologies Today Elizabeth O’Donnell Gandolfo </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/hflc8361_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/liberation-theology-and-praxis-in-contemporary-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20250220 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249616 03 9781915249616 06 15 9781915249593 03 9781915249593 06 15 9781915249630 03 9781915249630 06 15 9781915249623 03 9781915249623 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/liberation-theology-and-praxis-in-contemporary-latin-america/ 20 08 20250220 02 24.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:e523a2a0-1a8d-4358-9d6f-2aa73c1dde34 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8cd3926d-a531-4422-a533-15a1b2d7e633 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e523a2a0-1a8d-4358-9d6f-2aa73c1dde34 15 9781905670109 03 9781905670109 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54058 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 32 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Logos: Rational Argument in Classical Rhetoric (BICS Supplement 96) 1 A01 Jonathan Powell Jonathan Powell 01 eng 12 CFG 93 CFG B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 10 LAN016000 01 06 02 00 03 00 In the ancient world Classical rhetoric and its practices raised major ethical doubts and questions which have continued to affect – even to prejudice – our judgment of orators and oratory today. One of the key components of practical oratory was rational argument. The six chapters in this volume examine different aspects of the role of rational argument in Classical oratory and rhetoric and its later tradition. Michael Gagarin discusses the role of argumentation in the works of Antiphon, the earliest Greek orator whose continuous texts survive. Christos Kremmydas analyses the argumentative strategies in a political speech of Demosthenes, the attack on the law of Leptines (Demosthenes 20). Two chapters then focus on Cicero: Jakob Wisse discusses Cicero’s self-conscious use of logical structure and the ancient theory of the classification of issues (so-called stasis theory) while Lynn Fotheringham examines Cicero’s habit of ‘having his cake and eating it’, i.e. running two incompatible lines of argument at the same time. Peter Mack surveys the interrelation of rhetoric and dialectic in the Renaissance, highlighting the importance of the latter and its influence on styles of composition in English as well as Latin. Finally Malcolm Heath describes a fascinating experiment in the teaching of ancient rhetorical techniques to modern students, showing that the study of ancient rhetoric can be not only an interesting aspect of cultural history but also an effective means of developing the ‘transferable skills’ valued by today’s employers. 30 00 In the ancient world Classical rhetoric and its practices raised major ethical doubts and questions which have continued to affect – even to prejudice – our judgment of orators and oratory today. One of the key components of practical oratory was rational argument. The six chapters in this volume examine different aspects of the role of rational argument in Classical oratory and rhetoric and its later tradition. Michael Gagarin discusses the role of argumentation in the works of Antiphon, the earliest Greek orator whose continuous texts survive. Christos Kremmydas analyses the argumentative strategies in a political speech of Demosthenes, the attack on the law of Leptines (Demosthenes 20). Two chapters then focus on Cicero: Jakob Wisse discusses Cicero’s self-conscious use of logical structure and the ancient theory of the classification of issues (so-called stasis theory) while Lynn Fotheringham examines Cicero’s habit of ‘having his cake and eating it’, i.e. running two incompatible lines of argument at the same time. Peter Mack surveys the interrelation of rhetoric and dialectic in the Renaissance, highlighting the importance of the latter and its influence on styles of composition in English as well as Latin. Finally Malcolm Heath describes a fascinating experiment in the teaching of ancient rhetorical techniques to modern students, showing that the study of ancient rhetoric can be not only an interesting aspect of cultural history but also an effective means of developing the ‘transferable skills’ valued by today’s employers. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250804//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/logos-rational-argument-in-classical-rhetoric-bics-supplement-96/ London, GB 04 01 20071101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/logos-rational-argument-in-classical-rhetoric-bics-supplement-96/ 20 08 20071101 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5e4b4e04-9b95-4ed5-89c5-852f1f0dd065 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:579ccda6-ca8d-4738-910b-e2d126d273b3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5e4b4e04-9b95-4ed5-89c5-852f1f0dd065 15 9781905165704 03 9781905165704 06 10.14296/117.9771909646445 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53920 00 BB 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in 03 22 mm 03 2.2 cm 03 0.875 in 08 724 gr 08 25.625 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 London and beyond: Essays in honour of Derek Keene 1 B01 Matthew Davies Matthew Davies 2 B01 James A. Galloway James A. Galloway 01 eng 00 392 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS016000 20 Medieval London; Urban History; Medieval Markets; Bruges; Social History; Medieval Dublin; Early Modern Communities 01 06 02 00 03 00 This fascinating new volume brings together seventeen authors from across disciplines to offer a detailed and comprehensive history of the European city. Dedicated to the late Derek Keene (1942-2021), the forefather of urban history, this book helps us better understand the development, role and allure of the metropolis throughout history, from medieval times to the 20th century. The chapters offered posit the city as a centre for innovation and political might juxtaposed against a sprawling, diverse community in constant flux. Therein we visit the high and lows of city dwelling, from the migrant population and London poor, to the judges and continental merchants trading in ‘exotic’ goods. “An exemplary volume” (Urban History), this is not one to be missed. 30 00 This fascinating new volume brings together seventeen authors from across disciplines to offer a detailed and comprehensive history of the European city. Dedicated to the late Derek Keene (1942-2021), the forefather of urban history, this book helps us better understand the development, role and allure of the metropolis throughout history, from medieval times to the 20th century. The chapters offered posit the city as a centre for innovation and political might juxtaposed against a sprawling, diverse community in constant flux. Therein we visit the high and lows of city dwelling, from the migrant population and London poor, to the judges and continental merchants trading in ‘exotic’ goods. “An exemplary volume” (Urban History), this is not one to be missed. 04 00 1. Feeding another city: provisioning Dublin in the later middle ages Margaret Murphy 2. Did peasants need markets and towns? The experience of late medieval England Christopher Dyer 3. The proliferation of markets revisited Richard Britnell 4. ‘Tempests of weather and great abundance of water’: the flooding of the Barking marshes in the later middle ages James A. Galloway 5. A taste for the Orient? Cosmopolitan demand for ‘exotic’ durable consumables in late medieval Bruges Peter Stabel 6. Hartlib’s world Rob Ilie 7. Hiding in the forest … The Gilberts’ rural scientific instrument manufactory Anita McConnell 8. Houses and households in Cheapside, c.1500-1550 Vanessa Harding 9. ‘The poore lost a good Frend and the parish a good Neighbour’: the lives of the poor and their supporters in London’s eastern suburb, c.1583-c.1679 Philip Baker and Mark Merry 10. Between sea and city: portable communities in late medieval London and Bruges Erik Spindler 11. The kindness of strangers: charitable giving in the community of the Dutch Church, Austin Friars, in the late seventeenth and eighteenth centuries Catherine Wright 12. Londoners and the court of common pleas in the fifteenth century Matthew Frank Stevens A bibliography of the published writings of Derek Keene 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646445_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/london-and-beyond-essays-in-honour-of-derek-keene/ London, GB 04 01 20170117 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646445 03 9781909646445 06 15 9781909646315 03 9781909646315 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/london-and-beyond-essays-in-honour-of-derek-keene/ 20 08 20170117 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:07e1ebd2-17cc-4228-ab4f-533d70352eb4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:579ccda6-ca8d-4738-910b-e2d126d273b3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:07e1ebd2-17cc-4228-ab4f-533d70352eb4 15 9781909646445 03 9781909646445 06 10.14296/117.9771909646445 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53920 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 London and beyond: Essays in honour of Derek Keene 1 B01 Matthew Davies Matthew Davies 2 B01 James A. Galloway James A. Galloway 01 eng 00 392 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS016000 20 Medieval London; Urban History; Medieval Markets; Bruges; Social History; Medieval Dublin; Early Modern Communities 01 06 02 00 03 00 This fascinating new volume brings together seventeen authors from across disciplines to offer a detailed and comprehensive history of the European city. Dedicated to the late Derek Keene (1942-2021), the forefather of urban history, this book helps us better understand the development, role and allure of the metropolis throughout history, from medieval times to the 20th century. The chapters offered posit the city as a centre for innovation and political might juxtaposed against a sprawling, diverse community in constant flux. Therein we visit the high and lows of city dwelling, from the migrant population and London poor, to the judges and continental merchants trading in ‘exotic’ goods. “An exemplary volume” (Urban History), this is not one to be missed. 30 00 This fascinating new volume brings together seventeen authors from across disciplines to offer a detailed and comprehensive history of the European city. Dedicated to the late Derek Keene (1942-2021), the forefather of urban history, this book helps us better understand the development, role and allure of the metropolis throughout history, from medieval times to the 20th century. The chapters offered posit the city as a centre for innovation and political might juxtaposed against a sprawling, diverse community in constant flux. Therein we visit the high and lows of city dwelling, from the migrant population and London poor, to the judges and continental merchants trading in ‘exotic’ goods. “An exemplary volume” (Urban History), this is not one to be missed. 04 00 1. Feeding another city: provisioning Dublin in the later middle ages Margaret Murphy 2. Did peasants need markets and towns? The experience of late medieval England Christopher Dyer 3. The proliferation of markets revisited Richard Britnell 4. ‘Tempests of weather and great abundance of water’: the flooding of the Barking marshes in the later middle ages James A. Galloway 5. A taste for the Orient? Cosmopolitan demand for ‘exotic’ durable consumables in late medieval Bruges Peter Stabel 6. Hartlib’s world Rob Ilie 7. Hiding in the forest … The Gilberts’ rural scientific instrument manufactory Anita McConnell 8. Houses and households in Cheapside, c.1500-1550 Vanessa Harding 9. ‘The poore lost a good Frend and the parish a good Neighbour’: the lives of the poor and their supporters in London’s eastern suburb, c.1583-c.1679 Philip Baker and Mark Merry 10. Between sea and city: portable communities in late medieval London and Bruges Erik Spindler 11. The kindness of strangers: charitable giving in the community of the Dutch Church, Austin Friars, in the late seventeenth and eighteenth centuries Catherine Wright 12. Londoners and the court of common pleas in the fifteenth century Matthew Frank Stevens A bibliography of the published writings of Derek Keene 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646445_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/london-and-beyond-essays-in-honour-of-derek-keene/ London, GB 04 01 20170117 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905165704 03 9781905165704 06 15 9781909646315 03 9781909646315 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/579ccda6-ca8d-4738-910b-e2d126d273b3 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/579ccda6-ca8d-4738-910b-e2d126d273b3/579ccda6-ca8d-4738-910b-e2d126d273b3.pdf 20 08 20170117 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/london-and-beyond-essays-in-honour-of-derek-keene/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646445.pdf 20 08 20170117 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/london-and-beyond-essays-in-honour-of-derek-keene/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646445.pdf 20 08 20170117 01 urn:uuid:b73d9731-71a3-48de-9869-564f033133a7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:579ccda6-ca8d-4738-910b-e2d126d273b3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b73d9731-71a3-48de-9869-564f033133a7 15 9781909646315 03 9781909646315 06 10.14296/117.9771909646445 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53920 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 London and beyond: Essays in honour of Derek Keene 1 B01 Matthew Davies Matthew Davies 2 B01 James A. Galloway James A. Galloway 01 eng 00 392 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS016000 20 Medieval London; Urban History; Medieval Markets; Bruges; Social History; Medieval Dublin; Early Modern Communities 01 06 02 00 03 00 This fascinating new volume brings together seventeen authors from across disciplines to offer a detailed and comprehensive history of the European city. Dedicated to the late Derek Keene (1942-2021), the forefather of urban history, this book helps us better understand the development, role and allure of the metropolis throughout history, from medieval times to the 20th century. The chapters offered posit the city as a centre for innovation and political might juxtaposed against a sprawling, diverse community in constant flux. Therein we visit the high and lows of city dwelling, from the migrant population and London poor, to the judges and continental merchants trading in ‘exotic’ goods. “An exemplary volume” (Urban History), this is not one to be missed. 30 00 This fascinating new volume brings together seventeen authors from across disciplines to offer a detailed and comprehensive history of the European city. Dedicated to the late Derek Keene (1942-2021), the forefather of urban history, this book helps us better understand the development, role and allure of the metropolis throughout history, from medieval times to the 20th century. The chapters offered posit the city as a centre for innovation and political might juxtaposed against a sprawling, diverse community in constant flux. Therein we visit the high and lows of city dwelling, from the migrant population and London poor, to the judges and continental merchants trading in ‘exotic’ goods. “An exemplary volume” (Urban History), this is not one to be missed. 04 00 1. Feeding another city: provisioning Dublin in the later middle ages Margaret Murphy 2. Did peasants need markets and towns? The experience of late medieval England Christopher Dyer 3. The proliferation of markets revisited Richard Britnell 4. ‘Tempests of weather and great abundance of water’: the flooding of the Barking marshes in the later middle ages James A. Galloway 5. A taste for the Orient? Cosmopolitan demand for ‘exotic’ durable consumables in late medieval Bruges Peter Stabel 6. Hartlib’s world Rob Ilie 7. Hiding in the forest … The Gilberts’ rural scientific instrument manufactory Anita McConnell 8. Houses and households in Cheapside, c.1500-1550 Vanessa Harding 9. ‘The poore lost a good Frend and the parish a good Neighbour’: the lives of the poor and their supporters in London’s eastern suburb, c.1583-c.1679 Philip Baker and Mark Merry 10. Between sea and city: portable communities in late medieval London and Bruges Erik Spindler 11. The kindness of strangers: charitable giving in the community of the Dutch Church, Austin Friars, in the late seventeenth and eighteenth centuries Catherine Wright 12. Londoners and the court of common pleas in the fifteenth century Matthew Frank Stevens A bibliography of the published writings of Derek Keene 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646445_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/london-and-beyond-essays-in-honour-of-derek-keene/ London, GB 04 01 20170117 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905165704 03 9781905165704 06 15 9781909646445 03 9781909646445 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/london-and-beyond-essays-in-honour-of-derek-keene/ 20 08 20170117 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e99abd0b-f2a2-4e0c-8920-afbd8636be06 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3edc0160-efd3-4290-8a38-34bc3eb4769c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e99abd0b-f2a2-4e0c-8920-afbd8636be06 15 9781871348576 03 9781871348576 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56497 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in 01 01 London in the 1690s A Social Atlas 1 A01 Craig Spence Craig Spence 01 eng 12 HBJ B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NH 01 06 02 00 03 00 At the end of the seventeenth century London was about to become the largest and wealthiest city in the western world. One in ten of England's population lived in the capital, which also housed a vast proportion of the kingdom's riches. That wealth, combined with the great international trade flowing through its wharves and warehouses, earned the city the description 'the vitals of the commonwealth'. Analysing the unique and extensive documentary sources for this significant decade, the author describes and explores a number if key topographic, social and economic measures. Importantly, and so far as the sources allow, seventeenth-century London is treated throughout the analysis as a single entity – a metropolis, compromising the City and the sprawling suburbs outside. London in the 1690s</italic> guides the reader the development of the built environment and the vital economic and social patterns indicated by property values and the density of households. It includes discussions of London's elite, the distribution of the make and female householders, and broad patterns of wealth. Supported by extensive statistical tables and maps, the book is also illustrated with images from the period. This fascinating atlas makes a major contribution to the field of early modern urban studies, and will interest both the established scholar and the student. It also serves as an introduction to the extensive database on the decade held at the Centre for Metropolitan History. 30 00 At the end of the seventeenth century London was about to become the largest and wealthiest city in the western world. One in ten of England's population lived in the capital, which also housed a vast proportion of the kingdom's riches. That wealth, combined with the great international trade flowing through its wharves and warehouses, earned the city the description 'the vitals of the commonwealth'. Analysing the unique and extensive documentary sources for this significant decade, the author describes and explores a number if key topographic, social and economic measures. Importantly, and so far as the sources allow, seventeenth-century London is treated throughout the analysis as a single entity – a metropolis, compromising the City and the sprawling suburbs outside. London in the 1690s</italic> guides the reader the development of the built environment and the vital economic and social patterns indicated by property values and the density of households. It includes discussions of London's elite, the distribution of the make and female householders, and broad patterns of wealth. Supported by extensive statistical tables and maps, the book is also illustrated with images from the period. This fascinating atlas makes a major contribution to the field of early modern urban studies, and will interest both the established scholar and the student. It also serves as an introduction to the extensive database on the decade held at the Centre for Metropolitan History. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250111//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/london-in-the-1690s-a-social-atlas/ London, GB 08 01 20000801 13 20240425 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/london-in-the-1690s-a-social-atlas/ 41 08 20000801 02 19.95 GBP WORLD 02 25.37 USD WORLD urn:uuid:cb601dbf-5a78-41da-bb3c-71a9c9985f74 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:63d424c3-3080-400f-a8e4-2f7aaff4159d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:cb601dbf-5a78-41da-bb3c-71a9c9985f74 15 9781908857163 03 9781908857163 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53812 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 Los Nuevos Desplazados Crimen y Desplazamiento en America Latina 1 B01 Nicolás Rodríguez Serna Nicolás Rodríguez Serna 2 B01 David James Cantor David James Cantor 01 spa 09 15 12 JPS 93 JPS B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL035010 93 JPVH 12 JPVH 10 POL057000 20 organised crime; Latin America; migration; violence; politics 01 06 02 00 03 00 In recent years Latin America has seen an unprecedented rise in the number of people forced to flee their homes due to the activities of organized criminal groups. What are the reasons behind this emerging crisis of forced displacement in the Americas? Who are these criminal groups and how do they operate in Central America, Mexico, and Colombia? Who are the victims and how can their needs be met in these violent and insecure contexts? Can law and policy offer a humanitarian response to this crisis? As the first book to deal with this rapidly evolving phenomenon, the ten chapters that make up this innovative collection offer a range of fresh perspectives from leading experts working across Latin America. 30 00 In recent years Latin America has seen an unprecedented rise in the number of people forced to flee their homes due to the activities of organized criminal groups. What are the reasons behind this emerging crisis of forced displacement in the Americas? Who are these criminal groups and how do they operate in Central America, Mexico, and Colombia? Who are the victims and how can their needs be met in these violent and insecure contexts? Can law and policy offer a humanitarian response to this crisis? As the first book to deal with this rapidly evolving phenomenon, the ten chapters that make up this innovative collection offer a range of fresh perspectives from leading experts working across Latin America. 04 00 Introducción: El crimen como un factor de expulsión en América Latina - David James Cantor y Nicolás Rodríguez Serna 1. La evolución del crimen y la violencia en América Latina y el Caribe - Steven Dudley 2. Pandillas en el Triángulo Norte de Centroamérica: narrativas y tránsitos - Ámparo Marroquín Parducci 3. El crimen organizado como causante de migraciones forzadas en el norte de Mesoamérica - David James Cantor y Nicolás Rodríguez Serna 4. Desplazamiento interno forzado en México: el debate sobre conceptos, cifras y la responsabilidad del Estado - Laura Rubio Díaz Leal 5. Grupos posdesmovilización y desplazamiento forzado en Colombia: una aproximación cuantitativa - Gabriel Rojas Andrade 6. Un éxodo silenciado: desplazamiento intraurbano en Medellín - Beatriz Eugenia Sánchez Mojica 7. Los desplazados como víctimas del crimen organizado: una mirada comparativa a México y Colombia - Nicolás Rodríguez Serna y Jean-François Durieux 8. Persecución, política y protección en Estados Unidos: encontrando un refugio frente al crimen organizado en las Américas - Sarnata Reynolds 9. La protección internacional de las personas desplazadas por el crimen organizado: el marco legal y las políticas públicas en América Latina - David James Cantor 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248104/53812/53812_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/los-nuevos-desplazados/ London, GB 04 01 20160730 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/los-nuevos-desplazados/ 20 08 20160730 02 26.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:f3d4724e-231b-4852-b042-b1a1f45f2a74 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7ba9eb58-ffcf-43ef-8104-3b5f08728725 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f3d4724e-231b-4852-b042-b1a1f45f2a74 15 9780854811380 03 9780854811380 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54081 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 5 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Lucian of Samosata Vivus Et Redivivus 1 B01 Christopher Ligota Christopher Ligota 2 B01 Letizia Panizza Letizia Panizza 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 DN 93 DN 10 LCO010000 01 06 02 00 03 00 The essays in this volume bring together, in a revised and updated form, papers presented at a colloquium held at the Warburg Institute in December 1995. As the title suggests, Lucian is considered both in his contemporary environment and in his Nachleben, and the overall purpose is to show the freshness and resilience of the presence in European culture of an author whose well-aimed satirical wit has, from his time to ours, led to defensive attempts at repression and expulsion from the cultural canon. As Kurt Tucholsky put it, nothing was sacred to Lucian, which makes him a 'friend, cousin, brother, comrade at arms'. 30 00 The essays in this volume bring together, in a revised and updated form, papers presented at a colloquium held at the Warburg Institute in December 1995. As the title suggests, Lucian is considered both in his contemporary environment and in his Nachleben, and the overall purpose is to show the freshness and resilience of the presence in European culture of an author whose well-aimed satirical wit has, from his time to ours, led to defensive attempts at repression and expulsion from the cultural canon. As Kurt Tucholsky put it, nothing was sacred to Lucian, which makes him a 'friend, cousin, brother, comrade at arms'. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250719//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/lucian-of-samosata-vivus-et-redivivus/ London, GB 04 01 20070301 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/lucian-of-samosata-vivus-et-redivivus/ 20 08 20070301 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:33a8b927-b883-47f4-9905-6a71a06e53af 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c8bb4594-6c9e-4e3c-8c61-853462c88cb8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:33a8b927-b883-47f4-9905-6a71a06e53af 15 9780854811311 03 9780854811311 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53883 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 3 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Magic and the Classical Tradition 1 B01 W. F. Ryan W. F. Ryan 2 B01 Charles Burnett Charles Burnett 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient History 12 HRQX2 10 OCC028000 93 QRYX2 10 OCC040000 01 06 02 00 03 00 The present volume arose from a colloquium on magic and divination intended to apply the study of the history of the classical tradition to the specific area of magic. Magic is interpreted in a very broad sense, and the book includes discussions of Neoplatonic theurgy, Hermetic astrological talismans, the occult activities of oracles and witches, demon-possession, popular beliefs and party tricks. While several articles look at magic in the Graeco-Roman tradition, others deal with practices in Mesopotamia, Egypt, Byzantium and Russia. The emphasis is on showing transmission through time, and across cultural and linguistic borders, and the continuing importance of classical or ancient authorities among writers of more recent periods. Editions of several previously unpublished Latin texts are included.ContentsM. J. Geller: Deconstructing Talmudic Magic<break/>† David Pingree: From Hermes to Jabir and the Book of the Cow</italic><break/>Jeffrey Spier: A Revival of Antique Magical Practice in Tenth-Century Constantinople<break/>W. F. Ryan: Ancient Demons and Russian Fevers<break/>Adelina Angusheva: Divination, Demons and Magic: A Hellenistic Theme from the Byzantine and Medieval Slavic Perspective<break/>Sophie Page: Image-Magic Texts and a Platonic Cosmology at St Augustine’s, Canterbury in the Late Middle Ages<break/>Charles Burnett: A Hermetic Programme of Astrology and Divination in mid-Twelfth-Century Aragon: the Hidden Preface in the Liber novem iudicum</italic><break/>Jan R. Veenstra: Venerating and Conjuring Angels: Eiximenis’s Book of the Holy Angels</italic> and the Holy Almandal</italic>. Two Case Studies<break/>Robert Goulding: Deceiving the Senses in the Thirteenth Century: Trickery and Illusion in the Secretum philosophorum</italic><break/>Nicolas Weill-Parot: Contriving Classical References for Talismanic Magic in the Middle Ages and the Early Renaissance<break/>Paolo Lucentini and Antonella Sannino: Recommendatio astronomiae</italic>: un anonimo trattato del secolo XV in difesa dell’astrologia e della magia<break/>Richard Kieckhefer: Did Magic Have a Renaissance? An Historiographic Question Revisited.<break/>Dorothy Severin: Two Fifteenth-Century Spanish Literary Conjurations and their Relationship to Lucan’s Pharsalia VI</italic> 30 00 The present volume arose from a colloquium on magic and divination intended to apply the study of the history of the classical tradition to the specific area of magic. Magic is interpreted in a very broad sense, and the book includes discussions of Neoplatonic theurgy, Hermetic astrological talismans, the occult activities of oracles and witches, demon-possession, popular beliefs and party tricks. While several articles look at magic in the Graeco-Roman tradition, others deal with practices in Mesopotamia, Egypt, Byzantium and Russia. The emphasis is on showing transmission through time, and across cultural and linguistic borders, and the continuing importance of classical or ancient authorities among writers of more recent periods. Editions of several previously unpublished Latin texts are included.ContentsM. J. Geller: Deconstructing Talmudic Magic<break/>† David Pingree: From Hermes to Jabir and the Book of the Cow</italic><break/>Jeffrey Spier: A Revival of Antique Magical Practice in Tenth-Century Constantinople<break/>W. F. Ryan: Ancient Demons and Russian Fevers<break/>Adelina Angusheva: Divination, Demons and Magic: A Hellenistic Theme from the Byzantine and Medieval Slavic Perspective<break/>Sophie Page: Image-Magic Texts and a Platonic Cosmology at St Augustine’s, Canterbury in the Late Middle Ages<break/>Charles Burnett: A Hermetic Programme of Astrology and Divination in mid-Twelfth-Century Aragon: the Hidden Preface in the Liber novem iudicum</italic><break/>Jan R. Veenstra: Venerating and Conjuring Angels: Eiximenis’s Book of the Holy Angels</italic> and the Holy Almandal</italic>. Two Case Studies<break/>Robert Goulding: Deceiving the Senses in the Thirteenth Century: Trickery and Illusion in the Secretum philosophorum</italic><break/>Nicolas Weill-Parot: Contriving Classical References for Talismanic Magic in the Middle Ages and the Early Renaissance<break/>Paolo Lucentini and Antonella Sannino: Recommendatio astronomiae</italic>: un anonimo trattato del secolo XV in difesa dell’astrologia e della magia<break/>Richard Kieckhefer: Did Magic Have a Renaissance? An Historiographic Question Revisited.<break/>Dorothy Severin: Two Fifteenth-Century Spanish Literary Conjurations and their Relationship to Lucan’s Pharsalia VI</italic> 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250721//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/magic-and-the-classical-tradition/ London, GB 04 01 20060201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/magic-and-the-classical-tradition/ 20 08 20060201 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:21d20b9d-a670-4981-80cc-8ac0a42d8bc7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fd5a8a5e-01ba-423b-a75a-1652c57da046 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:21d20b9d-a670-4981-80cc-8ac0a42d8bc7 15 9781909646872 03 9781909646872 06 10.14296/718.9781909646889 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72476 00 BB 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Magna Carta: history, context and influence Papers delivered at Peking University on the 800th anniversary of Magna Carta 1 B01 Lawrence Goldman Lawrence Goldman 01 eng 00 138 03 09 7 12 HB 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NH 12 HBLC1 93 NHDJ 93 GTM 12 HBJ 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 Magna Carta; politics; American revolution; Civil War; British history; American history 01 06 02 00 This book examines the history and influence of Magna Carta in British and American history. It considers the origins of the document in the context of the thirteenth century, the relevance of its principles to the seventeenth century disputes that led to the Civil War, the uses made of Magna Carta to justify the American Revolution, and its 03 00 This book examines the history and influence of Magna Carta in British and American history. In a series of essays written by notable British specialists, it considers the origins of the document in the political and religious contexts of the thirteenth century, the relevance of its principles to the seventeenth century disputes that led to the Civil War, the uses made of Magna Carta to justify the American Revolution, and its inspiration of the radical-democratic movement in Britain in the early nineteenth century. The introductory essay considers the celebration of Magna Carta's 800th anniversary in 2015 in relation to ceremonials and remembrance in Britain in general. Given as papers to a joint conference of British and Chinese historians in Beijing in 2015, these essays provide a clear and insightful overview of the origins and impact of a medieval document that has shaped the history of the world. 30 00 This book examines the history and influence of Magna Carta in British and American history. In a series of essays written by notable British specialists, it considers the origins of the document in the political and religious contexts of the thirteenth century, the relevance of its principles to the seventeenth century disputes that led to the Civil War, the uses made of Magna Carta to justify the American Revolution, and its inspiration of the radical-democratic movement in Britain in the early nineteenth century. The introductory essay considers the celebration of Magna Carta's 800th anniversary in 2015 in relation to ceremonials and remembrance in Britain in general. Given as papers to a joint conference of British and Chinese historians in Beijing in 2015, these essays provide a clear and insightful overview of the origins and impact of a medieval document that has shaped the history of the world. 04 00 List of illustrations Foreword Retrospect and prospect: 800th anniversary of Magna Carta Notes on contributors 1. Historic anniversaries in British public life: Magna Carta 800/2015 in perspective Lawrence Goldman 2. Magna Carta 1215: its social and political context David Carpenter 3. Magna Carta: from King John to western liberty Nicholas Vincent 4. The Church and Magna Carta in the thirteenth century S. T. Ambler 5. Sir Edward Coke’s resurrection of Magna Carta George Garnett 6. ‘More precious in your esteem than it deserveth’? Magna Carta and seventeenth-century politics Rachel Foxley 7. Magna Carta in the American Revolution Harry T. Dickinson 8. Reform, radicalism and revolution: Magna Carta in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century Britain Alexander Lock Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/718.9781909646889_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/magna-carta-history-context-and-influence/ London, GB 04 01 20180731 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646889 03 9781909646889 06 15 9781909646896 03 9781909646896 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/magna-carta-history-context-and-influence/ 20 08 20180731 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3c77f6ba-dcf2-4dda-9c52-98c49d2f5b50 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fd5a8a5e-01ba-423b-a75a-1652c57da046 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3c77f6ba-dcf2-4dda-9c52-98c49d2f5b50 15 9781909646889 03 9781909646889 06 10.14296/718.9781909646889 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72476 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Magna Carta: history, context and influence Papers delivered at Peking University on the 800th anniversary of Magna Carta 1 B01 Lawrence Goldman Lawrence Goldman 01 eng 00 138 03 09 7 12 HB 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NH 12 HBLC1 93 NHDJ 93 GTM 12 HBJ 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 Magna Carta; politics; American revolution; Civil War; British history; American history 01 06 02 00 This book examines the history and influence of Magna Carta in British and American history. It considers the origins of the document in the context of the thirteenth century, the relevance of its principles to the seventeenth century disputes that led to the Civil War, the uses made of Magna Carta to justify the American Revolution, and its 03 00 This book examines the history and influence of Magna Carta in British and American history. In a series of essays written by notable British specialists, it considers the origins of the document in the political and religious contexts of the thirteenth century, the relevance of its principles to the seventeenth century disputes that led to the Civil War, the uses made of Magna Carta to justify the American Revolution, and its inspiration of the radical-democratic movement in Britain in the early nineteenth century. The introductory essay considers the celebration of Magna Carta's 800th anniversary in 2015 in relation to ceremonials and remembrance in Britain in general. Given as papers to a joint conference of British and Chinese historians in Beijing in 2015, these essays provide a clear and insightful overview of the origins and impact of a medieval document that has shaped the history of the world. 30 00 This book examines the history and influence of Magna Carta in British and American history. In a series of essays written by notable British specialists, it considers the origins of the document in the political and religious contexts of the thirteenth century, the relevance of its principles to the seventeenth century disputes that led to the Civil War, the uses made of Magna Carta to justify the American Revolution, and its inspiration of the radical-democratic movement in Britain in the early nineteenth century. The introductory essay considers the celebration of Magna Carta's 800th anniversary in 2015 in relation to ceremonials and remembrance in Britain in general. Given as papers to a joint conference of British and Chinese historians in Beijing in 2015, these essays provide a clear and insightful overview of the origins and impact of a medieval document that has shaped the history of the world. 04 00 List of illustrations Foreword Retrospect and prospect: 800th anniversary of Magna Carta Notes on contributors 1. Historic anniversaries in British public life: Magna Carta 800/2015 in perspective Lawrence Goldman 2. Magna Carta 1215: its social and political context David Carpenter 3. Magna Carta: from King John to western liberty Nicholas Vincent 4. The Church and Magna Carta in the thirteenth century S. T. Ambler 5. Sir Edward Coke’s resurrection of Magna Carta George Garnett 6. ‘More precious in your esteem than it deserveth’? Magna Carta and seventeenth-century politics Rachel Foxley 7. Magna Carta in the American Revolution Harry T. Dickinson 8. Reform, radicalism and revolution: Magna Carta in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century Britain Alexander Lock Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/718.9781909646889_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/magna-carta-history-context-and-influence/ London, GB 04 01 20180731 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646872 03 9781909646872 06 15 9781909646896 03 9781909646896 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/fd5a8a5e-01ba-423b-a75a-1652c57da046 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/fd5a8a5e-01ba-423b-a75a-1652c57da046/fd5a8a5e-01ba-423b-a75a-1652c57da046.pdf 20 08 20180731 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/magna-carta-history-context-and-influence/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646889.pdf 20 08 20180731 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/magna-carta-history-context-and-influence/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/718.9781909646889.pdf 20 08 20180731 01 urn:uuid:0adb37e0-e991-43b6-8d4e-26d833001bef 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fd5a8a5e-01ba-423b-a75a-1652c57da046 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0adb37e0-e991-43b6-8d4e-26d833001bef 15 9781909646896 03 9781909646896 06 10.14296/718.9781909646889 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72476 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Magna Carta: history, context and influence Papers delivered at Peking University on the 800th anniversary of Magna Carta 1 B01 Lawrence Goldman Lawrence Goldman 01 eng 00 138 03 09 7 12 HB 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NH 12 HBLC1 93 NHDJ 93 GTM 12 HBJ 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 Magna Carta; politics; American revolution; Civil War; British history; American history 01 06 02 00 This book examines the history and influence of Magna Carta in British and American history. It considers the origins of the document in the context of the thirteenth century, the relevance of its principles to the seventeenth century disputes that led to the Civil War, the uses made of Magna Carta to justify the American Revolution, and its 03 00 This book examines the history and influence of Magna Carta in British and American history. In a series of essays written by notable British specialists, it considers the origins of the document in the political and religious contexts of the thirteenth century, the relevance of its principles to the seventeenth century disputes that led to the Civil War, the uses made of Magna Carta to justify the American Revolution, and its inspiration of the radical-democratic movement in Britain in the early nineteenth century. The introductory essay considers the celebration of Magna Carta's 800th anniversary in 2015 in relation to ceremonials and remembrance in Britain in general. Given as papers to a joint conference of British and Chinese historians in Beijing in 2015, these essays provide a clear and insightful overview of the origins and impact of a medieval document that has shaped the history of the world. 30 00 This book examines the history and influence of Magna Carta in British and American history. In a series of essays written by notable British specialists, it considers the origins of the document in the political and religious contexts of the thirteenth century, the relevance of its principles to the seventeenth century disputes that led to the Civil War, the uses made of Magna Carta to justify the American Revolution, and its inspiration of the radical-democratic movement in Britain in the early nineteenth century. The introductory essay considers the celebration of Magna Carta's 800th anniversary in 2015 in relation to ceremonials and remembrance in Britain in general. Given as papers to a joint conference of British and Chinese historians in Beijing in 2015, these essays provide a clear and insightful overview of the origins and impact of a medieval document that has shaped the history of the world. 04 00 List of illustrations Foreword Retrospect and prospect: 800th anniversary of Magna Carta Notes on contributors 1. Historic anniversaries in British public life: Magna Carta 800/2015 in perspective Lawrence Goldman 2. Magna Carta 1215: its social and political context David Carpenter 3. Magna Carta: from King John to western liberty Nicholas Vincent 4. The Church and Magna Carta in the thirteenth century S. T. Ambler 5. Sir Edward Coke’s resurrection of Magna Carta George Garnett 6. ‘More precious in your esteem than it deserveth’? Magna Carta and seventeenth-century politics Rachel Foxley 7. Magna Carta in the American Revolution Harry T. Dickinson 8. Reform, radicalism and revolution: Magna Carta in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century Britain Alexander Lock Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/718.9781909646889_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/magna-carta-history-context-and-influence/ London, GB 04 01 20180731 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646872 03 9781909646872 06 15 9781909646889 03 9781909646889 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/magna-carta-history-context-and-influence/ 20 08 20180731 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:626b31b2-91d0-48bc-a76a-ce1ca46eab54 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:024d5e6d-25d1-4b22-89de-07d8a0ad88ce 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:626b31b2-91d0-48bc-a76a-ce1ca46eab54 15 9781900039703 03 9781900039703 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53797 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 27 mm 03 2.7 cm 03 1.0625 in 08 32 gr 08 1.25 oz 01 01 Making Institutions Work in Peru Democracy, Development and Inequality Since 1980 1 B01 John Crabtree John Crabtree 01 eng 93 JPHV 12 JPHV B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL010000 12 GTF 93 GTP 10 POL011000 12 1KLSR 93 1KLSR 10 POL016000 01 06 02 00 The 2006 Peruvian elections are an appropriate moment to reflect on Alejandro Toledo's term as president and on the broader agenda for building a more inclusive and democratic government. In a country of extreme social inequality, such an aspiration represents an enormous challenge. 03 00 The 2006 Peruvian elections are an appropriate moment to reflect on Alejandro Toledo's term as president and on the broader agenda for building a more inclusive and democratic government. In a country of extreme social inequality, such an aspiration represents an enormous challenge. The sudden collapse of the which Fujimori regime --which had dominated Peru for the 1990s --and Toledo's election victory in 2001 seemed to provide an opportunity for institutional reform and rebuilding. The impetus proved short-lived, as the new president's popularity sank to unprecedented levels and public support for Peru's democratic institutions continued to hemorrhage. This book suggests that the challenges of institutional development run very deep and are not peculiar to any one government. Institutional change in Peru is part of a much wider process of transformation from an oligarchic society. Contributors include Paulo Drino (University of Manchester), Cynthia Sanborn (Centro de Investigaciones, Universidad del Pacifico, Lima), Carlos Monge (Participacion Ciudadana, Lima), Fernando Rospigliosi (Instituto de Estudios Peruanos, Lima), Pedro Franck (Departamento de Economia, Universidad Catolica, Lima), Fernando Eguren (Centro Peruano de Ciencias Sociales, Lima), Rosemary Thorp (Queen Elizabeth House/St Antony's College, Oxford), Eduardo Dargent (University of Texas,Austin), Coletta Youngers (Washington Office on Latin America,Washington D.C.), Francisco Durand (University of Texas, San Antonio), Jose Tavara (Departamento de Economia, Universidad Catolica, Lima, and OSIPTEL), and Richard Webb (Instituto Cuanto and Central Bank of Peru). 30 00 The 2006 Peruvian elections are an appropriate moment to reflect on Alejandro Toledo's term as president and on the broader agenda for building a more inclusive and democratic government. In a country of extreme social inequality, such an aspiration represents an enormous challenge. The sudden collapse of the which Fujimori regime --which had dominated Peru for the 1990s --and Toledo's election victory in 2001 seemed to provide an opportunity for institutional reform and rebuilding. The impetus proved short-lived, as the new president's popularity sank to unprecedented levels and public support for Peru's democratic institutions continued to hemorrhage. This book suggests that the challenges of institutional development run very deep and are not peculiar to any one government. Institutional change in Peru is part of a much wider process of transformation from an oligarchic society. Contributors include Paulo Drino (University of Manchester), Cynthia Sanborn (Centro de Investigaciones, Universidad del Pacifico, Lima), Carlos Monge (Participacion Ciudadana, Lima), Fernando Rospigliosi (Instituto de Estudios Peruanos, Lima), Pedro Franck (Departamento de Economia, Universidad Catolica, Lima), Fernando Eguren (Centro Peruano de Ciencias Sociales, Lima), Rosemary Thorp (Queen Elizabeth House/St Antony's College, Oxford), Eduardo Dargent (University of Texas,Austin), Coletta Youngers (Washington Office on Latin America,Washington D.C.), Francisco Durand (University of Texas, San Antonio), Jose Tavara (Departamento de Economia, Universidad Catolica, Lima, and OSIPTEL), and Richard Webb (Instituto Cuanto and Central Bank of Peru). 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248143/53797/53797_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/making-institutions-work-in-peru/ London, GB 04 01 20060605 02 WORLD 06 15 9781900039642 03 9781900039642 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/making-institutions-work-in-peru/ 20 08 20060605 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b9154622-613e-410f-a682-c2775a20b4d9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:024d5e6d-25d1-4b22-89de-07d8a0ad88ce 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b9154622-613e-410f-a682-c2775a20b4d9 15 9781900039642 03 9781900039642 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53797 00 BB 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 27 mm 03 2.7 cm 03 1.0625 in 08 32 gr 08 1.25 oz 01 01 Making Institutions Work in Peru Democracy, Development and Inequality Since 1980 1 B01 John Crabtree John Crabtree 01 eng 93 JPHV 12 JPHV B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL010000 12 GTF 93 GTP 10 POL011000 12 1KLSR 93 1KLSR 10 POL016000 01 06 02 00 The 2006 Peruvian elections are an appropriate moment to reflect on Alejandro Toledo's term as president and on the broader agenda for building a more inclusive and democratic government. In a country of extreme social inequality, such an aspiration represents an enormous challenge. 03 00 The 2006 Peruvian elections are an appropriate moment to reflect on Alejandro Toledo's term as president and on the broader agenda for building a more inclusive and democratic government. In a country of extreme social inequality, such an aspiration represents an enormous challenge. The sudden collapse of the which Fujimori regime --which had dominated Peru for the 1990s --and Toledo's election victory in 2001 seemed to provide an opportunity for institutional reform and rebuilding. The impetus proved short-lived, as the new president's popularity sank to unprecedented levels and public support for Peru's democratic institutions continued to hemorrhage. This book suggests that the challenges of institutional development run very deep and are not peculiar to any one government. Institutional change in Peru is part of a much wider process of transformation from an oligarchic society. Contributors include Paulo Drino (University of Manchester), Cynthia Sanborn (Centro de Investigaciones, Universidad del Pacifico, Lima), Carlos Monge (Participacion Ciudadana, Lima), Fernando Rospigliosi (Instituto de Estudios Peruanos, Lima), Pedro Franck (Departamento de Economia, Universidad Catolica, Lima), Fernando Eguren (Centro Peruano de Ciencias Sociales, Lima), Rosemary Thorp (Queen Elizabeth House/St Antony's College, Oxford), Eduardo Dargent (University of Texas,Austin), Coletta Youngers (Washington Office on Latin America,Washington D.C.), Francisco Durand (University of Texas, San Antonio), Jose Tavara (Departamento de Economia, Universidad Catolica, Lima, and OSIPTEL), and Richard Webb (Instituto Cuanto and Central Bank of Peru). 30 00 The 2006 Peruvian elections are an appropriate moment to reflect on Alejandro Toledo's term as president and on the broader agenda for building a more inclusive and democratic government. In a country of extreme social inequality, such an aspiration represents an enormous challenge. The sudden collapse of the which Fujimori regime --which had dominated Peru for the 1990s --and Toledo's election victory in 2001 seemed to provide an opportunity for institutional reform and rebuilding. The impetus proved short-lived, as the new president's popularity sank to unprecedented levels and public support for Peru's democratic institutions continued to hemorrhage. This book suggests that the challenges of institutional development run very deep and are not peculiar to any one government. Institutional change in Peru is part of a much wider process of transformation from an oligarchic society. Contributors include Paulo Drino (University of Manchester), Cynthia Sanborn (Centro de Investigaciones, Universidad del Pacifico, Lima), Carlos Monge (Participacion Ciudadana, Lima), Fernando Rospigliosi (Instituto de Estudios Peruanos, Lima), Pedro Franck (Departamento de Economia, Universidad Catolica, Lima), Fernando Eguren (Centro Peruano de Ciencias Sociales, Lima), Rosemary Thorp (Queen Elizabeth House/St Antony's College, Oxford), Eduardo Dargent (University of Texas,Austin), Coletta Youngers (Washington Office on Latin America,Washington D.C.), Francisco Durand (University of Texas, San Antonio), Jose Tavara (Departamento de Economia, Universidad Catolica, Lima, and OSIPTEL), and Richard Webb (Instituto Cuanto and Central Bank of Peru). 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248143/53797/53797_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/making-institutions-work-in-peru/ London, GB 04 01 20060605 02 WORLD 06 15 9781900039703 03 9781900039703 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/making-institutions-work-in-peru/ 20 08 20060605 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:59d50227-052d-4a70-adb2-90e2a8ec8c7c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a1e1f983-4392-4086-a152-32436cda6726 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:59d50227-052d-4a70-adb2-90e2a8ec8c7c 15 9781905165001 03 9781905165001 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54092 00 BC 10 01 246 mm 01 24.6 cm 01 9.6875 in 02 189 mm 02 18.9 cm 02 7.4375 in 01 01 Making Sense of the Census Revisited Census Records for England and Wales,1801-1901. A Handbook for Historical Researchers 1 A01 Edward Higgs Edward Higgs 01 eng 12 HBTG B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTG 10 SOC027000 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 1DBKW 93 1DDU-GB-W 12 3JH 93 3MN 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248199/54092/54092_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/making-sense-of-the-census-revisited/ London, GB 04 01 20050331 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/making-sense-of-the-census-revisited/ 20 08 20050331 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ae5fca10-f7f6-42a2-a3fa-139a8dc52a7b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fc72683e-dac3-4e11-9659-946103aa4c5c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ae5fca10-f7f6-42a2-a3fa-139a8dc52a7b 15 9781912250332 03 9781912250332 06 10.14296/920.9781912250387 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.92211 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 19 mm 03 1.9 cm 03 0.755 in 08 505 gr 08 17.875 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Mapping Crisis Participation, Datafication and Humanitarianism in the Age of Digital Mapping 1 B01 21 0000000164803732 Doug Specht Doug Specht 01 eng 00 276 03 09 34 B2 Human Rights 12 RGV 93 RGV 10 SOC015000 12 HBTQ 93 JBFG 10 SOC066000 12 JFFD 93 NHTQ 10 TEC048000 93 1A 93 3MR 20 maps; mapping; data; crisis; cartography; humanitarian work 01 06 02 00 This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis. 03 00 The digital age has thrown questions of representation, participation and humanitarianism back to the fore, as machine learning, algorithms and big data centres take over the process of mapping the subjugated and subaltern. Since the rise of Google Earth in 2005, there has been an explosion in the use of mapping tools to quantify and assess the needs of those in crisis, including those affected by climate change and the wider neo-liberal agenda. Yet, while there has been a huge upsurge in the data produced around these issues, the representation of people remains questionable. Some have argued that representation has diminished in humanitarian crises as people are increasingly reduced to data points. In turn, this data has become ever more difficult to analyse without vast computing power, leading to a dependency on the old colonial powers to refine the data collected from people in crisis, before selling it back to them.This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis. 30 00 The digital age has thrown questions of representation, participation and humanitarianism back to the fore, as machine learning, algorithms and big data centres take over the process of mapping the subjugated and subaltern. Since the rise of Google Earth in 2005, there has been an explosion in the use of mapping tools to quantify and assess the needs of those in crisis, including those affected by climate change and the wider neo-liberal agenda. Yet, while there has been a huge upsurge in the data produced around these issues, the representation of people remains questionable. Some have argued that representation has diminished in humanitarian crises as people are increasingly reduced to data points. In turn, this data has become ever more difficult to analyse without vast computing power, leading to a dependency on the old colonial powers to refine the data collected from people in crisis, before selling it back to them.This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis. 04 00 Mapping Crisis: a reflection on the Covid-19 pandemic Doug SpechtIntroduction: mapping in times of crisis Doug Specht1. Mapping as tacit representations of the colonial gaze Tamara Bellone, Salvatore Engel-di-Mauro, Francesco Fiermonte, Emiliana Armano and Linda Quiquivix2. The failures of participatory mapping: a mediational perspective Gregory Asmolov3. Knowledge and spatial production between old and new representation: a conceptual and operative framework M. Rosaria Prisco4. Data colonialism, surveillance capitalism and drones Faine Greenwood5. The role of data collection, mapping and analysis in the reproduction of refugeeness and migration discourses: reflections from the Refugee Spaces project Giovanna Astolfo, Ricardo Marten Caceres, Falli Palaiologou, Camillo Boano and Ed Manley6. Dying in the technosphere: an intersectional analysis of European migration maps Monika Halkort7. Now the totality maps us: mapping climate migration and surveilling movable borders in digital cartographies Bogna M Konior8. The rise of the citizen data scientist Aleš Završnik and Pika Šarf9. Modalities of united statelessness Rupert Allan 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912250387_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-crisis/ London, GB 04 01 20200914 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250387 03 9781912250387 06 15 9781912250561 03 9781912250561 06 15 9781912250370 03 9781912250370 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-crisis/ 20 08 20200914 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:69d2ea92-2440-4d49-9300-e08b23a9690a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fc72683e-dac3-4e11-9659-946103aa4c5c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:69d2ea92-2440-4d49-9300-e08b23a9690a 15 9781912250387 03 9781912250387 06 10.14296/920.9781912250387 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.92211 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Mapping Crisis Participation, Datafication and Humanitarianism in the Age of Digital Mapping 1 B01 21 0000000164803732 Doug Specht Doug Specht 01 eng 00 276 03 09 34 B2 Human Rights 12 RGV 93 RGV 10 SOC015000 12 HBTQ 93 JBFG 10 SOC066000 12 JFFD 93 NHTQ 10 TEC048000 93 1A 93 3MR 20 maps; mapping; data; crisis; cartography; humanitarian work 01 06 02 00 This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis. 03 00 The digital age has thrown questions of representation, participation and humanitarianism back to the fore, as machine learning, algorithms and big data centres take over the process of mapping the subjugated and subaltern. Since the rise of Google Earth in 2005, there has been an explosion in the use of mapping tools to quantify and assess the needs of those in crisis, including those affected by climate change and the wider neo-liberal agenda. Yet, while there has been a huge upsurge in the data produced around these issues, the representation of people remains questionable. Some have argued that representation has diminished in humanitarian crises as people are increasingly reduced to data points. In turn, this data has become ever more difficult to analyse without vast computing power, leading to a dependency on the old colonial powers to refine the data collected from people in crisis, before selling it back to them.This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis. 30 00 The digital age has thrown questions of representation, participation and humanitarianism back to the fore, as machine learning, algorithms and big data centres take over the process of mapping the subjugated and subaltern. Since the rise of Google Earth in 2005, there has been an explosion in the use of mapping tools to quantify and assess the needs of those in crisis, including those affected by climate change and the wider neo-liberal agenda. Yet, while there has been a huge upsurge in the data produced around these issues, the representation of people remains questionable. Some have argued that representation has diminished in humanitarian crises as people are increasingly reduced to data points. In turn, this data has become ever more difficult to analyse without vast computing power, leading to a dependency on the old colonial powers to refine the data collected from people in crisis, before selling it back to them.This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis. 04 00 Mapping Crisis: a reflection on the Covid-19 pandemic Doug SpechtIntroduction: mapping in times of crisis Doug Specht1. Mapping as tacit representations of the colonial gaze Tamara Bellone, Salvatore Engel-di-Mauro, Francesco Fiermonte, Emiliana Armano and Linda Quiquivix2. The failures of participatory mapping: a mediational perspective Gregory Asmolov3. Knowledge and spatial production between old and new representation: a conceptual and operative framework M. Rosaria Prisco4. Data colonialism, surveillance capitalism and drones Faine Greenwood5. The role of data collection, mapping and analysis in the reproduction of refugeeness and migration discourses: reflections from the Refugee Spaces project Giovanna Astolfo, Ricardo Marten Caceres, Falli Palaiologou, Camillo Boano and Ed Manley6. Dying in the technosphere: an intersectional analysis of European migration maps Monika Halkort7. Now the totality maps us: mapping climate migration and surveilling movable borders in digital cartographies Bogna M Konior8. The rise of the citizen data scientist Aleš Završnik and Pika Šarf9. Modalities of united statelessness Rupert Allan 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912250387_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-crisis/ London, GB 04 01 20200914 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250332 03 9781912250332 06 15 9781912250561 03 9781912250561 06 15 9781912250370 03 9781912250370 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/fc72683e-dac3-4e11-9659-946103aa4c5c 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/fc72683e-dac3-4e11-9659-946103aa4c5c/fc72683e-dac3-4e11-9659-946103aa4c5c.pdf 20 08 20200914 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-crisis/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912250387.pdf 20 08 20200914 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-crisis/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912250387.pdf 20 08 20200914 01 urn:uuid:9a5ff2d4-0d83-4591-8474-b10cd24f3879 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fc72683e-dac3-4e11-9659-946103aa4c5c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9a5ff2d4-0d83-4591-8474-b10cd24f3879 15 9781912250561 03 9781912250561 06 10.14296/920.9781912250387 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.92211 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Mapping Crisis Participation, Datafication and Humanitarianism in the Age of Digital Mapping 1 B01 21 0000000164803732 Doug Specht Doug Specht 01 eng 00 276 03 09 34 B2 Human Rights 12 RGV 93 RGV 10 SOC015000 12 HBTQ 93 JBFG 10 SOC066000 12 JFFD 93 NHTQ 10 TEC048000 93 1A 93 3MR 20 maps; mapping; data; crisis; cartography; humanitarian work 01 06 02 00 This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis. 03 00 The digital age has thrown questions of representation, participation and humanitarianism back to the fore, as machine learning, algorithms and big data centres take over the process of mapping the subjugated and subaltern. Since the rise of Google Earth in 2005, there has been an explosion in the use of mapping tools to quantify and assess the needs of those in crisis, including those affected by climate change and the wider neo-liberal agenda. Yet, while there has been a huge upsurge in the data produced around these issues, the representation of people remains questionable. Some have argued that representation has diminished in humanitarian crises as people are increasingly reduced to data points. In turn, this data has become ever more difficult to analyse without vast computing power, leading to a dependency on the old colonial powers to refine the data collected from people in crisis, before selling it back to them.This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis. 30 00 The digital age has thrown questions of representation, participation and humanitarianism back to the fore, as machine learning, algorithms and big data centres take over the process of mapping the subjugated and subaltern. Since the rise of Google Earth in 2005, there has been an explosion in the use of mapping tools to quantify and assess the needs of those in crisis, including those affected by climate change and the wider neo-liberal agenda. Yet, while there has been a huge upsurge in the data produced around these issues, the representation of people remains questionable. Some have argued that representation has diminished in humanitarian crises as people are increasingly reduced to data points. In turn, this data has become ever more difficult to analyse without vast computing power, leading to a dependency on the old colonial powers to refine the data collected from people in crisis, before selling it back to them.This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis. 04 00 Mapping Crisis: a reflection on the Covid-19 pandemic Doug SpechtIntroduction: mapping in times of crisis Doug Specht1. Mapping as tacit representations of the colonial gaze Tamara Bellone, Salvatore Engel-di-Mauro, Francesco Fiermonte, Emiliana Armano and Linda Quiquivix2. The failures of participatory mapping: a mediational perspective Gregory Asmolov3. Knowledge and spatial production between old and new representation: a conceptual and operative framework M. Rosaria Prisco4. Data colonialism, surveillance capitalism and drones Faine Greenwood5. The role of data collection, mapping and analysis in the reproduction of refugeeness and migration discourses: reflections from the Refugee Spaces project Giovanna Astolfo, Ricardo Marten Caceres, Falli Palaiologou, Camillo Boano and Ed Manley6. Dying in the technosphere: an intersectional analysis of European migration maps Monika Halkort7. Now the totality maps us: mapping climate migration and surveilling movable borders in digital cartographies Bogna M Konior8. The rise of the citizen data scientist Aleš Završnik and Pika Šarf9. Modalities of united statelessness Rupert Allan 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912250387_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-crisis/ London, GB 04 01 20200914 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250332 03 9781912250332 06 15 9781912250387 03 9781912250387 06 15 9781912250370 03 9781912250370 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/mapping-crisis 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/mapping-crisis 20 08 20200914 01 urn:uuid:b32bf253-f5d0-4727-82a2-d9a1875fbaba 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fc72683e-dac3-4e11-9659-946103aa4c5c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b32bf253-f5d0-4727-82a2-d9a1875fbaba 15 9781912250370 03 9781912250370 06 10.14296/920.9781912250387 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.92211 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Mapping Crisis Participation, Datafication and Humanitarianism in the Age of Digital Mapping 1 B01 21 0000000164803732 Doug Specht Doug Specht 01 eng 00 276 03 09 34 B2 Human Rights 12 RGV 93 RGV 10 SOC015000 12 HBTQ 93 JBFG 10 SOC066000 12 JFFD 93 NHTQ 10 TEC048000 93 1A 93 3MR 20 maps; mapping; data; crisis; cartography; humanitarian work 01 06 02 00 This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis. 03 00 The digital age has thrown questions of representation, participation and humanitarianism back to the fore, as machine learning, algorithms and big data centres take over the process of mapping the subjugated and subaltern. Since the rise of Google Earth in 2005, there has been an explosion in the use of mapping tools to quantify and assess the needs of those in crisis, including those affected by climate change and the wider neo-liberal agenda. Yet, while there has been a huge upsurge in the data produced around these issues, the representation of people remains questionable. Some have argued that representation has diminished in humanitarian crises as people are increasingly reduced to data points. In turn, this data has become ever more difficult to analyse without vast computing power, leading to a dependency on the old colonial powers to refine the data collected from people in crisis, before selling it back to them.This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis. 30 00 The digital age has thrown questions of representation, participation and humanitarianism back to the fore, as machine learning, algorithms and big data centres take over the process of mapping the subjugated and subaltern. Since the rise of Google Earth in 2005, there has been an explosion in the use of mapping tools to quantify and assess the needs of those in crisis, including those affected by climate change and the wider neo-liberal agenda. Yet, while there has been a huge upsurge in the data produced around these issues, the representation of people remains questionable. Some have argued that representation has diminished in humanitarian crises as people are increasingly reduced to data points. In turn, this data has become ever more difficult to analyse without vast computing power, leading to a dependency on the old colonial powers to refine the data collected from people in crisis, before selling it back to them.This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis. 04 00 Mapping Crisis: a reflection on the Covid-19 pandemic Doug SpechtIntroduction: mapping in times of crisis Doug Specht1. Mapping as tacit representations of the colonial gaze Tamara Bellone, Salvatore Engel-di-Mauro, Francesco Fiermonte, Emiliana Armano and Linda Quiquivix2. The failures of participatory mapping: a mediational perspective Gregory Asmolov3. Knowledge and spatial production between old and new representation: a conceptual and operative framework M. Rosaria Prisco4. Data colonialism, surveillance capitalism and drones Faine Greenwood5. The role of data collection, mapping and analysis in the reproduction of refugeeness and migration discourses: reflections from the Refugee Spaces project Giovanna Astolfo, Ricardo Marten Caceres, Falli Palaiologou, Camillo Boano and Ed Manley6. Dying in the technosphere: an intersectional analysis of European migration maps Monika Halkort7. Now the totality maps us: mapping climate migration and surveilling movable borders in digital cartographies Bogna M Konior8. The rise of the citizen data scientist Aleš Završnik and Pika Šarf9. Modalities of united statelessness Rupert Allan 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912250387_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-crisis/ London, GB 04 01 20200914 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250332 03 9781912250332 06 15 9781912250387 03 9781912250387 06 15 9781912250561 03 9781912250561 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-crisis/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912250387.epub 20 08 20200914 01 urn:uuid:a0305387-d082-43e7-8954-c9ee071b4dec 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:335e1ffd-fa1d-4b8e-bb65-1f8773babb07 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a0305387-d082-43e7-8954-c9ee071b4dec 15 9780854572847 03 9780854572847 06 10.14296/wxvs7011 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.136903 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Mapping Post-War Italian Literature Boom and Aftermath (1956–1979) 1 A01 Giulia Brecciaroli Giulia Brecciaroli 01 eng 12 D 93 DSBH B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies 10 LIT000000 01 06 02 00 03 00 In the aftermath of the reconstruction period immediately after the Second World War, Italy experienced an unprecedented and unexpected phase of economic development, which transformed it from a traditionally agrarian and impoverished country into one of Europe’s most industrialized nations. The idea, treasured to this day by many Italians, of this period as a sort of ‘golden age’ has increasingly been called into question by historical research that has delved into the deeper, persistent contradictions of Italian society at the time. Mapping Post-War Italian Literature embraces the boom years and their legacy, exploring the long-lasting impact of post-war Italy’s urbanization and modernization on the imagination of Italian writers. It does so by looking at how socio-spatial transformations affecting the main industrial cities of the North – Milan and Turin – as well as the provinces (a space generally deemed ‘peripheral’) and the national landscape have been conceptualized in contemporary novels and travel accounts. The selected texts cross genre boundaries and reflect an array of authorial positions, giving a compelling and multifaceted account of the post-war historical transition. 30 00 In the aftermath of the reconstruction period immediately after the Second World War, Italy experienced an unprecedented and unexpected phase of economic development, which transformed it from a traditionally agrarian and impoverished country into one of Europe’s most industrialized nations. The idea, treasured to this day by many Italians, of this period as a sort of ‘golden age’ has increasingly been called into question by historical research that has delved into the deeper, persistent contradictions of Italian society at the time. Mapping Post-War Italian Literature embraces the boom years and their legacy, exploring the long-lasting impact of post-war Italy’s urbanization and modernization on the imagination of Italian writers. It does so by looking at how socio-spatial transformations affecting the main industrial cities of the North – Milan and Turin – as well as the provinces (a space generally deemed ‘peripheral’) and the national landscape have been conceptualized in contemporary novels and travel accounts. The selected texts cross genre boundaries and reflect an array of authorial positions, giving a compelling and multifaceted account of the post-war historical transition. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/wxvs7011_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-post-war-italian-literature/ London, GB 04 01 20240111 Giulia Brecciaroli 02 WORLD 06 15 9780854572854 03 9780854572854 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-post-war-italian-literature/ 20 08 20240111 02 24.99 GBP WORLD 02 34.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:37e13003-2ed6-415a-9d11-66fa578f6346 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:335e1ffd-fa1d-4b8e-bb65-1f8773babb07 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:37e13003-2ed6-415a-9d11-66fa578f6346 15 9780854572854 03 9780854572854 06 10.14296/wxvs7011 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.136903 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Mapping Post-War Italian Literature Boom and Aftermath (1956–1979) 1 A01 Giulia Brecciaroli Giulia Brecciaroli 01 eng 12 D 93 DSBH B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies 10 LIT000000 01 06 02 00 03 00 In the aftermath of the reconstruction period immediately after the Second World War, Italy experienced an unprecedented and unexpected phase of economic development, which transformed it from a traditionally agrarian and impoverished country into one of Europe’s most industrialized nations. The idea, treasured to this day by many Italians, of this period as a sort of ‘golden age’ has increasingly been called into question by historical research that has delved into the deeper, persistent contradictions of Italian society at the time. Mapping Post-War Italian Literature embraces the boom years and their legacy, exploring the long-lasting impact of post-war Italy’s urbanization and modernization on the imagination of Italian writers. It does so by looking at how socio-spatial transformations affecting the main industrial cities of the North – Milan and Turin – as well as the provinces (a space generally deemed ‘peripheral’) and the national landscape have been conceptualized in contemporary novels and travel accounts. The selected texts cross genre boundaries and reflect an array of authorial positions, giving a compelling and multifaceted account of the post-war historical transition. 30 00 In the aftermath of the reconstruction period immediately after the Second World War, Italy experienced an unprecedented and unexpected phase of economic development, which transformed it from a traditionally agrarian and impoverished country into one of Europe’s most industrialized nations. The idea, treasured to this day by many Italians, of this period as a sort of ‘golden age’ has increasingly been called into question by historical research that has delved into the deeper, persistent contradictions of Italian society at the time. Mapping Post-War Italian Literature embraces the boom years and their legacy, exploring the long-lasting impact of post-war Italy’s urbanization and modernization on the imagination of Italian writers. It does so by looking at how socio-spatial transformations affecting the main industrial cities of the North – Milan and Turin – as well as the provinces (a space generally deemed ‘peripheral’) and the national landscape have been conceptualized in contemporary novels and travel accounts. The selected texts cross genre boundaries and reflect an array of authorial positions, giving a compelling and multifaceted account of the post-war historical transition. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/wxvs7011_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-post-war-italian-literature/ London, GB 04 01 20240111 Giulia Brecciaroli 02 WORLD 06 15 9780854572847 03 9780854572847 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/335e1ffd-fa1d-4b8e-bb65-1f8773babb07 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/335e1ffd-fa1d-4b8e-bb65-1f8773babb07/335e1ffd-fa1d-4b8e-bb65-1f8773babb07.pdf 20 08 20240111 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-post-war-italian-literature/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9780854572854.pdf 20 08 20240111 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-post-war-italian-literature/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/wxvs7011.pdf 20 08 20240111 01 urn:uuid:1d101397-2464-4f3b-b4be-64d1cb47ed71 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:66f120f2-cc8d-42bd-889c-ec1ea206f6c1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1d101397-2464-4f3b-b4be-64d1cb47ed71 15 9781915249258 03 9781915249258 06 10.14296/mpgh8387 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87227 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 4 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Mapping the State English Boundaries and the 1832 Reform Act 1 A01 Martin Spychal Martin Spychal Senior Research Fellow History of Parliament Martin Spychal is a historian of modern Britain, specialising in nineteenth-century politics, society and culture. He is a Senior Research Fellow at the History of Parliament working on the House of Commons 1832–1945 project. 01 eng 09 60 12 HB 10 HIS015060 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 20 England; boundaries; boundary commission; politics; bill; parliament; Westminster; archival; British; big data; electoral map; voting; constituency; democracy 01 06 02 00 Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Using significant new archival discovery, digital methods and ‘big data’, it provides a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Refor 03 00 The 1832 Reform Act was a landmark moment in the development of modern British politics. By overhauling the country’s ancient representative system, the legislation reshaped constitutional arrangements at Westminster, reinvigorated political relationships between the centre and the provinces, and established the political structures and precedents that both shaped and hindered electoral reform over the following century.Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform, and the reconstruction of England’s electoral map by the little-known 1831–2 boundary commission, underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Eschewing traditional approaches to the 1832 Reform Act, it draws from a significant new archival discovery – the working papers of the boundary commission – and a range of innovative quantitative techniques to provide a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Reform Act passed, its impact on reformed politics both at Westminster and in the constituencies, and its significance to the expansion of the modern British state. 30 00 The 1832 Reform Act was a landmark moment in the development of modern British politics. By overhauling the country’s ancient representative system, the legislation reshaped constitutional arrangements at Westminster, reinvigorated political relationships between the centre and the provinces, and established the political structures and precedents that both shaped and hindered electoral reform over the following century.Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform, and the reconstruction of England’s electoral map by the little-known 1831–2 boundary commission, underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Eschewing traditional approaches to the 1832 Reform Act, it draws from a significant new archival discovery – the working papers of the boundary commission – and a range of innovative quantitative techniques to provide a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Reform Act passed, its impact on reformed politics both at Westminster and in the constituencies, and its significance to the expansion of the modern British state. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction Part I Envisioning England’s reformed electoral map </li> <li>1 A balancing Act? Interests and parliamentary reform, 1780-1832</li> <li>2 ‘The most unpopular part of the bill throughout the country’: reintegrating boundaries into the story of reform</li> <li>3 Towards a science of government: the ‘spirit of inquiry’ and the establishment of the 1831-2 boundary commission</li> <li> 4 Whipped by the beadles? Data-gathering for the boundary commission Part II Redrawing England’s electoral map </li> <li>Chronology and voting data</li> <li>5 ‘The work we are engaged in is intended to last for a century’: redrawing England’s ancient electoral map</li> <li>6 The Droitwich dilemma: interests, grouping and the multiple parish borough</li> <li>7‘All the kindred interests of the town and neighbourhood’: new borough limits</li> <li>8 Under the knife: reconstructing the county map</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/mpgh8387_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-the-state/ London, GB 04 01 20240919 Martin Spychal 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477393 03 9781914477393 06 15 9781915249265 03 9781915249265 06 15 9781914477751 03 9781914477751 06 15 9781915249272 03 9781915249272 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-the-state/ 20 08 20240919 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:2c308430-85eb-41a5-912f-57e246bc921a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:66f120f2-cc8d-42bd-889c-ec1ea206f6c1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2c308430-85eb-41a5-912f-57e246bc921a 15 9781914477393 03 9781914477393 06 10.14296/mpgh8387 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87227 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 4 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Mapping the State English Boundaries and the 1832 Reform Act 1 A01 Martin Spychal Martin Spychal Senior Research Fellow History of Parliament Martin Spychal is a historian of modern Britain, specialising in nineteenth-century politics, society and culture. He is a Senior Research Fellow at the History of Parliament working on the House of Commons 1832–1945 project. 01 eng 09 60 12 HB 10 HIS015060 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 20 England; boundaries; boundary commission; politics; bill; parliament; Westminster; archival; British; big data; electoral map; voting; constituency; democracy 01 06 02 00 Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Using significant new archival discovery, digital methods and ‘big data’, it provides a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Refor 03 00 The 1832 Reform Act was a landmark moment in the development of modern British politics. By overhauling the country’s ancient representative system, the legislation reshaped constitutional arrangements at Westminster, reinvigorated political relationships between the centre and the provinces, and established the political structures and precedents that both shaped and hindered electoral reform over the following century.Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform, and the reconstruction of England’s electoral map by the little-known 1831–2 boundary commission, underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Eschewing traditional approaches to the 1832 Reform Act, it draws from a significant new archival discovery – the working papers of the boundary commission – and a range of innovative quantitative techniques to provide a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Reform Act passed, its impact on reformed politics both at Westminster and in the constituencies, and its significance to the expansion of the modern British state. 30 00 The 1832 Reform Act was a landmark moment in the development of modern British politics. By overhauling the country’s ancient representative system, the legislation reshaped constitutional arrangements at Westminster, reinvigorated political relationships between the centre and the provinces, and established the political structures and precedents that both shaped and hindered electoral reform over the following century.Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform, and the reconstruction of England’s electoral map by the little-known 1831–2 boundary commission, underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Eschewing traditional approaches to the 1832 Reform Act, it draws from a significant new archival discovery – the working papers of the boundary commission – and a range of innovative quantitative techniques to provide a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Reform Act passed, its impact on reformed politics both at Westminster and in the constituencies, and its significance to the expansion of the modern British state. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction Part I Envisioning England’s reformed electoral map </li> <li>1 A balancing Act? Interests and parliamentary reform, 1780-1832</li> <li>2 ‘The most unpopular part of the bill throughout the country’: reintegrating boundaries into the story of reform</li> <li>3 Towards a science of government: the ‘spirit of inquiry’ and the establishment of the 1831-2 boundary commission</li> <li> 4 Whipped by the beadles? Data-gathering for the boundary commission Part II Redrawing England’s electoral map </li> <li>Chronology and voting data</li> <li>5 ‘The work we are engaged in is intended to last for a century’: redrawing England’s ancient electoral map</li> <li>6 The Droitwich dilemma: interests, grouping and the multiple parish borough</li> <li>7‘All the kindred interests of the town and neighbourhood’: new borough limits</li> <li>8 Under the knife: reconstructing the county map</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/mpgh8387_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-the-state/ London, GB 04 01 20240919 Martin Spychal 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249258 03 9781915249258 06 15 9781915249265 03 9781915249265 06 15 9781914477751 03 9781914477751 06 15 9781915249272 03 9781915249272 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-the-state/ 20 08 20240919 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:ed849ef0-58d8-44f6-9543-b498c7a5bdf0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:66f120f2-cc8d-42bd-889c-ec1ea206f6c1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ed849ef0-58d8-44f6-9543-b498c7a5bdf0 15 9781915249265 03 9781915249265 06 10.14296/mpgh8387 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87227 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 4 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Mapping the State English Boundaries and the 1832 Reform Act 1 A01 Martin Spychal Martin Spychal Senior Research Fellow History of Parliament Martin Spychal is a historian of modern Britain, specialising in nineteenth-century politics, society and culture. He is a Senior Research Fellow at the History of Parliament working on the House of Commons 1832–1945 project. 01 eng 09 60 12 HB 10 HIS015060 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 20 England; boundaries; boundary commission; politics; bill; parliament; Westminster; archival; British; big data; electoral map; voting; constituency; democracy 01 06 02 00 Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Using significant new archival discovery, digital methods and ‘big data’, it provides a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Refor 03 00 The 1832 Reform Act was a landmark moment in the development of modern British politics. By overhauling the country’s ancient representative system, the legislation reshaped constitutional arrangements at Westminster, reinvigorated political relationships between the centre and the provinces, and established the political structures and precedents that both shaped and hindered electoral reform over the following century.Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform, and the reconstruction of England’s electoral map by the little-known 1831–2 boundary commission, underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Eschewing traditional approaches to the 1832 Reform Act, it draws from a significant new archival discovery – the working papers of the boundary commission – and a range of innovative quantitative techniques to provide a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Reform Act passed, its impact on reformed politics both at Westminster and in the constituencies, and its significance to the expansion of the modern British state. 30 00 The 1832 Reform Act was a landmark moment in the development of modern British politics. By overhauling the country’s ancient representative system, the legislation reshaped constitutional arrangements at Westminster, reinvigorated political relationships between the centre and the provinces, and established the political structures and precedents that both shaped and hindered electoral reform over the following century.Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform, and the reconstruction of England’s electoral map by the little-known 1831–2 boundary commission, underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Eschewing traditional approaches to the 1832 Reform Act, it draws from a significant new archival discovery – the working papers of the boundary commission – and a range of innovative quantitative techniques to provide a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Reform Act passed, its impact on reformed politics both at Westminster and in the constituencies, and its significance to the expansion of the modern British state. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction Part I Envisioning England’s reformed electoral map </li> <li>1 A balancing Act? Interests and parliamentary reform, 1780-1832</li> <li>2 ‘The most unpopular part of the bill throughout the country’: reintegrating boundaries into the story of reform</li> <li>3 Towards a science of government: the ‘spirit of inquiry’ and the establishment of the 1831-2 boundary commission</li> <li> 4 Whipped by the beadles? Data-gathering for the boundary commission Part II Redrawing England’s electoral map </li> <li>Chronology and voting data</li> <li>5 ‘The work we are engaged in is intended to last for a century’: redrawing England’s ancient electoral map</li> <li>6 The Droitwich dilemma: interests, grouping and the multiple parish borough</li> <li>7‘All the kindred interests of the town and neighbourhood’: new borough limits</li> <li>8 Under the knife: reconstructing the county map</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/mpgh8387_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-the-state/ London, GB 04 01 20240919 Martin Spychal 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249258 03 9781915249258 06 15 9781914477393 03 9781914477393 06 15 9781914477751 03 9781914477751 06 15 9781915249272 03 9781915249272 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/66f120f2-cc8d-42bd-889c-ec1ea206f6c1 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/66f120f2-cc8d-42bd-889c-ec1ea206f6c1/66f120f2-cc8d-42bd-889c-ec1ea206f6c1.pdf 20 08 20240919 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249265.pdf 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249265.pdf 20 08 20240919 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249265.pdf 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/mpgh8387.pdf 20 08 20240919 01 urn:uuid:e0635a86-edcc-4a3a-979b-bbe3c0fe6648 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:66f120f2-cc8d-42bd-889c-ec1ea206f6c1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e0635a86-edcc-4a3a-979b-bbe3c0fe6648 15 9781914477751 03 9781914477751 06 10.14296/mpgh8387 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87227 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 4 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Mapping the State English Boundaries and the 1832 Reform Act 1 A01 Martin Spychal Martin Spychal Senior Research Fellow History of Parliament Martin Spychal is a historian of modern Britain, specialising in nineteenth-century politics, society and culture. He is a Senior Research Fellow at the History of Parliament working on the House of Commons 1832–1945 project. 01 eng 09 60 12 HB 10 HIS015060 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 20 England; boundaries; boundary commission; politics; bill; parliament; Westminster; archival; British; big data; electoral map; voting; constituency; democracy 01 06 02 00 Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Using significant new archival discovery, digital methods and ‘big data’, it provides a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Refor 03 00 The 1832 Reform Act was a landmark moment in the development of modern British politics. By overhauling the country’s ancient representative system, the legislation reshaped constitutional arrangements at Westminster, reinvigorated political relationships between the centre and the provinces, and established the political structures and precedents that both shaped and hindered electoral reform over the following century.Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform, and the reconstruction of England’s electoral map by the little-known 1831–2 boundary commission, underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Eschewing traditional approaches to the 1832 Reform Act, it draws from a significant new archival discovery – the working papers of the boundary commission – and a range of innovative quantitative techniques to provide a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Reform Act passed, its impact on reformed politics both at Westminster and in the constituencies, and its significance to the expansion of the modern British state. 30 00 The 1832 Reform Act was a landmark moment in the development of modern British politics. By overhauling the country’s ancient representative system, the legislation reshaped constitutional arrangements at Westminster, reinvigorated political relationships between the centre and the provinces, and established the political structures and precedents that both shaped and hindered electoral reform over the following century.Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform, and the reconstruction of England’s electoral map by the little-known 1831–2 boundary commission, underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Eschewing traditional approaches to the 1832 Reform Act, it draws from a significant new archival discovery – the working papers of the boundary commission – and a range of innovative quantitative techniques to provide a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Reform Act passed, its impact on reformed politics both at Westminster and in the constituencies, and its significance to the expansion of the modern British state. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction Part I Envisioning England’s reformed electoral map </li> <li>1 A balancing Act? Interests and parliamentary reform, 1780-1832</li> <li>2 ‘The most unpopular part of the bill throughout the country’: reintegrating boundaries into the story of reform</li> <li>3 Towards a science of government: the ‘spirit of inquiry’ and the establishment of the 1831-2 boundary commission</li> <li> 4 Whipped by the beadles? Data-gathering for the boundary commission Part II Redrawing England’s electoral map </li> <li>Chronology and voting data</li> <li>5 ‘The work we are engaged in is intended to last for a century’: redrawing England’s ancient electoral map</li> <li>6 The Droitwich dilemma: interests, grouping and the multiple parish borough</li> <li>7‘All the kindred interests of the town and neighbourhood’: new borough limits</li> <li>8 Under the knife: reconstructing the county map</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/mpgh8387_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-the-state/ London, GB 04 01 20240919 Martin Spychal 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249258 03 9781915249258 06 15 9781914477393 03 9781914477393 06 15 9781915249265 03 9781915249265 06 15 9781915249272 03 9781915249272 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-the-state/ 20 08 20240919 01 urn:uuid:9ca90506-9c8d-46fa-8303-0d261b771d54 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:66f120f2-cc8d-42bd-889c-ec1ea206f6c1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9ca90506-9c8d-46fa-8303-0d261b771d54 15 9781915249272 03 9781915249272 06 10.14296/mpgh8387 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87227 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 4 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Mapping the State English Boundaries and the 1832 Reform Act 1 A01 Martin Spychal Martin Spychal Senior Research Fellow History of Parliament Martin Spychal is a historian of modern Britain, specialising in nineteenth-century politics, society and culture. He is a Senior Research Fellow at the History of Parliament working on the House of Commons 1832–1945 project. 01 eng 09 60 12 HB 10 HIS015060 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 20 England; boundaries; boundary commission; politics; bill; parliament; Westminster; archival; British; big data; electoral map; voting; constituency; democracy 01 06 02 00 Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Using significant new archival discovery, digital methods and ‘big data’, it provides a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Refor 03 00 The 1832 Reform Act was a landmark moment in the development of modern British politics. By overhauling the country’s ancient representative system, the legislation reshaped constitutional arrangements at Westminster, reinvigorated political relationships between the centre and the provinces, and established the political structures and precedents that both shaped and hindered electoral reform over the following century.Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform, and the reconstruction of England’s electoral map by the little-known 1831–2 boundary commission, underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Eschewing traditional approaches to the 1832 Reform Act, it draws from a significant new archival discovery – the working papers of the boundary commission – and a range of innovative quantitative techniques to provide a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Reform Act passed, its impact on reformed politics both at Westminster and in the constituencies, and its significance to the expansion of the modern British state. 30 00 The 1832 Reform Act was a landmark moment in the development of modern British politics. By overhauling the country’s ancient representative system, the legislation reshaped constitutional arrangements at Westminster, reinvigorated political relationships between the centre and the provinces, and established the political structures and precedents that both shaped and hindered electoral reform over the following century.Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform, and the reconstruction of England’s electoral map by the little-known 1831–2 boundary commission, underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Eschewing traditional approaches to the 1832 Reform Act, it draws from a significant new archival discovery – the working papers of the boundary commission – and a range of innovative quantitative techniques to provide a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Reform Act passed, its impact on reformed politics both at Westminster and in the constituencies, and its significance to the expansion of the modern British state. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction Part I Envisioning England’s reformed electoral map </li> <li>1 A balancing Act? Interests and parliamentary reform, 1780-1832</li> <li>2 ‘The most unpopular part of the bill throughout the country’: reintegrating boundaries into the story of reform</li> <li>3 Towards a science of government: the ‘spirit of inquiry’ and the establishment of the 1831-2 boundary commission</li> <li> 4 Whipped by the beadles? Data-gathering for the boundary commission Part II Redrawing England’s electoral map </li> <li>Chronology and voting data</li> <li>5 ‘The work we are engaged in is intended to last for a century’: redrawing England’s ancient electoral map</li> <li>6 The Droitwich dilemma: interests, grouping and the multiple parish borough</li> <li>7‘All the kindred interests of the town and neighbourhood’: new borough limits</li> <li>8 Under the knife: reconstructing the county map</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/mpgh8387_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-the-state/ London, GB 04 01 20240919 Martin Spychal 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249258 03 9781915249258 06 15 9781914477393 03 9781914477393 06 15 9781915249265 03 9781915249265 06 15 9781914477751 03 9781914477751 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-the-state/ 20 08 20240919 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:1803c9f9-50c7-4f5e-ad0e-82ebfa76ee69 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:98612de3-d0d0-4d5f-8fc4-3018f2695b85 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1803c9f9-50c7-4f5e-ad0e-82ebfa76ee69 15 9781905670529 03 9781905670529 06 10.14296/1019.9781905670819 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61310 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 7 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Marathon – 2,500 Years. Proceedings of The Marathon Conference 2010 1 B01 Christopher Carey Christopher Carey 2 B01 Michael Edwards Michael Edwards 06 Own website http://michaeledwards.org.uk 01 eng 00 298 03 B2 AG 12 HBLA1 10 LCO003000 93 NHC 93 DSBB 12 DSBB 20 Marathon; ancient Greece; Athens; battle; Persian wars; history 01 06 02 00 The victory of the Greeks at Marathon is often seen as the finest hour of the Athenian army, one that would be commemorated in art and literature for centuries to come. Published as a result of a conference marking 2,500 years since the battle of Marathon, this volume includes twenty-one papers that celebrate Marathon and examine its receptio 03 00 Some two and a half millennia ago, in the summer of 490 BC, a small army of 9,000 Athenians, supported only be a thousand troops from Plataea, faced and overcame the might of the Persian army of King Darius I on the plain of Marathon.<break/><break/>While this was only the beginning of the Persian Wars, and the Greeks as a while would face a far greater threat to their freedom a decade later, the victory at Marathon had untold effects on the morale, confidence, and self-esteem of the Athenians, who would commemorate their finest hour in art and literature for centuries to come.<break/><break/>This volume, which includes twenty-one papers originally presented at a colloquium hosted by the Faculty of Philology at the University of Peloponnese, Kalamata in 2010 to mark the 2,500th anniversary of the battle, is a celebration of Marathon and its reception from classical antiquity to the present era. 30 00 Some two and a half millennia ago, in the summer of 490 BC, a small army of 9,000 Athenians, supported only be a thousand troops from Plataea, faced and overcame the might of the Persian army of King Darius I on the plain of Marathon.<break/><break/>While this was only the beginning of the Persian Wars, and the Greeks as a while would face a far greater threat to their freedom a decade later, the victory at Marathon had untold effects on the morale, confidence, and self-esteem of the Athenians, who would commemorate their finest hour in art and literature for centuries to come.<break/><break/>This volume, which includes twenty-one papers originally presented at a colloquium hosted by the Faculty of Philology at the University of Peloponnese, Kalamata in 2010 to mark the 2,500th anniversary of the battle, is a celebration of Marathon and its reception from classical antiquity to the present era. 04 00 Introductory note P. J. Rhodes The battle of Marathon and modern scholarship Christopher Pelling Herodotus’ Marathon Peter Krentz Marathon and the development of the exclusive hoplite phalanx Andrej Petrovic The battle of Marathon in pre-Herodotean sources: on Marathon verse-inscriptions (IG I3 503/504; Seg Lvi 430) V. L. Konstantinopoulos The Persian wars and political conflicts in Athens Andreas Markantonatos The silence of Thucydides: the battle of Marathon and Athenian pride K. W. Arafat Marathon in art Ariadne Gartziou-Tatti Gods, heroes and the battle of Marathon Antonis Mastrapas The battle of Marathon and the introduction of Pan’s worship to Athens: the political dimension of a legend through written evidence and archaeological finds Christopher Carey Marathon and the construction of the comic past Efi Papadodima The Battle of Marathon in fifth-century drama Ioanna Karamanou As threatening as the Persians: Euripides in Aristophanes’ Thesmophoriazusae Eleni Volonaki The Battle of Marathon in funeral speeches Athanasios Efstathiou The historical example of Marathon as used in the speeches On the false embassy, On the crown,and Against Ctesiphon by Demosthenes and Aeschines Christos Kremmydas Alexander the Great, Athens, and the rhetoric of the Persian wars Georgia Xanthaki-Karamanou The Battle of Marathon as a topos of Athenian political prestige in Classical times Christopher Tuplin Intolerable clothes and a terrifying name: the characteristics of an Achaemenid invasion force Ewen Bowie Marathon in the Greek culture of the Second century AD Michael Jung Marathon and the construction of the Persian wars in Antiquity and modern times. Part I: Antiquity Peter Funke Marathon and the construction of the Persian wars in post-Antique times Lorna Hardwick Moving targets, modern contests: Marathon and cultural memory 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781905670819_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/marathon-2500-years-proceedings-of-the-marathon-conference-2010-bics-supplement-124/ London, GB 04 01 20191108 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670819 03 9781905670819 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/marathon-2500-years-proceedings-of-the-marathon-conference-2010-bics-supplement-124/ 20 08 20191108 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2396b188-f4fd-42ed-8bdc-6bea20e07ce0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:98612de3-d0d0-4d5f-8fc4-3018f2695b85 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2396b188-f4fd-42ed-8bdc-6bea20e07ce0 15 9781905670819 03 9781905670819 06 10.14296/1019.9781905670819 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61310 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 7 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Marathon – 2,500 Years. Proceedings of The Marathon Conference 2010 1 B01 Christopher Carey Christopher Carey 2 B01 Michael Edwards Michael Edwards 06 Own website http://michaeledwards.org.uk 01 eng 00 298 03 B2 AG 12 HBLA1 10 LCO003000 93 NHC 93 DSBB 12 DSBB 20 Marathon; ancient Greece; Athens; battle; Persian wars; history 01 06 02 00 The victory of the Greeks at Marathon is often seen as the finest hour of the Athenian army, one that would be commemorated in art and literature for centuries to come. Published as a result of a conference marking 2,500 years since the battle of Marathon, this volume includes twenty-one papers that celebrate Marathon and examine its receptio 03 00 Some two and a half millennia ago, in the summer of 490 BC, a small army of 9,000 Athenians, supported only be a thousand troops from Plataea, faced and overcame the might of the Persian army of King Darius I on the plain of Marathon.<break/><break/>While this was only the beginning of the Persian Wars, and the Greeks as a while would face a far greater threat to their freedom a decade later, the victory at Marathon had untold effects on the morale, confidence, and self-esteem of the Athenians, who would commemorate their finest hour in art and literature for centuries to come.<break/><break/>This volume, which includes twenty-one papers originally presented at a colloquium hosted by the Faculty of Philology at the University of Peloponnese, Kalamata in 2010 to mark the 2,500th anniversary of the battle, is a celebration of Marathon and its reception from classical antiquity to the present era. 30 00 Some two and a half millennia ago, in the summer of 490 BC, a small army of 9,000 Athenians, supported only be a thousand troops from Plataea, faced and overcame the might of the Persian army of King Darius I on the plain of Marathon.<break/><break/>While this was only the beginning of the Persian Wars, and the Greeks as a while would face a far greater threat to their freedom a decade later, the victory at Marathon had untold effects on the morale, confidence, and self-esteem of the Athenians, who would commemorate their finest hour in art and literature for centuries to come.<break/><break/>This volume, which includes twenty-one papers originally presented at a colloquium hosted by the Faculty of Philology at the University of Peloponnese, Kalamata in 2010 to mark the 2,500th anniversary of the battle, is a celebration of Marathon and its reception from classical antiquity to the present era. 04 00 Introductory note P. J. Rhodes The battle of Marathon and modern scholarship Christopher Pelling Herodotus’ Marathon Peter Krentz Marathon and the development of the exclusive hoplite phalanx Andrej Petrovic The battle of Marathon in pre-Herodotean sources: on Marathon verse-inscriptions (IG I3 503/504; Seg Lvi 430) V. L. Konstantinopoulos The Persian wars and political conflicts in Athens Andreas Markantonatos The silence of Thucydides: the battle of Marathon and Athenian pride K. W. Arafat Marathon in art Ariadne Gartziou-Tatti Gods, heroes and the battle of Marathon Antonis Mastrapas The battle of Marathon and the introduction of Pan’s worship to Athens: the political dimension of a legend through written evidence and archaeological finds Christopher Carey Marathon and the construction of the comic past Efi Papadodima The Battle of Marathon in fifth-century drama Ioanna Karamanou As threatening as the Persians: Euripides in Aristophanes’ Thesmophoriazusae Eleni Volonaki The Battle of Marathon in funeral speeches Athanasios Efstathiou The historical example of Marathon as used in the speeches On the false embassy, On the crown,and Against Ctesiphon by Demosthenes and Aeschines Christos Kremmydas Alexander the Great, Athens, and the rhetoric of the Persian wars Georgia Xanthaki-Karamanou The Battle of Marathon as a topos of Athenian political prestige in Classical times Christopher Tuplin Intolerable clothes and a terrifying name: the characteristics of an Achaemenid invasion force Ewen Bowie Marathon in the Greek culture of the Second century AD Michael Jung Marathon and the construction of the Persian wars in Antiquity and modern times. Part I: Antiquity Peter Funke Marathon and the construction of the Persian wars in post-Antique times Lorna Hardwick Moving targets, modern contests: Marathon and cultural memory 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781905670819_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/marathon-2500-years-proceedings-of-the-marathon-conference-2010-bics-supplement-124/ London, GB 04 01 20191108 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670529 03 9781905670529 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/98612de3-d0d0-4d5f-8fc4-3018f2695b85 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/98612de3-d0d0-4d5f-8fc4-3018f2695b85/98612de3-d0d0-4d5f-8fc4-3018f2695b85.pdf 20 08 20191108 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/marathon-2500-years-proceedings-of-the-marathon-conference-2010-bics-supplement-124/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781905670819.pdf 20 08 20191108 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/marathon-2500-years-proceedings-of-the-marathon-conference-2010-bics-supplement-124/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781905670819.pdf 20 08 20191108 01 urn:uuid:d0af393a-59b0-4076-a595-92fdbed38ab8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b957c2bd-85a5-4806-a210-3ef071da61f2 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d0af393a-59b0-4076-a595-92fdbed38ab8 15 9780900587962 03 9780900587962 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53835 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 20 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Marginal Scholarship and Textual Deviance (BICS Supplement 84) 1 A01 James E. G. Zetzel James E. G. Zetzel 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 93 DSC 12 DSC 10 LIT014000 93 DSBB 12 DSBB 10 LIT004130 12 2ADL 93 2ADL 10 LIT004190 01 06 02 00 03 00 The Satires of Persius combine powerful criticism of the moral corruption of Rome under Nero with a rich and innovative style that required commentary almost from his own time. The enduring appeal and originality of his poetry also ensured that the exegetical tradition has been continuous from the first century to the present.<break/><break/>Marginal scholarship and textual deviance examines the origins and history of a major component of the medieval commentary on Persius but also has a larger goal. The volume uses detailed study of Carolingian exegesis of Persius to consider wider questions about the transmission and form of the remains of ancient scholarship on Latin poetry. Through these explorations James Zetzel also considers the nature of textual transmission and the goals of textual criticism in general.<break/><break/>Medieval exegesis is one of the types of text for which post-modernist concerns about the stability of the concept of ‘text’ itself may legitimately arise. Marginal scholarship and textual deviance argues that there is often no ‘original’ to reconstruct no ‘genuine’ text and no one author: there is only variation and a broad range of mutually exclusive but complementary truths. What makes a commentary a commentary a text a text? Are there valid principles to be employed in defining and editing such works?<break/><break/>This is an important and original study for all interested in the survival and transmission of texts in authorship and in reading.<break/><break/>James E. G. Zetzel is Professor of Classics at Columbia University in the City of New York. 30 00 The Satires of Persius combine powerful criticism of the moral corruption of Rome under Nero with a rich and innovative style that required commentary almost from his own time. The enduring appeal and originality of his poetry also ensured that the exegetical tradition has been continuous from the first century to the present.<break/><break/>Marginal scholarship and textual deviance examines the origins and history of a major component of the medieval commentary on Persius but also has a larger goal. The volume uses detailed study of Carolingian exegesis of Persius to consider wider questions about the transmission and form of the remains of ancient scholarship on Latin poetry. Through these explorations James Zetzel also considers the nature of textual transmission and the goals of textual criticism in general.<break/><break/>Medieval exegesis is one of the types of text for which post-modernist concerns about the stability of the concept of ‘text’ itself may legitimately arise. Marginal scholarship and textual deviance argues that there is often no ‘original’ to reconstruct no ‘genuine’ text and no one author: there is only variation and a broad range of mutually exclusive but complementary truths. What makes a commentary a commentary a text a text? Are there valid principles to be employed in defining and editing such works?<break/><break/>This is an important and original study for all interested in the survival and transmission of texts in authorship and in reading.<break/><break/>James E. G. Zetzel is Professor of Classics at Columbia University in the City of New York. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250825//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/marginal-scholarship-and-textual-deviance-bics-supplement-84/ London, GB 04 01 20050602 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/marginal-scholarship-and-textual-deviance-bics-supplement-84/ 20 08 20050602 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e5ee936d-8e0d-4842-8d03-4e3d31a3a1f7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:9ef68faf-97fe-45d0-aed7-1398bf01b304 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e5ee936d-8e0d-4842-8d03-4e3d31a3a1f7 15 9781912702220 03 9781912702220 06 10.14296/1120.9781912702251 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.84427 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Masculinity and Danger on the Eighteenth-Century Grand Tour 1 A01 Sarah Goldsmith Sarah Goldsmith 01 eng 00 288 03 09 17 12 HBLL 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHD 12 HBJD 93 NHT 10 TRV009000 12 1D 93 1D 10 HIS037040 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037050 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 3JF 93 3MGQ 12 3JH 93 3ML 93 6AG 20 masculinity; danger; Grand Tour; travel; adulthood; Europe 01 06 02 00 Through the study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 03 00 The Grand Tour was a journey to continental Europe undertaken by British nobility and wealthy landed gentry during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. As a rite of passage, the Tour also played an important role in the formation of contemporary notions of elite masculinity.Examining letters, diaries and other records left by Grand Tourists, tutors and their families, this book demonstrates how the Tour was used to educate elite young men in a wide variety of skills, virtues and masculine behaviours that extended well beyond polite society. Sarah Goldsmith argues that dangerous experiences, in particular, were far more central to the Tour as a means of constructing Britain’s next generation of leaders than has previously been acknowledged. Influenced by aristocratic concepts of honour and cultures of military leadership, elites viewed experiences of danger and hardship as powerfully transformative and therefore as central to the process of constructing masculinity.Far from viewing danger as a disruptive force, Grand Tourists willingly tackled a variety of social, geographical and physical perils, gambling their way through treacherous landscapes; scaling mountains, volcanoes and glaciers; and encountering war and disease. Through this innovative study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 30 00 The Grand Tour was a journey to continental Europe undertaken by British nobility and wealthy landed gentry during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. As a rite of passage, the Tour also played an important role in the formation of contemporary notions of elite masculinity.Examining letters, diaries and other records left by Grand Tourists, tutors and their families, this book demonstrates how the Tour was used to educate elite young men in a wide variety of skills, virtues and masculine behaviours that extended well beyond polite society. Sarah Goldsmith argues that dangerous experiences, in particular, were far more central to the Tour as a means of constructing Britain’s next generation of leaders than has previously been acknowledged. Influenced by aristocratic concepts of honour and cultures of military leadership, elites viewed experiences of danger and hardship as powerfully transformative and therefore as central to the process of constructing masculinity.Far from viewing danger as a disruptive force, Grand Tourists willingly tackled a variety of social, geographical and physical perils, gambling their way through treacherous landscapes; scaling mountains, volcanoes and glaciers; and encountering war and disease. Through this innovative study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 04 00 List of figures List of abbreviations Acknowledgements Introduction 1. Hazarding chance: a history of eighteenth-century danger 2. Military mad: war and the Grand Tour 3. Wholesome dangers and a stock of health: exercise, sport and the hardships of the road 4. Fire and ice: mountains, glaciers and volcanoes 5. Dogs, servants and masculinities: writing about danger and emotion on the Grand Tour Conclusion Appendix Bibliography Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1120.9781912702251_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/masculinity-and-danger-on-the-eighteenth-century-grand-tour/ London, GB 04 01 20201130 Sarah Goldsmith 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702213 03 9781912702213 06 15 9781912702251 03 9781912702251 06 15 9781914477539 03 9781914477539 06 15 9781912702237 03 9781912702237 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/masculinity-and-danger-on-the-eighteenth-century-grand-tour/ 20 08 20201130 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:18e8b66a-6088-4523-bd58-fdcb8d49d487 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:9ef68faf-97fe-45d0-aed7-1398bf01b304 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:18e8b66a-6088-4523-bd58-fdcb8d49d487 15 9781912702213 03 9781912702213 06 10.14296/1120.9781912702251 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.84427 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Masculinity and Danger on the Eighteenth-Century Grand Tour 1 A01 Sarah Goldsmith Sarah Goldsmith 01 eng 00 288 03 09 17 12 HBLL 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHD 12 HBJD 93 NHT 10 TRV009000 12 1D 93 1D 10 HIS037040 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037050 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 3JF 93 3MGQ 12 3JH 93 3ML 93 6AG 20 masculinity; danger; Grand Tour; travel; adulthood; Europe 01 06 02 00 Through the study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 03 00 The Grand Tour was a journey to continental Europe undertaken by British nobility and wealthy landed gentry during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. As a rite of passage, the Tour also played an important role in the formation of contemporary notions of elite masculinity.Examining letters, diaries and other records left by Grand Tourists, tutors and their families, this book demonstrates how the Tour was used to educate elite young men in a wide variety of skills, virtues and masculine behaviours that extended well beyond polite society. Sarah Goldsmith argues that dangerous experiences, in particular, were far more central to the Tour as a means of constructing Britain’s next generation of leaders than has previously been acknowledged. Influenced by aristocratic concepts of honour and cultures of military leadership, elites viewed experiences of danger and hardship as powerfully transformative and therefore as central to the process of constructing masculinity.Far from viewing danger as a disruptive force, Grand Tourists willingly tackled a variety of social, geographical and physical perils, gambling their way through treacherous landscapes; scaling mountains, volcanoes and glaciers; and encountering war and disease. Through this innovative study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 30 00 The Grand Tour was a journey to continental Europe undertaken by British nobility and wealthy landed gentry during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. As a rite of passage, the Tour also played an important role in the formation of contemporary notions of elite masculinity.Examining letters, diaries and other records left by Grand Tourists, tutors and their families, this book demonstrates how the Tour was used to educate elite young men in a wide variety of skills, virtues and masculine behaviours that extended well beyond polite society. Sarah Goldsmith argues that dangerous experiences, in particular, were far more central to the Tour as a means of constructing Britain’s next generation of leaders than has previously been acknowledged. Influenced by aristocratic concepts of honour and cultures of military leadership, elites viewed experiences of danger and hardship as powerfully transformative and therefore as central to the process of constructing masculinity.Far from viewing danger as a disruptive force, Grand Tourists willingly tackled a variety of social, geographical and physical perils, gambling their way through treacherous landscapes; scaling mountains, volcanoes and glaciers; and encountering war and disease. Through this innovative study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 04 00 List of figures List of abbreviations Acknowledgements Introduction 1. Hazarding chance: a history of eighteenth-century danger 2. Military mad: war and the Grand Tour 3. Wholesome dangers and a stock of health: exercise, sport and the hardships of the road 4. Fire and ice: mountains, glaciers and volcanoes 5. Dogs, servants and masculinities: writing about danger and emotion on the Grand Tour Conclusion Appendix Bibliography Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1120.9781912702251_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/masculinity-and-danger-on-the-eighteenth-century-grand-tour/ London, GB 04 01 20201130 Sarah Goldsmith 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702220 03 9781912702220 06 15 9781912702251 03 9781912702251 06 15 9781914477539 03 9781914477539 06 15 9781912702237 03 9781912702237 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/masculinity-and-danger-on-the-eighteenth-century-grand-tour/ 20 08 20201130 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7e7a177d-3310-4618-afc4-57cdab017995 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:9ef68faf-97fe-45d0-aed7-1398bf01b304 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7e7a177d-3310-4618-afc4-57cdab017995 15 9781912702251 03 9781912702251 06 10.14296/1120.9781912702251 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.84427 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Masculinity and Danger on the Eighteenth-Century Grand Tour 1 A01 Sarah Goldsmith Sarah Goldsmith 01 eng 00 288 03 09 17 12 HBLL 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHD 12 HBJD 93 NHT 10 TRV009000 12 1D 93 1D 10 HIS037040 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037050 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 3JF 93 3MGQ 12 3JH 93 3ML 93 6AG 20 masculinity; danger; Grand Tour; travel; adulthood; Europe 01 06 02 00 Through the study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 03 00 The Grand Tour was a journey to continental Europe undertaken by British nobility and wealthy landed gentry during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. As a rite of passage, the Tour also played an important role in the formation of contemporary notions of elite masculinity.Examining letters, diaries and other records left by Grand Tourists, tutors and their families, this book demonstrates how the Tour was used to educate elite young men in a wide variety of skills, virtues and masculine behaviours that extended well beyond polite society. Sarah Goldsmith argues that dangerous experiences, in particular, were far more central to the Tour as a means of constructing Britain’s next generation of leaders than has previously been acknowledged. Influenced by aristocratic concepts of honour and cultures of military leadership, elites viewed experiences of danger and hardship as powerfully transformative and therefore as central to the process of constructing masculinity.Far from viewing danger as a disruptive force, Grand Tourists willingly tackled a variety of social, geographical and physical perils, gambling their way through treacherous landscapes; scaling mountains, volcanoes and glaciers; and encountering war and disease. Through this innovative study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 30 00 The Grand Tour was a journey to continental Europe undertaken by British nobility and wealthy landed gentry during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. As a rite of passage, the Tour also played an important role in the formation of contemporary notions of elite masculinity.Examining letters, diaries and other records left by Grand Tourists, tutors and their families, this book demonstrates how the Tour was used to educate elite young men in a wide variety of skills, virtues and masculine behaviours that extended well beyond polite society. Sarah Goldsmith argues that dangerous experiences, in particular, were far more central to the Tour as a means of constructing Britain’s next generation of leaders than has previously been acknowledged. Influenced by aristocratic concepts of honour and cultures of military leadership, elites viewed experiences of danger and hardship as powerfully transformative and therefore as central to the process of constructing masculinity.Far from viewing danger as a disruptive force, Grand Tourists willingly tackled a variety of social, geographical and physical perils, gambling their way through treacherous landscapes; scaling mountains, volcanoes and glaciers; and encountering war and disease. Through this innovative study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 04 00 List of figures List of abbreviations Acknowledgements Introduction 1. Hazarding chance: a history of eighteenth-century danger 2. Military mad: war and the Grand Tour 3. Wholesome dangers and a stock of health: exercise, sport and the hardships of the road 4. Fire and ice: mountains, glaciers and volcanoes 5. Dogs, servants and masculinities: writing about danger and emotion on the Grand Tour Conclusion Appendix Bibliography Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1120.9781912702251_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/masculinity-and-danger-on-the-eighteenth-century-grand-tour/ London, GB 04 01 20201130 Sarah Goldsmith 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702220 03 9781912702220 06 15 9781912702213 03 9781912702213 06 15 9781914477539 03 9781914477539 06 15 9781912702237 03 9781912702237 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/9ef68faf-97fe-45d0-aed7-1398bf01b304 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/9ef68faf-97fe-45d0-aed7-1398bf01b304/9ef68faf-97fe-45d0-aed7-1398bf01b304.pdf 20 08 20201130 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/masculinity-and-danger-on-the-eighteenth-century-grand-tour/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702251.pdf 20 08 20201130 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/masculinity-and-danger-on-the-eighteenth-century-grand-tour/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1120.9781912702251.pdf 20 08 20201130 01 urn:uuid:2f347605-bf84-4273-adbe-2439f0e75be8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:9ef68faf-97fe-45d0-aed7-1398bf01b304 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2f347605-bf84-4273-adbe-2439f0e75be8 15 9781914477539 03 9781914477539 06 10.14296/1120.9781912702251 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.84427 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Masculinity and Danger on the Eighteenth-Century Grand Tour 1 A01 Sarah Goldsmith Sarah Goldsmith 01 eng 00 288 03 09 17 12 HBLL 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHD 12 HBJD 93 NHT 10 TRV009000 12 1D 93 1D 10 HIS037040 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037050 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 3JF 93 3MGQ 12 3JH 93 3ML 93 6AG 20 masculinity; danger; Grand Tour; travel; adulthood; Europe 01 06 02 00 Through the study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 03 00 The Grand Tour was a journey to continental Europe undertaken by British nobility and wealthy landed gentry during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. As a rite of passage, the Tour also played an important role in the formation of contemporary notions of elite masculinity.Examining letters, diaries and other records left by Grand Tourists, tutors and their families, this book demonstrates how the Tour was used to educate elite young men in a wide variety of skills, virtues and masculine behaviours that extended well beyond polite society. Sarah Goldsmith argues that dangerous experiences, in particular, were far more central to the Tour as a means of constructing Britain’s next generation of leaders than has previously been acknowledged. Influenced by aristocratic concepts of honour and cultures of military leadership, elites viewed experiences of danger and hardship as powerfully transformative and therefore as central to the process of constructing masculinity.Far from viewing danger as a disruptive force, Grand Tourists willingly tackled a variety of social, geographical and physical perils, gambling their way through treacherous landscapes; scaling mountains, volcanoes and glaciers; and encountering war and disease. Through this innovative study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 30 00 The Grand Tour was a journey to continental Europe undertaken by British nobility and wealthy landed gentry during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. As a rite of passage, the Tour also played an important role in the formation of contemporary notions of elite masculinity.Examining letters, diaries and other records left by Grand Tourists, tutors and their families, this book demonstrates how the Tour was used to educate elite young men in a wide variety of skills, virtues and masculine behaviours that extended well beyond polite society. Sarah Goldsmith argues that dangerous experiences, in particular, were far more central to the Tour as a means of constructing Britain’s next generation of leaders than has previously been acknowledged. Influenced by aristocratic concepts of honour and cultures of military leadership, elites viewed experiences of danger and hardship as powerfully transformative and therefore as central to the process of constructing masculinity.Far from viewing danger as a disruptive force, Grand Tourists willingly tackled a variety of social, geographical and physical perils, gambling their way through treacherous landscapes; scaling mountains, volcanoes and glaciers; and encountering war and disease. Through this innovative study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 04 00 List of figures List of abbreviations Acknowledgements Introduction 1. Hazarding chance: a history of eighteenth-century danger 2. Military mad: war and the Grand Tour 3. Wholesome dangers and a stock of health: exercise, sport and the hardships of the road 4. Fire and ice: mountains, glaciers and volcanoes 5. Dogs, servants and masculinities: writing about danger and emotion on the Grand Tour Conclusion Appendix Bibliography Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1120.9781912702251_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/masculinity-and-danger-on-the-eighteenth-century-grand-tour/ London, GB 04 01 20201130 Sarah Goldsmith 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702220 03 9781912702220 06 15 9781912702213 03 9781912702213 06 15 9781912702251 03 9781912702251 06 15 9781912702237 03 9781912702237 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/masculinity-and-danger-on-the-eighteenth-century-grand-tour 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/masculinity-and-danger-on-the-eighteenth-century-grand-tour 20 08 20201130 01 urn:uuid:ae4a1dc5-45ed-41c1-a12d-a0a86cd67284 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:9ef68faf-97fe-45d0-aed7-1398bf01b304 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ae4a1dc5-45ed-41c1-a12d-a0a86cd67284 15 9781912702237 03 9781912702237 06 10.14296/1120.9781912702251 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.84427 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Masculinity and Danger on the Eighteenth-Century Grand Tour 1 A01 Sarah Goldsmith Sarah Goldsmith 01 eng 00 288 03 09 17 12 HBLL 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHD 12 HBJD 93 NHT 10 TRV009000 12 1D 93 1D 10 HIS037040 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037050 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 3JF 93 3MGQ 12 3JH 93 3ML 93 6AG 20 masculinity; danger; Grand Tour; travel; adulthood; Europe 01 06 02 00 Through the study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 03 00 The Grand Tour was a journey to continental Europe undertaken by British nobility and wealthy landed gentry during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. As a rite of passage, the Tour also played an important role in the formation of contemporary notions of elite masculinity.Examining letters, diaries and other records left by Grand Tourists, tutors and their families, this book demonstrates how the Tour was used to educate elite young men in a wide variety of skills, virtues and masculine behaviours that extended well beyond polite society. Sarah Goldsmith argues that dangerous experiences, in particular, were far more central to the Tour as a means of constructing Britain’s next generation of leaders than has previously been acknowledged. Influenced by aristocratic concepts of honour and cultures of military leadership, elites viewed experiences of danger and hardship as powerfully transformative and therefore as central to the process of constructing masculinity.Far from viewing danger as a disruptive force, Grand Tourists willingly tackled a variety of social, geographical and physical perils, gambling their way through treacherous landscapes; scaling mountains, volcanoes and glaciers; and encountering war and disease. Through this innovative study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 30 00 The Grand Tour was a journey to continental Europe undertaken by British nobility and wealthy landed gentry during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. As a rite of passage, the Tour also played an important role in the formation of contemporary notions of elite masculinity.Examining letters, diaries and other records left by Grand Tourists, tutors and their families, this book demonstrates how the Tour was used to educate elite young men in a wide variety of skills, virtues and masculine behaviours that extended well beyond polite society. Sarah Goldsmith argues that dangerous experiences, in particular, were far more central to the Tour as a means of constructing Britain’s next generation of leaders than has previously been acknowledged. Influenced by aristocratic concepts of honour and cultures of military leadership, elites viewed experiences of danger and hardship as powerfully transformative and therefore as central to the process of constructing masculinity.Far from viewing danger as a disruptive force, Grand Tourists willingly tackled a variety of social, geographical and physical perils, gambling their way through treacherous landscapes; scaling mountains, volcanoes and glaciers; and encountering war and disease. Through this innovative study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 04 00 List of figures List of abbreviations Acknowledgements Introduction 1. Hazarding chance: a history of eighteenth-century danger 2. Military mad: war and the Grand Tour 3. Wholesome dangers and a stock of health: exercise, sport and the hardships of the road 4. Fire and ice: mountains, glaciers and volcanoes 5. Dogs, servants and masculinities: writing about danger and emotion on the Grand Tour Conclusion Appendix Bibliography Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1120.9781912702251_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/masculinity-and-danger-on-the-eighteenth-century-grand-tour/ London, GB 04 01 20201130 Sarah Goldsmith 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702220 03 9781912702220 06 15 9781912702213 03 9781912702213 06 15 9781912702251 03 9781912702251 06 15 9781914477539 03 9781914477539 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/masculinity-and-danger-on-the-eighteenth-century-grand-tour/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1120.9781912702251.epub 20 08 20201130 01 urn:uuid:4cb588ef-12e3-484d-b2b8-d65453d1d36c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:56ccc8e6-8806-4a0c-b5b3-8120f43bf097 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4cb588ef-12e3-484d-b2b8-d65453d1d36c 15 9781908590718 03 9781908590718 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54077 00 BC 10 08 700 gr 08 24.75 oz 01 01 Medieval Arabic Thought: Essays in Honour of Fritz Zimmermann 1 B01 Rotraud Hansberger Rotraud Hansberger 2 B01 M. Afifi al-Haytham M. Afifi al-Haytham 3 B01 Charles Burnett Charles Burnett 01 eng 12 HB 10 HIS000000 93 NH B2 Philosophy 12 HPD 10 PHI003000 93 QDH 01 06 02 00 03 00 CONTENTS<ul> <li>Preface</list-item> <li>Galen and al-Rāzī on time / Peter Adamson</list-item> <li>The Ḥikam or aphorisms of al-Ghazālī: some examples / M. Afifi al-Akiti</list-item> <li>Some Syriac pseudo-platonic curiosities / Sebastian Brock</list-item> <li>Al-Jāḥiẓ on Aṣḥāb al-Jahālāt and the Jahmiyya / Patricia Crone</list-item> <li>Jawhar and Dhāt in some medieval Arabic philosophers (or, on 'Dhis and Dhat') / Julian Faultless</list-item> <li>Le scepticisme et sa réfutation selon al-Malāḥimī / Charles Genequand</list-item> <li>Mediating the medium: the Arabic Plotinus on vision / Rotraud Hansberger</list-item> <li>Shīʹī views of the death of the Prophet Muḥammad / Etan Kohlberg</list-item> <li>Naṣīr al-Dīn al-Ṭūsī's exposition of mayl / Y. Tzvi Langermann</list-item> <li>ʻĪsā ibn ʻUmayr's Ibāḍī theology and Donatist Christian thought / Wilferd Madelung</list-item> <li>The absurdaties of infinite time: Shahrastānī's critique of Ibn Sīnā and Ṭūsī's defence / Goby Mayer</list-item> <li>The Islamic literature on encounters between Muslim renunciants and Christiam monks / Christopher Melchert</list-item> <li>The development of translation techniques from Greek into Syriac and Arabic: the case of Galen's On the faculties and powers of simple drugs, book six / Peter E. Pormann</list-item> <li>The working files of Rhazes: are the Jāmiʻ and the Ḥāwī identical? / Emilie Savage-Smith</list-item> <li>Waiting for Philoponus / Richard Sorabji</list-item> <li>[Greek title] / Manfred Ullman</list-item> <li>On coincidence: the twenty-seventh and twenty-eight nights of al-Tawḥīdī's al-Imtāʻ wa-l-muʼānasa. An annotated translation / Geert Jan van Gelder</list-item> <li>Fragments of the hitherto lost Arabic translations of Galen's On my own opinions in the philosophy reader MS Oxford, Bodleian Library, Oriental Collections, Marsh 539 / Elvira Wakelnig</list-item> <li>A list of publications of Fritz Zimmermann</list-item> <li>Index of proper names.</list-item> </list> 30 00 CONTENTS<ul> <li>Preface</list-item> <li>Galen and al-Rāzī on time / Peter Adamson</list-item> <li>The Ḥikam or aphorisms of al-Ghazālī: some examples / M. Afifi al-Akiti</list-item> <li>Some Syriac pseudo-platonic curiosities / Sebastian Brock</list-item> <li>Al-Jāḥiẓ on Aṣḥāb al-Jahālāt and the Jahmiyya / Patricia Crone</list-item> <li>Jawhar and Dhāt in some medieval Arabic philosophers (or, on 'Dhis and Dhat') / Julian Faultless</list-item> <li>Le scepticisme et sa réfutation selon al-Malāḥimī / Charles Genequand</list-item> <li>Mediating the medium: the Arabic Plotinus on vision / Rotraud Hansberger</list-item> <li>Shīʹī views of the death of the Prophet Muḥammad / Etan Kohlberg</list-item> <li>Naṣīr al-Dīn al-Ṭūsī's exposition of mayl / Y. Tzvi Langermann</list-item> <li>ʻĪsā ibn ʻUmayr's Ibāḍī theology and Donatist Christian thought / Wilferd Madelung</list-item> <li>The absurdaties of infinite time: Shahrastānī's critique of Ibn Sīnā and Ṭūsī's defence / Goby Mayer</list-item> <li>The Islamic literature on encounters between Muslim renunciants and Christiam monks / Christopher Melchert</list-item> <li>The development of translation techniques from Greek into Syriac and Arabic: the case of Galen's On the faculties and powers of simple drugs, book six / Peter E. Pormann</list-item> <li>The working files of Rhazes: are the Jāmiʻ and the Ḥāwī identical? / Emilie Savage-Smith</list-item> <li>Waiting for Philoponus / Richard Sorabji</list-item> <li>[Greek title] / Manfred Ullman</list-item> <li>On coincidence: the twenty-seventh and twenty-eight nights of al-Tawḥīdī's al-Imtāʻ wa-l-muʼānasa. An annotated translation / Geert Jan van Gelder</list-item> <li>Fragments of the hitherto lost Arabic translations of Galen's On my own opinions in the philosophy reader MS Oxford, Bodleian Library, Oriental Collections, Marsh 539 / Elvira Wakelnig</list-item> <li>A list of publications of Fritz Zimmermann</list-item> <li>Index of proper names.</list-item> </list> 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250757//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-arabic-thought-essays-in-honour-of-fritz-zimmermann/ London, GB 04 01 20120625 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-arabic-thought-essays-in-honour-of-fritz-zimmermann/ 20 08 20120625 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e578069e-3eab-4b02-b9be-7cc2db459702 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5530fdee-ced7-4cd3-969b-c8cdf6e3a23c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e578069e-3eab-4b02-b9be-7cc2db459702 15 9781912702145 03 9781912702145 06 10.14296/1019.9781912702152 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83570 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Medieval Londoners Essays to mark the eightieth birthday of Caroline M. Barron 1 B01 Elizabeth A. New Elizabeth A. New 2 B01 Christian Steer Christian Steer 01 eng 00 378 03 09 34 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 12 1DBKESL 93 1DDU-GB-ESL 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3H 93 3KL-GB-D 93 6AG 20 archaeology; documents; capital; festschrift; scholar; inhabitants; medieval pub; medieval cultures; Caroline Barron; Book of the Hartshorn; medieval migration; London guilds; London craftsmen; medieval notaries; Nicholas Alwyn (mayor of London); alms; medieval charity; London Bridge; Aldgate nuns; medieval religion; Grey Friars church; ghosts; London graveyard 01 06 02 00 Medieval London was host to a diverse group of people, some born there, others drawn to it from far away. It was a vibrant city, from which rich evidence has survived, including archaeological and documentary sources. This volume brings together archaeologists, historians, art historians and literary scholars whose essays provide glimpses of 03 00 Medieval Londoners were a diverse group, some born in the city, others drawn to the capital from across the realm and from overseas. For some, London became the sole focus of their lives, while others retained or developed networks and loyalties that spread far and wide. The rich evidence for the medieval city, including archaeological and documentary sources, means that the study of London and its inhabitants remains a vibrant field. This volume brings together archaeologists, historians, art historians and literary scholars whose essays provide glimpses of medieval Londoners in all their variety.Medieval Londoners</italic> is offered to Caroline M. Barron, Emeritus Professor of the History of London at Royal Holloway, University of London, on the occasion of her eightieth birthday. Her remarkable career – over some fifty years – has revitalized the way in which we consider London and its people. This volume is a tribute to her scholarship and her friendship and encouragement to others. It is thanks to Caroline M. Barron that the study of medieval London remains as vibrant today as it has ever been. 30 00 Medieval Londoners were a diverse group, some born in the city, others drawn to the capital from across the realm and from overseas. For some, London became the sole focus of their lives, while others retained or developed networks and loyalties that spread far and wide. The rich evidence for the medieval city, including archaeological and documentary sources, means that the study of London and its inhabitants remains a vibrant field. This volume brings together archaeologists, historians, art historians and literary scholars whose essays provide glimpses of medieval Londoners in all their variety.Medieval Londoners</italic> is offered to Caroline M. Barron, Emeritus Professor of the History of London at Royal Holloway, University of London, on the occasion of her eightieth birthday. Her remarkable career – over some fifty years – has revitalized the way in which we consider London and its people. This volume is a tribute to her scholarship and her friendship and encouragement to others. It is thanks to Caroline M. Barron that the study of medieval London remains as vibrant today as it has ever been. 04 00 Foreword by Jo Fox Introduction: medieval LondonersElizabeth A. NewLIVING IN THE CITY 1. Families in later medieval London: sex, marriage and mortalityVanessa Harding 2. A portrait of a late medieval London pub: the Star inn, Bridge StreetJustin Colson 3. Huntington Library MS. HM 140: household reading for Londoners?Julia Boffey 4. Palaeography and forgery: Thomas D.’s Book of the Hartshorn in SouthwarkMartha Carlin 5. ‘Go to hyr neybors wher she dwelte before’: reputation and mobility at the London consistory court in the early sixteenth centuryCharlotte Berry <h3>THE LURE OF LONDON</h3>6. Aliens, crafts and guilds in late medieval LondonMatthew Davies 7. William Styfford (fl. 1437‒66): citizen and scrivener of London and notary imperialJ. L. Bolton 8. Bankers and booksellers: evidence of the late fifteenth century English book trade in the ledgers of the Bardi bankM. T. W. Payne 9. Nicholas Alwyn, mayor of London: a man of two loyalties, London and SpaldingAnne F. Sutton <h3>LONDONERS REMEMBERED</h3>10. Charity and the city: London Bridge, c. 1176‒1275John A. McEwan 11. John Reynewell and St. Botolph BillingsgateStephen Freeth and John Schofield 12. The testament of Joan FitzLewes: a source for the history of the abbey of Franciscan nuns without AldgateJulian Luxford 13. Souls of benefactors at Grey Friars church LondonChristian Steer Afterword: The transformative effect: Caroline Barron as teacher and colleagueClive Burgess Doctorates awarded under the supervision of Caroline M. Barron Index Tabula Gratulatoria 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781912702152_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-londoners/ London, GB 04 01 20191031 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702152 03 9781912702152 06 15 9781912702176 03 9781912702176 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-londoners/ 20 08 20191031 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:342c71d4-e9c8-4e19-bcc2-c26bc738e9dc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5530fdee-ced7-4cd3-969b-c8cdf6e3a23c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:342c71d4-e9c8-4e19-bcc2-c26bc738e9dc 15 9781912702152 03 9781912702152 06 10.14296/1019.9781912702152 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83570 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Medieval Londoners Essays to mark the eightieth birthday of Caroline M. Barron 1 B01 Elizabeth A. New Elizabeth A. New 2 B01 Christian Steer Christian Steer 01 eng 00 378 03 09 34 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 12 1DBKESL 93 1DDU-GB-ESL 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3H 93 3KL-GB-D 93 6AG 20 archaeology; documents; capital; festschrift; scholar; inhabitants; medieval pub; medieval cultures; Caroline Barron; Book of the Hartshorn; medieval migration; London guilds; London craftsmen; medieval notaries; Nicholas Alwyn (mayor of London); alms; medieval charity; London Bridge; Aldgate nuns; medieval religion; Grey Friars church; ghosts; London graveyard 01 06 02 00 Medieval London was host to a diverse group of people, some born there, others drawn to it from far away. It was a vibrant city, from which rich evidence has survived, including archaeological and documentary sources. This volume brings together archaeologists, historians, art historians and literary scholars whose essays provide glimpses of 03 00 Medieval Londoners were a diverse group, some born in the city, others drawn to the capital from across the realm and from overseas. For some, London became the sole focus of their lives, while others retained or developed networks and loyalties that spread far and wide. The rich evidence for the medieval city, including archaeological and documentary sources, means that the study of London and its inhabitants remains a vibrant field. This volume brings together archaeologists, historians, art historians and literary scholars whose essays provide glimpses of medieval Londoners in all their variety.Medieval Londoners</italic> is offered to Caroline M. Barron, Emeritus Professor of the History of London at Royal Holloway, University of London, on the occasion of her eightieth birthday. Her remarkable career – over some fifty years – has revitalized the way in which we consider London and its people. This volume is a tribute to her scholarship and her friendship and encouragement to others. It is thanks to Caroline M. Barron that the study of medieval London remains as vibrant today as it has ever been. 30 00 Medieval Londoners were a diverse group, some born in the city, others drawn to the capital from across the realm and from overseas. For some, London became the sole focus of their lives, while others retained or developed networks and loyalties that spread far and wide. The rich evidence for the medieval city, including archaeological and documentary sources, means that the study of London and its inhabitants remains a vibrant field. This volume brings together archaeologists, historians, art historians and literary scholars whose essays provide glimpses of medieval Londoners in all their variety.Medieval Londoners</italic> is offered to Caroline M. Barron, Emeritus Professor of the History of London at Royal Holloway, University of London, on the occasion of her eightieth birthday. Her remarkable career – over some fifty years – has revitalized the way in which we consider London and its people. This volume is a tribute to her scholarship and her friendship and encouragement to others. It is thanks to Caroline M. Barron that the study of medieval London remains as vibrant today as it has ever been. 04 00 Foreword by Jo Fox Introduction: medieval LondonersElizabeth A. NewLIVING IN THE CITY 1. Families in later medieval London: sex, marriage and mortalityVanessa Harding 2. A portrait of a late medieval London pub: the Star inn, Bridge StreetJustin Colson 3. Huntington Library MS. HM 140: household reading for Londoners?Julia Boffey 4. Palaeography and forgery: Thomas D.’s Book of the Hartshorn in SouthwarkMartha Carlin 5. ‘Go to hyr neybors wher she dwelte before’: reputation and mobility at the London consistory court in the early sixteenth centuryCharlotte Berry <h3>THE LURE OF LONDON</h3>6. Aliens, crafts and guilds in late medieval LondonMatthew Davies 7. William Styfford (fl. 1437‒66): citizen and scrivener of London and notary imperialJ. L. Bolton 8. Bankers and booksellers: evidence of the late fifteenth century English book trade in the ledgers of the Bardi bankM. T. W. Payne 9. Nicholas Alwyn, mayor of London: a man of two loyalties, London and SpaldingAnne F. Sutton <h3>LONDONERS REMEMBERED</h3>10. Charity and the city: London Bridge, c. 1176‒1275John A. McEwan 11. John Reynewell and St. Botolph BillingsgateStephen Freeth and John Schofield 12. The testament of Joan FitzLewes: a source for the history of the abbey of Franciscan nuns without AldgateJulian Luxford 13. Souls of benefactors at Grey Friars church LondonChristian Steer Afterword: The transformative effect: Caroline Barron as teacher and colleagueClive Burgess Doctorates awarded under the supervision of Caroline M. Barron Index Tabula Gratulatoria 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781912702152_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-londoners/ London, GB 04 01 20191031 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702145 03 9781912702145 06 15 9781912702176 03 9781912702176 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/5530fdee-ced7-4cd3-969b-c8cdf6e3a23c 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/5530fdee-ced7-4cd3-969b-c8cdf6e3a23c/5530fdee-ced7-4cd3-969b-c8cdf6e3a23c.pdf 20 08 20191031 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-londoners/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702152.pdf 20 08 20191031 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-londoners/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781912702152.pdf 20 08 20191031 01 urn:uuid:129ae556-41c1-48ca-8ab5-3bf95ae279e9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5530fdee-ced7-4cd3-969b-c8cdf6e3a23c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:129ae556-41c1-48ca-8ab5-3bf95ae279e9 15 9781912702176 03 9781912702176 06 10.14296/1019.9781912702152 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83570 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Medieval Londoners Essays to mark the eightieth birthday of Caroline M. Barron 1 B01 Elizabeth A. New Elizabeth A. New 2 B01 Christian Steer Christian Steer 01 eng 00 378 03 09 34 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 12 1DBKESL 93 1DDU-GB-ESL 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3H 93 3KL-GB-D 93 6AG 20 archaeology; documents; capital; festschrift; scholar; inhabitants; medieval pub; medieval cultures; Caroline Barron; Book of the Hartshorn; medieval migration; London guilds; London craftsmen; medieval notaries; Nicholas Alwyn (mayor of London); alms; medieval charity; London Bridge; Aldgate nuns; medieval religion; Grey Friars church; ghosts; London graveyard 01 06 02 00 Medieval London was host to a diverse group of people, some born there, others drawn to it from far away. It was a vibrant city, from which rich evidence has survived, including archaeological and documentary sources. This volume brings together archaeologists, historians, art historians and literary scholars whose essays provide glimpses of 03 00 Medieval Londoners were a diverse group, some born in the city, others drawn to the capital from across the realm and from overseas. For some, London became the sole focus of their lives, while others retained or developed networks and loyalties that spread far and wide. The rich evidence for the medieval city, including archaeological and documentary sources, means that the study of London and its inhabitants remains a vibrant field. This volume brings together archaeologists, historians, art historians and literary scholars whose essays provide glimpses of medieval Londoners in all their variety.Medieval Londoners</italic> is offered to Caroline M. Barron, Emeritus Professor of the History of London at Royal Holloway, University of London, on the occasion of her eightieth birthday. Her remarkable career – over some fifty years – has revitalized the way in which we consider London and its people. This volume is a tribute to her scholarship and her friendship and encouragement to others. It is thanks to Caroline M. Barron that the study of medieval London remains as vibrant today as it has ever been. 30 00 Medieval Londoners were a diverse group, some born in the city, others drawn to the capital from across the realm and from overseas. For some, London became the sole focus of their lives, while others retained or developed networks and loyalties that spread far and wide. The rich evidence for the medieval city, including archaeological and documentary sources, means that the study of London and its inhabitants remains a vibrant field. This volume brings together archaeologists, historians, art historians and literary scholars whose essays provide glimpses of medieval Londoners in all their variety.Medieval Londoners</italic> is offered to Caroline M. Barron, Emeritus Professor of the History of London at Royal Holloway, University of London, on the occasion of her eightieth birthday. Her remarkable career – over some fifty years – has revitalized the way in which we consider London and its people. This volume is a tribute to her scholarship and her friendship and encouragement to others. It is thanks to Caroline M. Barron that the study of medieval London remains as vibrant today as it has ever been. 04 00 Foreword by Jo Fox Introduction: medieval LondonersElizabeth A. NewLIVING IN THE CITY 1. Families in later medieval London: sex, marriage and mortalityVanessa Harding 2. A portrait of a late medieval London pub: the Star inn, Bridge StreetJustin Colson 3. Huntington Library MS. HM 140: household reading for Londoners?Julia Boffey 4. Palaeography and forgery: Thomas D.’s Book of the Hartshorn in SouthwarkMartha Carlin 5. ‘Go to hyr neybors wher she dwelte before’: reputation and mobility at the London consistory court in the early sixteenth centuryCharlotte Berry <h3>THE LURE OF LONDON</h3>6. Aliens, crafts and guilds in late medieval LondonMatthew Davies 7. William Styfford (fl. 1437‒66): citizen and scrivener of London and notary imperialJ. L. Bolton 8. Bankers and booksellers: evidence of the late fifteenth century English book trade in the ledgers of the Bardi bankM. T. W. Payne 9. Nicholas Alwyn, mayor of London: a man of two loyalties, London and SpaldingAnne F. Sutton <h3>LONDONERS REMEMBERED</h3>10. Charity and the city: London Bridge, c. 1176‒1275John A. McEwan 11. John Reynewell and St. Botolph BillingsgateStephen Freeth and John Schofield 12. The testament of Joan FitzLewes: a source for the history of the abbey of Franciscan nuns without AldgateJulian Luxford 13. Souls of benefactors at Grey Friars church LondonChristian Steer Afterword: The transformative effect: Caroline Barron as teacher and colleagueClive Burgess Doctorates awarded under the supervision of Caroline M. Barron Index Tabula Gratulatoria 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781912702152_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-londoners/ London, GB 04 01 20191031 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702145 03 9781912702145 06 15 9781912702152 03 9781912702152 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-londoners/ 20 08 20191031 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1c460754-f82b-4870-b2b1-77e9d023825d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5dd175ea-f7ae-4bcb-a274-d548a2ac35fe 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1c460754-f82b-4870-b2b1-77e9d023825d 15 9781909646162 03 9781909646162 06 10.14296/917.9781909646735 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53761 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in 08 711 gr 08 25.125 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Medieval Merchants and Money Essays in Honour of James L. Bolton 1 B01 Matthew Davies Matthew Davies 01 eng 00 384 03 09 37 12 HBLC1 10 HIS037010 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 N 93 3K 20 Medieval Merchants; London; Markets; Medieval Guilds; Trade; Economic History; English Mints. 01 06 02 00 The essays in this volume were written in celebration of the scholarship of the medieval historian Professor James L. Bolton. They address a variety of questions in medieval economic and social history, and some look more widely at patterns of immigration to London, trade and royal policy, and the role that merchants played in the Hundred Yea 03 00 This volume contains selected essays in celebration of the scholarship of the medieval historian Professor James L. Bolton. The essays address a number of different questions in medieval economic and social history, as the volume looks at the activities of merchants, their trade, legal interactions and identities, and on the importance of money and credit in the rural and urban economies. Other essays look more widely at patterns of immigration to London, trade and royal policy, and the role that merchants played in the Hundred Years War. 30 00 This volume contains selected essays in celebration of the scholarship of the medieval historian Professor James L. Bolton. The essays address a number of different questions in medieval economic and social history, as the volume looks at the activities of merchants, their trade, legal interactions and identities, and on the importance of money and credit in the rural and urban economies. Other essays look more widely at patterns of immigration to London, trade and royal policy, and the role that merchants played in the Hundred Years War. 04 00 ContentsPrefaceI. London merchants: companies, identities and culture1 Negotiating merchant identities: the Stockfishmongers and London’s companies merging and dividing, c.1450–1550Justin Colson2 ‘Writying, making and engrocyng’: clerks, guilds and identity in late medieval LondonMatthew Davies3 What did medieval London merchants read?Caroline M. Barron4 ‘For quicke and deade memorie masses’: merchant piety in late medieval LondonChristian SteerII. Warfare, trade and mobility5 Fighting merchantsSam Gibbs and Adrian R. Bell<ol> <li>London and its merchants in the Italian archives, 1380–1530</li> </ol>F. Guidi-Bruscoli7 Settled or fleeting? London’s medieval immigrant community revisitedJessica LutkinIII. Merchants and the English crown8 East coast ports and the Iceland trade, 1483–5 (1489): protection and compensationAnne F. Sutton9 Royal servants and city fathers: the double lives of London goldsmiths at the court of Henry VIIS. P. HarperIV. Money and mints10 Medieval merchants and the English mints and exchanges, 973–1489Martin Allen11 The prosecution of counterfeiting in Lancastrian EnglandHannes KleinekeV. Markets, credit and the rural economy<ol> <li>The economic impact of clothmaking on rural society, 1300–1550</li> </ol>John Oldland13 Dealing in crisis: external credit and the early fourteenth-century English villagePhillipp R. Schofield14 Market courts and lex mercatoria in late medieval EnglandJames DavisVI. Merchants and the law15 Merchants and their use of the action of account in thirteenth- and early fourteenth-century EnglandPaul Brand16 ‘According to the law of merchants and the custom of the city of London’: Burton v. Davy (1436) and the negotiability of credit instruments in medieval EnglandTony MooreBibliography of the published works of James L. Bolton 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646735_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-merchants-and-money/ London, GB 04 01 20171007 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646735 03 9781909646735 06 15 9781909646353 03 9781909646353 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-merchants-and-money/ 20 08 20171007 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2cf1a16b-9dc0-4bb4-96cc-0c157c0c8bee 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5dd175ea-f7ae-4bcb-a274-d548a2ac35fe 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2cf1a16b-9dc0-4bb4-96cc-0c157c0c8bee 15 9781909646735 03 9781909646735 06 10.14296/917.9781909646735 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53761 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Medieval Merchants and Money Essays in Honour of James L. Bolton 1 B01 Matthew Davies Matthew Davies 01 eng 00 384 03 09 37 12 HBLC1 10 HIS037010 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 N 93 3K 20 Medieval Merchants; London; Markets; Medieval Guilds; Trade; Economic History; English Mints. 01 06 02 00 The essays in this volume were written in celebration of the scholarship of the medieval historian Professor James L. Bolton. They address a variety of questions in medieval economic and social history, and some look more widely at patterns of immigration to London, trade and royal policy, and the role that merchants played in the Hundred Yea 03 00 This volume contains selected essays in celebration of the scholarship of the medieval historian Professor James L. Bolton. The essays address a number of different questions in medieval economic and social history, as the volume looks at the activities of merchants, their trade, legal interactions and identities, and on the importance of money and credit in the rural and urban economies. Other essays look more widely at patterns of immigration to London, trade and royal policy, and the role that merchants played in the Hundred Years War. 30 00 This volume contains selected essays in celebration of the scholarship of the medieval historian Professor James L. Bolton. The essays address a number of different questions in medieval economic and social history, as the volume looks at the activities of merchants, their trade, legal interactions and identities, and on the importance of money and credit in the rural and urban economies. Other essays look more widely at patterns of immigration to London, trade and royal policy, and the role that merchants played in the Hundred Years War. 04 00 ContentsPrefaceI. London merchants: companies, identities and culture1 Negotiating merchant identities: the Stockfishmongers and London’s companies merging and dividing, c.1450–1550Justin Colson2 ‘Writying, making and engrocyng’: clerks, guilds and identity in late medieval LondonMatthew Davies3 What did medieval London merchants read?Caroline M. Barron4 ‘For quicke and deade memorie masses’: merchant piety in late medieval LondonChristian SteerII. Warfare, trade and mobility5 Fighting merchantsSam Gibbs and Adrian R. Bell<ol> <li>London and its merchants in the Italian archives, 1380–1530</li> </ol>F. Guidi-Bruscoli7 Settled or fleeting? London’s medieval immigrant community revisitedJessica LutkinIII. Merchants and the English crown8 East coast ports and the Iceland trade, 1483–5 (1489): protection and compensationAnne F. Sutton9 Royal servants and city fathers: the double lives of London goldsmiths at the court of Henry VIIS. P. HarperIV. Money and mints10 Medieval merchants and the English mints and exchanges, 973–1489Martin Allen11 The prosecution of counterfeiting in Lancastrian EnglandHannes KleinekeV. Markets, credit and the rural economy<ol> <li>The economic impact of clothmaking on rural society, 1300–1550</li> </ol>John Oldland13 Dealing in crisis: external credit and the early fourteenth-century English villagePhillipp R. Schofield14 Market courts and lex mercatoria in late medieval EnglandJames DavisVI. Merchants and the law15 Merchants and their use of the action of account in thirteenth- and early fourteenth-century EnglandPaul Brand16 ‘According to the law of merchants and the custom of the city of London’: Burton v. Davy (1436) and the negotiability of credit instruments in medieval EnglandTony MooreBibliography of the published works of James L. Bolton 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646735_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-merchants-and-money/ London, GB 04 01 20171007 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646162 03 9781909646162 06 15 9781909646353 03 9781909646353 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/5dd175ea-f7ae-4bcb-a274-d548a2ac35fe 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/5dd175ea-f7ae-4bcb-a274-d548a2ac35fe/5dd175ea-f7ae-4bcb-a274-d548a2ac35fe.pdf 20 08 20171007 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-merchants-and-money/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646735.pdf 20 08 20171007 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-merchants-and-money/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646735.pdf 20 08 20171007 01 urn:uuid:b212790c-d8ff-46c0-ae71-c8b4f0d2f0be 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5dd175ea-f7ae-4bcb-a274-d548a2ac35fe 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b212790c-d8ff-46c0-ae71-c8b4f0d2f0be 15 9781909646353 03 9781909646353 06 10.14296/917.9781909646735 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53761 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Medieval Merchants and Money Essays in Honour of James L. Bolton 1 B01 Matthew Davies Matthew Davies 01 eng 00 384 03 09 37 12 HBLC1 10 HIS037010 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 N 93 3K 20 Medieval Merchants; London; Markets; Medieval Guilds; Trade; Economic History; English Mints. 01 06 02 00 The essays in this volume were written in celebration of the scholarship of the medieval historian Professor James L. Bolton. They address a variety of questions in medieval economic and social history, and some look more widely at patterns of immigration to London, trade and royal policy, and the role that merchants played in the Hundred Yea 03 00 This volume contains selected essays in celebration of the scholarship of the medieval historian Professor James L. Bolton. The essays address a number of different questions in medieval economic and social history, as the volume looks at the activities of merchants, their trade, legal interactions and identities, and on the importance of money and credit in the rural and urban economies. Other essays look more widely at patterns of immigration to London, trade and royal policy, and the role that merchants played in the Hundred Years War. 30 00 This volume contains selected essays in celebration of the scholarship of the medieval historian Professor James L. Bolton. The essays address a number of different questions in medieval economic and social history, as the volume looks at the activities of merchants, their trade, legal interactions and identities, and on the importance of money and credit in the rural and urban economies. Other essays look more widely at patterns of immigration to London, trade and royal policy, and the role that merchants played in the Hundred Years War. 04 00 ContentsPrefaceI. London merchants: companies, identities and culture1 Negotiating merchant identities: the Stockfishmongers and London’s companies merging and dividing, c.1450–1550Justin Colson2 ‘Writying, making and engrocyng’: clerks, guilds and identity in late medieval LondonMatthew Davies3 What did medieval London merchants read?Caroline M. Barron4 ‘For quicke and deade memorie masses’: merchant piety in late medieval LondonChristian SteerII. Warfare, trade and mobility5 Fighting merchantsSam Gibbs and Adrian R. Bell<ol> <li>London and its merchants in the Italian archives, 1380–1530</li> </ol>F. Guidi-Bruscoli7 Settled or fleeting? London’s medieval immigrant community revisitedJessica LutkinIII. Merchants and the English crown8 East coast ports and the Iceland trade, 1483–5 (1489): protection and compensationAnne F. Sutton9 Royal servants and city fathers: the double lives of London goldsmiths at the court of Henry VIIS. P. HarperIV. Money and mints10 Medieval merchants and the English mints and exchanges, 973–1489Martin Allen11 The prosecution of counterfeiting in Lancastrian EnglandHannes KleinekeV. Markets, credit and the rural economy<ol> <li>The economic impact of clothmaking on rural society, 1300–1550</li> </ol>John Oldland13 Dealing in crisis: external credit and the early fourteenth-century English villagePhillipp R. Schofield14 Market courts and lex mercatoria in late medieval EnglandJames DavisVI. Merchants and the law15 Merchants and their use of the action of account in thirteenth- and early fourteenth-century EnglandPaul Brand16 ‘According to the law of merchants and the custom of the city of London’: Burton v. Davy (1436) and the negotiability of credit instruments in medieval EnglandTony MooreBibliography of the published works of James L. Bolton 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646735_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-merchants-and-money/ London, GB 04 01 20171007 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646162 03 9781909646162 06 15 9781909646735 03 9781909646735 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-merchants-and-money/ 20 08 20171007 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f316748e-7ba3-4ec6-989d-77f778d2fdc8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:45c78ca1-ad0a-4031-9ee9-4eef964cce50 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f316748e-7ba3-4ec6-989d-77f778d2fdc8 15 9781908857651 03 9781908857651 06 10.14296/220.9781908857767 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83360 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation in the Caribbean and Beyond 1 B01 Jack Webb Jack Webb 2 B01 Rod Westmaas Rod Westmaas 3 B01 Maria del Pilar Kaladeen Maria del Pilar Kaladeen 4 B01 William Tantam William Tantam 01 eng 00 192 03 12 HBTR B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHTR 10 POL045000 12 HBJK 93 NHK 10 SOC007000 12 HBTQ 10 HIS041000 93 NHTQ 12 1KJ 93 1KJ 10 4.2.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JH 93 3MN 12 3JJ 93 3MP 12 3JM 93 3MRB 93 6AG 20 migration; policy; activism; colonialism; decolonisation 01 06 02 00 Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation furthers our understanding of Caribbean migrations and migrants in relation to the histories and cultures of countries of the Northern Atlantic. It focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themse 03 00 In recent years, academics, policy makers and media outlets have increasingly recognised the importance of Caribbean migrations and migrants to the histories and cultures of countries across the Northern Atlantic. Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation</italic> furthers our understanding of the lives of many of these migrants, and the contexts through which they lived and continue to live. In particular, it focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. The chapters in this book range across disciplines and time periods to present a vibrant understanding of the ever-changing interactions between Caribbean peoples and colonialism as they migrated within and between colonial contexts. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themselves, whose critical reflections on their experiences of migration and decolonisation are interwoven with the essays of academics and activists. 30 00 In recent years, academics, policy makers and media outlets have increasingly recognised the importance of Caribbean migrations and migrants to the histories and cultures of countries across the Northern Atlantic. Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation</italic> furthers our understanding of the lives of many of these migrants, and the contexts through which they lived and continue to live. In particular, it focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. The chapters in this book range across disciplines and time periods to present a vibrant understanding of the ever-changing interactions between Caribbean peoples and colonialism as they migrated within and between colonial contexts. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themselves, whose critical reflections on their experiences of migration and decolonisation are interwoven with the essays of academics and activists. 04 00 Prologue Rod Westmaas Introduction Jack Webb, Maria del Pilar Kaladeen and William Tantam 1. Loving and leaving the new Jamaica: reckoning with the 1960s Matthew J. Smith 2. Why did we come? B. M. Nobrega 3. History to heritage: an assessment of Tarpum Bay, Eleuthera, the Bahamas Kelly Delancy 4. ‘While nuff ah right and rahbit; we write and arrange’: deejay lyricism and the transcendental use of the voice in alternative public spaces in the UK William ‘Lez’ Henry 5. Journeying through the ‘motherland’ Peter Ramrayka 6. De Zie Contre Menti Kaba – when two eyes meet the lie ends. A Caribbean meditation on decolonising academic methodologies Nadine King Chambers 7. Organising for the Caribbean Anne Braithwaite 8. The consular Caribbean: consuls as agents of colonialism and decolonisation in the revolutionary Caribbean (1795–1848) Simeon Simeonov 9. To ‘stay where you are’ as a decolonial gesture: Glissant’s philosophy of Antillean space in the context of Césaire and Fanon Miguel Gualdrón Ramírez 10. Finding the Anancyesque in Shakespeare’s Julius Caesar and the decolonisation project in Jamaica from 1938 to the present Ruth Minott Egglestone 11. Maybe one day I’ll go home Rod Westmaas 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/220.9781908857767_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/memory-migration-and-decolonisation-in-the-caribbean-and-beyond/ London, GB 04 01 20200218 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857767 03 9781908857767 06 15 9781915249555 03 9781915249555 06 15 9781908857668 03 9781908857668 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/memory-migration-and-decolonisation-in-the-caribbean-and-beyond/ 20 08 20200218 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e64b5b44-0126-4562-8ecf-16d2f44637bb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:45c78ca1-ad0a-4031-9ee9-4eef964cce50 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e64b5b44-0126-4562-8ecf-16d2f44637bb 15 9781908857767 03 9781908857767 06 10.14296/220.9781908857767 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83360 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation in the Caribbean and Beyond 1 B01 Jack Webb Jack Webb 2 B01 Rod Westmaas Rod Westmaas 3 B01 Maria del Pilar Kaladeen Maria del Pilar Kaladeen 4 B01 William Tantam William Tantam 01 eng 00 192 03 12 HBTR B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHTR 10 POL045000 12 HBJK 93 NHK 10 SOC007000 12 HBTQ 10 HIS041000 93 NHTQ 12 1KJ 93 1KJ 10 4.2.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JH 93 3MN 12 3JJ 93 3MP 12 3JM 93 3MRB 93 6AG 20 migration; policy; activism; colonialism; decolonisation 01 06 02 00 Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation furthers our understanding of Caribbean migrations and migrants in relation to the histories and cultures of countries of the Northern Atlantic. It focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themse 03 00 In recent years, academics, policy makers and media outlets have increasingly recognised the importance of Caribbean migrations and migrants to the histories and cultures of countries across the Northern Atlantic. Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation</italic> furthers our understanding of the lives of many of these migrants, and the contexts through which they lived and continue to live. In particular, it focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. The chapters in this book range across disciplines and time periods to present a vibrant understanding of the ever-changing interactions between Caribbean peoples and colonialism as they migrated within and between colonial contexts. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themselves, whose critical reflections on their experiences of migration and decolonisation are interwoven with the essays of academics and activists. 30 00 In recent years, academics, policy makers and media outlets have increasingly recognised the importance of Caribbean migrations and migrants to the histories and cultures of countries across the Northern Atlantic. Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation</italic> furthers our understanding of the lives of many of these migrants, and the contexts through which they lived and continue to live. In particular, it focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. The chapters in this book range across disciplines and time periods to present a vibrant understanding of the ever-changing interactions between Caribbean peoples and colonialism as they migrated within and between colonial contexts. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themselves, whose critical reflections on their experiences of migration and decolonisation are interwoven with the essays of academics and activists. 04 00 Prologue Rod Westmaas Introduction Jack Webb, Maria del Pilar Kaladeen and William Tantam 1. Loving and leaving the new Jamaica: reckoning with the 1960s Matthew J. Smith 2. Why did we come? B. M. Nobrega 3. History to heritage: an assessment of Tarpum Bay, Eleuthera, the Bahamas Kelly Delancy 4. ‘While nuff ah right and rahbit; we write and arrange’: deejay lyricism and the transcendental use of the voice in alternative public spaces in the UK William ‘Lez’ Henry 5. Journeying through the ‘motherland’ Peter Ramrayka 6. De Zie Contre Menti Kaba – when two eyes meet the lie ends. A Caribbean meditation on decolonising academic methodologies Nadine King Chambers 7. Organising for the Caribbean Anne Braithwaite 8. The consular Caribbean: consuls as agents of colonialism and decolonisation in the revolutionary Caribbean (1795–1848) Simeon Simeonov 9. To ‘stay where you are’ as a decolonial gesture: Glissant’s philosophy of Antillean space in the context of Césaire and Fanon Miguel Gualdrón Ramírez 10. Finding the Anancyesque in Shakespeare’s Julius Caesar and the decolonisation project in Jamaica from 1938 to the present Ruth Minott Egglestone 11. Maybe one day I’ll go home Rod Westmaas 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/220.9781908857767_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/memory-migration-and-decolonisation-in-the-caribbean-and-beyond/ London, GB 04 01 20200218 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857651 03 9781908857651 06 15 9781915249555 03 9781915249555 06 15 9781908857668 03 9781908857668 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/45c78ca1-ad0a-4031-9ee9-4eef964cce50 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/45c78ca1-ad0a-4031-9ee9-4eef964cce50/45c78ca1-ad0a-4031-9ee9-4eef964cce50.pdf 20 08 20200218 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/memory-migration-and-decolonisation-in-the-caribbean-and-beyond/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857767.pdf 20 08 20200218 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/memory-migration-and-decolonisation-in-the-caribbean-and-beyond/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/220.9781908857767.pdf 20 08 20200218 01 urn:uuid:8a3d8d94-7422-4a4b-a03c-9cf44f661fa6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:45c78ca1-ad0a-4031-9ee9-4eef964cce50 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8a3d8d94-7422-4a4b-a03c-9cf44f661fa6 15 9781915249555 03 9781915249555 06 10.14296/220.9781908857767 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83360 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation in the Caribbean and Beyond 1 B01 Jack Webb Jack Webb 2 B01 Rod Westmaas Rod Westmaas 3 B01 Maria del Pilar Kaladeen Maria del Pilar Kaladeen 4 B01 William Tantam William Tantam 01 eng 00 192 03 12 HBTR B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHTR 10 POL045000 12 HBJK 93 NHK 10 SOC007000 12 HBTQ 10 HIS041000 93 NHTQ 12 1KJ 93 1KJ 10 4.2.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JH 93 3MN 12 3JJ 93 3MP 12 3JM 93 3MRB 93 6AG 20 migration; policy; activism; colonialism; decolonisation 01 06 02 00 Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation furthers our understanding of Caribbean migrations and migrants in relation to the histories and cultures of countries of the Northern Atlantic. It focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themse 03 00 In recent years, academics, policy makers and media outlets have increasingly recognised the importance of Caribbean migrations and migrants to the histories and cultures of countries across the Northern Atlantic. Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation</italic> furthers our understanding of the lives of many of these migrants, and the contexts through which they lived and continue to live. In particular, it focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. The chapters in this book range across disciplines and time periods to present a vibrant understanding of the ever-changing interactions between Caribbean peoples and colonialism as they migrated within and between colonial contexts. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themselves, whose critical reflections on their experiences of migration and decolonisation are interwoven with the essays of academics and activists. 30 00 In recent years, academics, policy makers and media outlets have increasingly recognised the importance of Caribbean migrations and migrants to the histories and cultures of countries across the Northern Atlantic. Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation</italic> furthers our understanding of the lives of many of these migrants, and the contexts through which they lived and continue to live. In particular, it focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. The chapters in this book range across disciplines and time periods to present a vibrant understanding of the ever-changing interactions between Caribbean peoples and colonialism as they migrated within and between colonial contexts. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themselves, whose critical reflections on their experiences of migration and decolonisation are interwoven with the essays of academics and activists. 04 00 Prologue Rod Westmaas Introduction Jack Webb, Maria del Pilar Kaladeen and William Tantam 1. Loving and leaving the new Jamaica: reckoning with the 1960s Matthew J. Smith 2. Why did we come? B. M. Nobrega 3. History to heritage: an assessment of Tarpum Bay, Eleuthera, the Bahamas Kelly Delancy 4. ‘While nuff ah right and rahbit; we write and arrange’: deejay lyricism and the transcendental use of the voice in alternative public spaces in the UK William ‘Lez’ Henry 5. Journeying through the ‘motherland’ Peter Ramrayka 6. De Zie Contre Menti Kaba – when two eyes meet the lie ends. A Caribbean meditation on decolonising academic methodologies Nadine King Chambers 7. Organising for the Caribbean Anne Braithwaite 8. The consular Caribbean: consuls as agents of colonialism and decolonisation in the revolutionary Caribbean (1795–1848) Simeon Simeonov 9. To ‘stay where you are’ as a decolonial gesture: Glissant’s philosophy of Antillean space in the context of Césaire and Fanon Miguel Gualdrón Ramírez 10. Finding the Anancyesque in Shakespeare’s Julius Caesar and the decolonisation project in Jamaica from 1938 to the present Ruth Minott Egglestone 11. Maybe one day I’ll go home Rod Westmaas 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/220.9781908857767_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/memory-migration-and-decolonisation-in-the-caribbean-and-beyond/ London, GB 04 01 20200218 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857651 03 9781908857651 06 15 9781908857767 03 9781908857767 06 15 9781908857668 03 9781908857668 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/memory-migration-and-decolonisation-in-the-caribbean-and-beyond 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/memory-migration-and-decolonisation-in-the-caribbean-and-beyond 20 08 20200218 01 urn:uuid:559f3c5a-0bd3-4cc1-81e1-a379e52206df 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:45c78ca1-ad0a-4031-9ee9-4eef964cce50 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:559f3c5a-0bd3-4cc1-81e1-a379e52206df 15 9781908857668 03 9781908857668 06 10.14296/220.9781908857767 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83360 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation in the Caribbean and Beyond 1 B01 Jack Webb Jack Webb 2 B01 Rod Westmaas Rod Westmaas 3 B01 Maria del Pilar Kaladeen Maria del Pilar Kaladeen 4 B01 William Tantam William Tantam 01 eng 00 192 03 12 HBTR B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHTR 10 POL045000 12 HBJK 93 NHK 10 SOC007000 12 HBTQ 10 HIS041000 93 NHTQ 12 1KJ 93 1KJ 10 4.2.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JH 93 3MN 12 3JJ 93 3MP 12 3JM 93 3MRB 93 6AG 20 migration; policy; activism; colonialism; decolonisation 01 06 02 00 Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation furthers our understanding of Caribbean migrations and migrants in relation to the histories and cultures of countries of the Northern Atlantic. It focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themse 03 00 In recent years, academics, policy makers and media outlets have increasingly recognised the importance of Caribbean migrations and migrants to the histories and cultures of countries across the Northern Atlantic. Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation</italic> furthers our understanding of the lives of many of these migrants, and the contexts through which they lived and continue to live. In particular, it focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. The chapters in this book range across disciplines and time periods to present a vibrant understanding of the ever-changing interactions between Caribbean peoples and colonialism as they migrated within and between colonial contexts. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themselves, whose critical reflections on their experiences of migration and decolonisation are interwoven with the essays of academics and activists. 30 00 In recent years, academics, policy makers and media outlets have increasingly recognised the importance of Caribbean migrations and migrants to the histories and cultures of countries across the Northern Atlantic. Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation</italic> furthers our understanding of the lives of many of these migrants, and the contexts through which they lived and continue to live. In particular, it focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. The chapters in this book range across disciplines and time periods to present a vibrant understanding of the ever-changing interactions between Caribbean peoples and colonialism as they migrated within and between colonial contexts. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themselves, whose critical reflections on their experiences of migration and decolonisation are interwoven with the essays of academics and activists. 04 00 Prologue Rod Westmaas Introduction Jack Webb, Maria del Pilar Kaladeen and William Tantam 1. Loving and leaving the new Jamaica: reckoning with the 1960s Matthew J. Smith 2. Why did we come? B. M. Nobrega 3. History to heritage: an assessment of Tarpum Bay, Eleuthera, the Bahamas Kelly Delancy 4. ‘While nuff ah right and rahbit; we write and arrange’: deejay lyricism and the transcendental use of the voice in alternative public spaces in the UK William ‘Lez’ Henry 5. Journeying through the ‘motherland’ Peter Ramrayka 6. De Zie Contre Menti Kaba – when two eyes meet the lie ends. A Caribbean meditation on decolonising academic methodologies Nadine King Chambers 7. Organising for the Caribbean Anne Braithwaite 8. The consular Caribbean: consuls as agents of colonialism and decolonisation in the revolutionary Caribbean (1795–1848) Simeon Simeonov 9. To ‘stay where you are’ as a decolonial gesture: Glissant’s philosophy of Antillean space in the context of Césaire and Fanon Miguel Gualdrón Ramírez 10. Finding the Anancyesque in Shakespeare’s Julius Caesar and the decolonisation project in Jamaica from 1938 to the present Ruth Minott Egglestone 11. Maybe one day I’ll go home Rod Westmaas 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/220.9781908857767_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/memory-migration-and-decolonisation-in-the-caribbean-and-beyond/ London, GB 04 01 20200218 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857651 03 9781908857651 06 15 9781908857767 03 9781908857767 06 15 9781915249555 03 9781915249555 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/memory-migration-and-decolonisation-in-the-caribbean-and-beyond/ 20 08 20200218 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:57bc7bc3-c546-4c2a-aa50-7a2194e91b7b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:22a47d40-5482-4dd5-a5e0-1fda0309fb39 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:57bc7bc3-c546-4c2a-aa50-7a2194e91b7b 15 9781905670253 03 9781905670253 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61339 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 51 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Menander 'Epitrepontes' (BICS Supplement 106) 1 B01 William D. Furley William D. Furley 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 DSBB 93 DSBB 10 LCO003000 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 Epitrrepontes, or 'The Arbitration', which Menander produced around 300 BC, tackles the modern-sounding subject of a broken marriage. Charisios has left his young wife Pamphile over a suspected infidelity and moved in with his neighbour to drown his sorrows in wine and women, specifically, a spirited harp-girl called Habrotonon. The irate father-in-law will not tolerate this waste of a good dowry and demands of his daughter that she divorce. Bravely she holds out against her father's tirades and remains loyal to her husband.A complex and masterly dramatic sequence ensures that by the end 'all's well that ends well' - and Menander has struck a blow for equality of the sexes, for understanding over arrogance and pride.A large portion of the Epitrepontes was recovered from oblivion in 1905. Since then new papyrus finds have continued to fill the gaps. This edition makes available to the reader all known papyri of the play, including the most recent.The commentary aims to explain the printed text, to place Menander's language in the context of Athenian dramatic art and rhetoric, and to appreciate his subtle insights into the psychology of his characters, from the huffy father-in-law Smikrines to the 'little people' of the comedy, the slaves, each with their private agenda. 30 00 Epitrrepontes, or 'The Arbitration', which Menander produced around 300 BC, tackles the modern-sounding subject of a broken marriage. Charisios has left his young wife Pamphile over a suspected infidelity and moved in with his neighbour to drown his sorrows in wine and women, specifically, a spirited harp-girl called Habrotonon. The irate father-in-law will not tolerate this waste of a good dowry and demands of his daughter that she divorce. Bravely she holds out against her father's tirades and remains loyal to her husband.A complex and masterly dramatic sequence ensures that by the end 'all's well that ends well' - and Menander has struck a blow for equality of the sexes, for understanding over arrogance and pride.A large portion of the Epitrepontes was recovered from oblivion in 1905. Since then new papyrus finds have continued to fill the gaps. This edition makes available to the reader all known papyri of the play, including the most recent.The commentary aims to explain the printed text, to place Menander's language in the context of Athenian dramatic art and rhetoric, and to appreciate his subtle insights into the psychology of his characters, from the huffy father-in-law Smikrines to the 'little people' of the comedy, the slaves, each with their private agenda. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250688//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/menander-epitrepontes-bics-supplement-106/ London, GB 04 01 20091102 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/menander-epitrepontes-bics-supplement-106/ 20 08 20091102 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f0364a32-4d06-47a2-911f-c209d8a6993e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b722d265-4b16-4794-be06-697566184d1d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f0364a32-4d06-47a2-911f-c209d8a6993e 15 9781905670970 03 9781905670970 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107500 00 BB 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.61 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.69 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 79 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Menander 'Misoumenos' or 'The Hated Man' Introduction, Translation, and Commentary 1 A01 William D. Furley William D. Furley 01 eng 00 262 03 09 6 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 10 DRA006000 12 DSBB 93 DSBB 12 AN 10 ART015060 93 DBSG 93 1DD 12 1QDAG 10 HIS002010 93 1QBAG 12 2AHA 10 FOR033000 10 1.7.3.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2AHA 93 2ACB 12 3D 93 3CT-DE-A 93 4CT 20 New Comedy; ancient theatre; comedy; Menander; Athenian life; Greek polis 01 06 02 00 Judging from the numerous recovered papyrus fragments, Menander’s Misoumenos, or ‘The Hated Man’ was one of his most popular plays. This edition is the fullest to date of any English language edition of the play and aims to restore as much of the original action as possible through painstaking research and careful reconstruction of language a 03 00 Menander’s Misoumenos</italic>, or ‘The Hated Man’, is one of his most popular plays to have survived from classical times, to judge from the numerous recovered papyrus fragments. Dating to approximately 300 BCE, it tells the story of a mercenary soldier and the captive girl he acquires whilst on campaign in Cyprus. The play follows the soldier’s growing despair as the girl spurns his advances and slowly turns against him, culminating in his suicidal thoughts.The play belongs to the ancient genre of New Comedy, of which Menander was the acknowledged master. This edition is the fullest to date of any English language edition of the play. It aims to restore as much as possible of the action of Misoumenos, reconstructing language, stagecraft and theatrical dialogue of the original, but always distinguishing what we can be relatively sure of, from hypothesis and reconstruction. Some sections can be restored nearly fully, permitting access to brilliantly original theatrical dialogue which had been lost for over two millennia. Apart from metre and sophisticated idiom, the themes of love, despair and sadness that Menander treats are utterly timeless. This edition aims to present a significantly updated text. 30 00 Menander’s Misoumenos</italic>, or ‘The Hated Man’, is one of his most popular plays to have survived from classical times, to judge from the numerous recovered papyrus fragments. Dating to approximately 300 BCE, it tells the story of a mercenary soldier and the captive girl he acquires whilst on campaign in Cyprus. The play follows the soldier’s growing despair as the girl spurns his advances and slowly turns against him, culminating in his suicidal thoughts.The play belongs to the ancient genre of New Comedy, of which Menander was the acknowledged master. This edition is the fullest to date of any English language edition of the play. It aims to restore as much as possible of the action of Misoumenos, reconstructing language, stagecraft and theatrical dialogue of the original, but always distinguishing what we can be relatively sure of, from hypothesis and reconstruction. Some sections can be restored nearly fully, permitting access to brilliantly original theatrical dialogue which had been lost for over two millennia. Apart from metre and sophisticated idiom, the themes of love, despair and sadness that Menander treats are utterly timeless. This edition aims to present a significantly updated text. 04 00 Introduction 1.1 The state of play 1.1.1 What do we know? 1.1.2 What do we not know? 1.1.3 The puzzling middle section 1.1.4 The scene of action 1.2 What is the play about? – Thrasonides 1.3 Other Characters 1.3.1 Krateia 1.3.2 Demeas 1.3.3 Kleinias 1.3.4 Getas 1.3.5 Chrysis 1.4 Pictorial evidence 1.5 Legal Framework 1.6 Staging 1.7 Dating 1.8 Metre 1.9 Transmission of the Text 1.9.1 Antiquity 1.9.2 Modern Age 1.10 Technical points about this edition 2 Text Manuscripts The cast Text Unplaced papyrus fragments Miscellaneous unplaced fragments 3 Composite Readings 4 Translation 5 Commentary Act One Act Two Act Three Act Four Act Five Book Fragments Bibliography Index of Main Passages Cited Index of Greek words 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/300754/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/menander-misoumenos-or-the-hated-man/ London, GB 04 01 20211015 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/menander-misoumenos-or-the-hated-man/ 20 08 20211015 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e0f8f30c-e869-4274-9905-2c8226960905 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:587b5e57-0e4a-4aab-bd3e-52a9695e99f2 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e0f8f30c-e869-4274-9905-2c8226960905 15 9781905670598 03 9781905670598 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61307 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 66 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Menander 'Perikeiromene' or 'The Shorn Head' 1 B01 William D. Furley William D. Furley 01 eng 00 210 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 93 DB 12 DB 10 LIT004190 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 20 New Comedy; Corinth; ancient texts; Menander; ancient Greek 01 06 02 00 Menander’s <break/>Perikeiromene, or the ‘Woman with shorn head’ tells the story of the soldier <break/>Polemon, who returns home from service to discover, as he thinks, that his <break/>girl, Glykera, has found another lover. Blindly jealous, he shears off her hair <break/>and goes off to drown his sorrows with companions. But as is typical 03 00 Menander set Perikeiromene</italic>, or the ‘Woman with shorn head’ in Corinth, famous for its beautiful women, at a time when the city's troubles were at their height owing to the Macedonian conquest of Greece. The story reflects in miniature some of the turbulence of the times. A mercenary soldier Polemon returns home from service to discover, as he thinks, that his girl, Glykera, has found another lover. In a fit of jealous rage he shears off her hair and goes off to drown his sorrows with companions. Glykera promptly moves out from Polemon's house to the neighbour's house, in which her purported new lover Moschion lives. But all is not as it seems...Typically for the genre of New Comedy, Menander takes his characters to the brink in this lively drama before the recognitions which set everything straight. Discoveries of fragmented manuscripts of this play in the twentieth century have more or less brought it back to life. 30 00 Menander set Perikeiromene</italic>, or the ‘Woman with shorn head’ in Corinth, famous for its beautiful women, at a time when the city's troubles were at their height owing to the Macedonian conquest of Greece. The story reflects in miniature some of the turbulence of the times. A mercenary soldier Polemon returns home from service to discover, as he thinks, that his girl, Glykera, has found another lover. In a fit of jealous rage he shears off her hair and goes off to drown his sorrows with companions. Glykera promptly moves out from Polemon's house to the neighbour's house, in which her purported new lover Moschion lives. But all is not as it seems...Typically for the genre of New Comedy, Menander takes his characters to the brink in this lively drama before the recognitions which set everything straight. Discoveries of fragmented manuscripts of this play in the twentieth century have more or less brought it back to life. 04 00 1. Introduction 2. Text 3. Translation 4. Commentary Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250664//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/menander-perikeiromene-or-the-shorn-head/ London, GB 04 01 20150430 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/menander-perikeiromene-or-the-shorn-head/ 20 08 20150430 02 48.00 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:955df157-d32f-4075-9a3e-8ac1d6bbabf3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6d33e49e-be68-4a07-af0a-7836395b245d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:955df157-d32f-4075-9a3e-8ac1d6bbabf3 15 9781900039659 03 9781900039659 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53803 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 01 01 Mexican Foreign Policy at the Turn of the Twenty-first Century How Domestic a Foreign Policy? 1 A01 Ana Covarrubias Ana Covarrubias 01 eng 12 JPS 93 JPS B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL011000 12 1KLCM 93 1KLCM 01 06 02 00 Presents an assessment of the directions of Mexico's foreign policy. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248144/53803/53803_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mexican-foreign-policy-at-the-turn-of-the-twenty-first-century/ London, GB 04 01 20051129 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mexican-foreign-policy-at-the-turn-of-the-twenty-first-century/ 20 08 20051129 02 9.99 GBP WORLD 02 15.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:159983cd-e8f8-4224-9f35-f6651e36938f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:de417573-3d05-49bd-8f3f-c09af2a7247e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:159983cd-e8f8-4224-9f35-f6651e36938f 15 9781900039727 03 9781900039727 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53744 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 15 mm 03 1.5 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 20 gr 08 0.75 oz 01 01 Mexican Soundings Essays in Honour of David A. Brading 1 B01 Susan Deans-Smith Susan Deans-Smith 2 B01 Eric Van Young Eric Van Young 01 eng 12 GTB 93 GTM 10 HIS025000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 12 HBJK 10 HIS016000 93 NHK 12 1KLCM 93 1KLCM 10 HIS049000 01 06 02 00 Contains essays that convey the enduring nature of the questions raised by the work of David Brading. These essays reflect a range of his interests: from Mexican Baroque and post-Tridentine Catholicism to studies of the dynamics of state-building in nineteenth century Mexico. 03 00 David Brading is one of the foremost historians of Latin America in the United Kingdom. The essays in this volume convey the enduring nature of many of the questions raised by his work. They reflect the wide range of his interests: from Mexican Baroque and post-Tridentine Catholicism to studies of the dynamics of state building in nineteenth- century Mexico and of the problem of Mexican national identity. The contributions represent a wide chronological spread from the late seventeenth century to the twentieth century, as well as geographical diversity (Mexico City, Queretaro, and Puebla). Part I comprises an autobiographical essay by David Brading, an appreciation of him by Enrique Florescano, and an historiographical assessment of Brading's work by Eric Van Young. Part II gathers together six essays by former students (Susan Deans-Smith and Ellen Gunnarsdottir) and colleagues (Brian Hamnett, Marta Garcia Urgarte, Guy Thomson, and Alan Knight). David A. Brading recently retired from a chair in history at the University of Cambridge, UK where he directed the Latin American Centre. He is the author of dozens of articles and a number of widely praised volumes, including The First America: The Spanish Monarchy, Creole Patriots, and the Liberal State, 1492-1867 (Cambridge University Press, 1991). 30 00 David Brading is one of the foremost historians of Latin America in the United Kingdom. The essays in this volume convey the enduring nature of many of the questions raised by his work. They reflect the wide range of his interests: from Mexican Baroque and post-Tridentine Catholicism to studies of the dynamics of state building in nineteenth- century Mexico and of the problem of Mexican national identity. The contributions represent a wide chronological spread from the late seventeenth century to the twentieth century, as well as geographical diversity (Mexico City, Queretaro, and Puebla). Part I comprises an autobiographical essay by David Brading, an appreciation of him by Enrique Florescano, and an historiographical assessment of Brading's work by Eric Van Young. Part II gathers together six essays by former students (Susan Deans-Smith and Ellen Gunnarsdottir) and colleagues (Brian Hamnett, Marta Garcia Urgarte, Guy Thomson, and Alan Knight). David A. Brading recently retired from a chair in history at the University of Cambridge, UK where he directed the Latin American Centre. He is the author of dozens of articles and a number of widely praised volumes, including The First America: The Spanish Monarchy, Creole Patriots, and the Liberal State, 1492-1867 (Cambridge University Press, 1991). 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248117/53744/53744_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mexican-soundings/ London, GB 04 01 20070320 02 WORLD 06 15 9781900039734 03 9781900039734 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mexican-soundings/ 20 08 20070320 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:74c7a7b5-812e-4c44-8377-e5e80b29ecff 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:de417573-3d05-49bd-8f3f-c09af2a7247e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:74c7a7b5-812e-4c44-8377-e5e80b29ecff 15 9781900039734 03 9781900039734 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53744 00 BB 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 15 mm 03 1.5 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 20 gr 08 0.75 oz 01 01 Mexican Soundings Essays in Honour of David A. Brading 1 B01 Susan Deans-Smith Susan Deans-Smith 2 B01 Eric Van Young Eric Van Young 01 eng 12 GTB 93 GTM 10 HIS025000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 12 HBJK 10 HIS016000 93 NHK 12 1KLCM 93 1KLCM 10 HIS049000 01 06 02 00 Contains essays that convey the enduring nature of the questions raised by the work of David Brading. These essays reflect a range of his interests: from Mexican Baroque and post-Tridentine Catholicism to studies of the dynamics of state-building in nineteenth century Mexico. 03 00 David Brading is one of the foremost historians of Latin America in the United Kingdom. The essays in this volume convey the enduring nature of many of the questions raised by his work. They reflect the wide range of his interests: from Mexican Baroque and post-Tridentine Catholicism to studies of the dynamics of state building in nineteenth- century Mexico and of the problem of Mexican national identity. The contributions represent a wide chronological spread from the late seventeenth century to the twentieth century, as well as geographical diversity (Mexico City, Queretaro, and Puebla). Part I comprises an autobiographical essay by David Brading, an appreciation of him by Enrique Florescano, and an historiographical assessment of Brading's work by Eric Van Young. Part II gathers together six essays by former students (Susan Deans-Smith and Ellen Gunnarsdottir) and colleagues (Brian Hamnett, Marta Garcia Urgarte, Guy Thomson, and Alan Knight). David A. Brading recently retired from a chair in history at the University of Cambridge, UK where he directed the Latin American Centre. He is the author of dozens of articles and a number of widely praised volumes, including The First America: The Spanish Monarchy, Creole Patriots, and the Liberal State, 1492-1867 (Cambridge University Press, 1991). 30 00 David Brading is one of the foremost historians of Latin America in the United Kingdom. The essays in this volume convey the enduring nature of many of the questions raised by his work. They reflect the wide range of his interests: from Mexican Baroque and post-Tridentine Catholicism to studies of the dynamics of state building in nineteenth- century Mexico and of the problem of Mexican national identity. The contributions represent a wide chronological spread from the late seventeenth century to the twentieth century, as well as geographical diversity (Mexico City, Queretaro, and Puebla). Part I comprises an autobiographical essay by David Brading, an appreciation of him by Enrique Florescano, and an historiographical assessment of Brading's work by Eric Van Young. Part II gathers together six essays by former students (Susan Deans-Smith and Ellen Gunnarsdottir) and colleagues (Brian Hamnett, Marta Garcia Urgarte, Guy Thomson, and Alan Knight). David A. Brading recently retired from a chair in history at the University of Cambridge, UK where he directed the Latin American Centre. He is the author of dozens of articles and a number of widely praised volumes, including The First America: The Spanish Monarchy, Creole Patriots, and the Liberal State, 1492-1867 (Cambridge University Press, 1991). 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248117/53744/53744_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mexican-soundings/ London, GB 04 01 20070320 02 WORLD 06 15 9781900039727 03 9781900039727 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mexican-soundings/ 20 08 20070320 02 80.00 GBP WORLD 02 105.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:98d0cc13-334d-4e09-bd33-b7689b945957 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:987405a6-a769-4f6b-ba5d-36016b7b72a1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:98d0cc13-334d-4e09-bd33-b7689b945957 15 9781911507499 03 9781911507499 06 10.63674/nkvo5059 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.136280 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86d80a16-929d-4a43-aeaf-6eac54a1c539 02 30495121 01 Series URL https://uolpress.co.uk/book-series/reimagining-law-and-justice/ 03 3 01 02 Reimagining Law and Justice 01 01 Migrating Borders and Citizenship in Law Scales, Locales, Themes and Practices 1 A01 21 0000000299937789 Devyani Prabhat Devyani Prabhat Professor in Law 40 0524sp257 University of Bristol Devyani Prabhat is Professor in Law at University of Bristol Law School, UK, with legal practice experience in Constitutional law. She has a LLM and a PhD from New York University & is an enrolled Attorney at Law, NY. She researches and teaches Migration, Citizenship and Nationality from a socio-legal and comparative perspective. She is also an Associate Director of Border Criminologies, Oxford Law Faculty. 01 eng 93 JBFH 12 JFFN B2 Law 10 LAW032000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 JBFG 12 JFFD 10 SOC007000 12 LNDA 93 LNDA 10 SOC066000 93 LBBJ 12 LNDC 93 LNDC 93 1A 20 bordering; migration studies; free movement; asylum seekers; Immigration and Nationality Act; empire; Windrush; Brexit; Covid; Shamima Begum; race; ethnicity; gender; crime 01 06 02 00 Devyani Prabhat’s groundbreaking book examines the multifarious ways in which law operates with borders, demarcating not only nations and territories, but people and migrants, residents and foreigners. From worldwide to the nation, family to the workplace, this interdisciplinary study explores the question of who belongs, immigration and citi 03 00 Borders not only demarcate nations and territories, but transform people into migrants. Hand-in-hand with law and law enforcement, borders create residents and foreigners. The law ascertains who crosses borders and who does not, and who remains foreign despite being within national borders.Migrating Borders and Citizenship in Law</italic> argues that law has multiple roles and mechanisms for breathing life into borders, operating at different locales and scales (from worldwide to the nation; from the family to the workplace), and through different practices, for example, preventing entry or withholding access to resources. It examines case law, legislation and press accounts relating to several key events in recent times that have changed the legal landscape on migration control, such as the Immigration and Nationality Acts in the UK, the end of empire, the arrival of Empire Windrush, Brexit, Covid and the case of Shamima Begum. Focusing on race and ethnicity, gender and class, as well as crime and control, the book contextualises the legal debates around these historical and political developments, the question of who belongs, the consequences of behaviour for immigration status and citizenship, and the links with conduct and national security.With its wide interdisciplinary framing of the law, drawing from sociology, politics, philosophy and history, this groundbreaking book will appeal to all readers with broad interests in migration studies. 30 00 Borders not only demarcate nations and territories, but transform people into migrants. Hand-in-hand with law and law enforcement, borders create residents and foreigners. The law ascertains who crosses borders and who does not, and who remains foreign despite being within national borders.Migrating Borders and Citizenship in Law</italic> argues that law has multiple roles and mechanisms for breathing life into borders, operating at different locales and scales (from worldwide to the nation; from the family to the workplace), and through different practices, for example, preventing entry or withholding access to resources. It examines case law, legislation and press accounts relating to several key events in recent times that have changed the legal landscape on migration control, such as the Immigration and Nationality Acts in the UK, the end of empire, the arrival of Empire Windrush, Brexit, Covid and the case of Shamima Begum. Focusing on race and ethnicity, gender and class, as well as crime and control, the book contextualises the legal debates around these historical and political developments, the question of who belongs, the consequences of behaviour for immigration status and citizenship, and the links with conduct and national security.With its wide interdisciplinary framing of the law, drawing from sociology, politics, philosophy and history, this groundbreaking book will appeal to all readers with broad interests in migration studies. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction </li> <li> Part I Scales and locales of migrating borders </li> <li> 1 Bordering empire </li> <li> 2 Empire into nation state: bringing home the colonial hostile environment </li> <li> 3 Bordering a continent and a country: EU and the UK </li> <li> Part II Themes and practices of migrating borders </li> <li> 4 Bordering the workplace </li> <li> 5 Bordering families </li> <li> 6 Bordering globally: emergencies of health and security </li> <li> Conclusion </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/nkvo5059_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/migrating-borders-and-citizenship-in-law/ London, GB 04 01 20260319 Devyani Prabhat 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507482 03 9781911507482 06 15 9781911507505 03 9781911507505 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/migrating-borders-and-citizenship-in-law/ 20 08 20260319 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:a8540046-8e21-4445-895d-072441cf504b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:987405a6-a769-4f6b-ba5d-36016b7b72a1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a8540046-8e21-4445-895d-072441cf504b 15 9781911507482 03 9781911507482 06 10.63674/nkvo5059 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.136280 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86d80a16-929d-4a43-aeaf-6eac54a1c539 02 30495121 01 Series URL https://uolpress.co.uk/book-series/reimagining-law-and-justice/ 03 3 01 02 Reimagining Law and Justice 01 01 Migrating Borders and Citizenship in Law Scales, Locales, Themes and Practices 1 A01 21 0000000299937789 Devyani Prabhat Devyani Prabhat Professor in Law 40 0524sp257 University of Bristol Devyani Prabhat is Professor in Law at University of Bristol Law School, UK, with legal practice experience in Constitutional law. She has a LLM and a PhD from New York University & is an enrolled Attorney at Law, NY. She researches and teaches Migration, Citizenship and Nationality from a socio-legal and comparative perspective. She is also an Associate Director of Border Criminologies, Oxford Law Faculty. 01 eng 93 JBFH 12 JFFN B2 Law 10 LAW032000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 JBFG 12 JFFD 10 SOC007000 12 LNDA 93 LNDA 10 SOC066000 93 LBBJ 12 LNDC 93 LNDC 93 1A 20 bordering; migration studies; free movement; asylum seekers; Immigration and Nationality Act; empire; Windrush; Brexit; Covid; Shamima Begum; race; ethnicity; gender; crime 01 06 02 00 Devyani Prabhat’s groundbreaking book examines the multifarious ways in which law operates with borders, demarcating not only nations and territories, but people and migrants, residents and foreigners. From worldwide to the nation, family to the workplace, this interdisciplinary study explores the question of who belongs, immigration and citi 03 00 Borders not only demarcate nations and territories, but transform people into migrants. Hand-in-hand with law and law enforcement, borders create residents and foreigners. The law ascertains who crosses borders and who does not, and who remains foreign despite being within national borders.Migrating Borders and Citizenship in Law</italic> argues that law has multiple roles and mechanisms for breathing life into borders, operating at different locales and scales (from worldwide to the nation; from the family to the workplace), and through different practices, for example, preventing entry or withholding access to resources. It examines case law, legislation and press accounts relating to several key events in recent times that have changed the legal landscape on migration control, such as the Immigration and Nationality Acts in the UK, the end of empire, the arrival of Empire Windrush, Brexit, Covid and the case of Shamima Begum. Focusing on race and ethnicity, gender and class, as well as crime and control, the book contextualises the legal debates around these historical and political developments, the question of who belongs, the consequences of behaviour for immigration status and citizenship, and the links with conduct and national security.With its wide interdisciplinary framing of the law, drawing from sociology, politics, philosophy and history, this groundbreaking book will appeal to all readers with broad interests in migration studies. 30 00 Borders not only demarcate nations and territories, but transform people into migrants. Hand-in-hand with law and law enforcement, borders create residents and foreigners. The law ascertains who crosses borders and who does not, and who remains foreign despite being within national borders.Migrating Borders and Citizenship in Law</italic> argues that law has multiple roles and mechanisms for breathing life into borders, operating at different locales and scales (from worldwide to the nation; from the family to the workplace), and through different practices, for example, preventing entry or withholding access to resources. It examines case law, legislation and press accounts relating to several key events in recent times that have changed the legal landscape on migration control, such as the Immigration and Nationality Acts in the UK, the end of empire, the arrival of Empire Windrush, Brexit, Covid and the case of Shamima Begum. Focusing on race and ethnicity, gender and class, as well as crime and control, the book contextualises the legal debates around these historical and political developments, the question of who belongs, the consequences of behaviour for immigration status and citizenship, and the links with conduct and national security.With its wide interdisciplinary framing of the law, drawing from sociology, politics, philosophy and history, this groundbreaking book will appeal to all readers with broad interests in migration studies. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction </li> <li> Part I Scales and locales of migrating borders </li> <li> 1 Bordering empire </li> <li> 2 Empire into nation state: bringing home the colonial hostile environment </li> <li> 3 Bordering a continent and a country: EU and the UK </li> <li> Part II Themes and practices of migrating borders </li> <li> 4 Bordering the workplace </li> <li> 5 Bordering families </li> <li> 6 Bordering globally: emergencies of health and security </li> <li> Conclusion </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/nkvo5059_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/migrating-borders-and-citizenship-in-law/ London, GB 04 01 20260319 Devyani Prabhat 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507499 03 9781911507499 06 15 9781911507505 03 9781911507505 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/migrating-borders-and-citizenship-in-law/ 20 08 20260319 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:688522e1-0644-45de-9400-10a6ed43e0c6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:987405a6-a769-4f6b-ba5d-36016b7b72a1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:688522e1-0644-45de-9400-10a6ed43e0c6 15 9781911507505 03 9781911507505 06 10.63674/nkvo5059 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.136280 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86d80a16-929d-4a43-aeaf-6eac54a1c539 02 30495121 01 Series URL https://uolpress.co.uk/book-series/reimagining-law-and-justice/ 03 3 01 02 Reimagining Law and Justice 01 01 Migrating Borders and Citizenship in Law Scales, Locales, Themes and Practices 1 A01 21 0000000299937789 Devyani Prabhat Devyani Prabhat Professor in Law 40 0524sp257 University of Bristol Devyani Prabhat is Professor in Law at University of Bristol Law School, UK, with legal practice experience in Constitutional law. She has a LLM and a PhD from New York University & is an enrolled Attorney at Law, NY. She researches and teaches Migration, Citizenship and Nationality from a socio-legal and comparative perspective. She is also an Associate Director of Border Criminologies, Oxford Law Faculty. 01 eng 93 JBFH 12 JFFN B2 Law 10 LAW032000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 JBFG 12 JFFD 10 SOC007000 12 LNDA 93 LNDA 10 SOC066000 93 LBBJ 12 LNDC 93 LNDC 93 1A 20 bordering; migration studies; free movement; asylum seekers; Immigration and Nationality Act; empire; Windrush; Brexit; Covid; Shamima Begum; race; ethnicity; gender; crime 01 06 02 00 Devyani Prabhat’s groundbreaking book examines the multifarious ways in which law operates with borders, demarcating not only nations and territories, but people and migrants, residents and foreigners. From worldwide to the nation, family to the workplace, this interdisciplinary study explores the question of who belongs, immigration and citi 03 00 Borders not only demarcate nations and territories, but transform people into migrants. Hand-in-hand with law and law enforcement, borders create residents and foreigners. The law ascertains who crosses borders and who does not, and who remains foreign despite being within national borders.Migrating Borders and Citizenship in Law</italic> argues that law has multiple roles and mechanisms for breathing life into borders, operating at different locales and scales (from worldwide to the nation; from the family to the workplace), and through different practices, for example, preventing entry or withholding access to resources. It examines case law, legislation and press accounts relating to several key events in recent times that have changed the legal landscape on migration control, such as the Immigration and Nationality Acts in the UK, the end of empire, the arrival of Empire Windrush, Brexit, Covid and the case of Shamima Begum. Focusing on race and ethnicity, gender and class, as well as crime and control, the book contextualises the legal debates around these historical and political developments, the question of who belongs, the consequences of behaviour for immigration status and citizenship, and the links with conduct and national security.With its wide interdisciplinary framing of the law, drawing from sociology, politics, philosophy and history, this groundbreaking book will appeal to all readers with broad interests in migration studies. 30 00 Borders not only demarcate nations and territories, but transform people into migrants. Hand-in-hand with law and law enforcement, borders create residents and foreigners. The law ascertains who crosses borders and who does not, and who remains foreign despite being within national borders.Migrating Borders and Citizenship in Law</italic> argues that law has multiple roles and mechanisms for breathing life into borders, operating at different locales and scales (from worldwide to the nation; from the family to the workplace), and through different practices, for example, preventing entry or withholding access to resources. It examines case law, legislation and press accounts relating to several key events in recent times that have changed the legal landscape on migration control, such as the Immigration and Nationality Acts in the UK, the end of empire, the arrival of Empire Windrush, Brexit, Covid and the case of Shamima Begum. Focusing on race and ethnicity, gender and class, as well as crime and control, the book contextualises the legal debates around these historical and political developments, the question of who belongs, the consequences of behaviour for immigration status and citizenship, and the links with conduct and national security.With its wide interdisciplinary framing of the law, drawing from sociology, politics, philosophy and history, this groundbreaking book will appeal to all readers with broad interests in migration studies. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction </li> <li> Part I Scales and locales of migrating borders </li> <li> 1 Bordering empire </li> <li> 2 Empire into nation state: bringing home the colonial hostile environment </li> <li> 3 Bordering a continent and a country: EU and the UK </li> <li> Part II Themes and practices of migrating borders </li> <li> 4 Bordering the workplace </li> <li> 5 Bordering families </li> <li> 6 Bordering globally: emergencies of health and security </li> <li> Conclusion </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/nkvo5059_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/migrating-borders-and-citizenship-in-law/ London, GB 04 01 20260319 Devyani Prabhat 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507499 03 9781911507499 06 15 9781911507482 03 9781911507482 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/987405a6-a769-4f6b-ba5d-36016b7b72a1 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/987405a6-a769-4f6b-ba5d-36016b7b72a1/987405a6-a769-4f6b-ba5d-36016b7b72a1.pdf 20 08 20260319 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/migrating-borders-and-citizenship-in-law/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781911507505.pdf 20 08 20260319 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/migrating-borders-and-citizenship-in-law/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/nkvo5059.pdf 20 08 20260319 01 urn:uuid:85a053df-64a6-4b62-8977-0623240d0fb0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:90e64226-7b85-47af-8d40-fc67a143e18d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:85a053df-64a6-4b62-8977-0623240d0fb0 15 9780900587825 03 9780900587825 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61398 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 7 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Modus Operandi: Essays in Honour of Geoffrey Rickman (BICS Supplement 71) 1 B01 M Austin M Austin 2 B01 J Harries J Harries 3 B01 C Smith C Smith 01 eng 10 ART015060 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient History 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 A collection of fifteen essays to mark the sixty-fifth birthday of Professor Geoffrey Rickman. The over-riding theme of the various papers is the ways in which fundamental institutions actually worked in antiquity. The book is divided into sections: Administration and law; Economy and society; Warfare; Art and literature. With contributions by: J K Davies, U Hall, M H Crawford, J S Richardson, J D Harries, A Wallace-Hadrill, I Carradice, F Millar, P A Brunt, C J Smith, J C N Coulston, M Whitby, E Moignard, K Dover, R Brock. 30 00 A collection of fifteen essays to mark the sixty-fifth birthday of Professor Geoffrey Rickman. The over-riding theme of the various papers is the ways in which fundamental institutions actually worked in antiquity. The book is divided into sections: Administration and law; Economy and society; Warfare; Art and literature. With contributions by: J K Davies, U Hall, M H Crawford, J S Richardson, J D Harries, A Wallace-Hadrill, I Carradice, F Millar, P A Brunt, C J Smith, J C N Coulston, M Whitby, E Moignard, K Dover, R Brock. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250850//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/modus-operandi-essays-in-honour-of-geoffrey-rickman-bics-supplement-71/ London, GB 04 01 19981010 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/modus-operandi-essays-in-honour-of-geoffrey-rickman-bics-supplement-71/ 20 08 19981010 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8d079275-0206-4348-9c7a-4cb4403dc854 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:9238d5ee-9970-4b75-97de-396ab89af501 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8d079275-0206-4348-9c7a-4cb4403dc854 15 9780992725792 03 9780992725792 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.100888 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 A British Book Collector Rare Books and Manuscripts in the R.E. Hart Collection, Blackburn Museum and Art Gallery 1 B01 Cynthia Johnston Cynthia Johnston 01 eng 09 50 10 ANT005000 B2 Literary Studies 12 WCS 93 WCS 12 HBLW B2 History 10 LIT011000 93 NH 12 DSBB 93 DSBB 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 book history; collecting; book trade; manuscripts; printed books; art 01 06 02 00 Based on a major exhibition at Two Temple Place in London, A British Book Collector </italic>celebrates one of the finest collections of manuscripts and rare books in the north-west of England. 03 00 A British Book Collector</italic> celebrates one of the finest collections of manuscripts and rare books in the north west of England. From the turn of the twentieth century through the Second World War, Robert Edward Hart, a ropemaker of Blackburn, Lancashire, quietly amassed a phenomenal collection of medieval manuscripts and early printed books.In this volume, leading scholars from the fields of the history of art, and the history of the book, examine anew the internationally important manuscripts and rare printed books in Hart’s collection, and the practice of collecting itself in the context of the waning of the industrial revolution. Copiously illustrated with colour prints, this volume marks R.E. Hart’s achievement as a collector who collected for himself, and for his community for posterity. 30 00 A British Book Collector</italic> celebrates one of the finest collections of manuscripts and rare books in the north west of England. From the turn of the twentieth century through the Second World War, Robert Edward Hart, a ropemaker of Blackburn, Lancashire, quietly amassed a phenomenal collection of medieval manuscripts and early printed books.In this volume, leading scholars from the fields of the history of art, and the history of the book, examine anew the internationally important manuscripts and rare printed books in Hart’s collection, and the practice of collecting itself in the context of the waning of the industrial revolution. Copiously illustrated with colour prints, this volume marks R.E. Hart’s achievement as a collector who collected for himself, and for his community for posterity. 04 00 Introduction / Cynthia Johnston The Loyalties of a Collector / David McKitterick The Blackburn Psalter and the William of Devon Group / Nigel Morgan Rome and Florence at the beginning of the fifteenth century: the different models in the illuminations of the Pancerra Missal (Blackburn) and a new hypothesis on penflourishing in the Acciaiuoli Missal (Cambridge) / Francesca Manzari Contextualising the art and innovations of the Master of Edward IV in the Blackburn Hours (Blackburn Museum and Art Gallery, Hart MS 20884) / Scot McKendrick Fragments of Early Mainz Printing in the R.E. Hart Collection / Eric Marshall White Journey in the Mind's Eye: the virtue and value of virtual pilgrimage / Cleo Cantone Book collecting in context: Hart and his contemporaries / Cynthia Johnston The value of the past: heritage between local, global and national / Rebecca Darley 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/299090/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-british-book-collector/ London, GB 04 01 20210221 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-british-book-collector/ 20 08 20210221 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5498c2de-5498-485f-80fb-e101dcf158ef 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:75904af1-a72f-4361-9e4e-deac1d7ee7ee 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5498c2de-5498-485f-80fb-e101dcf158ef 15 9781911507185 03 9781911507185 06 10.14296/202201.9781911507192 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89186 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context An Assessment of Litigation and Regulatory Responses in European Civil-Law Countries 1 A01 Virginie Rouas Virginie Rouas 01 eng 00 360 03 B2 Law 10 LAW034000 93 LBBM5 12 LBBP B2 Human Rights 12 KCN 93 LBG 10 POL044000 12 1D 93 1D 10 HIS037080 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JM 93 3MR 93 6AG 20 Access to justice; corporate accountability; Europe; France; Netherlands; human rights; business and human rights; human rights due diligence; civil-law countries; European law; law; MNE; multi-national enterprises; abuse; big business; oil spill 01 06 02 00 This book explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights in European civil-law countries. Focusing on Multinational enterprises (MNEs), which are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage, it evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effec 03 00 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context</italic> explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights- a growing area of international human rights law- in European civil-law countries.Multinational enterprises (MNEs) can contribute to economic prosperity and social development in the countries where they operate. At the same time, their activities may directly or indirectly cause harm to humans and to the environment. However, MNEs are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage. In recent years, activists have challenged corporate impunity by introducing innovative claims seeking to hold parent companies directly liable for the harm caused by their group’s activities. They have also strategically used this type of litigation to trigger corporate accountability reforms at international, regional, and national levels. Using national litigation experiences as a starting point and focusing on European civil-law countries, the book evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effective in achieving access to justice and corporate accountability. It also considers whether ongoing regulatory developments, such as the adoption of mandatory human rights due diligence norms and the negotiations for a business and human rights treaty, can contribute to the realisation of access to justice and corporate accountability in the future. 30 00 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context</italic> explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights- a growing area of international human rights law- in European civil-law countries.Multinational enterprises (MNEs) can contribute to economic prosperity and social development in the countries where they operate. At the same time, their activities may directly or indirectly cause harm to humans and to the environment. However, MNEs are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage. In recent years, activists have challenged corporate impunity by introducing innovative claims seeking to hold parent companies directly liable for the harm caused by their group’s activities. They have also strategically used this type of litigation to trigger corporate accountability reforms at international, regional, and national levels. Using national litigation experiences as a starting point and focusing on European civil-law countries, the book evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effective in achieving access to justice and corporate accountability. It also considers whether ongoing regulatory developments, such as the adoption of mandatory human rights due diligence norms and the negotiations for a business and human rights treaty, can contribute to the realisation of access to justice and corporate accountability in the future. 04 00 Chapter 1 IntroductionChapter 2 Corporate accountability and access to justice in international and European legal frameworks Chapter 3 The rise of transnational litigation against multinational enterprises Chapter 4 Civil litigation against multinational enterprises in France and the Netherlands Chapter 5 Criminal litigation against multinational enterprises in France and the NetherlandsChapter 6 Holding multinational enterprises liable in France and the Netherlands Chapter 7 Achieving access to justice in Europe through mandatory due diligence legislation Chapter 8 Achieving access to justice through an international treaty on business and human rightsChapter 9 Conclusions 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202201.9781911507192_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/achieving-access-to-justice-in-a-business-and-human-rights-context/ London, GB 04 01 20220114 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507192 03 9781911507192 06 15 9781911507420 03 9781911507420 06 15 9781911507277 03 9781911507277 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/achieving-access-to-justice-in-a-business-and-human-rights-context/ 20 08 20220114 02 35.00 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e503088a-9a9f-4c92-aeac-f6af3853320f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:75904af1-a72f-4361-9e4e-deac1d7ee7ee 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e503088a-9a9f-4c92-aeac-f6af3853320f 15 9781911507192 03 9781911507192 06 10.14296/202201.9781911507192 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89186 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context An Assessment of Litigation and Regulatory Responses in European Civil-Law Countries 1 A01 Virginie Rouas Virginie Rouas 01 eng 00 360 03 B2 Law 10 LAW034000 93 LBBM5 12 LBBP B2 Human Rights 12 KCN 93 LBG 10 POL044000 12 1D 93 1D 10 HIS037080 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JM 93 3MR 93 6AG 20 Access to justice; corporate accountability; Europe; France; Netherlands; human rights; business and human rights; human rights due diligence; civil-law countries; European law; law; MNE; multi-national enterprises; abuse; big business; oil spill 01 06 02 00 This book explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights in European civil-law countries. Focusing on Multinational enterprises (MNEs), which are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage, it evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effec 03 00 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context</italic> explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights- a growing area of international human rights law- in European civil-law countries.Multinational enterprises (MNEs) can contribute to economic prosperity and social development in the countries where they operate. At the same time, their activities may directly or indirectly cause harm to humans and to the environment. However, MNEs are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage. In recent years, activists have challenged corporate impunity by introducing innovative claims seeking to hold parent companies directly liable for the harm caused by their group’s activities. They have also strategically used this type of litigation to trigger corporate accountability reforms at international, regional, and national levels. Using national litigation experiences as a starting point and focusing on European civil-law countries, the book evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effective in achieving access to justice and corporate accountability. It also considers whether ongoing regulatory developments, such as the adoption of mandatory human rights due diligence norms and the negotiations for a business and human rights treaty, can contribute to the realisation of access to justice and corporate accountability in the future. 30 00 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context</italic> explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights- a growing area of international human rights law- in European civil-law countries.Multinational enterprises (MNEs) can contribute to economic prosperity and social development in the countries where they operate. At the same time, their activities may directly or indirectly cause harm to humans and to the environment. However, MNEs are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage. In recent years, activists have challenged corporate impunity by introducing innovative claims seeking to hold parent companies directly liable for the harm caused by their group’s activities. They have also strategically used this type of litigation to trigger corporate accountability reforms at international, regional, and national levels. Using national litigation experiences as a starting point and focusing on European civil-law countries, the book evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effective in achieving access to justice and corporate accountability. It also considers whether ongoing regulatory developments, such as the adoption of mandatory human rights due diligence norms and the negotiations for a business and human rights treaty, can contribute to the realisation of access to justice and corporate accountability in the future. 04 00 Chapter 1 IntroductionChapter 2 Corporate accountability and access to justice in international and European legal frameworks Chapter 3 The rise of transnational litigation against multinational enterprises Chapter 4 Civil litigation against multinational enterprises in France and the Netherlands Chapter 5 Criminal litigation against multinational enterprises in France and the NetherlandsChapter 6 Holding multinational enterprises liable in France and the Netherlands Chapter 7 Achieving access to justice in Europe through mandatory due diligence legislation Chapter 8 Achieving access to justice through an international treaty on business and human rightsChapter 9 Conclusions 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202201.9781911507192_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/achieving-access-to-justice-in-a-business-and-human-rights-context/ London, GB 04 01 20220114 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507185 03 9781911507185 06 15 9781911507420 03 9781911507420 06 15 9781911507277 03 9781911507277 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/75904af1-a72f-4361-9e4e-deac1d7ee7ee 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/75904af1-a72f-4361-9e4e-deac1d7ee7ee/75904af1-a72f-4361-9e4e-deac1d7ee7ee.pdf 20 08 20220114 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/achieving-access-to-justice-in-a-business-and-human-rights-context/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781911507192.pdf 20 08 20220114 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/achieving-access-to-justice-in-a-business-and-human-rights-context/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202201.9781911507192.pdf 20 08 20220114 01 urn:uuid:e157e161-8c4a-48a4-b014-8f47e22c4c4f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:75904af1-a72f-4361-9e4e-deac1d7ee7ee 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e157e161-8c4a-48a4-b014-8f47e22c4c4f 15 9781911507420 03 9781911507420 06 10.14296/202201.9781911507192 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89186 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context An Assessment of Litigation and Regulatory Responses in European Civil-Law Countries 1 A01 Virginie Rouas Virginie Rouas 01 eng 00 360 03 B2 Law 10 LAW034000 93 LBBM5 12 LBBP B2 Human Rights 12 KCN 93 LBG 10 POL044000 12 1D 93 1D 10 HIS037080 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JM 93 3MR 93 6AG 20 Access to justice; corporate accountability; Europe; France; Netherlands; human rights; business and human rights; human rights due diligence; civil-law countries; European law; law; MNE; multi-national enterprises; abuse; big business; oil spill 01 06 02 00 This book explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights in European civil-law countries. Focusing on Multinational enterprises (MNEs), which are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage, it evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effec 03 00 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context</italic> explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights- a growing area of international human rights law- in European civil-law countries.Multinational enterprises (MNEs) can contribute to economic prosperity and social development in the countries where they operate. At the same time, their activities may directly or indirectly cause harm to humans and to the environment. However, MNEs are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage. In recent years, activists have challenged corporate impunity by introducing innovative claims seeking to hold parent companies directly liable for the harm caused by their group’s activities. They have also strategically used this type of litigation to trigger corporate accountability reforms at international, regional, and national levels. Using national litigation experiences as a starting point and focusing on European civil-law countries, the book evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effective in achieving access to justice and corporate accountability. It also considers whether ongoing regulatory developments, such as the adoption of mandatory human rights due diligence norms and the negotiations for a business and human rights treaty, can contribute to the realisation of access to justice and corporate accountability in the future. 30 00 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context</italic> explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights- a growing area of international human rights law- in European civil-law countries.Multinational enterprises (MNEs) can contribute to economic prosperity and social development in the countries where they operate. At the same time, their activities may directly or indirectly cause harm to humans and to the environment. However, MNEs are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage. In recent years, activists have challenged corporate impunity by introducing innovative claims seeking to hold parent companies directly liable for the harm caused by their group’s activities. They have also strategically used this type of litigation to trigger corporate accountability reforms at international, regional, and national levels. Using national litigation experiences as a starting point and focusing on European civil-law countries, the book evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effective in achieving access to justice and corporate accountability. It also considers whether ongoing regulatory developments, such as the adoption of mandatory human rights due diligence norms and the negotiations for a business and human rights treaty, can contribute to the realisation of access to justice and corporate accountability in the future. 04 00 Chapter 1 IntroductionChapter 2 Corporate accountability and access to justice in international and European legal frameworks Chapter 3 The rise of transnational litigation against multinational enterprises Chapter 4 Civil litigation against multinational enterprises in France and the Netherlands Chapter 5 Criminal litigation against multinational enterprises in France and the NetherlandsChapter 6 Holding multinational enterprises liable in France and the Netherlands Chapter 7 Achieving access to justice in Europe through mandatory due diligence legislation Chapter 8 Achieving access to justice through an international treaty on business and human rightsChapter 9 Conclusions 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202201.9781911507192_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/achieving-access-to-justice-in-a-business-and-human-rights-context/ London, GB 04 01 20220114 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507185 03 9781911507185 06 15 9781911507192 03 9781911507192 06 15 9781911507277 03 9781911507277 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/achieving-access-to-justice-in-a-business-and-human-rights-context 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/achieving-access-to-justice-in-a-business-and-human-rights-context 20 08 20220114 01 urn:uuid:533b2939-a6f4-4bc5-995b-5129a12e5b76 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:75904af1-a72f-4361-9e4e-deac1d7ee7ee 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:533b2939-a6f4-4bc5-995b-5129a12e5b76 15 9781911507277 03 9781911507277 06 10.14296/202201.9781911507192 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.89186 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context An Assessment of Litigation and Regulatory Responses in European Civil-Law Countries 1 A01 Virginie Rouas Virginie Rouas 01 eng 00 360 03 B2 Law 10 LAW034000 93 LBBM5 12 LBBP B2 Human Rights 12 KCN 93 LBG 10 POL044000 12 1D 93 1D 10 HIS037080 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JM 93 3MR 93 6AG 20 Access to justice; corporate accountability; Europe; France; Netherlands; human rights; business and human rights; human rights due diligence; civil-law countries; European law; law; MNE; multi-national enterprises; abuse; big business; oil spill 01 06 02 00 This book explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights in European civil-law countries. Focusing on Multinational enterprises (MNEs), which are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage, it evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effec 03 00 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context</italic> explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights- a growing area of international human rights law- in European civil-law countries.Multinational enterprises (MNEs) can contribute to economic prosperity and social development in the countries where they operate. At the same time, their activities may directly or indirectly cause harm to humans and to the environment. However, MNEs are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage. In recent years, activists have challenged corporate impunity by introducing innovative claims seeking to hold parent companies directly liable for the harm caused by their group’s activities. They have also strategically used this type of litigation to trigger corporate accountability reforms at international, regional, and national levels. Using national litigation experiences as a starting point and focusing on European civil-law countries, the book evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effective in achieving access to justice and corporate accountability. It also considers whether ongoing regulatory developments, such as the adoption of mandatory human rights due diligence norms and the negotiations for a business and human rights treaty, can contribute to the realisation of access to justice and corporate accountability in the future. 30 00 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context</italic> explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights- a growing area of international human rights law- in European civil-law countries.Multinational enterprises (MNEs) can contribute to economic prosperity and social development in the countries where they operate. At the same time, their activities may directly or indirectly cause harm to humans and to the environment. However, MNEs are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage. In recent years, activists have challenged corporate impunity by introducing innovative claims seeking to hold parent companies directly liable for the harm caused by their group’s activities. They have also strategically used this type of litigation to trigger corporate accountability reforms at international, regional, and national levels. Using national litigation experiences as a starting point and focusing on European civil-law countries, the book evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effective in achieving access to justice and corporate accountability. It also considers whether ongoing regulatory developments, such as the adoption of mandatory human rights due diligence norms and the negotiations for a business and human rights treaty, can contribute to the realisation of access to justice and corporate accountability in the future. 04 00 Chapter 1 IntroductionChapter 2 Corporate accountability and access to justice in international and European legal frameworks Chapter 3 The rise of transnational litigation against multinational enterprises Chapter 4 Civil litigation against multinational enterprises in France and the Netherlands Chapter 5 Criminal litigation against multinational enterprises in France and the NetherlandsChapter 6 Holding multinational enterprises liable in France and the Netherlands Chapter 7 Achieving access to justice in Europe through mandatory due diligence legislation Chapter 8 Achieving access to justice through an international treaty on business and human rightsChapter 9 Conclusions 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202201.9781911507192_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/achieving-access-to-justice-in-a-business-and-human-rights-context/ London, GB 04 01 20220114 02 WORLD 06 15 9781911507185 03 9781911507185 06 15 9781911507192 03 9781911507192 06 15 9781911507420 03 9781911507420 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/achieving-access-to-justice-in-a-business-and-human-rights-context/ 20 08 20220114 02 5.00 GBP WORLD 02 5.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:bed38ded-8e85-451e-8353-0dfd2e11c98f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:64c75ac9-24b7-4a59-87db-61565ee2e541 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bed38ded-8e85-451e-8353-0dfd2e11c98f 15 9781905670987 03 9781905670987 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107498 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.61 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.69 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 82 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 A Corpus of Greek Graffiti from Dalmatia 1 A01 S. Čače S. Čače 2 A01 A. Johnston A. Johnston 3 A01 B. Kirigin B. Kirigin 4 A01 L. Šešelj L. Šešelj 01 eng 09 6 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Archaeology 12 HDDK 93 NKDS 10 SOC003000 10 ARC005020 12 HRKP3 93 QRSG 93 1DF 10 ART015030 12 HDD 93 1DXC 12 HBJD 10 HIS002000 12 1DF 93 1DXC-HR-D 10 FOR033000 10 1.7.5.0.0.0.0 12 1DVWYC 93 2ACB 10 1.3.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2AHA 12 2AHA 93 3KHFQ 12 3B 93 3CTBE 93 6AG 20 ceramic artefacts; excavation; Diomedes; Greek epigraphy; dialects; Dalmatia 01 06 02 00 This volume is a corpus of seven hundred Greek graffiti on ceramic artefacts from sixteen sites in Dalmatia, ranging in date from the late sixth to the first century BC. Most notably, the catalogue contains a substantial number of pieces from recent excavations at the two sanctuaries of Diomedes, on the central Adriatic islet of Palagruža and 03 00 This volume is a corpus of seven hundred Greek graffiti on ceramic artefacts from sixteen sites in Dalmatia, ranging in date from the late sixth to the first century BC. Most notably, the catalogue contains a substantial number of pieces from recent excavations at the two sanctuaries of Diomedes, on the central Adriatic islet of Palagruža and the windswept Cape Ploča. Appearing here in publication for the first time, other than in preliminary reports, the size of these two corpora puts them on a level with other published sites of significance including Naukratis and Gravisca, providing an important contribution to Greek epigraphy. As texts, the materials covered in this volume offer insights into dialect usage and letter forms, and comparisons are made with material from related sites elsewhere. 30 00 This volume is a corpus of seven hundred Greek graffiti on ceramic artefacts from sixteen sites in Dalmatia, ranging in date from the late sixth to the first century BC. Most notably, the catalogue contains a substantial number of pieces from recent excavations at the two sanctuaries of Diomedes, on the central Adriatic islet of Palagruža and the windswept Cape Ploča. Appearing here in publication for the first time, other than in preliminary reports, the size of these two corpora puts them on a level with other published sites of significance including Naukratis and Gravisca, providing an important contribution to Greek epigraphy. As texts, the materials covered in this volume offer insights into dialect usage and letter forms, and comparisons are made with material from related sites elsewhere. 04 00 IntroductionThe sitesLjubačka kosa Nin Zadar Murter Cape Ploča Marina Trogir Resnik Brač Hvar Vis Palagruža Nakovana Korčula LastovoAppendix; OšanićiBibliographyIndex of names 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/308378/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-corpus-of-greek-graffiti-from-dalmatia/ London, GB 04 01 20220621 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-corpus-of-greek-graffiti-from-dalmatia/ 20 08 20220621 02 65.00 GBP WORLD 02 85.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:353539ba-ad8f-4531-b3c5-f44ac0e898ba 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a0ec116d-5ada-4207-8914-1cdb64cc5e36 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:353539ba-ad8f-4531-b3c5-f44ac0e898ba 15 9780854572823 03 9780854572823 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107965 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 15 01 02 imlr books 01 01 A Critical Encounter: Bataille and Blanchot Exploring the Literary Real 1 A01 Zoe Angeli Zoe Angeli Zoe Angelis completed her PhD in French at the University of Cambridge in 2020. She is an English lecturer at the French lycée of Athens, Eugène Delacroix (LFHED) and has co-edited the volume: 'Stains/Les Taches: Communication and Contamination in French and Francophone Literature and Culture' (Oxford: Peter Lang, 2019). 01 eng 00 274 03 12 DSB 93 DSB B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ French Studies 10 LIT000000 10 LIT004150 01 06 02 00 03 00 Few terms have been more prone and resistant to definition than the literary</italic> and the real</italic>. Bringing them together, under the contrivance of the Literary Real</italic>, sheds new light on the understanding of the terms real</italic>, being</italic>, existence</italic>, the literary</italic>, literature</italic> and writing </italic>and alters our thinking on them. By means of Bataille’s exposure to the violent disorder of life, and Blanchot’s passionate meditation on literature and language, A</italic> Critical Encounter</italic> addresses two questions that are constantly entwined: first, what kind of real </italic>is involved and disclosed in writing – and how does this differ from reality in its more traditional sense and from conventional representations of reality? Second, what is writing’s own mode of ‘being’? In what way is it particular and what are the implications of this particularity? This volume investigates the real effect the existence of literature has on our lives: how it challenges and reconfigures the way we perceive ourselves, our place in the world and our relations with others. 30 00 Few terms have been more prone and resistant to definition than the literary</italic> and the real</italic>. Bringing them together, under the contrivance of the Literary Real</italic>, sheds new light on the understanding of the terms real</italic>, being</italic>, existence</italic>, the literary</italic>, literature</italic> and writing </italic>and alters our thinking on them. By means of Bataille’s exposure to the violent disorder of life, and Blanchot’s passionate meditation on literature and language, A</italic> Critical Encounter</italic> addresses two questions that are constantly entwined: first, what kind of real </italic>is involved and disclosed in writing – and how does this differ from reality in its more traditional sense and from conventional representations of reality? Second, what is writing’s own mode of ‘being’? In what way is it particular and what are the implications of this particularity? This volume investigates the real effect the existence of literature has on our lives: how it challenges and reconfigures the way we perceive ourselves, our place in the world and our relations with others. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/308202/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-critical-encounter-bataille-and-blanchot/ London, GB 04 01 20221222 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-critical-encounter-bataille-and-blanchot/ 20 08 20221222 02 29.99 GBP WORLD 02 39.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5209e93f-38a3-409e-9ee7-e0117be2bac4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:248d4199-dd4a-4ed1-a57c-f6bb77cdb0a7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5209e93f-38a3-409e-9ee7-e0117be2bac4 15 9781909646124 03 9781909646124 06 10.14296/0920.9781912702787 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53900 00 BC 10 01 246 mm 01 24.6 cm 01 9.6875 in 02 189 mm 02 18.9 cm 02 7.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Administering the Empire, 1801-1968 A Guide to the Records of the Colonial Office in the National Archives of the UK 1 A01 Mandy Banton Mandy Banton 2 01 eng 00 444 03 09 58 12 HB 10 HIS030000 93 N B2 Reference 12 GBC 93 GBC B2 History 10 POL045000 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 20 Colonial administration; British empire; London; Colonial Office; Commonwealth; British Government Departments; National Archives 01 06 02 00 A user-friendly archival guide, Administering the Empire explains the organisation and potential information of the records of the British Colonial Office, and those of other departments responsible for colonial administration, currently held at the National Archives. The book also outlines the expansion of the British empire from the early n 03 00 Administering the Empire, 1801-1968</italic> is an indispensable introduction to British colonial rule during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It provides an essential guide to the records of the British Colonial Office, and those of other departments responsible for colonial administration, which are now held in The National Archives of the United Kingdom.<break/> <break/> As a user-friendly archival guide, Administering the Empire</italic> explains the organisation of these records, the information they provide, and how best to explore them using contemporary finding aids. The book also outlines the expansion of the British empire from the early nineteenth century, and discusses the structure of colonial governments. An appendix lists countries alphabetically giving brief details of their constitutional histories under the British and listing the categories and approximate numbers of the documents to be found for each, thus giving Commonwealth citizens an idea of the wealth of relevant material in the UK, much of which is not duplicated in their own countries. First published in 2008, and updated and revised in 2015, Administering the Empire</italic> is available from 2020 both in print and online as an open access edition, reissued by the Institute of Historical Research and University of London Press.Dr Mandy Banton is a Senior Research Fellow of the Institute of Commonwealth Studies, at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and a former Principal Records Specialist (Diplomatic and Colonial) at The National Archives, UK.</italic> 30 00 Administering the Empire, 1801-1968</italic> is an indispensable introduction to British colonial rule during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It provides an essential guide to the records of the British Colonial Office, and those of other departments responsible for colonial administration, which are now held in The National Archives of the United Kingdom.<break/> <break/> As a user-friendly archival guide, Administering the Empire</italic> explains the organisation of these records, the information they provide, and how best to explore them using contemporary finding aids. The book also outlines the expansion of the British empire from the early nineteenth century, and discusses the structure of colonial governments. An appendix lists countries alphabetically giving brief details of their constitutional histories under the British and listing the categories and approximate numbers of the documents to be found for each, thus giving Commonwealth citizens an idea of the wealth of relevant material in the UK, much of which is not duplicated in their own countries. First published in 2008, and updated and revised in 2015, Administering the Empire</italic> is available from 2020 both in print and online as an open access edition, reissued by the Institute of Historical Research and University of London Press.Dr Mandy Banton is a Senior Research Fellow of the Institute of Commonwealth Studies, at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and a former Principal Records Specialist (Diplomatic and Colonial) at The National Archives, UK.</italic> 04 00 ForewordPrefaceGlossary1.The British empire<ol> <li> Colonial government structure and relations with London </li> <li> Records of colonial governments </li> <li> Administration of British colonial affairs before 1801: the organisation in London </li> <li> Administration of the colonies from 1801 </li> <li> The records of the Colonial Office </li> <li> Records of the Dominions Office and Commonwealth Relations Office </li> <li> Records of the Commonwealth Office and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office </li> <li> Private papers and private office papers relating to colonial affairs held in records of the Colonial Office and of other government departments </li> <li> Maps and plans </li> </ol>International boundariesDirectorate of Overseas Surveys<ol> <li>Records of other government departments</li> </ol>Appendix 1: Records relating to individual dependencies and regionsAppendix 2: Records arranged by subjectAppendix 3: NewspapersAppendix 4: The Colonial Office ListAppendix 5: Rules for the conduct of correspondence between governors and the Colonial OfficeAppendix 6: File registration numbersAppendix 7: Specimen searchAppendix 8: Sources for biography and family historyAppendix 9: Access to the records and use of online cataloguesBibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0920.9781912702787_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/administering-the-empire-1801-1968/ London, GB 04 01 20200911 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702787 03 9781912702787 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/administering-the-empire-1801-1968/ 20 08 20200911 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9da5ab19-2f0c-456b-b2eb-523272031ce5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:248d4199-dd4a-4ed1-a57c-f6bb77cdb0a7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9da5ab19-2f0c-456b-b2eb-523272031ce5 15 9781912702787 03 9781912702787 06 10.14296/0920.9781912702787 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53900 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Administering the Empire, 1801-1968 A Guide to the Records of the Colonial Office in the National Archives of the UK 1 A01 Mandy Banton Mandy Banton 2 01 eng 00 444 03 09 58 12 HB 10 HIS030000 93 N B2 Reference 12 GBC 93 GBC B2 History 10 POL045000 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 20 Colonial administration; British empire; London; Colonial Office; Commonwealth; British Government Departments; National Archives 01 06 02 00 A user-friendly archival guide, Administering the Empire explains the organisation and potential information of the records of the British Colonial Office, and those of other departments responsible for colonial administration, currently held at the National Archives. The book also outlines the expansion of the British empire from the early n 03 00 Administering the Empire, 1801-1968</italic> is an indispensable introduction to British colonial rule during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It provides an essential guide to the records of the British Colonial Office, and those of other departments responsible for colonial administration, which are now held in The National Archives of the United Kingdom.<break/> <break/> As a user-friendly archival guide, Administering the Empire</italic> explains the organisation of these records, the information they provide, and how best to explore them using contemporary finding aids. The book also outlines the expansion of the British empire from the early nineteenth century, and discusses the structure of colonial governments. An appendix lists countries alphabetically giving brief details of their constitutional histories under the British and listing the categories and approximate numbers of the documents to be found for each, thus giving Commonwealth citizens an idea of the wealth of relevant material in the UK, much of which is not duplicated in their own countries. First published in 2008, and updated and revised in 2015, Administering the Empire</italic> is available from 2020 both in print and online as an open access edition, reissued by the Institute of Historical Research and University of London Press.Dr Mandy Banton is a Senior Research Fellow of the Institute of Commonwealth Studies, at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and a former Principal Records Specialist (Diplomatic and Colonial) at The National Archives, UK.</italic> 30 00 Administering the Empire, 1801-1968</italic> is an indispensable introduction to British colonial rule during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It provides an essential guide to the records of the British Colonial Office, and those of other departments responsible for colonial administration, which are now held in The National Archives of the United Kingdom.<break/> <break/> As a user-friendly archival guide, Administering the Empire</italic> explains the organisation of these records, the information they provide, and how best to explore them using contemporary finding aids. The book also outlines the expansion of the British empire from the early nineteenth century, and discusses the structure of colonial governments. An appendix lists countries alphabetically giving brief details of their constitutional histories under the British and listing the categories and approximate numbers of the documents to be found for each, thus giving Commonwealth citizens an idea of the wealth of relevant material in the UK, much of which is not duplicated in their own countries. First published in 2008, and updated and revised in 2015, Administering the Empire</italic> is available from 2020 both in print and online as an open access edition, reissued by the Institute of Historical Research and University of London Press.Dr Mandy Banton is a Senior Research Fellow of the Institute of Commonwealth Studies, at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and a former Principal Records Specialist (Diplomatic and Colonial) at The National Archives, UK.</italic> 04 00 ForewordPrefaceGlossary1.The British empire<ol> <li> Colonial government structure and relations with London </li> <li> Records of colonial governments </li> <li> Administration of British colonial affairs before 1801: the organisation in London </li> <li> Administration of the colonies from 1801 </li> <li> The records of the Colonial Office </li> <li> Records of the Dominions Office and Commonwealth Relations Office </li> <li> Records of the Commonwealth Office and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office </li> <li> Private papers and private office papers relating to colonial affairs held in records of the Colonial Office and of other government departments </li> <li> Maps and plans </li> </ol>International boundariesDirectorate of Overseas Surveys<ol> <li>Records of other government departments</li> </ol>Appendix 1: Records relating to individual dependencies and regionsAppendix 2: Records arranged by subjectAppendix 3: NewspapersAppendix 4: The Colonial Office ListAppendix 5: Rules for the conduct of correspondence between governors and the Colonial OfficeAppendix 6: File registration numbersAppendix 7: Specimen searchAppendix 8: Sources for biography and family historyAppendix 9: Access to the records and use of online cataloguesBibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0920.9781912702787_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/administering-the-empire-1801-1968/ London, GB 04 01 20200911 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646124 03 9781909646124 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/248d4199-dd4a-4ed1-a57c-f6bb77cdb0a7 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/248d4199-dd4a-4ed1-a57c-f6bb77cdb0a7/248d4199-dd4a-4ed1-a57c-f6bb77cdb0a7.pdf 20 08 20200911 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/administering-the-empire-1801-1968/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702787.pdf 20 08 20200911 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/administering-the-empire-1801-1968/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0920.9781912702787.pdf 20 08 20200911 01 urn:uuid:1b3b710d-1800-4407-8e36-bc21dd1a1782 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6a45b666-d5ab-406e-995b-77ef2de2a70e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1b3b710d-1800-4407-8e36-bc21dd1a1782 15 9781908590831 03 9781908590831 06 10.14296/tpsq9748 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135762 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 3 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Adulthood in Britain and the United States from 1350 to Generation Z 1 B01 21 0000000164388081 Maria Cannon Maria Cannon Senior Lecturer in History 40 03ykbk197 University of Portsmouth Maria Cannon is Senior Lecturer in History at the University of Portsmouth. She is a historian of family, gender, emotions and the life cycle in early modern England. Her current research project Blending the Family: Affection, Obligation and Dynasty in Early Modern English Stepfamilies considers the impact of remarriage on kin networks. She has been a convener of the Life-cycles seminar at the Institute of Historical Research since 2017. 2 B01 21 0000000281446332 Laura Tisdall Laura Tisdall NUAcT Fellow in History 40 01kj2bm70 Newcastle University Laura Tisdall is Senior Lecturer in History at Newcastle University. She is a historian of childhood, adolescence, adulthood and chronological age in modern Britain and the United States. Her first book A Progressive Education? How Childhood Changed in Mid-Twentieth-Century English and Welsh Schools was published by Manchester University Press in 2020. She is currently working on a book on age and adulthood in Cold War Britain, which is under contract with Yale University Press London. 01 eng 00 290 03 09 5 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History 93 NHTB 93 JBSP3 10 SOC013000 93 1KB 93 1DDU 20 adulthood; childhood; adolescence; old age; ageing; chronological age; life course; life-cycle 01 06 02 00 This is the first book to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Exploring how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day, this book also engages with the interse 03 00 Adulthood has a history.</bold>This book explores how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day through eleven case studies. Ideas of adulthood are currently under intense scrutiny, as individuals increasingly reach midlife without necessarily acquiring the 'traditional' markers of maturity. Yet this volume shows that this is not a uniquely turbulent period, and it does not represent the overturning of norms that were previously settled and unquestioned. Expectations for adults have altered over time, just as other age-categories such as childhood, adolescence and old age have been shaped by their cultural and social context.In historicising adulthood, this collection is the first to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Collectively, the authors explore four key ideas: adulthood as both burden and benefit; adulthood as a relational category; collective versus individual definitions of adulthood; and adulthood as a static definition.The book also engages with the intersectional identities of gender, race, class, sexuality and disability, and how these affect understandings of adulthood: who gets to be an adult, and who decides? 30 00 Adulthood has a history.</bold>This book explores how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day through eleven case studies. Ideas of adulthood are currently under intense scrutiny, as individuals increasingly reach midlife without necessarily acquiring the 'traditional' markers of maturity. Yet this volume shows that this is not a uniquely turbulent period, and it does not represent the overturning of norms that were previously settled and unquestioned. Expectations for adults have altered over time, just as other age-categories such as childhood, adolescence and old age have been shaped by their cultural and social context.In historicising adulthood, this collection is the first to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Collectively, the authors explore four key ideas: adulthood as both burden and benefit; adulthood as a relational category; collective versus individual definitions of adulthood; and adulthood as a static definition.The book also engages with the intersectional identities of gender, race, class, sexuality and disability, and how these affect understandings of adulthood: who gets to be an adult, and who decides? 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Maria Cannon and Maria Laura Tisdall </li> <li>1 'Middle Age' in the Middle Ages of Western Europe, 1300–1500 Deborah Youngs </li> <li>2 'The Most Constant and Settled Part of Our Life?': Adulthood and the Ages of Man in Early Modern England Maria Cannon </li> <li>3 Spiritual Maturity and Childishness in Protestant England, c.1600—1660 Emily E. Robson </li> <li>4 The Rising Generation and the Fogram: Locating Adulthood in Eighteenth-Century England Barbara Crosbie </li> <li>5 Seduction Suits and Gendered Adulthood in the Court Systems of the Early United States, 1820–1850 Holly N.S. White </li> <li>6 'They're Not Children Anymore': Juveniles as Adult Defendants in US Criminal Justice, 1786–2000 Jack Hodgson </li> <li>7 'Childish, Adolescent and Recherché': Psychoanalysis and Maturity in Psychological Selection Boards, c.1940s–60s Grace Worrall-Campbell </li> <li>8 ”The Pill for the Unmarried Girl is Hardly Going to Improve Her Character”: The Impact of Changing Sexual Behaviours on the Construction of Adulthood in Scotland, c. 1968–1980 Kristin Hay </li> <li>9 African-Caribbean and South Asian Adolescents, Adulthood and the ‘Generation Gap’ in Late Cold War Britain, c.1970–c.1989 Laura Tisdall </li> <li>10 Marriage, Intimacy and Adulthood in Disabled People’s Lives and Activism in Twentieth-Century Britain Lucy Delap </li> <li>10 A Road of One's Own: The Rejection of Standard Adulthood in US Emerging Adult Films Andrea Sofia Regueira Martin </li> <li>Afterword: Against Adulthood Kristine Alexander </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/tpsq9748_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/adulthood-in-britain-and-the-united-states-from-1350-to-generation-z/ London, GB 04 01 20241128 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590824 03 9781908590824 06 15 9781908590848 03 9781908590848 06 15 9781915249845 03 9781915249845 06 15 9781908590855 03 9781908590855 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/adulthood-in-britain-and-the-united-states-from-1350-to-generation-z/ 20 08 20241128 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:7c2af54d-a315-4a0a-b9ce-6c0811f87242 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6a45b666-d5ab-406e-995b-77ef2de2a70e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7c2af54d-a315-4a0a-b9ce-6c0811f87242 15 9781908590824 03 9781908590824 06 10.14296/tpsq9748 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135762 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 3 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Adulthood in Britain and the United States from 1350 to Generation Z 1 B01 21 0000000164388081 Maria Cannon Maria Cannon Senior Lecturer in History 40 03ykbk197 University of Portsmouth Maria Cannon is Senior Lecturer in History at the University of Portsmouth. She is a historian of family, gender, emotions and the life cycle in early modern England. Her current research project Blending the Family: Affection, Obligation and Dynasty in Early Modern English Stepfamilies considers the impact of remarriage on kin networks. She has been a convener of the Life-cycles seminar at the Institute of Historical Research since 2017. 2 B01 21 0000000281446332 Laura Tisdall Laura Tisdall NUAcT Fellow in History 40 01kj2bm70 Newcastle University Laura Tisdall is Senior Lecturer in History at Newcastle University. She is a historian of childhood, adolescence, adulthood and chronological age in modern Britain and the United States. Her first book A Progressive Education? How Childhood Changed in Mid-Twentieth-Century English and Welsh Schools was published by Manchester University Press in 2020. She is currently working on a book on age and adulthood in Cold War Britain, which is under contract with Yale University Press London. 01 eng 00 290 03 09 5 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History 93 NHTB 93 JBSP3 10 SOC013000 93 1KB 93 1DDU 20 adulthood; childhood; adolescence; old age; ageing; chronological age; life course; life-cycle 01 06 02 00 This is the first book to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Exploring how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day, this book also engages with the interse 03 00 Adulthood has a history.</bold>This book explores how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day through eleven case studies. Ideas of adulthood are currently under intense scrutiny, as individuals increasingly reach midlife without necessarily acquiring the 'traditional' markers of maturity. Yet this volume shows that this is not a uniquely turbulent period, and it does not represent the overturning of norms that were previously settled and unquestioned. Expectations for adults have altered over time, just as other age-categories such as childhood, adolescence and old age have been shaped by their cultural and social context.In historicising adulthood, this collection is the first to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Collectively, the authors explore four key ideas: adulthood as both burden and benefit; adulthood as a relational category; collective versus individual definitions of adulthood; and adulthood as a static definition.The book also engages with the intersectional identities of gender, race, class, sexuality and disability, and how these affect understandings of adulthood: who gets to be an adult, and who decides? 30 00 Adulthood has a history.</bold>This book explores how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day through eleven case studies. Ideas of adulthood are currently under intense scrutiny, as individuals increasingly reach midlife without necessarily acquiring the 'traditional' markers of maturity. Yet this volume shows that this is not a uniquely turbulent period, and it does not represent the overturning of norms that were previously settled and unquestioned. Expectations for adults have altered over time, just as other age-categories such as childhood, adolescence and old age have been shaped by their cultural and social context.In historicising adulthood, this collection is the first to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Collectively, the authors explore four key ideas: adulthood as both burden and benefit; adulthood as a relational category; collective versus individual definitions of adulthood; and adulthood as a static definition.The book also engages with the intersectional identities of gender, race, class, sexuality and disability, and how these affect understandings of adulthood: who gets to be an adult, and who decides? 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Maria Cannon and Maria Laura Tisdall </li> <li>1 'Middle Age' in the Middle Ages of Western Europe, 1300–1500 Deborah Youngs </li> <li>2 'The Most Constant and Settled Part of Our Life?': Adulthood and the Ages of Man in Early Modern England Maria Cannon </li> <li>3 Spiritual Maturity and Childishness in Protestant England, c.1600—1660 Emily E. Robson </li> <li>4 The Rising Generation and the Fogram: Locating Adulthood in Eighteenth-Century England Barbara Crosbie </li> <li>5 Seduction Suits and Gendered Adulthood in the Court Systems of the Early United States, 1820–1850 Holly N.S. White </li> <li>6 'They're Not Children Anymore': Juveniles as Adult Defendants in US Criminal Justice, 1786–2000 Jack Hodgson </li> <li>7 'Childish, Adolescent and Recherché': Psychoanalysis and Maturity in Psychological Selection Boards, c.1940s–60s Grace Worrall-Campbell </li> <li>8 ”The Pill for the Unmarried Girl is Hardly Going to Improve Her Character”: The Impact of Changing Sexual Behaviours on the Construction of Adulthood in Scotland, c. 1968–1980 Kristin Hay </li> <li>9 African-Caribbean and South Asian Adolescents, Adulthood and the ‘Generation Gap’ in Late Cold War Britain, c.1970–c.1989 Laura Tisdall </li> <li>10 Marriage, Intimacy and Adulthood in Disabled People’s Lives and Activism in Twentieth-Century Britain Lucy Delap </li> <li>10 A Road of One's Own: The Rejection of Standard Adulthood in US Emerging Adult Films Andrea Sofia Regueira Martin </li> <li>Afterword: Against Adulthood Kristine Alexander </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/tpsq9748_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/adulthood-in-britain-and-the-united-states-from-1350-to-generation-z/ London, GB 04 01 20241128 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590831 03 9781908590831 06 15 9781908590848 03 9781908590848 06 15 9781915249845 03 9781915249845 06 15 9781908590855 03 9781908590855 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/adulthood-in-britain-and-the-united-states-from-1350-to-generation-z/ 20 08 20241128 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:9c8ab10c-fc2a-4b8e-9ef1-8e9679f0787c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6a45b666-d5ab-406e-995b-77ef2de2a70e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9c8ab10c-fc2a-4b8e-9ef1-8e9679f0787c 15 9781908590848 03 9781908590848 06 10.14296/tpsq9748 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135762 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 3 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Adulthood in Britain and the United States from 1350 to Generation Z 1 B01 21 0000000164388081 Maria Cannon Maria Cannon Senior Lecturer in History 40 03ykbk197 University of Portsmouth Maria Cannon is Senior Lecturer in History at the University of Portsmouth. She is a historian of family, gender, emotions and the life cycle in early modern England. Her current research project Blending the Family: Affection, Obligation and Dynasty in Early Modern English Stepfamilies considers the impact of remarriage on kin networks. She has been a convener of the Life-cycles seminar at the Institute of Historical Research since 2017. 2 B01 21 0000000281446332 Laura Tisdall Laura Tisdall NUAcT Fellow in History 40 01kj2bm70 Newcastle University Laura Tisdall is Senior Lecturer in History at Newcastle University. She is a historian of childhood, adolescence, adulthood and chronological age in modern Britain and the United States. Her first book A Progressive Education? How Childhood Changed in Mid-Twentieth-Century English and Welsh Schools was published by Manchester University Press in 2020. She is currently working on a book on age and adulthood in Cold War Britain, which is under contract with Yale University Press London. 01 eng 00 290 03 09 5 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History 93 NHTB 93 JBSP3 10 SOC013000 93 1KB 93 1DDU 20 adulthood; childhood; adolescence; old age; ageing; chronological age; life course; life-cycle 01 06 02 00 This is the first book to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Exploring how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day, this book also engages with the interse 03 00 Adulthood has a history.</bold>This book explores how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day through eleven case studies. Ideas of adulthood are currently under intense scrutiny, as individuals increasingly reach midlife without necessarily acquiring the 'traditional' markers of maturity. Yet this volume shows that this is not a uniquely turbulent period, and it does not represent the overturning of norms that were previously settled and unquestioned. Expectations for adults have altered over time, just as other age-categories such as childhood, adolescence and old age have been shaped by their cultural and social context.In historicising adulthood, this collection is the first to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Collectively, the authors explore four key ideas: adulthood as both burden and benefit; adulthood as a relational category; collective versus individual definitions of adulthood; and adulthood as a static definition.The book also engages with the intersectional identities of gender, race, class, sexuality and disability, and how these affect understandings of adulthood: who gets to be an adult, and who decides? 30 00 Adulthood has a history.</bold>This book explores how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day through eleven case studies. Ideas of adulthood are currently under intense scrutiny, as individuals increasingly reach midlife without necessarily acquiring the 'traditional' markers of maturity. Yet this volume shows that this is not a uniquely turbulent period, and it does not represent the overturning of norms that were previously settled and unquestioned. Expectations for adults have altered over time, just as other age-categories such as childhood, adolescence and old age have been shaped by their cultural and social context.In historicising adulthood, this collection is the first to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Collectively, the authors explore four key ideas: adulthood as both burden and benefit; adulthood as a relational category; collective versus individual definitions of adulthood; and adulthood as a static definition.The book also engages with the intersectional identities of gender, race, class, sexuality and disability, and how these affect understandings of adulthood: who gets to be an adult, and who decides? 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Maria Cannon and Maria Laura Tisdall </li> <li>1 'Middle Age' in the Middle Ages of Western Europe, 1300–1500 Deborah Youngs </li> <li>2 'The Most Constant and Settled Part of Our Life?': Adulthood and the Ages of Man in Early Modern England Maria Cannon </li> <li>3 Spiritual Maturity and Childishness in Protestant England, c.1600—1660 Emily E. Robson </li> <li>4 The Rising Generation and the Fogram: Locating Adulthood in Eighteenth-Century England Barbara Crosbie </li> <li>5 Seduction Suits and Gendered Adulthood in the Court Systems of the Early United States, 1820–1850 Holly N.S. White </li> <li>6 'They're Not Children Anymore': Juveniles as Adult Defendants in US Criminal Justice, 1786–2000 Jack Hodgson </li> <li>7 'Childish, Adolescent and Recherché': Psychoanalysis and Maturity in Psychological Selection Boards, c.1940s–60s Grace Worrall-Campbell </li> <li>8 ”The Pill for the Unmarried Girl is Hardly Going to Improve Her Character”: The Impact of Changing Sexual Behaviours on the Construction of Adulthood in Scotland, c. 1968–1980 Kristin Hay </li> <li>9 African-Caribbean and South Asian Adolescents, Adulthood and the ‘Generation Gap’ in Late Cold War Britain, c.1970–c.1989 Laura Tisdall </li> <li>10 Marriage, Intimacy and Adulthood in Disabled People’s Lives and Activism in Twentieth-Century Britain Lucy Delap </li> <li>10 A Road of One's Own: The Rejection of Standard Adulthood in US Emerging Adult Films Andrea Sofia Regueira Martin </li> <li>Afterword: Against Adulthood Kristine Alexander </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/tpsq9748_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/adulthood-in-britain-and-the-united-states-from-1350-to-generation-z/ London, GB 04 01 20241128 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590831 03 9781908590831 06 15 9781908590824 03 9781908590824 06 15 9781915249845 03 9781915249845 06 15 9781908590855 03 9781908590855 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/6a45b666-d5ab-406e-995b-77ef2de2a70e 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/6a45b666-d5ab-406e-995b-77ef2de2a70e/6a45b666-d5ab-406e-995b-77ef2de2a70e.pdf 20 08 20241128 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908590848.pdf 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908590848.pdf 20 08 20241128 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908590848.pdf 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/tpsq9748.pdf 20 08 20241128 01 urn:uuid:efa3fc31-ce96-40ff-b541-8f5c78d122f3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6a45b666-d5ab-406e-995b-77ef2de2a70e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:efa3fc31-ce96-40ff-b541-8f5c78d122f3 15 9781915249845 03 9781915249845 06 10.14296/tpsq9748 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135762 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 3 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Adulthood in Britain and the United States from 1350 to Generation Z 1 B01 21 0000000164388081 Maria Cannon Maria Cannon Senior Lecturer in History 40 03ykbk197 University of Portsmouth Maria Cannon is Senior Lecturer in History at the University of Portsmouth. She is a historian of family, gender, emotions and the life cycle in early modern England. Her current research project Blending the Family: Affection, Obligation and Dynasty in Early Modern English Stepfamilies considers the impact of remarriage on kin networks. She has been a convener of the Life-cycles seminar at the Institute of Historical Research since 2017. 2 B01 21 0000000281446332 Laura Tisdall Laura Tisdall NUAcT Fellow in History 40 01kj2bm70 Newcastle University Laura Tisdall is Senior Lecturer in History at Newcastle University. She is a historian of childhood, adolescence, adulthood and chronological age in modern Britain and the United States. Her first book A Progressive Education? How Childhood Changed in Mid-Twentieth-Century English and Welsh Schools was published by Manchester University Press in 2020. She is currently working on a book on age and adulthood in Cold War Britain, which is under contract with Yale University Press London. 01 eng 00 290 03 09 5 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History 93 NHTB 93 JBSP3 10 SOC013000 93 1KB 93 1DDU 20 adulthood; childhood; adolescence; old age; ageing; chronological age; life course; life-cycle 01 06 02 00 This is the first book to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Exploring how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day, this book also engages with the interse 03 00 Adulthood has a history.</bold>This book explores how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day through eleven case studies. Ideas of adulthood are currently under intense scrutiny, as individuals increasingly reach midlife without necessarily acquiring the 'traditional' markers of maturity. Yet this volume shows that this is not a uniquely turbulent period, and it does not represent the overturning of norms that were previously settled and unquestioned. Expectations for adults have altered over time, just as other age-categories such as childhood, adolescence and old age have been shaped by their cultural and social context.In historicising adulthood, this collection is the first to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Collectively, the authors explore four key ideas: adulthood as both burden and benefit; adulthood as a relational category; collective versus individual definitions of adulthood; and adulthood as a static definition.The book also engages with the intersectional identities of gender, race, class, sexuality and disability, and how these affect understandings of adulthood: who gets to be an adult, and who decides? 30 00 Adulthood has a history.</bold>This book explores how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day through eleven case studies. Ideas of adulthood are currently under intense scrutiny, as individuals increasingly reach midlife without necessarily acquiring the 'traditional' markers of maturity. Yet this volume shows that this is not a uniquely turbulent period, and it does not represent the overturning of norms that were previously settled and unquestioned. Expectations for adults have altered over time, just as other age-categories such as childhood, adolescence and old age have been shaped by their cultural and social context.In historicising adulthood, this collection is the first to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Collectively, the authors explore four key ideas: adulthood as both burden and benefit; adulthood as a relational category; collective versus individual definitions of adulthood; and adulthood as a static definition.The book also engages with the intersectional identities of gender, race, class, sexuality and disability, and how these affect understandings of adulthood: who gets to be an adult, and who decides? 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Maria Cannon and Maria Laura Tisdall </li> <li>1 'Middle Age' in the Middle Ages of Western Europe, 1300–1500 Deborah Youngs </li> <li>2 'The Most Constant and Settled Part of Our Life?': Adulthood and the Ages of Man in Early Modern England Maria Cannon </li> <li>3 Spiritual Maturity and Childishness in Protestant England, c.1600—1660 Emily E. Robson </li> <li>4 The Rising Generation and the Fogram: Locating Adulthood in Eighteenth-Century England Barbara Crosbie </li> <li>5 Seduction Suits and Gendered Adulthood in the Court Systems of the Early United States, 1820–1850 Holly N.S. White </li> <li>6 'They're Not Children Anymore': Juveniles as Adult Defendants in US Criminal Justice, 1786–2000 Jack Hodgson </li> <li>7 'Childish, Adolescent and Recherché': Psychoanalysis and Maturity in Psychological Selection Boards, c.1940s–60s Grace Worrall-Campbell </li> <li>8 ”The Pill for the Unmarried Girl is Hardly Going to Improve Her Character”: The Impact of Changing Sexual Behaviours on the Construction of Adulthood in Scotland, c. 1968–1980 Kristin Hay </li> <li>9 African-Caribbean and South Asian Adolescents, Adulthood and the ‘Generation Gap’ in Late Cold War Britain, c.1970–c.1989 Laura Tisdall </li> <li>10 Marriage, Intimacy and Adulthood in Disabled People’s Lives and Activism in Twentieth-Century Britain Lucy Delap </li> <li>10 A Road of One's Own: The Rejection of Standard Adulthood in US Emerging Adult Films Andrea Sofia Regueira Martin </li> <li>Afterword: Against Adulthood Kristine Alexander </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/tpsq9748_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/adulthood-in-britain-and-the-united-states-from-1350-to-generation-z/ London, GB 04 01 20241128 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590831 03 9781908590831 06 15 9781908590824 03 9781908590824 06 15 9781908590848 03 9781908590848 06 15 9781908590855 03 9781908590855 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/adulthood-in-britain-and-the-united-states-from-1350-to-generation-z/ 20 08 20241128 01 urn:uuid:117ecf53-f7cd-41e2-8ff1-4e617f0025d9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6a45b666-d5ab-406e-995b-77ef2de2a70e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:117ecf53-f7cd-41e2-8ff1-4e617f0025d9 15 9781908590855 03 9781908590855 06 10.14296/tpsq9748 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135762 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 3 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Adulthood in Britain and the United States from 1350 to Generation Z 1 B01 21 0000000164388081 Maria Cannon Maria Cannon Senior Lecturer in History 40 03ykbk197 University of Portsmouth Maria Cannon is Senior Lecturer in History at the University of Portsmouth. She is a historian of family, gender, emotions and the life cycle in early modern England. Her current research project Blending the Family: Affection, Obligation and Dynasty in Early Modern English Stepfamilies considers the impact of remarriage on kin networks. She has been a convener of the Life-cycles seminar at the Institute of Historical Research since 2017. 2 B01 21 0000000281446332 Laura Tisdall Laura Tisdall NUAcT Fellow in History 40 01kj2bm70 Newcastle University Laura Tisdall is Senior Lecturer in History at Newcastle University. She is a historian of childhood, adolescence, adulthood and chronological age in modern Britain and the United States. Her first book A Progressive Education? How Childhood Changed in Mid-Twentieth-Century English and Welsh Schools was published by Manchester University Press in 2020. She is currently working on a book on age and adulthood in Cold War Britain, which is under contract with Yale University Press London. 01 eng 00 290 03 09 5 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History 93 NHTB 93 JBSP3 10 SOC013000 93 1KB 93 1DDU 20 adulthood; childhood; adolescence; old age; ageing; chronological age; life course; life-cycle 01 06 02 00 This is the first book to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Exploring how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day, this book also engages with the interse 03 00 Adulthood has a history.</bold>This book explores how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day through eleven case studies. Ideas of adulthood are currently under intense scrutiny, as individuals increasingly reach midlife without necessarily acquiring the 'traditional' markers of maturity. Yet this volume shows that this is not a uniquely turbulent period, and it does not represent the overturning of norms that were previously settled and unquestioned. Expectations for adults have altered over time, just as other age-categories such as childhood, adolescence and old age have been shaped by their cultural and social context.In historicising adulthood, this collection is the first to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Collectively, the authors explore four key ideas: adulthood as both burden and benefit; adulthood as a relational category; collective versus individual definitions of adulthood; and adulthood as a static definition.The book also engages with the intersectional identities of gender, race, class, sexuality and disability, and how these affect understandings of adulthood: who gets to be an adult, and who decides? 30 00 Adulthood has a history.</bold>This book explores how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day through eleven case studies. Ideas of adulthood are currently under intense scrutiny, as individuals increasingly reach midlife without necessarily acquiring the 'traditional' markers of maturity. Yet this volume shows that this is not a uniquely turbulent period, and it does not represent the overturning of norms that were previously settled and unquestioned. Expectations for adults have altered over time, just as other age-categories such as childhood, adolescence and old age have been shaped by their cultural and social context.In historicising adulthood, this collection is the first to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Collectively, the authors explore four key ideas: adulthood as both burden and benefit; adulthood as a relational category; collective versus individual definitions of adulthood; and adulthood as a static definition.The book also engages with the intersectional identities of gender, race, class, sexuality and disability, and how these affect understandings of adulthood: who gets to be an adult, and who decides? 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Maria Cannon and Maria Laura Tisdall </li> <li>1 'Middle Age' in the Middle Ages of Western Europe, 1300–1500 Deborah Youngs </li> <li>2 'The Most Constant and Settled Part of Our Life?': Adulthood and the Ages of Man in Early Modern England Maria Cannon </li> <li>3 Spiritual Maturity and Childishness in Protestant England, c.1600—1660 Emily E. Robson </li> <li>4 The Rising Generation and the Fogram: Locating Adulthood in Eighteenth-Century England Barbara Crosbie </li> <li>5 Seduction Suits and Gendered Adulthood in the Court Systems of the Early United States, 1820–1850 Holly N.S. White </li> <li>6 'They're Not Children Anymore': Juveniles as Adult Defendants in US Criminal Justice, 1786–2000 Jack Hodgson </li> <li>7 'Childish, Adolescent and Recherché': Psychoanalysis and Maturity in Psychological Selection Boards, c.1940s–60s Grace Worrall-Campbell </li> <li>8 ”The Pill for the Unmarried Girl is Hardly Going to Improve Her Character”: The Impact of Changing Sexual Behaviours on the Construction of Adulthood in Scotland, c. 1968–1980 Kristin Hay </li> <li>9 African-Caribbean and South Asian Adolescents, Adulthood and the ‘Generation Gap’ in Late Cold War Britain, c.1970–c.1989 Laura Tisdall </li> <li>10 Marriage, Intimacy and Adulthood in Disabled People’s Lives and Activism in Twentieth-Century Britain Lucy Delap </li> <li>10 A Road of One's Own: The Rejection of Standard Adulthood in US Emerging Adult Films Andrea Sofia Regueira Martin </li> <li>Afterword: Against Adulthood Kristine Alexander </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/tpsq9748_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/adulthood-in-britain-and-the-united-states-from-1350-to-generation-z/ London, GB 04 01 20241128 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908590831 03 9781908590831 06 15 9781908590824 03 9781908590824 06 15 9781908590848 03 9781908590848 06 15 9781915249845 03 9781915249845 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/adulthood-in-britain-and-the-united-states-from-1350-to-generation-z/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/tpsq9748.epub 20 08 20241128 01 urn:uuid:b23ca93f-91f7-4e36-88bd-50554c585cd9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:03f7aafd-a131-4ea6-abf2-45e11ed69503 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b23ca93f-91f7-4e36-88bd-50554c585cd9 15 9780900587979 03 9780900587979 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54047 00 BB 10 01 250 mm 01 25 cm 01 9.8125 in 02 180 mm 02 18 cm 02 7.0625 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 21 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Aegean Seals: An Introduction (BICS Supplement 85) 1 A01 O Krzyszkowska O Krzyszkowska 01 eng B2 AG 10 ANT011000 12 WCF 93 WCF 01 06 02 00 03 00 Seals and sealings provide an extremely rich source of evidence for the Aegean Bronze Age. They are truly monuments in miniature, offering insights into art and iconography, craft and technology, social status, administration and more besides. <break/><break/>Aegean Seals </italic>is the first comprehensive overview of this fascinating subject, tracing the development of seals and sealing practices from the third millennium to the end of the Bronze Age, with particular emphasis on the great palace civilizations of Minoan Crete and Mycenaean Greece.<break/><break/>Copiously illustrated, this study combines original research with critical analysis of specialist literature and presents many recent discoveries. 30 00 Seals and sealings provide an extremely rich source of evidence for the Aegean Bronze Age. They are truly monuments in miniature, offering insights into art and iconography, craft and technology, social status, administration and more besides. <break/><break/>Aegean Seals </italic>is the first comprehensive overview of this fascinating subject, tracing the development of seals and sealing practices from the third millennium to the end of the Bronze Age, with particular emphasis on the great palace civilizations of Minoan Crete and Mycenaean Greece.<break/><break/>Copiously illustrated, this study combines original research with critical analysis of specialist literature and presents many recent discoveries. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250817//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/aegean-seals-an-introduction-bics-supplement-85/ London, GB 04 01 20050301 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/aegean-seals-an-introduction-bics-supplement-85/ 20 08 20050301 02 80.00 GBP WORLD 02 105.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:174f889f-179b-498e-81a3-33963ba60e72 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f849ae59-4e58-4fba-b8fb-b6ba167d6c5a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:174f889f-179b-498e-81a3-33963ba60e72 15 9781905165391 03 9781905165391 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53762 00 BC 10 01 01 A Guide to the Naval Records in the National Archives of the UK 1 B01 Randolph Cock Randolph Cock 2 B01 N. A. M. Rodger N. A. M. Rodger 2 01 eng 12 HBW 93 NHW 10 REF004000 B2 Reference B2 History 93 JWCK 12 JWF 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248170/53762/53762_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-guide-to-the-naval-records-in-the-national-archives-of-the-uk-2/ London, GB 04 01 20080822 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-guide-to-the-naval-records-in-the-national-archives-of-the-uk-2/ 20 08 20080822 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5157322a-62bb-462f-818b-2ea439615774 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:829de4ea-8dbb-4e41-bd54-fa57624530d6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5157322a-62bb-462f-818b-2ea439615774 15 9781905165865 03 9781905165865 06 10.14296/117.9771909646483 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55335 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A history of the French in London Liberty, equality, opportunity 1 B01 Debra Kelly Debra Kelly 2 B01 Martyn Cornick Martyn Cornick 01 eng 00 488 03 09 60 12 HB 10 HIS010020 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHD 20 French émigrés; French exiles; London; cultural exchange; French cuisine; French Catholics; Huguenots; Commune; Charles de Gaulle 01 06 02 00 03 00 This book examines, for the first time, the history of the social, cultural, political and economic presence of the French in London, and explores the multiple ways in which this presence has contributed to the life of the city. The capital has often provided a place of refuge, from the Huguenots in the 17th century, through the period of the French Revolution, to various exile communities during the 19th century, and on to the Free French in the Second World War.It also considers the generation of French citizens who settled in post-war London, and goes on to provide insights into the contemporary French presence by assessing the motives and lives of French people seeking new opportunities in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. It analyses the impact that the French have had historically, and continue to have, on London life in the arts, gastronomy, business, industry and education, manifest in diverse places and institutions from the religious to the political via the educational, to the commercial and creative industries. 30 00 This book examines, for the first time, the history of the social, cultural, political and economic presence of the French in London, and explores the multiple ways in which this presence has contributed to the life of the city. The capital has often provided a place of refuge, from the Huguenots in the 17th century, through the period of the French Revolution, to various exile communities during the 19th century, and on to the Free French in the Second World War.It also considers the generation of French citizens who settled in post-war London, and goes on to provide insights into the contemporary French presence by assessing the motives and lives of French people seeking new opportunities in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. It analyses the impact that the French have had historically, and continue to have, on London life in the arts, gastronomy, business, industry and education, manifest in diverse places and institutions from the religious to the political via the educational, to the commercial and creative industries. 04 00 ContentsIntroductionThe French in London: a study in time and spaceMartyn Cornick1 A special case? London’s French ProtestantsElizabeth Randall2 Montagu House, Bloomsbury: a French household in London, 1673–1733Paul Boucher and Tessa Murdoch3 The novelty of the French émigrés in London in the 1790sKirsty CarpenterNote on French Catholics in London after 17894 Courts in exile: Bourbons, Bonapartes and Orléans in London, from George III to Edward VIIPhilip Mansel5 The French in London during the 1830s: multidimensional occupancyMáire Cross6 Introductory exposition: French republicans and communists in exile to 1848Fabrice Bensimon7 The French left in exile: Quarante-huitards and Communards in London, 1848–80.Thomas C. Jones and Robert TombsA history of the French in London8 ‘Almost the only free city in the world’: mapping out the French anarchist presence in London, late 1870s–1914Constance Bantman9 Experiencing French cookery in nineteenth-century LondonValerie Mars10 The London French from the Belle Epoque to the end of the inter-war period (1880–1939)Michel Rapoport11 French cultural diplomacy in early twentieth-century LondonCharlotte Faucher and Philippe Lane12 Mapping Free French London: places, spaces, tracesDebra Kelly13 ‘The first bastion of the Resistance’: the beginnings of the Free French in London, 1940–1Martyn Cornick14 Raymond Aron and La France Libre (June 1940–September 1944)David Drake15 From the 16ème to South Ken? A study of the contemporary French population in LondonSaskia Huc-Hepher and Helen DrakeConclusion: a temporal and spatial mapping of the French in LondonDebra Kelly 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646483_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-history-of-the-french-in-london/ London, GB 04 01 20170119 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646483 03 9781909646483 06 15 9781905165872 03 9781905165872 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-history-of-the-french-in-london/ 20 08 20170119 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a140d184-683e-465d-80f3-a6e32f338156 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:829de4ea-8dbb-4e41-bd54-fa57624530d6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a140d184-683e-465d-80f3-a6e32f338156 15 9781909646483 03 9781909646483 06 10.14296/117.9771909646483 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55335 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A history of the French in London Liberty, equality, opportunity 1 B01 Debra Kelly Debra Kelly 2 B01 Martyn Cornick Martyn Cornick 01 eng 00 488 03 09 60 12 HB 10 HIS010020 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHD 20 French émigrés; French exiles; London; cultural exchange; French cuisine; French Catholics; Huguenots; Commune; Charles de Gaulle 01 06 02 00 03 00 This book examines, for the first time, the history of the social, cultural, political and economic presence of the French in London, and explores the multiple ways in which this presence has contributed to the life of the city. The capital has often provided a place of refuge, from the Huguenots in the 17th century, through the period of the French Revolution, to various exile communities during the 19th century, and on to the Free French in the Second World War.It also considers the generation of French citizens who settled in post-war London, and goes on to provide insights into the contemporary French presence by assessing the motives and lives of French people seeking new opportunities in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. It analyses the impact that the French have had historically, and continue to have, on London life in the arts, gastronomy, business, industry and education, manifest in diverse places and institutions from the religious to the political via the educational, to the commercial and creative industries. 30 00 This book examines, for the first time, the history of the social, cultural, political and economic presence of the French in London, and explores the multiple ways in which this presence has contributed to the life of the city. The capital has often provided a place of refuge, from the Huguenots in the 17th century, through the period of the French Revolution, to various exile communities during the 19th century, and on to the Free French in the Second World War.It also considers the generation of French citizens who settled in post-war London, and goes on to provide insights into the contemporary French presence by assessing the motives and lives of French people seeking new opportunities in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. It analyses the impact that the French have had historically, and continue to have, on London life in the arts, gastronomy, business, industry and education, manifest in diverse places and institutions from the religious to the political via the educational, to the commercial and creative industries. 04 00 ContentsIntroductionThe French in London: a study in time and spaceMartyn Cornick1 A special case? London’s French ProtestantsElizabeth Randall2 Montagu House, Bloomsbury: a French household in London, 1673–1733Paul Boucher and Tessa Murdoch3 The novelty of the French émigrés in London in the 1790sKirsty CarpenterNote on French Catholics in London after 17894 Courts in exile: Bourbons, Bonapartes and Orléans in London, from George III to Edward VIIPhilip Mansel5 The French in London during the 1830s: multidimensional occupancyMáire Cross6 Introductory exposition: French republicans and communists in exile to 1848Fabrice Bensimon7 The French left in exile: Quarante-huitards and Communards in London, 1848–80.Thomas C. Jones and Robert TombsA history of the French in London8 ‘Almost the only free city in the world’: mapping out the French anarchist presence in London, late 1870s–1914Constance Bantman9 Experiencing French cookery in nineteenth-century LondonValerie Mars10 The London French from the Belle Epoque to the end of the inter-war period (1880–1939)Michel Rapoport11 French cultural diplomacy in early twentieth-century LondonCharlotte Faucher and Philippe Lane12 Mapping Free French London: places, spaces, tracesDebra Kelly13 ‘The first bastion of the Resistance’: the beginnings of the Free French in London, 1940–1Martyn Cornick14 Raymond Aron and La France Libre (June 1940–September 1944)David Drake15 From the 16ème to South Ken? A study of the contemporary French population in LondonSaskia Huc-Hepher and Helen DrakeConclusion: a temporal and spatial mapping of the French in LondonDebra Kelly 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646483_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-history-of-the-french-in-london/ London, GB 04 01 20170119 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905165865 03 9781905165865 06 15 9781905165872 03 9781905165872 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/829de4ea-8dbb-4e41-bd54-fa57624530d6 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/829de4ea-8dbb-4e41-bd54-fa57624530d6/829de4ea-8dbb-4e41-bd54-fa57624530d6.pdf 20 08 20170119 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-history-of-the-french-in-london/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646483.pdf 20 08 20170119 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-history-of-the-french-in-london/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646483.pdf 20 08 20170119 01 urn:uuid:27cd0481-0b2c-4295-9108-59a091176c9b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:829de4ea-8dbb-4e41-bd54-fa57624530d6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:27cd0481-0b2c-4295-9108-59a091176c9b 15 9781905165872 03 9781905165872 06 10.14296/117.9771909646483 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55335 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A history of the French in London Liberty, equality, opportunity 1 B01 Debra Kelly Debra Kelly 2 B01 Martyn Cornick Martyn Cornick 01 eng 00 488 03 09 60 12 HB 10 HIS010020 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHD 20 French émigrés; French exiles; London; cultural exchange; French cuisine; French Catholics; Huguenots; Commune; Charles de Gaulle 01 06 02 00 03 00 This book examines, for the first time, the history of the social, cultural, political and economic presence of the French in London, and explores the multiple ways in which this presence has contributed to the life of the city. The capital has often provided a place of refuge, from the Huguenots in the 17th century, through the period of the French Revolution, to various exile communities during the 19th century, and on to the Free French in the Second World War.It also considers the generation of French citizens who settled in post-war London, and goes on to provide insights into the contemporary French presence by assessing the motives and lives of French people seeking new opportunities in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. It analyses the impact that the French have had historically, and continue to have, on London life in the arts, gastronomy, business, industry and education, manifest in diverse places and institutions from the religious to the political via the educational, to the commercial and creative industries. 30 00 This book examines, for the first time, the history of the social, cultural, political and economic presence of the French in London, and explores the multiple ways in which this presence has contributed to the life of the city. The capital has often provided a place of refuge, from the Huguenots in the 17th century, through the period of the French Revolution, to various exile communities during the 19th century, and on to the Free French in the Second World War.It also considers the generation of French citizens who settled in post-war London, and goes on to provide insights into the contemporary French presence by assessing the motives and lives of French people seeking new opportunities in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. It analyses the impact that the French have had historically, and continue to have, on London life in the arts, gastronomy, business, industry and education, manifest in diverse places and institutions from the religious to the political via the educational, to the commercial and creative industries. 04 00 ContentsIntroductionThe French in London: a study in time and spaceMartyn Cornick1 A special case? London’s French ProtestantsElizabeth Randall2 Montagu House, Bloomsbury: a French household in London, 1673–1733Paul Boucher and Tessa Murdoch3 The novelty of the French émigrés in London in the 1790sKirsty CarpenterNote on French Catholics in London after 17894 Courts in exile: Bourbons, Bonapartes and Orléans in London, from George III to Edward VIIPhilip Mansel5 The French in London during the 1830s: multidimensional occupancyMáire Cross6 Introductory exposition: French republicans and communists in exile to 1848Fabrice Bensimon7 The French left in exile: Quarante-huitards and Communards in London, 1848–80.Thomas C. Jones and Robert TombsA history of the French in London8 ‘Almost the only free city in the world’: mapping out the French anarchist presence in London, late 1870s–1914Constance Bantman9 Experiencing French cookery in nineteenth-century LondonValerie Mars10 The London French from the Belle Epoque to the end of the inter-war period (1880–1939)Michel Rapoport11 French cultural diplomacy in early twentieth-century LondonCharlotte Faucher and Philippe Lane12 Mapping Free French London: places, spaces, tracesDebra Kelly13 ‘The first bastion of the Resistance’: the beginnings of the Free French in London, 1940–1Martyn Cornick14 Raymond Aron and La France Libre (June 1940–September 1944)David Drake15 From the 16ème to South Ken? A study of the contemporary French population in LondonSaskia Huc-Hepher and Helen DrakeConclusion: a temporal and spatial mapping of the French in LondonDebra Kelly 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646483_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-history-of-the-french-in-london/ London, GB 04 01 20170119 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905165865 03 9781905165865 06 15 9781909646483 03 9781909646483 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-history-of-the-french-in-london/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646483.epub 20 08 20170119 01 urn:uuid:f92855b1-2ce8-4296-b8c9-1db919dd1639 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5b2dcba0-e7e4-4e84-abfc-8db4c9c84d33 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f92855b1-2ce8-4296-b8c9-1db919dd1639 15 9781908857897 03 9781908857897 06 10.14296/2109.9781908857927 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107915 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Horizon of (Im)possibilities A Chronicle of Brazil’s Conservative Turn 1 B01 Katerina Hatzikidi Katerina Hatzikidi Katerina Hatzikidi (DPhil, Oxon) is a political anthropologist and ERC Postdoctoral Researcher at the University of Tübingen, Germany 2 B01 Eduardo Dullo Eduardo Dullo 01 eng 00 220 03 09 5 12 JP 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 JPFM 93 JPFQ 10 POL042020 93 1KLSB 12 1KLSB 20 Populism; Latin American politics; Brazil; far-right; 2018; Bolsonaro; conservatism; Trump; authoritarianism; democracy; elections; protest 01 06 02 00 Since the 2018 presidential election result in Brazil, much debate has ensued about the country’s so-called ‘conservative turn’. A Horizon of (Im)possibilities</italic> brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that have shaken the country in recent years. Taking an interdisciplin 03 00 The 2018 presidential election result in Brazil surprised and shocked many. Since then, numerous debates and a growing body of texts have attempted to understand the country’s so-called conservative turn.A gripping in-depth account of politics and society in Brazil today, this new volume brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that shook the country in recent years. Combining ethnographic insights with political science, history, sociology, and anthropology, the interdisciplinary analyses included offer a panoramic view on social and political change in Brazil, spanning temporal and spatial dimensions. Starting with the 2018 presidential election, the contributors discuss the country’s recent –or more distant– past in relation to the present. Pointing to the continuities and disruptions in the course of those years, the analyses offered are an invaluable guide to unpacking and understanding the limits of Brazilian democracy, including what has already come to pass, but also what is yet to come. 30 00 The 2018 presidential election result in Brazil surprised and shocked many. Since then, numerous debates and a growing body of texts have attempted to understand the country’s so-called conservative turn.A gripping in-depth account of politics and society in Brazil today, this new volume brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that shook the country in recent years. Combining ethnographic insights with political science, history, sociology, and anthropology, the interdisciplinary analyses included offer a panoramic view on social and political change in Brazil, spanning temporal and spatial dimensions. Starting with the 2018 presidential election, the contributors discuss the country’s recent –or more distant– past in relation to the present. Pointing to the continuities and disruptions in the course of those years, the analyses offered are an invaluable guide to unpacking and understanding the limits of Brazilian democracy, including what has already come to pass, but also what is yet to come. 04 00 Foreword Carly MachadoIntroduction: Brazil’s conservative return Katerina Hatzikidi and Eduardo DulloLooking back: How did we get here?<ol> <li> The past of the present Lilia Moritz Schwarcz </li> <li> Denied recognition: threats against the rights of quilombola communities José M. Arruti and Thaisa Held </li> <li> From Orkut to Brasília: the origins of the New Brazilian Right Camila Rocha </li> <li> Ritual, text and politics: the evangelical mindset and political polarization David Lehmann </li> </ol>The horizon ahead: Where are we going?<ol> <li> After affirmative action: redrawing colour lines in Brazil Graziella Moraes Silva </li> <li> From participation to silence: Grassroots politics in contemporary Brazil Andreza Aruska de Souza Santos </li> <li> Development opportunity or national crisis? The implications of Brazil’s political shift for elite philanthropy and civil society organising Jessica Sklair </li> <li> Politics and collective mobilisation in post-PT Brazil Jeff Garmany </li> </ol>Conclusion: Shifting horizons. Katerina Hatzikidi and Eduardo DulloAfterword: No matter who won, indigenous resistance will always continue. Taily Terena, João Tikuna, Gabriel Soares 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2109.9781908857927_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-horizon-of-impossibilities/ London, GB 04 01 20210915 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857927 03 9781908857927 06 15 9781908590954 03 9781908590954 06 15 9781908857910 03 9781908857910 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-horizon-of-impossibilities/ 20 08 20210915 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d546629f-bf6f-45c3-9d33-af834ad58634 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5b2dcba0-e7e4-4e84-abfc-8db4c9c84d33 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d546629f-bf6f-45c3-9d33-af834ad58634 15 9781908857927 03 9781908857927 06 10.14296/2109.9781908857927 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107915 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Horizon of (Im)possibilities A Chronicle of Brazil’s Conservative Turn 1 B01 Katerina Hatzikidi Katerina Hatzikidi Katerina Hatzikidi (DPhil, Oxon) is a political anthropologist and ERC Postdoctoral Researcher at the University of Tübingen, Germany 2 B01 Eduardo Dullo Eduardo Dullo 01 eng 00 220 03 09 5 12 JP 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 JPFM 93 JPFQ 10 POL042020 93 1KLSB 12 1KLSB 20 Populism; Latin American politics; Brazil; far-right; 2018; Bolsonaro; conservatism; Trump; authoritarianism; democracy; elections; protest 01 06 02 00 Since the 2018 presidential election result in Brazil, much debate has ensued about the country’s so-called ‘conservative turn’. A Horizon of (Im)possibilities</italic> brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that have shaken the country in recent years. Taking an interdisciplin 03 00 The 2018 presidential election result in Brazil surprised and shocked many. Since then, numerous debates and a growing body of texts have attempted to understand the country’s so-called conservative turn.A gripping in-depth account of politics and society in Brazil today, this new volume brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that shook the country in recent years. Combining ethnographic insights with political science, history, sociology, and anthropology, the interdisciplinary analyses included offer a panoramic view on social and political change in Brazil, spanning temporal and spatial dimensions. Starting with the 2018 presidential election, the contributors discuss the country’s recent –or more distant– past in relation to the present. Pointing to the continuities and disruptions in the course of those years, the analyses offered are an invaluable guide to unpacking and understanding the limits of Brazilian democracy, including what has already come to pass, but also what is yet to come. 30 00 The 2018 presidential election result in Brazil surprised and shocked many. Since then, numerous debates and a growing body of texts have attempted to understand the country’s so-called conservative turn.A gripping in-depth account of politics and society in Brazil today, this new volume brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that shook the country in recent years. Combining ethnographic insights with political science, history, sociology, and anthropology, the interdisciplinary analyses included offer a panoramic view on social and political change in Brazil, spanning temporal and spatial dimensions. Starting with the 2018 presidential election, the contributors discuss the country’s recent –or more distant– past in relation to the present. Pointing to the continuities and disruptions in the course of those years, the analyses offered are an invaluable guide to unpacking and understanding the limits of Brazilian democracy, including what has already come to pass, but also what is yet to come. 04 00 Foreword Carly MachadoIntroduction: Brazil’s conservative return Katerina Hatzikidi and Eduardo DulloLooking back: How did we get here?<ol> <li> The past of the present Lilia Moritz Schwarcz </li> <li> Denied recognition: threats against the rights of quilombola communities José M. Arruti and Thaisa Held </li> <li> From Orkut to Brasília: the origins of the New Brazilian Right Camila Rocha </li> <li> Ritual, text and politics: the evangelical mindset and political polarization David Lehmann </li> </ol>The horizon ahead: Where are we going?<ol> <li> After affirmative action: redrawing colour lines in Brazil Graziella Moraes Silva </li> <li> From participation to silence: Grassroots politics in contemporary Brazil Andreza Aruska de Souza Santos </li> <li> Development opportunity or national crisis? The implications of Brazil’s political shift for elite philanthropy and civil society organising Jessica Sklair </li> <li> Politics and collective mobilisation in post-PT Brazil Jeff Garmany </li> </ol>Conclusion: Shifting horizons. Katerina Hatzikidi and Eduardo DulloAfterword: No matter who won, indigenous resistance will always continue. Taily Terena, João Tikuna, Gabriel Soares 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2109.9781908857927_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-horizon-of-impossibilities/ London, GB 04 01 20210915 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857897 03 9781908857897 06 15 9781908590954 03 9781908590954 06 15 9781908857910 03 9781908857910 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/5b2dcba0-e7e4-4e84-abfc-8db4c9c84d33 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/5b2dcba0-e7e4-4e84-abfc-8db4c9c84d33/5b2dcba0-e7e4-4e84-abfc-8db4c9c84d33.pdf 20 08 20210915 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-horizon-of-impossibilities/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857927.pdf 20 08 20210915 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-horizon-of-impossibilities/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2109.9781908857927.pdf 20 08 20210915 01 urn:uuid:69e34905-0665-4b78-a403-4fea610c1f62 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5b2dcba0-e7e4-4e84-abfc-8db4c9c84d33 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:69e34905-0665-4b78-a403-4fea610c1f62 15 9781908590954 03 9781908590954 06 10.14296/2109.9781908857927 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107915 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Horizon of (Im)possibilities A Chronicle of Brazil’s Conservative Turn 1 B01 Katerina Hatzikidi Katerina Hatzikidi Katerina Hatzikidi (DPhil, Oxon) is a political anthropologist and ERC Postdoctoral Researcher at the University of Tübingen, Germany 2 B01 Eduardo Dullo Eduardo Dullo 01 eng 00 220 03 09 5 12 JP 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 JPFM 93 JPFQ 10 POL042020 93 1KLSB 12 1KLSB 20 Populism; Latin American politics; Brazil; far-right; 2018; Bolsonaro; conservatism; Trump; authoritarianism; democracy; elections; protest 01 06 02 00 Since the 2018 presidential election result in Brazil, much debate has ensued about the country’s so-called ‘conservative turn’. A Horizon of (Im)possibilities</italic> brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that have shaken the country in recent years. Taking an interdisciplin 03 00 The 2018 presidential election result in Brazil surprised and shocked many. Since then, numerous debates and a growing body of texts have attempted to understand the country’s so-called conservative turn.A gripping in-depth account of politics and society in Brazil today, this new volume brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that shook the country in recent years. Combining ethnographic insights with political science, history, sociology, and anthropology, the interdisciplinary analyses included offer a panoramic view on social and political change in Brazil, spanning temporal and spatial dimensions. Starting with the 2018 presidential election, the contributors discuss the country’s recent –or more distant– past in relation to the present. Pointing to the continuities and disruptions in the course of those years, the analyses offered are an invaluable guide to unpacking and understanding the limits of Brazilian democracy, including what has already come to pass, but also what is yet to come. 30 00 The 2018 presidential election result in Brazil surprised and shocked many. Since then, numerous debates and a growing body of texts have attempted to understand the country’s so-called conservative turn.A gripping in-depth account of politics and society in Brazil today, this new volume brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that shook the country in recent years. Combining ethnographic insights with political science, history, sociology, and anthropology, the interdisciplinary analyses included offer a panoramic view on social and political change in Brazil, spanning temporal and spatial dimensions. Starting with the 2018 presidential election, the contributors discuss the country’s recent –or more distant– past in relation to the present. Pointing to the continuities and disruptions in the course of those years, the analyses offered are an invaluable guide to unpacking and understanding the limits of Brazilian democracy, including what has already come to pass, but also what is yet to come. 04 00 Foreword Carly MachadoIntroduction: Brazil’s conservative return Katerina Hatzikidi and Eduardo DulloLooking back: How did we get here?<ol> <li> The past of the present Lilia Moritz Schwarcz </li> <li> Denied recognition: threats against the rights of quilombola communities José M. Arruti and Thaisa Held </li> <li> From Orkut to Brasília: the origins of the New Brazilian Right Camila Rocha </li> <li> Ritual, text and politics: the evangelical mindset and political polarization David Lehmann </li> </ol>The horizon ahead: Where are we going?<ol> <li> After affirmative action: redrawing colour lines in Brazil Graziella Moraes Silva </li> <li> From participation to silence: Grassroots politics in contemporary Brazil Andreza Aruska de Souza Santos </li> <li> Development opportunity or national crisis? The implications of Brazil’s political shift for elite philanthropy and civil society organising Jessica Sklair </li> <li> Politics and collective mobilisation in post-PT Brazil Jeff Garmany </li> </ol>Conclusion: Shifting horizons. Katerina Hatzikidi and Eduardo DulloAfterword: No matter who won, indigenous resistance will always continue. Taily Terena, João Tikuna, Gabriel Soares 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2109.9781908857927_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-horizon-of-impossibilities/ London, GB 04 01 20210915 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857897 03 9781908857897 06 15 9781908857927 03 9781908857927 06 15 9781908857910 03 9781908857910 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/a-horizon-of-impossibilities 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/a-horizon-of-impossibilities 20 08 20210915 01 urn:uuid:84663874-8a38-4c80-8494-dc35aca055dc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5b2dcba0-e7e4-4e84-abfc-8db4c9c84d33 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:84663874-8a38-4c80-8494-dc35aca055dc 15 9781908857910 03 9781908857910 06 10.14296/2109.9781908857927 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107915 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Horizon of (Im)possibilities A Chronicle of Brazil’s Conservative Turn 1 B01 Katerina Hatzikidi Katerina Hatzikidi Katerina Hatzikidi (DPhil, Oxon) is a political anthropologist and ERC Postdoctoral Researcher at the University of Tübingen, Germany 2 B01 Eduardo Dullo Eduardo Dullo 01 eng 00 220 03 09 5 12 JP 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 JPFM 93 JPFQ 10 POL042020 93 1KLSB 12 1KLSB 20 Populism; Latin American politics; Brazil; far-right; 2018; Bolsonaro; conservatism; Trump; authoritarianism; democracy; elections; protest 01 06 02 00 Since the 2018 presidential election result in Brazil, much debate has ensued about the country’s so-called ‘conservative turn’. A Horizon of (Im)possibilities</italic> brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that have shaken the country in recent years. Taking an interdisciplin 03 00 The 2018 presidential election result in Brazil surprised and shocked many. Since then, numerous debates and a growing body of texts have attempted to understand the country’s so-called conservative turn.A gripping in-depth account of politics and society in Brazil today, this new volume brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that shook the country in recent years. Combining ethnographic insights with political science, history, sociology, and anthropology, the interdisciplinary analyses included offer a panoramic view on social and political change in Brazil, spanning temporal and spatial dimensions. Starting with the 2018 presidential election, the contributors discuss the country’s recent –or more distant– past in relation to the present. Pointing to the continuities and disruptions in the course of those years, the analyses offered are an invaluable guide to unpacking and understanding the limits of Brazilian democracy, including what has already come to pass, but also what is yet to come. 30 00 The 2018 presidential election result in Brazil surprised and shocked many. Since then, numerous debates and a growing body of texts have attempted to understand the country’s so-called conservative turn.A gripping in-depth account of politics and society in Brazil today, this new volume brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that shook the country in recent years. Combining ethnographic insights with political science, history, sociology, and anthropology, the interdisciplinary analyses included offer a panoramic view on social and political change in Brazil, spanning temporal and spatial dimensions. Starting with the 2018 presidential election, the contributors discuss the country’s recent –or more distant– past in relation to the present. Pointing to the continuities and disruptions in the course of those years, the analyses offered are an invaluable guide to unpacking and understanding the limits of Brazilian democracy, including what has already come to pass, but also what is yet to come. 04 00 Foreword Carly MachadoIntroduction: Brazil’s conservative return Katerina Hatzikidi and Eduardo DulloLooking back: How did we get here?<ol> <li> The past of the present Lilia Moritz Schwarcz </li> <li> Denied recognition: threats against the rights of quilombola communities José M. Arruti and Thaisa Held </li> <li> From Orkut to Brasília: the origins of the New Brazilian Right Camila Rocha </li> <li> Ritual, text and politics: the evangelical mindset and political polarization David Lehmann </li> </ol>The horizon ahead: Where are we going?<ol> <li> After affirmative action: redrawing colour lines in Brazil Graziella Moraes Silva </li> <li> From participation to silence: Grassroots politics in contemporary Brazil Andreza Aruska de Souza Santos </li> <li> Development opportunity or national crisis? The implications of Brazil’s political shift for elite philanthropy and civil society organising Jessica Sklair </li> <li> Politics and collective mobilisation in post-PT Brazil Jeff Garmany </li> </ol>Conclusion: Shifting horizons. Katerina Hatzikidi and Eduardo DulloAfterword: No matter who won, indigenous resistance will always continue. Taily Terena, João Tikuna, Gabriel Soares 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2109.9781908857927_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-horizon-of-impossibilities/ London, GB 04 01 20210915 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857897 03 9781908857897 06 15 9781908857927 03 9781908857927 06 15 9781908590954 03 9781908590954 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-horizon-of-impossibilities/ 20 08 20210915 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b8b359e6-1307-42ae-972e-a9ded6322e29 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ae0b21c2-4635-425c-b95d-2531e44f09cc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b8b359e6-1307-42ae-972e-a9ded6322e29 15 9781908857149 03 9781908857149 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53790 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 A Liberal Tide? Immigration and Asylum Law and Policy in Latin America 1 B01 David James Cantor David James Cantor 2 B01 Luisa Feline Freier Luisa Feline Freier 3 B01 Jean-Pierre Gauci Jean-Pierre Gauci 01 eng 00 211 03 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 12 LNDA1 93 LNDA1 10 SOC007000 93 JBFH 12 JFFN 10 LAW018000 10 LAW032000 10 LAW051000 10 POL057000 20 Latin American migration policies; Asylum laws; Liberalism; Human Rights; Refugees; Forced migrations; Human Trafficking 01 06 02 00 03 00 Over the past decade, a paradigm shift in migration and asylum law and policymaking appears to have taken place in Latin America. Does this apparent ""liberal tide"" of new laws and policies suggest a new approach to the hot topics of migration and refugees in Latin America distinct from the regressive and restrictive attitudes on display in other parts of the world? The question is urgent not only for our understanding of contemporary Latin America but also as a means of reorienting the debate in the migration studies field toward the important developments currently taking place in the region and in other parts of the global south. This book brings together eight varied and vibrant new analyses by scholars from Latin America and beyond to form the first collection that describes and critically examines the new liberalism in Latin American law and policy on migration and refugees. 30 00 Over the past decade, a paradigm shift in migration and asylum law and policymaking appears to have taken place in Latin America. Does this apparent ""liberal tide"" of new laws and policies suggest a new approach to the hot topics of migration and refugees in Latin America distinct from the regressive and restrictive attitudes on display in other parts of the world? The question is urgent not only for our understanding of contemporary Latin America but also as a means of reorienting the debate in the migration studies field toward the important developments currently taking place in the region and in other parts of the global south. This book brings together eight varied and vibrant new analyses by scholars from Latin America and beyond to form the first collection that describes and critically examines the new liberalism in Latin American law and policy on migration and refugees. 04 00 ContentsList of acronymsIntroduction: A paradigm shift in Latin American immigration and asylum law and policy?David James Cantor, Luisa Feline Freier and Jean-Pierre Gauci1 Migration policies and policymaking in Latin America and the Caribbean: lights and shadows in a region in transitionPablo Ceriani Cernadas and Luisa Feline Freier2 Beyond smoke and mirrors? Discursive gaps in the liberalisation of South American immigration lawsLuisa Feline Freier and Diego Acosta Arcarazo3 Mercosur’s post-neoliberal approach to migration: from workers’ mobility to regional citizenshipAna Margheritis4 In transit: migration policy in ColombiaBeatriz Eugenia Sánchez Mojica5 Trafficking persons within mixed migration flows in Central AmericaDiana Trimiño Mora6 The migration of Haitians within Latin America: significance for Brazilian law and policy on asylum and migrationAndrea Pacheco Pacifico, Erika Pires Ramos, Carolina de Abreu Batista Claro and Nara Braga Cavalcante de Farias7 Refugee protection in Brazil (1921–2014): an analytical narrative of changing policiesJosé H. Fischel de Andrade8 Bucking the trend? Liberalism and illiberalism in Latin American refugee law and policyDavid James Cantor 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248161/53790/53790_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-liberal-tide/ London, GB 04 01 20150530 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857347 03 9781908857347 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-liberal-tide/ 20 08 20150530 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:911ee83b-d115-492c-828d-c47711249f80 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ae0b21c2-4635-425c-b95d-2531e44f09cc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:911ee83b-d115-492c-828d-c47711249f80 15 9781908857347 03 9781908857347 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53790 00 EB E101 10 01 01 A Liberal Tide? Immigration and Asylum Law and Policy in Latin America 1 B01 David James Cantor David James Cantor 2 B01 Luisa Feline Freier Luisa Feline Freier 3 B01 Jean-Pierre Gauci Jean-Pierre Gauci 01 eng 00 211 03 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 12 LNDA1 93 LNDA1 10 SOC007000 93 JBFH 12 JFFN 10 LAW018000 10 LAW032000 10 LAW051000 10 POL057000 20 Latin American migration policies; Asylum laws; Liberalism; Human Rights; Refugees; Forced migrations; Human Trafficking 01 06 02 00 03 00 Over the past decade, a paradigm shift in migration and asylum law and policymaking appears to have taken place in Latin America. Does this apparent ""liberal tide"" of new laws and policies suggest a new approach to the hot topics of migration and refugees in Latin America distinct from the regressive and restrictive attitudes on display in other parts of the world? The question is urgent not only for our understanding of contemporary Latin America but also as a means of reorienting the debate in the migration studies field toward the important developments currently taking place in the region and in other parts of the global south. This book brings together eight varied and vibrant new analyses by scholars from Latin America and beyond to form the first collection that describes and critically examines the new liberalism in Latin American law and policy on migration and refugees. 30 00 Over the past decade, a paradigm shift in migration and asylum law and policymaking appears to have taken place in Latin America. Does this apparent ""liberal tide"" of new laws and policies suggest a new approach to the hot topics of migration and refugees in Latin America distinct from the regressive and restrictive attitudes on display in other parts of the world? The question is urgent not only for our understanding of contemporary Latin America but also as a means of reorienting the debate in the migration studies field toward the important developments currently taking place in the region and in other parts of the global south. This book brings together eight varied and vibrant new analyses by scholars from Latin America and beyond to form the first collection that describes and critically examines the new liberalism in Latin American law and policy on migration and refugees. 04 00 ContentsList of acronymsIntroduction: A paradigm shift in Latin American immigration and asylum law and policy?David James Cantor, Luisa Feline Freier and Jean-Pierre Gauci1 Migration policies and policymaking in Latin America and the Caribbean: lights and shadows in a region in transitionPablo Ceriani Cernadas and Luisa Feline Freier2 Beyond smoke and mirrors? Discursive gaps in the liberalisation of South American immigration lawsLuisa Feline Freier and Diego Acosta Arcarazo3 Mercosur’s post-neoliberal approach to migration: from workers’ mobility to regional citizenshipAna Margheritis4 In transit: migration policy in ColombiaBeatriz Eugenia Sánchez Mojica5 Trafficking persons within mixed migration flows in Central AmericaDiana Trimiño Mora6 The migration of Haitians within Latin America: significance for Brazilian law and policy on asylum and migrationAndrea Pacheco Pacifico, Erika Pires Ramos, Carolina de Abreu Batista Claro and Nara Braga Cavalcante de Farias7 Refugee protection in Brazil (1921–2014): an analytical narrative of changing policiesJosé H. Fischel de Andrade8 Bucking the trend? Liberalism and illiberalism in Latin American refugee law and policyDavid James Cantor 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248161/53790/53790_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-liberal-tide/ London, GB 04 01 20150530 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857149 03 9781908857149 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-liberal-tide/ 20 08 20150530 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:39c0f304-3028-4300-ad30-12fa17a5f435 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:36e7322b-a0c0-4d9b-aa2f-25b437e8d7a0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:39c0f304-3028-4300-ad30-12fa17a5f435 15 9781912250349 03 9781912250349 06 10.14296/1220.9781912250356 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.99467 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Matter of Trust Building Integrity into Data, Statistics and Records to Support the Achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals 1 B01 Anne Thurston Anne Thurston 01 eng 00 300 03 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 GTP 12 J 10 SOC042000 10 COM021030 B2 Human Rights 93 KCM 93 1A 10 3.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 1H 20 data; humanitarian work; United Nations; statistics; infographics; data collection; corruption 01 06 02 00 Producing high-quality data is necessary for progress on the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative to be measured accurately. Flawed statistics can result in misguided decisions. This book explores the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly 03 00 The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative has the potential to set the direction for a future world that works for everyone. Approved by 193 United Nations member countries in September 2016 to help guide global and national development policies in the period to 2030, the 17 goals build on the successes of the Millennium Development Goals, but also include new priority areas, such as climate change, economic inequality, innovation, sustainable consumption, peace and justice. Assessed against common agreed targets and indicators, the goals should facilitate inter-governmental cooperation and the development of regional and even global development strategies. However, each goal presents considerable challenges in terms of collecting and analysing relevant data and producing the statistics needed to measure progress. Most governments in lower resourced countries simply do not yet have the systems and controls in place to produce high quality, reliable data and statistics, and it is questionable whether the quality and integrity of the available information is adequate to support meaningful decisions and set direction for the future.There are substantial implications: where progress cannot be measured accurately because of inadequate or flawed statistics, the result can be misguided decisions, doubts about achievement of the goals and significant wasted resources. Getting statistics ‘right’ depends upon the quality and integrity of the data used to produce them and on the quality of the processes for collecting, manipulating and analysing the data. Without a documentary records as evidence of how the data were gathered and analysed or how statistics were produced and disseminated, it is not possible to confirm that the statistics are complete, accurate and relevant. Various global organisations do recognise the importance of high quality data and statistics for measuring the SDG indicators reliably, but there has been little attention to the role of records in providing the evidence needed to trust the data and statistics. There is, moreover, a lack of awareness that digital information simply will not survive without policies and procedures to manage and preserve it through time. As a result, digital data, statistics and records are being lost regularly on a large scale, particularly in lower resource countries, where the structures needed to protect and preserve them are not yet in place. This book explores, through a series of case studies, the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly in Africa. Hopefully, by highlighting the enormous potential value of creating and using high quality data, statistics and records as an interconnected resource and describing how this can be achieved, the book will contribute to defining meaningful and realistic global and national development policies in the critical period to 2030. 30 00 The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative has the potential to set the direction for a future world that works for everyone. Approved by 193 United Nations member countries in September 2016 to help guide global and national development policies in the period to 2030, the 17 goals build on the successes of the Millennium Development Goals, but also include new priority areas, such as climate change, economic inequality, innovation, sustainable consumption, peace and justice. Assessed against common agreed targets and indicators, the goals should facilitate inter-governmental cooperation and the development of regional and even global development strategies. However, each goal presents considerable challenges in terms of collecting and analysing relevant data and producing the statistics needed to measure progress. Most governments in lower resourced countries simply do not yet have the systems and controls in place to produce high quality, reliable data and statistics, and it is questionable whether the quality and integrity of the available information is adequate to support meaningful decisions and set direction for the future.There are substantial implications: where progress cannot be measured accurately because of inadequate or flawed statistics, the result can be misguided decisions, doubts about achievement of the goals and significant wasted resources. Getting statistics ‘right’ depends upon the quality and integrity of the data used to produce them and on the quality of the processes for collecting, manipulating and analysing the data. Without a documentary records as evidence of how the data were gathered and analysed or how statistics were produced and disseminated, it is not possible to confirm that the statistics are complete, accurate and relevant. Various global organisations do recognise the importance of high quality data and statistics for measuring the SDG indicators reliably, but there has been little attention to the role of records in providing the evidence needed to trust the data and statistics. There is, moreover, a lack of awareness that digital information simply will not survive without policies and procedures to manage and preserve it through time. As a result, digital data, statistics and records are being lost regularly on a large scale, particularly in lower resource countries, where the structures needed to protect and preserve them are not yet in place. This book explores, through a series of case studies, the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly in Africa. Hopefully, by highlighting the enormous potential value of creating and using high quality data, statistics and records as an interconnected resource and describing how this can be achieved, the book will contribute to defining meaningful and realistic global and national development policies in the critical period to 2030. 04 00 1. Records as evidence for measuring sustainable development in AfricaAnne Thurston2. The state of data and statistics in sub-Saharan Africa in the context of the Sustainable Development GoalsPaul Komba and Ngianga-Bakwin Kandala 3. Data, information and records: exploring definitions and relationshipsGeoffrey Yeo interviewed by James Lowry4. The potential – constructive and destructive – of information technology for records management: case studies from India James Manor 5. Statistical accuracy and reliable records: a case study of mortality statistics in The GambiaAndrew Griffin 6. Mainstreaming records and data management in sustainable development: lessons from the public and private sectors in KenyaJustus Wamukoya and Cleophas Ambira 7. Open data and records management – activating public engagement to improve information: case studies from Sierra Leone and CambodiaKatherine Townsend, Tamba Lamin, Amadu Massally and Pyrou Chung 8. Assuring authenticity in public sector data: a case study of the Kenya Open Data Initiative James Lowry9. Preserving the digital evidence base for measuring the Sustainable Development GoalsAdrian Brown 10. Preserving and using digitally encoded information as a foundation for achieving the Sustainable Development GoalsDavid Giaretta 11. Transparency in the 21st century: the role of records in achieving public access to information, protecting fundamental freedoms and monitoring sustainable development Victoria Lemieux 12. Information management for international development: roles, responsibilities and competenciesElizabeth Shepherd and Julie McLeod 13. The quality of data, statistics and records used to measure progress towards achieving the SDGs: a fictional situation analysisJohn McDonald 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1220.9781912250356_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-matter-of-trust/ 16 40 0505m1554 32 10.13039/501100007818 Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC) London, GB 04 01 20201201 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250356 03 9781912250356 06 15 9781911507475 03 9781911507475 06 15 9781912250431 03 9781912250431 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-matter-of-trust/ 20 08 20201201 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:347f1130-a9b2-48a1-ad41-d4ee793c537f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:36e7322b-a0c0-4d9b-aa2f-25b437e8d7a0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:347f1130-a9b2-48a1-ad41-d4ee793c537f 15 9781912250356 03 9781912250356 06 10.14296/1220.9781912250356 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.99467 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Matter of Trust Building Integrity into Data, Statistics and Records to Support the Achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals 1 B01 Anne Thurston Anne Thurston 01 eng 00 300 03 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 GTP 12 J 10 SOC042000 10 COM021030 B2 Human Rights 93 KCM 93 1A 10 3.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 1H 20 data; humanitarian work; United Nations; statistics; infographics; data collection; corruption 01 06 02 00 Producing high-quality data is necessary for progress on the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative to be measured accurately. Flawed statistics can result in misguided decisions. This book explores the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly 03 00 The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative has the potential to set the direction for a future world that works for everyone. Approved by 193 United Nations member countries in September 2016 to help guide global and national development policies in the period to 2030, the 17 goals build on the successes of the Millennium Development Goals, but also include new priority areas, such as climate change, economic inequality, innovation, sustainable consumption, peace and justice. Assessed against common agreed targets and indicators, the goals should facilitate inter-governmental cooperation and the development of regional and even global development strategies. However, each goal presents considerable challenges in terms of collecting and analysing relevant data and producing the statistics needed to measure progress. Most governments in lower resourced countries simply do not yet have the systems and controls in place to produce high quality, reliable data and statistics, and it is questionable whether the quality and integrity of the available information is adequate to support meaningful decisions and set direction for the future.There are substantial implications: where progress cannot be measured accurately because of inadequate or flawed statistics, the result can be misguided decisions, doubts about achievement of the goals and significant wasted resources. Getting statistics ‘right’ depends upon the quality and integrity of the data used to produce them and on the quality of the processes for collecting, manipulating and analysing the data. Without a documentary records as evidence of how the data were gathered and analysed or how statistics were produced and disseminated, it is not possible to confirm that the statistics are complete, accurate and relevant. Various global organisations do recognise the importance of high quality data and statistics for measuring the SDG indicators reliably, but there has been little attention to the role of records in providing the evidence needed to trust the data and statistics. There is, moreover, a lack of awareness that digital information simply will not survive without policies and procedures to manage and preserve it through time. As a result, digital data, statistics and records are being lost regularly on a large scale, particularly in lower resource countries, where the structures needed to protect and preserve them are not yet in place. This book explores, through a series of case studies, the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly in Africa. Hopefully, by highlighting the enormous potential value of creating and using high quality data, statistics and records as an interconnected resource and describing how this can be achieved, the book will contribute to defining meaningful and realistic global and national development policies in the critical period to 2030. 30 00 The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative has the potential to set the direction for a future world that works for everyone. Approved by 193 United Nations member countries in September 2016 to help guide global and national development policies in the period to 2030, the 17 goals build on the successes of the Millennium Development Goals, but also include new priority areas, such as climate change, economic inequality, innovation, sustainable consumption, peace and justice. Assessed against common agreed targets and indicators, the goals should facilitate inter-governmental cooperation and the development of regional and even global development strategies. However, each goal presents considerable challenges in terms of collecting and analysing relevant data and producing the statistics needed to measure progress. Most governments in lower resourced countries simply do not yet have the systems and controls in place to produce high quality, reliable data and statistics, and it is questionable whether the quality and integrity of the available information is adequate to support meaningful decisions and set direction for the future.There are substantial implications: where progress cannot be measured accurately because of inadequate or flawed statistics, the result can be misguided decisions, doubts about achievement of the goals and significant wasted resources. Getting statistics ‘right’ depends upon the quality and integrity of the data used to produce them and on the quality of the processes for collecting, manipulating and analysing the data. Without a documentary records as evidence of how the data were gathered and analysed or how statistics were produced and disseminated, it is not possible to confirm that the statistics are complete, accurate and relevant. Various global organisations do recognise the importance of high quality data and statistics for measuring the SDG indicators reliably, but there has been little attention to the role of records in providing the evidence needed to trust the data and statistics. There is, moreover, a lack of awareness that digital information simply will not survive without policies and procedures to manage and preserve it through time. As a result, digital data, statistics and records are being lost regularly on a large scale, particularly in lower resource countries, where the structures needed to protect and preserve them are not yet in place. This book explores, through a series of case studies, the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly in Africa. Hopefully, by highlighting the enormous potential value of creating and using high quality data, statistics and records as an interconnected resource and describing how this can be achieved, the book will contribute to defining meaningful and realistic global and national development policies in the critical period to 2030. 04 00 1. Records as evidence for measuring sustainable development in AfricaAnne Thurston2. The state of data and statistics in sub-Saharan Africa in the context of the Sustainable Development GoalsPaul Komba and Ngianga-Bakwin Kandala 3. Data, information and records: exploring definitions and relationshipsGeoffrey Yeo interviewed by James Lowry4. The potential – constructive and destructive – of information technology for records management: case studies from India James Manor 5. Statistical accuracy and reliable records: a case study of mortality statistics in The GambiaAndrew Griffin 6. Mainstreaming records and data management in sustainable development: lessons from the public and private sectors in KenyaJustus Wamukoya and Cleophas Ambira 7. Open data and records management – activating public engagement to improve information: case studies from Sierra Leone and CambodiaKatherine Townsend, Tamba Lamin, Amadu Massally and Pyrou Chung 8. Assuring authenticity in public sector data: a case study of the Kenya Open Data Initiative James Lowry9. Preserving the digital evidence base for measuring the Sustainable Development GoalsAdrian Brown 10. Preserving and using digitally encoded information as a foundation for achieving the Sustainable Development GoalsDavid Giaretta 11. Transparency in the 21st century: the role of records in achieving public access to information, protecting fundamental freedoms and monitoring sustainable development Victoria Lemieux 12. Information management for international development: roles, responsibilities and competenciesElizabeth Shepherd and Julie McLeod 13. The quality of data, statistics and records used to measure progress towards achieving the SDGs: a fictional situation analysisJohn McDonald 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1220.9781912250356_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-matter-of-trust/ 16 40 0505m1554 32 10.13039/501100007818 Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC) London, GB 04 01 20201201 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250349 03 9781912250349 06 15 9781911507475 03 9781911507475 06 15 9781912250431 03 9781912250431 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/36e7322b-a0c0-4d9b-aa2f-25b437e8d7a0 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/36e7322b-a0c0-4d9b-aa2f-25b437e8d7a0/36e7322b-a0c0-4d9b-aa2f-25b437e8d7a0.pdf 20 08 20201201 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-matter-of-trust/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912250356.pdf 20 08 20201201 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-matter-of-trust/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1220.9781912250356.pdf 20 08 20201201 01 urn:uuid:60f4b588-b701-448f-a4ec-49e23f0146a1 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:36e7322b-a0c0-4d9b-aa2f-25b437e8d7a0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:60f4b588-b701-448f-a4ec-49e23f0146a1 15 9781911507475 03 9781911507475 06 10.14296/1220.9781912250356 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.99467 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Matter of Trust Building Integrity into Data, Statistics and Records to Support the Achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals 1 B01 Anne Thurston Anne Thurston 01 eng 00 300 03 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 GTP 12 J 10 SOC042000 10 COM021030 B2 Human Rights 93 KCM 93 1A 10 3.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 1H 20 data; humanitarian work; United Nations; statistics; infographics; data collection; corruption 01 06 02 00 Producing high-quality data is necessary for progress on the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative to be measured accurately. Flawed statistics can result in misguided decisions. This book explores the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly 03 00 The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative has the potential to set the direction for a future world that works for everyone. Approved by 193 United Nations member countries in September 2016 to help guide global and national development policies in the period to 2030, the 17 goals build on the successes of the Millennium Development Goals, but also include new priority areas, such as climate change, economic inequality, innovation, sustainable consumption, peace and justice. Assessed against common agreed targets and indicators, the goals should facilitate inter-governmental cooperation and the development of regional and even global development strategies. However, each goal presents considerable challenges in terms of collecting and analysing relevant data and producing the statistics needed to measure progress. Most governments in lower resourced countries simply do not yet have the systems and controls in place to produce high quality, reliable data and statistics, and it is questionable whether the quality and integrity of the available information is adequate to support meaningful decisions and set direction for the future.There are substantial implications: where progress cannot be measured accurately because of inadequate or flawed statistics, the result can be misguided decisions, doubts about achievement of the goals and significant wasted resources. Getting statistics ‘right’ depends upon the quality and integrity of the data used to produce them and on the quality of the processes for collecting, manipulating and analysing the data. Without a documentary records as evidence of how the data were gathered and analysed or how statistics were produced and disseminated, it is not possible to confirm that the statistics are complete, accurate and relevant. Various global organisations do recognise the importance of high quality data and statistics for measuring the SDG indicators reliably, but there has been little attention to the role of records in providing the evidence needed to trust the data and statistics. There is, moreover, a lack of awareness that digital information simply will not survive without policies and procedures to manage and preserve it through time. As a result, digital data, statistics and records are being lost regularly on a large scale, particularly in lower resource countries, where the structures needed to protect and preserve them are not yet in place. This book explores, through a series of case studies, the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly in Africa. Hopefully, by highlighting the enormous potential value of creating and using high quality data, statistics and records as an interconnected resource and describing how this can be achieved, the book will contribute to defining meaningful and realistic global and national development policies in the critical period to 2030. 30 00 The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative has the potential to set the direction for a future world that works for everyone. Approved by 193 United Nations member countries in September 2016 to help guide global and national development policies in the period to 2030, the 17 goals build on the successes of the Millennium Development Goals, but also include new priority areas, such as climate change, economic inequality, innovation, sustainable consumption, peace and justice. Assessed against common agreed targets and indicators, the goals should facilitate inter-governmental cooperation and the development of regional and even global development strategies. However, each goal presents considerable challenges in terms of collecting and analysing relevant data and producing the statistics needed to measure progress. Most governments in lower resourced countries simply do not yet have the systems and controls in place to produce high quality, reliable data and statistics, and it is questionable whether the quality and integrity of the available information is adequate to support meaningful decisions and set direction for the future.There are substantial implications: where progress cannot be measured accurately because of inadequate or flawed statistics, the result can be misguided decisions, doubts about achievement of the goals and significant wasted resources. Getting statistics ‘right’ depends upon the quality and integrity of the data used to produce them and on the quality of the processes for collecting, manipulating and analysing the data. Without a documentary records as evidence of how the data were gathered and analysed or how statistics were produced and disseminated, it is not possible to confirm that the statistics are complete, accurate and relevant. Various global organisations do recognise the importance of high quality data and statistics for measuring the SDG indicators reliably, but there has been little attention to the role of records in providing the evidence needed to trust the data and statistics. There is, moreover, a lack of awareness that digital information simply will not survive without policies and procedures to manage and preserve it through time. As a result, digital data, statistics and records are being lost regularly on a large scale, particularly in lower resource countries, where the structures needed to protect and preserve them are not yet in place. This book explores, through a series of case studies, the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly in Africa. Hopefully, by highlighting the enormous potential value of creating and using high quality data, statistics and records as an interconnected resource and describing how this can be achieved, the book will contribute to defining meaningful and realistic global and national development policies in the critical period to 2030. 04 00 1. Records as evidence for measuring sustainable development in AfricaAnne Thurston2. The state of data and statistics in sub-Saharan Africa in the context of the Sustainable Development GoalsPaul Komba and Ngianga-Bakwin Kandala 3. Data, information and records: exploring definitions and relationshipsGeoffrey Yeo interviewed by James Lowry4. The potential – constructive and destructive – of information technology for records management: case studies from India James Manor 5. Statistical accuracy and reliable records: a case study of mortality statistics in The GambiaAndrew Griffin 6. Mainstreaming records and data management in sustainable development: lessons from the public and private sectors in KenyaJustus Wamukoya and Cleophas Ambira 7. Open data and records management – activating public engagement to improve information: case studies from Sierra Leone and CambodiaKatherine Townsend, Tamba Lamin, Amadu Massally and Pyrou Chung 8. Assuring authenticity in public sector data: a case study of the Kenya Open Data Initiative James Lowry9. Preserving the digital evidence base for measuring the Sustainable Development GoalsAdrian Brown 10. Preserving and using digitally encoded information as a foundation for achieving the Sustainable Development GoalsDavid Giaretta 11. Transparency in the 21st century: the role of records in achieving public access to information, protecting fundamental freedoms and monitoring sustainable development Victoria Lemieux 12. Information management for international development: roles, responsibilities and competenciesElizabeth Shepherd and Julie McLeod 13. The quality of data, statistics and records used to measure progress towards achieving the SDGs: a fictional situation analysisJohn McDonald 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1220.9781912250356_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-matter-of-trust/ 16 40 0505m1554 32 10.13039/501100007818 Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC) London, GB 04 01 20201201 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250349 03 9781912250349 06 15 9781912250356 03 9781912250356 06 15 9781912250431 03 9781912250431 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/a-matter-of-trust 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/a-matter-of-trust 20 08 20201201 01 urn:uuid:5c927f86-55db-4f03-857d-087596965569 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:36e7322b-a0c0-4d9b-aa2f-25b437e8d7a0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5c927f86-55db-4f03-857d-087596965569 15 9781912250431 03 9781912250431 06 10.14296/1220.9781912250356 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.99467 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Matter of Trust Building Integrity into Data, Statistics and Records to Support the Achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals 1 B01 Anne Thurston Anne Thurston 01 eng 00 300 03 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 GTP 12 J 10 SOC042000 10 COM021030 B2 Human Rights 93 KCM 93 1A 10 3.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 1H 20 data; humanitarian work; United Nations; statistics; infographics; data collection; corruption 01 06 02 00 Producing high-quality data is necessary for progress on the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative to be measured accurately. Flawed statistics can result in misguided decisions. This book explores the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly 03 00 The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative has the potential to set the direction for a future world that works for everyone. Approved by 193 United Nations member countries in September 2016 to help guide global and national development policies in the period to 2030, the 17 goals build on the successes of the Millennium Development Goals, but also include new priority areas, such as climate change, economic inequality, innovation, sustainable consumption, peace and justice. Assessed against common agreed targets and indicators, the goals should facilitate inter-governmental cooperation and the development of regional and even global development strategies. However, each goal presents considerable challenges in terms of collecting and analysing relevant data and producing the statistics needed to measure progress. Most governments in lower resourced countries simply do not yet have the systems and controls in place to produce high quality, reliable data and statistics, and it is questionable whether the quality and integrity of the available information is adequate to support meaningful decisions and set direction for the future.There are substantial implications: where progress cannot be measured accurately because of inadequate or flawed statistics, the result can be misguided decisions, doubts about achievement of the goals and significant wasted resources. Getting statistics ‘right’ depends upon the quality and integrity of the data used to produce them and on the quality of the processes for collecting, manipulating and analysing the data. Without a documentary records as evidence of how the data were gathered and analysed or how statistics were produced and disseminated, it is not possible to confirm that the statistics are complete, accurate and relevant. Various global organisations do recognise the importance of high quality data and statistics for measuring the SDG indicators reliably, but there has been little attention to the role of records in providing the evidence needed to trust the data and statistics. There is, moreover, a lack of awareness that digital information simply will not survive without policies and procedures to manage and preserve it through time. As a result, digital data, statistics and records are being lost regularly on a large scale, particularly in lower resource countries, where the structures needed to protect and preserve them are not yet in place. This book explores, through a series of case studies, the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly in Africa. Hopefully, by highlighting the enormous potential value of creating and using high quality data, statistics and records as an interconnected resource and describing how this can be achieved, the book will contribute to defining meaningful and realistic global and national development policies in the critical period to 2030. 30 00 The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative has the potential to set the direction for a future world that works for everyone. Approved by 193 United Nations member countries in September 2016 to help guide global and national development policies in the period to 2030, the 17 goals build on the successes of the Millennium Development Goals, but also include new priority areas, such as climate change, economic inequality, innovation, sustainable consumption, peace and justice. Assessed against common agreed targets and indicators, the goals should facilitate inter-governmental cooperation and the development of regional and even global development strategies. However, each goal presents considerable challenges in terms of collecting and analysing relevant data and producing the statistics needed to measure progress. Most governments in lower resourced countries simply do not yet have the systems and controls in place to produce high quality, reliable data and statistics, and it is questionable whether the quality and integrity of the available information is adequate to support meaningful decisions and set direction for the future.There are substantial implications: where progress cannot be measured accurately because of inadequate or flawed statistics, the result can be misguided decisions, doubts about achievement of the goals and significant wasted resources. Getting statistics ‘right’ depends upon the quality and integrity of the data used to produce them and on the quality of the processes for collecting, manipulating and analysing the data. Without a documentary records as evidence of how the data were gathered and analysed or how statistics were produced and disseminated, it is not possible to confirm that the statistics are complete, accurate and relevant. Various global organisations do recognise the importance of high quality data and statistics for measuring the SDG indicators reliably, but there has been little attention to the role of records in providing the evidence needed to trust the data and statistics. There is, moreover, a lack of awareness that digital information simply will not survive without policies and procedures to manage and preserve it through time. As a result, digital data, statistics and records are being lost regularly on a large scale, particularly in lower resource countries, where the structures needed to protect and preserve them are not yet in place. This book explores, through a series of case studies, the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly in Africa. Hopefully, by highlighting the enormous potential value of creating and using high quality data, statistics and records as an interconnected resource and describing how this can be achieved, the book will contribute to defining meaningful and realistic global and national development policies in the critical period to 2030. 04 00 1. Records as evidence for measuring sustainable development in AfricaAnne Thurston2. The state of data and statistics in sub-Saharan Africa in the context of the Sustainable Development GoalsPaul Komba and Ngianga-Bakwin Kandala 3. Data, information and records: exploring definitions and relationshipsGeoffrey Yeo interviewed by James Lowry4. The potential – constructive and destructive – of information technology for records management: case studies from India James Manor 5. Statistical accuracy and reliable records: a case study of mortality statistics in The GambiaAndrew Griffin 6. Mainstreaming records and data management in sustainable development: lessons from the public and private sectors in KenyaJustus Wamukoya and Cleophas Ambira 7. Open data and records management – activating public engagement to improve information: case studies from Sierra Leone and CambodiaKatherine Townsend, Tamba Lamin, Amadu Massally and Pyrou Chung 8. Assuring authenticity in public sector data: a case study of the Kenya Open Data Initiative James Lowry9. Preserving the digital evidence base for measuring the Sustainable Development GoalsAdrian Brown 10. Preserving and using digitally encoded information as a foundation for achieving the Sustainable Development GoalsDavid Giaretta 11. Transparency in the 21st century: the role of records in achieving public access to information, protecting fundamental freedoms and monitoring sustainable development Victoria Lemieux 12. Information management for international development: roles, responsibilities and competenciesElizabeth Shepherd and Julie McLeod 13. The quality of data, statistics and records used to measure progress towards achieving the SDGs: a fictional situation analysisJohn McDonald 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1220.9781912250356_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-matter-of-trust/ 16 40 0505m1554 32 10.13039/501100007818 Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC) London, GB 04 01 20201201 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250349 03 9781912250349 06 15 9781912250356 03 9781912250356 06 15 9781911507475 03 9781911507475 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-matter-of-trust/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1220.9781912250356.epub 20 08 20201201 01 urn:uuid:bd2938fa-5af6-416e-bcb0-4a5a57e6fbe2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:355ccb60-acbb-4f3b-8e76-4208ece3d7cf 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bd2938fa-5af6-416e-bcb0-4a5a57e6fbe2 15 9781900039314 03 9781900039314 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53783 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 15 mm 03 1.5 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 23 gr 08 0.875 oz 01 01 Amazonia at the Crossroads The Challenge of Sustainable Development 1 B01 Anthony Hall Anthony Hall 01 eng 93 JHMC 12 JHMC B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL000000 10 BUS072000 12 RNU 93 RNU 12 1KLS 93 1KLS 01 06 02 00 This is an examination of past patterns of destructive resource extraction in Amazonia, and an examination of newer initiatives that offer more sustainable options. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248148/53783/53783_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/amazonia-at-the-crossroads/ London, GB 04 01 20000501 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/amazonia-at-the-crossroads/ 20 08 20000501 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4e30adf6-9407-4adb-933e-37cdb64298a5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e44af51d-e5f8-45cb-abb9-7f27e34f534c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4e30adf6-9407-4adb-933e-37cdb64298a5 15 9781900039826 03 9781900039826 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53741 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 8 mm 03 0.8 cm 03 0.3125 in 08 10 gr 08 0.375 oz 01 01 American Civilization 1 A01 Charles A. Jones Charles A. Jones 01 eng 12 HBJK B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 10 POL011000 93 1KBB 12 1KBB 20 geography; central america; latin america; north america; south america; continent 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248121/53741/53741_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/american-civilization/ London, GB 04 01 20070830 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/american-civilization/ 20 08 20070830 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1fa83bc2-458a-4b21-a0c2-863e6a61e31c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:270f5232-99b9-406d-b841-d842f7780bd1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1fa83bc2-458a-4b21-a0c2-863e6a61e31c 15 9781900039796 03 9781900039796 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.99449 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 America's Americans: Population Issues in U.S. Society and Politics 1 B01 Philip D. Davies Philip D. Davies 01 eng B2 History ⇒ Political History 12 JPA 93 JPA 10 POL040000 01 06 02 00 03 00 This book examines the social, cultural, economic, and political effects of modern demographic change in the United States. The contributors from the U.S. and the U.K. draw on new research to analyze a wide range of issues pertaining to the diversity of American society. <break/><break/>Topics include:<break/>Latino immigrant incorporation<li>racial and ethnic integration in metropolitan contexts</list-item><li>population self-determination, and Native Americans</list-item><li>public policy issues relating to immigration</list-item><li> growth of the U.S. prison population</list-item><li>changing nature of poverty in the United States</list-item><li>politics of demographic and social change at national and local levels</list-item><li>historical change in the labor force participation of women</list-item> 30 00 This book examines the social, cultural, economic, and political effects of modern demographic change in the United States. The contributors from the U.S. and the U.K. draw on new research to analyze a wide range of issues pertaining to the diversity of American society. <break/><break/>Topics include:<break/>Latino immigrant incorporation<li>racial and ethnic integration in metropolitan contexts</list-item><li>population self-determination, and Native Americans</list-item><li>public policy issues relating to immigration</list-item><li> growth of the U.S. prison population</list-item><li>changing nature of poverty in the United States</list-item><li>politics of demographic and social change at national and local levels</list-item><li>historical change in the labor force participation of women</list-item> 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/281191/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/americas-americans-population-issues-in-u-s-society-and-politics/ London, GB 04 01 20070601 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/americas-americans-population-issues-in-u-s-society-and-politics/ 20 08 20070601 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1a24b402-ad62-4c85-b2c1-74ae401a9d8e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e07b8baa-b039-491b-a47e-6f300f79eaff 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1a24b402-ad62-4c85-b2c1-74ae401a9d8e 15 9781905670420 03 9781905670420 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61324 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 62 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Ancient approaches to Plato’s ‘Republic’ 1 B01 Anne Sheppard Anne Sheppard 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 10 PHI002000 01 06 02 00 03 00 Plato's Republic covers a very wide range of philosophical topics, many of them also addressed in other Platonic dialogues. The papers in this volume, arising from the Institute of Classical Studies research seminar in ancient philosophy in 2007-2008, illustrate the range and diversity of responses to the Republic in antiquity. These responses show, for example, how in criticizing the doctrine of the tripartite soul Aristotle is as much concerned with the Timaeus as with the Republic, how Cicero regarded the Republic and the Laws as complementing one another, and how Proclus treated the discussion of music in the Republic alongside the account of cosmic music in the Timaeus. Other papers examine the interpretations of the myth of Er offered by the Middle Platonist Alcinous and by Porphyry, and Proclus' place in the ancient reception of the Republic. 30 00 Plato's Republic covers a very wide range of philosophical topics, many of them also addressed in other Platonic dialogues. The papers in this volume, arising from the Institute of Classical Studies research seminar in ancient philosophy in 2007-2008, illustrate the range and diversity of responses to the Republic in antiquity. These responses show, for example, how in criticizing the doctrine of the tripartite soul Aristotle is as much concerned with the Timaeus as with the Republic, how Cicero regarded the Republic and the Laws as complementing one another, and how Proclus treated the discussion of music in the Republic alongside the account of cosmic music in the Timaeus. Other papers examine the interpretations of the myth of Er offered by the Middle Platonist Alcinous and by Porphyry, and Proclus' place in the ancient reception of the Republic. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250675//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ancient-approaches-to-platos-republic/ London, GB 04 01 20130701 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ancient-approaches-to-platos-republic/ 20 08 20130701 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0dd1c197-e978-4ae3-854a-83bcea3131cf 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:727ac561-4b48-4de1-bdbf-9128687adbaa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0dd1c197-e978-4ae3-854a-83bcea3131cf 15 9780900587894 03 9780900587894 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53860 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 14 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Ancient Approaches to Plato's Timaeus (BICS Supplement 78) 1 B01 Robert W. Sharples Robert W. Sharples 2 B01 Anne Sheppard Anne Sheppard 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 HPCA 10 PHI002000 93 QDHA 01 06 02 00 03 00 Twelve academic essays, given during the Institute of Classical Studies research seminar in 2000 and 2001, examine Plato's vision of the `real world' as he presented it in Timaeus while considering the text's influence on classical philosophers and scientists. Specific subjects include astronomy, the reactions of Aristotle and others to Timaeus , Hellenistic musicology, Proclus' Commentary , comparisons with Aristotle's Physics and mythology. 30 00 Twelve academic essays, given during the Institute of Classical Studies research seminar in 2000 and 2001, examine Plato's vision of the `real world' as he presented it in Timaeus while considering the text's influence on classical philosophers and scientists. Specific subjects include astronomy, the reactions of Aristotle and others to Timaeus , Hellenistic musicology, Proclus' Commentary , comparisons with Aristotle's Physics and mythology. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250842//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ancient-approaches-to-platos-timaeus-bics-supplement-78/ London, GB 04 01 20030701 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ancient-approaches-to-platos-timaeus-bics-supplement-78/ 20 08 20030701 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:89edde80-9de9-42af-8d1f-687c76739ddc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5298aea0-cc2f-4fe1-b820-0fd4150e3632 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:89edde80-9de9-42af-8d1f-687c76739ddc 15 9780900587917 03 9780900587917 06 10.14296/vfdc4362 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53830 00 BC 10 01 241 mm 01 24.1 cm 01 9.5 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 1 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Ancient Athens and Modern Ideology Value, Theory and Evidence in Historical Sciences 1 A01 Mohammad Nafissi Mohammad Nafissi 01 eng 00 325 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 93 NHD 12 HBLA 10 HIS002010 93 NHC 93 1QBAG 12 1QDAG 20 Ancient Athens; Classical Political Economy; Marxism; Max Weber; Carl Menger; Sozialpolitik 01 06 02 00 03 00 For over a century the foundations of Athenian political economy have been debated by scholarly camps broadly described as primitivist/substantivist, modernist and Marxist and involving political economists, sociologists and anthropologists as well as historians and classicists.<break/><break/>Ancient Athens and modern ideology</italic> demonstrates the dialectic of intellectual and substantive history and offers a consensual resolution to the debate by examining the interplay of values, theories and evidence in the contributions of Max Weber (1864-1920), Karl Polanyi (1886-1964) and Moses Finley (1912-86), widely recognised as successive champions of the primitivist cause. Pursuing Finley’s own ‘official’ account of his intellectual roots and hegemonic perspective, the book starts with Weber and Polanyi and ends by finding the actual views of all three far more complex than generally assumed by their followers and critics. <break/><break/>Through systematic scrutiny and contextualisation of tensions in their work arising from the resistance of facts ancient and modern to theories and the varied dissonance of both with ideological priorities the case for a radical reconsideration of the debate and its protagonists is argued.<break/><break/>The book concludes with an account of Athenian developments and institutions which draws on recent scholarship associated with modernism and Marxism as well as primitivism. The work’s interdisciplinary approach and multidisciplinary scope will be of major interest to all concerned with the historical sciences in the broad sense of the term. 30 00 For over a century the foundations of Athenian political economy have been debated by scholarly camps broadly described as primitivist/substantivist, modernist and Marxist and involving political economists, sociologists and anthropologists as well as historians and classicists.<break/><break/>Ancient Athens and modern ideology</italic> demonstrates the dialectic of intellectual and substantive history and offers a consensual resolution to the debate by examining the interplay of values, theories and evidence in the contributions of Max Weber (1864-1920), Karl Polanyi (1886-1964) and Moses Finley (1912-86), widely recognised as successive champions of the primitivist cause. Pursuing Finley’s own ‘official’ account of his intellectual roots and hegemonic perspective, the book starts with Weber and Polanyi and ends by finding the actual views of all three far more complex than generally assumed by their followers and critics. <break/><break/>Through systematic scrutiny and contextualisation of tensions in their work arising from the resistance of facts ancient and modern to theories and the varied dissonance of both with ideological priorities the case for a radical reconsideration of the debate and its protagonists is argued.<break/><break/>The book concludes with an account of Athenian developments and institutions which draws on recent scholarship associated with modernism and Marxism as well as primitivism. The work’s interdisciplinary approach and multidisciplinary scope will be of major interest to all concerned with the historical sciences in the broad sense of the term. 04 00 Part 1IntroductionChapter 1 History and political economy at a crossroadsPart 2 Max WeberChapter 2 Primitivism defendedChapter 3 The methodological turnChapter 4 The Weberian settlementPart 3 Karl PolanyiChapter 5 Between liberalism, Christianity, and socialismChapter 6 The Great TransformationChapter 7 Discovery of the economyPart 4 Moses FinleyChapter 8 The serious apprenticeChapter 9 The master craftsmanChapter 10 The battle of the ancient economyEpilogue 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vfdc4362_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ancient-athens-and-modern-ideology/ London, GB 04 01 20050621 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477454 03 9781914477454 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ancient-athens-and-modern-ideology/ 20 08 20050621 01 urn:uuid:79c4d2ec-fe0a-4600-b952-5a14f28c9739 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5298aea0-cc2f-4fe1-b820-0fd4150e3632 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:79c4d2ec-fe0a-4600-b952-5a14f28c9739 15 9781914477454 03 9781914477454 06 10.14296/vfdc4362 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53830 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 1 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Ancient Athens and Modern Ideology Value, Theory and Evidence in Historical Sciences 1 A01 Mohammad Nafissi Mohammad Nafissi 01 eng 00 325 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 93 NHD 12 HBLA 10 HIS002010 93 NHC 93 1QBAG 12 1QDAG 20 Ancient Athens; Classical Political Economy; Marxism; Max Weber; Carl Menger; Sozialpolitik 01 06 02 00 03 00 For over a century the foundations of Athenian political economy have been debated by scholarly camps broadly described as primitivist/substantivist, modernist and Marxist and involving political economists, sociologists and anthropologists as well as historians and classicists.<break/><break/>Ancient Athens and modern ideology</italic> demonstrates the dialectic of intellectual and substantive history and offers a consensual resolution to the debate by examining the interplay of values, theories and evidence in the contributions of Max Weber (1864-1920), Karl Polanyi (1886-1964) and Moses Finley (1912-86), widely recognised as successive champions of the primitivist cause. Pursuing Finley’s own ‘official’ account of his intellectual roots and hegemonic perspective, the book starts with Weber and Polanyi and ends by finding the actual views of all three far more complex than generally assumed by their followers and critics. <break/><break/>Through systematic scrutiny and contextualisation of tensions in their work arising from the resistance of facts ancient and modern to theories and the varied dissonance of both with ideological priorities the case for a radical reconsideration of the debate and its protagonists is argued.<break/><break/>The book concludes with an account of Athenian developments and institutions which draws on recent scholarship associated with modernism and Marxism as well as primitivism. The work’s interdisciplinary approach and multidisciplinary scope will be of major interest to all concerned with the historical sciences in the broad sense of the term. 30 00 For over a century the foundations of Athenian political economy have been debated by scholarly camps broadly described as primitivist/substantivist, modernist and Marxist and involving political economists, sociologists and anthropologists as well as historians and classicists.<break/><break/>Ancient Athens and modern ideology</italic> demonstrates the dialectic of intellectual and substantive history and offers a consensual resolution to the debate by examining the interplay of values, theories and evidence in the contributions of Max Weber (1864-1920), Karl Polanyi (1886-1964) and Moses Finley (1912-86), widely recognised as successive champions of the primitivist cause. Pursuing Finley’s own ‘official’ account of his intellectual roots and hegemonic perspective, the book starts with Weber and Polanyi and ends by finding the actual views of all three far more complex than generally assumed by their followers and critics. <break/><break/>Through systematic scrutiny and contextualisation of tensions in their work arising from the resistance of facts ancient and modern to theories and the varied dissonance of both with ideological priorities the case for a radical reconsideration of the debate and its protagonists is argued.<break/><break/>The book concludes with an account of Athenian developments and institutions which draws on recent scholarship associated with modernism and Marxism as well as primitivism. The work’s interdisciplinary approach and multidisciplinary scope will be of major interest to all concerned with the historical sciences in the broad sense of the term. 04 00 Part 1IntroductionChapter 1 History and political economy at a crossroadsPart 2 Max WeberChapter 2 Primitivism defendedChapter 3 The methodological turnChapter 4 The Weberian settlementPart 3 Karl PolanyiChapter 5 Between liberalism, Christianity, and socialismChapter 6 The Great TransformationChapter 7 Discovery of the economyPart 4 Moses FinleyChapter 8 The serious apprenticeChapter 9 The master craftsmanChapter 10 The battle of the ancient economyEpilogue 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vfdc4362_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ancient-athens-and-modern-ideology/ London, GB 04 01 20050621 02 WORLD 06 15 9780900587917 03 9780900587917 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/5298aea0-cc2f-4fe1-b820-0fd4150e3632 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/5298aea0-cc2f-4fe1-b820-0fd4150e3632/5298aea0-cc2f-4fe1-b820-0fd4150e3632.pdf 20 08 20050621 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ancient-athens-and-modern-ideology/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477454.pdf 20 08 20050621 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ancient-athens-and-modern-ideology/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vfdc4362.pdf 20 08 20050621 01 urn:uuid:1bbe23d5-3b9a-4490-a27e-9f7c0e70088a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:798acb42-b761-483f-95e2-5b7afe5cd7c5 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1bbe23d5-3b9a-4490-a27e-9f7c0e70088a 15 9780854810956 03 9780854810956 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54068 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 1 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Ancient History and the Antiquarian Essays in Memory of Arnaldo Momigliano 1 B01 Michael Crawford Michael Crawford 2 B01 C.R. Ligota C.R. Ligota 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient History 12 HBAH 10 HIS002000 93 NHAH 12 HBG 93 NHB 12 HBLA 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 Contents</bold>INTRODUCTION by M. H. CRAWFORD<ul> <li>T. J. CORNELL: Ancient History and the Antiquarian Revisited: Some Thoughts on Reading Momigliano's Classical Foundations ..... </italic>1</list-item> <li>ANTHONY GRAFTON: Tradition and Technique in Historical Chronology ..... 15</list-item> <li>JEAN– LOUIS FERRARY: Naissance d'un aspect de la recherche antiquaire. Les premiers travaux sur les lois romaines: de l'Epistula ad Cornelium</italic> de Filelfo à l'Historia iuris ciuilis</italic> d'Aymar du Rivail ..... 33</list-item> <li>A. C. DIONISOTTI: Claude De Seyssel ..... 73</list-item> <li>C. R. LIGOTA: From Philology to History: Ancient Historiography between Humanism and Enlightenment ..... 105</list-item> <li>CHRISTIANE KUNST: William Camden's Britannia</italic>: History and Historiography ..... 117</list-item> <li>L. CAPOGROSSI COLOGNESI: Legal Historians and Roman Agrimensores </italic>in the First Half of the Nineteenth Century ..... 133</list-item> </list> 30 00 Contents</bold>INTRODUCTION by M. H. CRAWFORD<ul> <li>T. J. CORNELL: Ancient History and the Antiquarian Revisited: Some Thoughts on Reading Momigliano's Classical Foundations ..... </italic>1</list-item> <li>ANTHONY GRAFTON: Tradition and Technique in Historical Chronology ..... 15</list-item> <li>JEAN– LOUIS FERRARY: Naissance d'un aspect de la recherche antiquaire. Les premiers travaux sur les lois romaines: de l'Epistula ad Cornelium</italic> de Filelfo à l'Historia iuris ciuilis</italic> d'Aymar du Rivail ..... 33</list-item> <li>A. C. DIONISOTTI: Claude De Seyssel ..... 73</list-item> <li>C. R. LIGOTA: From Philology to History: Ancient Historiography between Humanism and Enlightenment ..... 105</list-item> <li>CHRISTIANE KUNST: William Camden's Britannia</italic>: History and Historiography ..... 117</list-item> <li>L. CAPOGROSSI COLOGNESI: Legal Historians and Roman Agrimensores </italic>in the First Half of the Nineteenth Century ..... 133</list-item> </list> 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250728//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ancient-history-and-the-antiquarian/ London, GB 04 01 19951101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ancient-history-and-the-antiquarian/ 20 08 19951101 02 14.99 GBP WORLD 02 19.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5c61ab36-7d38-4ff2-9244-1eec618933f0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:07dff15f-4b99-405d-9fce-b2635f7e23a8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5c61ab36-7d38-4ff2-9244-1eec618933f0 15 9780900587726 03 9780900587726 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53829 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 3 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Andokides and the Herms: A Study of Crisis in Fifth-Century Athenian Religion (BICS Supplement 65) 1 A01 William D. Furley William D. Furley 2 B01 Richard Sorabji Richard Sorabji 01 eng B2 AG 12 HRKP 93 QRS 10 REL114000 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248211/53829/53829_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/andokides-and-the-herms-a-study-of-crisis-in-fifth-century-athenian-religion-bics-supplement-65/ London, GB 04 01 19961001 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/andokides-and-the-herms-a-study-of-crisis-in-fifth-century-athenian-religion-bics-supplement-65/ 20 08 19961001 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4e7d7271-034b-4a9f-9328-550413dd8a7d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:832b9747-df1a-41d2-8057-d669d45de9da 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4e7d7271-034b-4a9f-9328-550413dd8a7d 15 9781908857576 03 9781908857576 06 10.14296/220.9781908857774 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72357 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 14 mm 03 1.4 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 389 gr 08 13.75 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Nicaraguan Exceptionalism? Debating the Legacy of the Sandinista Revolution 1 B01 Hilary Francis Hilary Francis 01 eng 00 198 03 09 3 12 HBJK 10 HIS024000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 HBTB 93 JPWQ 10 SOC026030 12 1KLCN 93 1KLCN 10 HIS037070 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037080 12 2ADSL 93 2ADSL 10 FOR026000 12 3JJ 93 3MP 10 4.2.7.0.0.0.0 12 3JM 93 3MRB 93 6AG 20 child migrants; migration; revolution; public policy; interdisciplinary 01 06 02 00 Historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore how Nicaragua's revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in its tumultuous present. 03 00 In recent years, child migrants from Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador have made the perilous journey to the United States in unprecedented numbers, but their peers in Nicaragua have remained at home. Nicaragua also enjoys lower murder rates and far fewer gang problems when compared with her neighbours.Why is Nicaragua so different? The present government has promulgated a discourse of Nicaraguan exceptionalism, arguing that Nicaragua is unique thanks to the heritage of the 1979 Sandinista revolution. This volume critically interrogates that claim, asking whether the legacy of the revolution is truly exceptional. An interdisciplinary work, the book brings together historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore the multifarious ways in which the revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in Nicaragua’s tumultuous present. 30 00 In recent years, child migrants from Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador have made the perilous journey to the United States in unprecedented numbers, but their peers in Nicaragua have remained at home. Nicaragua also enjoys lower murder rates and far fewer gang problems when compared with her neighbours.Why is Nicaragua so different? The present government has promulgated a discourse of Nicaraguan exceptionalism, arguing that Nicaragua is unique thanks to the heritage of the 1979 Sandinista revolution. This volume critically interrogates that claim, asking whether the legacy of the revolution is truly exceptional. An interdisciplinary work, the book brings together historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore the multifarious ways in which the revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in Nicaragua’s tumultuous present. 04 00 Introduction: exceptionalism and agency in Nicaragua’s revolutionary heritageHilary Francis1. ‘We didn’t want to be like Somoza’s Guardia’: policing, crime and Nicaraguan exceptionalismRobert Sierakowski2. ‘The revolution was so many things’ Fernanda Soto3. Nicaraguan food policy: between self-sufficiency and dependencyChristiane Berth4. On Sandinista ideas of past connections to the Soviet Union and Nicaraguan exceptionalismJohannes Wilm5. Agrarian reform in Nicaragua in the 1980s: lights and shadows of its legacy José Luis Rocha6. The difference the revolution made: decision-making in Liberal and Sandinista communities Hilary Francis7. Grassroots verticalism? A Comunidad Eclesial de Base in rural NicaraguaDavid Cooper8. Nicaraguan legacies: advances and setbacks in feminist and LGBTQ activismFlorence E. Babb9. Conclusion: exceptionalism and Nicaragua’s many revolutions Justin Wolfe 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/220.9781908857774_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-nicaraguan-exceptionalism/ London, GB 04 01 20200224 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857774 03 9781908857774 06 15 9781915249562 03 9781915249562 06 15 9781908857781 03 9781908857781 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-nicaraguan-exceptionalism/ 20 08 20200224 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:929781c0-8a6a-4bb0-90cc-120a15ae6aeb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:832b9747-df1a-41d2-8057-d669d45de9da 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:929781c0-8a6a-4bb0-90cc-120a15ae6aeb 15 9781908857774 03 9781908857774 06 10.14296/220.9781908857774 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72357 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Nicaraguan Exceptionalism? Debating the Legacy of the Sandinista Revolution 1 B01 Hilary Francis Hilary Francis 01 eng 00 198 03 09 3 12 HBJK 10 HIS024000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 HBTB 93 JPWQ 10 SOC026030 12 1KLCN 93 1KLCN 10 HIS037070 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037080 12 2ADSL 93 2ADSL 10 FOR026000 12 3JJ 93 3MP 10 4.2.7.0.0.0.0 12 3JM 93 3MRB 93 6AG 20 child migrants; migration; revolution; public policy; interdisciplinary 01 06 02 00 Historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore how Nicaragua's revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in its tumultuous present. 03 00 In recent years, child migrants from Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador have made the perilous journey to the United States in unprecedented numbers, but their peers in Nicaragua have remained at home. Nicaragua also enjoys lower murder rates and far fewer gang problems when compared with her neighbours.Why is Nicaragua so different? The present government has promulgated a discourse of Nicaraguan exceptionalism, arguing that Nicaragua is unique thanks to the heritage of the 1979 Sandinista revolution. This volume critically interrogates that claim, asking whether the legacy of the revolution is truly exceptional. An interdisciplinary work, the book brings together historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore the multifarious ways in which the revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in Nicaragua’s tumultuous present. 30 00 In recent years, child migrants from Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador have made the perilous journey to the United States in unprecedented numbers, but their peers in Nicaragua have remained at home. Nicaragua also enjoys lower murder rates and far fewer gang problems when compared with her neighbours.Why is Nicaragua so different? The present government has promulgated a discourse of Nicaraguan exceptionalism, arguing that Nicaragua is unique thanks to the heritage of the 1979 Sandinista revolution. This volume critically interrogates that claim, asking whether the legacy of the revolution is truly exceptional. An interdisciplinary work, the book brings together historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore the multifarious ways in which the revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in Nicaragua’s tumultuous present. 04 00 Introduction: exceptionalism and agency in Nicaragua’s revolutionary heritageHilary Francis1. ‘We didn’t want to be like Somoza’s Guardia’: policing, crime and Nicaraguan exceptionalismRobert Sierakowski2. ‘The revolution was so many things’ Fernanda Soto3. Nicaraguan food policy: between self-sufficiency and dependencyChristiane Berth4. On Sandinista ideas of past connections to the Soviet Union and Nicaraguan exceptionalismJohannes Wilm5. Agrarian reform in Nicaragua in the 1980s: lights and shadows of its legacy José Luis Rocha6. The difference the revolution made: decision-making in Liberal and Sandinista communities Hilary Francis7. Grassroots verticalism? A Comunidad Eclesial de Base in rural NicaraguaDavid Cooper8. Nicaraguan legacies: advances and setbacks in feminist and LGBTQ activismFlorence E. Babb9. Conclusion: exceptionalism and Nicaragua’s many revolutions Justin Wolfe 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/220.9781908857774_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-nicaraguan-exceptionalism/ London, GB 04 01 20200224 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857576 03 9781908857576 06 15 9781915249562 03 9781915249562 06 15 9781908857781 03 9781908857781 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/832b9747-df1a-41d2-8057-d669d45de9da 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/832b9747-df1a-41d2-8057-d669d45de9da/832b9747-df1a-41d2-8057-d669d45de9da.pdf 20 08 20200224 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-nicaraguan-exceptionalism/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857774.pdf 20 08 20200224 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-nicaraguan-exceptionalism/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/220.9781908857774.pdf 20 08 20200224 01 urn:uuid:08716629-e637-465e-91f3-3c0704e977bc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:832b9747-df1a-41d2-8057-d669d45de9da 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:08716629-e637-465e-91f3-3c0704e977bc 15 9781915249562 03 9781915249562 06 10.14296/220.9781908857774 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72357 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Nicaraguan Exceptionalism? Debating the Legacy of the Sandinista Revolution 1 B01 Hilary Francis Hilary Francis 01 eng 00 198 03 09 3 12 HBJK 10 HIS024000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 HBTB 93 JPWQ 10 SOC026030 12 1KLCN 93 1KLCN 10 HIS037070 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037080 12 2ADSL 93 2ADSL 10 FOR026000 12 3JJ 93 3MP 10 4.2.7.0.0.0.0 12 3JM 93 3MRB 93 6AG 20 child migrants; migration; revolution; public policy; interdisciplinary 01 06 02 00 Historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore how Nicaragua's revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in its tumultuous present. 03 00 In recent years, child migrants from Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador have made the perilous journey to the United States in unprecedented numbers, but their peers in Nicaragua have remained at home. Nicaragua also enjoys lower murder rates and far fewer gang problems when compared with her neighbours.Why is Nicaragua so different? The present government has promulgated a discourse of Nicaraguan exceptionalism, arguing that Nicaragua is unique thanks to the heritage of the 1979 Sandinista revolution. This volume critically interrogates that claim, asking whether the legacy of the revolution is truly exceptional. An interdisciplinary work, the book brings together historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore the multifarious ways in which the revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in Nicaragua’s tumultuous present. 30 00 In recent years, child migrants from Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador have made the perilous journey to the United States in unprecedented numbers, but their peers in Nicaragua have remained at home. Nicaragua also enjoys lower murder rates and far fewer gang problems when compared with her neighbours.Why is Nicaragua so different? The present government has promulgated a discourse of Nicaraguan exceptionalism, arguing that Nicaragua is unique thanks to the heritage of the 1979 Sandinista revolution. This volume critically interrogates that claim, asking whether the legacy of the revolution is truly exceptional. An interdisciplinary work, the book brings together historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore the multifarious ways in which the revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in Nicaragua’s tumultuous present. 04 00 Introduction: exceptionalism and agency in Nicaragua’s revolutionary heritageHilary Francis1. ‘We didn’t want to be like Somoza’s Guardia’: policing, crime and Nicaraguan exceptionalismRobert Sierakowski2. ‘The revolution was so many things’ Fernanda Soto3. Nicaraguan food policy: between self-sufficiency and dependencyChristiane Berth4. On Sandinista ideas of past connections to the Soviet Union and Nicaraguan exceptionalismJohannes Wilm5. Agrarian reform in Nicaragua in the 1980s: lights and shadows of its legacy José Luis Rocha6. The difference the revolution made: decision-making in Liberal and Sandinista communities Hilary Francis7. Grassroots verticalism? A Comunidad Eclesial de Base in rural NicaraguaDavid Cooper8. Nicaraguan legacies: advances and setbacks in feminist and LGBTQ activismFlorence E. Babb9. Conclusion: exceptionalism and Nicaragua’s many revolutions Justin Wolfe 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/220.9781908857774_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-nicaraguan-exceptionalism/ London, GB 04 01 20200224 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857576 03 9781908857576 06 15 9781908857774 03 9781908857774 06 15 9781908857781 03 9781908857781 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/a-nicaraguan-exceptionalism 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/a-nicaraguan-exceptionalism 20 08 20200224 01 urn:uuid:c57cf1e0-5eac-43f2-98c9-73cb449ed79c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:832b9747-df1a-41d2-8057-d669d45de9da 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c57cf1e0-5eac-43f2-98c9-73cb449ed79c 15 9781908857781 03 9781908857781 06 10.14296/220.9781908857774 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72357 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Nicaraguan Exceptionalism? Debating the Legacy of the Sandinista Revolution 1 B01 Hilary Francis Hilary Francis 01 eng 00 198 03 09 3 12 HBJK 10 HIS024000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 HBTB 93 JPWQ 10 SOC026030 12 1KLCN 93 1KLCN 10 HIS037070 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037080 12 2ADSL 93 2ADSL 10 FOR026000 12 3JJ 93 3MP 10 4.2.7.0.0.0.0 12 3JM 93 3MRB 93 6AG 20 child migrants; migration; revolution; public policy; interdisciplinary 01 06 02 00 Historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore how Nicaragua's revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in its tumultuous present. 03 00 In recent years, child migrants from Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador have made the perilous journey to the United States in unprecedented numbers, but their peers in Nicaragua have remained at home. Nicaragua also enjoys lower murder rates and far fewer gang problems when compared with her neighbours.Why is Nicaragua so different? The present government has promulgated a discourse of Nicaraguan exceptionalism, arguing that Nicaragua is unique thanks to the heritage of the 1979 Sandinista revolution. This volume critically interrogates that claim, asking whether the legacy of the revolution is truly exceptional. An interdisciplinary work, the book brings together historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore the multifarious ways in which the revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in Nicaragua’s tumultuous present. 30 00 In recent years, child migrants from Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador have made the perilous journey to the United States in unprecedented numbers, but their peers in Nicaragua have remained at home. Nicaragua also enjoys lower murder rates and far fewer gang problems when compared with her neighbours.Why is Nicaragua so different? The present government has promulgated a discourse of Nicaraguan exceptionalism, arguing that Nicaragua is unique thanks to the heritage of the 1979 Sandinista revolution. This volume critically interrogates that claim, asking whether the legacy of the revolution is truly exceptional. An interdisciplinary work, the book brings together historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore the multifarious ways in which the revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in Nicaragua’s tumultuous present. 04 00 Introduction: exceptionalism and agency in Nicaragua’s revolutionary heritageHilary Francis1. ‘We didn’t want to be like Somoza’s Guardia’: policing, crime and Nicaraguan exceptionalismRobert Sierakowski2. ‘The revolution was so many things’ Fernanda Soto3. Nicaraguan food policy: between self-sufficiency and dependencyChristiane Berth4. On Sandinista ideas of past connections to the Soviet Union and Nicaraguan exceptionalismJohannes Wilm5. Agrarian reform in Nicaragua in the 1980s: lights and shadows of its legacy José Luis Rocha6. The difference the revolution made: decision-making in Liberal and Sandinista communities Hilary Francis7. Grassroots verticalism? A Comunidad Eclesial de Base in rural NicaraguaDavid Cooper8. Nicaraguan legacies: advances and setbacks in feminist and LGBTQ activismFlorence E. Babb9. Conclusion: exceptionalism and Nicaragua’s many revolutions Justin Wolfe 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/220.9781908857774_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-nicaraguan-exceptionalism/ London, GB 04 01 20200224 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857576 03 9781908857576 06 15 9781908857774 03 9781908857774 06 15 9781915249562 03 9781915249562 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-nicaraguan-exceptionalism/ 20 08 20200224 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:83143b3b-2d96-45c1-89a6-f4e12f4f302e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:364e1d45-5d1d-4476-8552-870ff06c0160 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:83143b3b-2d96-45c1-89a6-f4e12f4f302e 15 9781914477355 03 9781914477355 06 10.14296/giub4814 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.111188 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War A Very British Witch Hunt 1 A01 21 0000000171547992 Matthew Gerth Matthew Gerth Associate Professor 40 05g06bh89 Holy Spirit University of Kaslik Matthew Gerth is an associate professor in the School of Law and Political Sciences at the Holy Spirit University of Kaslik, Lebanon. Previously he was a visiting scholar and assistant lecturer in contemporary history at Queen’s University Belfast, UK. He holds a teaching fellowship in the British Academy and has been commissioned as an honorary Kentucky colonel in the state militia – the highest title of honor bestowed by the Governor of Kentucky. 01 eng 00 260 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBTW 93 NHTW 10 POL036000 20 Cold War; Britain; communism; socialism; trade unions; Labour Party; Conservative Party; politics; espionage; spy; redbaiting; McCarthyism; M15; The Philby Affair; British Housewives League; League of Empire Loyalists 01 06 02 00 A revisionist history of anti-communism in Britain during the early Cold War, this is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred and explores, in striking detail, the variety of measures use 03 00 The Cold War produced in many countries a form of political repression and societal paranoia which often infected governmental and civic institutions. In the West, the driving catalyst for the phenomenon was anti-communism. While much has been written on the post-war American red scare commonly known as McCarthyism, the domestic British response to the ‘red menace’ during the early Cold War has until now received little attention. Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War </italic>is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested as McCarthyism raged across the Atlantic. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, this book demonstrates that while policymakers and politicians in Britain sought to differentiate their anti-communist initiatives from the ‘witch hunt hysteria’ occurring in the United States, they were often keen to conduct – albeit less publicly – their own hunts as well. Through analysing how domestic anti-communism exhibited itself in state policies, political rhetoric, party politics and the trade union movement, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred. In striking detail, this book describes a nation at war with a specific political ideology and its willingness to use a variety of measures to disrupt or eradicate its influence. 30 00 The Cold War produced in many countries a form of political repression and societal paranoia which often infected governmental and civic institutions. In the West, the driving catalyst for the phenomenon was anti-communism. While much has been written on the post-war American red scare commonly known as McCarthyism, the domestic British response to the ‘red menace’ during the early Cold War has until now received little attention. Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War </italic>is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested as McCarthyism raged across the Atlantic. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, this book demonstrates that while policymakers and politicians in Britain sought to differentiate their anti-communist initiatives from the ‘witch hunt hysteria’ occurring in the United States, they were often keen to conduct – albeit less publicly – their own hunts as well. Through analysing how domestic anti-communism exhibited itself in state policies, political rhetoric, party politics and the trade union movement, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred. In striking detail, this book describes a nation at war with a specific political ideology and its willingness to use a variety of measures to disrupt or eradicate its influence. 04 00 Introduction1. British McCarthyism2. Labour3. Conservative4. Pressure Groups5. Trade Union MovementConclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/giub4814_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/anti-communism-in-britain-during-the-early-cold-war/ London, GB 04 01 20230413 Matthew Gerth 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477348 03 9781914477348 06 15 9781914477386 03 9781914477386 06 15 9781915249494 03 9781915249494 06 15 9781914477362 03 9781914477362 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/anti-communism-in-britain-during-the-early-cold-war/ 20 08 20230413 02 29.99 GBP WORLD 02 39.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:301b443d-19d3-4d3b-aefc-8e6d9c288453 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:364e1d45-5d1d-4476-8552-870ff06c0160 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:301b443d-19d3-4d3b-aefc-8e6d9c288453 15 9781914477348 03 9781914477348 06 10.14296/giub4814 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.111188 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War A Very British Witch Hunt 1 A01 21 0000000171547992 Matthew Gerth Matthew Gerth Associate Professor 40 05g06bh89 Holy Spirit University of Kaslik Matthew Gerth is an associate professor in the School of Law and Political Sciences at the Holy Spirit University of Kaslik, Lebanon. Previously he was a visiting scholar and assistant lecturer in contemporary history at Queen’s University Belfast, UK. He holds a teaching fellowship in the British Academy and has been commissioned as an honorary Kentucky colonel in the state militia – the highest title of honor bestowed by the Governor of Kentucky. 01 eng 00 260 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBTW 93 NHTW 10 POL036000 20 Cold War; Britain; communism; socialism; trade unions; Labour Party; Conservative Party; politics; espionage; spy; redbaiting; McCarthyism; M15; The Philby Affair; British Housewives League; League of Empire Loyalists 01 06 02 00 A revisionist history of anti-communism in Britain during the early Cold War, this is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred and explores, in striking detail, the variety of measures use 03 00 The Cold War produced in many countries a form of political repression and societal paranoia which often infected governmental and civic institutions. In the West, the driving catalyst for the phenomenon was anti-communism. While much has been written on the post-war American red scare commonly known as McCarthyism, the domestic British response to the ‘red menace’ during the early Cold War has until now received little attention. Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War </italic>is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested as McCarthyism raged across the Atlantic. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, this book demonstrates that while policymakers and politicians in Britain sought to differentiate their anti-communist initiatives from the ‘witch hunt hysteria’ occurring in the United States, they were often keen to conduct – albeit less publicly – their own hunts as well. Through analysing how domestic anti-communism exhibited itself in state policies, political rhetoric, party politics and the trade union movement, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred. In striking detail, this book describes a nation at war with a specific political ideology and its willingness to use a variety of measures to disrupt or eradicate its influence. 30 00 The Cold War produced in many countries a form of political repression and societal paranoia which often infected governmental and civic institutions. In the West, the driving catalyst for the phenomenon was anti-communism. While much has been written on the post-war American red scare commonly known as McCarthyism, the domestic British response to the ‘red menace’ during the early Cold War has until now received little attention. Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War </italic>is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested as McCarthyism raged across the Atlantic. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, this book demonstrates that while policymakers and politicians in Britain sought to differentiate their anti-communist initiatives from the ‘witch hunt hysteria’ occurring in the United States, they were often keen to conduct – albeit less publicly – their own hunts as well. Through analysing how domestic anti-communism exhibited itself in state policies, political rhetoric, party politics and the trade union movement, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred. In striking detail, this book describes a nation at war with a specific political ideology and its willingness to use a variety of measures to disrupt or eradicate its influence. 04 00 Introduction1. British McCarthyism2. Labour3. Conservative4. Pressure Groups5. Trade Union MovementConclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/giub4814_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/anti-communism-in-britain-during-the-early-cold-war/ London, GB 04 01 20230413 Matthew Gerth 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477355 03 9781914477355 06 15 9781914477386 03 9781914477386 06 15 9781915249494 03 9781915249494 06 15 9781914477362 03 9781914477362 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/anti-communism-in-britain-during-the-early-cold-war/ 20 08 20230413 02 90.00 GBP WORLD 02 120.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:56e1d40b-63bf-4b3e-8cac-2cee4b9b06cf 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:364e1d45-5d1d-4476-8552-870ff06c0160 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:56e1d40b-63bf-4b3e-8cac-2cee4b9b06cf 15 9781914477386 03 9781914477386 06 10.14296/giub4814 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.111188 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War A Very British Witch Hunt 1 A01 21 0000000171547992 Matthew Gerth Matthew Gerth Associate Professor 40 05g06bh89 Holy Spirit University of Kaslik Matthew Gerth is an associate professor in the School of Law and Political Sciences at the Holy Spirit University of Kaslik, Lebanon. Previously he was a visiting scholar and assistant lecturer in contemporary history at Queen’s University Belfast, UK. He holds a teaching fellowship in the British Academy and has been commissioned as an honorary Kentucky colonel in the state militia – the highest title of honor bestowed by the Governor of Kentucky. 01 eng 00 260 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBTW 93 NHTW 10 POL036000 20 Cold War; Britain; communism; socialism; trade unions; Labour Party; Conservative Party; politics; espionage; spy; redbaiting; McCarthyism; M15; The Philby Affair; British Housewives League; League of Empire Loyalists 01 06 02 00 A revisionist history of anti-communism in Britain during the early Cold War, this is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred and explores, in striking detail, the variety of measures use 03 00 The Cold War produced in many countries a form of political repression and societal paranoia which often infected governmental and civic institutions. In the West, the driving catalyst for the phenomenon was anti-communism. While much has been written on the post-war American red scare commonly known as McCarthyism, the domestic British response to the ‘red menace’ during the early Cold War has until now received little attention. Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War </italic>is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested as McCarthyism raged across the Atlantic. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, this book demonstrates that while policymakers and politicians in Britain sought to differentiate their anti-communist initiatives from the ‘witch hunt hysteria’ occurring in the United States, they were often keen to conduct – albeit less publicly – their own hunts as well. Through analysing how domestic anti-communism exhibited itself in state policies, political rhetoric, party politics and the trade union movement, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred. In striking detail, this book describes a nation at war with a specific political ideology and its willingness to use a variety of measures to disrupt or eradicate its influence. 30 00 The Cold War produced in many countries a form of political repression and societal paranoia which often infected governmental and civic institutions. In the West, the driving catalyst for the phenomenon was anti-communism. While much has been written on the post-war American red scare commonly known as McCarthyism, the domestic British response to the ‘red menace’ during the early Cold War has until now received little attention. Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War </italic>is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested as McCarthyism raged across the Atlantic. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, this book demonstrates that while policymakers and politicians in Britain sought to differentiate their anti-communist initiatives from the ‘witch hunt hysteria’ occurring in the United States, they were often keen to conduct – albeit less publicly – their own hunts as well. Through analysing how domestic anti-communism exhibited itself in state policies, political rhetoric, party politics and the trade union movement, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred. In striking detail, this book describes a nation at war with a specific political ideology and its willingness to use a variety of measures to disrupt or eradicate its influence. 04 00 Introduction1. British McCarthyism2. Labour3. Conservative4. Pressure Groups5. Trade Union MovementConclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/giub4814_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/anti-communism-in-britain-during-the-early-cold-war/ London, GB 04 01 20230413 Matthew Gerth 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477355 03 9781914477355 06 15 9781914477348 03 9781914477348 06 15 9781915249494 03 9781915249494 06 15 9781914477362 03 9781914477362 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/364e1d45-5d1d-4476-8552-870ff06c0160 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/364e1d45-5d1d-4476-8552-870ff06c0160/364e1d45-5d1d-4476-8552-870ff06c0160.pdf 20 08 20230413 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/anti-communism-in-britain-during-the-early-cold-war/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477386.pdf 20 08 20230413 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/anti-communism-in-britain-during-the-early-cold-war/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/giub4814.pdf 20 08 20230413 01 urn:uuid:5192491a-efe6-46af-80ce-f405485a1b38 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:364e1d45-5d1d-4476-8552-870ff06c0160 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5192491a-efe6-46af-80ce-f405485a1b38 15 9781915249494 03 9781915249494 06 10.14296/giub4814 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.111188 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War A Very British Witch Hunt 1 A01 21 0000000171547992 Matthew Gerth Matthew Gerth Associate Professor 40 05g06bh89 Holy Spirit University of Kaslik Matthew Gerth is an associate professor in the School of Law and Political Sciences at the Holy Spirit University of Kaslik, Lebanon. Previously he was a visiting scholar and assistant lecturer in contemporary history at Queen’s University Belfast, UK. He holds a teaching fellowship in the British Academy and has been commissioned as an honorary Kentucky colonel in the state militia – the highest title of honor bestowed by the Governor of Kentucky. 01 eng 00 260 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBTW 93 NHTW 10 POL036000 20 Cold War; Britain; communism; socialism; trade unions; Labour Party; Conservative Party; politics; espionage; spy; redbaiting; McCarthyism; M15; The Philby Affair; British Housewives League; League of Empire Loyalists 01 06 02 00 A revisionist history of anti-communism in Britain during the early Cold War, this is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred and explores, in striking detail, the variety of measures use 03 00 The Cold War produced in many countries a form of political repression and societal paranoia which often infected governmental and civic institutions. In the West, the driving catalyst for the phenomenon was anti-communism. While much has been written on the post-war American red scare commonly known as McCarthyism, the domestic British response to the ‘red menace’ during the early Cold War has until now received little attention. Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War </italic>is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested as McCarthyism raged across the Atlantic. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, this book demonstrates that while policymakers and politicians in Britain sought to differentiate their anti-communist initiatives from the ‘witch hunt hysteria’ occurring in the United States, they were often keen to conduct – albeit less publicly – their own hunts as well. Through analysing how domestic anti-communism exhibited itself in state policies, political rhetoric, party politics and the trade union movement, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred. In striking detail, this book describes a nation at war with a specific political ideology and its willingness to use a variety of measures to disrupt or eradicate its influence. 30 00 The Cold War produced in many countries a form of political repression and societal paranoia which often infected governmental and civic institutions. In the West, the driving catalyst for the phenomenon was anti-communism. While much has been written on the post-war American red scare commonly known as McCarthyism, the domestic British response to the ‘red menace’ during the early Cold War has until now received little attention. Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War </italic>is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested as McCarthyism raged across the Atlantic. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, this book demonstrates that while policymakers and politicians in Britain sought to differentiate their anti-communist initiatives from the ‘witch hunt hysteria’ occurring in the United States, they were often keen to conduct – albeit less publicly – their own hunts as well. Through analysing how domestic anti-communism exhibited itself in state policies, political rhetoric, party politics and the trade union movement, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred. In striking detail, this book describes a nation at war with a specific political ideology and its willingness to use a variety of measures to disrupt or eradicate its influence. 04 00 Introduction1. British McCarthyism2. Labour3. Conservative4. Pressure Groups5. Trade Union MovementConclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/giub4814_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/anti-communism-in-britain-during-the-early-cold-war/ London, GB 04 01 20230413 Matthew Gerth 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477355 03 9781914477355 06 15 9781914477348 03 9781914477348 06 15 9781914477386 03 9781914477386 06 15 9781914477362 03 9781914477362 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/anti-communism-in-britain-during-the-early-cold-war 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/anti-communism-in-britain-during-the-early-cold-war 20 08 20230413 01 urn:uuid:7476dd11-0cdb-43ec-b61c-041228a7ec35 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:364e1d45-5d1d-4476-8552-870ff06c0160 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7476dd11-0cdb-43ec-b61c-041228a7ec35 15 9781914477362 03 9781914477362 06 10.14296/giub4814 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.111188 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War A Very British Witch Hunt 1 A01 21 0000000171547992 Matthew Gerth Matthew Gerth Associate Professor 40 05g06bh89 Holy Spirit University of Kaslik Matthew Gerth is an associate professor in the School of Law and Political Sciences at the Holy Spirit University of Kaslik, Lebanon. Previously he was a visiting scholar and assistant lecturer in contemporary history at Queen’s University Belfast, UK. He holds a teaching fellowship in the British Academy and has been commissioned as an honorary Kentucky colonel in the state militia – the highest title of honor bestowed by the Governor of Kentucky. 01 eng 00 260 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBTW 93 NHTW 10 POL036000 20 Cold War; Britain; communism; socialism; trade unions; Labour Party; Conservative Party; politics; espionage; spy; redbaiting; McCarthyism; M15; The Philby Affair; British Housewives League; League of Empire Loyalists 01 06 02 00 A revisionist history of anti-communism in Britain during the early Cold War, this is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred and explores, in striking detail, the variety of measures use 03 00 The Cold War produced in many countries a form of political repression and societal paranoia which often infected governmental and civic institutions. In the West, the driving catalyst for the phenomenon was anti-communism. While much has been written on the post-war American red scare commonly known as McCarthyism, the domestic British response to the ‘red menace’ during the early Cold War has until now received little attention. Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War </italic>is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested as McCarthyism raged across the Atlantic. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, this book demonstrates that while policymakers and politicians in Britain sought to differentiate their anti-communist initiatives from the ‘witch hunt hysteria’ occurring in the United States, they were often keen to conduct – albeit less publicly – their own hunts as well. Through analysing how domestic anti-communism exhibited itself in state policies, political rhetoric, party politics and the trade union movement, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred. In striking detail, this book describes a nation at war with a specific political ideology and its willingness to use a variety of measures to disrupt or eradicate its influence. 30 00 The Cold War produced in many countries a form of political repression and societal paranoia which often infected governmental and civic institutions. In the West, the driving catalyst for the phenomenon was anti-communism. While much has been written on the post-war American red scare commonly known as McCarthyism, the domestic British response to the ‘red menace’ during the early Cold War has until now received little attention. Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War </italic>is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested as McCarthyism raged across the Atlantic. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, this book demonstrates that while policymakers and politicians in Britain sought to differentiate their anti-communist initiatives from the ‘witch hunt hysteria’ occurring in the United States, they were often keen to conduct – albeit less publicly – their own hunts as well. Through analysing how domestic anti-communism exhibited itself in state policies, political rhetoric, party politics and the trade union movement, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred. In striking detail, this book describes a nation at war with a specific political ideology and its willingness to use a variety of measures to disrupt or eradicate its influence. 04 00 Introduction1. British McCarthyism2. Labour3. Conservative4. Pressure Groups5. Trade Union MovementConclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/giub4814_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/anti-communism-in-britain-during-the-early-cold-war/ London, GB 04 01 20230413 Matthew Gerth 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477355 03 9781914477355 06 15 9781914477348 03 9781914477348 06 15 9781914477386 03 9781914477386 06 15 9781915249494 03 9781915249494 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/anti-communism-in-britain-during-the-early-cold-war/ 20 08 20230413 02 29.99 GBP WORLD 02 39.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7c87cc8b-3321-4aba-9556-cd2d4a09cbe2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:435b4257-5a80-4eaf-a9a9-dfe101bd9076 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7c87cc8b-3321-4aba-9556-cd2d4a09cbe2 15 9780854810802 03 9780854810802 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54075 00 BC 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 01 01 A Renaissance Cardinal and His Worldly Goods Will and Inventory of Francesco Gonzaga (1444-83) 1 A01 David Chambers David Chambers 01 eng 12 HBG B2 History ⇒ Religious History 93 NHB 10 REL010000 12 ACND 93 AGA 12 HBJD 93 JBCC 12 HBLC 93 N 12 JFC 93 NHD 93 WCP 12 WCP 12 WCR 93 WCR 12 WCS 93 WCS 12 1DST 93 1DST 12 3H 93 3K 12 3JB 93 3KL 93 3MD 93 6RC 01 06 02 00 03 00 Contains the full texts of Cardinal Francesco Gonzaga's will and the post-mortem inventory of his possessions (1483), together with related correspondence. This book analyzes these texts and provides background information about the man himself and his collections. 30 00 Contains the full texts of Cardinal Francesco Gonzaga's will and the post-mortem inventory of his possessions (1483), together with related correspondence. This book analyzes these texts and provides background information about the man himself and his collections. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250749//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-renaissance-cardinal-and-his-worldly-goods/ London, GB 04 01 19920501 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-renaissance-cardinal-and-his-worldly-goods/ 20 08 19920501 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fdbfc7d2-f48c-4760-8af9-a35012e47602 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5f35c02f-69d9-44cd-9b95-5ff9eff603f1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:fdbfc7d2-f48c-4760-8af9-a35012e47602 15 9781908857248 03 9781908857248 06 10.14296/0520.9781908857842 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55308 00 BC 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A return to the village: community ethnographies and the study of Andean culture in retrospective 1 B01 Francisco Ferreira Francisco Ferreira Independent Researcher currently living in Galicia (Spain), where he is working on a research and media project about the political and social effects of the ongoing “Great Recession”, while also doing consulting, teaching and translation jobs. 2 B01 Billie Jean Isbell Billie Jean Isbell 01 eng 00 328 03 09 26 93 JHMC 12 JHMC B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC002010 93 JBCC6 12 JHBT 10 SOC062000 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 10 SOC015000 93 1KL 12 1KLSX 20 Anthropology; Communities; Andean Culture; Fieldwork; Ethnohistory; Indigenous Studies 01 06 02 00 This edited volume brings together several scholars who produced outstanding ethnographies of Andean communities between the 1970s and 2000s and asks them to revisit, review, and reassess their original works in the light of contemporary anthropology, focusing on different academic and personal aspects of their ethnographies. This book also o 03 00 This edited volume brings together several scholars who have produced outstanding ethnographies of Andean communities, mostly in Peru but also in neighbouring countries. These ethnographies were published between the 1970s and 2000s, following different theoretical and thematic approaches, and they often transcended the boundaries of case studies to become important reference works on key aspects of Andean culture: for example, the symbolism and ritual uses of coca in the case of Catherine J. Allen; agricultural rituals and internal social divisions in the case of Peter Gose; social organisation and kinship in the case of Billie Jean Isbell; the use of khipus and concepts of literacy in the case of Frank Salomon; and the management and ritual dimensions of water and irrigation in the case of Ricardo Valderrama and Carmen Escalante.In their chapters the authors revisit their original works in the light of contemporary anthropology, focusing on different academic and personal aspects of their ethnographies. For example, they explain how they chose the communities they worked in; the personal relations they established there during fieldwork; the kind of links they have maintained; and how these communities have changed over time. They also review their original methodological and theoretical approaches and findings, reassessing their validity and explaining how their views have evolved or changed since they originally conducted their fieldwork and published their studies.This book also offers a review of the evolution and role of community ethnographies in the context of Andean anthropology. These ethnographies had a significant influence between the 1940s and 1980s, when they could be roughly divided – following Olivia Harris – between ‘long-termist’ and ‘short-termist’ approaches, depending on predominant focuses on historical continuities or social change respectively. However, by the 1990s these works came to be widely considered as too limited and subjective in the context of wider academic changes, such as the emergence of postmodern trends, and reflective and literary turns in anthropology. Overall, the book aims to reflect on this evolution of community ethnographies in the Andes, and on their contribution to the study of Andean culture. 30 00 This edited volume brings together several scholars who have produced outstanding ethnographies of Andean communities, mostly in Peru but also in neighbouring countries. These ethnographies were published between the 1970s and 2000s, following different theoretical and thematic approaches, and they often transcended the boundaries of case studies to become important reference works on key aspects of Andean culture: for example, the symbolism and ritual uses of coca in the case of Catherine J. Allen; agricultural rituals and internal social divisions in the case of Peter Gose; social organisation and kinship in the case of Billie Jean Isbell; the use of khipus and concepts of literacy in the case of Frank Salomon; and the management and ritual dimensions of water and irrigation in the case of Ricardo Valderrama and Carmen Escalante.In their chapters the authors revisit their original works in the light of contemporary anthropology, focusing on different academic and personal aspects of their ethnographies. For example, they explain how they chose the communities they worked in; the personal relations they established there during fieldwork; the kind of links they have maintained; and how these communities have changed over time. They also review their original methodological and theoretical approaches and findings, reassessing their validity and explaining how their views have evolved or changed since they originally conducted their fieldwork and published their studies.This book also offers a review of the evolution and role of community ethnographies in the context of Andean anthropology. These ethnographies had a significant influence between the 1940s and 1980s, when they could be roughly divided – following Olivia Harris – between ‘long-termist’ and ‘short-termist’ approaches, depending on predominant focuses on historical continuities or social change respectively. However, by the 1990s these works came to be widely considered as too limited and subjective in the context of wider academic changes, such as the emergence of postmodern trends, and reflective and literary turns in anthropology. Overall, the book aims to reflect on this evolution of community ethnographies in the Andes, and on their contribution to the study of Andean culture. 04 00 Introduction: Community ethnographies and the study of Andean culture 1. Reflections on fieldwork in Chuschi 2. Losing my heart 3. Deadly waters decades later 4. Yanque Urinsaya: ethnography of an Andean community (a tribute to Billie Jean Isbell) 5. Record keeping: ethnography and the uncertainty of contemporary community studies 6. Long lines of continuity: field ethnohistory and customary conservation 7. Avoiding community studies: the historical turn in Bolivian and South Andean anthropology 8. In love with comunidades 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0520.9781908857842_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-return-to-the-village-community-ethnographies-and-the-study-of-andean-culture-in-retrospective/ London, GB 04 01 20200529 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857842 03 9781908857842 06 15 9781908857255 03 9781908857255 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-return-to-the-village-community-ethnographies-and-the-study-of-andean-culture-in-retrospective/ 20 08 20200529 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9f260b4b-85c4-42d5-b5db-cf18f3460060 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5f35c02f-69d9-44cd-9b95-5ff9eff603f1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9f260b4b-85c4-42d5-b5db-cf18f3460060 15 9781908857842 03 9781908857842 06 10.14296/0520.9781908857842 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55308 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A return to the village: community ethnographies and the study of Andean culture in retrospective 1 B01 Francisco Ferreira Francisco Ferreira Independent Researcher currently living in Galicia (Spain), where he is working on a research and media project about the political and social effects of the ongoing “Great Recession”, while also doing consulting, teaching and translation jobs. 2 B01 Billie Jean Isbell Billie Jean Isbell 01 eng 00 328 03 09 26 93 JHMC 12 JHMC B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC002010 93 JBCC6 12 JHBT 10 SOC062000 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 10 SOC015000 93 1KL 12 1KLSX 20 Anthropology; Communities; Andean Culture; Fieldwork; Ethnohistory; Indigenous Studies 01 06 02 00 This edited volume brings together several scholars who produced outstanding ethnographies of Andean communities between the 1970s and 2000s and asks them to revisit, review, and reassess their original works in the light of contemporary anthropology, focusing on different academic and personal aspects of their ethnographies. This book also o 03 00 This edited volume brings together several scholars who have produced outstanding ethnographies of Andean communities, mostly in Peru but also in neighbouring countries. These ethnographies were published between the 1970s and 2000s, following different theoretical and thematic approaches, and they often transcended the boundaries of case studies to become important reference works on key aspects of Andean culture: for example, the symbolism and ritual uses of coca in the case of Catherine J. Allen; agricultural rituals and internal social divisions in the case of Peter Gose; social organisation and kinship in the case of Billie Jean Isbell; the use of khipus and concepts of literacy in the case of Frank Salomon; and the management and ritual dimensions of water and irrigation in the case of Ricardo Valderrama and Carmen Escalante.In their chapters the authors revisit their original works in the light of contemporary anthropology, focusing on different academic and personal aspects of their ethnographies. For example, they explain how they chose the communities they worked in; the personal relations they established there during fieldwork; the kind of links they have maintained; and how these communities have changed over time. They also review their original methodological and theoretical approaches and findings, reassessing their validity and explaining how their views have evolved or changed since they originally conducted their fieldwork and published their studies.This book also offers a review of the evolution and role of community ethnographies in the context of Andean anthropology. These ethnographies had a significant influence between the 1940s and 1980s, when they could be roughly divided – following Olivia Harris – between ‘long-termist’ and ‘short-termist’ approaches, depending on predominant focuses on historical continuities or social change respectively. However, by the 1990s these works came to be widely considered as too limited and subjective in the context of wider academic changes, such as the emergence of postmodern trends, and reflective and literary turns in anthropology. Overall, the book aims to reflect on this evolution of community ethnographies in the Andes, and on their contribution to the study of Andean culture. 30 00 This edited volume brings together several scholars who have produced outstanding ethnographies of Andean communities, mostly in Peru but also in neighbouring countries. These ethnographies were published between the 1970s and 2000s, following different theoretical and thematic approaches, and they often transcended the boundaries of case studies to become important reference works on key aspects of Andean culture: for example, the symbolism and ritual uses of coca in the case of Catherine J. Allen; agricultural rituals and internal social divisions in the case of Peter Gose; social organisation and kinship in the case of Billie Jean Isbell; the use of khipus and concepts of literacy in the case of Frank Salomon; and the management and ritual dimensions of water and irrigation in the case of Ricardo Valderrama and Carmen Escalante.In their chapters the authors revisit their original works in the light of contemporary anthropology, focusing on different academic and personal aspects of their ethnographies. For example, they explain how they chose the communities they worked in; the personal relations they established there during fieldwork; the kind of links they have maintained; and how these communities have changed over time. They also review their original methodological and theoretical approaches and findings, reassessing their validity and explaining how their views have evolved or changed since they originally conducted their fieldwork and published their studies.This book also offers a review of the evolution and role of community ethnographies in the context of Andean anthropology. These ethnographies had a significant influence between the 1940s and 1980s, when they could be roughly divided – following Olivia Harris – between ‘long-termist’ and ‘short-termist’ approaches, depending on predominant focuses on historical continuities or social change respectively. However, by the 1990s these works came to be widely considered as too limited and subjective in the context of wider academic changes, such as the emergence of postmodern trends, and reflective and literary turns in anthropology. Overall, the book aims to reflect on this evolution of community ethnographies in the Andes, and on their contribution to the study of Andean culture. 04 00 Introduction: Community ethnographies and the study of Andean culture 1. Reflections on fieldwork in Chuschi 2. Losing my heart 3. Deadly waters decades later 4. Yanque Urinsaya: ethnography of an Andean community (a tribute to Billie Jean Isbell) 5. Record keeping: ethnography and the uncertainty of contemporary community studies 6. Long lines of continuity: field ethnohistory and customary conservation 7. Avoiding community studies: the historical turn in Bolivian and South Andean anthropology 8. In love with comunidades 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0520.9781908857842_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-return-to-the-village-community-ethnographies-and-the-study-of-andean-culture-in-retrospective/ London, GB 04 01 20200529 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857248 03 9781908857248 06 15 9781908857255 03 9781908857255 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/5f35c02f-69d9-44cd-9b95-5ff9eff603f1 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/5f35c02f-69d9-44cd-9b95-5ff9eff603f1/5f35c02f-69d9-44cd-9b95-5ff9eff603f1.pdf 20 08 20200529 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-return-to-the-village-community-ethnographies-and-the-study-of-andean-culture-in-retrospective/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857842.pdf 20 08 20200529 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-return-to-the-village-community-ethnographies-and-the-study-of-andean-culture-in-retrospective/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0520.9781908857842.pdf 20 08 20200529 01 urn:uuid:14b0730e-96de-41a2-a2bd-65eba0a20ab0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5f35c02f-69d9-44cd-9b95-5ff9eff603f1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:14b0730e-96de-41a2-a2bd-65eba0a20ab0 15 9781908857255 03 9781908857255 06 10.14296/0520.9781908857842 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55308 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A return to the village: community ethnographies and the study of Andean culture in retrospective 1 B01 Francisco Ferreira Francisco Ferreira Independent Researcher currently living in Galicia (Spain), where he is working on a research and media project about the political and social effects of the ongoing “Great Recession”, while also doing consulting, teaching and translation jobs. 2 B01 Billie Jean Isbell Billie Jean Isbell 01 eng 00 328 03 09 26 93 JHMC 12 JHMC B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC002010 93 JBCC6 12 JHBT 10 SOC062000 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 10 SOC015000 93 1KL 12 1KLSX 20 Anthropology; Communities; Andean Culture; Fieldwork; Ethnohistory; Indigenous Studies 01 06 02 00 This edited volume brings together several scholars who produced outstanding ethnographies of Andean communities between the 1970s and 2000s and asks them to revisit, review, and reassess their original works in the light of contemporary anthropology, focusing on different academic and personal aspects of their ethnographies. This book also o 03 00 This edited volume brings together several scholars who have produced outstanding ethnographies of Andean communities, mostly in Peru but also in neighbouring countries. These ethnographies were published between the 1970s and 2000s, following different theoretical and thematic approaches, and they often transcended the boundaries of case studies to become important reference works on key aspects of Andean culture: for example, the symbolism and ritual uses of coca in the case of Catherine J. Allen; agricultural rituals and internal social divisions in the case of Peter Gose; social organisation and kinship in the case of Billie Jean Isbell; the use of khipus and concepts of literacy in the case of Frank Salomon; and the management and ritual dimensions of water and irrigation in the case of Ricardo Valderrama and Carmen Escalante.In their chapters the authors revisit their original works in the light of contemporary anthropology, focusing on different academic and personal aspects of their ethnographies. For example, they explain how they chose the communities they worked in; the personal relations they established there during fieldwork; the kind of links they have maintained; and how these communities have changed over time. They also review their original methodological and theoretical approaches and findings, reassessing their validity and explaining how their views have evolved or changed since they originally conducted their fieldwork and published their studies.This book also offers a review of the evolution and role of community ethnographies in the context of Andean anthropology. These ethnographies had a significant influence between the 1940s and 1980s, when they could be roughly divided – following Olivia Harris – between ‘long-termist’ and ‘short-termist’ approaches, depending on predominant focuses on historical continuities or social change respectively. However, by the 1990s these works came to be widely considered as too limited and subjective in the context of wider academic changes, such as the emergence of postmodern trends, and reflective and literary turns in anthropology. Overall, the book aims to reflect on this evolution of community ethnographies in the Andes, and on their contribution to the study of Andean culture. 30 00 This edited volume brings together several scholars who have produced outstanding ethnographies of Andean communities, mostly in Peru but also in neighbouring countries. These ethnographies were published between the 1970s and 2000s, following different theoretical and thematic approaches, and they often transcended the boundaries of case studies to become important reference works on key aspects of Andean culture: for example, the symbolism and ritual uses of coca in the case of Catherine J. Allen; agricultural rituals and internal social divisions in the case of Peter Gose; social organisation and kinship in the case of Billie Jean Isbell; the use of khipus and concepts of literacy in the case of Frank Salomon; and the management and ritual dimensions of water and irrigation in the case of Ricardo Valderrama and Carmen Escalante.In their chapters the authors revisit their original works in the light of contemporary anthropology, focusing on different academic and personal aspects of their ethnographies. For example, they explain how they chose the communities they worked in; the personal relations they established there during fieldwork; the kind of links they have maintained; and how these communities have changed over time. They also review their original methodological and theoretical approaches and findings, reassessing their validity and explaining how their views have evolved or changed since they originally conducted their fieldwork and published their studies.This book also offers a review of the evolution and role of community ethnographies in the context of Andean anthropology. These ethnographies had a significant influence between the 1940s and 1980s, when they could be roughly divided – following Olivia Harris – between ‘long-termist’ and ‘short-termist’ approaches, depending on predominant focuses on historical continuities or social change respectively. However, by the 1990s these works came to be widely considered as too limited and subjective in the context of wider academic changes, such as the emergence of postmodern trends, and reflective and literary turns in anthropology. Overall, the book aims to reflect on this evolution of community ethnographies in the Andes, and on their contribution to the study of Andean culture. 04 00 Introduction: Community ethnographies and the study of Andean culture 1. Reflections on fieldwork in Chuschi 2. Losing my heart 3. Deadly waters decades later 4. Yanque Urinsaya: ethnography of an Andean community (a tribute to Billie Jean Isbell) 5. Record keeping: ethnography and the uncertainty of contemporary community studies 6. Long lines of continuity: field ethnohistory and customary conservation 7. Avoiding community studies: the historical turn in Bolivian and South Andean anthropology 8. In love with comunidades 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0520.9781908857842_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-return-to-the-village-community-ethnographies-and-the-study-of-andean-culture-in-retrospective/ London, GB 04 01 20200529 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857248 03 9781908857248 06 15 9781908857842 03 9781908857842 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-return-to-the-village-community-ethnographies-and-the-study-of-andean-culture-in-retrospective/ 20 08 20200529 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5de7438d-d4f6-4544-936a-e4fa76b58e71 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c77cf143-1fe6-4bc7-b254-b7c57689ff95 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5de7438d-d4f6-4544-936a-e4fa76b58e71 15 9780900587795 03 9780900587795 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61399 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 6 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Aristotle and After (BICS Supplement 68) 1 B01 Richard Sorabji Richard Sorabji 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 HP 10 PHI002000 93 QD 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 A selection of papers given at the Institute of Classical Studies during 1996. They cover a variety of new work on the 900 years of philosophy from Aristotle to Simplicius. There is a strong concentration on stoicism with papers by: Michael Frede ( Euphrates of Tyre ); A. A. Long ( Property ownership and community ); Brad Inwood ( 'Why do fools fallin love?' ); Susanne Bobzein ( freedom and ethics ); Richard Gaskin ( cases, predicates and the unity of the proposition ); Richard Sorabji ( stoic philosophy and psychotherapy ); Bernard Williams ( reply to Richard Sorabji ). The other papers are by: Heinrich von Staden ( Galen and the 'Second Sophistic' ); Hans B. Gottschalk ( continuity and change in Aristotelianism ); Travis Butler ( the homonymy of signification in Aristotle ); Andrea Falcon ( Aristotle's theory of division ); Sylvia Berryman (Horror Vacui in the third century BC ); M. B. Trapp ( On the Tablet of Cebes ); Marwan Rashed ( a 'new' text of Alexander on the soul's motion ). 30 00 A selection of papers given at the Institute of Classical Studies during 1996. They cover a variety of new work on the 900 years of philosophy from Aristotle to Simplicius. There is a strong concentration on stoicism with papers by: Michael Frede ( Euphrates of Tyre ); A. A. Long ( Property ownership and community ); Brad Inwood ( 'Why do fools fallin love?' ); Susanne Bobzein ( freedom and ethics ); Richard Gaskin ( cases, predicates and the unity of the proposition ); Richard Sorabji ( stoic philosophy and psychotherapy ); Bernard Williams ( reply to Richard Sorabji ). The other papers are by: Heinrich von Staden ( Galen and the 'Second Sophistic' ); Hans B. Gottschalk ( continuity and change in Aristotelianism ); Travis Butler ( the homonymy of signification in Aristotle ); Andrea Falcon ( Aristotle's theory of division ); Sylvia Berryman (Horror Vacui in the third century BC ); M. B. Trapp ( On the Tablet of Cebes ); Marwan Rashed ( a 'new' text of Alexander on the soul's motion ). 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250851//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/aristotle-and-after-bics-supplement-68/ London, GB 04 01 19971010 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/aristotle-and-after-bics-supplement-68/ 20 08 19971010 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6dd86d6a-a501-4969-85f5-faaa540a934c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6307b904-079b-48ec-a3eb-8e41765ed816 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6dd86d6a-a501-4969-85f5-faaa540a934c 15 9781905670277 03 9781905670277 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61338 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 52 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Aristotle and the Stoics Reading Plato (BICS Supplement 107) 1 B01 Verity Harte Verity Harte 2 B01 M.M McCabe M.M McCabe 3 B01 Robert W. Sharples Robert W. Sharples 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 HP 10 PHI002000 93 QD 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 Plato is perhaps the most readable of all philosophers. Recent scholarship on Plato has focused attention on the dramatic and literary form through which Plato presents his philosophy, an integral part of that philosophy.The papers in this volume for the first time consider Aristotle and the Stoics as readers </italic>of Plato. That these successors were influenced by the thought of Plato is a commonplace: the ‘whole of western philosophy is a series of footnotes to Plato’.Arising from Institute of Classical Studies Research Seminars in 2004-5 and 2005-6, the papers in this volume rather consider whether and how the philosophical concerns of these later thinkers were served were served by close reading of Plato, through inter-textual engagement with specific passages of Plato’s works. 30 00 Plato is perhaps the most readable of all philosophers. Recent scholarship on Plato has focused attention on the dramatic and literary form through which Plato presents his philosophy, an integral part of that philosophy.The papers in this volume for the first time consider Aristotle and the Stoics as readers </italic>of Plato. That these successors were influenced by the thought of Plato is a commonplace: the ‘whole of western philosophy is a series of footnotes to Plato’.Arising from Institute of Classical Studies Research Seminars in 2004-5 and 2005-6, the papers in this volume rather consider whether and how the philosophical concerns of these later thinkers were served were served by close reading of Plato, through inter-textual engagement with specific passages of Plato’s works. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250686//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/aristotle-and-the-stoics-reading-plato-bics-supplement-107/ London, GB 04 01 20110110 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/aristotle-and-the-stoics-reading-plato-bics-supplement-107/ 20 08 20110110 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4adaa674-1bcb-4209-a38a-fe84620de1cb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5f056bda-71b4-4c4b-bff5-58d30630a2c1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4adaa674-1bcb-4209-a38a-fe84620de1cb 15 9781915249210 03 9781915249210 06 10.63674/hyzm1338 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.114058 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 6 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Atlantic Isles Travel and Identity in the British and Irish West, 1880–1940 1 A01 Gareth Roddy Gareth Roddy 40 049e6bc10 Northumbria University Gareth Roddy is a Lecturer in Modern British and Irish History at Northumbria University. His research focuses on the cultural and political history of British and Irish landscapes, borders, heritage, and travel. 01 eng 00 288 03 09 5 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015060 93 JPFN 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 12 JPFN 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 1DB 93 1DDR 10 1.1.1.0.0.0.0 12 1DBR 93 3MNQ 12 3JJC 20 political separatism; First World War; Cornwall; Isle of Skye; north-west Wales; west Connacht; historiographical 01 06 02 00 Atlantic Isles</italic> examines the cultural and political prominence of the ‘westward gaze’ in late-nineteenth century Britain and Ireland. The book reveals how imagined geographies from the Cornish cliffs to the Connemara highlands were spaces of modern enchantment while also central to notions of Britishness at a time when national id 03 00 From remote islands to sunken lands, Gareth Roddy traces how travel writing and tourism shaped the cultural and political imagination of the British and Irish West between 1880 and 1940.</bold>The west has long gripped the imagination. In Atlantic Isles</italic>, Gareth Roddy examines the cultural and political prominence of the ‘westward gaze’, which flourished in late-nineteenth century Britain and Ireland. From Cornish cliffs and Welsh mountains to Hebridean islands and the Connemara highlands, the west was an imagined geography that transcended the national territories of these isles. In the west, geologists uncovered ancient layers of rock, ethnologists described older racial ‘types’, philologists looked for the survival of Celtic languages, and antiquarians and archaeologists marvelled at megalithic monuments at the Atlantic coastline.The book draws on wide-ranging contemporary sources, including works of geology, philology, ethnology, history, geography, archaeology, folklore, literature, sociology and an extensive collection of travel writing that popularised western landscapes among readers and tourists who explored the increasingly accessible west by road, rail, and steamer. Atlantic Isles</italic> reveals that western landscapes were especially powerful spaces of modern enchantment, where stories of sunken lands and mythical islands produced a sense of mystery and wonder in a supposedly disenchanted world. The significance of western landscapes for national identities is well known, but this book demonstrates that the west was also central to debates about Britishness and to the bold attempt to construct a narrative of multinational union that claimed deep historical roots at a time when the subject of Home Rule periodically dominated political debate. 30 00 From remote islands to sunken lands, Gareth Roddy traces how travel writing and tourism shaped the cultural and political imagination of the British and Irish West between 1880 and 1940.</bold>The west has long gripped the imagination. In Atlantic Isles</italic>, Gareth Roddy examines the cultural and political prominence of the ‘westward gaze’, which flourished in late-nineteenth century Britain and Ireland. From Cornish cliffs and Welsh mountains to Hebridean islands and the Connemara highlands, the west was an imagined geography that transcended the national territories of these isles. In the west, geologists uncovered ancient layers of rock, ethnologists described older racial ‘types’, philologists looked for the survival of Celtic languages, and antiquarians and archaeologists marvelled at megalithic monuments at the Atlantic coastline.The book draws on wide-ranging contemporary sources, including works of geology, philology, ethnology, history, geography, archaeology, folklore, literature, sociology and an extensive collection of travel writing that popularised western landscapes among readers and tourists who explored the increasingly accessible west by road, rail, and steamer. Atlantic Isles</italic> reveals that western landscapes were especially powerful spaces of modern enchantment, where stories of sunken lands and mythical islands produced a sense of mystery and wonder in a supposedly disenchanted world. The significance of western landscapes for national identities is well known, but this book demonstrates that the west was also central to debates about Britishness and to the bold attempt to construct a narrative of multinational union that claimed deep historical roots at a time when the subject of Home Rule periodically dominated political debate. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>Part I Infrastructure</li> <li>1 Infrastructure and tourism in the west</li> <li>Part II Enchantment </li> <li>2 The westward gaze – elusive islands</li> <li>3 The westward gaze – sunken lands</li> <li>Part III Performance</li> <li>4 Performing travel</li> <li>5 Looking back – modernity and the west</li> <li>Part IV Identity</li> <li>6 Layers of Britishness</li> <li>7 Varieties of Britishness</li> <li>Conclusion: Atlantic Isles</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/371636/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/atlantic-isles-travel-and-identity-in-the-british-and-irish-west-1880-1940/ London, GB 04 01 20251030 Gareth Roddy 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249203 03 9781915249203 06 15 9781915249227 03 9781915249227 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/atlantic-isles-travel-and-identity-in-the-british-and-irish-west-1880-1940/ 20 08 20251030 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:24add9d3-b2ad-4102-8ba3-6d0e1ac6e183 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5f056bda-71b4-4c4b-bff5-58d30630a2c1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:24add9d3-b2ad-4102-8ba3-6d0e1ac6e183 15 9781915249203 03 9781915249203 06 10.63674/hyzm1338 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.114058 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 6 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Atlantic Isles Travel and Identity in the British and Irish West, 1880–1940 1 A01 Gareth Roddy Gareth Roddy 40 049e6bc10 Northumbria University Gareth Roddy is a Lecturer in Modern British and Irish History at Northumbria University. His research focuses on the cultural and political history of British and Irish landscapes, borders, heritage, and travel. 01 eng 00 288 03 09 5 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015060 93 JPFN 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 12 JPFN 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 1DB 93 1DDR 10 1.1.1.0.0.0.0 12 1DBR 93 3MNQ 12 3JJC 20 political separatism; First World War; Cornwall; Isle of Skye; north-west Wales; west Connacht; historiographical 01 06 02 00 Atlantic Isles</italic> examines the cultural and political prominence of the ‘westward gaze’ in late-nineteenth century Britain and Ireland. The book reveals how imagined geographies from the Cornish cliffs to the Connemara highlands were spaces of modern enchantment while also central to notions of Britishness at a time when national id 03 00 From remote islands to sunken lands, Gareth Roddy traces how travel writing and tourism shaped the cultural and political imagination of the British and Irish West between 1880 and 1940.</bold>The west has long gripped the imagination. In Atlantic Isles</italic>, Gareth Roddy examines the cultural and political prominence of the ‘westward gaze’, which flourished in late-nineteenth century Britain and Ireland. From Cornish cliffs and Welsh mountains to Hebridean islands and the Connemara highlands, the west was an imagined geography that transcended the national territories of these isles. In the west, geologists uncovered ancient layers of rock, ethnologists described older racial ‘types’, philologists looked for the survival of Celtic languages, and antiquarians and archaeologists marvelled at megalithic monuments at the Atlantic coastline.The book draws on wide-ranging contemporary sources, including works of geology, philology, ethnology, history, geography, archaeology, folklore, literature, sociology and an extensive collection of travel writing that popularised western landscapes among readers and tourists who explored the increasingly accessible west by road, rail, and steamer. Atlantic Isles</italic> reveals that western landscapes were especially powerful spaces of modern enchantment, where stories of sunken lands and mythical islands produced a sense of mystery and wonder in a supposedly disenchanted world. The significance of western landscapes for national identities is well known, but this book demonstrates that the west was also central to debates about Britishness and to the bold attempt to construct a narrative of multinational union that claimed deep historical roots at a time when the subject of Home Rule periodically dominated political debate. 30 00 From remote islands to sunken lands, Gareth Roddy traces how travel writing and tourism shaped the cultural and political imagination of the British and Irish West between 1880 and 1940.</bold>The west has long gripped the imagination. In Atlantic Isles</italic>, Gareth Roddy examines the cultural and political prominence of the ‘westward gaze’, which flourished in late-nineteenth century Britain and Ireland. From Cornish cliffs and Welsh mountains to Hebridean islands and the Connemara highlands, the west was an imagined geography that transcended the national territories of these isles. In the west, geologists uncovered ancient layers of rock, ethnologists described older racial ‘types’, philologists looked for the survival of Celtic languages, and antiquarians and archaeologists marvelled at megalithic monuments at the Atlantic coastline.The book draws on wide-ranging contemporary sources, including works of geology, philology, ethnology, history, geography, archaeology, folklore, literature, sociology and an extensive collection of travel writing that popularised western landscapes among readers and tourists who explored the increasingly accessible west by road, rail, and steamer. Atlantic Isles</italic> reveals that western landscapes were especially powerful spaces of modern enchantment, where stories of sunken lands and mythical islands produced a sense of mystery and wonder in a supposedly disenchanted world. The significance of western landscapes for national identities is well known, but this book demonstrates that the west was also central to debates about Britishness and to the bold attempt to construct a narrative of multinational union that claimed deep historical roots at a time when the subject of Home Rule periodically dominated political debate. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>Part I Infrastructure</li> <li>1 Infrastructure and tourism in the west</li> <li>Part II Enchantment </li> <li>2 The westward gaze – elusive islands</li> <li>3 The westward gaze – sunken lands</li> <li>Part III Performance</li> <li>4 Performing travel</li> <li>5 Looking back – modernity and the west</li> <li>Part IV Identity</li> <li>6 Layers of Britishness</li> <li>7 Varieties of Britishness</li> <li>Conclusion: Atlantic Isles</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/371636/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/atlantic-isles-travel-and-identity-in-the-british-and-irish-west-1880-1940/ London, GB 04 01 20251030 Gareth Roddy 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249210 03 9781915249210 06 15 9781915249227 03 9781915249227 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/atlantic-isles-travel-and-identity-in-the-british-and-irish-west-1880-1940/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249227.pdf 20 08 20251030 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:4b52aab6-efdc-4676-90cd-6d60b301ceac 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:5f056bda-71b4-4c4b-bff5-58d30630a2c1 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4b52aab6-efdc-4676-90cd-6d60b301ceac 15 9781915249227 03 9781915249227 06 10.63674/hyzm1338 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.114058 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 86225135-395d-4120-9509-d9da0f0667be 02 30495105 03 6 01 02 New Historical Perspectives 01 01 Atlantic Isles Travel and Identity in the British and Irish West, 1880–1940 1 A01 Gareth Roddy Gareth Roddy 40 049e6bc10 Northumbria University Gareth Roddy is a Lecturer in Modern British and Irish History at Northumbria University. His research focuses on the cultural and political history of British and Irish landscapes, borders, heritage, and travel. 01 eng 00 288 03 09 5 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015060 93 JPFN 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 12 JPFN 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 1DB 93 1DDR 10 1.1.1.0.0.0.0 12 1DBR 93 3MNQ 12 3JJC 20 political separatism; First World War; Cornwall; Isle of Skye; north-west Wales; west Connacht; historiographical 01 06 02 00 Atlantic Isles</italic> examines the cultural and political prominence of the ‘westward gaze’ in late-nineteenth century Britain and Ireland. The book reveals how imagined geographies from the Cornish cliffs to the Connemara highlands were spaces of modern enchantment while also central to notions of Britishness at a time when national id 03 00 From remote islands to sunken lands, Gareth Roddy traces how travel writing and tourism shaped the cultural and political imagination of the British and Irish West between 1880 and 1940.</bold>The west has long gripped the imagination. In Atlantic Isles</italic>, Gareth Roddy examines the cultural and political prominence of the ‘westward gaze’, which flourished in late-nineteenth century Britain and Ireland. From Cornish cliffs and Welsh mountains to Hebridean islands and the Connemara highlands, the west was an imagined geography that transcended the national territories of these isles. In the west, geologists uncovered ancient layers of rock, ethnologists described older racial ‘types’, philologists looked for the survival of Celtic languages, and antiquarians and archaeologists marvelled at megalithic monuments at the Atlantic coastline.The book draws on wide-ranging contemporary sources, including works of geology, philology, ethnology, history, geography, archaeology, folklore, literature, sociology and an extensive collection of travel writing that popularised western landscapes among readers and tourists who explored the increasingly accessible west by road, rail, and steamer. Atlantic Isles</italic> reveals that western landscapes were especially powerful spaces of modern enchantment, where stories of sunken lands and mythical islands produced a sense of mystery and wonder in a supposedly disenchanted world. The significance of western landscapes for national identities is well known, but this book demonstrates that the west was also central to debates about Britishness and to the bold attempt to construct a narrative of multinational union that claimed deep historical roots at a time when the subject of Home Rule periodically dominated political debate. 30 00 From remote islands to sunken lands, Gareth Roddy traces how travel writing and tourism shaped the cultural and political imagination of the British and Irish West between 1880 and 1940.</bold>The west has long gripped the imagination. In Atlantic Isles</italic>, Gareth Roddy examines the cultural and political prominence of the ‘westward gaze’, which flourished in late-nineteenth century Britain and Ireland. From Cornish cliffs and Welsh mountains to Hebridean islands and the Connemara highlands, the west was an imagined geography that transcended the national territories of these isles. In the west, geologists uncovered ancient layers of rock, ethnologists described older racial ‘types’, philologists looked for the survival of Celtic languages, and antiquarians and archaeologists marvelled at megalithic monuments at the Atlantic coastline.The book draws on wide-ranging contemporary sources, including works of geology, philology, ethnology, history, geography, archaeology, folklore, literature, sociology and an extensive collection of travel writing that popularised western landscapes among readers and tourists who explored the increasingly accessible west by road, rail, and steamer. Atlantic Isles</italic> reveals that western landscapes were especially powerful spaces of modern enchantment, where stories of sunken lands and mythical islands produced a sense of mystery and wonder in a supposedly disenchanted world. The significance of western landscapes for national identities is well known, but this book demonstrates that the west was also central to debates about Britishness and to the bold attempt to construct a narrative of multinational union that claimed deep historical roots at a time when the subject of Home Rule periodically dominated political debate. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>Part I Infrastructure</li> <li>1 Infrastructure and tourism in the west</li> <li>Part II Enchantment </li> <li>2 The westward gaze – elusive islands</li> <li>3 The westward gaze – sunken lands</li> <li>Part III Performance</li> <li>4 Performing travel</li> <li>5 Looking back – modernity and the west</li> <li>Part IV Identity</li> <li>6 Layers of Britishness</li> <li>7 Varieties of Britishness</li> <li>Conclusion: Atlantic Isles</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/371636/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/atlantic-isles-travel-and-identity-in-the-british-and-irish-west-1880-1940/ London, GB 04 01 20251030 Gareth Roddy 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249210 03 9781915249210 06 15 9781915249203 03 9781915249203 WORLD 11 PROJECT_MUSE 36 PROJECT_MUSE: webpage for this product https://muse.jhu.edu/book/142642 29 PROJECT_MUSE: download the title https://muse.jhu.edu/book/142642/pdf/download 20 08 20251030 01 11 OAPEN 36 OAPEN: webpage for this product https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109064 29 OAPEN: download the title https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/109064/9781915249227.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y 20 08 20251030 01 11 DOAB 36 DOAB: webpage for this product https://directory.doabooks.org/handle/20.500.12854/170079 20 08 20251030 01 11 JSTOR 36 JSTOR: webpage for this product https://www.jstor.org/stable/jj.37972971 29 JSTOR: download the title https://www.jstor.org/stable/pdf/jj.37972971.pdf?refreqid=fastly-default%3Ae9ee05964e1e7d5527fb086f88fbca9c&ab_segments=&initiator=&acceptTC=1 20 08 20251030 01 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/5f056bda-71b4-4c4b-bff5-58d30630a2c1 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/5f056bda-71b4-4c4b-bff5-58d30630a2c1/5f056bda-71b4-4c4b-bff5-58d30630a2c1.pdf 20 08 20251030 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/atlantic-isles-travel-and-identity-in-the-british-and-irish-west-1880-1940/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249227.pdf 20 08 20251030 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/atlantic-isles-travel-and-identity-in-the-british-and-irish-west-1880-1940/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/hyzm1338.pdf 20 08 20251030 01 urn:uuid:8868b028-1fe8-46de-a1d6-d064cebab54b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:986fc498-2018-469d-8dce-1ed1fc99b0ab 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8868b028-1fe8-46de-a1d6-d064cebab54b 15 9780854811250 03 9780854811250 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53878 00 BC 10 01 241 mm 01 24.1 cm 01 9.5 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 01 01 Avicenna's "De Anima" in the Latin West The Formation of a Peripatetic Philosophy of the Soul 1160-1300 1 A01 Dag Nikolaus Hasse Dag Nikolaus Hasse 01 eng 12 HPDC 10 PHI010000 B2 Philosophy 93 QDHK 12 HPCB 93 QDHC 12 HPDF 93 QDHF 12 2ADL 93 2ADL 12 2CSR 93 2CSR 12 3H 93 3KL 01 06 02 00 03 00 In the 12th century the "Book of the Soul" by the philosopher Avicenna was translated from Arabic into Latin. It had an immense success among scholastic writers and deeply influenced the structure and content of many psychological works of the Middle Ages. The reception of Avicenna's book is the story of cultural contact at an impressively high intellectual level. The present volume investigates this successful reception using two approaches. The first is chronological, tracing the stages by which Avicenna's work was accepted and adapted by Latin scholars. The second is doctrinal, analyzing the fortunes of key doctrines. The sense of the original Arabic text of Avicenna is kept in mind throughout and the degree to which his original Latin interpreters succeeded in conveying it is evaluated. 30 00 In the 12th century the "Book of the Soul" by the philosopher Avicenna was translated from Arabic into Latin. It had an immense success among scholastic writers and deeply influenced the structure and content of many psychological works of the Middle Ages. The reception of Avicenna's book is the story of cultural contact at an impressively high intellectual level. The present volume investigates this successful reception using two approaches. The first is chronological, tracing the stages by which Avicenna's work was accepted and adapted by Latin scholars. The second is doctrinal, analyzing the fortunes of key doctrines. The sense of the original Arabic text of Avicenna is kept in mind throughout and the degree to which his original Latin interpreters succeeded in conveying it is evaluated. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248206/53878/53878_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/avicennas-de-anima-in-the-latin-west/ London, GB 04 01 20001201 The Warburg Institute, University of London 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/avicennas-de-anima-in-the-latin-west/ 20 08 20001201 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c13e9de8-7324-4146-9963-6f393569b3a1 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b690b4c1-0f51-4d0c-9bc5-1ef608292a92 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c13e9de8-7324-4146-9963-6f393569b3a1 15 9780957521001 03 9780957521001 06 10.14296/420.9781912250394 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53768 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 15 mm 03 1.5 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 384 gr 08 13.625 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A World You Do Not Know Settler Societies, Indigenous Peoples and the Attack on Cultural Diversity 1 A01 Colin Samson Colin Samson 01 eng 00 284 03 09 32 B2 Human Rights 93 JHM 12 JHM 10 SOC062000 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 JBCC 12 JFC 10 POL038000 10 4.0.2.0.0.0.0 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 12 1KBC 93 1KBC 93 2JNCG 93 5HCT 20 colonial history; indigenous; colonisation; Innu; Quebec; Canada; US 01 06 02 00 A World You Do Not Know</italic> explores the wilful ignorance demonstrated by NorthAmerica’s settlers in establishing their societies on lands already occupied by indigenous nations. 03 00 A World You Do Not Know explores the wilful ignorance demonstrated by North America’s settlers in establishing their societies on lands already occupied by indigenous nations. Using the Innu of Labrador-Quebec as one powerful contemporary example, Colin Samson shows how the processes of displacement and assimilation today resemble those of the 19th century as the state and corporations scramble for Innu lands. While nation building, capitalism and industrialisation are shown to have undermined indigenous peoples’ wellbeing, the values that guide societies like the Innu are very much alive. The book ends by showcasing how ideas and land-based activities of indigenous groups in Canada and the US are being maintained and recast as ways to address the attack on cultural diversity and move forward to more positive futures. 30 00 A World You Do Not Know explores the wilful ignorance demonstrated by North America’s settlers in establishing their societies on lands already occupied by indigenous nations. Using the Innu of Labrador-Quebec as one powerful contemporary example, Colin Samson shows how the processes of displacement and assimilation today resemble those of the 19th century as the state and corporations scramble for Innu lands. While nation building, capitalism and industrialisation are shown to have undermined indigenous peoples’ wellbeing, the values that guide societies like the Innu are very much alive. The book ends by showcasing how ideas and land-based activities of indigenous groups in Canada and the US are being maintained and recast as ways to address the attack on cultural diversity and move forward to more positive futures. 04 00 Preface: ‘Things to teach you of a world you do not know’ 1. All is not lost 2. The march of civilisation 3. Egalitarianism to capitalism 4. Nature and nation-building 5. Caribou to Chubby Chicken 6. Western diseases 7. Land-based revitalisation Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781912250394_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-world-you-do-not-know/ London, GB 04 01 20200424 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250394 03 9781912250394 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-world-you-do-not-know/ 20 08 20200424 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:95db4700-cb15-4b12-9602-7f865ed3db6b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b690b4c1-0f51-4d0c-9bc5-1ef608292a92 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:95db4700-cb15-4b12-9602-7f865ed3db6b 15 9781912250394 03 9781912250394 06 10.14296/420.9781912250394 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53768 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A World You Do Not Know Settler Societies, Indigenous Peoples and the Attack on Cultural Diversity 1 A01 Colin Samson Colin Samson 01 eng 00 284 03 09 32 B2 Human Rights 93 JHM 12 JHM 10 SOC062000 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 JBCC 12 JFC 10 POL038000 10 4.0.2.0.0.0.0 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 12 1KBC 93 1KBC 93 2JNCG 93 5HCT 20 colonial history; indigenous; colonisation; Innu; Quebec; Canada; US 01 06 02 00 A World You Do Not Know</italic> explores the wilful ignorance demonstrated by NorthAmerica’s settlers in establishing their societies on lands already occupied by indigenous nations. 03 00 A World You Do Not Know explores the wilful ignorance demonstrated by North America’s settlers in establishing their societies on lands already occupied by indigenous nations. Using the Innu of Labrador-Quebec as one powerful contemporary example, Colin Samson shows how the processes of displacement and assimilation today resemble those of the 19th century as the state and corporations scramble for Innu lands. While nation building, capitalism and industrialisation are shown to have undermined indigenous peoples’ wellbeing, the values that guide societies like the Innu are very much alive. The book ends by showcasing how ideas and land-based activities of indigenous groups in Canada and the US are being maintained and recast as ways to address the attack on cultural diversity and move forward to more positive futures. 30 00 A World You Do Not Know explores the wilful ignorance demonstrated by North America’s settlers in establishing their societies on lands already occupied by indigenous nations. Using the Innu of Labrador-Quebec as one powerful contemporary example, Colin Samson shows how the processes of displacement and assimilation today resemble those of the 19th century as the state and corporations scramble for Innu lands. While nation building, capitalism and industrialisation are shown to have undermined indigenous peoples’ wellbeing, the values that guide societies like the Innu are very much alive. The book ends by showcasing how ideas and land-based activities of indigenous groups in Canada and the US are being maintained and recast as ways to address the attack on cultural diversity and move forward to more positive futures. 04 00 Preface: ‘Things to teach you of a world you do not know’ 1. All is not lost 2. The march of civilisation 3. Egalitarianism to capitalism 4. Nature and nation-building 5. Caribou to Chubby Chicken 6. Western diseases 7. Land-based revitalisation Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781912250394_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-world-you-do-not-know/ London, GB 04 01 20200424 02 WORLD 06 15 9780957521001 03 9780957521001 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/b690b4c1-0f51-4d0c-9bc5-1ef608292a92 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/b690b4c1-0f51-4d0c-9bc5-1ef608292a92/b690b4c1-0f51-4d0c-9bc5-1ef608292a92.pdf 20 08 20200424 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-world-you-do-not-know/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912250394.pdf 20 08 20200424 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-world-you-do-not-know/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781912250394.pdf 20 08 20200424 01 urn:uuid:6e2ae5bb-e7a6-44c3-bcf1-60be424a3b5d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:519e3e4f-a1e4-4544-b9a1-8890fc5bae1c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6e2ae5bb-e7a6-44c3-bcf1-60be424a3b5d 15 9780854811335 03 9780854811335 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54064 00 BB 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 01 01 Azariah De'Rossi's Observations on the Syriac New Testament A Sixteenth-century Jew's Critique of the Vulgate 1 A01 Joanna Weinberg Joanna Weinberg 01 eng B2 History ⇒ Religious History 12 HRCG9 93 QRMF19 10 REL006110 12 3JB 93 3MD 01 06 02 00 03 00 Observations on the Syriac New Testament: A Sixteenth-Century Jew’s Critique of the Vulgate. 30 00 Observations on the Syriac New Testament: A Sixteenth-Century Jew’s Critique of the Vulgate. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250756//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/azariah-derossis-observations-on-the-syriac-new-testament/ London, GB 04 01 20050601 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/azariah-derossis-observations-on-the-syriac-new-testament/ 20 08 20050601 02 10.00 GBP WORLD 02 25.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:90a032d1-586a-4a8a-92cb-8de8b78db45c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6e40674a-36fb-45dc-a0f6-e94f603e8a4f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:90a032d1-586a-4a8a-92cb-8de8b78db45c 15 9781914477157 03 9781914477157 06 10.14296/202205.9781914477164 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107974 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Becoming a Historian An Informal Guide 1 A01 Penelope J. Corfield Penelope J. Corfield Penelope J. Corfield is Professor Emeritus of History at Royal Holloway, University of London; Visiting Fellow at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne; Member of the Academia Europaea/ Academy of Europe; and President of the International Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies (2019- the present). Her publications address British social, cultural and urban history in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, as well as general theories of time and history. She gained her own research experience at the Universities of Oxford and London (LSE); she has enjoyed supervising many MA and PhD students; and she welcomes the internationalization of scholarship. 2 A01 21 0000000244295870 Tim Hitchcock Tim Hitchcock Tim Hitchcock is Professor of Digital History at the University of Sussex and until 2021 was Director of the Sussex Humanities Lab. Prior to this he held posts at the University of North London, and the University of Hertfordshire. He has published a dozen books on the histories of poverty, sexuality, gender and crime focusing on eighteenth-century London. With Robert Shoemaker, and others, he has also been responsible for creating a series of web resources, including the Old Bailey Online, London Lives and Locating London’s Past. His first degree was awarded by the University of California at Berkeley, and he received his doctorate from the University of Oxford. 06 Own website https://twitter.com/TimHitchcock 01 eng 00 216 03 12 HB 10 HIS000000 B2 History 93 NHA 93 GTB 12 HBA 20 scholarly community; historians; methods; advice; research projects 01 06 02 00 Writing history is an art and a craft, which can sometimes make it feel intimidating. Becoming a Historian</italic> debunks the myths and demystifies the world of research for both research students and independent scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitati 03 00 Writing history is an art and a craft. This handbook supports research students and independent scholars by showing how the historical profession works and how to participate in its vibrant community of scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitative and qualitative research methodologies and provides advice on bringing projects to a positive conclusion. This friendly guide is frank about the pains and pleasures of sticking with a long-term project, and explains how to present original research to wider audiences, including the appropriate use of social media, the art of public lecturing and strategies for publication.Written by esteemed historians Penelope J. Corfield and Tim Hitchcock, Becoming a Historian</italic> debunks the myths and demystifies the systems that can make the world of research feel intimidating, and offers step-by-step advice on participating in the historical community. 30 00 Writing history is an art and a craft. This handbook supports research students and independent scholars by showing how the historical profession works and how to participate in its vibrant community of scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitative and qualitative research methodologies and provides advice on bringing projects to a positive conclusion. This friendly guide is frank about the pains and pleasures of sticking with a long-term project, and explains how to present original research to wider audiences, including the appropriate use of social media, the art of public lecturing and strategies for publication.Written by esteemed historians Penelope J. Corfield and Tim Hitchcock, Becoming a Historian</italic> debunks the myths and demystifies the systems that can make the world of research feel intimidating, and offers step-by-step advice on participating in the historical community. 04 00 Part 1 Starting, Assessing, Organising 1.1 Joining the Through-Time Community of Historians 1.2 Launching the Research Project 1.3 Shared Monitoring of the Timetable 1.4 Finding Well-Attested Evidence 1.5 Probing Sources & Methodologies 1.6 Managing Masses of Data Part 2 Writing, Analysing, Interpreting 2.1 Writing as a Historian 2.2 Doing It in Public: Historians & Social Media 2.3 Unblocking Writer’s Block, or Better Still, Non-Blocking in the First Place 2.4 Using Technology Creatively: Digital History 2.5 Assessing Some Key Research Approaches 2.6 Troubleshooting Part 3 Presenting, Completing & Moving Onwards 3.1 Public Lecturing 3.2 Asking & Answering Seminar Questions 3.3 Chairing Seminars 3.4 Taking the Last Steps to Completion 3.5 Experiencing the Viva including Appendix: Note on Range of Viva Outcomes & Appropriate Responses 3.6 Moving Onwards to Publication & Civic Engagement Part 4 Taking the Long View – Career Outcomes 4.1 Academic Trackways 4.2 Parallel Trackways 4.3 Summary: Trained Historians’ Knowledge and Skills Part 5 Reflecting 5.1.1 & 5.1.2 Retrospective Thoughts Select Booklist 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202205.9781914477164_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/becoming-a-historian/ London, GB 04 01 20220518 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477164 03 9781914477164 06 15 9781913002107 03 9781913002107 06 15 9781914477171 03 9781914477171 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/becoming-a-historian/ 20 08 20220518 02 15.00 GBP WORLD 02 18.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:23a10b63-6b02-4389-b3df-d920f4fdc290 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6e40674a-36fb-45dc-a0f6-e94f603e8a4f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:23a10b63-6b02-4389-b3df-d920f4fdc290 15 9781914477164 03 9781914477164 06 10.14296/202205.9781914477164 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107974 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Becoming a Historian An Informal Guide 1 A01 Penelope J. Corfield Penelope J. Corfield Penelope J. Corfield is Professor Emeritus of History at Royal Holloway, University of London; Visiting Fellow at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne; Member of the Academia Europaea/ Academy of Europe; and President of the International Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies (2019- the present). Her publications address British social, cultural and urban history in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, as well as general theories of time and history. She gained her own research experience at the Universities of Oxford and London (LSE); she has enjoyed supervising many MA and PhD students; and she welcomes the internationalization of scholarship. 2 A01 21 0000000244295870 Tim Hitchcock Tim Hitchcock Tim Hitchcock is Professor of Digital History at the University of Sussex and until 2021 was Director of the Sussex Humanities Lab. Prior to this he held posts at the University of North London, and the University of Hertfordshire. He has published a dozen books on the histories of poverty, sexuality, gender and crime focusing on eighteenth-century London. With Robert Shoemaker, and others, he has also been responsible for creating a series of web resources, including the Old Bailey Online, London Lives and Locating London’s Past. His first degree was awarded by the University of California at Berkeley, and he received his doctorate from the University of Oxford. 06 Own website https://twitter.com/TimHitchcock 01 eng 00 216 03 12 HB 10 HIS000000 B2 History 93 NHA 93 GTB 12 HBA 20 scholarly community; historians; methods; advice; research projects 01 06 02 00 Writing history is an art and a craft, which can sometimes make it feel intimidating. Becoming a Historian</italic> debunks the myths and demystifies the world of research for both research students and independent scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitati 03 00 Writing history is an art and a craft. This handbook supports research students and independent scholars by showing how the historical profession works and how to participate in its vibrant community of scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitative and qualitative research methodologies and provides advice on bringing projects to a positive conclusion. This friendly guide is frank about the pains and pleasures of sticking with a long-term project, and explains how to present original research to wider audiences, including the appropriate use of social media, the art of public lecturing and strategies for publication.Written by esteemed historians Penelope J. Corfield and Tim Hitchcock, Becoming a Historian</italic> debunks the myths and demystifies the systems that can make the world of research feel intimidating, and offers step-by-step advice on participating in the historical community. 30 00 Writing history is an art and a craft. This handbook supports research students and independent scholars by showing how the historical profession works and how to participate in its vibrant community of scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitative and qualitative research methodologies and provides advice on bringing projects to a positive conclusion. This friendly guide is frank about the pains and pleasures of sticking with a long-term project, and explains how to present original research to wider audiences, including the appropriate use of social media, the art of public lecturing and strategies for publication.Written by esteemed historians Penelope J. Corfield and Tim Hitchcock, Becoming a Historian</italic> debunks the myths and demystifies the systems that can make the world of research feel intimidating, and offers step-by-step advice on participating in the historical community. 04 00 Part 1 Starting, Assessing, Organising 1.1 Joining the Through-Time Community of Historians 1.2 Launching the Research Project 1.3 Shared Monitoring of the Timetable 1.4 Finding Well-Attested Evidence 1.5 Probing Sources & Methodologies 1.6 Managing Masses of Data Part 2 Writing, Analysing, Interpreting 2.1 Writing as a Historian 2.2 Doing It in Public: Historians & Social Media 2.3 Unblocking Writer’s Block, or Better Still, Non-Blocking in the First Place 2.4 Using Technology Creatively: Digital History 2.5 Assessing Some Key Research Approaches 2.6 Troubleshooting Part 3 Presenting, Completing & Moving Onwards 3.1 Public Lecturing 3.2 Asking & Answering Seminar Questions 3.3 Chairing Seminars 3.4 Taking the Last Steps to Completion 3.5 Experiencing the Viva including Appendix: Note on Range of Viva Outcomes & Appropriate Responses 3.6 Moving Onwards to Publication & Civic Engagement Part 4 Taking the Long View – Career Outcomes 4.1 Academic Trackways 4.2 Parallel Trackways 4.3 Summary: Trained Historians’ Knowledge and Skills Part 5 Reflecting 5.1.1 & 5.1.2 Retrospective Thoughts Select Booklist 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202205.9781914477164_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/becoming-a-historian/ London, GB 04 01 20220518 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477157 03 9781914477157 06 15 9781913002107 03 9781913002107 06 15 9781914477171 03 9781914477171 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/6e40674a-36fb-45dc-a0f6-e94f603e8a4f 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/6e40674a-36fb-45dc-a0f6-e94f603e8a4f/6e40674a-36fb-45dc-a0f6-e94f603e8a4f.pdf 20 08 20220518 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/becoming-a-historian/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477164.pdf 20 08 20220518 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/becoming-a-historian/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202205.9781914477164.pdf 20 08 20220518 01 urn:uuid:d63df032-97c6-433a-8b37-bb60bce3f950 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6e40674a-36fb-45dc-a0f6-e94f603e8a4f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d63df032-97c6-433a-8b37-bb60bce3f950 15 9781913002107 03 9781913002107 06 10.14296/202205.9781914477164 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107974 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Becoming a Historian An Informal Guide 1 A01 Penelope J. Corfield Penelope J. Corfield Penelope J. Corfield is Professor Emeritus of History at Royal Holloway, University of London; Visiting Fellow at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne; Member of the Academia Europaea/ Academy of Europe; and President of the International Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies (2019- the present). Her publications address British social, cultural and urban history in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, as well as general theories of time and history. She gained her own research experience at the Universities of Oxford and London (LSE); she has enjoyed supervising many MA and PhD students; and she welcomes the internationalization of scholarship. 2 A01 21 0000000244295870 Tim Hitchcock Tim Hitchcock Tim Hitchcock is Professor of Digital History at the University of Sussex and until 2021 was Director of the Sussex Humanities Lab. Prior to this he held posts at the University of North London, and the University of Hertfordshire. He has published a dozen books on the histories of poverty, sexuality, gender and crime focusing on eighteenth-century London. With Robert Shoemaker, and others, he has also been responsible for creating a series of web resources, including the Old Bailey Online, London Lives and Locating London’s Past. His first degree was awarded by the University of California at Berkeley, and he received his doctorate from the University of Oxford. 06 Own website https://twitter.com/TimHitchcock 01 eng 00 216 03 12 HB 10 HIS000000 B2 History 93 NHA 93 GTB 12 HBA 20 scholarly community; historians; methods; advice; research projects 01 06 02 00 Writing history is an art and a craft, which can sometimes make it feel intimidating. Becoming a Historian</italic> debunks the myths and demystifies the world of research for both research students and independent scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitati 03 00 Writing history is an art and a craft. This handbook supports research students and independent scholars by showing how the historical profession works and how to participate in its vibrant community of scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitative and qualitative research methodologies and provides advice on bringing projects to a positive conclusion. This friendly guide is frank about the pains and pleasures of sticking with a long-term project, and explains how to present original research to wider audiences, including the appropriate use of social media, the art of public lecturing and strategies for publication.Written by esteemed historians Penelope J. Corfield and Tim Hitchcock, Becoming a Historian</italic> debunks the myths and demystifies the systems that can make the world of research feel intimidating, and offers step-by-step advice on participating in the historical community. 30 00 Writing history is an art and a craft. This handbook supports research students and independent scholars by showing how the historical profession works and how to participate in its vibrant community of scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitative and qualitative research methodologies and provides advice on bringing projects to a positive conclusion. This friendly guide is frank about the pains and pleasures of sticking with a long-term project, and explains how to present original research to wider audiences, including the appropriate use of social media, the art of public lecturing and strategies for publication.Written by esteemed historians Penelope J. Corfield and Tim Hitchcock, Becoming a Historian</italic> debunks the myths and demystifies the systems that can make the world of research feel intimidating, and offers step-by-step advice on participating in the historical community. 04 00 Part 1 Starting, Assessing, Organising 1.1 Joining the Through-Time Community of Historians 1.2 Launching the Research Project 1.3 Shared Monitoring of the Timetable 1.4 Finding Well-Attested Evidence 1.5 Probing Sources & Methodologies 1.6 Managing Masses of Data Part 2 Writing, Analysing, Interpreting 2.1 Writing as a Historian 2.2 Doing It in Public: Historians & Social Media 2.3 Unblocking Writer’s Block, or Better Still, Non-Blocking in the First Place 2.4 Using Technology Creatively: Digital History 2.5 Assessing Some Key Research Approaches 2.6 Troubleshooting Part 3 Presenting, Completing & Moving Onwards 3.1 Public Lecturing 3.2 Asking & Answering Seminar Questions 3.3 Chairing Seminars 3.4 Taking the Last Steps to Completion 3.5 Experiencing the Viva including Appendix: Note on Range of Viva Outcomes & Appropriate Responses 3.6 Moving Onwards to Publication & Civic Engagement Part 4 Taking the Long View – Career Outcomes 4.1 Academic Trackways 4.2 Parallel Trackways 4.3 Summary: Trained Historians’ Knowledge and Skills Part 5 Reflecting 5.1.1 & 5.1.2 Retrospective Thoughts Select Booklist 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202205.9781914477164_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/becoming-a-historian/ London, GB 04 01 20220518 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477157 03 9781914477157 06 15 9781914477164 03 9781914477164 06 15 9781914477171 03 9781914477171 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/becoming-a-historian 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/becoming-a-historian 20 08 20220518 01 urn:uuid:ba5eb818-71b4-409e-a157-83dbf46e39ca 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6e40674a-36fb-45dc-a0f6-e94f603e8a4f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ba5eb818-71b4-409e-a157-83dbf46e39ca 15 9781914477171 03 9781914477171 06 10.14296/202205.9781914477164 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107974 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Becoming a Historian An Informal Guide 1 A01 Penelope J. Corfield Penelope J. Corfield Penelope J. Corfield is Professor Emeritus of History at Royal Holloway, University of London; Visiting Fellow at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne; Member of the Academia Europaea/ Academy of Europe; and President of the International Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies (2019- the present). Her publications address British social, cultural and urban history in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, as well as general theories of time and history. She gained her own research experience at the Universities of Oxford and London (LSE); she has enjoyed supervising many MA and PhD students; and she welcomes the internationalization of scholarship. 2 A01 21 0000000244295870 Tim Hitchcock Tim Hitchcock Tim Hitchcock is Professor of Digital History at the University of Sussex and until 2021 was Director of the Sussex Humanities Lab. Prior to this he held posts at the University of North London, and the University of Hertfordshire. He has published a dozen books on the histories of poverty, sexuality, gender and crime focusing on eighteenth-century London. With Robert Shoemaker, and others, he has also been responsible for creating a series of web resources, including the Old Bailey Online, London Lives and Locating London’s Past. His first degree was awarded by the University of California at Berkeley, and he received his doctorate from the University of Oxford. 06 Own website https://twitter.com/TimHitchcock 01 eng 00 216 03 12 HB 10 HIS000000 B2 History 93 NHA 93 GTB 12 HBA 20 scholarly community; historians; methods; advice; research projects 01 06 02 00 Writing history is an art and a craft, which can sometimes make it feel intimidating. Becoming a Historian</italic> debunks the myths and demystifies the world of research for both research students and independent scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitati 03 00 Writing history is an art and a craft. This handbook supports research students and independent scholars by showing how the historical profession works and how to participate in its vibrant community of scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitative and qualitative research methodologies and provides advice on bringing projects to a positive conclusion. This friendly guide is frank about the pains and pleasures of sticking with a long-term project, and explains how to present original research to wider audiences, including the appropriate use of social media, the art of public lecturing and strategies for publication.Written by esteemed historians Penelope J. Corfield and Tim Hitchcock, Becoming a Historian</italic> debunks the myths and demystifies the systems that can make the world of research feel intimidating, and offers step-by-step advice on participating in the historical community. 30 00 Writing history is an art and a craft. This handbook supports research students and independent scholars by showing how the historical profession works and how to participate in its vibrant community of scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitative and qualitative research methodologies and provides advice on bringing projects to a positive conclusion. This friendly guide is frank about the pains and pleasures of sticking with a long-term project, and explains how to present original research to wider audiences, including the appropriate use of social media, the art of public lecturing and strategies for publication.Written by esteemed historians Penelope J. Corfield and Tim Hitchcock, Becoming a Historian</italic> debunks the myths and demystifies the systems that can make the world of research feel intimidating, and offers step-by-step advice on participating in the historical community. 04 00 Part 1 Starting, Assessing, Organising 1.1 Joining the Through-Time Community of Historians 1.2 Launching the Research Project 1.3 Shared Monitoring of the Timetable 1.4 Finding Well-Attested Evidence 1.5 Probing Sources & Methodologies 1.6 Managing Masses of Data Part 2 Writing, Analysing, Interpreting 2.1 Writing as a Historian 2.2 Doing It in Public: Historians & Social Media 2.3 Unblocking Writer’s Block, or Better Still, Non-Blocking in the First Place 2.4 Using Technology Creatively: Digital History 2.5 Assessing Some Key Research Approaches 2.6 Troubleshooting Part 3 Presenting, Completing & Moving Onwards 3.1 Public Lecturing 3.2 Asking & Answering Seminar Questions 3.3 Chairing Seminars 3.4 Taking the Last Steps to Completion 3.5 Experiencing the Viva including Appendix: Note on Range of Viva Outcomes & Appropriate Responses 3.6 Moving Onwards to Publication & Civic Engagement Part 4 Taking the Long View – Career Outcomes 4.1 Academic Trackways 4.2 Parallel Trackways 4.3 Summary: Trained Historians’ Knowledge and Skills Part 5 Reflecting 5.1.1 & 5.1.2 Retrospective Thoughts Select Booklist 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202205.9781914477164_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/becoming-a-historian/ London, GB 04 01 20220518 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477157 03 9781914477157 06 15 9781914477164 03 9781914477164 06 15 9781913002107 03 9781913002107 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/becoming-a-historian/ 20 08 20220518 02 5.00 GBP WORLD 02 5.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c719ab36-8144-48a6-b001-b4b00f6863c9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:52530940-6917-4dd2-90dd-f3d26b3823bb 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c719ab36-8144-48a6-b001-b4b00f6863c9 15 9781914477256 03 9781914477256 06 10.14296/rkft3410 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107966 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Before Grenfell Fire, Safety and Deregulation in Twentieth-Century Britain 1 A01 Shane Ewen Shane Ewen 40 02xsh5r57 Leeds Beckett University Shane Ewen is Professor of History at Leeds Beckett University, UK, where his research and teaching interests coalesce around urban history and the politics and culture of disasters and emergency preparedness. His previous books include Fighting Fires: Creating the British Fire Service, c.1800-1978 (2010) and What is Urban History? (2015). He is co-editor of the Urban History journal and has contributed several articles to the History & Policy network. 01 eng 12 HBLX 10 HIS037080 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 12 HBJD1 93 LNKK 10 POL002000 10 ARC003000 93 RPC 12 TNKF 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 12 1DBKESL 93 1DDU-GB-ESL 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 Grenfell; fire; fire safety; Justice4Grenfell; Grenfell United; late-capitalism; poverty; building regulation; housing development; urban planning; urban redevelopment; high-rise; tower blocks; neoliberalism; deregulation; mass-fatality fires; london; tragedy 01 06 02 00 On 14 June 2017, flames engulfed Grenfell Tower, a residential block of flats in West London. Seventy-two people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Before Grenfell</italic> traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precauti 03 00 On 14 June 2017, flames engulfed a residential block of flats in West London. 72 people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Yet the Grenfell Tower fire was a disaster foretold – the culmination of successive decades of deregulation, corporate greed and institutional failure to learn from the lessons of past multiple-fatality fires. By advocating a historical approach spanning the twentieth century, Before Grenfell</italic> deepens our contemporary understanding of the events surrounding the disaster and reveals how past decisions taken by governments and industry bodies created the conditions under which the fire occurred. Drawing upon unexplored archives as well as extensive use of published records, Shane Ewen’s book traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precautions, scientific governance and building regulations by successive governments in thrall to the ideology of neoliberalism. In drawing upon several previous, and often forgotten, multiple-fatality fires, the book sheds light on the historic failures of policymakers to heed the lessons of the past in protecting vulnerable communities, arguing that good policymaking necessitates learning with</italic> history as well as learning from</italic> history. 30 00 On 14 June 2017, flames engulfed a residential block of flats in West London. 72 people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Yet the Grenfell Tower fire was a disaster foretold – the culmination of successive decades of deregulation, corporate greed and institutional failure to learn from the lessons of past multiple-fatality fires. By advocating a historical approach spanning the twentieth century, Before Grenfell</italic> deepens our contemporary understanding of the events surrounding the disaster and reveals how past decisions taken by governments and industry bodies created the conditions under which the fire occurred. Drawing upon unexplored archives as well as extensive use of published records, Shane Ewen’s book traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precautions, scientific governance and building regulations by successive governments in thrall to the ideology of neoliberalism. In drawing upon several previous, and often forgotten, multiple-fatality fires, the book sheds light on the historic failures of policymakers to heed the lessons of the past in protecting vulnerable communities, arguing that good policymaking necessitates learning with</italic> history as well as learning from</italic> history. 04 00 Introduction: Multiple-fatality fires, deregulation and the value of ‘thinking with history’<ol> <li> From byelaws to building regulations: recasting building control in Britain since the nineteenth century </li> <li> How red tape saves lives: the law on fire precautions in Britain since the 1970s </li> <li> The mixed economy of ‘scientific governance’ in twentieth-century Britain </li> <li> The path of least intervention in the ‘great unswept corner of English housing policy’: multiple-fatality fires in houses in multiple occupation in the 1980s and 1990s </li> </ol>Conclusion: The need to learn before and after GrenfellBibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/rkft3410_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/before-grenfell/ London, GB 04 01 20230720 Shane Ewen 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477263 03 9781914477263 06 15 9781914477553 03 9781914477553 06 15 9781914477287 03 9781914477287 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/before-grenfell/ 20 08 20230720 02 14.99 GBP WORLD 02 19.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:809c4680-48a3-4a0e-96d9-f43c2191bd07 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:52530940-6917-4dd2-90dd-f3d26b3823bb 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:809c4680-48a3-4a0e-96d9-f43c2191bd07 15 9781914477263 03 9781914477263 06 10.14296/rkft3410 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107966 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Before Grenfell Fire, Safety and Deregulation in Twentieth-Century Britain 1 A01 Shane Ewen Shane Ewen 40 02xsh5r57 Leeds Beckett University Shane Ewen is Professor of History at Leeds Beckett University, UK, where his research and teaching interests coalesce around urban history and the politics and culture of disasters and emergency preparedness. His previous books include Fighting Fires: Creating the British Fire Service, c.1800-1978 (2010) and What is Urban History? (2015). He is co-editor of the Urban History journal and has contributed several articles to the History & Policy network. 01 eng 12 HBLX 10 HIS037080 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 12 HBJD1 93 LNKK 10 POL002000 10 ARC003000 93 RPC 12 TNKF 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 12 1DBKESL 93 1DDU-GB-ESL 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 Grenfell; fire; fire safety; Justice4Grenfell; Grenfell United; late-capitalism; poverty; building regulation; housing development; urban planning; urban redevelopment; high-rise; tower blocks; neoliberalism; deregulation; mass-fatality fires; london; tragedy 01 06 02 00 On 14 June 2017, flames engulfed Grenfell Tower, a residential block of flats in West London. Seventy-two people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Before Grenfell</italic> traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precauti 03 00 On 14 June 2017, flames engulfed a residential block of flats in West London. 72 people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Yet the Grenfell Tower fire was a disaster foretold – the culmination of successive decades of deregulation, corporate greed and institutional failure to learn from the lessons of past multiple-fatality fires. By advocating a historical approach spanning the twentieth century, Before Grenfell</italic> deepens our contemporary understanding of the events surrounding the disaster and reveals how past decisions taken by governments and industry bodies created the conditions under which the fire occurred. Drawing upon unexplored archives as well as extensive use of published records, Shane Ewen’s book traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precautions, scientific governance and building regulations by successive governments in thrall to the ideology of neoliberalism. In drawing upon several previous, and often forgotten, multiple-fatality fires, the book sheds light on the historic failures of policymakers to heed the lessons of the past in protecting vulnerable communities, arguing that good policymaking necessitates learning with</italic> history as well as learning from</italic> history. 30 00 On 14 June 2017, flames engulfed a residential block of flats in West London. 72 people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Yet the Grenfell Tower fire was a disaster foretold – the culmination of successive decades of deregulation, corporate greed and institutional failure to learn from the lessons of past multiple-fatality fires. By advocating a historical approach spanning the twentieth century, Before Grenfell</italic> deepens our contemporary understanding of the events surrounding the disaster and reveals how past decisions taken by governments and industry bodies created the conditions under which the fire occurred. Drawing upon unexplored archives as well as extensive use of published records, Shane Ewen’s book traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precautions, scientific governance and building regulations by successive governments in thrall to the ideology of neoliberalism. In drawing upon several previous, and often forgotten, multiple-fatality fires, the book sheds light on the historic failures of policymakers to heed the lessons of the past in protecting vulnerable communities, arguing that good policymaking necessitates learning with</italic> history as well as learning from</italic> history. 04 00 Introduction: Multiple-fatality fires, deregulation and the value of ‘thinking with history’<ol> <li> From byelaws to building regulations: recasting building control in Britain since the nineteenth century </li> <li> How red tape saves lives: the law on fire precautions in Britain since the 1970s </li> <li> The mixed economy of ‘scientific governance’ in twentieth-century Britain </li> <li> The path of least intervention in the ‘great unswept corner of English housing policy’: multiple-fatality fires in houses in multiple occupation in the 1980s and 1990s </li> </ol>Conclusion: The need to learn before and after GrenfellBibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/rkft3410_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/before-grenfell/ London, GB 04 01 20230720 Shane Ewen 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477256 03 9781914477256 06 15 9781914477553 03 9781914477553 06 15 9781914477287 03 9781914477287 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/52530940-6917-4dd2-90dd-f3d26b3823bb 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/52530940-6917-4dd2-90dd-f3d26b3823bb/52530940-6917-4dd2-90dd-f3d26b3823bb.pdf 20 08 20230720 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/before-grenfell/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477263.pdf 20 08 20230720 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/before-grenfell/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/rkft3410.pdf 20 08 20230720 01 urn:uuid:6405e419-50ea-4c0b-8e9e-819b4c05c8c9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:52530940-6917-4dd2-90dd-f3d26b3823bb 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6405e419-50ea-4c0b-8e9e-819b4c05c8c9 15 9781914477553 03 9781914477553 06 10.14296/rkft3410 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107966 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Before Grenfell Fire, Safety and Deregulation in Twentieth-Century Britain 1 A01 Shane Ewen Shane Ewen 40 02xsh5r57 Leeds Beckett University Shane Ewen is Professor of History at Leeds Beckett University, UK, where his research and teaching interests coalesce around urban history and the politics and culture of disasters and emergency preparedness. His previous books include Fighting Fires: Creating the British Fire Service, c.1800-1978 (2010) and What is Urban History? (2015). He is co-editor of the Urban History journal and has contributed several articles to the History & Policy network. 01 eng 12 HBLX 10 HIS037080 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 12 HBJD1 93 LNKK 10 POL002000 10 ARC003000 93 RPC 12 TNKF 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 12 1DBKESL 93 1DDU-GB-ESL 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 Grenfell; fire; fire safety; Justice4Grenfell; Grenfell United; late-capitalism; poverty; building regulation; housing development; urban planning; urban redevelopment; high-rise; tower blocks; neoliberalism; deregulation; mass-fatality fires; london; tragedy 01 06 02 00 On 14 June 2017, flames engulfed Grenfell Tower, a residential block of flats in West London. Seventy-two people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Before Grenfell</italic> traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precauti 03 00 On 14 June 2017, flames engulfed a residential block of flats in West London. 72 people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Yet the Grenfell Tower fire was a disaster foretold – the culmination of successive decades of deregulation, corporate greed and institutional failure to learn from the lessons of past multiple-fatality fires. By advocating a historical approach spanning the twentieth century, Before Grenfell</italic> deepens our contemporary understanding of the events surrounding the disaster and reveals how past decisions taken by governments and industry bodies created the conditions under which the fire occurred. Drawing upon unexplored archives as well as extensive use of published records, Shane Ewen’s book traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precautions, scientific governance and building regulations by successive governments in thrall to the ideology of neoliberalism. In drawing upon several previous, and often forgotten, multiple-fatality fires, the book sheds light on the historic failures of policymakers to heed the lessons of the past in protecting vulnerable communities, arguing that good policymaking necessitates learning with</italic> history as well as learning from</italic> history. 30 00 On 14 June 2017, flames engulfed a residential block of flats in West London. 72 people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Yet the Grenfell Tower fire was a disaster foretold – the culmination of successive decades of deregulation, corporate greed and institutional failure to learn from the lessons of past multiple-fatality fires. By advocating a historical approach spanning the twentieth century, Before Grenfell</italic> deepens our contemporary understanding of the events surrounding the disaster and reveals how past decisions taken by governments and industry bodies created the conditions under which the fire occurred. Drawing upon unexplored archives as well as extensive use of published records, Shane Ewen’s book traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precautions, scientific governance and building regulations by successive governments in thrall to the ideology of neoliberalism. In drawing upon several previous, and often forgotten, multiple-fatality fires, the book sheds light on the historic failures of policymakers to heed the lessons of the past in protecting vulnerable communities, arguing that good policymaking necessitates learning with</italic> history as well as learning from</italic> history. 04 00 Introduction: Multiple-fatality fires, deregulation and the value of ‘thinking with history’<ol> <li> From byelaws to building regulations: recasting building control in Britain since the nineteenth century </li> <li> How red tape saves lives: the law on fire precautions in Britain since the 1970s </li> <li> The mixed economy of ‘scientific governance’ in twentieth-century Britain </li> <li> The path of least intervention in the ‘great unswept corner of English housing policy’: multiple-fatality fires in houses in multiple occupation in the 1980s and 1990s </li> </ol>Conclusion: The need to learn before and after GrenfellBibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/rkft3410_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/before-grenfell/ London, GB 04 01 20230720 Shane Ewen 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477256 03 9781914477256 06 15 9781914477263 03 9781914477263 06 15 9781914477287 03 9781914477287 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/before-grenfell 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/before-grenfell 20 08 20230720 01 urn:uuid:41578505-a31a-4c1a-8e6c-1d807be8b0b4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:52530940-6917-4dd2-90dd-f3d26b3823bb 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:41578505-a31a-4c1a-8e6c-1d807be8b0b4 15 9781914477287 03 9781914477287 06 10.14296/rkft3410 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.107966 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Before Grenfell Fire, Safety and Deregulation in Twentieth-Century Britain 1 A01 Shane Ewen Shane Ewen 40 02xsh5r57 Leeds Beckett University Shane Ewen is Professor of History at Leeds Beckett University, UK, where his research and teaching interests coalesce around urban history and the politics and culture of disasters and emergency preparedness. His previous books include Fighting Fires: Creating the British Fire Service, c.1800-1978 (2010) and What is Urban History? (2015). He is co-editor of the Urban History journal and has contributed several articles to the History & Policy network. 01 eng 12 HBLX 10 HIS037080 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 12 HBJD1 93 LNKK 10 POL002000 10 ARC003000 93 RPC 12 TNKF 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 12 1DBKESL 93 1DDU-GB-ESL 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 Grenfell; fire; fire safety; Justice4Grenfell; Grenfell United; late-capitalism; poverty; building regulation; housing development; urban planning; urban redevelopment; high-rise; tower blocks; neoliberalism; deregulation; mass-fatality fires; london; tragedy 01 06 02 00 On 14 June 2017, flames engulfed Grenfell Tower, a residential block of flats in West London. Seventy-two people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Before Grenfell</italic> traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precauti 03 00 On 14 June 2017, flames engulfed a residential block of flats in West London. 72 people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Yet the Grenfell Tower fire was a disaster foretold – the culmination of successive decades of deregulation, corporate greed and institutional failure to learn from the lessons of past multiple-fatality fires. By advocating a historical approach spanning the twentieth century, Before Grenfell</italic> deepens our contemporary understanding of the events surrounding the disaster and reveals how past decisions taken by governments and industry bodies created the conditions under which the fire occurred. Drawing upon unexplored archives as well as extensive use of published records, Shane Ewen’s book traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precautions, scientific governance and building regulations by successive governments in thrall to the ideology of neoliberalism. In drawing upon several previous, and often forgotten, multiple-fatality fires, the book sheds light on the historic failures of policymakers to heed the lessons of the past in protecting vulnerable communities, arguing that good policymaking necessitates learning with</italic> history as well as learning from</italic> history. 30 00 On 14 June 2017, flames engulfed a residential block of flats in West London. 72 people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Yet the Grenfell Tower fire was a disaster foretold – the culmination of successive decades of deregulation, corporate greed and institutional failure to learn from the lessons of past multiple-fatality fires. By advocating a historical approach spanning the twentieth century, Before Grenfell</italic> deepens our contemporary understanding of the events surrounding the disaster and reveals how past decisions taken by governments and industry bodies created the conditions under which the fire occurred. Drawing upon unexplored archives as well as extensive use of published records, Shane Ewen’s book traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precautions, scientific governance and building regulations by successive governments in thrall to the ideology of neoliberalism. In drawing upon several previous, and often forgotten, multiple-fatality fires, the book sheds light on the historic failures of policymakers to heed the lessons of the past in protecting vulnerable communities, arguing that good policymaking necessitates learning with</italic> history as well as learning from</italic> history. 04 00 Introduction: Multiple-fatality fires, deregulation and the value of ‘thinking with history’<ol> <li> From byelaws to building regulations: recasting building control in Britain since the nineteenth century </li> <li> How red tape saves lives: the law on fire precautions in Britain since the 1970s </li> <li> The mixed economy of ‘scientific governance’ in twentieth-century Britain </li> <li> The path of least intervention in the ‘great unswept corner of English housing policy’: multiple-fatality fires in houses in multiple occupation in the 1980s and 1990s </li> </ol>Conclusion: The need to learn before and after GrenfellBibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/rkft3410_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/before-grenfell/ London, GB 04 01 20230720 Shane Ewen 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477256 03 9781914477256 06 15 9781914477263 03 9781914477263 06 15 9781914477553 03 9781914477553 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/before-grenfell/ 20 08 20230720 02 14.99 GBP WORLD 02 19.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a4c666b8-6270-43dc-babb-b7b8f4503125 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3d81284f-f0d6-4123-9f8a-6950bd7a779b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a4c666b8-6270-43dc-babb-b7b8f4503125 15 9780992725709 03 9780992725709 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55480 00 BC 10 01 254 mm 01 25.4 cm 01 10 in 02 178 mm 02 17.8 cm 02 7 in 01 01 Blackburn’s ‘Worthy Citizen’: The Philanthropic Legacy of R.E. Hart 1 B01 Cynthia Johnston Cynthia Johnston 2 B01 Sarah J. Biggs Sarah J. Biggs 01 eng 00 60 03 09 35 12 AGC 93 AGC 10 ART006000 B2 Literary Studies 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E B2 History 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 Robert Edward Hart; Blackburn Museum; Medieval Manuscripts; English Book of Hours; Early Printed Books; Incunables 01 06 02 00 03 00 The exceptionally fine colour images in this catalogue are selections from the R.E. Hart Collection held by the Blackburn Museum and Art Gallery. Seven medieval manuscripts and three incunables from the Collection were exhibited at Senate House Library in November of 2013. This project, Blackburn’s ‘Worthy Citizen’: The Philanthropic Legacy of R.E. Hart, was made possible by a grant from the Arts and Humanities Research Council, and was generously supported by the Institute of English Studies at the School of Advanced Study, University of London; Winchester University; the Bibliographical Society; the Economic History Society; and the Blackburn Museum itself. Graduate students from the Institute of English Studies, The Courtauld Institute of Art, and Cambridge and Winchester Universities have worked with curators and experts from a wide range of academic disciplines to produce the exhibition and accompanying catalogue. 30 00 The exceptionally fine colour images in this catalogue are selections from the R.E. Hart Collection held by the Blackburn Museum and Art Gallery. Seven medieval manuscripts and three incunables from the Collection were exhibited at Senate House Library in November of 2013. This project, Blackburn’s ‘Worthy Citizen’: The Philanthropic Legacy of R.E. Hart, was made possible by a grant from the Arts and Humanities Research Council, and was generously supported by the Institute of English Studies at the School of Advanced Study, University of London; Winchester University; the Bibliographical Society; the Economic History Society; and the Blackburn Museum itself. Graduate students from the Institute of English Studies, The Courtauld Institute of Art, and Cambridge and Winchester Universities have worked with curators and experts from a wide range of academic disciplines to produce the exhibition and accompanying catalogue. 04 00 ContentsIntroduction<ol> <li>MS Hart 21117: The Peckover Psalter. France (Paris or eastern France?), c. 1220–40</li> <li>MS Hart 21001: The Blackburn Psalter. Oxford ?, c. 1260–80</li> <li>MS Hart 21018: Book of Hours, Use of Sarum. England, c. 1420–30</li> <li>MS Hart 21040: Book of Hours, Use of Sarum. England, c. 1440</li> <li>MS Hart 9977: Ars Moriendi. Printed by Konrad Kachelofen at Leipzig, c. 1495</li> <li>MS Hart 20996: Book of Hours, Use of Rome. Northern Italy (probably Venice), c. 1470–80</li> <li>MS Hart 20932: Book of Hours, Use of Rome. France, c. 1480</li> <li>MS Hart 13687: Bernard von Breydenbach, Peregrinationes in Terram Sanctam. Germany, 1490</li> <li> MS Hart 20884: Book of Hours, Use of Rome. Netherlands or France, c. 1480–90 </li> <li>MS Hart 20281: De claris mulieribus (von etlichen Frowen). Augsburg (Germany), 1479</li> </ol>Selected bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249296//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/blackburns-worthy-citizen-the-philanthropic-legacy-of-r-e-hart/ London, GB 04 01 20130814 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/blackburns-worthy-citizen-the-philanthropic-legacy-of-r-e-hart/ 20 08 20130814 02 9.99 GBP WORLD 02 15.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:cdaf94f5-4050-4e8f-9838-7f0a34653ce0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2d2f0653-a143-4c37-8152-4fda671b48b9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:cdaf94f5-4050-4e8f-9838-7f0a34653ce0 15 9781900039819 03 9781900039819 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53750 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 21 mm 03 2.1 cm 03 0.8125 in 08 28 gr 08 1 oz 01 01 Bolivia Revolution and the Power of History in the Present 1 A01 James Dunkerley James Dunkerley 01 eng 12 HBJK 10 HIS033000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 HBLW3 93 N 10 POL032000 12 1KLSL 93 1KLSL 10 HIS049000 93 3MPQ 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248120/53750/53750_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/bolivia/ London, GB 04 01 20070912 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/bolivia/ 20 08 20070912 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9061c6a2-8275-42f7-9290-91e0a1ba1603 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0fe904f7-3712-4e18-8fea-0ba66ae3e7a6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9061c6a2-8275-42f7-9290-91e0a1ba1603 15 9781913739034 03 9781913739034 06 10.14296/ufnt1799 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126194 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Books, Readers and Libraries in Fiction 1 B01 21 000000020898808X Karen Attar Karen Attar Curator of Rare Books and University Art Senate House Library, University of London Karen Attar is the Curator of Rare Books and University Art at Senate House Library, University of London, and a former Research Fellow at the Institute of English Studies, University of London. She is the reviews editor for Library & Information History, and edited among other works the third edition of the Directory of Rare Book and Special Collections in the United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland (Facet, 2016). She has published widely on aspects of library history. 2 B01 21 0000000349257627 Andrew Nash Andrew Nash Reader in Book History Institute of English Studies, University of London Andrew Nash is Reader in Book History and Director of the London Rare Books School, Institute of English Studies, University of London. In addition to over fifty scholarly articles and chapters, he has written, edited or co-edited eight books on various aspects of the history of the book, the history of the novel, Victorian literature, and Scottish literature. His most recent major publication is The Cambridge History of the Book in Britain, Volume 7 (2019), co-edited with Claire Squires and Ian Willison. He was an editor of The Review of English Studies from 2011–2020. 01 eng 09 8 12 DSK 93 DSK 10 LIT007000 B2 Literary Studies 93 DSA 12 DSA 10 LIT024000 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3J 93 3M 20 english studies; gender; genre; library history; reception theory; intratextuality; intertextuality; reading; materiality; novel; text; poetry 01 06 02 00 This volume explores the depiction of books, libraries and reading in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Its varied case studies address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself and examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to differ 03 00 It is easy to find books and libraries within fiction from the earliest times onwards in works for all age groups, in canonical literature and in books that form part of popular culture. From Don Quixote</italic> to Louisa M. Alcott’s March girls and Terry Pratchett’s Unseen University wizards, the reading material of fictional personae is part of their characterisation; we are often reading readers. This volume breaks new ground in offering a chronological range of essays exploring the depiction of books, libraries and reading specifically in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Through detailed case studies from primarily British fiction that address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself, the collection examines the ways in which authors of fiction mediate and interpret books, libraries, and the act of reading to their own readers. Fiction enables writers to teach readers how to read, but it can also portray subversive acts of reading that engage with contemporary cultural anxieties or moral debates. The volume draws on approaches from literary studies, book history, library history, and theories and histories of reading, to examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to different reading practices, and the use (and abuse) of books beyond actual reading, both in the context of specific works and about the reception of books more widely. 30 00 It is easy to find books and libraries within fiction from the earliest times onwards in works for all age groups, in canonical literature and in books that form part of popular culture. From Don Quixote</italic> to Louisa M. Alcott’s March girls and Terry Pratchett’s Unseen University wizards, the reading material of fictional personae is part of their characterisation; we are often reading readers. This volume breaks new ground in offering a chronological range of essays exploring the depiction of books, libraries and reading specifically in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Through detailed case studies from primarily British fiction that address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself, the collection examines the ways in which authors of fiction mediate and interpret books, libraries, and the act of reading to their own readers. Fiction enables writers to teach readers how to read, but it can also portray subversive acts of reading that engage with contemporary cultural anxieties or moral debates. The volume draws on approaches from literary studies, book history, library history, and theories and histories of reading, to examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to different reading practices, and the use (and abuse) of books beyond actual reading, both in the context of specific works and about the reception of books more widely. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Books, Reading, and Libraries in Fiction Karen Attar and Andrew Nash </li> <li> 1 Reading Envisioned in the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Centuries Daniel Sawyer </li> <li> 2 ‘The Gay Part of Reading’: Corruption through Reading? Rahel Orgis </li> <li> 3 ‘Fling Peregrine Pickle under the toilet’: Reading Fiction Together in the Eighteenth Century Abigail Williams </li> <li> 4 Jane Austen’s Refinement of the Intradiegetic Novel Reader in Northanger Abbey: A Study in Ricoeurian Hermeneutics of Recuperation Monika Class </li> <li> 5 ‘Evaluating Negative Representations of Reading: Ivan Turgenev’s Faust (1855)’ Shafquat Towheed </li> <li> 6 ‘I spent all yesterday trying to read’: Reading in the Face of Existential Threat in Bram Stoker’s Dracula Hannah Callahan </li> <li> 7 ‘Into separate brochures’: Stitched Work and a New New Testament in Thomas Hardy’s Jude the Obscure Lucy Sixsmith </li> <li> 8 A Fire Fed on Books: Books and Reading in D.H. Lawrence’s Sons and Lovers Susan Watson </li> <li> 9 ‘I sometimes like to read a novel’: Books and Reading in Victorian Adventure Romance Andrew Nash </li> <li> 10 When It Isn’t Cricket: Books, Reading and Libraries in the Girls’ School Story Karen Attar </li> <li> 11 The Body in the Library in the Fiction of Agatha Christie and her `Golden Age’ Contemporaries Keith Manley </li> <li> 12 ‘Very Nearly Magical’: Books and their Readers in Terry Pratchett’s Discworld Series Jane Suzanne Carroll </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ufnt1799_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/books-readers-and-libraries-in-fiction/ London, GB 04 01 20250130 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913739027 03 9781913739027 06 15 9781913739041 03 9781913739041 06 15 9781913739102 03 9781913739102 06 15 9781913739058 03 9781913739058 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/books-readers-and-libraries-in-fiction/ 20 08 20250130 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:2066c999-4460-47f2-b437-13ab20aa77a4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0fe904f7-3712-4e18-8fea-0ba66ae3e7a6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2066c999-4460-47f2-b437-13ab20aa77a4 15 9781913739027 03 9781913739027 06 10.14296/ufnt1799 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126194 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Books, Readers and Libraries in Fiction 1 B01 21 000000020898808X Karen Attar Karen Attar Curator of Rare Books and University Art Senate House Library, University of London Karen Attar is the Curator of Rare Books and University Art at Senate House Library, University of London, and a former Research Fellow at the Institute of English Studies, University of London. She is the reviews editor for Library & Information History, and edited among other works the third edition of the Directory of Rare Book and Special Collections in the United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland (Facet, 2016). She has published widely on aspects of library history. 2 B01 21 0000000349257627 Andrew Nash Andrew Nash Reader in Book History Institute of English Studies, University of London Andrew Nash is Reader in Book History and Director of the London Rare Books School, Institute of English Studies, University of London. In addition to over fifty scholarly articles and chapters, he has written, edited or co-edited eight books on various aspects of the history of the book, the history of the novel, Victorian literature, and Scottish literature. His most recent major publication is The Cambridge History of the Book in Britain, Volume 7 (2019), co-edited with Claire Squires and Ian Willison. He was an editor of The Review of English Studies from 2011–2020. 01 eng 09 8 12 DSK 93 DSK 10 LIT007000 B2 Literary Studies 93 DSA 12 DSA 10 LIT024000 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3J 93 3M 20 english studies; gender; genre; library history; reception theory; intratextuality; intertextuality; reading; materiality; novel; text; poetry 01 06 02 00 This volume explores the depiction of books, libraries and reading in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Its varied case studies address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself and examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to differ 03 00 It is easy to find books and libraries within fiction from the earliest times onwards in works for all age groups, in canonical literature and in books that form part of popular culture. From Don Quixote</italic> to Louisa M. Alcott’s March girls and Terry Pratchett’s Unseen University wizards, the reading material of fictional personae is part of their characterisation; we are often reading readers. This volume breaks new ground in offering a chronological range of essays exploring the depiction of books, libraries and reading specifically in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Through detailed case studies from primarily British fiction that address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself, the collection examines the ways in which authors of fiction mediate and interpret books, libraries, and the act of reading to their own readers. Fiction enables writers to teach readers how to read, but it can also portray subversive acts of reading that engage with contemporary cultural anxieties or moral debates. The volume draws on approaches from literary studies, book history, library history, and theories and histories of reading, to examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to different reading practices, and the use (and abuse) of books beyond actual reading, both in the context of specific works and about the reception of books more widely. 30 00 It is easy to find books and libraries within fiction from the earliest times onwards in works for all age groups, in canonical literature and in books that form part of popular culture. From Don Quixote</italic> to Louisa M. Alcott’s March girls and Terry Pratchett’s Unseen University wizards, the reading material of fictional personae is part of their characterisation; we are often reading readers. This volume breaks new ground in offering a chronological range of essays exploring the depiction of books, libraries and reading specifically in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Through detailed case studies from primarily British fiction that address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself, the collection examines the ways in which authors of fiction mediate and interpret books, libraries, and the act of reading to their own readers. Fiction enables writers to teach readers how to read, but it can also portray subversive acts of reading that engage with contemporary cultural anxieties or moral debates. The volume draws on approaches from literary studies, book history, library history, and theories and histories of reading, to examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to different reading practices, and the use (and abuse) of books beyond actual reading, both in the context of specific works and about the reception of books more widely. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Books, Reading, and Libraries in Fiction Karen Attar and Andrew Nash </li> <li> 1 Reading Envisioned in the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Centuries Daniel Sawyer </li> <li> 2 ‘The Gay Part of Reading’: Corruption through Reading? Rahel Orgis </li> <li> 3 ‘Fling Peregrine Pickle under the toilet’: Reading Fiction Together in the Eighteenth Century Abigail Williams </li> <li> 4 Jane Austen’s Refinement of the Intradiegetic Novel Reader in Northanger Abbey: A Study in Ricoeurian Hermeneutics of Recuperation Monika Class </li> <li> 5 ‘Evaluating Negative Representations of Reading: Ivan Turgenev’s Faust (1855)’ Shafquat Towheed </li> <li> 6 ‘I spent all yesterday trying to read’: Reading in the Face of Existential Threat in Bram Stoker’s Dracula Hannah Callahan </li> <li> 7 ‘Into separate brochures’: Stitched Work and a New New Testament in Thomas Hardy’s Jude the Obscure Lucy Sixsmith </li> <li> 8 A Fire Fed on Books: Books and Reading in D.H. Lawrence’s Sons and Lovers Susan Watson </li> <li> 9 ‘I sometimes like to read a novel’: Books and Reading in Victorian Adventure Romance Andrew Nash </li> <li> 10 When It Isn’t Cricket: Books, Reading and Libraries in the Girls’ School Story Karen Attar </li> <li> 11 The Body in the Library in the Fiction of Agatha Christie and her `Golden Age’ Contemporaries Keith Manley </li> <li> 12 ‘Very Nearly Magical’: Books and their Readers in Terry Pratchett’s Discworld Series Jane Suzanne Carroll </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ufnt1799_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/books-readers-and-libraries-in-fiction/ London, GB 04 01 20250130 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913739034 03 9781913739034 06 15 9781913739041 03 9781913739041 06 15 9781913739102 03 9781913739102 06 15 9781913739058 03 9781913739058 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/books-readers-and-libraries-in-fiction/ 20 08 20250130 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:6e319d9e-8b00-4313-83ea-1a610d76a79e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0fe904f7-3712-4e18-8fea-0ba66ae3e7a6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6e319d9e-8b00-4313-83ea-1a610d76a79e 15 9781913739041 03 9781913739041 06 10.14296/ufnt1799 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126194 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Books, Readers and Libraries in Fiction 1 B01 21 000000020898808X Karen Attar Karen Attar Curator of Rare Books and University Art Senate House Library, University of London Karen Attar is the Curator of Rare Books and University Art at Senate House Library, University of London, and a former Research Fellow at the Institute of English Studies, University of London. She is the reviews editor for Library & Information History, and edited among other works the third edition of the Directory of Rare Book and Special Collections in the United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland (Facet, 2016). She has published widely on aspects of library history. 2 B01 21 0000000349257627 Andrew Nash Andrew Nash Reader in Book History Institute of English Studies, University of London Andrew Nash is Reader in Book History and Director of the London Rare Books School, Institute of English Studies, University of London. In addition to over fifty scholarly articles and chapters, he has written, edited or co-edited eight books on various aspects of the history of the book, the history of the novel, Victorian literature, and Scottish literature. His most recent major publication is The Cambridge History of the Book in Britain, Volume 7 (2019), co-edited with Claire Squires and Ian Willison. He was an editor of The Review of English Studies from 2011–2020. 01 eng 09 8 12 DSK 93 DSK 10 LIT007000 B2 Literary Studies 93 DSA 12 DSA 10 LIT024000 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3J 93 3M 20 english studies; gender; genre; library history; reception theory; intratextuality; intertextuality; reading; materiality; novel; text; poetry 01 06 02 00 This volume explores the depiction of books, libraries and reading in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Its varied case studies address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself and examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to differ 03 00 It is easy to find books and libraries within fiction from the earliest times onwards in works for all age groups, in canonical literature and in books that form part of popular culture. From Don Quixote</italic> to Louisa M. Alcott’s March girls and Terry Pratchett’s Unseen University wizards, the reading material of fictional personae is part of their characterisation; we are often reading readers. This volume breaks new ground in offering a chronological range of essays exploring the depiction of books, libraries and reading specifically in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Through detailed case studies from primarily British fiction that address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself, the collection examines the ways in which authors of fiction mediate and interpret books, libraries, and the act of reading to their own readers. Fiction enables writers to teach readers how to read, but it can also portray subversive acts of reading that engage with contemporary cultural anxieties or moral debates. The volume draws on approaches from literary studies, book history, library history, and theories and histories of reading, to examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to different reading practices, and the use (and abuse) of books beyond actual reading, both in the context of specific works and about the reception of books more widely. 30 00 It is easy to find books and libraries within fiction from the earliest times onwards in works for all age groups, in canonical literature and in books that form part of popular culture. From Don Quixote</italic> to Louisa M. Alcott’s March girls and Terry Pratchett’s Unseen University wizards, the reading material of fictional personae is part of their characterisation; we are often reading readers. This volume breaks new ground in offering a chronological range of essays exploring the depiction of books, libraries and reading specifically in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Through detailed case studies from primarily British fiction that address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself, the collection examines the ways in which authors of fiction mediate and interpret books, libraries, and the act of reading to their own readers. Fiction enables writers to teach readers how to read, but it can also portray subversive acts of reading that engage with contemporary cultural anxieties or moral debates. The volume draws on approaches from literary studies, book history, library history, and theories and histories of reading, to examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to different reading practices, and the use (and abuse) of books beyond actual reading, both in the context of specific works and about the reception of books more widely. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Books, Reading, and Libraries in Fiction Karen Attar and Andrew Nash </li> <li> 1 Reading Envisioned in the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Centuries Daniel Sawyer </li> <li> 2 ‘The Gay Part of Reading’: Corruption through Reading? Rahel Orgis </li> <li> 3 ‘Fling Peregrine Pickle under the toilet’: Reading Fiction Together in the Eighteenth Century Abigail Williams </li> <li> 4 Jane Austen’s Refinement of the Intradiegetic Novel Reader in Northanger Abbey: A Study in Ricoeurian Hermeneutics of Recuperation Monika Class </li> <li> 5 ‘Evaluating Negative Representations of Reading: Ivan Turgenev’s Faust (1855)’ Shafquat Towheed </li> <li> 6 ‘I spent all yesterday trying to read’: Reading in the Face of Existential Threat in Bram Stoker’s Dracula Hannah Callahan </li> <li> 7 ‘Into separate brochures’: Stitched Work and a New New Testament in Thomas Hardy’s Jude the Obscure Lucy Sixsmith </li> <li> 8 A Fire Fed on Books: Books and Reading in D.H. Lawrence’s Sons and Lovers Susan Watson </li> <li> 9 ‘I sometimes like to read a novel’: Books and Reading in Victorian Adventure Romance Andrew Nash </li> <li> 10 When It Isn’t Cricket: Books, Reading and Libraries in the Girls’ School Story Karen Attar </li> <li> 11 The Body in the Library in the Fiction of Agatha Christie and her `Golden Age’ Contemporaries Keith Manley </li> <li> 12 ‘Very Nearly Magical’: Books and their Readers in Terry Pratchett’s Discworld Series Jane Suzanne Carroll </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ufnt1799_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/books-readers-and-libraries-in-fiction/ London, GB 04 01 20250130 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913739034 03 9781913739034 06 15 9781913739027 03 9781913739027 06 15 9781913739102 03 9781913739102 06 15 9781913739058 03 9781913739058 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/0fe904f7-3712-4e18-8fea-0ba66ae3e7a6 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/0fe904f7-3712-4e18-8fea-0ba66ae3e7a6/0fe904f7-3712-4e18-8fea-0ba66ae3e7a6.pdf 20 08 20250130 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781913739041.pdf 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781913739041.pdf 20 08 20250130 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781913739041.pdf 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ufnt1799.pdf 20 08 20250130 01 urn:uuid:24cf496f-97f6-4434-8ced-0baafda8c062 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0fe904f7-3712-4e18-8fea-0ba66ae3e7a6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:24cf496f-97f6-4434-8ced-0baafda8c062 15 9781913739102 03 9781913739102 06 10.14296/ufnt1799 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126194 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Books, Readers and Libraries in Fiction 1 B01 21 000000020898808X Karen Attar Karen Attar Curator of Rare Books and University Art Senate House Library, University of London Karen Attar is the Curator of Rare Books and University Art at Senate House Library, University of London, and a former Research Fellow at the Institute of English Studies, University of London. She is the reviews editor for Library & Information History, and edited among other works the third edition of the Directory of Rare Book and Special Collections in the United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland (Facet, 2016). She has published widely on aspects of library history. 2 B01 21 0000000349257627 Andrew Nash Andrew Nash Reader in Book History Institute of English Studies, University of London Andrew Nash is Reader in Book History and Director of the London Rare Books School, Institute of English Studies, University of London. In addition to over fifty scholarly articles and chapters, he has written, edited or co-edited eight books on various aspects of the history of the book, the history of the novel, Victorian literature, and Scottish literature. His most recent major publication is The Cambridge History of the Book in Britain, Volume 7 (2019), co-edited with Claire Squires and Ian Willison. He was an editor of The Review of English Studies from 2011–2020. 01 eng 09 8 12 DSK 93 DSK 10 LIT007000 B2 Literary Studies 93 DSA 12 DSA 10 LIT024000 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3J 93 3M 20 english studies; gender; genre; library history; reception theory; intratextuality; intertextuality; reading; materiality; novel; text; poetry 01 06 02 00 This volume explores the depiction of books, libraries and reading in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Its varied case studies address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself and examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to differ 03 00 It is easy to find books and libraries within fiction from the earliest times onwards in works for all age groups, in canonical literature and in books that form part of popular culture. From Don Quixote</italic> to Louisa M. Alcott’s March girls and Terry Pratchett’s Unseen University wizards, the reading material of fictional personae is part of their characterisation; we are often reading readers. This volume breaks new ground in offering a chronological range of essays exploring the depiction of books, libraries and reading specifically in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Through detailed case studies from primarily British fiction that address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself, the collection examines the ways in which authors of fiction mediate and interpret books, libraries, and the act of reading to their own readers. Fiction enables writers to teach readers how to read, but it can also portray subversive acts of reading that engage with contemporary cultural anxieties or moral debates. The volume draws on approaches from literary studies, book history, library history, and theories and histories of reading, to examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to different reading practices, and the use (and abuse) of books beyond actual reading, both in the context of specific works and about the reception of books more widely. 30 00 It is easy to find books and libraries within fiction from the earliest times onwards in works for all age groups, in canonical literature and in books that form part of popular culture. From Don Quixote</italic> to Louisa M. Alcott’s March girls and Terry Pratchett’s Unseen University wizards, the reading material of fictional personae is part of their characterisation; we are often reading readers. This volume breaks new ground in offering a chronological range of essays exploring the depiction of books, libraries and reading specifically in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Through detailed case studies from primarily British fiction that address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself, the collection examines the ways in which authors of fiction mediate and interpret books, libraries, and the act of reading to their own readers. Fiction enables writers to teach readers how to read, but it can also portray subversive acts of reading that engage with contemporary cultural anxieties or moral debates. The volume draws on approaches from literary studies, book history, library history, and theories and histories of reading, to examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to different reading practices, and the use (and abuse) of books beyond actual reading, both in the context of specific works and about the reception of books more widely. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Books, Reading, and Libraries in Fiction Karen Attar and Andrew Nash </li> <li> 1 Reading Envisioned in the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Centuries Daniel Sawyer </li> <li> 2 ‘The Gay Part of Reading’: Corruption through Reading? Rahel Orgis </li> <li> 3 ‘Fling Peregrine Pickle under the toilet’: Reading Fiction Together in the Eighteenth Century Abigail Williams </li> <li> 4 Jane Austen’s Refinement of the Intradiegetic Novel Reader in Northanger Abbey: A Study in Ricoeurian Hermeneutics of Recuperation Monika Class </li> <li> 5 ‘Evaluating Negative Representations of Reading: Ivan Turgenev’s Faust (1855)’ Shafquat Towheed </li> <li> 6 ‘I spent all yesterday trying to read’: Reading in the Face of Existential Threat in Bram Stoker’s Dracula Hannah Callahan </li> <li> 7 ‘Into separate brochures’: Stitched Work and a New New Testament in Thomas Hardy’s Jude the Obscure Lucy Sixsmith </li> <li> 8 A Fire Fed on Books: Books and Reading in D.H. Lawrence’s Sons and Lovers Susan Watson </li> <li> 9 ‘I sometimes like to read a novel’: Books and Reading in Victorian Adventure Romance Andrew Nash </li> <li> 10 When It Isn’t Cricket: Books, Reading and Libraries in the Girls’ School Story Karen Attar </li> <li> 11 The Body in the Library in the Fiction of Agatha Christie and her `Golden Age’ Contemporaries Keith Manley </li> <li> 12 ‘Very Nearly Magical’: Books and their Readers in Terry Pratchett’s Discworld Series Jane Suzanne Carroll </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ufnt1799_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/books-readers-and-libraries-in-fiction/ London, GB 04 01 20250130 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913739034 03 9781913739034 06 15 9781913739027 03 9781913739027 06 15 9781913739041 03 9781913739041 06 15 9781913739058 03 9781913739058 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/books-readers-and-libraries-in-fiction/ 20 08 20250130 01 urn:uuid:cd195535-fe89-4b3c-91b4-083384ee056f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0fe904f7-3712-4e18-8fea-0ba66ae3e7a6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:cd195535-fe89-4b3c-91b4-083384ee056f 15 9781913739058 03 9781913739058 06 10.14296/ufnt1799 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.126194 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Books, Readers and Libraries in Fiction 1 B01 21 000000020898808X Karen Attar Karen Attar Curator of Rare Books and University Art Senate House Library, University of London Karen Attar is the Curator of Rare Books and University Art at Senate House Library, University of London, and a former Research Fellow at the Institute of English Studies, University of London. She is the reviews editor for Library & Information History, and edited among other works the third edition of the Directory of Rare Book and Special Collections in the United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland (Facet, 2016). She has published widely on aspects of library history. 2 B01 21 0000000349257627 Andrew Nash Andrew Nash Reader in Book History Institute of English Studies, University of London Andrew Nash is Reader in Book History and Director of the London Rare Books School, Institute of English Studies, University of London. In addition to over fifty scholarly articles and chapters, he has written, edited or co-edited eight books on various aspects of the history of the book, the history of the novel, Victorian literature, and Scottish literature. His most recent major publication is The Cambridge History of the Book in Britain, Volume 7 (2019), co-edited with Claire Squires and Ian Willison. He was an editor of The Review of English Studies from 2011–2020. 01 eng 09 8 12 DSK 93 DSK 10 LIT007000 B2 Literary Studies 93 DSA 12 DSA 10 LIT024000 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3J 93 3M 20 english studies; gender; genre; library history; reception theory; intratextuality; intertextuality; reading; materiality; novel; text; poetry 01 06 02 00 This volume explores the depiction of books, libraries and reading in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Its varied case studies address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself and examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to differ 03 00 It is easy to find books and libraries within fiction from the earliest times onwards in works for all age groups, in canonical literature and in books that form part of popular culture. From Don Quixote</italic> to Louisa M. Alcott’s March girls and Terry Pratchett’s Unseen University wizards, the reading material of fictional personae is part of their characterisation; we are often reading readers. This volume breaks new ground in offering a chronological range of essays exploring the depiction of books, libraries and reading specifically in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Through detailed case studies from primarily British fiction that address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself, the collection examines the ways in which authors of fiction mediate and interpret books, libraries, and the act of reading to their own readers. Fiction enables writers to teach readers how to read, but it can also portray subversive acts of reading that engage with contemporary cultural anxieties or moral debates. The volume draws on approaches from literary studies, book history, library history, and theories and histories of reading, to examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to different reading practices, and the use (and abuse) of books beyond actual reading, both in the context of specific works and about the reception of books more widely. 30 00 It is easy to find books and libraries within fiction from the earliest times onwards in works for all age groups, in canonical literature and in books that form part of popular culture. From Don Quixote</italic> to Louisa M. Alcott’s March girls and Terry Pratchett’s Unseen University wizards, the reading material of fictional personae is part of their characterisation; we are often reading readers. This volume breaks new ground in offering a chronological range of essays exploring the depiction of books, libraries and reading specifically in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Through detailed case studies from primarily British fiction that address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself, the collection examines the ways in which authors of fiction mediate and interpret books, libraries, and the act of reading to their own readers. Fiction enables writers to teach readers how to read, but it can also portray subversive acts of reading that engage with contemporary cultural anxieties or moral debates. The volume draws on approaches from literary studies, book history, library history, and theories and histories of reading, to examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to different reading practices, and the use (and abuse) of books beyond actual reading, both in the context of specific works and about the reception of books more widely. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Books, Reading, and Libraries in Fiction Karen Attar and Andrew Nash </li> <li> 1 Reading Envisioned in the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Centuries Daniel Sawyer </li> <li> 2 ‘The Gay Part of Reading’: Corruption through Reading? Rahel Orgis </li> <li> 3 ‘Fling Peregrine Pickle under the toilet’: Reading Fiction Together in the Eighteenth Century Abigail Williams </li> <li> 4 Jane Austen’s Refinement of the Intradiegetic Novel Reader in Northanger Abbey: A Study in Ricoeurian Hermeneutics of Recuperation Monika Class </li> <li> 5 ‘Evaluating Negative Representations of Reading: Ivan Turgenev’s Faust (1855)’ Shafquat Towheed </li> <li> 6 ‘I spent all yesterday trying to read’: Reading in the Face of Existential Threat in Bram Stoker’s Dracula Hannah Callahan </li> <li> 7 ‘Into separate brochures’: Stitched Work and a New New Testament in Thomas Hardy’s Jude the Obscure Lucy Sixsmith </li> <li> 8 A Fire Fed on Books: Books and Reading in D.H. Lawrence’s Sons and Lovers Susan Watson </li> <li> 9 ‘I sometimes like to read a novel’: Books and Reading in Victorian Adventure Romance Andrew Nash </li> <li> 10 When It Isn’t Cricket: Books, Reading and Libraries in the Girls’ School Story Karen Attar </li> <li> 11 The Body in the Library in the Fiction of Agatha Christie and her `Golden Age’ Contemporaries Keith Manley </li> <li> 12 ‘Very Nearly Magical’: Books and their Readers in Terry Pratchett’s Discworld Series Jane Suzanne Carroll </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ufnt1799_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/books-readers-and-libraries-in-fiction/ London, GB 04 01 20250130 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913739034 03 9781913739034 06 15 9781913739027 03 9781913739027 06 15 9781913739041 03 9781913739041 06 15 9781913739102 03 9781913739102 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/books-readers-and-libraries-in-fiction/ 20 08 20250130 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:2e12f999-ef0a-4bb0-bb42-13aca3ced33b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ad3b25d6-44f7-4419-9460-4e170c4ec64f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2e12f999-ef0a-4bb0-bb42-13aca3ced33b 15 9781900039215 03 9781900039215 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53927 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 08 11 gr 08 0.5 oz 01 01 Borges and Europe Revisited 1 B01 Evelyn Fishburn Evelyn Fishburn 01 eng 12 DSC 93 DSC B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 DNF 93 DNL 10 LIT004100 12 DSBH 93 DSBH 10 POL058000 93 DSK 12 DSK 12 1D 93 1D 12 1KLSA 93 1KLSA 12 2ADS 93 2ADS 12 3JH 93 3MN 12 3JJ 93 3MP 01 06 02 00 A re-examination of Borges's work from the perspectives of the dominant "European" culture of the time. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248176/53927/53927_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/borges-and-europe-revisited/ London, GB 04 01 19980101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/borges-and-europe-revisited/ 20 08 19980101 02 15.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:aecc0c0e-7828-4e6e-868f-7321f0e8363f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:95e2d32b-6e36-4062-84c7-091c1c947ff6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:aecc0c0e-7828-4e6e-868f-7321f0e8363f 15 9781905165582 03 9781905165582 06 10.14296/117.9781909646452 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55342 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Brave new world: Imperial and democratic nation-building in Britain between the wars 1 B01 Laura Beers Laura Beers 2 B01 Geraint Thomas Geraint Thomas 01 eng 00 288 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 20 Inter-war Britain; Conservatives; British Empire; Fabian Colonial Bureau; British press; Modernism; Black intellectuals; Daily Mirror; Save the Children Fund 01 06 02 00 03 00 After the First World War, Britain faced a number of challenges as it sought to adapt to domestic conditions of mass democracy while maintaining its position in the empire in the face of national independence movements. As politicians at home and abroad sought to legitimize their position, new efforts were made to conceptualize nationality and citizenship, with attempts to engage the public using mass media and greater emphasis on governing in the public interest. Brave New World reappraises the domestic and imperial history of Britain in the inter-war period, investigating how 'nation building' was given renewed impetus by the upheavals of the First World War. The essays in this collection address how new technologies and approaches to governance were used to forge new national identities both at home and in the empire, covering a wide range of issues from the representation of empire on film to the convergence of politics and 'star culture'. The book is an invaluable resource for scholars of British social, political and imperial history, as well as being of interest to the general reader. 30 00 After the First World War, Britain faced a number of challenges as it sought to adapt to domestic conditions of mass democracy while maintaining its position in the empire in the face of national independence movements. As politicians at home and abroad sought to legitimize their position, new efforts were made to conceptualize nationality and citizenship, with attempts to engage the public using mass media and greater emphasis on governing in the public interest. Brave New World reappraises the domestic and imperial history of Britain in the inter-war period, investigating how 'nation building' was given renewed impetus by the upheavals of the First World War. The essays in this collection address how new technologies and approaches to governance were used to forge new national identities both at home and in the empire, covering a wide range of issues from the representation of empire on film to the convergence of politics and 'star culture'. The book is an invaluable resource for scholars of British social, political and imperial history, as well as being of interest to the general reader. 04 00 Introduction1 Political modernity and ‘government’ in the construction of inter-war democracy: local and national encountersGeraint Thomas2 Whig lessons, Conservative answers: the literary adventures of Sir J. A. R. MarriottGary Love3 The ‘Will to Work’: industrial management and the question of conduct in inter-war BritainDaniel Ussishkin4 Representing the people? The Daily Mirror, class and political culture in inter-war BritainAdrian Bingham5 ‘A timid disbelief in the equality to which lip-service is constantly paid’: gender, politics and the press between the warsLaura Beers6 Conservative values, Anglicans and the gender order in inter-war BritainLucy Delap7 Cultivating internationalism: Save the Children Fund, public opinion and the meaning of child relief, 1919–24Ellen Boucher8 ‘Mending a broken world’: the universities and the nation, 1918–36Tamson Pietsch9 Inter-war agnotology: empire, democracy and the production of ignorancePriya Satia10 Black intellectuals in the imperial metropolis and the debate over race and empire in Sanders of the RiverMarc Matera11 Co-operatives and the technocrats, or ‘the Fabian agony’ revisitedAaron Windel 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9781909646452_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brave-new-world-imperial-and-democratic-nation-building-in-britain-between-the-wars/ London, GB 04 01 20170109 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646452 03 9781909646452 06 15 9781905165759 03 9781905165759 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brave-new-world-imperial-and-democratic-nation-building-in-britain-between-the-wars/ 20 08 20170109 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9cffb1f8-e813-487c-b271-2c106ab5d99b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:95e2d32b-6e36-4062-84c7-091c1c947ff6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9cffb1f8-e813-487c-b271-2c106ab5d99b 15 9781909646452 03 9781909646452 06 10.14296/117.9781909646452 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55342 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Brave new world: Imperial and democratic nation-building in Britain between the wars 1 B01 Laura Beers Laura Beers 2 B01 Geraint Thomas Geraint Thomas 01 eng 00 288 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 20 Inter-war Britain; Conservatives; British Empire; Fabian Colonial Bureau; British press; Modernism; Black intellectuals; Daily Mirror; Save the Children Fund 01 06 02 00 03 00 After the First World War, Britain faced a number of challenges as it sought to adapt to domestic conditions of mass democracy while maintaining its position in the empire in the face of national independence movements. As politicians at home and abroad sought to legitimize their position, new efforts were made to conceptualize nationality and citizenship, with attempts to engage the public using mass media and greater emphasis on governing in the public interest. Brave New World reappraises the domestic and imperial history of Britain in the inter-war period, investigating how 'nation building' was given renewed impetus by the upheavals of the First World War. The essays in this collection address how new technologies and approaches to governance were used to forge new national identities both at home and in the empire, covering a wide range of issues from the representation of empire on film to the convergence of politics and 'star culture'. The book is an invaluable resource for scholars of British social, political and imperial history, as well as being of interest to the general reader. 30 00 After the First World War, Britain faced a number of challenges as it sought to adapt to domestic conditions of mass democracy while maintaining its position in the empire in the face of national independence movements. As politicians at home and abroad sought to legitimize their position, new efforts were made to conceptualize nationality and citizenship, with attempts to engage the public using mass media and greater emphasis on governing in the public interest. Brave New World reappraises the domestic and imperial history of Britain in the inter-war period, investigating how 'nation building' was given renewed impetus by the upheavals of the First World War. The essays in this collection address how new technologies and approaches to governance were used to forge new national identities both at home and in the empire, covering a wide range of issues from the representation of empire on film to the convergence of politics and 'star culture'. The book is an invaluable resource for scholars of British social, political and imperial history, as well as being of interest to the general reader. 04 00 Introduction1 Political modernity and ‘government’ in the construction of inter-war democracy: local and national encountersGeraint Thomas2 Whig lessons, Conservative answers: the literary adventures of Sir J. A. R. MarriottGary Love3 The ‘Will to Work’: industrial management and the question of conduct in inter-war BritainDaniel Ussishkin4 Representing the people? The Daily Mirror, class and political culture in inter-war BritainAdrian Bingham5 ‘A timid disbelief in the equality to which lip-service is constantly paid’: gender, politics and the press between the warsLaura Beers6 Conservative values, Anglicans and the gender order in inter-war BritainLucy Delap7 Cultivating internationalism: Save the Children Fund, public opinion and the meaning of child relief, 1919–24Ellen Boucher8 ‘Mending a broken world’: the universities and the nation, 1918–36Tamson Pietsch9 Inter-war agnotology: empire, democracy and the production of ignorancePriya Satia10 Black intellectuals in the imperial metropolis and the debate over race and empire in Sanders of the RiverMarc Matera11 Co-operatives and the technocrats, or ‘the Fabian agony’ revisitedAaron Windel 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9781909646452_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brave-new-world-imperial-and-democratic-nation-building-in-britain-between-the-wars/ London, GB 04 01 20170109 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905165582 03 9781905165582 06 15 9781905165759 03 9781905165759 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/95e2d32b-6e36-4062-84c7-091c1c947ff6 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/95e2d32b-6e36-4062-84c7-091c1c947ff6/95e2d32b-6e36-4062-84c7-091c1c947ff6.pdf 20 08 20170109 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brave-new-world-imperial-and-democratic-nation-building-in-britain-between-the-wars/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646452.pdf 20 08 20170109 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brave-new-world-imperial-and-democratic-nation-building-in-britain-between-the-wars/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9781909646452.pdf 20 08 20170109 01 urn:uuid:28dd21d0-8ede-4c8a-adec-c8d3b188643f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:95e2d32b-6e36-4062-84c7-091c1c947ff6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:28dd21d0-8ede-4c8a-adec-c8d3b188643f 15 9781905165759 03 9781905165759 06 10.14296/117.9781909646452 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55342 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Brave new world: Imperial and democratic nation-building in Britain between the wars 1 B01 Laura Beers Laura Beers 2 B01 Geraint Thomas Geraint Thomas 01 eng 00 288 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 20 Inter-war Britain; Conservatives; British Empire; Fabian Colonial Bureau; British press; Modernism; Black intellectuals; Daily Mirror; Save the Children Fund 01 06 02 00 03 00 After the First World War, Britain faced a number of challenges as it sought to adapt to domestic conditions of mass democracy while maintaining its position in the empire in the face of national independence movements. As politicians at home and abroad sought to legitimize their position, new efforts were made to conceptualize nationality and citizenship, with attempts to engage the public using mass media and greater emphasis on governing in the public interest. Brave New World reappraises the domestic and imperial history of Britain in the inter-war period, investigating how 'nation building' was given renewed impetus by the upheavals of the First World War. The essays in this collection address how new technologies and approaches to governance were used to forge new national identities both at home and in the empire, covering a wide range of issues from the representation of empire on film to the convergence of politics and 'star culture'. The book is an invaluable resource for scholars of British social, political and imperial history, as well as being of interest to the general reader. 30 00 After the First World War, Britain faced a number of challenges as it sought to adapt to domestic conditions of mass democracy while maintaining its position in the empire in the face of national independence movements. As politicians at home and abroad sought to legitimize their position, new efforts were made to conceptualize nationality and citizenship, with attempts to engage the public using mass media and greater emphasis on governing in the public interest. Brave New World reappraises the domestic and imperial history of Britain in the inter-war period, investigating how 'nation building' was given renewed impetus by the upheavals of the First World War. The essays in this collection address how new technologies and approaches to governance were used to forge new national identities both at home and in the empire, covering a wide range of issues from the representation of empire on film to the convergence of politics and 'star culture'. The book is an invaluable resource for scholars of British social, political and imperial history, as well as being of interest to the general reader. 04 00 Introduction1 Political modernity and ‘government’ in the construction of inter-war democracy: local and national encountersGeraint Thomas2 Whig lessons, Conservative answers: the literary adventures of Sir J. A. R. MarriottGary Love3 The ‘Will to Work’: industrial management and the question of conduct in inter-war BritainDaniel Ussishkin4 Representing the people? The Daily Mirror, class and political culture in inter-war BritainAdrian Bingham5 ‘A timid disbelief in the equality to which lip-service is constantly paid’: gender, politics and the press between the warsLaura Beers6 Conservative values, Anglicans and the gender order in inter-war BritainLucy Delap7 Cultivating internationalism: Save the Children Fund, public opinion and the meaning of child relief, 1919–24Ellen Boucher8 ‘Mending a broken world’: the universities and the nation, 1918–36Tamson Pietsch9 Inter-war agnotology: empire, democracy and the production of ignorancePriya Satia10 Black intellectuals in the imperial metropolis and the debate over race and empire in Sanders of the RiverMarc Matera11 Co-operatives and the technocrats, or ‘the Fabian agony’ revisitedAaron Windel 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9781909646452_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brave-new-world-imperial-and-democratic-nation-building-in-britain-between-the-wars/ London, GB 04 01 20170109 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905165582 03 9781905165582 06 15 9781909646452 03 9781909646452 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brave-new-world-imperial-and-democratic-nation-building-in-britain-between-the-wars/ 20 08 20170109 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9d857704-1880-4278-95d4-008987b89168 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:59ab424f-66c7-4154-806e-ced862af0906 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9d857704-1880-4278-95d4-008987b89168 15 9781900039512 03 9781900039512 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53787 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 16 mm 03 1.6 cm 03 0.625 in 08 22 gr 08 0.875 oz 01 01 Brazil and South Korea Economic Crisis and Restructuring 1 B01 Edmund Amann Edmund Amann 2 B01 Ha-Joon Chang Ha-Joon Chang 01 eng 10 BUS069010 12 KCB 93 KCB B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 BUS001020 93 JPS 12 JPS 12 1FPKS 93 1FPKS 10 POL009000 12 1KLSB 93 1KLSB 10 POL023000 01 06 02 00 Analyses the factors underlying the economic crises in South Korea and Brazil, pointing out areas of similarity and divergence. It also reviews the paths of recovery taken by both economies, examining the role of policy and variations in structural characteristics. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248156/53787/53787_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brazil-and-south-korea/ London, GB 04 01 20030201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brazil-and-south-korea/ 20 08 20030201 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2cc1216f-b4b2-440e-97d5-ce658d93a4a6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:62c43edf-64e4-4de6-9b74-24903a51e765 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2cc1216f-b4b2-440e-97d5-ce658d93a4a6 15 9781908857545 03 9781908857545 06 10.14296/618.9781908857613 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72340 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Brazil: Essays on History and Politics 1 A01 Leslie Bethell Leslie Bethell 01 eng 00 232 03 12 HBJK 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 JP 93 NHK 12 1KLSB 93 1KLSB 93 3MN 93 3MP 93 3MR 20 Latin America; Leslie Bethell; Bolsonaro; Paraguayan War; fascism; populism; politics; slavery; democracy; Partido dos Trabalhadores; Partido da Social Democracia Brasileira 01 06 02 00 This volume is published to mark the 80th birthday of Leslie Bethell, a major figure in Brazilian studies. It consists of seven of his essays on important themes in modern Brazilian history and politics. The essays are new, but they draw on book chapters and journal articles published (mainly in Portuguese) and public lectures delivered in th 03 00 Leslie Bethell is the most respected scholar of Brazil of his generation. This has been recognized in Brazil by being made a corresponding fellow of both the Brazilian Academy of Letters and of Sciences. Perhaps best known for his book The Abolition of the Brazilian Slave Trade </italic>(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970), Leslie Bethell’s scholarship has ranged widely not least in his editorship of the 12-volume Cambridge History of Latin America</italic> (1984-2008). In recent years he has continued to research the modern history of Brazil, much of which he has presented in invited lectures and Brazilian journals and remained unpublished in English until now. In 2010 he presented a provocative paper in the Journal of Latin American Studies</italic> on the relationship between Brazil arguing that, historically, the idea of Brazil as part of Latin America was never fully embraced by Spanish Americans or Brazilians and here he continues to reflect on this issue. Leslie Bethell’s fascination with and commitment to Brazil is revealed for the first time in his introductory autobiographical essay that traces his career from school through the many senior academic positions he has held both sides of the Atlantic. 30 00 Leslie Bethell is the most respected scholar of Brazil of his generation. This has been recognized in Brazil by being made a corresponding fellow of both the Brazilian Academy of Letters and of Sciences. Perhaps best known for his book The Abolition of the Brazilian Slave Trade </italic>(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970), Leslie Bethell’s scholarship has ranged widely not least in his editorship of the 12-volume Cambridge History of Latin America</italic> (1984-2008). In recent years he has continued to research the modern history of Brazil, much of which he has presented in invited lectures and Brazilian journals and remained unpublished in English until now. In 2010 he presented a provocative paper in the Journal of Latin American Studies</italic> on the relationship between Brazil arguing that, historically, the idea of Brazil as part of Latin America was never fully embraced by Spanish Americans or Brazilians and here he continues to reflect on this issue. Leslie Bethell’s fascination with and commitment to Brazil is revealed for the first time in his introductory autobiographical essay that traces his career from school through the many senior academic positions he has held both sides of the Atlantic. 04 00 Preface Anthony Peireira Introduction: Why Brazil? An autobiographical fragment 1. Brazil and Latin America 2. Britain and Brazil (1808–1914) 3. The Paraguayan War (1864–70) 4. The decline and fall of slavery in Brazil (1850–88) 5. The long road to democracy in Brazil 6. Populism in Brazil 7. The failure of the Left in Brazil 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/618.9781908857613_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brazil-essays-on-history-and-politics/ London, GB 04 01 20180629 Leslie Bethell 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857613 03 9781908857613 06 15 9781908857583 03 9781908857583 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brazil-essays-on-history-and-politics/ 20 08 20180629 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:cc63a68e-b4ee-46d0-85ca-05d42f2c17f0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:62c43edf-64e4-4de6-9b74-24903a51e765 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:cc63a68e-b4ee-46d0-85ca-05d42f2c17f0 15 9781908857613 03 9781908857613 06 10.14296/618.9781908857613 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72340 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Brazil: Essays on History and Politics 1 A01 Leslie Bethell Leslie Bethell 01 eng 00 232 03 12 HBJK 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 JP 93 NHK 12 1KLSB 93 1KLSB 93 3MN 93 3MP 93 3MR 20 Latin America; Leslie Bethell; Bolsonaro; Paraguayan War; fascism; populism; politics; slavery; democracy; Partido dos Trabalhadores; Partido da Social Democracia Brasileira 01 06 02 00 This volume is published to mark the 80th birthday of Leslie Bethell, a major figure in Brazilian studies. It consists of seven of his essays on important themes in modern Brazilian history and politics. The essays are new, but they draw on book chapters and journal articles published (mainly in Portuguese) and public lectures delivered in th 03 00 Leslie Bethell is the most respected scholar of Brazil of his generation. This has been recognized in Brazil by being made a corresponding fellow of both the Brazilian Academy of Letters and of Sciences. Perhaps best known for his book The Abolition of the Brazilian Slave Trade </italic>(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970), Leslie Bethell’s scholarship has ranged widely not least in his editorship of the 12-volume Cambridge History of Latin America</italic> (1984-2008). In recent years he has continued to research the modern history of Brazil, much of which he has presented in invited lectures and Brazilian journals and remained unpublished in English until now. In 2010 he presented a provocative paper in the Journal of Latin American Studies</italic> on the relationship between Brazil arguing that, historically, the idea of Brazil as part of Latin America was never fully embraced by Spanish Americans or Brazilians and here he continues to reflect on this issue. Leslie Bethell’s fascination with and commitment to Brazil is revealed for the first time in his introductory autobiographical essay that traces his career from school through the many senior academic positions he has held both sides of the Atlantic. 30 00 Leslie Bethell is the most respected scholar of Brazil of his generation. This has been recognized in Brazil by being made a corresponding fellow of both the Brazilian Academy of Letters and of Sciences. Perhaps best known for his book The Abolition of the Brazilian Slave Trade </italic>(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970), Leslie Bethell’s scholarship has ranged widely not least in his editorship of the 12-volume Cambridge History of Latin America</italic> (1984-2008). In recent years he has continued to research the modern history of Brazil, much of which he has presented in invited lectures and Brazilian journals and remained unpublished in English until now. In 2010 he presented a provocative paper in the Journal of Latin American Studies</italic> on the relationship between Brazil arguing that, historically, the idea of Brazil as part of Latin America was never fully embraced by Spanish Americans or Brazilians and here he continues to reflect on this issue. Leslie Bethell’s fascination with and commitment to Brazil is revealed for the first time in his introductory autobiographical essay that traces his career from school through the many senior academic positions he has held both sides of the Atlantic. 04 00 Preface Anthony Peireira Introduction: Why Brazil? An autobiographical fragment 1. Brazil and Latin America 2. Britain and Brazil (1808–1914) 3. The Paraguayan War (1864–70) 4. The decline and fall of slavery in Brazil (1850–88) 5. The long road to democracy in Brazil 6. Populism in Brazil 7. The failure of the Left in Brazil 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/618.9781908857613_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brazil-essays-on-history-and-politics/ London, GB 04 01 20180629 Leslie Bethell 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857545 03 9781908857545 06 15 9781908857583 03 9781908857583 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/62c43edf-64e4-4de6-9b74-24903a51e765 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/62c43edf-64e4-4de6-9b74-24903a51e765/62c43edf-64e4-4de6-9b74-24903a51e765.pdf 20 08 20180629 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brazil-essays-on-history-and-politics/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857613.pdf 20 08 20180629 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brazil-essays-on-history-and-politics/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/618.9781908857613.pdf 20 08 20180629 01 urn:uuid:7f3973e7-06a4-4f35-97e0-d81115a21f05 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:62c43edf-64e4-4de6-9b74-24903a51e765 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7f3973e7-06a4-4f35-97e0-d81115a21f05 15 9781908857583 03 9781908857583 06 10.14296/618.9781908857613 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72340 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Brazil: Essays on History and Politics 1 A01 Leslie Bethell Leslie Bethell 01 eng 00 232 03 12 HBJK 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 JP 93 NHK 12 1KLSB 93 1KLSB 93 3MN 93 3MP 93 3MR 20 Latin America; Leslie Bethell; Bolsonaro; Paraguayan War; fascism; populism; politics; slavery; democracy; Partido dos Trabalhadores; Partido da Social Democracia Brasileira 01 06 02 00 This volume is published to mark the 80th birthday of Leslie Bethell, a major figure in Brazilian studies. It consists of seven of his essays on important themes in modern Brazilian history and politics. The essays are new, but they draw on book chapters and journal articles published (mainly in Portuguese) and public lectures delivered in th 03 00 Leslie Bethell is the most respected scholar of Brazil of his generation. This has been recognized in Brazil by being made a corresponding fellow of both the Brazilian Academy of Letters and of Sciences. Perhaps best known for his book The Abolition of the Brazilian Slave Trade </italic>(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970), Leslie Bethell’s scholarship has ranged widely not least in his editorship of the 12-volume Cambridge History of Latin America</italic> (1984-2008). In recent years he has continued to research the modern history of Brazil, much of which he has presented in invited lectures and Brazilian journals and remained unpublished in English until now. In 2010 he presented a provocative paper in the Journal of Latin American Studies</italic> on the relationship between Brazil arguing that, historically, the idea of Brazil as part of Latin America was never fully embraced by Spanish Americans or Brazilians and here he continues to reflect on this issue. Leslie Bethell’s fascination with and commitment to Brazil is revealed for the first time in his introductory autobiographical essay that traces his career from school through the many senior academic positions he has held both sides of the Atlantic. 30 00 Leslie Bethell is the most respected scholar of Brazil of his generation. This has been recognized in Brazil by being made a corresponding fellow of both the Brazilian Academy of Letters and of Sciences. Perhaps best known for his book The Abolition of the Brazilian Slave Trade </italic>(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970), Leslie Bethell’s scholarship has ranged widely not least in his editorship of the 12-volume Cambridge History of Latin America</italic> (1984-2008). In recent years he has continued to research the modern history of Brazil, much of which he has presented in invited lectures and Brazilian journals and remained unpublished in English until now. In 2010 he presented a provocative paper in the Journal of Latin American Studies</italic> on the relationship between Brazil arguing that, historically, the idea of Brazil as part of Latin America was never fully embraced by Spanish Americans or Brazilians and here he continues to reflect on this issue. Leslie Bethell’s fascination with and commitment to Brazil is revealed for the first time in his introductory autobiographical essay that traces his career from school through the many senior academic positions he has held both sides of the Atlantic. 04 00 Preface Anthony Peireira Introduction: Why Brazil? An autobiographical fragment 1. Brazil and Latin America 2. Britain and Brazil (1808–1914) 3. The Paraguayan War (1864–70) 4. The decline and fall of slavery in Brazil (1850–88) 5. The long road to democracy in Brazil 6. Populism in Brazil 7. The failure of the Left in Brazil 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/618.9781908857613_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brazil-essays-on-history-and-politics/ London, GB 04 01 20180629 Leslie Bethell 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857545 03 9781908857545 06 15 9781908857613 03 9781908857613 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brazil-essays-on-history-and-politics/ 20 08 20180629 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3e9a9b53-bd05-4d79-a2a8-ed2727e4c008 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:26b333f0-5d9b-4ff4-826c-08872852152c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3e9a9b53-bd05-4d79-a2a8-ed2727e4c008 15 9781900039536 03 9781900039536 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53802 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 23 mm 03 2.3 cm 03 0.875 in 08 30 gr 08 1.125 oz 01 01 Brazil Since 1985 Economy, Polity and Society 1 B01 Maria D'Alva G. Kinzo Maria D'Alva G. Kinzo 2 B01 James Dunkerley James Dunkerley 01 eng 93 JPHV 12 JPHV B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL010000 12 HBJK 93 N 10 POL007000 12 HBLW3 93 NHK 10 POL009000 12 1KLSB 93 1KLSB 10 POL011000 12 3JJPN 93 3MPQ 12 3JJPR 93 3MPQX 12 3JM 93 3MPQZ 93 3MR 01 06 02 00 Looking into Brazil's experience of democracy is an arduous task, given the complexities of a country of continental size and great regional contrasts, where areas of prosperity mingle with underdevelopment and poverty. This book looks at some key issues involved in building up a democracy? 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248141/53802/53802_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brazil-since-1985/ London, GB 04 01 20030201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brazil-since-1985/ 20 08 20030201 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fd9e8958-dd84-4680-99a8-84b945ab1683 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:dc95db30-b5ad-4dcf-a852-2e5af299df61 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:fd9e8958-dd84-4680-99a8-84b945ab1683 15 9780854811373 03 9780854811373 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53884 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 4 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Britannia Latina: Latin in the Culture of Great Britain from the Middle Ages to the Twentieth Century. Latin in the Culture of Great Britain from the Middle Ages to the Twentieth Century 1 B01 Charles Burnett Charles Burnett 2 B01 Nicholas Mann Nicholas Mann 01 eng 12 CFF 93 CFF B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 10 LAN009010 12 2ADL 93 2ADL 01 06 02 00 03 00 This volume attempts to bring together, to our knowledge for the first time, aspects of the whole of the long history of Latin as written in Great Britain. The papers explore the use of Latin in different contexts at different periods, from the early Middle Ages until the twentieth century. They range over the subjects of philology, philosophy, scholarship, humanism and teaching methods, with separate chapters for Scotland and Wales. This book arose from a conference sponsored by the Fondazione Cassamarca, which also contributed generously to its publication.ContentsMichael Lapidge: How ‘English’ is Pre-Conquest Latin.<break/>Peter Dronke Arbor eterna: A Ninth-Century Welsh Latin Sequence.<break/>Maria Amalia D’Aronco: How ‘English’ is Anglo-Saxon Medicine? The Latin Sources for Anglo- Saxon Medical Texts.<break/><break/>David Luscombe: Roger Bacon and Language.<break/>John Marenbon: Robert Holcot and the Pagan Philosophers.<break/>David Rundle: Humanist Eloquence among the Barbarians in Fifteenth-Century England.<break/>Richard Sharpe: The English Bibliographical Tradition from Kirkestede to Tanner.<break/>Ceri Davies: Two Welsh Renaissance Latinists: Sir John Prise of Brecon and Dr John Davies of Mallwyd.<break/><break/>Philip Ford: Scottish Nationalism in the Poetry of George Buchanan.<break/>Stella P. Revard: The Latin Ode from Elizabeth I to Mary II: Political Approaches to Encomia.<break/><break/>James Binns: The Decline of Latin in Eighteenth-Century England.<break/>E.J. Kenney: ‘A little of it sticks’: The Englishman’s Horace.<break/>Christopher Stray: Scholars, Gentlemen and Schoolboys: The Authority of Latin in Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century England.<break/><break/>Jean-Noël Guinot: Importance culturelle et politique de la Britannia Latina dans l’antiquité tardive et le haut Moyen Âge. 30 00 This volume attempts to bring together, to our knowledge for the first time, aspects of the whole of the long history of Latin as written in Great Britain. The papers explore the use of Latin in different contexts at different periods, from the early Middle Ages until the twentieth century. They range over the subjects of philology, philosophy, scholarship, humanism and teaching methods, with separate chapters for Scotland and Wales. This book arose from a conference sponsored by the Fondazione Cassamarca, which also contributed generously to its publication.ContentsMichael Lapidge: How ‘English’ is Pre-Conquest Latin.<break/>Peter Dronke Arbor eterna: A Ninth-Century Welsh Latin Sequence.<break/>Maria Amalia D’Aronco: How ‘English’ is Anglo-Saxon Medicine? The Latin Sources for Anglo- Saxon Medical Texts.<break/><break/>David Luscombe: Roger Bacon and Language.<break/>John Marenbon: Robert Holcot and the Pagan Philosophers.<break/>David Rundle: Humanist Eloquence among the Barbarians in Fifteenth-Century England.<break/>Richard Sharpe: The English Bibliographical Tradition from Kirkestede to Tanner.<break/>Ceri Davies: Two Welsh Renaissance Latinists: Sir John Prise of Brecon and Dr John Davies of Mallwyd.<break/><break/>Philip Ford: Scottish Nationalism in the Poetry of George Buchanan.<break/>Stella P. Revard: The Latin Ode from Elizabeth I to Mary II: Political Approaches to Encomia.<break/><break/>James Binns: The Decline of Latin in Eighteenth-Century England.<break/>E.J. Kenney: ‘A little of it sticks’: The Englishman’s Horace.<break/>Christopher Stray: Scholars, Gentlemen and Schoolboys: The Authority of Latin in Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century England.<break/><break/>Jean-Noël Guinot: Importance culturelle et politique de la Britannia Latina dans l’antiquité tardive et le haut Moyen Âge. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250720//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/britannia-latina-latin-in-the-culture-of-great-britain-from-the-middle-ages-to-the-twentieth-century/ London, GB 04 01 20051201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/britannia-latina-latin-in-the-culture-of-great-britain-from-the-middle-ages-to-the-twentieth-century/ 20 08 20051201 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b3b63a68-e417-490b-ad93-b14e2ba52720 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d1cf4879-5534-4c94-8628-01896fc4558d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b3b63a68-e417-490b-ad93-b14e2ba52720 15 9781913739072 03 9781913739072 06 10.63674/jimx5453 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.136208 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 British Working-Class and Radical Writing Since 1700 1 B01 21 0000000217657215 John Goodridge John Goodridge John Goodridge is Emeritus Professor of English at Nottingham Trent University, President of the John Clare Society, and a Fellow of the English Association. He is the general editor of English Labouring Class Poets (2003 and 2006, six volumes), co-edited with Bridget Keegan, A Cambridge History of Working-Class Writing (2018), and edits and principally writes the online ‘Catalogue of Labouring-class Poetry’. 2 B01 21 0000000195947835 Adam Bridgen Adam Bridgen Leverhulme Trust Early Career Fellow, Department of English Studies 40 01v29qb04 Durham University Adam Bridgen is a Leverhulme Trust Early Career Fellow at Durham University. He has published widely on labouring-class poetry, the social dimensions of writing about slavery, resource extraction, and human-animal relationships during the long eighteenth century. His first monograph, on British labouring-class antislavery writing, is forthcoming with Oxford University Press. 01 eng 09 2 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 Literary Studies 93 NHTB 93 DSB B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 10 LIT025030 93 1DDU 10 LIT025050 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 3ML 93 3MN 93 3MP 93 3MRB 20 British; women writers; radical culture; poetry; politics; socialism; literary; working-class; Stephen Duck; John Clare 01 06 02 00 At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas are more important than ever, this collection examines the intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present. Topics include the obstacles facing writers, women writers, socialism, feminism, anti-imperi 03 00 An essential history of how literature became a battleground for class struggle and political dissent in Britain.</bold>At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas may be more important than ever, this timely collection of eighteen essays examines the powerful intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present day.Taking the pioneering work of H. Gustav Klaus on British labouring-class, socialist and anarchist writing traditions as its foundation, the volume embraces variety to reflect the richness of working-class and radical cultures across the last three centuries. Cross-cutting topics include the ways in which working-class writers got into print, the obstacles they faced in doing so and in expressing their views, the rise of women writers and their involvement in radical culture, representations of animals and more-than-human perspectives, socialism and environmentalism, feminism, anti-imperialism, and the intersection of working-class and diasporic identities.Questions of genre and form are also addressed, from dialect poetry to the novel, pastoral to melodrama, and life writing to theatre. Showcasing a wide range of innovative approaches, the volume contributes significantly to recovering the literary work and radicalism of several little-studied and forgotten working-class authors, as well as reappraising better-known figures such as John Clare and Ethel Carnie Holdsworth. 30 00 An essential history of how literature became a battleground for class struggle and political dissent in Britain.</bold>At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas may be more important than ever, this timely collection of eighteen essays examines the powerful intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present day.Taking the pioneering work of H. Gustav Klaus on British labouring-class, socialist and anarchist writing traditions as its foundation, the volume embraces variety to reflect the richness of working-class and radical cultures across the last three centuries. Cross-cutting topics include the ways in which working-class writers got into print, the obstacles they faced in doing so and in expressing their views, the rise of women writers and their involvement in radical culture, representations of animals and more-than-human perspectives, socialism and environmentalism, feminism, anti-imperialism, and the intersection of working-class and diasporic identities.Questions of genre and form are also addressed, from dialect poetry to the novel, pastoral to melodrama, and life writing to theatre. Showcasing a wide range of innovative approaches, the volume contributes significantly to recovering the literary work and radicalism of several little-studied and forgotten working-class authors, as well as reappraising better-known figures such as John Clare and Ethel Carnie Holdsworth. 04 00 Foreword: Remembering H. Gustav KlausChristian Schmitt-KilbIntroductionJohn Goodridge and Adam BridgenI. The Making of the Working-Class Writer'There is an End of the Thresher's Labours': Stephen Duck's Enigmatic DeathWilliam J. ChristmasOther Realms of Labouring-Class Antislavery: The Early Verse and Medical Writing of Thomas TrotterAdam BridgenThe Rise, Fall and Revival of Labouring-Class Poetry in the Commercial Market, 1800-1821Tim FulfordThe Post-Humanist John ClareSimon J. WhiteII. Nineteenth-Century DevelopmentsMediated Melodies: ‘Jone o’ Grinfilt’ and the Challenges of Ballad PreservationRebekah ErdmanFriend of the People: The Poetry of H. H. Horton (1811-96) of BirminghamStephen RobertsRewriting Trauma: Elizabeth Campbell's Unedited and Edited PoemsFlorence BoosHelen Macfarlane: A Radical among Middle-Class Women Writers of the Mid-Nineteenth CenturyJohn RignallThe Pit Mice: Animals in the Mines and the Working-Class PoetKirstie BlairIII. Twentieth-Century PioneersPaving the Road to Socialism: The Political Leadership and Pastoral Writing of Katharine Glasier (1867-1950)Heidi Renée AijalaEthel Carnie Holdsworth (1886-1962) and the Question of AudienceKathleen BellIntersections of Class and Gender in the Fiction of Lewis Grassic Gibbon and Tessa HadleyLivi MichaelIV. Postwar Issues: Deindustrialisation, Casual Work, FeminismA Crisis in Masculinity? A comparison between English and West German Miners’ Novels, 1945-1970Steve EszrenyiWoman Wanted Theatre Cleaner (8-12 daily): The Missing Literature of the Empty Mopped StageSarah K. WhitfieldThieves in the Night: Women in the early days of the Birmingham Centre for Contemporary Cultural StudiesMonika SeidlV. Contemporary Developments: Empire, Ecology, and BelongingThe Caribbean Radical Tradition and Diasporic Politics in George Lamming's Water with BerriesMatti RonGypsy's Women's Lives: Facts, Autobiographies and Louise Doughty's Novel Stone CradleIngrid von RosenbergDegrowth and Marxist Ecology: New Directions for Criticism after Gustav KlausLuke Lewin Davies 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/jimx5453_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/british-working-class-and-radical-writing-since-1700/ London, GB 04 01 20250925 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913739065 03 9781913739065 06 15 9781913739089 03 9781913739089 06 15 9781913739096 03 9781913739096 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/british-working-class-and-radical-writing-since-1700/ 20 08 20250925 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:e0406f7d-2d7f-4bad-8d19-51a4d232b71a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d1cf4879-5534-4c94-8628-01896fc4558d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e0406f7d-2d7f-4bad-8d19-51a4d232b71a 15 9781913739065 03 9781913739065 06 10.63674/jimx5453 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.136208 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 British Working-Class and Radical Writing Since 1700 1 B01 21 0000000217657215 John Goodridge John Goodridge John Goodridge is Emeritus Professor of English at Nottingham Trent University, President of the John Clare Society, and a Fellow of the English Association. He is the general editor of English Labouring Class Poets (2003 and 2006, six volumes), co-edited with Bridget Keegan, A Cambridge History of Working-Class Writing (2018), and edits and principally writes the online ‘Catalogue of Labouring-class Poetry’. 2 B01 21 0000000195947835 Adam Bridgen Adam Bridgen Leverhulme Trust Early Career Fellow, Department of English Studies 40 01v29qb04 Durham University Adam Bridgen is a Leverhulme Trust Early Career Fellow at Durham University. He has published widely on labouring-class poetry, the social dimensions of writing about slavery, resource extraction, and human-animal relationships during the long eighteenth century. His first monograph, on British labouring-class antislavery writing, is forthcoming with Oxford University Press. 01 eng 09 2 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 Literary Studies 93 NHTB 93 DSB B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 10 LIT025030 93 1DDU 10 LIT025050 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 3ML 93 3MN 93 3MP 93 3MRB 20 British; women writers; radical culture; poetry; politics; socialism; literary; working-class; Stephen Duck; John Clare 01 06 02 00 At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas are more important than ever, this collection examines the intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present. Topics include the obstacles facing writers, women writers, socialism, feminism, anti-imperi 03 00 An essential history of how literature became a battleground for class struggle and political dissent in Britain.</bold>At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas may be more important than ever, this timely collection of eighteen essays examines the powerful intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present day.Taking the pioneering work of H. Gustav Klaus on British labouring-class, socialist and anarchist writing traditions as its foundation, the volume embraces variety to reflect the richness of working-class and radical cultures across the last three centuries. Cross-cutting topics include the ways in which working-class writers got into print, the obstacles they faced in doing so and in expressing their views, the rise of women writers and their involvement in radical culture, representations of animals and more-than-human perspectives, socialism and environmentalism, feminism, anti-imperialism, and the intersection of working-class and diasporic identities.Questions of genre and form are also addressed, from dialect poetry to the novel, pastoral to melodrama, and life writing to theatre. Showcasing a wide range of innovative approaches, the volume contributes significantly to recovering the literary work and radicalism of several little-studied and forgotten working-class authors, as well as reappraising better-known figures such as John Clare and Ethel Carnie Holdsworth. 30 00 An essential history of how literature became a battleground for class struggle and political dissent in Britain.</bold>At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas may be more important than ever, this timely collection of eighteen essays examines the powerful intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present day.Taking the pioneering work of H. Gustav Klaus on British labouring-class, socialist and anarchist writing traditions as its foundation, the volume embraces variety to reflect the richness of working-class and radical cultures across the last three centuries. Cross-cutting topics include the ways in which working-class writers got into print, the obstacles they faced in doing so and in expressing their views, the rise of women writers and their involvement in radical culture, representations of animals and more-than-human perspectives, socialism and environmentalism, feminism, anti-imperialism, and the intersection of working-class and diasporic identities.Questions of genre and form are also addressed, from dialect poetry to the novel, pastoral to melodrama, and life writing to theatre. Showcasing a wide range of innovative approaches, the volume contributes significantly to recovering the literary work and radicalism of several little-studied and forgotten working-class authors, as well as reappraising better-known figures such as John Clare and Ethel Carnie Holdsworth. 04 00 Foreword: Remembering H. Gustav KlausChristian Schmitt-KilbIntroductionJohn Goodridge and Adam BridgenI. The Making of the Working-Class Writer'There is an End of the Thresher's Labours': Stephen Duck's Enigmatic DeathWilliam J. ChristmasOther Realms of Labouring-Class Antislavery: The Early Verse and Medical Writing of Thomas TrotterAdam BridgenThe Rise, Fall and Revival of Labouring-Class Poetry in the Commercial Market, 1800-1821Tim FulfordThe Post-Humanist John ClareSimon J. WhiteII. Nineteenth-Century DevelopmentsMediated Melodies: ‘Jone o’ Grinfilt’ and the Challenges of Ballad PreservationRebekah ErdmanFriend of the People: The Poetry of H. H. Horton (1811-96) of BirminghamStephen RobertsRewriting Trauma: Elizabeth Campbell's Unedited and Edited PoemsFlorence BoosHelen Macfarlane: A Radical among Middle-Class Women Writers of the Mid-Nineteenth CenturyJohn RignallThe Pit Mice: Animals in the Mines and the Working-Class PoetKirstie BlairIII. Twentieth-Century PioneersPaving the Road to Socialism: The Political Leadership and Pastoral Writing of Katharine Glasier (1867-1950)Heidi Renée AijalaEthel Carnie Holdsworth (1886-1962) and the Question of AudienceKathleen BellIntersections of Class and Gender in the Fiction of Lewis Grassic Gibbon and Tessa HadleyLivi MichaelIV. Postwar Issues: Deindustrialisation, Casual Work, FeminismA Crisis in Masculinity? A comparison between English and West German Miners’ Novels, 1945-1970Steve EszrenyiWoman Wanted Theatre Cleaner (8-12 daily): The Missing Literature of the Empty Mopped StageSarah K. WhitfieldThieves in the Night: Women in the early days of the Birmingham Centre for Contemporary Cultural StudiesMonika SeidlV. Contemporary Developments: Empire, Ecology, and BelongingThe Caribbean Radical Tradition and Diasporic Politics in George Lamming's Water with BerriesMatti RonGypsy's Women's Lives: Facts, Autobiographies and Louise Doughty's Novel Stone CradleIngrid von RosenbergDegrowth and Marxist Ecology: New Directions for Criticism after Gustav KlausLuke Lewin Davies 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/jimx5453_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/british-working-class-and-radical-writing-since-1700/ London, GB 04 01 20250925 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913739072 03 9781913739072 06 15 9781913739089 03 9781913739089 06 15 9781913739096 03 9781913739096 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/british-working-class-and-radical-writing-since-1700/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781913739089.pdf 20 08 20250925 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:67d26d44-d34f-410e-8b9f-4d50324b709c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d1cf4879-5534-4c94-8628-01896fc4558d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:67d26d44-d34f-410e-8b9f-4d50324b709c 15 9781913739089 03 9781913739089 06 10.63674/jimx5453 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.136208 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 British Working-Class and Radical Writing Since 1700 1 B01 21 0000000217657215 John Goodridge John Goodridge John Goodridge is Emeritus Professor of English at Nottingham Trent University, President of the John Clare Society, and a Fellow of the English Association. He is the general editor of English Labouring Class Poets (2003 and 2006, six volumes), co-edited with Bridget Keegan, A Cambridge History of Working-Class Writing (2018), and edits and principally writes the online ‘Catalogue of Labouring-class Poetry’. 2 B01 21 0000000195947835 Adam Bridgen Adam Bridgen Leverhulme Trust Early Career Fellow, Department of English Studies 40 01v29qb04 Durham University Adam Bridgen is a Leverhulme Trust Early Career Fellow at Durham University. He has published widely on labouring-class poetry, the social dimensions of writing about slavery, resource extraction, and human-animal relationships during the long eighteenth century. His first monograph, on British labouring-class antislavery writing, is forthcoming with Oxford University Press. 01 eng 09 2 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 Literary Studies 93 NHTB 93 DSB B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 10 LIT025030 93 1DDU 10 LIT025050 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 3ML 93 3MN 93 3MP 93 3MRB 20 British; women writers; radical culture; poetry; politics; socialism; literary; working-class; Stephen Duck; John Clare 01 06 02 00 At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas are more important than ever, this collection examines the intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present. Topics include the obstacles facing writers, women writers, socialism, feminism, anti-imperi 03 00 An essential history of how literature became a battleground for class struggle and political dissent in Britain.</bold>At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas may be more important than ever, this timely collection of eighteen essays examines the powerful intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present day.Taking the pioneering work of H. Gustav Klaus on British labouring-class, socialist and anarchist writing traditions as its foundation, the volume embraces variety to reflect the richness of working-class and radical cultures across the last three centuries. Cross-cutting topics include the ways in which working-class writers got into print, the obstacles they faced in doing so and in expressing their views, the rise of women writers and their involvement in radical culture, representations of animals and more-than-human perspectives, socialism and environmentalism, feminism, anti-imperialism, and the intersection of working-class and diasporic identities.Questions of genre and form are also addressed, from dialect poetry to the novel, pastoral to melodrama, and life writing to theatre. Showcasing a wide range of innovative approaches, the volume contributes significantly to recovering the literary work and radicalism of several little-studied and forgotten working-class authors, as well as reappraising better-known figures such as John Clare and Ethel Carnie Holdsworth. 30 00 An essential history of how literature became a battleground for class struggle and political dissent in Britain.</bold>At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas may be more important than ever, this timely collection of eighteen essays examines the powerful intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present day.Taking the pioneering work of H. Gustav Klaus on British labouring-class, socialist and anarchist writing traditions as its foundation, the volume embraces variety to reflect the richness of working-class and radical cultures across the last three centuries. Cross-cutting topics include the ways in which working-class writers got into print, the obstacles they faced in doing so and in expressing their views, the rise of women writers and their involvement in radical culture, representations of animals and more-than-human perspectives, socialism and environmentalism, feminism, anti-imperialism, and the intersection of working-class and diasporic identities.Questions of genre and form are also addressed, from dialect poetry to the novel, pastoral to melodrama, and life writing to theatre. Showcasing a wide range of innovative approaches, the volume contributes significantly to recovering the literary work and radicalism of several little-studied and forgotten working-class authors, as well as reappraising better-known figures such as John Clare and Ethel Carnie Holdsworth. 04 00 Foreword: Remembering H. Gustav KlausChristian Schmitt-KilbIntroductionJohn Goodridge and Adam BridgenI. The Making of the Working-Class Writer'There is an End of the Thresher's Labours': Stephen Duck's Enigmatic DeathWilliam J. ChristmasOther Realms of Labouring-Class Antislavery: The Early Verse and Medical Writing of Thomas TrotterAdam BridgenThe Rise, Fall and Revival of Labouring-Class Poetry in the Commercial Market, 1800-1821Tim FulfordThe Post-Humanist John ClareSimon J. WhiteII. Nineteenth-Century DevelopmentsMediated Melodies: ‘Jone o’ Grinfilt’ and the Challenges of Ballad PreservationRebekah ErdmanFriend of the People: The Poetry of H. H. Horton (1811-96) of BirminghamStephen RobertsRewriting Trauma: Elizabeth Campbell's Unedited and Edited PoemsFlorence BoosHelen Macfarlane: A Radical among Middle-Class Women Writers of the Mid-Nineteenth CenturyJohn RignallThe Pit Mice: Animals in the Mines and the Working-Class PoetKirstie BlairIII. Twentieth-Century PioneersPaving the Road to Socialism: The Political Leadership and Pastoral Writing of Katharine Glasier (1867-1950)Heidi Renée AijalaEthel Carnie Holdsworth (1886-1962) and the Question of AudienceKathleen BellIntersections of Class and Gender in the Fiction of Lewis Grassic Gibbon and Tessa HadleyLivi MichaelIV. Postwar Issues: Deindustrialisation, Casual Work, FeminismA Crisis in Masculinity? A comparison between English and West German Miners’ Novels, 1945-1970Steve EszrenyiWoman Wanted Theatre Cleaner (8-12 daily): The Missing Literature of the Empty Mopped StageSarah K. WhitfieldThieves in the Night: Women in the early days of the Birmingham Centre for Contemporary Cultural StudiesMonika SeidlV. Contemporary Developments: Empire, Ecology, and BelongingThe Caribbean Radical Tradition and Diasporic Politics in George Lamming's Water with BerriesMatti RonGypsy's Women's Lives: Facts, Autobiographies and Louise Doughty's Novel Stone CradleIngrid von RosenbergDegrowth and Marxist Ecology: New Directions for Criticism after Gustav KlausLuke Lewin Davies 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/jimx5453_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/british-working-class-and-radical-writing-since-1700/ London, GB 04 01 20250925 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913739072 03 9781913739072 06 15 9781913739065 03 9781913739065 06 15 9781913739096 03 9781913739096 WORLD 11 PROJECT_MUSE 36 PROJECT_MUSE: webpage for this product https://muse.jhu.edu/book/141083 29 PROJECT_MUSE: download the title https://muse.jhu.edu/book/141083/pdf/download 20 08 20250925 01 11 JSTOR 36 JSTOR: webpage for this product https://www.jstor.org/stable/jj.37105693 20 08 20250925 01 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/d1cf4879-5534-4c94-8628-01896fc4558d 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/d1cf4879-5534-4c94-8628-01896fc4558d/d1cf4879-5534-4c94-8628-01896fc4558d.pdf 20 08 20250925 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/british-working-class-and-radical-writing-since-1700/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781913739089.pdf 20 08 20250925 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/british-working-class-and-radical-writing-since-1700/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/jimx5453.pdf 20 08 20250925 01 urn:uuid:b5552234-34af-4f36-87bf-13f856f8075d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d1cf4879-5534-4c94-8628-01896fc4558d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b5552234-34af-4f36-87bf-13f856f8075d 15 9781913739096 03 9781913739096 06 10.63674/jimx5453 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.136208 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 British Working-Class and Radical Writing Since 1700 1 B01 21 0000000217657215 John Goodridge John Goodridge John Goodridge is Emeritus Professor of English at Nottingham Trent University, President of the John Clare Society, and a Fellow of the English Association. He is the general editor of English Labouring Class Poets (2003 and 2006, six volumes), co-edited with Bridget Keegan, A Cambridge History of Working-Class Writing (2018), and edits and principally writes the online ‘Catalogue of Labouring-class Poetry’. 2 B01 21 0000000195947835 Adam Bridgen Adam Bridgen Leverhulme Trust Early Career Fellow, Department of English Studies 40 01v29qb04 Durham University Adam Bridgen is a Leverhulme Trust Early Career Fellow at Durham University. He has published widely on labouring-class poetry, the social dimensions of writing about slavery, resource extraction, and human-animal relationships during the long eighteenth century. His first monograph, on British labouring-class antislavery writing, is forthcoming with Oxford University Press. 01 eng 09 2 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 Literary Studies 93 NHTB 93 DSB B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 10 LIT025030 93 1DDU 10 LIT025050 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 3ML 93 3MN 93 3MP 93 3MRB 20 British; women writers; radical culture; poetry; politics; socialism; literary; working-class; Stephen Duck; John Clare 01 06 02 00 At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas are more important than ever, this collection examines the intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present. Topics include the obstacles facing writers, women writers, socialism, feminism, anti-imperi 03 00 An essential history of how literature became a battleground for class struggle and political dissent in Britain.</bold>At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas may be more important than ever, this timely collection of eighteen essays examines the powerful intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present day.Taking the pioneering work of H. Gustav Klaus on British labouring-class, socialist and anarchist writing traditions as its foundation, the volume embraces variety to reflect the richness of working-class and radical cultures across the last three centuries. Cross-cutting topics include the ways in which working-class writers got into print, the obstacles they faced in doing so and in expressing their views, the rise of women writers and their involvement in radical culture, representations of animals and more-than-human perspectives, socialism and environmentalism, feminism, anti-imperialism, and the intersection of working-class and diasporic identities.Questions of genre and form are also addressed, from dialect poetry to the novel, pastoral to melodrama, and life writing to theatre. Showcasing a wide range of innovative approaches, the volume contributes significantly to recovering the literary work and radicalism of several little-studied and forgotten working-class authors, as well as reappraising better-known figures such as John Clare and Ethel Carnie Holdsworth. 30 00 An essential history of how literature became a battleground for class struggle and political dissent in Britain.</bold>At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas may be more important than ever, this timely collection of eighteen essays examines the powerful intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present day.Taking the pioneering work of H. Gustav Klaus on British labouring-class, socialist and anarchist writing traditions as its foundation, the volume embraces variety to reflect the richness of working-class and radical cultures across the last three centuries. Cross-cutting topics include the ways in which working-class writers got into print, the obstacles they faced in doing so and in expressing their views, the rise of women writers and their involvement in radical culture, representations of animals and more-than-human perspectives, socialism and environmentalism, feminism, anti-imperialism, and the intersection of working-class and diasporic identities.Questions of genre and form are also addressed, from dialect poetry to the novel, pastoral to melodrama, and life writing to theatre. Showcasing a wide range of innovative approaches, the volume contributes significantly to recovering the literary work and radicalism of several little-studied and forgotten working-class authors, as well as reappraising better-known figures such as John Clare and Ethel Carnie Holdsworth. 04 00 Foreword: Remembering H. Gustav KlausChristian Schmitt-KilbIntroductionJohn Goodridge and Adam BridgenI. The Making of the Working-Class Writer'There is an End of the Thresher's Labours': Stephen Duck's Enigmatic DeathWilliam J. ChristmasOther Realms of Labouring-Class Antislavery: The Early Verse and Medical Writing of Thomas TrotterAdam BridgenThe Rise, Fall and Revival of Labouring-Class Poetry in the Commercial Market, 1800-1821Tim FulfordThe Post-Humanist John ClareSimon J. WhiteII. Nineteenth-Century DevelopmentsMediated Melodies: ‘Jone o’ Grinfilt’ and the Challenges of Ballad PreservationRebekah ErdmanFriend of the People: The Poetry of H. H. Horton (1811-96) of BirminghamStephen RobertsRewriting Trauma: Elizabeth Campbell's Unedited and Edited PoemsFlorence BoosHelen Macfarlane: A Radical among Middle-Class Women Writers of the Mid-Nineteenth CenturyJohn RignallThe Pit Mice: Animals in the Mines and the Working-Class PoetKirstie BlairIII. Twentieth-Century PioneersPaving the Road to Socialism: The Political Leadership and Pastoral Writing of Katharine Glasier (1867-1950)Heidi Renée AijalaEthel Carnie Holdsworth (1886-1962) and the Question of AudienceKathleen BellIntersections of Class and Gender in the Fiction of Lewis Grassic Gibbon and Tessa HadleyLivi MichaelIV. Postwar Issues: Deindustrialisation, Casual Work, FeminismA Crisis in Masculinity? A comparison between English and West German Miners’ Novels, 1945-1970Steve EszrenyiWoman Wanted Theatre Cleaner (8-12 daily): The Missing Literature of the Empty Mopped StageSarah K. WhitfieldThieves in the Night: Women in the early days of the Birmingham Centre for Contemporary Cultural StudiesMonika SeidlV. Contemporary Developments: Empire, Ecology, and BelongingThe Caribbean Radical Tradition and Diasporic Politics in George Lamming's Water with BerriesMatti RonGypsy's Women's Lives: Facts, Autobiographies and Louise Doughty's Novel Stone CradleIngrid von RosenbergDegrowth and Marxist Ecology: New Directions for Criticism after Gustav KlausLuke Lewin Davies 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/jimx5453_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/british-working-class-and-radical-writing-since-1700/ London, GB 04 01 20250925 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781913739072 03 9781913739072 06 15 9781913739065 03 9781913739065 06 15 9781913739089 03 9781913739089 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://doi.org/10.63674/jimx5453 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/jimx5453.epub 20 08 20250925 01 urn:uuid:5cafe9f0-6c00-412f-a840-51bd29099e85 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:32c4d592-2efb-4b7c-a564-6299e9b67ba3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5cafe9f0-6c00-412f-a840-51bd29099e85 15 9781908857026 03 9781908857026 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53800 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 11 mm 03 1.1 cm 03 0.4375 in 08 296 gr 08 10.5 oz 01 01 Broken Government? 1 B01 Iwan Morgan Iwan Morgan 2 B01 Philip D. Davies Philip D. Davies 01 eng B2 History ⇒ Political History 12 JPF 93 JPF 10 POL015000 12 1KBB 93 1KBB 10 POL030000 10 POL042020 01 06 02 00 Barack Obama's election as president in 2008 generated widespread hope that the United States was entering a new era whereby government, in a reversal of Ronald Reagan's famous dictum, would be the solution to the nation's manifold problems amid the worst economic downturn since the Great Depression. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248145/53800/53800_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/broken-government/ London, GB 04 01 20130123 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/broken-government/ 20 08 20130123 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:cca5cbcd-ff1d-4150-a86e-3180d504d1c3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a26fbefb-8a6b-4a25-83bb-e7070629d452 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:cca5cbcd-ff1d-4150-a86e-3180d504d1c3 15 9781905670291 03 9781905670291 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61335 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 54 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 By the Sweat of Your Brow – Roman slavery in its socio-economic setting (BICS Supplement 109) 1 B01 Ulrike Roth Ulrike Roth 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 HBTS 93 NHTS 10 SOC054000 12 LAFR 93 LAFR 01 06 02 00 03 00 By the Sweat of Your Brow </italic>brings together the contributions of seven scholars from the UK and the European continent on different aspects of the socio-economic setting of Roman slavery.Individual chapters discuss the slave chapter of Diocletian’s Edict on Maximum Prices, the relationship between slave and free labour, the status of managerial slaves such as vilici</italic> and dispensatores, the use of legal sources for our understanding of the role of slavery in Roman society, the unchanging nature of slave prices from classical Athens and late antique Rome, the similarity in discourse and reality of the functions carried out by estate managers in ancient Rome and modern slave and serf societies, and, last, the structural relationship between a slave’s peculium</italic>, the acquisition of freedom, and citizenship.Each chapter provides in-depth analysis of its chosen subject matter thus furthering the modern debate on the role of slavery in Rome’s society and economy as well as on the interrelationship between the peculiar institution and its socio-economic setting. 30 00 By the Sweat of Your Brow </italic>brings together the contributions of seven scholars from the UK and the European continent on different aspects of the socio-economic setting of Roman slavery.Individual chapters discuss the slave chapter of Diocletian’s Edict on Maximum Prices, the relationship between slave and free labour, the status of managerial slaves such as vilici</italic> and dispensatores, the use of legal sources for our understanding of the role of slavery in Roman society, the unchanging nature of slave prices from classical Athens and late antique Rome, the similarity in discourse and reality of the functions carried out by estate managers in ancient Rome and modern slave and serf societies, and, last, the structural relationship between a slave’s peculium</italic>, the acquisition of freedom, and citizenship.Each chapter provides in-depth analysis of its chosen subject matter thus furthering the modern debate on the role of slavery in Rome’s society and economy as well as on the interrelationship between the peculiar institution and its socio-economic setting. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250684//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/by-the-sweat-of-your-brow-roman-slavery-in-its-socio-economic-setting-bics-supplement-109/ London, GB 04 01 20100705 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/by-the-sweat-of-your-brow-roman-slavery-in-its-socio-economic-setting-bics-supplement-109/ 20 08 20100705 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:44ecb6c7-a775-409d-baff-d923d0b877e6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:19ebe835-9451-45e2-8b03-3b320cdd127c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:44ecb6c7-a775-409d-baff-d923d0b877e6 15 9781900039963 03 9781900039963 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53757 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 14 mm 03 1.4 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 372 gr 08 13.125 oz 01 01 Caamano in London The Exile of a Latin American Revolutionary 1 A01 Fred Halliday Fred Halliday 01 eng 12 BGH 10 BIO011000 93 DNBH B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 12 HBJK 10 HIS015000 93 JPHL 12 HBLW3 10 HIS041000 93 N 12 JPHL 93 NHK 12 1KJD 93 1KJD 93 3MPQ 01 06 02 00 In January 1966, Colonel Francisco Caamano Deno, president of the Dominican Republic during the "Constitutionalist" uprising of 1965 and the subsequent US invasion, was exiled to London. This book presents documents from official archives on Caamano's conversations with British and American diplomats. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248126/53757/53757_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/caamano-in-london/ London, GB 04 01 20110201 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/caamano-in-london/ 20 08 20110201 02 47.99 GBP WORLD 02 62.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a87b5d58-f451-4bf6-84a2-9c365920fdb9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:06986e00-d91a-48b4-8265-a15f877fb7be 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a87b5d58-f451-4bf6-84a2-9c365920fdb9 15 9781900039666 03 9781900039666 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53736 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 26 mm 03 2.6 cm 03 1 in 08 36 gr 08 1.375 oz 01 01 Caciquismo in Twentieth-Century Mexico 1 B01 Alan Knight Alan Knight 2 B01 Wil Pansters Wil Pansters 01 eng 12 JPWD 93 JPWG B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL009000 93 JPH 12 JPH 10 POL007000 12 1KLCM 93 1KLCM 20 boss; chief; bossism; leadership; conquistadores; labour; politics 01 06 02 00 Caciquismo (roughly translated as "boss politics") has played a major role in Mexican political and social life. Loosely knit interest groups, or "caciques," of diverse character--syndicates, farmers, left- and right-wingers, white-collar workers--have exercised great power within Mexico's distinctive political system. 03 00 Caciquismo (roughly translated as "boss politics") has played a major role in Mexican political and social life. Loosely knit interest groups, or "caciques", of diverse character - syndicates, farmers, left- and right-wingers, white-collar workers - have exercised great power within Mexico's distinctive political system. The peculiarities of Mexico's system have greatly depended on this kind of informal politics, which combines repression, patronage, and charismatic leadership. As such, caciquismo fits uncomfortably within the formal analysis of laws, parties, and elections and has been relatively neglected by academics. Though its demise has often been predicted, it has survived, evolved, and adjusted to Mexico's rapid post-revolutionary transformation. Incorporating the research of historians, political scientists, sociologists, and anthropologists, this book reevaluates the crucial role of the cacique in modern Mexico. It suggests that caciquismo has survived decades of change and upheaval and remains an important, if underestimated, feature of recent Mexican politics. <break/>Contributors include Christopher Boyer (University of Illinois at Chicago, USA), Keith Brewster (University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK), Matthew Butler (Queen's University, Belfast, UK), Marco Calderon (El Colegio de Michoacan, Mexico), Maria Teresa Fernandez Aceves (Centro de Investigaciones en Estudios Superiores en Antropologia Social [CIESAS], Mexico), Rogelio Hernandez Rodriuez (El Colegio de Mexico), Stephen Lewis (California State University, Chico, USA), Salvador Maldonado Aranda (El Colegio de Michoacan, Mexico), Jennie Purnell (Boston College, USA), Jan Rus (Tzotzil Instituto de Asesoria Antropologica para la Region Maya, and Center for U.S.-Mexican Studies, University of California, San Diego, USA), Pieter de Vries (Wageningen University, Netherlands), and J. Eduardo Zarate H (El Colegio de Mexico, Michoacan, Mexico). 30 00 Caciquismo (roughly translated as "boss politics") has played a major role in Mexican political and social life. Loosely knit interest groups, or "caciques", of diverse character - syndicates, farmers, left- and right-wingers, white-collar workers - have exercised great power within Mexico's distinctive political system. The peculiarities of Mexico's system have greatly depended on this kind of informal politics, which combines repression, patronage, and charismatic leadership. As such, caciquismo fits uncomfortably within the formal analysis of laws, parties, and elections and has been relatively neglected by academics. Though its demise has often been predicted, it has survived, evolved, and adjusted to Mexico's rapid post-revolutionary transformation. Incorporating the research of historians, political scientists, sociologists, and anthropologists, this book reevaluates the crucial role of the cacique in modern Mexico. It suggests that caciquismo has survived decades of change and upheaval and remains an important, if underestimated, feature of recent Mexican politics. <break/>Contributors include Christopher Boyer (University of Illinois at Chicago, USA), Keith Brewster (University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK), Matthew Butler (Queen's University, Belfast, UK), Marco Calderon (El Colegio de Michoacan, Mexico), Maria Teresa Fernandez Aceves (Centro de Investigaciones en Estudios Superiores en Antropologia Social [CIESAS], Mexico), Rogelio Hernandez Rodriuez (El Colegio de Mexico), Stephen Lewis (California State University, Chico, USA), Salvador Maldonado Aranda (El Colegio de Michoacan, Mexico), Jennie Purnell (Boston College, USA), Jan Rus (Tzotzil Instituto de Asesoria Antropologica para la Region Maya, and Center for U.S.-Mexican Studies, University of California, San Diego, USA), Pieter de Vries (Wageningen University, Netherlands), and J. Eduardo Zarate H (El Colegio de Mexico, Michoacan, Mexico). 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248115/53736/53736_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/caciquismo-in-twentieth-century-mexico/ London, GB 04 01 20060221 02 WORLD 06 15 9781900039673 03 9781900039673 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/caciquismo-in-twentieth-century-mexico/ 20 08 20060221 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b1d86bf8-6fdd-479d-9971-d1da1986be43 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:06986e00-d91a-48b4-8265-a15f877fb7be 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b1d86bf8-6fdd-479d-9971-d1da1986be43 15 9781900039673 03 9781900039673 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53736 00 BB 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 26 mm 03 2.6 cm 03 1 in 08 36 gr 08 1.375 oz 01 01 Caciquismo in Twentieth-Century Mexico 1 B01 Alan Knight Alan Knight 2 B01 Wil Pansters Wil Pansters 01 eng 12 JPWD 93 JPWG B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL009000 93 JPH 12 JPH 10 POL007000 12 1KLCM 93 1KLCM 20 boss; chief; bossism; leadership; conquistadores; labour; politics 01 06 02 00 Caciquismo (roughly translated as "boss politics") has played a major role in Mexican political and social life. Loosely knit interest groups, or "caciques," of diverse character--syndicates, farmers, left- and right-wingers, white-collar workers--have exercised great power within Mexico's distinctive political system. 03 00 Caciquismo (roughly translated as "boss politics") has played a major role in Mexican political and social life. Loosely knit interest groups, or "caciques", of diverse character - syndicates, farmers, left- and right-wingers, white-collar workers - have exercised great power within Mexico's distinctive political system. The peculiarities of Mexico's system have greatly depended on this kind of informal politics, which combines repression, patronage, and charismatic leadership. As such, caciquismo fits uncomfortably within the formal analysis of laws, parties, and elections and has been relatively neglected by academics. Though its demise has often been predicted, it has survived, evolved, and adjusted to Mexico's rapid post-revolutionary transformation. Incorporating the research of historians, political scientists, sociologists, and anthropologists, this book reevaluates the crucial role of the cacique in modern Mexico. It suggests that caciquismo has survived decades of change and upheaval and remains an important, if underestimated, feature of recent Mexican politics. <break/>Contributors include Christopher Boyer (University of Illinois at Chicago, USA), Keith Brewster (University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK), Matthew Butler (Queen's University, Belfast, UK), Marco Calderon (El Colegio de Michoacan, Mexico), Maria Teresa Fernandez Aceves (Centro de Investigaciones en Estudios Superiores en Antropologia Social [CIESAS], Mexico), Rogelio Hernandez Rodriuez (El Colegio de Mexico), Stephen Lewis (California State University, Chico, USA), Salvador Maldonado Aranda (El Colegio de Michoacan, Mexico), Jennie Purnell (Boston College, USA), Jan Rus (Tzotzil Instituto de Asesoria Antropologica para la Region Maya, and Center for U.S.-Mexican Studies, University of California, San Diego, USA), Pieter de Vries (Wageningen University, Netherlands), and J. Eduardo Zarate H (El Colegio de Mexico, Michoacan, Mexico). 30 00 Caciquismo (roughly translated as "boss politics") has played a major role in Mexican political and social life. Loosely knit interest groups, or "caciques", of diverse character - syndicates, farmers, left- and right-wingers, white-collar workers - have exercised great power within Mexico's distinctive political system. The peculiarities of Mexico's system have greatly depended on this kind of informal politics, which combines repression, patronage, and charismatic leadership. As such, caciquismo fits uncomfortably within the formal analysis of laws, parties, and elections and has been relatively neglected by academics. Though its demise has often been predicted, it has survived, evolved, and adjusted to Mexico's rapid post-revolutionary transformation. Incorporating the research of historians, political scientists, sociologists, and anthropologists, this book reevaluates the crucial role of the cacique in modern Mexico. It suggests that caciquismo has survived decades of change and upheaval and remains an important, if underestimated, feature of recent Mexican politics. <break/>Contributors include Christopher Boyer (University of Illinois at Chicago, USA), Keith Brewster (University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK), Matthew Butler (Queen's University, Belfast, UK), Marco Calderon (El Colegio de Michoacan, Mexico), Maria Teresa Fernandez Aceves (Centro de Investigaciones en Estudios Superiores en Antropologia Social [CIESAS], Mexico), Rogelio Hernandez Rodriuez (El Colegio de Mexico), Stephen Lewis (California State University, Chico, USA), Salvador Maldonado Aranda (El Colegio de Michoacan, Mexico), Jennie Purnell (Boston College, USA), Jan Rus (Tzotzil Instituto de Asesoria Antropologica para la Region Maya, and Center for U.S.-Mexican Studies, University of California, San Diego, USA), Pieter de Vries (Wageningen University, Netherlands), and J. Eduardo Zarate H (El Colegio de Mexico, Michoacan, Mexico). 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248115/53736/53736_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/caciquismo-in-twentieth-century-mexico/ London, GB 04 01 20060221 02 WORLD 06 15 9781900039666 03 9781900039666 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/caciquismo-in-twentieth-century-mexico/ 20 08 20060221 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:af0f8c21-b265-4973-a7de-74bc86f2497d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4705fcf9-ba63-47e5-84f2-b8fa9a081cbc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:af0f8c21-b265-4973-a7de-74bc86f2497d 15 9781912250592 03 9781912250592 06 10.14296/lsbs7954 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.137026 00 BC 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 1a6e7b27-85bc-4091-af24-924ecaf34b68 02 30499232 03 2 01 02 Critical Human Rights Studies 01 01 Capitalism, Colonisation and the Ecocide-Genocide Nexus 1 A01 21 0000000293568521 Martin Crook Martin Crook Senior Lecturer in Sociology University of West England Martin Crook is a Senior Lecturer in Sociology at the University of West England. His work examines the nexus between genocide and ecological destruction and has become an essential underpinning for the development of a burgeoning new field in the study of genocide, namely the sociology and political economy of genocide and ecocide, in particular developing an original approach to examining the role of extractivism and climate change mitigation in the ecocide genocide nexus. 01 eng 00 272 03 B2 Human Rights 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL035010 10 POL023000 93 RN 12 RN 12 HBTZ 93 NHTZ 10 POL061000 12 KCP 93 KCSA 10 POL045000 12 1HFGK 10 3.3.5.0.0.0.0 93 KCP 93 1HFGK 12 1MBF 10 6.0.1.0.0.0.0 93 1MBF 20 eco-genocidal; capitalism; production; developmentalism; political economy; human rights; exterminism; dispossession; Kenya; Australia; settler colonies; Indigenous people; colonialism 01 06 02 00 This timely publication examines the drivers of the ecologically induced genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples in the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist globa 03 00 With climate change and a looming ecological crisis impacting the systems and institutions that support life, this timely publication examines the drivers of ecologically induced genocide – the environmental destruction resulting in conditions of life that fundamentally threaten a social group’s cultural or physical existence. Focusing on the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia, both united by a discourse of developmentalism, the book draws attention to the critical role that the destructions of ecologies has historically played, and continues to play, in the genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the inherently genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist global system and the manner in which the ecocidal logic of capital intersects with settler and post-colonial structures. In exploring the genocidal effects of climate governance and market environmentalism on Indigenous peoples in Kenya and forms of energy extraction on Indigenous groups in Australia, the book also draws on original interviews to prioritise the lived experiences of, and give voice to, the groups that have suffered structural violence and social harms. Fundamentally, it puts forward a political economy of genocide</italic>, which seeks to explain the manner in which material forces, on local and global scales, underpin and give rise to ever-evolving relations of genocide. As such, this important book deepens and enriches our knowledge of genocide and the eco-genocidal nature of colonisation, and the capitalist mode of production that underpins developmentalism. 30 00 With climate change and a looming ecological crisis impacting the systems and institutions that support life, this timely publication examines the drivers of ecologically induced genocide – the environmental destruction resulting in conditions of life that fundamentally threaten a social group’s cultural or physical existence. Focusing on the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia, both united by a discourse of developmentalism, the book draws attention to the critical role that the destructions of ecologies has historically played, and continues to play, in the genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the inherently genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist global system and the manner in which the ecocidal logic of capital intersects with settler and post-colonial structures. In exploring the genocidal effects of climate governance and market environmentalism on Indigenous peoples in Kenya and forms of energy extraction on Indigenous groups in Australia, the book also draws on original interviews to prioritise the lived experiences of, and give voice to, the groups that have suffered structural violence and social harms. Fundamentally, it puts forward a political economy of genocide</italic>, which seeks to explain the manner in which material forces, on local and global scales, underpin and give rise to ever-evolving relations of genocide. As such, this important book deepens and enriches our knowledge of genocide and the eco-genocidal nature of colonisation, and the capitalist mode of production that underpins developmentalism. 04 00 1 Introduction: Ecological inequity, ‘exterminism’ and genocide2 Australia: The Architecture of Dispossession Then3 Australia: The Architecture of Dispossession Now4 Kenya: The Architecture of Dispossession Then5 Kenya: The Architecture of Dispossession Now6 Conclusion: A Neo-Lemkinian Ontology in the Age of the Anthropocene 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/lsbs7954_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/capitalism-colonisation-and-the-ecocide-genocide-nexus/ London, GB 04 01 20241121 Martin Crook 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250585 03 9781912250585 06 15 9781912250608 03 9781912250608 06 15 9781912250677 03 9781912250677 06 15 9781912250615 03 9781912250615 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/capitalism-colonisation-and-the-ecocide-genocide-nexus/ 20 08 20241121 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:fe6833d2-c3d9-4c69-849c-1cc1a6ce993c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4705fcf9-ba63-47e5-84f2-b8fa9a081cbc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:fe6833d2-c3d9-4c69-849c-1cc1a6ce993c 15 9781912250585 03 9781912250585 06 10.14296/lsbs7954 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.137026 00 BB 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 1a6e7b27-85bc-4091-af24-924ecaf34b68 02 30499232 03 2 01 02 Critical Human Rights Studies 01 01 Capitalism, Colonisation and the Ecocide-Genocide Nexus 1 A01 21 0000000293568521 Martin Crook Martin Crook Senior Lecturer in Sociology University of West England Martin Crook is a Senior Lecturer in Sociology at the University of West England. His work examines the nexus between genocide and ecological destruction and has become an essential underpinning for the development of a burgeoning new field in the study of genocide, namely the sociology and political economy of genocide and ecocide, in particular developing an original approach to examining the role of extractivism and climate change mitigation in the ecocide genocide nexus. 01 eng 00 272 03 B2 Human Rights 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL035010 10 POL023000 93 RN 12 RN 12 HBTZ 93 NHTZ 10 POL061000 12 KCP 93 KCSA 10 POL045000 12 1HFGK 10 3.3.5.0.0.0.0 93 KCP 93 1HFGK 12 1MBF 10 6.0.1.0.0.0.0 93 1MBF 20 eco-genocidal; capitalism; production; developmentalism; political economy; human rights; exterminism; dispossession; Kenya; Australia; settler colonies; Indigenous people; colonialism 01 06 02 00 This timely publication examines the drivers of the ecologically induced genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples in the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist globa 03 00 With climate change and a looming ecological crisis impacting the systems and institutions that support life, this timely publication examines the drivers of ecologically induced genocide – the environmental destruction resulting in conditions of life that fundamentally threaten a social group’s cultural or physical existence. Focusing on the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia, both united by a discourse of developmentalism, the book draws attention to the critical role that the destructions of ecologies has historically played, and continues to play, in the genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the inherently genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist global system and the manner in which the ecocidal logic of capital intersects with settler and post-colonial structures. In exploring the genocidal effects of climate governance and market environmentalism on Indigenous peoples in Kenya and forms of energy extraction on Indigenous groups in Australia, the book also draws on original interviews to prioritise the lived experiences of, and give voice to, the groups that have suffered structural violence and social harms. Fundamentally, it puts forward a political economy of genocide</italic>, which seeks to explain the manner in which material forces, on local and global scales, underpin and give rise to ever-evolving relations of genocide. As such, this important book deepens and enriches our knowledge of genocide and the eco-genocidal nature of colonisation, and the capitalist mode of production that underpins developmentalism. 30 00 With climate change and a looming ecological crisis impacting the systems and institutions that support life, this timely publication examines the drivers of ecologically induced genocide – the environmental destruction resulting in conditions of life that fundamentally threaten a social group’s cultural or physical existence. Focusing on the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia, both united by a discourse of developmentalism, the book draws attention to the critical role that the destructions of ecologies has historically played, and continues to play, in the genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the inherently genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist global system and the manner in which the ecocidal logic of capital intersects with settler and post-colonial structures. In exploring the genocidal effects of climate governance and market environmentalism on Indigenous peoples in Kenya and forms of energy extraction on Indigenous groups in Australia, the book also draws on original interviews to prioritise the lived experiences of, and give voice to, the groups that have suffered structural violence and social harms. Fundamentally, it puts forward a political economy of genocide</italic>, which seeks to explain the manner in which material forces, on local and global scales, underpin and give rise to ever-evolving relations of genocide. As such, this important book deepens and enriches our knowledge of genocide and the eco-genocidal nature of colonisation, and the capitalist mode of production that underpins developmentalism. 04 00 1 Introduction: Ecological inequity, ‘exterminism’ and genocide2 Australia: The Architecture of Dispossession Then3 Australia: The Architecture of Dispossession Now4 Kenya: The Architecture of Dispossession Then5 Kenya: The Architecture of Dispossession Now6 Conclusion: A Neo-Lemkinian Ontology in the Age of the Anthropocene 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/lsbs7954_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/capitalism-colonisation-and-the-ecocide-genocide-nexus/ London, GB 04 01 20241121 Martin Crook 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250592 03 9781912250592 06 15 9781912250608 03 9781912250608 06 15 9781912250677 03 9781912250677 06 15 9781912250615 03 9781912250615 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/capitalism-colonisation-and-the-ecocide-genocide-nexus/ 20 08 20241121 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:3603780a-befb-4c48-8798-3a7530fa837c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4705fcf9-ba63-47e5-84f2-b8fa9a081cbc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3603780a-befb-4c48-8798-3a7530fa837c 15 9781912250608 03 9781912250608 06 10.14296/lsbs7954 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.137026 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 1a6e7b27-85bc-4091-af24-924ecaf34b68 02 30499232 03 2 01 02 Critical Human Rights Studies 01 01 Capitalism, Colonisation and the Ecocide-Genocide Nexus 1 A01 21 0000000293568521 Martin Crook Martin Crook Senior Lecturer in Sociology University of West England Martin Crook is a Senior Lecturer in Sociology at the University of West England. His work examines the nexus between genocide and ecological destruction and has become an essential underpinning for the development of a burgeoning new field in the study of genocide, namely the sociology and political economy of genocide and ecocide, in particular developing an original approach to examining the role of extractivism and climate change mitigation in the ecocide genocide nexus. 01 eng 00 272 03 B2 Human Rights 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL035010 10 POL023000 93 RN 12 RN 12 HBTZ 93 NHTZ 10 POL061000 12 KCP 93 KCSA 10 POL045000 12 1HFGK 10 3.3.5.0.0.0.0 93 KCP 93 1HFGK 12 1MBF 10 6.0.1.0.0.0.0 93 1MBF 20 eco-genocidal; capitalism; production; developmentalism; political economy; human rights; exterminism; dispossession; Kenya; Australia; settler colonies; Indigenous people; colonialism 01 06 02 00 This timely publication examines the drivers of the ecologically induced genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples in the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist globa 03 00 With climate change and a looming ecological crisis impacting the systems and institutions that support life, this timely publication examines the drivers of ecologically induced genocide – the environmental destruction resulting in conditions of life that fundamentally threaten a social group’s cultural or physical existence. Focusing on the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia, both united by a discourse of developmentalism, the book draws attention to the critical role that the destructions of ecologies has historically played, and continues to play, in the genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the inherently genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist global system and the manner in which the ecocidal logic of capital intersects with settler and post-colonial structures. In exploring the genocidal effects of climate governance and market environmentalism on Indigenous peoples in Kenya and forms of energy extraction on Indigenous groups in Australia, the book also draws on original interviews to prioritise the lived experiences of, and give voice to, the groups that have suffered structural violence and social harms. Fundamentally, it puts forward a political economy of genocide</italic>, which seeks to explain the manner in which material forces, on local and global scales, underpin and give rise to ever-evolving relations of genocide. As such, this important book deepens and enriches our knowledge of genocide and the eco-genocidal nature of colonisation, and the capitalist mode of production that underpins developmentalism. 30 00 With climate change and a looming ecological crisis impacting the systems and institutions that support life, this timely publication examines the drivers of ecologically induced genocide – the environmental destruction resulting in conditions of life that fundamentally threaten a social group’s cultural or physical existence. Focusing on the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia, both united by a discourse of developmentalism, the book draws attention to the critical role that the destructions of ecologies has historically played, and continues to play, in the genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the inherently genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist global system and the manner in which the ecocidal logic of capital intersects with settler and post-colonial structures. In exploring the genocidal effects of climate governance and market environmentalism on Indigenous peoples in Kenya and forms of energy extraction on Indigenous groups in Australia, the book also draws on original interviews to prioritise the lived experiences of, and give voice to, the groups that have suffered structural violence and social harms. Fundamentally, it puts forward a political economy of genocide</italic>, which seeks to explain the manner in which material forces, on local and global scales, underpin and give rise to ever-evolving relations of genocide. As such, this important book deepens and enriches our knowledge of genocide and the eco-genocidal nature of colonisation, and the capitalist mode of production that underpins developmentalism. 04 00 1 Introduction: Ecological inequity, ‘exterminism’ and genocide2 Australia: The Architecture of Dispossession Then3 Australia: The Architecture of Dispossession Now4 Kenya: The Architecture of Dispossession Then5 Kenya: The Architecture of Dispossession Now6 Conclusion: A Neo-Lemkinian Ontology in the Age of the Anthropocene 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/lsbs7954_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/capitalism-colonisation-and-the-ecocide-genocide-nexus/ London, GB 04 01 20241121 Martin Crook 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250592 03 9781912250592 06 15 9781912250585 03 9781912250585 06 15 9781912250677 03 9781912250677 06 15 9781912250615 03 9781912250615 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/4705fcf9-ba63-47e5-84f2-b8fa9a081cbc 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/4705fcf9-ba63-47e5-84f2-b8fa9a081cbc/4705fcf9-ba63-47e5-84f2-b8fa9a081cbc.pdf 20 08 20241121 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912250608.pdf 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912250608.pdf 20 08 20241121 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912250608.pdf 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/lsbs7954.pdf 20 08 20241121 01 urn:uuid:0b70708d-9062-4521-abeb-f3cc31b982a5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4705fcf9-ba63-47e5-84f2-b8fa9a081cbc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0b70708d-9062-4521-abeb-f3cc31b982a5 15 9781912250677 03 9781912250677 06 10.14296/lsbs7954 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.137026 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 1a6e7b27-85bc-4091-af24-924ecaf34b68 02 30499232 03 2 01 02 Critical Human Rights Studies 01 01 Capitalism, Colonisation and the Ecocide-Genocide Nexus 1 A01 21 0000000293568521 Martin Crook Martin Crook Senior Lecturer in Sociology University of West England Martin Crook is a Senior Lecturer in Sociology at the University of West England. His work examines the nexus between genocide and ecological destruction and has become an essential underpinning for the development of a burgeoning new field in the study of genocide, namely the sociology and political economy of genocide and ecocide, in particular developing an original approach to examining the role of extractivism and climate change mitigation in the ecocide genocide nexus. 01 eng 00 272 03 B2 Human Rights 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL035010 10 POL023000 93 RN 12 RN 12 HBTZ 93 NHTZ 10 POL061000 12 KCP 93 KCSA 10 POL045000 12 1HFGK 10 3.3.5.0.0.0.0 93 KCP 93 1HFGK 12 1MBF 10 6.0.1.0.0.0.0 93 1MBF 20 eco-genocidal; capitalism; production; developmentalism; political economy; human rights; exterminism; dispossession; Kenya; Australia; settler colonies; Indigenous people; colonialism 01 06 02 00 This timely publication examines the drivers of the ecologically induced genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples in the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist globa 03 00 With climate change and a looming ecological crisis impacting the systems and institutions that support life, this timely publication examines the drivers of ecologically induced genocide – the environmental destruction resulting in conditions of life that fundamentally threaten a social group’s cultural or physical existence. Focusing on the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia, both united by a discourse of developmentalism, the book draws attention to the critical role that the destructions of ecologies has historically played, and continues to play, in the genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the inherently genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist global system and the manner in which the ecocidal logic of capital intersects with settler and post-colonial structures. In exploring the genocidal effects of climate governance and market environmentalism on Indigenous peoples in Kenya and forms of energy extraction on Indigenous groups in Australia, the book also draws on original interviews to prioritise the lived experiences of, and give voice to, the groups that have suffered structural violence and social harms. Fundamentally, it puts forward a political economy of genocide</italic>, which seeks to explain the manner in which material forces, on local and global scales, underpin and give rise to ever-evolving relations of genocide. As such, this important book deepens and enriches our knowledge of genocide and the eco-genocidal nature of colonisation, and the capitalist mode of production that underpins developmentalism. 30 00 With climate change and a looming ecological crisis impacting the systems and institutions that support life, this timely publication examines the drivers of ecologically induced genocide – the environmental destruction resulting in conditions of life that fundamentally threaten a social group’s cultural or physical existence. Focusing on the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia, both united by a discourse of developmentalism, the book draws attention to the critical role that the destructions of ecologies has historically played, and continues to play, in the genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the inherently genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist global system and the manner in which the ecocidal logic of capital intersects with settler and post-colonial structures. In exploring the genocidal effects of climate governance and market environmentalism on Indigenous peoples in Kenya and forms of energy extraction on Indigenous groups in Australia, the book also draws on original interviews to prioritise the lived experiences of, and give voice to, the groups that have suffered structural violence and social harms. Fundamentally, it puts forward a political economy of genocide</italic>, which seeks to explain the manner in which material forces, on local and global scales, underpin and give rise to ever-evolving relations of genocide. As such, this important book deepens and enriches our knowledge of genocide and the eco-genocidal nature of colonisation, and the capitalist mode of production that underpins developmentalism. 04 00 1 Introduction: Ecological inequity, ‘exterminism’ and genocide2 Australia: The Architecture of Dispossession Then3 Australia: The Architecture of Dispossession Now4 Kenya: The Architecture of Dispossession Then5 Kenya: The Architecture of Dispossession Now6 Conclusion: A Neo-Lemkinian Ontology in the Age of the Anthropocene 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/lsbs7954_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/capitalism-colonisation-and-the-ecocide-genocide-nexus/ London, GB 04 01 20241121 Martin Crook 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250592 03 9781912250592 06 15 9781912250585 03 9781912250585 06 15 9781912250608 03 9781912250608 06 15 9781912250615 03 9781912250615 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/capitalism-colonisation-and-the-ecocide-genocide-nexus/ 20 08 20241121 01 urn:uuid:255e946a-15a2-48e4-8dde-5f76bfa6dedf 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4705fcf9-ba63-47e5-84f2-b8fa9a081cbc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:255e946a-15a2-48e4-8dde-5f76bfa6dedf 15 9781912250615 03 9781912250615 06 10.14296/lsbs7954 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.137026 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID 1a6e7b27-85bc-4091-af24-924ecaf34b68 02 30499232 03 2 01 02 Critical Human Rights Studies 01 01 Capitalism, Colonisation and the Ecocide-Genocide Nexus 1 A01 21 0000000293568521 Martin Crook Martin Crook Senior Lecturer in Sociology University of West England Martin Crook is a Senior Lecturer in Sociology at the University of West England. His work examines the nexus between genocide and ecological destruction and has become an essential underpinning for the development of a burgeoning new field in the study of genocide, namely the sociology and political economy of genocide and ecocide, in particular developing an original approach to examining the role of extractivism and climate change mitigation in the ecocide genocide nexus. 01 eng 00 272 03 B2 Human Rights 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL035010 10 POL023000 93 RN 12 RN 12 HBTZ 93 NHTZ 10 POL061000 12 KCP 93 KCSA 10 POL045000 12 1HFGK 10 3.3.5.0.0.0.0 93 KCP 93 1HFGK 12 1MBF 10 6.0.1.0.0.0.0 93 1MBF 20 eco-genocidal; capitalism; production; developmentalism; political economy; human rights; exterminism; dispossession; Kenya; Australia; settler colonies; Indigenous people; colonialism 01 06 02 00 This timely publication examines the drivers of the ecologically induced genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples in the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist globa 03 00 With climate change and a looming ecological crisis impacting the systems and institutions that support life, this timely publication examines the drivers of ecologically induced genocide – the environmental destruction resulting in conditions of life that fundamentally threaten a social group’s cultural or physical existence. Focusing on the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia, both united by a discourse of developmentalism, the book draws attention to the critical role that the destructions of ecologies has historically played, and continues to play, in the genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the inherently genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist global system and the manner in which the ecocidal logic of capital intersects with settler and post-colonial structures. In exploring the genocidal effects of climate governance and market environmentalism on Indigenous peoples in Kenya and forms of energy extraction on Indigenous groups in Australia, the book also draws on original interviews to prioritise the lived experiences of, and give voice to, the groups that have suffered structural violence and social harms. Fundamentally, it puts forward a political economy of genocide</italic>, which seeks to explain the manner in which material forces, on local and global scales, underpin and give rise to ever-evolving relations of genocide. As such, this important book deepens and enriches our knowledge of genocide and the eco-genocidal nature of colonisation, and the capitalist mode of production that underpins developmentalism. 30 00 With climate change and a looming ecological crisis impacting the systems and institutions that support life, this timely publication examines the drivers of ecologically induced genocide – the environmental destruction resulting in conditions of life that fundamentally threaten a social group’s cultural or physical existence. Focusing on the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia, both united by a discourse of developmentalism, the book draws attention to the critical role that the destructions of ecologies has historically played, and continues to play, in the genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the inherently genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist global system and the manner in which the ecocidal logic of capital intersects with settler and post-colonial structures. In exploring the genocidal effects of climate governance and market environmentalism on Indigenous peoples in Kenya and forms of energy extraction on Indigenous groups in Australia, the book also draws on original interviews to prioritise the lived experiences of, and give voice to, the groups that have suffered structural violence and social harms. Fundamentally, it puts forward a political economy of genocide</italic>, which seeks to explain the manner in which material forces, on local and global scales, underpin and give rise to ever-evolving relations of genocide. As such, this important book deepens and enriches our knowledge of genocide and the eco-genocidal nature of colonisation, and the capitalist mode of production that underpins developmentalism. 04 00 1 Introduction: Ecological inequity, ‘exterminism’ and genocide2 Australia: The Architecture of Dispossession Then3 Australia: The Architecture of Dispossession Now4 Kenya: The Architecture of Dispossession Then5 Kenya: The Architecture of Dispossession Now6 Conclusion: A Neo-Lemkinian Ontology in the Age of the Anthropocene 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/lsbs7954_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/capitalism-colonisation-and-the-ecocide-genocide-nexus/ London, GB 04 01 20241121 Martin Crook 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250592 03 9781912250592 06 15 9781912250585 03 9781912250585 06 15 9781912250608 03 9781912250608 06 15 9781912250677 03 9781912250677 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/capitalism-colonisation-and-the-ecocide-genocide-nexus/ 20 08 20241121 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:984b27c1-8dd3-4f41-a932-17fa9808d9fb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:db970dcc-10e8-472a-b2f0-1a3965a47ac4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:984b27c1-8dd3-4f41-a932-17fa9808d9fb 15 9781900039918 03 9781900039918 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53745 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 15 mm 03 1.5 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 349 gr 08 12.375 oz 01 01 Caribbean Literature After Independence The Case of Earl Lovelace 1 B01 Bill Schwarz Bill Schwarz 01 eng 12 DSB 93 DSB B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 LIT004100 12 1KJ 93 1KJ 01 06 02 00 Earl Lovelace was one of the greatest Trinidadian writers. Lovelace was an early enthusiast for Black Power and an indefatigable critic of the inequalities bequeathed by the post-Independence state. This book assesses Lovelace's fiction and also his role in Caribbean letters. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248123/53745/53745_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/caribbean-literature-after-independence/ London, GB 04 01 20080301 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/caribbean-literature-after-independence/ 20 08 20080301 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:362ee4fe-29e5-4cb6-866f-b056a22812fd 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:da6e3856-bdec-4206-ae8b-351767da1ab8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:362ee4fe-29e5-4cb6-866f-b056a22812fd 15 9780992725778 03 9780992725778 06 10.14296/319.9780992725778 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83940 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Charlotte Brontë's City of Glass 1 A01 Isobel Armstrong Isobel Armstrong 01 eng 00 32 03 93 D 12 DSBF 10 LIT004120 B2 Literary Studies 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS018000 12 3JH 93 3MNB 93 5PX-GB-S 20 Bronte; Crystal Palace; glass; juvenilia; Vilette; fantasy; dreams 01 06 02 00 In this work, Isobel Armstrong draws connections between the Glass Town of Charlotte Bronte’s juvenilia and the later Crystal Palace, using the idea of glass as a medium for fantasy. This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1992 as part of the Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures. 03 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1992.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 30 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1992.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/319.9780992725778_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/charlotte-brontes-city-of-glass/ London, GB 04 01 20190331 02 WORLD WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/da6e3856-bdec-4206-ae8b-351767da1ab8 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/da6e3856-bdec-4206-ae8b-351767da1ab8/da6e3856-bdec-4206-ae8b-351767da1ab8.pdf 20 08 20190331 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/charlotte-brontes-city-of-glass/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9780992725778.pdf 20 08 20190331 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/charlotte-brontes-city-of-glass/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/319.9780992725778.pdf 20 08 20190331 01 urn:uuid:a55eb737-a270-4212-b5f2-2b6214e3f4eb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b4a0da7f-7870-46f7-8327-d5e6866420ff 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a55eb737-a270-4212-b5f2-2b6214e3f4eb 15 9781912702862 03 9781912702862 06 10.14296/2109.9781912702886 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.106707 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain 1 B01 21 0000000233101583 Siân Pooley Siân Pooley Siân Pooley teaches modern British history at Magdalen College, Oxford. She is an associate professor in the History Faculty, Oxford University, and a director of Oxford University’s Centre for the History of Childhood. She is the co-author of Parenthood Between Generations: Transforming Reproductive Cultures (2016) and The Diary of Elizabeth Lee: Growing Up On Merseyside in the Late Nineteeenth Century (2010). 2 B01 21 0000000317907699 Jonathan Taylor Jonathan Taylor After completing his History DPhil, Jonathan Taylor worked as a Research Assistant on the ‘Changing Lives’ research project, based at the Calleva Research Centre, Magdalen College, Oxford. This interdisciplinary project sought to understand the life-long impact of early life experiences prospectively in order to help identify what best supports people across the course of their lives. He is now working as a Senior Research Associate at the University of Bristol’s School for Policy Studies. 01 eng 00 302 03 09 8 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 12 JKSB1 93 JKSB1 10 POL019000 12 JKS 10 SOC047000 93 VFDJ 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1MBF 93 1MBF 12 1QFC 93 1QFC 10 6.0.1.0.0.0.0 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 housing estate; Glasgow; childhood; child; social security; welfare state; sex education; teenagers; teenage; parenting; neglect; agency; The Borough Council; child philanthropy; Brook Advisory Centre; women in prison; Children’s Friend Society emigration scheme; Commonwealth; migration programme; play-area design; child playground; family history; child history 01 06 02 00 This important book brings the history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children to light. Focusing on the period 1830 to 1980, it demonstrates how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services. The chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, in 03 00 The history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children. Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain </italic>brings together the latest historical research on welfare provision by the state, charities and families from 1830 to 1980. Demonstrating how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services, the chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, including residential institutions, emigration schemes, hospitals and clinics, schools, social housing and familial care. Drawing upon thousands of personal testimonies, including a wealth of writing by children themselves, the book shows that we can only understand the history and impact of welfare if we listen to children’s experiences. 30 00 The history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children. Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain </italic>brings together the latest historical research on welfare provision by the state, charities and families from 1830 to 1980. Demonstrating how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services, the chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, including residential institutions, emigration schemes, hospitals and clinics, schools, social housing and familial care. Drawing upon thousands of personal testimonies, including a wealth of writing by children themselves, the book shows that we can only understand the history and impact of welfare if we listen to children’s experiences. 04 00 Introduction 1.Children’s experiences of the Children’s Friend Society emigration scheme to the colonial Cape, 1833-41: snapshots from compliance to rebellion Rebecca Swartz 2.‘Their mother is a violent drunken woman who has been several times in prison’: ‘saving’ children from their families, 1850-1900 Gillian Lamb 3.‘Dear Sir, remember me often if possible’: family, belonging, and identity for children in care in Britain, c. 1870-1920 Claudia Soares 4.Child philanthropy, family care and young bodies in Britain 1876-1914 Siân Pooley 5.‘Everything was done by the clock’: agency in children’s convalescent homes, 1932-61 Maria Marven 6.‘The Borough Council have done a great deal ... I hope they continue to do so in the future’: children, community and the welfare state, 1941-55 Jonathan Taylor 7.Welfare and constraint on children’s agency: the case of post-war UK child migration programmes to Australia Gordon Lynch 8.‘The school that I’d like’: children and teenagers write about education in England and Wales, 1945-79 Laura Tisdall 9.Making their own fun: children’s play in high-rise estates in Glasgow in the 1960s and 1970s Valerie Wright 10.Teenagers, sex and the Brook Advisory Centres, 1964-85 Caroline Rusterholz Postscript: Insights for policy-makers and practitioners 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2109.9781912702886_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/childrens-experiences-of-welfare-in-modern-britain/ London, GB 04 01 20210917 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702886 03 9781912702886 06 15 9781913002152 03 9781913002152 06 15 9781912702879 03 9781912702879 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/childrens-experiences-of-welfare-in-modern-britain/ 20 08 20210917 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:971ffd8c-c4cf-4d3c-bb73-33ae6b6a763d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b4a0da7f-7870-46f7-8327-d5e6866420ff 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:971ffd8c-c4cf-4d3c-bb73-33ae6b6a763d 15 9781912702886 03 9781912702886 06 10.14296/2109.9781912702886 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.106707 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain 1 B01 21 0000000233101583 Siân Pooley Siân Pooley Siân Pooley teaches modern British history at Magdalen College, Oxford. She is an associate professor in the History Faculty, Oxford University, and a director of Oxford University’s Centre for the History of Childhood. She is the co-author of Parenthood Between Generations: Transforming Reproductive Cultures (2016) and The Diary of Elizabeth Lee: Growing Up On Merseyside in the Late Nineteeenth Century (2010). 2 B01 21 0000000317907699 Jonathan Taylor Jonathan Taylor After completing his History DPhil, Jonathan Taylor worked as a Research Assistant on the ‘Changing Lives’ research project, based at the Calleva Research Centre, Magdalen College, Oxford. This interdisciplinary project sought to understand the life-long impact of early life experiences prospectively in order to help identify what best supports people across the course of their lives. He is now working as a Senior Research Associate at the University of Bristol’s School for Policy Studies. 01 eng 00 302 03 09 8 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 12 JKSB1 93 JKSB1 10 POL019000 12 JKS 10 SOC047000 93 VFDJ 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1MBF 93 1MBF 12 1QFC 93 1QFC 10 6.0.1.0.0.0.0 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 housing estate; Glasgow; childhood; child; social security; welfare state; sex education; teenagers; teenage; parenting; neglect; agency; The Borough Council; child philanthropy; Brook Advisory Centre; women in prison; Children’s Friend Society emigration scheme; Commonwealth; migration programme; play-area design; child playground; family history; child history 01 06 02 00 This important book brings the history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children to light. Focusing on the period 1830 to 1980, it demonstrates how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services. The chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, in 03 00 The history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children. Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain </italic>brings together the latest historical research on welfare provision by the state, charities and families from 1830 to 1980. Demonstrating how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services, the chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, including residential institutions, emigration schemes, hospitals and clinics, schools, social housing and familial care. Drawing upon thousands of personal testimonies, including a wealth of writing by children themselves, the book shows that we can only understand the history and impact of welfare if we listen to children’s experiences. 30 00 The history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children. Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain </italic>brings together the latest historical research on welfare provision by the state, charities and families from 1830 to 1980. Demonstrating how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services, the chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, including residential institutions, emigration schemes, hospitals and clinics, schools, social housing and familial care. Drawing upon thousands of personal testimonies, including a wealth of writing by children themselves, the book shows that we can only understand the history and impact of welfare if we listen to children’s experiences. 04 00 Introduction 1.Children’s experiences of the Children’s Friend Society emigration scheme to the colonial Cape, 1833-41: snapshots from compliance to rebellion Rebecca Swartz 2.‘Their mother is a violent drunken woman who has been several times in prison’: ‘saving’ children from their families, 1850-1900 Gillian Lamb 3.‘Dear Sir, remember me often if possible’: family, belonging, and identity for children in care in Britain, c. 1870-1920 Claudia Soares 4.Child philanthropy, family care and young bodies in Britain 1876-1914 Siân Pooley 5.‘Everything was done by the clock’: agency in children’s convalescent homes, 1932-61 Maria Marven 6.‘The Borough Council have done a great deal ... I hope they continue to do so in the future’: children, community and the welfare state, 1941-55 Jonathan Taylor 7.Welfare and constraint on children’s agency: the case of post-war UK child migration programmes to Australia Gordon Lynch 8.‘The school that I’d like’: children and teenagers write about education in England and Wales, 1945-79 Laura Tisdall 9.Making their own fun: children’s play in high-rise estates in Glasgow in the 1960s and 1970s Valerie Wright 10.Teenagers, sex and the Brook Advisory Centres, 1964-85 Caroline Rusterholz Postscript: Insights for policy-makers and practitioners 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2109.9781912702886_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/childrens-experiences-of-welfare-in-modern-britain/ London, GB 04 01 20210917 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702862 03 9781912702862 06 15 9781913002152 03 9781913002152 06 15 9781912702879 03 9781912702879 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/b4a0da7f-7870-46f7-8327-d5e6866420ff 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/b4a0da7f-7870-46f7-8327-d5e6866420ff/b4a0da7f-7870-46f7-8327-d5e6866420ff.pdf 20 08 20210917 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/childrens-experiences-of-welfare-in-modern-britain/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702886.pdf 20 08 20210917 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/childrens-experiences-of-welfare-in-modern-britain/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2109.9781912702886.pdf 20 08 20210917 01 urn:uuid:a11c4efc-ab8c-4e36-81cf-1b724a2808b5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b4a0da7f-7870-46f7-8327-d5e6866420ff 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a11c4efc-ab8c-4e36-81cf-1b724a2808b5 15 9781913002152 03 9781913002152 06 10.14296/2109.9781912702886 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.106707 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain 1 B01 21 0000000233101583 Siân Pooley Siân Pooley Siân Pooley teaches modern British history at Magdalen College, Oxford. She is an associate professor in the History Faculty, Oxford University, and a director of Oxford University’s Centre for the History of Childhood. She is the co-author of Parenthood Between Generations: Transforming Reproductive Cultures (2016) and The Diary of Elizabeth Lee: Growing Up On Merseyside in the Late Nineteeenth Century (2010). 2 B01 21 0000000317907699 Jonathan Taylor Jonathan Taylor After completing his History DPhil, Jonathan Taylor worked as a Research Assistant on the ‘Changing Lives’ research project, based at the Calleva Research Centre, Magdalen College, Oxford. This interdisciplinary project sought to understand the life-long impact of early life experiences prospectively in order to help identify what best supports people across the course of their lives. He is now working as a Senior Research Associate at the University of Bristol’s School for Policy Studies. 01 eng 00 302 03 09 8 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 12 JKSB1 93 JKSB1 10 POL019000 12 JKS 10 SOC047000 93 VFDJ 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1MBF 93 1MBF 12 1QFC 93 1QFC 10 6.0.1.0.0.0.0 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 housing estate; Glasgow; childhood; child; social security; welfare state; sex education; teenagers; teenage; parenting; neglect; agency; The Borough Council; child philanthropy; Brook Advisory Centre; women in prison; Children’s Friend Society emigration scheme; Commonwealth; migration programme; play-area design; child playground; family history; child history 01 06 02 00 This important book brings the history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children to light. Focusing on the period 1830 to 1980, it demonstrates how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services. The chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, in 03 00 The history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children. Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain </italic>brings together the latest historical research on welfare provision by the state, charities and families from 1830 to 1980. Demonstrating how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services, the chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, including residential institutions, emigration schemes, hospitals and clinics, schools, social housing and familial care. Drawing upon thousands of personal testimonies, including a wealth of writing by children themselves, the book shows that we can only understand the history and impact of welfare if we listen to children’s experiences. 30 00 The history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children. Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain </italic>brings together the latest historical research on welfare provision by the state, charities and families from 1830 to 1980. Demonstrating how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services, the chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, including residential institutions, emigration schemes, hospitals and clinics, schools, social housing and familial care. Drawing upon thousands of personal testimonies, including a wealth of writing by children themselves, the book shows that we can only understand the history and impact of welfare if we listen to children’s experiences. 04 00 Introduction 1.Children’s experiences of the Children’s Friend Society emigration scheme to the colonial Cape, 1833-41: snapshots from compliance to rebellion Rebecca Swartz 2.‘Their mother is a violent drunken woman who has been several times in prison’: ‘saving’ children from their families, 1850-1900 Gillian Lamb 3.‘Dear Sir, remember me often if possible’: family, belonging, and identity for children in care in Britain, c. 1870-1920 Claudia Soares 4.Child philanthropy, family care and young bodies in Britain 1876-1914 Siân Pooley 5.‘Everything was done by the clock’: agency in children’s convalescent homes, 1932-61 Maria Marven 6.‘The Borough Council have done a great deal ... I hope they continue to do so in the future’: children, community and the welfare state, 1941-55 Jonathan Taylor 7.Welfare and constraint on children’s agency: the case of post-war UK child migration programmes to Australia Gordon Lynch 8.‘The school that I’d like’: children and teenagers write about education in England and Wales, 1945-79 Laura Tisdall 9.Making their own fun: children’s play in high-rise estates in Glasgow in the 1960s and 1970s Valerie Wright 10.Teenagers, sex and the Brook Advisory Centres, 1964-85 Caroline Rusterholz Postscript: Insights for policy-makers and practitioners 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2109.9781912702886_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/childrens-experiences-of-welfare-in-modern-britain/ London, GB 04 01 20210917 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702862 03 9781912702862 06 15 9781912702886 03 9781912702886 06 15 9781912702879 03 9781912702879 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/childrens-experiences-of-welfare-in-modern-britain 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/childrens-experiences-of-welfare-in-modern-britain 20 08 20210917 01 urn:uuid:d6030528-efee-47b4-8889-7287d54113bd 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b4a0da7f-7870-46f7-8327-d5e6866420ff 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d6030528-efee-47b4-8889-7287d54113bd 15 9781912702879 03 9781912702879 06 10.14296/2109.9781912702886 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.106707 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain 1 B01 21 0000000233101583 Siân Pooley Siân Pooley Siân Pooley teaches modern British history at Magdalen College, Oxford. She is an associate professor in the History Faculty, Oxford University, and a director of Oxford University’s Centre for the History of Childhood. She is the co-author of Parenthood Between Generations: Transforming Reproductive Cultures (2016) and The Diary of Elizabeth Lee: Growing Up On Merseyside in the Late Nineteeenth Century (2010). 2 B01 21 0000000317907699 Jonathan Taylor Jonathan Taylor After completing his History DPhil, Jonathan Taylor worked as a Research Assistant on the ‘Changing Lives’ research project, based at the Calleva Research Centre, Magdalen College, Oxford. This interdisciplinary project sought to understand the life-long impact of early life experiences prospectively in order to help identify what best supports people across the course of their lives. He is now working as a Senior Research Associate at the University of Bristol’s School for Policy Studies. 01 eng 00 302 03 09 8 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 12 JKSB1 93 JKSB1 10 POL019000 12 JKS 10 SOC047000 93 VFDJ 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1MBF 93 1MBF 12 1QFC 93 1QFC 10 6.0.1.0.0.0.0 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 housing estate; Glasgow; childhood; child; social security; welfare state; sex education; teenagers; teenage; parenting; neglect; agency; The Borough Council; child philanthropy; Brook Advisory Centre; women in prison; Children’s Friend Society emigration scheme; Commonwealth; migration programme; play-area design; child playground; family history; child history 01 06 02 00 This important book brings the history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children to light. Focusing on the period 1830 to 1980, it demonstrates how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services. The chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, in 03 00 The history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children. Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain </italic>brings together the latest historical research on welfare provision by the state, charities and families from 1830 to 1980. Demonstrating how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services, the chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, including residential institutions, emigration schemes, hospitals and clinics, schools, social housing and familial care. Drawing upon thousands of personal testimonies, including a wealth of writing by children themselves, the book shows that we can only understand the history and impact of welfare if we listen to children’s experiences. 30 00 The history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children. Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain </italic>brings together the latest historical research on welfare provision by the state, charities and families from 1830 to 1980. Demonstrating how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services, the chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, including residential institutions, emigration schemes, hospitals and clinics, schools, social housing and familial care. Drawing upon thousands of personal testimonies, including a wealth of writing by children themselves, the book shows that we can only understand the history and impact of welfare if we listen to children’s experiences. 04 00 Introduction 1.Children’s experiences of the Children’s Friend Society emigration scheme to the colonial Cape, 1833-41: snapshots from compliance to rebellion Rebecca Swartz 2.‘Their mother is a violent drunken woman who has been several times in prison’: ‘saving’ children from their families, 1850-1900 Gillian Lamb 3.‘Dear Sir, remember me often if possible’: family, belonging, and identity for children in care in Britain, c. 1870-1920 Claudia Soares 4.Child philanthropy, family care and young bodies in Britain 1876-1914 Siân Pooley 5.‘Everything was done by the clock’: agency in children’s convalescent homes, 1932-61 Maria Marven 6.‘The Borough Council have done a great deal ... I hope they continue to do so in the future’: children, community and the welfare state, 1941-55 Jonathan Taylor 7.Welfare and constraint on children’s agency: the case of post-war UK child migration programmes to Australia Gordon Lynch 8.‘The school that I’d like’: children and teenagers write about education in England and Wales, 1945-79 Laura Tisdall 9.Making their own fun: children’s play in high-rise estates in Glasgow in the 1960s and 1970s Valerie Wright 10.Teenagers, sex and the Brook Advisory Centres, 1964-85 Caroline Rusterholz Postscript: Insights for policy-makers and practitioners 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2109.9781912702886_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/childrens-experiences-of-welfare-in-modern-britain/ London, GB 04 01 20210917 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702862 03 9781912702862 06 15 9781912702886 03 9781912702886 06 15 9781913002152 03 9781913002152 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/childrens-experiences-of-welfare-in-modern-britain/ 20 08 20210917 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:aa80e1f1-805e-4353-96bf-6de5d4f18e5a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:54dc29c7-6189-4d47-960a-d8d5c47cd3fb 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:aa80e1f1-805e-4353-96bf-6de5d4f18e5a 15 9781908857279 03 9781908857279 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55485 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 Chile and the Inter-American Human Rights System 1 B01 Karinna Fernández Karinna Fernández Karinna Fernandez holds a law degree from the Valparaíso University, a Master’s in International Public Law from the University of Chile and a LLM in International Human Rights at the University of Essex. She has wide ranging experience in litigating human rights cases at the national and international level. She has served as an advisor on matters of international penal cooperation and extradition to Chile’s Public Prosecutor’s Office and as a legal advisor to the Interior Ministry. She is also an Associate Fellow of UCL’s Institute of the Americas. 2 B01 Cristian Peña Cristian Peña 3 B01 Sebastián Smart Sebastián Smart Sebastian Smart holds a law degree from Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, a Master’s in Human Rights from University College London (UCL) and is currently pursuing a MPhil/PhD at UCL. He also holds a Diploma in Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (Henry Dunant Institute) and Territorial Development (Universidad Alberto Hurtado). He has worked for the NGO TECHO both in Chile and Haiti. He has also worked as consultant for different international organisations and NGOs such as the IDB, the permanent Mission of Chile at the United Nations and the law firm Deighton, Pierce & Glynn. 01 eng B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 LBBR 12 LBBR 10 POL035010 93 1KL 12 1KLSH 10 5.0.4.0.0.0.0 01 06 02 00 03 00 This book reflects on the relationship between Chile and the Inter-American Human Rights System, focusing on an interdisciplinary and detailed examination of the consequences of recent cases decided by the Inter-American Court of Human Rights against the Chilean state. These cases illustrate central challenges in the areas of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender and Intersex rights, as well as shedding light on torture and indigenous rights in Chile and the Americas as a whole. 30 00 This book reflects on the relationship between Chile and the Inter-American Human Rights System, focusing on an interdisciplinary and detailed examination of the consequences of recent cases decided by the Inter-American Court of Human Rights against the Chilean state. These cases illustrate central challenges in the areas of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender and Intersex rights, as well as shedding light on torture and indigenous rights in Chile and the Americas as a whole. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249756//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/chile-and-the-inter-american-human-rights-system/ London, GB 04 01 20170731 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857408 03 9781908857408 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/chile-and-the-inter-american-human-rights-system/ 20 08 20170731 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4e55038e-bfdc-4b86-bd7e-6e3f4f96e6cf 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:54dc29c7-6189-4d47-960a-d8d5c47cd3fb 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4e55038e-bfdc-4b86-bd7e-6e3f4f96e6cf 15 9781908857408 03 9781908857408 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55485 00 EB E101 10 01 01 Chile and the Inter-American Human Rights System 1 B01 Karinna Fernández Karinna Fernández Karinna Fernandez holds a law degree from the Valparaíso University, a Master’s in International Public Law from the University of Chile and a LLM in International Human Rights at the University of Essex. She has wide ranging experience in litigating human rights cases at the national and international level. She has served as an advisor on matters of international penal cooperation and extradition to Chile’s Public Prosecutor’s Office and as a legal advisor to the Interior Ministry. She is also an Associate Fellow of UCL’s Institute of the Americas. 2 B01 Cristian Peña Cristian Peña 3 B01 Sebastián Smart Sebastián Smart Sebastian Smart holds a law degree from Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, a Master’s in Human Rights from University College London (UCL) and is currently pursuing a MPhil/PhD at UCL. He also holds a Diploma in Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (Henry Dunant Institute) and Territorial Development (Universidad Alberto Hurtado). He has worked for the NGO TECHO both in Chile and Haiti. He has also worked as consultant for different international organisations and NGOs such as the IDB, the permanent Mission of Chile at the United Nations and the law firm Deighton, Pierce & Glynn. 01 eng B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 LBBR 12 LBBR 10 POL035010 93 1KL 12 1KLSH 10 5.0.4.0.0.0.0 01 06 02 00 03 00 This book reflects on the relationship between Chile and the Inter-American Human Rights System, focusing on an interdisciplinary and detailed examination of the consequences of recent cases decided by the Inter-American Court of Human Rights against the Chilean state. These cases illustrate central challenges in the areas of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender and Intersex rights, as well as shedding light on torture and indigenous rights in Chile and the Americas as a whole. 30 00 This book reflects on the relationship between Chile and the Inter-American Human Rights System, focusing on an interdisciplinary and detailed examination of the consequences of recent cases decided by the Inter-American Court of Human Rights against the Chilean state. These cases illustrate central challenges in the areas of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender and Intersex rights, as well as shedding light on torture and indigenous rights in Chile and the Americas as a whole. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249756//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/chile-and-the-inter-american-human-rights-system/ London, GB 04 01 20170731 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857279 03 9781908857279 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/chile-and-the-inter-american-human-rights-system/ 20 08 20170731 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6a3a655e-0d2e-4d72-ab39-6c7cf0d5bd72 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:91b5d036-61a8-43f2-be85-42f7864caf9a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6a3a655e-0d2e-4d72-ab39-6c7cf0d5bd72 15 9780854572731 03 9780854572731 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.92171 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 13 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Christian Felix Weiße the Translator Cultural Transfer and Literary Entrepreneurship in the Enlightenment 1 A01 Tom Zille Tom Zille 01 eng 00 236 03 93 CFP 12 DS B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Germanic Studies 10 LIT004170 93 DS 12 DSBF 10 LIT000000 93 DSBF 12 DSK 10 LIT004130 12 1DFG 93 FYT 10 LIT004180 93 1DFG 12 2ACG 10 HIS037050 10 1.3.2.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACG 93 2ADF 12 3JF 12 3JH 93 3ML 01 06 02 00 03 00 Christian Felix Weiße (1726-1804) is best known as a dramatist and influential children’s writer of the Enlightenment period. This is the first book to explore his singularly extensive output as a literary translator, investigating the conditions which allowed Weiße to become the most prolific German translator of English literature in the eighteenth century, a popular translator of French drama, and an influential editor and ‘entrepreneur’ of the translations of others. Drawing on previously unpublished correspondence, the study examines Weiße’s wide-ranging professional networks as a cultural mediator of European significance. Special attention is paid to his role in the German reception of Ossian, his introduction of English children’s literature to Germany, his translations of popular prose, and the intersections between his original writing and translations.Tom Zille trained as a bookseller in Leipzig, and is currently reading for a PhD in Modern and Contemporary English Literature at the University of Cambridge. He was until recently an editor at the German literary audio archive, Dichterlesen.net, at the Literarisches Colloquium Berlin. 30 00 Christian Felix Weiße (1726-1804) is best known as a dramatist and influential children’s writer of the Enlightenment period. This is the first book to explore his singularly extensive output as a literary translator, investigating the conditions which allowed Weiße to become the most prolific German translator of English literature in the eighteenth century, a popular translator of French drama, and an influential editor and ‘entrepreneur’ of the translations of others. Drawing on previously unpublished correspondence, the study examines Weiße’s wide-ranging professional networks as a cultural mediator of European significance. Special attention is paid to his role in the German reception of Ossian, his introduction of English children’s literature to Germany, his translations of popular prose, and the intersections between his original writing and translations.Tom Zille trained as a bookseller in Leipzig, and is currently reading for a PhD in Modern and Contemporary English Literature at the University of Cambridge. He was until recently an editor at the German literary audio archive, Dichterlesen.net, at the Literarisches Colloquium Berlin. 04 00 Introduction: A Forgotten Translator 1. Anglophilia and the Background of Eighteenth- Century Translation 2. Early Translations 3. Early Translations of Poetry 4. Professionalization: Weiße at Weidmann’s 5. Weiße and the German Reception of Ossian 6. Translations of Novels and Other Prose 7. Networks: The ‘Uebersetzungsentrepreneur’ 8. Networks: Facilitating Cultural Transfer 9. Translations of Children’s Literature 10. Nulla Dies Sine Linea: Conclusion Bibliography of Translations Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/299076/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/christian-felix-weise-the-translator/ London, GB 04 01 20210630 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/christian-felix-weise-the-translator/ 20 08 20210630 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9f194a3a-19c7-4fd4-95d5-781d2801f01f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:98291752-5f83-4043-93c2-0dd4a7dadeb8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9f194a3a-19c7-4fd4-95d5-781d2801f01f 15 9781912702657 03 9781912702657 06 10.14296/2106.9781912702664 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87225 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Church and People in Interregnum Britain 1 B01 Fiona McCall Fiona McCall 01 eng 00 300 03 09 27 12 HB 10 HIS015040 B2 History ⇒ Religious History 93 NHD 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 HBLH 10 REL108020 12 1DBKE 93 2ACB 10 HIS037040 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 3MGB-GB-H 12 3JD 93 3MGQS-GB-K 93 6AG 20 church; religion; early-career; court records; welsh language; clergy; parish; register; theology; archives; Cromwell 01 06 02 00 This volume assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions prod 03 00 In 1645, as the First Civil War approached its end, a second Reformation took place which created profound dislocations in religion and in British society. The Church was disestablished, and godly puritan practices promoted in parish churches and everyday life. Some clergy and parishioners embraced change; others were horrified, experiencing these as times of madness and trouble. Historians continue to debate the extent of the social disruption that resulted, and the impact of godly ideals. With an introduction from Professor Bernard Capp, pre-eminent social historian of the period, this collection of essays assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. Each chapter takes an original approach, using a specific local or institutional case study or previously under-examined source from England, Scotland or Wales. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions produced by the emergence of religious plurality in a society still yearning for social conformity under a uniform practice of religion, the forces for inclusion and exclusion, of acceptance of or estrangement from godly religion. 30 00 In 1645, as the First Civil War approached its end, a second Reformation took place which created profound dislocations in religion and in British society. The Church was disestablished, and godly puritan practices promoted in parish churches and everyday life. Some clergy and parishioners embraced change; others were horrified, experiencing these as times of madness and trouble. Historians continue to debate the extent of the social disruption that resulted, and the impact of godly ideals. With an introduction from Professor Bernard Capp, pre-eminent social historian of the period, this collection of essays assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. Each chapter takes an original approach, using a specific local or institutional case study or previously under-examined source from England, Scotland or Wales. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions produced by the emergence of religious plurality in a society still yearning for social conformity under a uniform practice of religion, the forces for inclusion and exclusion, of acceptance of or estrangement from godly religion. 04 00 Introduction: stability and flux: the Church in the interregnum Bernard CappThe administration of the interregnum Church1. What happened in English and Welsh parishes c.1642– 62?:a research agenda Andrew Foster2. ‘Soe good and godly a worke’: the surveys of ecclesiastical livings and parochial reform during the English Revolution Alex Craven3. The ecclesiastical patronage of Oliver Cromwell, c.1654–60 Rebecca WarrenThe clergy of the Commonwealth4. The impact of the landscape on the clergy of seventeenth-century Dorset Trixie Gadd5. The clergy of Sussex: the impact of change, 1635–65 Helen M. WhittleEnforcing godly ideals6. ‘Breaching the laws of God and man’: secular prosecutions of religious offences in the interregnum parish, 1645–60 Fiona McCall7. Scandalous Ayr: parish- level continuities in 1650s Scotland Alfred JohnsonTraditionalist religion: patterns of persistence and resistance8. Malignant parties: loyalist religion in southern England Rosalind Johnson9. ‘God’s vigilant watchmen’: the words of episcopalian clergy in Wales, 1646– 60 Sarah Ward ClavierRemembering godly rule10. ‘A crack’d mirror’: reflections on ‘godly rule’ in Warwickshire in 1662 245 Maureen Harris 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2106.9781912702664_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/church-and-people-in-interregnum-britain/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20210623 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702640 03 9781912702640 06 15 9781912702664 03 9781912702664 06 15 9781913002183 03 9781913002183 06 15 9781912702688 03 9781912702688 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/church-and-people-in-interregnum-britain/ 20 08 20210623 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d7a1cb5c-b479-434a-9e43-f729d3a66ed3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:98291752-5f83-4043-93c2-0dd4a7dadeb8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d7a1cb5c-b479-434a-9e43-f729d3a66ed3 15 9781912702640 03 9781912702640 06 10.14296/2106.9781912702664 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87225 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Church and People in Interregnum Britain 1 B01 Fiona McCall Fiona McCall 01 eng 00 300 03 09 27 12 HB 10 HIS015040 B2 History ⇒ Religious History 93 NHD 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 HBLH 10 REL108020 12 1DBKE 93 2ACB 10 HIS037040 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 3MGB-GB-H 12 3JD 93 3MGQS-GB-K 93 6AG 20 church; religion; early-career; court records; welsh language; clergy; parish; register; theology; archives; Cromwell 01 06 02 00 This volume assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions prod 03 00 In 1645, as the First Civil War approached its end, a second Reformation took place which created profound dislocations in religion and in British society. The Church was disestablished, and godly puritan practices promoted in parish churches and everyday life. Some clergy and parishioners embraced change; others were horrified, experiencing these as times of madness and trouble. Historians continue to debate the extent of the social disruption that resulted, and the impact of godly ideals. With an introduction from Professor Bernard Capp, pre-eminent social historian of the period, this collection of essays assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. Each chapter takes an original approach, using a specific local or institutional case study or previously under-examined source from England, Scotland or Wales. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions produced by the emergence of religious plurality in a society still yearning for social conformity under a uniform practice of religion, the forces for inclusion and exclusion, of acceptance of or estrangement from godly religion. 30 00 In 1645, as the First Civil War approached its end, a second Reformation took place which created profound dislocations in religion and in British society. The Church was disestablished, and godly puritan practices promoted in parish churches and everyday life. Some clergy and parishioners embraced change; others were horrified, experiencing these as times of madness and trouble. Historians continue to debate the extent of the social disruption that resulted, and the impact of godly ideals. With an introduction from Professor Bernard Capp, pre-eminent social historian of the period, this collection of essays assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. Each chapter takes an original approach, using a specific local or institutional case study or previously under-examined source from England, Scotland or Wales. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions produced by the emergence of religious plurality in a society still yearning for social conformity under a uniform practice of religion, the forces for inclusion and exclusion, of acceptance of or estrangement from godly religion. 04 00 Introduction: stability and flux: the Church in the interregnum Bernard CappThe administration of the interregnum Church1. What happened in English and Welsh parishes c.1642– 62?:a research agenda Andrew Foster2. ‘Soe good and godly a worke’: the surveys of ecclesiastical livings and parochial reform during the English Revolution Alex Craven3. The ecclesiastical patronage of Oliver Cromwell, c.1654–60 Rebecca WarrenThe clergy of the Commonwealth4. The impact of the landscape on the clergy of seventeenth-century Dorset Trixie Gadd5. The clergy of Sussex: the impact of change, 1635–65 Helen M. WhittleEnforcing godly ideals6. ‘Breaching the laws of God and man’: secular prosecutions of religious offences in the interregnum parish, 1645–60 Fiona McCall7. Scandalous Ayr: parish- level continuities in 1650s Scotland Alfred JohnsonTraditionalist religion: patterns of persistence and resistance8. Malignant parties: loyalist religion in southern England Rosalind Johnson9. ‘God’s vigilant watchmen’: the words of episcopalian clergy in Wales, 1646– 60 Sarah Ward ClavierRemembering godly rule10. ‘A crack’d mirror’: reflections on ‘godly rule’ in Warwickshire in 1662 245 Maureen Harris 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2106.9781912702664_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/church-and-people-in-interregnum-britain/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20210623 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702657 03 9781912702657 06 15 9781912702664 03 9781912702664 06 15 9781913002183 03 9781913002183 06 15 9781912702688 03 9781912702688 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/church-and-people-in-interregnum-britain/ 20 08 20210623 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f7362e7c-e8bd-45a1-aa3e-9bd8b9b29115 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:98291752-5f83-4043-93c2-0dd4a7dadeb8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f7362e7c-e8bd-45a1-aa3e-9bd8b9b29115 15 9781912702664 03 9781912702664 06 10.14296/2106.9781912702664 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87225 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Church and People in Interregnum Britain 1 B01 Fiona McCall Fiona McCall 01 eng 00 300 03 09 27 12 HB 10 HIS015040 B2 History ⇒ Religious History 93 NHD 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 HBLH 10 REL108020 12 1DBKE 93 2ACB 10 HIS037040 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 3MGB-GB-H 12 3JD 93 3MGQS-GB-K 93 6AG 20 church; religion; early-career; court records; welsh language; clergy; parish; register; theology; archives; Cromwell 01 06 02 00 This volume assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions prod 03 00 In 1645, as the First Civil War approached its end, a second Reformation took place which created profound dislocations in religion and in British society. The Church was disestablished, and godly puritan practices promoted in parish churches and everyday life. Some clergy and parishioners embraced change; others were horrified, experiencing these as times of madness and trouble. Historians continue to debate the extent of the social disruption that resulted, and the impact of godly ideals. With an introduction from Professor Bernard Capp, pre-eminent social historian of the period, this collection of essays assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. Each chapter takes an original approach, using a specific local or institutional case study or previously under-examined source from England, Scotland or Wales. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions produced by the emergence of religious plurality in a society still yearning for social conformity under a uniform practice of religion, the forces for inclusion and exclusion, of acceptance of or estrangement from godly religion. 30 00 In 1645, as the First Civil War approached its end, a second Reformation took place which created profound dislocations in religion and in British society. The Church was disestablished, and godly puritan practices promoted in parish churches and everyday life. Some clergy and parishioners embraced change; others were horrified, experiencing these as times of madness and trouble. Historians continue to debate the extent of the social disruption that resulted, and the impact of godly ideals. With an introduction from Professor Bernard Capp, pre-eminent social historian of the period, this collection of essays assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. Each chapter takes an original approach, using a specific local or institutional case study or previously under-examined source from England, Scotland or Wales. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions produced by the emergence of religious plurality in a society still yearning for social conformity under a uniform practice of religion, the forces for inclusion and exclusion, of acceptance of or estrangement from godly religion. 04 00 Introduction: stability and flux: the Church in the interregnum Bernard CappThe administration of the interregnum Church1. What happened in English and Welsh parishes c.1642– 62?:a research agenda Andrew Foster2. ‘Soe good and godly a worke’: the surveys of ecclesiastical livings and parochial reform during the English Revolution Alex Craven3. The ecclesiastical patronage of Oliver Cromwell, c.1654–60 Rebecca WarrenThe clergy of the Commonwealth4. The impact of the landscape on the clergy of seventeenth-century Dorset Trixie Gadd5. The clergy of Sussex: the impact of change, 1635–65 Helen M. WhittleEnforcing godly ideals6. ‘Breaching the laws of God and man’: secular prosecutions of religious offences in the interregnum parish, 1645–60 Fiona McCall7. Scandalous Ayr: parish- level continuities in 1650s Scotland Alfred JohnsonTraditionalist religion: patterns of persistence and resistance8. Malignant parties: loyalist religion in southern England Rosalind Johnson9. ‘God’s vigilant watchmen’: the words of episcopalian clergy in Wales, 1646– 60 Sarah Ward ClavierRemembering godly rule10. ‘A crack’d mirror’: reflections on ‘godly rule’ in Warwickshire in 1662 245 Maureen Harris 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2106.9781912702664_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/church-and-people-in-interregnum-britain/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20210623 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702657 03 9781912702657 06 15 9781912702640 03 9781912702640 06 15 9781913002183 03 9781913002183 06 15 9781912702688 03 9781912702688 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/98291752-5f83-4043-93c2-0dd4a7dadeb8 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/98291752-5f83-4043-93c2-0dd4a7dadeb8/98291752-5f83-4043-93c2-0dd4a7dadeb8.pdf 20 08 20210623 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/church-and-people-in-interregnum-britain/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702664.pdf 20 08 20210623 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/church-and-people-in-interregnum-britain/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2106.9781912702664.pdf 20 08 20210623 01 urn:uuid:21c3e8cd-e1c7-492d-aba9-7e06a1a842c8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:98291752-5f83-4043-93c2-0dd4a7dadeb8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:21c3e8cd-e1c7-492d-aba9-7e06a1a842c8 15 9781913002183 03 9781913002183 06 10.14296/2106.9781912702664 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87225 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Church and People in Interregnum Britain 1 B01 Fiona McCall Fiona McCall 01 eng 00 300 03 09 27 12 HB 10 HIS015040 B2 History ⇒ Religious History 93 NHD 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 HBLH 10 REL108020 12 1DBKE 93 2ACB 10 HIS037040 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 3MGB-GB-H 12 3JD 93 3MGQS-GB-K 93 6AG 20 church; religion; early-career; court records; welsh language; clergy; parish; register; theology; archives; Cromwell 01 06 02 00 This volume assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions prod 03 00 In 1645, as the First Civil War approached its end, a second Reformation took place which created profound dislocations in religion and in British society. The Church was disestablished, and godly puritan practices promoted in parish churches and everyday life. Some clergy and parishioners embraced change; others were horrified, experiencing these as times of madness and trouble. Historians continue to debate the extent of the social disruption that resulted, and the impact of godly ideals. With an introduction from Professor Bernard Capp, pre-eminent social historian of the period, this collection of essays assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. Each chapter takes an original approach, using a specific local or institutional case study or previously under-examined source from England, Scotland or Wales. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions produced by the emergence of religious plurality in a society still yearning for social conformity under a uniform practice of religion, the forces for inclusion and exclusion, of acceptance of or estrangement from godly religion. 30 00 In 1645, as the First Civil War approached its end, a second Reformation took place which created profound dislocations in religion and in British society. The Church was disestablished, and godly puritan practices promoted in parish churches and everyday life. Some clergy and parishioners embraced change; others were horrified, experiencing these as times of madness and trouble. Historians continue to debate the extent of the social disruption that resulted, and the impact of godly ideals. With an introduction from Professor Bernard Capp, pre-eminent social historian of the period, this collection of essays assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. Each chapter takes an original approach, using a specific local or institutional case study or previously under-examined source from England, Scotland or Wales. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions produced by the emergence of religious plurality in a society still yearning for social conformity under a uniform practice of religion, the forces for inclusion and exclusion, of acceptance of or estrangement from godly religion. 04 00 Introduction: stability and flux: the Church in the interregnum Bernard CappThe administration of the interregnum Church1. What happened in English and Welsh parishes c.1642– 62?:a research agenda Andrew Foster2. ‘Soe good and godly a worke’: the surveys of ecclesiastical livings and parochial reform during the English Revolution Alex Craven3. The ecclesiastical patronage of Oliver Cromwell, c.1654–60 Rebecca WarrenThe clergy of the Commonwealth4. The impact of the landscape on the clergy of seventeenth-century Dorset Trixie Gadd5. The clergy of Sussex: the impact of change, 1635–65 Helen M. WhittleEnforcing godly ideals6. ‘Breaching the laws of God and man’: secular prosecutions of religious offences in the interregnum parish, 1645–60 Fiona McCall7. Scandalous Ayr: parish- level continuities in 1650s Scotland Alfred JohnsonTraditionalist religion: patterns of persistence and resistance8. Malignant parties: loyalist religion in southern England Rosalind Johnson9. ‘God’s vigilant watchmen’: the words of episcopalian clergy in Wales, 1646– 60 Sarah Ward ClavierRemembering godly rule10. ‘A crack’d mirror’: reflections on ‘godly rule’ in Warwickshire in 1662 245 Maureen Harris 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2106.9781912702664_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/church-and-people-in-interregnum-britain/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20210623 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702657 03 9781912702657 06 15 9781912702640 03 9781912702640 06 15 9781912702664 03 9781912702664 06 15 9781912702688 03 9781912702688 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/church-and-people-in-interregnum-britain 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/church-and-people-in-interregnum-britain 20 08 20210623 01 urn:uuid:9b3c94eb-84c9-461f-8d0c-fc381d69e8e6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:98291752-5f83-4043-93c2-0dd4a7dadeb8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9b3c94eb-84c9-461f-8d0c-fc381d69e8e6 15 9781912702688 03 9781912702688 06 10.14296/2106.9781912702664 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87225 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Church and People in Interregnum Britain 1 B01 Fiona McCall Fiona McCall 01 eng 00 300 03 09 27 12 HB 10 HIS015040 B2 History ⇒ Religious History 93 NHD 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 HBLH 10 REL108020 12 1DBKE 93 2ACB 10 HIS037040 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 3MGB-GB-H 12 3JD 93 3MGQS-GB-K 93 6AG 20 church; religion; early-career; court records; welsh language; clergy; parish; register; theology; archives; Cromwell 01 06 02 00 This volume assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions prod 03 00 In 1645, as the First Civil War approached its end, a second Reformation took place which created profound dislocations in religion and in British society. The Church was disestablished, and godly puritan practices promoted in parish churches and everyday life. Some clergy and parishioners embraced change; others were horrified, experiencing these as times of madness and trouble. Historians continue to debate the extent of the social disruption that resulted, and the impact of godly ideals. With an introduction from Professor Bernard Capp, pre-eminent social historian of the period, this collection of essays assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. Each chapter takes an original approach, using a specific local or institutional case study or previously under-examined source from England, Scotland or Wales. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions produced by the emergence of religious plurality in a society still yearning for social conformity under a uniform practice of religion, the forces for inclusion and exclusion, of acceptance of or estrangement from godly religion. 30 00 In 1645, as the First Civil War approached its end, a second Reformation took place which created profound dislocations in religion and in British society. The Church was disestablished, and godly puritan practices promoted in parish churches and everyday life. Some clergy and parishioners embraced change; others were horrified, experiencing these as times of madness and trouble. Historians continue to debate the extent of the social disruption that resulted, and the impact of godly ideals. With an introduction from Professor Bernard Capp, pre-eminent social historian of the period, this collection of essays assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. Each chapter takes an original approach, using a specific local or institutional case study or previously under-examined source from England, Scotland or Wales. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions produced by the emergence of religious plurality in a society still yearning for social conformity under a uniform practice of religion, the forces for inclusion and exclusion, of acceptance of or estrangement from godly religion. 04 00 Introduction: stability and flux: the Church in the interregnum Bernard CappThe administration of the interregnum Church1. What happened in English and Welsh parishes c.1642– 62?:a research agenda Andrew Foster2. ‘Soe good and godly a worke’: the surveys of ecclesiastical livings and parochial reform during the English Revolution Alex Craven3. The ecclesiastical patronage of Oliver Cromwell, c.1654–60 Rebecca WarrenThe clergy of the Commonwealth4. The impact of the landscape on the clergy of seventeenth-century Dorset Trixie Gadd5. The clergy of Sussex: the impact of change, 1635–65 Helen M. WhittleEnforcing godly ideals6. ‘Breaching the laws of God and man’: secular prosecutions of religious offences in the interregnum parish, 1645–60 Fiona McCall7. Scandalous Ayr: parish- level continuities in 1650s Scotland Alfred JohnsonTraditionalist religion: patterns of persistence and resistance8. Malignant parties: loyalist religion in southern England Rosalind Johnson9. ‘God’s vigilant watchmen’: the words of episcopalian clergy in Wales, 1646– 60 Sarah Ward ClavierRemembering godly rule10. ‘A crack’d mirror’: reflections on ‘godly rule’ in Warwickshire in 1662 245 Maureen Harris 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2106.9781912702664_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/church-and-people-in-interregnum-britain/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20210623 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702657 03 9781912702657 06 15 9781912702640 03 9781912702640 06 15 9781912702664 03 9781912702664 06 15 9781913002183 03 9781913002183 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/church-and-people-in-interregnum-britain/ 20 08 20210623 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:130ac7b5-4daf-48d1-83c2-ab816c8b68c1 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1e07cddd-8cb8-47d5-b4d1-da2d804f07ad 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:130ac7b5-4daf-48d1-83c2-ab816c8b68c1 15 9780900587870 03 9780900587870 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54043 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 12 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Cicero's Republic (BICS Supplement 76) 1 B01 J.G.F. Powell J.G.F. Powell 2 B01 J.A. North J.A. North 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Art and Architecture 12 JPHC 93 JPHC 10 POL022000 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250844//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ciceros-republic-bics-supplement-76/ London, GB 04 01 20011215 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ciceros-republic-bics-supplement-76/ 20 08 20011215 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0b972c4b-579d-4fa8-ac15-193f9bb40e2d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c7dd96fd-3197-4d11-a44e-37cae51ccc2b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0b972c4b-579d-4fa8-ac15-193f9bb40e2d 15 9781912702350 03 9781912702350 06 10.14296/0320.9781912702367 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87215 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cinemas and Cinema-Going in the United Kingdom Decades of Decline, 1945–65 1 A01 Sam Manning Sam Manning 01 eng 00 250 03 09 29 93 ATFA 12 HB 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 12 APF 93 NH 10 PER004030 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-EYKS 12 HBLW3 12 1DBK 93 1DDU-GB-NB 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MPQ 93 6AG 20 cinema; leisure; television; programming; post-war 01 06 02 00 In the first half of the twentieth century, cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity century. But with the transition to peacetime, leisure habits changed. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Linking national devel 03 00 Cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity in the first half of the twentieth century, peaking in 1946 with 1.6 billion recorded admissions. Though ‘going to the pictures’ remained a popular pastime, the transition to peacetime altered citizens’ leisure habits. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Cinema attendances fell in all regions, but the speed, nature and extent of decline varied widely across the United Kingdom.By linking national developments to detailed case studies of Belfast and Sheffield, this book adds nuance to our understanding of regional variations in film exhibition, audience habits and cinema-going experiences during a period of profound social and cultural change. Drawing on a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources, Cinema and Cinema-Going conveys the diverse nature of this important industry, and the significance of place as a determinant of film attendance in post-war Britain.Dr Sam Manning teaches at Queen’s University Belfast and is a postdoctoral researcher on the AHRC European Cinema Audiences project at Oxford Brookes University. He has recently published articles on the history of cinemas in Northern Ireland in Cultural and Social History and Media History. 30 00 Cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity in the first half of the twentieth century, peaking in 1946 with 1.6 billion recorded admissions. Though ‘going to the pictures’ remained a popular pastime, the transition to peacetime altered citizens’ leisure habits. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Cinema attendances fell in all regions, but the speed, nature and extent of decline varied widely across the United Kingdom.By linking national developments to detailed case studies of Belfast and Sheffield, this book adds nuance to our understanding of regional variations in film exhibition, audience habits and cinema-going experiences during a period of profound social and cultural change. Drawing on a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources, Cinema and Cinema-Going conveys the diverse nature of this important industry, and the significance of place as a determinant of film attendance in post-war Britain.Dr Sam Manning teaches at Queen’s University Belfast and is a postdoctoral researcher on the AHRC European Cinema Audiences project at Oxford Brookes University. He has recently published articles on the history of cinemas in Northern Ireland in Cultural and Social History and Media History. 04 00 Introduction 1. Cinema-going experiences 2. The decline of cinema-going 3. Cinema-going and the built environment 4. Cinema exhibition, programming and audience preferences in Belfast 5. Film exhibition in post-war Sheffield Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0320.9781912702367_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cinemas-and-cinema-going-in-the-united-kingdom/ London, GB 04 01 20200331 Sam Manning 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702343 03 9781912702343 06 15 9781912702367 03 9781912702367 06 15 9781915249487 03 9781915249487 06 15 9781912702381 03 9781912702381 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cinemas-and-cinema-going-in-the-united-kingdom/ 20 08 20200331 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a630d0b1-d8dd-4f58-95f8-40bb822868b6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c7dd96fd-3197-4d11-a44e-37cae51ccc2b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a630d0b1-d8dd-4f58-95f8-40bb822868b6 15 9781912702343 03 9781912702343 06 10.14296/0320.9781912702367 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87215 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cinemas and Cinema-Going in the United Kingdom Decades of Decline, 1945–65 1 A01 Sam Manning Sam Manning 01 eng 00 250 03 09 29 93 ATFA 12 HB 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 12 APF 93 NH 10 PER004030 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-EYKS 12 HBLW3 12 1DBK 93 1DDU-GB-NB 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MPQ 93 6AG 20 cinema; leisure; television; programming; post-war 01 06 02 00 In the first half of the twentieth century, cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity century. But with the transition to peacetime, leisure habits changed. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Linking national devel 03 00 Cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity in the first half of the twentieth century, peaking in 1946 with 1.6 billion recorded admissions. Though ‘going to the pictures’ remained a popular pastime, the transition to peacetime altered citizens’ leisure habits. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Cinema attendances fell in all regions, but the speed, nature and extent of decline varied widely across the United Kingdom.By linking national developments to detailed case studies of Belfast and Sheffield, this book adds nuance to our understanding of regional variations in film exhibition, audience habits and cinema-going experiences during a period of profound social and cultural change. Drawing on a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources, Cinema and Cinema-Going conveys the diverse nature of this important industry, and the significance of place as a determinant of film attendance in post-war Britain.Dr Sam Manning teaches at Queen’s University Belfast and is a postdoctoral researcher on the AHRC European Cinema Audiences project at Oxford Brookes University. He has recently published articles on the history of cinemas in Northern Ireland in Cultural and Social History and Media History. 30 00 Cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity in the first half of the twentieth century, peaking in 1946 with 1.6 billion recorded admissions. Though ‘going to the pictures’ remained a popular pastime, the transition to peacetime altered citizens’ leisure habits. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Cinema attendances fell in all regions, but the speed, nature and extent of decline varied widely across the United Kingdom.By linking national developments to detailed case studies of Belfast and Sheffield, this book adds nuance to our understanding of regional variations in film exhibition, audience habits and cinema-going experiences during a period of profound social and cultural change. Drawing on a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources, Cinema and Cinema-Going conveys the diverse nature of this important industry, and the significance of place as a determinant of film attendance in post-war Britain.Dr Sam Manning teaches at Queen’s University Belfast and is a postdoctoral researcher on the AHRC European Cinema Audiences project at Oxford Brookes University. He has recently published articles on the history of cinemas in Northern Ireland in Cultural and Social History and Media History. 04 00 Introduction 1. Cinema-going experiences 2. The decline of cinema-going 3. Cinema-going and the built environment 4. Cinema exhibition, programming and audience preferences in Belfast 5. Film exhibition in post-war Sheffield Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0320.9781912702367_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cinemas-and-cinema-going-in-the-united-kingdom/ London, GB 04 01 20200331 Sam Manning 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702350 03 9781912702350 06 15 9781912702367 03 9781912702367 06 15 9781915249487 03 9781915249487 06 15 9781912702381 03 9781912702381 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cinemas-and-cinema-going-in-the-united-kingdom/ 20 08 20200331 02 80.00 GBP WORLD 02 105.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d91a4f80-6c15-4ee1-a8f4-9e64aa71808d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c7dd96fd-3197-4d11-a44e-37cae51ccc2b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d91a4f80-6c15-4ee1-a8f4-9e64aa71808d 15 9781912702367 03 9781912702367 06 10.14296/0320.9781912702367 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87215 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cinemas and Cinema-Going in the United Kingdom Decades of Decline, 1945–65 1 A01 Sam Manning Sam Manning 01 eng 00 250 03 09 29 93 ATFA 12 HB 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 12 APF 93 NH 10 PER004030 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-EYKS 12 HBLW3 12 1DBK 93 1DDU-GB-NB 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MPQ 93 6AG 20 cinema; leisure; television; programming; post-war 01 06 02 00 In the first half of the twentieth century, cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity century. But with the transition to peacetime, leisure habits changed. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Linking national devel 03 00 Cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity in the first half of the twentieth century, peaking in 1946 with 1.6 billion recorded admissions. Though ‘going to the pictures’ remained a popular pastime, the transition to peacetime altered citizens’ leisure habits. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Cinema attendances fell in all regions, but the speed, nature and extent of decline varied widely across the United Kingdom.By linking national developments to detailed case studies of Belfast and Sheffield, this book adds nuance to our understanding of regional variations in film exhibition, audience habits and cinema-going experiences during a period of profound social and cultural change. Drawing on a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources, Cinema and Cinema-Going conveys the diverse nature of this important industry, and the significance of place as a determinant of film attendance in post-war Britain.Dr Sam Manning teaches at Queen’s University Belfast and is a postdoctoral researcher on the AHRC European Cinema Audiences project at Oxford Brookes University. He has recently published articles on the history of cinemas in Northern Ireland in Cultural and Social History and Media History. 30 00 Cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity in the first half of the twentieth century, peaking in 1946 with 1.6 billion recorded admissions. Though ‘going to the pictures’ remained a popular pastime, the transition to peacetime altered citizens’ leisure habits. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Cinema attendances fell in all regions, but the speed, nature and extent of decline varied widely across the United Kingdom.By linking national developments to detailed case studies of Belfast and Sheffield, this book adds nuance to our understanding of regional variations in film exhibition, audience habits and cinema-going experiences during a period of profound social and cultural change. Drawing on a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources, Cinema and Cinema-Going conveys the diverse nature of this important industry, and the significance of place as a determinant of film attendance in post-war Britain.Dr Sam Manning teaches at Queen’s University Belfast and is a postdoctoral researcher on the AHRC European Cinema Audiences project at Oxford Brookes University. He has recently published articles on the history of cinemas in Northern Ireland in Cultural and Social History and Media History. 04 00 Introduction 1. Cinema-going experiences 2. The decline of cinema-going 3. Cinema-going and the built environment 4. Cinema exhibition, programming and audience preferences in Belfast 5. Film exhibition in post-war Sheffield Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0320.9781912702367_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cinemas-and-cinema-going-in-the-united-kingdom/ London, GB 04 01 20200331 Sam Manning 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702350 03 9781912702350 06 15 9781912702343 03 9781912702343 06 15 9781915249487 03 9781915249487 06 15 9781912702381 03 9781912702381 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/c7dd96fd-3197-4d11-a44e-37cae51ccc2b 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/c7dd96fd-3197-4d11-a44e-37cae51ccc2b/c7dd96fd-3197-4d11-a44e-37cae51ccc2b.pdf 20 08 20200331 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cinemas-and-cinema-going-in-the-united-kingdom/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702367.pdf 20 08 20200331 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cinemas-and-cinema-going-in-the-united-kingdom/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0320.9781912702367.pdf 20 08 20200331 01 urn:uuid:611e038f-e994-46e1-a147-e4163379caf2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c7dd96fd-3197-4d11-a44e-37cae51ccc2b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:611e038f-e994-46e1-a147-e4163379caf2 15 9781915249487 03 9781915249487 06 10.14296/0320.9781912702367 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87215 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cinemas and Cinema-Going in the United Kingdom Decades of Decline, 1945–65 1 A01 Sam Manning Sam Manning 01 eng 00 250 03 09 29 93 ATFA 12 HB 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 12 APF 93 NH 10 PER004030 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-EYKS 12 HBLW3 12 1DBK 93 1DDU-GB-NB 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MPQ 93 6AG 20 cinema; leisure; television; programming; post-war 01 06 02 00 In the first half of the twentieth century, cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity century. But with the transition to peacetime, leisure habits changed. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Linking national devel 03 00 Cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity in the first half of the twentieth century, peaking in 1946 with 1.6 billion recorded admissions. Though ‘going to the pictures’ remained a popular pastime, the transition to peacetime altered citizens’ leisure habits. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Cinema attendances fell in all regions, but the speed, nature and extent of decline varied widely across the United Kingdom.By linking national developments to detailed case studies of Belfast and Sheffield, this book adds nuance to our understanding of regional variations in film exhibition, audience habits and cinema-going experiences during a period of profound social and cultural change. Drawing on a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources, Cinema and Cinema-Going conveys the diverse nature of this important industry, and the significance of place as a determinant of film attendance in post-war Britain.Dr Sam Manning teaches at Queen’s University Belfast and is a postdoctoral researcher on the AHRC European Cinema Audiences project at Oxford Brookes University. He has recently published articles on the history of cinemas in Northern Ireland in Cultural and Social History and Media History. 30 00 Cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity in the first half of the twentieth century, peaking in 1946 with 1.6 billion recorded admissions. Though ‘going to the pictures’ remained a popular pastime, the transition to peacetime altered citizens’ leisure habits. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Cinema attendances fell in all regions, but the speed, nature and extent of decline varied widely across the United Kingdom.By linking national developments to detailed case studies of Belfast and Sheffield, this book adds nuance to our understanding of regional variations in film exhibition, audience habits and cinema-going experiences during a period of profound social and cultural change. Drawing on a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources, Cinema and Cinema-Going conveys the diverse nature of this important industry, and the significance of place as a determinant of film attendance in post-war Britain.Dr Sam Manning teaches at Queen’s University Belfast and is a postdoctoral researcher on the AHRC European Cinema Audiences project at Oxford Brookes University. He has recently published articles on the history of cinemas in Northern Ireland in Cultural and Social History and Media History. 04 00 Introduction 1. Cinema-going experiences 2. The decline of cinema-going 3. Cinema-going and the built environment 4. Cinema exhibition, programming and audience preferences in Belfast 5. Film exhibition in post-war Sheffield Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0320.9781912702367_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cinemas-and-cinema-going-in-the-united-kingdom/ London, GB 04 01 20200331 Sam Manning 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702350 03 9781912702350 06 15 9781912702343 03 9781912702343 06 15 9781912702367 03 9781912702367 06 15 9781912702381 03 9781912702381 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/cinemas-and-cinema-going-in-the-united-kingdom 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/cinemas-and-cinema-going-in-the-united-kingdom 20 08 20200331 01 urn:uuid:c9658e1d-149c-4317-a474-731f0508eeca 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c7dd96fd-3197-4d11-a44e-37cae51ccc2b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c9658e1d-149c-4317-a474-731f0508eeca 15 9781912702381 03 9781912702381 06 10.14296/0320.9781912702367 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87215 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cinemas and Cinema-Going in the United Kingdom Decades of Decline, 1945–65 1 A01 Sam Manning Sam Manning 01 eng 00 250 03 09 29 93 ATFA 12 HB 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 12 APF 93 NH 10 PER004030 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-EYKS 12 HBLW3 12 1DBK 93 1DDU-GB-NB 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 93 3MPQ 93 6AG 20 cinema; leisure; television; programming; post-war 01 06 02 00 In the first half of the twentieth century, cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity century. But with the transition to peacetime, leisure habits changed. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Linking national devel 03 00 Cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity in the first half of the twentieth century, peaking in 1946 with 1.6 billion recorded admissions. Though ‘going to the pictures’ remained a popular pastime, the transition to peacetime altered citizens’ leisure habits. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Cinema attendances fell in all regions, but the speed, nature and extent of decline varied widely across the United Kingdom.By linking national developments to detailed case studies of Belfast and Sheffield, this book adds nuance to our understanding of regional variations in film exhibition, audience habits and cinema-going experiences during a period of profound social and cultural change. Drawing on a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources, Cinema and Cinema-Going conveys the diverse nature of this important industry, and the significance of place as a determinant of film attendance in post-war Britain.Dr Sam Manning teaches at Queen’s University Belfast and is a postdoctoral researcher on the AHRC European Cinema Audiences project at Oxford Brookes University. He has recently published articles on the history of cinemas in Northern Ireland in Cultural and Social History and Media History. 30 00 Cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity in the first half of the twentieth century, peaking in 1946 with 1.6 billion recorded admissions. Though ‘going to the pictures’ remained a popular pastime, the transition to peacetime altered citizens’ leisure habits. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Cinema attendances fell in all regions, but the speed, nature and extent of decline varied widely across the United Kingdom.By linking national developments to detailed case studies of Belfast and Sheffield, this book adds nuance to our understanding of regional variations in film exhibition, audience habits and cinema-going experiences during a period of profound social and cultural change. Drawing on a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources, Cinema and Cinema-Going conveys the diverse nature of this important industry, and the significance of place as a determinant of film attendance in post-war Britain.Dr Sam Manning teaches at Queen’s University Belfast and is a postdoctoral researcher on the AHRC European Cinema Audiences project at Oxford Brookes University. He has recently published articles on the history of cinemas in Northern Ireland in Cultural and Social History and Media History. 04 00 Introduction 1. Cinema-going experiences 2. The decline of cinema-going 3. Cinema-going and the built environment 4. Cinema exhibition, programming and audience preferences in Belfast 5. Film exhibition in post-war Sheffield Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0320.9781912702367_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cinemas-and-cinema-going-in-the-united-kingdom/ London, GB 04 01 20200331 Sam Manning 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702350 03 9781912702350 06 15 9781912702343 03 9781912702343 06 15 9781912702367 03 9781912702367 06 15 9781915249487 03 9781915249487 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cinemas-and-cinema-going-in-the-united-kingdom/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0320.9781912702367.epub 20 08 20200331 01 urn:uuid:a6e06a50-3823-44a5-a64c-9618513713ca 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:93c50cd5-66e6-4286-a443-01274d7baeb7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a6e06a50-3823-44a5-a64c-9618513713ca 15 9781909646971 03 9781909646971 06 10.14296/420.9781909646926 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76201 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.1875 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Civilian Specialists at War Britain's Transport Experts and the First World War 1 A01 Christopher Phillips Christopher Phillips 01 eng 00 444 03 09 31 12 HBWN 10 HIS027090 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHWR5 12 KNG 93 KNG 10 TEC009160 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJF 93 3MPB 93 3MPBFB 20 war; First World War; transport; experts; travel; trains 01 06 02 00 The First World War was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies, and s 03 00 The war of 1914–18 was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. In Civilian Specialists at War</italic>, Christopher Phillips examines the manner in which Britain’s industrial society influenced the character and conduct of industrial warfare. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies. It illustrates the British army’s evolving response to the First World War and the role to be played by non-military expertise in the prosecution of such a conflict. This study demonstrates that pre-existing professional relationships between the army, the government and private enterprise were exploited throughout the conflict. It details how civilian technologies facilitated the prosecution of war on an unprecedented scale, while showing how British experts were constrained by the political and military demands of coalition warfare. Civilian Specialists at War</italic> reveals that Britain’s transport experts were a key component in the country’s conduct of the First World War. 30 00 The war of 1914–18 was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. In Civilian Specialists at War</italic>, Christopher Phillips examines the manner in which Britain’s industrial society influenced the character and conduct of industrial warfare. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies. It illustrates the British army’s evolving response to the First World War and the role to be played by non-military expertise in the prosecution of such a conflict. This study demonstrates that pre-existing professional relationships between the army, the government and private enterprise were exploited throughout the conflict. It details how civilian technologies facilitated the prosecution of war on an unprecedented scale, while showing how British experts were constrained by the political and military demands of coalition warfare. Civilian Specialists at War</italic> reveals that Britain’s transport experts were a key component in the country’s conduct of the First World War. 04 00 Introduction Part I: Preparation 1. Forging a relationship: the army, the government and Britain’s transport experts, 1825–1914 2. A fruitful collaboration: Henry Wilson, the railways and the BEF’s mobilization, 1910–14 Part II: Expansion 3. Stepping into their places: Britain’s transport experts and the expanding war, 1914–16 4. Commitment and constraint I: the South-Eastern and Chatham Railway and the port of Boulogne 5. Commitment and constraint II: Commander Gerald Holland and the role of inland water transport Part III: Armageddon 6. The civilians take over? Sir Eric Geddes and the crisis of 1916 7. ‘By similar methods as adopted by the English railway companies’: materials and working practices on the western front, 1916–18 8. The balancing act: Britain’s transport experts, the global war effort and coalition warfare, 1916–18 9. The road to victory: transportation in the British Expeditionary Force, 1917–18 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781909646926_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/civilian-specialists-at-war/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200430 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646902 03 9781909646902 06 15 9781909646926 03 9781909646926 06 15 9781913002176 03 9781913002176 06 15 9781909646919 03 9781909646919 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/civilian-specialists-at-war/ 20 08 20200430 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:837688aa-0bad-4279-98a8-46226b499e4c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:93c50cd5-66e6-4286-a443-01274d7baeb7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:837688aa-0bad-4279-98a8-46226b499e4c 15 9781909646902 03 9781909646902 06 10.14296/420.9781909646926 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76201 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Civilian Specialists at War Britain's Transport Experts and the First World War 1 A01 Christopher Phillips Christopher Phillips 01 eng 00 444 03 09 31 12 HBWN 10 HIS027090 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHWR5 12 KNG 93 KNG 10 TEC009160 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJF 93 3MPB 93 3MPBFB 20 war; First World War; transport; experts; travel; trains 01 06 02 00 The First World War was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies, and s 03 00 The war of 1914–18 was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. In Civilian Specialists at War</italic>, Christopher Phillips examines the manner in which Britain’s industrial society influenced the character and conduct of industrial warfare. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies. It illustrates the British army’s evolving response to the First World War and the role to be played by non-military expertise in the prosecution of such a conflict. This study demonstrates that pre-existing professional relationships between the army, the government and private enterprise were exploited throughout the conflict. It details how civilian technologies facilitated the prosecution of war on an unprecedented scale, while showing how British experts were constrained by the political and military demands of coalition warfare. Civilian Specialists at War</italic> reveals that Britain’s transport experts were a key component in the country’s conduct of the First World War. 30 00 The war of 1914–18 was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. In Civilian Specialists at War</italic>, Christopher Phillips examines the manner in which Britain’s industrial society influenced the character and conduct of industrial warfare. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies. It illustrates the British army’s evolving response to the First World War and the role to be played by non-military expertise in the prosecution of such a conflict. This study demonstrates that pre-existing professional relationships between the army, the government and private enterprise were exploited throughout the conflict. It details how civilian technologies facilitated the prosecution of war on an unprecedented scale, while showing how British experts were constrained by the political and military demands of coalition warfare. Civilian Specialists at War</italic> reveals that Britain’s transport experts were a key component in the country’s conduct of the First World War. 04 00 Introduction Part I: Preparation 1. Forging a relationship: the army, the government and Britain’s transport experts, 1825–1914 2. A fruitful collaboration: Henry Wilson, the railways and the BEF’s mobilization, 1910–14 Part II: Expansion 3. Stepping into their places: Britain’s transport experts and the expanding war, 1914–16 4. Commitment and constraint I: the South-Eastern and Chatham Railway and the port of Boulogne 5. Commitment and constraint II: Commander Gerald Holland and the role of inland water transport Part III: Armageddon 6. The civilians take over? Sir Eric Geddes and the crisis of 1916 7. ‘By similar methods as adopted by the English railway companies’: materials and working practices on the western front, 1916–18 8. The balancing act: Britain’s transport experts, the global war effort and coalition warfare, 1916–18 9. The road to victory: transportation in the British Expeditionary Force, 1917–18 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781909646926_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/civilian-specialists-at-war/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200430 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646971 03 9781909646971 06 15 9781909646926 03 9781909646926 06 15 9781913002176 03 9781913002176 06 15 9781909646919 03 9781909646919 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/civilian-specialists-at-war/ 20 08 20200430 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f7223ce8-45f3-45f3-b766-cb37f5fd859a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:93c50cd5-66e6-4286-a443-01274d7baeb7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f7223ce8-45f3-45f3-b766-cb37f5fd859a 15 9781909646926 03 9781909646926 06 10.14296/420.9781909646926 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76201 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Civilian Specialists at War Britain's Transport Experts and the First World War 1 A01 Christopher Phillips Christopher Phillips 01 eng 00 444 03 09 31 12 HBWN 10 HIS027090 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHWR5 12 KNG 93 KNG 10 TEC009160 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJF 93 3MPB 93 3MPBFB 20 war; First World War; transport; experts; travel; trains 01 06 02 00 The First World War was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies, and s 03 00 The war of 1914–18 was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. In Civilian Specialists at War</italic>, Christopher Phillips examines the manner in which Britain’s industrial society influenced the character and conduct of industrial warfare. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies. It illustrates the British army’s evolving response to the First World War and the role to be played by non-military expertise in the prosecution of such a conflict. This study demonstrates that pre-existing professional relationships between the army, the government and private enterprise were exploited throughout the conflict. It details how civilian technologies facilitated the prosecution of war on an unprecedented scale, while showing how British experts were constrained by the political and military demands of coalition warfare. Civilian Specialists at War</italic> reveals that Britain’s transport experts were a key component in the country’s conduct of the First World War. 30 00 The war of 1914–18 was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. In Civilian Specialists at War</italic>, Christopher Phillips examines the manner in which Britain’s industrial society influenced the character and conduct of industrial warfare. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies. It illustrates the British army’s evolving response to the First World War and the role to be played by non-military expertise in the prosecution of such a conflict. This study demonstrates that pre-existing professional relationships between the army, the government and private enterprise were exploited throughout the conflict. It details how civilian technologies facilitated the prosecution of war on an unprecedented scale, while showing how British experts were constrained by the political and military demands of coalition warfare. Civilian Specialists at War</italic> reveals that Britain’s transport experts were a key component in the country’s conduct of the First World War. 04 00 Introduction Part I: Preparation 1. Forging a relationship: the army, the government and Britain’s transport experts, 1825–1914 2. A fruitful collaboration: Henry Wilson, the railways and the BEF’s mobilization, 1910–14 Part II: Expansion 3. Stepping into their places: Britain’s transport experts and the expanding war, 1914–16 4. Commitment and constraint I: the South-Eastern and Chatham Railway and the port of Boulogne 5. Commitment and constraint II: Commander Gerald Holland and the role of inland water transport Part III: Armageddon 6. The civilians take over? Sir Eric Geddes and the crisis of 1916 7. ‘By similar methods as adopted by the English railway companies’: materials and working practices on the western front, 1916–18 8. The balancing act: Britain’s transport experts, the global war effort and coalition warfare, 1916–18 9. The road to victory: transportation in the British Expeditionary Force, 1917–18 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781909646926_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/civilian-specialists-at-war/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200430 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646971 03 9781909646971 06 15 9781909646902 03 9781909646902 06 15 9781913002176 03 9781913002176 06 15 9781909646919 03 9781909646919 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/93c50cd5-66e6-4286-a443-01274d7baeb7 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/93c50cd5-66e6-4286-a443-01274d7baeb7/93c50cd5-66e6-4286-a443-01274d7baeb7.pdf 20 08 20200430 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/civilian-specialists-at-war/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646926.pdf 20 08 20200430 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/civilian-specialists-at-war/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781909646926.pdf 20 08 20200430 01 urn:uuid:969d55a1-17cd-4f10-8c85-3e7a6e57e56a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:93c50cd5-66e6-4286-a443-01274d7baeb7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:969d55a1-17cd-4f10-8c85-3e7a6e57e56a 15 9781913002176 03 9781913002176 06 10.14296/420.9781909646926 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76201 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Civilian Specialists at War Britain's Transport Experts and the First World War 1 A01 Christopher Phillips Christopher Phillips 01 eng 00 444 03 09 31 12 HBWN 10 HIS027090 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHWR5 12 KNG 93 KNG 10 TEC009160 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJF 93 3MPB 93 3MPBFB 20 war; First World War; transport; experts; travel; trains 01 06 02 00 The First World War was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies, and s 03 00 The war of 1914–18 was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. In Civilian Specialists at War</italic>, Christopher Phillips examines the manner in which Britain’s industrial society influenced the character and conduct of industrial warfare. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies. It illustrates the British army’s evolving response to the First World War and the role to be played by non-military expertise in the prosecution of such a conflict. This study demonstrates that pre-existing professional relationships between the army, the government and private enterprise were exploited throughout the conflict. It details how civilian technologies facilitated the prosecution of war on an unprecedented scale, while showing how British experts were constrained by the political and military demands of coalition warfare. Civilian Specialists at War</italic> reveals that Britain’s transport experts were a key component in the country’s conduct of the First World War. 30 00 The war of 1914–18 was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. In Civilian Specialists at War</italic>, Christopher Phillips examines the manner in which Britain’s industrial society influenced the character and conduct of industrial warfare. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies. It illustrates the British army’s evolving response to the First World War and the role to be played by non-military expertise in the prosecution of such a conflict. This study demonstrates that pre-existing professional relationships between the army, the government and private enterprise were exploited throughout the conflict. It details how civilian technologies facilitated the prosecution of war on an unprecedented scale, while showing how British experts were constrained by the political and military demands of coalition warfare. Civilian Specialists at War</italic> reveals that Britain’s transport experts were a key component in the country’s conduct of the First World War. 04 00 Introduction Part I: Preparation 1. Forging a relationship: the army, the government and Britain’s transport experts, 1825–1914 2. A fruitful collaboration: Henry Wilson, the railways and the BEF’s mobilization, 1910–14 Part II: Expansion 3. Stepping into their places: Britain’s transport experts and the expanding war, 1914–16 4. Commitment and constraint I: the South-Eastern and Chatham Railway and the port of Boulogne 5. Commitment and constraint II: Commander Gerald Holland and the role of inland water transport Part III: Armageddon 6. The civilians take over? Sir Eric Geddes and the crisis of 1916 7. ‘By similar methods as adopted by the English railway companies’: materials and working practices on the western front, 1916–18 8. The balancing act: Britain’s transport experts, the global war effort and coalition warfare, 1916–18 9. The road to victory: transportation in the British Expeditionary Force, 1917–18 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781909646926_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/civilian-specialists-at-war/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200430 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646971 03 9781909646971 06 15 9781909646902 03 9781909646902 06 15 9781909646926 03 9781909646926 06 15 9781909646919 03 9781909646919 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/civilian-specialists-at-war 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/civilian-specialists-at-war 20 08 20200430 01 urn:uuid:636ea980-ee6f-49c6-8c09-ff45b07a5f26 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:93c50cd5-66e6-4286-a443-01274d7baeb7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:636ea980-ee6f-49c6-8c09-ff45b07a5f26 15 9781909646919 03 9781909646919 06 10.14296/420.9781909646926 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.76201 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Civilian Specialists at War Britain's Transport Experts and the First World War 1 A01 Christopher Phillips Christopher Phillips 01 eng 00 444 03 09 31 12 HBWN 10 HIS027090 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHWR5 12 KNG 93 KNG 10 TEC009160 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJF 93 3MPB 93 3MPBFB 20 war; First World War; transport; experts; travel; trains 01 06 02 00 The First World War was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies, and s 03 00 The war of 1914–18 was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. In Civilian Specialists at War</italic>, Christopher Phillips examines the manner in which Britain’s industrial society influenced the character and conduct of industrial warfare. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies. It illustrates the British army’s evolving response to the First World War and the role to be played by non-military expertise in the prosecution of such a conflict. This study demonstrates that pre-existing professional relationships between the army, the government and private enterprise were exploited throughout the conflict. It details how civilian technologies facilitated the prosecution of war on an unprecedented scale, while showing how British experts were constrained by the political and military demands of coalition warfare. Civilian Specialists at War</italic> reveals that Britain’s transport experts were a key component in the country’s conduct of the First World War. 30 00 The war of 1914–18 was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. In Civilian Specialists at War</italic>, Christopher Phillips examines the manner in which Britain’s industrial society influenced the character and conduct of industrial warfare. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies. It illustrates the British army’s evolving response to the First World War and the role to be played by non-military expertise in the prosecution of such a conflict. This study demonstrates that pre-existing professional relationships between the army, the government and private enterprise were exploited throughout the conflict. It details how civilian technologies facilitated the prosecution of war on an unprecedented scale, while showing how British experts were constrained by the political and military demands of coalition warfare. Civilian Specialists at War</italic> reveals that Britain’s transport experts were a key component in the country’s conduct of the First World War. 04 00 Introduction Part I: Preparation 1. Forging a relationship: the army, the government and Britain’s transport experts, 1825–1914 2. A fruitful collaboration: Henry Wilson, the railways and the BEF’s mobilization, 1910–14 Part II: Expansion 3. Stepping into their places: Britain’s transport experts and the expanding war, 1914–16 4. Commitment and constraint I: the South-Eastern and Chatham Railway and the port of Boulogne 5. Commitment and constraint II: Commander Gerald Holland and the role of inland water transport Part III: Armageddon 6. The civilians take over? Sir Eric Geddes and the crisis of 1916 7. ‘By similar methods as adopted by the English railway companies’: materials and working practices on the western front, 1916–18 8. The balancing act: Britain’s transport experts, the global war effort and coalition warfare, 1916–18 9. The road to victory: transportation in the British Expeditionary Force, 1917–18 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781909646926_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/civilian-specialists-at-war/ 16 40 0542g3d58 32 10.13039/501100000359 Royal Historical Society London, GB 04 01 20200430 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646971 03 9781909646971 06 15 9781909646902 03 9781909646902 06 15 9781909646926 03 9781909646926 06 15 9781913002176 03 9781913002176 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/civilian-specialists-at-war/ 20 08 20200430 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0e9a79c2-2543-4ec5-a63b-99a24fa769d1 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:82365dd6-2f90-45ba-89f1-3a3312af6e85 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0e9a79c2-2543-4ec5-a63b-99a24fa769d1 15 9780854811403 03 9780854811403 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54071 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 6 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Classical Arabic Philosophy Sources and Reception 1 B01 Peter Adamson Peter Adamson 2 B01 Carmela Baffioni Carmela Baffioni 3 B01 Michael Chase Michael Chase 4 B01 Cornelia Schoeck Cornelia Schoeck 5 B01 Jon McGinnis Jon McGinnis 6 B01 Yahya Michot Yahya Michot 7 B01 Toby Mayer Toby Mayer 8 B01 Dag Nikolaus Hasse Dag Nikolaus Hasse 9 B01 Sajjad Rizvi Sajjad Rizvi 01 eng 12 HPDC 10 PHI003000 B2 Philosophy 93 QDHK 93 JBCC9 12 JFCX 10 PHI022000 12 1FBX 93 1FBX 10 HIS054000 01 06 02 00 03 00 The nine papers collected here explore a broad range of sources for texts from the classical period of Arabic philosophy, and a broad range of influence exerted by these texts. By the 'classical period' is meant that part of the Arabic philosophical tradition normally included in the canon of 'medieval' philosophy. It begins in the ninth century, which is when the impact of Greek philosophical and scientific works began to be felt, thanks to their translation under the 'Abbasid caliphs, and ends in the twelfth century. This volume focuses on the influences felt by, and exerted by, the four main philosophers of this period: al-Kindi, al-Farabi, Avicenna, and Averroes. But the historical range covered extends well past the twelfth century, into Latin Renaissance philosophy and Islamic philosophy of the seventeenth century. Philosophical themes include human psychology, logic, the influence of Neoplatonism, and problems in Aristotelian natural philosophy. 30 00 The nine papers collected here explore a broad range of sources for texts from the classical period of Arabic philosophy, and a broad range of influence exerted by these texts. By the 'classical period' is meant that part of the Arabic philosophical tradition normally included in the canon of 'medieval' philosophy. It begins in the ninth century, which is when the impact of Greek philosophical and scientific works began to be felt, thanks to their translation under the 'Abbasid caliphs, and ends in the twelfth century. This volume focuses on the influences felt by, and exerted by, the four main philosophers of this period: al-Kindi, al-Farabi, Avicenna, and Averroes. But the historical range covered extends well past the twelfth century, into Latin Renaissance philosophy and Islamic philosophy of the seventeenth century. Philosophical themes include human psychology, logic, the influence of Neoplatonism, and problems in Aristotelian natural philosophy. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250718//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/classical-arabic-philosophy/ London, GB 04 01 20070801 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/classical-arabic-philosophy/ 20 08 20070801 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a60a55e3-579c-48d3-a05a-29e5455d345a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d777f9bb-02ec-49b0-bff6-e274a6affc48 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a60a55e3-579c-48d3-a05a-29e5455d345a 15 9781905670154 03 9781905670154 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61376 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 37 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Classical Books: Scholarship & publishing in Britain since 1800 (BICS Supplement 101) 1 B01 21 0009000242708018 Christopher Stray Christopher Stray 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Reception 12 KNTP 93 KNTP1 10 LAN027000 01 06 02 00 03 00 Classical Books</italic> explores the interface between the history of books and the history of classical scholarship. Its contributors investigate the background to the production of texts, editions, histories and dictionaries many of which are now taken for granted by scholars. Abandoned authors blind alleys, false starts and fierce competition: Classical Books</italic> takes us behind the placid facades on library shelves to the processes of commissioning, writing, editing, design and printing which led to the publication of the books we use. Some of the books discussed were the work of major figures in nineteenth- and twentieth-century scholarship B Jowett, Murray, Jebb, Wilamowitz B but many lesser-known scholars also feature in these accounts. Several of the books discussed, including the OCTs, CAH and Liddell and Scott, were produced by the university presses of Oxford and Cambridge, but commercial publishers like Longman, John Murray and Macmillan are also discussed, while the new University of London also features as a centre of scholarship and publishing. Finally German scholarship (the Teubner classical texts and Pauly’s Real-Encyclopädie, for example) is a constant presence, at once exemplar and rival. Classical Books</italic> is based on papers given at a conference held at Trinity College, Cambridge, in 2006 30 00 Classical Books</italic> explores the interface between the history of books and the history of classical scholarship. Its contributors investigate the background to the production of texts, editions, histories and dictionaries many of which are now taken for granted by scholars. Abandoned authors blind alleys, false starts and fierce competition: Classical Books</italic> takes us behind the placid facades on library shelves to the processes of commissioning, writing, editing, design and printing which led to the publication of the books we use. Some of the books discussed were the work of major figures in nineteenth- and twentieth-century scholarship B Jowett, Murray, Jebb, Wilamowitz B but many lesser-known scholars also feature in these accounts. Several of the books discussed, including the OCTs, CAH and Liddell and Scott, were produced by the university presses of Oxford and Cambridge, but commercial publishers like Longman, John Murray and Macmillan are also discussed, while the new University of London also features as a centre of scholarship and publishing. Finally German scholarship (the Teubner classical texts and Pauly’s Real-Encyclopädie, for example) is a constant presence, at once exemplar and rival. Classical Books</italic> is based on papers given at a conference held at Trinity College, Cambridge, in 2006 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250797//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/classical-books-scholarship-publishing-in-britain-since-1800-bics-supplement-101/ London, GB 04 01 20070604 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/classical-books-scholarship-publishing-in-britain-since-1800-bics-supplement-101/ 20 08 20070604 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:625ad287-2cad-4fd3-9b42-9c279b47b792 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a3a9b38b-5e0f-475e-8ee4-6ed008f7cd02 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:625ad287-2cad-4fd3-9b42-9c279b47b792 15 9781905670574 03 9781905670574 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61306 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 67 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Classics in practice. Studies in the history of scholarship (BICS Supplement 128) 1 B01 21 0009000242708018 Christopher Stray Christopher Stray 2 B01 Graham Whitaker Graham Whitaker 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Reception 12 DB 93 DB 10 LCO003000 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 This special Bulletin Supplement contains seven essays which deepen and extend our knowledge of classical reception and the history of scholarship. Two of them deal with books: John Davies examines a little-known life of the tyrant Agathocles of Syracuse published in the 1660s in which the more recent ‘tyrant’, Oliver Cromwell, is targeted, while Christian Flow surveys the agendas and self-images of Latin lexicographers from the Estiennes in the sixteenth century to the Thesaurus Linguae Latinae</italic>, still in progress.Three essays are devoted to classical journals: Graham Whitaker surveys German nineteenth-century periodicals in relation to F. A. Wolf’s conception of Alterthumswissenschaft; Ward Briggs gives an account of The American Journal of Philology</italic> and of its founding editor Basil Gildersleeve; drawing on previously unpublished correspondence, Christopher Stray describes the controversy between W. S. Watt and Shackleton Bailey over their editing of Cicero’s letters, as played out in the pages of the Classical Review</italic> and the Proceedings of the Cambridge Philological Society</italic>. Two essays focus on the classical scholarship of African-Americans: Kenneth Goings and Eugene O’Connor tell the story of the rise of classical programmes in US black colleges, together with the funding difficulties and prejudice that such programmes faced, while Michele Valerie Ronnick provides a survey of writings on classics by scholars of African descent from the sixteenth to the twentieth century.The range of these essays is wide, covering 500 years, and dealing with scholarly production in Britain, Germany, the USA and elsewhere. 30 00 This special Bulletin Supplement contains seven essays which deepen and extend our knowledge of classical reception and the history of scholarship. Two of them deal with books: John Davies examines a little-known life of the tyrant Agathocles of Syracuse published in the 1660s in which the more recent ‘tyrant’, Oliver Cromwell, is targeted, while Christian Flow surveys the agendas and self-images of Latin lexicographers from the Estiennes in the sixteenth century to the Thesaurus Linguae Latinae</italic>, still in progress.Three essays are devoted to classical journals: Graham Whitaker surveys German nineteenth-century periodicals in relation to F. A. Wolf’s conception of Alterthumswissenschaft; Ward Briggs gives an account of The American Journal of Philology</italic> and of its founding editor Basil Gildersleeve; drawing on previously unpublished correspondence, Christopher Stray describes the controversy between W. S. Watt and Shackleton Bailey over their editing of Cicero’s letters, as played out in the pages of the Classical Review</italic> and the Proceedings of the Cambridge Philological Society</italic>. Two essays focus on the classical scholarship of African-Americans: Kenneth Goings and Eugene O’Connor tell the story of the rise of classical programmes in US black colleges, together with the funding difficulties and prejudice that such programmes faced, while Michele Valerie Ronnick provides a survey of writings on classics by scholars of African descent from the sixteenth to the twentieth century.The range of these essays is wide, covering 500 years, and dealing with scholarly production in Britain, Germany, the USA and elsewhere. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250201//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/classics-in-practice-studies-in-the-history-of-scholarship-bics-supplement-128/ London, GB 04 01 20150504 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/classics-in-practice-studies-in-the-history-of-scholarship-bics-supplement-128/ 20 08 20150504 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5268d67e-ac2a-4e7e-844b-a051d5cbde4d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d6ce3872-2cb1-40ce-90bc-937d44a9d5f4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5268d67e-ac2a-4e7e-844b-a051d5cbde4d 15 9781912702558 03 9781912702558 06 10.14296/321.9781912702589 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87216 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Coal Country The Meaning and Memory of Deindustrialization in Postwar Scotland 1 A01 21 0000000174877241 Ewan Gibbs Ewan Gibbs 01 eng 00 312 03 09 6 12 HBTK B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 LNHR 10 POL013000 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 93 NHTK 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 1DBKS 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJP 93 3MP 93 6AG 20 Deindustrialization; coal mining; trade unions; moral economy; Scotland 01 06 02 00 The first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. 03 00 The flooding and subsequent closure of Scotland’s last deep coal mine in 2002 brought a centuries long saga to an end. Villages and towns across the densely populated Central Belt owe their existence to coal mining’s expansion during the nineteenth century and its maturation in the twentieth. Colliery closures and job losses were not just experienced in economic terms: they had profound implications for what it meant to be a worker, a Scot and a resident of an industrial settlement. Coal Country</italic> presents the first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. It draws on archival research using records from UK government, the nationalized coal industry and trade unions, as well as the words and memories of former miners, their wives and children that were collected in an extensive oral history project.Deindustrialization progressed as a slow but powerful march across the second half of the twentieth century. In this book, big changes in cultural identities are explained as the outcome of long-term economic developments. The oral testimonies bring to life transformations in gender relations and distinct generational workplaces experiences. This book argues that major alterations to the politics of class and nationhood have their origins in deindustrialization. The adverse effects of UK government policy, and centralization in the nationalized coal industry, encouraged miners and their trade union to voice their grievances in the language of Scottish national sovereignty. These efforts established a distinctive Scottish national coalfield community and laid the foundations for a devolved Scottish Parliament. Coal Country </italic>explains the deep roots of economic changes and their political reverberations, which continue to be felt as we debate another major change in energy sources during the 2020s. 30 00 The flooding and subsequent closure of Scotland’s last deep coal mine in 2002 brought a centuries long saga to an end. Villages and towns across the densely populated Central Belt owe their existence to coal mining’s expansion during the nineteenth century and its maturation in the twentieth. Colliery closures and job losses were not just experienced in economic terms: they had profound implications for what it meant to be a worker, a Scot and a resident of an industrial settlement. Coal Country</italic> presents the first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. It draws on archival research using records from UK government, the nationalized coal industry and trade unions, as well as the words and memories of former miners, their wives and children that were collected in an extensive oral history project.Deindustrialization progressed as a slow but powerful march across the second half of the twentieth century. In this book, big changes in cultural identities are explained as the outcome of long-term economic developments. The oral testimonies bring to life transformations in gender relations and distinct generational workplaces experiences. This book argues that major alterations to the politics of class and nationhood have their origins in deindustrialization. The adverse effects of UK government policy, and centralization in the nationalized coal industry, encouraged miners and their trade union to voice their grievances in the language of Scottish national sovereignty. These efforts established a distinctive Scottish national coalfield community and laid the foundations for a devolved Scottish Parliament. Coal Country </italic>explains the deep roots of economic changes and their political reverberations, which continue to be felt as we debate another major change in energy sources during the 2020s. 04 00 Introduction: Those who walked in darkest valleys Chapter 1 ‘Buried treasure’: industrial development in the Scottish coalfields, c.1940s–1980s Chapter 2 Moral economy: custom and social obligation in colliery closures Chapter 3 Communities: ‘it was pretty good’ in reconstructed locales Chapter 4 Gendered experiences Chapter 5 Generational perspectives Chapter 6 Coalfield politics and nationhood Chapter 7 Synthesis: ‘the full burden of national conscience’: class, nation and deindustrialization Conclusion: The meaning and memory of deindustrialization Appendix: Interviewee biographies Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/321.9781912702589_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/coal-country/ London, GB 04 01 20210215 Ewan Gibbs 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702541 03 9781912702541 06 15 9781912702589 03 9781912702589 06 15 9781911507468 03 9781911507468 06 15 9781912702565 03 9781912702565 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/coal-country/ 20 08 20210215 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c42cc8e0-56c4-4922-b814-cb8a6be39b51 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d6ce3872-2cb1-40ce-90bc-937d44a9d5f4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c42cc8e0-56c4-4922-b814-cb8a6be39b51 15 9781912702541 03 9781912702541 06 10.14296/321.9781912702589 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87216 00 BB 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 163 mm 02 16.3 cm 02 6.4375 in 03 25 mm 03 2.5 cm 03 1 in 08 770 gr 08 27.25 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Coal Country The Meaning and Memory of Deindustrialization in Postwar Scotland 1 A01 21 0000000174877241 Ewan Gibbs Ewan Gibbs 01 eng 00 312 03 09 6 12 HBTK B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 LNHR 10 POL013000 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 93 NHTK 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 1DBKS 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJP 93 3MP 93 6AG 20 Deindustrialization; coal mining; trade unions; moral economy; Scotland 01 06 02 00 The first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. 03 00 The flooding and subsequent closure of Scotland’s last deep coal mine in 2002 brought a centuries long saga to an end. Villages and towns across the densely populated Central Belt owe their existence to coal mining’s expansion during the nineteenth century and its maturation in the twentieth. Colliery closures and job losses were not just experienced in economic terms: they had profound implications for what it meant to be a worker, a Scot and a resident of an industrial settlement. Coal Country</italic> presents the first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. It draws on archival research using records from UK government, the nationalized coal industry and trade unions, as well as the words and memories of former miners, their wives and children that were collected in an extensive oral history project.Deindustrialization progressed as a slow but powerful march across the second half of the twentieth century. In this book, big changes in cultural identities are explained as the outcome of long-term economic developments. The oral testimonies bring to life transformations in gender relations and distinct generational workplaces experiences. This book argues that major alterations to the politics of class and nationhood have their origins in deindustrialization. The adverse effects of UK government policy, and centralization in the nationalized coal industry, encouraged miners and their trade union to voice their grievances in the language of Scottish national sovereignty. These efforts established a distinctive Scottish national coalfield community and laid the foundations for a devolved Scottish Parliament. Coal Country </italic>explains the deep roots of economic changes and their political reverberations, which continue to be felt as we debate another major change in energy sources during the 2020s. 30 00 The flooding and subsequent closure of Scotland’s last deep coal mine in 2002 brought a centuries long saga to an end. Villages and towns across the densely populated Central Belt owe their existence to coal mining’s expansion during the nineteenth century and its maturation in the twentieth. Colliery closures and job losses were not just experienced in economic terms: they had profound implications for what it meant to be a worker, a Scot and a resident of an industrial settlement. Coal Country</italic> presents the first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. It draws on archival research using records from UK government, the nationalized coal industry and trade unions, as well as the words and memories of former miners, their wives and children that were collected in an extensive oral history project.Deindustrialization progressed as a slow but powerful march across the second half of the twentieth century. In this book, big changes in cultural identities are explained as the outcome of long-term economic developments. The oral testimonies bring to life transformations in gender relations and distinct generational workplaces experiences. This book argues that major alterations to the politics of class and nationhood have their origins in deindustrialization. The adverse effects of UK government policy, and centralization in the nationalized coal industry, encouraged miners and their trade union to voice their grievances in the language of Scottish national sovereignty. These efforts established a distinctive Scottish national coalfield community and laid the foundations for a devolved Scottish Parliament. Coal Country </italic>explains the deep roots of economic changes and their political reverberations, which continue to be felt as we debate another major change in energy sources during the 2020s. 04 00 Introduction: Those who walked in darkest valleys Chapter 1 ‘Buried treasure’: industrial development in the Scottish coalfields, c.1940s–1980s Chapter 2 Moral economy: custom and social obligation in colliery closures Chapter 3 Communities: ‘it was pretty good’ in reconstructed locales Chapter 4 Gendered experiences Chapter 5 Generational perspectives Chapter 6 Coalfield politics and nationhood Chapter 7 Synthesis: ‘the full burden of national conscience’: class, nation and deindustrialization Conclusion: The meaning and memory of deindustrialization Appendix: Interviewee biographies Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/321.9781912702589_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/coal-country/ London, GB 04 01 20210215 Ewan Gibbs 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702558 03 9781912702558 06 15 9781912702589 03 9781912702589 06 15 9781911507468 03 9781911507468 06 15 9781912702565 03 9781912702565 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/coal-country/ 20 08 20210215 02 75.00 GBP WORLD 02 100.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8c2a1081-baa7-487f-b5ae-dfcca0f948d7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d6ce3872-2cb1-40ce-90bc-937d44a9d5f4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8c2a1081-baa7-487f-b5ae-dfcca0f948d7 15 9781912702589 03 9781912702589 06 10.14296/321.9781912702589 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87216 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Coal Country The Meaning and Memory of Deindustrialization in Postwar Scotland 1 A01 21 0000000174877241 Ewan Gibbs Ewan Gibbs 01 eng 00 312 03 09 6 12 HBTK B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 LNHR 10 POL013000 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 93 NHTK 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 1DBKS 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJP 93 3MP 93 6AG 20 Deindustrialization; coal mining; trade unions; moral economy; Scotland 01 06 02 00 The first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. 03 00 The flooding and subsequent closure of Scotland’s last deep coal mine in 2002 brought a centuries long saga to an end. Villages and towns across the densely populated Central Belt owe their existence to coal mining’s expansion during the nineteenth century and its maturation in the twentieth. Colliery closures and job losses were not just experienced in economic terms: they had profound implications for what it meant to be a worker, a Scot and a resident of an industrial settlement. Coal Country</italic> presents the first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. It draws on archival research using records from UK government, the nationalized coal industry and trade unions, as well as the words and memories of former miners, their wives and children that were collected in an extensive oral history project.Deindustrialization progressed as a slow but powerful march across the second half of the twentieth century. In this book, big changes in cultural identities are explained as the outcome of long-term economic developments. The oral testimonies bring to life transformations in gender relations and distinct generational workplaces experiences. This book argues that major alterations to the politics of class and nationhood have their origins in deindustrialization. The adverse effects of UK government policy, and centralization in the nationalized coal industry, encouraged miners and their trade union to voice their grievances in the language of Scottish national sovereignty. These efforts established a distinctive Scottish national coalfield community and laid the foundations for a devolved Scottish Parliament. Coal Country </italic>explains the deep roots of economic changes and their political reverberations, which continue to be felt as we debate another major change in energy sources during the 2020s. 30 00 The flooding and subsequent closure of Scotland’s last deep coal mine in 2002 brought a centuries long saga to an end. Villages and towns across the densely populated Central Belt owe their existence to coal mining’s expansion during the nineteenth century and its maturation in the twentieth. Colliery closures and job losses were not just experienced in economic terms: they had profound implications for what it meant to be a worker, a Scot and a resident of an industrial settlement. Coal Country</italic> presents the first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. It draws on archival research using records from UK government, the nationalized coal industry and trade unions, as well as the words and memories of former miners, their wives and children that were collected in an extensive oral history project.Deindustrialization progressed as a slow but powerful march across the second half of the twentieth century. In this book, big changes in cultural identities are explained as the outcome of long-term economic developments. The oral testimonies bring to life transformations in gender relations and distinct generational workplaces experiences. This book argues that major alterations to the politics of class and nationhood have their origins in deindustrialization. The adverse effects of UK government policy, and centralization in the nationalized coal industry, encouraged miners and their trade union to voice their grievances in the language of Scottish national sovereignty. These efforts established a distinctive Scottish national coalfield community and laid the foundations for a devolved Scottish Parliament. Coal Country </italic>explains the deep roots of economic changes and their political reverberations, which continue to be felt as we debate another major change in energy sources during the 2020s. 04 00 Introduction: Those who walked in darkest valleys Chapter 1 ‘Buried treasure’: industrial development in the Scottish coalfields, c.1940s–1980s Chapter 2 Moral economy: custom and social obligation in colliery closures Chapter 3 Communities: ‘it was pretty good’ in reconstructed locales Chapter 4 Gendered experiences Chapter 5 Generational perspectives Chapter 6 Coalfield politics and nationhood Chapter 7 Synthesis: ‘the full burden of national conscience’: class, nation and deindustrialization Conclusion: The meaning and memory of deindustrialization Appendix: Interviewee biographies Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/321.9781912702589_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/coal-country/ London, GB 04 01 20210215 Ewan Gibbs 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702558 03 9781912702558 06 15 9781912702541 03 9781912702541 06 15 9781911507468 03 9781911507468 06 15 9781912702565 03 9781912702565 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/d6ce3872-2cb1-40ce-90bc-937d44a9d5f4 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/d6ce3872-2cb1-40ce-90bc-937d44a9d5f4/d6ce3872-2cb1-40ce-90bc-937d44a9d5f4.pdf 20 08 20210215 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/coal-country/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912702589.pdf 20 08 20210215 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/coal-country/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/321.9781912702589.pdf 20 08 20210215 01 urn:uuid:51013106-d5fc-4f9d-a509-06ff18be17d2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d6ce3872-2cb1-40ce-90bc-937d44a9d5f4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:51013106-d5fc-4f9d-a509-06ff18be17d2 15 9781911507468 03 9781911507468 06 10.14296/321.9781912702589 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87216 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Coal Country The Meaning and Memory of Deindustrialization in Postwar Scotland 1 A01 21 0000000174877241 Ewan Gibbs Ewan Gibbs 01 eng 00 312 03 09 6 12 HBTK B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 LNHR 10 POL013000 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 93 NHTK 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 1DBKS 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJP 93 3MP 93 6AG 20 Deindustrialization; coal mining; trade unions; moral economy; Scotland 01 06 02 00 The first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. 03 00 The flooding and subsequent closure of Scotland’s last deep coal mine in 2002 brought a centuries long saga to an end. Villages and towns across the densely populated Central Belt owe their existence to coal mining’s expansion during the nineteenth century and its maturation in the twentieth. Colliery closures and job losses were not just experienced in economic terms: they had profound implications for what it meant to be a worker, a Scot and a resident of an industrial settlement. Coal Country</italic> presents the first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. It draws on archival research using records from UK government, the nationalized coal industry and trade unions, as well as the words and memories of former miners, their wives and children that were collected in an extensive oral history project.Deindustrialization progressed as a slow but powerful march across the second half of the twentieth century. In this book, big changes in cultural identities are explained as the outcome of long-term economic developments. The oral testimonies bring to life transformations in gender relations and distinct generational workplaces experiences. This book argues that major alterations to the politics of class and nationhood have their origins in deindustrialization. The adverse effects of UK government policy, and centralization in the nationalized coal industry, encouraged miners and their trade union to voice their grievances in the language of Scottish national sovereignty. These efforts established a distinctive Scottish national coalfield community and laid the foundations for a devolved Scottish Parliament. Coal Country </italic>explains the deep roots of economic changes and their political reverberations, which continue to be felt as we debate another major change in energy sources during the 2020s. 30 00 The flooding and subsequent closure of Scotland’s last deep coal mine in 2002 brought a centuries long saga to an end. Villages and towns across the densely populated Central Belt owe their existence to coal mining’s expansion during the nineteenth century and its maturation in the twentieth. Colliery closures and job losses were not just experienced in economic terms: they had profound implications for what it meant to be a worker, a Scot and a resident of an industrial settlement. Coal Country</italic> presents the first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. It draws on archival research using records from UK government, the nationalized coal industry and trade unions, as well as the words and memories of former miners, their wives and children that were collected in an extensive oral history project.Deindustrialization progressed as a slow but powerful march across the second half of the twentieth century. In this book, big changes in cultural identities are explained as the outcome of long-term economic developments. The oral testimonies bring to life transformations in gender relations and distinct generational workplaces experiences. This book argues that major alterations to the politics of class and nationhood have their origins in deindustrialization. The adverse effects of UK government policy, and centralization in the nationalized coal industry, encouraged miners and their trade union to voice their grievances in the language of Scottish national sovereignty. These efforts established a distinctive Scottish national coalfield community and laid the foundations for a devolved Scottish Parliament. Coal Country </italic>explains the deep roots of economic changes and their political reverberations, which continue to be felt as we debate another major change in energy sources during the 2020s. 04 00 Introduction: Those who walked in darkest valleys Chapter 1 ‘Buried treasure’: industrial development in the Scottish coalfields, c.1940s–1980s Chapter 2 Moral economy: custom and social obligation in colliery closures Chapter 3 Communities: ‘it was pretty good’ in reconstructed locales Chapter 4 Gendered experiences Chapter 5 Generational perspectives Chapter 6 Coalfield politics and nationhood Chapter 7 Synthesis: ‘the full burden of national conscience’: class, nation and deindustrialization Conclusion: The meaning and memory of deindustrialization Appendix: Interviewee biographies Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/321.9781912702589_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/coal-country/ London, GB 04 01 20210215 Ewan Gibbs 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702558 03 9781912702558 06 15 9781912702541 03 9781912702541 06 15 9781912702589 03 9781912702589 06 15 9781912702565 03 9781912702565 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/coal-country 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/coal-country 20 08 20210215 01 urn:uuid:58612b98-9731-4882-bd92-2a5ca4a5a934 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d6ce3872-2cb1-40ce-90bc-937d44a9d5f4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:58612b98-9731-4882-bd92-2a5ca4a5a934 15 9781912702565 03 9781912702565 06 10.14296/321.9781912702589 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.87216 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Coal Country The Meaning and Memory of Deindustrialization in Postwar Scotland 1 A01 21 0000000174877241 Ewan Gibbs Ewan Gibbs 01 eng 00 312 03 09 6 12 HBTK B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 LNHR 10 POL013000 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 93 NHTK 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 1DBKS 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JJP 93 3MP 93 6AG 20 Deindustrialization; coal mining; trade unions; moral economy; Scotland 01 06 02 00 The first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. 03 00 The flooding and subsequent closure of Scotland’s last deep coal mine in 2002 brought a centuries long saga to an end. Villages and towns across the densely populated Central Belt owe their existence to coal mining’s expansion during the nineteenth century and its maturation in the twentieth. Colliery closures and job losses were not just experienced in economic terms: they had profound implications for what it meant to be a worker, a Scot and a resident of an industrial settlement. Coal Country</italic> presents the first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. It draws on archival research using records from UK government, the nationalized coal industry and trade unions, as well as the words and memories of former miners, their wives and children that were collected in an extensive oral history project.Deindustrialization progressed as a slow but powerful march across the second half of the twentieth century. In this book, big changes in cultural identities are explained as the outcome of long-term economic developments. The oral testimonies bring to life transformations in gender relations and distinct generational workplaces experiences. This book argues that major alterations to the politics of class and nationhood have their origins in deindustrialization. The adverse effects of UK government policy, and centralization in the nationalized coal industry, encouraged miners and their trade union to voice their grievances in the language of Scottish national sovereignty. These efforts established a distinctive Scottish national coalfield community and laid the foundations for a devolved Scottish Parliament. Coal Country </italic>explains the deep roots of economic changes and their political reverberations, which continue to be felt as we debate another major change in energy sources during the 2020s. 30 00 The flooding and subsequent closure of Scotland’s last deep coal mine in 2002 brought a centuries long saga to an end. Villages and towns across the densely populated Central Belt owe their existence to coal mining’s expansion during the nineteenth century and its maturation in the twentieth. Colliery closures and job losses were not just experienced in economic terms: they had profound implications for what it meant to be a worker, a Scot and a resident of an industrial settlement. Coal Country</italic> presents the first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. It draws on archival research using records from UK government, the nationalized coal industry and trade unions, as well as the words and memories of former miners, their wives and children that were collected in an extensive oral history project.Deindustrialization progressed as a slow but powerful march across the second half of the twentieth century. In this book, big changes in cultural identities are explained as the outcome of long-term economic developments. The oral testimonies bring to life transformations in gender relations and distinct generational workplaces experiences. This book argues that major alterations to the politics of class and nationhood have their origins in deindustrialization. The adverse effects of UK government policy, and centralization in the nationalized coal industry, encouraged miners and their trade union to voice their grievances in the language of Scottish national sovereignty. These efforts established a distinctive Scottish national coalfield community and laid the foundations for a devolved Scottish Parliament. Coal Country </italic>explains the deep roots of economic changes and their political reverberations, which continue to be felt as we debate another major change in energy sources during the 2020s. 04 00 Introduction: Those who walked in darkest valleys Chapter 1 ‘Buried treasure’: industrial development in the Scottish coalfields, c.1940s–1980s Chapter 2 Moral economy: custom and social obligation in colliery closures Chapter 3 Communities: ‘it was pretty good’ in reconstructed locales Chapter 4 Gendered experiences Chapter 5 Generational perspectives Chapter 6 Coalfield politics and nationhood Chapter 7 Synthesis: ‘the full burden of national conscience’: class, nation and deindustrialization Conclusion: The meaning and memory of deindustrialization Appendix: Interviewee biographies Bibliography 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/321.9781912702589_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/coal-country/ London, GB 04 01 20210215 Ewan Gibbs 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912702558 03 9781912702558 06 15 9781912702541 03 9781912702541 06 15 9781912702589 03 9781912702589 06 15 9781911507468 03 9781911507468 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/coal-country/ 20 08 20210215 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d22a4cb7-b539-4757-b6f0-668ec82c230e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:008b4815-1e77-42b6-8611-617fb5deb3ca 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d22a4cb7-b539-4757-b6f0-668ec82c230e 15 9780854811212 03 9780854811212 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54014 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 01 01 Codices Boethiani: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Luxembourg, The Netherlands, Sweden, Switzerland v. 2 A Conspectus of Manuscripts of the Works of Boethius 1 B01 Lesley Smith Lesley Smith 01 eng 12 HPCA B2 Philosophy 93 QDHA 10 REF004000 B2 Classical Studies 93 GBCR 12 GBCR 12 HPCB 93 QDHF 12 1DDB 93 1DDB 93 1DDL 12 1DDL 12 1DDN 93 1DDN 12 1DFA 93 1DFA 12 1DFH 93 1DFH 12 1DND 93 1DND 12 1DNS 93 1DNS 12 2ADL 93 2ADL 01 06 02 00 03 00 This is part of a catalogue of all Latin manuscripts of the works of Beothius, including his translations of Aristotle and Porphyry. The six volumes are arranged geographically and are accompanied by a general index, although each volume is also indexed separately. The conspectus includes fragmentary texts, as witnesses of a once-complete version. Each entry includes a short physical description of the manuscript, a complete list of contents, a note of any glosses present, a brief summary of any decoration, the provenance of the manuscript and a select bibliography for each codex. Particular attention is paid to the use of the manuscripts. Since Boethius was an advocate of "artes" teaching, these manuscripts give an insight into who was taught what, where, to what level, and in what way. 30 00 This is part of a catalogue of all Latin manuscripts of the works of Beothius, including his translations of Aristotle and Porphyry. The six volumes are arranged geographically and are accompanied by a general index, although each volume is also indexed separately. The conspectus includes fragmentary texts, as witnesses of a once-complete version. Each entry includes a short physical description of the manuscript, a complete list of contents, a note of any glosses present, a brief summary of any decoration, the provenance of the manuscript and a select bibliography for each codex. Particular attention is paid to the use of the manuscripts. Since Boethius was an advocate of "artes" teaching, these manuscripts give an insight into who was taught what, where, to what level, and in what way. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250753//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/codices-boethiani-austria-belgium-denmark-luxembourg-the-netherlands-sweden-switzerland-v-2/ London, GB 04 01 20011001 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/codices-boethiani-austria-belgium-denmark-luxembourg-the-netherlands-sweden-switzerland-v-2/ 20 08 20011001 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:87e9fa95-ec1c-4a32-af65-f26ad1fc7e6f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d5d3313d-8b42-49a5-bdba-c69ebd856e1a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:87e9fa95-ec1c-4a32-af65-f26ad1fc7e6f 15 9780854810888 03 9780854810888 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54175 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 01 01 Codices Boethiani: Great Britain and the Republic of Ireland v. 1: A Conspectus of Manuscripts of the Works of Boethius 1 B01 Margaret T. Gibson Margaret T. Gibson 2 B01 Lesley Smith Lesley Smith 3 B01 Joseph Zeigler Joseph Zeigler 01 eng 12 HPCA B2 Philosophy 93 QDHA 10 REF004000 B2 Classical Studies 93 GBCR 12 GBCR 12 1DBK 93 1DDR 12 1DBR 93 1DDU 12 2ADL 93 2ADL 01 06 02 00 03 00 This is part a catalogue of all Latin manuscripts of the works of Beothius, including his translations of Aristotle and Porphyry. The six volumes are arranged geographically and are accompanied by a general index, although each volume is also indexed separately. The conspectus includes fragmentary texts, as witnesses of a once-complete version. Each entry includes a short physical description of the manuscript, a complete list of contents, a note of any glosses present, a brief summary of any decoration, the provenance of the manuscript and a select bibliography for each codex. Particular attention is paid to the use of the manuscripts. Since Boethius was an advocate of "artes" teaching, these manuscripts give an insight into who was taught what, where, to what level, and in what way. 30 00 This is part a catalogue of all Latin manuscripts of the works of Beothius, including his translations of Aristotle and Porphyry. The six volumes are arranged geographically and are accompanied by a general index, although each volume is also indexed separately. The conspectus includes fragmentary texts, as witnesses of a once-complete version. Each entry includes a short physical description of the manuscript, a complete list of contents, a note of any glosses present, a brief summary of any decoration, the provenance of the manuscript and a select bibliography for each codex. Particular attention is paid to the use of the manuscripts. Since Boethius was an advocate of "artes" teaching, these manuscripts give an insight into who was taught what, where, to what level, and in what way. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250750//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/codices-boethiani-great-britain-and-the-republic-of-ireland-v-1-a-conspectus-of-manuscripts-of-the-works-of-boethius/ London, GB 04 01 19951231 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/codices-boethiani-great-britain-and-the-republic-of-ireland-v-1-a-conspectus-of-manuscripts-of-the-works-of-boethius/ 20 08 19951231 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c5ce02f1-157f-4ab6-a222-bd5ec5b072e2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fc2c20d9-5c7f-40cb-b72d-e1ab7f51c40e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c5ce02f1-157f-4ab6-a222-bd5ec5b072e2 15 9780854811236 03 9780854811236 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54015 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 01 01 Codices Boethiani: Italy and the Vatican City v. 3 A Conspectus of Manuscripts of the Works of Boethius 1 B01 Marina Passalacqua Marina Passalacqua 2 B01 Lesley Smith Lesley Smith 3 B01 Joseph Zeigler Joseph Zeigler 01 eng 12 HPCA B2 Philosophy 93 QDHA 10 REF004000 B2 Classical Studies 93 GBCR 12 GBCR 12 HPCB 93 QDHF 12 2ADL 93 2ADL 01 06 02 00 03 00 This is part of a catalogue of all Latin manuscripts of the works of Beothius, including his translations of Aristotle and Porphyry. The six volumes are arranged geographically and are accompanied by a general index, although each volume is also indexed separately. The conspectus includes fragmentary texts, as witnesses of a once-complete version. Each entry includes a short physical description of the manuscript, a complete list of contents, a note of any glosses present, a brief summary of any decoration, the provenance of the manuscript and a select bibliography for each codex. Particular attention is paid to the use of the manuscripts. Since Boethius was an advocate of "artes" teaching, these manuscripts give an insight into who was taught what, where, to what level, and in what way. 30 00 This is part of a catalogue of all Latin manuscripts of the works of Beothius, including his translations of Aristotle and Porphyry. The six volumes are arranged geographically and are accompanied by a general index, although each volume is also indexed separately. The conspectus includes fragmentary texts, as witnesses of a once-complete version. Each entry includes a short physical description of the manuscript, a complete list of contents, a note of any glosses present, a brief summary of any decoration, the provenance of the manuscript and a select bibliography for each codex. Particular attention is paid to the use of the manuscripts. Since Boethius was an advocate of "artes" teaching, these manuscripts give an insight into who was taught what, where, to what level, and in what way. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250754//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/codices-boethiani-italy-and-the-vatican-city-v-3/ London, GB 04 01 20011101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/codices-boethiani-italy-and-the-vatican-city-v-3/ 20 08 20011101 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:665b0917-ded8-457e-ad0b-2bc296c32eef 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:723326e8-3536-41fe-a225-d973a1f6557a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:665b0917-ded8-457e-ad0b-2bc296c32eef 15 9780854811502 03 9780854811502 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54069 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 01 01 Codices Boethiani: Portugal and Spain v. 4 A Conspectus of Manuscripts of the Works of Boethius 1 B01 Margaret T. Gibson Margaret T. Gibson 2 B01 Lesley Smith Lesley Smith 3 B01 Marina Passalacqua Marina Passalacqua 01 eng 12 HPCA 10 PHI002000 B2 Philosophy 93 QDHA B2 Classical Studies 12 GBCR 93 GBCR 10 PHI012000 12 HPCB 93 QDHF 10 REF004000 01 06 02 00 03 00 The number of Boethian manuscripts in the Iberian Peninsula is modest compared with those in the British Isles and Italy, partly, perhaps, because of the Arab domination there; the oldest manuscripts come from Ripoll in Catalonia, which was always under Christian control. The Portuguese manuscripts contain five Boethian items, the Spanish, 153, of which the De Consolatione Philosophiae occurs most often. Some of these manuscripts are of exceptional quality, and many of them include extensive glosses. 30 00 The number of Boethian manuscripts in the Iberian Peninsula is modest compared with those in the British Isles and Italy, partly, perhaps, because of the Arab domination there; the oldest manuscripts come from Ripoll in Catalonia, which was always under Christian control. The Portuguese manuscripts contain five Boethian items, the Spanish, 153, of which the De Consolatione Philosophiae occurs most often. Some of these manuscripts are of exceptional quality, and many of them include extensive glosses. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250755//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/codices-boethiani-portugal-and-spain-v-4/ London, GB 04 01 20100301 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/codices-boethiani-portugal-and-spain-v-4/ 20 08 20100301 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:aca3f8a2-fcbd-4f8f-8d03-8b2d4c332e84 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d5482da1-17a2-41d2-b28c-4fae043dac29 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:aca3f8a2-fcbd-4f8f-8d03-8b2d4c332e84 15 9781908590466 03 9781908590466 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.54090 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 171 mm 02 17.1 cm 02 6.75 in 10 01 Series ID 77252c64-4995-4714-8231-0f4febfe85bc 02 13529986 03 14 01 02 Warburg Institute Colloquia 01 01 Communicating Observations in Early Modern Letters (1500-1675): Epistolography and Epistemology in the Age of the Scientific Revolution 1 B01 Dirk Miert Dirk Miert 01 eng B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 12 HPK 10 PHI004000 93 QDTK 12 HBLH 10 HIS037020 93 N 93 3M 01 06 02 00 03 00 The case studies in this volume juxtapose instances of knowledge exchange across a variety of fields usually studied in isolation: anthropology, medicine, botany, epigraphy, astronomy, geography, philosophy and chronology. In their letters, scientists and scholars tried to come to grips with the often unclear epistemological status of an ‘observation’, a term which covered a wide semantic field, ranging from acts of perceiving to generalized remarks on knowledge. Observations were associated with descriptions, transcriptions, copies, drawings, casts and coordinates, and they frequently took into account the natural, material, linguistic, historical, religious and social contexts. Early modern scholars were well aware of the transformations which knowledge could undergo in the process of being communicated and therefore stressed the need for autopsy, implying faithfulness (fides</italic>) and diligence (diligentia</italic>), to enhance the authority of observations. It was the specific character of Renaissance epistolography, more than the individual subjects discussed, which shaped the way information circulated. In the course of a correspondence, the narrative in which observations were communicated could be modified by adding implicit or explicit considerations and by relegating lists, drawings or tables containing ‘raw material’ to appendices, which recipients more often than not detached and filed separately. While letters were the prime medium for exchanging information, they have to be studied in relation to notebooks, drafts, attachments and printed works in order to appreciate fully how observations were communicated within the learned networks of Europe during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.Contents</bold> <break/>Introduction<break/>Dirk van MiertGerhard Holk<break/>The First Anthropologist of America: Petrus Martyr de Angleria (1457–1526) and his Epistolary Reports De orbe novo decades octo</italic>Candice Delisle <break/>‘The Spices of Our Art’. Medical Observation in Conrad Gessner’s LettersFlorike Egmond<break/>Observing Nature. The Correspondence Network of Carolus Clusius (1526–1609)Monumental Letters in the Late Renaissance<break/>William StenhouseDirk van Miert<break/>Philology and Empiricism: Observation and Description in the Correspondence of Joseph Scaliger (1540–1609)Adam Mosley<break/>Reading the Heavens: Observation and Interpretation of Astronomical Phenomena in Learned Letters circa 1600Peter N. Miller<break/>Mapping Peiresc’s Mediterranean: Geography and Astronomy, 1610–36Erik-Jan Bos and Theo Verbeek<break/>Conceiving the Invisible. The Role of Observation and Experiment in Descartes’s Correspondence, 1630–50 30 00 The case studies in this volume juxtapose instances of knowledge exchange across a variety of fields usually studied in isolation: anthropology, medicine, botany, epigraphy, astronomy, geography, philosophy and chronology. In their letters, scientists and scholars tried to come to grips with the often unclear epistemological status of an ‘observation’, a term which covered a wide semantic field, ranging from acts of perceiving to generalized remarks on knowledge. Observations were associated with descriptions, transcriptions, copies, drawings, casts and coordinates, and they frequently took into account the natural, material, linguistic, historical, religious and social contexts. Early modern scholars were well aware of the transformations which knowledge could undergo in the process of being communicated and therefore stressed the need for autopsy, implying faithfulness (fides</italic>) and diligence (diligentia</italic>), to enhance the authority of observations. It was the specific character of Renaissance epistolography, more than the individual subjects discussed, which shaped the way information circulated. In the course of a correspondence, the narrative in which observations were communicated could be modified by adding implicit or explicit considerations and by relegating lists, drawings or tables containing ‘raw material’ to appendices, which recipients more often than not detached and filed separately. While letters were the prime medium for exchanging information, they have to be studied in relation to notebooks, drafts, attachments and printed works in order to appreciate fully how observations were communicated within the learned networks of Europe during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.Contents</bold> <break/>Introduction<break/>Dirk van MiertGerhard Holk<break/>The First Anthropologist of America: Petrus Martyr de Angleria (1457–1526) and his Epistolary Reports De orbe novo decades octo</italic>Candice Delisle <break/>‘The Spices of Our Art’. Medical Observation in Conrad Gessner’s LettersFlorike Egmond<break/>Observing Nature. The Correspondence Network of Carolus Clusius (1526–1609)Monumental Letters in the Late Renaissance<break/>William StenhouseDirk van Miert<break/>Philology and Empiricism: Observation and Description in the Correspondence of Joseph Scaliger (1540–1609)Adam Mosley<break/>Reading the Heavens: Observation and Interpretation of Astronomical Phenomena in Learned Letters circa 1600Peter N. Miller<break/>Mapping Peiresc’s Mediterranean: Geography and Astronomy, 1610–36Erik-Jan Bos and Theo Verbeek<break/>Conceiving the Invisible. The Role of Observation and Experiment in Descartes’s Correspondence, 1630–50 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250701//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/communicating-observations-in-early-modern-letters-1500-1675-epistolography-and-epistemology-in-the-age-of-the-scientific-revolution/ London, GB 04 01 20131101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/communicating-observations-in-early-modern-letters-1500-1675-epistolography-and-epistemology-in-the-age-of-the-scientific-revolution/ 20 08 20131101 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2140770c-f25f-48ec-af09-c540c01336e7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:72b33172-9774-45f5-a206-2656a854e0d9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2140770c-f25f-48ec-af09-c540c01336e7 15 9780854572366 03 9780854572366 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.55215 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 6f4a903c-aa20-4c94-990a-b23de4e84393 02 26329573 03 8 01 02 imlr books 01 01 Constance Pascal (1877–1937): Authority, Femininity and Feminism in French Psychiatry 1 A01 Felicia Gordon Felicia Gordon 01 eng 00 254 03 09 13 12 BGH 10 BIO017000 93 JBSF1 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ French Studies 12 1DDF 93 1DDF 20 Women history; Gender studies; Romanian intellectuals; French state asylums; Belle Époque; Mental health; Maison Blanche Asylum 01 06 02 00 03 00 Constance Pascal’s career in French psychiatry from 1908 to 1937 exemplifies the opportunities open to women in the French Third Republic as well as the prejudices they encountered. As the first woman psychiatrist in France, Pascal, of Romanian origin, attained professional success at the cost of suppressing her personal life. Best known for her work on dementia praecox</italic>, she founded one of the first schools in France for children with severe learning difficulties, and made remarkable contributions in the reform of asylum practices and, influenced by Freudian psychoanalysis, in psychotherapeutic intervention. Her feminism is demonstrated by her distinguished, often contentious, career in a hitherto all male profession and by her support for other women in their professional roles. Her unjustly neglected life story illuminates many of the conflicts experienced by women entering the professions during the belle époque</italic> and the inter-war years. The study’s scholarly authority and ambitious theoretical range do not detract from its lively sense of the person and life struggles of the subject making this a fine demonstration of life history research enthralling for the general reader and expert alike. 30 00 Constance Pascal’s career in French psychiatry from 1908 to 1937 exemplifies the opportunities open to women in the French Third Republic as well as the prejudices they encountered. As the first woman psychiatrist in France, Pascal, of Romanian origin, attained professional success at the cost of suppressing her personal life. Best known for her work on dementia praecox</italic>, she founded one of the first schools in France for children with severe learning difficulties, and made remarkable contributions in the reform of asylum practices and, influenced by Freudian psychoanalysis, in psychotherapeutic intervention. Her feminism is demonstrated by her distinguished, often contentious, career in a hitherto all male profession and by her support for other women in their professional roles. Her unjustly neglected life story illuminates many of the conflicts experienced by women entering the professions during the belle époque</italic> and the inter-war years. The study’s scholarly authority and ambitious theoretical range do not detract from its lively sense of the person and life struggles of the subject making this a fine demonstration of life history research enthralling for the general reader and expert alike. 04 00 ContentsAbbreviations and Textual Notes<ol> <li> Introduction </li> <li> Between Two Worlds, 1877–1908 </li> <li> ‘A Woman’s Pity’ – Clermont de l’Oise: 1908–20 </li> <li> Genius and Madness: Early Research and Writing, 1906–1911 </li> <li> Charenton and Prémontré, 1917–22 </li> <li> Châlons sur Marne, 1922–25 </li> <li> Moisselles and Maison Blanche, 1925–37 </li> <li> Conclusion </li> </ol>Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/273595/jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/constance-pascal-1877-1937-authority-femininity-and-feminism-in-french-psychiatry/ London, GB 04 01 20141114 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/constance-pascal-1877-1937-authority-femininity-and-feminism-in-french-psychiatry/ 20 08 20141114 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:511b2e48-77f1-4355-9e61-4cd76b8e1745 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:40db12bf-f0a1-491f-9408-4a1e3643a63c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:511b2e48-77f1-4355-9e61-4cd76b8e1745 15 9780993110221 03 9780993110221 06 10.14296/0120.9781912250219 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56465 00 BC 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Contemporary Challenges in Securing Human Rights 1 B01 Corinne Lennox Corinne Lennox Dr Corinne Lennox is Senior Lecturer in Human Rights at the Institute of Commonwealth Studies and Associate Director of the Human Rights Consortium at the School of Advanced Study, University of London. 01 eng 00 164 03 B2 Human Rights 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL035010 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 JBFA 12 JPW 10 POL004000 93 JPW 20 human rights; refugees; women's rights; justice; change; legal protections 01 06 02 00 This volume is published in celebration of the 20th anniversary of the MA in Understanding and Securing Human Rights offered at the School of Advanced Study, University of London. The chapters reflect on cutting-edge challenges in the field of human rights. Topics include refugee protection, women’s human rights, business and human rights, th 03 00 To celebrate the 20th anniversary of the MA in Understanding and Securing Human Rights offered at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, we are pleased to publish a commemorative edited volume on human rights themes authored by distinguished alumni and faculty. <break/> The chapters reflect on cutting-edge challenges in the field of human rights. Topics include refugee protection, women’s human rights, business and human rights, the role of national and international legal mechanisms and emerging themes such as tax justice, rights in the digital age, theories of change, and poetry. <break/> It is a credit to the MA programme that the chapters are rich with critical analysis, diverse expertise and innovative approaches. This book will be essential reading for students of human rights and practitioners who can benefit from the insights into theory and practice offered here. 30 00 To celebrate the 20th anniversary of the MA in Understanding and Securing Human Rights offered at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, we are pleased to publish a commemorative edited volume on human rights themes authored by distinguished alumni and faculty. <break/> The chapters reflect on cutting-edge challenges in the field of human rights. Topics include refugee protection, women’s human rights, business and human rights, the role of national and international legal mechanisms and emerging themes such as tax justice, rights in the digital age, theories of change, and poetry. <break/> It is a credit to the MA programme that the chapters are rich with critical analysis, diverse expertise and innovative approaches. This book will be essential reading for students of human rights and practitioners who can benefit from the insights into theory and practice offered here. 04 00 Foreword James Manor 1. Introduction Corinne Lennox 2. Researching and studying human rights: interdisciplinary insight Damien Short 3. Human rights theory as solidarity José-Manuel Barreto 4. The social construction of Afro-descendant rights in Colombia Esther Ojulari 5. Bringing human rights home: refugees, reparation, and the responsibility to protect James Souter 6. Human rights and the new(ish) digital paradigm Gaia Marcus 7. Theories of change for human rights and for development Paul Gready 8. Shifting sands: a paradigm change in the development discourse on women’s human rights and empowerment Catherine Klirodotakou 9. The role of human rights in diversity management and conflict prevention Sally Holt 10. Why tax is a human rights issue: empowering communities living in poverty to hold governments to account for public services Bridget Burrows 11. Technical cooperation in the field of human rights Farid Hamdan 12. Poetry for human rights Laila Sumpton 13. Transnational business human rights regulation and their effects upon human rights protection Sumi Dhanarajan 14. The impact of legal aid cuts on access to justice in the UK Smita Shah 15. Remedy Australia: because every human rights violation should be remedied Olivia Ball 16. Extraterritorial non-refoulement: intersections between human rights and refugee law David James Cantor 17. Rethinking Muslim women’s equal rights: faith, property and empowerment M. Siraj Sait 18. Power of the law, power to the people: pursuing innovative legal strategies in human rights advocacy Tanja Venisnik 19. Domestic incorporation of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities in the Marshall Islands Divine Waiti 20. The Inter-American Human Rights System: notable achievements and enduring challenges Par Engstrom 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0120.9781912250219_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/contemporary-challenges-in-securing-human-rights/ LONDON, GB 04 01 20200331 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781912250219 03 9781912250219 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/contemporary-challenges-in-securing-human-rights/ 20 08 20200331 02 9.99 GBP WORLD 02 15.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:142c6b2a-b5a2-4788-aafc-2a17587bd3b6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:40db12bf-f0a1-491f-9408-4a1e3643a63c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:142c6b2a-b5a2-4788-aafc-2a17587bd3b6 15 9781912250219 03 9781912250219 06 10.14296/0120.9781912250219 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.56465 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Contemporary Challenges in Securing Human Rights 1 B01 Corinne Lennox Corinne Lennox Dr Corinne Lennox is Senior Lecturer in Human Rights at the Institute of Commonwealth Studies and Associate Director of the Human Rights Consortium at the School of Advanced Study, University of London. 01 eng 00 164 03 B2 Human Rights 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL035010 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 JBFA 12 JPW 10 POL004000 93 JPW 20 human rights; refugees; women's rights; justice; change; legal protections 01 06 02 00 This volume is published in celebration of the 20th anniversary of the MA in Understanding and Securing Human Rights offered at the School of Advanced Study, University of London. The chapters reflect on cutting-edge challenges in the field of human rights. Topics include refugee protection, women’s human rights, business and human rights, th 03 00 To celebrate the 20th anniversary of the MA in Understanding and Securing Human Rights offered at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, we are pleased to publish a commemorative edited volume on human rights themes authored by distinguished alumni and faculty. <break/> The chapters reflect on cutting-edge challenges in the field of human rights. Topics include refugee protection, women’s human rights, business and human rights, the role of national and international legal mechanisms and emerging themes such as tax justice, rights in the digital age, theories of change, and poetry. <break/> It is a credit to the MA programme that the chapters are rich with critical analysis, diverse expertise and innovative approaches. This book will be essential reading for students of human rights and practitioners who can benefit from the insights into theory and practice offered here. 30 00 To celebrate the 20th anniversary of the MA in Understanding and Securing Human Rights offered at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, we are pleased to publish a commemorative edited volume on human rights themes authored by distinguished alumni and faculty. <break/> The chapters reflect on cutting-edge challenges in the field of human rights. Topics include refugee protection, women’s human rights, business and human rights, the role of national and international legal mechanisms and emerging themes such as tax justice, rights in the digital age, theories of change, and poetry. <break/> It is a credit to the MA programme that the chapters are rich with critical analysis, diverse expertise and innovative approaches. This book will be essential reading for students of human rights and practitioners who can benefit from the insights into theory and practice offered here. 04 00 Foreword James Manor 1. Introduction Corinne Lennox 2. Researching and studying human rights: interdisciplinary insight Damien Short 3. Human rights theory as solidarity José-Manuel Barreto 4. The social construction of Afro-descendant rights in Colombia Esther Ojulari 5. Bringing human rights home: refugees, reparation, and the responsibility to protect James Souter 6. Human rights and the new(ish) digital paradigm Gaia Marcus 7. Theories of change for human rights and for development Paul Gready 8. Shifting sands: a paradigm change in the development discourse on women’s human rights and empowerment Catherine Klirodotakou 9. The role of human rights in diversity management and conflict prevention Sally Holt 10. Why tax is a human rights issue: empowering communities living in poverty to hold governments to account for public services Bridget Burrows 11. Technical cooperation in the field of human rights Farid Hamdan 12. Poetry for human rights Laila Sumpton 13. Transnational business human rights regulation and their effects upon human rights protection Sumi Dhanarajan 14. The impact of legal aid cuts on access to justice in the UK Smita Shah 15. Remedy Australia: because every human rights violation should be remedied Olivia Ball 16. Extraterritorial non-refoulement: intersections between human rights and refugee law David James Cantor 17. Rethinking Muslim women’s equal rights: faith, property and empowerment M. Siraj Sait 18. Power of the law, power to the people: pursuing innovative legal strategies in human rights advocacy Tanja Venisnik 19. Domestic incorporation of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities in the Marshall Islands Divine Waiti 20. The Inter-American Human Rights System: notable achievements and enduring challenges Par Engstrom 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0120.9781912250219_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/contemporary-challenges-in-securing-human-rights/ LONDON, GB 04 01 20200331 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9780993110221 03 9780993110221 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/40db12bf-f0a1-491f-9408-4a1e3643a63c 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/40db12bf-f0a1-491f-9408-4a1e3643a63c/40db12bf-f0a1-491f-9408-4a1e3643a63c.pdf 20 08 20200331 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/contemporary-challenges-in-securing-human-rights/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781912250219.pdf 20 08 20200331 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/contemporary-challenges-in-securing-human-rights/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0120.9781912250219.pdf 20 08 20200331 01 urn:uuid:ae6a5ae2-ed5a-40c5-81e9-38b0709b04da 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ac179667-53bd-43b9-813e-babb360c61e2 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ae6a5ae2-ed5a-40c5-81e9-38b0709b04da 15 9781900039888 03 9781900039888 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53759 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 18 mm 03 1.8 cm 03 0.6875 in 08 340 gr 08 12 oz 01 01 Contesting Clio's Craft New Directions and Debates in Canadian History 1 B01 Christopher Dummitt Christopher Dummitt 2 B01 Michael Dawson Michael Dawson 01 eng 12 HBJK B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHK 10 POL000000 12 1KBC 93 1KBC 01 06 02 00 Offers thoughts on approaches to the study of the Canadian past. This book contains essays that emphasises on international, transnational, and comparative approaches to the past. It covers such topics as the Atlantic World, oral history, postcolonialism, public history, historical periodization, Canada's place in the British Empire. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248122/53759/53759_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/contesting-clios-craft/ London, GB 04 01 20090514 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/contesting-clios-craft/ 20 08 20090514 02 31.99 GBP WORLD 02 41.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8872ae91-94a9-41a2-900b-d6523123c047 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2355ef20-b376-4bd3-92f2-f764acb45946 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8872ae91-94a9-41a2-900b-d6523123c047 15 9781905670468 03 9781905670468 06 10.14296/917.9781905670796 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61316 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 3 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Creating Ethnicities & Identities in the Roman World 1 B01 Andrew Gardner Andrew Gardner 2 B01 Edward Herring Edward Herring 3 B01 Kathryn Lomas Kathryn Lomas 01 eng 00 278 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient History 93 JBSL 12 JFSL 10 SOC008000 12 HBLA 93 NHC 20 identity; ethnicity; Roman empire; imperialism; communities; ancient history; perception 01 06 02 00 1.Introduction Kathryn Lomas, Andrew Gardner, and Edward Herring <break/><break/>Cultural identities in Italy</bold><break/>2.Italian perspectives from Hirpinia in the period of Gracchan land reforms and the Social War - Elena Isayev<break/><break/>3.De-constructing ethnic identities: becoming Roman in western Cisalpine Gaul? - Ralph Häuss 03 00 Questions of ethnic and cultural identities are central to the contemporary understanding of the Roman world.The expansion of Rome across Italy, the Mediterranean, and beyond entailed encounters with a wide range of peoples. Many of these had well-established pre-conquest ethnic identities which can be compared with Roman perceptions of them. In other cases, the ethnicity of peoples conquered by Rome has been perceived almost entirely through the lenses of Roman ethnographic writing and administrative structures.The formation of such identities, and the shaping of these identities by Rome, was a vital part of the process of Roman imperialism. Comparisons across the empire reveal some similarities in the processes of identity formation during and after the period of Roman conquest, but they also reveal a considerable degree of diversity and localisation in interactions between Romans and others.This volume explores how these practices of ethnic categorisation formed part of Roman strategies of control, and how people living in particular places internalised them and developed their own senses of belonging to an ethnic community. It includes both regional studies and thematic approaches by leading scholars in the field. 30 00 Questions of ethnic and cultural identities are central to the contemporary understanding of the Roman world.The expansion of Rome across Italy, the Mediterranean, and beyond entailed encounters with a wide range of peoples. Many of these had well-established pre-conquest ethnic identities which can be compared with Roman perceptions of them. In other cases, the ethnicity of peoples conquered by Rome has been perceived almost entirely through the lenses of Roman ethnographic writing and administrative structures.The formation of such identities, and the shaping of these identities by Rome, was a vital part of the process of Roman imperialism. Comparisons across the empire reveal some similarities in the processes of identity formation during and after the period of Roman conquest, but they also reveal a considerable degree of diversity and localisation in interactions between Romans and others.This volume explores how these practices of ethnic categorisation formed part of Roman strategies of control, and how people living in particular places internalised them and developed their own senses of belonging to an ethnic community. It includes both regional studies and thematic approaches by leading scholars in the field. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670796_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creating-ethnicities-identities-in-the-roman-world/ London, GB 04 01 20191025 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670796 03 9781905670796 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creating-ethnicities-identities-in-the-roman-world/ 20 08 20191025 02 39.99 GBP WORLD 02 52.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0d88b53d-8e01-4056-b46c-9bc79e90cc79 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2355ef20-b376-4bd3-92f2-f764acb45946 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0d88b53d-8e01-4056-b46c-9bc79e90cc79 15 9781905670796 03 9781905670796 06 10.14296/917.9781905670796 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61316 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 10 01 Series ID ca5585be-ae1d-450a-a845-bd868515560a 02 23988770 03 3 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Creating Ethnicities & Identities in the Roman World 1 B01 Andrew Gardner Andrew Gardner 2 B01 Edward Herring Edward Herring 3 B01 Kathryn Lomas Kathryn Lomas 01 eng 00 278 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient History 93 JBSL 12 JFSL 10 SOC008000 12 HBLA 93 NHC 20 identity; ethnicity; Roman empire; imperialism; communities; ancient history; perception 01 06 02 00 1.Introduction Kathryn Lomas, Andrew Gardner, and Edward Herring <break/><break/>Cultural identities in Italy</bold><break/>2.Italian perspectives from Hirpinia in the period of Gracchan land reforms and the Social War - Elena Isayev<break/><break/>3.De-constructing ethnic identities: becoming Roman in western Cisalpine Gaul? - Ralph Häuss 03 00 Questions of ethnic and cultural identities are central to the contemporary understanding of the Roman world.The expansion of Rome across Italy, the Mediterranean, and beyond entailed encounters with a wide range of peoples. Many of these had well-established pre-conquest ethnic identities which can be compared with Roman perceptions of them. In other cases, the ethnicity of peoples conquered by Rome has been perceived almost entirely through the lenses of Roman ethnographic writing and administrative structures.The formation of such identities, and the shaping of these identities by Rome, was a vital part of the process of Roman imperialism. Comparisons across the empire reveal some similarities in the processes of identity formation during and after the period of Roman conquest, but they also reveal a considerable degree of diversity and localisation in interactions between Romans and others.This volume explores how these practices of ethnic categorisation formed part of Roman strategies of control, and how people living in particular places internalised them and developed their own senses of belonging to an ethnic community. It includes both regional studies and thematic approaches by leading scholars in the field. 30 00 Questions of ethnic and cultural identities are central to the contemporary understanding of the Roman world.The expansion of Rome across Italy, the Mediterranean, and beyond entailed encounters with a wide range of peoples. Many of these had well-established pre-conquest ethnic identities which can be compared with Roman perceptions of them. In other cases, the ethnicity of peoples conquered by Rome has been perceived almost entirely through the lenses of Roman ethnographic writing and administrative structures.The formation of such identities, and the shaping of these identities by Rome, was a vital part of the process of Roman imperialism. Comparisons across the empire reveal some similarities in the processes of identity formation during and after the period of Roman conquest, but they also reveal a considerable degree of diversity and localisation in interactions between Romans and others.This volume explores how these practices of ethnic categorisation formed part of Roman strategies of control, and how people living in particular places internalised them and developed their own senses of belonging to an ethnic community. It includes both regional studies and thematic approaches by leading scholars in the field. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670796_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creating-ethnicities-identities-in-the-roman-world/ London, GB 04 01 20191025 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781905670468 03 9781905670468 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/2355ef20-b376-4bd3-92f2-f764acb45946 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/2355ef20-b376-4bd3-92f2-f764acb45946/2355ef20-b376-4bd3-92f2-f764acb45946.pdf 20 08 20191025 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creating-ethnicities-identities-in-the-roman-world/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781905670796.pdf 20 08 20191025 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creating-ethnicities-identities-in-the-roman-world/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670796.pdf 20 08 20191025 01 urn:uuid:e9f32595-60e2-4538-963f-5c6f5f4db8bf 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:095ad48c-8f7a-43a7-a8b3-7143f0cc8964 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e9f32595-60e2-4538-963f-5c6f5f4db8bf 15 9781908857484 03 9781908857484 06 10.14296/519.9781908857699 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.71265 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Creative Spaces Urban Culture and Marginality in Latin America 1 B01 21 0000000341448672 Niall H.D. Geraghty Niall H.D. Geraghty Lecturer in Latin American Cultural Studies 40 02jx3x895 University College London Niall H.D. Geraghty is Leverhulme Early Career Fellow and Lecturer in Latin American Cultural Studies at University College London. His research focusses on the intersections between critical theory, politics and contemporary Latin American cultural production. His current Leverhulme project involves a radical re-examination of the work of Argentine artist León Ferrari (1920–2013) which explores the interrelations between politics and religion in twentieth-century Argentina, and the potential correlations between contemporary philosophy and liberation theology. 2 B01 21 0000000187357990 Adriana Laura Massidda Adriana Laura Massidda 01 eng 00 272 03 09 21 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 93 JBCC 12 JFC 10 SOC026030 93 AGTS 12 JFSG 12 1KL 93 1KL 20 marginality; liminality; urbanity; diaspora; migration; population 01 06 02 00 The essays within this collection reassess dominant theoretical notions of ‘marginality’ in Latin America and argue that, in contemporary society, it invariably allows for (if not leads to) the production of the new. Viewing them neither as spaces of deprivation nor romanticized spaces of opportunity, this volume analyses the production of ne 03 00 Creative Spaces: Urban Culture and Marginality</italic> is an interdisciplinary exploration of the different ways in which marginal urban spaces have become privileged locations for creativity in Latin America. The essays within the collection reassess dominant theoretical notions of ‘marginality’ in the region and argue that, in contemporary society, it invariably allows for (if not leads to) the production of the new.While Latin American cities have, since their foundation, always included marginal spaces (due, for example, to the segregation of indigenous groups), the massive expansion of informal housing constructed on occupied land in the second half of the twentieth century have brought them into the collective imaginary like never before. Originally viewed as spaces of deprivation, violence, and dangerous alterity, the urban margins were later romanticized as spaces of opportunity and popular empowerment. Instead, this volume analyses the production of new art forms, political organizations and subjectivities emerging from the urban margins in Latin America, neither condemning nor idealizing the effects they produce.To account for the complex nature of contemporary urban marginality, the volume draws on research from a wide spectrum of disciplines, ranging from cultural and urban studies to architecture and sociology. Thus the collection analyzes how these different conceptions of marginal spaces work together and contribute to the imagined and material reality of the wider city. 30 00 Creative Spaces: Urban Culture and Marginality</italic> is an interdisciplinary exploration of the different ways in which marginal urban spaces have become privileged locations for creativity in Latin America. The essays within the collection reassess dominant theoretical notions of ‘marginality’ in the region and argue that, in contemporary society, it invariably allows for (if not leads to) the production of the new.While Latin American cities have, since their foundation, always included marginal spaces (due, for example, to the segregation of indigenous groups), the massive expansion of informal housing constructed on occupied land in the second half of the twentieth century have brought them into the collective imaginary like never before. Originally viewed as spaces of deprivation, violence, and dangerous alterity, the urban margins were later romanticized as spaces of opportunity and popular empowerment. Instead, this volume analyses the production of new art forms, political organizations and subjectivities emerging from the urban margins in Latin America, neither condemning nor idealizing the effects they produce.To account for the complex nature of contemporary urban marginality, the volume draws on research from a wide spectrum of disciplines, ranging from cultural and urban studies to architecture and sociology. Thus the collection analyzes how these different conceptions of marginal spaces work together and contribute to the imagined and material reality of the wider city. 04 00 I. Where are the margins? 1. The politics of the in-between: the negotiation of urban space in Juan Rulfo’s photographs of Mexico City Lucy O’Sullivan 2. The interstitial spaces of urban sprawl: unpacking the marginal suburban geography of Santiago de Chile Cristian Silva 3. Cynicism and the denial of marginality in contemporary Chile: Mitómana (José Luis Sepúlveda and Carolina Adriazola, 2009) Paul Merchant II. The struggle for the streets 4. Community action, the informal city and popular politics in Cartagena (Colombia) during the National Front,1958–1974 Orlando Deavila Pertuz 5. On ‘real revolution’ and ‘killing the lion’: challenges for creative marginality in Brazilian labour struggles Lucy McMahon 6. Urban policies, innovation and inclusion: Comuna 8 of the city of Buenos Aires Anabella Roitman III. Marginal art as spatial praxis 7. Exhibitions in a ‘divided’ city: socio-spatial inequality and the display of contemporary art in Rio de Janeiro Simone Kalkman 8. The spatiality of desire in MartKín Oesterheld’s La multitud (2012) and Luis Ortega’s Dromómanos (2012) Niall H.D. Geraghty and Adriana Laura Massidda 9. Afterword Creative spaces: uninhabiting the urban Geoffrey Kantaris 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/519.9781908857699_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creative-spaces/ London, GB 04 01 20190510 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857699 03 9781908857699 06 15 9781908857491 03 9781908857491 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creative-spaces/ 20 08 20190510 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6ce8d8b6-09e4-4ef8-a99f-f5e8780761bd 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:095ad48c-8f7a-43a7-a8b3-7143f0cc8964 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6ce8d8b6-09e4-4ef8-a99f-f5e8780761bd 15 9781908857699 03 9781908857699 06 10.14296/519.9781908857699 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.71265 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Creative Spaces Urban Culture and Marginality in Latin America 1 B01 21 0000000341448672 Niall H.D. Geraghty Niall H.D. Geraghty Lecturer in Latin American Cultural Studies 40 02jx3x895 University College London Niall H.D. Geraghty is Leverhulme Early Career Fellow and Lecturer in Latin American Cultural Studies at University College London. His research focusses on the intersections between critical theory, politics and contemporary Latin American cultural production. His current Leverhulme project involves a radical re-examination of the work of Argentine artist León Ferrari (1920–2013) which explores the interrelations between politics and religion in twentieth-century Argentina, and the potential correlations between contemporary philosophy and liberation theology. 2 B01 21 0000000187357990 Adriana Laura Massidda Adriana Laura Massidda 01 eng 00 272 03 09 21 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 93 JBCC 12 JFC 10 SOC026030 93 AGTS 12 JFSG 12 1KL 93 1KL 20 marginality; liminality; urbanity; diaspora; migration; population 01 06 02 00 The essays within this collection reassess dominant theoretical notions of ‘marginality’ in Latin America and argue that, in contemporary society, it invariably allows for (if not leads to) the production of the new. Viewing them neither as spaces of deprivation nor romanticized spaces of opportunity, this volume analyses the production of ne 03 00 Creative Spaces: Urban Culture and Marginality</italic> is an interdisciplinary exploration of the different ways in which marginal urban spaces have become privileged locations for creativity in Latin America. The essays within the collection reassess dominant theoretical notions of ‘marginality’ in the region and argue that, in contemporary society, it invariably allows for (if not leads to) the production of the new.While Latin American cities have, since their foundation, always included marginal spaces (due, for example, to the segregation of indigenous groups), the massive expansion of informal housing constructed on occupied land in the second half of the twentieth century have brought them into the collective imaginary like never before. Originally viewed as spaces of deprivation, violence, and dangerous alterity, the urban margins were later romanticized as spaces of opportunity and popular empowerment. Instead, this volume analyses the production of new art forms, political organizations and subjectivities emerging from the urban margins in Latin America, neither condemning nor idealizing the effects they produce.To account for the complex nature of contemporary urban marginality, the volume draws on research from a wide spectrum of disciplines, ranging from cultural and urban studies to architecture and sociology. Thus the collection analyzes how these different conceptions of marginal spaces work together and contribute to the imagined and material reality of the wider city. 30 00 Creative Spaces: Urban Culture and Marginality</italic> is an interdisciplinary exploration of the different ways in which marginal urban spaces have become privileged locations for creativity in Latin America. The essays within the collection reassess dominant theoretical notions of ‘marginality’ in the region and argue that, in contemporary society, it invariably allows for (if not leads to) the production of the new.While Latin American cities have, since their foundation, always included marginal spaces (due, for example, to the segregation of indigenous groups), the massive expansion of informal housing constructed on occupied land in the second half of the twentieth century have brought them into the collective imaginary like never before. Originally viewed as spaces of deprivation, violence, and dangerous alterity, the urban margins were later romanticized as spaces of opportunity and popular empowerment. Instead, this volume analyses the production of new art forms, political organizations and subjectivities emerging from the urban margins in Latin America, neither condemning nor idealizing the effects they produce.To account for the complex nature of contemporary urban marginality, the volume draws on research from a wide spectrum of disciplines, ranging from cultural and urban studies to architecture and sociology. Thus the collection analyzes how these different conceptions of marginal spaces work together and contribute to the imagined and material reality of the wider city. 04 00 I. Where are the margins? 1. The politics of the in-between: the negotiation of urban space in Juan Rulfo’s photographs of Mexico City Lucy O’Sullivan 2. The interstitial spaces of urban sprawl: unpacking the marginal suburban geography of Santiago de Chile Cristian Silva 3. Cynicism and the denial of marginality in contemporary Chile: Mitómana (José Luis Sepúlveda and Carolina Adriazola, 2009) Paul Merchant II. The struggle for the streets 4. Community action, the informal city and popular politics in Cartagena (Colombia) during the National Front,1958–1974 Orlando Deavila Pertuz 5. On ‘real revolution’ and ‘killing the lion’: challenges for creative marginality in Brazilian labour struggles Lucy McMahon 6. Urban policies, innovation and inclusion: Comuna 8 of the city of Buenos Aires Anabella Roitman III. Marginal art as spatial praxis 7. Exhibitions in a ‘divided’ city: socio-spatial inequality and the display of contemporary art in Rio de Janeiro Simone Kalkman 8. The spatiality of desire in MartKín Oesterheld’s La multitud (2012) and Luis Ortega’s Dromómanos (2012) Niall H.D. Geraghty and Adriana Laura Massidda 9. Afterword Creative spaces: uninhabiting the urban Geoffrey Kantaris 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/519.9781908857699_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creative-spaces/ London, GB 04 01 20190510 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857484 03 9781908857484 06 15 9781908857491 03 9781908857491 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/095ad48c-8f7a-43a7-a8b3-7143f0cc8964 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/095ad48c-8f7a-43a7-a8b3-7143f0cc8964/095ad48c-8f7a-43a7-a8b3-7143f0cc8964.pdf 20 08 20190510 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creative-spaces/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857699.pdf 20 08 20190510 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creative-spaces/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/519.9781908857699.pdf 20 08 20190510 01 urn:uuid:eafece32-4c8d-4acb-ac4f-a7bffab3b168 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:095ad48c-8f7a-43a7-a8b3-7143f0cc8964 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:eafece32-4c8d-4acb-ac4f-a7bffab3b168 15 9781908857491 03 9781908857491 06 10.14296/519.9781908857699 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.71265 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Creative Spaces Urban Culture and Marginality in Latin America 1 B01 21 0000000341448672 Niall H.D. Geraghty Niall H.D. Geraghty Lecturer in Latin American Cultural Studies 40 02jx3x895 University College London Niall H.D. Geraghty is Leverhulme Early Career Fellow and Lecturer in Latin American Cultural Studies at University College London. His research focusses on the intersections between critical theory, politics and contemporary Latin American cultural production. His current Leverhulme project involves a radical re-examination of the work of Argentine artist León Ferrari (1920–2013) which explores the interrelations between politics and religion in twentieth-century Argentina, and the potential correlations between contemporary philosophy and liberation theology. 2 B01 21 0000000187357990 Adriana Laura Massidda Adriana Laura Massidda 01 eng 00 272 03 09 21 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 93 JBCC 12 JFC 10 SOC026030 93 AGTS 12 JFSG 12 1KL 93 1KL 20 marginality; liminality; urbanity; diaspora; migration; population 01 06 02 00 The essays within this collection reassess dominant theoretical notions of ‘marginality’ in Latin America and argue that, in contemporary society, it invariably allows for (if not leads to) the production of the new. Viewing them neither as spaces of deprivation nor romanticized spaces of opportunity, this volume analyses the production of ne 03 00 Creative Spaces: Urban Culture and Marginality</italic> is an interdisciplinary exploration of the different ways in which marginal urban spaces have become privileged locations for creativity in Latin America. The essays within the collection reassess dominant theoretical notions of ‘marginality’ in the region and argue that, in contemporary society, it invariably allows for (if not leads to) the production of the new.While Latin American cities have, since their foundation, always included marginal spaces (due, for example, to the segregation of indigenous groups), the massive expansion of informal housing constructed on occupied land in the second half of the twentieth century have brought them into the collective imaginary like never before. Originally viewed as spaces of deprivation, violence, and dangerous alterity, the urban margins were later romanticized as spaces of opportunity and popular empowerment. Instead, this volume analyses the production of new art forms, political organizations and subjectivities emerging from the urban margins in Latin America, neither condemning nor idealizing the effects they produce.To account for the complex nature of contemporary urban marginality, the volume draws on research from a wide spectrum of disciplines, ranging from cultural and urban studies to architecture and sociology. Thus the collection analyzes how these different conceptions of marginal spaces work together and contribute to the imagined and material reality of the wider city. 30 00 Creative Spaces: Urban Culture and Marginality</italic> is an interdisciplinary exploration of the different ways in which marginal urban spaces have become privileged locations for creativity in Latin America. The essays within the collection reassess dominant theoretical notions of ‘marginality’ in the region and argue that, in contemporary society, it invariably allows for (if not leads to) the production of the new.While Latin American cities have, since their foundation, always included marginal spaces (due, for example, to the segregation of indigenous groups), the massive expansion of informal housing constructed on occupied land in the second half of the twentieth century have brought them into the collective imaginary like never before. Originally viewed as spaces of deprivation, violence, and dangerous alterity, the urban margins were later romanticized as spaces of opportunity and popular empowerment. Instead, this volume analyses the production of new art forms, political organizations and subjectivities emerging from the urban margins in Latin America, neither condemning nor idealizing the effects they produce.To account for the complex nature of contemporary urban marginality, the volume draws on research from a wide spectrum of disciplines, ranging from cultural and urban studies to architecture and sociology. Thus the collection analyzes how these different conceptions of marginal spaces work together and contribute to the imagined and material reality of the wider city. 04 00 I. Where are the margins? 1. The politics of the in-between: the negotiation of urban space in Juan Rulfo’s photographs of Mexico City Lucy O’Sullivan 2. The interstitial spaces of urban sprawl: unpacking the marginal suburban geography of Santiago de Chile Cristian Silva 3. Cynicism and the denial of marginality in contemporary Chile: Mitómana (José Luis Sepúlveda and Carolina Adriazola, 2009) Paul Merchant II. The struggle for the streets 4. Community action, the informal city and popular politics in Cartagena (Colombia) during the National Front,1958–1974 Orlando Deavila Pertuz 5. On ‘real revolution’ and ‘killing the lion’: challenges for creative marginality in Brazilian labour struggles Lucy McMahon 6. Urban policies, innovation and inclusion: Comuna 8 of the city of Buenos Aires Anabella Roitman III. Marginal art as spatial praxis 7. Exhibitions in a ‘divided’ city: socio-spatial inequality and the display of contemporary art in Rio de Janeiro Simone Kalkman 8. The spatiality of desire in MartKín Oesterheld’s La multitud (2012) and Luis Ortega’s Dromómanos (2012) Niall H.D. Geraghty and Adriana Laura Massidda 9. Afterword Creative spaces: uninhabiting the urban Geoffrey Kantaris 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/519.9781908857699_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creative-spaces/ London, GB 04 01 20190510 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857484 03 9781908857484 06 15 9781908857699 03 9781908857699 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creative-spaces/ 20 08 20190510 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:bfc17e3c-5740-4c37-9982-e84cf8823bf2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:49e58788-95d6-427f-8726-c24f5b15484c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bfc17e3c-5740-4c37-9982-e84cf8823bf2 15 9781900039093 03 9781900039093 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53766 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 10 mm 03 1 cm 03 0.375 in 08 13 gr 08 0.5 oz 01 01 Cuba : Restructuring the Economy A Contribution to the Debate 1 A01 Julio Carranza Valdes Julio Carranza Valdes 2 A01 Luis Gutierrez Urdaneta Luis Gutierrez Urdaneta 3 A01 Pedro Monreal Pedro Monreal 4 B06 Ruth Pearson Ruth Pearson 02 spa 12 KCM 93 KCM B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL011000 12 1KJC 93 1KJC 10 BUS068000 10 SOC042000 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248168/53766/53766_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cuba-restructuring-the-economy/ London, GB 04 01 19980601 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cuba-restructuring-the-economy/ 20 08 19980601 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1c0a4fc5-37a0-452d-b6a5-5be98c7464b2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:70294a8d-2969-49d5-a3a9-f562bc64bf63 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1c0a4fc5-37a0-452d-b6a5-5be98c7464b2 15 9781908857620 03 9781908857620 06 10.14296/520.978190885775 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.82645 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 21 mm 03 2.1 cm 03 0.8125 in 08 554 gr 08 19.625 oz Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cultural Worlds of the Jesuits in Colonial Latin America 1 B01 Linda A. Newson Linda A. Newson 01 eng 00 250 03 09 33 12 HBJK 10 HIS024000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 12 HRCC7 93 QRMB1 10 REL010000 93 1KL 12 1KL 10 4.2.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 2ADSL 12 2ADSL 12 3JF 93 3ML 12 3JH 93 3MN 93 6AG 20 indigenous; ethnography; irrigation; legacy; colonialism; science; medicine 01 06 02 00 The diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture, from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science. 03 00 The Jesuits’ colonial legacy in Latin America is well-known. They pioneered an interest in indigenous languages and cultures, compiling dictionaries and writing some of the earliest ethnographies of the region. They also explored the region’s natural history and made significant contributions to the development of science and medicine. On their estates and in the missions they introduced new plants, livestock, and agricultural techniques, such as irrigation. In addition, they left a lasting legacy on the region’s architecture, art, and music. <break/><break/> The volume demonstrates the diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture. This volume is unique in considering not only the range of Jesuit activities but also the diversity of perspectives from which they may be approached. It includes papers from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science. 30 00 The Jesuits’ colonial legacy in Latin America is well-known. They pioneered an interest in indigenous languages and cultures, compiling dictionaries and writing some of the earliest ethnographies of the region. They also explored the region’s natural history and made significant contributions to the development of science and medicine. On their estates and in the missions they introduced new plants, livestock, and agricultural techniques, such as irrigation. In addition, they left a lasting legacy on the region’s architecture, art, and music. <break/><break/> The volume demonstrates the diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture. This volume is unique in considering not only the range of Jesuit activities but also the diversity of perspectives from which they may be approached. It includes papers from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science. 04 00 Introduction Linda A. Newson I Jesuit Art, architecture and material culture 1. The Jesuits and Chinese style in the arts of colonial Brazil (1719–79) Gauvin Alexander Bailey 2. Two ‘ways of proceeding’: damage limitation in the mission to the Chiquitos Kate Ford 3. The materiality of cultural encounters in the Treinta Pueblos de las Misiones Clarissa Sanfelice Rahmeier II Jesuit mission life 4. A patriarchal society in the Río de la Plata: adultery and the double standard at mission Jesús de Tavarangue, 1782 Barbara Ganson 5. Music in the Jesuit missions of the Upper Marañón Leonardo J. Waisman 6. Beyond linguistic description: territorialisation. Guaraní language in the missions of Paraguay (17th–19th centuries) Capucine Boidin III Jesuit approaches to evangelisation 7. Administration and native perceptions of baptism at the Jesuit peripheries of Spanish America (17th–18th centuries) Oriol Ambrogio 8. “con intençión de haçerlos Christianos y con voluntad de instruirlos”. Spiritual education among American Indians in Anello Oliva’s Historia del Reino y Provincias del Perú Virginia Ghelarducci 9. Jesuits, pirates and Indians: The transatlantic resonances of a Tupi Christian doctrine Vivien Kogut Lessa de Sá and Caroline Egan IV Jesuit agriculture, medicine and science 10. Jesuits and mules in colonial Latin America: innovators or managers? William G. Clarence-Smith 11. Jesuit recipes, Jesuit receipts: The Society of Jesus and the introduction of exotic Materia Medica into Europe Samir Boumediene 12. The Jesuits and the exact sciences in Argentina Eduardo L. Ortiz 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.978190885775_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultural-worlds-of-the-jesuits-in-colonial-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20200406 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857750 03 9781908857750 06 15 9781915249579 03 9781915249579 06 15 9781908857743 03 9781908857743 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultural-worlds-of-the-jesuits-in-colonial-latin-america/ 20 08 20200406 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2dd041ca-76b9-43fe-947d-2f94ec5b47f8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:70294a8d-2969-49d5-a3a9-f562bc64bf63 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2dd041ca-76b9-43fe-947d-2f94ec5b47f8 15 9781908857750 03 9781908857750 06 10.14296/520.978190885775 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.82645 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cultural Worlds of the Jesuits in Colonial Latin America 1 B01 Linda A. Newson Linda A. Newson 01 eng 00 250 03 09 33 12 HBJK 10 HIS024000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 12 HRCC7 93 QRMB1 10 REL010000 93 1KL 12 1KL 10 4.2.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 2ADSL 12 2ADSL 12 3JF 93 3ML 12 3JH 93 3MN 93 6AG 20 indigenous; ethnography; irrigation; legacy; colonialism; science; medicine 01 06 02 00 The diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture, from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science. 03 00 The Jesuits’ colonial legacy in Latin America is well-known. They pioneered an interest in indigenous languages and cultures, compiling dictionaries and writing some of the earliest ethnographies of the region. They also explored the region’s natural history and made significant contributions to the development of science and medicine. On their estates and in the missions they introduced new plants, livestock, and agricultural techniques, such as irrigation. In addition, they left a lasting legacy on the region’s architecture, art, and music. <break/><break/> The volume demonstrates the diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture. This volume is unique in considering not only the range of Jesuit activities but also the diversity of perspectives from which they may be approached. It includes papers from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science. 30 00 The Jesuits’ colonial legacy in Latin America is well-known. They pioneered an interest in indigenous languages and cultures, compiling dictionaries and writing some of the earliest ethnographies of the region. They also explored the region’s natural history and made significant contributions to the development of science and medicine. On their estates and in the missions they introduced new plants, livestock, and agricultural techniques, such as irrigation. In addition, they left a lasting legacy on the region’s architecture, art, and music. <break/><break/> The volume demonstrates the diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture. This volume is unique in considering not only the range of Jesuit activities but also the diversity of perspectives from which they may be approached. It includes papers from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science. 04 00 Introduction Linda A. Newson I Jesuit Art, architecture and material culture 1. The Jesuits and Chinese style in the arts of colonial Brazil (1719–79) Gauvin Alexander Bailey 2. Two ‘ways of proceeding’: damage limitation in the mission to the Chiquitos Kate Ford 3. The materiality of cultural encounters in the Treinta Pueblos de las Misiones Clarissa Sanfelice Rahmeier II Jesuit mission life 4. A patriarchal society in the Río de la Plata: adultery and the double standard at mission Jesús de Tavarangue, 1782 Barbara Ganson 5. Music in the Jesuit missions of the Upper Marañón Leonardo J. Waisman 6. Beyond linguistic description: territorialisation. Guaraní language in the missions of Paraguay (17th–19th centuries) Capucine Boidin III Jesuit approaches to evangelisation 7. Administration and native perceptions of baptism at the Jesuit peripheries of Spanish America (17th–18th centuries) Oriol Ambrogio 8. “con intençión de haçerlos Christianos y con voluntad de instruirlos”. Spiritual education among American Indians in Anello Oliva’s Historia del Reino y Provincias del Perú Virginia Ghelarducci 9. Jesuits, pirates and Indians: The transatlantic resonances of a Tupi Christian doctrine Vivien Kogut Lessa de Sá and Caroline Egan IV Jesuit agriculture, medicine and science 10. Jesuits and mules in colonial Latin America: innovators or managers? William G. Clarence-Smith 11. Jesuit recipes, Jesuit receipts: The Society of Jesus and the introduction of exotic Materia Medica into Europe Samir Boumediene 12. The Jesuits and the exact sciences in Argentina Eduardo L. Ortiz 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.978190885775_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultural-worlds-of-the-jesuits-in-colonial-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20200406 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857620 03 9781908857620 06 15 9781915249579 03 9781915249579 06 15 9781908857743 03 9781908857743 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/70294a8d-2969-49d5-a3a9-f562bc64bf63 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/70294a8d-2969-49d5-a3a9-f562bc64bf63/70294a8d-2969-49d5-a3a9-f562bc64bf63.pdf 20 08 20200406 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultural-worlds-of-the-jesuits-in-colonial-latin-america/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857750.pdf 20 08 20200406 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultural-worlds-of-the-jesuits-in-colonial-latin-america/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.978190885775.pdf 20 08 20200406 01 urn:uuid:ef603a6f-2ae6-4aa5-ac29-69a36e455e19 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:70294a8d-2969-49d5-a3a9-f562bc64bf63 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ef603a6f-2ae6-4aa5-ac29-69a36e455e19 15 9781915249579 03 9781915249579 06 10.14296/520.978190885775 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.82645 00 EB E105 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cultural Worlds of the Jesuits in Colonial Latin America 1 B01 Linda A. Newson Linda A. Newson 01 eng 00 250 03 09 33 12 HBJK 10 HIS024000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 12 HRCC7 93 QRMB1 10 REL010000 93 1KL 12 1KL 10 4.2.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 2ADSL 12 2ADSL 12 3JF 93 3ML 12 3JH 93 3MN 93 6AG 20 indigenous; ethnography; irrigation; legacy; colonialism; science; medicine 01 06 02 00 The diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture, from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science. 03 00 The Jesuits’ colonial legacy in Latin America is well-known. They pioneered an interest in indigenous languages and cultures, compiling dictionaries and writing some of the earliest ethnographies of the region. They also explored the region’s natural history and made significant contributions to the development of science and medicine. On their estates and in the missions they introduced new plants, livestock, and agricultural techniques, such as irrigation. In addition, they left a lasting legacy on the region’s architecture, art, and music. <break/><break/> The volume demonstrates the diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture. This volume is unique in considering not only the range of Jesuit activities but also the diversity of perspectives from which they may be approached. It includes papers from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science. 30 00 The Jesuits’ colonial legacy in Latin America is well-known. They pioneered an interest in indigenous languages and cultures, compiling dictionaries and writing some of the earliest ethnographies of the region. They also explored the region’s natural history and made significant contributions to the development of science and medicine. On their estates and in the missions they introduced new plants, livestock, and agricultural techniques, such as irrigation. In addition, they left a lasting legacy on the region’s architecture, art, and music. <break/><break/> The volume demonstrates the diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture. This volume is unique in considering not only the range of Jesuit activities but also the diversity of perspectives from which they may be approached. It includes papers from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science. 04 00 Introduction Linda A. Newson I Jesuit Art, architecture and material culture 1. The Jesuits and Chinese style in the arts of colonial Brazil (1719–79) Gauvin Alexander Bailey 2. Two ‘ways of proceeding’: damage limitation in the mission to the Chiquitos Kate Ford 3. The materiality of cultural encounters in the Treinta Pueblos de las Misiones Clarissa Sanfelice Rahmeier II Jesuit mission life 4. A patriarchal society in the Río de la Plata: adultery and the double standard at mission Jesús de Tavarangue, 1782 Barbara Ganson 5. Music in the Jesuit missions of the Upper Marañón Leonardo J. Waisman 6. Beyond linguistic description: territorialisation. Guaraní language in the missions of Paraguay (17th–19th centuries) Capucine Boidin III Jesuit approaches to evangelisation 7. Administration and native perceptions of baptism at the Jesuit peripheries of Spanish America (17th–18th centuries) Oriol Ambrogio 8. “con intençión de haçerlos Christianos y con voluntad de instruirlos”. Spiritual education among American Indians in Anello Oliva’s Historia del Reino y Provincias del Perú Virginia Ghelarducci 9. Jesuits, pirates and Indians: The transatlantic resonances of a Tupi Christian doctrine Vivien Kogut Lessa de Sá and Caroline Egan IV Jesuit agriculture, medicine and science 10. Jesuits and mules in colonial Latin America: innovators or managers? William G. Clarence-Smith 11. Jesuit recipes, Jesuit receipts: The Society of Jesus and the introduction of exotic Materia Medica into Europe Samir Boumediene 12. The Jesuits and the exact sciences in Argentina Eduardo L. Ortiz 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.978190885775_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultural-worlds-of-the-jesuits-in-colonial-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20200406 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857620 03 9781908857620 06 15 9781908857750 03 9781908857750 06 15 9781908857743 03 9781908857743 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/cultural-worlds-of-the-jesuits-in-colonial-latin-america 29 Unspecified hosting platform: download the title https://read.uolpress.co.uk/projects/cultural-worlds-of-the-jesuits-in-colonial-latin-america 20 08 20200406 01 urn:uuid:706582d0-2f56-4f12-b780-c49691a76f84 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:70294a8d-2969-49d5-a3a9-f562bc64bf63 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:706582d0-2f56-4f12-b780-c49691a76f84 15 9781908857743 03 9781908857743 06 10.14296/520.978190885775 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.82645 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cultural Worlds of the Jesuits in Colonial Latin America 1 B01 Linda A. Newson Linda A. Newson 01 eng 00 250 03 09 33 12 HBJK 10 HIS024000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 12 HRCC7 93 QRMB1 10 REL010000 93 1KL 12 1KL 10 4.2.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 93 2ADSL 12 2ADSL 12 3JF 93 3ML 12 3JH 93 3MN 93 6AG 20 indigenous; ethnography; irrigation; legacy; colonialism; science; medicine 01 06 02 00 The diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture, from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science. 03 00 The Jesuits’ colonial legacy in Latin America is well-known. They pioneered an interest in indigenous languages and cultures, compiling dictionaries and writing some of the earliest ethnographies of the region. They also explored the region’s natural history and made significant contributions to the development of science and medicine. On their estates and in the missions they introduced new plants, livestock, and agricultural techniques, such as irrigation. In addition, they left a lasting legacy on the region’s architecture, art, and music. <break/><break/> The volume demonstrates the diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture. This volume is unique in considering not only the range of Jesuit activities but also the diversity of perspectives from which they may be approached. It includes papers from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science. 30 00 The Jesuits’ colonial legacy in Latin America is well-known. They pioneered an interest in indigenous languages and cultures, compiling dictionaries and writing some of the earliest ethnographies of the region. They also explored the region’s natural history and made significant contributions to the development of science and medicine. On their estates and in the missions they introduced new plants, livestock, and agricultural techniques, such as irrigation. In addition, they left a lasting legacy on the region’s architecture, art, and music. <break/><break/> The volume demonstrates the diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture. This volume is unique in considering not only the range of Jesuit activities but also the diversity of perspectives from which they may be approached. It includes papers from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science. 04 00 Introduction Linda A. Newson I Jesuit Art, architecture and material culture 1. The Jesuits and Chinese style in the arts of colonial Brazil (1719–79) Gauvin Alexander Bailey 2. Two ‘ways of proceeding’: damage limitation in the mission to the Chiquitos Kate Ford 3. The materiality of cultural encounters in the Treinta Pueblos de las Misiones Clarissa Sanfelice Rahmeier II Jesuit mission life 4. A patriarchal society in the Río de la Plata: adultery and the double standard at mission Jesús de Tavarangue, 1782 Barbara Ganson 5. Music in the Jesuit missions of the Upper Marañón Leonardo J. Waisman 6. Beyond linguistic description: territorialisation. Guaraní language in the missions of Paraguay (17th–19th centuries) Capucine Boidin III Jesuit approaches to evangelisation 7. Administration and native perceptions of baptism at the Jesuit peripheries of Spanish America (17th–18th centuries) Oriol Ambrogio 8. “con intençión de haçerlos Christianos y con voluntad de instruirlos”. Spiritual education among American Indians in Anello Oliva’s Historia del Reino y Provincias del Perú Virginia Ghelarducci 9. Jesuits, pirates and Indians: The transatlantic resonances of a Tupi Christian doctrine Vivien Kogut Lessa de Sá and Caroline Egan IV Jesuit agriculture, medicine and science 10. Jesuits and mules in colonial Latin America: innovators or managers? William G. Clarence-Smith 11. Jesuit recipes, Jesuit receipts: The Society of Jesus and the introduction of exotic Materia Medica into Europe Samir Boumediene 12. The Jesuits and the exact sciences in Argentina Eduardo L. Ortiz 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.978190885775_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultural-worlds-of-the-jesuits-in-colonial-latin-america/ London, GB 04 01 20200406 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857620 03 9781908857620 06 15 9781908857750 03 9781908857750 06 15 9781915249579 03 9781915249579 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultural-worlds-of-the-jesuits-in-colonial-latin-america/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.978190885775.epub 20 08 20200406 01 urn:uuid:1350baf5-31e6-4268-848a-6a1d9d6d7b46 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7a6819ea-eaf7-4430-bf62-c72849f99816 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1350baf5-31e6-4268-848a-6a1d9d6d7b46 15 9781908857552 03 9781908857552 06 10.14296/919.9781908857729 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61794 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cultures of Anti-Racism in Latin America and the Caribbean 1 B01 21 0000000340704187 Peter Wade Peter Wade 2 B01 21 0000000297289060 James Scorer James Scorer 3 B01 21 0000000163121457 Ignacio Aguiló Ignacio Aguiló 01 eng 00 232 03 09 14 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 93 1KJ 12 1KJ 10 HIS024000 12 1KL 93 1KL 10 HIS041000 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 4.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 2ADSL 93 2ADSL 10 4.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 3J 93 3M 10 ET038 93 5PB 93 6AG 20 racism; politics; global; post-racial; attitudes 01 06 02 00 This volume asks whether cultural works from the Latin American and Caribbean context showing how racism can co-exist with racial mixture and conviviality have a particular role to play within discourses and practices of anti-racism. It also places Latin American and Caribbean racial formations within a broader global context, as well as in t 03 00 Latin America’s long history of showing how racism can co-exist with racial mixture and conviviality offers useful ammunition for strengthening anti-racist stances. This volume asks whether cultural production has a particular role to play within discourses and practices of anti-racism in Latin America and the Caribbean. The contributors analyse music, performance, education, language, film and art in diverse national contexts across the region. The book also places Latin American and Caribbean racial formations within a broader global context. It shows that the region provides valuable opportunities for thinking about anti-racism, not least when recent political events worldwide have shown that, far from a 'post-racial' age, we are living in an era of intensified racist expression and racial injustice. 30 00 Latin America’s long history of showing how racism can co-exist with racial mixture and conviviality offers useful ammunition for strengthening anti-racist stances. This volume asks whether cultural production has a particular role to play within discourses and practices of anti-racism in Latin America and the Caribbean. The contributors analyse music, performance, education, language, film and art in diverse national contexts across the region. The book also places Latin American and Caribbean racial formations within a broader global context. It shows that the region provides valuable opportunities for thinking about anti-racism, not least when recent political events worldwide have shown that, far from a 'post-racial' age, we are living in an era of intensified racist expression and racial injustice. 04 00 1. Introduction: Latin American and Caribbean racisms in global and conceptual context Peter Wade, James Scorer and Ignacio Aguiló 2. The antinomies of identity politics: neoliberalism, race and political participation in Colombia Nick Morgan 3. Photography collectives and anti-racism in Peru and Argentina Patricia Oliart and Agustina Triquell 4. Subverting racist imagery for anti-racist intent: Indigenous filmmaking from Latin America and the resignification of the archive Charlotte Gleghorn 5. Cultural agency and anti-racism in Caribbean conceptual art Fabienne Viala 6. Anti-racism in the classroom and beyond: teacher perspectives from Rio de Janeiro Gudrun Klein 7. The last in a country of forgotten people: ancestry, music and identity among Bolivia’s Afro population Lena Schubmann 8. White cholos? Discourses around race, whiteness and Lima’s fusion music Fiorella Montero-Diaz 9. Bolivia’s anti-racism law: transforming a culture? Henry Stobart 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781908857729_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultures-of-anti-racism-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ London, GB 04 01 20190930 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857729 03 9781908857729 06 15 9781908857712 03 9781908857712 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultures-of-anti-racism-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ 20 08 20190930 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:23ce0a08-ac84-4d50-93bf-49e12552cc01 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7a6819ea-eaf7-4430-bf62-c72849f99816 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:23ce0a08-ac84-4d50-93bf-49e12552cc01 15 9781908857729 03 9781908857729 06 10.14296/919.9781908857729 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61794 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cultures of Anti-Racism in Latin America and the Caribbean 1 B01 21 0000000340704187 Peter Wade Peter Wade 2 B01 21 0000000297289060 James Scorer James Scorer 3 B01 21 0000000163121457 Ignacio Aguiló Ignacio Aguiló 01 eng 00 232 03 09 14 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 93 1KJ 12 1KJ 10 HIS024000 12 1KL 93 1KL 10 HIS041000 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 4.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 2ADSL 93 2ADSL 10 4.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 3J 93 3M 10 ET038 93 5PB 93 6AG 20 racism; politics; global; post-racial; attitudes 01 06 02 00 This volume asks whether cultural works from the Latin American and Caribbean context showing how racism can co-exist with racial mixture and conviviality have a particular role to play within discourses and practices of anti-racism. It also places Latin American and Caribbean racial formations within a broader global context, as well as in t 03 00 Latin America’s long history of showing how racism can co-exist with racial mixture and conviviality offers useful ammunition for strengthening anti-racist stances. This volume asks whether cultural production has a particular role to play within discourses and practices of anti-racism in Latin America and the Caribbean. The contributors analyse music, performance, education, language, film and art in diverse national contexts across the region. The book also places Latin American and Caribbean racial formations within a broader global context. It shows that the region provides valuable opportunities for thinking about anti-racism, not least when recent political events worldwide have shown that, far from a 'post-racial' age, we are living in an era of intensified racist expression and racial injustice. 30 00 Latin America’s long history of showing how racism can co-exist with racial mixture and conviviality offers useful ammunition for strengthening anti-racist stances. This volume asks whether cultural production has a particular role to play within discourses and practices of anti-racism in Latin America and the Caribbean. The contributors analyse music, performance, education, language, film and art in diverse national contexts across the region. The book also places Latin American and Caribbean racial formations within a broader global context. It shows that the region provides valuable opportunities for thinking about anti-racism, not least when recent political events worldwide have shown that, far from a 'post-racial' age, we are living in an era of intensified racist expression and racial injustice. 04 00 1. Introduction: Latin American and Caribbean racisms in global and conceptual context Peter Wade, James Scorer and Ignacio Aguiló 2. The antinomies of identity politics: neoliberalism, race and political participation in Colombia Nick Morgan 3. Photography collectives and anti-racism in Peru and Argentina Patricia Oliart and Agustina Triquell 4. Subverting racist imagery for anti-racist intent: Indigenous filmmaking from Latin America and the resignification of the archive Charlotte Gleghorn 5. Cultural agency and anti-racism in Caribbean conceptual art Fabienne Viala 6. Anti-racism in the classroom and beyond: teacher perspectives from Rio de Janeiro Gudrun Klein 7. The last in a country of forgotten people: ancestry, music and identity among Bolivia’s Afro population Lena Schubmann 8. White cholos? Discourses around race, whiteness and Lima’s fusion music Fiorella Montero-Diaz 9. Bolivia’s anti-racism law: transforming a culture? Henry Stobart 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781908857729_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultures-of-anti-racism-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ London, GB 04 01 20190930 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857552 03 9781908857552 06 15 9781908857712 03 9781908857712 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/7a6819ea-eaf7-4430-bf62-c72849f99816 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/7a6819ea-eaf7-4430-bf62-c72849f99816/7a6819ea-eaf7-4430-bf62-c72849f99816.pdf 20 08 20190930 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultures-of-anti-racism-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781908857729.pdf 20 08 20190930 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultures-of-anti-racism-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781908857729.pdf 20 08 20190930 01 urn:uuid:3476d0b5-399a-4c14-9b52-f68d6527b264 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7a6819ea-eaf7-4430-bf62-c72849f99816 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3476d0b5-399a-4c14-9b52-f68d6527b264 15 9781908857712 03 9781908857712 06 10.14296/919.9781908857729 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61794 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cultures of Anti-Racism in Latin America and the Caribbean 1 B01 21 0000000340704187 Peter Wade Peter Wade 2 B01 21 0000000297289060 James Scorer James Scorer 3 B01 21 0000000163121457 Ignacio Aguiló Ignacio Aguiló 01 eng 00 232 03 09 14 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 93 1KJ 12 1KJ 10 HIS024000 12 1KL 93 1KL 10 HIS041000 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 4.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 2ADSL 93 2ADSL 10 4.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 3J 93 3M 10 ET038 93 5PB 93 6AG 20 racism; politics; global; post-racial; attitudes 01 06 02 00 This volume asks whether cultural works from the Latin American and Caribbean context showing how racism can co-exist with racial mixture and conviviality have a particular role to play within discourses and practices of anti-racism. It also places Latin American and Caribbean racial formations within a broader global context, as well as in t 03 00 Latin America’s long history of showing how racism can co-exist with racial mixture and conviviality offers useful ammunition for strengthening anti-racist stances. This volume asks whether cultural production has a particular role to play within discourses and practices of anti-racism in Latin America and the Caribbean. The contributors analyse music, performance, education, language, film and art in diverse national contexts across the region. The book also places Latin American and Caribbean racial formations within a broader global context. It shows that the region provides valuable opportunities for thinking about anti-racism, not least when recent political events worldwide have shown that, far from a 'post-racial' age, we are living in an era of intensified racist expression and racial injustice. 30 00 Latin America’s long history of showing how racism can co-exist with racial mixture and conviviality offers useful ammunition for strengthening anti-racist stances. This volume asks whether cultural production has a particular role to play within discourses and practices of anti-racism in Latin America and the Caribbean. The contributors analyse music, performance, education, language, film and art in diverse national contexts across the region. The book also places Latin American and Caribbean racial formations within a broader global context. It shows that the region provides valuable opportunities for thinking about anti-racism, not least when recent political events worldwide have shown that, far from a 'post-racial' age, we are living in an era of intensified racist expression and racial injustice. 04 00 1. Introduction: Latin American and Caribbean racisms in global and conceptual context Peter Wade, James Scorer and Ignacio Aguiló 2. The antinomies of identity politics: neoliberalism, race and political participation in Colombia Nick Morgan 3. Photography collectives and anti-racism in Peru and Argentina Patricia Oliart and Agustina Triquell 4. Subverting racist imagery for anti-racist intent: Indigenous filmmaking from Latin America and the resignification of the archive Charlotte Gleghorn 5. Cultural agency and anti-racism in Caribbean conceptual art Fabienne Viala 6. Anti-racism in the classroom and beyond: teacher perspectives from Rio de Janeiro Gudrun Klein 7. The last in a country of forgotten people: ancestry, music and identity among Bolivia’s Afro population Lena Schubmann 8. White cholos? Discourses around race, whiteness and Lima’s fusion music Fiorella Montero-Diaz 9. Bolivia’s anti-racism law: transforming a culture? Henry Stobart 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781908857729_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultures-of-anti-racism-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ London, GB 04 01 20190930 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781908857552 03 9781908857552 06 15 9781908857729 03 9781908857729 WORLD 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultures-of-anti-racism-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781908857729.epub 20 08 20190930 01 urn:uuid:55a5991f-4cb7-4ffd-b744-838fb0ffe06d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d678a84d-ccdc-4d05-8850-a80c7a3372de 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:55a5991f-4cb7-4ffd-b744-838fb0ffe06d 15 9781905670413 03 9781905670413 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61325 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 61 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Currency & exchange in ancient Pompeii 1 B01 Richard Hobbs Richard Hobbs 01 eng 10 ANT011000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 KCBM 93 KCBM 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 Currency & exchange in ancient Pompeii</italic> examines how coinage became a key component of the economic life of the town from the third century BC to the dramatic destruction of Pompeii by the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79. The study discusses one of the largest assemblages of coins found so far from below the layer of destruction of AD 79. Over 1,500 coins were found during a ten-year campaign of excavation of Regio VI, Insula 1 by the Anglo-American Project in Pompeii (AAPP). Currency & exchange in ancient Pompeii</italic> looks at the range of coins found, from mints across the Mediterranean, reflecting Pompeii’s wide-ranging trade connections, in particular, Ebusus, Massalia, and Rome, and the development of local imitations, many unique to Pompeii. The book reviews other evidence for Pompeii’s economic life, such as the price of goods and services, the activities of bankers and money-lenders, and the ‘live’ coinage left behind by those fleeing the volcano. A full catalogue of the AAPP assemblage and the ‘Bathhouse hoard’ is included, with illustrations of many of the coins. The book is an invaluable resource for all interested in Pompeii, its economy, and the everyday life of its ‘small change’.Richard Hobbs is curator of the Romano-British collections at the British Museum 30 00 Currency & exchange in ancient Pompeii</italic> examines how coinage became a key component of the economic life of the town from the third century BC to the dramatic destruction of Pompeii by the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79. The study discusses one of the largest assemblages of coins found so far from below the layer of destruction of AD 79. Over 1,500 coins were found during a ten-year campaign of excavation of Regio VI, Insula 1 by the Anglo-American Project in Pompeii (AAPP). Currency & exchange in ancient Pompeii</italic> looks at the range of coins found, from mints across the Mediterranean, reflecting Pompeii’s wide-ranging trade connections, in particular, Ebusus, Massalia, and Rome, and the development of local imitations, many unique to Pompeii. The book reviews other evidence for Pompeii’s economic life, such as the price of goods and services, the activities of bankers and money-lenders, and the ‘live’ coinage left behind by those fleeing the volcano. A full catalogue of the AAPP assemblage and the ‘Bathhouse hoard’ is included, with illustrations of many of the coins. The book is an invaluable resource for all interested in Pompeii, its economy, and the everyday life of its ‘small change’.Richard Hobbs is curator of the Romano-British collections at the British Museum 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250676//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/currency-exchange-in-ancient-pompeii/ London, GB 04 01 20130408 Authors 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/currency-exchange-in-ancient-pompeii/ 20 08 20130408 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:be2c28b4-9e81-49aa-af88-d63d6fa20b6c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:aba4f7c7-173d-46d2-a858-2ad30aa00969 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:be2c28b4-9e81-49aa-af88-d63d6fa20b6c 15 9780900587658 03 9780900587658 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61402 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 1 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Dancing Maenad Reliefs (BICS Supplement 62) 1 B01 Lori-ann Touchette Lori-ann Touchette 62 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Art and Architecture 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250855//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dancing-maenad-reliefs-bics-supplement-62/ London, GB 04 01 19951010 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dancing-maenad-reliefs-bics-supplement-62/ 20 08 19951010 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:892372f9-28bd-4b0a-9b2e-42c90070c1d3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:506598e3-1c58-4a4a-ac58-85393f3f4c65 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:892372f9-28bd-4b0a-9b2e-42c90070c1d3 15 9781913739010 03 9781913739010 06 10.14296/0720.9781913739010 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.104441 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Dante and Rossetti: Translation, Pastiche, Ritual, Fate 1 A01 Jerome J. McGann Jerome J. 01 eng 00 18 03 12 DS 93 DS 10 LIT000000 B2 Literary Studies 12 D 93 DSC 10 LIT014000 93 DSBF 12 DSBF 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 3JH 93 3MN 93 6PL 20 poetry; romanticism; House of Life sonnets; Fleshly School; Pre-Raphaelite; Gothic 01 06 02 00 The ‘House of Life’ sonnets, a ballad intimately describing a romantic relationship, were part of a collection of poetry retrieved by the Pre-Raphaelite painter and poet Gabriel Dante Rossetti after exhuming the grave of his wife Elizabeth Siddal. In this short essay, Professor Jerome J. McGann unpacks the origins and inspirations for the son 03 00 In October 1869, Pre-Raphaelite painter and poet, Gabriel Dante Rossetti exhumed the grave of his former muse and wife, Elizabeth Siddal, to retrieve some earlier poetry he had buried with her. The collection was published as the Poems of D. G. Rossetti</italic> in 1870 to great controversy- for their eroticism and hedonism- and none received greater attention than the ‘House of Life’ sonnets, a ballad intimately describing a romantic relationship.In this short essay, Professor Jerome J. McGann unpacks the origins and inspirations for the ‘House of Life’ sonnets, including the influence of Italian poet, Dante Alighieri; their shared traits of allegory and theatricality, Rossetti’s abstract concepts of life and love, and his many muses.Professor Jerome J. McGann is literary scholar based at the University of Virginia whose work focuses on the history of literature and culture from the late eighteenth century to the present. He has worked extensively at the Rossetti Archives and has been a senior research fellow at the Institute of English Studies, University of London since 1999. 30 00 In October 1869, Pre-Raphaelite painter and poet, Gabriel Dante Rossetti exhumed the grave of his former muse and wife, Elizabeth Siddal, to retrieve some earlier poetry he had buried with her. The collection was published as the Poems of D. G. Rossetti</italic> in 1870 to great controversy- for their eroticism and hedonism- and none received greater attention than the ‘House of Life’ sonnets, a ballad intimately describing a romantic relationship.In this short essay, Professor Jerome J. McGann unpacks the origins and inspirations for the ‘House of Life’ sonnets, including the influence of Italian poet, Dante Alighieri; their shared traits of allegory and theatricality, Rossetti’s abstract concepts of life and love, and his many muses.Professor Jerome J. McGann is literary scholar based at the University of Virginia whose work focuses on the history of literature and culture from the late eighteenth century to the present. He has worked extensively at the Rossetti Archives and has been a senior research fellow at the Institute of English Studies, University of London since 1999. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0720.9781913739010_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dante-and-rossetti-translation-pastiche-ritual-fate/ London, GB 04 01 20200710 02 WORLD WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/506598e3-1c58-4a4a-ac58-85393f3f4c65 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/506598e3-1c58-4a4a-ac58-85393f3f4c65/506598e3-1c58-4a4a-ac58-85393f3f4c65.pdf 20 08 20200710 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dante-and-rossetti-translation-pastiche-ritual-fate/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781913739010.pdf 20 08 20200710 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dante-and-rossetti-translation-pastiche-ritual-fate/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0720.9781913739010.pdf 20 08 20200710 01 urn:uuid:8f2447a0-ad2f-4c78-9a9f-4685117b945e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8e5370a3-c53e-4706-9a08-ade769d6d130 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8f2447a0-ad2f-4c78-9a9f-4685117b945e 15 9781900039710 03 9781900039710 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53740 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 15 mm 03 1.5 cm 03 0.5625 in 08 21 gr 08 0.75 oz 01 01 Democracy After Pinochet Politics, Parties, and Elections in Chile 1 A01 Alan Angell Alan Angell 01 eng 12 JPHV 93 JPHV B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL040020 93 JPHX 12 JPHX 10 POL007000 12 1KLSH 93 1KLSH 10 POL016000 20 Chile; democracy; threat; rights; violation 01 06 02 00 Explores how democracy has developed in Chile since the end of the military dictatorship in 1990. This book brings together an examination of international influences on the country's political development with empirically based analyses of Chilean political institutions and change. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248116/53740/53740_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/democracy-after-pinochet/ London, GB 04 01 20070213 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/democracy-after-pinochet/ 20 08 20070213 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4389d2cd-d8aa-4d22-8aba-baf133031e9d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0c328343-aa7a-43bd-b011-1ee697da2db0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4389d2cd-d8aa-4d22-8aba-baf133031e9d 15 9781908857064 03 9781908857064 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53793 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 01 01 Democracy in Mexico Attitudes and Perceptions of Citizens at National and Local Level 1 B01 Salvador Marti i Puig Salvador Marti i Puig 2 B01 Reynaldo Yunuen Ortega Ortiz Reynaldo Yunuen Ortega Ortiz 3 B01 M. Fernanda Somuano Ventura M. Fernanda Somuano Ventura 4 B01 Claire Wright Claire Wright 01 eng 00 258 03 93 JP 12 JPHV B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL007000 12 1KLCM 10 POL035010 10 SOC042000 01 06 02 00 Offers an important contribution to one of the more complex and multifaceted political processes of recent decades in Latin America: Mexico's democratization at the national and subnational levels. This book includes topics such as the quality of democracy, political participation, and insecurity. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248159/53793/53793_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/democracy-in-mexico/ London, GB 04 01 20140630 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/democracy-in-mexico/ 20 08 20140630 02 36.99 GBP WORLD 02 48.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:71f30cb4-52c1-45a2-a8e0-15c85528b682 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:807cc9a5-b313-4f41-acb2-55c66e43305f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:71f30cb4-52c1-45a2-a8e0-15c85528b682 15 9781915249906 03 9781915249906 06 10.63674/TWQX3656 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.147604 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Democratising History Modern British History Inside and Out 1 B01 Laura Carter Laura Carter Lecturer in British History 40 05f82e368 Université Paris Cité Laura Carter is an historian of modern Britain whose work focuses on histories of education, gender, and social change. Her first book, Histories of Everyday Life: The Making of Popular Social History in Britain, 1918-1979 (2021) was nominated for the Royal Historical Society Whitfield Book Prize, 2022. She is now working on a project about secondary education and social change in the United Kingdom since 1945. 2 B01 Freddy Foks Freddy Foks Simon Research Fellow 40 027m9bs27 University of Manchester Freddy Foks is an historian of the human sciences, migration and modern Britain. His first book is Participant Observers: Anthropology, Colonial Development, and the Reinvention of Society in Britain (2023). He is now working on a project on subsidised emigration. 3 B01 Philip Harling Philip Harling Professor of History 40 02dgjyy92 University of Miami Philip Harling is an historian of modern Britain and the British empire whose work focuses on politics, administration, and state formation. He is the author of Rethinking ‘Old Corruption: The Politics of Economical Reform in Britain 1779–1846 (1996), The Modern British State: An Historical Introduction (2001) and Managing Mobility: The British Imperial State and Global Migration, 1840–1860 (2024). 01 eng 09 15 10 HIS035000 B2 History 93 NHTB 93 1DDU 10 HIS015060 93 3MNQ-GB-V 10 HIS015070 93 3MP 10 HIS054000 20 Modern Britain; Progress; Empire; Democracy; Experts; Historian; Education; University; Victorian; Culture; Intellectual History; Profession; Society 01 06 02 00 Democratising History</italic> interrogates the ways in which democracy has transformed modern Britain and how we teach its history. Nine research-led chapters offer new ways to think about the history of democracy in Britain since the early nineteenth century. These are complemented by six interludes that explore the democratising forces 03 00 An exploration of the intersections of politics and public engagement, Democratising History</italic> reveals how history itself has been shaped by democratic forces.</bold>How has democracy transformed modern Britain and the way we teach its history? Democratising History</italic> answers this question by showcasing how scholars have successfully united social and cultural histories of democracy in British history. Nine research-led chapters provide an ‘inside’ perspective on democracy in modern British history, covering the complex relationship between Britain and its Empire, the democratisation of metropolitan culture, and how experts aimed to inform public debate in a changing democratic society. An ‘outside’ perspective is brought by six interludes that engage with the democratising forces at work in the twenty-first-century academy that are reshaping the profession, and thus the histories that scholars produce. In bringing these two histories of democracy together within a single conceptual framework, this book narrates an important shift in the landscape of UK higher education from the ‘inside’ and the ‘outside’, insisting that professional and intellectual changes must be seen alongside one another. Collectively, this volume responds to the scholarly and professional contributions of Peter Mandler, whose sensitive readings of cultural discourses and their social reach has inspired a generation of modern British historians. Through novel methods, insightful case studies and broader reflections on the profession, it shows how modern British history is being transformed by these questions and wider social and economic changes in contemporary Britain. 30 00 An exploration of the intersections of politics and public engagement, Democratising History</italic> reveals how history itself has been shaped by democratic forces.</bold>How has democracy transformed modern Britain and the way we teach its history? Democratising History</italic> answers this question by showcasing how scholars have successfully united social and cultural histories of democracy in British history. Nine research-led chapters provide an ‘inside’ perspective on democracy in modern British history, covering the complex relationship between Britain and its Empire, the democratisation of metropolitan culture, and how experts aimed to inform public debate in a changing democratic society. An ‘outside’ perspective is brought by six interludes that engage with the democratising forces at work in the twenty-first-century academy that are reshaping the profession, and thus the histories that scholars produce. In bringing these two histories of democracy together within a single conceptual framework, this book narrates an important shift in the landscape of UK higher education from the ‘inside’ and the ‘outside’, insisting that professional and intellectual changes must be seen alongside one another. Collectively, this volume responds to the scholarly and professional contributions of Peter Mandler, whose sensitive readings of cultural discourses and their social reach has inspired a generation of modern British historians. Through novel methods, insightful case studies and broader reflections on the profession, it shows how modern British history is being transformed by these questions and wider social and economic changes in contemporary Britain. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Democratising history inside and out Laura Carter and Freddy Foks </li> <li> Interlude a. New Challenges: Teaching Modern History in a ‘new university’ Iwan Morgan </li> <li> Part I. Victorian Britain, progress, and the wider world </li> <li> 1 Opium, ‘civilisation’, and the Anglo-Chinese Wars, 1839–1860 Philip Harling </li> <li> 2 Archibald Alison’s Revolution Ben Weinstein </li> <li> Interlude b. Peter and the Special Relationship Deborah Cohen, Guy Ortolano and Susan Pedersen </li> <li> Part II. Culture, consumption and democratisation in Britain since the nineteenth century </li> <li> Interlude c. Olden Times and Changing Times: Museum interpretation and display in twenty-first century Britain Rebecca Lyons </li> <li> 3 Painting for pleasure: The rise and decline of the amateur artist in Victorian Britain Sally Woodcock </li> <li> 4 Collecting for the Nation: The National Art Collections Fund and the gallery-visiting public in interwar Britain Heidi Egginton </li> <li> Interlude d. Professionalisation, publishing and policy: Peter Mandler and the Royal Historical Society Margot Finn and Richard Fisher </li> <li> Part III. ‘Experts’ and their publics in twentieth-century Britain </li> <li> Interlude e. Accountability and double counting in research funding for UK higher education: The case of the Global Challenges Research Fund Ambreena Manji </li> <li> 5 Reluctant pioneers: British anthropologists amongst the Natives of Modern Japan, c. 1929–1930 Chika Tonooka </li> <li> 6 An American Mass Observer among the natives: Robert Jackson Alexander in World War Two Britain Lawrence Black </li> <li> 7 Architecture and sociology: Oliver Cox and Mass Observation Otto Saumarez Smith </li> <li> 8 Re-reading “race relations research”: Journalism, social science, and separateness Christopher Hilliard </li> <li> Interlude f. The Historical Association, schools, and the history curriculum Andrew Stacey-Chapman and Rebecca Sullivan </li> <li> 9 ‘Democracy’ and ‘expertise’ in two secondary modern schools in Liverpool, 1930–1967 Rosie Germain </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/TWQX3656_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/democratising-history/ London, GB 04 01 20250807 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249890 03 9781915249890 06 15 9781915249920 03 9781915249920 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/democratising-history/ 20 08 20250807 02 29.99 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:b6c65af8-fc5b-47c7-843c-421f692dbc2f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:807cc9a5-b313-4f41-acb2-55c66e43305f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b6c65af8-fc5b-47c7-843c-421f692dbc2f 15 9781915249890 03 9781915249890 06 10.63674/TWQX3656 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.147604 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Democratising History Modern British History Inside and Out 1 B01 Laura Carter Laura Carter Lecturer in British History 40 05f82e368 Université Paris Cité Laura Carter is an historian of modern Britain whose work focuses on histories of education, gender, and social change. Her first book, Histories of Everyday Life: The Making of Popular Social History in Britain, 1918-1979 (2021) was nominated for the Royal Historical Society Whitfield Book Prize, 2022. She is now working on a project about secondary education and social change in the United Kingdom since 1945. 2 B01 Freddy Foks Freddy Foks Simon Research Fellow 40 027m9bs27 University of Manchester Freddy Foks is an historian of the human sciences, migration and modern Britain. His first book is Participant Observers: Anthropology, Colonial Development, and the Reinvention of Society in Britain (2023). He is now working on a project on subsidised emigration. 3 B01 Philip Harling Philip Harling Professor of History 40 02dgjyy92 University of Miami Philip Harling is an historian of modern Britain and the British empire whose work focuses on politics, administration, and state formation. He is the author of Rethinking ‘Old Corruption: The Politics of Economical Reform in Britain 1779–1846 (1996), The Modern British State: An Historical Introduction (2001) and Managing Mobility: The British Imperial State and Global Migration, 1840–1860 (2024). 01 eng 09 15 10 HIS035000 B2 History 93 NHTB 93 1DDU 10 HIS015060 93 3MNQ-GB-V 10 HIS015070 93 3MP 10 HIS054000 20 Modern Britain; Progress; Empire; Democracy; Experts; Historian; Education; University; Victorian; Culture; Intellectual History; Profession; Society 01 06 02 00 Democratising History</italic> interrogates the ways in which democracy has transformed modern Britain and how we teach its history. Nine research-led chapters offer new ways to think about the history of democracy in Britain since the early nineteenth century. These are complemented by six interludes that explore the democratising forces 03 00 An exploration of the intersections of politics and public engagement, Democratising History</italic> reveals how history itself has been shaped by democratic forces.</bold>How has democracy transformed modern Britain and the way we teach its history? Democratising History</italic> answers this question by showcasing how scholars have successfully united social and cultural histories of democracy in British history. Nine research-led chapters provide an ‘inside’ perspective on democracy in modern British history, covering the complex relationship between Britain and its Empire, the democratisation of metropolitan culture, and how experts aimed to inform public debate in a changing democratic society. An ‘outside’ perspective is brought by six interludes that engage with the democratising forces at work in the twenty-first-century academy that are reshaping the profession, and thus the histories that scholars produce. In bringing these two histories of democracy together within a single conceptual framework, this book narrates an important shift in the landscape of UK higher education from the ‘inside’ and the ‘outside’, insisting that professional and intellectual changes must be seen alongside one another. Collectively, this volume responds to the scholarly and professional contributions of Peter Mandler, whose sensitive readings of cultural discourses and their social reach has inspired a generation of modern British historians. Through novel methods, insightful case studies and broader reflections on the profession, it shows how modern British history is being transformed by these questions and wider social and economic changes in contemporary Britain. 30 00 An exploration of the intersections of politics and public engagement, Democratising History</italic> reveals how history itself has been shaped by democratic forces.</bold>How has democracy transformed modern Britain and the way we teach its history? Democratising History</italic> answers this question by showcasing how scholars have successfully united social and cultural histories of democracy in British history. Nine research-led chapters provide an ‘inside’ perspective on democracy in modern British history, covering the complex relationship between Britain and its Empire, the democratisation of metropolitan culture, and how experts aimed to inform public debate in a changing democratic society. An ‘outside’ perspective is brought by six interludes that engage with the democratising forces at work in the twenty-first-century academy that are reshaping the profession, and thus the histories that scholars produce. In bringing these two histories of democracy together within a single conceptual framework, this book narrates an important shift in the landscape of UK higher education from the ‘inside’ and the ‘outside’, insisting that professional and intellectual changes must be seen alongside one another. Collectively, this volume responds to the scholarly and professional contributions of Peter Mandler, whose sensitive readings of cultural discourses and their social reach has inspired a generation of modern British historians. Through novel methods, insightful case studies and broader reflections on the profession, it shows how modern British history is being transformed by these questions and wider social and economic changes in contemporary Britain. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Democratising history inside and out Laura Carter and Freddy Foks </li> <li> Interlude a. New Challenges: Teaching Modern History in a ‘new university’ Iwan Morgan </li> <li> Part I. Victorian Britain, progress, and the wider world </li> <li> 1 Opium, ‘civilisation’, and the Anglo-Chinese Wars, 1839–1860 Philip Harling </li> <li> 2 Archibald Alison’s Revolution Ben Weinstein </li> <li> Interlude b. Peter and the Special Relationship Deborah Cohen, Guy Ortolano and Susan Pedersen </li> <li> Part II. Culture, consumption and democratisation in Britain since the nineteenth century </li> <li> Interlude c. Olden Times and Changing Times: Museum interpretation and display in twenty-first century Britain Rebecca Lyons </li> <li> 3 Painting for pleasure: The rise and decline of the amateur artist in Victorian Britain Sally Woodcock </li> <li> 4 Collecting for the Nation: The National Art Collections Fund and the gallery-visiting public in interwar Britain Heidi Egginton </li> <li> Interlude d. Professionalisation, publishing and policy: Peter Mandler and the Royal Historical Society Margot Finn and Richard Fisher </li> <li> Part III. ‘Experts’ and their publics in twentieth-century Britain </li> <li> Interlude e. Accountability and double counting in research funding for UK higher education: The case of the Global Challenges Research Fund Ambreena Manji </li> <li> 5 Reluctant pioneers: British anthropologists amongst the Natives of Modern Japan, c. 1929–1930 Chika Tonooka </li> <li> 6 An American Mass Observer among the natives: Robert Jackson Alexander in World War Two Britain Lawrence Black </li> <li> 7 Architecture and sociology: Oliver Cox and Mass Observation Otto Saumarez Smith </li> <li> 8 Re-reading “race relations research”: Journalism, social science, and separateness Christopher Hilliard </li> <li> Interlude f. The Historical Association, schools, and the history curriculum Andrew Stacey-Chapman and Rebecca Sullivan </li> <li> 9 ‘Democracy’ and ‘expertise’ in two secondary modern schools in Liverpool, 1930–1967 Rosie Germain </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/TWQX3656_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/democratising-history/ London, GB 04 01 20250807 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249906 03 9781915249906 06 15 9781915249920 03 9781915249920 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/democratising-history/ 20 08 20250807 02 90.00 GBP WORLD urn:uuid:38c2d394-667b-41de-82d7-6ff93b3f775c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:807cc9a5-b313-4f41-acb2-55c66e43305f 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:38c2d394-667b-41de-82d7-6ff93b3f775c 15 9781915249920 03 9781915249920 06 10.63674/TWQX3656 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.147604 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Democratising History Modern British History Inside and Out 1 B01 Laura Carter Laura Carter Lecturer in British History 40 05f82e368 Université Paris Cité Laura Carter is an historian of modern Britain whose work focuses on histories of education, gender, and social change. Her first book, Histories of Everyday Life: The Making of Popular Social History in Britain, 1918-1979 (2021) was nominated for the Royal Historical Society Whitfield Book Prize, 2022. She is now working on a project about secondary education and social change in the United Kingdom since 1945. 2 B01 Freddy Foks Freddy Foks Simon Research Fellow 40 027m9bs27 University of Manchester Freddy Foks is an historian of the human sciences, migration and modern Britain. His first book is Participant Observers: Anthropology, Colonial Development, and the Reinvention of Society in Britain (2023). He is now working on a project on subsidised emigration. 3 B01 Philip Harling Philip Harling Professor of History 40 02dgjyy92 University of Miami Philip Harling is an historian of modern Britain and the British empire whose work focuses on politics, administration, and state formation. He is the author of Rethinking ‘Old Corruption: The Politics of Economical Reform in Britain 1779–1846 (1996), The Modern British State: An Historical Introduction (2001) and Managing Mobility: The British Imperial State and Global Migration, 1840–1860 (2024). 01 eng 09 15 10 HIS035000 B2 History 93 NHTB 93 1DDU 10 HIS015060 93 3MNQ-GB-V 10 HIS015070 93 3MP 10 HIS054000 20 Modern Britain; Progress; Empire; Democracy; Experts; Historian; Education; University; Victorian; Culture; Intellectual History; Profession; Society 01 06 02 00 Democratising History</italic> interrogates the ways in which democracy has transformed modern Britain and how we teach its history. Nine research-led chapters offer new ways to think about the history of democracy in Britain since the early nineteenth century. These are complemented by six interludes that explore the democratising forces 03 00 An exploration of the intersections of politics and public engagement, Democratising History</italic> reveals how history itself has been shaped by democratic forces.</bold>How has democracy transformed modern Britain and the way we teach its history? Democratising History</italic> answers this question by showcasing how scholars have successfully united social and cultural histories of democracy in British history. Nine research-led chapters provide an ‘inside’ perspective on democracy in modern British history, covering the complex relationship between Britain and its Empire, the democratisation of metropolitan culture, and how experts aimed to inform public debate in a changing democratic society. An ‘outside’ perspective is brought by six interludes that engage with the democratising forces at work in the twenty-first-century academy that are reshaping the profession, and thus the histories that scholars produce. In bringing these two histories of democracy together within a single conceptual framework, this book narrates an important shift in the landscape of UK higher education from the ‘inside’ and the ‘outside’, insisting that professional and intellectual changes must be seen alongside one another. Collectively, this volume responds to the scholarly and professional contributions of Peter Mandler, whose sensitive readings of cultural discourses and their social reach has inspired a generation of modern British historians. Through novel methods, insightful case studies and broader reflections on the profession, it shows how modern British history is being transformed by these questions and wider social and economic changes in contemporary Britain. 30 00 An exploration of the intersections of politics and public engagement, Democratising History</italic> reveals how history itself has been shaped by democratic forces.</bold>How has democracy transformed modern Britain and the way we teach its history? Democratising History</italic> answers this question by showcasing how scholars have successfully united social and cultural histories of democracy in British history. Nine research-led chapters provide an ‘inside’ perspective on democracy in modern British history, covering the complex relationship between Britain and its Empire, the democratisation of metropolitan culture, and how experts aimed to inform public debate in a changing democratic society. An ‘outside’ perspective is brought by six interludes that engage with the democratising forces at work in the twenty-first-century academy that are reshaping the profession, and thus the histories that scholars produce. In bringing these two histories of democracy together within a single conceptual framework, this book narrates an important shift in the landscape of UK higher education from the ‘inside’ and the ‘outside’, insisting that professional and intellectual changes must be seen alongside one another. Collectively, this volume responds to the scholarly and professional contributions of Peter Mandler, whose sensitive readings of cultural discourses and their social reach has inspired a generation of modern British historians. Through novel methods, insightful case studies and broader reflections on the profession, it shows how modern British history is being transformed by these questions and wider social and economic changes in contemporary Britain. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Democratising history inside and out Laura Carter and Freddy Foks </li> <li> Interlude a. New Challenges: Teaching Modern History in a ‘new university’ Iwan Morgan </li> <li> Part I. Victorian Britain, progress, and the wider world </li> <li> 1 Opium, ‘civilisation’, and the Anglo-Chinese Wars, 1839–1860 Philip Harling </li> <li> 2 Archibald Alison’s Revolution Ben Weinstein </li> <li> Interlude b. Peter and the Special Relationship Deborah Cohen, Guy Ortolano and Susan Pedersen </li> <li> Part II. Culture, consumption and democratisation in Britain since the nineteenth century </li> <li> Interlude c. Olden Times and Changing Times: Museum interpretation and display in twenty-first century Britain Rebecca Lyons </li> <li> 3 Painting for pleasure: The rise and decline of the amateur artist in Victorian Britain Sally Woodcock </li> <li> 4 Collecting for the Nation: The National Art Collections Fund and the gallery-visiting public in interwar Britain Heidi Egginton </li> <li> Interlude d. Professionalisation, publishing and policy: Peter Mandler and the Royal Historical Society Margot Finn and Richard Fisher </li> <li> Part III. ‘Experts’ and their publics in twentieth-century Britain </li> <li> Interlude e. Accountability and double counting in research funding for UK higher education: The case of the Global Challenges Research Fund Ambreena Manji </li> <li> 5 Reluctant pioneers: British anthropologists amongst the Natives of Modern Japan, c. 1929–1930 Chika Tonooka </li> <li> 6 An American Mass Observer among the natives: Robert Jackson Alexander in World War Two Britain Lawrence Black </li> <li> 7 Architecture and sociology: Oliver Cox and Mass Observation Otto Saumarez Smith </li> <li> 8 Re-reading “race relations research”: Journalism, social science, and separateness Christopher Hilliard </li> <li> Interlude f. The Historical Association, schools, and the history curriculum Andrew Stacey-Chapman and Rebecca Sullivan </li> <li> 9 ‘Democracy’ and ‘expertise’ in two secondary modern schools in Liverpool, 1930–1967 Rosie Germain </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/TWQX3656_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/democratising-history/ London, GB 04 01 20250807 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781915249906 03 9781915249906 06 15 9781915249890 03 9781915249890 WORLD 11 PROJECT_MUSE 36 PROJECT_MUSE: webpage for this product https://muse.jhu.edu/book/141081 29 PROJECT_MUSE: download the title https://muse.jhu.edu/book/141081/pdf/download 20 08 20250807 01 11 OAPEN 36 OAPEN: webpage for this product https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109065 29 OAPEN: download the title https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/109065/9781915249920.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y 20 08 20250807 01 11 DOAB 36 DOAB: webpage for this product https://directory.doabooks.org/handle/20.500.12854/170078 20 08 20250807 01 11 JSTOR 36 JSTOR: webpage for this product https://www.jstor.org/stable/jj.36897604 20 08 20250807 01 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/807cc9a5-b313-4f41-acb2-55c66e43305f 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/807cc9a5-b313-4f41-acb2-55c66e43305f/807cc9a5-b313-4f41-acb2-55c66e43305f.pdf 20 08 20250807 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/democratising-history/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781915249920.pdf 20 08 20250807 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/democratising-history/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/TWQX3656.pdf 20 08 20250807 01 urn:uuid:8f6a5900-afc6-428a-a20b-fbb1babc954b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:480fd680-6470-4f8a-8f2c-d79770425d0e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8f6a5900-afc6-428a-a20b-fbb1babc954b 15 9781914477492 03 9781914477492 06 10.14296/mgyc2910 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135909 00 BC 10 01 234 mm 01 23.4 cm 01 9.21 in 02 156 mm 02 15.6 cm 02 6.14 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Designed for Play: Children’s Playgrounds and the Politics of Urban Space, 1840–2010 1 A01 21 0000000348685208 Jon Winder Jon Winder Jon Winder is a historian of modern Britain and freelance heritage consultant. His academic research explores the social, environmental and oral histories of attempts to create more liveable and inclusive urban environments. 01 eng 09 17 12 HBTB 10 HIS052000 B2 History 93 NHTB 12 RPC 93 RPC 10 SOC047000 93 RGCS 10 SOC026030 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 1DDU 93 3MN 93 3MP 20 playground; history; childhood; social; geography; urban; planning; space; design; education 01 06 02 00 An original and accessible history of the modern playground in Britain and beyond. Charting its journey from marginal obscurity to popular ubiquity, this title demonstrates how a diverse set of actors across the philanthropic, voluntary, state and commercial sectors all sought to reimagine and reshape the urban landscape to improve childhood 03 00 Children’s playgrounds are commonly understood as the obvious place for children to play: safe, natural and out of the way. But these expectations hide a convoluted and overlooked history of children’s place in public space – one shaped by implicit social, political and environmental values, and by government intervention in spaces and lives across the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This book is the first empirically grounded historical account of the modern playground, drawing on the archival materials of social reformers, park superintendents, equipment manufacturers and architects in Britain and beyond to chart the playground’s journey from marginal obscurity to popular ubiquity. In exploring the evolution of play space design, the book shows that the ideal playground has long represented a space where changing conceptions of nature, health, childhood, commerce and technology have all been played out. It covers the development of garden gymnasiums in the 1890s, the influence of Charles Wicksteed, increasing standardisation in the interwar period, the impact of progressive education, pioneering female designers and the adventure playground movement in the twentieth century, and more recent challenges to the playground’s status as a site of health, nature and safety.Designed for Play</italic> is an original and accessible contribution to modern British history, urban and environmental history, and histories and geographies of childhood. 30 00 Children’s playgrounds are commonly understood as the obvious place for children to play: safe, natural and out of the way. But these expectations hide a convoluted and overlooked history of children’s place in public space – one shaped by implicit social, political and environmental values, and by government intervention in spaces and lives across the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This book is the first empirically grounded historical account of the modern playground, drawing on the archival materials of social reformers, park superintendents, equipment manufacturers and architects in Britain and beyond to chart the playground’s journey from marginal obscurity to popular ubiquity. In exploring the evolution of play space design, the book shows that the ideal playground has long represented a space where changing conceptions of nature, health, childhood, commerce and technology have all been played out. It covers the development of garden gymnasiums in the 1890s, the influence of Charles Wicksteed, increasing standardisation in the interwar period, the impact of progressive education, pioneering female designers and the adventure playground movement in the twentieth century, and more recent challenges to the playground’s status as a site of health, nature and safety.Designed for Play</italic> is an original and accessible contribution to modern British history, urban and environmental history, and histories and geographies of childhood. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 Finding space for play: ‘playgrounds for poor children in populous places’</li> <li>2 Competing playground visions: ‘a distinctly civilizing influence that gives much health and happiness’</li> <li>3 Playgrounds for the People: ‘a magnetic force to draw children away from the dangers and excitements of the streets’</li> <li>4 Orthodoxy and Adventure: ‘playgrounds are often as bleak as barrack squares and just as boring’</li> <li>5 Playground Scuffles: ‘It’s ours whatever they say’</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/9781914477485_cover-scaled-wpv_652x.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/designed-for-play-childrens-playgrounds-and-the-politics-of-urban-space-1840-2010/ London, GB 04 01 20240711 Jon Winder 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477485 03 9781914477485 06 15 9781914477508 03 9781914477508 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/designed-for-play-childrens-playgrounds-and-the-politics-of-urban-space-1840-2010/ 20 08 20240711 02 29.99 GBP WORLD 02 39.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:88735ace-1824-44b1-85ec-dcb687dbc95b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:480fd680-6470-4f8a-8f2c-d79770425d0e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:88735ace-1824-44b1-85ec-dcb687dbc95b 15 9781914477485 03 9781914477485 06 10.14296/mgyc2910 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135909 00 BB 10 01 240 mm 01 24 cm 01 9.4375 in 02 160 mm 02 16 cm 02 6.3125 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Designed for Play: Children’s Playgrounds and the Politics of Urban Space, 1840–2010 1 A01 21 0000000348685208 Jon Winder Jon Winder Jon Winder is a historian of modern Britain and freelance heritage consultant. His academic research explores the social, environmental and oral histories of attempts to create more liveable and inclusive urban environments. 01 eng 09 17 12 HBTB 10 HIS052000 B2 History 93 NHTB 12 RPC 93 RPC 10 SOC047000 93 RGCS 10 SOC026030 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 1DDU 93 3MN 93 3MP 20 playground; history; childhood; social; geography; urban; planning; space; design; education 01 06 02 00 An original and accessible history of the modern playground in Britain and beyond. Charting its journey from marginal obscurity to popular ubiquity, this title demonstrates how a diverse set of actors across the philanthropic, voluntary, state and commercial sectors all sought to reimagine and reshape the urban landscape to improve childhood 03 00 Children’s playgrounds are commonly understood as the obvious place for children to play: safe, natural and out of the way. But these expectations hide a convoluted and overlooked history of children’s place in public space – one shaped by implicit social, political and environmental values, and by government intervention in spaces and lives across the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This book is the first empirically grounded historical account of the modern playground, drawing on the archival materials of social reformers, park superintendents, equipment manufacturers and architects in Britain and beyond to chart the playground’s journey from marginal obscurity to popular ubiquity. In exploring the evolution of play space design, the book shows that the ideal playground has long represented a space where changing conceptions of nature, health, childhood, commerce and technology have all been played out. It covers the development of garden gymnasiums in the 1890s, the influence of Charles Wicksteed, increasing standardisation in the interwar period, the impact of progressive education, pioneering female designers and the adventure playground movement in the twentieth century, and more recent challenges to the playground’s status as a site of health, nature and safety.Designed for Play</italic> is an original and accessible contribution to modern British history, urban and environmental history, and histories and geographies of childhood. 30 00 Children’s playgrounds are commonly understood as the obvious place for children to play: safe, natural and out of the way. But these expectations hide a convoluted and overlooked history of children’s place in public space – one shaped by implicit social, political and environmental values, and by government intervention in spaces and lives across the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This book is the first empirically grounded historical account of the modern playground, drawing on the archival materials of social reformers, park superintendents, equipment manufacturers and architects in Britain and beyond to chart the playground’s journey from marginal obscurity to popular ubiquity. In exploring the evolution of play space design, the book shows that the ideal playground has long represented a space where changing conceptions of nature, health, childhood, commerce and technology have all been played out. It covers the development of garden gymnasiums in the 1890s, the influence of Charles Wicksteed, increasing standardisation in the interwar period, the impact of progressive education, pioneering female designers and the adventure playground movement in the twentieth century, and more recent challenges to the playground’s status as a site of health, nature and safety.Designed for Play</italic> is an original and accessible contribution to modern British history, urban and environmental history, and histories and geographies of childhood. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 Finding space for play: ‘playgrounds for poor children in populous places’</li> <li>2 Competing playground visions: ‘a distinctly civilizing influence that gives much health and happiness’</li> <li>3 Playgrounds for the People: ‘a magnetic force to draw children away from the dangers and excitements of the streets’</li> <li>4 Orthodoxy and Adventure: ‘playgrounds are often as bleak as barrack squares and just as boring’</li> <li>5 Playground Scuffles: ‘It’s ours whatever they say’</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/9781914477485_cover-scaled-wpv_652x.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/designed-for-play-childrens-playgrounds-and-the-politics-of-urban-space-1840-2010/ London, GB 04 01 20240711 Jon Winder 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477492 03 9781914477492 06 15 9781914477508 03 9781914477508 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/designed-for-play-childrens-playgrounds-and-the-politics-of-urban-space-1840-2010/ 20 08 20240711 02 90.00 GBP WORLD 02 120.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:afc36ff1-7e44-43e7-83ee-7b43a92d036a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:480fd680-6470-4f8a-8f2c-d79770425d0e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:afc36ff1-7e44-43e7-83ee-7b43a92d036a 15 9781914477508 03 9781914477508 06 10.14296/mgyc2910 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.135909 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Designed for Play: Children’s Playgrounds and the Politics of Urban Space, 1840–2010 1 A01 21 0000000348685208 Jon Winder Jon Winder Jon Winder is a historian of modern Britain and freelance heritage consultant. His academic research explores the social, environmental and oral histories of attempts to create more liveable and inclusive urban environments. 01 eng 09 17 12 HBTB 10 HIS052000 B2 History 93 NHTB 12 RPC 93 RPC 10 SOC047000 93 RGCS 10 SOC026030 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 1DDU 93 3MN 93 3MP 20 playground; history; childhood; social; geography; urban; planning; space; design; education 01 06 02 00 An original and accessible history of the modern playground in Britain and beyond. Charting its journey from marginal obscurity to popular ubiquity, this title demonstrates how a diverse set of actors across the philanthropic, voluntary, state and commercial sectors all sought to reimagine and reshape the urban landscape to improve childhood 03 00 Children’s playgrounds are commonly understood as the obvious place for children to play: safe, natural and out of the way. But these expectations hide a convoluted and overlooked history of children’s place in public space – one shaped by implicit social, political and environmental values, and by government intervention in spaces and lives across the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This book is the first empirically grounded historical account of the modern playground, drawing on the archival materials of social reformers, park superintendents, equipment manufacturers and architects in Britain and beyond to chart the playground’s journey from marginal obscurity to popular ubiquity. In exploring the evolution of play space design, the book shows that the ideal playground has long represented a space where changing conceptions of nature, health, childhood, commerce and technology have all been played out. It covers the development of garden gymnasiums in the 1890s, the influence of Charles Wicksteed, increasing standardisation in the interwar period, the impact of progressive education, pioneering female designers and the adventure playground movement in the twentieth century, and more recent challenges to the playground’s status as a site of health, nature and safety.Designed for Play</italic> is an original and accessible contribution to modern British history, urban and environmental history, and histories and geographies of childhood. 30 00 Children’s playgrounds are commonly understood as the obvious place for children to play: safe, natural and out of the way. But these expectations hide a convoluted and overlooked history of children’s place in public space – one shaped by implicit social, political and environmental values, and by government intervention in spaces and lives across the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This book is the first empirically grounded historical account of the modern playground, drawing on the archival materials of social reformers, park superintendents, equipment manufacturers and architects in Britain and beyond to chart the playground’s journey from marginal obscurity to popular ubiquity. In exploring the evolution of play space design, the book shows that the ideal playground has long represented a space where changing conceptions of nature, health, childhood, commerce and technology have all been played out. It covers the development of garden gymnasiums in the 1890s, the influence of Charles Wicksteed, increasing standardisation in the interwar period, the impact of progressive education, pioneering female designers and the adventure playground movement in the twentieth century, and more recent challenges to the playground’s status as a site of health, nature and safety.Designed for Play</italic> is an original and accessible contribution to modern British history, urban and environmental history, and histories and geographies of childhood. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 Finding space for play: ‘playgrounds for poor children in populous places’</li> <li>2 Competing playground visions: ‘a distinctly civilizing influence that gives much health and happiness’</li> <li>3 Playgrounds for the People: ‘a magnetic force to draw children away from the dangers and excitements of the streets’</li> <li>4 Orthodoxy and Adventure: ‘playgrounds are often as bleak as barrack squares and just as boring’</li> <li>5 Playground Scuffles: ‘It’s ours whatever they say’</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/9781914477485_cover-scaled-wpv_652x.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/designed-for-play-childrens-playgrounds-and-the-politics-of-urban-space-1840-2010/ London, GB 04 01 20240711 Jon Winder 02 WORLD 06 15 9781914477492 03 9781914477492 06 15 9781914477485 03 9781914477485 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/480fd680-6470-4f8a-8f2c-d79770425d0e 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/480fd680-6470-4f8a-8f2c-d79770425d0e/480fd680-6470-4f8a-8f2c-d79770425d0e.pdf 20 08 20240711 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/designed-for-play-childrens-playgrounds-and-the-politics-of-urban-space-1840-2010/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781914477508.pdf 20 08 20240711 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/designed-for-play-childrens-playgrounds-and-the-politics-of-urban-space-1840-2010/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/mgyc2910.pdf 20 08 20240711 01 urn:uuid:3db41ad1-22e8-40f8-8fda-122841546aa0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1cbc7572-c819-4542-a7fc-b0087ea6e19b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3db41ad1-22e8-40f8-8fda-122841546aa0 15 9781909646827 03 9781909646827 06 10.14296/718.9781909646834 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72475 00 BC 10 01 156 mm 01 15.6 cm 01 6.125 in 02 234 mm 02 23.4 cm 02 9.1875 in Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Dethroning historical reputations: universities, museums and the commemoration of benefactors 1 B01 Jill Pellew Jill Pellew 2 B01 Lawrence Goldman Lawrence Goldman 01 eng 00 166 03 09 7 12 HB 10 HIS000000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NH 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 93 NHTR 93 NHTS 20 monuments; ethics; Cecil Rhodes; memorialisation; statues 01 06 02 00 The campaigns in universities across the world to reject, rename and remove historic benefactions have brought the present into collision with the past. In Britain, people are reconsidering civic monuments in light of an imperial past. In America, memorials to leaders of the Confederacy and to other slaveholders have been the subject of inten 03 00 The campaigns in universities across the world to reject, rename and remove historic benefactions have brought the present into collision with the past. In Britain the attempt to remove a statue of one of Oxford’s most famous benefactors, the imperialist Cecil Rhodes, has spread to other universities and their benefactors, and now also affects civic monuments and statues in towns and cities across the country. In the United States, memorials to leaders of the Confederacy in the American Civil War and to other slaveholders have been the subject of intense dispute. Should we continue to honour benefactors and historic figures whose actions are now deemed ethically unacceptable? How can we reconcile the views held by our ancestors with those we now hold today? Should we even try, acknowledging, in the words of the novelist L. P. Hartley, that ‘the past is another country; they do things differently there’? The essays in this interdisciplinary collection are drawn from a conference at the Institute of Historical Research in the University of London. Historians, fundraisers, a sociologist and a museum director examine these current issues from different perspectives, with an introductory essay by Sir David Cannadine, president of the British Academy. Together they explore an emerging conflict between the past and present, history and ideology, and benefactors and their critics. 30 00 The campaigns in universities across the world to reject, rename and remove historic benefactions have brought the present into collision with the past. In Britain the attempt to remove a statue of one of Oxford’s most famous benefactors, the imperialist Cecil Rhodes, has spread to other universities and their benefactors, and now also affects civic monuments and statues in towns and cities across the country. In the United States, memorials to leaders of the Confederacy in the American Civil War and to other slaveholders have been the subject of intense dispute. Should we continue to honour benefactors and historic figures whose actions are now deemed ethically unacceptable? How can we reconcile the views held by our ancestors with those we now hold today? Should we even try, acknowledging, in the words of the novelist L. P. Hartley, that ‘the past is another country; they do things differently there’? The essays in this interdisciplinary collection are drawn from a conference at the Institute of Historical Research in the University of London. Historians, fundraisers, a sociologist and a museum director examine these current issues from different perspectives, with an introductory essay by Sir David Cannadine, president of the British Academy. Together they explore an emerging conflict between the past and present, history and ideology, and benefactors and their critics. 04 00 Preface Notes on contributors 1. Introduction David Cannadine 2. Commentary on universities, museums and the commemoration of benefactors Jill Pellew 3. The English civic universities: endowments and the commemoration of benefactors H. S. Jones 4. Donors to an imperial project: Randlords as benefactors to the Royal School of Mines, Imperial College of Science and Technology Jill Pellew 5. The expectations of benefactors and a responsibility to endow John Shakeshaft 6. The funder’s perspective Victoria Harrison 7. Calibrating relevance at the Pitt Rivers Museum Laura N. K. Van Broekhoven 8. From objects of enlightenment to objects of apology: why you can’t make amends for the past by plundering the present Tiffany Jenkins 9. British universities and Caribbean slavery Nicholas Draper 10. Risk and reputation: the London blue plaques scheme Anna Eavis and Howard Spencer 11. ‘A dreary record of wickedness’: moral judgement in history Brian Young 12. We have been here before: ‘Rhodes Must Fall’ in historical context Lawrence Goldman Bibliography Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/718.9781909646834_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dethroning-historical-reputations-universities-museums-and-the-commemoration-of-benefactors/ London, GB 04 01 20180731 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646834 03 9781909646834 06 15 9781912702015 03 9781912702015 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dethroning-historical-reputations-universities-museums-and-the-commemoration-of-benefactors/ 20 08 20180731 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5402c204-e0ed-48d5-92da-a024bad0637f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1cbc7572-c819-4542-a7fc-b0087ea6e19b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5402c204-e0ed-48d5-92da-a024bad0637f 15 9781909646834 03 9781909646834 06 10.14296/718.9781909646834 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72475 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Dethroning historical reputations: universities, museums and the commemoration of benefactors 1 B01 Jill Pellew Jill Pellew 2 B01 Lawrence Goldman Lawrence Goldman 01 eng 00 166 03 09 7 12 HB 10 HIS000000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NH 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 93 NHTR 93 NHTS 20 monuments; ethics; Cecil Rhodes; memorialisation; statues 01 06 02 00 The campaigns in universities across the world to reject, rename and remove historic benefactions have brought the present into collision with the past. In Britain, people are reconsidering civic monuments in light of an imperial past. In America, memorials to leaders of the Confederacy and to other slaveholders have been the subject of inten 03 00 The campaigns in universities across the world to reject, rename and remove historic benefactions have brought the present into collision with the past. In Britain the attempt to remove a statue of one of Oxford’s most famous benefactors, the imperialist Cecil Rhodes, has spread to other universities and their benefactors, and now also affects civic monuments and statues in towns and cities across the country. In the United States, memorials to leaders of the Confederacy in the American Civil War and to other slaveholders have been the subject of intense dispute. Should we continue to honour benefactors and historic figures whose actions are now deemed ethically unacceptable? How can we reconcile the views held by our ancestors with those we now hold today? Should we even try, acknowledging, in the words of the novelist L. P. Hartley, that ‘the past is another country; they do things differently there’? The essays in this interdisciplinary collection are drawn from a conference at the Institute of Historical Research in the University of London. Historians, fundraisers, a sociologist and a museum director examine these current issues from different perspectives, with an introductory essay by Sir David Cannadine, president of the British Academy. Together they explore an emerging conflict between the past and present, history and ideology, and benefactors and their critics. 30 00 The campaigns in universities across the world to reject, rename and remove historic benefactions have brought the present into collision with the past. In Britain the attempt to remove a statue of one of Oxford’s most famous benefactors, the imperialist Cecil Rhodes, has spread to other universities and their benefactors, and now also affects civic monuments and statues in towns and cities across the country. In the United States, memorials to leaders of the Confederacy in the American Civil War and to other slaveholders have been the subject of intense dispute. Should we continue to honour benefactors and historic figures whose actions are now deemed ethically unacceptable? How can we reconcile the views held by our ancestors with those we now hold today? Should we even try, acknowledging, in the words of the novelist L. P. Hartley, that ‘the past is another country; they do things differently there’? The essays in this interdisciplinary collection are drawn from a conference at the Institute of Historical Research in the University of London. Historians, fundraisers, a sociologist and a museum director examine these current issues from different perspectives, with an introductory essay by Sir David Cannadine, president of the British Academy. Together they explore an emerging conflict between the past and present, history and ideology, and benefactors and their critics. 04 00 Preface Notes on contributors 1. Introduction David Cannadine 2. Commentary on universities, museums and the commemoration of benefactors Jill Pellew 3. The English civic universities: endowments and the commemoration of benefactors H. S. Jones 4. Donors to an imperial project: Randlords as benefactors to the Royal School of Mines, Imperial College of Science and Technology Jill Pellew 5. The expectations of benefactors and a responsibility to endow John Shakeshaft 6. The funder’s perspective Victoria Harrison 7. Calibrating relevance at the Pitt Rivers Museum Laura N. K. Van Broekhoven 8. From objects of enlightenment to objects of apology: why you can’t make amends for the past by plundering the present Tiffany Jenkins 9. British universities and Caribbean slavery Nicholas Draper 10. Risk and reputation: the London blue plaques scheme Anna Eavis and Howard Spencer 11. ‘A dreary record of wickedness’: moral judgement in history Brian Young 12. We have been here before: ‘Rhodes Must Fall’ in historical context Lawrence Goldman Bibliography Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/718.9781909646834_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dethroning-historical-reputations-universities-museums-and-the-commemoration-of-benefactors/ London, GB 04 01 20180731 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646827 03 9781909646827 06 15 9781912702015 03 9781912702015 WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/1cbc7572-c819-4542-a7fc-b0087ea6e19b 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/1cbc7572-c819-4542-a7fc-b0087ea6e19b/1cbc7572-c819-4542-a7fc-b0087ea6e19b.pdf 20 08 20180731 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dethroning-historical-reputations-universities-museums-and-the-commemoration-of-benefactors/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9781909646834.pdf 20 08 20180731 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dethroning-historical-reputations-universities-museums-and-the-commemoration-of-benefactors/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/718.9781909646834.pdf 20 08 20180731 01 urn:uuid:1c203754-d1c2-412d-ab61-0d457fa83ac7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:1cbc7572-c819-4542-a7fc-b0087ea6e19b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1c203754-d1c2-412d-ab61-0d457fa83ac7 15 9781912702015 03 9781912702015 06 10.14296/718.9781909646834 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.72475 00 EB E101 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Dethroning historical reputations: universities, museums and the commemoration of benefactors 1 B01 Jill Pellew Jill Pellew 2 B01 Lawrence Goldman Lawrence Goldman 01 eng 00 166 03 09 7 12 HB 10 HIS000000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NH 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 93 NHTR 93 NHTS 20 monuments; ethics; Cecil Rhodes; memorialisation; statues 01 06 02 00 The campaigns in universities across the world to reject, rename and remove historic benefactions have brought the present into collision with the past. In Britain, people are reconsidering civic monuments in light of an imperial past. In America, memorials to leaders of the Confederacy and to other slaveholders have been the subject of inten 03 00 The campaigns in universities across the world to reject, rename and remove historic benefactions have brought the present into collision with the past. In Britain the attempt to remove a statue of one of Oxford’s most famous benefactors, the imperialist Cecil Rhodes, has spread to other universities and their benefactors, and now also affects civic monuments and statues in towns and cities across the country. In the United States, memorials to leaders of the Confederacy in the American Civil War and to other slaveholders have been the subject of intense dispute. Should we continue to honour benefactors and historic figures whose actions are now deemed ethically unacceptable? How can we reconcile the views held by our ancestors with those we now hold today? Should we even try, acknowledging, in the words of the novelist L. P. Hartley, that ‘the past is another country; they do things differently there’? The essays in this interdisciplinary collection are drawn from a conference at the Institute of Historical Research in the University of London. Historians, fundraisers, a sociologist and a museum director examine these current issues from different perspectives, with an introductory essay by Sir David Cannadine, president of the British Academy. Together they explore an emerging conflict between the past and present, history and ideology, and benefactors and their critics. 30 00 The campaigns in universities across the world to reject, rename and remove historic benefactions have brought the present into collision with the past. In Britain the attempt to remove a statue of one of Oxford’s most famous benefactors, the imperialist Cecil Rhodes, has spread to other universities and their benefactors, and now also affects civic monuments and statues in towns and cities across the country. In the United States, memorials to leaders of the Confederacy in the American Civil War and to other slaveholders have been the subject of intense dispute. Should we continue to honour benefactors and historic figures whose actions are now deemed ethically unacceptable? How can we reconcile the views held by our ancestors with those we now hold today? Should we even try, acknowledging, in the words of the novelist L. P. Hartley, that ‘the past is another country; they do things differently there’? The essays in this interdisciplinary collection are drawn from a conference at the Institute of Historical Research in the University of London. Historians, fundraisers, a sociologist and a museum director examine these current issues from different perspectives, with an introductory essay by Sir David Cannadine, president of the British Academy. Together they explore an emerging conflict between the past and present, history and ideology, and benefactors and their critics. 04 00 Preface Notes on contributors 1. Introduction David Cannadine 2. Commentary on universities, museums and the commemoration of benefactors Jill Pellew 3. The English civic universities: endowments and the commemoration of benefactors H. S. Jones 4. Donors to an imperial project: Randlords as benefactors to the Royal School of Mines, Imperial College of Science and Technology Jill Pellew 5. The expectations of benefactors and a responsibility to endow John Shakeshaft 6. The funder’s perspective Victoria Harrison 7. Calibrating relevance at the Pitt Rivers Museum Laura N. K. Van Broekhoven 8. From objects of enlightenment to objects of apology: why you can’t make amends for the past by plundering the present Tiffany Jenkins 9. British universities and Caribbean slavery Nicholas Draper 10. Risk and reputation: the London blue plaques scheme Anna Eavis and Howard Spencer 11. ‘A dreary record of wickedness’: moral judgement in history Brian Young 12. We have been here before: ‘Rhodes Must Fall’ in historical context Lawrence Goldman Bibliography Index 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/718.9781909646834_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dethroning-historical-reputations-universities-museums-and-the-commemoration-of-benefactors/ London, GB 04 01 20180731 Authors 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909646827 03 9781909646827 06 15 9781909646834 03 9781909646834 WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dethroning-historical-reputations-universities-museums-and-the-commemoration-of-benefactors/ 20 08 20180731 02 15.99 GBP WORLD 02 20.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9e6421e9-1f19-4102-803c-7b32ea46e587 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e22bf354-4e91-4c3e-8d65-9666fa83a2f2 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9e6421e9-1f19-4102-803c-7b32ea46e587 15 9781900039482 03 9781900039482 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53785 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 33 mm 03 3.3 cm 03 1.3125 in 08 22 gr 08 0.875 oz 01 01 Development Prospects in Cuba An Agenda in the Making 1 B01 Pedro Monreal Pedro Monreal 01 eng 10 BUS022000 12 KCB 93 KCB B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 BUS035000 12 JPA 93 JPA 12 KCM 93 KCM 12 1KJC 93 1KJC 01 06 02 00 The 1990s witnessed significant changes in the Cuban economy. Here, the authors deal with questions of immediate relevance to the Cuban economy and its recent past, with emphasis on the implications for long-term prospects for development. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248155/53785/53785_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/development-prospects-in-cuba/ London, GB 04 01 20020701 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/development-prospects-in-cuba/ 20 08 20020701 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d4f7bf1d-3985-4e66-89bb-9166a5ffa652 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3049d2ae-5234-4dc8-b6dd-b60c5b674fe4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d4f7bf1d-3985-4e66-89bb-9166a5ffa652 15 9781905670543 03 9781905670543 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61308 00 BC 10 01 244 mm 01 24.4 cm 01 9.625 in 02 170 mm 02 17 cm 02 6.6875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 65 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Dialogues With the Past: Classical reception theory and practice – Volume 1 (BICS Supplement 126) 1 B01 Anastasia Bakogianni Anastasia Bakogianni 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Reception 12 DB 93 DB 10 LCO003000 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 01 06 02 00 03 00 Contents<ul> <li>Volume 1. Introduction: in dialogue with the past / Anastasia Bakogianni</list-item> <li>Section 1. Theoretical approaches and concerns. Chapter 1. The audience in classical reception studies. The problem of the spectators: ancient and modern / Lorna Hardwick</list-item> <li>Greek tragedy and the modern director / Helen Eastman</list-item> <li>Chapter 2. Reception and the source text. Hallucination, drunkenness, and mirrors: ancient reception of modern drama / Chiara Thumiger</list-item> <li>Throwing out the menos with the bath water: the Sophoclean text vs Peter Stein's Electra (2007) / Efimia D. Karakantza</list-item> <li>Section 2. The classical past in Hellas. Chapter 3. Modern Greek performance reception. All the king's patriots? The Persians within the walls of nineteenth-century Athens / Gonda Van Steen</list-item> <li>At the receiving end: tragic and comic intertextuality in Bost's newfangled Medea / Maria Troupi</list-item> <li>Chapter 4. Byzantine receptions. Christus Patiens and the reception of Euripides' Bacchae in Byzantium / Marigo Alexopoulou</list-item> <li>Tragedy in Byzantium: the reception of Sophocles in Eusthanthios' Homeric commentaries / Antony Makrinos</list-item> <li>Chapter 5: The reception of ancient art in Nikos Engonopoulos. Art and poetics in NIkos Engonopoulos. The metaphysics of statues / Hara Thliveri</list-item> <li>Chapter 6. The Euripidean trilogy of Michael Cacoyannis. Re-politicizing Euripides: the power of the peasantry in Michael Cacoyannis' Electra (1962) / Charles Chiasson</list-item> <li>Who rules this nation: political intrigue and the struggle for power in Michael Cacoyannis' Iphigenia (1977) / Anastasia Bakogianni</list-item> <li>Cacoyannis' trilogy: out of the spirit of music / Stella Voskaridou.</list-item> </list><ul> <li>Volume 2. Introduction: in dialogue with the past 2 / Antastasia Bakogianni</list-item> <li>Chapter 1. Performance reception. Feeling the words in Sophocles' Electra / Jane Montgomery Griffiths</list-item> <li>Sarah Ruhl's Eurydice: a dramatic study of the Orpheus myth in reverse / Athena Coronis</list-item> <li>'Absolute Alcestis': Robert Wilson stages Euripides and Heiner Müller (Stuttgart 1987) / Hans Peter Obermayer</list-item> <li>Chapter 2. Performance histories. Performances of Greek and Roman drama at the Roman theatre of Sagunto (1982-2008) / Laura Monrós-Gaspar</list-item> <li>Five Medeas: Euripides in Brazil / Maria Cecília Coelho</list-item> <li>Chapter 3. French receptions. 'Accidental creativity': scribes, scholars, translators, and the Iphigenia dramas of seventeenth-century France / Susanna Phillippo</list-item> <li>Peladan's symbolist Prométhéide and the transformation of world in fin de siècle Paris / Paul Monaghan</list-item> <li>Chapter 4. Latin receptions. The attack-scene in Euripides' Alexandros and its reception in Etruscan art / Ioanna Karamanou</list-item> <li>Imperial love affairs on the stage: the pseudo-Senecan Praetexta Octavia and the opera Il Nerone (1679) / Gesine Manuwald</list-item> <li>Contaminatio and adaptation: the modern reception of ancient drama as an aid to understanding Roman comedy / Lisa Maurice</list-item> <li>Index.</list-item> </list> 30 00 Contents<ul> <li>Volume 1. Introduction: in dialogue with the past / Anastasia Bakogianni</list-item> <li>Section 1. Theoretical approaches and concerns. Chapter 1. The audience in classical reception studies. The problem of the spectators: ancient and modern / Lorna Hardwick</list-item> <li>Greek tragedy and the modern director / Helen Eastman</list-item> <li>Chapter 2. Reception and the source text. Hallucination, drunkenness, and mirrors: ancient reception of modern drama / Chiara Thumiger</list-item> <li>Throwing out the menos with the bath water: the Sophoclean text vs Peter Stein's Electra (2007) / Efimia D. Karakantza</list-item> <li>Section 2. The classical past in Hellas. Chapter 3. Modern Greek performance reception. All the king's patriots? The Persians within the walls of nineteenth-century Athens / Gonda Van Steen</list-item> <li>At the receiving end: tragic and comic intertextuality in Bost's newfangled Medea / Maria Troupi</list-item> <li>Chapter 4. Byzantine receptions. Christus Patiens and the reception of Euripides' Bacchae in Byzantium / Marigo Alexopoulou</list-item> <li>Tragedy in Byzantium: the reception of Sophocles in Eusthanthios' Homeric commentaries / Antony Makrinos</list-item> <li>Chapter 5: The reception of ancient art in Nikos Engonopoulos. Art and poetics in NIkos Engonopoulos. The metaphysics of statues / Hara Thliveri</list-item> <li>Chapter 6. The Euripidean trilogy of Michael Cacoyannis. Re-politicizing Euripides: the power of the peasantry in Michael Cacoyannis' Electra (1962) / Charles Chiasson</list-item> <li>Who rules this nation: political intrigue and the struggle for power in Michael Cacoyannis' Iphigenia (1977) / Anastasia Bakogianni</list-item> <li>Cacoyannis' trilogy: out of the spirit of music / Stella Voskaridou.</list-item> </list><ul> <li>Volume 2. Introduction: in dialogue with the past 2 / Antastasia Bakogianni</list-item> <li>Chapter 1. Performance reception. Feeling the words in Sophocles' Electra / Jane Montgomery Griffiths</list-item> <li>Sarah Ruhl's Eurydice: a dramatic study of the Orpheus myth in reverse / Athena Coronis</list-item> <li>'Absolute Alcestis': Robert Wilson stages Euripides and Heiner Müller (Stuttgart 1987) / Hans Peter Obermayer</list-item> <li>Chapter 2. Performance histories. Performances of Greek and Roman drama at the Roman theatre of Sagunto (1982-2008) / Laura Monrós-Gaspar</list-item> <li>Five Medeas: Euripides in Brazil / Maria Cecília Coelho</list-item> <li>Chapter 3. French receptions. 'Accidental creativity': scribes, scholars, translators, and the Iphigenia dramas of seventeenth-century France / Susanna Phillippo</list-item> <li>Peladan's symbolist Prométhéide and the transformation of world in fin de siècle Paris / Paul Monaghan</list-item> <li>Chapter 4. Latin receptions. The attack-scene in Euripides' Alexandros and its reception in Etruscan art / Ioanna Karamanou</list-item> <li>Imperial love affairs on the stage: the pseudo-Senecan Praetexta Octavia and the opera Il Nerone (1679) / Gesine Manuwald</list-item> <li>Contaminatio and adaptation: the modern reception of ancient drama as an aid to understanding Roman comedy / Lisa Maurice</list-item> <li>Index.</list-item> </list> 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250665//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dialogues-with-the-past-classical-reception-theory-and-practice-volume-1-bics-supplement-126/ London, GB 04 01 20131209 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dialogues-with-the-past-classical-reception-theory-and-practice-volume-1-bics-supplement-126/ 20 08 20131209 02 84.99 GBP WORLD 02 110.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e1c5269c-c397-461b-8d93-668550e592b8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6b3ee0f8-4d00-42e8-a726-880ec88568d8 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e1c5269c-c397-461b-8d93-668550e592b8 15 9780992725761 03 9780992725761 06 10.14296/419.9780992725761 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.83939 00 EB E107 10 Unspecified 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Dickens, George Eliot and George Henry Lewes 1 A01 Rosemary Ashton Rosemary Ashton 01 eng 00 32 03 12 DSBF 93 DSBF 10 LIT004120 B2 Literary Studies 12 2AB 93 2ACB 12 3JH 93 3MN 20 George Eliot; George Henry Lewes; Charles Dickens; psychological realism; 19th century literature 01 06 02 00 When the Victorian journalist and critic, George Henry Lewes invited George Eliot and Charles Dickens to dinner in 1859, he inadvertently set up one of the greatest creative exchanges in literary history. From the non-traditional ‘marriage’ of Eliot and Lewes, to the unconventional eye Lewes cast over Dickens’ work, this book throws fresh lig 03 00 When the Victorian journalist and critic, George Henry Lewes invited George Eliot and Charles Dickens to dinner in 1859, few imagined it would lead to one of the greatest creative exchanges in literary history. From the non-traditional ‘marriage’ of Eliot and Lewes, to the unconventional eye Lewes cast over Dickens’ work, this book throws fresh light on the chief subject of their critical interest by looking at the complex relationships between Dickens, Eliot and Lewes. It contends that Lewes saw something in Dickens and Eliot that his contemporaries could not grasp, and traces the birth of ‘psychological realism’ as a literary device in English literature.The book is based on a lecture given as part of the Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures, established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’.This lecture by Professor Rosemary Ashton was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1991. 30 00 When the Victorian journalist and critic, George Henry Lewes invited George Eliot and Charles Dickens to dinner in 1859, few imagined it would lead to one of the greatest creative exchanges in literary history. From the non-traditional ‘marriage’ of Eliot and Lewes, to the unconventional eye Lewes cast over Dickens’ work, this book throws fresh light on the chief subject of their critical interest by looking at the complex relationships between Dickens, Eliot and Lewes. It contends that Lewes saw something in Dickens and Eliot that his contemporaries could not grasp, and traces the birth of ‘psychological realism’ as a literary device in English literature.The book is based on a lecture given as part of the Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures, established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’.This lecture by Professor Rosemary Ashton was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1991. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/419.9780992725761_frontcover.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dickens-george-eliot-and-george-henry-lewes/ London, GB 04 01 20200612 02 WORLD WORLD 11 INTERNET_ARCHIVE 36 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: webpage for this product https://archive.org/details/6b3ee0f8-4d00-42e8-a726-880ec88568d8 29 INTERNET_ARCHIVE: download the title https://archive.org/download/6b3ee0f8-4d00-42e8-a726-880ec88568d8/6b3ee0f8-4d00-42e8-a726-880ec88568d8.pdf 20 08 20200612 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dickens-george-eliot-and-george-henry-lewes/ 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://uolpress.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/wpallimport/files/pdfs/9780992725761.pdf 20 08 20200612 01 11 THOTH 36 THOTH: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dickens-george-eliot-and-george-henry-lewes/ 29 THOTH: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/419.9780992725761.pdf 20 08 20200612 01 urn:uuid:c6a187a0-06e0-4309-883e-08b3f21b1608 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:be388b7d-385e-4dae-90e5-eef54f30a4cb 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c6a187a0-06e0-4309-883e-08b3f21b1608 15 9781900039451 03 9781900039451 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53799 00 BC 10 01 229 mm 01 22.9 cm 01 9 in 02 152 mm 02 15.2 cm 02 6 in 03 37 mm 03 3.7 cm 03 1.4375 in 08 47 gr 08 1.75 oz 01 01 Dilemmas of Political Change in Mexico 1 B01 Kevin J. Middlebrook Kevin J. Middlebrook 01 eng 12 JPH 93 JPH B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL010000 12 1KLCM 93 1KLCM 10 BUS068000 10 POL040020 01 06 02 00 'Dilemmas of Political Change in Mexico' provides an assessment of Mexico's political dynamics at the turn of the 21st century. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248139/53799/53799_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dilemmas-of-political-change-in-mexico/ London, GB 04 01 20040510 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dilemmas-of-political-change-in-mexico/ 20 08 20040510 02 26.99 GBP WORLD 02 35.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1b2a6871-df5a-4af6-83ad-fedead59325a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3233b2f0-86f6-43c3-b317-7e55b58e38f7 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1b2a6871-df5a-4af6-83ad-fedead59325a 15 9780900587924 03 9780900587924 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.53833 00 BC 10 01 245 mm 01 24.5 cm 01 9.625 in 02 175 mm 02 17.5 cm 02 6.875 in 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 16 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Documenting the Roman Army: Essays in Honour of Margaret Roxan (BICS Supplement 81) 1 B01 J.J. Wilkes J.J. Wilkes 01 eng B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient Rome 12 HBJD 10 HIS027000 93 NHD 12 HBLA 93 JW 12 JW 93 NHC 93 1QBAR 12 1QDAR 01 06 02 00 03 00 This volume places on record the proceedings of the colloquium held in honour of Dr. Margaret Roxan at the Institute of Classical Studies in May 2002. The theme of the colloquium was the written record of the Roman army, though the scope of the contributions embraced both historical and archaeological topics. Central to the discussions were the military diplomas recording grants of citizenship and other privileges to various categories of military personnel. The study and publication of these important records, of which several hundred are known, was Margaret Roxan’s life work. Over thirty years she worked as a dedicated scholar with minimal help from a few institutions. Her three edited collections of newly-found diplomas have acquired a scholarly authority that places her in a direct succession to Theodor Mommsen and Herbert Nesselhauf. 30 00 This volume places on record the proceedings of the colloquium held in honour of Dr. Margaret Roxan at the Institute of Classical Studies in May 2002. The theme of the colloquium was the written record of the Roman army, though the scope of the contributions embraced both historical and archaeological topics. Central to the discussions were the military diplomas recording grants of citizenship and other privileges to various categories of military personnel. The study and publication of these important records, of which several hundred are known, was Margaret Roxan’s life work. Over thirty years she worked as a dedicated scholar with minimal help from a few institutions. Her three edited collections of newly-found diplomas have acquired a scholarly authority that places her in a direct succession to Theodor Mommsen and Herbert Nesselhauf. 04 00 A. R. Birley The commissioning of equestrian officers. D. B. Saddington An Augustan Officer on the Roman Army: Militaria in Velleius Paterculus and some Inscriptions. Lawrence Keppie ‘Having been a soldier.’ Werner Eck Diplome und die kaiserliche Reichsverwaltung. Slobodan Dušani The imperial propaganda of significant day-dates: two notes in military history. Paul Holder Auxiliary deployment in the reign of Hadrian. David J. Breeze Auxiliaries legionaries & the operation of Hadrian’s Wall. Valerie A. Maxfield Ostraca and the Roman army in the Eastern desert. R. S. O. Tomlin Documenting the Roman army at Carlisle. Peter Weiss The Future of Roman Military Diplomata – Fortschritte Probleme und künftige Aufgaben. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250838//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/documenting-the-roman-army-essays-in-honour-of-margaret-roxan-bics-supplement-81/ London, GB 04 01 20031101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/documenting-the-roman-army-essays-in-honour-of-margaret-roxan-bics-supplement-81/ 20 08 20031101 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a796f54d-ff27-4b10-835a-08ebeafc1086 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:03179e50-9f22-4216-ac55-85fc8921549a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a796f54d-ff27-4b10-835a-08ebeafc1086 15 9780900587832 03 9780900587832 01 internal-reference com.sas.onix.61397 00 BC 10 10 01 Series ID 18c42047-bac2-43b2-b0e9-1cfc77177351 02 23983264 03 8 01 02 Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements 01 01 Duncan Mackenzie: A Cautious Canny Highlander and the Palace of Minos At Knossos (BICS Supplement 72) 1 A01 Nicoletta Momigliano Nicoletta Momigliano 01 eng 12 AMX 93 AMX 10 BIO023000 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient History 01 06 02 00 03 00 The discoveries at the 'Palace of Minos' at Knossos in Crete from 1900 till 1929 were sensational. They attracted the curious and the famous - and have always been associated with the larger-than-life personality of Sir Arthur Evans.But more recently the dependability of Evan's publications on the discoveries has been questioned, and the role of Duncan Mackenzie, Evan's assistant at Knossos, has been re-considered.<break/><break/> Mackenzie's life is the story of a bright lad from a poor Highland family who made good as a gifted field-archaeologist, but never acquired an established and secure position, nor lasting fame, and who eventually died mad and forgotten. The study investigates the relationship between the very different personalities of Evans and Mackenzie, and explores the consequences for the study of Knossos. 30 00 The discoveries at the 'Palace of Minos' at Knossos in Crete from 1900 till 1929 were sensational. They attracted the curious and the famous - and have always been associated with the larger-than-life personality of Sir Arthur Evans.But more recently the dependability of Evan's publications on the discoveries has been questioned, and the role of Duncan Mackenzie, Evan's assistant at Knossos, has been re-considered.<break/><break/> Mackenzie's life is the story of a bright lad from a poor Highland family who made good as a gifted field-archaeologist, but never acquired an established and secure position, nor lasting fame, and who eventually died mad and forgotten. The study investigates the relationship between the very different personalities of Evans and Mackenzie, and explores the consequences for the study of Knossos. 01 00 03 02 https://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250847//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg 01 URL https://uolpress.co.uk/ University of London Press 01 University of London Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://uolpress.co.uk/ 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this title https://uolpress.co.uk/book/duncan-mackenzie-a-cautious-canny-highlander-and-the-palace-of-minos-at-knossos-bics-supplement-72/ London, GB 04 01 19990101 02 WORLD WORLD 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: webpage for this product https://uolpress.co.uk/book/duncan-mackenzie-a-cautious-canny-highlander-and-the-palace-of-minos-at-knossos-bics-supplement-72/ 20 08 19990101 02 49.99 GBP WORLD 02 65.00 USD WORLD